\\E-UNIVER%

lOS-ANGElfo

1 I

^UONV-SOl^
/\\\E-UNIVER%

3
%HAINriJ¥^

,^10$ ANGELA

-MUIBRARY0/ •

I- §

g I

i I

^fomwwi^

S 5

I S

S s

< S

I "

^ ^\\EUNIVER%, .^lOSANGElfj.x

^1 S^ v 1^ O C£ ^^^. v ?

%inwsoi^

i

.vlOS-ANCElfx-

"

i i
s

^lOSANCELfj>

I 1

% /£!"% ^fc^\

\V\E UNIVERS/A

\\\EUNIVER^

§

^lOdllYW

^awmo-jo^

WE l'NIVER%

^OFCALIFO/?^ ^OKAlIFOft^

*ii'-- -*

i §

& i?

^ %H3-

g i
£? ~*

i ^

3- 4:

2 |

I i

x- \

^UBRARYQr

" "'—I |

< ^ I ~ /A -

f "

- ^

4 ^

>•' ^

^AHV;-

S fi 0 ; = < \£ , > j

^^<J§ S>^i :

. \01NV "%H3\ivl]\\VN

im

SOi^ ^dOdilVJjO^

A-OF-CAU FO/?^ ^OF-CAil FOMfc, \\\E I M\ ERS/^.

s * x "^ ^ ^ \ /^ — ^ -^ ^ \ ^JF* ^- ^

I i

«

<rju:-.

- S3

g i

3>' —

— <

I S

,

% S

N>M LIBRARY

^LIBRARY tf/

THE ILLUSTRATED

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING.

THE

ILLUSTRATED

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

A PRACTICAL AND SCIENTIFIC

Encyclopedia * of * Horticulture

GARDENERS AND BOTANISTS.

EDITED BY

GEORGE NICHOLSON, A.L.S.,

Curator, Royal Botanic Garden*, Keic.

ASSISTED BY PROFESSOR J. W. H. TRAIL, A.M., M.D., F.L.S., IN THE PARTS RELATING TO INSECTS, Fu.vui

PLANT STRUCTURE, HORTICULTURAL CHEMISTRY, Ac. ; AKD J. GABRETT IN THE FRUIT,

VEGETABLE, AND GENERAL GARDE* WORK PORTIONS.

VOL. I.— A TO E.

Xonfcon :
L. UPCOTT GILL, 170, STRAND, W.C.

LONDON :
A. BRADLEY, LONDON AND COUNTY PRINTING WORKS, DRURY LANE, W.C.

&**'

12

PREFACE.

rHE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY OF GARDENING aims at being the
best and most complete Work on Gardening and Garden Plants hitherto

published. The aim is, indeed, a high one ; but the Publisher, whose taste
for Flowers has rendered the production a labour of love, has, on his part,
spared no expense that the Typography and Illustrations should be of a
very high class. It is to be hoped that earnest efforts to attain accuracy, by
consulting the best Authorities, combined with no small amount of original research,
have contributed to render the matter of the Work not unworthy of the form in
which it is presented to the reader. The large number of Illustrations is an
important feature ; and it is believed that the figures quoted, and the references
given to various works — in which more detailed information is contained than is
desirable, or, indeed, possible, in these pages, on account of space — will greatly add
to the interest and value of the work. Considerable trouble 'has been taken in
revising the tangled synonymy of many genera, and in clearing up, as much as
possible, the confusion that exists in garden literature in connection with so many
plants, popular and otherwise. In the matter of generic names, Bentham and
Hooker's recently-completed " Genera Plantarum " has, with few exceptions, been
followed ; that work being the one which will, for a long time to come, undoubtedly
remain the standard authority on all that relates to generic limitation. With regard
to the nomenclature of species, I have endeavoured to consult the latest and most
trustworthy Monographs and Floras, and to adopt the names in accordance with them.
Now and then, certain plants are described under their common garden names ; but
they will, in such cases, be also found mentioned under the genus to which they really
belong. A case in point may be cited : Ancectochilus Lowii is given under Anoeo
tochiluft, but the name it must now bear is Dossinia, and a reference to that genus
will explain matters pretty fully, as far as the present state of knowledge goes.

Vi PREFACE.

1 am greatly indebted to Professor J. W. H. TRAIL, M.D., F.L.S., &c., for
his valuable contributions on Insects, Fungi, and Diseases of Plants, branches of
science in which he has long been specially interested, and in which he is an
undoubted authority.

Mr. J. GARRETT, of the Royal Gardens, Kew, late of the Royal Horticultural
Society's Gardens, is responsible for Fruit and Vegetable. Culture, for most of what
appertains to Florists' Flowers, and for General Gardening Work. For information
on many special subjects — Begonias may be cited as an example — I am obliged
for much assistance to Mr. W. WATSON, also of the Royal Gardens, Kew; in fact,
the article Begonia, in its entirety, was written by him. Mr. W. B. HEMSLEY, A.L.S.,
has, throughout, given me aid and advice; and I have to acknowledge constant help
from several other colleagues.

The Rev. PERCY W. MYLES, M.A., has taken no little trouble in working out
the correct derivations of very many of the Generic Names; unfortunately, in a
number of instances, lack of time prevented me from obtaining the benefit of his
knowledge. I have to record my gratitude for help in so difficult a task, this
special study being one to which Mr. MYLES has paid much attention.

GEORGE NICHOLSON.
ROYAL GARDENS, KEW.

REFERENCE TO ILLUSTRATIONS OF PLANTS OTHER THAN
THOSE FIGURED IN THIS WORK.

T has been suggested, by an eminent Authority, that many readers would be glad
to be informed where reliable Illustrations could be found of those Plants which
are not figured in this Work. To meet this want, references to the Figures
in Standard Authorities have been given, the titles of the Works referred to
being, for economy of space, abbreviated as follows :

Andrews (H. C.). Botanist's Repository. London, J. H. S

1799-1811. 10 vols. 4to.
Andrews (H. C.). Coloured Engravings of Heaths. K. E. K.

London,' 1802-30. 4 vols. 4to.
London (J. C.). Arboretum et Frnticetum britan- L.

nicuin. London, 1838. 8 vols. 8vo.
Allioni (U.) Flora pedemontana. Aug. Taur., 1785. L. B. C

3 vols. FoL

Aublet (J. B. C. F.). Histoire des Plantes de la L. C. B

Guiane francaise. Londres, 1775. 4 vols. 4to.
Andrews (H. C.). The Heathery. London, 1804-12. L. E. M.

4 vols. 4to.

Maund (B.). The Botanist. London, 1839.

8 vols. 4to. L. J. F

Brandis (D.). Forest Flora of ... India. London,

1876, 8vo. Atlas 4to. L. R. .. .

Beddome (B, H.). Flora sylvatica. Madras,

1869-73. 2 vols. 4to. L. S. O

La Belgique Horticole. Ghent, 1850-85. 8vo.

Botanical Magazine. London, 1787, Ac. 8vo.» L. & P. F. G.

Bentley (R.) and Trimen (H.). Medicinal Plants.

London, 1875-80. 8vo. M. A. S. .

Bateman (James). A Monograph of Odontoglossum.

London, 1874\ Fol. M. C

Botanical Register. London. 1815-47. 33 vols. 8vo.
Botanische Zeitung. Berlin, vols. i.-xiii. (1843-55). M. O

8vo. Leipzig, vol. xiv. (1856). Ac.*
Cathcart's Illustrations of Himalayan Plants. Lon- N .......

don, 1855. Fol.
Loudon (J. C.). Encyclopjrdia of Trees and Shrubs.

London, 1842. 8vo. N. S

See T. S. M.
Fitzgerald (R. D.). Australian Orchids. Sydney, P. F. G.

1876. FoL* P.M.B. .
Flora Danica— usually quoted as the title of the

work, Icones Plantarum . . . Daniae et Nor- R. . . . .

vegiae. Havniae, 1761-1883. Fol.
La Flore des Serres et des Jardins de 1'Europe. Ref. B .....

Gand., 1845-83. 23 vols. 8vo.
Moggridge (J. T.). Contributions to the Flora of B, G .....

Mentone. London, 1864-8. R. H .....

Flora Oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung. 1818-42. R. S. H.

25 vols. 8vo. New Series, 1843, Ac.*
Floral Magazine. London, 1861 -71,8vo. R. X. O.

Series II. 1872-81, 4to.

Florist and Pomologist. London, 1868-84. STD. j S. B. F. G.

The Gardeners' Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette.

London, 1841-65. 4to.

The Gardeners' Chronicle. New Series, 1866-86. 4to. ! S. C .....
Series in. 1887, Ac. 4to.» S. E. B... ..

Gray (A.). Genera Florae Americae. Boston, 1848-9.

a vols. 8vo. S. F. A... ..

The Gardeners' Magazine. Conducted by Shirley

Hibberd. London* S. F. d. J. ..

The Gardeners' Magazine of Botany. London,

1850-1. 3 vols. 8vo.

The Garden. London, 1871, Ac. 4to.* S. F. G .....

Goodale(G.L.X Wild Flowers of America. Boston,

1877. 4to. S. H. Iry. ..
Garden and Forest. New York, 1888, Ac, 4to.»

Hooker ( W. J.). The British Ferns. London, 1861. Sw. Ger.

8vo.
Hooker (W.J.X Exotic Flora. Edinburgh, 1823-7. Sy. En. B. .

3 vols. 8vo.
Hooker (W. J.). Flora boreali-amencana. London, S. 7* F. J. .

1833-40. 2 vols. 4to.
Hooker (J. D.). Flora Tasmania. London, 1860. T. H.S... ..

2 vols. 4to. This is part iii. of " The Botany of

the Antarctic Voyage of H.M. Discovery Ships T. L. S. .. .

Erebus and Terror, in the years 1839-43."

Hooker (W. J.). Garden Ferns. London, 1862. 8vo. T. S. M.
Hooker (W. J.). Species Filicum. London, 1846-64.

5 vols. 8vo. W. D. B. .
L'lllustration Horticole. Series I. to IV. Gand.,

1850-86. 33 vols. 8vo. \V. F. A.

Series V. 1887, Ac. 4to.» \V. G. Z.

See C. H. P.

Journal of Botany. London, 1863, Ac. 8vo.* W. O. A,

Jacquin (N. J.). Florae austriacae . . . Icones.

Viennae. 1773-8. 5 vols. FoL W. S. O

Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener. '

Conducted by Dr. Robert Hogg. London, 1849,

Ac. 4to.*

W. &F. ..

Is still in course of publication.

Journal of the Horticultural Society. London, 1846

Ac. 8vo.*
Kotschy (Theodor). Die Eichen Europa's und des

Orient's. Wien, Olmtiz, 1858-62. Fol.
Linden (L.) and Rodigas (E.). Lindenia Icono-

graphie des Orchidees. Gand., 1885, Ac. FoL*
Loddiges(C.X Botanical Cabinet London, 1812-33.

20 vols. 4to.
Lindley (J.). Collectanea botanica. London, 1821.

FoL
La Marck (J. B. P. A. de M. de). Encyclopedic

methodique . . . Botanique. Paris, 1783-1817.

13 vols. 4to.
Lemaire (C.). Le Jardin fleuriste. Gand., 1851-4.

4 vols. 8vo.
Lindley (J.). Rosarum Monographia. London,

Lindley (J.). Sertum Orchidaceum. London,

1838. FoL
Lindley (J.) and Paxton (J.). Flower Garden.

London, 1851-3. 3 vols. 4to.
Salm-Dyck. Monographia Generum Aloes et Me-

sembryanthemi. Bonnae, 1836-63. 4to.
Maw (George). A Monograph of the Genus Crocus.

London, 1886. 4to.
Veitch (James) and Sons. Manual of Orchidaceous

Plants. London, 1887, Ac. 3vo.*
Burbidge(F. W.). The Narcissus : Its History and

Culture. With a Scientific Review of the

Genus by J. G. Baker, F.L.S. London, 1875. 8vo.
Nuttall (T.). North American Sylva. Philadel-
phia, 1865. 3 vols. 8vo.
See L A P. F. G.
Paxton (J.). Magazine of Botany. London, 1834-49.

16 vols. 8vo.
Sander (Fredk.). Reichenbachia, London, 1886, Ac.

FoL*
Saunders (W. W.). Refugium botanicum. Lon-

don, 1869-72. 8vo.

RegeHE.). Gartenflora. Erlangen, 1852, Ac. 8vo.
Revue Horticole. Paris, 1852, Ac.*
Hooker (J. D.). The Rhododendrons of Sikkim-

Himalaya. London, 1849-51. Fol.
Reichenbach,/i. (H.G.). Xenia Orchidacea. Leip-

zig, 1858. 4to.*
Sweet (R.). British Flower Garden. London,

1823-9. 3 vols. 8vo.

Series IL London, 1831-8. 4 vols. 8vo.
Sweet (R.). Cistinete. London, 1825-30. 8vo.
Smith (J. E.). Exotic Botany. London, 1804-5.

2 vols. 8vo.
Sweet (R,). Flora australasica. London, 1827-8.

8vo.
Siebold (P. F. de) and Vriese (W. H. de). Flore des

Jardins du Royanme des Pays-Bas. Leide.

1858-62. 5 vols. 8vo.
Sibthorp (John). Flora graeca. London, 1806-40.

10 vols. FoL

Hibberd (Shirley). The Ivy : a Monograph. Lon-
don, 1872. 8vo.
Sweet (Robert). Geraniacese, the Natural Order of

Gerania. London, 1828-30. 8vo.
Syme (J. T. B.), note Boswell. English Botany . . .

Ed. 3. London, 1863-85. 12 vols. 8vo.
Siebold (P. F. von) and Zuccarini (J. G.). Flora

Japonica. Lugd. Bat., 1835-44. FoL
Transactions of the Horticultural Society. London,

1805-29. 7 vols. 4to.
Transactions of the Liniwan Society. London,

1791, Ac. 4to.»

Emerson (G. BA Trees and Shrubs ... of Massa-
chusetts. Boston. Ed. 2, 1875. 2 vols. 8vo.
Wateon(P. W.). Dendrologia britannica. London,

1825. 2 vols. 8vo.
See Q. W. F. A.
Wittmack (Dr. L.). Garten Zeitung. Berlin, 1882,

Warner (R.) and Williams (B. S.). The Orchid

Album. London, 1882, Ac. 4ta*
Warner (B,). Select Orchidaceous Plants. London.

Series I., 1862-65. FoL
Series II., 1865-75. FoL
Woods and Forests London, 1883-4. 1 vol. 4to

THE

DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

En Encsclopaebia of Horticulture.

The following are the Abbreviations nsed:-yl. flowers; fr. frnit; L leaves; A. height; de?. degrees; rhiz. r

cau. caadez ; tti. stipes ; SY.N. synonym ; ORD. order.
The Asterisks (») Indicate plants that are especially good or distinct.

A. In compound words from the Greek the initial a
has usually a privative meaning ; as aphyllus, without
leaves ; acaulis, without a stem, &c.

AARON'S BEARD. See Hypericum calycinum,
Saxifraga sarmentosa, and Verbascum Thapsus.

AARON'S ROD. See Verbascum Thapsus.

ABELE TREE. White Poplar. See Populus
alba.

ABELIA (named after Dr. Clarke Abel, Physician to
Lord Amherst's Embassy to China, in 1817, and author of
a "Narrative of a Journey to China" (1818); died 1826).
ORD. Caprifoliacece. Very ornamental shrubs. Corolla
tubular, funnel-shaped, five-lobed. Leaves petiolate, den-
tately crenated. Well suited for the cold greenhouse,
either as trellis or pot plants ; free-flowering when well
grown, and of easy culture. May be treated in sheltered
and warm climates as hardy ; and can be grown out of
doors during summer in less favoured spots. They thrive
in a compost of peat and loam in equal parts, to which a
small quantity of silver sand may be added. Increased
by cuttings in summer, and by layers in spring, under
a frame. Only two species, floribunda and rupestris,
are much grown in England.

A. floribnnda (many-flowered).* fi. rosy-purple, about 2in. long,
in axillary clusters. March. 1. opposite, oblong, A. 3ft Mexico,
1842. The best and freest flowering evergreen species.

A. rnpestris (rock).* JL sweet-scented, small, pink, in pairs at
the ends of the branches ; sepals of leafy texture, with a reddish
ting^e. September, I. small, oblong. A. 5ft. China, 1844. A
deciduous, branching, hairy shrub.

A. serrata (serrate-leaved). JL pretty pale red, sweet-scented,
very large, in one-flowered terminal peduncles ; sepals leafy.
March. A. 3ft China, 1844. A flne evergreen species.

A. triflora (three-flowered).* fl. pale yellow, tinged with pink,
small, arranged in threes at the ends of the branches ; sepals
long and linear, clothed with long hairs. September. I. small,
lanceolate. A. 5ft Hindostan, 1847. A small evergreen branch-
ing shrub.

ABERRANT. Deviating from the natural or direct

Aberrant — continued.

way ; applied, in natural history, to species or genera that
deviate from the usual characters of their allies.

(from abeo, to rise ; alluding to the aspiring
habit of growth of the tree ; or, according to some, from
apios, a Pear-tree, in allusion to the form of the fruit).
Spruce Fir. The synonymy of this genus is much
confused, plants belonging to several genera being fre-
quently referred to Abies in nurserymen's catalogues
and gardening periodicals. ORD. Com/era. A genus of
about twenty-five species, widely distributed over the
mountainous regions of the Northern hemisphere. Cones
cylindrical, or but slightly tapering, erect ; catkins gener-
ally solitary ; the carpels not thickened at the tip ; and
the leaves solitary, partially scattered in insertion, and
more or less two-ranked in direction. Scales deciduous,
falling off as soon as the seed is ripe, leaving the axis on
the tree. All the species bear seeds at a comparatively
early age ; most are hardy. For culture, see Finns.
A. amabills (lovely).* «Aoot* rather rigid, furrowed with elon-
gated cushions, covered with numerous small dark hairs.
I. scattered, crowded, IJin. to 2in. long ; linear obtuse, dark green
above, silvery beneath. The cones are described as cylindrii~d,
and about 6in. long. A. 180ft California, 1831. A magnificent
conifer, very massive in appearance.

A. baborensis.* L linear, dark green, silvery on the undc-i
surface, very numerous, those of the larger branches shortly

Eted, and those of the branchlets more obtuse and pointless,
to lin. long, cone* erect, cylindrical, usually in clusters of
or five, Sin. to Sin. long, and about 2in. in diameter ; scales
reniform, greyish-brown, inclosing a thin, dry, and shrivelled
bract. A. 40ft to 60ft Algiers, 1864. This is a very beautiful
medium-sized tree. SYN. A. Xumidica.

A. balsamea." Balm of Gilead or Balsam Fir. I. silvery
beneath, apex emarginate or entire, somewhat recurved and
spreading, jin. long, cones cylindrical, violet-coloured, pointing
upwards, 4in. to 5in. long, and 4in. broad; scales Jin. broad,
and the same in length. A. 40ft to 60ft United States and
Canada, <tc., 1696. A medium-sized slender tree.

A. blfida (bifid). Identical with A. firma.

A. brachyphylla (short-leaved).* I. linear, spirally inserted round
the branchial*, but pointing laterally in two directions, Jin. to

B

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Abies — continued.

liin. in length ; lower ones longest, obtusely pointed or emar-
einate, bright green above, with two silvery lines beneath, cones
in to 4in. long, pnrple. h. 120ft. Japan, 1870. A recently
introduced magnificent flr, with an erect stem, regularly whorled
horizontal branches.

A. bracteata (bracted).* I rigid, linear, flat, distichous, 2m. to 3m.
long, bright glossy green above, and glaucous beneath, cones
about 4in long, with the bracts developed into long rigid leaf -like
linear spines, 2n. long, and slightly curved inwards, h. 25ft.

Southern California, 1853. A very handsome tall slender tree,
but, owing to its very early growth of new shoots, it is much
injured by the spring frosts.

A. Brunoniana (Brown's). Synonymous with Tsuga Brunoniana.

A. canadensis (Canadian). A synonym of Tsuga canadensis.

A. cephalonica (Cephalonian).* I. subulate, flat, dark green
above, and silvery beneath, acute, cones erect, cylindrical, green
when young, afterwards reddish, and brown when ripe, 5in. to
6in. in length, and about liin. in diameter ; scales broad, thin,
and rounded, shorter than the bracts, h. 50ft. to 60ft. Mountains
of Greece, 1824. A very desirable tree for growing in exposed
situations.

A. cilicica (Cilician). I. linear, slightly curved or straight, lin.
to liin. long, dark greenabove, and glaucousbeneath, crowded, in
two ranks, cones cylindrical, 6in. to 8in. long ; scales broad, thin,
entire, coriaceous, h. 40ft. to 60ft. Mount Taurus, in Asia
Minor. This species seldom produces a good specimen tree in
England, and cannot, therefore, be recommended for general
cultivation.

A. concolor (one-coloured).* I. linear, flat, obtuse, glaucous green,
distichously arranged in double rows, those in the Tower rows 2in.
to Sin. long, upper ones shorter, channelled above, cones cylin-
drical, obtuse both at base and top, Sin. to 5in. long, 2in. to 2iin.
in diameter ; scales numerous, imbricated, larger than the bracts.
h. 80ft. to 150ft. California, &c., 1851. A very beautiful species,
with yellow bark on the young branches. SYNS. A. lasiocarpa
and A. Parsonii.

A. Douglas!! (Douglas1). A synonym of Pseudotsuga Douglasii.

A. dumosa (short-leaved). Synonymous with Tsuga Brunoniana.

A. excelsa (tall). A synonym of Picea excelsa.

A. flrma (solid).* I. rigid, coriaceous, spirally arranged around
the branchlets, but point laterally in two directions, lin. to IJin.
long, very variable in young and old trees, cones cylindrical,
obtuse at both ends, Sin. to 6m. long ; scales imbricated, bearing
protruding keeled bracts, h. 100ft. Japan, 1861. An erect tree,
of great beauty.

A. Fortune! (Fortune's). It is said that in its native country, its
aspect is peculiar rather than handsome, and that but one living
representative is believed to be in existence in this country — at
Veitch's Nursery. SYN. Ketelceria Fortunei.

A. Praserl (Eraser's). Double Balsam Spruce Fir. I. linear,
emarginate, silvery beneath, cones oblong, squarrose, somewhat
leafy, obcordate, mucronate, hah* exserted, reflexed. h. 30ft. to
40ft. North Carolina, 1811. This species closely resembles A.
balsamea, from which it differs in having shorter and more erect
leaves, and smaller cones.

A. grandis (splendid).* I. in double rows, on each side of the
branchlets, flat, obtuse, emarginate, pectinate, silvery beneath,
from Jin. to lin. long, cones lateral, solitary, cylindrical, obtuse
at base and apex, 4in. to. 5in. long, 2in. wide ; bracts ovate,
acuminate, irregularly dentato, very short. h. 100ft. Califor-
nia, 1831. A handsome tree of symmetrical habit, and rapid •
growth.

A. lasiocarpa (woolly-coned). Synonymous with A. concolor.

A. magnifica (magnificent).* I. densely crowded, two-rowed, lin.
to nearly 2in. long, olive green, very glaucous on the upper
surface when young, becoming duller with age, and marked with
two silvery lines beneath, cones 6in. to 7in. long, 2iin. to Sin. in
diameter ; scales, outer edge incurved, h. 200ft. North California,
1851. A very tall and stately species, with, at successive intervals,
whorls of horizontal branches.

A. Maries!! (Maries'). I. erect, evenly disposed around the stem,
linear-oblong, obtuse ; apex notched, Jin. to not quite lin. long ;
bracts ovate, oblong, retuse. cones erect, cylindrical, Siin. to 5iin.
long, liin. to 2in. wide, narrowed at the base and apex, blackish

5urple ; scales entire, nearly lin. wide, not quite so long as wide
apan, 1879. A tall, pyramidal tree.

A. Mertenslana (Mortens'). Synonymous with Tsuga Merten-
siana.

A. minlata (vermilion). Synonymous with Picea eremita.

A. Morinda (Morinda). Synonymous with Picea Morinda.

A. nobilis (noble).* I. linear, mostly on one side of the branches
falcate, short, acute, silvery beneath, IJin. long, cones cylindrical,
erect, sessile, 6iin. long, 2iin. broad, brownish ; scales triangular,
without the bractea, IJin. long, and the same in breadth ; bractea
spathulate, imbricated backwards, Jin. long. A. 200ft to 300ft
California, 1831. A majestic tree.

A. Nordmanniana (Nordmann's).* I. linear, rigid, flat, and
minutely bifid at the apex, on young trees spreading in two rmvs,
with a half-twist at the base, lin. long, cones erect, slightly ovoi.l,

oying the younj* growth. It comes very near
>ut is readily distinguished by its longer and more

Abies— continued.

pedunculate, 4in. to 6in. long, and 2Jin. to 2Jin. wide ; bracts
large, coriaceous, three-lobed, fringed, greatly exceeding the
scales. A. 80ft. to 100ft. Crimea, &c., 1848. A magnificent and
stately tree, of regular growth.

A. Numidica (Nnmidian). Synonymous with A. baborensis.

A. obovata (reversed-egg-coned). A synonym of Picea obovata.

A. orlentalis (eastern). Synonymous with Picea orientalis.

A. Parsonii (Parson's). Synonymous with A. concolor.

A. pectinata (comb-like).* I. linear, solitary, flat, obtuse, stiff,
turned-up at the points, two-ranked, iin. to lin. long, shining
green above, with two lines of silvery white on each side of the
midrib beneath, cones axillary, cylindrical, erect, 6in. to Sin. long,
liin. to 2in. broad, when ripe, brown ; scales with a long dorsal
bractea, Jin. to liin. long, and IJin. broad, h. 80ft. to 100ft. A
very noble silver tir, of slow growth when young only. Central
Europe, 1603. There are several unimportant varieties of this
splendid species.

A. Pindrow (Pindrow). In its native home, the Himalayas, this
is a very beautiful tree, attaining the height of 150ft., but it has
generally failed in England, in consequence of our late spring
frosts destroyin "
Webbiana, but
acutely bidented leaves, and smaller cones.

A. Pinsapo (Pinsapo).* The Spanish Silver Fir. I. linear, disposed
around the branches, nearly terete, and entire at the apex, not
quite iin. long, bright green, with faint silvery lines on the inner
side, cones sessile, oval, or oblong, 4in. to 5iin. long, about
2in. wide; bracts short, concealed by the broad rounded scales.
h. 60ft. to 80ft. South Spain, 1839. A very magnificent species,
very regular and symmetrical in habit. The one or two varieties
offered for sale are not desirable.

A. polita (neat).* I. arranged spirally, short, erect, rigid, falcate,
acute at the apex, tetragonal, but compressed, cones ellipsoid,
Sin. to 4in. long ; scales light brown, coriaceous, minutely notched
at the edge. Island of Nippon, 1861. This is a beautiful species,
admirably adapted as a specimen tree for lawns.

A. roliglosa (sacred). I. linear, acute, quite entire, liin. long.
cones roundish-oval, 2|in. long, and 2iin. broad ; scales trape-
zoided-cordate ; bracts the length of the scapes, spathulate-
oblong, h. 100ft. to 150ft. Mexico, 1839. A very handsome
species, but not hardy in this country.

A. sachalincnsis (Sachalin). 1. in many rows, lin. or very
slightly more long, Ain. broad, twisted to one side, rigid, linear,
obtuse, cones sessile, erect, cylindrical, bluntly rounded at the
apex, Sin. long, lin. wide ; scales transversely oblong, reniform ;
margin inflexed, denticulate ; bracts iin. wide, Jin. long, obovate,
serrulate, terminating in a reflexed angular point, exceeding the
scale. Japan, 1879. A tall pyramidal robust species.

A. Schrenkiana (Schrenk's). Synonymous with Picea Schrenk-
tana.

A. sibirloa (Siberian). Like the last, this species is not recom-
mended ; its growth is very slow, even under the most favourable
circumstances. Siberia.

A. Smithlana (Smith's). A synonym of Picea Morinda.

A. subalpina (sub-alpine).* On the high mountains of Colorado,
&c., a tree 60ft. to 100ft. in height. Has not been long enough in
English gardens for any decided opinion to be formed as to its
merits as an ornamental tree.

A. Tsuga (Tsugan). A synonym of Tsuga Sieboldi.

A. Veitchii (Veitch's).* I. crowded, lateral ones spreading in a
distichous manner, those on the upper side much shorter and
pointing forwards, iin. to lin. long, linear, flat, glaucous above,
silvery beneath ; emarginate on the sterile branches, entire on the
fertile ones, cones erect, sub-cylindrical, purplish-brown, 2in. to
2iin. long, Jin. to nearly lin. wide ; scales horizontal, reniform,
densely packed, each enclosing a short, wedge-shaped bract as
long as the scale, h. 120ft. to 140ft. Japan, 1860, and again in
1879. Described as a beautiful arid interesting tree, as well as
perfectly hardy ; it should be planted on elevated spots open to
the south or south-east.

A. Webbiana (Webb's).* I. two-rowed, linear, flat, obtusely
emarginate, silvery beneath, liin. to 2iin. long, cones cylindrical,
6iin. to 7in. long, 2in. or more broad, deep purple ; scales kidney-
shaped, roundish, closely compressed, imbricated, about lin. long,
and IJin. broad ; bracts oblong, apiculate. A. 70ft. to 90ft. Hima-
layan Mountains, 1822. A large handsome pyramidal tree, with
numerous branches spreading horizontally, much divided, and
densely clothed.

A. Williamson! (Williamson's). A synonym of Tsuga Pattoniana.
ABOBRA (its Brazilian name). OED. Gucurbitacece.

A genus of stove or greenhouse plants, having solitary

axillary dioscious flowers, and finely divided leaves. The

only species in cultivation is a very pretty half-hardy
climbing perennial, having a fleshy root about 1ft. or more

beneath the surface of the soil. It thrives well in warm
sunny spots, and in a light soil ; seeds may be sown in pots
or pans of light soil early in April ; the young plants can
be planted out about the middle of June. The fleshy

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

3

Abobra — continued.

tuberous roots may be stored during winter in a green-
house or frame. See also Gourds.

A. viridlflora (green-flowered). jl. pale green, fragrant ; femnles
succeeded by small oval scarlet fruits, which are about as large a* ;\
filbert. I. dark green, glossy, much divided into narrow segments.
South America. A rapid growing plant, admirably adapted for
training over arbours or trellis- work. It is a very pretty form of
ornamental gourd.

ABORTION. An imperfect formation, or the non-
formation of an organ ; any fruit or produce that does not
come to maturity, or anything which fails in its progress
before it is matured, frequently from a defect in the male
or female flowers.

ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA. See Goose-
berry or Magpie Moth..

ABRICOCK. A former mode of writing Apricot.

ABROMA (from a, not, and ftroma, food ; from its un-
wholesomeness). OKD. Sterculiacece. Handsome, free-
flowering, evergreen trees, with hairy lobed leaves, and
extra axillary or terminal few-flowered peduncles. Of easy
culture, in a stove temperature, in loam and peat soil.
Propagated by seeds or cuttings, the former sown in March,
the latter made in April from half -ripened wood, and placed
under a bell glass.

A. angnsta (smooth-stalked).* JL dingy purple, drooping.
August. 1. lower, cordate, three to five lobed ; upper, ovate-
lanceolate, undivided, h. 10ft East India, 1770.

A, fastnosa (prickly-stalked). JL dark purple. June. I lower,
cordate, acutely five lobed ; upper, ovate, entire, h. 10ft. New
Holland, 1800.

ABRONIA (from abros, delicate ; referring to its in-
Tolucrum). Sand Verbena. OBD. Nyctaginacece. A small
genus of seven species, mostly natives of California, four
of which only arc known in general cultivation. They are

F;c. 1. ADROMA UMBKLLATA, showing Habit and Inflorescence.

of a dwarf trailing habit, producing showy blossoms in
dense verbena-like clusters. Corolla funnel-shaped; limb
spreading. They succeed best in light sandy soil, in a posi-
tion fully exposed ; if well drained, the rockery is perhaps
the best place. Increased by seeds, the outer skin of which
should be peeled off before sowing ; sow during autumn in
pots of sandy soil, and keep in a frame until the follow-
ing spring,. when they may be placed in their flowering
quarters ; or by young cuttings, set in spring, and also in
Eandy soil

A. arenaria (sand-loving).* /. lemon-yellow, about iin. long, in
dense clusters, with a honey-like fragrance. July. I. broadly
ovate, or leniform, on short, thick petioles. A. 9in. to 18in. I860.
Half-hardy perennial. SY>. A. latifolia.

Abronia— continued.

A. fragrans (fragrant).* fl. pure white, in terminal and axillary
clusters, very delicately perfumed, expanding in the evening.
May. 1865. A perennial, more or less erect in growth, forming
large branching tufts from 1ft. to 2ft. high. Importe-l seeiU
only of this species will grow.

A. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of A. arenaria.

A. pnlchella (pretty), fl. pink. July. h. bin. 1848.

A. rosea (rose-coloured). Jl. rose-coloured. Jane. h. 6in. 1847.
An unimportant species.

A. nmbellata (umbel-flowered).* Jl rosy pink, in dense terminal
clusters, slightly scented. April. I. oval or oblong, h. din. to
24in. 1823. An elegant prostrate half-hardy annual ; but under
sreenhouse culture it is a perennial. STN. Trieratu* admirabilit.
bee Fig L

ABRUPT. Suddenly terminating, as abruptly pinnate ;
when pinnate leaves arc without a terminal or odd leaflet.

ABRUS (from abros, soft, in reference to the extreme
softness of the leaves). OBD. Leguminosae. A very orna-
mental and delicate much branched deciduous stove climber,
whose roots have the Tirtnea of the common liquorice.
Leaves abruptly pinnate, bearing many pairs of leaflets.
Requires a strong heat to keep it in a growing, healthy
condition, and to flower it well ; and thrives best in sandy
loam. Increased by cuttings under a hand glass, in Band,
or seeds raised in heat.
A. precatoritu (prayer). /I. pale purple, butterfly -shaped,

disposed in axillary clusters. Seeds bright scarlet, with

a black spot at the base, used by the Buddhists for

making rosaries, whence the specific name. March to May.

I. leaflets ligulate, oblong. A. 12ft. East Indies, 1680.

Varieties are now and then met with having rose coloured

or white flowers.

ABSORPTION. The action by which liquids and
gases become incorporated with various bodies, through
molecular or other invisible means, to which function all
parts of a growing plant contribute, the roots more
especially.

ABTTTA (native name). ORD. Menispermaeea. A
strong growing ornamental stove evergreen climber. Used
medicinally in Cayenne. Flowers dioecious, fascicled,
males racemosely panicled ; females loose and simply
racemose. It grows freely in a mixture of loam and
peat. Cuttings will root readily if planted in a pot of
sand, with a hand glass placed over them, in heat.
About half-a-dozen species are known.
A. rufescens (rusty-coloured). Jl. grey-velvety on the outside,

dark purple on the inside. March, i. ovate; under surface

brownish. A. 10ft Cayenne, 1820.

ABUTHiON (Arabic name for a plant analogous to
the Marsh Mallow). OBD. Malvaceae. Very showy, de-
corative, and free-growing shrubs, both for the greenhouse
and outside culture. Calyx naked, five-cleft, usually
angular; style multifid at apex. The many beautiful
hybrids (of which Pig. 2 represents a group) now
in cultivation, far supersede the true species. Culti-
vation: Few plants are more easily grown and worthy
of liberal treatment than these. The best soil for them
is equal parts turfy loam, peat, and leaf mould, with
some gritty sand. They may either be grown in pots, or
planted out ; but in all cases thorough drainage is indis-
pensable, as they require an abundance of water, and stag-
nancy must be guarded against. At the end of May they
may be planted outside, when they will flower profusely
through the summer. In a free growing and flowering state
they enjoy weak manure water. From the hitter part of
autumn till early spring they may be kept almost dry with-
out injury, though in a warm, conservatory some of the later
struck plants will go on flowering throughout the greater
part of the winter ; or plants may be specially prepared
for winter flowering. They are admirably adapted for
forming standards of various heights, from 2ft. to 6ft.
Some of the taller sorts are very useful for training under
roof rafters. As pillar plants, too, very loosely trained, so
as to allow the upper and side branches to droop to a con-
siderable distance from the pillar, they are very effective.
Propagation: They strike readily from cutting made

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

insigne (handsome -flowered).* /. large,
urplish crimson, with dark venation,

Abutilon— cuntumed.

of the young wood, at almost any season ; the best time,
however, is early spring and September. Inserted in pots,
in a compost of equal parts peat, leaf mould, loam, and
sand, and placed in a temperature of from 65deg. to TOdeg.,
they will then quickly root, and form good plants. Seeds
may be sown in pans filled with soil as recommended for
cuttings, and placed in a similar temperature. Those fol-
lowed by a dagger (f) are the best for training to pillars,
roofs, Ac.

A. Bedfordianum (Bedford's). /. yellow and red. November.
/. deeply-lobed. A. 15ft Brazil, 1838.

A. Darwlnl (Darwin'sM* fl. bright

orange, with darker veinmgs, fine

cupped form. April. I. large, broad.

It. 4ft. Brazil, 1871. A handsome

species, of good habit, equally suitable

as a stove or greenhouse plant during

winter, and for outdoor culture dur-

ing summer months. There are a

j:reat number of garden hybrids from

this.
A. globiflorum (globe-flowered). /.

solitary, large, globose.cream -coloured.

November. I. on long stalks, cordate,

serrate. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Mauritius,

1825.
A. Ignenin (bright). Synonymous with

A. insiyne.
A.

pu

axillary pendulous racemes; petals short,

broad, much reflexed. Winter. I. large,

cordate, thick, rugose Stem deep green,

with short brown hairs. A. 6ft. New

Grenada, 1851. SYN. A. igneum. See Fig. 3.
A. megapotamicum (big river). t* fl. small,

Lull-shaped, singularly beautiful, the sepal*

being dark red, petals pale yellow, anil

stamens dark brown. Autumn and winter.

I. small, pointed. A. 3ft. Rip Grande, 1864.

A free-flowering species, with a graceful

drooping nablt ; the shoots should be well

pressed in during spring. SYN. A. vexil-

iarium.
A. pseoniflorum (paeony-flowered). /. pink,

smaller than those of A. insigne, but very

distinct. January. J. large, ovate. A. 6ft.

Brazil, 1845.
A. pulchellmn (pretty). t» ft. white, on few-

Jlowered axillary racemes. July. I. cordate,

unequally crenated, downy beneath. A. 8ft.

liubit very branching. New Holland, 1824.
A. striatnm (striped).* /. orange yellow, with

a thick veimng of blood-re(i, en long curving

stalks. I. large, lobed, on long slender petioles.

Brazil, 1837. A free grower, and makes an

excellent greenhouse plant. In sheltered posi-

tions, in the south-west of England, this

species proves to be almost hardy. It requires

to be freely pinched. A very continuous

bloomer.
A. Thompson! (Thompson's). /. striated

yellow, large. Summer. I. small, vine-like,

richly mottled with yellow and dark green.

A. 3ft. or 4ft. Habit very neat and erect.
A. vcnosum (veined), t* /. orange, with red

veins, very large, bell shaped, Sin. long;

pedicels nearly 12in. long. July. I. large,

deeply palmate. A. 10ft. This splendid species

is distinguished by its unusually large flowers.
A. vexillaiium (standard). Synonymous with A. ntcyapotami-

cum.
A. Vitlfolinm (vine-leaved).* /. porcelain blue, large, cupped.

May. f. cordate, five to seven lobed, assuming, towards the

autumn, a tine golden hue. A. 30ft. Chili, 1837. This fine shrub,

or tree, is hardy in Ireland and the south of England, but should

have a protection from frost It is not a fast grower.

The following are some of the best varieties, which,
although they do not include all the newest sorts, yet afford
a good selection of first-rate kinds, which will give general
satisfaction. They are arranged according to their respec-
tive colours. Those marked with a dagger (f) are best
for roofs and pillars.

Orange-flowered. AUREUM GLOBOSUM,* flowers deep orange,
heavily red shaded, of medium size, with good form and sub-
stance ; DARWINI MAJUS,* bright orange, deeply veined, extremely

Abutilon — continued.

free, and of good form and size ; FLEUR D'Oa.t light orange, veined
pale red, very free and dwarf ; GRANDiFLORUM,*deep orange, red
shaded, deeply veined with red, a robust, large-flowered variety ;
LEO, flowers pale below, deeper above, red-veined, of medium
size ; PRINCE OF ORANGE,!* a strong grower, and very free.
Ornamental-foliaged. DARW/NI TESSELATUM.!* foliage mottled
with yellow, invaluable for sub-tropical bedding ; SELLOWIANUM
MARMORATUM,* very large maple-like foliage, heavily mottled with
bright yellow, a most effective variety ; THOMPSONI, leaves very
freely blotched with yellow ; VEXILLARIUM IGNEUM,!* very free,
of good habit, prettily blotched. All these ornamental-foliaged
varieties are invaluable for bedding purposes .

FIG. 2. GROUP OF ABUTILONS.

Purple-coloured. EMPEROR,* flowers large, rich purple magenta
shaded, habit vigorous ; Louis VAN HOUTTE, very free, rosy
purple ; PURPUREA,* deep purple shaded lake, very attractive ;
SOUVENIR DE ST. MAURICE, flowers medium size, very profuse ;
VIOLET QUEEN,* bright violet purple, very distinct and free.

Red and Crimson-flowered. BRILLIANT,* flowers of good form
and substance, brilliant red inside, rather paler outside, dwarf
and free ; CRIMSON BANNER,* rich crimson, dwarf, very floriferous ;
FIRE KING,* bright red, orange shaded, veined with crimson ;
LUSTROUS,* brilliant red crimson, large, most profusely produced,
habit dwarf; NE PLUS ULTRA,* intense crimson, of excellent form;
SCARLET G EM,* flowers medium sized, brilliant scarlet, habit dwarf
and free.

Rose-coloured. ADMIRATION, light pink, shaded salmon, of good
form and shape ; ANNA CROZY,* deep pink, lilac shade, veined
white, very showy; CLOCHETTE,* deep rosy pink, with crimson
veins, very dwarf and free ; DELICATUM, pale salmon rose, with
deeper veins, flowers very large ; KING OF THE ROSES,* rich deep

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Abutilon — continued.

rose, of good size and substance, habit dwarf and very free ; LADY
OF THE LAKE,* flowers medium sized, rich pink ; Louis MARIGNAC,
pale pink, veined white, splendid habit, a charming variety;
PRINCESS MARIE,!* flowers rich rosy lake, very profuse, of
excellent form ; Eos^EFLORUM.t* pale salmon rose, veined with
crimson.

White-flowered. BOULE DE NiEGE,t* very fine pure white flowers,
the best in its class ; PURITY,* very free, of good habit, and pure
white ; SERAPH,* dwarf, and very floriferous.

FIG. 3. FLOWER OF ABUTILON INSIGNE.

Yellow-flowered. CANARY BiRD.t* similar in habit to Boule de
Niege, bright primrose, very lovely ; COURONNE D'OR,* bright
yellow, of the finest form and substance, very bold foliage;
GOLDEN GEM, rich canary yellow, extremely free, of dwarf habit ;
LEMOiNEi.t very fine, pale yellow, good size; QUEEN OF THE
YELLOWS,* very large, lemon yellow, good substance ; YELLOW
PKINCE,* rich golden yellow, of medium size, very profuse.
ABYSSINIAN PRIMROSE. A common name
for Primula Boveana (which see).

ACACXA (from ac, a point, in Celtic ; or from akazo,
to sharpen ; many of the species are furnished with
spines). See also Albizzia. OBD. Leguminosce. Shrubs or
trees, very variable in habit and leaves. Flowers yellow,
white, rarely red, disposed in globular heads or spikes,
decandrous or polyandrous. Spines stipular, scattered, or
wanting. This is a very polymorphous genus, and the
majority of species described are known in this country
only from herbarium specimens. It is very doubtful
whether the entire genus is represented in our gardens
by more than about fifty species, many of which are only
to be found in botanic gardens; but this number is,
without doubt, sufficiently characteristic. The num-
ber of species is close upon 400, and the genus one
of the largest known. In our enumeration, we have
strictly confined ourselves to describing such as are un-
questionably in cultivation, and to this end we have adopted
the only accurate method of deciding which are and which
are not grown, viz., by consulting the trade lists of nursery-
men, both in this country and on the Continent. Such
lists, however, are not always correct, from a scientific
point of view, in the matter of nomenclature. The
species best deserving of cultivation are all natives of
Australia, New South Wales, or other temperate regions,
and are among the hardiest and most easily cultivated of
all greenhouse plants. They are very floriferous. The
greenhouse species are sufficiently hardy to withstand the
winter in a temperature very little higher than freezing
point. Cultivation : Some have a tendency to make long

Acacia — continued.

straight shoots ; these should be selected for training upon
rafters or pillars, on which they thrive well and form
splendid ornaments in spring ; whilst the more shrubby
kinds will be equally at home in pots in the form of bushes.
Roots and tops grow with great rapidity, and an abundance
of water is required at all times. Immediately after flower-
ing (usually about May) is the best time to prune Acacias ;
they may then be placed in the open air, and fully ex-
posed to the sun, until October. They make a far healthier,
cleaner growth, and ripen their wood much better outside
than under glass ; all they require is copious waterings,
never allowing them to become dry, and keeping clear of
weeds. In the first week in October house the plants, and
winter in a temperature of 40deg. to 50deg. They delight
in a light rich compost of equal parts turfy loam and leaf
mould, freely intermixed with sand, or peat may be used
instead of the leaf mould. Propagation : Cuttings of the
half -ripened wood, put in with a heel, root readily during
the summer. They do not bear heat well, nor do they
require it. The soil should be equal parts peat and sand,
covered with pure sand, thoroughly consolidated. Insert
the cuttings as soon as made ; water home, and leave them
in the shade till dry. Then place the bell glasses over
them, shade and water so as to prevent flagging. Pot off
as soon as rooted, and keep in a close pit or house until
the plants are thoroughly established. Seeds should be
sown as soon as ripe, in sandy peat ; about iin. deep, or
a little more, for large seeds. A temperature of 55deg.
to 60deg. suits them well. Pot off when large enough
to handle, and place in a cool close pit or house until quite
established. The culture and propagation of the stove
species are the same as for the greenhouse sorts, but the
former require, of course, greater heat. Their flowers, how-
ever, are much less frequently produced than their more
temperate congeners, consequently they are not so much
grown.

A. aifinis.* fl. yellow. May. h. 5ft. New Holland, 1822. Green-
house species.

A albicans (whitish).* fl. white ; heads, two to five, aggregate,
rising in racemes from the axils to the leaves. I. with eight to
nine pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing nineteen to twenty-two
pairs of oblong linear-leaflets. A. 5ft. Swan River.

A. amcena (pleasing). This closely resembles A. heterophylla.

A. angustifolia (narrow-leaved), fl. yellow, in heads two to
four together, pedunculate. April. /. with fifteen to twenty
pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing thirty to forty pairs of linear-
acute, ciliated leaflets, h. 4ft New South Wales, 1816. One of
the numerous varieties of A. lonyifolia.

A arabica (Arabian).* Gum Arabic, fl. white ; heads pedunculate,
axillary, usually in threes. I. with four to six pairs of pinnae,
each pinna bearing ten to twenty pairs of oblong-linear leaflets.
h. 20ft Arabia, East Indies, <fcc., 1820. Greenhouse species.
See Fig. 4.

A. argyrophylla (silver-leaved). A synonym of A. brachybotrya.

A. armata (armed, simple leaved).* fl. yellow, in solitary globular
heads. April. I. phyllodia obliquely ovate-oblong, quite entire,
one-nerveof. h. 6ft to 10ft Australia, 1803.

A. Benthami (Bentham's). A synonym of A. eochlearit.

A. brachybotrya (short-bunched).* fl. yellow, in axillary stalked
globular heads. April. L phyllodia silvery silky, obliquely
obovate, or oblong, h. 8ft Swan River. SYN. A. argyrophylla.

A Catechu (catechu), fl. yellow ; spikes cylindrical, solitary,
twin, or tern, axillary. March. I. with ten pairs of pinnae, each
of which bears forty to fifty pairs of linear pubescent leaflets.
h. 20ft. to 40ft. East Indies, 1790.

A. cavenia (Cavenia).* fl. yellow, disposed in globose heads,
peduncles, axillary, aggregate. I. with usually about five pairs
of pinnae, each of which bears nine to ten pairs of linear-oblong
leaflets, clothed with scabrous pubescence, h. 20ft Chili. Green-
house species.

A. cochlearis (spoon-leaved), fl. yellow, in solitary globular
heads. April. I. phyllodia linear lanceolate, many-nerved at the
base, quite entire, mucronate. h. 4ft West Australia, 1818.
SYN. A. Benthami.

A cnltriformis (knife-formed).* fl. yellow, in crowded heads,
disposed in either axillary or terminal racemes. April. I. phyl-
lodia eight to ten lines long, four lines broad, cultriform, ending
in an acute hooked point, which bears to one side. h. 4ft New
South Wales, 1820.

A. cuneata (wedge-shaped).* /.yellow. April. Swan River, 1837.
Greenhouse species.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Acacia— continued.
A. cyanopbylla (blue-leaved), fl. yellow; racemes axillary;

March. L phyllodia lanceolate, often 1ft. long.
,
Arboreous.

. .

glaucous green, almost blue ; branches drooping, A. 18ft Swan
River, 1838.

A. dealbata (whitened)." The Silver Wattle, fl. yellow, in pedi-
cellate heads, disposed in racemes along the axillary branches.
July. Z. from ten to twenty pairs of pinnae, each of which bears
thirty to thirty-five pairs of linear, much crowdedpubescent
leaflets. A. 10ft. to 20ft. Australia and Tasmania, 1820.

A. difluaa (spreading), fl. yellow, in globular heads, which are
usually twin. May. L phyllodia linear, one-nerved, ending in
an oblique acumen ; branches diffusely procumbent, angular.
h. 2ft. victoria and Tasmania, 1814.

A. Drnmmondl (Drummond's).* fl. pale lemon ; spikes axillary,
drooping, cylindrical, simple. April. I. with two pairs of pinnae,
each pinna bearing two to three pairs of linear obtuse leaflets.
Plant unarmed, silky. A. 10ft Swan River. Very handsome and
one of the best grown, forming a somewhat dwarf shrub.

Fio. 4. ACACIA ARABICA (a) Flowering Branch, (6) Seed-pod.

A. Farnesiana (Famesian). fl. yellow, sweet-scented, disposed in
axillary, usually twin, unequally pedunculate heads. July.
L with five to eight pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing from
fifteen to twenty pairs of linear glabrous leaflets, h 6ft to 10ft.
St. Domingo, 1656. Greenhouse species.

A. glanca (milky- white).* /.white; spikes globose, stalked,
axillary, usually twin. July I. with four to six pairs of pinnae,
each pinna bearing about twelve to fifteen pairs of linear, distant,
acute leaflets, which are glaucous beneath. A. 5ft to 10ft South
America, 1690.

A. glaucescens (greyish), fl. yellow ; spikes twin, bnt solitary
on the peduncles, axillary. June. I. phyllodia linear-lanceolate,
attenuated at both ends, falcate, three-nerved. A. 6ft to 8ft.
Queensland, 1822. SYN. A. homomalla.

A. grandls (great).* fl. yellow ; heads globular ; peduncles solitary
or twin, axillary, one-headed. February to May. I. with one pair
of pinnae, each pinna bearing eight to ten pairs of linear-lanceo-
late leaflets ; branches hairy. A. 6ft. West Australia 1850 A
variety of A. pulehella.

A. beteropbylla (varfable-leaved).* fl. yellow, in heads, disposed
in a kind of raceme. May. I. phyllodia linear, attenuated at
both ends, many-nerved. A. 5ft Isle of Bourbon, 1824. A.
amoena is very like this.

A. hlspidissima (hairiest). A variety of A. pulchella.

A. holosericea (all silky), fl. yellow, in axillary spikes, usually
twin. May. I 6in. long, oblong-lanceolate, ending in a soft point
at the apex, three-nerved. A. 10ft. to 20ft. Australia, 1818. The
•whole aspect of this tree is silky. SYN. A. leucophylla.

A. homomalla (equal-woolled). A synonym of A. glaucescens.

A. Hugelii (Baron Hugel's). fl. pale yellow. February. West
Australia, 1846. Greenhouse species.

Acacia — continued.

A ixiopbylla (Ixia-leaved). fl. yellow ; heads about twenty-
flowered -peduncles downy, shortly racemose or solitary. March.
? narW oblong-lanceolate sub-falcate, obtuse, obliquely mucro-
nate much branched. A. 2ft. New South Wales, 1844.

A. luniperina (juniper-leaved), fl. yellow, in solitary heads.
May. Uinear-subulate, ending in a pungent point • branches terete,
pubescent. A. 6ft. Australia and Tasmania, 1790. Greenhouse.

A. Lebbek (Lebbek).* fl. yellow, sweet-scented ; heads many-
flowered, pedunculate, three or four together, from the crowded
upper nodes May. I. with two to four pairs of pinnae, each pinna
bearing about six to eight pairs of oval, somewhat dimidiate
leaflet]?, which are obtuse at both ends. A. 20ft. East and West
Indies, 1823. Stove species.

A. lenrosa (leprous), fl. yellow, mostly five-parted, numerous in
a globular head ; peduncles mostly in pairs or clusters, iin. long.
May I narrow, linear-lanceolate, acute or obtuse with a small
callous point, narrowed at base, liin. to Sin. long, those of the
ren shoots broader. Branchlets pendulous, more or less
^. (B. R. 1441.)

A. leucopbylla (white-leaved). A synonym of A. holosericea.

A. lineata (lined), fl. yellow, mostly five-parted, ten to fifteen or
rarely more in a small, globular head ; peduncles slender rarely
exceeding the leaves. April. I. linear, with a small hooked
point, about iin., rarely Jin., long, one-nerved. Branches nearly
terete usually pubescent or viUous. h. 6ft. Australia, 1824.
(B. M.' 3346.)

A. L longissima (longest). Synonymous with A. longissima.

A. longifolia (long-leaved). » fl. yellow; spikes loose, axillary,
cylindrical. March. I. phyllodia linear-lanceolate, narrowed at
each end, three-nerved, striated. A. 10ft. Australia, 1792. A
fine erect-growing greenhouse species.

A. longissima (longest-leaved), fl. yellow; spikes several,
axillary, generally branched. May. I. phyllodia very long, fili-
form, one-nerved, spreading. A. 4ft. New South Wales, 1819.
Stove species. SYN. A. linearis longissima.

A. Innata (half-moon).» /. yellow ; heads disposed in racemes,
which are longer than the phyllodia. April. I. phyllodia
obliquely oblong, rather falcate, narrowed at the base, terminating
in an oblique callous mucrone. A. 2ft. to 4ft. Australia, 1810.
Greenhouse species. SYN. A. olecefolia.

A. mclanoxylon (black wooded), fl. yellow ; heads few, disposed
in a kind of raceme. April. 1. phyllodia lanceolate-oblong, rather
falcate, obtuse, quite entire, many-nerved. A. 6ft. to 10ft.
Australia, 1818. Greenhouse species.

A. mollissima (softest-leaved).* fl. yellow ; heads pedicellate,
disposed in racemes along the axillary peduncles. July. I. with
eight to eighteen pairs of pinnse, each pinna bearing thirty to
forty pairs of linear, much crowded, pubescent leaflets, which are
clothed with yellowish velvety down when young ; branches and
petioles angular. A. 10ft to 20ft. Van Diemens Land, 1810.

A. olesefolia (olive-leaved). A synonym of A. lunata.

A. oxycedrus (sharp-cedrns).* fl. yellow; spikes axillary, solitary,
elongated. April. I. phyllodia scattered, or somewhat verti-
cillate, lanceolate-linear, ending in a pungent point, three-nerved.
A. 6ft to 10ft. New South Wales, 1823. Greenhouse species.

A. paradoxa (paradoxical). /. yellow, disposed in solitary
heads. March. I. phyllodia obliquely oblong-lanceolate, entire,
wavy, one-nerved; branches clammy, glabrous. A. 6ft. New
Holland. Greenhouse species.

A. penninervia (feather-nerved). /. yellow; heads about the
size of a pea, racemose. April. I. phyllodia oblong, acuminated
at both ends, straight, 2in. to Sin. long, iin. broad, feather veined.
A. 4ft to 6ft. New Holland, 1824.

A. platyptera (broad-winged).* /. yellow ; heads solitary, on
•hart peduncles. March. 1. phyllodia short, bifarious, decurrent,
obliquely truncate, rnucronate ; branches broadly winged. A. 3ft,
Swan River, 1840. Greenhouse species.

A. pubescens (downy).* fl. yellow ; heads small, globose pedicel-
late, disposed in racemes along the axillary peduncles. March.
I. with three to ten pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing six to
eighteen pairs of linear glabrous leaflets. A. 6ft to 10ft
Branches terete, hairy. New Holland, 1790.

A. pulcbella (pretty).* fl. yellow ; heads solitary. April. L,
pinnae bearing five to seven pairs of oblong-ovate, obtuse leaflets.
A. 2ft. to 3ft. New Holland, 1803. Greenhouse species. The
variety hispidissima has white flowers.

A. Riccana (Rice's).* fl. pale yellow, in long, solitary, axillary
spikes. May. I. linear, in clusters, dark green, scattered or
whorled. A. 20ft. Tasmania. Habit graceful, like a weeping
willow. Very handsome and distinct. SYS. A. setigera. See Fig. 5.

A. rotundifolia (round-leaved), fl. yellow ; heads globose, soli-
tary, on long peduncles. March. I. phyllodia on short petioles,
obliquely rounded, obtuse or retuse. mucronate. Branches angu-
lar, puberulous. A. 6ft. New Holland, 1842.

A. saligna (Willow-like),

eduncles. March. I. phyllodia linear, attenuated at both ends,

ped

quite entire, almost nerveless.
1818. Greenhouse species.

fl. yellow ; heads solitary, on short
linear, attenuate
A. 6ft. to 10ft. New Holland,

A. Senegal (Senegal). Gum Senegal. /. white, small, glabrous,
distant ; spikes axillary, solitary, slender. L with five to eight

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Acacia — continued.

pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing fifteen to eighteen pairs of
oblong-linear, obtuse, glabrous leaflets ; branches white ; prickles
sometimes wanting, h. 20it Arabia. 1823. Stove species.

A. settgera (bristly). Synonymous with A. Riceana.

A. sophoraa (Sophora-podded). fl. yellow ; spikes usually twin,
axillary. May. L. phyllodia obovate, oblong or lanceolate, quite
entire, many nerved ; sometimes there are bipinnate leaves at the
tops of the branches, h. 20ft New Holland, 1805.

A. sphSBTOcephala (round-headed).* f.. yellow; racemes axillary,
usually twin, ovate-roundish. I. with numerous close-set linear
falcate pinnules, which are usually tipped by a glandular yellow
"food body;" spines twin, hollow. Mexico. A very remarkable
stove species, inhabited by ants during certain seasons in its
native country.

A. nncinifolia (hook-leaved). «. yellow ; spikes usually twin,
dense, on short peduncles, cylindrical March. L phyllodia long,
linear-subulate, flat, recurred, mncronate, three-nerved; branches
angular, h. 6ft Swan River, 1846.

A. vera (true). Egyptian Thorn ; Gum Arabic, jl white, usually
in twin heads, pedunculate, axillary. July. L with two
pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing eight to ten pairs of
oblong linear leaflets ; branches and spines red. h. 20ft Egypt,

FIG. 5. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ACACIA RICEAM.

A. verticillata (whorl-leaved).* ft. yellow ; spikes axillary, soli-
tary, oblong. March. L phyllodia linear, ending in a pungent
somewhat verticillately. h, 6ft to 10ft A

ending in a
. h, 6ft to
ckly, greenhouse species, of variable habit

mncrone,

spreading, prickly, greenhouse species, of variable habit New
Holland, 17

A. vestita (clothed).' JL yellow, in loosely racemose heads, along
the peduncles ; upper ones solitary. June. L phyllodia obliquely
elliptic-lanceolate, one-nerved, ending in an awnlike mucrone,
hispid, h. 4ft New Holland, 1820.

A. viscldula (clammy).* Jl. yellow; heads globular, on short
stalks, axillary, solitary or twin. February, t. linear, clammy ;
branches slender, clammy. A. 6ft, erect New South Wales,
IBM,

AC.ENA (from alcaina, a thorn ; in allusion to the
slender spines on the calyx or fruit). ORD. Rosaceae. A
genus of dwarf sub-shrubby plants. Flowers capitate, or
interruptedly spicate, uninteresting ; petals absent. Leaves
alternate, impari-pinnate. Excepting for rockwork, or as
edgings to flower beds, they are not of much value ; their
habit is, however, very compact and neat. They require
BiTnilftT treatment to other hardy herbaceous plants, in
ordinary soil. Increased by cuttings, creeping rootlets,
divisions, and by seeds.

A. mlcrophylla (small-leaved).* fl. green, small, in close heads,
furnished with showy, long crimson spines. Summer. L small,
pinnate, h. lin. to 2in. New Zealand. A neat evergreen with a
compact and cushion-like growth ; it is a very effective subject for
the rock garden, and grows freely in most situations. The
crimson globular heads of spine-formed calyces form a conspicuous
and ornamental feature of the plant. SYN. A. Son* Zealand**.
See Fig. 6.

Acaena — continued.

A. millefolia (myriad-leaved).* f. inconspicuous. A very distinct
species with finely-cut pale green leaves. The fruiting spikes of
this are not collected in globular heads, as in the others, and
their presence detract from its value as an ornamental plant
Otherwise, it is very graceful.

iy-!eave.l\

spikes. June. I. pinnate; leaflets deeply cut

A synonym of A. mien-
h. 9in. Chili,

green, small, in rounded
eeply cut h. 6in. to 1ft

Chili, 1828 Small, fern-like.
A. Nov» Zealand!® (New Zealand).

phyOa.
A. ovalifolia (oval-leaved). A. green.

1868. Good for rock gardens.
A, pnlchella (pretty).* jZ. inconspicuous. A pretty bronzy.

leaved species, admirably suited for rockwork crevices, where

space is no object It grows very rapidly, and forms handsome

tufts.

ACAIiYFEA (the name given by Hippocrates to the
Nettle). OBD. Euphorbiaceae. Stove ornamental and
variegated nettle-like leaved shrubs. Flowers greenish or
reddish, inconspicuous, in erect or drooping bracted axillary
or terminal spikes ; those of the upper portion sterile, of
the lower, fertile. The undermentioned only are those most
worthy of cultivation. They are very easily grown, with
ordinary stove treatment, and in a peat and loam compost.
When well cultivated, the leaves of the hybridised varieties
are highly coloured, but rather coarse than otherwise. In-
creased by cuttings under a glass in sandy soil, in stove
heat, during April.

A. Macafeeana (Macafee's). J. red, blotched with bronzy crim-
son. 1877.

A. macrophylla (large-leaved).* I. cordate ovate, russet brown,
blotched with paler spots. The best and handsomest stove
species.

A. marglnata (margined). I large, very hairy, ovate-acuminate,
centre brown, w " "

wide.

)wn, with a distinct margin of rosy carmine, about iin.
Fyi Islands, 1875.

(mosaic).* L bronzy green, variegated with orange
and dull red. Polynesia, 1877.

A. torta (twisted). L dark olive, tinted green; margin cut
Islands.

into blunt, oblong segments.
for its curiously contorted fol
are terete, and covered by

Samoan
It
leaves

for its curiously contorted foliage. It has erect stems, which

the
way.

Remarkable
ect stems, which
in a very singular

A. tricolor (three-coloured). A synonym of A. WiOtaiana.

A, Wilkesiana (Wilkes').* I. ovate-acuminate, curiously blotched,

mottled, and splashed with red and crimson ; ground colour

coppery green, h. 6ft to 10ft New Hebrides, 1866. STW. A.

tricolor.
A. W. marginata (Wilkes's margined).* L large, olive brown,

margined with rosy carmine. Fyi Islands, 1875.

ACAHTHACKE. A large order of soft-wooded,
herbaceous plants, usually having gamopetalons axillary
flowers; calyx composed of deeply imbricated scales; bracts
large, leafy.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ACANTHOLIMON (from akanthos,a. spine, and limon,
•ea lavender). ORD. Plantagineos. Dwarf hardy tufted
evergreen plants, distinguished from allied genera in having
sharp-pointed rigid leaves. They are of rather slow growth,
thriving best in a sandy soil, and sunny position, on rock-
work more particularly. The flowers are similar to Statice
and Armeria. Increased by seeds (which germinate slowly),
pown carefully on a warm but rather shaded border, and
transplanted when large enough to handle; or by cuttings
and very carefully made divisions. The cuttings should be
made in late summer, and placed in a frame, to remain
there during the winter.

(prickly).* JL rose, spicate, about Jin. across,
a spikelet. Summer. 2. densely packed and
inted with spines, h. 6in. Armenia, 1851. Very com-

six to eight in a spikelet. Summer. I. densely packed and
sharply pointed with spines, h. 6in. Armenia, 1851.
pact anil distinct SYN. Statice Ararat*.

A Kotschyi (Kotschy-s). fl. white. A good species, but ?ery
rarely seen in British gardens.

FlQ. 7. ACANTHOI.IMON VENUSTUM.

A. vennstnm (charming).* fl. rose, spicate, from twelve to twenty
in each spike. Summer. I. broader than in the last, and glaucous.
A. 6m. or 8m. Cihcia, 1873. A rare and handsome alpine.
Larger than the preceding. See Fig. 7.

ACANTHOPHIPPITJM (the derivation of this word
U not apparent). ORD. Orchidece. A peculiar class of
terrestrial stove orchids. Flowers rather large, racemose few-
sepals combined in a broad oblique pitcher, including the
petals, which are adnate to the base of the column ; column
short, produced into a long foot Pseudo-bulbs oblong
Leaves few, large, longer than the scapes. The best
species are the two first-mentioned. They will thrive well
in sandy peat, with a quantity of small stones, broken pots
or gravel A great deal of heat and moisture are absolutely
essential during the growing period. Propagated, as soon
as growth commences, by dividing the pseudo-bulbs.

A. >li/*AlAV* (* urn, M^1A...«^\ » a i

ACANTHOPHCENIX (from akantha, a spine, and

phoinix, the Date Palm). ORD. Palmce. A very elegant

stove palm, differing from Areca principally in habit, and

requiring a light sandy soil and a summer temperature

of 65deg. to SOdeg., winter 55deg. to 65deg. Increased

by seeds only; these germinate best in a moist bottom

heat, and a well decomposed compost of one part loam,

one of peat, one of leaf mould, and the remainder of Band.

They may remain in this soil for two or three years.

A. crlnita (hairy).* fl. spirally arranged, in threes, the central one

being female. I. the fronds are arched, broadly ovate in outline,

pectinately pinnate in division, with long linear acuminate seg-

ments, paler beneath. The stem is densely armed with black,

needle-shaped spines, and much swollen towards the base. Sey-

chelles, 1868.

ACANTHOKHIZA (from akantha, a spine, and rhiza,
a root). ORD. Palmce. A small genus of stove1 palms,
differing from Trithrinax by the aerial roots of th« trunk
hardening into spines (which are horizontal or pointed
upwards), and by the blade of the leaf being divided
down to the petiole. They delight in a rich loamy
soil, and are propagated by seeds, in a moist, sweet
hotbed, in spring.

A. aculeate (spiny). » I. orbicular, palmately slit into numerous
linear-lanceolate, glabrous segments, deep-green above, silvery
beneath ; petioles slender ; the trunk is covered with a network
of branching spines. Mexico, 1879. SYN. Chamceropi staura-
cantha.

A. Wallisii (Wallis's)." A recent introduction from tropical

America, and not yet much cultivated ; it is a tall palm with

orbicular palmate leaves.
A. Warzcewiczii (Warzcewicz's).* This differs from the pre-

ceding species by its more irregularly divided leaf blade, which

is white below. Tropical America.

ACANTHOSTACHYTTM (from akanthos, a spine, and
atacTii/i.aspike). ORD. Bromeliaceas. A monotypic genus of
stove evergreen herbaceous plants ; of easy culture in a com-
post of equal parts sand, decayed wood, and rotten leaves.
Propagated by suckers, which strike readily in bottom
heat.

A. strobilacea (cone-fruited), fl. red and yellow ; scape simple,
long, scurfy; bracts coloured. June. I. radical, very long, in-
curved narrow^hick, pungent, channelled, spiny-toothed, covered
with white scurf. A. 4ft. Brazil, 1840.

ACANTHUS (from akanthos, & spine; several species
being spiny or prickly). Bear's Breech. ORD. Acanthacece.
A group of stately, ornamental perennial plants, mostly
hardy, remarkable for their vigorous growth and beautiful
foliage. Flowers sessile, crowded, spicate ; corolla tubular,
one-lipped; Up three lobed. To attain perfection they
require a deep soil, and a situation fully exposed to the
sun. They will, however, thrive moderately well in
common soil and partial shade. The habit being generally
a bold one, they are most suited for isolated tufts,
backgrounds of mixed borders, and the wild garden.
Propagated by seeds, sown in gentle heat, or by division
of the roots, in autumn or early spring.

*• 3ft

SBr August

A. longifolius (long-leaved).* /. purple, rose, in the axils of the
bracts, which are oval, acuminate, spiny, of a reddish hue
forming a spike nearly 1ft. long. June. I. radical, 2ft. to 3ft
long ; numerous, h. 3ft. to 4ift. Dalmatia. 1869.

*•. Insltanions (Portugal). Synonymous with A. mollis lati.

** "E?1^80?** •*:, white or r°se. sessile in the axils of the deeply-
toothed bracts ; spikes about lift. Summer. I. sinuated unarmed

I^154ted *" °UtUne> **• !°ng by lft br0ad' A 3ft to 4ft

A. m. latifolins (broad-leaved).* A variety of A inollig but

Urger and more robust in every part. This veV handle ''torn

is probably the best grown ; it is one of the most suitable for sub

S3S "Sfinfa A warm sunny spot fa needfuL s™- A- i™1-

white-

July to September.
crrecn. h. 3ft.

. I.
Portugal;

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

9

Acanthus — continued.

(most spiny)-*/-

L spinostssimus (m
handsome spike, with
Jaciniate, pinnatifid, bus
Europe, 1629.

acute, recurved
blistered, spiny ; spines i

e, on a very
*.3jft South

FIG. 8. ACANTHUS MOLLIS

A. splnosns (spiny).* f~ purplish, spicate ; sepals spiny. Sun
L deeply and regularly cut, each division terminated by a short
spine, k. 3ft to 4ft South Europe, See Fig. 9.

ACAULESCENT. With apparently no stem.

ACCESSORY. Something additional, not usually
present.

ACCKETE. Fastened with another body, and growing
with it.

ACCU:

FT. Lying against anything, in distinction

to incumbent, or lying upon.

ACER (from acer, hard or sharp; wood is extremely
hard, and was formerly much used for making pikes and
lances). Maple. OED. Sapindaeece. A. genus comprised,
for the most part, of handsome hardy deciduous
shrubs, or trees, adapted for forming shrubberies,
plantations, <tc. Flowers greenish, except where men-
tioned. A. Pseudo-platanu* is one of our most useful
forest trees. Several of the species produce very useful
timber ; sugar is one of the constituent parts of the sap of
all of them, and is obtained in large quantities from A.
taccharinum. in North America. They all prefer a some-
what sheltered position. The most satisfactory soil is
one free, deep, loamy, and well drained ; the latter is
especially desirable with some of the Japanese varieties.
The varieties of A. japonicum. and palmatum are well
worth growing in pots for conservatory decoration. Pro-
pagation: By seeds, sown either in autumn or spring,
covering them not more than a iin. deep ; the common
varieties may be sown outside, while the rarer ones should
be sown in a frame. By layers, and by grafting; the
latter method is adopted with many of the rarer species

Acer — continued.

and varieties, especially the variegated kinds ; they are
also readily increased by budding in summer.

(Austrian). Synonymous with A.

(field)* 4

Mav. Jr. wings of fruit
with five-toothed lobes. A. 20ft.

rough bark, foil of deep

when it is highly vaJuei

A

A. c. collinmn (hffl-loring).'
leaves obtuse. France,

/L smaller, fr. smooth. Lobes of

A. c. hebeearpnm (downy fruited).* /r. clothed with velvety

FIG. a LKAF A*D FLOWER SPIKE OF ACAXTHTS SPINOSUS.

A. c, lavigatmn (smooth-leaved). L very smooth and shining.

A. c. nanum (dwarf). Dwarf habit

A. c. tanricum (Taurian).* L larger and less divided than in the
species.

A. c. variegatmn (variegated).' L beautifully variegated with
blotches and stripes of white or whitish yellow; very dis-
tinct.

A. circinatum (emanate),* JL deep red, umbellate. ApriL L
sreven to nine-lobed, serrulated. A. 5ft. to 6ft North West

10

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Acer— continued.

America, 1827. A very beautiful species, having pendulous
branches clothed with leaves, which change into a bright scarlet
colour in the autumn.

A. crettoum (Cretan), fl. on few-flowered erect corymbs. May.

%• smooth with the wings hardly diverging. I. cuneated at the
base, acutely three-lobed at the top. A. 4ft. Levant, 1752.
Nearly evergreen.

A. daBycarpum (thick-fruited).* fl. conglomerate, on short
peoS,^p?talous. April. I. truncate at the base, palmately
Bve-lobed, with blunt recesses, and unequally and deeply-toothed
lobes. A. 40ft. North America, 1725. SYNS. A. eriocarpon,
A. tomentontm, A. glaueum, and A. virginianum

A. Douglasii (Douglas). Synonymous with A. glabrum.

A. eiiooarpon (bairy-fruited). Synonymous with A. dasy.
carpum.

A. Ginnala (Ginnalian).* fl. on compound, crowded, erect ra-
cemes. Amur River. This is generally classed as a variety of
A. tartarieum, but its habit is much more graceful, and in this
form the leaves are prettily cut and lobed, whilst the leafstalks
and midrib are more deeply coloured.

\glabrum (smooth).* fl. corymbose, on short two-leaved
ranchlets, greenish-yellow. June. I. roundish-cordate, deeply
three to flve-lobed, or partite ; the lobes bi-serrate, of a light
green. A. 15ft. to 30ft. North West America. SYNS. A. Douglaeii,
A. tripartitum.

A. glancnm (glaucous). Synonymous with A. dagyearpum.

A. heterophyllum (various-leaved).* fl. corymbose. May. I.
small, ovate, entire, and three-lobed, slightly serrated, smooth,
A. 4ft. Levant, 1759. An evergreen. SYN. A. sempervirens.

A. ibericnm (Iberian), fl. corymbose. May. I. bluntly three-
lobed ; lobes with one or two teeth, lateral ones marked with the
middle nerve to the insertion of the petiole. A. 20ft. Iberia,
1826.

A. japonionm (Japanese).* fl. deep purplish-red, large. April.
I. many-lobed, in early spring very Oght green. A. 20ft. Japan,
1863. The varieties of this species, although not weU fixed in many
cases, rank amongst the most handsome of the deciduous small
shrubs grown, but often change in character as they attain any
considerable size. Plants from l}ft. to 3ft. high are very useful in
cool conservatories, and in the highly kept grounds surrounding
the house.

A. laurifolium (laurel-leaved). Synonymous with A. oblongum.

A. Lobelll (Lobel's). I. very slightly heart-shaped, irregularly
toothed, flve-lobed ; lobes more or less abruptly pointed.

A. maerophyUnm (large-leaved).* fl. on erect, compound, ra-
cemes. May. I. digitately five-palmate, with roundish recesses ;
lobes somewhat three-lobed.

1812.

A. 60ft. Northern California,

(mountain). /. on compound, erect racemes,
te, three or slightly flve-lobed, unequally and
coarsely serrated, h. 18ft. Canada, 1750. SYN. A. rpicatum

May. I. cordate, three or slight!

A. Negnndo. See Negundo aceroides.

February. ..

20ft. Nepaul, 1824.

Jl. on compound racemes, pale yellow.

quite entire- *•

(obtuse-leaved), fl. drooping, corymbose. May.

—"*-* &

A. Opalus (Opalus). A synonym of A. opulifolium.

co™ly

obtusatum (bluntish).* A larger, strong growing round-
£>• I™' With dark ***** leaves, which Irf covered w"th
a whitish or rusty tomentum on the under surface.
A. palmatnm (palmate-leaved).* Jl. on five to seven-flowered
umbels. May. J. oalmatelv divided into five to seven lobes
uminated, serrated. A. 20ft.

rle).* A vigorous handsome
— ,_,._._liage. Japan.

%£SEra±3%£ *?• «n£ntaiked -

Jobes oblong, acuminated, deeply^errated A 30ft
' Very ornamental, hai

(P&lniatind).* I. very finel

. very finely
the midrib- <>* a

A.p.auroo-varie

yellow. Europe,

-continued.

A. p. retlculatum (netted).* I. palmately seyen-lobed ; lobes
unequal, sharply serrate, emerald green, with dark green
veins. Japan, 1875. A very elegant variety, with slender
branches.

A. p. roseo-marglnattun (rose-margined).* I. freely divided,
the lobes deeply cut, light green, margined with rose. Japan,
1874. A very distinct and charming variety.

A. p. sangulneum (blood-red).* I. deeply flve-lobed, the lobes
serrated, of a deep reddish-crimson colour, much brighter than
the variety atropurpureum. 1874. This presents a very striking
contrast to the last.

A. p. septemlobum (seven-lobed).* fl. purplish, on numerous
flowered umbels. Spring. 1. varying much, from palmately five-
lobed, with toothed undivided lobes, to deeply seven to nine-lobed,
with more or less finely cut divisions. Japan, 1864. There are
numerous beautiful forms of this variety.

There are many varieties of this much varying species, but
we have only mentioned those best known ; many are only
known by their native names, and there is some doubt as
to their distinctive characteristics. They are all extremely hand-
some.

A. pennsylvanlcum (Pennsylvanian).* Jl. in long drooping,
simple racemes. May. I. cordate, three-lobed, acuminated,
finely and acutely serrated. A. 20ft. Trunk elegantly striped
with white lines. North America, 1755. SYN. A. striatum.
A. pictum (painted).* fl. corymbose, stalked. I. five to seven-
looed ; lobes triangular or oblong, entire, acuminated. A. 15ft. to
20ft. Temperate Asia, 1840. A. p. connivem (converging), A. p.
marnwratum (spotted), A. p. rubrum (red), and A. p. variegatum
(variegated), are varieties differing principally hi the colouring of
the leaves. All are very desirable.

A. platanoldes (plane-like).* The Norway Maple. /. on nearly
erect stalked corymbs. May, June. I. cordate, smooth, flve-
lobed; lobes acuminated, with a few coarse acute teeth. A.
50ft. Europe, 1683. A very ornamental hardy tree, growing
with great rapidity when young. It prefers a deep, well-drained
soil.

variegated).* I. variegated with
retain the variegation, requires

to be propagated by budding or grafting. The same remarks are
equally applicable to the other varieties.

A. p. lacinlatum (cut-leaved).* I. deeply and variously cut, green
and yellow.

A. p. Schwedlerl (Schwedler's).* I. very large, deep bronzy-red.
A vigorous grower, and most effective.

A. p. variegatum (variegated).* I. variegated with white.
There are several other varieties, but of less importance than
the foregoing.

A. Pseudo-platanus (Mock-plane tree).* Sycamore, fl. on
rather compound pendulous racemes. May. I. cordate, with
five acuminated unequally-toothed lobes. A. 30ft. to 60ft.
Europe. There are few deciduous trees so well adapted for
standing singly in rough exposed situations. A deep, soft, dry
soil is most suitable for it, but it will grow in soils of very
opposite qualities.

A. P.albo varlegata (white- variegated).* A very beautiful form,
in spring especially. I. white and green.

A. P. flavo varlegata (yellow-variegated). I. variegated with
yellow.

A. P. longlfolla (long-leaved).* I. more deeply cut, and the
petioles much longer than in the species.

A. P. pnrpnrenm (purple).* I. purple underneath. The tree,
when slightly ruffled by the wind, alternately appearing clothed
in purple and pale green. Numerous other vaneties of more or
less excellence are grown.

A. rubrum (red).* Scarlet Maple. /. scarlet, handsome, conglome-
rate, corymbose. I. cordate at the base, deeply and unequally
toothed, palmately flve-lobed, with acute recesses. Branches and
fruit also scarlet. A. 20ft. Canada, 1656. A variety with leaves
splashed with yellow is rare. An excellent species, thriving
well in damp, swampy situations, and is commonly increased by
layers.

A. rufinerve (red-nerved).* "The leaves vary both in size and
outline, from 2£in. to 4in. each way; three to flve-lobed, with
irregularly toothed margins, glabrous above, but with reddish
hairs along the nerves beneath. The young branches are con-
spicuous on account of the bluish-grey glaucescence with which
they are covered."

A. r. albo llmbatum (white-margined)* differs only from the
species in having a very distinct white margin— not always

A. saccharlnum (Sugar Maple).* fl. yellow, on drooping corymbs,
on short peduncles ; pedicels pilose. April. I. cordate, smooth,
palmately flve-lobed ; lobes accuminated, sinuately toothed.
A. 40ft. N. America, 1735.

A. s. nigrum (blackish).* fl. on sessile corymbs, nodding. April,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

11

Acer — continued.
A. Semenovi (Semenov's).* A slender and graceful species, with

leaves closely resembling those of A. Ginnala, but smaller.

Turkestan, 1879.
A. sempervlrena (evergreen^ Synonymous with A. hetero-

phyllum.

A. splcatum (spiked). Synonymous with A. wwmtanwm.
A. strlatum (striated). Synonymous with A. penntylvanieum.
A. tartaricum (Tartarian).* JL white, on crowded, erect, com-

pound racemes. May. L more or less cordate, acuminated,

serrated, with obsolete lobes, h, 20ft. 1759. This species is

one of the first to expand its leaves hi spring.
A. tomentosnm (tomentose). Synonymoos with A.
A. tripartitum (three-parted). Synonymous with A.

^Van Volxemli (Van Volxem's). ft. not known in England.
palmately three to five-lobed, Tery large, lightgreen above,
silvery and quite glabrous beneath. Caucasus, 1877. Distinct

silvery and quite glabrous beneath.

A, villosnm (hairy). JL fragrant, on lateral racemes. ApriL
Bads, fruit, and young leaves, silky, villous. L cordate, five-lobed,
Tillous beneath as well as the petioles ; lobes orate acute. A. 50ft
Himalaya, at high elevations. Not hardy.
A. vlrglniannm (Virginian). Synonymous with A. dtuyearjntm.

ACERACEJE. An order of very ornamental hardy
trees, of which the Sycamore and Maple are well-known
representatives.

ACEBAS (from a, without, and leerat, a horn ; the lip
having no spur). OBD. Orchideae. An interesting genus
of terrestrial orchids. Calyx of three ovate, equal, con-
verging sepals ; petals two, narrow, oblong ; lip spurless,
much longer than the calyx, narrow, oblong, with four linear
lobes. The most interesting species is the native one.
Indigenous to dry, chalky pastures in the south-east of
England, and it will only thrive in similar soils when grown
in gardens. Propagated by careful divisions of tubers
only.

FIG. 10. FLOWER OF ACBRAS A>THROPOPHORA.

A. anthropophora (man-bearing). Green Man Orchis. /. green-
ish, on a lotg spike ; lip longer than the ovary ; lip and petals
often margined with rtd. June. J. lanceolate. A. 1ft. See
Fig. 10.

ACER.ATITJM (from a, not, and Iceras, a horn; the
stamens being destitute of the terminal bristles so con-
spicuous in its near ally, Elasoearpv*). OBD. THiaceas. An
interesting stove evergreen tree, very closely allied to Tata.
It thrives well in a mixture of loam and peat, and is in-
creased by ripe cuttings, which root readily if placed in
sand, under a hand glass, in heat.

A. opposltifolium (opposite-leaved).* fl. white on terminal
three-flowered peduncles. June, L opposite,elhptic-oblong,
furnished with a few mucronated teeth, A. 20ft Amboyna,
1818.

ACEBOSE, ACEROSTJS. Needle-pointed, fine, and
elender, with a sharp point.

ACETABIOTJS. An adjective applied to plants used
in salads.

ACEUS. A termination expressing a resemblance to
the thing whose name it terminates— foUaceut, leaf-like,
of the texture of a leaf or folium,
ACHANIA. See Malvaviscns.

ACHENE. A hard, dry, one-seeded, superior seed-
vessel.

ACHERONTIA ATROPOS. See Sphinx Atropos.
ACHILLEA i named after Achilles, who is said to have
first discovered the medicinal qualities of this plant). In-
cluding Ptarmwra. MilfoiL OBD. Composite. A large
genus (.about fifty species), containing numerous hardy,
border and alpine plants. Flower-heads small, corymbose ;

Achillea— continued.

involucral scales oblong, often with a shrivelled appear-
ance ; receptacle with membranous scales, resembling
chaff ; ray florets few, sometimes rather large and showy ;
pappus none. Leaves ternate, simple or compound. All
the species are easily cultivated in ordinary garden soil
A. Evpatorium and other large-growing kinds are well
suited for borders or groups, whilst the alpine section
should be planted on the rockery. A great number of
species, although excellent for naturalising in rough
shrubberies, are totally unfitted for garden culture. Propa-
gated, during spring, by root divisions, cuttings, and seeds.

A. fflgypttaca (Egyptian!* jC-fead, rich bright yellow, in closely
packed terminal corymbs, which are from 2in. to 4in. across.
Summer. L pinnate ; leaflets obtusely lanceolate, serrate, silvery
white, 6in. to Sin. long. A. l*ft to 2*ft Levant, 1640. Handsome
perennial, thriving btrt in aWm position.

borne singly on

y on stalks about 6in. or Bin. high, ummer. {.narrow,
* dense ^ very rosette, the margins prettily crimped.
Greece. A pretty alpine, of compact habit

America, 1803.

J14M* white. August I. in a rosette,

Austria, 1596. A pretty alpine.

(golden-flowered).* jL-keadt golden yellow, borne singly
18m. high. Summer and autumn. L larger than hi A.
ta, with which species it is sometimes confused. Levant,

agerattfolia, with which species it is
1739. Habit tufted. Requires a

position.

Fio. 1L ACHILLEA CnvE»iE, showing Habit and detached
Flower-head.

A, Clavennw (Clavenna's).* JL-head* white, hi neat and compact
heads. Spring and summer. I. bi-pinnatifid : segments linear,
obtuse, slightly denticulated at the apex. A. lOin. Austria, 1656.
A very neat and pretty species, having dwarf tufted habit and a
hoary appearance. See Fig. 11.

A. decolorans (staining). JLJuadt whitish yellow. July, tun-
divided. A. 1ft Native country unknown. 1798.

Fio. 12. ACHitLEA Ei'PATORH'M, showing Habit and detached
Flower-head.

A. rmpatorium (fern-leavedX* fl-Keed, brilliant yellow, in dens*
convST compound corymbs, which are often 5m. across, Ustang
two months in full beauty. June to September. L numerous,
linear, pinnate, lobed and serrated, hairy, rough. A, 4ft .toSft
Caucasus, 1801 This noble plant should be frow"***f'? ""^
the border, and kept neatly staked. STX. A. filymdul*. See
Fig. 19-

A. fllipendnla (Dropwort-leaved). Synonymou* with A. Eupe-

12

Achillea — continued.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

and a sunny position.

A.n«oUo..(Mon

whll» July. I unditid«d.

A pretty tufted alpine.
A. nana (dwarf) Jl.-headt white. June to August. 1. pinnate ;

l£32to horSai: A. 6in. Italy, 1759. A rockery species.
A, odorata (sweet-scented), fl.-headt white, fragrant. June to
\™° ™J. bipinnate. A. 6in. Spain, 1729.

.-head» white. June. I. bnght
tufted

Italy, 1775. A pretty

alpine.
A. Ptarmlca flore-pleno (double sneezewort).* /.-A«od* pure

whitTfieelv produced in terminal corymbs. All through the

summer and autumn. 1. lanceolate, serrulate. A. 1ft. to 2ft.

Fniiland This is one of the most useful white border perennials

pown, increasing very readily. When out of flower Ihe stems

should be cut down to the surface.
A. santolinoldes (Lavender-cotton-like), fl.-headt white. July.

I. pinnate ; leaflets transverse. A. 1ft. Spain.
A. serrata (serrated).* fl.-headt clear white, large, in small

corymbose clusters, forming a somewhat spreading panicle.

Summer. I. white, with adpressed hairs,

deeply serrated. A. 15in. Switzerland, 1686.

FIG. 13. ACHILLEA TOMENTOSA, showing Habit and detached
Portion of Inflorescence.

A. tomentosa (do

compound corymb

ny).
Summer.

fl.-heads bright yellow, in repeatedly
I. woolly, bipinnatifld ; segments

linear, acute. " A. Sin. to 12in. Europe. " One of the best yellow-
flowered species for the rock garden, having a dense habit. See
Fig. 13.

A. umbollata (umbel -flowered).* fl.-headt white, six to eight in a
simple umbel. June. 1. regularly lobed ; lobes pbovate, entire ;
clothed with a dense, silvery pubescence, on which account the
plant is chiefly cultivated. A. 4in. to 5in. Greece. A very pretty,
dwarf rock plant.

A. vallesiaca (Vallesian). fl.-heads white. June to August. I.
pinnate ; leaflets horizontal A. 1ft. Switzerland, 1819.

ACHIMENES (from cheimaino, to suffer from cold;
alluding to the general tenderness of the species). Includ-
ing Scheeria. OBD. Qesneraceae. A large genus of hand-
some, stove or warm greenhouse, branched, generally hairy,
herbaceous perennials, with scaly, catkin-like stolons
underground (see Fig. 14), and sometimes from the axils
of the leaves. Corolla funnel-shaped ; tube rather oblique,
gibbous behind at the base; pedicels one-flowered, axil-
lary, solitary or fasciculated, bracteated. Leaves opposite,
or three in a whorl, serrated.

To be successfully cultivated, they must be started and
grown in stove heat till they commence flowering, when
they may be removed to the conservatory or greenhouse,
there to remain till after flowering. Batches of tubercles
should be started in heat from February till the end of
April, so as to give a succession of blossom. Shake each
variety out of the old compost and insert separately in
light, sandy soil ; water sparingly at first, but when active
they may receive more frequent supplies. When the shoots

Achimenes — continued.

are about 2in. high, the tubercles may be transplanted
to the pots, pans, or baskets in which it is intended to grow
them, using as potting compost fibrous peat and leaf-soil
in equal proportions, with about a sixth part of sheep's
or rotten cow manure, and sufficient silver sand to make
the whole porous and of a whitish appearance. Thorough
drainage is indispensable, and a layer of the rougher soil,
or sphagnum, should be placed over the potsherds, to pre-

Fio. 14. ROOT OF ACHIMENES, showing Tubercles.

vent the loose soil stopping the drainage. Place the pans
as near the glass as possible, and shade from bright sun-
shine. Give liberal supplies of water, with occasional
doses of liquid manure ; and, as the shoots lengthen, they
may be pinched, to induce sturdy growth and a larger
number of flowering branches. Place neat stakes to each
stem, and keep well tied, arranging the stakes as sym-
metrically as possible, so as to ensure an even outline, but

FIG. 15. BOUQUET OF VARIOUS ACHIMENES.

do not allow them to be seen. Light syringing with clear
water, morning and evening, is beneficial. After the plants
have done flowering, they should gradually have less water
as the foliage and stems decay ; a light airy situation
is needed to mature and ripen the tubers. When the
tops are quite dead, they may be removed, and the
pots stored on the sides in any warm dry corner where

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

13

Acliimenes — continued.

the temperature will not fall below SOdeg., keeping the
plants quite dry until the time of starting again. Achimenes
are liable to attacks of thrips, red-spider, and green-fly,
especially if the atmosphere is kept dry ; these are easily
destroyed by fumigation with tobacco. This must only be
done when the foliage is quite dry, otherwise the plants will
suffer. Achimenes are especially beautiful when well
arranged, especially if two or three varieties are mixed
together, as white, red, and purple (Fig. 15). There are
several methods of increasing these : — (1) By cuttings ;
these need not be cut off at a joint, as they will root from
any portion of the stem. Insert them thickly in well-
drained pots of sandy soil — say a mixture of equal parts of
peat and sand — and place in bottom heat. (2) By leaves,
which should be severed from the stems, and pricked in
pots of similar soil to the cuttings, placing all the petiole
below the surface ; stand the pots in bottom heat. (3) By
scales from the conns, which should be carefully rubbed off
and sown, like seeds, in pots or pans of the same compost,
barely covered with sand, and placed in bottom heat.
(4) By seeds, which are very small, and, consequently,

FIG. 16. FLOWER OF ACHIMENES LONGIFLORA.

require to be carefully sown. The pans must be thoroughly
drained and filled nearly to the rim, levelled, and well
watered with a fine rose, after which the seed should be
thinly scattered, covered very lightly with sand, and placed
in a shady position. Keep nicely moist, and apply water
very lightly, or the tiny germs will be disturbed. Place a
sheet of glass over the seed-pans. When the seedlings are
large enough to handle, they may be pricked off and after-
wards treated like rooted cuttings. tThe best time for all
modes of propagating is early spring'.
A. atrosanguinea (dark-crimson).* fl. crimson ; tube of corolla

l^in. long, cylindrical, saccate at base, pilose ; limb small, spread-
g ; peduncle one-flowered. July, August, i!. pilose, o
ub-cordate, serrated, unequal, h. lift. Guatemala, 1848.

A. Candida (white).* /. white ; tube of corolla gibbous at basa ;

limb oblique, the front segment largest ; peduncles axillary,

pilose, three-flowered. June. I. unequal, oblique at base,

serrated, pilose, h. lift. Guatemala, 1848.
A. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. scarlet ; peduncles solitary, axillary.

August. I. three in a whorl, ovate, acuminated, serrated, with

minute leaves in the axils, h. 1-Jft. Jamaica, 1778.
A. cupreata (coppery), fl. scarlet ; calyx spotted inside, with a

fringed mouth ; petals ciliately toothed ; peduncles one-flowered.

April. I. elliptic, serrated, wrinkled, coloured, h. 6in. Mexico,

1845. Plant creeping, downy.
A. gloxiniseflora (Gloxinia-flowered).*/. whitish, large, axillary;

tube of corolla 2in. long; limb broad, spreading; Iqbes finely serrated,

dotted with purple inside. June. I. serrated from middle to top.

Stem slender, flexuous. h. 1ft. Mexico, 1845.

Achimenes— continued.

A. grandlflora Garge-flowered).* fl. violet purple, very large,
solitary, axillary ; limbs of corolla spreading. June. I. equal,
ovate, oblique at base, sparingly serrated, h. lift. Mexico,
1842. .

A. heterophylla (various-leaved), fl. solitary or twin ; corolla
scarlet ; lobes ciliated. July. I. opposite, one smaller than the
other, cordate ovate, acuminated, coarsely serrated, h. 1ft.
Mexico. Plant rather hairy.

A. hirsnta (hairy), fl. reddish, with yellow eye ; limb of corolla
flat, with rounded serrulate segments ; peduncles one-flowered.
July. I. cordate, serrated, h. 2ift Stem bulbiferous. Guatemala,
1842. Plant hairy.

A. Kleei (Klee's).* fl. lilac ; corolla dark near the mouth, with a
dash of yellow in the throat ; calyx downy ; peduncles one-
flowered. August. I. ovate, acuminate, serrated, h. 6m. Guate-
mala, 1848. Plant hairy.

A. louglflora (long-flowered).* fl. violet ; segments of calyx lan-
ceolate, erect ; corolla with a long tube, and an ample spreading
limb ; pedicels one-flowered. July and August. I. three to four
in a wnorl, ovate or oblong, coarsely serrated, h. 1ft. Guate-
mala, 1841. Plant hairy. See Fig. 16.

A. mnltiflora (many-flowered).* fl. pale lilac ; sepals linear ;
corolla funnel-shape ; tube curved ; lobes roundish, lower one
fringed ; peduncles axillary, three to five-flowered. August, i.
opposite, or three in a whorl, ovate, deeply and doubly serrated.
h. 1ft. Brazil, 1843. Plant hairy.

A. ocellata (eye-spotted).* fl. reddish yellow, with dark spots,
solitary, drooping ; petals nearly equally spotted. Autumn. I. on
longish petioles, ovate, acuminate, serrated, wrinkled, coloured
beneath, h. l£ft. 1845. Plant hairy.

A. patens (spreading). A. violet, blue ; calyx downy ; tube of
corolla shorter than limb, which is spreading. June. I. ovate,
acuminate, hispid above, serrate, h. 1ft. Mexico, 1845.

A. pedunculate (long-stalked).* fl. scarlet, with yellow eye;
corolla drooping, gibbous at base ; peduncles in the axils of the
upper leaves. July. I. rather unequal, obliquely cordate, ovate,
serrated, h. 2ft. Stem simple, downy. Guatemala, 1840.

A. picta (painted).* fl. scarlet, with yellow eye ; tube of calyx
turbinate ; lobes of corolla roundish, three lower ones smallest ;
peduncles solitary or two-flowered, axillary one-flowered July. I.
opposite^ or three in a whorl, cordate-ovate, coarsely serrated,
velvety, and elegantly painted. h. l|ft. Mexico, 1843.

A. rosea (rosy), fl. rose, pilose ; limb of corolla equal to tube ;
peduncles filiform, many-flowered, June. I. sometimes three
in a whorl, pilose, h. lift. Guatemala, 1848.

The foregoing are the most important species known.

Hybrid varieties are innumerable, and even surpass the

species in beauty, the best of which are enumerated below

in their respective colours.

Blue and Purple Flowered. ADVANCE,* flowers reddish-
purple, lighter at the eye, dwarf, and free habit ; ARGUS,* rich
plum, with deep orange eye, large and free ; DR. BUENZOD,*
flowers rich crimson purple, spotted with orange in the centre,
very free ; EXCELSIOR, rich violet-purple, very large and free,
with compact habit; GEM,* flowers small, of good form, rich
carmine-purple ; GIBSONI,* flowers very large, clear mauve, with
the tube white outside ; GRANDIS, rich violet purple, with large
orange eye, carmine shaded, a charming variety ; LADY SCARS-
DALE,* flowers of fair size, very free, rich plum purple, shaded
carmine ; LONGIFLORA MAJOR,* a stronger grower than the type,
freely producing large rich blue flowers, one of the finest varieties
grown ; MADAME GEORGE, deep purple shaded crimson ; MAUVE
QUEEN,* flowers very large, of a distinct mauve, with a brownish
eye-shade, very profuse, with a grand habit, one of the best;
PURPUREA ELEGANS,* deep'claret purple, orange throat with dark
spots, a very attractive variety ; ROLLISONII,* flowers large, deep
lavender-blue, yellow throat, spotted with deep crimson, very
effective ; VIVICANS,* dark carmine-purple, with crimson eye,
a few blue rays streaking from the eye, habit good, and very
free.

Crimson and Scarlet Flowered. AURORA,* rich rosy-scarlet,
with yellow throat, very large, fully 2in. across ; CARL WOOL-
FORTH,* deep crimson, shaded lighter at the eye, very free ;
DAZZLE, flowers small, brilliant scarlet, pale yellow eye, very
pretty and free ; DIADEM*, crimson lake, shaded carmine, with
deep yellow eye; ECLIPSE,* rich orange-scarlet, spotted with
carmine, extiemely floriferous, with a good habit; FIREFLY,* deep
carmine red, golden eye, spotted with crimson, one of the best ;
HARRY WILLIAMS*, bright cerise red, yellow, maroon spotted, the
edge prettily fringed, a very charming variety ; LOVELINESS, rich
magenta crimson, golden eye, spotted with maroon ; METEOR,
flowers rather large, bright crimson-scarlet, yellow eye, spotted
carmine, very dwarf and free ; SCARLET PERFECTION,* rich car-
mine-scarlet, deep orange eye, very beautiful ; SIR TREHERN
THOMAS,* deep crimson-lake, very profuse, with a good habit ;
STELLA, deep magenta, with orange eye, the margins fringed, very
large and free, 2in. or more across ; WILLIAMSII,* flowers large,
stout, brilliant scarlet, orange throat, habit dwarf and free-
branching, one of the finest varieties grown.

Orange-Flowered. GEORGIANA DISCOLOR, flowers large, bright
orange, with a distinct yellow centre; HF.NDERSONI,* rich orange-

14

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Included under Schiuhria

-continued.

salmon, with yellow eye ; MAGNET,* deep orange, spotted with
crimson, with a distinct carmine zone, a very free-flowenng and
beautiful variety ; PARSONSI* is a decided improvement upon the
last.

Rose-Flowered. ADMIRATION, deep rose, white throat, spotted
with carmine; CAKMINIATA SPLENDE.NS,* bright rose yellow
spotted in the centre, a charming vanety ; LEOPARD, bright
magenta rose, freely spotted at the throat; LONGIFLORA ROSA *nch
lilac rose, deeper in centre, of medium size, very free and dwarf ;
MASTERPIECE;* deep rose, violet shaded, with a distinct white
throat ; PINK PERFECTION,* rich rose, the eye rich carmine and
violet rayed, one of the best; BOSEA MAGNIFICA,* bright rose, with
a yellow eye, very finely spotted, a very lovely variety ; ROSE
QUEEN,* flowers very large, rich rosy-lake, shaded deep purple,
with a well defined orange throat ; UNIOJJE,* rosy-pink, deep
yellow eye, spotted crimson, a very charming vanety.
White-Flowered. AMBROSE VERSCHAFFELT,* flowers of good
size, pure white, with a dark rayed centre ; LONGIFLORA ALBA,*
similar in form and habit to Longiflora, but with large white
flowers, slightly marked in the centre ; MADAME A. VERSCHAF-
FELT* flowers large, pure white ground, heavily veined with
purple, a very attractive variety; MARGARETTA,* flowers of medium
size, pure white, and destitute of any markings whatever.
ACHLAMYDEOTJS. Without floral envelopes.
ACHRAS. See Sapota.

ACHYRANTHES. See Chamissoa and Iresine.

ACHYRONIA. Included under Priestleya (which

see).

ACHYROPAPPUS.
(which see).

ACICULAR. Needle-shaped.

ACINETA (from akineta, immovable ; the lip being
jointless). OBD. Orchideas A email genus of cool house,
robust, sub-terrestrial orchids allied to Peristeria. Flowers
sub-globose, fleshy, arranged on stout, pendulous racemes.
Leaves lanceolate, membranous, ribbed. Pseudo-bulbs
angular, about as large as hens' eggs. The compost should
consist of equal parts of fibrous peat and living sphagnum.
In planting, first place a somewhat thick layer of the moss
all round the inside of the basket, and press the soil firmly
round the plant. During the growing season, the baskets
should be taken down twice or three times a week and
dipped into a tub of water, so that the whole may become
saturated. In addition, the plants should be sprinkled
with the syringe morning and evening, for they delight in
an abundant supply of water and plenty of shade. When
the growth is finished, they must be kept very dry, an
occasional syringing, to keep the leaves from shrivelling,
being all that is necessary.
A. Arcei (Arce's). ft. yellow. Central America, 1866.
A. Barker! (Barker's).* ft. yellow and dark crimson, on stout
scapes, produced from the base of the bulbs, and bearing fifteen
to thirty fragrant flowers. Midsummer. I. broadly lanceolate,
2ft. long. Pseudo-bulbs 5in. to Tin. long. Mexico, 1837. SYN.
Peristeria Barken.

A. chrysantha (yellow-flowered).* ft. yellow, white, and crimson,
fragrant ; lower part of the lip having a blunt, papillose horn ;
i erect May. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1850.

A, densa (dense-flowered).* /. sub-globose, and of a waxy consist-
ence, lemon-yellow, dotted brown, sweet-scented ; racemes rather
short. Costa Rica, 1849. A robust-growing species, very like
A. Barkeri. SYN. A. Warczewiczii.

A. HnmboldtU (Humboldt's).* ft. straw-colour, dotted with
brown ; scapes 2ft. long. May. I broadly lanceolate, generally
four. Columbia, 1872. A handsome species, but the flowers speedily
fade. SYNS. Anguloa tuperba, Peritteria Humboldtii fulva.

A. sulcata (grooved), ft. bright yellow. Columbia, 1879.
Very like the last species, from which it differs in mere
botanical detail.

A. Warczewiczii (Warczewicz's). A synonym of A. densa.
ACINOS. See Calamintha.
ACIOTIS (from akis, a point, and ous, an ear ; in allusion

to the shape of the petals). ORD. Melastomacea. A small

genus of pretty, stove, evergreen plants. Flowers small ;

panicles slender, loose, terminal ; petals four, obliquely

awned at the apex. Leaves thin, membranous. For

culture, see Melastoma.

A. aquatica (water-loving), ft. white, small, in loose, terminal,
filiform panicles. June. I. cordate, ovate-oblong, somewhat
acuminate, serrated, pilose on the nerves beneath. A. 6in. to 12in

Aciotis— continued.

South America, 1793. The pots in which this species is grown

should be kept in pans of water.
A. discolor (various-coloured).* /. small, red, in spicate racemes.

I. petiolate, elliptic-oblong, purple beneath, deep shining green

above, h. 1ft. Trinidad, 1816.

ACIPHYLLA (from ake, a point, and phyllon, a leaf,
referring to the sharply pointed segments of the leaf).
OBD. UmbellifercB. A genus of curious and remarkable erect
hardy perennials, with densely fascicled, spicate, or panicled
umbels of flowers; and pinnate or bi-tripinnate leaves.
They are most suited for the rockwork, in a light sandy
soil. Propagated by seeds or divisions in spring.
A. Colensoi (Colenso's).* ft. white. This extraordinary ever-

green forms a circular bush, oft. or 6ft. in. diameter, of bayonet-

like spines, having flowering stems 6ft. to 9ft. high, covered

with spreading spinous leaflets. New Zealand, 1875.
A. squarrosa (rough-headed).* ft. white, h. 6ft. to 9ft. New

Zealand. More frequently met with than the preceding, of very

dense growth. Commonly known as the Bayonet Plant.

ACIS (named after Acis, shepherd of Sicily, son of
Faunus and the nymph Simaethis). OBD. Amaryllideoe.
A genus of very pretty dwarf bulbous plants, suitable for
the rockery, in sunny sheltered situations. This genus
was formerly included under Leucoium, from which it is
distinguished by its dwarf slender habit, filiform style,
and membranous capsule. All are delicate little plants,
with narrow-linear leaves and bell-shaped flowers. They
require a free, open, rich soil, and should remain and
blossom undisturbed for years; divide the clumps every
three or four years, and renew the soil.
A. autumnalis (autumn-flowering).* /., perianth white, delicate

pink at the base, preceding the leaves ; two to three on a stem.

Autumn. I. few in number, very slender, sheathing the stems at

the base. h. 4in. to 6in. Portugal, 1629. A charming species,

and the only one at all common.
A. grandlflorus (large-flowered).* ft., perianth white, larger than

those of the last. August h. 6in. Numidia, 1820. Somewhat

rare in cultivation.

(rose-coloured).* /.,

peri
-flow

anth rose red, not more than
I. narrow,

Jin. long ; scape one to three-flowered. August.

blunt, linear, h. 3in. Corsica, 1820. Very rare.
A. tingitaxram (Tangiers). Of recent introduction ; has a many-

flowered umbel, and very long leaves.
A. trichophyllus (hair-leaved).* ft., perianth white, about A in.

long; segments loosely nerved, with a faint flush of red at the

base. January, h. 6in. Spain, 1820.

ACISANTHEBA (from akis, a point, and anthera, an
anther ; anthers jointed). OBD. Melastomacece. A mono-
typio stove genus allied to Rhexia, of semi-shrubby habit.
It grows well in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat ; and
cuttings root freely in the same soil in stove tempera-
ture.
A. qnadrata (square-branched), ft. purple, ventricose, alternate,

axillary, solitary. July. I. three-nerved, ovate, crenated ; branches

square. Habit erect, branched at the apex. h. 1ft. to lift.

Jamaica, 1804. More curious than ornamental.
ACMADENIA (from akme, a point, and aden, a gland ;
in allusion to the anthers being terminated by pointed
glands). OBD. Rutacece. A small genus of beautiful
greenhouse shrubs. Flowers terminal, solitary, or few,
furnished with imbricate sepal-like bracts ; petals five,
with long claws, which'are bearded on tho inside. Leaves
imbricate, linear-oblong, or roundish. They thrive best in
a mixture of peat and sand, with a little turfy loam ;
thorough drainage is also necessary. Young cuttings
pricked in a pot of very sandy soil, covered with a bell
glass, and shaded, will root freely in a cool house.
A. tetragona (four-angled).* ft. white, large, sessile, solitary.

June. 1. roundish-rhomboidal, with scabrous margins, h. 1ft. to

2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1798.

ACMENA (from Acmenw, nymphs of Venus, who had
an altar at Olympia). OBD. Myrtaceai. A small genus of
greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Flowers in dense trichoto-
mous cymes, with five small distant petals, and very
conspicuous and pretty berries. They grow well in an
equal mixture of peat, loam, and sand. Propagated
readily by placing half -ripened cuttings in sand, under a
glass, without heat.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

15

— continued.
A. floribunda (many-flowered).» Jl. white, in threes, disposed in

a terminal panicled thyrse. May to September. 1. full of pel-

lucid dots, oval-lanceolate, acuminated at both ends. Berries

globose, bright purple, A. 4ft. New Holland, 1790.
JL ovata (ovate-leaved).* A new species, having, according to Mr.

W. Bull, ovate leaves, which, along with the stems and petioles,

are dark purple, giving the plants, when making new growth, a

striking appearance. It has a neat habit

ACOKANTHERA. See Toxicophlcea.

ACONIOFTERIS. See Acrostichum.

ACONITE. See Aconitum.

ACONITE, WINTER. See Eranthis.

ACONITUM (from Aconas, or Acone, a harbour of
Heraclea, in Bithynia, near where it is said to abound).
Aconite; Monk's Hood; Wolfs Bane. OED. RanunculacecB.
An extensive genus of very ornamental hardy perennials.
Flowers in terminal racemes; sepals five, the upper one
helmet shaped, the two sides broader than the two back
ones ; petals five, small, the two upper with long claws
hooded at the tip ; the three inferior smaller or undeveloped.
Leaves palmate. They thrive well in any ordinary garden
soil. If left undisturbed for several years, they will attain
a goodly size, and produce fine panicles of handsome flowers.
They are invaluable for growing beneath the shade of trees,
where they succeed better than almost any other class of
plants. All are very easily propagated by divisions of the
roots and seeds ; the latter should be sown as soon as ripe
in a cold frame. Care should be taken not to leave pieces
of the roots about, for, with but one exception, those of all
the species are very poisonous. Although very unlike
horse-radish, they have frequently been mistaken for it, with
fatal results ; and none of the species should be cultivated
in or near the kitchen garden.

Sect. I. Boots Tuberous.
A. acuminatum (taper-pointed). Jl. bluish purple ; spur capitate ;

helmet closed, conical, beaked. July. I with cuneate, bipinnate

lobes. A. 2ft. to 4ft. Switzerland, 1819.
A. album (white-flowered).* ft. pure white, large, with erect helmet,

very freely produced. 1. dark green, with oblpng-cuneate divisions.

August. A. 4ft. to 5ft Levant, 1752. This is a rare and very

handsome species.

A. alpinnm (alpine). Synonymous with A. rostratum.
A. ampliflorum (large-flowered), fl. bluish-purple, large ; spur

obtuse, straight June. L with blunt segments, h. 2ft to oft

Austria, 1823.

A. angustifolium (narrow-leaved).* fl. deep blue, in spiked
panicles ; spur capitate ; helmet closed, hemispherical ; li
June. I. palmately cut into linear lobes, h. 2ft to 3ft Siberia,

spiked
bifid.

1824.

A. blflorum (twin-flowered).* JL pale blue, usually twin, sessile,
the middle rather obscure and with yellowish edges, covered
on the back with spreading down; spur truncate; helmet de-
pressed; beak drawn out. June. i. lower ones on long stalks,
with linear segments. A. 6in. Siberia, 1817. A very rare alpine
species.

A. Cammarum (Cammarum). fl. rich deep purple, on rather
loose spikes ; spur capitate ; helmet closed, hemispherical. July
to September. 1. with short, bluntish lobes. A. 3ft. to 4ft Austria,
1752.

A. cernuum (drooping), fl. violet, large, on nodding, loose, hairy
racemes ; spur capitate, or a little hooked ; helmet large, arched,
beaked. July and August. I. with trapeziform, pinnate lobes.
Branches axillary, spreading. A. 3ft to 4ft Europe, 1800.

A. delphinifolium (Delphinium-leaved).* JL pale bluish purple,
large, on loose racemes ; spur a little hooked ; helmet hemi-
spherical. June. I. smooth, deeply cut into five parts. Stems
slender. A. 6in. to 2ft North America, 1820. A rare alpine species.

A. elatum (tall), fl. blue, very large, in loose panicled spikes ;
peduncles pubescent ; spur capitate, inclining. June. I. with
linear acute segments. A. 3ft to 4ft Europe, 1822.

A. eminens (eminent).* Jl blue, on erectly spreading pubescent
peduncles ; spur capitate ; helmet closed ; lip very long, refracted.
June. 1. with cuneate bipinnate lobes. A. 2ft to 4ft Europe,

_, (woolly -stamened). Jl bluish-purple, disposed in
long, beautiful, erect-spreading spikes ; spur capitate ; helmet
closed, arched. June. 1. with cuneate, bipinnate lobes. A, 4ft.
Switzerland, 1821.

A. exaltatnm (exalted), fl. blue, on loose panicles, with ascend-
ing stiff branches ; spur thick, somewhat hooked ; helmet conical ;
beak elongated. July. 1. with trapeziform, pinnate lobes, h. 6ft
Pyrenees. 1819. SYN. A. hamatum.

Aconitrtuu — continued.

A. flaccidnm (flaccid), fl. pale violet, large, on erect spreading
peduncles ; racemes branched ; spur hooked at the apex ; helmet
high, arched, inclining forwards, gaping. July and August
I. multifid, ciliated (as well as the petioles), when young. A. 6ft

A. glbbosum (swollen). Synonymous with A. natutum.

A. Gmelinl (Gmelin's). ft. cream-coloured, middle-sized, on very
long loose racemes ; spur straight, obtuse ; bottom of the helmet
rounded, cylindrical July. I. on long stalks, villous beneath and
shining above; lobes divided into narrow segments. A. 2ft
Siberia, 1817. Sm A. nitidum.

A. gracile (slender).* fl. pale blue or violet, large, on loose
racemes ; spur erect, clavated-hooked ; helmet with a middle sized
beak. June. I. smooth, with trapeziform, pinnate lobes. Stems
slender. A. 2ft Italy, Ac.

A. Hallerl (nailer's).* fl. opaque violet, on elongated, loose
racemes, with a few lateral ascending ones ; spur capitate ; helmet
convex-hemispherical, gaping. June. 1. lobes linear, dilated, very
long. Stem straight long, branched. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Switzerland,

A. H. Tricolor (two-coloured).* fl. white, variegated with blue,
disposed in spikes or panicles. June.

FIG. 17. FLOWER OF ACONITUM NAPELLUS, nearly Full Size.

(hooked). Synonymous with A. exaUatum.
A. hebegynum (blunt-styled). Synonymous with A. panictUatvm.
Jl. pale yellow, and. deep

blue in front, large, numerous, dense. August L petiolate
below, sessile above, broadly cordate, coarsely toothed at the
edge, and deep green. A. 2ft Himalayas, 1874. A new intro-
duction, said to be non-poisonous, and used as a tonic in India.

A. illinltum (anointed). JL pale or deep violet, on very loose and
much branched panicles, large ; spur thick, long, abruptly pointed ;
beak blunt ; helmet sub-conical. July. i. with broad cuneiform
lobes, and obtuse lobules. A. 4ft 1821.

A. Intermedium (intermediate). /. blue, on a loose panicle,
with ascending stiff branches ; spur supine, somewhat hooked ;
helmet arched. June. 2. with trapeziform, pinnate lobes. A. 3ft
to 4ft Alps of Europe, 1820.

A. japonicum (Japanese).* Jl. flesh-coloured, on loose panicles,
with ascending branches ; helmet exactly conical, abruptly
mucronate ; beak acute, straight. July to September. L stalked,
trifid ; lateral lobes bifid, middle lobe trifid, all blunt and deeply
toothed. Stem round, smooth. A. 6ft Japan, 1790. One of
the best species grown.

A. J. cceruleum (blue), fl. blue. Japan.

A. lacinlosnm (jagged). JL pale blue, or with a white base,
large, on somewhat contracted racemes ; spur clavated-hooked ;

16

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aconitum— continued.

helmet arched, conical. June. I. with jagged, trapeziform
pinnate lobes, h. 3ft. Switzerland, 1820.

A. lycoctoxram (true Wolf's-bane).* /. livid-violet, rather large ;
racemes more or less pubescent, branched at the base ; bottom of
helmet cylindrical ; beak elongated. July. I. large, seven-parted.
Stem slender, simple, upright. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Europe, 1596.

A. mft-^mnm (largest), fl. pale blue ; panicle loose, furnished
with a few long distant, few-flowered, pubescent branches ; spur
short, incurved; helmet hemi.spherico-conical, obtuse. July.
{. multifld, large, smooth. A. 6ft. Kamtschatka, 1823.

A. meloctonnm (Badger's-bane). fl. cream-coloured, loose,
pubescent ; panicle large, with diverging branches ; spur arched ;
bottom of helmet conico-cylindrical. July. I. five to seven-
parted, deep green. A. 2ft. to 4ft. Piedmont, 1821.

A. Meyerl (Meyer's), fl. bluish purple, on pubescent peduncles ;
spur capitate, inclining. June. I. with cuneate bipinnate lobes.
h. 2ft. to 4ft Bavaria, 1823.

A. molle (soft), fl. violet, large, puberulous ; racemes panicled,
pubescent ; helmet irregularly conical, obtuse ; front erect ; spur
capitate, or a little hooked. June. I smooth, with trapeziform,
pinnate lobes. A. 2ft. to 6ft. 1820.

u^

spur capitate; helmet convex-hemisprical gaping ' smoothish:
hp revolute. Summer. 1. pedately flve-lobed T 3ft to 4ft'
There are a great number of varieties of this specif cultivated
and introduced. The following are some of tC names rei,S
which h*ve- ho™, been

*SSB^;tt!iJ^aBj^

SLsnki JP JsAwS5 ssraa

um (shining). Synonymous with A Gmtlini.

^^

' ™

A. panlculatum (paniculat

Aconitum — continued.

I. smooth, with trapeziform, pinnate lobes. A. 2ft. to 3ft. France
and Switzerland, 1815. SYN. A. hebegynum.

A. plicatum (folded). Synonymous with A. tauricum.

A. productum (long-lipped), fl. violet, downy, on few-flowered,
loose, pubescent racemes ; helmet straight, irregularly convex-
conical, with a drawn-out beak ; spur capitate. June. I. on long
stalks with three-Darted lobes. A. 1ft. Siberia.

A. rostratum (beaked).* fl. violet ; panicle rather loose ; spur
thick, depressed, globose ; helmet conical, elongated, abruptly
pointed in front ; beak stretched out. June. I. with trapeziform,
pinnate lobes. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Switzerland, 1752. SYN. A.
alpinum.

A. Schleicherl (Schleicher's). fl. blue or violet, middle sized, on
short racemes ; spur capitate ; helmet convex-hemispherical,
gaping, smoothish. Summer. I. with finely jagged lobes.
Stem straight (or infracted), simple, slender. A. 2ft. to 3ft.
Europe. SYN. A. vulgare.

A. semigaleatum (half-helmeted). fl. pale blue, pubescent
when young, on very loose racemes ; peduncles elongated ; spur
booked ; helmet convex, navicular. June. I. multifld, few, mem-
branous, smooth ; root about the size and form of a pea. A. 6in.
to 2ft. Kamtschatka, 1818.

A. Sprengelii(Sprengel's). fl. bluish purple ; spur obtuse, straight.
June. I. with blunt, bipinnate robes. A. 3ft. to 4ft. ~

1820.

Europe,

A. tauricum (Taurian).* fl. deep blue, disposed in dense racemes ;
peduncles erect, smooth ; lateral sepals smooth inside ; spur blunt ;
helmet closed, hemi-spherical. June. I. segments almost
pedately disposed and divided into linear acuminate lobes. A.
3ft. to 4ft. Germany, 1752. SYN. A. plicatum.

A. tortuosum (twisting), fl. pale or deep violet, large ; panicle
loose, few flowered ; spur thick, long, abruptly pointed (neither
arched, nor convolute). July. I. smooth, with narrow wedge-
shaped lobes, and acute lobules. A. 6ft. to 8ft. North America,
1812.

A. toxicum (very poisonous), fl. violet, large, pubescent, on loose,
also pubescent, racemes ; spur hooked ; helmet large, arched,
with a blunt beak. June. I. smooth, with trapeziform pinnate
lobes. Stem flexuous, almost simple. A. 2ft. America,

A. uncinatum (hooked).* fl. generally lilac, large, smooth; racemes
loose, rather umbellate at the apex, very rarely panicled ; spur
somewhat spiral, inclined ; helmet regularly conical, compressed.
July. I. with trapeziform pinnate lobes. Stem with branches
rising from the axils of the leaves. A. 4ft. to 8ft. North America,

FIG. 19. ACONITUM VARIEGATUM, showing Habit and Flower.

A. variegatum (variegated).* /. blue, large, smooth ; racemes
panicled, loose; spur erect clavated-hooked ; helmet bent for-
ward, inflated; beak ascending. July. I. lower, on long stalks-
u

upPe

, ae; ea ascending. uy. I. lower, on long stalks-
r,gsessile, smooth, thickish. A. 1ft. to 6ft. Europe, 1597. See

<white-flowered>-* fl- wMte, small; helmet

°r 1Uac;

A. vulgare (common). A synonym of A. Schleicheri.
A. WiUdenovil (Willdenow's).* fl. bluish-purple ; peduncles
e' '-"untLgment,

Sect. IL Roots Fibrous or Napiform.

A. Anthora (Anthora).* fl. pale yellow ; panicles generally pubes-

en ur refracted; lip obcordate ; helmet arched. July.

lft to 2ft Pyrenees/1596
classed as

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

17

Aconitum — continued.

A A. DC ^andollll (Decandolle's). fl. yellow ; panicle and flowers
pubesicut ; helmet rather conical, bent, with a short, abrupt, and
acuminated beak. I. with rather large dark green lobes. Alps of
Jura, 1873.

A. A. eulophum (well-crested). /. yellow ; panicles and flowers
puberulous ; helmet conical. Caucasus, 1821.

A A grandiflorum (large-flowered), fl. yellow, large ; panicle,
flowers, and fruit pubescent ; helmet rather conical. Alps of
Jura, 182L

A A Jacquinil (Jacquin's). /. yellow, smooth; helmet some-
what conical, drawn out into an elongated beak.

A A nemorosnm (grove-loving).* fl. yellow; panicle and flowers
ubescent ; helmet somewhat conical, bent ; beak short. I. with

A antumnale (autumn-flowering).* fl.. bluish-purple, in loose
panicles; peduncles rigidly spreading; spur capitate; helmet
closed ; lip very long, refracted. July. I. with cuneate, bipinnate
lobes. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe.

A barbatum (bearded).* /. cream coloured, middle sized;
racemes dense, puberulous ; spur straightish, obtuse ; bottom of
helmet conical ; middle sepals densely bearded. July. I. opaque,
with the lobes divided into many linear segments, on long stalks,
which are villons as well as the nerves. A. 2ft to 6ft Siberia,
1807. SYN. A. tqvarrosum.

A chlnense (Chinese).* fl. intense and very bright blue, in large
compound racemes ; pedicels slightly hairy above. Summer.
J. lower ones large, deeply cut into three wedge-shaped segments,
tapering at the base ; upper ones sessile, gradually becoming
more entire, A. 4ft to 6ft China, 1833.

A. Lamarckii (Lamarck's), fl. cream-coloured, pubescent; racemes
long, cylindrical, crowded, branched at the base ; spur spiral ;
helmet constricted, clavate. July. I. large, seven to nine-parted,
with the lobes unequally cleft A. 2ft to 3ft Pyrenees, 1800.

A luplcidum (Wolf s-bane). Synonymous with A. Vvlparia.

A. macrophyllum (large-leaved), fl. yellow, numerous, panicled ;
spur arched; helmet large, somewhat ventricose at the apex.
July. I. large, more or less dissected. A. 4ft to 8ft Germany.

A NuttaUli (Nuttall's). Synonymous with A. ochrokucum.

A ochroleucmn (yellowish-white).* JL cream coloured, large ;
spur arched ; bottom of helmet conico-cylindrical ; middle sepals
covered with short hairs ; racemes puberulous, rather loose.
July. I. five to seven-parted, deep green, the first ones are pube-
rulous above. A. 2ft to 4ft Russia, 1794. SYNS. A. Nuttallii,
A. pallidum.

A Pallasil (Pallas'). Probably a mere variety, with a continuous
spur, of A. anthora.

A. pallidum (pale). Synonymous with A. ochroleucum.

A pyrenaictun (Pyrenean).* fl. yellow, rather large ; spur
hooked ; bottom of helmet cylindrical, rounded ; racemes elon-
gated, dense, puberulous. June. I. parted almost to the base,
with pinnatifid lobes, rather hispid beneath, but smooth above, on
long stalks. A. 2ft. Pyrenees, Ac., 1739.

A. squarrosum (rough). Synonymous with A. barbatum.

A vnlparla (Fox-bane).* /f. pale yellow, smooth ; spur spiral ;
helmet cylindrical, large ; beak stretched out, acute ; racemes
crowded. July. I. three or five-lobed, ciliated. A. 1ft. to 3ft
Europe, 1821. SYN. A. lupicidum. The principal varieties of
this species are :—

A v. carpaticum (Carpathian). /. panicled, of a lurid colour,
sometimes variegated with yellow; helmet conico-cylindrical,
compressed ; peduncles smooth. I. profoundly cut Stems smooth.
A. 2ft to 3ft Carpathian Mountains, 1810.

A V. Cynoctonum (tall Dog*s-bane). fl. (and stem) yellow,
smootblsh, numerous, panicled. A. 3ft to 4ft. France, 1820.

A v. moldavicum (Moldavian). A. violet, panicled ; helmet
cylindrical, compressed. A. 3ft to 4ft Moldavia.

A v. rubicundum (reddish), fl, livid violet, panicled, villous,
variegated with yellow ; helmet conico-cylindrical, compressed.

A. 2ft. to 3ft Siberia, 1819.

V. septentrlonale (northern).
helmet conico-cylindrical,
1800.

blue, panicled, villous;
A. 4ft North Europe,

ACONTIAS. See Xanthosoma.

ACORN. The seed or fruit of the oak. See Qnercus.

ACORTJS (from o, without, and itore, the pupil of the
eye ; in allusion to its reputed medicinal qualities). OBD.
Aroidece (Aracete). A small genus of hardy herbaceous
plants. Flowers on a sessile spadix; perianth ' six-clef t,
inferior, persistent. The species thrive best in a moist soil,
and are very suitable for the banks of water, or even as
aquatics in shallow water. Propagated easily by divisions
during spring.
A Calamus (sweet-flag).* /. yellowish, small, borne on a cylin-

drical spadix 4in. to oin. long. Summer. I. sword-shaped,

Acorns— continued.

erect, striated 3ft. long. The root ia cylindrical, channelled, and
very fragrant Europe. The variety with gold-striped leaves is more
useful as a decorative plant See Fig. 20.

\

FIG. 20. ACORUS CALAMUS.

A. gramineus (Grass-leaved). China, 1796. This is much smaller
in all its parts than the above, but very pretty.

A. g. variegatus (variegated).* A pretty variety with white-
striped leaves, forming handsome little tufts.
ACOTYLEDONS. Plants having no cotyledons, or

seed leaves, as in Cuscuta, but usually applied to crypto-

gamic or flowerless plants, such as Ferns, Mosses, &c.
ACRADENIA (from akra, top, and aden, a gland ;

referring to the five glands on the top of the ovary). OBD.

Rutacece. An excellent, neat, and compact evergreen bush,

suitable for the cool conservatory. It requires a rich loam

and leaf mould. Propagated by seeds, and by cuttings,

inserted under a bell glass.

A. Franklinire (Lady Franklin's).* fl. white, produced in great
profusion, in terminal clusters. August. I. fragrant, opposite,
trifoliolate, gland-dotted. A. 8ft. Tasmania, 1845.

ACRE (from agros, an open field). The English Statute
Acre consists of 160 square rods (perches, poles, or lugs) ;
or 4840 square yards; or 43,560 square feet. The
following list shows the differentiation in the number
of square yards per acre in the various districts of Great
Britain and Ireland: Cheshire, 10,240; Cornish, 5760;
Cunningham, 6250; Derby '(W.), 9000; Devonshire, 4000;
Herefordshire, 3226J; Irish, 7840; Leicestershire, 2308* ;
Scotch, 6150; Wales, North (customary), 3240; ditto
(erw), 4320 ; Westmoreland, 6760 ; Wiltshire, 3630.

ACRIDOCARPUS (from akris, a locust ; and karpog,
fruit; meaning not obvious). OBD. Malpighiacece. A
handsome sub-tropical or warm greenhouse climber, re-
quiring plenty of water, and a very free drainage. In-
creased by imported seeds, and by cuttings in bottom
heat.

A natalltlUB (Natal).* fl. pale yellow; petals five, rounded, wedge-
shaped, crenately-toothed at the edge; racemes simple, elongated,
terminal. July. i. oblong or obovate, obtuse, leathery. Natal,

ACEJOFSIS (from akros, top, and opsis, eye). OBD.
Orchideae. A small genus of pretty stove epiphytal orchids,
almost unknown to cultivation. Flowers small, arranged
in loose panicles ; lip adnate to the very curious column,
from which it projects at right angles.
A. densiflora (crowded-flowered).* /. green and pink. May. t

linear-lanceolate. A. 6in. Borneo, 1845.

A javanica (Javanese). fl. yellow, green. May. L linear-lanceo-
late. A. 3in. Java, 1840.

A plota (painted).* fl. white, green, and purple. May. I. solitary,
linear. A. 6in. Bantam, 1843.

ACBOCLINIUM (from akros, top, and kline, a bed ;
referring to the open flowers). OBD. Composites. A small
genus of elegant half hardy annuals with " everlasting "
flower heads, which are solitary, terminal, and consist of

D

18

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING^

Acroclinitun— continued.

tabular florets; involucrum many-leaved, imbricated.
leaves numerous, linear, smooth, acuminated. btems
numerous, erect. They thrive best in a loamy sod, and
constitute very neat summer flowering annuals if sown
out of doors in patches in June; they are also useful as
winter decorative greenhouse plants if seed is sown in
August in pots placed in a cold frame. The flower-heads
should be gathered when young, if it is desired to preserve
thcta.

21. ACROCLIMUU ROSEUM, showing Habit and Flower-head.

A. roscum (rosy)." It. -lieads pretty rose, solitary, terminal, on erect,

slender, and gracefully disposed branches. 1. linear, acute, h. 1ft.

to 2ft. S. W. Australia, 1854. See Fig. 21.
A. r. album (rosy white).* A very pretty white form of the

preceding.
A. r. grandlflorum (large-flowered).* JL-hcads rose, larger than in

the type.

ACROCOMIA (from akros, top, and tome, tuft; refer-
ring to the position of the leaves). ORD. Falmoe. A
genus of South American palms, containing about eleven
species, which are not easily distinguished, but having the
following general characteristics : Trunk from 20ft. to 50ft.
high, and clad with long prickles. The flowers, which appear
in the axils of the lower leaves, are greenish or yellow,
and their drupes are much the same colour. Leaves
pinnate, with seventy to eighty leaflets on each side of the
pinnae. They require a warm greenhouse and rich sandy
loam. Increased by suckers. Two species only are ia
general cultivation.

A. aculeata (prickly), h. 40ft. West Indies, 1791.
A. fusiformis (spindle-shaped), h. 40ft. Trinidad, 1731.
A. globosa (globular), h. 20ft. St. Vincent, 1824.
A. horrida (horrid), h, 30ft. Trinidad, 1820.
A. lasiospatha (hairy spathed). /. drooping. Trunk about 40ft.

high, smooth and ringed. Para, 1846.

A. Bclerocarpa (hard-fruited).* A very elegant species bearing a
head of spreading pinnate leaves, with the rachises and petioles
aculeate, and the leaflets linear, taper-pointed, glaucous under-
neath, about 1ft. long. A. 40ft. West Indies, 1731. SYN Coco!
fusifonnis.

A. tennifolia (narrow-leaved). h. 50ft. Brazil, 1824.

ACROGENS. Plants increasing at the summit, as
Ferns, <tc.

ACRONYCHIA (from aJtron, tuft, and onux, a
claw ; referring to the curved points of the petals). ORD
Rutacea;. An ornamental rue-like greenhouse evergreen
shrub. Petals and sepals four ; stamens eight, inserted on a
disk; fruit berry-like. It requires ordinary greenhouse
treatment. Increased by cuttings in July in sand under a
bell glass.
A. Cunningham! (Cunningham's).* fl. white, in clusters, resem-

More ton^ iax5.range> Wlth " ex1uisite '™gnuice. July. h. 7ft.

ACROPERA. See Gongora.

ACROPHORUS >.••• Davallia.

ACROPHYLLUM (from akros, top, and phyllon, a
leaf ; referring to the way in which the leaves are produced
»t the Biuuiuit of tlio branches, above the flowers). ORD.

Acrophyllum— continued.

Cunoniacece. Handsome greenhouse small, erect-growing,
evergreen shrubs, flowering profusely during the spring
months. They require a mixture of fibrous peat, a little
loam, and sharp sand ; thorough drainage, an airy situation,
and as little artificial heat as possible, are important to its
well-being. Re-pot in February. Propagated by cuttings
of the half ripened shoots, which strike freely in a soil of
sand and peat, if covered with a hand glass, and placed in
a cool house. The roots should not be allowed to get dry,
and light syringing during late spring and summer will bo
found beneficial in assisting to keep down thrips.

A. venostun (veined).* /. pinkish white, in dense spikes, borne
in the upper axils. May and June. I. nearly sessile, oblong,
cordate, acute, serrate, in whorls of thre3. h. 6ft. New South
Wales. SYN. A. verticillatum.

ACROFTERIS.

Asplenii

A. apiifollum( Parsley-
barren fronds 2in. to 3ii

ACROSTICHUM (from akros, outermost, and sticnos,

row ; the disposition of the sori has been compared to the

beginning of lines of verse). ORD. Filices. Including

Aconiopterit, Clirysodium, Egenolfia, Elaplwglossum,tGym-

nopteris, Olfersia, Photinopteris, Pcecilipteris, Polybotrya,

Rhipidopteris, Soromanes, Stenochlcena, Stenosemia. A

large and almost entirely tropical genus ; it includes

groups with a wide range in venation and cutting. Sori

spread over the whole surface of the frond or -upper pinnae,

or occasionally over both surfaces. The species having

long fronds are admirably suited for growing in suspended

baskets, and the dwarfer sorts do well in Wardian cases.

A compost of peat, chopped sphagnum, and sand, is most

suitable. For general culture, see Ferns.

A. acuminatum (taper-pointed).* rhiz. thick, climbing, tti. 4in.

to 6in. long, firm, erect, scaly throughout, barren fronds 1ft. to

2ft. long, 1ft. or more broad, deltoid, bipinnate ; upper pinnae

oblong-lanceolate, slightly lobed, truncate on the lower side at

the base, 2in. to 3in. long, |in. to lin. broad ; lower pinnae, 6m. to

Sin. long, 4in. to 5in. broad, with several small pinnules on each

side ; light green, with a firm texture, fertile fronds 1ft. long,

deltoid, tripinnate. Brazil. Stove species. SYN. Polybotrya

acuminatum.

A, alicnum (foreign), rhiz. woody, tti. 6in. to 18in. long, scaly
downwards, barren fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, often 1ft. broad, the
upper part deeply pinnatifid, with lanceolate lobes, the lower
part pinnate, with entire or deeply pinnatifid lower pinnae, fertile
.fronds much smaller, with distant narrow linear or pinnatifid leafy
pinnae. Tropical America. Stove species. SYN. Gymnopteris aliena.
leaved).* cau. stout, woody, erect, tti. of
n. long, erect, densely clothed with tomen-

turn, barren fronds 4in. to 6in. each way, deltoid, tripinnate ;
pinnae close, only the lowest pair with pinnatifid pinnules, ulti-
mate divisions oblong-rhomboidal, Jin. to Jin. long, the base
cuneate, the outer edge slightly toothed, fertile fronds on a
slender naked stem 6in. to Sin. long, the fronds panicled with a
few distant, slender, simple, or compound branches. Philippine
Islands, 1862. Stove species. SYN. Polybotrya apiifolia.
A. apodum (stemless).* can. thick, woody, the scales dense,
linear, brown, crisped, sti. tufted, very short, or obsolete, barren
frondt 1ft. or more long, liin. to 2in. broad, the apex acuminate,
the lower part narrowed very gradually, the edge and midrib
densely fringed with soft, short, orown hairs, fertile fronds much
smaller than the barren ones. West Indies to Peru, 1824. Stove
species. SYN. Elaphoglossum apodum.

A. appendiculatum (appendaged).* rhiz. firm, woody, barren
fronds 6in. to 18in. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, simply pinnate, sti. 3in.
to 6m. long, erect, naked, or slightly scaly ; pinna; 2in. to 4in.
long, |in. to Jin. broad, the edge varying from sub-entire to cut
halfway down to the midrib of the blunt lobes, the upper side
often auricled, the lower one obliquely truncate, dark green.
fertile fronds narrower, on a longer spike, the pinna; roundish or
oblong, often distinctly stalked. India, &c., 1824. Stove species.
SYN. Egenolfia appendiculata.

A. aureum (golden).* cau. erect, tti. erect, 1ft. to 2ft. long, strong.
fronds 2ft. to 6ft. long, 1ft. to 2ft. broad, the upper pinnse fertile,
rather smaller than the barren ones, which are usually stalked,
ligulate oblong, Sin. to 1ft. long, iin. to 3in. broad, acute or blunt,
sometimes retuse with a mucro; edge quite entire, base sub-cuneate.
Widely distributed in the tropics of both hemispheres, 1815. An
evergreen aquatic stove species, requiring abundance of heat and
moisture. SYN. Chrysodium aureum.

A. auritum (eared).* cau. erect, woody, barren fronds with a
stipe 6in. to 9in. long, deltoid, Sin. to 12in. each way, ternate,
the central segments deeply pinnatifid, with lanceolate entire
lobes ; the lateral ones unequal sided, with lanceolate oblong,
lobed lower pinnules, fertile fronds with a stem 12in. to ISin.
long, deltoid, with distant linear pinnae half line broad ; uppei

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

19

Acrostichnm — continued.

simple, lower pinnatifid. Philippine Islands. Stove species. SYN.
Stenosemia aurita.

A. axillare (axillary), rhiz. slender, wide scandent. barren
frondi 6in. to 18in. long, about lin. broad, simple, the point
bluntish, the edge entire, the lower half tapering very gradually
to the base or short stem, fertile fronds bin. to 12in. long, one to
three lines broad, flexuose, on a stem lin. to 6in. long. Hima-
layas. Greenhouse species. SYN. Chry sodium axillare.

A. barbatum (bearded). Synonymous with A. scolopendrifolium.

A. bifurcatum (twice-forked), tti. densely tufted, 2in. to 4in.
long, slender, stramineous, naked, fronds 3in. to 4in. long, about
iin. broad, pinnate ; lower pinna; of fertile fronds two or three clef t,
with linear divisions ; those of the barren pinnae broader, and not
so deep. St. Helena. Greenhouse species. SYN. Polybotrya
bifureata.

A. Blumeanum (Blume's).* rhiz. woody, wide climbing, sti. of
barren fronds 6in. long, scaly, barren fronds 1ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft.
or more broad, with numerous sessile pinnne on each side, which are
4in. to 6in. long, lin. broad ; apex acuminate, the edge slightly
toothed ; base rounded, fertile fronds with distant pinnae 4in.
to Sin.long, Jin. to Jin. broad. Assam. Greenhouse species. SYN.
Chrysodiuin Blumeanum.

A. callsefolium (Calla-leaved). A form of A. latifolium.

A. canaliculatum (channelled).* rhiz. woody, wide climbing,
spinulose and scaly, sti. 1ft. or more long, scaly throughout, fertile
fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 12in. to 18in. broad, tripinnate ; lower
barren pinnae, 6in. to 9in. long, 4in. to 5in. broad ; pinnules lan-
ceolate, stalked, with oblong segments, both surfaces naked ;
fertile pinnules close, the segments Jin. long, bearing three to four
sessile balls of sori. Venezuela. Stove or greenhouse species.
SYN. Polybotrya canaliculata.

A. caudatum (tailed). A synonym of A. petiolosum.

A. cervinum (stag-horned).* rhiz. woody, creeping, scaly, sti. 1ft.
or more long, scaly, barren fronds 2ft. to 4ft. long, pinnate;
pinnae 4in. to 9in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, entire or nearly so,
unequal at the base ; fertile pinnae distant, linear, lanceolate,
bipinnate, with short spreading sub-cylindrical pinnules. Brazil,
1840. Stove species. SYN. Olfersia cervina.

^conforme (conformed), rhiz. wide creeping, scaly, sti. lin. to
2in. long, firm, erect, stramineous, naked or slightly scaly.
fronds 2in. to 9in. long, iin. to 2in. broad, acute or bluntish, the

base cuneate or spathulate, the edge entire, barren fronds
narrower than the fertile one. A. laurifolium, A. oUusilobum,
and several others, are identical with the foregoing. Tropical
America, also in the Old World. Stove species. SYN. Elapho-
glossum conforme.

A. erinitum (hairy).* cau. woody, erect, sti. of barren fronds
4in. to Sin. long, densely clothed with long scales, barren fronds
9in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 9in. wide, broadly oblong ; apex blunt,
base rounded, edge entire and ciliated, texture subcoriaceous,
both sides scattered over with scales like those of the stipes, fertile
fronds like the others, but much smaller, the stipes longer. West
Indies, &c., 1793. Stove species. SYNS. Chrysodium and Hyme-
nodiinn erinitum.

A. cylindricum (cylindrical). Synonymous with A. osmunda-

A. Dombcyanum (Dombey's). A form of A. lepidotum.

A. flagelliferum (rod-shaped), rhiz. woody, creeping, sti. of
barren fronds 6in. to 12in. long, nearly naked, barren fronds
simple or with one to three pairs of pinnae, the terminal one ovate
lanceolate, entire or repand, often elongated and rooting at the
point, the lateral ones Sin. to 6in. long, lin. to 2in. broad ;
fertile pinnae 2in. to Sin. long, about iin. broad. India, &c., 1828.
Stove species. SYN. Gymnopteris flarjellifera.

A.

di

broad, usually dichotomously forked, with filiform divisions.

fertile fronds "in. broad, two-lobed. Andes of Ecuador. Stove

species. (For culture, see A. peltatum). SYN. Rhipidopteris

fceniculaceum.

A. Herminieri (Henninier's).* rhiz. stout, creeping, sti. very
short, or none, barren fronds lift, to 3ft. long, lin. to liin. broad,
simple, acuminate, the lower part narrowed very gradually, fer-
tile fronds short-stalked, Sin. to 4in. long, lin. to liin. broad.
Tropical America, 1871. Stove species. SYN. Elaphoglosmm
Herminieri.

A. heteromorphum (various-formed), rhiz. slender, wide
creeping, scaly, sti. lin. to Sin. long, slender, slightly scaly.
barren fronds liin. to 2in. long, Jin. to lin. broad, simple, bluntish,
the base rounded, both surfaces scattered over with linear dark
castaneons scales, fertile fronds much smaller, and the stipes
much longer. Columbia and Ecuador. Stove species. SYN.
Elaphoglosmm Jieteromorphum.

A. Langsdorffii (Langsdorff's). Synonymous with A. muscosum.

A. latifolium (broad-fronded).* rhiz. thick, woody, creeping,
scaly, sti. bin. to 12in. long, firm, erect, naked, or scaly, barren
fronds 9in. to 18in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, simple, acute, gradually
narrowed below, entire ; texture leathery, fertile fronds consider-
ably narrower than the barren ones. A. longifolium, A. callce-
folium, &c., are only varieties of this species. Mexico, Brazil, &c.
Stove species. Sv.s. Elaphuglossum latifuliurn.

fceniculaceum (Fennel-leaved).* rhiz. slender, creeping, sti.
istant, slender, 2in. to Sin. long, scaly, barren fronds lin. to2in.

Acrostichnm — continued.

A. lepidotum (scaly).* rhiz. thick, woody, very scaly, sti. lin. to
3m. long, firm, scaly throughout, barren fronds 3in. to 6in. Ion"
.ibout iin. broad, simple, usually blunt, the base cuneate or rather
rounded, both surfaces and midrib very scaly. A. Dombeyanum,
of garden origin, is a varietal form of this, of which there are
several others. Tropical America. Stove species. SYN. Elapho-
glossum lepidotum.

A. longifolium (long-leaved). A form of A. latifolium.

A. Meyerianum (Meyer's). Synonymous with A. tenuifolium.

A. muscosum (mossy).* rhiz. woody, densely scaly, sti. 4in. to
6in. long, firm, clothed with large pale brown scales, barren
fronds bin. to 12in. long, lin. to liin. broad, simple, narrowed at
both ends ; upper surface slightly scaly ; lower quite hidden by
imbricated brownish scales, fertile fronds much smaller than the
others, the stipes longer. Madeira. Greenhouse species. SYN.
A. Langsdor/ii.

A. Neitnerii. Synonymous with A. quercifolium.

A, nicotiansefolium (Tobacco-leaved).* rhiz. woody, wide
creeping, scaly, sti. lift, to 2ft., scaly below, barren fronds
1ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more broad, with a large terminal pinna,
and one to three lateral pairs, which are 6in. to 9in. long, lin. to
Sin. broad, acuminate, entire, or nearly so, the base slightly
rounded, fertile pinnae distant, 3in. to 4in. long, Jin. broad. Cuba,
&c. Stove species. SYN. Gymnopteris nieotianosfolium.

A. osmundaceum(Osmunda-like).* rhiz. woody, wide scandent,
scaly, sti. 12in. to 18in. long, firm, erect, scaly at the base.
barren fronds ample, bi- or tripinnate ; the lower pinnae 1ft. to 2ft.
long, 4in. to 8in. broad ; pinnules stalked, lanceolate, with closely
set sub-entire segments, of a light green colour ; both surfaces
naked, fertile frond« nearly or quite as large as the barren ones ;
segments linear cylindrical, Jin. to iin. long. Tropical America.
Stove species. SYNS. A. cylindricum, and Polybotrya osmun-
daceum.

A. paleaceum (chaffy). Synonymous with A . squamosum.

FIG. 22. ACROSTICHUM PELTATUM.

A. peltatum (peltate-fronded).* rhiz. slender, wide creeping, sti.
distant, slender, lin. to 4in. long, scaly throughout, barren fronds
lin. to 2in. each way, repeatedly dichotomously forked, with
narrow linear ultimate divisions, quarter to half line broad, fertile
fronds iin. broad, often two-lobed. West Indies. . Stove or green-
house species. This elegant little fern requires a liberal supply of
water all the year round, and is best grown in a well drained pan
of good fibrous peat, leaf soil, and sand, with some nodules of sand-
stone raised above the rim of the pan ; do not disturb it more
than is necessary. SYN. Rhipidopteris peltata. See Fig. 22.

A. petiolosum (petioled). rhiz. woody, wide scandent. sti. woody,
erect, scaly at the base, fronds bipinnate, or tripinnatifid, 2ft. to
4ft. long, 1ft. to 3ft. broad, deltoid ; the upper barren piuniu

20

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Acrosticht

- continued

lanceolate, pinnatifld. the longest sometimes 18in. long, and 6in. to
lOin. broad ; pinnules with long falcate lobes reaching ball-way
down to the midrib, both surfaces naked ; fertile pinnules very
narrow, and dangling, continuous or beaded. West Indies, Mexico,
&c. Stove species. SYNS. 1'olybotrya and A. caudatum.
A. pilosclloides (mouse ear-leaved). Synonymous with A. spathu-

A. platyrhynclios (broad-beaked), sti. tufted, scarcely any.
frundg 12in. to 16in. long, lin. broad, simple, son in a patch
at the apex, lin. to 2in. long, I'm. broad, which does not reach
to the entire edge; the lower part narrowed gradually, witn
ed surfaces, and a coriaceous texture. Philippines. Stove

naked
species.

SY.N. Utjvienolcpix platyrhynchos.

A. qnerclfolium(Oak-leaved).* rhiz. stout, wide creeping, sti. of
barren fronds lin. to 2in. long, clothed with brownish hairs.
barren fronds Sin. to 4in. long, liin. to 2in. broad, the terminal
pinnot with blunt rounded lobes, fertile fronds with a terminal
pinna, lin. to 2in. long, one line broad, and a pair of smaller
lateral ones, with slender stipes 6in. to 9in. long, hairy at the
base. Ceylon. Stove species. SYNS. A. fieitnerii (of gardens),
Gytnnopterit quercifolia.

A. scandcns (climbing).' rhiz. woody, wide climbing, tti. Sin. to
4in. long, firm, erect, naked, fronds 1ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more
broad, simply pinnate ; barren pinnae, 4in. to Sin. long, fin. to liin.
broad, acuminate, the edge thickened and serrulate, the base
cuneate, sessile, or slightly stalked, articulated ; fertile pinme,
6in. to 12in. long, one and a half to two lines broad, the lower ones
distant. Himalayas, Ac., 1841. Stove or greenhouse species. SYN.
StenocMaena seandens.

A. scolopendrifolium (Scolopendrium-fronded).* rhiz. woody,
creeping, scaly, tti. 4in. to 12in. long, firm, erect, densely clothed
with blackish scales, barren fronds often 1ft. long, liin. to Sin.
broad, simple, acute, the base narrowed gradually ; edge and mid-
rib scaly, fertile fronds much smaller than the barren ones.
Guatemala, <£c. Stove species. SYN. A. barbatum.

A. serratifolium (serrate-fronded). rhiz. woody, short creeping.
tti. of barren fronds 12in. to 18in. long, slightly scaly, barren
fronds 2ft long, 6in. to 12in. broad, with numerous sessile
pinnae on each side, Sin. to 6in. long, Jin. to liin. broad, inciso-
crenate, the base cuneate ; fertile pinnae distant, 2in. to Sin. long,
lin. to iin. broad, blunt, entire. Venezuela, &c. Stove species.
SYN. Chrysodium serratifolium.

A. simplex (simple-fronded). rhiz. woody, creeping, scaly, tti.
lin. to 4in. long, firm, erect, naked, barren fronds 4in. to 12in.
long, about liin. broad, very acute, the lower part narrowed very
gradually, fertile fronds narrower than the barren ones, with
longer stipes. Cuba to Brazil, 1798. Stove species. SYN. Elapho-
glossum simplex.

A. sorbifolium (Service-leaved).* rhiz. thick, woody, often 50ft. to
40ft. long, clasping trees like a cable, sometimes prickly, fronds
12in. to 18in. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, simply pinnate ; barren
pinnae 4in. to 6in. long, about iin.broad, three to twenty on each
side, articulated at the base, entire or toothed ; fertile pinnae
lin. to 2in. apart, 2in. to 4in. long, about Jin. broad. West Indies,
1793. There are several varieties of this species, chiefly differing
in the number of pinnae. Stove species. SYN. Stenochlcena sorbi-
folia.

A. 8. onspidatum (cuspidate).* This is only a variety of the above
species with long-stalked, ligulate-cuspidate pinnee; but it is
usually regarded as a distinct species in gardens.

A. spathulatum (spoon-shaped), tti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long firm
erect, scaly, barren fronds iin. to 4in. long, lin. to iin broad
obovate-spathulate, blunt, tapering narrowly or gradually at the
base, with a coriaceous texture ; both surfaces and the margins
copiously scaly, fertile fronds smaller than the barren, with
longer stipes. Tropical America, South Africa, &c. Stove species.

A. . splcatum (spiked), rhiz. woody, short creeping, sti. lin. to
2m. long, firm, fronds 6in. to 18in. long, iin. to lin. broad, the
upper part contracted and fertile, entire, the lower part narrowed
very gradually. Himalayas, &c. Greenhouse species. SYN
Hyinenolepis brachystachys.

A. sqnamosum (scaly).* rhiz. woody, densely scaly.
4m. long, densely clothed with pale or dark-coloured scales

sti. 2in. to

- es

barren fronds tin. to 12in. long, about lin. broad, simple acute
the base narrowed gradually ; both sides matted, and the edge
densely ciliated with reddish scales, fertile fronds as Ion" as the
barren ones but much narrower, the stipes much longer. ° Widely

*

,
,°n hemisPhcres- Stove °r gree

^ fJ?Hd£lp*la?U11? (semi-transparent).* can. woody, erect, sti
tufted, 2ui to 6m one, flnn, erect, scaly, barren fronds 4in to
8m long lin to liin. broad, simple, both ends narrowed, the edge
entire, fertile fronds much narrower, on longer stipes it
Helena. Greenhouse species. SYN. Aconiopteris mbdiap^itia

A. snbrepandum (slighty-waved).* rhiz. woody, wide-creepine

from Iftatoe2ft T $ "^' e1r«ct',nearJy nake(L 6arren >«*
irom lit. to <!ft. long, dm. to 12m. broad, copiously pinnate with

linear-oblong entire or subrepand pinnae on each side, which are
sometimes 6in. to Sin. l,,ng, and 2in. broad, fertile fromtslfte fh»
others, but smaller. Isle of Luzon, &c. Stove spec it
Gymnopteris -

fro
lo

Acrosticliuin — continued.

A.taccsefolium(Tacca-leave<l).*caM. woody, densely scaly, tti. of
barren fronds lin. to 4in. long, scaly, barren fronds from IfJ. to
2ft. long, 3in. to 12in. broad, simple, oblong-lanceolate, entire,
copiously pinnate, with oblong-lanceolate pinnae, lin. to 6in. long,
iin. to liin. broad, the upper ones narrowly decurrent, the lower
ones forked at the base on the under side, fertile fronds simple,
6in. to 12in. long, iin. broad, or pinnate, with forked linear pinnae.
The three-lobed form of this species is sometimes known as A.
trilobum. Philippines. Stove species. SYN. Gymnopteris taccce-
folia.

A. tenulfolium (narrow-fronded).* rhiz. wide scandent, woody,
slightly scaly, barren. frond* simply pinnate, the stipes 4in. to 6in.
long, naked, firm, erect, the fronds 3ft. to 5ft. long, 12in. to 18in.
broad; pinna 6in to 9in. long, |in. to liin. broad, acuminate, the
edge thickened and serrulate, short-stalked, fertile fronds bi-
pinnate, with longer stipes ; pinnae long-stalked, with numerous
distant pinnules. South Africa. Stove or greenhouse species.
SYNS. A. Meyerianum and Stenochlcena tenuifolia.

A. trilobum (three-lobed). A form of A. tacccefolium.

A. villosum (hairy).* rhiz. woody, densely scaly, sti. 2in. to 4in.
long, slender, densely clothed with scales, barren fronds 6in. to
Sin. long, lin. to liin. broad, acute, the lower part narrowed
gradually; both surfaces scaly, and the edge more or less ciliated.
fertile fronds much smaller than the others. Mexico, &c. Stove
species.

A. ylscosum (clammy).* rhiz. woody, creeping, densely scaly.
tti. Sin. to 6in. long, firm, erect, scaly, often viscous, barren
ds kin. to 12in. long, iin. to lin. broad, simple, acute, the
ower part narrowed gradually; both surfaces more or less viscid,
and minutely scaly, fertile fronds smaller, with longer stipes.
Tropical America and the tropics of the Old World, 1826. Very
variable in form. Stove species.

ACROTRICHE (from aJcros, top, i.e., outermost —
and thrix, a hair; the tips of the petals are bearded).
OED. EpacrideoB. A genus of eight or nine species of
dwarf, much branched, ornamental greenhouse evergreen
shrubs. Flowers white or red; spikes axillary, short;
corolla funnel-shaped ; petals with deflexed hairs at apex.
Cultivated in an equal mixture of sandy loam and peat,
and propagated by cuttings made of the young shoots,
pricked in sand, covered with a bell glass, and placed
in a cool house ; afterwards treated like Epacris.
A. cordata (heart-leaved).*

solitary. April I. cordate,

Holland, 1823.
A. divaricata (straggling).* fl. white, small, in axillary spikes.

May. I. lanceolate, mucronate, divaricate, flat, both surfaces

green, h. 6in. to 1ft. New South Wales, 1824.
A. ovalifolia (oval-leaved), fl. white, small, in axillary spikes.

March. I. ovate and oval, obtuse, flat, with smooth margins.

h. 6in. to 1ft. New Holland, 1824.

ACTJE A (from aktaia, an Elder ; in allusion to the re-
semblance of the foliage to that of the Elder). Baneberry.
OED. Ranunculacece. A small genus of perennial her-
baceous plants, with bi- or triternate leaves, and long,
erect racemes of whitish flowers, which are succeeded
by poisonous berries. They are excellent subjects for
shady places, beneath trees, or in the wild garden.
Easily increased by division of the roots, and seed during
spring.

A. alba (white).* fl. white ; racemes simple. May, June. I. ovate-
Lanceolate, serrate or cut. Berries white, ovate-oblong, h. 1ft
to lift. N. America.

white, small, axillary, twin, or
striated below, h. 1ft. New

FIG. 23. ACT^A SPICATA, showing Habit and Raceme of Flowers.

A. spicata (spiked).* /. white, or bluish; racemes ovate. Summer.
I. bi- or triternate,

I

h. 1ft.

ite, serrated. Berries oblong, black, poisonous.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

21

Actaea — continued.
A. S. rubra (redX* This differs from the type in baring bright

red berries, which are disposed in dense clusters on spikes

OYertopping the foliage. North America. A Tery handsome

hardy perennial.

ACTINELLA (from aktin, a ray ; small rayed). STN.
Pt<rrad«ma. OBD. Composite. A small genus of hardy
herbaceous plants, having radiate capitnles. The only
species worth cultivating is A. grandiflora. It thrives in
an open border with a light soil. Increased by divisions
of the root in spring.
A. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl.-heads yellow, large, and

handsome, Sin. in diameter. Summer, h. 6in. to 9in. Colorado.

A very pretty branched perennial, suitable for the alpine garden.
A. lanata (woolly). See Eriophyllum caespitosum.

ACTINIDIA (from alctin, a ray ; the styles radiate like
the spokes of a wheel). STN. Trochostigma. OBD. Ternstrce-
miaceae. A genus of ornamental hardy deciduous climbing
shrubs, with axillary corymbs of flowers ; sepals and petals
imbricate. Leaves entire. The species are well suited for
trellis-work or walls, and thrive in a light rich soil. In-
creased by seeds, layers, or cuttings ; the latter should be
inserted under a hand b'ght in autumn, in sandy soil.

Actiniopteris — continued.

moist atmosphere is also essential, and the plants may be
syringed two or three times a day. A mean summer
temperature of 78deg. to SOdeg., with a night one of not
less than 65deg., is desirable. In winter, a mean tem-
perature of about 73deg., and a night one of not less
than 60deg., should be maintained.

A. radiata (rayed).* Hi. densely tufted, 2in. to 6in. long, frond*
fan shaped, lin. to liin. each way, composed of numerous dichoto-
mous segments, half line broad, those of the fertile frond longer
than those of the barren one. India, <tc. (very widely dis-
tributed), 1869. In form this elegant little species is a perfect
miniature of the Fan Palm, Latania borboniea.
A. r. australis (southern).* fronds, segments fewer, larger,
and subulate at the point. Plant much larger and more rigorous.

ACTINOCARPUS (from aktin, a ray, and karpct,
fruit ; referring to the curiously radiated fruit, resembling
a star fish). ORD. Alismaceae. Pretty little aquatic pe-
rennials, with habit and inflorescence of Alisma. Carpels
six to eight, connate at base, spreading horizontally. Ex-
cellent for naturalising in bogs and pools. Increased by
seeds and divisions during spring
A. Damasoninm (Damasonium). Ray Pod. JL white. Tery

FIG. 24. ACTIMDU VOLUBILIS.

A. Kolomlkta (Kolomikta).* JL white, solitary, axillary, or
cymose, iin. in diameter ; peduncles about iin. long. Summer.
I. ovate-oblong, petiolate, rounded or sub-cordate at the base, and
tapering into a long point, serrate ; the autumnal tints are very
handsome, changing to white and red. N. E. Asia, 1880. Rarely
• met with.

A. polygama (polygamous). JL white, fragrant _ Summer. I cor-
date, sfrrate, petiolate. Japan, 1870. The bemes of this species
are edible.

A. volubilis (twining).* JL white, smalL June. L oval on
flowering branches, elliptic on climbing stems. Japan, 1874. A
very free growing species. See Fig. 24.

ACTINIOPTERIS (from alctin, a ray, and pteris, a
fern ; the fronds are radiately cut into narrow segments).
OED. FHices. Sori linear-elongated, sub - marginal ; invo-
lucres (= indusia) the same shape as the sorus, folded over
it, placed one on each side of the narrow segments of the
frond, opening towards the midrib. A small genus of
beautiful and distinct stove ferns. They thrive in a com-
post of equal parts crocks and charcoal, about the size of
peas, which must be mixed with silver sand and a very
small portion of loam and peat. About half the pot should
be filled with crocks, perfect drainage being necessary. A

delicate ; each petal has a yellow spot at the base ; scapes with
a terminal umbel. June. L radical, on long petioles, some-
times floating, elliptical, five-nerved. A native aquatic. The
proper name of this plant is Damatonium sUUatum.
A. minor (smaller).* This greenhouse species, also with white
flowers, from New South Wales, is smaller.
ACTINOMERIS (from aktin, a ray, and meris, a
part; referring to the radiated aspect of the plants).
STN. Pterophyton. OBD. Composites. A small genus of
herbaceous perennials allied to Helianthus, but with com-
pressed and winged achenes. Flower-heads corymbose,
Coreopsis-like. Leaves ovate or lanceolate, serrate. They
are hardy, ornamental plants, and of easy cultivation, in
a loamy soil Increased in spring, by seeds and division
of the roots, on a warm border, with or without hand
lights, or in cold frames. With the exception of A. HeUan-
thoides, they are but little known in this country.
A. alata (wing-stalked). JL-keadt yellow. July. k. 3ft America.

A. helian thoides (Sunflower-like).* tL-headi yellow, 2in. across,

July to September. A. 3ft. S. America, 1825.
A, proeera (tall).* JL-headt yellow. September. A. 8ft. N.

America, 1766.

22

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Actinomeris — continued.
A. sqnarrosa (rough-headed).* fl. -headt yellow, in loose terminal

panicles. July and August. I. decurrent, broadly lanceolate,

coarsely toothed. Stem square, winged, h. 3ft. North America,

1640. SYN. Verbesina Careopsit.
ACTINOPHYLLUM. See Sciadophyllum.
ACTINOSTACHYS. Included under Scliizaa
(which see).

ACTINOTUS (from actinotos, furnished with rays ; re-
ferring to the involucre). OBD. Umbelliferce. An Austra-
lian genus of greenhouse herbaceous perennials. Flowers
shortly pedicellate, numerously disposed in simple umbels ;
petals none. Leaves alternate, petiolate. They thrive best
in loam and peat, and are increased by root division and
seeds. The latter should be sown on a hotbed, in spring, and
in May the seedlings may be transplanted out in the open
border in a warm situation, where they will flower and
seed freely.
A. helianthus (sunflower).* fl. white, in many-flowered capitate

umbels; involucre many leaved, radiating, longer than the

flowers. June. 1. alternate, bipinnatifld ; lobules bluntish.

h. 2ft. 1821. SYN. Eriocalia major.
A. leucocophalus (white-headed), fl. white. June. h. 2ft 1837.

FIG. 25. ADA AURANTIACA.

ACULEATUS. Armed with prickles.

ACULEOLATUS. Armed with small prickles.

ACULEUS. A prickle ; a conical elevation of the skin
of a plant, becoming hard and sharp-pointed.

ACUMEN. An acute terminal angle.

ACUMINATE. Extended into an acute terminal
angle; this word is confined to considerable extension

ACUNNA OBLONGA. See Bejaria ajstuans.

ACUTE. Sharp -pointed.

ACYNTHA. A synonym of Sanseviera (which see).
ADA (a complimentary name). OBD. Orchidece. An
evergreen orchid, very closely allied to Brassia, from
which it differs chiefly in having the lip parallel with,
and solidly united to, the base of the column. Some
authorities now refer the plant to the genus Mesospi-
nidium. It requires to be potted in peat and sphagnum,
in equal parts. The drainage must be perfect, and, during
summer, the water supply profuse. Although in winter
far less will suffice, the plant should not be allowed to
become dry. Propagated by divisions as soon as the
plant commences growth.

A. aurantlaca (oi-ange).* fl. orange-scarlet, in long terminal
nodding racemes, each bearing from six to ten blossoms ; petals
elongated, streaked with black inside. Winter and spring. /. two
or three to each plant, linear, dark green, about 6m. in length.
Habit erect, with somewhat cylindrical pseudo-bulbs, which
taper upwards. See Fig. 25.

AD AMI A (named after John Adam, some time Governor-
General of India, and a promoter of natural history). OBD.
SaxifragecB. A small genus of Hydrangea-like greenhouse
evergreen shrubs, having many flowered terminal corymbs of
flowers, and opposite, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, serrated
leaves. They thrive well in a mixture of loam, peat, and
sand ; and cuttings will root readily in a similar compost,
under a hand glass.
A. cyanea (blue-berried), fl. whitish, or pink. June. h. 6ft.

Nepaul, in rocky places, 1829.
A. sylvatica (wood). Jl. blue ; cymes nearly undivided, on short

peduncles, disposed in a close panicle. June. h. 6ft. Java, 1846.
A. versicolor (many -coloured), fl. blue. August. China, 1844.

ADAM'S APPLE. See Citrus Limetta, Musa
paradisiaca, and Tabernaemoiitaiia coronaria.
ADAMSIA. See Cteum and Puschkinia.
ADAM'S NEEDLE. See Yucca.
ADANSONIA (named after Michael Adanson, an
eminent French botanist). OBD. Sterculiacece. This is
reputed to be one of the largest trees in the world, as far
as the girth of the trunk is concerned ; but it is seldom
seen in cultivation in this country.
A. digitate (finger-leaved). Baobab-tree ; Sour Gourd, /.white,

about 6m. across, with purplish anthers, on long, axillary, solit

pedicels. I. palmate, with three leaflets in the you

five to seven in adult ones. h. 40ft. Africa.
ADDER'S FERN. See Polypodium vulgare.
ADDER-SPIT. See Pteris aquilina.
ADDER'S TONGUE. See Ophioglossum.
ADELOBOTRYS (from adelos, obscure, and lotrys,
a cluster). OBD. Melastomacece. Stove climbing shrubs
with terete branches. Flowers white, crowded in oymose
heads at the tops of the branches. Leaves clothed with
rufous hairs on both surfaces when young, but in the
adult state glabrous, except the nerves, petiolate, ovate,
cordate, acuminated, ciliately serrated, five-nerved. For
general culture, see Pleroma.

A. Linden! (Linden's).* fl. white, changing to purple. Brazil, 1866.
A. Bcandens (climbing).* This, the original species, possibly not

now in cultivation, is a native of French Guiana.

ADENANDRA (from aden, a gland, and aner, a
male ; the anthers terminate in a globose gland). OBD.
Rutacece. Very beautiful little greenhouse shrubs from
the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers large, usually solitary
at the tops of the branches ; stamens ten, the five opposite
the petals sterile, five fertile ones similar in form, but
shorter. Leaves usually alternate, flat, glandularly dotted.
They thrive in a mixture of sand and peat, with a little
turfy loam. The young tops, before they begin to throw
out their buds, made into cuttings, and planted in a pot
of sand, with a bell glass placed over them, will root
without bottom heat.

A. acumlnata (acuminate). Synonymous with A. amcena.
A. amcena (pleasing).* fl. large, whitish above, and reddish

beneath, solitary, sessile, terminal. June. I. scattered, oblong

or oval, bluntish, smooth, dotted beneath, h. 1ft. to 2ft 1798.

SYN. A. acuminata.

olitary
ts and

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

23

Adenandra — continued.

A. coriacea (leathery-leaved). fl. large, pink, usuaUy solitary on
the tops of the branches. June. I. scattered, oblong, obtuse,
revolute, quite smooth, A. 1ft to 2ft. 1720.

A. fragrans (fragrant).* /. rose colour, on long peduncles, fragrant ;
pedicels clammy, aggregate, umbellate. May. I. scattered,
smooth, spreading very much, ovate-oblong, glandular, a little
crenulated. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1812.

A. linearis (linear-leaved), fl. white, terminal, on long, usually
solitary, pedicels. June. I. opposite, linear, obtuse, spreading;
branches and pedicels smooth. A. 1ft. 1800.

A. marglnata (margined).* fl. pale flesh-colour, on long pe-
duncles; umbels terminal. June. L scattered, smooth, trans-
parent, cordate, lower ones ovate, upper ones lanceolate, h. 1ft.
to 2ft 1806.

A. nmbellata (umbel-flowered).* fl. pink, almost sessile, terminal,
umbellate, petals fringed. June. I. oblong or obovate, dotted
beneath, fringed on the edges, h. 1ft to 2ft 1790.

A. U. speclosa (showy).* fl. large, pink, nearly sessile, terminal,
umbellate. June. I. scattered, oblong or obovate, revolute,
dotted beneath, smooth, but a little fringed on the edges, h. 1ft.
to 2ft 1790.

A. uniflora (one-flowered).* fl. large, whitish inside, and pinkish
outside, nearly sessile, solitary, terminal June. I. scattered,
oblong-lanceolate, somewhat pointed, revolute, smooth, dotted
beneath, h. lit. to 2ft. 1775.

A villosa (shaggy).* fl. pink, nearly sessile, terminal, umbellate ;
sepals, petals, and stamens fringed. June. I. crowded, ovate-
oblong, fringed, pubescent and glandular beneath. A, 1ft. to 2ft
1786.

ADENANTHERA (from aden, a gland, and anthera,
an anther ; in reference to the anthers, which are each termi-
nated by a deciduous, pedicellate gland). OBD. Leguminoscs.
A small genus of stove evergreen trees, with racemose
spikes of small flowers and bipinnate or decompound leaves.
They thrive well in a mixture of peat and loam. Increased
by cuttings, which should be taken off at a joint and
planted in heat in a pot of sand, placing a bell glass
over them.

A. chrysostachys (golden-spiked), fl. golden. A. 15ft. Mau-

ritius, 1824.

A. falcata (sickle-shaped), fl. yellowish, h. 6ft India, 1812.
A, pavonina (peacock-like).* Peacock Flower 'Fence, fl. white

and yellow mixed. May. L, leaflets oval, obtuse, glabrous on

both surfaces. A. 5ft India, 1759.

ADENANTHOS (from aden, a gland, and anthos. a
flower ; referring to the glands on the flowers). OED.
Proteaceoe. Ornamental greenhouse evergreen pilose shrubs,
thriving in sandy peat. Propagated in spring by cuttings,
which should be placed in sandy soil tinder a bell glass,
with a gentle bottom heat.
A, barbigera (bearded).* /. red, axillary, solitary, pedunculate ;

perianth pilose, bearded at top ; involucre spreading, villous.

June. 1. oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, triple-nerved. A. 7ft. Swan

River, 1845.
A. cuneata (wedge-leaved), jl.red. July. A. 5ft New Holland,

A. obovata (obovate-leaved).* fl. red. July. A. 5ft New

Holland, 1826.

ADENIUM (from Aden, where it is found). OBD.

ApocynacecB. Greenhouse evergreen succulent shrubs. The

species mentioned below is remarkable in having a globose

thick caudex or stem ; branches dichotomous ; corolla

salver-shaped. They require a well-drained compost of

sand and loam. Half -ripened cuttings strike root readily

in sand, under a hand glass. But little water is required

when the plants are not in a growing state.

A. obesum (fat), fl. pinky-crimson, downy ; corymbs terminal,

many-flowered ; pedicels short. June. I. close together at the

tops of the branches, 3in. long, oblong, narrowed at the base,

abruptly terminated by a hard, short point. A, 3ft or 4ft. Aden,

1845.

ADENOC AliYMNA (from aden, a gland, and calymna,
a covering ; referring to the conspicuous glands on the
leaves and floral coverings). OBD. Bignoniaceoe. An
elegant genus of stove evergreen climbers. Flowers race-
mose, trumpet-shaped, bracteate. Leaves ternate or bi-
nate. Stems slender. They require a hot and moist
temperature to grow them successfully, and thrive best in
a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings will root in sand, if
placed under a bell glass, with bottom heat.

Adenocalymna— continued.

A. comosum (hairy).* fl. yellow ; racemes spicate, axillary, and
terminal; bracts comose. September. I. trifoliate and conju-
gate, tendrilled; leaflets ovate, leathery, glandular. A. 10ft

A. longeracemosum (long-raccmed). fl. yellow. October. Brazil.
A. nltidum (shining).* fl. yellow ; racemes axillary, nearly terminal,

velvety; corolla velvety; bracts narrow, glandular. February.

I trifoliate or conjugate, tendrilled; leaflets elliptic, oblong.

h. 10ft. Brazil, 1848.

ADENOCARFUS (from aden, a gland, and karpos, a
fruit; in reference to the legumes being beset with pedicel-
late glands). OBD. LeguminoscB. Shrubs, with numerous
racemes of yellow flowers; divaricate branches, trifoliate
usually aggregate leaves, having petiolar stipnlas, and
complicated leaflets. All the species are elegant when
in flower, and well suited for ornamenting the fronts
of shrubberies. Except where otherwise mentioned, all
are hardy. They thrive best in a mixture of loam, peat,
and sand ; and may be readily increased by seeds or layers,
or by grafting the rarer on the commoner kinds. Young
cuttings will root freely in sand, covered by a hand glass,
which should be taken off and wiped occasionally. Seeds
may be sown in March, the hardy species out of doors, and
the others in a cold house.

A. foliolosus (slightly-leaved).* /. yellow ; racemes terminal ; calyx
covered with glandless hairs, with the lower lip elongated and
trifid at the apex ; the segments equal. May. I. (and branches)
much crowded, hairy, trifoliate. A. 4ft to 6ft Canary Islands,
1629. A half-hardy evergreen species.

A. frankenloides (Frankenia-like).* fl. yellow, crowded ; racemes
terminal ; calyx beset with glandular pubescence, with the lower
lip having the middle segment longer than the lateral ones, and
exceeding the lower lip. April. I. trifoliolate, much crowded,
hairy ; branches velvety. A. 1ft. to 3ft. Teneriffe, 1815. Evergreen.
Requires protection in winter.

A. hlspanicua (Spanish).* fl. yellow, crowded; racemes terminal;
calyx beset with glands and hairs ; lower lip of calyx with three
equal segments, hardly longer than the upper lip. June. I. tri-
foliolate, grouped. Branchlets hairy. A. 2ft to 4ft Spain, 1816.
Deciduous.

A. intermedlns (intermediate).* fl. yellow, not crowded ; racemes
terminal ; calyx beset with glandular pubescence, with the lower
lip trifid, the lateral segments shorter than the middle ones,
and much exceeding the upper lip. May. I. trifoliate, grouped ;
branches rather shaggy. A. 3ft to 4ft Sicily and Naples, on
mountains, 1816. Deciduous.

A. parvifolius (small-leaved).* fl, yellow, not crowded ; racemes
terminal ; calyx clothed with glandular pubescence, with the
middle segment of the lower lip longer than the lateral ones,
much exceeding the upper lip. May. I. trifoliate, grouped, small ;
branches glabrous. A. 3ft. to 4ft. France, on exposed heaths,
1800. Deciduous.

A. telonensis (Toulon). * fl, yellow, not crowded ; racemes terminal ;
calyx clothed with glandless pubescence, the segments of the
lower Up about equal in length, a little longer than the upper
lip. June. I. trifoliate, grouped ; branchlets smoothish. A. 2ft
to 4ft South France, 1800. Deciduous.

ADENOPHORA (from aden, a gland, and phoreo, to
bear ; in reference to the cylindrical nectary which girds the
base of the style). OBD. Campanulacece. A genus of elegant
hardy border perennials, very similar in habit, shape of
flower, &c., to Campanula, from which genus Adenophora
differs in having the style surrounded by a cylindrical
gland. Flowers stalked, drooping, spicate. Leaves broad,
stalked, somewhat whorled. They grow best in light rich
garden soil, with a warm sunny position, and should be
increased by seeds, as dividing the roots is the sure way
to lose them. They are easily raised from seeds, which
may be sown as soon as ripe, or in spring, in pots placed in
a cold frame.

A. coronopifolia (buckhorn-leaved).* fl. blue, large, three to
ten, racemose, at the top of the stem, on short pedicels. July.
I. radical ones petiolate, ovate-roundish, cordate, crenately
toothed ; upper ones sessile, linear-lanceolate, nearly entire, quite
glabrous. A. 1ft to 2ft. Dahuria, 1822.

A. denticnlata (toothed-leaved).* fl. blue, smad, numerous, on
short pedicels, disposed in a more or less loose elongated raceme.
July. 1. serrated, smoothish ; radical ones petiolate, rounded •
upper ones sessile, ovate-lanceolate. A, lift Dahuria, 1817.
SYN. A. trieuspidata.

A. Fischer! (Fischer's).* fl. blue, or whitish blue, numerous,
sweet-scented, disposed in a more or less compound, elongated,
•amidal panicle. August I. radical ones petiolate,
s.i, cuiilute, crenately toothed ; upper UUIM, auo^iiu,

24

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Adenophora — continued.

SYN.

ovate-lanceolate, coarsely serrated. A. lift. Siberia, 1784.
A. Mi flora.

A. Gmollnl (Gmelin's). fl. blue, secund, three to ten, on the top
of each stem, rising from the axils of the upper leaves, disposed in
a long raceme. July. I. upper ones erect, linear, very narrow,
entire, glabrous, h. 1ft to 2ft. Dahuria, in dry stony places,
1820.

A. Intermedia (intermediate), fl. pale blue, small, racemose.
May. I. radical ones petiolate, cordate, toothed ; upper ones
lanceolate, tapering to a point at the base, serrated, crowded.

A. Lamarokii (Lamarck's). » fl. blue; corolla funnel-shaped, dis-
posed in an elongated, many-flowered, raceme, which is com-
pound at the base. June. I. ovate-lanceolate, acutely serrated,
ciliated, glabrous, except on the margins. A. 1ft. to 2ft Eastern
Europe, 1824.

A. latlfolla (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. pereskicefolia.

A. liliiflora (Lily-flowered). » fl. numerous, sweet-scented, in a
loose pyramidal panicle. Central and Eastern Europe.

A. pereskiffifolia (Pereskia-leaved).* fl. blue, rather numerous,
scattered over the upper part of the stems, rarely subverticillate ;
peduncles one to two, or three-flowered. July. I. three to five in
a whorl, ovate-oblong, acuminated, coarsely serrated, roughly
ciliated, h. lift Dahuria, 1821. SYN. A. latifolia.

A. periploeeefolia (Periploca-leaved). fl. pale blue, at the top
of the stem, sometimes only one. June. I. petiolate, ovate,
acute, somewhat cordate, crenately serrated. Stem ascending.
h. Sin Siberia, 1824. Rockery species.

A. stylosa Gong-styled).* fl. pale blue, small, few, disposed in a
loose, naked, raceme. May. I. petiolate; lower ones obovate,
sinuate ; upper ones ovate, acuminated, glabrous. Stem ascending.
h. 1ft. to lift. Eastern Europe, 1820.

A. triouspidata (three-cusped).

Synonymous with A. denti-

A. vertieillata (whorled).* fl. pale blue, small, irregularly dis-
posed at the tops of the stems ; lower whorls many-flowered,
distant; peduncles one to three-flowered. June. I. in whorls,
serrately toothed ; radical ones petiolate, roundish ; upper ones
ovate-lanceolate. Stems simple, h. 2ft to 3ft. Dahuria, 1783.

ADENOSTOMA (from aden, a gland, and stoma, a
month). ORD. Rosacece. Hardy shrubs, having small, race-
mose, five-petaled flowers. They grow freely in rich loam
and peat in equal proportions. Propagated in spring or
autumn, by cuttings made of the young shoots, inserted in
sand, under glass.

A, fasclculata (fascicled).* fl. white, small, produced in,.terminal
panicles, h. 2ft. California, 1848. A Heath-like evergribn bushy
plant, allied to Alchemilla.

ADESMIA (from a, without, desmos, a bond ; in refer-
ence to the stamens being free). ORD. Leguminosce.
Chiefly greenhouse evergreen shrubs, or trailers, from South
America, with lanceolate stipnlas, abruptly pinnate leaves,
ending in a bristle ; axillary one-flowered pedicels, or the
flowers racemosely disposed at the tops of the branches,
in consequence of the upper leaves being abortive. They
will grow well in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Pro-
pagated by cuttings placed in sand, covered by a hand glass,
in a gentle heat; or by seeds, which are generally more
oatisfactory. The annual species— A. muricata, A. pap-
posa, and A. pendula— are not worth growing. The fol-
lowing are fairly representative of the most ornamental
species.
A. glutinosa (sticky).* fl. yellow ; racemes elongated, terminal

with whTn?S^ntl Md "W We" M the linear bnwteas) clothed

*SB- s

A. Londonl! (London's), fl. yellow. May, h. 2ft Valparaiso,

yeUow: racemes somewhat
o^^
epinose. Stem shrubby. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1830

Ai&328PlUlftten8iS(U8pallatan)- ^yeUow- J"ly. h. 1ft China,
A. Tisoosa (clammy), fl. yell

. August h. 12ft. Chili, 1831.

A1- name)' °BD- Acanthacece

Allied I to Justus. Very ornamental stove shrubs, requiring
a good fibrous peat and loam, with a moderate addition of
silver sand To grow them well, they require liberal treat-
ment and plenty of heat, when the flower, will be produced

Adhatoda— continued.

in great profusion. Increased by young cuttings in spring,
placed in sandy soil, in bottom heat. See Justicia.
A. cydonisefolia (Quince-leaved).* fl. produced in rather dense
clusters at the point of every branch ; tube of corolla white, the
upper lip white tipped with purple ; the lower lip large, rich deep
purple, with a white stripe down the centre. October. I. oppo-
site, ovate, dark green, and are, as well as the branches, slightly
downy. Brazil, 1855. This species is an excellent subject for
training up pillars or rafters ; and, when in bloom, makes a pretty
basket plant. It has a somewhat strangling habit, but a little
care only is needed in pruning and training to grow it into an
elegant shape.
A. vasica (Vasica). tf. purple. July. h. 10ft. India, 1699.

ADHERENT. Strictly signifies sticking to anything,
but is more commonly employed in the sense of adnate.
ADHESION. The union of parts usually distinct.
ADIANTOPSIS. See Cheilanthes.
ADIANTUM (from adiantos, dry, as if plunged in
water it yet remains dry). Maidenhair. ORD. Filices. A
large genus of handsome tropical and temperate ferns.
Sori marginal, varying in shape from globose to linear,
usually numerous and distinct, sometimes confluent and
continuous. Involucre the same shape as the sorus, formed
of the reflexed margin of the fronds, bearing the capsules
on its upper side. None of the Adiantums are truly hardy
except the American A. pedatum; even our own native
species requires protection. The chief requirements of
this handsome genus of ferns are good drainage, and a
compost of fibrous peat, loam and sand. In most cases,
plenty of pot room is essential, and a larger quantity of
loam will be needed for strong-growing sorts. For general
culture, see Ferns.

[ (rival).* sti. slender, about 6Ln. long, fronds slender,
pyramidate, tri-subquadripinnate ; pinna distinct, obliquely pyra-

,

midate, unequally-sided ; pinnules rhomboid or oblong, tapering to
the base, the terminal one distinctly cuneate, all sparingly lobate.
sort, 2in. to 4in., circular, or nearly so. Brazil, 1877. Stove or

A. sethiopicum (^Ethiopian).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long, rather slender,
erect, fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, deltoid, tri- or
quadripinnate ; lower pinnae Sin. to 4in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
deltoid ; ultimate segments Jin. to iin. across, Jin. deep, sub-
orbicular, the upper part broadly lobed ; rachis and surfaces
naked, sori in several roundish patches. A. Chilense (Chilian), A.
scabrum (scurfy), A. sulphureum (sulphured) are mere forms of
this species. Spain, and almost cosmopolitan. A very pretty
greenhouse fern. SYNS. A. assimile, A. emarginatum.

A. afflne (related).* sti. 6in. to Gin. long, erect, fronds with a
terminal central pinna 4in. to 6in. long, Iin. to liin. broad, and
several smaller erecto-patent lateral ones, the lowest of which are
again branched ; pinnules, iin. to |in. long, Jin. deep, dimidiate,
the lower edge straight, the upper nearly parallel with it, crenate,
like the oblique or bluntly rounded outer edge, sori numerous,
roundish. New Zealand. Greenhouse species. SYN. A. Cunning-
hami.

A. amabile Qovely). Synonymous with A. glaucophyllum. Also
a garden name for A. Moorei.

A, amcenum (pleasing). Synonymous with A. flabellulatum.

A. andicolum. A synonym of A. glaucophyllum.

A, ancitcnse (Aneiteum).* sti. and rachises castaneous, the latter
glabrous beneath, ferrugino-pilose above ; fronds deltoid, three to
four pinnate, lift, to 2ft. long, and broad ; segments about iin.
long, rhomboidal, ascending, nearly sessile, inner side close to
rachis, lower erecto-patent, shallowly lobed. sori round, reniform,
in centre of lobes, four to six to a segment. Aneiteum Isles, 1880.
Stove or greenhouse species.

A, assimile (assimilated). An Australian form of the widely-
distributed^, cethiopicum,

A. Bausei (Bause's).* fronds lift, to 2ift. long, spreading, trian-
gular, tri-quadripinnate ; pinnae stalked, the lower ones obliquely
triangular ; pinnules broad, laterally deflexed, the basal ones
obliquely ovate with a truncate base, the intermediate somewhat
trapeziform, the terminal cuneate— all shallowly lobed and pedi-
cellate, sori oblong renif onn, set across the apices of the lobes.
1879. A beautiful stove or greenhouse hybrid, between A. trapezi-
forme and A. decorum.

A. bellum (handsome).* fronds tufted, 3in. to 6in. high, bi-
pinnate, ovate-lanceolate; pinna? of three to six pinnules, iin.
to liin. long, stalked ; pinnules cuneate or irregular transverse-
oblong, the somewhat larger terminal ones cuneate, lobed, the
margin erose, all shortly stalked, sori two to three on the smaller
pinnules, roundish, or sublunate. Bermuda, 1879. Greenhouse
or \\ ardian case species.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

25

Adiantnm— continued.

A. Caplllns-Venerls (Venus's hair).* Common Maidenhair, ati.
sub-erect, rather slender, 4in. to 9in. long, fronds very variable
in size, with short terminal and numerous erecto-patent lateral
branches on each side, the lowest slightly branched again ; seg-
ments iin. to lin. broad, deeply lobed, and the lobes again bluntly
crenated. aori placed hi roundish sinuses of the crenation. Great
Britain, and world-wide in its distribution. Greenhouse, case, or
frame species.

A. C.-V. cornubiense (Cornish).* fronds very numerous, and
dwarf, more or less oblong in general outline, with large, broad
pinnules of a deep green, with finely-waved margins, and an
almost pellucid, but Inn texture. One of the best forms, but
somewhat delicate in constitution.

A. C.-V. crispnlum (crisped).* fronds, with the stipes, from
6in. to 12in. long, more attenuated than those of the type, and
narrower at the base ; pinnules less numerous, but broad and thin,
crisp, of a light green colour, more or less cut at the broadest part.
A handsome variety, of vigorous growth.

FIG. 26. ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS DAPHNITES.

A. C.-V. daphnltes (glistening).* sti. and rochises dark brown,
reaching a height of from 9m. to 14in. pinnae and ultimate
pinnules more or less confluent, the latter being broad, and of a
dull green colour, usually forming a tufted crest at the extremities
of the fronds. A charming subject for the Wardian case. Very
distinct. See Fig. 26.

A. C.-V. flssum (divided). Very dwarf in habit, with pinnules
rather broader than those of the type, which are deeply and
variously cut, so as to give the plant a distinctive appearance from
most of the forms.

A. C.-V. Foot! (Foot's). Closely allied to the variety fssum,
having fronds a foot or more long, with very ample pinnules
deeply incised, light green. Vigorous.

A. C.-V. incisnm (deeply cut). Very closely allied to A. C.-V.
fesum, but rather more vigorous in growth ; pinnules broad, and
deeply slit into segments near the base.

A. C.-V. magnificnm (magnificent).* fronds from 9in. to!6in. long,
more or less elongated in outline, 3in. to 4in. across ; pinnules
ample, rich green, with the margins finely cut and imbricated.
The arching character gives this form a most distinct appearance.
A very fine variety.

A. C.-V. rotundnm (rounded). Pinnules usually round, without
the cuneiform base of the normal form ; neither are the fronds
so broad. Isle of Man. Variable in its habit

A. C.-V. nndnlatnm (wavy).* fronds • dense, compact, having
broad, roundish dark green pinnules, which are undulated at the
edges. An elegant dwarf -growing form.

A. cardiochlaena (heart-form indusium). A synonym of A. poly-
phyllttm.

A. caudatnm (tailed).* tti. 2in. to 4in. long, tufted, wiry, fronds
6in. to 12in. long, simply pinnate, often elongated, and rooting at
the extremity ; pinnae about iin. long, Jin. deep, dimidiate, nearly
sessile, the lower line straight and horizontal, the upper rounded,
more or less cut, the point usually blunt, the lower ones slightly
stalked, sori roundish or transversely oblong on the edge of the
lobes ; rochls and both sides of the frond villose. A. eiliatum

Adiantnxn

Hnued.

(of gardens) is probably a mere form, if not a synonym, of this
species. Throughout the Tropics everywhere. Greenhouse or
stove species ; very fine for hanging baskets.

A. colpodes (deep hollow).* sti. 4m. to 6in. long, slender, slightly
fibrillose. fronds 9in. to 18in. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, deltoid,
tripinnate, light green ; lower pinnae spreading at right angles
from the rachis, 2m. to 4in. long, liin. broad, slightly branched
below ; ultimate segments about iin. long, Jin. broad, the lower
line often straight, the upper rounded, lobed, and toothed, all
nearly or quite sessile, sori placed in distinct teeth of the outer
edge. Ecuador and Peru, 1875. Greenhouse species.

A. concinnum (neat).* sti. 4in. to Sin. long, fronds 12in. to 18in.
long, 6in. to Sin. broad, ovate-deltoid, tripinnate ; pinnae numerous,
spreading, flexuous, the lowest 4in. to 6m. long, 2in. to 3in. broad ;
segments Jin. to fin. across, broadly cuneate at the base, the
upper edge irregularly rounded, deeply lobed, the lobes crenate,
the lowest segment of each pinna and pinnule large, sessile, sori
numerous, ob-reniform. Tropical America. A most elegant
species for baskets and the rockery.

A. c. Fleming! (Fleming's). This variety, of garden origin, if
also very handsome.

A. C. latum (broad).* Differs from the type in being more erect
and robust in habit, and broader in all its parts. It constitutesan
excellent stove plant.

A. orenatum (crenated).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long, fronds with a ter-
minal central pinna 6m. to 9in. long, and several large erecto-
patent lateral ones on each side, the lowest of which are branched
again ; segments about iin. long, Jin. deep, dimidiate, the
lower line upcurved, the upper nearly straight, slightly crenate.
sori numerous, round, placed on the upper and sometimes outer
edge. This is closely allied to A. tetraphyllum. Mexico. Stove
species. SY.N. A. Wtitsianum.

FIG. 27. AOIANTUH DECORUM.

A. cristatnm (crested), sti. bin. to 12in. long, strong, erect,
tomentose. fronds lift, to 3ft. long, 9in. to 12in. broad, with a
terminal central pinna 6in. to 9in. long, lin. to liin. broad, and
numerous rather distant lateral ones on each side, the lowest of
which are sometimes again branched ; segments iin. to jin. long,
Jin. to fin. broad, dimidiate, the lower line nearly straight, the
T .„.„.,.___=_.,.,_._. sveral

1844

STN. A. Kunzeanum.
A. cubense (Cuba).* sti. 4in. to 8m. long, nearly black, erect.
fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, simply pinnate, or
with a single pair of short branches ; pinnae lin. to 2in.
and about Jin. to lin. broad, unilateral, the lower line

upper nearly parallel or rounded, the point blunt, sori in sev
oblong or linear patches. West Indies and Venezuela, 1
Stove species. " "

long, an
slightly

recurved, the upper rounded and broadly lobed, of a
deep green colour, with a soft herbaceous texture,

hollows of the lobes. Cuba and Jamaica.

A. cuneatnm

sori in
A very distinct stove

(wedge-shaped).* sti. 6in. to Sin. long, slender,
erect, fronds 9in. to 18in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, deltoid, tri- or
quadripinnate ; lower pinnas 4m. to 6in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad ;
segments numerous, Jin. to |in. broad, cuneate at the base, the
upper edge deeply lobed. sori four to six, obversely reniform.
Brazil, 1820. This fine greenhouse species is more generally
grown than any other; and a number of garden forms have received
distinctive names.

26

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

AdiMitnm— continued.

A. o. dlmeotnm (dissected)." A pretty variety, with the pinnules
more deeply lobed than in the type.

A. o. Lawsonianum (Lawson's). This is a very abnormal form,
curiously and finely cut, with the ultimate segments narrowly
cuneate at the base, stalked, and distant. Of garden origin.
Greenhouse variety.

A. o. mnndulum (neat).* tti. 3in. to 4in. high, frondt dwarf,
tufted, erect, hardly Sin. broad, deltoid, tripmnate; pinna and
pinnules crowded ; pinnules narrowly cuneute, rarely three-parted,
with narrow wedge-shaped lobes ; apex slightly crenate, and bears
a roundish sorus set in a notch of the lobe OP crenature. Of
garden origin, 1879. Greenhouse variety.

A. Cunningham! (Cunningham's). Synonymous with A. affine.

A. ourvatum (curved).* tti. 6in. to 12in. long, frondt dichoto-
mous, with main divisions again once or twice forked ; pinnae 8m.
to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad ; pinnules IJin. to 14in. long, about
iin. deep, not truly dimidiate, but only the lower two-thirds of
the under half cut away, the upper margin rounded and broadly
lobed, with the lobes finely toothed and point often lengthened
out. tori linear, or transversely oblong. Tropical America,
1841. Stove species.

A. decorum (decorous).* tti. 4in. to 6in. long, frondt sub-deltoid,
9in. to 15in. long, three to four pinnate ; lower pinnae and pinnules
stalked, deltoid ; side segments rhomboid, iin. to gin. long ; outer
edge distinctly lobed ; lower segments equilateral, imbricated
over main rachis. tori round, in final lobes, four to six to a seg-
ment This greenhouse species ranks midway between A. con-
etnnumand A.cuneatum. Peru. Sm A. Wagneri. See Fig. 27.

A. dcltoldonm (deltoid), tti. densely tufted, Sin. to 4in. long,
wiry, erect frondt 4in. to 6in. long, Jin. broad, with a terminal
lobe and numerous sub-opposite pinnae, the lower ones distant,
distinctly stalked, iin. long, iin. to gin. broad, hastate-deltoid,
cordate or cuneate at the uase. tori in interrupted lines along
the sides of the pinnae. West Indian Islands. Stove species.

dlgltatum (flnger-leaved).* . . . e erec

frondt 1ft. to 3ft long, 6in. to 1ft. 6in. broad, furnished wfth

tti. 12in. to ISin. lone erect

, . . . , se w

numerous distant spreading or erecto-patent branches, gradually
shortened upwards, the lowest of which are branched •iiriir •
lower pinnae 6in. to 9in. long, Sin. to 4in. brold ; segments
Iin. to 1m. each way, varying from deflexed to cuneate^t the
base, the upper edge rounded, deeply cut and the lr»
again less deeply cut, the low« one/ distinctly stalked
In lines along the edge of the lobes. Peru. 7Itb i en

Itb i generally"

Adianfrnm— continued.
cultivated under the name of A. tpeciomm. Stove or greenhouse

>)><Ti.'S.

A. dolabrlforme (axe-shaped). Synonymous with A. lunulatum.

A. dolosnm (deceiving). Synonymous with A. Wilsoni.

A. Edgwortnii (Edgeworth's).* This differs from caudatum by
having more membranous texture, glabrous surfaces, and sub-
entire pinnae. Himalaya and China.

A. omarginatnm (notched). Synonymous with A. cethiopieum.

A. exoisom (bluntly cut).* eti. 2in. to 3in. long, wiry, densely
tufted, fronds 6in. to 18in. long, Sin. to 6in. broad, with numerous
flexnose short pinnae on each side, the lowest of which are
slightly branched again ; segments two to three lines broad,
cuneate at the base, the upper edge rounded and bluntly lobed.
sori two to four, large, obversely renifonn, placed in distinct
hollows on the lobes. Chili.

A. e. Leyl (Ley's).* This is a very dwarf, copiously crested form, of
garden origin, most suitable for case culture. Greenhouse variety.

A. e. multindum (much-cut).* A handsome garden variety ; the
apex of every frond is frequently divided into several branches,
which oftentimes are again divided and crested, thus forming a
beautiful tassel 2in. to Sin. long. Greenhouse species.

A. Farleyense. See A. tenerum Farleyense.

A. Peel (Fee's).* gti. 12in. to 18in. long, strong, scandent fronds
1ft. to 2ft. long, 1ft. or more broad, tripinnate, the main and
secondary rachises zigzag, all the branches firm and spreading
at a right angle ; lower pinnae 6in. to 9in. long, Sin. to 4in. broad ;
pinnules Iin. to 2in. long, iin. broad, consisting of a terminal
segment and several distant suborbicular-cuneate lateral ones.
sori marginal, roundish, more than half line deep. Tropical
America. Stove species. SYN. A. jlexuosum.

A. flabcllulatum (.small fan-leaved).* sti. erect, strong, frondt
dichotomously branched, and the divisions once or twiceoranched
again ; central pinnas 4in. to Sin. long, jin. broad ; pinnules about
Jin. broad and deep, dimidiate, the lower edge nearly straight,
the upper rounded, the outer blunt, both entire or slightly toothed.
sori in several transversely oblong notches. Tropical Asia.
Stove species. SYN. A. ameenum.

A. floxuoaum (zigzagly-bent). Synonymous with A. Feet.

A. formosum (beautiful).* tti. 12in. to 18in. long, strong, erect
fronds 18in. to 24in. long, 12in. to 18in. broad, bi-, tri-, or quadri-
pinnate ; lower pinnae 12in. to 15in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, deltoid ;
pinnules deltoid ; ultimate segments Jin. to fin. broad, one and a
hall to two lines deep, dimidiate, the lower edge straight, the
upper and outer rather rounded and deeply lobed, the lower ones
distinctly stalked, tori numerous, between obreniform and trans-
versely oblong. Australia, 1820. Greenhouse species.

A. fovearum. Synonymous with A. intermedium.

A. fnlvnm (tawny).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long, strong, erect, fronds 9in.
to 12in. long, 6in. to Sin. broad, deltoid in general outline, with a
terminal pinna 4in. to 6in. long, about liin. broad, and several
erecto-patent branches, the lower of which are branched again;

pinnules about Jin. long, Jin. deep, dimidiate, the lower edge
nearly straight, the upper almost parallel, sharply toothed like
the oblique outer edge,

, ,

straight, the upper almost parallel, sharply toothed li
ique outer edge, sori large, numerous. New Zealand
Greenhouse species.

A. Ghiesbreghti (Ghiesbreght's).* frondt ISin. to 30in. long,
ovate, deltoid, tnpinnate ; pinnules large, slightly crenate on the
margins. A very fine stove fern, with the habit of A. tenerum
Farleyente, but less dense. It is undoubtedly a variety of
tenerum, having originated in Mr. Williams's nursery some years
since. SYN. A. tcutum.

A. glaucophyllnm (grey-leaved).* tti. 6in. to 9in. long, erect
frondt 12in. to 24in.long, 9in. to 15in. broad, deltoid, quadri.
pinnate ; lower pinnae 6in. to 9in. long, Sin. to 6in. broad, deltoid,
erecto-patent ; segments Jin. broad, cuneate at the base, the upper
edge irregularly rounded, more or less lobed. tori four to six
obversely renifonn, placed in distinct hollows in the apex of the
lobes of the upper edge, deep green above, glaucous beneath.
OioseJy allied to A. cuneatum. Mexico. Greenhouse. SYNS. A.
amatnle, A. andicolum, A. mexicanum.

A. gracillimum (most graceful).* frondt deltoidly ovate, 9in. to
<Min. long, and 6m. to lOin. across, decompound, rich green;
ultimate pinnules distant, minute, distinctly stalked, obovate,
emargmate, or two to three lobed, the sterile lobes blunt sort-
solitary on the entire pinnules, two to three on the larger lobed
ones. One of the most graceful and beautiful of greenhouse
ferns ; the very numerous minute segments and the ramifications
of the rachis impart to a well grown plant a very charming
appearance. Of garden origin. A form of A. cuneatum.

AV,?5nf)-OV!a^u.m,(Hen!1.ow's)-*. stL 6in- to 12in- Ion8. erect
fronds 12m. to ISin. long, 6m. to 9in. broad, ovate, tripinnate fur-
nu- u witl1 numerous distant pinnae on each side, the upper of
which are simple, but the lowest slightly branched ; segments
4m. to 3m. broad, Jin. to Iin. deep, dimidiate, the lower line nearly
itraight, the upper rather rounded and lobed, the point bluntly
rounded sari obversely reniform, placed in the hollows of the
lobes. Columbia, Peru, &c., 1853. A most distinct and beautiful
stove species. SYNS. A. lastum, A. Reichenbachii A sessilifolium

A. Hewardia (Heward's). sti. 6in. to 9in. long, erect frondt
simply pinnate or bipinnate, with a terminal pinna and two fotour
lateral ones on each side, the lowest pair of which sometimes with

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

27

Adiantum

two t"
broad,
in com
orer a wide

four pinnules each ;
nearly equal sided,
tinuous lines along

pinnules Sin. to 4in. long, about lin.
orate lanceolate, nearly entire, tori
along both edges. Ja
Store species. Svx. Ht

branched; central
nules fin. U "
rhomboidal,

ed; central pinnae 6in. to 9in. long, iin. to lin. broad ; pin-
jin. to Jin. long, two to four lines broad, dimidiate, sub-
rhomboidal, the outer edge bluntly rounded, upper and outer
margin finely toothed, slightly stalked, tori roundish, numerous,
contiguous. Tropics of Old World, 1822. Greenhouse. SY.N. A.

pubeicent.
L interm«~».*
strong, frondt

S3 • •

n (intermediateX *«. 6in. to

with a terminal pinna 6in. to 9in. long, a£' to 3m.'

, and one to three small spreading lateral ones on each side ;
pinnules lin. to liin- long; iin. to iin. broad, unequal sided, but
not dimidiate, the point bluntish or acute, the inner edge nearly
parallel with the stem, the upper neari? straight scarcely toothed
tori in interrupted i
round the upper a
from the Antilles
SYN'S. A. fovearum, A. trianffiUatum.

A. Konzeanmn (Kunze's). Synonymous with A. arittotw*.

A. Laetnm (joyful). Synonymous with A. Hentlorianum.

A. Lathoml (Lathom's).* A garden rariety, said to be a sport from
A. Ghiesfreghti, which it closely resembles, being between it and
A. Farleyente. It is a magnificent plant producing fronds from
ISin. to 24in, long, with imbricated deeply-cut pinnules. Store
rariety.

A. Legrandi (Legrand'sX Very closely allied to, if not identical
with, A. Pecottei. Greenhouse variety, of garden origin.

A. Linden! (Linden's).* tti. black, naked, fnmdt erect, large,
pentagonal, tripinnate ; rachises pubescent above, naked beneath ;
segments sub-distant, liin. long, oblong-rhomboidal, full alii.
acuminate, outer margins closely but bluntly lobed, of a deep
green colour, the lobes toothed, tori oblong or reniform. Ama-
zons, 1866. A magnificent store species.

A. lucidum (shiny).* tti. 6in. to 9in. long, strong, erect fnmdt 9in.
to 15in. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, simply pinnate, with a large
terminal pinna and six to ten lateral ones on each side, or the

lowest very slightly branched, Sin. to 4in. long, iin. to lin. broad,
Irided, lanceolate acuminate, slightly <

•rated towards

•early equal i

the point, jori in a continuous row along each 'side. West Indian

I&UndsandTi ' ~

with smooth, dark, almost black stipes, branching

of the way up, while the pinnules are crested, usually ili^lisnil.

at the extremities of the branches, of a deep green, sub-glaucous
character. It is a very elegant little greenhouse variety- See

A. lunulatum (crescent-leaved).* tti. 4in. to 6in. long, tufted,
wiiy. jrondt 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, simply pinnate ;
pinnae Jin. to lin. broad, iin. to lin. deep, sub-dimidiate, the lower
edge nearly in aline with the petiole, the upper edge rounded

Adiantnm

\tinued.

and, like the sides, usually more or less lobed. wri in con-
tinuous lines along the edge. Hongkong, Ac., widely distributed
in both hemispheres. Store species. SYS. A dolabri/orme.
A. noMXTOClJulum (long-branched). Synonymous with A. poly.

. maerophyUnm Qong -leared).* tti. 6in. to 12in. lo
erect, nearly black, frondt 9in. to 15in. long, 4in. to
simply pinnate ; the lower pinna? of the barren frond

long, strong,
Sin. broad!

simply pinnate ; the lower pinna? of the barren frond Sin. to 4in.
long, Sn. broad, orate, so broad at the base that the opposite
ones frequently orerlap, the margin rather deeply lobed ; fertile
ones narrower, tori in long continuous, or slightly interrupted,
marginal lines. Tropical America, 1791 One of the finest store
species in cultivation.

A. macropterum (long- winged). Synonymous with A. WUtoni.

A. m«w<«»iMiiM«i (Mexican). Synonymous with A. glaucophyllia*.

A. mlcrophyllnm (short-leaved). A synonymn of A. vernation.

A. monochlamys (one-covered).* tti. 6in. to Sin. long, wiry,
erect, dark, chestnut brown ; frondt 6in. to iXn. long, 4in. to
bin. broad, ovate-deltoid, tripinnate, the pinnae rather distantly
placed ; segments iin. broad, cuneate at the base, the upper edge
rounded, slightly toothed, of a light green colour, with a firm
texture, tori single, or very rarely two, in a hollow of the upper
edge. Japan. A very distinct and pretty greenhouse species.

A pretty species, from Solomon

(Moore's).* tti. 6in. to Sin. long, frondt deltoid, 6in. to

A. monoaortun (uni-soriate).

Islands, not yet in cultivation.
A. Hoorel (Moore's).* tti. 6in.

15in. long, two to three pinnate ; side segments about iin. long.

rhomboid, lower edge deflexed from tip of pedicel, outer lobed

half way down, tori round, placed in tip of lobes. Andes of

r greenhouse species.
s it is frequently grown.
This

tip of
SYS. A. amabOe, under

. (Morfbfel This appears to be a stronger, more
robust grower (fronds from 12n. to Iffin. high), with thicker stipes
and larger pinnules than the typical A. CapOivt- Venerit. South
America. Greenhouse species.

A. neognineense (New Guinea).* tti. 6in. to Sin. long, chestnut
brown, erect frondt spreading, deltoid, tri-quadripinnate, dark
olire green, with a glaucous tinge .»n both surfaces ; pinnae
cuneate, lateral ones trapezoid, about
" the lobes rather large, entire, tori
ntirelysunk in closed sinuses of
the marginal lobes. New Guinea, 1877. A very charming store

olive green, witn a glaucous
orate; terminal pinnules curu
iin. long, crenately lobed, thi
small, sue to eight., orbicular,

L obliqmnn (oblique), tti. Sin. to 6in. long, erect wiry, pnbe-
scent/nmd* 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, with a terminal
lobe and three to twelve pairs of alternate pinnae, the lowest lin.
to 2in. long, iin. to Jin. broad, costate nearly to the apex, the
upper half the largest rounded at the base, the lower half obliquely
truncate at the base, those of the barren frond slightly toothed.
tori in numerous interrupted marginal patches, one to two lines
West Indies, Ac,, 1826. Stove species.

(Pacofs).* This is a charming little rariety, of
garden origin, with short decompound fronds, imbricated segments,
comparatively large, of a deep green colour, and likely to prove
one of the most useful maidenhair ferns grown.

frondt with elongated zigzag rachises,
, narrowed to the apex, tripinnate, often reaching
Sift long, lOin. oroad ; pinnules distinct ; ultimate segments large,
smooth, distant distinctly stipitate, varying from obovate wedge-
shaped to semi-orbicular in outline, but all deeply, palmately cut
lin. to liin. broad, tori oblong, variable in length, situate at the
tips of the segments, usually one to each. This is a very beautiful
and graceful store or greenhouse species. Peru, 1877.
A, patens (spreading). «ri. 6in. to 9in. long, erect frondt di-
chotomously divided and the branches once or twice divided
again ; central pinnae 6in. to Sin. long, liin. broad ; pinnules
imTtoiin. long. iin. deep, din.Mi.fa., the two sides nearly parallel,
tt^uPP^anTonteron« broadly and bluntly lobed. aortplaced
er and outer edge, obversely reniform. Brazil, Ac.,

art. 9in. to 24in. long, erect, polished.
, with the main divisions flabellately branched ;
liin. broad; pinnules
~ t on the side

roundish, one to two lines broaU SKh Sffl
stan, the United States, Ac. Hardy species. See fig. 30.

ME:

some of the latter sometimes agate slightly dirided; pinnules
fin. or more broad, liin. deep, unequally orate, cuneate at base,
fanely toothed and lobed round the upper and outer edge, tori in
interrupted patches round the sides of the pinnules. Pern. This
is one of the finest of the large growing, erergreen store kinds.

Uin (many-leaved).* tti. 12n. to 18in. long, strong,
2ft. to 3ft. long, 12in. to 18m. broad,

. , the upper

1ft long. 6in. broad,

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Adiantum — continued.

the upper edge. Columbia. A magnificent stove species. SYNS.
A. cardiochlcena and A. macrodadum.

A populifolium (poplar-leaved). A synonym of A. Seemanni.

A. princeps (Princely).* gti. 9in. to 12in. long, stout, nearly erect.
frondt large, I2in. to 24in. long, 9in. to 18in. across the base,
deltoid, pendent, quadripirmate, pale greyish ; lower pinnae ob-
liquely elongate, triangular, the posterior side tripinnate, the
anterior bipinnate ; upper ones pinnate, with a large cuneately
flabellate terminal pinnule, apex of fronds pinnate ; pinnules lin.
long, fin. broad, roundish rhomboidal or shortly trapeziform,
shortly stalked ; basal margin entire, slightly concave, the anterior
margins and apex lobate, the lobes serrulate in the sterile parts,
and, where fertile, bearing each a concave sorus, so that the lobes
appear two-horned. New Grenada, 1875. A magnificent stove
species.

A. prionophyllom (saw-leaved). Synonymous with A. tetra-
phyllum.

A. pubescens (downy). Synonymous with A. hizpidulum.

A pulverulentum (covered with powder).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long,
strong, erect ; fronds with a terminal pinna and several spreading
lateral ones on each side, which are 4in. to Sin. long, lin. broad ;
pinnules Ain. long, one and a half to two lines deep, dimidiate,
the lower line nearly straight, the upper one nearly parallel,
both it and the outer edge finely toothed, son in a continuous
line along the lower and upper edges. West Indies, Ac. Stove
species.

FIG. 30. ADIANTUM PEDATUM.

'8)- Synonymous with A. Ben*.

Adiantum— continued.

A scutum (shield). Synonymous with A. Qhiesbreghti.

A Seemanni (Seemann's).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, erect, fronds 9in.
to 20in. long, simply pinnate or the lower pinnse compound ; pinnae
3in. to 4in. long, liin. to 2in. broad, ovate, acuminate ; but rather

unequally si

i barren ones finely serrated, one side usually

A rather

growing

A. rn

line wit

cordate at the base, the other obliquely truncate, petioles of the
lowest, nearly an inch long, sori m long continuous marginal
lines. This is a very fine and distinct stove species. Central
America, 1868. SYNS. A. populifolium, A. Zahnii (of gardens).
A seasilifolium (sessile-leaved). Synonymous with A. Henslo-

vianum.

A setulosum (bristly). Synonymous with A. diaphanum.
A speciosum (showy). Synonymous with A. digitatum.
A subvolubile (somewhat twining), fronds subscandent, 2ft. to
4ft. long, oblong, tripinnate, 6in. to Sin. broad, with naked glossy
castaneous stipes and zigzag rachises ; central pinnae lanceolate,
with a few short spreading pinnules ; side pinnules rhomboidal,
about iin. long, lower edge in a line with petiole, or deflexed,
inner end touching or wrapped over rachis, outer shallowly lobed ;
lowest pinnules equilateral, much wrapped over rachis. sori
minute, round, six to twelve to a segment. E. Peru. Stove species.
A tenernm (tender).* sti. 1ft. or more high, erect, fronds 1ft. to
3ft. long, 9in. to 18in. broad, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnate ; seg-
ments iin. to Jin. broad, cuneate or tending towards rhomboidal,
dimidiate in shape, the upper edge rounder or somewhat angular,
broadly and deeply lobed, all stalked, sori placed in numerous
roundish patches in the lobes of the upper half.
Mexico, &c., widely distributed. Stove species.
A t. Farleyense (Farley's).* A subfertile, subcristate
variety of the foregoing ; but, is, nevertheless, one of
the most magnificent of Adiantums. It is nearly always
known under the name of A. Farleyense. Barbados,
1865. Stove variety.

A tetraphyllum (four-leaved).* gti. 6in. to 12in. long,
strong, erect, fronds nearly as broad as long, with a
terminal pinna 6in. to 9in. long, lin. to l^in. broad,
and numerous spreading lateral ones; segments iin
to Jin. broad, Jin. deep, subdimidiate, the lower line
straight or somewhat decurved, the upper nearly
parallel, finely toothed, the outer oblique, sori inter-
rupted, marginal. Tropical America. Stove species.
SYN. A. prionophyllum.
A t. Henderson! (Henderson's). A stove variety with

small blunt pinnules.

A tinctum (tinted).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long, fronds 6in. to
12m. long, deltoid, bipinnate; side pinnules rhomboid,
three to four lines long, lower edge straight, inner
parallel with rachis, or just wrapped over it, outer
shallowly, bluntly lobed ; lower pinnules equilateral,
imbricated over main rachis ; surfaces glabrous, when
young of a delicate rose red colour, changing to a
bright green, sori round, placed in final lobes Tro-
pical America. Stove or greenhouse species.
A. trapeziforme (rhomb-leaved).* sti. 6in. to 12in.
long, firm, erect, fronds 12in. to 24in. long, with a
central pinna 4in. to Sin. long, 2in. to Sin. broad and
two to four large spreading ones on each side, the
lowest of which are often branched again ; segments
liin. to 2in. long, iin. to Jin. broad, dimidiate, the
sides nearly parallel, the outer edge oblique, both
it and the upper one bluntly lobed, the fewest on
stalks Jin. to iin. long, sori numerous, contiguous,
placed round the upper and outer edge. West Indies
1793. Stove species.

A t. cultratum (sharpened).* Outer edge of the see-
ment bluntly rounded.

A. t. pentadactylon (five-fingered). Lower margin
the pltioff mentS somewhat decu™d obliquely from

** *• Sanctw Catherine (of gardens).* This is a deeply cut
ither copiously divided variety of A. trapeziforme.

drooping variety, of
Synonymous with A. inter-
A varium (various). Probably identical with A. villosum.

ISin. long, deltoid, bipinnate in lower halfnreddfs'h 'whenVomig^
^*X& JMK-N. a.b°ut. iin, long, lower border straight,'
., inner distant from rachis,

dwpntly£Ulfh?C!en'> on both'sides%*nneffi ^tottHongl Umente
bToadf lowerrbordIratdecSurJvSeSSile> sllb-rhomboidal- "*£ long, iin

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

29

Adiantrnn— continued.

ball lines long at tips of lobes of upper edge, four to six to a seg-
ment. Columbia, 1866. A magnificent stove species.

A. vennstum (charming).* tti. 6in. to 9in. long, wiry, erect,
glossy, frondt 6in. to 12in. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, deltoid,
tri-quadripinnate ; ultimate segments about Jin. across, cuneate at
the base, the upper edge rounded, and usually finely toothed, of
a light green colour, with a firm texture, tori one to three,
roundish ; in hollows of the upper edge. Himalayas, up to 8000ft.
Greenhouse or frame, nearly hardy in sheltered places. SYX.
A. micTophyUum.

A. villosum (hairy stalked).* tti. 9in. to 12in. long, strong, erect.
frondt with a terminal central and several spreading pinnae on
each side, 6in. to 12in. long, 1 2in. to 2in. broad ; pinnules di-
midiate, about lin. long, iin. broad, the lower line nearly straight,
the upper edge nearly parallel with it, but considerably larger,
slightly toothed, and the outer edge auriculed at the base, tori
in a continuous line round the upper and outer edge. West Indies,
Ac., 1775. Stove species.

A. Wagneri (Wagner's). Synonymous with A. decorum.

A. Wilesianum (Wiles's). Synonymous with A. crenatum,

A. Williamsil (Williams's).* tti. (an. to Sin. long, frondt 9in. to
18in. long, tripinnate, triangular ; pinnae ovate, distant, pinnules
sub-rotund, slightly trapezif orm, the basal line rather concave, the
margin entire or slightly undulated, or divided into three to four
lobes, crenately notched between the sori, the sterile portions with
an erose diaphanous margin, tori eight to ten, elongate reniform
or lunate, occupying the whole of the semicircular outer edge.
Mountains of Peru, 1877. In a young state, the stipes and fronds
are dusted with a yellow powder. This is one of the most beauti-
ful of the Maidenhair ferns. Greenhouse species.

A. Wilaoni (Wilson's).* tti. 6in. to 12iiL long, erect, frondt 9in.
to 12in. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, simply pinnate, with a large
terminal pinna and two to six sub-sessUe lateral ones on each
side, which are 4in. to 6in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, nearly entire, sori in continuous lines along
both edges. Jamaica. Stove species. STSS. A. dolotum, A.
tnacropterum.

A, Zn.^Ti« (Zahn'a). Synonymous with A. Seemanni.

A synonym of Pilea (which see).
ADINA (from adinos, crowded; in reference to the
flowers being disposed in heads). OBD. Rubiaceoe. A. very
pretty evergreen cool stove shrnb, with opposite terete
branches, and solitary, axillary peduncles. It thrives in
a mirtnre of loam, sand, and peat. Propagated by cuttings,
inserted in a rich, loamy soil, under a hand glass, in heat.
A. globlfera (globe-bearing).* JL yellowish, sessile, crowded,
collected into globose heads ; corolla funnel-shaped ; peduncles
axillary, rarely terminal, solitary. July. L lanceolate, glabrous,
longer than the peduncles. A. 3ft. to 4ft China, 1804.
ADLUMIA (from adlumino, to fringe with purple;
flowers bordered with purple). OBD. Fumariaceas. An
interesting, delicate, and nearly hardy climber from North
America. Flowers with four spongy, cohering petals. A
warm, good soil ia most suitable ; sow seeds about May in
a shady spot It is a biennial, but in favourable spots is
self-sowing, and thus may be treated as a perennial. If
placed either against a wall or in the open it is a pretty
subject for tailing over a shrub or twiggy branch. From
its fragile character, it can only be seen to the best advan-
tage under glass.

Adonis — continued.

A. antnmnalla (autumnal).* Pheasant's Eye; Bed Morocco.
JL of an intense blood-red, with a black centre, rarely pale,
globose from the six to eight concave conniving petals, which
are scarcely larger than tue calyx. May. Stems branched.
h. 1ft Britain. Annual

A. pyrenaica (PyreneanX* /. almost sessile, yellow ; petals eight
to ten, smaller and more obtuse than in A. oerruUu. July.
I., lower ones on long stalks, with trifid petioles and many-parted
segments ; upper ones sessile, multifid, with linear very entire
lobules. Stem 1ft or more high, and usually much branched.
Pyrenees, '

A. drrHoea (tendrffled).' fl. pale rose-coloured, about Jin. long ;
peduncles axillary, generally four-flowered. J
nate, pale green, h. 15ft 1788. The Maidenhair
are borne in profusion on the slender twining stems. SYK Cory-

ur-flowered. June. I. tn
The Maidenhair Fern-like leaves

ms.
dates fungota.

ADN ATE. Grown to anything by the whole surface ;
anthers are said to be Adnate when they are attached to
the filaments by their whole length.

ADONIS (name of classical derivation). OBD. Ranun-
eulacecB. Handsome hardy herbaceous plants. Flowers
solitary, terminal; petals five to fifteen. Leaves divided
into numerous linear segments. Some of the annuals are
much inferior to the perennial species. The latter section
constitute very ornamental subjects for rockwork, borders,
margins of shrubberies, Ac. All the species will grow
freely in common soil, and are propagated by seeds. The
perennials may be divided at the root.
A. aestivallfl (summer).* Pheasant's Eye. Jl. deep crimson;

petals flat, oblong, obtuse, one-half longer than the calyx. June.

Stem almost simple, elongated, h. 1ft South Europe, 1629.

Annual. See Figs. 31 and 32.

Fio. 31. FLOWER OF ADOMS .SSTIVALIS.

A. vernalis (spring).* /. yellow, large ; petals, ten to twelve, oblong,
rather denticulated. March. L lower ones abortive, or reduced
to somewhat sheathing scales, the middle and upper ones sessile
and multifid, with very entire lobes. A. 9in. to 1ft Europe,
1629. Charming rock plant. This handsome species requires a
rich moist sandy loam, and should not be disturbed for years.
Perennial.

Fio. 32. ADONIS .SSTIVAIJS, showing Habit and Flowers
A. T. Sibirica (Siberian) differs only in having larger flowers.
Vola. An intermediate species between A. vtr

vtrnaUt

A. T. Sibirica (Siberian ers ony n

A. voleensiia (Volga). An intermediate species between A. v

LTC Russia, 1818.

ADFB.ESSED. Brought into close contact with any-
thing without adhering.

ADULT. The full grown of anything. Full grown
leaves are termed adult.

ADVENTITIOUS. Developed in an unusual position.
Applied to buds, roots, &o.

30

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Phyllocladus

ADVENTURE BAT PINE.

rhomboidalis.

ADVERSE. Opposite.

2ECHMEA (from aichme, a point ; in reference to the
rigid points on the calyces, or flower-envelopes). Including
Pironneaua. OBD. Bromeliaceas. Very handsome stove
plants. Flowers scapose, panicled ; perianth six-cleft, three
outer segments eepaloid, longer than the three inner or
petaloid ones. Leaves ligulate or sword-shaped, sometimes
with marginal spines. The species thrive best in a well-
drained compost of rich fibrous loam and leaf mould
They like plenty of light, which may be afforded by
standing them on inverted pots, so as to raise their
heads well up above the surrounding plants. Propagation :
When the flower-spikes, which are sent up from the heart
or crown of the plant, die away, suckers or offsets are
produced near the base, and from these other flowers
appear the year after. If large plants are desired, these
suckers should be left to grow and spread around ; but to
produce single plants, the suckers must be taken off and
potted singly, in sharp soil, and then stood where they can

FlO. 33. JiCHMEA FULGEN3.

get a moist heat till rooted. To enable them to do this it
is necessary to strip off a few of the lower leaves, and trim
the bottom with a sharp knife, in order that it may heal
over and callus more readily than it otherwise would.
When rooted, the plants may be shifted into larger-sized
pots; but for single crowns 32-sized pots are large
enough, as the .plants, being epiphytal in their nature,
do not require much soil or any great supply of water,
except when growing freely or sending up their flower-
spikes. In winter, they should be kept rather on the dry
side, to induce partial rest. Water must not be allowed
to lie in the crown of the plant.

calycnlata (calycled).* fi. bright yellow, tubular, with red
dish heads at the top of an erect scape.

bracts, borne in close round __________

L strap-shaped, with the ends having the
cut off, but armed with a sharp spine.
SYN. Hoplophytum calyculatum.
JE. ccelestis (heavenly blue).

irance of beiiii!
Brazil, IE

JL sky-blue, in close pyramidal

panicles, on erect scapes. Winter. I. ligulate, concave, spiny-

edged, scaly beneath. Brazil, 1874. SYN. Hoplophytum cxlente.

JE. ccerulescena (bluish), fl. bluish. h. 1ft. South America,

1870. This pretty species is very attractive on account of the large

jEchmea — continued.

dense head of deep blue and pure white berries which are pro-
duced in October. SYN. Lamprococcita ccerulescens.

JE discolor (two-coloured-leaved).* fl. scarlet, borne on a loose,
branched panicle. June. I. broad, minutely toothed on the
margin, deep green above, and rather purplish beneath, h. 2ft.
Brazil, 1844.

JE. disticnantha(two-rankod-flowered).* fl. sepals rose-coloured ;
petals bright purple; spikes densely clothed with bright red
bracts. I. long, glaucous, linear-oblong, tapering to a sharp point,
and distinctly armed with reddish brown spines. A. 1ft. South
Brazil, 1852. SYN. Billbergia polystachya.

JE. exudans (exuding), fl. orange-coloured (exuding a white
greasy substance, whence the specific name) interspersed with
green bracts ; scape erect, with scattered crimson lanceolate bracts,
terminating in a dense head. I. oblong, spine-margined, grey-
coated. A. 2ft. West Indies, 1824. SYN. Hohenbergia capitata.

JE. fasciata (banded).* fl. scape upright, clothed with leafy bracts
of a rosy-pink colour ; each of the pink blossoms in the dense
conical head is subtended by a narrow, spiny-edged, similarly-
coloured bract, longer than its own. I. broad, recurved, banded
with white. Rio Janeiro, 1826. SYN. Billbergia fasciata. Lasts
in perfection for a considerable length of time.

JE/fulgens (glowing).* /. deep rich red, with a bluish tip, fifty
or more in a large branching panicle ; scape stout, erect, scarlet.
August, September. I. somewhat sword-shaped, terminating
rather abruptly. Cayenne, 1842. See Fig. 33.

JE. Furstenbergi (Furstenberg's). A. rose ; flower spike dense,
with overlapping showy pink bracts. I. tufted, linear, spinous at
the edge, recurved. A. 1ft. Bahia, 1879.

JE. glomerate (glomerate).* fl. violet ; scape erect, stout, Sin. to
lOin. high, with glomerate branches of crowded blood-red bracts.
I. oblong-ligulate, cuspidate, about 18in. long, dull green ; margin
with short wide-set spines. Bahia, 186a SYN. Hohenbergia ery.
throstachys.

Si. hystrix (bristly).* fl. in very dense, oblong spikes ; floral
leaves and bracts scarlet. February. I. densely crowded, ascend-
ing, linear lanceolate, saw-toothed. A. 24ft. Cayenne, 1880.

JE. Legrelllana (Legrell's). A synonym of Portea, Legrelliana.

JE. Linden! (Linden's), fl. yellow, in dense terminal heads, with
lanceolate red bracts, shorter than the flowers. 1. linear-oblong,
rounded, apiculate ; margins saw-toothed ; habit tufted. A. 1ft.
South Brazil, 1864.

JE. Marioo Regime (Queen Maria's).* fl. tipped with blue, chang-
ing to salmon colour with age, arranged compactly upon the
upper portion of the spike ; scape erect, about 2ft. high ; half the
length is clothed with large boat-shaped bracts, some 4in. long,
intensely rich rose-pink. June, July. 1. 18in. long, with a tufted
habit. Costa Rica, 1873. This is perhaps the best species.

JE. Melinoni (Melinon's). fl, bright scarlet, tipped with pink,
cylindric; panicle dense, terminal. I. oblong, leathery, about
18in. in length, dark green ; margin spiny. South America.

JE. Ortglesii (Ortgies1). fl. red, on short spikes. I. numerous,
channelled, recurved, spongy, broad at the base, and tapering to
a point; stem short, gouty. Tropical America, 1860. SYN.
Ortgiesia tillandsioides.

paniculigera (panicled). /.rose-coloured; petals projecting

ng ; scape reddish, "downy; f
coloured. I. ligulate, shortly acuminate. West Indies,

beyond the sepals, deep bright purple ; panicle
1ft. to 2ft. Ion

ge, compound,
; scape reddish, downy; rachides and bracts rose-

(showy).* fl. rosy; calyx fleshy, ovate; corolla
I. spreading, channelled, ligulate, 2Jft.
Guatemala, 1875.

lin. long, rosy crimson.

long, 3in. to 4in. broad.
JE. Veltchli (Veitch's).* fl. scarlet; spike densely clothed with

scarlet toothed bracts, closely investing flowers. I. tufted,

leathery in texture, broadly strap-shaped, spotted, and minutely

serrulate. A. 1ft. Columbia, 1877. SYN. Chevalliera Veitchii.

2EGICERAS (from aix, a goat, and keras, a horn;
alluding to the shape of its fruit). OBD. Myrsineas. Small
trees, with obovate entire leaves. Flowers white, fra-
grant, in terminal or axillary umbels. For culture, see
Jacquinia.
JE. fragrans (fragrant), fl. white, fragrant ; umbels pedunculate,

axillary, terminal April. I. obovate, margin undulated, and

unequally dilated, veiny ; upper s *

crescence. A. 6ft. New Holland,
JEGILOPS. See Quercus
.XGIPHIIiA (from aix, a goat, and philos, dear; a
favourite with goats). OBD. Verbenacece. Stove orna-
mental evergreen shrubs, generally with ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, smooth leaves ; and flowers in axillary and
terminal panicles. They require a rich sandy loam. Pro-
pagated from cuttings, which will root in sand, under a
glass, with bottom heat.

surface covered with saline ex-

1824.

.1 (large-flowered).* fl. yellow, terminal, corymbose ;
corolla downy. November. Berry compressed, blue, I. verti-

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

31

cillate oblong, entire, sub-cordate at base. h. 3ft. Havannah,

1843. The other species are probably not now in cultivation, and

this one is not generally so.

JEGLE (from ^gle, one of the Hesperides). Bengal
Quince. ORD. Rutacece. A stove evergreen tree, producing
very large fruit, which much resembles an orange in general
appearance, very delicious to the taste, and exquisitely
fragrant. This genus differs principally from Citrus by its
numerous disunited stamens. The pulp of the fruit is an
aperient, and a valuable remedy in dysentery, the thick
rind and the dried unripe fruit are astringent. It thrives
best in a rich loamy soil. Propagated by ripe cuttings,
which, if not deprived of any of their leaves, will root in
sand under a hand glass, in heat.
Si. Marmelos (Marmelos). a. white, very fragrant ; panicles

axillary, terminal. April. Jr. fifteen-celled, i trifoliate ; leaflets

toothletted. h. 10ft India, 1759.

2BOLAKTHUS (from aiollo, to vary, and anthos, a
flower ; referring to the variableness of the flowers). OBD.
Labiates. A genus of few herbs, with thickish leaves.
Flowers loosely panicled. They thrive in sandy loam, and
increase freely from seeds sown in a similar compost.
Si. Livingston!! (Livingstone's), fl. brown. East Africa, 1859.
JE. snaveolens (sweet-scented). A. lilac, second ; cymes axillary
and terminal, erect, usually trifld, with floral leaves under the
divisions. July. 1. nearly sessile, obovate, obsoletely denticu-
lated, thickish; pale green. A. 1ft. Brazil, 1859. A pretty stove
annual, with a sweet odour.

AERANTHUS (from aer, air, and anfhos, a flower ;
referring to the habit). OBD. Orchideoe. A genus of a
couple of species of remarkable stove Orchids, requiring
treatment similar to Anguloa, to which they are allied.
Si. arachnitis (spider-like), /t green. L linear, h. 4in. Mada-

gascar, 1850.

Si. grandiflora (large-flowered).* f~ yellowish-green, large,
solitary, terminal h. 8in. Madagascar, 1825.

AERATION. The exposure of the soil to the free
action of the air, as essential to the growth of plants.

AERIDES (from aer, the air; in reference to the
power the species have of deriving their sustenance from
the atmosphere). OBD. Orchidece. An extensive genus of
epiphytal Orchids, confined to the tropics of the Old World,
including many large and showy-flowered species. The
majority of them are extremely handsome. The thick fleshy
leaves are noteworthy for their characteristically distichous
arrangement — that is to say, they are arranged in two
opposite rows. They are usually truncate at the apex, and
for the most part deeply channelled down the centre, but in
some species terete or nearly cylindrical.* All of them throw
out large fleshy roots from various parts of their stems, by
which they absorb the moisture from the atmosphere ; and,
in order to grow them successfully, they must be fixed upon
blocks of wood. But this method should be adopted only
whilst the plants are young, as it is almost an impossibility
for the cultivator to mRintain a sufficient amount of atmo-
spheric moisture to meet their requirements ; and, unless
this is managed, the leaves will shrivel and fall off, leaving
only a few at the extremity. Therefore, as soon as the
plants are established upon the blocks of wood, let them
be removed and potted. Fill the pot three parts full of
broken potsherds and lumps of charcoal, and then use
nothing but clean, living sphagnum, placing a few roots in
the moss and leaving the others free. By this means a
greater amount of moisture can be supplied to them, and
thus beautiful and symmetrical specimens obtained. The
Aerides are easily grown into handsome plants, which
usually blossom profusely, and thus recommend themselves
to all who cultivate Orchids. From early spring until
the end of September they should be treated liberally with
water, at the same time taking care never to wet the
flowers. After the above-named time, a gradual diminu-
tion in the water supply to the roots should take place ; and
the atmosphere, too, should be less densely charged with
moisture. But drought should never be carried far enough
to cause the leaves to shrivel, for, if this is done, the uni-

Aerldea — continued.

formity of the specimen is marred ; and, although we are
quite willing to admit the possibility of the plants pro-
ducing a greater quantity of flower spikes after a thorough
shrivelling, we prefer to advocate the system that gives a
fair amount of flower coupled with good leafage. As before
remarked, the Aerides are peculiarly eastern, and therefore
are usually classed amongst the Orchids which require the
hottest houses. This is, in one sense, correct ; yet they do
not require the great amount of heat which many imagine,
and which has, until recently, been given them. They
must not, therefore, be excluded from the amateur's collec-
tion of Orchids. During the winter season many of the
species may be kept in a temperature of oSdeg. to 60deg. ;
whilst during the growing season the temperature may run
up by sun heat without limit, so long as a free circulation
of air and a sufficiency of moisture are secured. The
following status of temperature may be observed : In spring,
from 65deg. in the night, to 70deg. or SOdeg. by day ; in
summer, from 70deg. in the night, to SOdeg. or 85deg.
through the day ; in winter, about 60deg. night, and 65deg.
day.

„ C^MMM* (related).* Jl. delicate rose, produced, u
on branching spikes, which are sometimes 2ft. in length, and
continue in blossom two or three weeks ; the sepals and petals
equal, rounded at the apex ; the lip is sharply rhomboid and
three-lobed, with a short spur. J. light green, about 1ft long.
h. 3ft A very handsome species from India, forming an
excellent exhibition plant

A. a. snperbum (superb).* An unproved variety, with larger
and richer coloured flowers, and more compact habit

A. Brookii (Sir A. Brooke's).* Jl purple and white ; labellum
bright purple ; sepals and petals wnite, very fragrant i. very
ornamental, of a glaucous (milky green) hue. Bombay. This
species, although one of the handsomest, is very rare.

A. crassifolinm (thick-leaved).* This is a dwarf, densely-habited
plant, with broad, thick, purple-dotted obliquely-bilobed leaves.
The flowers, which are borne on long and drooping spikes, are
bare— larger than those of A./alcatum, which they resemble in
form, and have the segments tipped with rich purple or amethyst,
the centre or throat of the flower being ivory-white. Compared
with A. faleatum, the spur is here bent under at an angle, while
in that plant it is straight; the side laciniae of the lip are much
broader and shorter in the present plant and the two keels on the
lip here stand close together at the base, and become divergent
whilst in faleatum they are distant at the base, and become con-
vergent near the middle of the lip. This species is described as
being the best in the genus. It may be grown near the glass,
suspended in a basket Bunnah, 1877.

FIG. 34. FLOWER OF AERIDES CRISPUM.
, (curledX* *. white, suffused with purplish rose, nearly
in diameter ; sepals and petals ovate, acute ; lip three-lobed,
the middle lobe being very large, toothed at the base, and fringed
at the margin ; the horn-like spur is slightly incurved ; racemes
ascending, more than double the length of the leaves, many-
flowered. 1. deep green, flat and broad, blunt at the ends, and
two-lobed, about 4in. or 5in. long. Bombay, 1840. Lasts a long
time in beauty. See Fig. 34.

A. O. Idndleyanum (Lindley-s). A robust-growing variety,
producing a large, much-branched panicle of flowers ; sepals and
petals white ; lip large, bright rich rose-coloured.

A. C. Warner! (Warner's).* The leaves are smaller, and more
slender than in the species ; the sepals and petals are white, with
a soft rich, rose-coloured lip.

A. oylindxienm (cylindric).* JL white and pink, as large as those
of A. crigpum; sepals and petals crispy. I. elongate, subulate,
terete, 4in. to tin. long. East Indies. A very rare and distinct
species. SYN. A. vandarum,

A. dasycarpum (thick-fruited). JL brownish, rosy. India, 1865.

A. dasypogon. See Sarcantnus erinacena.

32

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

AeridM — continued.

A. dlfforme (deformed), fl. green and brown. India, 1865.

A. Domlnianum (Dominy's).* This is a garden hybrid between
A. Fieliliniiii and A. affine, with the colour of the former, but
markings and shape of the latter. Very rare.

A. falcatum (sickle-leaved).* ft. sepals and petals white, dotted
with reddish crimson, and tipped with soft rose ; lip white at the
sides, with a rosy-crimson centre ; spur short, parallel with the
lip ; racemes pendulous, many flowered. I. closely set upon the
stem, peculiar blue-green, coriaceous, obtuse and mucronate.
This species is very closely allied to A. crassifolium. Sm A.
Larpentte.

Fio. 35. Amnnra ODORATUM.

^eSnSSa STrrn ^,heite'8e^lthon ^ "T*

Aerides — continued.

either side ; on long, dense, cylindrical, pendent spikes. 1. ligulate,
obliquely two-lobed at the apex, thick and fleshy in texture, about

long, and of a light green hue.
t plant, of which many distinct v
is one of the most delicate of the genus.

elegant

,

Moulmein, 1868. This
nt, of which many distinct varieties are in cultivation,

A. maculosum (spotted). Jl. large, with obtuse pale rose-coloured
sepals and petals, which are spotted with purple ; lip flat and
undivided, bluntly ovate, and of a deep rosy-purple ; racemes
pendulous, proceeding from among the upper leaves, somewhat
lax and branching. 1. ligulate, thick, and fleshy, obtuse at the
apex, Sin. or 9in. long, dark green. A somewhat slow growing
species, with a rather stiff, dwarf habit Bombay, 1840.

A. m. Schroederi (Schroeder's).* fl. very delicate white, tinged
with lilac and spotted with rose ; labellum beautiful rose coloured.
I. dark green, lOin. long. h. 18in. East Indies. A very free
growing and handsome variety, superior to the species, but rare
Si cultivation.

A. Mendelii (Mendel's).
A. mitratttm (mitred).

Synonymous with A. Houlletianum.
fl. waxy-white ; lip violet coloured, on

erous dense erect racemes. April. 1. cylindrical, attenuated,
about 2ft. long, dark green. Moulmein, 1864. A rare but elegant
species.

A. nobile (noble).* fl. sepals and petals white tipped, and spotted

with bright rose ; lip three-lobed, the side lobes creamy yellow,

and the middle lobe slightly bifld at the apex, white, dotted with

rose-purple, very fragrant ; racemes 2ft. to 3ft. long, pendulous,

much branched, many flowered. /. strap-shaped, obliquely emar-

ginate at the apex, light green, slightly spotted with brown. Not

unlike A. tuavissimum, but with larger and better coloured

flowers, and more robust growth. East Indies.

A. odontoohlluxn (tooth-lipped), h. 2ft. Sylhet, 1837.

A. odoratum (fragrant).* fl. sepals and petals creamy and white,

tipped with pink ; lip cucullate, with even side lobes, the middle

lobe being ovate and inflexed, the spur conical and incurved, of

the same colour as the sepals, very fragrant ; racemes longer than

the leaves, many-flowered, pendulous. I. oblique, obtuse, mucro-

nate at the apex, and dark green. East Indies, 1800. See Fig. 35.

A. O. oornutnm (horned). /. pink and white. Distinct.

A. O. ma jus (greater).* Like A. odoratum in growth, but with

larger and longer spike of flowers.

^u0' Pippurascens (purplish).* A very robust variety, with
broad dark green leaves and massive spike of large flowers, which
are white, tipped with bright pink.

A. pachyphyllum (thick-leaved), fl. light crimson lake ; spur
and column white, the small laciniae of the blade of the lip on
front part of spur painted with more or less warm purple (these
laciniae are just as insignificant as the spur is preponderant);
raceme short, few-flowered, I. fleshy, short ; apex obtuse, and un-
equally two-lobed. Burmah, 1880.

A. quiiiqnovulnorum (five- wounded).* fl. fragrant ; sepals and
petek obtuse white, marked with five reddish crimson blotches,
and tipped with purple ; lip cucullate and funnel-shaped, the side
lobes being erect and the centre lobe oblong, incurved and
serrated, of the same colour .as the sepals ; spur conical, green,
large ; racemes longer than the leaves, pendulous, and many-
flowered. Late summer and early autumn. I ligulate, about
12m. long tightly clasping the stem at the base, obliquely mucro-
nate at the apex, bright shining green. Philippines, 1838.
A. a. , Farmerl (Farmer's).* A very rare variety of the above,
uftsimilar habit, but the flowers are pure white throughout!

~-.— (Reichenbach's).* fl., sepals neatly striped

g. ^OKO" llp deeP orange colour ; racemes densely crowded.

Borneo, 1858. A very rare species.

A. rosourn (rose-coloured) » fl., sepals and petals narrow, acute,

pale rose colour, with darker spots ; lip flat, entire and acute of

a bright rose, freckled-like the sepals and petals-w^th spots of a

darker hue ; raceme pendulous, dense, and many-flowered, upwards

•tl J*J lenStn- *• coriaceous, recurved, and channelled above

with a blunt two-lobed apex. Moulmein, 1840. As this does not

reely, it requires less moisture than any other species.

A. r. super-bum (superb).* A fine variety, with stronger growth
and larger and ncher-coloured flowers. The spikes of this, as well
as the typical species, are apt to die off if much water is given.

A. rubrum (red). A synonym of Sarcanthus erinaceiu.

A. suavisslmum (sweetest), fl., sepals and petals obtusely ovate,
white, tipped or tinged throughout with d*ep lilac; lip threel
lobed, pressed to the column, the side lobes being oblong and
denticulate, the middle lobe linear and bifid, the whole lipT>ein"
of a Dale lemon ™i™,. ™d the spur rosy-eyed; the numerou!
and branched, bearing a profusion of

A. testaoeum (testaceous). A synonym of Vanda parviflora
A. Thibantlaiium (Thibaut's). A synonym of Saccolabium Huttoni.
A. vandanun (Vanda). A synonym of A. cylindricum.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

33

Aerides — continued.

A. Vlren* (rigorous). ft. deliciously fragrant ; sepals and petals
ovate, obtuse, soft white, tipped with rosy-purple ; lip large ; side
lobes toothed at the apex, wnite, dotted with crimson ; middle
lobe bearing a red inflated tongue; racemes long, drooping,
many-flowered, commencing to blossom early in April, and last-
Ing until July. I. broad, oblique, rounded at the apex, with
a depression in the centre, and very bright green, about Sin.
long.

A. y. Ellisli (Ellis's).* fl. sepals and petals large, white, suffused
with rose, and tipped with amethyst ; the lower sepals very round
and broad ; lip large ; side lobes'white, beautifully freckled towards
the base, with short lines of amethyst ; middle lobe broad, and
deep rich amethyst in colour ; spur stout, curved upwards, and
tipped with brown ; racemes about 18in. long, bearing generally
from thirty to forty, or more, large flowers. L pale green. A
splendid variety.

A. Wlghttanum. See Vanda tcstacea.

A. Williams!! (Williams's).* fl. delicate pinkish white, pro-
duced in great abundance ; spikes 2ft. to 3ft. long, and branched,
L. broad, dark green, drooping. A very scarce and pretty
species.

AEROBION. Se

AEROPHYTES. Plants that are grown entirely in
the air.

2ESCHYNANTHUS (from aischuno, to be ashamed,
and anthos, a flower). SYN. Triclwsporum. OED. Ges-
neracece. A genus of very beautiful
twining, radicant or parasitical stove
shrubs, with opposite, simple, entire
leaves, and axillary, terminal, few-
flowered, umbellate peduncles. They
are worthy of extensive cultivation,
possessing handsome flowers, fine deep
green leaves, an agreeable fragrance,
and are easily grown on blocks, which
must be covered with green moss,
fastened on with small copper wire.
Preparatory to fastening them on,
the roots should bo covered with moss,
and the plants secured to the block
also by wire. After this, but little atten-
tion is requisite, except duly syringing
and occasionally dipping in tepid
water. As pot plants they are very
beautiful, and in this method perfection
is only obtained by growing them on
fast and strong by generous treatment,
which consists in frequently re-potting
in light rich compost till they are

large enough to bo trained up a trellis, formed of slender
rods of willow or hazel. Propagated by seeds and cuttings.
The former are very unsatisfactory ; the latter root readily
during spring in a well-drained pot, filled with a light com-
post, and having a surface of pure white sand, about lin.
deep. The best are obtained from half-ripened wood, cut
into 2in. or Sin. lengths, and all leaves, with the exception
of one or two at the top, removed. The cuttings should then
be covered over with a bell glass, and placed in moderate
bottom heat. So soon as rooted, transfer them singly to
small pots, and again place under hand glasses, until they
are thoroughly established, then gradually harden off.
When about twelve months old, place the plants in their
permanent quarters. Baskets are commonly and very
effectively employed. Line these with moss, and fill with
a light rich compost; place the plant as near the centre
as possible, and, to promote a uniform growth, fasten down
the branches with small neat pegs, at equal distances.
During the summer, give copious supplies of water, to
produce a liberal growth, which is of the utmost importance
the first season, when they should not be permitted to
flower. The following winter they should be kept cool
and rather dry, thus giving them a rest. The year
following, if properly managed, they will blossom profusely.

A3. atrosanguinea (dark-red).* ft. dark red; corolla liin.
long, cylindrical, saccate at base, pilose ; peduncle one-flowered.
July. I. pilose, oblong, subcordate, serrated, unequal, h. lift.
Guatemala. 1848.

JEsdiynantliTis— continued.
2E. Auckland! (Lord Auckland's). Synonymous with M. q*.

CWSWi.

.83. Boschianus (Bosch's).' fl. scarlet, axillary, clustered ; corolla
tubular, with wide throat; calyx tubular, smooth, purplish.
brown. July. i. ovate, obtuse, entire. A. 1ft. Java, 1844.
See Fig. 06.

AS. fulgens (shining).* ft. bright crimson, very long; throat
and the under side of the tube orange; lobes striped with
black, disposed in terminal umbels. October. I. large, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, thick and fleshy, brir*it dark green, h. 1ft.
East Indies, 1855.

2E. grandiflorns Qarge-flowered).* ft. deep crimson and orange,
large ; corolla clavate ; segments obtuse, with a dark mark at
top, equal ; umbels many-flowered. August I. oblong-lanceo-
late, acuminated, serrated, obscurely-nerved, fleshy, dark green,

.35. Javanicus (Java), ft. bright red, stained with yellow in the
throat; corolla downy, tubular; corymbs terminal, bracteate.
June. L small, ovate, slightly toothed, with sunk veins, Java,

AS. Lobblanna (Lobb's).* ft. rich scarlet; calyx large, cam-

rnulate ; corolla downy ; corymbs terminal, bracteate. June.
elliptic, entire or slightly serrated, glaucous. Java, 1846.
Plant siibscaiident

FIG. 36. jEscm-NANTHUS BOSCHIANUS.

A3. longlflorns (long-flowered).* ft. scarlet, erect, fascicled ; corolla
with a long clavate curved tube, and oblique constructed bilobed
mouth ; upper lobe bifid. Summer. 1. broad-lanceolate, acuminate,
entire. Java, 1845. Plant pendulous.

JE. miniatns (vermilion).* /. rich vermilion ; corolla tomentose ;
upper lip bilobed, lower one tripartite ; peduncles axillary, three-
flowered. June. I. oval acute, entire. A. lift. Java, 1845.
SYN. jK. radicant.

A3. pnlchcr (fair).* ft. bright scarlet; corolla three times
larger than the calyx ; corymbs terminal, bracteate. June, i,
ovate, obscurely toothed. Java, 1845. Scandent

A3. radlcans (rooting). Synonymous with JE. miniatut.

IE. speciosus (showy).* ft. rich orange-coloured ; corolla with
long clavate curved tube, and obliquely four-lobed limb ; upper
lobe bifid, terminal, numerous, downy. Summer. I. upper ones
always verticillate, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, slightly serrate.
h. 2ft. Java, 1845. SYN. M. Aucklandi.

A3. splcndldus (splendid).* ft. bright scarlet, spotted with black
on the margins ; corolla clavate, Sin. long, in terminal fascicles.
Summer, lasting in perfection for a considerable time. I. elliptic
lanceolate, acuminated, entire, rather undulated, h. 1ft. lly-
brid.

A3. tricolor (three-coloured).* /. deep blood red, usually twin ;
throat and base of t'ne lobes bright orange, the three upper lobes
being striped with black. July. I. cordate, dark green above,
paler on the under side ; edges, under surface, and stem, slightly
hairy, h. 1ft Borneo, 1857.

A3. zebrinus (zebra-marked), fl, green, brown. Autumn. Java,
1846.
JESCHYNOMENE (from aischuno, to be ashamed ;

in reference to the leaves of some of the species falling on

tho slightest touch, like those of the Sensitive plant).

F

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

2Bsckynomene — continued.

OBD. Leguminosae. Stove herbs and shrubs, with impari-
pinnate leaves, having many pairs of leaflets, and axillary
racemes of usually yellow flowers. They thrive well
in a good rich loam. Propagated by cuttings, placed in sand
under a bell glass, in a brisk heat. Seeds of the herbaceous
species require a good heat to start them into growth. The
annuals are not worth growing. There are about forty other
species known besides those mentioned, some of which may
prove worthy of cultivation when introduced.
IE. arlstata (awned). A synonym of Pictetia aristat*.
IE. aspera (rough-stemmed), fl. yellow ; racemes compound ;
peduncles, bracteas, calyces, and corollas, hispid. June. I. with
thirty to forty pairs of linear leaflets, which (as well as the

A. 6ft to 8ft-

thirty to forty pair, _

legumes) are smooth. Stem herbaceous, erect
East Indies, 1759. Perennial.

Oi. sensltiva (sensitive).* fl. white ; legumes and racemes
glabrous; peduncles branched, few-flowered. June. I. with
sixteen to twenty pairs of linear leaflets. Stem smooth. A. 5ft
to 6ft Jamaica, 1755. This shrub requires a sandy soil.

2ESCULTJS (a name given by Pliny to a kind of oak
having an edible fruit; derived from esca, nourish-
ment). The Horse Chestnut. OBD. Sapindaceae. A genus
of hardy showy trees, well adapted for lawns or parks,
having a beautiful appearance when in flower. They will
do well in any soil, but the more loamy the better. In-
creased by layers, put down in the spring, or by grafting or
budding on the common horse chestnut. Seeds, where pro-
curable, should be sown singly in rows in spring, where they
may remain until they are of sufficient size to be perma-
nently planted out. This genus is distinguished from Pavia,
in having its capsules echinated, i.e., covered with prickles,
like a hedgehog; but this character is not always con-
sistent.
IE. carnea (flesh-coloured). Synonymous with JS. rubicunda.

a (smooth-leaved).* fl. greenish yellow ; corolla of four
r petals, with their claws about the length of the calyx ;
longer than the corolla. June. I. with five leaflets,
very smooth ; foliage larger than the common species. A. 20ft.
North America, 1821. SYNS. A. ohioensis, A. pallida.
JE. Hlppooostanum (Common Horse-Chestnut), fl. white, tinged
with red, on very handsome terminal racemes, which are pro-
duced In great profusion •. petals five. April and May. I. with
seven obovately-cuneated, acute, toothed leaflets. Asia, 1629.
This, the common horse chestnut, is well known by the beautiful
parabolic form in which it grows, and during the period of its
flowering no tree possesses greater beauty. It has two or three
unimportant varieties, differing in the variation of then- leaves,
and one also with double flowers. These are increased by grafting
only.

JB. ohioensis (Ohio). A synonym of A. glabra.
IE. pallida (pale-flowered). A synonym of A. glabra.
JE. rubicunda (red-flowered).* fl. scarlet, in very fine terminal
racemes ; petals four, having the claws shorter than the calyx ;
stamens eight. June. I. with five to seven obovately-cuneated,
acute, unequally serrated leaflets. A. 20ft North America,
1820. This is a very distinct and beautiful tree when in flower,
and does not attain so large a size as jE. Uippocastanum. SYN.

spread

AESTIVATION. The manner of the folding of the
calyx and corolla in the flower bud.

JETHIONEMA (from aitho, to scorch, and nema, a
filament; apparently in allusion to some tawny or burnt
appearance in the stamens). OED. Cruciferae. A genus
of elegant little plants, distinguished from aUied genera in
having the four larger stamens winged, and with a tooth.
Herbs or sub-shrubs, perennial or annual, branched from
the base, diffuse or erect. Flowers in crowded terminal
racemes. Leaves fleshy, sessile. They are well worth culti-
vating in sunny situations, where they form a freer flower-
ing habit than when growing in a wild state. Some of the
more hardy species may be planted on rock work, which, by
their dwarf growth, they are well adapted for. The annual
and biennial species may either be sown on rockwork or in
the front of the flower-border. A light dry soil suits them
best. The shrubby kinds of this genus should be kept in
pots, which should be well drained with potsherds, and
treated like other alpine plants. Propagated by seeds, sown
In May ; or by cuttings, planted in summer.

JEtliionema — continued.

. Buxbaumli (Bauxbaum's). fl. pale red ; racemes crowded,

aggregate. June. 1. oblong-spathulate, glaucous, h. 6in. Thrace,

1825. A pretty annual, v,ith erect branched stems. SYN. Thlaspi

arabicuin.

Fia. 37. jETHiONEMA CORIDIFOLIDM, showing Habit and Flowers.

JE. corldlfollum (Coris-leaved).* /. rosy lilac, small, in ter-

minal dense rounded racemes. June. I. linear, glaucous, crowded.

Asia Minor, 1871. A pretty perennial, shrubby below, with erect

stems 6in. to Sin. high. See Fig. 37.
Of., graoile (slender), fl. purplish ; racemes crowded, terminal ;

when in fruit, loose. June. I. lanceolate, pointed, h. Sin.

Branches and branchlets slender, elongated. Sandy hills In Car-

niola, 1820. Shrubby perennial.

FIG. 58. ^ETIIIONEJIA GRANDIFLORUM, showing Habit and Flowers.

.33. grandlflorum (large-flowered).* fl. of a warm shaded rose ;
racemes crowded, terminal, numerous. May to August. I. ovate-
oblong, glaucous. Mount Lebanon, 1879. This perennial species
forms a spreading bush about lift, high, and is perhaps the
handsomest of the genus. It succeeds well in the ordinary
border, but is far better suited for the rockery. See Fig. 58.

.33. membranaceum (membranous-podded). /. purplish, in
terminal racemes. June. I. linear, distant, somewhat fleshy,
strictly appressed. h. Sin. to 6in. Persia, 1828. A small shrub,
with filiform branches.

JE. monospermum (one-seeded), fl. purple, largish, in ter-
minal racemes. July. I. oval or obovate, blunt, coriaceous ;
pods one-celled, one-seeded, h. Sin. to 6iu. Spain, 1778. A
pretty little biennial, with hardish branches.

JE. pulchellum (pretty).* This is said to be a new species, but it
much resembles JE. coridifolium. It is scarcely in full cultiva-
tion yet, but it proves one of the hardiest as well as one of the
most handsome kinds.

IE. saxatilis (rock).* fl. purplish ; racemes loose, terminal.
May and June. I. lanceolate, acutish. h. Sin. Spain, 1820. A
pretty annual.

AFRICAN ALMOND. See Brabeium.
AFRICAN BLADDER NUT. See Royena lucida.
AFRICAN FLEABANE. See Tarclionantlius.
AFRICAN HAREBELL. See Roella ciliata.
AFRICAN LILY See Agapanthus.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

35

AFRICAN LOTUS. See Zizyphus Lotus.

AFRICAN MARIGOLD. S-:e Tagetes erecta.

AFRICAN OAK. See Oldfieldia africana.

AFRICAN SATIN-BUSH. 5;e Podalyria sericea.

AFZELXA (named after Adam Afzelius, M.D., Pro-
fe^sor of Botany in the University of Upsal, and for many
years resident at Sierra Leone). OBD. Dtgnmino^ A
pretty store evergreen tree. For culture, see fgipnila.
A. africana (African) » JL crimson, disposed in rac

foar(funushedwittcU^iipperoneh«g«t June.

ligneus, many-celled ; seeds Mack, with scarlet anl.

pinnate. A. 30ft Sierra Leone, 182L

^•pyET.TA (of Gmelin). A synonym of Seymeria
(which tee).

AG ALMTLA (from agalma, an ornament, and Auk, a
wood ; the species ornament the woods in which they grow
wild). OKD. Gesneraceae. A small genus of handsome, climb-
ing or radicant herbs. Flowers in axillary fascicles ; corolla
limb oblique, five-lobed, scarcely two-lipped. Leaves simple,
alternate. A. staminea, the most generally cultivated
gpecies, is best grown in a basket, planted in a compost of
rough peat, a little leaf soil, fresh sphagnum moss, and
nodules of charcoaL Give an abundance of moisture when
growing, which should be lessened after flowering, and allow
the plant to rest during winter. It may be planted out on
rockwork in the stove. The temperature in summer should
not be less than 75deg. by day, and 65deg. by night. Half-
ripened cuttings will root freely in heat under a glass.
A. longistyla (long-styled), /.crimson. Java, 1873.

b^o^ybenelKa^lonthe edges. Stem and petiok. hairy.

*. 2ft. JaYa.1846. Store species.

AGANISIA (from aganot, desirable; in reference to
the beauty of these neat little plants). • ORD. Orchid**.
A small genus of epiphytal Orchids, requiring to be grown
upon a block of wood suspended from the rafters of the stove.
A damp atmosphere, syringing the roots and leaves freely
when in a growing state, and shade during very bright
sunshine, are primary points to be observed in their culti-
vation. Increased by dividing the pseudo-bulbs just pre-
vious to starting into new growth.

JL, peduncle* axillary, few flowered.

a (fringed).* JL white; Hp brae. Demeraia, 1874.
naiafca sacctform, fimbriate lip, but, when com-
the foregoing, its flowers, leaves, and bulbs are much
dtte^ faTnot sBtnpto thTapex, but the sac is

A. gramlnea (grass-leaved). A weedy looking species, of no garden
value. Guiana, 1836.

AGANOSMA (from aganos, mild, and osme, a smell ;
scent of flowers). OBD. Apocynaeeat. A genus of showy
stove or warm greenhouse shrubs, with opposite leaves
and terminal corymbs of large funnel-shaped flowers, the
coronet of which is cup-shaped or cylindrical, "having its
parts so united that they appear only as lobes around the
mouth of the cup." All the species mentioned are well
worth cultivating. They thrive best in a mixture of loam,

Aganosma — continued.

sand, and peat, in equal proportions. Propagated by (ratting*
in sand, under glass, and with bottom heat.

,ved).* JL large,

curled • panicles axillary
1. LfrSnfoblonJtobroad-lanceo
Shrubby climber.

white, fragrant;
longer than .the
late, acuminated

KOoviwicentedX* Jl. pate yellow, tinged with
__jve scented; corymbs terminaL October. I. oval,
i ends, tomentose beneath as well as the branches.
,1812. Shrubby twiner.

aD* /. i

leave* L effipticf

small,

whitish, fragrant ; calyx
linal, shorter than the

; corolla downy <

acuminated, glabrous. India, Shrubby twiner.
A-inaiTBtartaftijiwjj^^JgiJwjjJ-^^hi^

YtuceolaU^ smooth. Sylhk Shrubby climber.

October. L ovate^ordate, acuminated ; petioles ud

A. Wallichli (Wallich's).* JL white, fragrant ; calyr and corolla
downy outside; corymbs terminal. L elliptic-acununated, shining
above and pale beneath, glabrous. India. This species differs
from the lastin the veins olthe leaves being paraUel, not longi-
tudinal, from the base to the apex. Shrubby twiner.

AGAPANTHUS (from agape, love, and anthot, a
flower). OBD. LUiacece. African Lily. A genus, with
numerous varieties, of very handsome greenhouse or con-
servatory herbaceous plants. Flowers large, scapose;
perianth tabular, tube short; stamens six, having the
filaments somewhat declinate. Leaves linear or lorate,
arching, radical. They are of easy culture, and thrive
best in strong turfy loam, leaf mould, decomposed manure,
and river sand. They may be grown in large pots or tubs
outside, to be removed in autumn, and placed under the
stage in the greenhouse, or where they will be protected
from frost, and kept moderately dry. If planted and left
outside, the crowns should be well covered with cocoa-nut
fibre in winter. During the summer, and especially in dry
weather, the plants can hardly be over watered. They
thrive admirably on the margins of lakes or running
streams, and few plants, alike in flower and foliage, are
more effective. Clear manure water may be given pre-
vious to or when the plants are in flower, and, after
flowering, gradually lessen the quantity of water, until
they are stowed away for the winter. -They increase very
rapidly, by offseta, and, if necessary, the old plants may be
divided in early spring, to any extent required. In the
more southern parts of this country they are quite hardy.

FIG. 39. AGAPA.VTHUS CMBELLiTCS.

LshSS^£f ssgs^&awes

n^^ra^^Er^ii^wb -^^P™^ '
o?Goo?Hope, 1692. ^eeFig.39.

36

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Agapanth.ua — continued.
A. n. albidus (whitish).* /. pure white, on large full-sized

umbels, smaller than those of the species, but very showy.

Cape of Good Hope. This requires carefully drying off during

the winter.
A. tu aurens (golden). A variety in which the leaves are marked

longitudinally with yellow. 1882.
A. u. florc pleno (double-flowered).* Identical in aU respects

with the species, except that it has double flowers, which are

therefore, much more lasting than the single ones. A very

handsome variety.
A. u. Leichtlinii (Leichtlin's).* fl., perianth deep bright hyacin-

thinu blue, IJin. long; scape about lift, long, with a more compact

umbel than any other known form. June. I. similar in size

to the species. Cape of Good Hope, 1878.
A. U. maximus (larger).* fl. bright blue, in immense umbels.

This is larger in all its parts than the type, and when well grown

is truly a noble plant. There is also a white-flowered form of this

variety, which is most desirable, being equally as large.
A. U. minor (smaller).* This is smaller in all its parts, with

narrow leaves, and slender scapes of deep blue flowers. A very

elegant variety.
A. n. Mooreanus (Moore's).* /. dark blue. h. lift. 1879. A

new variety, with shorter, narrower, and more upright leaves than

the species ; it has a dwarf habit. Perfectly hardy.
A. n. variegatus (variegated).* Where variegated-leaved plants

are desired, few could be more useful than this ; its leaves are

almost entirely white, with a few green bands, but they are

neither so broad nor so long as in the type. It is an excellent

subject for the domestic garden.

AGAPETES (from agapetos, beloved ; in reference to
the showy character of the plants). OBD. Vactiniaceae. A
genus containing about eighteen species of warm green-
house or stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers corymbose and
racemose; corolla tubular. Leaves alternate, coriaceous.
They are all worthy of cultivation, but only two or three
species are grown in England. Peat, turfy loam, and sand,
in equal parts, is the best compost for them; and young
hardened cuttings will strike in sandy soil, under a hand
glass, in stove temperature.

A. buxUblla (Box-leaved).*/, bright red, about lin. long, tubular,
wax-like, disposed in corymbs. ApriL I. small, oval oblong,
bright green, leathery; branches spreading, twiggy, h. 5ft.

A, setigera (bristly), fl. red, about lin. long, tubular, numerous,
in lateral and corymbose racemes, furnished with bristly hairs.
I. scattered, lanceolate, acuminated, on very short robust petioles
Pundua Mountains, 1837.

A. varlegata (variegated), fl. scarlet, about lin. long, tubular,
lateral, corymbose, t. on short petioles, lanceolate, acuminated,
denticulated, attenuated at the base, veiny. Khasia, 1837.

AGARICUS (derived from Agaria, the name of a town
in Sarmentosa). Mushroom. ORD. Fungi. The most
extensive genus known. It, however, contains but one or
two species of cultural value. The most important ones
are the common field mushroom, A. campestris (Fig. 44)
tho Fairy Bing mushroom, A. pratensis, and A. vaginatus'.
Familiar species are the Parasol mushroom, A. procerus
(Fig. 43) ; St. George's mushroom, A. gambosus (Fig. 42) ;
and the deadly Fly Agaric, A. muscarius (Fig. 41). For
practical purposes the majority of this genus are poisonous,
and many virulently so. Great care must be exercised in
experimenting with unknown species, even by experienced
fungologists. See Mushroom,

AGASTACHYS (from agastos, admirable, and stachys,

a spike). ORD. Proteaceas. A greenhouse evergreen shrub]

with four sepalled apetalous flowers, which are disposed

in numerous spikes. It thrives in a compost of equal parts

loam, sand, and peat. Cuttings of ripened wood will strike

in sandy soil under a glass, in a cool house.

A. odorata (fragrant).* JL pale yellow, sweet scented, crowded •

spikes 4m. to bin. long. April. I. bluntly lanceolate sub ses '

slle, thickish, about 2in. long. h. about 3ft New HtolJand, 1826.'

AGATH2EA (from agathos, excellent; in reference to
the beauty of the flowers). ORD. Compositce. Allied to
Cineraria, and requiring the same greenhouse treatment.
It makes a very pretty object for summer decoration in
the flower garden. Young cuttings root freely, in a gentle
heat, at all times; and the plant may be had in flower
all tho year round.

Agathsaa— continue d.

A. coalestis (sky-blue).* fl.-head» blue; peduncle one-headed.
June. 1. opposite, ovate, naked, h. lift. Cape of Good Hope,
1753. Herbaceous perennial. See Fig. 40.

FiQ. 40. AOATH

AGATHA HOSE. See Rosa gallica Agatha.

AGATHIS. See Dammara.

AGATHOPHYLLTJM (from agathos, pleasant, and
phyllon, a leaf ; referring to the pleasant clove-like smell
of the leaf). Madagascar Nutmeg. OBD. Laurinece.
A stove evergreen tree, of economic value only, having tho
fruit enclosed by the persistent calyx; thriving in peat
and light rich loam. Of easy propagation by cuttings in
sand, with a moderate bottom heat.

A. aromaticum (aromatic), fl. white. I. stalked, alternate,
obovate, obtuse, leathery, entire, smooth, h. 30ft. Madagascar,

AGATHOSMA (from agathos, pleasant, and osme, smell;
the plants contained in this genus have a pleasant smell).
STNS. Bucco, Dichosma. ORD. Rutacece. Beautiful small
Heath-like greenhouse shrubs, from the Cape of Good Hope.
Flowers in terminal heads, or umbels ; petals five, divided,
with long claws, and scattered, short, narrow leaves, usually
with revolute edges. They are of easy culture, thriving best
in a mixture of sand and peat, with the addition of a
little turfy loam. Young cuttings will strike root freely
in a pot of sand, under a bell glass, in a cool house.
They require to be shaded somewhat in the summer.
Winter temperature, 40deg. to 45deg. About forty-six
species are known.

A. acumlnata (taper-pointed lea.
glandular, on terminal subcapitate hea

* fl. violet ; calyces smooth,
subcapitate heads. ApriL I. ovate, some-
what cordate, long acuminated, fringed, at length spreading, h.

1ft to 2ft. 1812.

A. bruniades (Brunia-like).* /. lilac or white, on terminal sub-
umbellate heads; peduncles fastigiate, elongated. April. I. scat-
tered, linear-trigonal, awl-shaped, dotted, and a little fringed ;
branches hairy, h. 1ft. to 2ft. 1820.

A. cerefolia (Chervil-leaved), fl. white, small ; pedicels and
calyces beset with glandular hairs ; heads terminal sub-umbel-
late. ApriL I. crowded, lanceolate, acute, spreading, keeled,
fringed. A. 1ft. to 2ft 1794.

A. ciliata (ciliated).* fl. white ; pedicels smoothish ; heads ter-
minal sub-umbellate. April. \. scattered, lanceolate, acute
with toothletted-fringed, revolute edges, dotted beneath, and
bearing hairs on the middle nerve, becoming at length reflexed.

A. erecta (upright).* fl. pale violet, terminal, sub-umbellate •
peduncles short, villous. April. I. imbricate, trigonal, blunt
dotted beneath, a little fringed, h. 1ft. to 2ft 1818.

A. hirta (hairy), fl. purple, densely capitate ; petals bearded at
the claws. April. I. somewhat imbricate, linear, awl-shaped,
channelled, hairy on the back, decurrent. A. 1ft to 2ft. 1794.

AN ENCYCLOP/EDTA OF HORTICULTURE.

37

FIG. 43. AGARICUS PROCERUS (PARASOL MUSHROOM)

FIG. 42. AGARICUS GAMBOSUS (Si. GEORGE'S MUSHROOM).

FIG. 44. AGARICUS CAMPESTRIS (COMMON MUSHROOM).

38

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Agathosma — continued.

A. hisplda (rough-haired), fl. violet, on terminal sub-umbellate
heads ; pedicels and sepals pubescent ; petals quite smooth. May.
I. crowded, linear, trigonal, blunt, spreading, hispid, keeled, and
two-furrowed beneath. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1786.

A. imbricata (imbricated), fl. pale purple, in terminal sub-capi-
tate heads ; petals with a roundish limb ; sepals smoothish ;
pedicels pubescent. April. I. imbricate, crowded, ovate, acumi-
nated, dotted, fringed. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1774.

A. orblcularis (round-leaved). /. white, on terminal sub-umbel-
late heads ; stamens twice as long as the corolla ; pedicels pubes-
cent. April. I. scattered, spreading, orbicular, ovate, or reni-
form, smooth, reflexed, small, thickish, without any dots
beneath ; branches villous. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1790.

A. prolifera (proliferous), fl. white, on terminal sub-umbellate
heads ; sepals smooth ; pedicels somewhat fastigiate, pubescent.
April. I. spreading, lanceolate, cuspidate ; Keel and edges
fringed, dotted; branches whorled, proliferous. A. 1ft. to 3ft.

A. pubescens (downy), fl. white ; umbels terminal ; peduncles
and sepals villous. April. I. lanceolate, trigonal, pointless, with
margins and rib ciliated. A. If t. to 2ft. 1798.
A. rugosa (coarsely-wrinkled), fl. white, on terminal sub-umbel-
late heads ; sepals pubescent ; pedicels capillary, clothed with
glandular hairs. April. I. spreading, oblong or ovate, blunt,
keeled, winkled, villous beneath, reflexed. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1790.
A. vestita (clothed), fl. lilac, on terminal sub-capitate heads;
pedicels quite smooth. May. I. closely imbricated, ovate, acumi-
nated, keeled, fringed. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1824.
AGATHYRSUS. See Mulgedinm.
AGATI (its Sanscrit name). OED. Leguminosoe. Orna-
mental stove trees from India, with lanceolate stipulas,
abruptly-pinnate leaves, having many pairs of leaflets.
Flowers large, few, racemose. Legumes lift. long. A
mixture of loam, peat, and sand is most suitable. Young
cuttings will root in a pot of sand, with a hand glass over
them, placed in heat.

A, ooooinea (scarlet).* fl. red, rather smaller than the next
species. Legumes rather terete. I. leaflets powdery. July. A. 20ft.
to 30ft. 1768.

A. grandlflora (large-flowered), fl. rosy red. July. Legumes

evidently compressed. 1. leaflets glabrous. A. 14ft. to 26ft 1768.

A. g. flore-albo (white flowered). 1. white, double. N. Australia,

AGAVE (from agauos, admirable ; referring to the
stately form in which some of them flower). OBD. Amarylli-
dece. Flower-scape tall, proceeding from the centre of the
rosette of leaves; perianth funnel-shaped, six-parted. Leaves
large, fleshy, tufted. Mr. B. S. Williams describes them as
follows : " They are noble, massive-growing plants, and form
magnificent ornaments in the greenhouse or conservatory;
whilst, from their slow growth, they do not rapidly get too
large, even for a small greenhouse. Indeed, some of the
real gems of this genus are neat, compact-growing plants,
seldom exceeding 2ft. in height. Besides being fine orna-
mental plants for indoor decoration, the larger growing
kinds are unquestionably the finest objects for the embel-
lishment of terrace-walks, or surmounting flights of steps
in the open air during the summer season, and also for
plunging in rockwork, or about any rustic nooks in the
pleasure-grounds, as, in such situations, they are quite in
keeping, and thrive admirably. As is well known, they
attain maturity very slowly; but when this condition is
reached, the plant sends up a flower spike, and, after
perfecting this, dies." A. Sartorii, and a few others are,
however, exceptional, and go on flowering year after year!
It is certainly fallacious to suppose it takes them a hundred
years to flower. Agaves succeed well potted in good
loam and river sand, to which may be added a Jittle peat and
leaf mould for some of the smaller-growing kinds The
drainage should be good, as they enjoy a liberal supply
of water during the summer season, but during winter
considerably less will be required. They can be increased
by snckers when these are to be obtained, and also by
seeds, to secure the production of which, in the species
that do not yield suckers, the flowers should be care-
fully impregnated. In the following descriptive list
of species, only those of horticultural value are men-
tioned, some of which are still rare ; and in describing
them we have availed ourselves of Mr. J. G. Baker's

Agave — continued.

excellent monograph, which appeared in the columns
of the Gardeners' Chronicle. Many are omitted, not
from any deficiency in horticultural beauty, but because,
in several instances, only one plant of a species is known to
exist in cultivation, and such cannot, therefore, hope to
become in general cultivation for many years hence.

I (whitened). Probably a variety of A. micrantha.

A. americana (American).* fl. yellowish-green, 2in. to 3Jin. long,
in very dense globose clusters, on pedicels Jin. to Jin. long ;
scape, including the thyrsoid panicle, 24ft. to 36ft. high. August.
I. usually thirty to forty, sometimes more, in a rosette, oblanceo-
latc-spathulate, 3ft. to 6ft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad above the
middle, glaucous green, more or less concave all down the face,
the outer leaves recurved, the dark brown pungent point Iin. to
2in. long ; prickles brown-tipped, £in. to Jin. long. South America,
1640. See Fig. 45.

A. a. mcxicana (Mexican). A variety much shorter in the leaves
than the species, of which it may be regarded as one of the many
small forms.

A. a. picta (painted).* I. 2ft. to 3ft. long, about 4in. wide, lower
ones recurved, upper ones erect, moderately thick, rich golden
yellow on both sides, bordered with dark green. A very splendid
variety. SYN. A. ornata.

A. a. variegata (variegated). I. 6ft. or more in length, 6in. or
8m. wide, dark green in the centre, broadly margined with rich
yellow. A very desirable variety.

A. amcena (pleasing). Referred to A. Scolymus.

A. amurensis (Amur River). Synonymous with A. xylacanthz.

A. applanata (plano-convex-leaved), fl. unknown. I. twenty to
forty in a dense sessile rosette, reaching a couple of feet in
diameter, oblong-spathulate, Sin. to 12in. long, 2in. to 3iin.
broad, the lower half of the face flat, the upper half concave,
suddenly terminating in a pungent brown spine above Iin. long
brown""66" bo-rdered with brown ; Prickles iin- to jin. long, bright

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

39

Agave — continued.

A. atrovlrens (dark -green). Synonymous with A. Salmiana.
A. attennata (attenuated).* JL greenish-yellow, 2in. long ; pedicel*
. to 8ft long, and bin. in

about Jin. long, on a dense spike, 6ft.

L ten to twenty,

diameter; bracts OTertopping the perianth-
in a dense rosette at the top of the stem, oblong-spathnlate,
2ft to 24ft. long, Sin. to Sin. broad two-thirds of the way up,
narrowed to 2£in. to Sin. above the base, persistently glaucous,
one of the most fleshy of all in texture ; face rather concave when
ing ; tip not pungent, edjre quite entire. Stem 4ft. to 7ft high,
. to 4in. thick. Mexico, 183?. A most distinct species.

A. Beaucarnel (Beaucarne's). Synonymous with A. Kerehovei

A. Botterii (Botteri's).* JL greenish-yellow, about lin. long, on a
dense spike, longer than the leaves ; primary bracts lanceolate,
with a long point, the lower ones as long as the flowers ; scape
covered with adpressed lanceolate bracts. I about fifty in a
rosette, oblong-spathulate, about 2ft long, 6in. broad above the
middle, narrowed to 4iin. above the base; pale green, concave in
the centre ; spine hard, pungent about iin. long ; marginal teeth
crowded, iin.,upcurved at the tip. Stemless. Mexico, about 1865.

A. bulblfera (bulb-bearing). Synonymous with A. vivipara.

A. cwspitosa (tufted). Synonymous with A. Sartorii.

A. cantula. Synonymous with A.

Fio. 46. AGAVB CELSIAKA.

A, Celsiana(Celsius').*/f. tinged purplish-brown, 2in. long, in a
dense spike, 1ft or more long, and bin. to Sin. hi diameter when
expanded ; scape 4ft long, the lower bract leaves lanceolate, the
upper ones subulate. L twenty to thirty in a rosette, oblong-
spathulate, lift to 2ft. long, 4in. to oin. broad at the middle,
narrowed to 2iin. to Sin. above the base, persistently glaucous,
the point hardly at all pungent ; spines very unequal in size and
shape, green, largest brown and horny at the top. Mexico, 1839.
This is a beautiful species, the stem of which scarcely rises off
the surface of the ground. See Fig. 46.

A. coccinea (scarlet). A. unknown. I. twenty to thirty hi a
dense rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, lift to 2ft. long, 4in. to
6in. broad two-thirds of the way up, narrowed to 3in. above the

Agave— continued.

dilated base, where it is lin. to IJin. thick, deep heavy green •
terminal spine liin. or more in length, red; side prickles
irregular, deltoid, unequal, nearly straight {in. to Jin. long, red.
Mexico, 1859.

A. cochlearis (cochleate). JL yellowish green, above 4in. lone,
in dense clusters. L forming a sessile rosette 10ft. broad oblonl-
spathulate, 5ft to 6ft long, above 1ft broad, 5in. thick at the
base, opaque green, with a deeply excavated face ; terminal
spine very stout, pungent ; side prickles curved variously, middle
sized, deltoid. Stems 26ft high. Mexico, previous to 1867.

A. Considerantt (Considerant's). Synonymous with A. Victoria
Reyina.

A. Corderoyl (Corderoy's).* JL unknown. L forty to fifty in a
dense rosette, rigidly erecto-patent ensiform, lift long, }in. to
lin. broad, bright green ; terminal spine hard, brown, lin. long ;
side prickles moderately close, erecto-patent dark brown, Jin.
long. Mexico, 1868. A very distinct and pretty species.

A. crenata (crenated). Referred to A. Seolymiu.

A cucullata (hooded). Referred to A. Scolymus.

A. dasylirloldes (Dasylirion-like).* JL yellow, about liin. long ;
spike as long as the scape, often decurved ; lower bracts much
longer than the flowers ; pedicels obsolete ; scape 6ft long,

densely clothed with spreading subulate bract leaves, the lower
ones 1ft long. L eighty to a hundred in a dense rosette, linear-
ensiform, IJft to 3ft long, about lin. broad, narrowing gradually
from the middle to a short brown pungent point pale glaucous
green, rigidly leathery ; edge minutely denticulate. Mexico, 1846.
A. d. dealbata (whitened). A variety of preceding, but with more
glaucous foliage.

FlG. 47. AGATE DE.NSIFLORA.

A. denslflora (close-flowered).* Jl. yellowish-red, liin. to 2in.
long, on a dense spike, 2ft long ; pedicels very short ; scape,
including the spike, 6ft long, the lower bracts ascending, the
upper ones spreading. L thirty to forty in a stemless rosette,
oblanceolate-spathulate, 2ft to 3ft long, and 2iin. to Sin. broad,
bright green when mature ; terminal spine iin. long, thick, pun-
gent slightly decnrrent ; side spines crowded, short, bright
chestnut brown. Mexico (previous to) 1S57. See Kig. 47.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Agave — continued.

A. Desert! (Desert's).' Jl. yellow, under 2in. long, on a thyrsoid
panicle, the branches very short, the lower horizontal, the upper
ascending ; pedicels short ; scape 4ft. to 10ft. high, lin. to 2in.
thick at the base, furnished with distant lanceolate acuminate
toothed bracts. 1. few, in a rosette, oblanceolate, 6in. to 12in.
long, liin. to 2in. broad above the middle, thick, fleshy, very
glaucous ; face deeply concave ; terminal spine lin. to 2in. long,
slender; prickles crowded, strong, hooked, horny, nearly Jin. long.
California, 1877.

A. Desmotlana (De Smet's). Probably synonymous with A.
miradorentit.

A. Elemoctiana (Elemeet's).* JL yellowish-green, lin. to liin.
long, in a dense spike 8ft. to 9ft. long, 7in. to Sin. in diameter
when expanded ; pedicels Jin. long ; scape, including the spike,
12ft. to 13ft. high, stiffly erect, lower 3ft. to 4ft., barren, with
squarrose lanceolate bracts. I. twenty to twenty -five in a rosette,
lanceolate-oblong, lift, to 2ft long, 3in. to 6m. wide, slightly
glaucous; face flat above the middle terminal spine, not pungent,
the margin pale and quite entire. Stemless. A very distinct
species. Mexico, 1864. (B. M. 7027).

A. Fenzliana (Fenzl's). Synonymous with A. HookerL

A. ferox (fierce). JL unknown. I. about twenty in a rosette,
oblong-spathulate, 4in. to Sin. broad ; face nearly flat; except at
the top, slightly glaucous green ; terminal spine above lin. long,
hard, pungent ; margin slightly wavy between the large dark
brown teeth, which are about Jin. long, and curved at the
top. Mexico, 1861.

A. fllifera (thread-bearing).* Jl. greenish, about 2in. long; pedicels
very short and stout, in a dense spike 2ft. to 3ft. long ; scape 3ft.
to 4ft. long, its bract-leaves subulate, the lower ones ascending,
the upper squarrose. I. sixty to a hundred in a dense rosette,
stiff, straight, ensiform, 6in. to 9in. long, lin. broad at the middle,
gradually narrowing to a grey pungent tip ; face flat, the con-
tinuous grey edge splitting off copiously into irregular spreading
grey wiry threads ; outer leaves of the rosette not all recurved,
but spreading stiffly. Mexico.

A. fc fllamentosa (thready).* A form with larger leaves and
scape ; including the spike, 10ft. to 12ft. high. A well-known,
handsome variety.

A. Goleottl (Oaleotti's). JL unknown. I. thirty to forty in a
dense rosette, 2ft to 3ft broad, oblong-spathulate, 1ft. to lift long,
SSn. to 6in. broad ; face rather flat or convex, green; terminal
spine hard, pungent ; prickles close, straight, or slightly hooked,
purplish-blaJck. Mexico, 1877.

A. GMesbregimi (Ghiesbreght's). Jl. unknown. I. thirty to
forty in a dense rosette, rigid, lanceolate, 9in. to 12in. long, 2in.
to Sin. broad, bright glossy green ; terminal spine iin. long,
pungent ; border narrow, red-brown till a late stage ; side prickles
numerous, irregular, two to three lines long. Mexico, 1862. Very
handsome dwarf species. A. Rohanii and A. Leguayana are mere
varieties.

A. hctoracantha (various-spined).* /. greenish, liin. long, on a
dense spike 3ft. long ; scape 3ft to 4ft long. I. fifty to eighty
in a rosette, rigid, ensifonn, lift to 2ft long, 2in. to 2iin. broad
in the middle, dull green, with numerous darker green lines on
the back; terminal point lin. long; side spines numerous,
strongly hooked, lanceolate. Stemless. Mexico.

A. Hooker! (Hooker's).* JL large, yellow, very numerous, in
stalked pamcled cymes. I. thirty to forty in a sessile rosette, 8ft
or 9ft in diameter, oblanceolate-spathulate, bright green on the
face, rather glaucous on the back, 4ft to 5ft. long, Sin to 9in
broad, 2in to 3in. thick ; terminal spine 2in. long, and decurrent for
nearly half a foot ; face flattish or slightly concave ; side prickles
bregater, brown and horny, about Jin. long, and curved in
different directions. Mexico. SYN. A. Fenzliana. A rare and
noble species, very massive.

A. horrlda (horrid).* fl. unknown. I. thirty to forty in a dense
rosette, tirid, lanceolate-spathulate, Sin. to I2in. long* lin to 2in
broad, bright green ; terminal .spine pungent, nearly lin. long;

U°US br°ad W b°rder> ^

11/11 fc. ™.v »v>,p^ UV/I'H I

four large spines on each side. Mexico, 1873.

\^ -^T10? (smoother). I. somewhat narrower, longer, with

MexTcofl8?0.neS "gy devel°Ped- "d °f * paler colour.

*&ES^#SS%^^

^n^K«Tn\ttSNo^der °f ^ .—"' and

A. Jacobiana (Jacob's). Synonymous with A. Salmiana.

A. Kcrchovci (Kerchove's).* Jl. unknown. I. thirty to forty in

i stemless rosette, stiff, rigid, typically ensiform, 6in. to 12in

long ijm. to <im. broad, narrowing gradually to a pungent spine

lin. long dull green, with a distinct pale central bamf rounded

on the back, without any stripes of dark green, the marcin

with a continuous moderately broad groy border; side prickles

'^egUar^ grey, lanceolate, curved, iin. to Jin. long. SYN. A.

Agave — continued.
There are several varieties of A. Kerchovei, of which the following

are the most important :—

A, K. dlplacantha (double-spined).* \Vith very few distant,
small teeth, often collected or united in pairs.

A. K. inermis (unarmed). Dwarf, with spines entirely obsolete.

A. K. macrodonta (long-toothed). /. lift long, without any
distinct central band, and with copious irregular grey lanceolate
prickles, about iin. long.

A, K. pectinata (comb-like). 1. 1ft. long, 2Jin. broad, without
any central band.

A. lophantha (crest-flowered).* Jl. greenish, arranged in a dense
spike 4ft to 5ft. long ; scape 7ft. to 8ft long, its leaves brown, the
lower ones 6in. long. I. thirty to forty in a rosette, rigid, ensi-
form, 2ft to 3ft long, liin. broad at the middle, rather concave
down the face, rounded on the back, not marked with any lines,
dull green ; terminal spine lin. long ; margins bordered by a very
narrow continuous grey hoary line, furnished witli distant linear
falcate teeth, about T\in. long, sessile. Mexico.

A, L ccerulescens (bluish).* 1. with a decided glaucous bloom.

A. L longlfolla (long-leaved). A mere variety of above species.

A. macracantha (long-spined).* /. greenish, 2in. long, ten to
twelve in a loose raceme 6in. long, all solitary on ascending
pedicels Jin. to iin. long ; scape 2ft. to 3ft. long ; bracts erect.
I. thirty to fifty in a stiff rosette 1ft. to 2ft. broad, oblanceolate,
6in. to 12in. long, lin. to liin. broad, very stiff and rigid, very
glaucous; face rather thicker in the lower half; terminal spine
nearly black, very pungent, iin. long; side prickles purplish-black,
sub-distant, iin. long, with a large point straight or slightly hooked.
With a short stem, or stemless. Mexico, 1830. It has many
varieties, among which are A. Sessereriana and A. Jlavescens.

A. Maxlmlliana (Maximilian's).* JL unknown. I. about twenty
in a sessile rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, lift, to 2ft. long, IJin.
to Sin. broad ; face slightly glaucous green ; terminal spine pungent,
brown, lin. broad ; side prickles bright chestnut brown, larger and
more irregular than in A. americana, more hooked, and furnished
with longer and sharper points, reaching Jin. long. Mexico. A
very distinct species.

A. micracantha (small-spined). fl. yellowish, liin. long, in a
dense spike 3ft. to 4ft. long, 6in. to Yin. broad when expanded. I.
twenty to thirty in a shortly stalked rosette, oblanceolate oblong,
15in. to 18in. long, 3in. to Sin. broad above the middle, narrowed
to 2in. to Sin. above the base, bright green ; face flattish above the
centre ; terminal spine red brown, moderately firm ; the copious
close reddish-brown horny teeth about TVin. long, the upper ones
ascending, the lower deflexed. Mexico, 1860.

A. miradorensis (Mirador).* Jl. unknown. I. about thirty in a
sessile rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, lift, to 2ft. long, 2in. to
2iin. broad above the middle, thin but firm in texture, very
glaucous, with a firm red-brown terminal spine lin. long ; side
prickles very minute, crowded, colourless, five or six to an inch
in the centre of the leaf. Mexico, 1869. SYN. (probably) A.
Desmetiana.

A. Noackii (Noack's). A synonym of A. Sartorii.

A. ornata (adorned). A synonym of A. americana picta.

A. Ortgiesiana (Ortgies'). A dwarf form of A. schidigcra with a
pale central band to the leaf. Mexico, 1861. A widely-distributed
and desirable .species.

A. pendnla (pendulous). Synonymous with A. Sartorii.

A. polyacantha (many-spincd).* /. greenish-yellow, liin. to
2in. long ; flowering-stem 8ft. to 12ft high, including the dense
spike, which is 3ft. to 4ft. long. I. about thirty in a sessile
rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, rigid, 1ft to 2ft. long, 2iin. to
Sin. broad above the middle, bright green, slightly glaucous
when young ; terminal spine dark brown, pungent, iin. to fin.
long ; side prickles crowded, deltoid, dark chestnut brown, ir-
regular, TVin. or iin. long, all sub-patent. Mexico, 1800. SYNS.
A. uncinata, A. xalapensis.

A. Poselgerii (Poselger's). fl. purplish, rather more than lin.
long ; scape, including the spike, 6ft. to 10ft. I. twenty to thirty
in a dense rosette, rigid, ensiform, 1ft. to lift, long, liin. to 2in.
broad at the middle, dull green, with a broad pale band down to
the face, rounded and marked with numerous distinct green lines
down the back ; margin furnished with a continuous straight,
moderately broad edge ; tormina! spine lin. long, brown, pungent;
side prickles moderately close, lanceolate, hooked, £in. loue.
Trunk, 4in. to 6in. long. Texas.

A. potatorum (drinkers'), fl. greenish yellow, Sin. long ; scape
12ft. high, including the thyrsoid panicle, which is 4ft. to 5ft.
long. I. about twenty in a dense sessile rosette, 4ft. to 5ft. broad,
oblong-spathulate, 2ft to 2ift. long, 7in. to Sin. broad above the
middle, a dull glaucous green ; face slightly concave ; terminal
spines hard, pungent, liin. to 2in. long ; side prickles deltoid-
cuspidate, about Jin. long, with the edge slightly wavy between
them. Mexico, 1830.

A. prainosa (frosty).* /. unknown. I. ten to twenty in a dense
rosette, spreading, oblanceolate-oblong, lift, to 2ft. long, 4in. to
Sin. broad above the middle, soft and fleshy in texture, pale
glaucous green ; terminal spine very weak ; edge furnished with
minute irregular spreading deltoid serrations, not more than
quarter line long. Mexico, 1863. A very distinct species.

A. Koezllana (Roezl's). fl. unknown. I. twenty to thirty in a se»-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

41

Agave — continued.

sile rosette, stiff, ensiform, 6in. to 7in. long, lin. to 14in. broad at
the middle, bright glossy green, with a distinct pale band down the
centre, broadly rounded on the back, without any darker green
lines, margined with a continuous moderately broad border, red
brown at first, fading into grey when old ; terminal spines bright
reddish brown, pungent, 4in. to fin. long ; side prickles copious,
spreading, lanceolate, curved, Jin. long. Mexico, 1869.

A. Salmiana (Prince Salm-Dyck's).* fl. greenish yellow, 4in.
long; panicle thyrsoid, 6ft. to 8ft. long, with erecto-patent
branches and flowers in dense clusters ; scape, exclusive of the
panicle, 20ft. high. I. twelve to thirty in a dense rosette, which is
often 5ft. to 6ft. broad, oblanceolate-spathulate, 2ft. to 4ft. long,
4in. to 6in. broad above the middle, a dull, slightly glaucous
green ; face more or less concave ; terminal spine 14m. to 2in. long,
hard and pungent ; side prickles Jin. long, chestnut brown, hooked
up or down. Mexico, 1860. SYNS. A. atrovirens, A. Jacobiana,
A. tehuacensis.

A. S. latissima (very broad). I. 2ft. to 3ft. long, by Sin. to 9in.
broad above the middle.

A. Sartorli (Sartor's), fl. greenish, 14in long; pedicels very short,
in a dense spike about 3ft. long, Sin. to 6in. broad when expanded ;
scape 3ft. to 4ft. long, the green linear ascending bracts 2in. to 4in.
long. I. thirty to forty spaced out in a loose rosette, ensiform,
14ft. to 2ft. long, 3in. broad at the middle, bright green, with a
pale band down the middle ; face flat ; terminal spine small, not
pungent ; side prickles minute, crowded, spreading, tipped with
red-brown. Caudex 1ft. to 2ft. long, sometimes forked. SYNS. A.
ccespitosa, A. Noackii, A. pendula.

A. schidlgera (spine-bearing).* fl,. almost identical with A.
filifera. I. fifty to eighty in a dense sessile rosette, stiff,
ensiform, 12in. to 15in. long, Jin. to lin. broad at the middle,
similar in colour and texture to those of A. filifera, but the
grey marginal border, and splitting off into flat shavings, not
mere threads.

A. Schnittspahni (Schnittspahn's). Referred to A. Scolymus.

A. Scolymus (Scolymus). /. greenish yellow, 24in. to Sin. long ;
branches few, with the flowers at the end in very dense clusters ;
scape 14ft. to 16ft. high, including the thyrsoid panicle, which is
4ft. long and 2ft. broad, furnished with green bracts. I. twenty to
thirty in a dense rosette lift, to 3ft. broad, oblong-spathulate,
9in. to 18in. long, Sin. to 6in. broad above the middle, very
glaucous, abruptly terminating in a pungent spine, lin. or more
long ; side prickles chestnut brown, about Jin. long ; edge wavy
between them ; those on the lower half smaller and directed
downwards. Mexico, 1830. Other so-called species referred to
this are A. amcena, A. crenata, A. cucullata, A. Schnittspahni,
and. A. Verscha/eltii.

A. S. Saundersii (Saunders'). rf. about 1ft. long ; teeth very
large.

A. Seemannl (Seemann's).* fl. unknown. I. twenty in a sessile
rosette, 1ft. to lift, broad, oblong-spathulate, 6in. to 9in. long,
Sin. to 34in. broad at the middle, narrowed to 2in. above the
dilated base, slightly glaucous ; face flat, except close to the top ;
terminal spine pungent, dark brown, ^in. long ; side prickles
large, moderately close, slightly curved upwards or downwards.
Guatemala, 1868. There are two or three garden forms of this
species.

A. Shawii (Shaw's).* fl. greenish yellow, Sin. to Siin. long ;
panicle thyrsoid, about' 2ft. long and broad ; clusters dense, com-
posed of thirty to forty flowers, surrounded by large foliaceous
fleshy bracts. I. fifty to sixty, or more, forming a dense globose
sessile rosette 2ft. in diameter, oblong-spathulate, Sin. to lOin.
long, Siin. to 44in. broad at the middle, deep green ; terminal
spine brown, lin. long, the upper third or quarter entire, the rest
furnished with crowded upcurved lanceolate prickles, Jin. to iin.
long. California, 1877. This species is very rare at present, but
is a most distinct and handsome plant.

A. sobolifera (soboliferous). fl. greenish yellow, 2in. to 2iin.
long, in a deltoid panicle, of which the lower panicles are 9in. to
12in. long, and bear a hundred flowers each ; pedicels Jin. to lin.
long ; scape 8ft. to 10ft. high, 2iin. thick at the base. I. twenty to
forty in a shortly caulescent rosette, oblanceolate-oblong-spathu-
late, 2ft. to 3ft. long, Sin. to Sin. broad at the middle, very bright
green ; face deeply channelled, the border much raised and tip
often recurved ; terminal spine sub-pungent, chestnut brown, iin.
long ; side prickles distant, brown, hooked, Jjin. to Jin. long.
West Indies, 1678.

A. striata (striated-leaved).* fl. brownish green outside, yellow
inside, lin. to liin. long ; pedicels very short ; spike dense, 2ft. to
3ft. long ; bracts linear, shorter than the flowers ; scape 6ft.
to 8ft. high, including the spike, furnished with numerous
spreading subulate bracts, which are 2in. to Sin. long. I. 150 to
200 in a dense rosette, linear-ensiform, 2ft. to 2ift. long, Jin. to lin.
broad above the deltoid dilated base, where they are Jin. thick and
lin. broad, narrowed gradually from the top of the base to the
point, rigid in texture, glaucous green ; face rather keeled, and
the back more so ; point brown, pungent, iin. long ; edges
minutely serrulate. Mexico, 1856.

A. s. echinoides (Echinus-like). I. about 6in. long, ^in. broad at
the middle ; face flat. Mexico, 1869. Dwarfer and stiffer in habit
than the variety itricta,.

Agave — continued.

A. s. recurva (recurved-leaved). I. longer than in the type, 3ft
to 4ft., more or less falcate, narrower, and decidedly convex on
both surfaces.

A. s. stricta (upright). 1. about 1ft. long, very stiff, Jin. broad at
the middle, both faces convex. A. Richardsii comes near to this
variety.

A. tehuacensis (Tehuan). Synonymous with A. Salmiana.

A. uncinata (hooked). Synonymous with A. polyacantha.

A. nnivittata (one-striped).* fl. green, liin. long (or less); spike
10ft. to 12ft. long, 6in. to 7in. thick ; pedicels Jin. long ; scape 4ft
long, exclusive of the spike, its bracts dense and squarrose.
I. fifty to eighty in a stemless rosette, rigid, ensiform, 2ft. to 24ft.
long, 2m. to Sin. broad at the middle, narrowed slightly down-
wards, and very gradually upwards, dull green, with a broad pale
band down the face, faintly lineate on the back ; margin bordered
by a narrow, continuous grey horny line, furnished with hooked
lanceolate prickles, iin. long, from 4in. to lin. apart; terminal
spine brown, pungent, lin. long. Mexico, 1830.

A. utahensis (Utahan).* fl. yellowish, about lin. long ; peduncles
ultimately Jin. long ; scapes, 5ft. to 7ft. high, including the 1ft. to
2ft. spike. 1. stemless, ensiform, 6in. to I2in. long, ifn. to nearly
2m. broad, thick, glaucous ; terminal spine channelled, pungent,
about lin. long ; marginal prickles, iin. to iin. long, white, with a
darker base. Southern Utah, 1881. This is a true alpine species,
perfectly hardy, and of very easy culture.

A. Vanderdonckii (Vanderdonck's). Synonymous with A,
xylacantha.

A, variegata (variegated).* fl. greenish, about liin. long; spike
about 1ft. long, fifteen to twenty flowered ; bracts minute, del-
toid ; scape 2ft. long, exclusive of the spike, bearing about twelve
lanceolate bract leaves. I. fifteen to eighteen in a sessile rosette,
spreading, ligulate-lanceolate, finally 12in. to I5in. long, lin. to
2m. broad below the middle, narrowed slightly downwards, and
gradually to the point, deeply chanelled down the face, and
copiously spotted with brown on a green ground ; edge hard and
tough, very obscurely serrulate. Texas, 1865. This very desirable
variegated species is extremely rare in cultivation.

A. Verschaffeltii (Verschaffelt's). Referred to A. Scolymus.

A. Victoria* Regina (Queen Victoria).* 1. forty to fifty in &
sessile rosette, stiff, rigid, lanceolate, 6in. long, liin. to nearly 2in.
broad above the dilated base, narrowed gradually to a rather
obtuse point, dead green, margined with a continuous white
border, like that of A. fllifera, not splitting up into threads,
but leaving distinct white vertical bands where it is pressed
against the neighbouring leaves ; terminal spine ^in. long, black,
pungent, with usually one or two small spines on each side of it.
Mexico, 1875. This is also much too rare a plant. SYN. A. Con-
sideranti.

A. virglnica (Virginian).* fl. greenish yellow, lin. to IJin. long;
spike very loose, 1ft. to 14ft. long ; lower flowers with very short
pedicels and lanceolate bracts, about Jin. long ; scane 2ft. to 3ft.
high, exclusive of the spike, with only a few distant small bract
leaves. 1. ten to fifteen in a sessile rosette, spreading, lanceo-
late, 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to liin. broad below the middle,
narrowed gradually to the point and a little downwards ; face
channelled, undulated, pale green, or mottled with brown spots,
the narrow hard and tough margin very obscurely serrulate.
North America, 1765. A. conduplicata is said to be allied to thia
species.

A. vivipara (viviparous).* fl. greenish yellow, 14in. to2in. long,

olate leaves 6in. long

before they fall and take root ; inflorescence reaching a height of
20ft. or more, the deltoid panicle about a quarter of the length of
the scape ; corymbs on stout peduncles, pedicels short. I. twenty
to fifty in a dense, shortly caulescent rosette, ensiform, 2ft. to 3ft.
long, liin. to 2in. broad at the middle, whence it gradually
narrows to the point, dull green when mature, thin but firm in
texture, flat or channelled down the face ; terminal spine firm,
brown, 4in. long ; side teeth brown, hooked, J^in. or less long.
A very widely spread species throughout tropics of the Old
World, 173L SYNS. A. cantula, A. bulbifera.
A. Warelliana (WareU's).* I. about thirty in a rosette, oblong
spathulate, 9in. to. lOin. long, Sin. broad above the middle,
narrowed to 2in. above the dilated base ; face nearly flat, green,

Ivipara (viviparous).* fl.
en changed intobulbillae, wh

above the middle,

.rceiyatall glaucous, "tipped" with" a strong brown cha'nnelled
ne lin. long; border margined with close, very short teeth,
irk purple when mature. Mexico. A rare but very handsome

speces.

A. Wislizeni (Wislizenius's). fl. 24in. long ; panicle thyrsoid. its
branches 3in. to 6in. long; pedicels very short ; scape 12ft. high.
I. about thirty in a dense, rigid, sessile rosette, which is under 2ft.
broad, oblong-spathulate, 3in. to 34in. broad above the middle,
very glaucous, concave in the upper part ; terminal spine hard,

pungent, dark brown, lin. long, and decurrent down the border a
little ; side prickles Jin. long, dark purple, moderately close, those
below the middle of the leaf smaller and curved downward.

Mexico, 1847.

A. xalapensis. Synonymous with A. polyacantha.
A. xylonacantha (wx>ody-spined).» fl. green, 1 Jin. long ; sp

dense, rather shorter than the scape, its bracts
scape 5ft. to 6ft. long, its bracts subulate, all ascendini
ones 6in. to Sin. long. I. not more than twenty in a stem

42

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Agave — continued.

•nsiform, diverging irregularly and often curving, lift, to 3ft. long,
2in to 3in (rarely 4in.)t>road at the middle, narrowed gradually
upwards, a slightly glaucous dead green, marked with a few
darker green lines on the back, furnished with a broad continuous
horny border and a few very large irregular hooked teeth, often
united or collected in pairs, iin. to Jin. long, and |in. to iin. broad ;
terminal spine brown, pungent, Iin. long. Mexico. A long-
known, widely-spread, and distinct species. SYNS. A. amurensui
and A. Vcmderdonckii.

L x. fcybrida is a striking dwarf variety with vittate leaves,
and smaller, more crowded deltoid-cuspidate prickles than in
the type. It is also commonly known as A. x. vittata and A.
pertella.

FIG. 48. AGAVE YUCC.EFOLIA.

A. ynccwfolla(Yucca-leaved).* fl. greenish yellow, IJin. to liin.
long, in a dense spike 6in. to 15in. long, about Win. in diameter
sessile, solitary, or in pairs ; scape 12ft. to 20ft. high. I. twenty
to forty in a dense, shortly-stemmed rosette, linear, much re-
curved, lift, to 24ft. long, tta to Iin. broad at the middle ; face
deeply channelled, dull, rather glaucous green, with a pale band
down the centre, the tip not at all pungent, the back broadly
rounded, edge entire, or obscurely serrulate. Mexico, 1816. A
most distinct species. See Fig. 48.

AGERATTJM (from a, not, and geras, old ; in reference
to the flowers being always clear). SYN. Ccelestina. OED.
Composite. This genus includes several American species,
for the most part half-hardy annuals and biennials ; or, if
the seed is not allowed to ripen, they become perennials.
Involucre cup-shaped, of many imbricated linear bracts; re-
ceptacle naked. Leaves opposite. A light rich soil is most
suitable. Very easily increased by cuttings or seeds ; if
required true, the former is the only sure method of pro-
pagation. To grow large plants for greenhouse decora-
tion, sow the Reeds in January, in heat, in sandy soil,

Ageratum — continued.

barely covering them. As soon as the young plants are
large enough, prick them off into thumb pots, and keep
in heat till they grow freely, then place them into a
cooler house. Transfer into larger pots as soon as the
others are full of roots, until they are finally shifted into
lOin. or 12in. pots. When these are full of roots, the
plants should be watered with liquid manure twice a week,
and they soon flower well, making fine specimens. During
hot weather especially, they should be well syringed
with clear water daily, to keep down red spider. The
plants required for bedding (for which purpose the dwarf
garden varieties are mostly used) should be raised about
the same time, kept in small pots, gradually hardened off,
and planted out in the middle or end of June. Cuttings
of all the varieties strike readily in heat, treated like most
soft-wooded plants, and, when rooted, may be managed as
recommended for the seedlings.

A. Lasseauxii (Lasseaux's). fl.-heads rose-coloured, small, dis-
posed in corymbose heads. Summer. L lanceolate-elliptic, h. lift.
to 2ft. Monte Video, 1870. A much-branched plant, requiring
greenhouse protection in winter, and suitable for planting out
in summer.
A. latifoliuxn (broad-leaved). A synonym of Piqueria lattfolia.

A. mexlcanum (Mexican).* The commonest and most useful
species, with a profusion of lilac-blue flowers, h. 2ft. Mexico,
1822. When used for bedding purposes it may be pegged down like
the Verbena, or be allowed to grow its full height. Several very
dwarf varieties of it have originated under cultivation, which
supersede the species for bedding, the best of which are : —
CUPID,* rich blue, very dwarf and floriferous ; IMPERIAL DWARF,
about 9in. high, with porcelain blue flowers ; LADY JANE, of the
same colour, very free ; QUEEN,* silvery grey, about 9in. high ;
SNOWFLAKE,* white, very free and showy ; SWANLEY BLUE,* very
deep blue, 6in. to Sin. high. There is also a white-flowered
variety of Mexicanum, which is very showy ; and a variegated
form, sometimes grown for the sake of its pretty foliage.

AGGLOMERATE, AGGLOMERATED. Col-
lected into a heap or head.

AGGLUTINATED. Glued together.

AGGREGATE, AGGREGATED. Gathered to-
gether ; usually applied to the inflorescence.

AGLAIA (mythological: from Aglaia, the name of one of
the Graces, and given to this genus on account of its beauty
and the sweet scent of the flowers). OBT>. Meliacece. Stove
evergreen trees or shrubs having very small flowers, dis-
posed in branched axillary panicles. Leaves alternate, tri-
foliate, or impari-pinnate. There are several species, but
the undermentioned is the only one worth growing yet
introduced. It thrives well in a mixture of turfy loam
and peat. Young cuttings ripened at the base, and taken
off at a joint, will root in sand under a hand glass, in
heat.

A. odorata (sweet-scented). /. yellow, small, in axillary racemes,
very sweet-scented, said to be used by the Chinese to scent their
teas. February to May. I. pinnate, with five or seven glossy
leaflets, h. 8ft! to 10ft. China, 1810.

AGLAOMORFHA. See Folypodinm.

AGLAONEMA (from aglaos, bright, and nema, a
thread ; supposed to refer to the shining stamens). OBD.
Aroidece. Stove perennials, allied to Arum, and requiring
similar treatment to the stove species of that genus.

A. commutatum (changed).* /. white. I. greyish-blotched.
h. 1ft. Philippines, 1863. SYN. A. marantcefolium maculatum.

A. MnnnH (Mann's).* fl., spathe 2in. long, whitish, with a spadix
one-third shorter, bearing white anthers and scarlet ovaries.
I. elliptic-oblong, dark green. Stems thickish, erect, h. lift.
Victoria Mountains, 1868.

A, marantsefolium maculatum (Maranta-leaved, spotted).
A synonym of A. commutatum.

A. pictuxn (painted).* fl., spathe pale creamy yellow, folded round
so as to appear globular-oblong, opening at top ; spadix projecting,
white. August. I. elliptic-acuminate, light green, blotched irre-
gularly with broadish angulate patches of grey. Stems slender,
erect, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Borneo.

AGNOSTUS.
AGRAFHIS.

See Stenocarpus.

Included under Scilla (which see).

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

AGBJMONIA (from argos, white ; the cataract of the eye
being white. Once reputed to contain medicinal qualities).
Agrimony. OBD. Rosacece. A genus of hardy herbaceous
perennials, with interruptedly pinnate leaves, each accom-
panied by a pair of stipules united to the petioles. Flowers
small, numerous, spiked ; calyx turbinate, involucrated by
bristles ; petals five. They are all of the easiest culture,
growing in ordinary soil. Readily increased by root-
division. The most showy species in cultivation are
described below.

A Eupatorta (Eupatoria). fl. yellow, on an elongated spike.

I. with elliptic-oblong, coarsely serrated leaflets, odd one stalked.

h. If t to 2ft. Britain.
A nepalensis (Nepaul). JL yellow, on erect, slender racemes.

I. with ovate, serrated leaflets, odd one stalked, villous. h. 1ft. to

2ft. Nepaul, 1820.
A odorata (sweet-scented).* fl. yellow ; spikes several. I. with

oblong lanceolate, deeply crenate-toothed leaflets, hairy. A. 2ft.

to 3ft. Italy, 1640.

AGRIMONY. See Agrimonia.

AGRIOTES. See Wire-worm.

AGROSTEMMA (from agros, a field, and stemma, a
crown ; alluding to the beauty of the flowers, which were
formerly made into crowns or garlands). Rose Campion.
OBD. Caryophyllece. Hardy evergreen perennials and
annuals, with broadish leaves, and one-flowered peduncles.
Of easy culture, and well adapted for borders. They will
all grow freely in common garden soil. Increased by
division of the roots, and seed. A. cceli-rosa, and A.
flos-Jovis are, perhaps, species of Lychnis, but the generic
name which we have adopted is the most common one.
All the species of this genus are exceedingly pretty free-
flowering plants, and both annuals and perennials are well
worth growing.
A cceli-rosa (rose of Heaven).* fl. delicate rose, white, or bright

purple, solitary, terminal, Summer. Levant, <fec., 1713. An annual

species about 1ft. high, not tomentose; should be grown in

patches. Sow the seed in April.

FIG. 49. AGROSTEMMA CCELI-ROSA FIMBRIATA.

A. c.-r. flmbriata (fimbriate). A form having flmbriated petals

Known also as nana. h. 9in. See Fig. 49.
A c.-r. purpurea (purple).* A very pretty form, having dark

purple flowers, and compact habit. See Fig. 50.
A. coronaria (crowned).* fl.. white, with the middle red ; petals

emarginate, crowned, serrated ; peduncles elongated, one-flowered.

July. I. lanceolate, very broad, leathery ; plant woolly throughout.

A. 1ft to 2ft. South Europe, 1596. This species is admirably

adapted for naturalising on dry hill sides, and in the wild

Agrostemma — continued.

FIG. 50. AGROSTEMMA CCELI-ROSA PURPUREA.

garden. There are several varieties seen in gardens with a great
diversity of colour, including dark crimson, white, and sometimes
double flowers. See Fig. 51.

fiG. 51. AGROSTKMMA CORONARIA, showing Habit and Flower.

A flos-Jovis.* Flower of Jove. Jl. purple or scarlet, in umbellate
heads ; peduncles short, rather branched. July. I. lanceolate,
stem-clasping, silky, tomentose. h. lift Switzerland, 1726.
Plant white from tomentum. See Fig. 52,

FIG. 52. AGROSTEMMA FLOS-JOVIS, showing Habit and Flower.
AGR.OSTIS (from agros, a field ; the Greek name for
a kind of Grass). Bent Grass. Including Trichodium.
STN. Vilfa (of Adanson). OBD. Gramineas. Annual or
perennial Grasses. Panicle loose; spikelets compressed.
Several of the species are very effective, and well worth
growing ; and the spikes are pretty objects, when dried, for

4-1

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Agrostis — continued.

window vases, Ac. They are of easy culture, in ordinary
garden soil. Sow seeds during spring in the open border,
in tufts, among ferns, Ac., or in pots for decorative pur-
poses.
A. elegans (elegant). A. 1ft Russia, 1834.

FIG. 53. AGROSTIS NEBULOSA.

A. nobnlosa (cloud).
developed, a cloud resting over the ground,
and elegant Annual. See Fig. 53.

Cloud Grass. /. panicles resemble, when
h. lift. Very light

A. pnlchella (pretty).* D warfer, and with a more rigid habit than
A. nebulota. It is, nevertheless, a most graceful plant, and
valuable for bouquet making, and for winter decorative purposes.
h. 6in. to 12in. Russia. Annual.

A. spica-ventl (windward-spiked). /. panicle large, silky looking,
loosely spreading. England. Annual.

AOROTIS. See Pot-herb Moths and Turnip Moth.
AILANTUS (from ailanto, referring to its lofty
growth). Tree of Heaven. OED. Xanthoxylaceas. Tall
deciduous trees. The stove species will grow freely in a
mixture of loam and peat ; and the best way to increase
these is by pieces of the roots, planted in a pot with their
points above the ground, and placed in a hotbed, where
they will soon make fine plants.

A. cxcelsa (tall), jl. whitish green, disposed similar to the
following. 1. abruptly pinnate, 3ft. long, with ten to fourteen pairs
of leaflets coarsely toothed at the base, without glands. A. 66ft.
India, 1800. A stove tree.

A. glandnlosa (gland ulous).* JL whitish green, disposed in large
branched, terminal, fascicled panicles, exhaling a disagreeable
smell. August. I. impari-pinnate ; leaflets coarsely toothed at
the base with glands. (The leaves on vigorous young trees are
sometimes 6ft. in length.) h. 60ft. China, 1751. This tree grows
with great rapidity for the first ten or twelve years, in favourable
situations, afterwards its growth is much slower. It is quite
hardy, and thrives in almost any soil, though one that is light and
somewhat humid, and a sheltered situation, suits it best. It is a
very desirable tree for plantations, or to stand singly on lawns,
and is easily increased by slips of the roots.

AINSLIJEA (in honour of Dr. Whitelaw Ainslie,
author of a work on Indian drugs). ORD. Composite.
Herbaceous perennials, of recent introduction. Although,
no doubt, both species will prove tolerably hardy, they
should have slight protection during winter. They thrive
in light rich soil. Propagated by divisions of the root.
A. aptera (wingless), Jt.-head purple, disposed in an elongated
spike-like panicle. I. deeply cordate, sinuately toothed ; petioles
wingless, whence the name. Sikkim Himalayas, 1882.
A. Walkerse (Mrs. Walker's).* fl.-headt slender, distant, shortly
stalked, borne in erect or somewhat nodding racemes ; the
white corolla-lobes and the red purple anthers make a pretty
contrast, h. about 1ft. Hong Kong, 1875. A very rare and
graceful species.

AIR. Pure atmospheric air is composed of nitrogen,
oxygen, and a very small quantity of carbonic acid gas, all
of which are essential to the growth of plants. Air-giving
is a term used by gardeners to lessen the temperature c°f
a greenhouse, or to equalise it with that outside. See
Ventilation.

(from Aira, applied by the Greeks to LuLium
temulentum). Hair Grass. OKD. Graminece. Chiefly
hardy grasses, of agricultural value. Panicle loose ; spike-
let compressed, with two perfect flowers, and sometimes a
neuter. Of easy culture, in ordinary garden soil. Sow
seeds in spring.
A. floxuosa (waved).* The Waved Hair Grass. Jl. shining brown ;

panicle erect, spreading, with waved angular branches and flower-
stalks. I. short. Stem upwards of 1ft. high,
England. A very pretty and graceful perennial.

erect, smooth.

FlO. 54. AlRA PULCHELLA.

A. pulchella (pretty).* fl. panicles loose, very delicate and grace-
ful. I. very short, h. (An. to Sin. South Europe. An elegant plant,
with tufted filiform stems. One of the best of dwarf-growing
ornamental grasses. See Fig. 54.
AIR-PLANT. See Aerides, also Epiphytes.
AITONIA (in honour of W. Aiton, once Head Gar-
dener at Kew). ORD. Meliaceae. A small and rather inte-
resting greenhouse evergreen shrub from the Cape of Good
Hope, and thriving well in an equal mixture of sandy loam
and peat. Young cuttings will root in sand, under a bell
glass, with bottom heat. The cuttings must not be put in
very close together, and the glass should be wiped frequently,
as they are apt to damp off.

A. capcnsis (Cape). Jl. pink ; petals four, shorter than the pro-
jecting stamens. July. h. 2ft. 1777.

AIZOON (from aei, always, and zoos, alive ; tenacious
of life). ORD. Portulacacea:. Greenhouse annuals, bien-
nials, or evergreen shrubs. Flowers apetalous ; calyx five-
cleft, coloured on the inner surface. The under-mentioned
species is the only one worth growing. It requires no shade,
a dry atmosphere, and light sandy soil. Propagated by
seeds and cuttings.

A. sannentosum (sarmentose). JL greenish, sessile. Summer.
1. opposite, linear-filiform, rather connate, glabrous ; branches
rather villous, three-flowered at the apex, the two lateral flowers
are bracteated, and spring from the sides of the middle one.
Sub-shrub, erjct, diffuse, glabrous, branchei. South Africa, 1862.

AJAX. This genus is included, by Baker, under .Nar-
cissus. The plant formerly known as Ajax maximus is
now regarded as a mere form of Narcissus Pseudo-
Narcissus major (which see).

AJUGA (from a, not, and zugon, n yoke ; in reference
to the calyx being equal, not bilabiate). Bugle. ORD.
Labiatce. Hardy annual or perennial herbaceous plants,
usually procumbent or ascending, sometimes stoloni-
ferous. Whorls two or many flowered, dense, sometimes
all axillary, when the floral leaves conform to. those of
the stem ; sometimes the superior whorls are approxi-
mate into spikes, then the floral leaves are small, and
of a different form from the stem ones. All the species
are of easy cultivation in ordinary garden soil. Perennials
increased by divisions, or by seeds sown in the open border,
during spring or autumn. The seeds of annual kinds may
be sown in the open border in spring, where they are in-
tended to remain.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

45

Ajuga— continued.

A. alpina (alpine). Synonymous with A. genevensis.

A. australis (southern), fl. blue ; whorls six or more flowered ;
lower whorls remote, upper ones sub-spicate, floral leaves similar
to the stem ones, exceeding the flowers. May to July. I. narrow-
oblong, narrowed at the base, quite entire or sinuated, thickish,
rather villous. Stem ascending, or erect. A. 6in. New Hol-
land, 1822. Perennial.

A. Chamsepitys (ground-pine), fl. yellow, dotted with red,
pubescent outside ; whorls two-flowered ; floral leaves similar to
the others, exceeding the flowers. April 1. deeply trifld, with
linear, quite entire, or trifld lobes. Stem procumbent at the base,
much branched, beset with long hairs, like the leaves, h. about
6in. England (rare). Annual.

I (Geneva).* jl. varying from blue to rose colour and

ite ; upper whorls spicate, lower ones distant, six or more
flowered. May. 1. stem ones oblong-elliptic or obovate, narrowed
at the base ; lower ones petiolate ; floral ones ovate or cuneated ;
superior ones scarcely equalling the flowers or shorter, all usually
coarsely toothed, membranous, green on both surfaces, and
beset with scattered hairs. Stem erect, pilose, h. 6in. to 1ft.
Europe. A very variable species, admirably adapted as an alpine
plant, and succeeds best in bog soil, where its roots will have
plenty of room ; it increases rapidly. Perennial. SY.NS. A. alpina,
A. rugosa.

A. orientalis (oriental).* fl. blae ; whorls six or more flowered,
distant, or the upper ones are approximate. May. I. lower ones
large, petiolate ; ovate, coarsely and sinuately toothed, narrowed
at the base ; floral ones sessile, broad ovate, deeply lobed or
toothed, exceeding the flowers. Stem ascending, pilosely woolly.
h. 1ft. to lift. Eastern Europe, 1752. This species should be
grown in a dry, sunny spot.

A. pyramidalis (pyramidal).* fl. blue or purple ; whorls many-
flowered, upper ones or all spicate. May and June. I. stem ones
approximate, scarcely petiolate, obovate ; floral ones broad-ovate,
clasping the flowers, tetragonally pyramidate ; the upper ones
often coloured, all quite entire or obscurely sinuated. Stem erect.
h. 6in. Scotland. Perennial Of this there are several handsome
garden varieties.

FIG. 55. FLOWER OF AJUGA REPTANS.

A. reptans (creeping).* fl. varying from blue to rose-colour;
lower whorls remote ; upper ones spicate, six to twenty flowered.
May. I. ovate or obovate, quite entire or sinuated, and, as well as
the stem, nearly glabrous ; radical one petiolate, stem ones nearly
sessile. Stem creeping. The variegated and darkest leaved
forms of this are superior to the type for horticultural purposes.
Britain. Perennial. See Fig. 55.
A. rugosa (wrinkled). Synonymous with A. genevensis.

AXEBIA (its Japanese name). STN. Rajania. ORD.
LardizabalacecB. A pretty twining shrub, succeeding well
in the south-western counties of England, or in Scotland,
trained to a trellis, or rambling over other shrubs in the
open ; but, when so grown, it requires the protection of a
mat in winter. It makes an excellent twiner for the cool
greenhouse. Sandy loam, leaf soil, and peat are most
suitable for its culture. Increased by root divisions and
cuttings.

A. qulnata (flve-leafleted).* /. purplish brown, small, in axillary
racemes, very fragrant. March. I. on very slender petioles, and
palmately divided into usually five distinct petiolulate oval or
oblong emarginate leaflets, the bottom pair smallest, h. 10ft.
Chusan, 1845.

AKEE-TBiEE. See Blighia sapida.

ALA. A lateral petal of a papilionaceous flower.

AIiANGIACE2E. A very small order of trees or
shrubs, usually with inconspicuous flowers, in axillary
fascicles. Fruit succulent, eatable. The two genera best
known in this country are Alangium and Nyssa.

ALANGIUM (from Alangi, the Malabar name of the
first species). ORD. Alangiacece. Very showy stove ever-
green trees, with alternate, exstipnlate, entire leaves.
Flowers few, sessile, in axillary fascicles ; calyx campann-

Alangium — continued.

late ; petals linear, spreadingly reflexed. They thrive well
in a mixture of loam and peat, or any light rich soil. Cut-
tings root readily if planted in a pot of sand, with a hand
glass placed over them, in heat.

A. decapetalnm (ten-petaled).* fl. pale purple, with a grate-
ful scent, solitary, or two to three together in the axils of the
leaves ; petals ten or twelve. June. I. alternate, oblong-lanceo-
late, quite entire ; branches glabrous, spinescent. h. 30ft. Malabar,
1779.

A. hexapetalnm (six-petaled). fl. purple, six-petaled. I. ovate-
lanceolate, acuminated, velvety beneath, h. 30ft. Malabar,
1823.

AL AT US. Furnished with a membranous or thin wing
or expansion.

ALBESCENT. Growing white.
ALBICANT. Growing whitish.

AT.Tti iy ipivr A. pale condition due to the absence of
chlorophyl.

ALBIZZIA (named after an Italian). ORD. Legumi-
nos<B. Ornamental greenhouse or hardy trees or shrubs.
For culture, see Acacia, to which they are often re-
ferred.

A. Julibrlssin (Julibrissin). fl. white; heads pedunculate,
forming a terminal somewhat corymbose panicle. August. _ I.
with eight to twelve pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing
about thirty pairs of dimidiate-oolong, acute, rather ciliated
leaflets, h. 30ft. to 40ft. Hardy. Levant, 1745. SYN. A.
Nemu.

A. lophantha (crest-flowered).* fl. yellow ; racemes ovate-
oblong, axillary, twin. May. I. with eight to ten pairs of
pinnae, each pinna bearing twenty-five to thirty pairs of linear,
bluntish leaflets ; petioles and calyces clothed with velvety down.
h. 6ft. to 10ft. New Holland, 1803. A very distinct unarmed
greenhouse species, and one of the best for window garden-
ing.
A. Nemu. A synonym of A. Julibrissin.

AliBUCA (from albicans, or albus, white ; the colour of
the earlier species). ORD. Liliaceas. A rather extensive
genus of Cape of Good Hope bulbs, requiring ordinary
greenhouse culture. Closely allied to Ornithogalum.
Perianth six-cleft, three outer segments spreading; three
inner ones closed over the stamens. They, however, suc-
ceed admirably when grown in a warm sunny position
out of doors, if covered with a hand glass, or litter, during
winter. A light loamy soil, with leaf mould and sand,
suits them well. Propagated by offsets from the old
bulb, or seeds. There are but few species worthy of
cultivation.

A. angolcnsls (Angolan), fl. yellowish, large, in cylindrical
racemes 1ft. to lift. long. I. linear-lorate, sub-erect, fleshy, pale
green, lift, to 2ft. long. h. 3ft. Angola.

A. aurea (yellow).* fl. pale yellow, upright ; peduncle very
long, erect, spreading. June. I. linear-lanceolate, flat. h. 2ft.
1818.

A. fastiglata (peaked).* fl. white ; peduncle very long, spread-
ing. May. I. linear, flattish, longer than the scape. A. lift.

A. flacclda (weak), fl. pale yellow, with a green keel, drooping,
six to eight in a loose raceme; peduncles spreading at right
angles. July. 1. lanceolate-linear, obliquely bent. h. 2ft

A. Nelson! (Nelson's).* fl., perianth, liin. long, ascending, white,
with a dull red stripe down the back of each segment ; scape
stout, 4ft. to 5ft. high. Summer. I. bright green, very concave
at the basal part, nearly flat in the upper part, 3ft. to Sift, long,
IJin. to 2Jin. broad, at about one-third the way up, whence they
are gradually narrowed to an acute point. Natal, 1880. This very
handsome species is the best of the genus.

ALBUMEN. The substance under the inner coat of
the testa of seeds, surrounding the embryo. It is some-
times absent.

ALBUMINOUS. Furnished with albumen.

ALBURNUM. The white wood of a tree; the
younger wood, not choked up by sedimentary deposit, and
therefore permeable to fluids.

ALCHEMILLA (from Alkemelyeh, the Arabic name
of one of the species). Lady's Mantle. ORT>. Rotarere.

46

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Alchemilla —continued.

Hardy herbaceous perennials, with corymbose, apetalous
flowers ; calyx tubular, with the tube rather contracted at
the apex. Leaves palmate or lobed. Of very easy culture,
in common, but well drained soil. They are well adapted
for rockwork and planting near the front of borders. Easily
increased by divisions of the roots, and seeds. All here
described are hardy, except A. sibbaldicefolia.
A. alplna (alpine).* Jl. greenish, small ; corymbose. June.

L digitate; leaflets five to seven, lanceolate-cuneated, obtuse,

serrated, clothed with white satiny down beneath. h. 6m.

Britain.
A. pnbescens (pubescent), ft. greenish; corymbs terminal,

crowded, clothe <T with a coating of long weak hairs. June.

L roundish-renifonn, seven-lobed, toothed, silky beneath, h. bin.

to Sin. Caucasus (Higher), 1813.

A. sericea (silky).' A. greenish, corymbose. June. I. digitate ;
leaflets seven, lanceolate-obovate, obtuse,

, connected at the base,

serrated at the apex, clothed with satiny down beneath, h. about
6in. Caucasus, 1813. Much larger in every part than A. alpina,
to which it is closely allied.

A. Slbbaldlwfolla (Sibbaldia-leaved). ft. white, conglomerate ;
stem corymbosely many-flowered at the apex. July. I. deeply
three-parted, clothed with adpressed pubescence beneath ; seg-
ments deeply serrated, lateral ones bifid, h. 6in. Mexico, 1823.
A greenhouse species, which should be grown hi small well-drained
pots, with a mixture of leaf soil and sandy loam.

ALDEA. A synonym of Fhacelia (which see).
ALDER. See Alnus.

ALETRIS (from aletron, meal; referring to the
powdery appearance of the whole plant). The American
Star Grass. SYN. Tritonia. OBD. Hcemodoraceas. In-
teresting hardy herbaceous perennials, closely allied to the
Amaryllids. Perianth half-inferior, tubular ; limb spreading
or funnel-shaped ; stamens inserted at base of perianth seg-
ments, filaments flat. They delight in a sunny but damp
situation, with peat, leaf mould, and sand, and are slowly
increased by division of the roots.
A. anrea (golden).* ft. yellow, bell-shaped, h. 1ft. to 2ft. North

America, 1811. Similar in habit to A. farinosa.
A. capensis (Cape). See Veltheimia viridifolia.
A. farinosa (mealy).* Jl. white, bell -shaped, in a terminal spiked

raceme, upon stems lift, to 2ft high. 1. lanceolate, ribbed.

North America, 1768. A pretty species, forming a spreading tuft,

and possessing intensely bitter properties.

ALEURITES (from the Greek word signifying floury ;
all the parts of the plant seeming to be dusted with a
farinaceous substance). OBD. Euphorbiaceaa. A handsome
stove evergreen tree, with small, white, clustered flowers.
Leaves alternate, stalked, exstipulate. Of easy culture
in a loamy soil. Eipe cuttings, with their leaves un-
touched, root readily in sand, under a hand-glass.
A. triloba (three-lobed).* Candleberry Tree. I three-lobed,

4in. to Sin. long. A. 30ft. to 40ft Moluccas and South Pacific

Islands, 1793.

ALEXANDERS. See Smyrnium.

ALEXANDRIAN LAUREL. See Ruscus race-
xnosus.

ALGAROBA BEAN, or CAROB. See Ceratonia.

ALGAROBIA. Included under Frosopis (which see).

ALHAGI (its Arabian name). OBD. Leguminosce.
Manna Tree. Greenhouse shrubs or sub-shrubs, with
simple leaves, and minute stipulas. Flowers few, in clusters.
They thrive in pots filled with a mixture of sand, loam, and
peat. Young cuttings will root in sand, with a bell glass
placed over them, in heat ; but by seeds, if they can be
procured, sown in a hotbed, is a preferable mode of in-
creasing the plants. They may be placed out of doors
during the summer months.
A. cameloram (camels), ft. red, few, disposed in racemes

along the peduncles. July. I. lanceolate, obtuse, simple ;

fsS mmut6' Stem herbace°us- A. 1ft. to 2ft. Caucasus,

A. maurorum (Moors').

about the '

Alliagi — conl in ued.

Firypt &c The Manna is a natural exudation from the branches

and leaves of this shrub, which takes place only in very hot

weather.

ALIBERTZA (in honour of M. Alibert, a celebrated
French chemist, author of " Traite des Fievres Attaxiques,"
wherein he mentions the effects of Peruvian bark). OBD.
Cinchonacece. A small stove evergreen tree, very orna-
mental when in flower. Flowers solitary or fascicled,
dioecious; corolla leathery, tubular. A mixture of loam
and peat is the best soil. Cuttings strike root freely,
in a similar kind of soil, under a hand glass, in a moist
heat.
A. cdulis (edible), fl. cream-coloured, solitary or in fascicles,

terminating the branches, almost sessile. June. Jr. edible.

I. opposite, leathery, oblong, acuminated, shining above, and

bearded in the axils of the veins beneath, h. 12ft. Guiana,

1823.

ALICANT SODA. See Salsola.

ALISMA (from alis, the Celtic word for water). Water

Plantain. SYN. Actinocarpus. OBD. Alismacece. A genus

entirely composed of hardy aquatic species. Flowers three-

petaled. Leaves parallel -veined. Increased by division or

/I. purple in the middle, and reddish
in

racemes along the axillary,
uly. I. obovate-oblong, simple; spines BM
and longer than those of the above species £ 2ft. to

FIG. 56. ALISMA NATA.NS.

seeds. The latter should be sown in a pot immersed in
water, filled with loam, peat, and sand, and the former root
freely in a moist loamy soil. The British species are most
easily grown.

A. Tiatatiq (floating).* ft. white ; peduncles simple. July. I. ellip.
tical-obtuse ; stem ones floating, on long stalks, scarcely nerved;

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Alisma — continued.

those at the base of the plant are long, linear-lanceolate, mem-
branous scales, or abortive root leaves. North Wales and Cum-
berland, but very rare ; abundant in other parts of Europe. See
Fig. 56.

A. Plantago (plantain).* fl. delicate pale rose coloured ; scape
branched upwards. July. I. ovate, acute, all radical, on long
stalks ; branches all whorled, bracteated, compound, h. 2ft. to
3ft Britain. A very handsome aquatic for naturalising, isee
Fig. 57.

Fio. 57. PORTION OP INFLORESCENCE OF ALISMA PLAXTAGO.

A. P. lanceolate (lance-shaped leaved), fl. pure white. July.

I. lanceolate. Britain.
A. ranunculoldea(Ranunculus-like). In general appearance very

like the last named species, but smaller. Britain.

ALISMACE.E. A small order of aquatic or marsh
plants, with three-petaled flowers, on leafless scapes, and
simple radical leaves. The genera best known are Alisma
and Sagittaria.

ALKANET. See Anchusa tinctoria.

ALLAMANDA (named in memory of Dr. AUamand,
of Leyden, who first communicated seeds of this genus to
Linnaeus). OBD. Apocynacece. Elegant climbing ever-
green stove plants. Peduncles terminal and many-flowered ;
corolla funnel-shaped, with a narrow tube, gamopetalons,
large, inflated, five-cleft at the apex. Leaves verticillate.
This genus differs from all others of the same order, in the
figure of the corolla. Of comparatively easy culture. To
obtain their beauty of foliage and flowers, the shoots
should be tied to wires placed within Sin. or 9in. of the
glass that forms the roof of the structure in which the
plants are growing. Trained in this way, and the shoots
allowed to ramble in a somewhat natural manner, the effect,
when the plants are in flower, is grander and more pleasing
in every respect than when the shoots are tied to a formal

Allam.an da— continue d.

trellis, of whatever shape. When thoroughly established,
they succeed admirably in a compost of three parts good
fibry loam, and one part wood charcoal or coarse river
sand, with some rotten cow manure added. When potting
the plants, make the fresh compost firm round the old
balls of soil, and do not fill the pots too full ; leave
room for plenty of water, as, when in active growth, they
require a liberal daily supply. They must be pruned
annually in January or February, cutting the previous
year's shoots back to within a joint or two of the old wood.
Allamandas should be exposed to the light as much as pos-
sible at all seasons of the year. In winter months they
require but little water, but the drainage must always be
perfect. They are remarkably free from insect attacks of
any kind. It may be also observed that the temperature
should never fall below 55deg. This genus is easily pro-
pagated by cuttings, which will root at any time of the
year in a bottom heat of from VOdeg. to SOdeg. The usual
time is, however, in spring, when the old plants are pruned
back. Choose the tops of the shoots, retaining two or
three joints to each cutting; place these in a compost
of sand and peat or leaf mould in equal proportions,
singly, in small pots. Press the soil firmly around
each cutting, and, when all are inserted, give a good
watering, and plunge the pots in the propagating bed.
Attend to shading and watering, and in about three
weeks' time they will have emitted roots, and started to
grow at the tops. The pots should now be raised out of
the plunging material, and placed upon the surface thereof,
and there allowed to remain two or three weeks longer ;
when the young roots will have, by this time, filled the
little pots, and a shift into the larger ones will be necessary.
Return the plants to the propagating bed, but do not
plunge them therein. As soon as it is certain that the roots
have commenced growth in the fresh soil, pinch the point
of each plant that is intended to be grown on a trellis. This
will cause the remaining buds to push out fresh shoots ;
and these, as soon as they have made two joints or
whorls of leaves each, should have their points pinched out
also. By repotting the plants as often as they fill their
pots 0Ith roots during the first season of their growth, and
pinching the points out of the shoots twice or thrice in the
same time, a good foundation will be formed, from which
the future specimens will spring. In the case of plants
intended to be trained up rafters or pillars, they should
not hav^their points pinched out until they attain to the
height iBere it is desirable' they should have more than
one shoot, and be repotted as recommended above, for
the first year; but, after that, they will require to be
repotted only once a year, and this should be done soon
after the buds have started to grow afresh in the
spring.

A. Aubletli (Aublet's).* fl. yellow, large. June. I. four to five
in a whorl, broad-oblong, acuminated, rather hairy beneath.
Guiana, 1848.

A. cathartica (purging).* ft. yellow, large. June. I. four in a
whorl, obovate, obtuse, acutish, with sub-undulated edges, gla-
brous. Guiana, 1785. SYN. A. Linnaei.

A. chelsoni (Chelsea).* /. yellow, large. Summer. This splendid
plant is least suited of any for trellis training, from its wood
being stitfer and harder, and is therefore best for the roof
of a house ; it is one of the best kinds for cutting. Garden
hybrid.
A. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. distinct pale yellow, rather

large, very free blossomer. June. Brazil," 1844.
A. Linncei (Linnseus's). Synonymous with A. cathartica.
A. neriifolia (Oleander-leaved).* fl. deep golden yellow, elegantly
streaked with orange, between funnel and bell shaped, the tube
being wide, lin. long ; panicle many-flowered. June. I. oblong,
on short petioles, acuminate, h. 3ft South America, 1847. Shrub
erect, glabrous.

A. nobllis (noble).* fl. bright yellow, rather deeper tinted in the
throat, large, full circular form, but without streaks or any other
markings. July. I. in whorls of four or of three, tapered to the
base, sessile, oblong, abruptly acuminate, membranous, hairy
on both surfaces, especially beneath and on the midrib. Brazil,
1867. One of the best species.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Allamanda — continued.

best ; it is also a very free blossomer.
A. verticlllata (whorl-leaved), fl. yellow, large. June. I usually

six in a whorl, ovate-oblong, obtuse, quite glabrous. South

America, 1812.
A. vlolacea (violet), /.purple. Brazil, 1859.

AliLANTODIA (from allantos, a sausage ; in reference
to the cylindrical form of the indusium). OED. Filices.
A greenhouse monotypio genus, differing from Asplenium
in the dehiscence of the involucre, and it may receive
similar treatment to the Spleenworts. Sori dorsal, linear-
oblong, attached to the primary veins. Involucre the
same shape as the sorus and quite inclosing it, bursting in
an irregular line down to the centre.
A. Brnnoniana (Brown's).* fronds often 1ft to 2ft. long, ift. to

1ft. broad ; pinnae Sin. to 6in. long, lin. broad entire, sori con-

fined to the anterior vein of the first fork. Himalayas, up to

6000ft., Ac. SYN. Asplenium javanicum.

ALLARDTIA. See Tillandsia.

J*T.T.'EYS- Small walks of various widths, but
generally lift, or 2ft. wide, and formed in right lines,
parallel to the main walks, or borders, sometimes covered
with a thin coat of sand, gravel, or shells, or paved with
flints, pebbles, Ac. Spaces left between beds of seedling
plants are generally meant when alleys are referred to.
ALL-HEAL. See Prunella vulgaris.
ALLIACEOUS. Pertaining to the Garlic family.
ALLIARIA. See Sisymbrium.
ALLIGATOR APPLE. See Anona palustris.
ALLIGATOR PEAR. See Persea gratissima.

ALLIUM (from all, meaning hot or burning ; in allu-
sion to the well-known properties of the Onion tribe). In-
cluding Porrum, Schcenoprasum, OED. Liliacece. Hardy
bulbous plants, with flat or terete radical leaves, and capi-
tate or umbellate flowers, enclosed in a membranous spathe
at the summit of a slender, naked, or leafy scape ; p<
spreading or campanulate. They aia of very easy
increasing rapidly by offsets. The little bulbs, which are
produced in clusteMjnnay be sertaroted and re-planted, in
autumn or early Spring, ab<*t%lm. deep. Seeds are also
easily obtainable. *£hese may be sown thinly in li^ht soil,
in February or Ma¥ct" where they should remain Atil the
autumn or following spring, when they may be traSplanted
to their flowj^iHfi£^fiitua4#ona» During the growing season,
all the attention requir^r^rl be to keep the plants free of
weeds, and place stakes tojta tall-growing kinds.

A. acnminatnm (ia.p^JK)^ fl. deen£ose, iin. to lin.

across, in many-flowerd^^miDels.' July and August. I. rather

shorter than the steins, very narrow, only about a line wide.

ft. bin. to lOin. North-Wes>i.merica, 1840.
A. a. rubrum (red).'/- deep red-purple ; in other respects like

the type. California.
A. ascalonicum (Eschallot). yirpurple ; umbels globose ; scape

rounded. Summer. 1. subulate, h. 9in. Palestine, 1546. For

culture, see Shallot.
A. azureum (sky-blue.)* fl. deep sky-blue, with a dark line

through the middle of each division ; umbels dense, globular,

longer than the spathes which envelop them before expanding.

Summer. 1. triangular, from 6in. to 12in. long. h. 1ft. to 2ft.

Siberia, 1830. One of the handsomest species grown.
A. Bidwelli» (Mrs. Bidwell's).* fl. bright rose, about iin. across,

in few-flowered umbels. July. I. narrow, rather Ion

stem. h. 2m. to 3in. Sierra Nevada,
little species for the rockery.

longer than the
A very charming

A. Brewer! (Brewer's).* fl. deep rose, nearly or quite lin. across,
in few-flowered umbels. July. I. much longer than the flower-
stem, iin. or more broad, h. lin. to 3in. California, 1882.

A. Cepa (common Onion), fl. white ; scape ventricose, longer than
the leaves. June, July. 1. flstular, rounded. A. 3ft. For cul-
ture, nee Onion.

A. C. aggregatum. Aggregated, Tree, or Potato Onion. SM
Onion.

Allitim — continued.
A. coaruleum (blue-flowered).* fl. blue, in large compact globu-

lar heads June. h. 8in. Russia, 1840. Very distinct.
A. Douglas!! (Douglas'). Synonymous with A. unifolium.
A. Erdelll (Erdel's). A. white, keeled with green, in compact

mbeta h. bin. Palestine, 1879. A rare but pretty species, and

should be planted in a warm position on the rockery.
A. falcifolium (sickle-leaved).* fl. pale rose, }in. to }in. across,

in few-flowered umbels. August, J. two in number, thick,

broadly linear, falcate, h. 2in. to Sin. North- West America, 1880.
A. falcifonne (sickle-formed). Probably a variety of A. uni-

fiSum witli pure white flowers, in several-flowered umbels.

A. 6in.' California, 1882.
A flavnm (golden), fl. yellow, bell-shaped, and somewhat droop-

ins in pretty umbels ; scape leafy at the base. I. round, not

hofiow, Ctish above the base. A. about 1ft. Italy, 1759. A

slender species.

A. fragrans. See Nothoscordum.
A. karatavlense (Karatavian). fl. white, in dense globose

heads. May. I. very broad, flat, glaucous, sometimes variegated.

h. 6in. Turkestan, 1878.
A. Macnatolanum (MacNab's).* fl. deep magenta, a colour quite

unique in this family, in large umbels. I. nearly as lon^ as the

stem, channelled, about Jin. broad, h. 1ft. North America,
(enchanting). Synonymous with A. nlgrum.

FIG. 58. ALLIUM MOLT.

A. Moly (Moly).* fl. bright yellow, numerous, in compact umbels.
Spring I. few, broadly lanceolate. Stem sub-cylindricaL h. lOin.
to 15in. South Europe, 1604. A very old favourite; bright-
flowered and very fine in masses. See Fig. 58.

A. Mnrrayannm (Murray's).* fl. rosy purple, in large_ heads.
I. narrow, longer than the stem. A. 1ft. North America. A
good variety of A. ocuminatum.

A. mntabile (changeable). /. white, changing to rose, in many-
flowered umbels. July. I. shorter than the stem, narrow, chan-
nelled, ft. 12in. to 24in. North America, 1824.

A. neapoUtanum (Neapolitan).* fl. white, with green stamens,
numerous, in a loose umbel, on stems exceeding the leaves in
length ; pedicels much longer than the flowers. Early summer.
I. two or three, sheathing the flower stem, strap-shaped, about
lin. across, ft. 15in. to 18m. South Europe, 1823. Probably the
most ornamental white-flowered species.

A. nevadense (Sierra Nevada), fl. white, or pale rose, about -Jin.
across, in several-flowered umbels. July. I. flat, rather longer
than the stem, about Jin. wide. ft. Sin. to 6in. Sierra Nevada
and Utah, 1882.

A, nlgrnm (blackish).* /. dull violet, or whitish, with a green
vein, very numerous, in a large umbel. Summer. 1. thick,
broadly lanceolate, acute, ciliated, toothed at the edges, at first
erect and glaucescent, afterwards green and spreading, much
shorter than the stem. ft. 2jft. to Sift. South of Europe. Very
vigorous and free flowering. SYN. A. magicum.

A. paradoxum (wonderful), fl. white, gracefully pendulous,
borne on long footstalks springing from little nests of yellow
bulbils. Spring. 1. one or two, as long as the scape, linear-
lanceolate, acute, keeled, striated, smooth, iin. broad, drooping
and recurved. A. 9m. to Win. Siberia, 1823.

A. pedemontannm (Piedmont).* fl. rosy-purple, large, bell-
shaped, in large, graceful drooping clusters. July. I. lanceolate,
shorter than the stein. Piedmont, 1817. A neat little plant for
rockwork, or warm border. One of the handsomest species
grown.

A. reticulatum (netted), fl. varying from pink to white. Summer.
I. narrow, or almost filiform, shorter than the stem. A. 9in. to
15in. North-West America, 1882. A rare species.

A. r. attenulfolium (attenuate-leaved).* This may be regarded as
an extremely handsome white-flowered variety. North-West
America.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

49

Allium — continued.

A. rosenm (rose-coloured).* /. pale lilac-rose, large, in umbels of
ten or twelve; stems round, rather longer than the leaves.
Summer. I. strap-shaped, channelled, rolled inwards at the top,
not hairy, h. 12in. to 16in. South Europe, 1752.
A. sativum (cultivated). Garlic, ft. white ; umbel bulbiferous.
Summer. 1. flat. h. lift. Sicily, 1548. For culture, see Garlic.
A. BChcenoprasuxn (Rush-leaved Onion). Chives. JL purple ;
umbel many-flowered, globose, without bulbils. June and July.
I. cylindrical, somewhat tapering towards the point ; stem with one
leaf, or naked, h. 1ft. England. For cultivation, see Chives.
A. Scorodoprasum. Rocambole ; Sand Leek, ft., perianth iin.
long, the segments red-purple, with white margins ; head loose-
flowered, with purple bulbils ; scape slender. May to August
1. bin. to Sin. long, flat, keeled, the edges scabrid. h. 3ft Europe
(Britain), 1596. See also Rocambole.

A. sphserocephalum (globe-headed).* fl. densely packed in a
subspherical head ; in a bud state the upper ones are reddish-
purple, the lower green. June. I. narrow, shorter than the long
terete stems, h. lift, to 2jft South Europe, 1759.
A. stramineum (straw-coloured), fl. yellow, in dense globular
umbels. July. 1. narrow, shorter than the stems, h. lift, to 2ft.
Siberia.

A, strlatnm (striated). See Nothoscor dum.
A. triquetrum (three-cornered), fl. white, somewhat bell-shaped,
with a narrow streak of pure green down each petal, in a loose,
slightly drooping umbel, on erect triangular stems shorter than
the leaves. Summer. I. green, broadly strap-shaped, keeled in a
triangular manner, sometimes very long. h. 12in. to 18in. South
Europe, 1789.

A. nnifolium (one-leaved). H. bright rose. July. A. 1ft. to 2ft.
California, 1873. A handsome species, from California, resembling
A. roseum, but differing from all known species by the circum-
stance that its bulbs are developed at a distance from each other,
and are connected by a thread-like rhizome, iin. to lin. long
SYN. A. Douglatii.
A. nrsinum (bear). Broad-
leaved Garlic ; Ramsons.
fl. pure white, with acute
perianth segments ; umbel
level at top ; scape tri-
angular. Summer. I. one
or two, radical, ovate-lan-
ceolate, stalked, large,
bright green. h. 1ft.
Britain. See Fig. 59.
A. validum (strong), fl.
pure white or rose-
coloured, in large, rather
drooping umbels. Sum-
mer. I. Jin. to iin. broad,
nearly as long as the stem.
h. 12in. to 30in. Oregon
and California, 1881. A
pretty species.
A. Vlotorialis (Vic-
toria's), fl. greenish-
white, in many-flowered,
spicate umbels. May.
I. broadly ovate-oblong,
channelled, shorter than the stem. h. lift, to 2ft. Southern and
Eastern Europe, 1739. Conspicuous from its broad leaves. Rare.
ALLOBB.OGIA. A synonym of Paradisia (which see).
ALLOCHLAMYS. A synonym of Pleuropetaltun
(which see).

ALLOFH YliLTTS. A synonym, of Schmidelia (which
see).

ALLOPLECTUS (from allos, diverse, and pleco, to
plait ; the calyx appears as if it was plaited in diverse direc-
tions). ORD. Gesneraceae. Very handsome stove evergreen
shrubs. Corolla tubular or club-shaped, straightish ; calyx
coloured. Leaves opposite, one in each pair smaller than
the other, petiolate, fleshy, scattered or decumbent, or erect,
the under surface generally reddish; branches opposite.
For cultivation, see Gesnera.

A. bleolor (two-coloured), fl. yellow, purple; corolla pilose;
pedicels axillary, one-flowered. June. I. ovate, oblong, acu-
minate, denticulate, pilose above, downy beneath ; branches
tetragonal, h. 1ft. New Grenada, 1840. Plant erect, rather
woody.

A. capitatus (headed), fl. capitate ; sepals red, leafy ; corolla
silky, ventricose above the middle ; peduncles axillary. March.
L large, ovate, serrated, downy, reddish beneath. Stem bluntly
tetragonal, red. h. 2ft. South America, 1847.
A. dichrous (two-coloured), fl. purple, yellow, axillary, crowded,
nearly sessile. I. ovate-lanceolate, quite entire, pubescent. Brazil,
1845. A climber.

FIG. 59. ALLIUM URSINUJ

Alloplectus — continued.

A. peltatus (peltate-leaved).* fl. whitish, about 2ih. long, in
axillary tufts. August. 1. opposite, one is lin. to 2in. long, and
the other 6in. to 9in. long, and 2in. wide, oblong, shortly acumi-
nate, rounded, peltate at the base, and raised on stout foot-
stalks, lin. to 2in. long. h. 1ft. Costa Rica, 1877.

A. repens (creeping), fl. yellow; corolla with curved tube,
four Tobed ; sepals ovate, spotted ; peduncles axillary, solitary.
February. /. ovate, rather fleshy, serrate, on short petioles. St.
Martha, 1845. Plant downy ; an evergreen trailer.

A. vittatns (striped), fl., calyx crimson; corolla pale yellow;
terminal and fasciculate, surrounded by vivid red f oliaceous bracts.
1. large, shortly-stalked, broadly-ovate, of • a deep velvety green,
having a broad greyish-green band down the centre, branching off
along the course of the principal veins. Stems erect, fleshy.
Peru, 1870.

A. zamorensls (Zamora).* fl. yellow ; sepals orange-red, h. 1ft.
Columbia, 1875.

ALLOSORUS. See Cryptogramme and Pellsea.
ALLOTMENT GARDENS. A system of assigning

small portions of land to be cultivated by labourers after

their ordinary day's work.

The following are the most important rules to be carried

out ; but, should occasion arise, other rules must be made

to meet particular cases : —

1. Each Allotment should consist of a rood of land
(=i acre) to be let yearly at a rent of not more than 10s.

2. The Allotment to be let for one year only, to be re-let
to the same occupier, provided his character has beeu satis-
factory during the preceding year.

3. The rent shall be considered due at Michaelmas. If it
remains unpaid for one month after that date, the Allot-
ment shall be forfeited.

4. The Allotment to be cultivated solely by spade hus-
bandry, and the same crop shall not be planted on the
same part two years in succession.

5. Separate Allotments shall be divided by a space not
less than 18in.

6. Any occupier trespassing on his neighbour's Allotment,
or in anyway interfering or damaging the same, shall not be
allowed to hold his Allotment after the expiration of the year.

ALLSPICE. -S'.'e Calycantlms.

ALLSPICE TREE. See Fimenta.

ALMEIDEA (in "honour of J. E. P. de Almeida, a
Brazilian, who was of great assistance to St. Hilaire while
travelling in Brazil). ORD. Rutacece. Stove trees or shrubs
with alternate, simple, entire, stalked leaves. Eacemes
terminal, divided at the apex into compound thyrse-like
panicles. The undermentioned species will grow freely
in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat. Partly ripened
cuttings will root in sand under a hand glass, in heati
A. rubra (red), fl. pink ; petals very blunt ; racemes compound.

September. I. lanceolate, acute at base. A. 12ft. Brazil, 1849.

Evergreen shrub.

ALMOND. See Amygdalns.

ALMOND-LEAVED WILLOW. See Saliz tri-
audra.

ALNUS (from al, near, and Ian, the bank of a river ;
general habitat of the genus). The Alder Tree. ORD.
BetnlaceoB. A genus of deciduous trees and shrubs.
Flowers monoecious ; barren ones in long drooping au-
tumnal catkins, lasting through the winter ; fertile
ones, produced in spring, in oval catkins, resembling
a fir-cone in shape, the fleshy scales of which beconie
indurated and ligneous as they approach maturity.'
Leaves stalked, roundish, blunt. Propagated usually by
seeds, which are gathered towards the end of October ; they
require to be well dried, in order that the cones do not
become mouldy. The seeds are sprinkled lightly on the
ground with the slightest possible covering. Towards the
end of the year, the seedlings will be about lOin. high.
They are then planted in rows l£ft. apart, and 6in. from
each other, where they may remain for two years, after
which they can be placed out in the situations where they
are intended to stand. Planting is best done in November
or March ; and, if it is designed to make a plantation of

n

60

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ainu* — continued.

Alder, the young trees should be put in holes, made with
an ordinary garden spade, about 9in. deep, and about 4ft.
apart. They are also increased, but rarely, by cuttings, by
suckers, and by grafting.

ka5SS»araa«^4K«n^ag

acuminate, dark green, and shining, h. 15ft to 50ft. Calabria
and Naples, 1820. A large, very distinct, and handsome round-
headed tree. It grows rapidly in dry soil, and is one of the most
interesting of ornamental trees.

A. firma (firm).* I oval lanceolate, acuminate, sharply serrated,
^nanjMnerved. Japan. One of the most distinct of all the Alders.

&&•*&£!** "<*\ked. clustered, ovoid,
glutinous and smooth or

Fio. 60. ALNUS GMJTINOSA, showing Catkins and Fruit

A. glntlnosa (sticky)*, barren catkins long, large, and cylindrical,
pendent, their footstalks branched, .fertile calking small, ovate,
with deep red scales. Spring. I. roundish-cuneiform, obtuse lobed
at the margin, and serrated, somewhat glutinous, downy in the
axils of the nerves beneath, h. 50ft. to 60ft. Britain. The Alder
affects moist and damp situations, and, as it grows quickly, it is a
useful tree to plant hi bare situations. It is valuable as a nurse to
other trees by the sea-side. See Fig. 60.

A. g. anrea (golden).* I. golden colour.

A. g. inoisa (incised).* Compact form, with leaves quite like those
of common Hawthorn. SYN. A. g. oxyacanthifolia.

A. g. lacinlata (cut).* 1. oblong and pinnatittd, with the lobes
acute. This has elegant drooping branches and Fern-like leaves,
and is one of the best.

A. g. oxyacanthifolia (sharp-prickled). Synonymous with A. g.

A. g. qnercifolia (Oak-leaved).* l. with a sinuate outline, like
that of the common Oak. A very distinct form. The variety
\mperialis (=atplenifolia) slightly differs in its more or less lobed
or cut foliage ; A. g. variegata is a variegated form.

softly downy beneath, serrate, with very" sharp and closely~set

teeth. Mountainous regions of northern hemisphere.

ALOCASIA (from a, without, and Colocasia). Allied to

Colocaaia. OBD. Aroidece (Araceos). Stove plants of great

beauty, often with large and handsomely variegated usually

peltate, leaves, and shortly petiolate, glaucous spathes

They are not difficult to grow, with a strong moist heat and

»n abundant supply of water to the roots. The soil should

Alocaaia— continued.

consist of fibrous peat, with a little light fibry loam, in
large lumps ; to this add a good proportion of sphagnum
and lumps of charcoal, with plenty of silver sand. Keep
the bulbs and soil raised well above the rim of the pots,
and finish off with a surfacing of either sphagnum or
cocoanut fibre. The latter will soon encourage new root-
lets. Crock the pot quite two-thirds up with clean, broken
potsherds. Water freely when in good growth, and give
liquid manure once or twice a week through the growing
season. Shade during bright sunshine in the spring and
summer months. Increased by seeds and division of the stems
or rhizome. Winter temperature, 60deg. to 65deg. ; summer,
75deg. to 85deg. See also Caladium and Colocasia.

A. alba (white), fl. white, h. IJft. Java, 1854.

A. amabilis (lovely). Synonymous with A. lonyiloba.

A. chelsonil (Chelsea).* An interesting hybrid between A. cuprea

and A. longiloba. I. large, upper surface deep green, glossy and

metallic, under side purplish, as in A. cuprea.
A. cucullata (hood-leaved), ft. green, whitish. Spring, h. 2ft.

India, 1826.
A. cuprea (coppery).* ft., spathe purplish-red, with short lamina.

I. cordate-ovate, peltate, deflexed, 12m. to 18in. long, rich bronze

colour, purple beneath. h. 2ft. Borneo, 1860. SY.NS. A.

metattica, Xanthosoma plumbea.
A. glgantea (gigantic). Synonymous with A. longiloba.

^guttata (spotted). ft., spathe white, spotted with purple,
leafstalk also spotted, h. 2Jft. Borneo, 1879.

A. hybrida (hybrid).* A cross between A. Lowii and A. cuprea.
1. elliptic in outline, with a very short acuminate point, and very
slightly parted at the base, deep olive-tinted green on the upper
surface, having stout, well-defined ribs, and the margin of an ivory
white ; dull purple at the back.

A. illustris (brighl). 1. ovate-sagittate, rich green, with olive-
black patches, deflezed, lift, long. India, 1873.

A. Jennings!! (Jennings's).* I. peltate, cordate-ovate, acuminate,
with their blades deflexed from the top of the erect mottled
stalks, ground colour green, surface marked with large wedge-
shaped blotches of dark brown ; veins bright green, 6in. to 8in.
long. India, 1867. A very distinct and free growing species.

A. Johnston! (Johnston's).* I. semi-erect, arrow-shaped, pel-
tate, the front lobe being about 12in. long, and the two back lobes
14in. long and divergent, olive-green, prettily variegated and
strikingly veined with bright rosy red. The leafstalks are fur-
nished at intervals with irregular whorls of stiff spines, the points
of which are turned upwards. Stem darkly mottled with flesh-
coloured bands just above the spines. Solomon Isles, 1875. This
plant has quite a unique appearance.

A. Llervalil (Lierval's). I. bright green. Philippines, 1869.

A. longiloba (long-lobed). I. large, sagittate, with the upper part
spreading put, green, with silvery veins, h. 4ft. Java, 1864. SY.NS.
A. ainabilis, A. gigantea.

A. Lowii (Low's), ft., spathe white. 1. cordate-sagittate, 14in.
to 16in. long, peltate, deflexed, olive-green, with thick white
ribs, deep purple beneath. Borneo, 1862.

A. maororhiza (long-rooted), fl. green, whitish, h. 5ft. Polynesia.

A. m. variegata (variegated). I. large, somewhat cordate, with
slightly waved margins, bright green, blotched and marbled with
white, sometimes nearly quite white ; footstalks broadly streaked
with pure white. Ceylon. A very striking and effective large
growing plant.

A. MarrftallH (Marshall's). I. green, with dark blotches, and
broad central silvery band. India, 1811.

A. metallioa (metallic). Synonymous with A. cuprea.

A. navlcularis (boat-shaped spathe). ft., spathe boat-shaped,
whitish. A. 1ft. India, 1855.

A. Roozlil. See Caladium marmoratum.

A. scabriuscula (roughish).* /., spathe entirely white ; limb
Sin. long, oblong, cuspidate. I. spreading, not deflexed, sagittate,
not hi the least peltate, deep shining green above, pale green
beneath, extreme length 22in. to 31in. h. 4ft. to 4Jft. North-
West Borneo, 1878. Although this is not such an ornamental
species as A. Lowii, A. Thibautiana, or A. cuprea, it has the merit
of being a much larger and bolder plant than either of these, and
is one of the largest species in the genus.

A. Sedeni (Seden's).* A hybrid between A. Lowii and A. cuprea.
I. oval, cordate, sagittate, deflexed, bronzy green, purple beneath,
veins distinct ivory white.

A. Thibautiana (Thibaut's).* I. ovate-acute, deeply cordate ; basal
lobes rounded and not sharply pointed, deep olive greyish-green,
traversed by numerous grey veinlets branching from the midrib,
which is greyish-white, purple beneath. Borneo, 1878. This is
said to be by far the finest of the genus.

A. variegata (variegated), ft. whitish. I, leafstalk mottled with

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

51

Alocasia— continued.

A. zebrina (zebra).» I. erect, broadly sagittate, rich dark green
borne up n stout footstalks, which are pale green, mottled and
striped with zigzag bands of dark green. A. 4ft. or more. Philip-
pine Isles, 1862.

AIiOE (from Alloeh, its Arabic name). Allied genera :
Apicra, Haworthia, Pachidendron, Phylloma. Including
Rhipodendron. OKD. Liliacece. This hitherto much confused
genus, and its allies, have been completely revised by Mr.
J. G. Baker (vide "Journal of the Linnean Society,"
vol. xxviii. pp. 152 — 182), to whose account we are in-
debted for many of the following particulars : — Plant with
or without stems ; shrubs or (rarely) trees ; leaves thick,
fleshy, frequently in a rosette ; peduncles simple or racemed,
endowed with few or many empty bracts. Flowers racemed ;
pedicels bracteated at base, solitary ; perianth-tube straight
or slightly recurved ; segments elongated ; stamens hypo-
gynous, as long as the perianth, or longer. Mr. Baker
describes over eighty species, many of which, for various
and important reasons, have no claim upon our space.
Natives of the Cape of Good Hope, except where otherwise
stated. These very interesting and curious plants thrive
well in a mixture of open loam and peat, together with a
small quantity of well decomposed manure. If old brick
rubbish, or any other similar material is mixed with the
soil to ensure perfect and rapid drainage, so much the
better. Water, especially during winter, must be carefully
administered. They thrive in an ordinary greenhouse, and
cannot have too much light at any time.

A. abyssinica (Abyssinian).* /?., perianth twelve to fifteen lines
long; raceme dense-oblong, 3in. to 4in. long, and 2in. to 3in.
broad ; lower pedicels nine to twelve lines long ; peduncle
branched, lift, to 2ft. I. about twenty in a rosette, ensiform, lift.
to 2ift. long, acuminate, green, sometimes spotted, five to six
lines thick in middle ; back rounded ; marginal prickles distant,
deltoid, one to two lines long. Stem simple, 1ft. to 2ft. long,
2in. to Sin. in diameter. Abyssinia, 1777. SYN. A., maculata.

A. a. Peacock!! (Peacock's). This is a rare variety.

A. afrlcana (African). /., perianth yellow, fifteen to eighteen
lines long ; racemes dense, 1ft. in length, Sin. in diameter ; peduncle
very strong, branched. I. in a dense rosette, ensiform, lift, to 2ft.
long, 2iin. to Sin. broad, slowly narrowing from base to the apex,
channelled above the middle, where it is four to five lines thick ;
half to two lines long. Stem

marginal prickles close, one and a
simple, when fully grown, 20ft.

A. albispina (white-spined).* Jl., perianth red, llin. long ; raceme
dense, nearly 1ft long, 4in. broad ; lower pedicels fifteen to eighteen
lines long ; peduncles simple, lift. I. loosely disposed, lanceolate,
ascending, oin. to Sin. long, 2in. broad, green, without spots or
lines; face concave upwards; middle three to four lines thick; back
sparingly tubercled ; marginal prickles white, horny, two lines
long. Stem simple, short, lin. to liin. in diameter. 1796.

A. albocincta (white-banded).* Jl., perianth brilliant red, ten to
twelve lines long ; racemes twenty or more, shortly capitate, 2in.
to 2iin. in diameter when expanded ; pedicels ascending, six to
nine lines long; scape stout, branched, lift, to 2ft.; I. twelve
to twenty in a dense rosette, outer ones recurved, lanceolate,
lift, to 2ft. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, glaucous, obscurely lined and
spotted ; middle three to four lines thick ; margin red or white
tinted. Stems in old specimens, 1ft. to 2ft. long, Sin. to 4in. in
diameter. SYNS. A. Hanburyana, A. paniculata, and A. striata.

A. arborescens (tree-like).* /..perianth red, fifteen to eighteen
lines long ; raceme dense, about 1ft ; pedicels ascending, twelve
to fifteen lines long ; peduncles strong, lift., simple or branched.
I. (rosette 3ft. to 4ft in diameter) dense, aggregate, ensiform,
lift to 2ft. ; base 2in. broad, thence to apex attenuated, acu-
minated, green, rather glaucous, without spots or lines ; middle
three to four lines long ; base five to six lines thick ; upper sur-
face beyond the base channelled ; marginal prickles close, one and
a half to two lines long, horny. Stem simple, finally 10ft to 12ft.
long, 2in. to Sin. in diameter. 1700.

A. a. frntescens (shrubby). Dwarfer. L often loose, and shorter,
intensely glaucous ; peduncle simple. Stem slender, sometimes
racemosed.

A. aristata (awned). Jl., perianth red, fourteen to sixteen lines
long ; raceme simple, loose, 4in. to 6in. long, and about 4in. broad ;
pedicels sub-patent, thirteen to eighteen lines long ; scape simple,
1ft high. I. about fifty in a dense rosette, ascending, lanceolate,
Sin. to 4in. long, six to eightlines broad, without spots or lines ; face
flat, sparingly tubercled ; middle one and a half lines thick ; back
copiously tubercled ; apex bearded with a pellucid awn ; marginal
teeth diffuse, white, half line long. 1824.

A. Bainesii (Baines').* fl., perianth fifteen to sixteen lines long,
yellowish red ; raceme simple, dense, oblong, Sim. to 4in. in
diameter when expanded ; pedicels thick, two to three lines long ;
peduncles upright, strong, eight to nine lines hi diameter. I. closely

Aloe — continued.

packed at the top of the branch, ensiform, 1ft. to lift, long, 2in. to
Sin. in diameter, green, spotted, deeply channelled, recurved ;
middle two to three lines thick ; marginal prickles pale, rather
distant, one to one and a half lines long. Arborescent, branched.
A. 40ft. to 60ft.; trunk 4ft. to 5ft in diameter. SYNS. A. Barbtrae,
A. Zeyheri.

A. barbadensis (Barbadoes). Synonymous with A. vera.

A. Barberaa (Barber's). Synonymous with A. Bainesii.

A. brevlfolia (short-leaved).* Jl., perianth red, fifteen to eighteen
lines long; raceme dense, 6in., long, 2 Jin. to Sin. in diameter;
pedicels upright, six to twelve lines long ; peduncles simple, hardly
1ft. long. I. thirty to forty in a dense rosette, lanceolate, Sin. to
4in. long, and lin. broad at the base, glaucous, without spots or
lines ; face unarmed, below swollen or flat ; middle three to four
lines thick ; back convex, sparingly tubercled ; marginal teeth,
whitish, one to one and a half lines long. Stem short, simple.
SYN. A. proHfera.

A. b. depressa (depressed). Jl. somewhat larger ; peduncles lift.
to 2ft long. I. 6in. long ; bottom liin. to 2in. broad ; face some-
times sparingly tubercled.

A. csesia (bluish-grey).* JL , perianth red, fifteen to sixteen lines long ;
racemes dense, nearly 1ft long, 2in. to Sin. in diameter ; pedicels
twelve to fifteen lines long; scape simple, 6in. I. rather dense,
lanceolate acuminate, 1ft to lift ; bottom 2in. to Sin. broad,
intensely glaucous, without spot or lines, slightly channelled
upwards ; middle Sin. to 4in. thick ; marginal prickles red, one to
one and a half lines long. Stem simple, finally, in old specimens,
12ft. to 14ft 1815.

A. Candollei (De Candolle's). A mere form of A. humilis.

A. chinensis (Chinese). Jl., perianth yellow, lin. long ; raceme
loose, simple, oin. to Sin. long, and 2in. broad; pedicels one and
a half to two lines long ; peduncle simple, 6in. to 12in. I. fifteen
to twenty in a dense rosette, ensiform, 9in. to 12in. long, Uin.
broad at the bottom, pale green, not lined ; base nearly flat ;
middle three to four lines thick; upper surface channelled;
marginal prickles distant, pale, one to one and a half lines long.
Stem short, simple. China, 1817.

A. ciliata (ciliated).* JL, perianth brilliant red, twelve to fifteen
lines long ; raceme simple, lo

four lines

oose, 2in. to 4in. long ; pedicels three to
peduncles slender, simple. I. linear, widely
'

spreading, amplexicaul, green, 4in. to 6m. long ; base six to nine
lines broad, slowly narrowing towards the apex, without spots or
lines ; middle one line thick ; marginal teeth minute, white. Stems
long, sarmentose ; branches three to four lines in diameter ; inter-
nodes six to twelve lines long, obscurely striated with green. 1826.

A. Commelyni (Commelin's). A mere form of A. mitrceformis.

A. consobrina (related). /., perianth yellowish red, twelve to
fifteen lines long; raceme rather loose, oblong, cylindrical,
3in. to 4in. long, and 2in. in diameter ; pedicels three to four
lines long ; scape lift., slender, branched. I. loosely disposed,
ensiform, 6in. to Sin. long, and lin. broad, green, spotted white ;
face channelled; middle three lines thick; marginal prickles
minute, brownish ; rosette lOin. to 12in. (sometimes 2ft.) in dia-
meter ; upper leaves ascending ; central ones spreading half open ;
lower ones deflexed. Stem 2ft, simple, lin. in diameter. Sou«h
Africa, 1845.

A. Cooper! (Cooper's).* JL, .perianth fifteen to eighteen lines
long; raceme close, Sin. to 6in. long, and Sin. to 4in. in
diameter ; lower pedicels lin. to 2in. long ; scape simple, lift, to
2ft L when mature, Sin. to lOin. long, distichous, falcate,
lined; outer ones lift to 2ft, above the base six to eight lines
broad, greenish, deeply channelled, sparingly spotted ; middle
one and a half to two lines thick ; marginal teeth minute, close,
white. Plant stemless. Natal, 1862. SYN. A. Schmidtiana.

A. dichotoma (two-branched).* Quiver-tree. Jl., perianth oblong,
ten to twelve lines long ; raceme loose, 2in. to 4in. long, and 2in.
in diameter ; pedicels three to four lines long ; peduncles stout
branched. I. closely packed, at the top of the branch, lanceolate,
Sin. to 12in. long ; bottom twelve to fifteen lines broad, glaucous,
without spots or lines, slightly channelled above the base ; middle
three to four lines thick, narrow-margined with white ; marginal
prickles minute, pale. Trnnk short, sometimes 3ft. to 4ft in dia-
meter. A. 20ft to 30ft. 1781. Arborescent, branched.

A. distans (distant).* Jl., perianth pale red, fifteen to eighteen
lines long ; raceme densely capitate, Shi. to 4in. hi diameter ;
lower pedicels twelve to fifteen lines long; peduncles lift,
usually simple. L ascending, loosely disposed, ovate-lanceolate,
Sin. to 5in. long, and liin. to 2in. broad, green, slightly glaucous,
without spots and lines; face concave; middle three to four
lines thick ; back sparingly tubercled ; marginal prickles close,
white, horny, one to one and a half lines long. Stem short,
simple, lin. in diameter; internodes pale, striated green. 1732.

A. glauca (milky-green).* JL, perianth pale red, fifteen to six-
tein lines long; peduncles simple, 1ft. to lift, long, Siin. to 4m.
in diameter; pedicels lin. to liin. long. L thirty to forty
in a dense rosette, lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long; at the base
llin. to 2in. broad, slowly narrowing towards the apex, in-
tensely glaucous, spotless, obscurely lined; middle three to
four lines thick ; face above the base slightly concave ; back
tubercled at apex ; marginal teeth spreading, brownish, one to
one and a half lines long. Stem simple, at length, about 1ft.,
liin. to 2in. in diameter. 1731.

52

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aloe — continued.

A. gracilia (graceful). /., perianth yellow, straight, fourteen to
sixteen lines long ; raceme densely packed, simple, 2m. to 3m. ,
pedicels three to four lines long ; peduncle simple, bin. to WB.
Ion" two-edged at the base. 1. loosely disposed, spreading, bin. to
lOin long • base ten to twelve lines broad, ensifonn, acumi-
nated, glaucous, spotless and without lines ; face slightly chan-
nelled; back rounded; marginal prickles close, minute. Stem
leafy, simple. 1822. *

A. Greenil (Green's).* /., perianth pale red, fourteen to fifteen
lines long ; raceme oblong, 4in. to Bin. long, and 3in. in diameter ;
lower pedicels five to six lines long ; scape 2ft. long I. in a dense
rosette, lanceolate, 15in. to 18in. long; bottom 2*m : to 3m.
broad, slowly narrowing from middle to the apex ; middle three
to four lines thick ; face flat, shining green, obscurely lined and
spotted white ; marginal prickles spreading, one and a half to
two lines long, horay. Stem short, simple, liin. in diameter.
South Africa, 1875.

A. Hanburyana (Hanbury's). Synonymous with A. albocineta.

A. hnmilis (humble).* fl,, perianth brilliant red, eighteen lines
long; raceme loose, simple, 6in. long, and 2in. to 2£in. in
diameter ; pedicels nine to twelve lines long; peduncles about 1ft.
I. thirty to forty in a dense rosette, ascending, lanceolate, acumi-
nate, Sin. to 4in. long, six to eight lines broad, glaucous green,
obscurely lined ; face slightly concave above, sparingly tubercled ;
middle three lines thick ; back convex ; marginal prickles pale,
one line long. Plant stemless. 1731.

A. n. acuminate (taper-pointed). L ovate-lanceolate, 4in. to 5in.
long, fifteen to eighteen lines broad ; marginal prickles pale, two
to two and a half lines long. A, incurva, A. suberecta, and
A. subtuberculata, of Haworth ; A. Candollei, and A. macilenta, of
Baker, are mere forms of the foregoing species.

A. inonrva (incurred). A mere form of A. humilis.

A. latifolla (broad-leaved).* /., perianth brilliant golden scarlet,
fifteen to eighteen lines long; raceme dense, corymbose, terminal,
4in. to 5in. long and wide ; lower pedicels liin. to 2m. long ;
peduncle robust, 2ft, often branched. I. twelve to twenty in a
dense rosette, ovate-lanceolate, 6in. long, 2Mn. to 3Jin. broad at
bottom, slowly narrowing from below the middle upwards, green,
not lined, but copiously spotted white ; middle three to four lines
thick ; marginal prickles one and a half to two lines long, horny,
brownish. Stem at length, 1ft. to 2ft., IJin. to 2in. in diameter,
simple. 1795.

A. llneata (line-marked).* /., perianth red, fifteen to eighteen
lines long ; raceme dense, 6in. ; pedicels hardly perpendicular,
fifteen to eighteen lines long ; scape simple, 1ft. I. in a dense
rosette, lanceolate, 6in. long, 2in. broad at base, narrowing slowly
thence to the apex, pale green, spotless, lined ; middle three
lines thick, channelled upwards on both sides, unarmed ; mar-
ginal teeth numerous, red, one and a half to two lines long.
Stem finally 6in. to 1ft. high, simple, 2in. in. diameter. 1789.

A. macilenta (thin). A mere form of A. humilis.

A. macracantba (long-spined). fl. unknown. I. fifteen to twenty
in a dense rosette, lanceolate, 15in. to 20in. long, and 3in. to 4in.
broad at the bottom, slightly narrowed from middle to apex ;
middle four lines thick ; face flat, green, obscurely lined, spotted ;
marginal prickles horny, three to four lines long. Stem simple,
2ft. to 3ft., liin, to 2in. in diameter. South Africa, 1862.

A. macrocarpa (large-fruited).* fl., perianth club-shaped, bril-
liant red, fifteen to sixteen lines long ; raceme loose, terminal,
6in. long, and 2Jin. to Sin. in diameter ; lower pedicels Jin. long ;
peduncles 2ft. 1. twelve to twenty in a dense rosette, ovate-
lanceolate, less_ than 1ft. long ; bottom Sin. to 4in. broad ; top
channelled ; middle three to four lines thick, green, copiously
spotted ; marginal prickles spreading, half line long. Stem
short, simple. Abyssinia, 1870.

A. maculate (spotted). Synonymous with A. abyssinica.

A. margaritifera (pearl-bearing). See Haworthla margarl-
tlfera.

A. mitrnformls (mitre-shaped).* /., perianth brilliant red,
eighteen to twenty-one lines long; raceme dense, corymbose,
4in. to 6in. long, and nearly as much in diameter; pedicels
ascending ; lower ones fifteen to eighteen lines long ; peduncles
strong, lift., sometimes branched. I. rather loosely disposed,
ascending, lanceolate, about 1ft. long, 2in. to Sin. broad ; green,
slightly glaucous, without spots or lines ; face concave ; middle
three to four lines thick ; back convex, sparingly tubercled ; apex
horny, pungent ; marginal prickles rather close, pale, one to one
and a half lines long. Stem finally 3ft. to 4ft., simple, lin. to 2in.
in diameter.

A. m. flavlsplna (yellow-spined). Differs from the type in
having narrower and more lanceolate leaves, and yellow spines.
A. Commelyni, A. spinulosa, A. pachyphyUa, and^l. zantliacanlha,
are also forms of this species.

A. myriacantha (many-spined). /., perianth pale red, eight
to nine lines long ; racemes densely capitate, 2in. in diameter ;
pedicels four to six lines long ; peduncles slender, simple, 1ft.
I. ten to twelve, falcate, linear, 5in. to 6in. long, four to five
lines broad, green, glaucous; face deeply channelled; back
convex, spotted white ; marginal teeth numerous, white Plant
stemless. 1823.

A. nobilis (noble).* ft., perianth red, fifteen to eighteen lines
long ; raceme dense, 6in. or more long, lin. broad ; lower pedicels

Aloe — continued.

liin. to 2in. long ; peduncles simple, lift. I. rather loosely dis-
posed, lanceolate, 9m. to 12in. long, 2iin. to 4in. broad; face
green, without spots or lines, concave above the base ; middle
three to four lines thick ; apex rather pungent ; back prickly
upwards ; marginal prickles rather close, one and a half to two
lines long, horny. Stem simple, at length 3ft. to 4ft. high, liin. to
2in. in diameter. 1800.

A. pachyphylla (thick-leaved). A mere form of A. mitrceformit.
A. paniculate (panicled). Synonymous with A. albocineta.
A. Perryi (Perry's).* /., perianth greenish, nine to ten lines long ;
raceme dense, Sin. to 4in. long ; pedicels three to four lines long ;
inflorescence lift, long, commonly two-headed. I. in a rosette,
lanceolate, 7in. to Sin. long, and 2Jin. broad, from below the
middle to the apex narrowed, pale glaucous green, spotless, ob-
scurely lined, channelled above the oase ; middle three to four
lines thick ; marginal teeth close, horny, one line long. Stem
simple, lin. in diameter. Socotra, 1879.
A. prolifera (proliferous). Synonymous with A. brevifolia.
A. purpurascens (purplish). /., perianth reddish, twelve
to fifteen lines long ; raceme dense, 6in. to 9in. long, and about
3in. in diameter, pedicels nine to twelve lines long; scape strong,
simple, lift, to 2ft. I. forty to fifty in a dense rosette, 1ft.' to
lift, long, ensiform, 2in. broad at the base, slowly narrowed
towards the apex, green ; base flat ; middle three lines thick,
slightly channelled upwards, sometimes spotted ; marginal prickles
small, white. Stem 2ft. to 3ft., sometimes forked. 1789.
A. rnodocincte (red-margined), of gardens, is probably a form of

A. albocineta.

A. saponaria (soapy).* fl., perianth brilliant red, eighteen to
twenty-one lines long ; raceme dense, corymbose, Sin. to 4in. long
and wide ; lower pedicels liin. to 2in. long ; scape 1ft. to 2ft., simple,
or sparingly branched. I. twelve to twenty in a dense rosette,
lanceolate, 9in. to 12in. long, eighteen to twenty -four lines broad,
narrowed from below the middle upwards ; middle three to four
lines broad ; face flat at bottom ; back swollen, green, copiously
spotted, distinctly lined ; marginal prickles adjoining, horny, one
and a half to two lines long. Stem short, simple, liin. to 2in. in
diameter. 1727.

A. Schimperi (Schimper's).* fl., perianth bright red, eighteen to
twenty-one lines long ; racemes densely corymbose, 4in. in dia-
meter ; pedicels twelve to fifteen lines long; scape strong, 3ft. long,
strongly branched above. I. twenty in a dense rosette, oblong-
lanceolate, about 1ft. long, 4in. broad, glaucous green, lined, some-
times spotted, three to four lines thick at middle, above which
they are channelled ; teeth minute, spreading. Stem short,
simple. Abyssinia, 1876.

A. Schmidtiana (Schmidt's). Synonymous with A. Cooperi.
A. serra (saw), fl., perianth brilliant red, eighteen lines long ;
raceme simple, dense, 6in. long or more, Sin. to 4in. in diameter ;
pedicels six to twelve lines long; scape simple, lift, to 2ft.
1. thirty to forty in a dense rosette, lanceolate, Sin. to 5in. long,
twelve to eighteen lines broad below, without spots and lines ;
base swollen, concave towards the apex ; middle three to four
lines thick, sparingly tubercled ; marginal prickles close, one to
one and a half lines long. Plant shortly stemmed. 1818.
A. serratula (finely-toothed). * fl. , perianth red, fifteen to eighteen
lines long ; raceme rather dense, oin. long ; pedicels six to nine
lines long ; peduncles simple, about 1ft. I. twelve to twenty in a
dense rosette, lanceolate, 6in. to 9in. long ; bottom liin. to
2iin. broad, pale green ; face below the top flat or slightly concave,
obscurely lined, spotted ; margin minutely denticulated. Stem
simple, finally 1ft. to 2ft. high, liin. to 2in. in diameter. 1789.
A. spinulosa (spiny). A mere form of A. mitrceformis.
A. striate (striated). Synonymous with A. albocineta.
A. striatula (slightly striped).* fl., perianth yellow, twelve
to fifteen lines long ; raceme oblong, rather dense, simple, 3in. to
6in. long, and 2in. in diameter ; pedicels short ; peduncles simple,
nearly 1ft. I. linear, spreading, green, 6in. to 9in. long ; base
not dilated, six to eight lines broad, above the base upwards
narrowed, slightly channelled ; middle one line thick ; marginal
prickles deltoid. Stem long, sarmentose ; floral branches three to
six lines in diameter ; internodes 6in. to 12in. long. 1823.
A. suberecta (slightly erect). A mere form of A. humilis.
A. subtuberculata (slightly knobbed). A mere form of A.

humilis.

A. succotrina (Socotrine).* /., perianth reddish, fifteen lines
Ion" ; raceme dense, about 1ft. long, 2£in. to Sin. in diameter ; lower
pedicels nine to twelve lines long ; peduncles simple, lift. I. thirty
to forty in a dense rosette, ensiform, acuminate, falcate, lift.
to 2ft. long ; base 2in. ; middle lin. broad, green, slightly glaucous,
sometimes spotted, slightly channelled upwards ; marginal
prickles pale, one line long. Stem 3ft. to 5ft., often forked. Isle
of Socotra. 1731.

A. tenuior (slenderer). fl., perianth pale yellow, five to six
lines long ; racemes rather loose, simple, oblong, nearly 1ft. 2in.
in diameter ; pedicels three to four lines long ; peduncles slender,
simple, 4in. to 8in. I. loose, linear, 5in. to Sin. long, slowly
narrowing from middle towards apex, green, spotless, slightly
channelled ; middle one line thick ; marginal prickles minute,
pale. Stem long, sarmentose. 182L

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

53

Aloe — continued.

A tricolor (three-coloured).* /.-, perianth coral red, fleshy;
raceme loose, oblong, 3in. to 4in. long, and 2in. broad ; pedicels as-
cending, three to four lines long ; scape lift long, glaucous purple ;
panicle deltoid. I. twelve to sixteen in a close rosette, lanceolate,
pin. to 6in. long, Hin. to 2in. broad at bottom, slowly narrow-
ing from below the middle to apex ; middle five to six lines
thick ; back rounded ; face slightly swollen, copiously spotted, not
lined ; marginal prickles close, spreading, about one line long.
Stem short, simple. South Africa, 1875.

A variegata (variegated).* fl-, perianth reddish, fifteen to
sixteen lines long ; raceme simple, loose, Sin. to 4in. long and
about 3in. in diameter ; pedicels three to four lines long ; scape
simple, tapering, 6in. to Sin. L close, erecto-patent, lanceolate,
«n. to 5in. long, lin. broad; face concave; back keeled, bright
green, copiously spotted grey on both sides; margin whitish,
denticulated. 1790. This is the variegated Aloe so frequently
seen in windows.

Fro. 61. ALOE v

A vera (true).* JL, perianth yellow, cylindrical, jin. to lin. long ;
raceme dense, 6in. to 12in. long ; scape strong, 2ft. to 3ft long, simple
or branched. L ensiform, dense, aggregate, 2in. to 4in. broad,
narrowing from the base to apex, pale green ; middle about lin.
thick ; face channelled above the base ; marginal prickles sub-
distant, deltoid, horny. Stem rarely more than 1ft or 2ft. 1596.
STJJS. A. barbadmtit, A. vulgaru. See Fig. 6L
A vnlgaris (common). Synonymous with A. vera.
A xant.tiarantna (yellow-spined). A mere form of A. mitre*

formis.
A Zeyheri (Zeyher's). A garden synonym of A. Bainetii.

AIiOMIA (from a, not, and loma, a fringe). OBD.
Composite. Allied to Eupatorium. An ornamental half-
hardy evergreen plant. Grows freely in sandy loam, and
may be propagated by cuttings.

A ageratoides (Ageratum-like). JL-heads white, many flowered;
involucnun campanulate, imbricate; scales narrow, acute; re-
ceptable naked, convex. July. I. opposite, or upper ones alter-
nate, petiolate, denticulated, h. IJft New Spain, 1824.

ALOHA (primitive name, Nolanar— letters transposed ;
from nola, a little bell, in allusion to the shape of the
flowers). OBD. Nclanaeea. A genna of pretty evergreen
shrubs closely allied to Nolana, but differing principally in
having several ovaries from one to six-celled, whereas
Nolana. has five four-celled ovaries. Leaves fasciculate;
stems woody. They require ordinary greenhouse treatment,
in a peat and loam compost. Cuttings root freely in sandy
loam, with a very gentle bottom heat, in about a fortnight.
A. ccelestis (sky-blueX*/. pale blue, very large, axillary, solitary ;
peduncle elongated. July. L terete, fascicled; plant nearly
glabrous, h, 2ft. Chili, 1843. This pretty species is an excellent
one for growing out-of-doors during summer months.
AIiONSOA (in honour of Z. Alonso, formerly Spanish
secretary for Santa Fe de Bogota). OBD. Scrophularinea.
A genus of very pretty little half-hardy shrubs, herbaceous
perennials, or annnali!, with axillary, sub-racemose flowers,
which are resnpinate, with a sub-rotate five-cleft limb.
Leaves opposite, or ternately whorled. They will grow freely
in light rich soil ; and are readily increased by cuttings in
August or March, which should be placed in sandy soil in
gentle heat, or by seeds sown in March. The herbaceous
species may be treated as outdoor summer annn«.1«> and
should be raised in a little heat, and planted out early in May.
A. albifiora (white-floweredX* JL pure white, with yellow eye,
in long terminal spikes, h. lift to 2ft Mexico, 1877. This
is recommended for pot culture, as in the conservatory it will pro-
vide a succession of flowers throughout the autumn and winter.
^canllalata (wing-stemmed). JL scarlet, racemose. June,
ovate, acute, serrated. Stems and branches quadrangular,
winged. A. 1ft Peru, 1823. Half-hardy, herbaceous.

A inciaifolia (cut-leaved).* JL scarlet; peduncles long, alternate,
disposed in terminal racemes. May to October. I. opposite, ovate,
acute, deeply toothed, or serrate. A. 1ft to 2ft Chili, 1795.
Glabrous greenhouse shrub. Srx. Hemimerit urticifolia.

A linearis (linear-leaved). JL scarlet, with a dark bottom, like
most of the species. May to October. L opposite, or three in a
whorl, linear, entire or remotely denticulated; young leaves
fascicled in the axils of the old ones. A. If t to 2ft Pern, 1790.
Greenhouse shrub. SY.N. Hemimerit coccinea,

A linifolia (Flax-leaved).- JL scarlet A. 1ft. to lift New Hol-
land. This is an elegant little annual, forming symmetrical,
graceful, and very free flowering plants, either for pot or out-
door culture.

A Matthe wsU (Matthews'). JL scarlet, in loose, terminal racemes.
July. L lanceolate, toothed, about lin. long. Stem slender,
quadrangular. A. 1ft Peru, 1871. Greenhouse shrub.

A. myrtifolia (Myrtle-leaved). /L scarlet, very large. New and
pretty species.

A Warscewiczii (Warscewicz's).* JL rosy scarlet A. lift
Chili, 1858. This is probably a herbaceous variety of A. incit\folia,
and one of the best annuals.

ALOPHIA. See Trifurcia.

AIiOYSIA (in honour of Maria Louisa, mother of
Ferdinand VII., King of Spain). Sweet-scented Verbena.
ORD. Verbenaceos. This genus is nearly allied to Verbena-,
which see for generic characters. A greenhouse deciduous
shrub, with a very fine perfume and graceful habit. The
most satisfactory plan of culture is to obtain well-grown
thrifty young plants in spring, and grow then on for the
season. As the wood ripens, give less water until they are
at rest, when it must be nearly withheld. About the end of
January, bring into the light and warmth, and water
thoroughly. As soon as the plants break, cut back to three
or four eyes ; and when the young shoots are about an inch
long, transfer into rich sandy soil, using pots a size or two
smaller than those they were in before. When the pots are
full of roots, transfer to those that are to hold the plants for
the season. By this mode of culture, good plants are to be
maintained for any length of time. Aloysias form excel-
lent pillar subjects for either a cold greenhouse, or out-of-
doors, in which latter situation they thrive remarkably
well, but require thorough protection, with straw bands
or mats, from November until March, and afterwards at
night, until danger from severe frosts has passed. They
require no summer training, their young growth being
continually cut off for decoration. They are easily
increased in spring by young cuttings, placed in sandy
soil and gentle heat ; they will root in about three weeks.

54

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aloysia— continued.

A. citriodora (lemon-scented).* /. whitish or like, very small,
in terminal panicles. August. I. pale green, lanceolate, agree-
ably scented, arranged in whorls of threes ; branches slender.
Chili, 1781. SY.NS. Lippia dtriodora, Verbena triphyUa.

ALPINE GARDEN. A very interesting style of
gardening, which succeeds best by imitating Nature as closely
as possible. The situation may be an open or a sheltered
one. In building a Rock or Alpine Garden, it should be so
arranged that all aspects are secured — shady and sunny —
fully or in degree only. Pockets and crevices of various
sizes may be made, and filled with soil suitable for the sub-
jects to be planted therein, each one having a direct connec-
tion with the bulk of the soil ; and the constructing material
should be arranged with a gentle fall, BO that moisture
drains towards rather than from the roots. Alpine plants,
as a rule, flourish better on a properly constructed rockery
than if placed in any other position, because thorough
drainage is effected, and the long and fine roots can
run down in the crevices, where the soil is cool and
moist. Although most alpine plants are naturally exposed
to the full action of sun and wind, they should be placed out
in early autumn, or early spring, so as to become thoroughly
established before the approach of scorching summer
weather. Failing materials necessary for the construction
of a rockery, many alpines are easily grown in the
ordinary border, in a naturally or artificially well drained
situation. Excavate to the depth of 18in., put in a layer
of stones, broken bricks, Ac., 6in. deep ; fill up with rich
fibrous loam and leaf mould, adding sufficient sand to keep
the soil porous. When the desired subjects are firmly
planted, cover the surface with small gravel or stone
chippings, which, while allowing the rain to penetrate the
soil, effectually checks evaporation, and keeps it moist and
cool, as well as giving the appearance of rocky debris. The
effect will be better if the surface is slightly undulated.

ALPINE ROSE. See Rhododendron ferrug-ineum.

ALPINIA (in honour of Prosper Alpinus, an Italian
botanist). ORD. Zingiberaceae. A rather large genus of
stove herbaceous perennials, with considerable grace and
beauty. Flowers disposed in terminal spikes. Leaves
lanceolate, smooth, even, entire, sheathed at the base, and
having transverse veins. Boots fleshy, branched, having
much of the smell and taste of ginger. The soil can
hardly be too rich for the successful culture of these
plants. A mixture of equal parts loam, peat, leaf mould, or
thoroughly rotted hotbed manure, freely mixed with sharp
sand or fine charcoal dust, forms an excellent compost.
During the growing season, a top dressing of rotten dung,
and a frequent application of weak manure water, prove
excellent stimulants. They grow rapidly and consume a
great deal of food in the production of so much stem and
BO many leaves. Unless the former is vigorous and of
considerable thickness, it will fail to be crowned with spikes
of flower. Alpinias require a high temperature, a rich, light
soil, abundance of water, and not a little space, to grow
them well. Soon after flowering, the plants will assume
the yellow leaf, when water may be gradually withheld ;
but no attempt should be made to dry them off too severely,
even after the stems die down. Nor must they be stored
when at rest in a low temperature ; in fact, they require
as much heat to preserve them in health when resting as at
any other time. The best time to divide the plants is after
the young shoots have made an inch of growth in spring.

A. albo lineata (white-lined).* I. elliptic lanceolate, pale green,
marked with oblique broad bands of white. A. 3ft. to 4ft. New
Guinea, 1880.

A. mutica (beardless), fl. in pairs on a spike-like raceme ; calyx
of three outer oblong white
projecting, broad ; lip large,
bright yellow, veined with crimson ; mouth finely crispulate at

.

white ; corolla duplex, consisting of three outer oblon
segments ; upper lobe concave and projecti

the edge. Borneo, 1882. A very handsome species.
A. nntans (nodding).* fl. pink, sweetly-scented ; racemes drooping.
May. I. lanceolate, smooth, even, entire, h. 13ft. India, 1792.
This species looks best in considerable masses, even larger than
those shown in the illustration, grown in large pots or tubs, or

Alpinia — continued.

planted out in borders of tropical houses. It should on no
account be severely divided. See Fig. 62.

FIG. b2. ALPINIA NUTANS, showing Habit and detached Flower.

A. vittata (striped).* I. 6in. to Sin. long, elliptic lanceolate, taper-
ing to a long fine point, and also narrowed gradually towards the
sheathing base, pale green, marked by broad stripes of dark green
and creamy white, running off from the midrib in divergent
lines, corresponding to the venation. South Sea Islands. See
Fig. 63, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull.

ALSIEE. See Trifolinm liybridum.

ALSODEIA (from abode*, leafy ; plants thickly beset
with leaves). ORD. Violariece. Ornamental evergreen stove
shrubs. Flowers small, whitish, racemose ; petals equal ;
racemes axillary and terminal; pedicels bracteate jointed.
Leaves usually alternate, feather-nerved; stipules small,
deciduous. They thrive best in a mixture of loam and sand,
and young cuttings root readily under a bell glass if planted
in sand, in heat.
A. latifolia (broad-leaved).* Jl. on dense, glabrous racemes.

I. ovate, obtusely acuminated. A. 6ft. Madagascar, 1823.
A. pauciflora (few-flowered). Jl. few, somewhat corymbose;

pedicels reflexed. I. wedge-shaped, on short footstalks, h. 4ft.

Madagascar, 1824.

ALSOPHILA (from alsos, a grove, and philos, loving ;
in reference to the situation which they affect in Nature).
ORD. Filices. A magnificent genus of tropical and tempe-
rate tree ferns. Sori globose, dorsal, on a vein or in the
forking of a vein ; receptacle mostly elevated, frequently
villous ; involucre none. The species of this genus require
an abundant supply of water, particularly in summer, and
the young fronds must be carefully shaded from solar heat.
They thrive well in a peat and loam compost. For general
culture, see Ferns.
A. aculeata (prickly).* fronds ample, tripinnate. rachises brown-

stramineous ; pinnae ovate-lanceolate

sessile, ligulate, 3in. to 4in. long, "

close, ligulate, blunt, denticulate,

aple, tripinnate. rachiset brown-
•late, 1ft. to lift, long ; pinnules
;, iin. to }in. broad; segments
, often less than one line broad :

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

55

Alsophila — continued.

both sides bright green, slightly hairy on the ribs, not scaly, sort
minute, medial ; texture herbaceous. Tropical America ; very
common. • A very effective stove species. SYN. A. ferox, &c.
See Fig. 64.

A. armata (armed).* frond* ample, tripinnatifld or tripinnate.
rachises stramineous, densely pilose ; pinnae oblong-lanceolate, lift.
to 2ft. long ; pinnules ligulate-lanceolate, sessile, Sin. to Sin. long,
Jin to lin. broad ; segments falcate, blunt, one to one and a half
lines broad, subentire or toothed ; both sides densely pilose on the
ribs, not scaly, sori subcostular. Tropical America ; extremely
abundant Stove species.

Alsophila — continued.

or less villous on the costae and costule above, and very minutely
bullato-paleaceous beneath, often quite naked, from 6ft. to 30ft.
long ; primary pinnae l^ft. long, 6in. to lOin. wide ; pinnules Sin. to
4in. long, Jin. to Jin. wide, oblong, acuminate, deeply pinnatifid,
or towards the base even pinnate ; ultimate pinnules or lobes
oblong, acute, serrated, subfalcate. sori copious, rather smalL
New Holland, &c., 1833. A very handsome greenhouse species.

A. comosa (hairy). Synonymous with A. Scottiana.

A. contaminans (contaminating).* can. slender, growing from 20ft
to 50ft. high. ati. and rachises purplish brown, glossy, aculeate.
Jrondt 6ft. to 10ft. long, ample, glabrous, deep green above, glau

FlO. 63. AlPINIA VITTATA.

A. aspera (rough).* can. slender, 10ft to 30ft. high. sti. and
rachises strongly aculeated ; main and partial rachis above stri-
gillose, slightly scaly beneath and on the costa, the rest glabrous,
often glossy, fronds bipinnate; pinnules shortly petiolate, oblong ;
apex acuminated, pinnatifid half or two-thirds of the way
down to the costa ; lobes oblong-ovate, often acutely serrulate ;
costa bearing small, deciduous, bullate scales beneath, sori very
deciduous. , West Indies, Ac. Stove species.

A. anstralls (southern).* sti. with very long, firm, subulate
scales, lift, long, and as well as the main rachises, muricato-
asperous, stramineous, fronds ample, subglaucous beneath, more

cons beneath ; primary ptame 2ft. or more In length, oblong-ovate,
acuminate ; pinnules sessile, 4in. to Sin. long, Jin. to lin. wide,
deeply pinnatifid, linear-oblong, sub-falcate, entire, tori nearer
the costule than the margin. Java and Malaya. Stove species.
SYN. A. glauca.

A, Cooper! (Cooper's).* frondt ample, tripinnate. rachises stra-
mineous, mnricated, glabrous beneath ; basal scales large, linear,
pale, spreading ; pinnae oblong-lanceolate, lift, to 2ft long ; pin-
nules ligulate, 4in. to Sin. long, Jin. to lin. broad, lowest long-
stalked ; segments ligulate, blunt, toothed, one and a half to two
and a half lines broad, tori small. Queensland, &c. Greenhouse,

56

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Alsophila — continued.

A. excelsa (tall).* trunk about 30ft. high. tti. and main rachises
muricated. fronds ample, dark green above, paler beneath ;
primary pinnae lift, to 2ft. long, 6in. to lOin. ^yide ; pinnules
numerous, oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, deeply pinnatind, often
quite pinnate ; ultimate divisions }in. to Jin. long, oblong, acute
or obtuse, falcate, the margins sub-recurved, serrated, mn-i
copious near the costules. Norfolk Island. This rapid-
growing and splendid species proves' nearly hardy in the
neighbourhood of Cornwall ; and is a most effective plant for
sub-tropical gardening purposes generally. Greenhouse species.

A. feroz (fierce). Synonymous with A. aculeata.

A. Gardner! (Gardner's). Synonymous with
A. paleolata.

A. glgantea (gigantic), cau. growing from 20ft.
to 40ft. high. tti. asperous ; fronds, primary
pinnae IJft. to 2ft. and more long, deeply
pinnatifid at the apex ; pinnules, upper ones
sessile, lower ones petiolate, oblong-acumi-
nate, Sin. to 6in. long, five to nine lines wide,
deeply pinnatifld ; lobes triangular or rounded,
serrated, nori copious. India, <fec. Stove
species. SV.N. A. gldbra.

A. glabra (glabrous). Synonymous with A.
gigantea.

A. glanca (grey). Synonymous with A. con-
taminans.

Alsoph.Ua — continued.

the midrib and edge. Queensland. Greenhouse species. See

Fig. 65, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull.
A. sagittifolia (arrow-leaved).* fronds oblong-deltoid, 4ft. to

6ft. long, bipinnate. rachises stramineous, muricated; pinnae

lanceolate, |ft. to 1ft. long, the lower shorter, deflexed ; pinnules

sessile, ligulate, crenulate, cordate on both sides at the base, lin.

to liin. long, nearly Jin. broad, sori large. Trinidad, 1872. Very

handsome and distinct stove species.
A. Scottiana (Scott's).* fronds ample, tripinnatifld. rachises

castaneous, naked and smooth beneath ; pinnae oblong-lanceolate,

(troublesome).

tripinnatifid ; pinnae oblong-lanceolate, 1ft. to
IJft. long ; pinnules ligulate, Sin. long, iin
to 1m. broad, cut down to a narrow wing

fronds ample,
•ite, 1ft. to
long, Jin.

segments iin. broad, ligulate, blunt, nearly
entire; texture sub-coriaceous; colour deep
green on both sides. Tropical America;
widely distributed. Stove species.

A. Lelchardtlana (Leichardt's).* cau. 10ft.
to 20ft. high. tti. jointed upon the caudex ;
main and secondary* rachises purple, decid-
uously powdery, spiny, frondt 6ft. to 10ft.
long, firm, dark green above, sub-glaucous
beneath, naked and glaucous (or nearly so),
tripinnate ; primary pinnae IJft. to 2ft. long,
Sin. wide, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate ; pin-
nules oblong-acuminate, sessile, pinnatifid
only at the apex ; ultimate divisions linear-
oblong, acute, spinulose-serrate. sori copious,
close to the costa. Australia. 1867. Green-
house species. SYNS. A. Macarthurii, A.
ifoorei.

A. lunulata (moon-shaped pinnuled). frond*
ample, tripinnate. rachises stramineous,
glabrous below, densely muricated ; pinnae
oblong-lanceolate, IJft. to 2ft. long ; pinnules close, ligulate, ses-
sile, 4in. to 5in. long, Jin. to lin. broad ; segments close, ligulate,
falcate, blunt, one line broad, obscurely crenulate. sori minute.
h. 25ft. Polynesia. Greenhouse species.

A. Macarthurii (MacArthur's). Synonymous with A. Leichard-
tiana.

A. Moorel (Moore's). Synonymous with A. Leichardtiana.

A. paleolata (scaly).* cau. slender, 10ft. to 20ft. high, fronds
ample, tripinnatifld. rachises stramineous, smooth, pubescent
below ; pinnae oblong-lanceolate, IJft. to 2ft. long ; pinnules ligu-
late, sessile or shortly stalked, Sin. to 4in. long, Jin. to Jin. broad,
deeply cut, the segments blunt and nearly entire ; texture sub-coria-
ceous ; colour deep green, both surfaces deeply pilose, the lower
scaly on the ribs, sori large, medial. Columbia, Ac. Stove
species. SYN. A. Gardneri.

A. procera (tall), tti. aculeated and paleaceous below, with large
glossy, dark brown scales, fronds bipinnate, glabrous, pinnatifid
at the apex ; primary pinnae 1ft. or more long, the rachis winged
above ; jmmules 2in. to Sin. long, oblong-acuminate or obtuse,
pinnatifid half way down to the costa ; lobes short, sub-rotundate
often acute, mostly entire, tori small on all the lobes, between
the costule and the margin. Tropical America. Steve species.

A. prulnata (as if hoar-frosted).* tti. densely woolly at the base.
fronds glaucous, bi-tnpinnate ; primary pinnae petiolate, 12in. to
18m. long, ovate-lanceolate ; pinnules Sin. to 4in. long, lin. wide,
petiolulate, from a broad base, oblong-acuminate, deeply pinna-
tifid, or again pinnate ; ultimate divisions Jin. long, lanceolate
very acute, deeply and sharply serrated, sori solitary. Tropical
America, extending to Chili. Stove or greenhouse species.

A. radena (rasping). COM. 3ft. high, Sin. diameter, sti. 2ft. to
3ft. long, clothed with ovate, pale brown scales, fronds 6ft. to
8ft. long, lanceolate-ovate, bipinnatisect ; primary segments lift
long, elongato-oblong, acuminate ; secondary ones 2in. to Sin long
petiolulate, linear-lanceolate, pinnati-partite ; segments oblong
denticulate, sori between the costule and the margin. Brazil
Stove species.

A. Rebecca (Rebecca's) ;.* cau. slender, 8ft. high, frondt
ample, bipinnate ; pinnules twenty to thirty on each side, the
lower ones stalked, linear, 2m. to Sin. long, more or less incise-
crenate, apex acuminate, tori principally in two rows between

FIG. 64. ALSOPHILA ACULEATA.

IJft. to 2ft. long ; pinnules sessile, Sin. to 4in. long, about Jin.
broad, ligulate, cut down to a narrow wing on the rachis ; seg-
ments ligulate, blunt, dentate, sub-falcate, not Jin. broad, sori
sub-costular. Sikkim, 1872. Greenhouse species. SYN. A.

A. Tsenitis (Trenitis-like).* fronds 3ft. to 6ft. long, bipinnate ;
pinnules distant, Sin. to 5in. long, lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous,
sub-entire, petioled ; petiole articulated on the rachis. sori in a
single series, equidistant between the costa and the margin,
mixed with long, copious hairs. Brazil. An elegant stove

A. villosa (villous).* cau. 6ft. to 12ft. high. tti. 1ft. or more long,
tubercular, densely clothed at the base with ferruginous scales.
fronds from 6ft. to 8ft. long, bi- or sub-tripinnate, broadly lanceo-
late in outline ; pinnules lin. to Sin. long, oblong-lanceolate,
obtusely acuminate, deeply pinnatifid ; lobes oblong, obtuse, entire
or coarsely serrated, sori copious. Tropical America. A very
beautiful stove species.

ALSTONIA (in honour of Dr. Alston, once Professor
of Botany at Edinburgh). OED. Apocynacece. Usually tail,
lactescent, or milk-bearing stove evergreen shrubs or trees,
with small white flowers, which are disposed in terminal
cymes. Leaves entire, opposite or often whorled. Of easy
culture, thriving best in a mixture of peat, loam, and sand.
Cuttings root readily in sand, in heat. Besides the one
mentioned, there are eleven other species.

A. scholarls (school), fl., corolla salver-shaped, white ; cymes
on short peduncles. March to May. I. five to seven in a whorl,
obovate-oblong, obtuse, ribbed ; upper surface glossy, under white,
and having the veins approximating the margin. A. 8ft. India,
1803. SYN. Echites scholaris.

ALSTROMERIA (in honour of Baron Alstromer, a
Swedish botanist, friend of Linnaeus). OBD. Amaryllidece.
Tall handsome stove, half-hardy, or hardy tuberous-rooted
plants, with leafy stems and terminal umbels of richly-
coloured flowers. Perianth regular, six-parted, subcam-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

57

Alstromeria — continued.

panulate ; inner segments narrower, two of which are
somewhat tnbnloee at the base ; stamens included within,
and inserted with perianth ; stigma trifid. Leave* linear,
lanceolate, or ovate, and resnpinate, or inverted in position
by the twisting of the petiole. Cultivation : Few plants
need less attention to grow them successfully, either in pote
or planted out. The best position for those kinds which
succeed outside is a deep and dry, sloping, sheltered border,
in a compost of two-parts peat and leaf soil, and one loam
with some sharp sand. Water freely if severe drought

Alstromeria— continued.

fleshy roots are readily separated into as many pieces as
there are crowns; this operation may be performed during
September or October, or February and March; but it
must be done carefully. Except for the sake of increase,
the less they are disturbed the better. They are excellent
subjects for pot culture (some can only be managed thus,
unless planted out in a house), and may be potted as early
in the autumn as possible, in Sin., lOin., or 12in. pots.
Thorough drainage is essential; arrange the crocks care-
fully, and place a layer of thin turfy loam over them. A

Fio. 65. ALSOPHFLA KEBECC t-

sete in ; a surface covering of common moss, or cut fern
in winter, will prove an advantage. They are very effec-
tive in masses. Propagation : They may be increased by
seed or root division. Sow the former when ripe, or in
early spring, thinly in pans, pots, or boxes, and place in a cool
house or frame, so that they will receive some fostering in
their early stages. The seedlings should be pricked out
singly, when large enough to handle, and grown on till well
established under glass. A mixture of peat, leaf mould,
and sandy loam, is the best compost in which to sow the
seeds and grow the young plants. When sufficiently esta-
blished, they may be placed in a warm sheltered spot
outside, and about 1ft. apart. The fasciculated masses of

compost of equal parts turfy loam, leaf mould, and fibrone
peat, with an abundance of sand, will suit them admirably.
Water sparingly at first, but when root-action is fully
resumed, they must never be allowed to get dry. Support
the stems by staking when they require it, and just
previous to flowering, top-dress with some rotten manure
and leaf soil Occasional syringings will be necessary
to keep down red spider, especially if the atmosphere is
very dry. As the plants finiah flowering, and the leaves
fade, gradually diminish the supply of water until the
stems are quite down, when they may be placed somewhere
out of the way, free from frost, for the winter, but not kept
dry enough to make them shrivel In repotting, as much of

I

58

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Alstromeria— continued.

the old eoU as ia practicable should be removed, without
seriously disturbing the roots, and the plants shifted into
larger or the same sized pots, according to their condition.
Alstromerias were at one time much more largely grown
than they are at present, and the genus was represented
in nearly every garden.

PIG. 66. ALSTROMERIA AURANTIACA, showing Habit and Flower.

ca (golden).* /. orange; two upper perianth seg-
ments lanceolate, streaked with red; arranged in a five to six
stalked umbel, bearing ten to fifteen blooms. Summer and au-
tumn. I. numerous, linear-elliptical, obtuse, glaucous, twisted and
turned back at the base, about 4Jin. long. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Chili,
1831. A variable but very showy species, quite hardy. See Fig. 66.
L caryophyllaea (clove-like scent).* fl. scarlet ; very fragrant,
perianth two-lipped ; peduncles longer than the involucre.
February and March. I. spathulate-oblong. Stem erect, h. 8m.
to 12in. Brazil, 1776. This stove species requires perfect rest in
winter. SYN. A. J,igtu.

FIG. VI. INFLORESCENCE OF ALSTROMERIA PELEGRISA.

A. chilensis (Chilian).* fl. blood-red or pink, large thi
upper interior petals longer and narrower, variegated with \
lines ; in pairs on a five to six stalked umbel Summe
autumn. 1. scattered, obovate, spathulate • upper ones lam-i
twisted at the base, minutely frWed on the ed^es^E
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Chili, 1849. Hardy. TheTe aremkny 4rietres
of this species, varying in colour from a rosy white to a
orange or red.

(thickly -flowered).* fl., perianth scarlet, dotted

Alstromeria— continued.

with black spots inside towards the base ; umbels many-flowered,
dense ; pedicels pubescent, rarely bracteated. I. alternate, ovate,
shortly acuminate, pubescent underneath. Stem climbing, gla-
brous. Peru, 1865. Tender species.

A. Flos Martini (St. Martin's flower). Synonymous with
A. pulehra.

A. Hooker! (Hooker's). Synonymous with A. Simsii.

A. Ligtu (Ligtu). Synonymous with A. caryophyllcea.

A. Pelegrina (the native name).* fl. white, or pale yellow, striped
with rose, and yellow spot on each segment ; pedicels one-flowered,
on a six or more stalked umbel. Summer. I. lanceolate, twisted at
the base. *. 1ft. Chili, 1754. Rather tender. See Fig. 67.

A. p. alba (white).* Lily of the Incas. fl. white. Perhaps this
is the most chaste of all the Alstromerias, and more tender than
many others ; it should have a specially warm spot, or the protec-
tion of glass. 1877.

A. peruviana (Peruvian). Synonymous with A. versicolor.

A. psittacina (parrot-like).* fl. bright crimson at the base,
greenish upwards, spotted with purple ; upper perianth segments
slightly hooded, hence the specific name ; umbels many-flowered ;
peduncles angular. September. I. oblong-lanceolate, acute,
twisted at the base. Stem erect, spotted, h. 6ft. Mexico, 1829.
Hardy.

A. p. Erembaultl (Erembault's). fl. white, spotted with
purple. August, h. 2ft. 1833. A beautiful but rather tender
hybrid.

A. pulchella (pretty). Synonymous with A. Simsii.

A. pulehra (fair).* St. Martin's Flower, fl. in umbels of from

four to eight in each ; the lower perianth segments purplish
outside, and edges of a sulphur-white ; the upper part of the
upper segments of a fine yellow, dotted with deep red spots, the

lower part of a flesh colour : pedicels twisted. I. linear lance
late. Stem erect, h. 1ft. Chili, 1822. A beautiful species, but
one requiring protection. SYNS. A. Flos Martini, A. tricolor.

A. rosea (rosy). A synonym of A. Simsii.

A. Simsii (Sims's).* fl. brilliant yellow, with red streaks, very
showy ; umbels many-flowered ; peduncles two-flowered. June.

I. spathulate, ciliated. Stem weak. h. 3ft. Chili, 1822.
species. SYNS. A. Hookeri, A. pulchella, A. rosea.
A. tricolor (three-coloured). A synonym of A. pulehra.

Hardy

Fro. 68. ALSTROMERIA VERSICOLOR, showing Habit and Flower.

A. versicolor (various coloured).* /. yellow, with purple marks •
lowest segment the broadest ; umbel of usually three shortly-
stalked blooms, very floriferous. Late summer. I. linear-lanceolate,
sessile, scattered, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Peru, 1831. This is a very robust
species, with several beautiful varieties, which are both easily
obtained and very cheap. SYN. A. peruviana. See Fig. 68.

A. V. niveo marginata (snowy-margined).* /. rose, crimson
and white, with green tips and black spots. I. lanceolate, stalked,
white-edged. 1875. A charming but scarce variety.

ALTEBNANTHEBA (in allusion to the anthers
being alternately barren). OED. Amarantacece. Well-
known ornamental -leaved half-hardy plants, with incon-
spicuous flowers in axillary heads. Some of the under-
mentioned species and varieties belong, technically
speaking, to Telanthera, in which genus the five stamens
are inseparate below, and alternate with as many sterile
filaments. They are so universally known in gardening
under the present generic name, that we have here in-
cluded them for convenience' sake. Where Alternantheras
are used in large quantities (and if they are to be used
effectively, a considerable number must be provided), their
economical propagation becomes a matter of importance.
A good colour can only be secured by growing them in

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

59

Alternanthera — continued.

some house or pit in the full light and warmth of the sun ;
for, unless so grown, green or ba/Uy coloured plants will be
the result. The best and quickest way of producing this
class of plants in large quantities, is to make up a special
hotbed for them about the end of March or beginning of
April. If a pit be used, it should be filled up within
Gin. of the glass with leaves and manure, or any other
material that will produce a steady bottom heat of SOdeg.
or 85deg., and will last for three weeks or so at that
point ; which, at this season, will be an easy matter.
When the heat has become regular and steady, about 4in.
or Sin. of light, rich, sandy soil should be placed all orer
the surface, adding, at the same time, a sprinkling of silver
sand on the top, and pressing it moderately firm with a
flat board. The cuttings may now be prepared and dibbled
in, lin. apart each way. If kept close, moist, and shaded
from bright sunshine, in a few days they will be forming
roots, and so soon as that takes place the shading should
be discontinued, and the ventilation gradually increased
until they are finally hardened off and planted out. If
carefully lifted, and placed in trays or baskets, with a
rhubarb leaf over them, they may be taken any distance,
and planted without flagging ; with this advantage — that
the plants being in good colour, the beds are effective
at once. April is early enough to commence striking them,
and these will be fit to plant out by the middle of June.
The several species quoted in various dictionaries hitherto
are unknown in English gardens.

A. amabilis (lovely).* I. elliptic, acuminate, greenish in some
stages, with the principal ribs stained with red, bat under free
growth becoming almost entirely suffused with rose colour, mixed
with orange, the midribs continuing to be of a deep red hue.
Brazil, 1868.

A. a. api«»mi. (charming).* I. small, spathulate, orange red and
purple in colour, which is shaded with deep green and bronze.
Brazil, 1865. A most elegant little plant, with a spreading habit

A. a. tricolor (three-coloured).* L broadly ovate, glabrous, dark
green at the edge, and have a centre of vivid rose, traversed by
purple veins, an irregular band of orange yellow intervening
between the centre and margin. Brazil, 1862.

A* Bettzicbiana (Bettzich's). L olive and red. Brazil, 1862.

A. B. spathnlata (spathulate-leayed). 1. spathulate, but more
elongated than the others ; the principal colours are reddish pink
and light brown ; these are shaded with bronze and green.
Brazil, 1865. A rather tall species.

A. ficoldea (fig-like).* L variegated with green, rose, and red.

A. paronychioldes (Paronychia-like).* I. narrow spathulate,
ground colour deep orange red, beautifully shaded with olive
green. Dense and compact grower, forming a little clump
about 4m. high.

A. p. magnifies (magnificent).* A very fine variety, with a much
higher colour than the type.

A. p. major (greater).* L bronze, with rich orange tips ; very
effective.

m. aurea (greater-golden).* J. bright golden yellow,
.ich colour they retain all through the season.

A. versicolor (various-colour).* I medium sized, ovate, bright
rosy pink and crimson, shaded with bronzy green, branching
freely, and making a compact and handsome plant. Brazil, 1865.

ALTERNATE. Placed on opposite sides of an axis
on a different line, as in alternate leaves.

ALTHJEA. (from altheo, to cure ; in reference to the
medicinal qualities of some of the species). Marsh Mal-
low. OBD. Malvaceae. Hardy biennials or perennials,
closely allied to Malva. Outer calyx six to nine- cleft, inner
one five-cleft. Most species belonging to this genus are
worthy of cultivation, particularly in woods, coppices, and
shrubberies; they will thrive in almost any kind of soil
They may be either increased by dividing the plants at the
roots, or by seeds ; the biennial species must be raised from
seed every year, which may be sown in spring where they are
intended to remain, or in pans placed in a cold frame, from
which the young plants may be removed when large enough.

A. cannabina (Hemp-leaved).* JL rose-coloured ; peduncles axil-
lary, many-flowered, loose, longer than the leaves. June. L pu-
bescent, lower ones palmately-parted, upper ones three-parted ;
lobes narrow, and grossly toothed. A. 5ft to of t Sooth France,
1597. Perennial.

Althaa— continued.
A. caribSBa (Caribean)* /. rose coloured, with a yellow base,

solitary, almost sessile. March. J. cordate, roundish, lobed
crenate^serrated. Stem straight, hispid, A. 3ft Caribbee Islands

^Ucl

I (fig-leaved). Antwerp Hollyhock. JL generally yellow
or orange coloured, in terminal spikes, large, single or double
June. I. divided beyond the middle into seven5 lotos : lob«
oblong, obtuse, irregularly toothed. A. 6ft Siberia, 1597. Bi-

A. flexuosa (zigzag).' JL scarlet axillary, solitary, stalked ; petals
obcordate. June. L cordate, somewhat seven-lobed, obtuse, on
long footstalks. A. 2ft to 3ft North India, 1803. Perennial.

A. frutex (shrubby). Synonymous with HOriteiu tyriaciu.

A. narbonensis (NarbonneX* A- pale red; peduncles many-
flowered, loose, longer than the leaves. August L pubescent
lower ones five or seven-lobed, upper ones three-lobed. A. 3ft to
6ft France, 1780. Perennial.

FIG. 69. FLOWER ASD BUDS OP ALTH.EA OPHCIXALIS.

A. offlcinalis (officinal). Common Marsh Mallow. A. of a delicate,
uniform blush colour ; peduncles axillary, many-flowered, much
shorter than the leaves. July, t clothed with soft, white tomen-
tum on both surfaces, cordate or ovate, toothed, undivided, or
somewhat flve-lobed. A. 3ft to 4ft Marshes, Britain. Peren-
nial. See Fig. 69.

A. rosea (rose).* Hollyhock. JL rose-coloured, large, axillary,
sessile, somewhat spiked at the top. July. I. cordate, with five
or seven angles, crenated, rough. Stem straight hairy. A. 8ft
China, 1573. For special culture and varieties, tet Hollyhock.
A. striata (streaked). JL white, 2iin. in diameter, solitary, on
short pedicels; calyx striped. July. 'I. cordate, bluntly three-
lobed, crenated. Stem pnberulous, and somewhat scabrous. A.
5ft Biennial

ALUMINOUS. Pertaining to, or containing alum,
or alumina ; as Aluminous soils.
ALUM-BOOT. See Heuchera.
AXiYSSTJM (from a, not, and lyssa, rage ; in reference
to a fable that the plant allayed anger). Madwort. In-
cluding Ptilonema, Ptilotrichum, Schivereckia. ORD.
Cruciferae. Annnala or dwarf, branching, shrubby pe-
rennials, often clothed with hoary, stellate hairs. Flowers
small, cruciform, white or yellow. Leaves distant, or the
radical ones tufted, usually entire. Several of the species
are very much alike. They are excellent plants for the
rockery, or for the front of borders, growing freely in
common but well-drained garden soil. They may.be in-
creased by cuttings, by division of the roots, or by seed.
The cuttings should be made from young shoots, 2in. to Sin.
in length, inserted in sandy loam, early in the season, in a

60

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Alyssum — continued.

shady place. Seed may be raised outside, or in a frame
in pans in sandy soil, most of them germinating in two or
three weeks.
A. alpestre (alpine).* A. yellow ; raceme simple. June. I. obovate,

hoary. Stem rather shrubby at the base, diffuse, greyish, h. 3in.

South Europe, 1777. Perennial. A very neat little tufted species.

A. argenteum (silvery), A. Bertolonii (Bertoloni's), and A. murale

(wall), are larger growing species allied to the above, but of less

cultural merit.

FIG. 70. ALYSSUM SAXATILK.

A. a. obtnslfolium (obtuse-leaved), fl. yellow, corymbose. June.
I. oboTate-spathulate, blunt, silvery on the undW surface. - ~

fan-no 1Q9Q A MM alnint

Tanria, 182& A rare' alpine!

' A. 3in.'

Fio. 71. ALYSSUM SAXATILE VARIEOATUM, showing Habit,
detached Shoot, and Inflorescence. *

m (Atlantic), fl. yellow ; raceme simple. June.

Sou^ K PUOSei«™tem/ Sh,rUbby at the base- «£fc
outn Europe, 1820. A. Marschallianum is inter-
>re and A. a. obtusifolium, but is seldom

(German).* fl. yellow, in close corymbs. April to

Alyssum — continued.

June. I. lanceolate, entire, greyish-velvety from stellate down.
Stem shrubby at the base. h. 1ft. Italy, 1710. Closely allied to
A. saxatile, but not so hardy; it is very desirable for rockeries.

A. macrocarpum (large-fruited)./, white, racemose. June. I.
oblong, blunt, silvery. Stem shrubby, branched, somewhat spiny.
h. Sin. South of France, 1828. A. spinosa (thorny), and A.
halimifolia (purslane-leaved), are very like this species. A. dasy-
carpum (thick-fruited) is an annual with yellow flowers.

A. maritimum. >'.••• Kceniga.

A. montanum (mountain), fl. yellow, sweet-scented ; raceme
simple. May to July. 1. somewhat hoary ; lower ones obovate ;
upper ones oblong. Stems rather herbaceous, diffuse, pubescent.
h. an. or Sin. Europe, 1713. A distinct and charming species for
the rockery, forming compact tufts of slightly glaucous green. A.
cuneifolium (wedge-leaved), A. di/usum (diffuse), and A. Wulfeni-
anum (Wulfenius') come close to this species, the latter being the
most desirable.

A. olympicum (Olympian). /. deep yellow, small, in roundish
corymbose heads. Summer. I. spathulate, sessile, very small,
greyish, h. 2in. to 3in. Northern Greece.

A. orientate (Oriental).* /Z. yellow, corymbose. May. I. lanceo-
late, repandly-toothed, waved, downy. Stems suffruticose at the
base. A. 1ft. Crete, 1820. There is a variety with variegated
leaves.

A. saxatile (rock).* /. yellow, in close corymbose heads. April.
1. lanceolate, entire, clothed with hoary tomentum. Stems shrubby
at the base. h. 1ft. Eastern Europe, 1710. A very common and
showy spring plant. See Fig. 70.

Fio. 72. INFLORESCENCE OF AMARANTUS CAUDATUS.

See Fig. 7L

-)-* A constant and prettily vane-
is even more handsome than the type On the
a8 »t requires a sunny, well drained position!

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

61

Alyssum — continued.

A. serpyllifblium (Thyme-leaved).* fl. pale yeUow, in simple
racemes. April to June. I. very small, Jin. to Jin. long, ovate,
scabrous, hoary, h. 3in. to 4in. Branches spreading, sub-woody
at the base. South Europe, 1822.

A. tortuosum (twisted), fl. yellow ; raceme corymbose. June.
I. hoary, somewhat lanceolate. Stem shrubby at the base, twisted,
diffuse, h. 6in. Hungary, 1804.

A. Wiersbeckii (Wiersbeck's).* fl. deep yellow, in close corymbose
heads, about Uin. across. Summer. I. 2in. long, oval-oblong-
pointed, sessile, attenuated at the base, roughish and hairy.
Stems erect, scabrous, simple, rigid. A. IJft Asia Minor.

AMARANTACEJE. An extensive order of herbs or
(rarely) shrubs, with opposite or alternate leaves, and in-
conspicuous apetalons flowers, which are spicately or capi-
tately disposed. The majority of this order are weeds;
well-known exceptions being many species of Amarantus.

AMARANTH, GLOBE. See Gomplireiia.

Amaranirus — continued.

I at the base of a three or five-lobed glabrous perianth.
I Stamens four or five. Of very easy culture ; they thrive
best in rich loamy soil, and are largely employed for
sub-tropical and other bedding, for vases and conservatory
decorations, being very ornamental. The seed should
be sown in April in a hotbed, and the plants thinned
out in the same situation when about $in. high. About the
end of May, they can be transplanted out of doors in
their permanent situations. They are also very handsome
when grown in pots. The young plants should be potted
off early, and freely encouraged, allowing plenty of pot-
room and moisture, and be kept near the glass, to bring out
their brightest colouring. To develop their full beauty,
plenty of room is required. There are about twelve species
(indigenous to warm and tropical countries).
A. bicolor (two-coloured). I. green, variously streaked with light

yellow, h. 2ft India, 1802. This species is rather delicate, and

must have a warm sunny situation.
A. b. ruber (red).* I. brilliant glistening scarlet, merging into a

dark violet red, mixed with green. Hardier than the type.
A. caudatus (caudate).* Love Lies Bleeding, fl. dark purplish,

collected in numerous whorls, which are disposed in handsome

drooping spikes. August. A. 2ft. to 3ft. India, 1596. A

very common and vigorous growing hardy annual. There is a

yellowish-flowered variety, which, though less ornamental, is an

effective contrast. See Fig. 72.

A. ornentns (dark bloody). Synonymous with A. hypochondriacu*.
A. Henderi (Bender's). I. lanceolate, undulated, intense rosy

carmine, varying with orange buff, golden yellow, and olive green.

A. 3ft. A garden hybrid, closely allied to A. salicifoliut. Pyra-

midal habit.

hypochondxiaons

(hypochondriac).*

fl. deep crimson, on densely packed, erect spikes.
4ft. to 5ft *m

Prince's Feather.
LOU, cici-i, opines. July. I. pur-
Asiatic, 1684. SYN. A. eruentut.

An improved variety of

plish beneath.
See Fig. 73.

A. h, atropnrpurens (dark purple).'
above.

^melancholicus ruber (melancholy-red).* A. about 1ft.
apan. A compact growing variety, with large shaded crimson
leaves. Largely used for beading purposes.

A. salicifolius (willow-leaved).* 1. 7in. to 15in. long, willow-
shaped, linear, and wavy, which, by their drooping outline, pre-
sent a very elegant and effective appearance. When fully grown,
the leaves are brilliantly banded and tipped with orange, carmine,
and bronze. A. 3ft. Philippine Isles, 1871.

A. a. Princess of Wales.* 1. carmine, orange green, and
bright yellow, beautifully blended. A. 3ft. A garden hybrid.

A. sanguineus (bloody). /. purple, disposed partly in small
heads in the axils of the upper leaves, and partly in slender,
flexible spikes, which form a more or less branching panicle. July
i. blood red. h. 3ft Bahama, 1775.

FIG. 73. INFLORESCENCE OF AMARANTUS HYPOCHONDRIACUS.

AMARANTUS (from a, not, and maraino, to
wither ; in reference to the length of time some of the
flowers retain their colour). OBD. Amarantaceae. Hardy
or half-hardy annuals, with alternate entire leaves and
small green or red flowers in large braoteate clustered
spikes. Flowers polygamous, furnished with three bracts

PIG. 74. AMARANTOS TRICOLOR.

A. spedosns (showy).* fl. dark crimson purple, disposed in large
erect spikes, forming a fine plumy panicle. July. I. suffused with
a reddish tinge, which disappears at the time of flowering, h. 3ft
to 5ft Nepaul, 1819.

62

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Amarantus — continued.

A. 8 anreus (golden), fl. of a fine brownish-golden hue. Very
effective when grown in masses.

A tricolor (three-colouredX* I- of a fine, transparent, purplish-
redordark carmine from the base to the middle ; a large spot of
bright yellow occupies the greater part of the upper end of the
leaf- point generally green; leafstalks yellow, h. lift. .East
Indies 1548 See Fig 74. There are several garden vaneties
of this species, requiring a somewhat warmer situation.

AMARYLLIDE2E. A large and important order of
usually bulbous plants, sometimes with a stem. Flowers
solitary, umbellate, or paniculate ; perianth superior, six-
lobed, often with a corona at the top of the tube. Leaves
ensiform or linear. This order contains many very beau-
tiful genera, including Agave, Amaryllis, Crinum, Hatman-
thus, Hippeastrum, Narcissus, Pancratium, and several
others.

AMARYLLIS (from Amaryllis, the name of a country-
woman mentioned by Theocritus and Virgil). OBD.
Amaryllideai. Half-hardy or hardy, deciduous, bulbous
plants. Flowers large, sweet-scented, pedicelled; spathe
two-leaved; umbels few-flowered; perianth with a very
short tube, funnel-shaped, six-parted, sub-regular or ir-
regular ; segments many-nerved, broad, undulate, spreading
somewhat at the apices; stamens at the summit of the
tube, unequal, declined ; anthers fixed by the middle, in-
cumbent, curved into a circular arch after bursting; style
declined; stigma thickened, sub-three-lobed ; scape tall,
solid, compressed. Capsule obovate ; seeds globose, fleshy.
Leaves appearing at a different season from the scapes,
numerous, strap-shaped. The following genera are some-
times arranged hereunder, but in this work are treated
separately: Brunsvigia, Crinum, Hippeastrum, Nervne,
Spretelia, Stembergia, Vallota, Zephyranthes. Warm,
dry, and well-drained positions in front of hot-houses,
or at the base of south or south-
west walls, are the most suit-
able sites for A. Belladonna and
its varieties. The soil should
be composed of good, fibrous
loam, leaf mould, and sand, in
equal parts. Insert the bulbs
Gin. to Sin. deep, and surround
with sand, after which they
may be covered with the com-
post, which should be pressed
firmly about them ; they should
not be again disturbed for years,
when they will ultimately es-
tablish themselves, and produce
grand masses of blossom. The
best time to plant a fresh stock
is June or July, when they
commence root-action, before
the flower- stems are sent up.

DONNA, showing^Habit at In their growing season, and

FIG. 75. AMARYLLIS BELLA-

A, showin

Flowering ^^u. .Q ^ weather) an occasional

soaking of clear water, or liquid manure, will be
greatly beneficial. The extremely ornamental plants now
largely grown, and frequently classed as Amaryllis in
nurserymen's catalogues, belong to the genus Hippeastrum.
For pot-culture of the Belladonna Lily, see Hippeastrum.

A. Belladonna.* Belladonna Lily. This splendid species is
very variable, both in the size and colour of the flowers, fre-
quently producing variously-shaded flowers, from almost white to
a reddish or purplish hue. Autumn. West Indies, 1712. See
Fig. 75. The leaves and flowers are not produced together. In
Fig. 76 they are both shown in the same illustration for economy
of space.
A, B. pallida (pale).* A pale-coloured variety, h. 2ft.

AMASONIA (named in honour of Thomas Amason,
one of the earlier American travellers). STN. Taligalea.
OED. VerbenacecB. A genus comprising six species (which
may be reduced to four) of stove sub-shrubs, natives of
tropical America. Flowers yellow or sulphur-coloured,
racemose or panicled ; calyx five-cleft ; corolla five-cleft,

Axnasonia — continued.

sub-bilabiate. Leaves alternate, toothed or rarely entire.
For culture of the only species introduced, see Clero-
dendron.

A. punlcea (reddish-brown). H. yellow, with pretty, brownish
bracts • peduncles once or twice trifld, cymose or one-flowered.
May and June. I. slender, Sin. to 2in. long, oblong- or elliptic-
lanceolate, shortly acuminate, unequally toothed. Stem erect,
simple or slightly branched, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1884.
AMATEUR. This term is usually meant to refer
to one who has a taste for a particular pursuit, and who is,
in a pecuniary point of view, independent of it. An
Amateur gardener is one who rears and grows his plants,
and cultivates his garden, for his own amusement — for
mere love of horticulture.

Fid. 76. AMARYLLIS BELLADONNA, showing Bulb and Flower Scape.
AMBER, SWEET. See Hypericnm Androsse-

AMBER-TREE. See Anthospermnm.

AMBROSINIA (commemorative of Professor Gia-
cinti Ambrosini, of Bologna). OED. Aroidece (Aracece).
A curious, half-hardy, tuberous perennial, thriving in any
light soil, with protection in winter. Increased by seeds,
and by divisions. The former should be sown, as soon
as ripe, in a cool house ; and the latter should be made
just previous to new growth in spring.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

63

Ambr osinia — continued.

A. Bassii (Bass's).* /., spathes prolonged into a long tail, and a
tongue-shaped spadix, with the male flowers on one side, and so
placed as to preclude the access of pollen to the stigma on the
other side of the spathe, save by insect agency. I. oblong,
stalked, h. 4in. Corsica, Sardinia, 18 ?9.
AMBURY, or ANBURY. The name given to galls
of small Weevils (Ceuthorhynchus sulcicollis) which
appear on the roots of Cabbages and Turnips, as well
as of the Wild Mustard, and of other weeds belonging
to the genus Brassica. The galls form swellings indi-
vidually about the size of split peas, but often two or
more are joined to form considerable masses. In each is
a space inclosing a white grub. Anbury is usually not
very hurtful. It is quite distinct from Clubbing. The
galled roots should be collected, before the grubs emerge,
and burned.

AMELANCHIER (Savoy name of the Medlar, to

which this genus is closely allied). TRIBE Pomacea

of OKD. Rosacece. Hardy, deciduous shrubs or small

trees, with racemes of white flowers, and simp'e, serrated

leaves ; bracteas linear-lanceolate. Pome, when mature,

three to five-celled. They are of easy cultivation, in

a somewhat rich, loamy soil, and are propagated by

layers or cuttings, in autumn, in sheltered situations ; by

seeds, and by grafting, in early spring, on the Hawthorn or

the Quince, or the weaker on the stronger-growing species.

A. canadensis (Canadian).* Grape Pear, /.white. April. Pome

purple. I. oblong-elliptic, cuspidate, when young rather villous,

but at length glabrous, h. 6ft. to 8ft. Canaila, 1746. A very

ornamental tree, having a profusion of flowers in early spring,

and rich autumnal foliage. SYN. Pyrus Botryapium.

A. c. florida (flowery).* fl. white, numerous, in upright racemes.

May. Pome purple. I. oblong, obtuse at both ends, coarsely serrate

in the terminal portion, glabrous in every state, h. 10ft. to 20ft.

North America, 1826.

A. C. ovalis (oval-leaved), fl. white ; racemes pressed together.

April. I. roundish-elliptic, acute when rather young, velvety

beneath, glabrous when mature, h. 6ft. to 8ft. North America,

1800.

A. C. parvifolia (small-leaved). This has a dwarfer habit, and

shorter leaves, than the type.

A. sanguinea (bloody), fl. white ; racemes capitate. April.
Pome blackish-purple. I. oblong, rounded at both ends, sharply
serrated, always naked, h. 4ft to 8ft. North America, 1800.
This form differs principally from A. canadensis in the fewer
flowers, much shorter raceme, and shorter, broader, and more
ovate petals.

A. vulgarls (common).* fl. white. April. Pome darkish-purple.
I. roundish-oval, bluntish, pubescent beneath, at length glabrous.
A. 3ft. to 9ft. Europe, 1596. A desirable shrub, producing an
abundance of flowers. SYN. Mespilus Amelanchier.
AMELLUS (a name employed by Virgil for a blue,
Aster-looking plant growing on the banks of the river
Mella). OBD. Composite. Pretty, branched, ascending
or diffuse, perennial herbs. Flowers in solitary heads.
Leaves hairy, lower ones opposite, upper alternate. Of
very easy culture, in ordinary garden soil. Increased by
divisions, or cuttings, inserted under glass, in spring.
A. Lyohnitis (Lychnitis). fl.-headt violet, solitary, terminal, and
lateral. June. I. linear, lanceolate, entire, hoary. A. 6in. Cape
of Good Hope. Evergreen, greenhouse trailer.
AMENTUM. A catkin. A deciduous spike of unisexual,
apetalous flowers.

AMERICAN ALMOND. See Brabejnm.
AMERICAN ALOE. See Agave americana.
AMERICAN BLIGHT, or WOOLLY APHIS
(Schizoneura lanuginosa). The white, cottony-looking mat-
ter which is found upon the bark of the Apple and other
trees of a similar nature, belongs to a species of Aphis,
which has short legs : the females are wingless, while
the males are winged ; the latter appear in July and
August. The insects belong to a group of Aphides un-
provided with honey tubes on the hinder part of the body,
and in which the third vein of the front wing shows
only one fork. The woolly coating also distinguishes them
from true Aphides. The Blight is said to have been im-
ported from America in 1737, but this is uncertain.
As these insects get into the cracks and under the bark

American Blight, or Woolly Aphis— continued,
of trees, they are hard to dislodge. The injury inflicted is
not apparent for some time ; but, in process of time, large,
cankerous wounds are produced, which gradually (with the
aid »of the insects) destroy the branches, and render the
tree useless. If young trees are attacked, they are ren-
dered valueless in a very short time. The insects hide
in crevices of the bark of the trees each autumn, and
remain dormant during the winter, ascending to their old
quarters as the weather becomes warm. Trees which are
covered with moss and lichens probably serve as places
for hibernation ; hence, it is desirable to remove such
hiding-places, as well as all pieces of dead bark. To their
being left may be frequently attributed the severe attacks
of Blight experienced where they exist on trees. So soon
as the cottony substance makes its appearance, one of the
following remedies should be applied, and, if persisted in
for a few seasons, the trees will be quite cleared.

Brushing and Scraping. In winter, the trees should
be thoroughly cleaned ; and, so long as there is a chance
of the insects being in the bark, all loose pieces, moss,
&c., should be brushed off, and the parts affected should
be thoroughly saturated with a strong solution of soft soap
or of soft soap and lime-water, applied with a stiff brush,
so as to enter all the crevices.

Gas Liquor. This is the ammoniacal liquor from gas
works. It must be diluted with from eight to twelve
times its bulk of water, or it is dangerous to the trees;
in fact, after dilution, it is advisable to test it, previous
to using to any great extent. As the woolly covering
of the insects resists water, it is desirable that the liquor
be applied with a brush, and forced amongst the Blight.

Infusion of Tobacco Leaves (Jib. to 1 gallon) kills the
insects on shoots dipped into it.

Paraffin or Petroleum. This is a simple and useful
remedy. Obtain a painter's half-worn sash-tool, free
from paint, and just moisten it in the oil. Then brush
out each infested place as often as the Blight appears,
and in one season the trees will be cleared.

Spent Tan. Collect spent tan into a heap a month or
two before it is to be used, and if it has heated well and
rotted, so much the better. In winter, clear away all
leaves, rubbish, grass, &c., and spread the tan at the rate
of about thirty loads to the acre, taking care that it
surrounds the base of each tree infested with Blight.
Practical proof of its utility has been given.

Turpentine and other Spirits. The mode of applying
these is the same as for paraffin, but they frequently injure
the bark, and sometimes kill young trees.

To kill insects on the roots, it is well to clear away
the soil as far as possible from them, and to saturate
the place with soapsuds or ammoniacal solutions ; soot,
quicklime, or other applications to the soil would also
prove useful.

Other remedies that have been suggested are the drain-
ings of stables, and grafting-clay plastered over the bark.

AMERICAN CENTAURY. See Sabbatia.

AMERICAN CHINA ROOT. See Smilaz.

AMERICAN COWSLIP. See Dodecatheon.

AMERICAN CRANBERRY. See Ozycoccus
macrocarpus.

AMERICAN CRESS. See Barbarea.

AMERICAN DEWBERRY. See Rubus cana-
densis.

AMERICAN GOOSEBERRY. See Fereskia
aculeata.

AMERICAN GREAT LAUREL. See Rhodo-
dendron maximum.

AMERICAN HIGH BLACKBERRY. A com-
mon name for Rubus villosns (which see).

AMERICAN MANDRAKE. See Podophyllum
peltatum.

64

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

MOUNTAIN ASH.

AMERICAN

americana.

AMERICAN PLANTS. This term includes Rho-
dodendron, Azalea, and several others of similar habit and
constitution ; indeed, any hardy, flowering shrubs requiring
a moist peat border.

AMERICAN SPANISH OAK. See Onerous
falcata.

AMERICAN SWAMP LILT. See Saururus
cernnns.

AMERICAN WHITE OAK. See Quercus alba.

AMERICAN WILD BLACK CURRANT. See
Ribes floridum.

AMERICAN WILD RED RASPBERRY. See
Rubns strigfosus.

AMERIMNON (from a, privative, and merinna, care ;

in allusion to the little attention the plant requires ; name

originally applied to the House-leek). STN. Amerimnum.

ORD. Leguminosce. Ornamental, evergreen, stove shrubs,

with alternate, stalked, ovate, somewhat cordate, simple

leaves. For culture, see Anona.

A. Browne! (Browne's).* fl. white, sweet-scented; peduncles
axillary, ten-flowered, glabrous or puberulous. May. I. ovate,
somewhat cordate, acute, glabrous, h. 6ft. to 10ft. Jamaica,
1793. Requires a trellis or other support.

A. strigulosum (strigulose). fl. white ; racemes axillary, soli-
tary, three times longer than the petioles. May. I. ovate, rather
cordate, obtuse, clothed with adpressed hairs on both surfaces ;
branches and petioles clothed with light brown, dense, short
hairs, h. 6ft to 10ft. Trinidad, 1817.

AMERIMNUM. A synonym of Amerimnon

(which see).

AMHERSTIA (commemorative of Countess Am-
herst, a zealous promoter of natural history, particularly
botany). OED. Leguminosce. A stove, evergreen tree of
almost unsurpassed magnificence and brilliancy, requiring
a very high and moist temperature. It delights in a rich,
strong loam, and may be propagated by cuttings of the
half-ripened wood, inserted in sand, under a glass in
bottom heat of about SOdeg. ; also by seeds.
A. nobilis (noble).* /. of a fine vermilion colour, diversified with

rllow spots, large; racemes long, pendulous, axillary. May.
large, impari-pinnate, •-— *— -*' -

h. ml. to 40ft. "

, bearing six to eight pairs of leaflets.
India, 1837. The flowers are, unfortunately,
somewhat ephemeral, lasting but a few days in perfection, during
which period, however, no object in the whole range of the vege-
table kingdom presents a more striking aspect than this tree.

AMICIA (commemorative of J. B. Amici, a celebrated
French physician). ORD. Leguminosce. A pretty, green-
house or half-hardy perennial, succeeding in any warm,
sheltered spot. Young cuttings will root in sand, under a
hand glass, in heat.

A. Zygomeris (two-jointed-podded).* fl. yellow, splashed with
purple on the keel ; peduncles axillary, five or six-flowered.
Autumn. Legumes with two joints. I. abruptly pinnate, with
two pairs of cuneate-obcordate, mucronate leaflets, which are
full of pellucid dots ; branches and petioles pubescent, h. 8ft.
Mexico, 1826.

AMMOBIUM (from ammos, sand, and bio, to live ; in
reference to the sandy soil in which it is found). OBD.
Composite. This well-known everlasting is closely allied
to Qnaphalium, from which it differs principally in habit.
Receptacle with oblong, pointed, toothed, chaffy scales ;
involucre of imbricated leaflets. It may be treated as
a half-hardy annual, or as a biennial, if seeds are sown
in September and kept in a cool greenhouse during the
winter, and this is the best way to grow it. Any moderately
good soil suits it.
A. alatum (winged), fl. -heads about lin. across, of a silvery

whiteness, with the exception of the yellow disk florets, very

numerous, in loose, corymbose panicles. May to September.

I. oblong-lanceolate ; radical ones in a tufted rosette. Stems

winged— hence the specific name. h. IJft. to 2ft. New Holland,

1822. See Fig. 77.
A. a. grandiflorum (large-flowered).* fl.. heads purer white,

nearly twice the size of those in the type. This variety, which

comes true from seed, is a great acquisition.

AMMOCHARIS. See Brunsvigia.

AMMODENDRON (from ammos, sand, and dendron,
a tree ; in reference to its natural habitat). OED. Legu-
minosce. A small, neat, hardy evergreen, silky shrub,
having the petioles hardening into spines; an excellent
subject for shrubberies. It thrives in an ordinary soil,
with good drainage, and is propagated by layers and
seeds.
A. Sieversii (Sievers').* fl. purple, disposed in racemes. June.

1. bifoliolate ; leaflets lanceolate, silky-white on both surfaces.

A. 2ft. to 4ft. Siberia, 1837.

AMMYRSINE. See Leiophyllum.
AMOMOPHYLLUM. See Spatliiphyllum.

FIG. 77. INFLORESCENCE OF AMMOBIUM ALATUM.
AMOMUM (from a, not, and momos, impurity; in
reference to the quality of counteracting poison). OBD.
Scitaminece. Stove, deciduous, herbaceous perennials,
chiefly aromatic, formerly used in embalming. Flowers
produced close to the ground, in spikes or clusters, brae-
teate. Leaves distichous, sheathing at the base, lanceo-
late, entire. For ctdture, see Alpinia.
A. angustifolinm (narrow-leaved).* fl. sometimes of a uniform
chrome-yellow, sometimes crimron, with the labellum of a yellow
colour, more or less pale, and sometimes entirely crimson ; scape
naked, from 3in. to 8in. in length ; spike capitate. July. I. linear-
lanceolate, h. 8ft. Madagascar.

A. Cardamomum (Cardamom).* fl. brownish ; lip three-lobed,
spurred ; scape compound, flexuous, procumbent. August, h. 8ft.
East Indies, 1823.

A. Danielli (Daniel's), fl.. 4in. across ; outer sepals fine red ; the
spreading labellum whitish, tinged with rose and yellow ; scape
short, arising from the bottom of the stem. I oblong-lanceo-
late, 9in. long. h. 2±ft. Western Africa.

A. grandiflorum (large-flowered). /. white, numerous, clc .
short. June. I. elliptic-lanceolate, pointed, h. 3ft. Sierra
1795.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

65

Amomum — continued.

A. Grannm Paradisi.* Grains of Paradise, fl. white, tinged
with yellow and rose. I. elliptic-lanceolate, long-pointed. Stems
d dull purplish-red above from the long,
A. 3ft West Africa.

very red at base, and di
sheathing leafstalks.

A. Melegueta (Melegueta).

Grains of Paradise, ft. paie pink,
othed lip.
A. 1ft. to 2ft.

solitary, with an orbicular, irregularly toothed lip. May. I.
narrow, linear-elliptic, distichous, sessile. A. 1ft to 2ft Sierra
Leone, 1869. Habit creeping.

A. sceptrum (sceptre), ft. bright rose purple, large, sub-erect ;
the most conspicuous portion is the lip, wnich is 2Mn. in diameter ;
flower-scapes bin. high. January. I. i
A. 5ft. to 6ft. Old Calabar, 1863.

> .

narrow, oblong-lanceolate.

A. vitellinnm (yolk^f -egg-coloured). /. yellow; lip oblong,
obtuse, toothed ; spike oblong, sessile, rather loose. April

.
rather loose. Ap

J. oval. A. 2ft. East Indies, 1846. Plant stemless, glabrous.

AMORFHA (from a, not, and morphe, form; incom-
plete formation of the flowers). Bastard Indigo. OED.
Leguminosce. A. handsome genus of hardy deciduous shrubs
with very graceful impari-pinnate leaves, and many pairs of
leaflets, which are full of pellucid dots. Racemes spicate,
elongated, usually in fascicles at the tops of the branches ;
corolla without wings and keel; vexillum or standard
ovate, concave. They are well adapted for small shrub-
beries, requiring a sheltered situation, and thrive well
in common garden soil. Increased by layers, or cuttings,
taken off at a joint, and planted in a sheltered situa-
tion early in autumn ; these should be allowed to remain
undisturbed till the following autumn. Amorphas produce
an abundance of suckers, from which they may be readily
propagated.
A. canescens (hoary)." The Lead Plant ft. dark bine. July.

1., leaflets ovate-elliptic, mucronate. A. 5ft. Missouri, 1812.

Whole plant clothed with hoary hairs.

%frnticosa (shrubby).* The False Indigo. ft. very dark
uish purple. June. I., leaflets elliptic-oblong ; lower ones dis-
tant from the stem. A. 6ft. Carolina, 1724. Shrub glabrous, or
a little villous. There are several varieties, having mucronate,
emarginate, or narrower leaflets, but all with purple flowers. A
host of names, representing the merest forms of A. fruticosa, are
to be found in nurserymen's catalogues. Amongst them are :
caroliniana, crocea, crocea-lanata, dealbata, frayrans, glabra, her-
bacea, nana, pubescent, &c. These differ so slightly from the type
and from each other, that it is impossible to distinguish them.
AMORPHOPHALLUS (from amorphos, deformed,
and phallos, a mace ; alluding to the inflorescence). STN. Py-
thion. -Including Proteinophallus. OED. Aroidece (Aracece).
A very remarkable genus, closely allied to Arum, but dis-
tinguished therefrom by "their spreading, not convolute,
spathes ; by their anthers opening by pores, not by longitu-
dinal slits ; by the numerous cells to the ovary ; and by the
solitary, erect ovules, those of Arum being horizontal."
A soil consisting of two-thirds good rich loam, with the
additional third of sweet manure, thoroughly rotted, suits
them well. Other essentials are plenty of pot room, a
genial atmosphere, and a temperature ranging from SSdeg.
to 65deg., or even VOdeg. They require to be kept dry,
and warm in winter, as nothing is more fatal to them than
cold or damp. Beneath a shelf or stage in the stove is an
excellent spot for them, or they may be stored in sand,
and kept free from frost. They are difficult to increase ;
the conns of most of them are of great size, and rarely
make offsets. Efforts should consequently be made to
induce the plants to seed whenever practicable. All the
species are strikingly effective in sub-tropical bedding.
For fertilising and growth of seedlings, see Arum.
A. campanulatus (bell-shaped). » Similar to A.. Rivieri, but the
flowers are brown, red, and black, and the scape is neither so
stout nor so tall. A. 2ft. India, 1817. SYN. Arum campanulatum.
A. grandls Oarge). fl., spathe green, white inside; spadix

purplish. A. 3ft Java, 1865. Stove species.
A. Lac our 11 (Lacour's).* I. pedatisect, the ultimate segments
lanceolate, yellow-spotted; petioles transversely mottled with
yellow markings. Cochin China, 1879. Greenhouse. The correct
name of this species is Pseudodracontium Lacourii.
A. nivosus. See Dracontium asperum.
A. Rivieri (Rivier's).* fl., spadix, spathe, and scape, reaching
3ft. or more in height, appearing before the leaves ; scape stout
and strong, of a deep green colour, speckled or dotted with rose ;
spadix projecting, deep red ; spathe of a rosy -green colour.
March to May. I. solitary, decompound, 40in. to 50m. across, on
tall marbled petioles. Cochin China. This is, perhaps, the most

Amorphophallus— continued.

useful species of the genus. SYN. Proteinophallus Rivieri See
Fig. 78.

FiO. 78. AMORPHOPHALLUS RIVIERI, Foliage and Inflorescence.
A. Titanum (Titan's).* ft., spadix 5ft high, black purple ; spathe

nearly 3ft. in diameter, campanulate m sha. .
deeply toothed edges. The deeper portion of the interior is pale
greenish, but the flmb is of a bright black purple hue ; the outside
is pale green, smooth in the lower portion, but thickly corrugated
and crisp above; scape about lift long, green, marked with
small whitish orbicular spots. I. the divided blade covers an area
of 45ft in circumference. West Sumatra, 1878. As will be seen
from the above, this extraordinary plant is of gigantic propor-
tions, and, in size of the flowers, eclipsing nearly all others in the
vegetable kingdom. SYN. ConophaUus Titanum.
AMORPHOUS. Without definite form.
AMPELOPSIS (from ampelos, & vine, and opsis,
resemblance ; resembling the Grape Vine in habit, and to
•which it is closely allied). STN. Quinaria. OED. Ampe-
Udece. A genus nearly allied to Vitis. Calyx slightly five
toothed ; petals concave, thick, expanding before they fall ;
disk none. Fast growing and ornamental climbing, hardy
deciduous shrubs, of very easy culture in common garden
soil. Cuttings, having a good eye, may be taken in Sep-
tember, and pricked either under handlights in sandy soil
on the open border, or in pots stood on the stage or shelf in
a greenhouse ; they root readily, and will be fit for trans-
planting early in the spring. Or cuttings made from the
young soft wood, expressly grown for the purpose, in spring,
root freely in gentle heat. This applies especially to
A. tricuspidata. They are also easily increased by layers.
Most of the species will thrive with equal vigour in almost
any position, however exposed.

A. aconitifolia (Aconite-leaved).* I palmisect, with pinnatifid
segments. China, 1868. A slender and very elegant free-growing
species, with long reddish branches. There are two or more
varieties. SYNS. A. lucida, A. triloba, A. tripartita, and Vitis
dissecta. See Fig. 79.

A. bipinnata (bipinnate). fl. green, small ; raceme stalked, twice
bifid. Berries globose. June. I. bipinnate, smooth ; leaflets deeply
lobed. A. 10ft Virginia, 1700.

A. hederacea (Ivy-leaved). Synonymous with A. quinquefolia.
A. japonica (Japanese). Synonymous with A. tricuspidata.
A. Incida (shining). Synonymous with A. aconitifolia.
A. napiformis (turnip-like).* Greenish. China, 1870. See Fig. 80.

A. quincmefolia (five-leaved).* Virginian Creeper, ft. greenish
purple ; raceme corymbose. June. I. palmate,_with thn

iree and five

leaflets^ smooth on'both surfaces ; leaflets stalked, oblong-acumi-
nated, mucronately toothed ; autumnal tint red. North America,
1629. SYN. A.

66

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ampelopsis — continued.
A. a. Hirsute (hairy). I. downy on both surfaces.

1867 SYNS. A. tuberosa, Cissut mtunfolia. Roots tuberous , se<
Fig. 8L

Pio. 79 STEM AND LEAVES OF AMPELOPSIS ACONITIFOLIA.

A. trlouspldate (three-pointed).* i. very variable in shape;

younger ones almost entire ; older ones larger, roundish-cordate,

divided to the middle into three deltoid lobes, which run into

little tails, and are coarsely toothed at the margin. Japan, 1868.

SYNS. A. Veitchii, Vitig japonica (of gardens).

A. triloba (three-lobed). A synonym of A. aconitifulia.

A. tripartite (three-parted). A synonym of A. aeonitifolia.

A. tuberosa (tuberous). A synonym of A. serjanieefolia.

A. Veitohil (Veitch's). A synonym of A. trictupidata.

AMPELOSICYOS. A synonym of Telfairia.

AMPHIBLEMMA CYMOSUM. See Melastoma

corymbosum.

AMFHIBLESTB.A. Included under Pteris.
AMPHICAB,P.S:A(from amphi, both, and karpos, a
fruit ; in allusion to the two kinds of pods — those of the
upper flowers being scimitar-shaped, three or four-seeded
those of the lower, pear-shaped, fleshy, usually ripening bu
one seed ; these lower pods bury themselves in the grounc
after fertilisation). OBD. Le<juminosce. A genus of orna-
mental annuals, with herbaceous, twining stems, and some
times apetalous flowers, allied to Wistaria. The specie
are of easy culture. Seeds should be sown in the open
border, in spring, in a sunny situation.

Am-pnicarpeea — continued.
North America, 1781.

FIG. 81. ROOTS OF AMPELOPSIS SERJANI^FOLIA.

AMPHICOME (from amphi, on both sides, and
kome, a head of hair ; in reference to the seeds being fur-
nished with a tuft of hairs at both ends). ORD. Bignoniace<B.
Flowers axillary or terminal. Leaves alternate, unequally
pinnate. Very ornamental greenhouse or half-hardy rock
herbaceous plants. If planted outside, they must be pro-
tected during the winter from wet and severe frosts. A
mixture of loam, sand, and leaf soil suits them welL In-
creased by striking the young shoots in spring in sandy

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

67

Amphicome — continued.

soil in gentle heat ; or by seed, which should be sown in
early spring, in pots of sandy soil placed in a greenhouse.
A. arguta (finely-cut).* fl. red, drooping ; racemes axillary, ter-
minal ; corolla tubular near the base, ventricose above. August.
1. alternate, impari-pinnate ; leaflets opposite, on short petioles,
three to four pairs, lanceolate, acuminated, deeply serrated. A. 3ft.

Himalaya, 1837.
A. Emodi (Emodian).* ft. rose a

I orange, erect ; racemes axillary ;

corolla IJin. to 2in. long, bell-shaped, slightly tubular below.
August to October. I. impari-pinnate, with numerous leaflets.

A. 1ft. to IJft.
plant.

India, at high altitudes, 1852. A very beautiful

AMPHILOPHIUM (from amphilophos, crested on all
sides ; limb of corolla much curled). STN. Amphilobium.
ORD. Bignoniacece. A handsome stove evergreen climber.
Corolla somewhat coriaceous, with a short tube, and a large
ventricose throat. Loam and peat, well mixed, suit it best ;
cuttings from young shoots root readily in sand, under a
hand glass, with bottom heat, during the spring months.

A.paniculatum(panicle<l).* fl. rose; panicle terminal, composed
or three-flowered peduncles. June. I. joined by pairs, opposite ;
leaflets ovate-roundish, acuminated, subcordate. Westlndies, 1738.

AMPHION. A synonym of Semele (which see).
AMPLEXICAULIS. Embracing the stem; usually
applied to leaves.

AMPULLACEOUS. Resembling a bladder or flask.

AMSONIA (in honour of Charles Amson, a scientific
traveller in America). ORD. Apocynacew. Very pretty
hardy, herbaceous perennials, with alternate leaves, and
terminal panicles of pale blue flowers ; corolla with linear
lobes, and a narrow funnel-shaped tube. They thrive in
half shady positions in borders, or the edges of shrubberies,
where they will not need to be frequently transplanted.
Propagated by cuttings during the summer months, or by
divisions of the roots in spring.

A. latifolia (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. TabernaniurH-
tana.

Fio. 82. AMSONIA SAL.ICIFOLIA, showing Habit and Flower.

A. sallciiblia (willow-leaved).* A. light blue, in terminal corym-
bose cymes ; corolla small, funnel-shaped, with a rounded tube ;
throat whitish, bearded. Summer, t. lanceolate, smooth, acute.
A. IJft. to 2Jft. North America, 1812. Habit less erect than the
following species. See Fig. 82.

A. Tabernaemontana (Tabernaemontana-like).* fl. pale blue,
in cymes ; petals lanceolate, acute, slightly hairy on the outside;
sepals also lanceolate, acute. Summer. I. ovate-lanceolate,
acute, shortly stalked, A. IJft. to 2Jft. North America, 1759.
SYNS. A. latifolia, Tabernaemontana, Amsonia.
AMYGDALUS (from amysso, to lacerate; fissured
channels in the stone of the fruit). Almond. ORD.
Rosaceae. TRIBE Drwpacece. Well known, ornamental,
deciduous spring flowering shrubs. Drupe clothed with
velvety pubescence, with a fibrous dry rind, separating
irregularly, having the stone of the fruit pitted or smooth.
The larger-growing species are very excellent for shrub-
beries, or as specimen trees; being in blossom before
most other trees, they make a fine appearance in early
spring. The dwarfer kinds are also well fitted for small

Amygdalus — continued.

shrubberies or the fronts of large ones. For greenhouse
culture they should be obtained in a small pyramidal
shape ; they are not, however, suited to a small house,
as the plants, to bloom well and be effective, ought to
be at least 2ft. or 3ft. high, and proportionately wide.
Plenty of root room is essential. After potting, water
thoroughly, and place the trees in an orchard house for a
few weeks, when they may be removed to their permanent
station. A temperature of about SOdeg. or 55deg. is
sufficient to hasten the flowering ; a higher temperature is
apt to frustrate the object in view. After flowering,
gradually harden off the plants until about the end of
May, when they may be plunged out of doors for the
season. Repotting should be done as soon as the leaves
fall. Increased by budding upon seedling plum-stocks
in summer. The Almond is grown on the Continent for its
fruit. See also Pmnus.

A. argentea (silvery). A synonym of A. orientalis.
A. Besseriana (Besser's). A synonym of A. nana.
A. cochinehinensis (Cochin China), fl. white ; racemes small,

sub-terminal, fr. ovate, ventricose, acute at the apex. March.

I. oval, quite entire. A. 30ft. to 40ft. Cochin China, 1825

Greenhouse.

PIG. 83. FLOWERING BRANCH OF AMTODALUS COMMUNIS.

A. communls (common).* Common Almond, fl. white or rose
coloured, solitary. March, fr. compressed, egg-shaped, tomen-
tose. I. oblong lanceolate, serrulated. A. 10ft to 30ft Barbary,
1548. See Fig. 83.

A. C. amara (bitter).* Bitter Almond, fl. larger, white, but rose
coloured at the base. April Seeds bitter.

A. c. dulcis (sweet). Sweet Almond, fl. red, earlier ; fruit ovate,
compressed, acuminated. Seeds sweet I. of a greyish green
colour.

A. C. flore-pleno (double-blossomed).* fl. flesh colour, fuU
double, rosy in the bud. J. oval-eUiptic, acuminate.

A. c. fragilis (brittle), fl. pale rose coloured, rising with the
leaves ; petals broader, deeply emarginate. I. shorter than those
of the type.

A. c. macrooarpa (large-fruited).* /. whitish rose colour, large,
rising before the leaves, with broadly obconlate undulated petals.
fr. larger than that of the type, umbilicate at the base, but acumi-
nated at the apex. I. broader than the type, acuminated, lucre
are also numerous other varieties.

A. incana (hoary).* fl. red, solitary. April. Drupe compressed,
pubescent L obovate, serrated, clothed with white tomentum
beneath. A. 2ft. A handsome dwarf shrub. Caucasus, 1815.

A. nana (dwarf).* /. rose coloured, solitary March, fr. of the
same form as that of A. communit, but much smaller, t. oblong-

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Amygdalus— continued.

linear, attenuated at the base, serrated, quite glabrous, h. 2ft.

to 3ft. Tartary, 1683. SYN. A. Besseriana.
A. orientalia (Oriental). /. rose coloured. March, fr. mucro-

nate. I. lanceolate, quite entire, almost permanent, clothed with

silvery tomentum, as well as the branches. A. 2ft. to 4ft.

Levant, 1756. SYN. A. anjentea.

AMYLACEOUS. Starch-like.

AMYRIDACE.2E. See Burseracere.

AM THIS (from a, intensive, and myron, balm ; the
whole of the trees in this genus smell strongly of balm or
myrrh). OED. Burseracece. Ornamental stove evergreen
trees, abounding in a resinous fluid. Flowers white, dis-
posed in panicles. Leaves unequally pinnate. They thrive
well in a mixture of loam and peat ; and cuttings root freely
in Band, under a hand glass with bottom heat, during the
spring months.

A. balsamifera (balsam-bearing). Synonymous with A. toxifera.
A. braziliensis (Brazilian).* ft. white ; panicles axillary, shorter

than the leaves. August, t. with one to

site leaflets ; leaflets lanceolate

the apex, mucronate, quite

site leaflets ; leaflets lanceolate, tapering to the base, rounded at
the apex, mucronate, quite entire, veil
coloured beneath, h. 20ft. Brazil, 1823.

veiny, shining above, dis-

A. heptaphylla (seven-leaved). /. whitish yellow; panicles
branched, axillary, and terminal. I. with three to four pairs of
alternate, simple leaflets, which are stalked, obliquely-lanceolate,
acuminated, entire, h. 16ft. India, 1823.

A. Plumlerl (Plumier's).* Gum Elemi Tree. ft. white ; panicles
branched, terminal. The fruit of this species is the shape and
size of an olive, but red, having an odoriferous pulp within it.
I. leaflets three to five, all stalked, somewhat serrated, ovate,
acuminate, villous beneath, h. 20ft. West Indies, 1820.

A. toxifera (poison-bearing).» ft. white ; racemes simple, about
the length of the petioles, fr. the shape of a pear, and of a
purple colour, hanging in bunches. I., leaflets five to sev

stalked, ovate, somewhat cordate, acuminated. A. 50ft. West
318. The wood, known as Rhodes Wood, bears a fine

ng in bunches. I., leaflet

what cordate, acuminated.
Indies, '1818. '
polish, and has a pleasant smell. SYN. A. balsamifera.

ANACAMFSEROS (from anakampto, to cause re-
turn, and eros, love). SYN. Rulingia. OBD. Portula-
cacecB. Very dwarf greenhouse succulent herbs or sub-
shrubs, natives of the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers
large, expanding only in the heat of the sun ; petals five,
very fugacious; sepals five, opposite, oblong, rather con-
crete at the base ; pedicels one-flowered, short or elongated,
disposed in racemes. Leaves ovate, fleshy. They grow
freely in sandy loam, mixed with some lime rubbish; but
little water is needed. Cuttings root freely if laid to dry
a few days before planting. Leaves taken off close to the
plants, and also left to dry for a short time before being
planted, will take root. Seed, when obtainable, should be
sown in the spring.

A. araobnoldes (cobwebbed).* ft. white ; petals lanceolate ; ra-
cemes simple. July. I. ovate, acuminated, difformed, green,
shining, cobwebbed. h. 6in. to 9in. 1790.

A. filamentosa (thready), fl. reddish, or deep rose coloured ;
petals oblong. August. I. ovate-globose, gibbous on both sides,
and cobwebbed, rather rugged above, h. bin. to 1ft. 1795.
A. intermedia (intermediate). Very like A. JUamentosa, but has

broader and more numerous leaves.

A. rubens (reddish).' ft. red ; racemes simple. July. I. ovate,
difforaed, shining dark green, somewhat reflexed at the apex.

A. nifescens (rusty-coloured). ft. reddish, similarly disposed to
A. variant. July. I. crowded, expanded and recurved, ovate,
acute, thick, green, usually dark purple beneath, h. 6in. 1818.

A. Telephiastrum (Telephium-like). Synonymous with A.
vctnans.

A. various (varying).* fl. reddish ; racemes few-flowered, sub-
pamcled. July. I. ovate, difformed, glabrous, h. Sin. 1813.
SYN. A. Telephiastrum.

ANACAMPTIS. See Orchis.

ANACARDIACE2:. A rather large order of trees or
shrubs, with a resinous, milky juice. Flowers inconspicuous.
Leaves generally dotless. Ovary containing a single
ovule. This order contains, among other genera, Anacar-
dium, Mangifera, and Rhus.

ANACARDIUM (origin doubtful; probably from
ana, like, and Icardia, the heart ; in reference to the form
of the nut). OBD. Anacardiaceas. An ornamental stove

Anacarditun— continued.

evergreen tree with entire, feather-nerved leaves and ter-
minal panicles of flowers ; nut reniform, umbilicated,
seated laterally on a fleshy, wide, pear-shaped peduncle.
It requires a light loamy soil. Ripened cuttings, with their
leaves left on, root freely in sand under a hand glass, in heat.
A. occidentale( Western). Cashew Nut. /. reddish, small, very
sweet scented, succeeded by an edible pome-like fruit of a yellow
or red colour. I. oval, cuneated, very blunt, somewhat emargi-
nate, obovate-oblong, entire, smooth, h. 16ft. West Indies, 1699.

ANADENIA. See Grevillea.

ANAGALLIS (from anagelas, to laugh ; removing de-
spondency : meaning doubtful). Pimpernel. OBD. Primu-
lacecB. Annual or perennial trailers with angular stems,
opposite or verticillate leaves, and solitary pedunculate
flowers ; corolla rotate or funnel-shaped, deeply five-cleft.
All are very pretty and free flowering plants, of easy cul-
ture. The annuals are raised from seed sown in a sunny
spot in spring; the perennials are increased by striking
cuttings of the young shoots, or division, at any time, either
under a hand glass or in a close frame. Keep in the shade
until well established, and gradually harden off. Plant
outside in light rich soil for summer flowering, and each
year secure a stock in frames during the winter. They
require, if left out of doors, a protection during the winter,
except A. tenella.

A. fruticosa (shrubby).* fl. axillary, large, vermilion, with a dark

May to August. (. verticillate, four in
Morocco, 1803. A biennial.

throat. MaytoAi

• in each whorl, h. 2ft.

A. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. very variable, but intense

blue and deep vermilion red are predominant. May to autumn.

h. 4in. Habit very compact and neat, and very floriferous.

There are several varieties. Annual.
A. indica (Indian), fl.. deep blue, small. July. h. 1ft. Nepaul

1824. Annual ; trailing.

FIG. 84. ANAGALLIS LINIFOLIA, showing Habit and Flower.

A. linifolia (flax-leaved).* fl. brilliant blue, large, about £in. in

diameter. July. I. opposite, h. 9in. to 12in. Portugal, 1796.

Perennial. There are many varieties, the best of which are the

following. SYN. A. Monelli. See Fig. 84.
A. L Breweril (Brewer's).* fl. red. June. h. 9in. Known also

as Phillipsii.

A. L Eugenie (Eugenie's).* fl. blue, margined with white.
A. L lilacina (lilac-flowered), ft. lilac. May. h. 1ft.
A. L Napoleon III. (Napoleon's).* A. crimson maroon, distinct

and pretty.

A. L Parksii (Parks'), ft. red, large.

A. 1. phoanicea (Phoanician).* ft. scarlet. May. Morocco, 1803.
A. 1. sanguinea (bloody). /. bright ruby colour.
A. L Wilmorcana (Wilmore's).* A. bright blue purple, with

yellow eye. h. 6in.

A. Monelli (Monell's). A synonym of A. linifolia.
A. tenella (delicate).* /. delicate pink, with deeper veins ; corolla

bell-shaped. Summer. I. roundish, very small, opposite. A

beautiful little native bog trailer, and one of the prettiest in the

whole genus. Requires a boggy and wet soil

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

69

Anag-allis — continued.

A. Webbiana (Webb's). JL blue ; petals with their tops slightly

ate. h. 4in.

denticulated. June to August.
Portugal, 1828.

L several, verticfflat

ANAGYRIS (from ana, backwards, and gyros, a circle ;
the pods are curved backwards at their extremities). OBD.
Leguminosce. A'" ornamental greenhouse or half-hardy
shrub, having the two stipules placed opposite the leaves.
It thrives in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat in equal
proportions. Young cuttings should be planted in July in
a pot of sand, and placed under a hand glass.

A. fcetlda (fcetid). JL yellow, hairy, like those of the Laburnum ;
racemes short May. L trifoliate ; leaflets lanceolate, acute,
entire, h. 6ft. to 8ft, South Europe, 1750. This shrub is foetid
in every part when bruised.

ANALOGY. Resembling a thing in form but not in
function; or vice versd. Corresponding with a thing in
many points, but differing in more, or in points of more
importance.

ANANAS (from nanas, the South American name
for the Pine Apple). SYN. Ananassa. Pine Apple. OBD.
Broineliacece. Stove herbaceous perennials, having the
berries collected with the bracts into a compound fruit.
Leaves rigid ; edges spiny. The variegated form is a
useful plant for decorative purposes, and may be employed
without the usual harmful consequences attending stove
plants generally, but it must not be subjected to cold
draughts. The soil should consist of two parts fibrous
loam, one of peat, one of dung and leaf mould, and another
of sand. Those propagated from suckers, which should
be laid by a day or two and then inserted in a strong heat,
have, as a rule, longer and lighter-coloured leaves. Offsets
are often produced at the base of the fruit, and make stout
plants, with high-coloured foliage. When the plants are
potted in spring, plunge them in bottom heat, to hasten
their growth ; but this is not absolutely necessary. Should
it be desired to fruit the variegated form, the plants may
be submitted to the same process of culture as detailed
under Fine Apple (which see).
A. bracamorensis (Bracamora). Brazil, 1879.
A. bracteata (bracted). JL crimson. April h. 3ft. Brazil,

1820.
A. lucida (shining). *. pink. April, h. 3ft South America,

1820.

A. macrodonta Oarge-toothed).* JL. reddish, tinted buff ; spike
elongate-ovoid, with imbricating dentate bracts. Jr. conical,
about 8in. long and 4in. wide, with conspicuous bracts, and highly
perfumed. L with conspicuous teeth. 1878. SYN. Bromelia
undulata.

A. Mordilona (Mordilona; native name). Jr. large, with a fine
aroma. L distinguished in being without spines. Columbia,
1869.

A. Porteana (Porter's).* L armed on the margins with sharp
spines, deep olive green, with a broad band of pale yellow running
down the centre from base to apex. This species has a somewhat
erect habit of growth. Philippines, 1866.

A. satlva (cultivated). Pine Apple. For culture, see Pine Apple.
A. s. variegata (variegated).* 1. rosulate, finely arched, 2ft. or
3ft. long, serrated on the edges ; centre bright green, sometimes
with a few lines of white, broadly margined with rich creamy-
yellow, tinged with red towards the margins. A very elegant
variegated plant for vases, <fcc.
ANANASSA. See Ananas.

ANANTHEE.IX (from a, without, and antherix, an
awn ; there are no horn-formed processes from the base of
the leaflets of the corona, as in Asclepias, to which it is
closely allied). OBD. Asclepiadea. A small genus of
pretty, hardy herbs. A. viridis is of easy culture in an
open situation, and light soil. Increased by division of
the root ; or by seeds, which ripen in abundance.
A. viridis (green). Jl. purplish-green, large ; corolla sub-cam-
panulate, five-cleft; umbels prcx '

proceeding from the stem, sub-

pance, ew-owere. ugust. I. opposite, sessile, obovate-
oblong, pointed, smoothish. A. 1ft North America, 1812.
ANAFELTIS. Included under Polypodium.
ANAB.B.HINUM (from o, without, and rhin, a
snout ; the corolla being without a spur, or furnished with
a very short one). OBD. ScrophularinecB. Elegant little

Anarrhinum — continued.

half-hardy biennials or perennials allied to Antirrhinum.
Flowers small, drooping, in long spike-formed, twiggy, and
interrupted racemes. Radical leaves usually in a rosette ;
stem and branch leaves palmate-parted, or toothed at the
apex ; superior ones quite entire. They are of easy culture
in ordinary garden soil; seed may be sown outside in
spring, or they can be increased by growing cuttings, but
they require protection during severe weather.
A. bellidifolium (Daisy-leaved).* JL white, or pale blue ; racemes

slender, elongated. June. L radical ones spathulate or obovate-

lanceolate, deeply toothed ; branch leaves deeply three to seven-

parted. A. 2ft. South Europe, 1629.
A. Durixninium (Douro). A synonym of A. Jiirsutum.
A. fruticosum (shrubby). JL white, without a spur. July. I.

lower ones mostly tridentate at the apex ; superior ones oblong,

quite entire, h. 2ft. to 3ft. South Europe, 1826. Shrubby.
A. hlrsntum (hairy). JL whitish, a little larger than those of

A. bettid\folium, of which it is, perhaps, only a downy variety.

A. 1ft to 2ft. Portugal, 1818. SYN. A. Duriminium.

ANASTATICA (from anastasis, resurrection; plant
recovering its original form, however dry it may be, on
immersion in water). OBD. Cruciferce. A very curious
and interesting little annual, the leaves of which fall off
from the plant after flowering, the branches and branchlets
then become dry, hard, and ligneous, and rise upwards and
bend inwards at their points. This plant has the remark -

FIG. 85. DRY FRUITING PLA.VT OP ANASTATICA

HlEROCHUNTINA.

able property of resuming vitality on being placed in water,
after being kept in a dry state for many years. Seeds should
be sown in heat, in the spring, and the plants afterwards
potted off and plunged again in heat to hasten their growth,

70

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Anastatica— continued.

which cannot otherwise be fully developed with our pre-
carious and sunless summers.

Anchietea — continued.

root freely under a bell glass if planted in
and placed in a moderate heat.

sand,

. pyrifolia (pear-leaved), fl. whitish
veined with red at the base, in
fascicles ; lower petal obovate.
alternate, stalked, stipulate, ovate, acute,

fascicles ; lower
stalke
Brazil, 182&.

axillary
July. I.

ANCHISTEA. Included under
Woodwardia (which see).

ANCHOMANES (name of doubt-
ful origin). ORD. Aroidece. A re-
markable and beautiful stove tuberous-
rooted perennial aroid, allied to Amor-
phophallus, and requiring somewhat
similar treatment. As soon as the
leaves die down, the plants should be
repotted in rich sandy loam and leaf
mould, with ample drainage. They
will need scarce any water or attention
until growth commences the following
spring, when they must have an abundance of water, and a
moist atmosphere. Summer temperature, 60deg. to 85deg. ;
winter, 55deg. to 60deg. Propagated by seeds and offsets.
A. Hookeri (Hooker's).* Jl., spathe pale purple, appearing before
the leaf, much expanded ; spadix whitish ; scape prickly, shorter
than the petiole. June. I., petiole slender, prickly, bearing on
its summit the horizontal blade, about 3ft. in diameter ; this is
divided into three primary divisions, which are again cut up into
several leaflets, the largest of these being toothed. A. 3ft. Fernando
Po, 1832. There is a variety with a paler-coloured spathe. bYN.
Caladium petiolatum.
ANCHOVY FEAR. See Grias cauliflora.

FIG. 86. ANASTATICA HIEROCHUNTINA.

A. Hiorochuntina. Rose of Jericho. /. small, white, sessile,
disposed in spikes along the branches ; petals obovate. July.
fr., or silicle, ventricose, with the valves bearing each an appen-
dage on the outer side at the end. I. obovate, with stellate hairs ;
lower ones entire, upper ones slightly toothed Branches crowded
lattice-wise into a globular form. h. 6in. Syria, &c., 1597. Sup-
posed by some commentators to be the " rotting thing before the
whirlwind " mentioned by Isaiah. See Figs. 85 and 86.
ANASTOMOSE. Branching of one vein into another.
ANBURY. See Ambury.

ANCEFS. Two-edged; as, for instance, the stem
of an Iris.

ANCHIETEA (named after P. Anchietea, a Brazilian
writer on plants). ORD. Violariece. An ornamental, stove,
evergreen climber. Petals five, very unequal, two upper
ones smallest, two intermediate ones longer, lowest one
largest, - with a spur at the base. The species thrives
in a mixture of loam, sand, and poat. Young cuttings

FIG. 87. ANCHUSA CAPENSIS, showing Habit and detached Flowers.
ANCHUSA (from anchousa, paint for the skin ; use of
some species). ORD. Boraginece. Very pretty hardy
annuals, biennials, or perennials. Flowers in scorpoid
racemes; corolla funnel-shaped; throat closed by erect,
obtuse processes ; nuts four, one-celled, inversely conical,
with a contraction towards the point, fixed to the bottom
of the calyx, perforated and concave at the base. Of easy
culture, in ordinary soils, and preferring a sunny situation.
Propagated by seeds, which should be sown in early spring
in pots of sandy soil, when most of them will germinate
in three or four weeks, some less. The honey-bee is very
partial to this genus.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

71

Anchusa — conrintted.
A. Agardhii (Agardh's). JL purple, on short pedicels, distant,

disposed in terminal racemes, which are generally conjugate.

JulyT^ 1. linear-lanceolate, tubercled, strigose, A. 1ft Siberia,

1820. Perennial. Bare.

A. azurea (blue). Synonymous with A. italiea.
A. Barrelleri (Barrelier's). JL blue, with a white tube and

yellow throat ; racemes conjugate, panicled, bracteate. May.

1 oblong-lanceolate, denticulated, hispid. A. 1ft to 2ft South

Europe, 1820. Perennial. SYNS. 'Buglotsum BarreKeri, Myototit

obtufum,

' «<??«)•! . AblQS : «~me? tep^J*™'**1-- Jnly-.

L capensls (Cape).* JL blue ; racemes terminal, pa
L linearlanceolate, hispid. Stem simple, hairy, A. IJft
Good Hope, 1800. Requires greenhouse protection in
Biennial See Kg. 87.

Cape of
winter.

ANDERSONTA (in honour of Messrs. Anderson, sur-
geons, great promoters of botany). OBD. Epacridacetz.
Elegant and delicate little greenhouse shrubs. Flowers
terminal, solitary, or spicate; corolla sub-campanulate,
hypocrateriform, five-lobed. The undermentioned, which is
the only species yet introduced, grows freely in a sandy peat
with perfect drainage, which latter is most essential. Cut-
tings from the tips of young shoots may be made in
autumn, winter, or spring, and planted in sand in a gentle
heat, with a bell glass placed over them.
. sprengelloIdes(Sprengelia-like).» JL pink, furnished with two
small bracteas, spicate. March. L spreading, bases curved in-

1ft to
SYS.

wards, so as to resemble a hood, ending in a flat point A.
3ft New Holland, 1803. Evergreen squarrose shrub.

ANDIRA (its Brazilian name). *OsD. Leguminosae.
Large ornamental store evergreen trees, nearly allied to
Geoffroya (which see for cultivation). Flowers in axillary
or terminal panicles. Pod drupaceous. Leaves alternate,
unequally pinnate.

(unarmed). JL purple, on short pedicels ; panicles ter-
iL J. impari-pinnate ; leaflets thirteen to nfteen, ovate-lanceo-
acute, glabrous on both surfaces. A. 20ft to 30ft Jamaica,
Known as the Cabbage Tree.

L im-

acuminated, glabrous
Brazil, 1818.

a (branchy). JL purple, in panicled

; leaflets thirteen, ovate-oblong, acu

pari-pinnate ,

on both surfaces. A. 20ft to 60ft

FIG. 88. INFLORESCENCE OF ASCHUSA ITALIC*.

A. italloa (Italian). JL bright blue or purple, in panicled racemes.
Summer. L lanceolate, entire, shining ; radical ones sometimes
2ft long. A. 3ft to 4ft Caucasus, Ac., 1810. One of the best SYNS.
A. azurea, A. paniculata. See Fig. 88.

A. latifolia (broad-leaved). Synonymous with Nonnea rotea.

A. myosotidiflora (Myosotidium-flowered). JL fine blue ; throat
yellow; raceme terminal, panicled, bractless. July. L large,
radical ones on long petioles, reniformly cordate ; those of the
stem sessile, ovate, hairy. A. 1ft Siberia, 1825. A pretty plant
SYN. ifyosotis maerophyUa.

A officinalis (officinal). JL blue or purple, sessile, imbricate ;
spikes joined by pairs, terminal June to October. L lanceolate,
hispid ; radical ones tufted. A. If t to 2ft Britain, naturalised
here and there.

A. o. incarnate is a variety with flesh coloured flowers.

A. paniculate (panicled). Synonymous with A. italiea.

A sempervirens (evergreen). JL rich blue, in short asillary
spikes, generally leafy at the base. May. L broadly ovate, lower
ones upon long stalks. Stem erect A. IJft to 2ft Perennial ;
here and there naturalised in Britain. See Fig. 89.

A. tinctorla (dyers'). Alkanet JL deep blue ; tube blood-colour ;
racemes usually twin, terminal, many-flowered. June. L oblong,
hispid. A. 6in. South Europe, 1596. A diffuse perennial

ANCYCLOGYNE. A synonym of Sanchezia.
ANCYLOCLADUS. A synonym of Willughbeia.

FIG. 89. AXCHUSA SEMPERVIRE.NS.

ANDROCYMBITTM (from aner, a man, and cymbot,
a cavity ; the stamens are enclosed in a hollow formed by
the folding of the limb of the petals). OBD. LiHaceae.
A peculiar greenhouse bulbous plant, requiring a light
sandy soil, dry atmosphere, no shade, and a season of rest ;
during the latter period, scarcely any water is required.
Propagated by seeds and offsets.

A. pnnctatnm (dotted). JL whitish, few, in a dense sessile
umbel, surrounded by about four spreading lanceolate, acuminate
leaves, which are 5in. to 6in. long, Jin. to Jin. broad above the
base, channelled down the centre from base to tip. South Africa,
1874.
ANDRCBCIUM. The male organ of the flower.

ANDROGYNOUS. Producing male and female
flowers on the same spike.

ANDROLEPIS (from aner, a man, and lepis, a scale ;
referring to the scaly stamens). OBD. Brometiacece. Stove
evergreen epiphyte. For culture, see .Zchmea.
A. Skinneri (Skinner's). JL white. A. IJft Guatemala, 1850.

SYS. £iUt*ryia Skinneri.

ANDROMEDA (named after the daughter of Cepheus,
who was rescued from the sea monster by Perseus).
OBD. Ericaceae. A dwarf, hardy shrub, found in peaty
bogs in the temperate and Arctic regions of the northern
hemisphere. Sow seeds as soon as ripe in pots or pans,
very thinly, in sandy peat soil, and place in a cool frame,
giving plenty of air. Place the young plants out in spring.
Layers, pegged carefully down during September, will gene-
rally take twelve months to make sufficient roots to allow

72

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

titinued.

of their being separated, and thus become independent

plants. For other species often included under this genus

in catalogues, see Cassandra, Cassiope, Leucothoe,

Lyonia, Oxydendrnm, Fieris, and Zenobia.

A. polifolia (Folium-leaved). WUd Rosemary, ft. pinky white,

drooping, sometimes tipped with red ; corolla ovate, furnished

with ovate, rather leafy imbricated bracteas, terminal, umbellate.

June. 1. linear-lanceolate, mucronulate, with the margins more

or less revolute, quite entire, glaucous beneath, with an elevated

rib, and reticulated veins. A. 1ft. The numerous varieties of this

very beautiful native shrub principally differ in the colouring of

the flowers.

ANDROFOGOX (from aner, a man, and pogon, a
beard; tufts of hair on flowers). OBD. Graminece, A
large genns of grasses with polygamous flowers. The
majority of species are of no horticultural value ; several,
however, are very ornamental subjects, and thrive well in a
rich, deep soil. Easily propagated by seeds or by division
of the roots. The South European kinds succeed in the
open air if planted in a warm dry border.
A. oltratnm (Citrus-leaved). Synonymous with A. Sehcmanthtu.
A. Schcenanthus. Lemon Grass, fl. in threes ; spikes imbricate,
conjugate, panicled. A handsome species, the leaves of which
emit a very fragrant odour when bruised, h. 2ft India, 1786.
Stove species. SYN. A. citratum.

Other species worth growing are furcatut, halepensis, muricatus,
pubescent, scopariiu, tquarrotut, and ttrictut.

ANDROSACE (from aner, a man, and sakos, buckler ;
in reference to the resemblance of the anther to an ancient
buckler). Including Aretia. OBD. Prvmulacea. Dwarf
annuals or perennials, entirely alpine, agreeing in most
characters with Primula, but having the tube of the corolla
narrowed at the mouth. An airy, well-drained, and par-
tially sunny position is essential in their culture. They
thrive well between fissures of rocks or stones with a rich
sandy peat soil. Drought and a sour soil are alike fatal,
and both will be greatly obviated if small pieces of sand-
stone are mixed with the soil. The woolly species are best
arranged beneath a jutting ledge of the rockery, which
will afford them protection from the hottest sunshine, and
from excessive wet in winter ; additional comfort will be
provided from toe latter ill if a piece of glass is placed
over them during the autumn and winter months. They
can also be well grown, and make charming little speci-
mens, in pots, with rich sandy soil and thorough drainage.
Sprinkle sand among the small rosettes of leaves. They
are increased by divisions, cuttings, or seed; the latter
should be sown as early as possible, and raised in a frame.
A. alpina (alpine). A. purplish rose; throat and tube yellow, soli-
tary ; peduncles about Jin. long. June. I. crowded, small
tongue-shaped, in small rosettes, h. 2in. to Sin. Switzerland!
1775. This species requires a rather shady aspect, and to be
planted almost perpendicularly in a soil composed of leaf mould
peat, fibrous loam, and sharp sand. SYN. A. glaciali*.
A. Aretia (Aretius1). Synonymous with A. helvetica.
A. aretioides (Aretia-like). Synonymous with A. oUusifolia.
A. argentea (silvery).* fl. white, sessile, very numerous. June.
1. densely imbricated, lanceolate, oblong, covered with short
airs, forming very pretty sil very-grey rosettes. A. about 2in
Switzerland, 1826. This requires a well drained, sunnv fissure:

SYN. A. imbricate.

three to seven, on hairy stalked umbels. July. I. awl-shaped'
smooth, acuminated, not forming rosettes. Stem somewhat
elongated, h. 3in. or 4in. Switzerland, 1768. This forms charm-

increased. SYNS. A. Lachenalii, A. puberula.

A. C. eximla (select).* Larger and more robust than the typical
species, and a more rapid grower. Forms compact tufts of dense
rosettes, bearuig hea5s oF rosy-crimson yellow-eyed flowersfon
stems 2m. or 3in. high. Auvergne Alps, 1871. It requires moist
sunny ledges and fissures of rocEwork &i peat, loam, and sandL

A Chamaalasme (rock jasmine).* fl. blush, ultimately deep pink
with a yellow eye, umbellate. June. I. lanceolate taperin" to a
point towards the base, in comparatively large, not dense rosettes
A. about 2in. to 4in. Austria, &c., 1768. A very free fl^werin^
species, growing freely when established, ultimately forming largl
tufts. It thnves best in a deep, well drained and rich loam soil

A. Ciliate (ciliated) fl. deep carmine red, on stems double as
long as the leaves. June. 1. lanceolate-oblong, smooth on both
surfaces, with ciliated margins, imbricated A. 2in to 3ta
forming dense cushions. Pyrenees. '

Androsace— continued.

rhite, on slender

A coronoplfolla (buckhorn-leaved).* fl. pure white, on slen
pedicels, umbellate on peduncles, about 6in. high. April to Ju
«. lanceolate, distantly serrated, smooth, in flatfish rosettes.
Russia, 1755. This is a charming little annual, well worthy of a
place on the rockery. A colony of it is extremely pretty ; it seeds
freely, and a batch of young plants almost invariably takes the
place of the old ones. SYN. A. septentrionalis.

A glaclalls (glacial). Synonymous with A. alpina.

A helvetica (Swiss).* fl. white, nearly sessile, with a yellow
eye, larger than the little rosettes of leaves on the stalk from
which they spring. May. 1. lanceolate, obtuse, closely imbricated,
small, ciliated. A. lin., forming dense cushions. Switzerland, 1775.
A rare little gem, requiring a partially shaded position, and very
sandy soil. SYN. A. Aretia.

A imbrlcata (imbricated). Synonymous with A. argentea.

A Lachenalli (Lachenal's). Synonymous with A. carnea.

A. lactea (milk-white).* fl. pure white, with yellow throat, large,
on long graceful stalks, umbellate. June. I. linear, or nearly so,
in rosettes, sometimes scattered on the elongated branches.
A. about 4in. Austria, 1752. Very floriferous and strong growing.
Should have an eastern or western aspect, and be propagated
from seeds. SYN. A. pauciflora.

Fro. 90. ANDROSACE LAGGERI.

A. Laggeri (Lagger-s).* fl. pink, sessile ; when approaching ma-
turity the stem becomes elongated, and bears a tuft of stalked
flowers. March. I. awl-shaped, sharply pointed, in tiny rosettes.
h. 3in. Pyrenees, &c., 1879. Very like A. carnea, but more deli-
cate, earlier, and more abundant flowering, with deeper green
foliage. It suffers from exposure to the sun, and therefore re-
quires a partially shady position. Should be propagated from
seeds or cuttings, which latter strike freely. See Fig. 90.

A lannglnosa (woolly-leaved).* fl. delicate rose, with a small
yellow eye, umbellate. June to October. 1. nearly lin. long,
clothed with shiny silken hairs, h. 6in. to 9m. Himalaya, 1842.
A very beautiful species, with spreading or trailing shoots, easily
multiplied by cuttings or layers. It requires a warm sunny spot
on the rockery, with a sandy peat soil. When planted so that its
shoots drape the face of a rocky ledge, it is one of the most charm-
ing plants possible to grow.

A. obtusifolia (blunt-leaved), ft. white or rose, with yellow eye ;
umbels five or six-flowered. Spring. I. lanceolate or rather
spathulate, in rather large rosettes. Stems downy, h. 2in. to 6in.
European Alps. A very pretty form, closely allied to A. Chamas-
iasme, and differing principally in its somewhat larger rosette o'
leaves and stronger growth. SYN. A. aretioides.

A. panciflora (few-flowered). Synonymous with A. lactea.

A penicillata (finely hairy). Synonymous with A. villosa.

A puberula (puberulous). Synonymous with A. carnea.

A pubcsccns (downy). /. white, with a faint yellow eye, solitary,
at the ends of the branchlets, very numerous. June. I. oblong,
ovate, ciliated, in a crowded rosette. Stem with a small swelling
close to the flower, h. 2in. Alps, 1869. Treat like A. Chamat.
jasme.

A pyrenalca (Pyrenean). fl. white, with yellowish eyes, on a
scape about lin. high. Summer. 1. narrow-oblong, ciliated, re-
curved, keeled at the back. h. lin. Pyrenees. An exceedingly
pretty and diminutive little alpine plant, grown, according to Mr.
Robinson, "to great perfection in fissures between large rocks,
with, however, deep rifts of sandy peat and loam in them. It
will also grow on a level exposed spot, but in such a position
should be surrounded by half-buried stones."

A sarmentosa (trailing).* fl. bright rose, with a white eye, in
umbels of ten to twenty, on an erect scape. May and June. I. very
silvery, forming dense rosettes, whence spring a number of runners,
bearing at their extremities other tufts, which should be pegged
down and covered with soil, when they will root freely. Hima-
layas, 1876. It requires rich sandy loam, a sunny position, and to
be wedged between pieces of sand-stone. Cover the rosettes
during winter with a sheet of glass. See Fig. 9L

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

73

Androsace — continued.

A septentrionalis (northern). Synonymous with A. eoronopi-
folia.

A vlUosa (hairy).* fl- rose or blush, with a deeper coloured eye,
and a honey-like perfume, umbellate. May. I. narrow, oblong,
covered with soft white down, chiefly on the under surface, in
compact tufts. A. 2in. to 4in. Pyrenees, Ac., 1790. When well
grown, the flowers are produced in great abundance, almost
covering the green cushions. Plant in a sunny fissure of the
rockery, in sandy loam and leaf soiL SVN. A. peniciUata.

FIG. 91. AXDROSACE SARME.NTOSA, showing Habit, and the two
kinds of Leaves, Ac.

A Vltaliana (Vital's).* fL rich yellow, comparatively large;
tube inflated at the middle, almost nestling among the leaves.
May to July. L linear, acute, greyish. Stems numerous. A. lin.
to 2in. Pyrenees. <tc., 1787. When well grown, it produces flowers
in abundance, and is the only species in cultivation having yellow
flowers. A well-drained, sunny pocket is desirable, with "a cal-
careous soil, covering the surface with nodules of sandstone. SYX.
Gregoria Vitaliana.

A Wulfeniana (Wulfen's).* JL rosy or crimson, large. Summer.
L oval, acuminated, in dense rosettes. A. 2in. Styria, A very
rare species in cultivation in this country.
AUDROSJEMTJM. See Hypericum.
ANDBOSTEPHIUM (from aner, a man, and stephos,
a crown; some of the stamens are barren and petaloid,
forming a corona). OED. lAliacea. A very pretty little
hardy bulb, of dwarf habit, allied to Brodiaia. It re-
quires a rich sandy loam, in a sunny position, and may
be propagated by offsets and seeds ; the latter should be
sown as soon as ripe in a cold frame. Plant Gin. deep, when
it will require no protection in winter.

A violaceum (violet). /. violet blue, about lin. long, three to
six in an umbel, on pedicels about their own length ;
fundibuliform, about as long as the spreading —
half as long. Spring. L four to six, very
Texas, 1874.

AND BY ALA (the meaning of this is unknown).
OED. Composites. These are pretty hardy evergreen
herbaceous perennials, easily grown in ordinary well-
drained garden soiL Increased by seeds and divisions
in spring. Two species only are in cultivation.
A lanate (woolly).* JL-heads yellow, Hieracium-like. May. L

white, woolly, thick, oblong-ovate ; radical ones stalked ; upper
ones sessile. Stems with a leaf at each joint, A. about 1ft.
South Europe, 1732.

A mogadorensls (Mogador). jLJuadt bright yellow, as large as
a half-crown ; disk bright orange. ApriL Morocco, 187L This
species is rare in cultivation.

ANEILEMA (from a, not, and eilema, involucre;
in reference to the absence of the involucre). OED.
Commelinacece. Greenhouse and stove evergreen peren-
nials, with generally a trailing habit. A genus resembling
Commelina, from which it is distinguished by the inflores-
cence being sub-paniculate, and the peduncles entirely

Aneilema — continued.

exserted from the bracts at the branching of the panicle.
Flowers without any involucre. They thrive in a compost
of loam, peat, leaf mould, and sand, well mixed. Increased
by seeds and root divisions. There are a large number of
species known to botanists.

jred).* JL blue; floral stalks two-flowered.
Stem creeping ; plant smooth. New Holland.

mun (Chinese), f, pale blue; racemes about seven-
i, alternate, placed in a panicle form. May. I. f

Stems branched, diffuse. A. If t. China,' 1820.
house species.

(from aneimon, naked; in reference to the
naked panicles of sporangia). Including Anemidictyon.
OED. Filites. A well-marked genus of stove and greenhouse
ferns, chiefly confined to Tropical America. Capsules
small, very abundant, forming a copiously-branched panicle,
quite distinct from the leafy part of the frond. This
genus of handsome dwarf-growing ferns is of easy culture,
in a compost of fibrous peat, leaf soil, and sand. Several
species are exceedingly pretty for fern cases. For general
culture, see Ferns.

A adianttfolia (maidenhair-leaved).* tti. 12m. to ISin. long,
firm, naked. frondt, barren portion shortly-stalked, 6in. to 9in. long,
4in. to 6in. broad, deltoid, bi- tripinnate; pinnae close, lanceolate, the
lowest the largest ; ultimate divisions oblong or linear -cuneate,
the outer toothed, with a firm texture ; panicle 3in. to 4m. long,
the peduncle lin. to Sin. long. West IndiesT 1793. A very hand-
some stove fern.

A. ciliata (ciliated). Synonymous with A. hirtuta.
A. collina (hill), tti. Sin. to 12in. long, firm, erect, densely clothed
with fine ferruginous hairs, frond*, barren portion sessile, 6in.
to 12in. long, 2m. to Sin. broad, with about twelve sessile pinnae on
each side, which are lin. to IJin. long, and about $in. broad, un-
equal-sided, obliquely-truncate below, blunt, sub-entire, with a
suD-coriaceons texture ; panicle 2in. to Sin. long, close, the pe-
duncle 4in. to 6m. long. Brazil, 1829. Very rare stove species.
STN. A. hirta.

A, deltoidea (delta-shape). Synonymous with A. tomentota.
ADregeana (Drege's).*rfi. Sin. to!2in. long, firm, slightly villoae.
frondt, barren portion sub-sessile, Sin. to 12in. long, 2in. to Sin.
broad, about equal in width in the lower half, with eight to twelve
pinnae on each side, which are lin. to IJin. long, iin. to }in. broad,
ovate-deltoid, unequal at the base, the upper side sub-cordate,
the edge inciso-crenate ; panicle 3in. to 4in. long, the lower
branches elongated; peduncle same length. NataL Stove
species.

(wavy). Synonymous with A. tomentota.

A hirsute (hairy), rfi. 6in. to 12m. long, slender, naked, frondt,
barren portion 2m. to 6in. long, lin. to Sin. broad, sessile, oblong-
deltoid, bipinnatifid ; pinnae in six to eight opposite pairs, lin. to
liin. long, Jin. to Jin. broad; varying from oblong, obtuse, sub-
entire, truncate at the base on the lower side, to deeply pinna tifitl
with narrow divisions ; panicle lin. to 2in. long, close ; peduncle
2in. to 6in. long, slender. Jamaica, 1704. Very handsome stove
species. SYXS. A. repent and A. ciliata.

A hirta (hairy). Synonymous with A. eoUina.

i(Mandioccan).**ti. 6in. to 12in. long, deciduously

villose. frondt, barren portion lit. or more long, 2in. to 4in. broad,
oblong-lanceolate, the lower half about equal in width ; pinnae in
twenty or more close pairs, the point narrowed, but scarcely
acute; edge finely serrulate, the upper base parallel with the
stem, the lower obliquely truncate ; rachis and surfaces finely
pilose ; texture sub-coriaceous ; panicle very compound. Sin. to
4in. long ; peduncle longer. Brazil A very beautiful and distinct
stove species.

A Phyllitidis (Phvllitis-like).* tti. 6m. to 18in. long, strami-
neons, naked, or fibrillose./rorufc, barren portion sessile,4ln. to 12m.
long, 2in. to Sin. broad, ovate-oblong, simply pinnate ; pinnae in
four to twelve sessile pairs, the lowest the largest, ovate, lin. to
6in. long, Jin. to 2in. broad, the apex acute, the edge crenulate,
the base rounded or cuneate, or unequal, with a firm texture ;
panicle dense, Sin. to 9in. long, the branches short ; peduncles
the same length. Cuba, Mexico, Ac. STN. Anemidictyon PhyUi-
tidit. Greenhouse species.

A P. lineate (lined), frondt with a yellowish-green central
stripe down the pinnae. South America, 1868.

A P. plumbea (leaden). Synonymous with A. P. Uttettata.

A P. tessellata (tessellated). Pinnae dark green, with bright
green centre and leaden-grey border. Brazil, 1875. The forms
of this species are numerous : fraxinifolia and maerophyUa are
names often met with, but only show slight deviations. They all
have a more hardy constitution than the other species, and grow
well in the greenhouse. SYX. A. P. plumbea.

A repcns (creeping). Synonymous with A. hirtuta.

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Anemia — continued.

A tomentosa (tomentose).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, strong, erect,
clothed with ferruginous hairs, fronds, barren portion 6m. to 12m.
long, half as broad, ovate-deltoid, bipinnatifld orbipinnate ; lowest
pinnse the largest, the blunt lobes iin. to |in. long, Jin. broad,
nearly entire ; rachis and surfaces densely pilose, with a firm
texture ; panicle 4in. to 9in. long, loose ; peduncle Iin. to 2in. long.
Tropical America. Greenhouse species. SYNS. A. deltoidea, A.
flexuosa, A. villosa.

A. villosa (hairy). Synonymous with A. tomentosa.
ANEMIDICTYON. See Anemia.
ANEMONE (from anemos, wind ; the greater part of
the species grow in elevated places, much exposed to the
wind). Wind Flower. ORD. Ranunculacece. An extensive
genus of very ornamental hardy perennials. The generic
characters of Anemone proper are : Involucre of three cut
leaflets, distant from the flower; calyx of five to twenty
petal-like sepals ; petals absent. Of sub-genus Hepatica :
Involucre of three entire leaflets, just under the flowers ;
calyx of six to nine petal-like sepals ; petals absent. For
botanical purposes, they are both now included under the
one generic name of Anemone ; but in gardens the Hepa-
ticas are frequently regarded as a distinct genus. They
delight in a rich sandy loam, but most will thrive in
ordinary garden soil. Some are suitable for borders,
while others thrive best on the rockery, most of them
preferring a damp and partially shady position. For the
numerous varieties of A. coronaria, both double and single
flowered, the soil can hardly be too rich, and the position,
though open, should be a sheltered one, and well drained.
The tubers may be planted early in October, about Gin.
apart, and Sin. deep, various colours being intermixed, when
a splendid effect is produced in the following spring. After
flowering, the tubers should be taken up — say in June —
and spread out thinly, in a shady, airy situation, until they
are dry, when they should be thoroughly cleaned, and, if
necessary, divided, and finally stored away in a cool place,
in pots or boxes of dry sand until the planting season.
Anemones make admirable pot plants if placed in a compost
of two parts turfy loam, and one of leaf mould or rotten
hotbed or cow manure, with about a sixth part of sharp
gritty sand; but, if so grown, they should be protected
through severe weather, and brought into warmth as re-
quired. The perennial species are propagated by root
divisions or root cuttings, or by seeds, in autumn or early
spring ; the seeds are better sown as soon as ripe in pans
in a cold frame. Some, such as A. japonica, are freely
increased by division ; while others, such as A. narcissiflora,
are very slow; and the tuberous rooted ones, by root divi-
sion and seeds. The best and most rapid means of propa-
gating the invaluable varieties of A. coronaria, and also of
obtaining new ones, is by seed. A careful selection of flowers,
and skilful hybridising, will produce results commensurate
with the trouble incurred. So soon as the Beed ripen, they
should be gathered and sown at once in a warm sheltered
situation outside, or in pans under glass, covering lightly
with sandy soil, and keeping moist. They are somewhat
difficult to sow on account of a mass of cotton-like down
which adheres closely to them ; they should be thoroughly
separated therefrom by rubbing them in dry sand. Of
course, if the seed are sown at different times, plants will
be produced which will flower at different periods, and a
succession of bloom may be had from April to November
— indeed, nearly all the year.

A alba (white). /. white ; pedicel solitary; sepals five, obovate,
very blunt. June. I. ternate or quinate; segments deeply
toothed at top ; those of the involucre stalked, k. 6in. Siberia,

A. alplna (alpine).* fl. variously coloured, sometimes white, white
with the back purple, cream, yellowish or yellow with their backs
paler; sepals six, spreading, elliptical, rarely ovate. May. I.
sometimes smooth, sometimes clothed with long crowded silky
hairs, biternate; segments pinnate and deeply serrated; invo-
lucre of the same form. h. 6in. Middle Europe, 1658. Very
handsome alpine. Plant on the rockery in rich deep soil, with a
damp situation. SYN. Pulsatilla alpina.

A. a. snlphnrea (sulphur).* fl. beautiful soft yellow, 2in. to 2iin.
across when expanded, but they are usually cup-shaped ; sepals

Anemone — continued.

six covered with a silky down outside ; anthers of a rich golden
colour. May and June. I. radical, stalked, drooping, more than
1ft. long ; leaflets pinnatifld, deeply toothed. A very beautiful
form, thriving in ordinary garden soil, and a rather moist
situation. See Fig. 92.

Fio. 92. ANEMONE ALPINA SULPHUREA, showing Uabit and Flower.

A. americana (American). A synonym of A. Hepatica.

A. angulosa (angled).* fl. fine sky blue, over 2in. across, with
numerous black anthers surrounding a tuft of yellow styles ; sepals
eight to nine, elliptical, spreading. February. I. palmately five-
lobed ; lobes serrated, h. Sin. to 12in. East Europe. A very fine
species, twice the size of A. Hepatica in all its parts ; it is well
suited for the border or rockery, enjoying a deep rich soil. SYN.
Hepatica angulosa.

A. apennlna (Apennine).* fl. blue, liin. across ; sepals ten to
fourteen, oblong, obtuse, erect ; pedicel one-flowered. March.
I. binately pinnate ; 'segments lanceolate, deeply-toothed, acute.
h. 6in. England (naturalised here and there), and Southern
Europe. An exceedingly pretty plant, with soft-looking feathery
foliage. It thrives best under the partial shade of trees, where
the flowers retain their colour longer. Tuberous rooted.

A baldensls (Mount Baldo).* fl. white, clothed with adpressed
hairs on the outside, and reddish tinged with blue ; sepals eight
to ten, oblong-oval ; pedicels one-flowered. May. I. biternate ;
segments many-parted ; lobes linear ; involucral leaves multifid.
h. 6in. Switzerland, 1792. A. ccerulea is probably identical with
this species. Shady parts of the rockery. Bare. Tuberous rooted.

A blanda (fair).* fl. deep blue, nearly 2in. across ; sepals nine to
fourteen, narrow. Winter or early spring. I. triternate ; segments
deeply cut and acute ; involucral leaves stalked, trifld, deeply cut.
h, 6m. Eastern Europe. A very handsome early flowering plant.
It requires a rich, light, and well drained sandy loam, and a
warm, sheltered position. It closely resembles A. apennina,
of which it is merely a form, with deeper blue flowers. Tuberous
rooted.

A caroliniana (Carolina). /. purple or whitish, pubescent on
the outside, on a long one-flowered pedicel ; sepals ten to twenty,
oblong-linear. May. I. ternate, with three-parted, or cut acutely-
toothed lobes ; involucral leaves trifld, with cut lobes, h. 9in.
Carolina, 1824. A very slender and delicate plant. Shady parts
of the rockery. Tuberous rooted.

A cernua (drooping). /. somewhat drooping, dark purple ; sepals
six, spreading, elliptical-oblong. May. I. pinnate, villous under-
neath ; segments pinnatifld ; lobes cut, oblong ; scapes, petioles,
and peduncles clothed with downy hairs, h. oin. Japan, 1806.
Rare.

Poppy Anemone, fl. very various in
sepals six, oval, approximate. April to May.
1. ternate ; segments multifid ; lobules linear, mucronated ;
involucral leaves sessile, multifld. South Europe, 1596. This i*

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

75

Anemone—.

FIG. 91 A>-mO>E CORONAKIA FLORB-PLKSa

one of the species
have originated,
either in named

L decapetala
about fin. to

(ten-petaled),* JL cream white or pale

twelve, ob
ly dirided

out fin. toSn. a£tw, erect ; sepals eight to twelve
reading. Mayto June. L tripartite, and freely dir
meroos linear-acute segments, of a deep green colour.
18m. North-West America, Ac. A pretty free-flowerin
itabfe for naturalising in woods, Ac. Ik is less or

**§«£

A. 12in.
species,
ornamental

FIG. 95. A-XEMO.NE HEPATICA.

, (forked).' JL white, with a tinge of red on the
under side ; sepals fire, elliptical ; pedicels many, usually bifid.
May. L three parted ; lobes oblong, deeply-toothed at top ; those
of the inTolucrnm sessile. A. lift. Siberia, Xorth America,

Ac., 1768. Border, or for naturalising

woods. SY>. A.

Greece, South Europe, Ac., 1865. A rery
much mom showy flan A. kortaui* (of which

Deautuni variety, mncn more snowy man A. nonennt (fn wi
it te generally regarded as a variety), and a universal
favourite. In "HardV Perennials.- Mr. Wood says of this

See Fig. 9i

fr^i « a shnibbery ; i.d, after O, it

70

THE DICTIONARY .OF GARDENING,

Anemone— con K nued.

is impossible to plant this flower wrong as regards effect. To
prow it well, however, it must have a moist situation and good
loam." See Fig. 94.

A. Halleri (Haller's).* Jl. purplish inside, large, erect ; sepals six,
oWnceolate. April/ I pinnate, very villous; segments three
parted ; lobes with lanceolate-linear, acuminated divisions. A. .6m.
Switzerland, 1816. A sunny border or the rockery. SYN. PuUa-
tilla Ilalleri.

A. Hcpatica (supposed remedy for liver diseases). Common He-
paticl /. usually blue ; sepals six to nine. February. 1. cor-
date, three-lobed ; lobes quite entire, ovate, acutish ; petioles
and scapes rather hairy, h. 4in. to 6in. There are numerous
varieties of this species. England, &c. SYN. Hepatwa trdoba.
Varieties: alto has large pure white flowers; carulea (blue),
the double form of caerutea is scarce and very showy , rwra
produces re.ldish-pink flowers, and of which there is also a double
"ariety, very bright and lasting ; Darloici has large sky-blue flowers
Uesides these there are many others. They are all charming early
spring-flowering plants, preferring rich light soil, and to remain
umlisturbe.l for years, when they form grand clumps, often pro-
ducing seedlings where they stand. SYX. A. amencana. See
Fig. 95.

A. Honorinc Jobcrt (Honorine Jobert) Synonymous with A.
japonica alba.

A. hortensls (garden). Nearly approaches A coronaria the
parent of a large number of garden forms. A. fulyens ana A.
ttcllata are by competent authorities placed as varieties.

A. Hudsoniana (Hudson's). Synonymous with A. multifida.

A. japonica (Japanese).* fl. rosy carmine, from 2in. to 21in.
across, on footstalks which spring from a whorl of three or four
leaves ; anthers golden yellow. Autumn. I. ternate, with i un-
equally lobed, toothed segments, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Japan, 1844.
See Fig. 96.

Anemone— con tinned.

Fio. 97. ANEMONE JAPONICA ALBA.

A. J. alba (white).* This is a splendid variety, with a profusion of
large pure white flowers, which are produced from August to
November. This white form is one of the handsomest of border
flowers. The blooms are 2in. to Sin. across, with a centre of dense
lemon coloured stamens. For cutting purposes the flowers are
invaluable. It thrives best in deep soil. SYN. A. Uonorine
Jobert. See Fig. 97.

A. J. elegans (elegant).* Very like A. japonica, with broader
leaves, and pale rose-coloured flowers, which are more than Sin
across. This is also called rosea and hybrida. Japan.

A. lanoifolia (lance-leaved). /. white ; sepals five, ovate-acute •
scapes one-flowered. May. I. all Btalked, ternate; segments
lanceolate, crenate-toothed. h. Sin. Pennsylvania, 1823 Very
rare. Bockery. Tuberous rooted.

A. multlflda (many-cleft).* /.red, whitish yellow, or citron
colour, small ; sepals five to ten, elliptical, obtuse ; peduncles three,
one-flowered, one of which is naked and earlier, the other two
longer, and bearing two-leaved multifid involucels on their middle
June. I. radical ones It-mate; segments cuneated, three parted,
multifld, with linear lobes ; those of the involucrum multifid on
short petioles. h. 6in. to 12in. North America. Border or
rockery. SYN. A. Hudsoniana.

Fio. 98. ANEMONE NARCISSIFLORA, showing Habit and Flower.

A. narcissiflora (Narcissus-flowered).* /. usually cream coloured,
sometimes purplish on the outside ; umbels generally many-
flowered ; pedicels in some instances twice or three times longer
than the involucrum, and in others very short ; sepals five or six,
ovate or oval, blunt or acute. May. I. radical ones palmately
three to five parted ; lobes deeply toothed ; lobules linear, acute ;
those of the involucrum three to five cleft, h. about 1ft. Europe,
North America, 1773. An extremely variable and beautiful species.
Ilockery. See Fig. 98.

A. nemorosa (grove).* Wood Anemone, fl. generally white; sepals
six, elliptical ; scapes one-flowered. March. I. ternate ; segments
trifid, deeply toothed, lanceolate, acute ; involucral leaves
stalked, h. 6in. This species varies greatly in the colour of its
flowers. It is a most beautiful little plant, frequent in our native
woods, and suitable for planting in shaded shrubberies, &c.
Tuberous rooted.

A. n. coerulea (blue),* from the North-west States of America,
is very near, if not identical with, the variety Robinsoniana, of our
native woods.

A. n. flore-pleno (double-ft^yered).* /. pure white, over lin.
across, solitary, double. This is an exceedingly pretty plant, and
remains in beauty considerably longer than the type. It should
be grown in large clumps, and in rich loam.

A, n. Robinsoniana (Robinson's).* fl. bright azure blue, large,
over IJin. in diameter. A charming variety for the rockery or
border, and one of the prettiest in the whole genus.

A. n. rosea (rosy).* A very pretty form, with rose-coloured
flowers, of which there is a double flowered sub-variety ; there is
also a double form of the type, named bracteata fl.-pl., white
flowers, surrounded with a large involucrum.

A. obtusiloba (blunt-lobed-leaved). /. cream coloured ; sepals
five, obovate; peduncles two to three, one-flowered, villous,
naked, or the lateral ones are bracteate. June. I. three lobed
cordate, and are, as well as petioles, very villous ; segments
broadly cuneated, and deeply crenate ; involucral leaves trifid.
Himalaya, 1843. This species requires a warm and sheltered
position.

A. palmata (palmate).* /. golden yellow ; sepals ten to twelve,
oblong, obtuse ; scape one, rarely two, flowered. May. I. cordate,
sub-orbicular, hluntly three to flve-lobed, toothed ; involucral
leaves trifid. South-west Europe, 1597. A white flowered variety,
though scarce, is in cultivation, and is very pretty. True alpines,
which should be grown on the rockery, where the soil is both
rich and deep, with a somewhat damp situation. Tuberous
rooted.

A. patens (spreading).* /. purplish, or rarely yellew, erect, spread-
ing, in the involucre almost sessile ; sepals five to six. June.
I. pinnate, rising after the flowers ; segments three parted ;
lobes toothed at the top. Northern Europe, &c., 1752.

A. p. Nnttalliana (Nuttall's).* fl. purple, sometimes cream
coloured, erect, villous on the outside ; sepals five or six, erect,
connivent. June. 1. three parted ; segments cuneate, trifid, cut ;
lobes linear-lanceolate, elongated ; those of the involucre with
linear lobes, h. 1ft. North America, 1826. A pretty border
plant.

A. pavonlna (peacock). Synonymous with A. stellata.

A. pennsylvanica (Pennsylvanian). Synonymous with A. dicho-
toma.

A. pratensis (meadow).* fl. dark purple, pendulous ; sepals six,
erect, reflexed at the top, acute. May. I. pinnate, many parted ;
lobes linear, h. 6in. to 12in. Northern Europe, &c., 1731. Differs
chiefly from the following species in having smaller flowers,
sepals narrower and more acute, connivent at base, and reflexed at
apex. SYN. PuUatilla pratensis.

A. Pulsatllla (common Pulsatilla).* Pasque Flower, /.generally
violet, sub-erect ; sepals six, spreading, externally silky, very
handsome. April. I. pinnate; segments many parted; lobes
linear, h. bin. to 12in. England, &c. A singular and beautiful
species, Uiriving best in a dry situation and well-drained soil of

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

77

Anemone — continued.

FIG. 99. ANEMONE PULSATILI.A.

A calcareous nature. It is a very pretty plant for a border or
rockery ; when well grown, it forms handsome tufts, and flowers
very freely. See Fig. 99. SYN. Pulsatilla vulyaris. There are
numerous varieties, the best of which are :

A. P. dahurica (Dahurian). ft. erect ; sepals oblong, very vil-
lous. Plant dwarf. Sunny border or rockery.

A. P. lilacina (lilac). JL lilac.

A. P. rubra (red), fl. erect ; sepals blunter. Plant dwarfer.

A. ranunculoides (Ranunculus-like).* fl. usually yellow (but in
the Pyrenean variety purple), generally solitary, single or. double ;
sepals five to six, elliptical. March. I. radical ones three to five
parted ; segments subtrifid, deeply toothed ; those of the invo-
lucrum on short stalks three parted, deeply toothed. A. Sin.
Naturalised in English woods, but rarely. Tuberous rooted.

FIG. 100. ANEMONE STELLATA.

A. rivularis (river).* /. white ; anthers purple ; sepals five, oval,
smooth ; pedicels three, one of which is naked. April. I. villous,
as well as petioles, three parted ; lobes cuneated, trifld ; lobules

Anemone —continued.

cut, acutely toothed, h. 1ft. to 2ft. North India, 1840. Should
be grown on the banks of running water, or in a damp situation in
the border.

A. sibirica (Siberian), fl. white ; sepals six, orbicular ; scapes
one-flowered. June. I. ternate ; segments deeply toothed,
ciliated, those of the involucrum on short stalks, ternate ; seg-
ments lanceolate. A. 6in. Siberia, 1804. Rockery ; very rare.

A. stellata (star-leaved).* fl. purple, or rose red, or whitish,
solitary ; sepals ten to twelve, oblong, bluntish. April. I. three
parted ; lobes cuneated, deeply-toothed ; involucral leaves sessile,
oblong, h. Sin. to lOin. South Europe, 1599. A pretty and gay
spring flowering plant. Tuberous rooted. SYN. A. pavonina.
Double forms of this occur in cultivation. See Fig. 100.

FIG. 101. ANEMONE SYLVESTRIS.

A. sylvestrls (wood).* Snowdrop Windflower. fl. pure satin white,
slightly drooping, liin. across when fully open, fragrant ; sepals six,
"—Meal ; pedicel solitary. April. I. ternate or quinate, hair-
ith ; segments deeply toothed at top, those of the involv
stalked, h. 6in. to 18in.' Europe, 1596. This distinct an

elliptical ; pedicel solitary. April. I. ternate or quinate, hairy

beneath .,*.*...

crum

showy species thrives best in a light'vegetable soil in a rather

shady and moist situation. The roots are creeping, and should be

allowed plenty of room, so that they may ramble without check.

See Fig. 10L

78

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Anemone — continued.

A. trifolla (three-leaved). /. white, erect ; sepals five, elliptical,
obtuse. April. I. all stalked, ternate ; segments ovate-lanceo-
late, acute, toothed, h. 6in. France, 1597. This species comes
close to A. nemorosa.

A. vernalis (spring).* fl. whitish inside, violet and covered with
silky down outside, erect, sub-sessile or on pedicels ; sepals six,
straight, elliptic-oblong. April. 1. pinnate ; segments cuneate-
lanceolate, trifld ; involucrum very villous. h. 6in. Europe,
1816. A curious rather than a showy species ; it makes a pretty
pot plant, but must not, under any consideration, be allowed to
want water. It can be plunged in sand or ashes in the open, and
just as the flowers commence to expand, transfer to a cool frame.
It thrives best in a peat and loam compost, to which small pieces
of charcoal may be added. SYN. Pulsatilla vernalis. See
Fig. 102.

A. virginiana (Virginian).* fl. purplish green or pale purple,
small; sepals five, elliptical, silky-pubescent on the outside;
pedicels often rising in pairs from the involucel. May. I. ter-
nate ; segments trind, acuminated, deeply toothed ; those of the
involucre and involucels stalked ; peduncles three to four, much
elongated, middle one naked, sometimes 1ft. high ; lateral ones
bearing two-leaved involucels. h. 2ft. North America, 1722.
Border or woodlands, and damp places.

A. vltlfolla (vine-leaved), fl. white, villous on the outside;
anthers copper colour ; sepals eight, oval, oblong ; pedicels one-
flowered. July. 1. large, cordate, nve-lobed, beneath as well as
the stems clothed with white wool ; lobes broadly ovate, cut, and
crenate; those of the involucrum stalked, woolly underneath,
smooth above, bluntly cordate, fl ve-lobed. h. 2ft. Upper Nepaul,
1829. This requires a warm sheltered position to stand the winter.
Very near A. japoniea alba, and probably the progenitor of it.
ANEMONOPSIS (from anemone, and opsis, resem-
blance.; flowers like those of the Anemone). OBD. Ranun-
culacece. A handsome and remarkable hardy herbaceous
perennial, not unlike Anemone japoniea, but smaller. It
thrives in any light soil. Propagated by seeds and divisions
of the root-stock in spring.

A. macrophylla (large-leaved).* fl. in loose racemes ; sepals about
nine, concave, the outer three purple, internally pale lilac ; petals
twelve, in many rows, one-third the length of the sepals, linear-
oblong. July. I. large, biternate, coarsely toothed, glabrous.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Japan, 1869.

ANEMOPJEGMA (from anemos, the wind, and
paigma, sport). OED. Bignoniacece. A handsome stove
climbing shrub. For culture, see Bignonia.
A. racemoBum (racemose).* fl. delicate buff coloured, in axillary
racemes, large. September. Brazil, 1879. This beautiful and
vigorous climber is, as yet, very rare in cultivation.
ANETHUM (from ano, upwards, and theo, to run ; in
reference to its quick growth). OED. Umbelliferas. A
genus of erect glabrous annuals. Flowers yellow ; involucre
and involucols wanting. Leaves decompound, with linear-
setaceous lobes. This genus is of no ornamental value, its
most important species being the garden Dill (A. graveolens),
which see for culture.

ANGELICA (in reference to the supposed angelic
medicinal virtues of some species). OBD. Umbelliferae.
Perennial or biennial herbs. Flowers white ; umbels
terminal; involucra wanting or of few leaves; involucels
of many leaves. Leaves bipinnate. The common Angelica
(A. Archangelica) is the only species that calls for mention.
It is a native biennial, and was at one time in much request
for confectionery, and as a herb of supposed great medicinal
value. Seed should be sown in September or March in
ordinary soil, and the young plants thinned out to about
18in. apart.

ANGELICA TREE. See Aralia spinosa.
ANGELONIA (from angelon, the local name of A.
salicaricefolia in South America). SYN. Schelveria. OED.
Scrophularine<x. Very pretty stove herbaceous peren-
nials. Flowers axillary, racemose ; corolla irregular, bi-
labiate ; lower lip saccate at the base, trifid ; upper one
smaller, bifid. Leaves opposite. Stem and branches
quadrangular. A mixture of light turfy loam, peat, leaf
soil, and sand, is a good compost. Cuttings of young
shoots in spring strike readily under a hand glass, or
plunged in the propagating bed, giving plenty of air daily.
A. salicariaefolia (Willow-leaved).* /. blue, hairy, axillary, soli-
tary, pedicellate, disposed in terminal racemes. August I ses-
sile, lanceolate, acute, serrated towards the apex, finely pubescent
on both surfaces, h. lift, to 3ft. South America. 1818.

ANGIOFTERIS (from agyeion, a vessel, and pteris, a
wing). Including Psilodochea. OKD. Filices. A genus of
gigantic greenhouse ferns. Capsules eight to fifteen,
opening by a slit down the side, sessile, very close but
not concrete, arranged in linear-oblong or boat-shaped
sori near the edge of the frond. These ferns require a
very liberal supply of water, and plenty of room to fully
expand. The most suitable compost is a mixture of
strong loam and peat, with some sharp sand. Thorough
drainage must be afforded.

A evecta (evectic). cau. erect, 2ft. to 6ft. high, lift, to 2ft.
thick, very fleshy, sti. swollen and articulated at the base, fur-
nished with two large leathery persistent auricles, fronds 6ft. to
15ft. long, bi- or tripinnate ; pinnae 1ft. to 3ft. long, spreading, the
lowest the largest ; rachis swollen at the base ; pinnules 4m. to
12in. long, Jin. to IJin. broad, linear-oblong, sessile or shortly
stalked, acuminate ; edge entire or finely toothed. Tropics of Old
World. This is the only clearly defined species ; the others
usually known as distinct species are but varieties of it, and its
culture should not be attempted if plenty of room cannot be
afforded it

ANGOPHORA (from aggos, a vessel, and phero, to
bear; in reference to the shape of the fruit). OKD.
Myrtacece. Australian evergreen greenhouse ornamental
trees or shrubs. Flowers corymbose; calyx five or six-
cleft. Leaves large, opposite. A mixture of leaf soil, peat,
and sand suits them welL Ripened cuttings will root in
sandy soil under a hand glass in a cool house, in a few
weeks.

A. cordlfolla (heart-leaved).* fl. yellowish, corymbose, large.
May. I. sessile, ovate, cordate at the base, glabrous, h. 7ft. to
10ft. New Holland, 1789.

A. lanceolata (lanceolate-leaved).* /. white, corymbose. May.
I. petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous, h. 4ft. to 6ft. New
Holland, 1816.

ANGBJECUM (deduced from angurek, a Malayan
name for air plants). OED. Orchideae. TRIBE Yandex.
These are among the most beautiful of epiphytal orchids.
One characteristic, both remarkable and peculiar, is the
long, hollow, tail-like spur depending from the base of the
lip. The flowers are produced on spikes from the axils of
the leaves. The leaves are evergreen, and arranged in two
rows, the one opposite to the other, and, in many kinds,
being curved, give the plant a very graceful appearance.
The fact of these plants producing their blooms during
the winter — a period when flowers are generally scarce —
considerably enhances their value. They usually continue
six or eight weeks in perfection, or even more. The fol-
lowing table of night temperatures should be almost uni-
versally adhered to for all the species enumerated, except
A. falcatum, which thrives best in a cool house. From
November to February, 58deg. to 63deg. ; March to May,
September and October, 65deg. ; June to August, 70deg.
The day temperature should be 7deg. or 8deg. higher than
that of the night. A compost of crocks, charcoal, and
sphagnum is best. A layer of a few large crocks at the
bottom of the pot or pan will be required; over these
spread another layer of charcoal and smaller crocks, just
enough to allow the roots to support the plant ; so
that the first pair of leaves will be, in large plants,
about 4in. above the rim of the pot, or proportionately
less in the case of small plants. When the plant is
carefully adjusted in its proper position, and held there
with one hand, the other hand should work in among the
roots more crocks and charcoal, ceasing so to do when
within 2in. of the rim; the remaining space must be
occupied with fresh sphagnum, pressed firm (this is most
essential) in a cone shape, which may be built up to within
$in. of the lower pair of leaves. Prior to potting, which
ought to be done between February and April, water should
be withheld for a short time ; but give a good soaking
immediately after the operation. In the process of re-
potting, clear the roots of the old moss, all rotten stems,
and particles of decayed roots. If plants are potted as
we have recommended, a thorough soaking once a week
only, or if grown on blocks of wood, or in suspended
baskets or pans, about twice weekly will be found suffi-
cient. Excessive fumigation, drought, whether atmospherical

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

79

Angraecum — continued.

or at the roots, will cause the leaves to drop, and prevent
any growth being made, in which case the plant ought to
be lowered. If the stems have emitted but few roots, a
ring of moss fastened round the stems, and kept constantly
wet, will induce the plant to throw out additional roots,
when the lowering may be proceeded with. To keep the
plants free from insect pests, frequently sponge the foliage.
Thrips generally prove very troublesome, and a moderate
fumigation is needful, dislodging the insects that may be
secreted low down in the centre of the plant, shortly before
the operation, by dropping a little weak tobacco water or
sulphur among them.

A. arcuatum (curved).* fl. white ; racemes from the axils of the
two-year-old leaves, two or three being produced from a single
growth, about 6in. long, arching. I. about 4in. long, and fin.
broad. Natal. SYNS. Listrostachys arcuata. A.. (Listrostachys)
Sedeni conies close to the above species, but is excessively rare in
cultivation.

A. bilotram (two-lobed).* fl. white, with a tinge of rose, about
IJin. in. diameter ; spur 2in. long, produced from the side of the
stem, just above the two-year-old leaves ; racemes pendulous, 6in.
or more long, bearing about a dozen flowers, which possess a
slight fragrance. October to December. I. 4in. long by 2in.
broad, two-lobed at the apex, about eight on a plant. Stem
erect, about 6in. high. Cape Coast, 1841. Should be grown in a
basket.

A. caudatum (tailed). /. greenish yellow, mixed with brown ;
labellum pure white ; spur thick, pale green, about 9in. long, two-
lobed at the lowest portion ; racemes arching, 1ft. or more long,
produced from the base of the two-year-old leaves. Autumn.
I. pale green, drooping, about lOin. long by lin. broad. A. IJft.
Stem erect, or nearly so. Sierra Leone, 1854.
A. cephalotes (capitate).* fl. white. Tropical Africa, 1873.
A. Chailluanum (Chaillu's).* fl. white ; sepals and petals narrow,
acute ; spur yellowish green, 4in. or more long ; racemes pendu-
lous, Sin. or lOin. long, about twelve medium sized flowers pro-
duced from the side of the stem, just above the axils of two-year-
old leaves. 1. 6in. long, l£in. broad, slightly wavy, two-lobed at
the apex, arranged in an imbricate manner. West Africa, 1866.
A rare species.

A. Chiistyanum (Christy's). A curious species, with yellow or
greenish-white flowers, having a much developed three-lobed lip.
The plant has the aspect of A. arcuatum. 1880.
A. citratum (citron-like).* fl. creamy white, or pale yellow, nearly
lin. hi diameter; spurs about IJin. long; racemes three, on
strong plants, produced from the axils of two-year-old leaves,
arched, about lit. long, bearing sometimes twenty flowers. /. 4in.

to 6in. long and 2in. broad, six or eight on a plant, occupying
about liin. of stem. Madagascar, 1868.
nearly erect.

Habit compact ; stem

A. dlstichum (two-rowed-leaved). fl. whitish, Jin. across, on one-
flowered pedicels, which are produced from the axils of the
leaves. I. very short, closely imbricated, deep bright green.
h. 6in. Sierra Leone, 1834. A very neat growing little
and quite distinct.

species,

A. eburneum (ivory-lipped).* fl. sepals and petals greenish white ;
lip uppermost, white, very large ; racemes about 18in. long, from
the axils of two-year-old leaves ; footstalks erect, but gradually
becoming pendulous from the commencement of the flowers.
I. 20in. long by 2in. broad, light green, stiff. Madagascar, 1826.
SYN. jErobion eburneum. A. virens is an inferior variety, but
A. e. superbum surpasses the type in beauty ; it is, however, at
present extremely rare.

A. Ellisii (Ellis's).* /. pure white, fragrant, about 2in. across, with
narrow reflexed sepals and petals, the column standing very pro-

frequently 2ft.

minent ; spur pale brownish, 6in. to Sin. ; .a^moo n^ueuvij u«.
long, on the side of the stem just above the axils of the two-year-old
leaves, bearing about twenty blossoms. I. dark green, 9in. or lOin.
long, and 2in. broad, divided at the apex into two unequal lobes.
Madagascar, 1879.

A. falcatnm (sickle-shaped).* fl. pure white, very fragrant ; spur
upcurved, 2in. long ; racemes from the axils of the two-year-old
leaves, short, bearing from two to five blooms. I. 2in. to 4m. long,
very narrow and fleshy, dark green. 1815. An elegant little
cool house species, and one of the smallest belonging to this
genus. It should be grown in peat, in a basket or small pot sus-
pended about 2ft. from the glass, but rather shaded.

A. Kotschyl (Kotschy's).* fl. yellowish white, perfume similar to
the common white pink, lin. to liin. across ; spur reddish-tinted,
6in. or 7in. long, distinguished by the two spiral twistings ; ra-
cemes from the axils of the lower leaves, 18in. long, bearing about
twelve blossoms. I. 6in. long by Sin. broad, of which there
are generally six or more on a good plant. Zanzibar, 1880.
Should be grown in a basket, or on a cylindrical block of teak
wood.

A. modestnm (modest).* fl. pure white, lin. to liin. across.
1. distichous, Sin. to 6in. long, lin. to l^in. broad, elliptic or linear-
oblong, acute, tip entire, pale bright green, leathery, nerveless.
Stem short. Madagascar, about 1880.

Angraectun — continued.

A. pellucidum (transparent).* fl. white, of a delicate semi-trans-
parent texture, and with a finely fringed labelltim ; racemes from
the axils of the lowest leaves, hanging perpendicularly from the
stems, about 1ft. long, bearing thirty to forty blossoms. L 12in. lone
by 2in. or 3in. broad. Sierra Leone, 1842. Must be grown in a
suspended basket.

A. pertusum (broken).* fl. pure white ; spur comparatively short,
with a well-marked yellow tinge ; racemes from the axils of two-

to 7i
oms.
Sierra Leone,

year-old leaves, horizontal, or slightly nodding, 6in. to 7in. long,
with from forty to sixty densely packed, small blossoms. 1. dark
- h. 1ft

arching, lOin. long by lin. broad,
Very distinct and attractive.
A. Scottianum (Scott's).* fl. pure white, very delicate in texture,
the lip is uppermost, lin. or more across ; spur narrow, yellowish,
Sin. to 4in. long ; peduncle slender, a little longer than the spur,
usually but one-flowered. I. narrow, terete— thus differing from
most of its congeners — tapering or awl-shaped, about 4in. long, tin.
to Jin. in diameter, channelled in the upper surface and ridged
below. Comoro Islands, 1878.
A. Sedeni (Seden's). A rare form of A. arcuatum.
A. sesquipedale (foot-and-a-half).* fl. beautiful ivory white, on
stout, solitary, axillary peduncles, with sepals and petals spreading
out like rays, from 6in. to Sin. across ; the whip-like spur or
nectary hangs down from the labellum, often from lOin. to 18in.
long. November, December, and January, and lasts about three
weeks in beauty. I. dark green, distichous, about lOin. long.
h. 1ft. Madagascar, 1823. It is one of the grandest of winter
flowering orchids.

A. virens (green). An inferior variety of A. eburneum.
ANGULAR. Having angles, or forming angles.
ANGUIiOA (commemorative of Angulo, a Spanish
naturalist). OED. Orchidece. A small genus containing
about six species. The flowers, which are large and
beautiful, are borne singly on scapes from 12in. to 16in.
high, several of which are produced from the ripened
pseudo-bulbs of the preceding year's growth. Pseudo-
bulbs from Sin. to Sin. high, as thick as a man's wrist,
bearing two to three erect, broad, lanceolate leaves, 2ft. to
4ft. long. Temperature, summer, day (maximum), 70deg. ;
night (minimum), 60deg. Winter, day (maximum), GOdeg. ;
night (minimum), 45deg. These are bold growing cool-
house plants, best grown in rough fibrous peat, with good
drainage. They delight in an abundant supply of water
both to the roots and foliage when growing, and require
to be kept in a somewhat dark or heavily-shaded place.
During the season of rest, and until young shoots commence
growth, they should be kept rather dry. They are pro-
pagated by dividing the pseudo-bulbs, just before they
commence to grow. The flowering season is summer.

A. Clowesli (Clowes's).* fl. fragrant ; sepals and petals concave,

clear golden yellow ; lip pure white ; whole conformation globular,

or tulip-like. Columbia (at 5000ft. to 6000ft. elevation), 1842.

This is the largest growing species, of which there are one or two

rare varieties.
A. eburnea (ivory-flowered).* /., sepals and petals of the purest

white ; lip spotted with pink. New Grenada. In other respects

similar to above, but is very rare.
A. Ruckeri (Rucker's).* fl., sepals and petals yellow, with crimson

spots ; lip deep crimson. Columbia, 1845. Not so large a grower

as either of the foregoing, but with same sized flowers.
A. B. sangninea (bloody).* This variety has flowers of a deep

blood red colour, but is rare.

A. superba (superb). Synonymous with Acineta Iluinboldtii.
A. nnlflora (one-flowered).* fl. sub-globose, pure white, some-

times freckled with brown, spotted profusely with pink inside.

Columbia, 1844. One of the best in cultivation.

AlTCrURiIA (one of the Greek names for the cu-
cumber). OED. Cucurbitacece. A stove genus of ever-
green climbers allied to Momordica. Flowers monoecious ;
corolla joined to the calyx, ventricose, red, with a five-
parted spreading border. Fruit somewhat tetragonal.
Several species have been introduced from time to time,
but they are rarely seen in our gardens. Some of them are
handsome plants, and well worthy of cultivation.

ANHALONIUM. See Mammillaria.

ANIGOZANTHUS (from ono^o, to expand, and
anthos, a flower ; in reference to the branching expansion
of the flower stalks). SYN. Schwoegrichenia. OBD.
Hcemodoraceae. Greenhouse or half-hardy perennial herbs.
Flowers large, racemose or corymbose ; perianth tubular,

80

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Auigozanthus — continued.

elongated, woolly. Leaves linear ensiform. The species
thrive in a turfy compost of peat and loam, three parts
of the former to one of the latter; the whole intermixed
with sand to make it porous. In the growing season
they must be kept well watered, and somewhat dry
during their period of rest in winter. They are very
easily propagated by dividing the roots in spring,
i swellii

A. coccineus (scarlet).* fl. scarlet; perianth swelling towards the
summit, hairy, segments a little reflexed ; disposed in dichoto-
mously-forked panicles ; pedicels rather lone. June. I. lanceolate,
deep green. Stem ciliated, h. 5ft. Swan River, 1837.

FIG. 103. INFLORESCENCE AND LEAK OF ANIGOZANTHUS

A. flavidus (yellowish-greeu-flowered).* /. yellowish green,
pamcled ; scapes long. May. I. lanceolate, smooth, as is also the
stem ; down of branches deciduous. A. 3ft. New Holland, 1808
There is a scarlet and green-flowered variety of this species. See

A. Manglesii (Mangles'), fl. green ; stigma capitate, projecting
beyond the tube, in a short terminal spiked raceme. May Stem
erect, clothed with short thick crimson persistent velvety down.
A. 3ft. Swan River, 1833.

A. pnlcherrimns (beautiful).* fl. yellow; panicles much
branched, clothed with rufous bristles. May. I eouitant
linear falcate, covered with stellate tomentum. A. 3ft. Swan
River, 1844.

Anigozanthus — continued.

A. tyrianthinus (purple).* fl. purple and white; panicle clothed
with purple tomentum. May. I. linear, stiff, straight, glabrous.
Stem tall, ternate, panicled, clothed with hoary tomentum
below. A. 3ft. Swan River, 1844.

ANIL. See Indigofera Anil.

ANIME RESIN. See Hymenwa Courbaril.

ANIMATED OAT. See Avena sterilis.

ANISANTHUS. See Antholyza.

ANISE (Pimpinella Anisum). A hardy annual, oc-
casionally used for garnishing or seasoning. Sow seed,
in ordinary garden soil, on a warm sunny border,
in May, where it is intendedfor the plants to
remain.

ANISEED TREE. See Illicium.

ANISOCHILUS (from anisos, unequal, and
cheilos, a lip ; in reference to the inequality of
both lips of calyx and corolla). OED. Labiate.
A very ornamental genus of stove perennials or
biennials. Whorls of flowers densely imbricate
into oblong cylindrical spikes ; corolla with an
exserted, defracted tube, inflated throat, and bila-
biate limb. They thrive in any light rich soil.
Cuttings will root in a sandy soil under a bell
glass, in heat ; seeds may be sown in February
in heat.

A. carnosum (fleshy), fl. lilac. June to September.
I. petiolate, ovate-roundish, obtuse, crenated, cordate
at the base, thick, fleshy, tomentose on both surfaces.
Stem erect. A. 2ft. East Indies, 1788.

ANISODTTS. A synonym of Scopolia.

ANISOMELES (from anisos, unequal, and
melos, a member ; in reference to the anthers of
the longer stamens being halved). OBD. Labiates.
Ornamental greenhouse or evergreen stove
shrubs, herbaceous perennials, or annuals.
Whorls sometimes densely many- flowered, at
others few, and loose; corolla with upper lip
erect, oblong, entire ; lower lip larger, spreading,
and lateral lobes ovate, obtuse. They are
of very easy culture in light rich soil; young
cuttings strike freely in spring, in heat, under
a, bell glass. A. furcata requires little or no
artificial boat, but the protection of a bell glass
is beneficial. Seeds of A. ovata may be sown in
spring, in heat, and, after due hardening off, the
seedlings may be planted outside in May.

A. furcata (forked).* fl. small, elegantly variegated
with white, red, and purple, in loose many-flowered
racemose cymes. July. I. petiolate, ovate, acumi-
nated, crenated, cordate at the base, hispid on both
surfaces. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Nepaul, 1824.
A. malabarica (Malabar), fl. purplish ; whorls dis-
tant, many-flowered, dense. July. I. oblong-lanceo-
late, 2in. to 4in. in length, obtuse, serrately crenated
in the upper part, quite entire at the base. A. 2ft.
to 5ft. Tropical Asia, in humid places, 1817. Shrub.
A. ovata (ovate-leaved).* /. purple ; lower lip of a
deeper colour ; whorls many-flowered, lower ones dis-
tant, upper ones interruptedly spicate. August. I.
ovate, obtuse, broadly crenated. A. 2ft. to 3ft.
Nepaul, 1823. An annual. Habitat similar to last.
ANISOMEROUS. Unequally. parte d ; un-
symmetrical.

ANISOPETALUM. See Bulbophyllnm.
ANNUALS. All plants which spring from the seed,
flower, and die within the course of a year. A number of
things, however, which are not strictly of annual duration,
but which are sown every year in preference to housing
the roots before they are killed by late autumn or winter
frosts, are generally classed, for .the sake of convenience,
under the head of Annuals. Hardy Annuals are those
which require no artificial aid to enable them to develop,
but grow and flower freely in the open air. These are

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

81

Annuals — continued.

best sown in the spots where they are intended to remain
during March and April, and care most subsequently be
taken to keep the ground clear of weeds, and also to thin
out the seedlings, allowing each sufficient room to develop
and exhibit its true character. If allowed to remain too
crowded, the plants, as a matter of course, suffer, and the
size and number of the flowers and the general effect are
considerably decreased. Successional sowings of a good
many of the showy species will be found to prolong their
flowering season. In well-kept establishments, where
Annuals are duly appreciated, several sowings are made
in pots at intervals of a few weeks. As the previously-
Bown clumps begin to get shabby, they are removed, and
replaced by others which have still to flower. By this
means a continual sheet of blossom can be maintained for
a long time. It is much better to trust to plants grown
in pots in order to carry out the plan just sketched, as
these receive no check when placed in their new quarters ;
whilst transplanted clumps frequently fail, and many
species do not transplant at all readily from an open border.
In order to secure, in early spring, a fine show of such
plants as several of the Silenes, Myosotis, Saponaria, and
a number of others, it is best to sow the seeds in an open,
sheltered border, about the end of July or beginning of
August, taking care to keep a small reserve stock in a cold
frame, in case very severe weather kills the unprotected
plants. Half-hardy Annuals are those for which our climate
is not sufficiently warm, or, rather, our summer is not, as a
rule, either hot enough or long enough, to allow them to
grow, flower well, and ripen seeds, if sown in the open air.
Many of these are amongst the showiest of garden plants,
so it is worth while to give them the shelter of a warm
frame during their earlier stages, and gradually harden
them off, planting out at the end of May or beginning of
June, when danger resulting from severe weather is passed.
After germination, the seedlings should have plenty of light
and air, or a weak, spindly growth, and, as a consequence,
poor flowers, will result. The most satisfactory method
of watering very tiny seeds is to place a piece of fine
muslin over the seed-pot, through which the water will be
easily conveyed to the seeds, and thus prevent disturbance.
Tender A^nnala require the same treatment as the half-
hardy ones, except that they need throughout their exis-
tence the protection of a glass structure. All, or nearly
all, garden ATmnala delight in full sunlight and plenty of
air'. In the open, these requirements, as a rule, obtain,
but sometimes mistakes are made under glass by keeping
the plants too close and over much shaded, as well as too
great a distance from the glass.

AjnrUIiAR. Having a ring-like form,
ANNULATE. With the appearance of rings.
ANCECTOCHHiTJS (from anoilctos, open, and eheilot,
a lip; in reference to the spreading apex of the lip).
STUB. AnecochHut, Chrytobaphut. OBD. Orchidea. Stove
terrestrial orchids, the radical leaves of which are the
chief attraction, being amongst the most beautiful and
delicate objects in the vegetable kingdom. The flowers,
which should be pinched off so soon as they appear, are, as
a rule, small and unattractive. Few of the species exceed
6in. in height, with leaves from 2in. to 6in. long, including
the fleshy petioles. They require a good deal of attention.
To one part of silver sand, thoroughly washed twice or
three times, add two of sphagnum, which should also
be well washed and picked over, when it should be
chopped into minute particles, in order that it may
freely amalgamate with the sand; mix a little loam and
peat with the whole. In the pots, when well drained by
first placing a large piece of potsherd over the bottom,
and nearly half filling up with pieces broken small and
of uniform size, place a thin layer of crude sphagnum,
afterwards filling firmly with the mixture above mentioned,
and bringing it up more or less in the form of a cone above

hilus

t\nued.

the rim of the pot, into which the plants should be firmly
fixed. Plants which have been propagated by division
should be carefully transferred to 3--sized pots. About
five separate pieces might be placed evenly over the surface.
Make holes with a neat dibble, and into these drop the
roots their entire length, pressing the soil firmly with the
dibble. Fix them so that they may grow inwardly, and not
out over the rim of the pots, pegging each creeping root
needing such attention firmly down upon the surface of the
soil afterwards ; after a good soaking, they may be replaced
in any warm, shady situation. For propagating, a strong
plant is necessary ; it may be cut into pieces just below
the first joint, each piece having a root. The bottom piece
should have two eyes — one to root from, and the other to
push into a shoot. The " bottom," or plant which has been
cut, should be replaced in its pot, and then put under a
bell glass. It will soon throw up a young shoot; this
ought to be left on until well rooted, when it may be
separated and treated similarly to the portion first re-
moved, still leaving the old part in the pot These plants

FlO. 104. A.XECTOCHILCS FRIDERICI-ACGOSTL

must be grown in glass cases, or under bell glasses, but
they should always have a little air, for, as Mr. Williams
says, when too much confined, they grow up spindly, and
damp off in the stem ; the latter, being fleshy, requires more
substance and sturdiness. Air should be admitted through
a space of about lin. or 2in. The following ranges of
temperature are advised: Winter, night, 55deg. to
60deg.; day, 65deg. to 70deg. during March, April, and
May; night, GOdeg. to 70deg.; and, afterwards, a few
degrees higher, with a TnaTimnm day temperature of
SOdeg. Bottom heat should not be given, as it induces a
weak, fast growth. Great care will be needed to prevent
ravages of insects. The most suitable month for repotting
is March, just before growth commences, when the plants
will need plenty of water up to October, excepting when
it is desirous to utilise them as drawing-room ornaments,
in which case they should be kept rather dry for a short
time previous. See also Docsinia, Goodyera, Hajmeria,
Macodes, Fhysurus, and Zeuxine.

A. argenteus pictua (silvery-painted). A synonym of Pkynmu
pictvt.

82

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

dark mottled;

A. Heriotil (Heriot's). I 3iin. long, 2Ain. broad, dark i
colour, golden-reticulated, and with shadowy network.

pink, small, spicate ; scape 9in. high.

n. long, liin. broad, dark olive-green, with lighter blotches
faint golden reticulation, pinkish beneath. Jav

Ancectochilus— continued.
A. argyronenros (silvery-veined).* I., light green,

veins forming a beautiful silvery network. Java.
A. Boylel (Boyle's).* I. ovate, acuminate, 2in. long and broad,

olive^green, netted and pencilled with gold. India.
A. Bullenii(Bullen's).* I. 2Jin. long, ground colour bronzy green,

with three broad distinct lines of coppery-red, or golden stripes

running the entire length. Borneo, 1861.
A. concinnus (neat). L ovate, acuminate, rounded at base, dark

olive-green, netted and striped with shining coppery-red. Assam.
A. Dawsonianns (Dawson's).* I. ovate, of a dark velvety, rich

olive-green, traversed by about seven longitudinal copper-coloured

veins ; the space on each side of the midrib being filled with fine

reticulations of the same colour. Malay Archipelago, 1868. The

proper name of this plant ia Hasmeria discolor Dawsoniana.
A. Day! (Day's). A synonym of Dossinia marmorata Dayi.
A. Domlnli (Dominy's). L dark olive-green, streaked down the

centre with pale coppery-yellow, the main ribs marked by pale

lines. Hybrid between Qoodyera discolor and A. Fridenn Augusts
A. Eldorado (Eldorado). I. dark green, with small tracery of a

lighter colour, deciduous. Central America.
A. Frlderlci-Augusti (Frederick Augustus1).* I. 2Jin. long, and

liin. broad, dark velvety green, with broad orange and green

stripes down the centre, covered with a beautiful golden network.

h. 5tn. Very distinct See Fig. 104. SYN. A. xanthophyllus.

,in. broad, dark mahogany-

A. hieroglyphicus (hieroglyphic-marked). I. small, dark green,
witli hieroglyphic-like, silvery-grey blotches. Assam.

A. intermedius (intermediate).* I. 2}in. long, and liin. broad,
with a silky surface, dark olive, striped and veined with gold.
h. Sin. Will succeed with a glass covering, in a stove, if shaded.

A. Javanlcus, (Java), .f

and

A. latlmaculatus (broad-spotted).* I. dark green, with silvery
markings. Borneo. A distinct and free-growing kind.

A. Lowii (Low's).* I. 4in. to 5in. long, Sin. broad, dark velvety-
green, shading to orange-brown, lined from base to apex with deep
golden veins, crossed by lines of the same hue. h. 6in. Borneo.
The correct name of this plant is Dossinia marmorata.

A. L. vtrescons (greenish).* I. brighter green, with brighter
markings over the whole surface.

A. Ordianua (Ordi's).* I. shape and habit of A. Dawsonianus, but
the colour is a vivid green, and lined with golden veins. Java, 1869.
The proper name of this plant is Hcemeria discolor Ordiana.

A. pictus (painted). A synonym of Physv.ru* pictus.

A. quercetlcola (forest-dwelling). A synonym of Phynurus
querceticolus.

A. regalia (royal).* King Plant L 2in. long, IJin. broad ;
surface a beautiful velvety green, veined in regular lines, and
covered with a network of gold. h. 4in. Java, 1836. If examined
with a lens in sunshine, the beauty of the network will be plainly
seen. SYN. A. setaceus (of gardens). There are several varie-
ties, the best of which are :

A. r. cordatus (heart-shaped). I. rounder, and gold markings

A. r. grandlfolins (large-leaved).* I. light green, beautifully

laced and banded with a network of gold. Also rare.
A. r. Inornatus (unadorned). I. dark rich velvety, with a few

slight markings, destitute of the golden reticulation. Java.
A. Relnwardtii (Reinwardt's).* I. rich, deep velvety-bronze,

intersected with bright golden lines. Java.

A. Roxburgbil (Roxburgh's).* I. 2Jin. long, liin. broad, dark

velvety-green, striated with well-defined lines of silver, h. Sin.

India. The true species is very rare ; several are sold as such.

A. Ruckeril (Rucker*s).» I. broadly ovate-bronzy-green, with six

rows of distinct spots running from base to apex. Borneo, 1861.
A. setaceus (bristly). A garden synonym of A. regalis.
A. strlatns (striated). A synonym of Zeuxine regia.
A. Turner! (Turner's).* I. large, rich bronze, freely golden-
reticulated. One of the handsomest ; a very free grower.
A. Veltohil (Veitch's). A synonym of Macodes Petola.
A. xanthophyllus (yellow-leaved). A synonym of A. Friderici-

Augusti.

A. zebrinns (striped).* I. ovate-lanceolate, deep olive green,
with copper-coloured veins. India, 1863. Dwarf and elegant
ANOMATHECA (from anomos, singular, and theca, a
capsule, or seed-pod). ORD. Iridece. Very pretty little
bulbous perennials. Perianth hypocrateriform ; tube
triquetrous, constricted at the throat. The species are
hardy when planted in warm sunny situations in the
open border. Their dwarf stature, brilliance, profusion
of flowers, and habit of blossoming continuously over a
long period, render them very popular subjects amongst

Anomatheca — continued.

growers of hardy perennials. Although generally credited
with being hardy, when cultivated out of doors they should
be lifted and stored in frostproof quarters before winter
commences, until the following March. They are excellent
as window garden plants, and also for pot culture. If
grown in pots, they should be shaken out, and repotted in
February or March. They multiply very rapidly, and may
be divided in patches, not by single bulbs, once yearly.
Light sandy loam, mixed with a little leaf mould, is the
best compost. Anomathecas are sometimes increased by
seed, which may be sown so soon as ripe, very thinly, in
seed pans. Thin out the seedlings if growing very close
together; the next season they may be put out four or
five in a pot. When they become crowded, shift into a
much larger pot, but do not disturb the ball. The young
seedlings will probably produce flowers the second season.
A. ernenta (bloody).* fl. rich carmine-crimson ; perianth segments
elliptical, three lower ones broader than the others, with a dark
blotch at the base ; tube long, whitish ; scapes secund, bearing
about five or six flowers. Summer and autumn. I. two-ranked,
about iin. broad, sword-shape, somewhat tapering. Bulb ovate,
rather large, h. 6in. to 12in. Cape of Good Hope, 1830.
A. Juncea (rushy), fl. very bright pink, with a dark spot at the
base, produced in profusion. The leaves are narrower than those
of the foregoing. Cape of Good Hope, 1791. A rare species.
ANONA (Anona is the name applied to these plants
in St. Domingo). Custard Apple. ORD. Anonacece. Stove
evergreen shrubs, with fragrant leaves. Petals six, in two
rows. Carpels indefinite, joined into one fleshy, many-
celled, edible, roundish fruit, with a muricated, scaly, or
reticulated skin. Anonas thrive best in rich loamy soil,
mixed with a little peat. Ripened cuttings, with leaves
intact, will root if inserted in sand and placed under a
hand glass, in a moist heat. When seeds are procurable,
they should be sown in pots, and plunged into a hotbed.
A. Cherimolia (The Cherimoyer). fl. outer petals somewhat
concave, linear-oblong, brown on the outside, each marked with
a dark spot at the base ; peduncles opposite the leaves, solitary.
July. fr. somewhat globose and scaly, dark purple ; esteemed by
the Peruvians as one of their most delicate, and as being not in-
ferior to any fruit in the world. I. ovate-lanceolate, not dotted ;
under surface silky tomentose, strong scented, h. 20ft Peru, 1739.
A. glabra (smooth-fruited).* fl. outer petals ovate, obtuse,
brown ; calyx leathery, large ; peduncles opposite the leaves,
two-flowered. July. fr. greenish-yellow, conoid, blunt, smooth.
I. ovate-lanceolate, smooth, h. 10ft. West Indies, 1774.
A. longifolia (long-leaved), fl. purplish ; outer petals concave,
thick, all acute, large, axillary, solitary, stalked. May. fr. ovate-
globose, dotted, and reticulated, flesh-coloured. /. oblong, acu-
minated, mucronate, smooth, h. 20ft. Guiana, 1820.
A. muricata (muricated-fruited).* The Sour Sop. fl. outer petals
cordate, concave, thick, acuminated, green on the outside, yellow
inside, and spotted ; peduncles solitary, one-flowered, sweet
scented, fr. muricated, with fleshy points, green. /. ovate-
lanceolate, smooth, shining, h. 15ft. West Indies, 1656.
A. palustris (marsh). Alligator Apple ; Cork-wood, fl. yellow ;
petals all acute, fr. rather areolate, large, heart-shaped, sweet-
scented. I. ovate-oblong, leathery, quite smooth, h. 10ft. to 20ft.
South America, 1788.

A. retloulata (netted). The Custard Apple, or Bullock's Heart.
fl. outer petals oblong-lanceolate, acute, somewhat concave at the
base, brownish on the outside, whitish-yellow on the inside,
marked with dark purple spots, fr. ovate-globose, reticulate,
as large as a tennis ball, with yellowish soft flesh ; it is much
esteemed by some people. I. oblong-lanceolate, acute, smooth,
somewhat dotted, h. 15ft. to 25ft. Brazil, 1690.
A. squamosa (scaly). Sweet Sop. fl., outer petals linear-oblong,
somewhat concave at the base, nearly closing, greenish-yellow.
fr. egg-shaped, scaly. I. oblong, bluntish, smooth, full of pellucid
dots, rather glaucous beneath, h. 20ft. South America, 1739.
ANONACE2E. An order of trees or shrubs, mostly
tropical, with axillary peduncles, lateral or opposite the
leaves, and with alternate, simple, entire or hardly toothed
leaves, without stipules. Anona is the typical genus.
ANONYMO. A synonym of Saururus (which see).
ANONYMOS BRACTEATA. See Zornia tetra-
phylla.

AN OP LAN THUS (in part). A synonym of Phelipaea
(which see).

ANOPLOPHYTUM. See Schlumbergeria and
Tillandsia.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

83

ANOPTERUS (from ano, upwards, and pteron, a
wing ; in reference to the seeds, which are winged at the
apex). OBD. Saxifrages. A very handsome greenhouse
evergreen shrub, having a free branching habit, large dark
shining green leaves, and long panicles of salver-shaped
flowers. It would probably prove quite hardy in the south
and west of England, and parts of Scotland, provided it had
a slight winter protection. It grows well in sandy loam
and peat. When grown in pots, it requires plenty of
room and water. Half -ripened cuttings root freely under
a bell glass in a cool house or frame in summer.
A. glandulosa (glandular).* A. white, rose tinted, large ; ra-
cemes erect, simple, terminal. April, May. I. alternate, rarely
nearly opposite, ovate-oblong, attenuated at both ends, nearly
sessile, leathery, toothed, h. 3ft. Van Diemen's Land, 1823.
ANSELLIA (named after Mr. Ansell, the botani-
cal collector who accompanied the ill-fated Niger Expe-
dition). OBD. OrchidecB. Strong growing, free flower-
ing stove epiphytal orchids. Best grown in large pots,
as they produce a quantity of roots. They require a
compost of turfy peat, with moderate drainage. An
ample supply of water during the growing season is needed ;
but care must be taken not to let any remain in the heart
of the plants, as they are very likely to rot. During the
season of rest, little or no water, but a damp atmosphere,
are the chief requirements. Propagated by divisions of
the bulbs just after flowering.

A. africana (African).* fl., sepals and petals nearly 2in. long,
greenish yellow, spotted with brownish red ; lip small, yellow ;
spikes large, drooping, branched, each sometimes bearing nearly
a hundred blooms. Stems 3ft. to 4ft. high, with light evergreen
foliage. Fernando Po, 1844. Lasts two months in perfection.
A. a. gigantea (gigantic).* fl. on upright spikes from the top
of the pseudo-bulbs, but smaller, of a light yellow tint, with
very few narrow, transverse, brown bars, and a deep yellow lip,
without warts of any kind on its middle lobe, and with more or
less crenulated keels. Natal, 1847. The perfume is very peculiar.
Very rare.

A. a. lutea (yellow). Not so strong a grower ; producing clusters
of light yellow flowers from the top of the pseudo-bulbs. Natal.
A. a. nilotica (Nile district).* As a garden plant this is much
superior to the type. The habit is dwarfer, the colours of the
flowers brighter and more distinctly defined. The sepals and
petals, too, are more spreading. Eastern Africa.
ANSERJNA. See Potentilla anserina.
ANTENNAE. Two movable, articulated organs at-
tached to the heads of insects and Crustacea, commonly
called " horns " or " feelers." They are variable in form
and length. Antennas seem to serve for touch, and,
perhaps, for smell and hearing.

ANTENN ARI A (from antennas ; in reference to the
similarity which exists between the seed down of the plant
and the antennae, or feelers, of an insect). OBD. Composites.
Hardy herbaceous perennials, distinguished by the dry,
coloured, chaffy scales encircling each head of flowers, of
which the stamens and pistils are on different plants.

FIG. 105. ANTENNABIA MABGAKITACEA, showing Habit and
Inflorescence.

These are charming little alpine plants, admirably adapted
for rockwork, pots, edgings, or borders, in any light soil.

Antennaria — continued.

Propagated by divisions of the roots in spring, and seeds ;

the latter should be sown in spring in a cold frame. Grown

chiefly for their leaves.

A. dloioa (direcious).* fl.-heads pink, in crowded corymbs, 3in. to
4in. high. June. I. radical ones spathulate, woolly chiefly be-
neath ; upper ones lanceolate. Stems simple ; shoots procumbent.
Britain. The two or three varieties of this pretty species exceed
the type in beauty. SYN. Gnaphalium dioicum.

A. d. hyperborea (northern). 1. woolly on both surfaces.

A. d. minima, (smallest).* A very small growing variety.

A. margaritacea (pearly).* fl.-heads white, corymbose. August.
I. linear-lanceolate, acute, alternate, cottony, especially beneath.
Stems branched above, h. 2ft Naturalised m England and
on the Continent. Said to have been introduced from America
about the sixteenth century. The prettier but much rarer
A. triplinervit, from Nepaul, comes close to this species. See
Fig. 105.

A. tomentoaa (downy).* fl.-h»ads corymbose. Summer. One of
the dwarf est and best of silvery-leaved plants, either as an edging
for small beds or for covering the higher portions of rockwork ;
it is much used in carpet bedding. It scarcely grows more than
lin. high, and forms a dense carpet in a short space of tune. It
should be grown separate from other plants. It is frequently
known under the name of A. Candida.

ANTERIOR. Placed in front, or outwards.
ANTHEMIS (from anihemon, a flower; referring to
their general floriferons character). Chamomile. OBD.
Composites. Receptacle convex, chaffy. Involucre hemi-
spherical or nearly flat ; scales imbricated, membranaceous at
the margin. Pappus none ; ray florets ligulate ; disk tubular.
This is a large genus, principally of medicinal value, and
contains very few species worth the cultivator's trouble. Of
easy culture in any ordinary soil. Propagated by divisions.
A. Alzoon (Aizoon).* fl.-heads resembling a white Daisy; florets
of the ray fourteen to eighteen, trifld, twice as long as the breadth
of the disk. Summer. I. lanceolate, or broadly so, acutely and
deeply serrated, narrowed towards the base, covered with white
down ; lower ones crowded ; stem-leaves rather acute, gradually
lessening in size. h. 2in. to 4in. Northern Greece. Free
grower, dwarf, and compact.

A. Biebersteinil (Bieberstein's).* fl.-heads yellow. Summer.
I. pinnately divided into linear three-lobed segments, which
are covered with white silky pubescence, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Cau-
casus.

A. nobilis (noble). Common Chamomile. fl.-heads solitary ; disk
yellow ; ray white ; scales of the receptacle membranous,
scarcely longer than the disk. I. bipinnate ; segments linear-subu-
late, a little downy. Stem procumbent, and much branched.
England. For culture, see Chamomile.

A. tinctoria (dyer's). /.bright yellow. July and August. Z.bi-pin-
natifld, serrate, downy beneath. Stem angular. A. IJft England.
ANTHER. The male part of a flower containing the
pollen.

ANTHERICLIS. A synonym of Tipularia.
ANTHERICUM (from anthos, a flower, and Jcerkos, a
hedge ; in reference to the tall flower stems). SYN. Phalan-
gium. OBD. Liliacece. A large genus, belonging to the
capsular group of the order, and inhabiting, for the most
part, the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers white, racemose or
panicled, scapose ; perianth segments either spreading from
near the base or campanulately united; stamens short,
with naked or bearded filaments. Leaves radical, filiform
or linear. The hardy varieties are now extensively grown,
and are among the most ornamental of border plants. They
thrive best in rich light soil, and are excellent subjects
for pot culture; for which purpose use a compost of
fibrous loam, leaf mould, or well-decayed manure, and
coarse sand. The pots should be about 12in. across, well
drained, and the plants potted just previous to, or so
soon as, growth commences. During activity, plenty of
water is needed, until the plants have finished flowering,
when the quantity may be lessened ; but never allow them
to get dry. Propagated by division of the roots or seeds,
sowing the latter, as early as possible after they are ripe,
in a cold frame.

A. gramlnl folium (grass-leaved). A garden name of A. ramosum.
A. Hooker! (Hooker's). See Chrysobactron Hookeri.
A. Liliago (Liliago).* St. Bernard's Lily. fl. pure white, lin. to
lim. across ; perianth segments spreading ; style curved. May

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Anthericum — continued.

to August I. tufted, narrow, channelled, 12in. to 18in. high.
South Europe, 1596. A very free flowering species, of which there
is a major variety in gardens. SYNS. Phalangium and Watsonia
Liliago.

L Liliastrum (Liliaster).» St. Bruno's Lily. fl. much larger than
the last, 2in. long, and as much across, fragrant, of a trans-

Fio. 106. ANTHERICUM LILIASTRUM, showing Habit and Flower.

parent whiteness, with a delicate green spot on the point of each
segment, campanulate, arranged in loose spikes. - Early summer.
L long, narrow, six or eight to each plant, about 1ft. to 2ft. long,
A. 1ft. to 2ft. South Europe, 1629. SYNS. Czackia Liliastrum and
Paradiria Liliastrum (this is the correct name). See Fig. 106.
A. L, major (greater), fl. about lin. larger than the type. h. about

6ft. A very desirable border plant.

A. ramosnm (branched).* fl. white, rather smaller than those
of A. Liliago ; perianth segments narrow and spreading ; style
straight ; flower stems much branched. June. I. long, narrow
channelled, grass-like, h. 2ft. South Europe, 1570. A rapid
grower. SYN. A. graminifolium (of gardens).
A. serotlnnm Gate-flowering). See Lloydla.
A. variegatum (variegated), t keeled, grass-like, striped and
margined with white. South Africa, 1875. Half hardy. The
proper name of this plant is Chlorophytum elatum variegatum.
SYNS. A. WUliamsii and Phalangium argenteo-Uneare.
A. Williamsii (Williams'). Synonymous with A. variegatum.

ANTHERIDIA. The reproductive organs in crypto-
gamic plants, analogous to anthers in flowering plants.
. ANTHERIFEROUS. Bearing anthers.
ANTHESIS. The opening period of flowers.
ANTHOCARPOUS. Bearing a fruit resulting from
many flowers.

ANTHOCEBCIS (from anthos, a flower, and kerkis, a
ray; in reference to the radiated corolla). OBD. Solanacece.
Handsome greenhouse evergreen shrubs, with alternate
leaves, attenuated into the petioles or base, thick,
sometimes glandularly dotted. Flowers axillary, generally
solitary; corolla campanulate. Cuttings strike freely in
sand under a bell glass, with a mild bottom heat. So soon as
they have well rooted, pot off into very small pots in two-
thirds good loam and one of peat. After having made
a little headway, the leading shoots should be pinched off,
to induce a lateral growth; they may be transferred to
pots a size larger when the roots have filled the first pot.
Continue growing throughout the summer in frames or in
the greenhouse, near the glass, allowing plenty of air.
Vigorous growth should be checked ; thus encourajrinjr
bushy plants.

A. albicans (whitish-leaved).* fl. white, streaked with bluish-
purple inside the tube, fragrant; petals longer than the tube.
April, l. oblong, obtuse, densely tomentose on both surfaces as
well as the branches, h. lift, to 2ft. New South Wales, 1824.

Anthocercis — continued.

A. floribunda (many-flowered). /. white, h. 3ft. New South Wales.
A. ilicifolla (Holly-leaved). /. yellowish green. June. A. 6ft.

Swan River, 1843.

A. littorea (shore), fl. white. June. h. 3ft. New Holland, 1803.
A. viscosa (clammy).* fl. large, white. May. I. obovate, glandu-
larly dotted with scabrous margins ; young leaves and branches
clothed with fine down. A. 4ft. to 6ft. New Holland, 1822.
ANTHODON. Included under Salacia.
ANTHOLOMA (from anthos, a flower, and loma, a
fringe ; in allusion to the fringed or crenulated limb of
the corolla). OED. Tiliacece. A fine greenhouse ever-
green tree, thriving in a mixture of light loam and peat.
Cuttings of ripened wood root in sand, under a hand glass.
A. montana (mountain).* fl. white ; corolla ovately cylindrical,
with a crenate, rather toothed margin ; racemes axillary, some-
what umbellate, reflexed. May. I. elliptical-oblong, leathery,
stalked, scattered at the top of the branchiate, h. 20ft. New
Caledonia, 1810.

ANTHOLYZA (from anthos, a flower, and lyssa, rage ;
in reference to the opening of the flowers, which resemble
the mouth of an enraged animal). SYN. Petamenes. In-
cluding Anisanthus. OED. Iridece. A very pretty genus
of bulbous plants from the Cape of Good Hope, having
narrow, erect, Iris-like leaves, and flower-spikes that over-
top the foliage, bearing numerous bright-coloured flowers.
Perianth tubular, six-cleft, unequal, the upper segments
longest ; stamens three. The species may be grown in a
greenhouse, or planted out in a frame. They also thrive
excellently out of doors, and should be planted Sin. or
9in. deep for fear of frost, or have a winter protection of
several inches of cocoa-nut fibre refuse or litter. The safer
plan is to raise the roots, winter them in some dry part of
the greenhouse ; but, previous to storing, divide the clumps,
clean them, and re-plant or pot in February, -jor early in
March. A mixture of equal parts peat, sandy loam, and leaf
soil is most suitable for their culture. Just previous to
flowering, if in pots, frequent doses of weak manure water
will be found beneficial. They may be propagated by off-
sets, which are produced in abundance, at almost any time.
Seeds are sometimes procured, which should be sown so
soon as ripe, in light soil, in a cool house, where they will
germinate the following spring, and will be fit to plant
out in the summer of the same year. With the exception
of A. Cunonia, they all much resemble each other. Only
four or five species of this genus are worth cultivating.

A. eethlopica (^Ethiopian).* /. scarlet and green. June. h. 3ft.

1759. SYNS. A. floribunda, A. proealta.
A. ». ringens (gaping), fl. red and yellow, rather smaller than

those of the type. SYN. A. vittigera.
A. bioolor (two-coloured). Synonymous with A. Cunonia.
A. caffra (Caffrarian).* fl. rich scarlet ; spike distichous, many-
flowered. June. I. long, linear, or linear-ensiform. h. 2ft. 1828.

A very showy and pretty species, but rarely seen in our gardens.

SYN. Anisanthus splendens.
A. Cunonia (Cunon's).* fl. scarlet and black, a combination of

colours uncommon among bulbous plants ; spikes sccund. June.

h. 2ft. 1756. SYN. Anisanthus Cunonia.
A. floribunda (much-flowered). A synonym of A. cethiopica.
A. preealta (very tall). Synonymous with A. cethiopica.
A. vittigera (glandular). Synonymous with A. as. ringeng.

ANTHOMYIA. See Beet Fly, Cabbage Fly, and
Onion Fly.

ANTHONOMUS. See Grubs.

ANTHOSFERMTJM (from anthos, a flower, and
sperma, a seed). Amber Tree. OED. Rubiacece. An
ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrub from the Cape of
Good Hope. It thrives in peat, loam, and sand, with a
summer temperature of 50deg. to 65deg., and winter, 40deg.
to 45deg. Increased by cuttings, in sand, under a bell
glass. There are above twenty other species belonging to
this genus.

A. sethiopicum (^Ethiopian).* fl. dioecious, male brownish, and
the female ones green, disposed in verticillate spikes. June. I.
linear-lanceolate, three in a whorl, shining above, glabrous be-
neath, about lin. long. Stem much branched, downy above, h.
2ft. to 3ft. 1692.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

85

ANTHOTAYTS.

inflorescence.

AJTTHOXANTHTJM (from anthot, a flower, and
ranthu-s, yellow). Spring Grass. Calyx of two valves.
plumaceous, one-flowered ; corolla double, each of two
valves: the exterior awned; the interior small, awnless;
stamena two, not three, as is usually the case with grasses.
OBD. Gramineaf. A pretty native hardy perennial, of
easy culture in common garden soil.

FIG. 107. AsTHOXAimroii ODOJUICM.

i(sweetX Vernal Grass. <., panicle spiked, oblong,

dense, becoming dullish yellow. I. short, pale green. A. 1ft.
The pleasant smell of new-made Hay is chiefly owing to this
plant, which in drying emits an odour similar to that of Arperula
odorata. See Fig. 107.

ANTHUB.IT7M (from anihos, a flower, and ouro, a tail).
Tail Flower. OBD. Aroide& (Aracete). Flowers densely
disposed on a cylindrical spadix, at the base of which is
a large bract-like apathe, that ultimately bends backwards.
Leaves of various shapes. This very large genus of
handsome stove and greenhouse plants is remarkable both
for the peculiar inflorescence and often noble leaves, and is
distinguished in structure from all the European members
of the order in the flowers being hermaphrodite. Fibry
peat, loam, sphagnum, broken crocks, or charcoal, and
silver sand, form the most suitable compost. In preparing
the peat, it should be broken up into small lumps, and then
have most of the earthy matter knocked out of it by giving
it a few raps with a stick, or by rfudring it about in a sieve.
To this, after so treated, add about one-fourth its bulk of
sphagnum, and about half its bulk of fibrous loam, and
just a sprinkling of fresh broken crocks, or small pieces of
charcoal and sharp silver sand. In placing them in
the pots — which must be well drained — carefully spread
out the roots and work the mixture among them, keep-
ing the plant well up, so that when finished it stands

Anthurium — continued.

clear above the rim of the pot at least 2in. or Sin., and
forms a kind of mound or hillock. They must then be
kept freely syringed or watered, and placed in a moist
atmosphere, where they can enjoy a temperature ranging
between SOdeg. and 70deg., or a few degrees lower for
the leas tender species. Baising plants from seed requires
patience. About a year elapses from the time the flowers
are fertilised— which should be done artificially— before the
seed ripens, and often another to get up plants. Sow as
soon as ripe in shallow, well-drained pans or pots, filled
with the potting mixture, and cover slightly, and place in a
close, moist propagating case, where a temperature of from
75deg. to 85deg. is maintained, or they may be covered
with bell glasses. The principal thing is to keep the
air about them constantly humid, and the material in
which they are sown in a uniformly moist condition ;
if this is done, the young seedlings will make their appear-
ance in due course. When these are of sufficient
size to handle, they should be pricked off in the same
sort of compost, and be kept close and moist tall they
get a start, after which gradually inure them to more air.
January is the best month of the year wherein to propagate
these plants by divisions. This is done by carefully turn-
ing them out of their pots and shaVing out what soil
they have amongst their roots, which must be tenderly
dealt with, so as not to bruise or injure them.
This done, they may then be pulled apart, and as many
plants made as there are separate crowns, or the mass may
be simply halved or quartered, according to the stock re-
quired. Treat now as recommended above for potting.
They are all moisture-loving plants, and must have a
copious supply of water at all times, although, of course,
much less during the winter than spring and summer
months. There is no season of the year when they can
be handled for any purpose with less risk or check than
January. A moderate moist store heat is advisable for
them generally. The species enumerated are selected from
nearly 150, and will be found to be a very representative
collection. See also Spathiphyllum.

A. aeanle (st«mlessX» JL, spadix blue in a young state,
borne on long footstalks, sweetly scented. Spring. L broad,
oblong, acuminate, 1ft. to 3ft. in length, erect, arranged in a
rosulate manner, dark shining green on the upper surface, some-
what paler beneath. West Indies, 1855. A noble species.

86

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aiitlrurium — continued.

combination of pink and bright scarlet; the fleshy rachis being
pink, and the pea-sized fruits bright scarlet. July. I. linear,
feathery, green, with stout midribs. Costa Rica, 1872.

A. cordifolinm (cordate-leaved).* I. 3ft. long and 20in. broad,
heart-shaped, deep shining green on the upper surface, and paler
below, h. 4ft. New Grenada. One of the best, and may
be grown in a greenhouse or even in a sheltered spot of tne
sub-tropical garden during July and August. A. Brcncni, although
quite distinct, comes close to this species.

A. ooriaoeum (leathery).* I. very thick, leathery, ovate, about
2ft long ; petioles stout, about the same length. Brazil. An
admirable sub-tropical species.

,

ate-oblong, acuminate, 10m. to
Columbia.

l. obovate-spathulate, narrowed to a w
shortly stalked, shining, about 30in. long
Tropical America, 1840. SYNS. A. Bueg

Tropical America,
A. Huegelii (Huegel's).

Euegelii, Pathos acaulis.
A synonym of A. Hookeri.

FIG. 109. ANTHURIUM CRYSTALLINUM.

liate'Tbrightlichvelvety green,' principal' veins~elegantly' banded
with pure crystal white ; when young, the leaves are violet colour ;
petioles terete, h. 2ft. Columbia. See Fig. 109.

A. cuspidatum (cuspidate). JL, spathe crimson, reflexed, ^shorter
than the purplish spadix. I. ov
20in. long, green, h. 2ft. to 3ft.

A. ferrierense (Ferrieres).* /., spathe cordate, about 5in. long,
and 4in. wide, bright red ; spadix erect, about 4in. long, ivory
white. 1. large, cordate. A handsome hybrid between A. orna-
tum and A. Andreanum.

A. flssum (cut-leaved), fl., spathe green, erect, narrowly lanceo-
late-acuminate. I. cut into four to seven elliptic oblong-acuminate
segments, green; petioles longish, terete, h. 2ft. Columbia,

A. Harrtsli pulohrum (beautiful).* JL, spathe linear-lanceolate,
creamy white, deflexed, and pinkish at top ; spadix erect, deep
crimson ; scape about 1ft. long, pale green. I. lanceolate, rounded
at the base, pale green, with confluent white markings intermixed
with dark green. Stem short. Brazil, 1882. A beautiful varie-
gated plant. The typical A. Harrisii is extremely rare.

A. Hookeri (Hooker's). fl., spathe green ; spadix green or violet ;

and

A. insigne (showy).* I. three-lobed, middle lobe lanceolate, the two
lateral ones are nearly ovate, and have from three to five longi-
tudinal ribs; when young, the leaves have a bronzy tinge;
petioles terete, slightly sheathing at the base. Columbia, 1881.
A very handsome species.

A. Kalbreyeri (Kalbreyer-s).* I. palmate, about 24ft. across ;
leaflets nine, obovate-oblong, acuminate, sinuate, thick, glabrous,
rich deep green, those furthest from the stem are much
larger than those next the axis ; petiole cylindrical, thickened
at ^he top. New Grenada, 1881. A very handsome climbing
species.

A. lanqeolatum (lanceolate). JL, spathe lanceolate, deflexed,
yellowish green ; spadix dark brown, f. lanceolate, stalked, green,
1ft. long, narrowed to the base. There appears to be much con-
fusion as regards this and many varieties of A. Harrigli ; and the
specific designation is indiscriminately applied to lanceolate-leaved
forms generally. The true species was introduced to Kew from the
West Indies. SYN. A. Wildenovni.

A. leuconeurum (white-nerved). Green. Mexico, 1862.

A. Llndenianum (Linden's).* /. fragrant, spathe very pretty,
white, not reflexed, but the pointed apex slightly arches over and
shelters the white or purplish spadix. October, i. deeply cor-
date, of a roundish outline ; petioles long. h. 3ft. Columbia,
1866. SYN. A. Lindigi (of gardens).

A. liindlgi (Liudig's). A garden synonym of A. Lindenianum.

Anthnrifim. — continued.

A. maorolobmn (large-lobed).* I. large, deflexed, cordate,
acmntnate, with an open sinus at the base, and about three acute
marginal lobes, dark green, marked with about five pale i green
ribs ; petioles green, terete. Stem erect, short. A fine hybrid.

A. nymphseifolium (Nymphsea-leaved). JL, spathe white;
spadix purplish. Venezuela, 1854.

A. ornatum (adorned).* fl., spathe linear-oblong, white, 5in. to
6inloM Ton terete green scapes, enclosing cylindrical purplish
spadices of about the same length as the spathes, and studded
with white points arranged spirally. Spring. I. ovate or oblong- .
cordate, on slender terete petioles, h. 2ift. Venezuela, 1869.

Inate, 1ft. to 3ft. long,
g leaves tinged with

rose "o"n7ong Smooth footstalks. East Peru, 1866. An excellent
species for conservatory or window decoration during summer.

\. regale (royal).* 1. large, cordate-acumina
dull metallic green, with white veins ; young
rose, on long smooth footstalks East Peru

FIG. 110. ANTHURIUM SCHERZERIANUM.

A. Scherzerianum (Scherzer's).* fl. on bright red peduncles,
which spring from among the base of the leafstalks ; spathe ovate-
oblong, Bin. long and nearly 2in. broad, intense and brilliant
scarlet ; spadix orange coloured. I. oblong-lanceolate, 12m. to
18in. long, and 2in. or more broad, deep rich green, leathery.
Costa Rica. A very compact dwarf-growing evergreen about If t
high. It continues in beauty about four months. See Fig. 110.

A. S. album (white). A synonym of A. Scherzerianum WUliamsii.

FIG. 111. ANTHURIUM SCHERZERIANUM MAXIMUM.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

87

AnthariTun — continued.

A- S.

. S. Tmvrlmnm (greaterX* A very fine variety, with " gigantic
flower spathes, which measure about 9in. in length by 4in. in
breadth, and are of the most brilliant scarlet colour.- See
Fig. 111.

A S. pygmjeum (small).* Altogether smaller than the type, with
•ow leaves, which are from 4in. to 6in. long, and about *in.

broad. It is one of the

freely.
A S. Rothschildianum (Rothschild'sX JL, spathe creamy

white, spotted with crimson ; spadiz yellow. 1880. Exactly inter-
mediate lulling Mi MI Ml nKiiti HM trniril species and the

following variety.
A S. Wardll (Ward'sX* JL, spathe 6in. long. 4in. broad, very

brilliant L broader and more robust than those of the typical

species. A splendid variety.
A S. Williams!! (Williams'sX* JL, spathe white; spadiz

yellowish. May. L lanceolate-acuminate. Costa Bica, 1874.

ST.V. A. Schenerianum album.
A signatum(weU-markedX I. apparently three-lobed ; front lobe

about 1ft. long and 4in. wide ; the two side ones 4m. long, and

. .

about tin. from the midrib to the extremity, dark green ;
about 1ft. long. Venezuela, 1858.

petioles

white ; spadix nearly lin. long, very obtuse, pale yellow.
row lanceolate, 16in. to 24in. long, and about 2uTwide, bright green
above, pale greyish green beneath ; midrib prominent ;petiole Sin
to 6in. long, trigonous. A. lift. Tropical America, 1875.

L cordate, with an open sinus, the

A. splendJdnm (splendid).
lobes meeting behind ; " the course of

broadish band of deep lustrous velvety green,
g in ^ring c
is scabr
if raised
angular

spaces of about equal 'width being hi
vellowish green ; the ' '
between ~

i green ; the leaf surface is scabrous, and the portions
the ribs strongly bullate, as if raised in papillose blisters ;
i on the under suifaBB are angular, with tooth-like pro-
at intervals, while the whole under surface is punctuate

the veins

jections at intervals, while the wh<
with small palKddots-O*. Bull).
America, 1882. A very beautiful
others of the genus. See Fig. "

surface is punctuate
short, thick. South
quite distinct from any

FIG. 112. A.VTHUKKM SPLE.VDIDUX.

A. TObBignatrun (nearly allied to SignatumV*
hastate, with blunt points, Iffin. to 18m. long,
toadS at th« wid£* part; dark .Mnincg

L thick and fleshy.
and as much in

oth; petioles aboat fit long. fc. IJft
•llent

green above, paler
>sta Bica, 186L An

Anthnrinm— continued.

L tetragonnm (four-angledX Z. erect, commences very narrow,
1ft. wide at its broadest part ; margins undulate, deep shining
green on the upper surface, paler below ; petioles short, quad-
rangular. Tropical America, I860. An excellent sub-tropical

jduncle quadrangular. L
green ; ribs prominent, ani
1882. A handsome plant.

n: *adb

alternate,
^andofapaler

A Vettchil (Teitch'sX* L ovate-oblong, greatly elongated, 2ft to
3ft long, with a breadth of less than than one-third of these
dimensions, leathery, deep green, with a glossy metallic surface
when first expanded that Womes paler with age ; the principal
nerves are arched and deeply sunk, imparting a curiously waved
appearance to the surface. A. 2Jft Columbia, 1877. Bare but
very handsome.

A Walulewi (Walujew'sX* I. broadly cordate, 12in. to Uin. long,
Sin. to lOin. broad, olive metallic green, when young, bright
reddish crimson ; petioles four to five-angled. A. 2ft. Venezuela,
1880. A very distinct and noble species.

A Waroqueanum (Waroque'sX* L elongated, from 24in. to
sometimes 36in. long, and Sin. to llin. broad, very nch deep green,
of a velvety lustre ; midribs and veins light, forming a very
pleasing contrast Columbia, 1878. A very free grower.

A WQdenowll (Wildenow-sX A synonym of A. laruxolatvm.
It may be here remarked that by far the majority of species enn-

species.

i's Dictionary are chiefly of
and will, therefore, never become extensively
cultivated.

ANTH v I.T.Tg (from anthcs, a flower, and ionics.

down; flowers usually downy). Kidney Vetch. OBD.

Leguminosce. Herbaceous or sub-shrubby plants, of variable

habit. Flowers in spikes or heads; calyx tubular, five

toothed, permanent after flowering, more or less inflated.

Petals nearly equal Although not extensively grown, all

the species are very beautiful when in flower, the hardy

sorts being admirably adapted for rockwork. The herbaceous

perennials may be easily propagated by seed or division.

The seeds of the annual kinds should be sown in a rather

dry, warm situation in the open ground. The shrubby

evergreens will need the protection of a frame or cool

greenhouse in cold northern climates, and are best grown

in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat. Young cuttings of

most sp ecies will root in a pot of sandy soil, with a bell glass

placed over them, in a cool house or frame.

A Barba-Jovls (Jupiter's beardX* *• Pale yellow, numerous, in

globose, bracteate heads. March. I pinnate, and are as well as

She branches, clothed with silky tomentum; leaflets nine to

thirteen, oblong-linear, h. 4ft to 8ft Spain, 1640. Shrub.

A ertnacea (pricklyX* A. bluish-purple ; heads few flowered, on

short peduncles, bractea'te. ApriL i. very few, oval, or oblong.

A. 6in. to 12in. Spain, 1759. A much branched, spiny, almost

leafless, and slow-growing species ; hardy in a dry sunny position

on the rockery. S VS. Ennaeea hispan iea.

A. Hermanniffi (Hennann'sX JL yellow ; heads few flowered,
nearlv sessile in tie axils of the upper leaves. ApriL I. almost
sessile, simple, or trifoliate ; leaflets oblong-cuneated, glabrous or
clothed with adpressed pubescence, h. 2ft to 4ft Corsica, 1739.
Shrubby, much branched.

A. m""**"* (mountainX* JL pink or purplish, in dense heads,
on peduncles, with a leafy involucre, June. L pinnate, and are
as well as the branches, silky and hoary ; leaflets numerous, oval-
oblong, acute, small, entire, fc. Sin. to 6m. Alps of Europe, 1759
A very handsome little rock plant, with a dwarf and tufted
habit

A. tetraphyUa (fonr-leavedX JL white ; heads axillary, sessile,
few flowered. July. I pinnate, the terminal leaflets ovate and
large, the other three small and acute. South Europe, 1640. A

A. Vntocrarla (Common Wound wortX* JL generally yellow, some-
times white, red, or pinkish, in crowded twin heads. Summer.
L pinnate, with five or more unequal leaflets ; the lower ones
smallest. An elegant native herbaceous, perennial, admirably
adapted for rockwork. It is plentiful in most dry pastures. There
are several varieties, the best of which is alba.
AHTZASIS TOXICAJ&IA. This is the famous Upas

tree of Java, from which is obtained poison of a most

deadly nature. It belongs to the NAT. OBD. Urticacea.
AimCLEA, Included under Zygadenns.
ANTIGONON (from anti, against or opposite, and

gonia, an angle). Q&n.PolygonaceuB. Elegant stove climbers.

Flowers racemose, cirrhose at the apex of the rachides;

petals five, three outer ones broadly cordate, two inner

oblong. Leaves alternate, cordate. Although extremely

88

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Antigonon — continued.

handsome plants, they are difficult to flower. They seem

to succeed best when planted out in a very thoroughly

drained border over hot-water pipes or flues, the long

climbing stems being trained near the glass in full light.

A. amabile (lovely).* fl. bright rose, profusely borne in axillary

and terminal racemes. I. 3in. to 5in. long, ovate-cordate, and

deeply lobed at the base. It is of free slender growth, the young

shoots are pubescent, and having a slight reddish tinge. An

exceedingly attractive and effective species.

A. ETuatemalensis (Guatemala). Probably the same aa A.

A. inslgne (remarkable).* ft. very numerous, borne in tufts along
the sides of long racemes or panicles, which terminate in branched
tendrils ; the calyx, which is the showy part of the flower, has five
membranous sepals, the three outer are of a beautiful rosy pink
colour, about lin. in length by rather less in breadth, cordate at
the base, oblong, rounded towards the apex ; the two inner sepals
about the same length as the outer ones, but much narrower,
falcate, lanceolate ; pedicels Jin. long. I. broadly ovate oblong,
deeply cordate at the base, with two rounded lobes ; 4in. by 3in.,
the upper ones smaller, supported on short terete downy stalks.
Stems slender, angular, pubescent. Columbia, 1876.

A. leptopus (slender-stemmed), ft. numerous ; the outer three
sepals ofa beautiful rose colour, the centre of a much deeper tint ;
racemes secund, bearing several coloured bracts as well as flowers,
and end in a branched tendril. I. alternate, cordate, petiolate.
Stem slender, sub-pubescent. Mexico, 1868.

ANTIGRAMME. See Scolopendrinm.

ANTIRRHINUM (from anti, like, and rhin, a nose or
snout ; alluding to the shape of the corolla). Snapdragon.
OBD. Scrophularinece. Hardy herbaceous plants. Flowera
in terminal racemes, or solitary and axillary ; corolla per-
sonate ; tube ample, saccate at the base ; lobes of the
upper lip erect; lower lip spreading, having the middle
lobes smaller than the lateral ones, with an ample bearded
palate, which closes the throat. Seed pod or capsule two

Fio. 113. ANTIRRHINUM CAPSULE, with Persistent Style.

celled, upper cell bursting by one pore, lower by two masy.
toothed pores. See Fig. 113. Leaves entire, rarely lobed.
The genus contains several very handsome species, suitable
for borders and the rockery, while innumerable varieties
have originated from A. majus, which are very popular,
and extremely useful for bedding purposes ; these may ba

Fio. 114. ANTIRRHINUM ASARINA, showing Habit and Flower,
increased by cuttings or seeds ; if it is desired to increase
certain colours or varieties, the former is the only sure
method to adopt. They should be taken in September,

Antirrhinum — continued.

when they will readily root in a cold frame, or under a
hand glass, or they may be rapidly propagated in gentle
heat in spring. Seeds should be sown in July or August,
when they will produce good plants by the following season ;
or if sown in March in warmth, the plants will bloom late
in the same year. The " Tom Thumb " strain is especially
desirable for bedding, being very dwarf and free. All the
other species may be increased by cuttings and seeds treated
in the same way. Light soil, well enriched with manure, is
most suitable for all of them, especially for the varieties of
A. majus.

FIG. 115. BACEME OF ANTIRRHINUM MAJUS.

A. angustifolium (narrow-leaved). Synonymous withal, siculum.

A. Asarina (Asarina).* /. axillary, solitary ; corolla IJin. long,
white, sometimes tinged with red ; palate yellow ; tube glabrous,
compressed on the back, marked by purple spots, and bearded by
yellow hairs inside. June. I. opposite, on long petioles, five-
nerved, five-lobed, cordate, and crenated. South France, Ac.,
1699. A greyish clammy procumbent plant, requiring a warm
position on the rockery. See Fig. 114.

A. hispanlcum (Spanish), fl. in loose spikes ; corolla hardly an
inch long, purple, with a golden yellow palate ; tube villous.
Summer. I. oblong-lanceolate, contracted at the base, bluntish ;
lower ones opposite ; superior ones alternate, narrower, h. 1ft
Spain, 1878. SYN. A. latifolium.

A. latifolium (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. h

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

89

Antirrhinum — continued.

A, majns (large).* Greater, or Common Snapdragon. JL racemose,
approximate ; corolla lin. to 2in. long, shades infinite ; palate
yellow at top, very prominent ; tube downy outside. Spring,
summer, and autumn. L oblong-lanceolate, lin. to Sin. long;
upper ones narrower, attenuated at both ends, glabrous. Branches
erect, usually branched again, h. 2ft. Europe (naturalised in
Britain). The named varieties are numerous, but it is unnecessary
to enumerate any, as an equal amount of variation can be obtained
from seed. See Fig. 115.

A. molle (soft).* JL few, at the tops of the branchlets ; corolla
lin. long, whitish, with a yellow palate ; upper lip striped with
purple. July. 1. opposite, petiolate, clothed with glandular and
clammy hairs, about iin. long, and little more than Jin. broad ;
branches procumbent, slender.clothed
with woolly hairs. Pyrenees, 1752.
A very pretty plant, which should
have a warm position on the rockery.
A. semperrirent comes close to this
species.

A, Orontinm (Orontium). Jl. axil-
lary, distant ; corolla rose-coloured
or white, striped with purple ; tube
furnished with a few glandular hairs ;
palate veined with purple ; sepals
linear-lanceolate, large. June. L ob-
long-lanceolate, acutish, attenuated
at both ends, glabrous, 2in. long.
h. 6in. to 12n. Europe (British
cornfields). Annual. See Fig. 116.

A. O. grandiflorum (large-flowered).
A variety with larger, paler, and more approximate flowers,
and with broader leaves, than the type. Europe (British corn-
fields).

A. sicnlnm (Sicilian). JL in loose racemes; corolla hardly lin.
long, white or yellowish, rarely purple ; tube rather hairy ; lobes
of the upper lip and the middle lobe of the lower lip emarginate.
July. L lin. to liin. long, linear-lanceolate, opposite, alter-
nate or three in a whorl, narrowed into petioles at the base.
Branches erect, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Sicily, 1804. STJf. A. anmisti-
foKum.

A. tortnosum (twisted).* fl. disposed in spiked racemes, ap-
proximating by threes and fours ; corolla (the largest of the
genus) purple ; tube short ; upper lip large. June. I. linear,
acute, opposite or three in a whorl, 2in. long, attenuated at both

FIG. 116.

ORONTIUM.

ends ; upper ones very narrow. Branches erect.
Italy.

A synonym of

, 1ft. to IJft.
Rhynchoglossuxn

ANTONXA.

(which see).

ANTB.OPHYUM (from antron, a cavern, and phuo,
to grow ; referring to its place of growth). Including
Polytcenium. OBD. Filicea. A small genus of stove ferns,
very rarely seen in cnltivation, all with simple fronds, of
firm bnt fleshy texture, and copious, uniform, hexagonal
areolse. Son carried along the veins, imperfectly reticu-
lated. For culture, &c., see Ferns.

A, cayennense (Cayenne), sli. lin. to 4in. long, fronds 6in. to
9in. long, lin. to liin. broad, lanceolate-oblong, narrowed at both
ends ; edge thickened, entire ; areolse half as broad as long, tori
snb-superficial, often forked. Guiana, Ac.

A. corlacenm (leathery), fronds 6in. to Sin. long, about iin.
broad, narrowed very gradually from the centre to the base, very
acute at the apex, very thick ; areolae very long and narrow,
distinctly raised on the upper surface, gori quite immersed,
sometimes confluent. Himalayas, &c.

A. lanceolatnm (lance-leaved).* fronds 1ft. or more long, Jin. to
Jin. broad, point acute, edge entire, the lower half narrowed very
gradually to the base ; areolae two or three times as long as broad,
about three rows between the midrib and the edge, gori slender,
superficial, often joining. West Indies, southwards to New
Grenada, 1793.

ANTS (Fmrmicida). Well-known pests, easily distin-
guished from all other insects. There are a great number
of species, differing more or less in habits; but, as a
rule, they dwell underground in communities, and con-
struct extensive ant-cities, which are occupied by three
classes — the neuters or workers (by far the most
numerous), the males, and the females. There are often,
in addition to these, larger and stronger neuters, known
as the " soldiers," or defenders of the community. Ants
have a long, slender body, supported on long and slender
legs. The head bears a pair of elbowed horns or an-
tennae, constantly waving about and touching everything
the insect comes across. They have powerful mandibles

Ants— continued.

for cutting, sawing, and biting, and it is with these in-
struments that Ants do mischief in gardens. The winged
males and females become mature in summer, and on a
warm day they ascend in a body into the air; after a
short time, they fall to the ground, the females at once
free themselves from the henceforth useless wings, and
begin to form new colonies. Vast numbers of eggs are
laid, from which issue larvae, and these soon become
pupae, and then perfect Ants. Some kinds are injurious
from their habit (in some species) of collecting aphides
together, and farming them for the sake of the honey
secreted by the aphides, and that passes out from their
honey-tubes (thus helping to perpetuate the stock of
these most injurious insects) ; and also from the mecha-
nical damage they do in pots, and other receptacles for
plants. They likewise cause unsightly hills on lawns
and paths, and the large black species that live in decayed
wood often injure the framing of greenhouses, Ac., when
the woodwork has become somewhat decayed. Where
fruit, such as peaches or wall pears, are grown, Ants will
at times inflict damage, and, therefore, they should be
kept away ; but this is a comparatively easy matter, as
the placing of an obnoxious substance along the base of
the walls and around the stems of the trees will deter
them. For the extirpation of Ants from indoors, the
Arsenical solution described below is most efficacious,
but it is extremely dangerous.

Lime. Air-slaked lime plentifully dusted, in warm, dry,
weather, over and around the hills and other places infested,
will cause the Ants to vacate them in a short time. A
thick chalk line drawn round a smooth tree, or across an
upright board or post, will render it impassable.

Arsenic. This must be used with the utmost caution, as
it is a poison most fatal to animal life. Eecipe : loz. of
ordinary arsenic is placed in an old iron pot with a quart of
water, and then boiled until reduced to a pint or a little
more of liquid, to which is added £lb. of coarse sugar.
This mixture can either be dropped about the runs and
around the nests, or placed in saucers in the Ants' haunts.

Ferrocyanide of Potassium. This is also very dangerous :
Ferrocyanide of potassium, Idr. ; raspings of quassia, Idr. ;
and enough sugar to form a syrup. TJse in the same way as
the preceding.

Calomel and Sugar. Mix together one part of calomel
and ten parts of finely-powdered loaf sugar, and lay it
in little heaps about their nests and runs ; the Ants will
eat it and die. Spring is the best season for this method.

Guano, when fresh, if sprinkled on and around their
quarters, is said to be efficacious in driving them away.

Camphor. If a piece of camphor, about the size of a
filbert, be placed in two quarts of hot water, and this,
when cool enough, applied to pot or other plants infested
with Ants, the insects will be driven off without injury
to the plants.

Bones. Lay a quantity of partially-picked boiled bones
in the haunts, and they will be quickly covered with
insects. As soon as this occurs, throw the bones into hot
water. Before laying them down again, let all super-
fluous moisture drain off. This is a cheap remedy, and,
if persisted in, is very effectual.

Carbolic Acid. This, if of good strength, diluted with
about ten or twelve times its bulk of water, and well
sprinkled over paths or other places where there is no
vegetation, will keep the Ants away. It has, however,
an objectionable smell.

Paraffin Oil. Paraffin, mixed with six times its bulk of
water, and sprinkled over the nests every few days, will
kill and drive away Ants ; but the smell is disagreeable.

Quassia. 4oz. of quassia chips, boiled in a gallon of
water for about ten minutes, and 4oz. of soap added to
the liquor as it cools, if used like the preceding, is fairly
effectual; but this, like the other remedies, must be
persisted in for som« tiro a

N

90

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ants — continued.

Fly pans or cancers, nearly filled with thin honey or
sweet oil, attract Ants, and they are drowned in them.
Ants are very hard to clear effectually out of a place,
and therefore it is very desirable, in all attempts to be
rid of them, to persist in the above remedies. When not
living close to the roots or stems of plants, the best and
surest remedy of all is to flood them out or scald them
in with boiling water. The specifics are endless, but the
best are mentioned above.

ANTWERP HOLLYHOCK. See Altnsea ficifolia.

AOTT7S (from a, without, and ous, an ear ; in allusion to
the absence of appendages in the calyx, which distinguishes
it from its allied genus, Pultencea). OBD. Leguminosce.
Elegant little greenhouse evergreen shrubs, with yellow
flowers, and simple, linear- subulate leaves, revolnte at the
margins, alternate or nearly opposite, or three in a whorl.
They should be grown in a compost of equal parts loam,
sand, and peat, with a little charcoal, and the pots should
be well drained. Cuttings of half-ripened wood, made in
April, root freely in sand, under a bell glass.

A. gracillima (most slender).* /. yellow and crimson, small, on
long, dense, graceful spikes, which are often over a foot long ;
pedicels short. May. A. 3ft. New Holland, 1844. A very pretty
slender growing shrub.

A. Tlllosa (soft-haired), fl. axillary, disposed in racemose spikes
along the branches; calyx silky. April. I. smoothish on the
upper surface, h. 1ft. to 2ft. New Holland, 1790.

AFEIBA (the native name in Guiana.) OBD.
Tiliaceae. Very handsome stove evergreen trees or shrubs,
clothed with starry down. Flowers large, golden yellow,
pedunculate, bracteate. Capsule spherical, depressed,
rough from rigid bristles. Leaves broad, alternate, entire
or serrate. They thrive in a mixture of loam and peat.
The best way to induce them to flower in this country is
by cutting a ring round the bark of a large branch ; by this
means the growth is stopped. Well ripened cuttings should
be planted in sand in heat, under a bell glass, which should
be tilted occasionally, so as to give a little air to the cut-
tings, otherwise they are apt to damp off.

peduncles opposite the
1. ovate-oblong, some-
't. to 40ft. Guiana, 1792.
A. Petoumo (Petoumo). fl. yellow, similarly disposed to A. cupera.

August Jr. clothed with bristles. I. ovate-oblong, somewhat

cordate at the base, entire, hoary beneath, h. 40ft. Guiana, 1817.
A. Tibonrbou (Tibourbou).* fl. dark yellow. August, fr.

densely clothed with bristles. I. cordate, ovate-oblong, serrated,

hairy beneath. A. 10ft. Guiana, 1756.

APENULA. A synonym of Specular! a.

APETALOUS. Without petals.

APEX. The summit or point of anything.

APHELANDRA (from apheles, simple, and aner, a
male; the anthers being one-celled). OBD. Acanthacece.
Very handsome stove evergreen shrubs, mostly of an erect
habit of growth, and having handsome shining leaves,
which in some instances are variegated. Flowers pro-
duced in terminal four-sided spikes— the preponderating
colours being brilliant shades of orange or scarlet—
conspicuously situated above the foliage ; they are ex-
ceedingly attractive; corolla ringent, two-lipped, upper
lip three-lobed ; central lobe large. They blossom gene-
rally during the autumn months, and if the plants are
removed to a warm dry atmosphere so soon as the flowers
begin to open, they will continue much longer in perfection
than if left in the moisture-laden atmosphere of the stove.
From the time the flower spikes are at first seen till they
blossom, the plants will derive much benefit from frequent
applications of clear manure water. When the plants have
finished flowering, they should be allowed to rest, by re-
ducing the supply of water, but never allow them to shrivel
During this time they may be kept in a house or pit, where
the atmosphere is rather dry, with a night temperature of
50deg. to 55deg. Here they may remain till March, when

A. aspera (rough).* /. golden-yellow ; pe(
leaves, branched, many-flowered. May. I.
what cordate, quite entire, smooth, h. 30ft. I

Aphelandra — continued.

they should be pruned. This operation is commenced by
thinning out the weakest shoots altogether, and cutting the
others back to one or two of the strongest joints or buds
above the old wood in order to keep the plants dwarf and
bushy. When pruned, the plants should be placed in the
stove, giving moderate supplies of water at the roots, and
occasionally sprinkling the stems overhead till growth com-
mences. When the young shoots have attained an inch or so
in length, the plants should be turned out of the pots, remov-
ing the crocks and as much of the old soil as can be got away
easily, at the same time shortening-in any of the straggling
roots. They should then be placed into smaller-sized pots,
keeping them rather close, and watering them carefully for
a time till growth has commenced. When fairly started,
they may be transferred into larger-sized pots, in which
they are to flower. During the summer, these plants
require a moist atmosphere, with a temperature of GSdeg.
by night, allowing it to rise 15deg. or 20deg. by day, and
whilst active growth is taking place they should be fre-
quently supplied with moisture at the roots, keeping them
well exposed on all sides to the light. After growth has
commenced, it is not advisable to stop the shoots, for
the stouter and stronger they grow up the finer will be
the flower spikes when they appear. The compost should
consist of equal parts fibry loam, leaf soil, and peat, with a
good proportion of sand added. In preparing it, it should be
rather lumpy, and, before using, should be warmed to about
the temperature of the house in which the plants are
grown. Clean pots and perfect drainage are most essen-
tial. Cuttings are best prepared from half ripened wood,
or taken off when young with a heel. The base of each
cutting should invariably be cut clean across. These
may be inserted an inch apart, in pots of sandy soil, and
plunged in a brisk bottom heat. To obtain young shoots
for cuttings, if the old plants break freely after pruning,
and very large specimens are not required, when the shoots
are 2in. long they should be thinned out, leaving the
requisite number of the strongest to form the plant. If
the surplus pieces are removed with a slight heel of the
older wood, they make good cuttings, and should be treated
the same as the others. These cuttings strike root quickest,
and when rooted, if potted into Sin. or Gin. pots, and allowed
to grow up without stopping or pinching out the tops, they
will flower the first season. Although Aphelandras can be
grown into large sized specimens, it will be found to be
more generally satisfactory to have specimens of neat and
moderate dimensions. The mealy bug and scale insects
are very troublesome, and must be kept down, otherwise
they will prove most prejudicial to the plants.

A. acutifolia (acute-leaved), fl. large, deep vermilion red ; the
upper lip of corolla concave, and projected_ forward, the lower
one consists of three oblong-obtuse spreading lobes. October.
I. broad, oblong-ovate, acuminate. Columbia, 1868.

A. aurantiaca (orange-coloured).* fl. deep orange scarlet ; upper
lip of corolla erect, bidentate, concave ; lower one spreading
horizontally, three lobed. December. I. broad, ovate, opposite,
dark green, somewhat wavy at the edge. h. 3ft. Mexico,

A. a. Roezlii (Roezl's).* Differs chiefly from the type in the curiously
twisted leaves, which are dark green, shaded with a silvery hue
between the primary veins ; in the brighter scarlet of the flowers ;
and a few other, but purely technical, points. It la one of the
best. Mexico, 1867. SYN. A. Roezlii.

A. Clistata (crested).* /. brilliant orange scarlet, 2in. or 3in.
long, in large terminal branching spikes. August to November.
I. large, broadly ovate, and tapering to a point, h. 3ft. West
Indies, 1733. A handsome and continuous blossomer. SYN. Justicia
pulcherrima.

A. fascinator (fascinating).* fl. bright vermilion, in very large
spikes. Autumn. I. ovate acuminate, olive green, beautifully
banded with silvery white, whilst the under side is of a uniform
purplish violet, h. IJft. New Grenada, 1874.

A. Leopold! (Leopold's).* fl. citron-yellow. I. opposite, ovate-
oblong, acuminate ; ground colour on the upper surface dark
green, the midrib and primary veins pure white ; under surface
uniformly pale green. Brazil, 1854.

A. medlo-aurata (golden-centred), fl. unknown. I. ovate-lanceo-
late, sinuate, bright green, with yellow central brand. Brazil,
1871. SY.N. Graptophyllum medw-auratum.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

91

Aphelandra — continued.

A. nitens (shining).* JL glowing vermilion-scarlet, very large, in
erect, simple, terminal spikes, which, after the flowers have fallen,
are clothed with the imbricating, lanceolate, appressed bracts.
1. orate, sub-acute, leathery, brilliant glossy on the upper surface,
dark vinous purple underneath, k. 2ft. to 3ft. Colombia, 1867.

A. Porteana (Forte's).* JL in fine terminal heads ; corolla ami
bracts bright orange. I. rich green, with metallic silvery-white
veins, h. 2ft Brazil, 1854.

A. jramila (dwarfish).* JL orange-coloured ; upper lip erect, con-
cave, entire; bracts large, purplish. L large, cordate, ovate-
oblong, acute. A. Bin. Brazil, 1878. Very distinct from all
others.

A. pnnctata (dotted).* JL bright yellow, in large and rather dense
spikes ; the spiny-edged long pointed bracts are also yellow, with
the exception of the tip, which is green, and forms a pleasing
contrast. November. £ opposite, elliptic, acuminate ; the green
midrib is conspicuous in the middle of a white central band, which
also extends beside the green veins, this silvery band breaking up
on its margin into numerous small white dots, producing a
pretty and distinct form of variegation. South America, 1881.

A. Roezlii. A synonym of A. aurantiaca Roezlii.

A. yariegata (variegated). JL yellow; spike, 6in. long, with
bright orange-red bracts. L ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, dark
green with white veins, ft, IJft Brazil.

APHELEXIS (from apheles, simple, and exis, habit).
OED. Composite. A genus of elegant dwarf evergreen
greenhouse shrubs. Flower-heads large, solitary, or small
and two or more together. Leaves pT"a11, These plants
are valuable for exhibition purposes, on account of their
bright colours, and the length of time they last in per-
fection; they are included among what are familiarly
known as " everlastings." The most suitable soil is a com-
post of two parts of good fibrous peat and one of leaf
mould, with a liberal supply of silver sand, and a few
pieces of charcoal added to it Repot the plants firmly
in February, and allow thorough drainage. Cuttings can
be made in spring or summer; small half -ripened side
shoots are best ; and these will root in sandy soil, under
a bell glass, in a cool greenhouse.

A. ericoides(Heath-like).* Jl.-head* white. ApriL L very small,
three-cornered, imbricated, appressed ; branches numerous, very
fine, filiform. A. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1796.

A. fasciculata (fascicled). JL-headt purplish, solitary, terminal ;
peduncles scaly. March. L acerose linear, roundish, downy above;
lower spreading ; upper appressed. h. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope,
1779. There are two or three forms of this species, varying in the
colour of the flowers.

A. humilis (humble, or dwarf).* JL-keads pink, solitary, terminal,
opening only in sunshine ; peduncles scaly. ApriL L subulate,
erect, imbricate. Branches numerous, slender, covered with
white tomentnm. A. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1810. A hand-

terminated
m humtie.

A. h, grandiflora (large-flowered).* JL-headt rosy-purple, produced
in great abundance. Habit rather dwarf, and free branching.
Very highly esteemed.

A. h,

, .

some greenhouse plant, with much-branched stems, terminated
by the flower-head. SYNS, A. maerantha and HeUpteru

. h. pm-purea (purple)* Jt dark purple, re. _

silvery white and shining. A vigorous grower, and perhaps the
best for exhibition purposes. It is known in gardens ,
maerantha purpurea ; also under the name of A. tpectabilis.

TV abundant. I.
and perha
in gardens
i.tpectabilu

A. h, rosea (rose-coloured).* JL-heads delicate rose, very profuse.
Habit very compact and free-branching. A very showy and de-
sirable variety, known in gardens as A. maerantha rosea.
A. macrantha (large-flowered). Synonymous with A. kumilU.
A. sesamoides (Sesamnm-likeX JL-headt purple and white,
sessile, solitary, terminaL ApriL L acerose linear, keeled, smooth,
appressed. A. 2ft Cape of Good Hope, 1739.

APHIDES, or PLANT LICE. These belong to
the order Homoptera, meaning " same winged," and the
name has reference to the fact that the fore wings
are uniform in their structure from base to apex, not
divided into a leathery base and a membranous tip.
Aphides are all minute in size, soft bodied, and generally
long legged ; the mouth is furnished with a curiously-
constructed beak, or rostrum, for sucking the juice of
plants ; the antennae, or feelers, are long and slender ;
the legs have usually two joints in the tarsi, one of
which is generally very ill-developed; and near the tip
of the abdomen, on the back of a ring, in many kinds,
stand two prominent tubes, called honey-tubes, from
which a sweet secretion, much sought after by ants,
is emitted. They are very destructive, and nearly every

Aphides— continued.

plant has its own peculiar Aphis; but among the worst
are the cherry fly and bean fly. All these insects
are very destructive to the young shoots and foliage of
plants, on which they cluster in large numbers, sometimes
completely hiding the stems, increasing with marvellous
rapidity. They produce eggs in autumn, which lie dor-
mant through the winter, and upon the approach of
warm weather in spring, hatch and produce individuals
which, during the summer, are viviparous, budding off
young insects at a surprising rate, which quickly in turn
become possessed of the same marvellous power; hence
the enormous number which are produced in so surpris-
ingly short a time. It has been computed that in a few
weeks many millions of young might be produced directly
or descended from a single female. See also Black Fly
and Bean Fly.

The following remedies may be successfully employed:

Tobacco. This is applied, as a rule, in three forms, each
of which is useful for particular purposes. Tobacco powder
is useful as a dry application to plants where, from any
cause, the other modes of employing it are not desirable.
It causes no smell, and is useful in conservatories, .fee., for
that reason. The mode of applying it is to dredge or dust
it over the foliage of the plants affected, and to syringe off
in from three to thirty hours, according to the nature of
the plants. Fumigation with tobacco, if done in a proper
way, is very effective, but it leaves an unpleasant smell.
The foliage of the plants should be quite dry, and a still
day must be chosen for the work; the house should be
filled with smoke, but no flame must arise in the burning.
The plants should be well syringed the next morning, and
full ventilation allowed ; if the fumigation is repeated
twice or thrice, it will prove very effectual Tobacco water
is made by soaking a pound of coarse shag in 6gals. of hot
water, to which jib. of size or soft soap has been added.
The plants should be dipped into or syringed with this
mixture, and well syringed with clean tepid water about
twelve hours after. It should not be employed for plants
having woolly or hairy foliage. Tobacco paper and cloth
are used for fumigating in the same manner as tobacco ;
but as they vary in strength, more care is necessary, as
they sometimes cause the leaves to become spotted. Judi-
ciously employed, they are cheaper than Tobacco.

Quassia.. Boil lib. quassia chips in 4gals. of soft water,
for about ten minutes, and after straining off the chips, add
lib. of soft soap. Apply in the same way as Tobacco water,
and syringe the plants with clean water after ten minutes
or a quarter of an hour.

Soft Soap. This, in proportion of 81b. to 12gals. of rain
water, and Igal. of tobacco water added after it is cold,
is a cheap and good remedy out of doors, and requires the
same mode of application as tobacco water.

Soap Suds. Where bleaching powder, or much soda,
is not mixed with these, they make a good insect killer
for hard-foliaged plants, but should be washed off with
clean water in twelve hours. No mixture containing
chloride of lime should be used.

Various. Fir-tree Oil, Gishursf s Compound, and Fowler's
Insecticide, are all serviceable, if used as directed on the
labels. Hardeman's Beetle Powder, applied with the little
French powder-bellows which is sold with it, is very effi-
cacious. For outdoor work, nothing surpasses clean cold
water, applied often and forcibly with a syringe.

The best mode of clearing Aphis off Beans, Currants,
&c., is to remove the tops of the infested shoots, and
to wash the plants with soapy water, or a solution of
Gishursf s Compound. In some cases, a good dusting with
soot and wood ashes, while the plants are wet, will keep
them in check. The " Golden Eyes " or " Lacewing " fly,
and also ladybirds, are to be encouraged, as the larvae
of each of these wage incessant war against Aphides,
especially the green varieties, and thin them out con-
siderably.

92

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

APHROFHORA. See Frog Hopper.

AFHYLLANTHES (from aphyllos, leafless, and
anthos, a flower; the flowers are on Bush-like branches).
OBD. LiUacece. A very pretty Rush-like hardy perennial,
forming dense, erect tufts. It thrives best in sandy peat,
requires a warm sunny situation, and slight protection
in winter. Increased by division of the roots, and seeds ;
the latter should be sown in pots in a cool greenhouse as
soon as ripe.

A. monspeliensis (Montpelier).* fl., perianth six-cleft, spreading
at the apex, deep blue, nearly an inch across, disposed in a small
head, on slender scapes. June. I. absent ; the very slender
scapes are leaflike, with membranous sheaths at the base. South
of France, 1791.

APHYLLOUS. Without leaves.
APICRA (from apicros, not bitter). OBD. LMaceae. A
group of succulents allied to Aloe, and having the follow-
ing among other characters : — Flowers small, loosely sub-
spicate; perianth regular, cylindrical, with short spreading
segments ; peduncles simple or forked. Plants small ;
rosette leaves always elongated. Leaves thick, diffuse,
never spinosely dentated. They require treatment similar
to Aloe, under which genus they are included by some
authors.

A. aspera (rough).* fl., perianth Jin. long; raceme loose, 3in. to
4in. ; pedicels three to four lines long ; peduncle slender, simple,
nearly 1ft. I. dense, in many rows, spreading, rounded, deltoid,
six to seven lines long and broad ; face rather flat ; middle three
to four lines thick ; back convex hemispherical, wrinkled. Cape
of Good Hope, 1795.

A. bicarinata (double-keeled).* fl. unknown. I. dense, in many
rows, ascending, deltoid-lanceolate, nine to twelve lines long,
six lines broad, dirty green ; face flat ; middle two lines thick ;
margin scabrous ; back copiously tubercled. Cape of Good Hope,
1824.

A. congesta (congested), fl., perianth six to seven lines, whitish ;
raceme loose, sub-spicate, about 1ft. ; pedicels short ; peduncles
6in. long, simple. I. dense, spreading, in many rows, deltoid-lan-
ceolate, eighteen to twenty-one lines long, three to four lines thick ;
back convex ; top unevenly keeled towards the margins. 1843.
A. deltoidca (deltoid), fl., perianth greenish, five to six lines
long; raceme about 1ft. long, sub-spicate; pedicels short; pe-
duncles 6in., simple or branched. I. in five regular rows,
spreading, nine to twelve lines long, deltoid, shining green ; when
mature, upper surface rather flat, apex pungent ; middle two to
three lines thick ; back distinctly keeled upwards ; margins and
keels minutely serrated. South Africa, 1873.
A. foliolosa (small-leafy).* fl., perianth greenish, five to six lines
long ; raceme loose, sub-spicate, about 1ft. ; pedicels two to three
lines long; peduncle 6m., simple. L dense, spreading, in many
rows, rounded deltoid, cuspidate, six to eight lines long and
broad, without spots or tubercles ; face rather flat ; middle one
and a half to two lines thick ; back obliquely keeled upwards to-
wards the margins. Cape of Good Hope, 1795.
A. imbricata (imbricated). Synonymous with A. npiralit.

raceme about 1ft., loose ; lower pedicels two to three fines long :
-1 — '- "* "ft»n branched. I. dense, regular, lower onls
ones ascending, lanceolate-deltoid, fifteen to

spreading, upper on*

eighteen lines long; bottom six" to eight ImeT broad, Thining

green ; face flat; middle three to four lines thick ; apex pungent •

sa&gstar* *"*** one to tw° keeied at top- cape
^wsaessst^

A. p. spirella (small spiral). 1. smaller and more deltoid, lin.
long, six to eight lines broad at the bottom, irregularly five
rowed, or as it in many rows.

A. spiralis (spiral).* fl. , perianth reddish-white, Jin. long ; raceme
loose, nearly 1ft. ; pedicels ascending, two to three lines long ;
peduncles 6in., simple or branched. 1. dense, in mapy rows, strong,
ascending, lanceolate-deltoid, twelve to fifteen lines long, six to
eight lines broad ; face almost flat, without tubercles ; apex
pungent ; back swollen, scarcely keeled ; margins obscurely
crenulated. Cape of Good Hope, 1790. SYN. A. imbricata.

APICULATE, AFICULATED. Terminated in a
little point.

AFIOS (from apion, a pear; in reference to the form
of the tubers of the root). OBD. Legumitiosae. An elegant
little hardy twining perennial, easily trained into almost
any shape. It must have a well-exposed, sunny position,
and the soil should be of a warm or light sandy nature.
Propagated by division of the tubers.

urouna j^ui. ji. orownisn-purpie, sweet-
ies. Summer and early autumn. I. pin-
inaceous. Habit very light and graceful.
«. Glyeine Apiots. See Fig. 117.

FIG. 117. APIOS TUBKROSA, showing Habit and Flower.
A. tuberosa (tuberous).* Ground Nut. fl. brownish-purple, sweet.

scented, in axillary racemes. Sum

nate. Tubers edible, farinaceous.

Pennsylvania, 1640. SYN.
APIOSPERMUM. A synonym of Pistia (which
see).

APIUM (from apon, Celtic for water ; in reference
to the habitat). ORD. Vmbelliferce. This genus contains
no species worth growing for ornament, and nearly all are
more or less acrid and poisonous. A. graveolens is the
Celery of gardens, for culture of which, see Celery.

AFLECTRUM (from a, without, and plectron, a spur ;
flower spurless). OBD. Orchideai. A monotypic genus
from North America. A curious, hardy, terrestrial orchid,
requiring a shady spot in light loam and leaf mould,
moderately damp. Very difficult to cultivate.
A. hyemale (wintry).* fl. greenish-brown, large, racemose, borne

on a naked scape after the leaves have died down ; labellum as

long as the sepals ; column sessile, rather long, wingless. April.

Stem pseudo-bulbous, with one large, broad, ribbed leaf. A. 1ft

AFLOTAXIS. Included under Saussurea (which
see).

APOCARPOUS. Having the carpels or fruit separate,
or disunited.

AFOCYNACE2E. A large order of trees, shrubs, or
rarely herbs, usually with a poisonous, milky sap. Flowers
regular, solitary or corymbose; corolla salver-shaped or
campanulate. Leaves simple, opposite, sometimes alter-
nate or whorled. Well known genera belonging to this
order are : Allamanda, Nerium, Taberncemontana and Vinca.

AFOCYNUM (from apo, away, and kyon, a dog;
adopted by Dioscorides, because the plant was supposed to
be poisonous to dogs). OBD. Apocynacece. Dog's Bane.
Perennial erect herbs, with cymose flowers and mem-
branous, opposite leaves. There are several species be-
longing to this genus, but only the one described below is
worthy of being cultivated. They are of extremely easy
culture, thriving in any ordinary soil ; and may be pro-
pagated by suckers, divisions, or seeds. The best time to
divide is just as they are starting into fresh growth in
spring.
A. androsaemifolium (Tutsan-leaved).* fl. pale red, with

darker stripes ; corolla campanulate ; cymes terminal and lateral.

July. I. ovate, glabrous, petiolate, pale beneath, h. 1ft. to 2ft.

Virginia, and Canada, 1683. A very old garden favourite, thriving

best in peaty soil, with Azaleas, &c. See Fig. 11?.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

93

Fia. 118. INFLORESCENCE OF APOCYNPM ANDROS.EMIFOI.U-M.

APONOGETON (from apon, Celtic for water, and
geiton, neighbour; alluding to the habitat of these plants).
OED. Naiadacece. Very ornamental aquatic perennials.
There are several species, but A. distachyon is superior to
the others. This species may be cultivated in small tanks
or aquaria ; it delights in an abundance of light and air,
and is perfectly hardy, having become naturalised in many
parts of the country. Pot the plants in rich sandy loam
and rotten cow manure, using, of course, small pots, if the
vessel in which it is to be grown is restricted. When
introducing it to large tanks or lakes, commence with
strong, previously well-established plants, in large pots,
breaking the latter when the plants are immersed.
Place them in positions where the water is about 1ft. 6in.
to 2ft. deep ; they will then rapidly increase by offsets and
seeds, and, when established, will flower nearly all the
year round. The other kinds will thrive with the same
treatment ; but they are neither so hardy nor so vigorous,
and should only be grown in small tanks or aquaria.

Aponogeton — continued.

L angnstlfollum (narrow-leayed). JL white. July. Cape of
Good Hope, 1788. Half hardy.

FIG. 119. APOXOGBION DISTACHYON, showing Habit and
Flower-spikes.

FIG. 120. APONOGETON DISTACHYON, showing Flower-spikes, Leaf,
and Root

A. distachyon (two-spiked).* Cape Pond Weed ; Winter Haw-
thorn. JL with a delicious Hawthorn-like perfume ; petals none ;
bracts, or showy portion oval, entire, white; anthers purple-
brown ; scape two-spiked, each spike being from 2in. to 4in. long.
I. oblong-lanceolate, entire, bright green, on long stalks, floating.
Cape of Good Hope, 1788. See Figs. 119 and 120.

A. monostaohyon (simple-spiked), jl. pink. September, h. 1ft.
East Indies, 1803. Stove species. Bare.

A. spathaceum junceum (.Rush-like).* A Tory pretty, but
rare, half-hardy aquatic plant, with the forked inflorescence
having both bracts and flowers suffused with a delicate blush
colour. I. Rash-like, standing clear up out of the water. South
Africa, 1879.

APORETICA. A synonym of Schmidelia (which

AFFENDICT7ULTE,

Having appendages.

APPT.ANATE. Flattened oat

APPENDICUIiATED

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

APPLE (Pyrus Mains). The Apple is one of the most
useful, and probably most largely cultivated, of our hardy
fruits. It is known as the Crab in its wild state, and is
indigenous to Britain and to all the temperate and warmer
parts of Europe. It is supposed that the progenitors of the
varieties now grown were introduced to this country
at various times from the Continent, and not obtained here
as direct improvements on the native Crab. Those now

FIG. 121. APPLE BLOSSOM.

cultivated are extremely numerous, and include good
varieties that can be made to prolong the season all the
year round. Apart from its great value as a fruit, the
apple is a strikingly handsome tree when in flower (see
Fig. 121). A fruiting branch is shown at Fig. 122.

FIG. 122. FRUITING BRANCH OF APPLE.

Propagation. « Seeds are sown extensively, chiefly for
raising stocks to graft approved sorts on ; also with a view
to raising new varieties. The seeds do not retain their
germinative properties very long, consequently they must
be sown soon after being taken from the fruit. As grown
in this country, they are generally sown in the autumn

Apple — continued.

transplanted the following year, and so on until they are
of sufficient size for Grafting purposes. The standard of
excellence being at present so high, improved forms raised
from seed are comparatively scarce.

Grafting. This method of propagation is the one
generally adopted for most purposes, the stocks being pre-
viously prepared for size or height of tree required. Cordon
and other dwarf-trained trees should be worked near but
not below the ground, while standards are best worked on
stocks of the desired height. The practice of working
standard trees low, and growing the scion to form the stem
of the future tree, is not recommended, as many of the
tenderer sorts will not grow straight or strong enough for
the purpose. Whip-grafting is the most preferable mode
adopted. The scions should be selected from healthy trees
not later than January, and laid in singly in the ground
until the stocks have slightly advanced in growth, which is
generally about the middle of April. Several other methods
of Grafting may be adopted with success, but the one above
recommended is considered the best.

Budding. Apples may be successfully propagated by
Budding, and this method is practised much more now than
formerly. It has many advantages, as it requires to be
performed at a season when there is not so much work in
hand. It should be done in damp, dull weather, if possible,
as the weather if dry soon destroys the buds. July and
August is the proper time for the purpose. The stocks
and woods from which the buds are taken should be as
much as possible in the same condition.

Propagation by Cuttings, Layers, Sfc. This system may
be made use of in the case of new varieties or where it is
desired to increase any one variety with a limited number
of scions, but the results are uncertain— at least in the
case of cuttings ; consequently, it is much better to resort
to the safer method of Grafting.

Pruning. See Pruning.

Training. See Training.

Planting. The best time to plant is as soon as most of
the leaves have fallen, which is generally about the end of
October. The roots being then in an active state, and the
ground still retaining a certain amount of heat, they will
form new roots before winter, which is a material advan-
tage. Where it is impossible to plant at this time, it may
be done in suitable weather any time during the winter,
but it is best not deferred till spring. It is important in
planting that the soil should be moderately dry and free
from frost ; this condition cannot always be obtained during
winter. The effects of soil and situation have a very im-
portant bearing on the Apple, specimens of the same sort
from different places being often hardly recognisable.
Although not over fastidious in the matter of soil as far as
growing is concerned, the best results are obtained where
it is of a rich loamy character and well drained. Dry,
sandy soils invariably produce canker, while the trees are
often overgrown with lichens in undrained land. The
addition of heavier loam, or sometimes trenching and
mixing the sub-soil with that at the top, will convert light
soils into those suitable for Apple culture ; while, on the
other hand, heavy soils may be improved by drainage, the
addition of lime, vegetable refuse, burnt earth, and other
matters. Sank manure should on no account be used any-
where near the roots, but a little well-decayed manure,
mixed with the soil or used as a mulching, is beneficial.
The site best suited is an open, though not exposed one,
with a south, south-east, or south-west aspect. Shelter
from north-east winds in spring, which destroys the blossom,
and from west and south-west winds in autumn, which
blow down the fruit, should be the aim of cultivators.
Planting in a valley should be avoided on account of spring
frosts. In Planting, care must be taken to make the
bottom of the hole tolerably firm, and slightly raised under
the base or bole of the tree. The roots should then be

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

95

Apple — continued.

carefully spread ont all round, and if any have been
ruptured in transplanting, cut them clean off on the
upper side, thus inducing new roots to be formed near
the surface. The soil should be trodden firmly after a
quantity has been filled in, if it is in a dry, suitable
condition, as previously recommended. Secure with stakes
in proportion to the size of tree, or injury will be caused
by the wind. The distance at which Apple trees are
planted varies considerably. Standards in orchards may
be planted in good soil, from 20ft. to 40ft. apart,
especially if they are strong-growing culinary sorts.
Pyramids may be planted from 5ft. to 15ft., according to
size ; and similar distances will snit Bush trees. The oblique
Cordon system of training admits of a large number
of varieties being cultivated in a small space, as they
may be planted as close as 18in. or 2ft. apart. Hori-
zontal Cordons should be planted about 5ft. asunder,
and one branch trained each way. Watering will be
necessary after planting in most cases, especially should
the winter and following season be at all dry. Thinning
the fruit is sometimes advisable for obtaining good speci-
mens, but it is not generally necessary, at least with many
of the shy-setting sorts. If, however, the crop should be
exceptionally heavy, it is best to thin the fruit, or the
tree may be unable to make and ripen its wood for the
crop of the succeeding year.

Gathering. The three following tests are sure indications
of the gathering period : (1) The apples will begin to fall
of their own accord; (2) their seeds will be plump and
brown in colour1; and (3) the fruit will separate with a mere
touch from the trees ; the second test may be said to be
infallible. All Apples should be gathered before the end of
October, for none will bear frost with impunity. They
must be gathered in dry weather, and handled with the
greatest care, laid gently in baskets and trays, in single file
only, and conveyed to the store room.

Storing. . The simplest and best method is in choosing
or forming some room or place free from extremes of heat
and cold, dryness or damp, where a temperature of about
45deg. is maintained A current of air is not necessary.
The shelves should be made of poplar, sycamore, lime, or
other white wood. Deal, oak, ash, elm, and almost all other
woods, give a bad taste to the fruit. One sheet of paper —
and paper only— should be placed under the fruit. They
ripen best, and are of the highest flavour when left fully
exposed to the free atmosphere of the fruit room, and in
order to preserve a more even temperature the light should
be shut out. Early and late ripening varieties must be
stored in separate places, as well as all inferior or injured
fruit. The plan of isolating each fruit by packing in
tissue paper, sand, burnt earth, or other substances, often
destroys the flavour of the fruit, and possesses no material
benefit otherwise.

Diseases. Apple Mussel Scale, Apple or Codlin Grub,
Canker, Mildew, American Blight, Scale, and Insect Pests,
such as Caterpillars and Weevils, see under their separate
headings.

Varieties. The following are some of the best varieties
in cultivation: —
Adams' Pearmain. Dessert Fruit medium, very handsome ;

flavour juicy and sugary. December to March.
Alexander. Kitchen. Very large, showy, and good. September

to December.
Alfriston. Kitchen. Very fine, large, white flesh. November to

April.
Ashmead's Kernel, or Cockle Pippin. Dessert. Fruit below

medium ; flavour very rich and sugary. This variety is, according

to Mr. Rivers, much esteemed in Gloucestershire. November to

January.
Bedfordshire Foundling. Kitchen. Fruit large. One of the

finest and most useful sorts, a great bearer. February to May.
Bess PooL Kitchen. Fruit large. Good late cooking apple.

December to May.
Betty Gccson. Kitchen. Fruit large, produced in great

abundance. February to May. A valuable sort.

Apple — continued.

Blenheim Pippin. One of the best kitchen sorts. November

to February.
Boston Russet. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour very sugary

and rich, similar to the Ribston Pippin. An excellent American

variety. January to May.
Brabant Bellefleur. Kitchen. Fruit large, round, pale yellow,

red-streaked. A most useful cooking variety, also useful for

dessert. November to ApriL

FIG. 123. APPLE, CALVILLE BLANCHE.

Calville Blanche. Dessert. Fruit large; flavour flrst-class.
October to December. See Fig. 123.

Cellini. Kitchen. Fruit perfect in form, size, colour, and quality.
October to January.

Claygate Pearmain. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour rich,
aromatic, excellent, same as Ribston Pippin. January to May.

Coe's Golden Drop. Dessert. Fruit small, with a crisp and
juicy flavour. November to January. A delicious variety.

Cornish Aromatic. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour rich, juicy,
and aromatic. October to December.

Cornish Gillyflower. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour very
rich, quite aromatic. October, November to January. An ex-
cellent variety, thriving best in a warm situation.

Court of Wick. Dessert. Fruit medium, very handsome ;
flavour somewnat similar to Golden Pippin. December to March.

Fio. 124. APPLE,, COURT PENDU PLAT.

Court Pendn Plat. Dessert or kitchen. Fruit medium, rich
russet brown, of first-rate quality, and the tree is a good cropper.
November to April. See Fig. 124.

Cox's Orange Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium, very hand-
some ; flavour rich aromatic. October to December. One of the
best apples grown.

Cox's Pomona. Kitchen. Fruit very large, of superior quality.
October.

Devonshire Quarrenden. Dessert. Fruit medium, excellent
quality, and handsome. July to September. A very prolific
sort.

D. T. Fish. Kitchen. Fruit large, roundish, of a clear straw-
colour, with small specks of russet, slightly flushed with crimson
on the side where the sun strikes it ; flavour sub-acid. November
to January. A fine and handsome variety.

Duchess of Oldenburgh. Kitchen. Fruit large, red-striped.
August to October. A very desirable and handsome Russian
vanety.

Duke of Devonshire. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour crisp,
juicy, rich and sugary. December to March.

Dumelow's Seedling, or Wellington, or Normantpn
Wonder. Kitchen. Fruit firm, large, and somewhat acid.
November to March.

Early Harvest. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour juicy, excel-
lent, with a pleasant sharpness. July to September. According
to Mr. Rivers this variety is equally good for cooking or dessert,
and is a very fertile tree on the Paradise stock.

French Crab, Kitchen. Fruit large, pale green, firm, acid.
An excellent sort, and the longest keeper.

Golden Pippin. Dessert Fruit small, very excellent flavour.
November to January. A well-known and highly-esteemed sort.

96

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Apple — continued.
Golden Reinette. Dessert. Fruit rather small, yellowish red,

streaked with red ; flavour excellent, sweet and rich. One of the

bast and most useful of dessert apples. October to December.
Gravenstein. Kitchen. Fruit large, handsome, sweet and

crisp. November to January. A very prolific sort.
Greenup's Pippin. Kitchen. Fruit very large. February to

May. A vigorous grower and abundant bearer.
Irish Peach. Dessert. Fruit medium, yellowish -green, very

early; flavour juicy, excellent. July and August. A very good

variety, often known as Early Crofton.
Jolly Beggar. Kitchen. Fruit large, pale yellow, tender and

juicy. November to January, A very desirable sort and an

extraordinary cropper.
Keddlestone Pippin. Dessert. Fruit small, yellow or golden

colour, specked with russet ; flavour delicious, highly aromatic.

December to March. An excellent variety.
Kerry Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium, firm, yellow, and red ;

flavour sugary and rich. September to October.
Kcswick Codlin. Kitchen. Fruit large and early. August to

October. An admirable sort for market purposes.
King of the Pippins. Dessert. Fruit medium, yellow and red ;

flavour juicy and rich. October to January.
Lady Henniker. Kitchen. Fruit yellow, with crimson streaks

near the sun, highly flavoured, and with a pleasant perfume.

February to May. An excellent sort, suitable for dessert or

kitchen.
Lodgemore Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit small; flavour rich,

sugary, and aromatic. January to May. An excellent sort.
Lord Snfflcld. Kitchen. Fruit very large, white, soft, excellent

for sauce and tarts. August to September.
Manx's Codlin. Kitchen. Fruit large. September and October.

One of the finest and most useful of kitchen sorts.
Mere de Menage. Kitchen. Large and good. October to

March.
Mr. Gladstone. Dessert. Fruit large and handsome, very

early, scarlet cheek, striped and shaded ; of excellent quality.

July and August. New.
New or Winter Hawthornden. Kitchen. Fruit very large,

excellent. November to January. An extraordinary bearer, one

of the best for sauce and cooking.
Nonsuch. Kitchen. Fruit large, juicy. August to October. An

admirable sort, unequalled for sauce and cooking.
Norfolk Beefing. Kitchen. Large and good flavour, excellent

keeper, most useful for baking whole and preserving. November

to July.
Norfolk Greening. Kitchen. Fruit medium ; rather acid. Keeps

till April or May.
Northern Spy. Dessert. Fruit large, tender; flavour highly

aromatic. December to May.
Old Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit medium, tender, and juicy.

November to January. A prolific variety.
Pitmaston Pineapple. Dessert. Fruit small; flavour very

rich. July to September. According to Mr. Rivers this variety

is a very abundant bearer on the Paradise stock ; it is not a

vigorous grower.
Red Astrachan. Dessert. Fruit good size, bright; flavour

delicate and rich. August to September.
Red Ingestrie. Dessert. Fruit very pretty bright red next the

sun, on a yellow ground, flesh pale yellow ; flavour brisk and

sparkling, like the Golden Pippin in quality. August and Sep-
tember. An excellent sort.
Red Juneating, or Margaret. Dessert. Fruit medium,

early, very good quality. July and August. A well-known

sort, with numerous synonyms.
Red Quarrenden. Dessert. Fruit under medium, bright

scarlet; flavour crisp and sweet. August. One of the best

summer sorts.
Reinette du Canada. Dessert. Fruit greenish-yellow and

brown, large ; flavour juicy, brisk, sub-acid. November to May.

See Fig. 125.

Reinette Grlse. Dessert. Flesh yellowish-white, sugary,
pleasant ; flavour sub-acid. November to April. It does best
on the Paradise stock, and is an abundant cropper. See
tig. 126.

Ribston Pippin. Dessert. Fruit greenish-yellow and red, me-
dium ; flavour rich, aromatic, excellent. October to December.

Sam Young. Dessert. Fruit small, yellowish with russet spots ;
flavour delicious, tender, and juicy. October to December.
An excellent Irish sort.

Scarlet Crofton. Dessert. Fruit medium, yellow and red:
flavour crisp, juicy, and sweet. October to December.

Scarlet Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit well coloured, large ; flavour
crisp and juicy. January to March.

-STJ

Small's Admirable. Kitchen. Fruit large, green, crisp,
January. A prolific cropper.

sweet, and juicy. November

Apple — continued,

Stamford Pippin. Dessert. Fruit large, with a brisk flavour
igreeable ;

and an agreeaL
desirable sort.

aroma. November to January. A very

f

FIG. 125. APPLE, REINETTE DU CANADA.

Stunner Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour brisk and

rich. February to June.
Syke House Russet. Dessert. Fruit small ; flavour very rich.

January to May. An excellent sort.
Tower of Glammis. Kitchen. Fruit yellow, very large,

square-shaped, crisp, and excellent. February to May. A very

excellent sort.
Van Mons Reinette. Dessert. Fruit small, with a rich,

aromatic, and excellent flavour. November to January.
Waltham Abbey Seedling. Kitchen. Fruit large. November

and December. An admirable sort.
Warner's King. Kitchen. Fruit large, handsome, and good.

November to March.
Worcestershire Pearmain. Kitchen. Fruit large, conical,

of a very brilliant colour ; flavour crisp and juicy. August to

October. A splendid variety, said to be as prolific as Lord

Suffield.

FIG. 126. APPLE, REINETTE GRISE.

White Juneating. Dessert. Fruit small, very eaily, and good
quality, but a bad keeper. July and August. A prolific sort.

White NonpareiL Dessert. Fruit medium, very delicious.
March to June. A very desirable sort.

Winter Qnoining, or Queening. Dessert. Fruit very bright,
almost red ; flavour excellent. November to May. An excellent
sort, useful for dessert or culinary purposes.

Winter Strawberry. Dessert. Fruit yellow, medium, striped
with red ; flavour brisk aromatic. November to March. A very
useful sort.

Wormsley Pippin. Kitchen or dessert. Fruit of an excellent
quality, large, pale green ; excellent for kitchen or dessert.
September to October.

Yorkshire Greening. Kitchen. Fruit large, juicy, tender.
November to January.

For Cordons the following are the best : — BETTY GEESON, COE'S
GOLDEN DROP, Cox's ORANGE PIPPIN, DUKE OF DEVONSHIRE,
KING OF THE PIPPINS, LODGEMORE NONPAREIL, NORTHERN
SPY, REINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON PIPPIN, SCARLET NON-
PAREIL.

For Pyramidal, Bush, and Espalier Trees, the best are :
—ADAMS' PEARMAIN, ASHMEAD'S KERNEL, BOSTON RUSSET,
CLAYGATE PEARMAIN, CORNISH GILLYFLOWER, COURT OF WICK,
COURT PENDU PLAT, Cox's ORANGE PIPPIN, EARLY HARVEST,
GOLDEN PIPPIN, GOLDEN REINETTE, IRISH PEACH, KEDDLE-
STONE PIPPIN, KERRY PIPPIN, RED INGESTRIE, RED QUAR-
RENDEN, REINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON PIPPIN, SAM YOUNG,
SCARLET CROFTON, SCARLET NONPAREIL, STURMER PIPPIN,
SYKE HOUSE RUSSET, WORMSLEY PIPPIN. The following Kit-
chen sorts are well adapted to this method :— ALFRISTON, BED-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

97

Apple — continued.

FORDSHIRE FOUNDLING, BRABANT BELLEFLEUR, CALVILLE

BLANCHE, CELLINI, Cox's POMONA, D. T. FISH, DUCHESS OF
OLDENBURGH, DUMELOW'S SEEDLING, JOLLY BEGGAR, KESWICK

CODLIN, LORD Sl-FFIELD, MANX'S CODLIN, NEW HAWTHORN-

DEN, NONSUCH, WALTHAM ABBEY SEEDLING, WARNER'S KING.

For Cold and Exposed Situations, the following are thebest :
—BESS POOL, CLAYGATE PEARMAIN, FRENCH CRAB, GREENL-P'S
PIPPIN, KESWICK CODLIN, NONSUCH, STURMER PIPPIN,
TOWER OF GLAMMIS, WINTER STRAWBERRY, WORMSLEY PIPPIN.

For Cottage Gardens: ALEXANDER, BEDFORDSHIRE FOUND-
LING, BLENHEIM PIPPIN, KING OF THE PIPPINS, MANX'S COD-
LIN, .NEW HAWTHORNDEN, BEINETTE DU CAXADA, RIBSTON
PIPPIN, STURMER PIPPIN, WALTHAM ABBEY SEEDLING, WARNER'S
KING, WORMSLEY PIPPIN.

APPLE BERRY. See Billardiera.

APPLE-BLOSSOM WEEVIL (Anthonomu* j.o-
morum). This is a small beetle of a reddish-brown colour,
with three inconspicuous stripes of a paler colour behind
the head ; the wing cases show a large pitchy-coloured
blotch, with oblique strije and yellowish spots thereon.
The female busily engages herself in piercing the flower
buds ; while the male may be usually seen flying about the
trees during the breeding season, which, of course, varies
according to the earlier or later expansion of the buds.
The female, by means of strong jaws at the end of the long
proboscis, bores a hole in the bud, in which she lays a j
single egg, finally closing the opening, then passing on I
to other buds. The laying season lasts for two or three
weeks, or, indeed, as long as the buds remain nnexpanded ; >
eggs are never laid in open blossoms. In warm weather,
the eggs are hatched in six or seven days, usually about
the end of April, into small, white, legless maggots, which
feed upon the stamens and pistil; hence, although the
petals are normally coloured, and expand, the flowers
ultimately wither, and in some seasons very serious con-
sequences have arisen from these injurious little pests.
The maggot is fleshy, whitish, with a few hairs and a
black, hard head ; in a few days, it turns into a brown
chrysalis or pupa, which, in turn, is changed into the
Weevil, only about a month having elapsed from the
deposition of the egg till the Weevil is developed. It
feeds upon the foliage during summer, and hybernates in
crannies of the bark, or under the soil at the base of
the trees, during winter, waking up in the following spring
to go through the same performances as its parents.

Remedies. Some of the methods advised for the ex-
tirpation of the American Blight will prove very useful for
the destruction of this pest. Clear away all useless por-
tions of the bark and rubbish round about the tree during
the winter, and many will be destroyed. Place bandages
of tarred cloth around the stem in spring; this will
prevent the females crawling up, as they seldom fly. If
a white cloth is placed beneath the tree affected when
in bud, and the tree is severely shaken, a large number
will be caught, as the Weevil falls to the ground when
alarmed. Timely thinning of the trees, allowing the free
admission of light and air, is also a very effectual pre-
ventive, as it has been proved that the greatest ravages
are committed where neglect of this has been the rule ;
and that, on the other hand, in proportion to its being
done, the pest has been lessened in numbers.

APPLE MUSSEL SCALE (Aepidiotut conchi-
formis). This insect attacks the bark of Apple and Pear-
trees. It is in outward appearance like the half of a
mussel shell. Under the scale is the insect. It is
closely allied to the true scale insects, and has similar
habits. The scales are about fin. long, brown, and wider
at one end than at the other. The female is like a fat,
green, fleshy maggot, without jointed limbs. The eggs
of this curious insect are not laid, but simply remain
in the body of the mother until she dies, thus leaving
a protecting shield or case from which the hatched
larvse emerge. To get rid of this insect, therefore, the
females containing eggs should be destroyed. It differs
from most other species in the absence of the long tail

Apple Mussel Scale— ronfinued.

filaments. If numerous, this Scale causes the trees to
become sickly and unfruitful. It is difficult to extirpate.

Soft-soap Lather. When the leaves fall, in autumn,
the trees should be treated with a stiff sash-tool, and all
the Scale rubbed off, keeping the brush just moist, and
not rubbing the buds. Applied for two seasons, this
should clear the trees. All loose bark should be removed.

Seal Oil is sometimes recommended as a good remedy ;
but oils are rather unsafe applications to the bark of
trees, especially of the young branches.

APPLE OR CODLIN GRUB (Carpocapsa porno-
nana). During the month of May, the well-known Codlin
Moth (see Fig. 127) lays its eggs in the calyces, usually

FIG. 127. CODLIN MOTH AND GRUB (CARPOCAPSA POMONANA).

one in each, of the young, quickly-growing apple. Tb&
moth itself is a small insect ; the fore-wings are grey,
prettily speckled with delicate, darker streaks, and with
a curved golden mark on the hinder part, inclosing one
of a reddish-brown colour. The hind wings are usually
dark, as is also the body. The caterpillar, when
hatched, is white, with black head and neck, and with
four rows of black marks along the whole body. The
colours soon, however, become less decided, taking an
indistinct brownish or grey hue. After being hatched, the
caterpillar gnaws its way down the fruit, keeping clear of
the core, and gradually forces its gallery towards the rind
of the fruit, which it finally pierces, the opening serving as
the outlet for the dirt. When nearly full grown, it pierces
the core and feeds upon the pips, which injury speedily
causes the fruit to drop. The insect then emerges there-
from, and finds a suitable shelter in a cranny of the bark,
where it spins a cocoon ; and, according to British authori-
ties, it remains in the larval state for some weeks, finally
assuming the chrysalis form, and thus passing the winter ;
the moth emerges the following season. Shortly after
development, the moths pair, the female depositing eggs
in the fruit in June or July, according to the season.

Practically, there is no preventive; but the following
hints will serve to greatly reduce the numbers. All
apples that fall ere they are ripe should be picked up
as promptly as possible, and be given to the pigs ; or
pigs should be turned into the orchard to clear off the
fallen fruit. The following is the only serviceable remedy :

Hay band Trap. This is simply a loosely made hay band
twisted around the stems of the trees, about 1ft. from
the ground. The grubs, in searching for a suitable place
in which to make a cocoon, will generally choose the bands.
At the end of the season, all the haybands should be col-
lected and burnt, and the stems of the trees from which
they were removed should be cleared of any cocoons which
may adhere to them. All loose bark and other rubbish
should be removed from the tree trunks, and also from
the ground below.

APPLE OR CODLIN GRUB TRAP. An ex-

oeedingly ingenious and effective method of alluring that

0

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Apple or Codlin Grub Trap — continued.
obnoxious pest, the Apple Grub. The trap (Fig. 128) con-
sists of two, three, or more thin pieces of board, 12m. to

BlStS OI T>WO, LUrcc, vi iiiuiG .AAJ. yi.^^

20in. in length, and 2in. to 4in. wide, with a screw (a)

B, OPEN. A, SHUT.

Fio. 128. APPLE OR CODLIN GRUB TRAP.

through their centre. The screw must be long enough to
be firmly driven into the trunk of the tree, so as to hold the
boards in position. Small slips of wood (6) are inserted
between the boards, to keep them sufficiently open to allow
of the entry of the grubs, as shown at d. The boards are
cut on each side of the screw, as at c, to facilitate their
separation when fastened together by the silken threads of
the grubs, and to better expose the latter when the trap is
opened. This handy trap, which is of American origin, is
very cheap. A great number of them may be collected
with little trouble, submitted to a killing heat, and replaced
again; and they can be used either on the ground or
on the trees. As regards killing the grubs when caught,
Mr. Weir, the inventor, says : "The quickest and best
way is to have a large tin pan, bent in on one side, so
as to fit closely to the trunk of the tree. When you reach
the tree, drop upon your knees, place the depression in the
pan against the trunk of the tree, hold it there by pressing
your body against it, and you have both hands free to open
the trap. When opening it, many of the pupae or chrysa-
lids will fall into the pan. The trap must be turned clear
around, as many will be found between it and the bark. A
person will open and kill the worms in from four hundred
to eight hundred traps in a day."

APPOSITE. Placed side by side.

APPROXIMATE, APPROXIMATED, AP-
PROXIMATING. Near together.

APRICOT (Armeniaca vulgaris). The Apricot, or, as
it was formerly written, " Abricock," is a much esteemed
and luscious fruit. It is said to have been introduced into
this country during the reign of Henry VIII. The Apricot
is one of the earliest flowering of fruit-trees (see Fig. 129),
and is generally in blossom during February. This fact is a
great drawback, as it is a difficult matter to save the flowers
from destruction by the spring winds and frosts. The fruit
(see Fig. 130) contains less acid than most stone fruits, and
in appearance it is perhaps the handsomest of all. Success
with its culture in many gardens is by no means certain,
but with careful preparation of borders and protection of
the flowers in spring, satisfactory results are often obtained.
Large quantities of fruit are annually imported to this
country from France ; but their quality and flavour cannot
be compared with that of good home-grown produce.

Propagation is effected by seeds or budding. The stones,
selected from the best varieties, may be sown as soon as the
fruit is ripe, in August or September, in light rich soil, and

Apricot— continued.

covered with about 2in. of earth, over which a little litter
should be spread during winter. After one season's growth,
the plants should be lifted, and the tap roots slightly cut

FIG. 129. BLOSSOM OF APRICOT.

back if the trees are intended for walls. They should then
be planted in nursery lines, allowing about a yard between
the rows, and 2ft. from plant to plant.

FIG. 130. FRUITING BRANCH OP APRICOT.

Budding is the most general mode of propagating Apri-
cots. They are frequently budded from the beginning to
the middle of June on seedling, and also on plum stocks,
of which latter the Mussell, Saint Julien, Brussels, and
Black Damson are the best. For dwarf trees, the stock
should be budded about 1ft. from the ground. There are
many disadvantages in having a great length of stem.
" Rider " trees require a stem from 3^ft. to 6ft.; half-riders,
2£ft. to 3ft. Grafting by the Whip method is sometimes em-
ployed, but, for many reasons, it is much inferior to Budding.

Planting, fyc. South-west and western aspects suit the
Apricot best, but the fruit has been ripened in warm
localities on walls facing several points north. Large areas
of garden wall (see Figs. 131 and 132), the walls of stables,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

99

Apricot— continued.

barns, outbuildings, and two sides of at least hundreds of
cottages, might thus be utilised for the cultivation of this
tree. If well drained, almost any garden soil will bring
these fruits to perfection ; light, fibrous, rather sandy loam
will, however, prove most satisfactory. There should be
a considerable depth of sofl; a yard is not too much,
provided it be on a dry base, which is most important.
Heavy soils may be improved for Apricot culture by the
addition of an equal portion of light loam, mortar rubbish,
or charred refuse. In furnishing walls, the distance apart

Apricot-

FIG. 131. APRICOT TREK, showing method of Wall Training.

may vary from 2ft. between Cordons, to 12ft, 15ft, or
even 20ft. between Fan-shaped trees. The roots should be
carefully arranged, interlayered at all points with fine soil,
and the whole covered to a depth of Sin. or 4in. Not only
should the roots have a good covering of suitable earth, but
a secondary one of Utter, or other light material, should
be added, to render them frost proof in winter, and drought
and heat proof in summer. Newly planted trees should, on
no account, be allowed to get dry at the root A thorough
making of soft rain, or manure water, will often save a

FIG. 132. APRICOT TREE, showing method of Training suitable for
Gable KadTof Cottages.

crop, and restore the trees, when aO other surface remedies
or appliances fail Surface sprinklings overhead with
the garden engine, in the afternoons of bright days, are
beneficial, and help to keep the foliage clean and healthy.
So soon as the trees are cleared of their fruit, attention
should be directed to the maturation of the wood. AH
superfluous shoots should be removed, any excess of growth
left on the shoots cut back, and every effort made to
perfect the wood already made, rather than force the tree
to make more. Unless the weather be very dry,
should not be applied after this stage.

Protection. It is almost hopeless to expect a crop unless
the blossoms are protected, by mats or other means, from
spring frosts. Temporary wooden copings, from 1ft to 2ft
wide, laid on iron brackets, are indispensable for warding off
storms, and keeping other coverings away from the flowers.
These should not be put up tin the trees are just bursting
into blossom, and may safely be removed about the end of
May. A few fish or other nets, spread over the trees, afford
considerable resistance to the radiation of heat This is
assuredly one of the easiest, if not one of the most efficient,
modes of protection. Prigi-domo and other thick shadings
are sometimes used, but they require to be removed from
the trees in the day time. The thinner nets mentioned are
generally not in use for other purposes at this time of
year, and may remain over the trees altogether. Olaas
copings are the best, but, being rather expensive, they
cannot be used by the majority of cultivators. They
have, however, been applied with good results to treM that
had previously failed.

Cropping, fc. Thinning of the fruit needs early and
careful attention. The average of Sin. apart may be chosen
for a Tnarimnm yield. As the fruits approach maturity,
overhanging leaves, or branches of young wood, must be
removed, to admit sun and light to properly ripen and
colour them. Apricots for preserving should be gathered
quite dry, and with the sun upon them. For dessert, they
should be plucked in the morning, and placed in a cool
room tffl wanted.

Under Glatt. The Apricot will hardly bear forcing. It
is more sensitive to heat than almost any other of our semi-
hardy fruits. Practically, it is found that a confined atmo-
sphere, or the slightest excess of heat, brings its blossoms
off in showers, and this, of course, mars all prospect of
fruit But in cold climates and northern latitudes under
glass is the best and only means of growing them. Should
red-spider appear, it is proof that the roots or the atmo-
sphere, probably both, have been too dry : more moisture,
and syringing over the leaves, are the surest remedies. The
borders need to be about 2ft or 2ft Gin. deep, of any light
rich sofl. Fresh planted trees should be frequently syringed
overhead before and after the flowering period. After they
have become fully established, less overhead sprinkling is
needed. During all the earlier stages of growth, and until
the fruits are stoned, an artificial temperature of 45deg.
should not be exceeded. After that stage, the fruit will
bear a heat of 50deg. or Sodeg. It is hardly safe or
desirable to exceed the latter under glass, and unless
abundance of air is given, oodeg. may bring off the fruit,
even at an advanced stage. A thorough soaking, at
intervals of fourteen days during the height of the growing
season, may be applied; and, should the trees be heavily
cropped, manure water may be given at every alternate
watering. It is also a good practice to mulch the surface
of heavily cropped trees with Sin. or 4in. of good dung.
The fruit should, however, be freely thinned to distances
of from 4in. to 6in. apart at the most There are three
general methods of growing them under glass : The trees
may be trained on trellises or walls; grown a* natural
standards, tall or dwarf; and as bushes, either planted
out or in pots.

Varieties. The varieties of Apricot, unlike most other
fruit, are not numerous; and the following wffl be found in
every way representative and satisfactory :

Large Bed. The deepest coloured of aD. Fruit very large :
colour deep reddish-oranjK : flesh rich and juicy : kernd Utter!

100

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Apricot— continued.

Moorpark.* The sort most generally grown ; large, handsome,

and of excellent quality. Colour brownish-orange ; flesh rich,

juicy, and sweet. It is one of the best and most useful sorts in

cultivation.

Peach, or Grosse Pcche. Distinct and very desirable. Fruit

very large ; flesh rich, firm, and juicy. One of the very best.
RoyaL* Not unlike Moorpark, but with a more robust constitution,
and less given to limb dying. Fruit large, dull, yellow, rich,
and juicy.

Turkey.* A good variety. Colour pale yellow ; flavour rich and
juicy ; flesh firm.

For modes of Training and Budding, Diseases, Insect
Pests, &c., full information will be found under each indi-
vidual title.

APTEK. ANTHES. See Boucerosia.
APTEROUS. Without wings.

AQUATIC PLANTS. The culture of Aquatic Plants,
both indoors and in the open air, has been greatly neglected
of late years ; they are, therefore, rarely seen to perfection
in places other than where their culture is made a speciality.
Generally speaking, they are most easily grown. The
following stove and greenhouse genera are well worth at-
tention : Aponogeton, Cyperus, Damasonium, Herpestis,
Limnocharis, Nelumbium, Nymphaia, Ouvirandra, Pistia,
Pontederia, Salvinia, Thalia, Trianea, Victoria. Many
species belonging to some of the foregoing genera are
hardy, as are also the following : Alisma, Butomus, Calla,
JTottonia, Menyanthes, Nuphar, Polygonum, Sagittaria,
Trapa, Typha, Villarsia.

AQUATICUS. Living in water.
AQUATILIS. Living under water.
AQUIPOLIACE2E. See Ilicinese.
AQUILEG-IA (from aquila, an eagle ; in reference to
the form of the petals). Columbine. ORD. Ranunculacece.
Erect hardy perennial herbs with fibrous roots. Flowers soli-
tary or panicled, drooping ; sepals five, petaloid, deciduous ;
petals five, concave, spurred ; spurs very large, produced
downwards into hollow tubes, and frequently curved at
the extremity; carpels five, sessile, free. Radical leaves
on long stalks, twice or thrice ternate, with trifid-toothed,
nsnally blunt segments. Too much praise can scarcely be
lavished upon this elegant genus of plants. They prefer
a moist and sheltered situation, with exposure to the
sun. The more robust species will thrive in ordinary
garden soil, but the rarer and more delicate kinds
require a good friable sandy loam and leaf soil, with good
drainage. Seed is produced in abundance, and must be
sown very thinly, as soon as practicable after being ripe,
in a shady place or in pans in a cold frame. When up,
and strong enough to remove, the seedlings may be
planted out where they are to flower, allowing every
plant at least 9in. each way. The strong-growing kinds
may be placed in the border, the dwarf ones on the
rockery. When in blossom, the inferior sorts should bo
weeded out, retaining only the best varieties. To obtain
seed true of any species, it is absolutely necessary to plant
the separate kinds far apart, and cover them with fine
muslin, to prevent the access of insects to the flowers, as
none are more easily cross-fertilised. Division of the root
is the only way to perpetuate any particular variety with
certainty, unless seed is saved in the way mentioned, or
imported from the native habitats of particular species.
There are many beautiful hybrids, as well as species, in
cultivation.

A alplna (alpine).* fl. from 2in. to Sin. in diameter when ex-
panded deep blue or blue and white, on leafy, two to three-
flowered stems ; spurs straight, but somewhat incurved at the
apex, one-half shorter than the petal limb. May I with seg-
ments deeply divided into linear lobes. /«. 1ft. Al'ps of Swit-
zerland, in shady humid places, 1731. Plant this on the rockery.
A arctica (Arctic). A form of A. formosa.
A atropurpurea (dark purple). /. dark purple or bluish violet,
about 1m. or IJm. in diameter when expanded, two or three in
a head; spurs straight, equal in length with the petals' limb;

Aqnilegia — continued.

sepals about as long as the petals. May. I. petioled, biternate.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia. Border plant.

A. aurea (golden). A synonym of A. chrysantha flavescens.

A. Bertoloni (Bertoloni's).* /. about lin. across, blue-violet
throughout ; sepals about Jin. long, rounded ; petals about the
same length; spurs very short, knobbed; stems two to four
flowered. June and July. I. small, daVk green, and glaucous. A
very pretty little alpine, growing about 1ft. high. SYN. A. Reuteri.

FIG. 133. AQUILEGIA C^EUULEA.

A. cserulca (sky-blue).* fl. several on a stem, blue and white,
sometimes more or less tinted with lilac or claret, rarely pure
white, when expanded 2Jin. to 3in. in diameter ; spur very
slender, nearly straight, green tipped, about 2in. long. April to
July. I. large, biternate. h. 9in. to 15in. Rocky Mountains,
1864. A very lovely species for the border or base of the rockery.
SYNS. A. leptoceras, A. macrantha. See Fig. 133.

A C. alba (white).* /. the same size and form as the type, white
throughout. Rocky Mountains. A very rare and lovely variety ;
sometimes met with under the name of A. grandijlora.

A. C. hybrida (hybrid).* fl. blue and white, not so wide across as
the type, but more numerous, and the plant has a much more
vigorous habit. Of garden origin.

A calif ornica (California!!). A form of A. formosa.

FIG. 134. AQUILEGIA CANADEMSIS, showing Habit and Flower.

A. canadcnsis (Canadian).* fl,. scarlet, mixed with yellow, less
than lin. in diameter ; spur straight, longer than the limb ; styles
and stamens protruding ; sepals acutish, a little longer than the
petals' limb. April to June. L, segments three-parted, bluntish,
and deeply toothed at the apex. h. 1ft. to 2ft. North America,
1640. Border or rockery ; very pretty. See Fig. 134.

A. chrysantha (yellow-flowered).* fl., sepals primrose yellow,
spreading horizontally in full expansion, nnarly or quite lin. long,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

101

Aqnilegia— continued.

tinted claret at the tip ; limb of petals deeper yellow, not quite
so long ; spur straight, very slender, divergent, ijin. to JSn. long ;
stems many-flowered. May to August, J. biternate- A. 3ft to
4ft, California, 1871 One of the finest of all hardy perennials for
the border.

A. c. flavescens (yellow).* JLota, uniform bright canary yellow,

1 with red ; spur somewhat shorter than in A. eanadentit,

and slightly incurred. California, 1872. Svx. A. turea.

Aquilegia— continued.

beautiful hybrid known in gardens as A. tali/arnica, hybrida, with
' ellowish, or tinged with
are orange red; it is one

the sepals and petals yellowish, or tinged with orange, while
' r spun are orange red ; it is one of the hand-
All the forms are very showy, and well worth

the long slender
somest of all.
growing.

A. fragrans (fragrant).* JL 'bite or pale daret purple, finely
pubescent, Tery fragrant ; sepals about Ijin. long, not reflexing,
twice longer than the broadpetals- limb ; spur slender, slightly

curred, knobbed at the top, same length as

the petals ; stems few-flowered May to July.

I. biternate. A. lift to 2ft. Himalayas, 1839.

This requires a warm position.

Pic. 135. AQU1LEGIA GLA.NDl LOSA.

A. eztmla (choice). Synonymous with A. formota.

A. f ormosa (handsome).* fl., sepals bright red, usually less than
Iin. long, with an obtuse green tip ; limb of petals yellow, about
half as long as the sepals ; spurs *in. to Jin. long, slender in the
lower half, nearly straight, distinctly knobbed at the tip; stems
many -flowered. May to September. I. biternate, A. 2ft to 4ft
North America. Border. The following are synonyms and
varieties : A. aretica, A. ealifornica, A. erimia, and A. /.
truncata, revealing only trivial differences. There is a very

. glandulosa (gland
lilac blue, about liin.
length of the petals'

ular).* JL, sepals bright
blue, about liin. long, more than twice the
th of the petals' limb ; petals white ; spur
iin. long, or but little more, stout, much in-
curred ; stems one to three-flowered.
L biternate. A. Sin. to 12in.
Extremely pretty. See Fig. 135.

and'it is

batches,

(large-flowered). A synonym of

d'it is necessary to keep raising fresh
they are scarcely more than biennial.

A. glauca (glaucous). JL white, tinted claret.
fragrant ; sepals Iin. long, not reflexine ; limb of
petals |in. long ; spur straight, or a little curved,
about Jin. long; stem three to four-flowered.
June, {.biternate. A, 1ft. to lift. Himalayas,
1839. Bather tender ; plant in a warm dry posi-
tion.

A. leptoceras (slender-horned). A synonym of
A.ecerulea.

A.
A.ccrrul

A. olympica (Olympic).* 1L large ; sepals delicate
mauve blue ; petals white, rather shorter than
the sepals ; spur stout, short, obtuse. L bi- or
triternate, glaucous. A. lift. 1880. Mount
Olympus. See Fig. 136.

A. pyrenaica (Pyrenean).* JL, sepals bright
lilac blue, about Iin. long, but not quite as much
broad ; limb of petals about }in. long, and half
as broad ; spur slender, nearly straight, or rather
incurred, nearly or quite Jin. long, scarcely
knobbed at the end ; stem one to three-flowered,
with small and little compound deep green
leaves. Summer. A. 9in. to 12in. Pyrenees,
1818. Plant on the rockery.

A. Renter! (Renter's). Synonymous with A.
Eertolani.

A. sibirlea (Siberian).* fl. bright lilac ; sepals
very blunt, Iin. or a little more in length, spread-
ing or slightly reflexing when fully expanded :
limb of petals sometimes white, about $in. long ;
spur stout, much incurred, Jin. to jm. long;
stems many-flowered, glabrous. Summer. I.
biternate. *, 1ft Siberia, 1806. Rockery species.
Hera ue referred, by Mr. Baker, A. fttcotor, A.
Gornieruuta, and A. tpeeiota. See Fig. 137.

A. thalictrifolla (Thalict nun-leaved). /..
sepals oblong, acute, lilac blue, about iin. long ;
limb of petals about as long, and rounded at
the top ; spurs slender, net quite as long as the
sepals ; stems about three-flowered. Summer.
I with Ilium rtriNfl segments cut into deep
oblong lobes. A. 2ft Tyrol, 1879. Entire plant
clothed with '

l (green-flowered). JL, sepals oTal-
er than the petals ; spurs straight
in the petals ; stems two to three-

A. vlridlflora <
oblong, shorter l
and longer than ____._.__ .
flowered. A. 1ft to lift Siberia, 1780. Border.
Rather a pleasing and sweet-scented green-
flowered species, but not very ornamental.
A. vnlgaris (common).* Common Columbine.
A. variously coloured ; sepals ovate acute, about
Iin. long, and half as broad ; limb of the petal
rarely exceeding jin. long, and half as much
broad, rounded at the apex ; spur much incurved,
stout, knobbed at the end, as long as the petals ;
stems many-flowered. Spring and early summer.
/. biternate. England, ic. There are numerous
varieties of this very handsome species, both
double and single-flowered.

A. v. alba (white). _iL pure white.

A. v. a. fL-pL Double white flowers.

A. v. caerulea
flowers.

k fL-pL Very dwarf, with double deep blue

A. v. hybrida (hybrid). A. , sepals lilac purple, oblong-lanceolate,
less than Iin. long ; limb of the petals white, about iin. long ; spur
scarcely incurved.

A. V.Vervseneana. This variety has pretty yellow mottled foliage.

102

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aquilegia — continued.

FIG. 136. AQUILEGIA OLYMPICA, showing Habit and Flower

FIG. 137. AQUILEGIA SIBIRICA FLORE-PLENO, showing
Habit and Flower.

A. v. Wittmanniana (Wittmann's). fl. large, bright lilac purple :
sepals ovate-acute, lin. to IJin. long, more than half as much
broad: limb of petals white, about half the length of sepals • spur
curved. A very tine variety.

The following names are also met with in gardens, some of which
represent specific forms, but none are effective as garden orna-
ments : advena, Bunjeriana, llaylodgensis (hybrid), grata, longis-
sima, nevadensis, oxysepala, Ac.

AQUOSUS. Watery.

ARABIS (origin of the word not clear). Wall Cress ;
Rock Cress. ORD. Cruciferas. Hardy perennial trailers,
except where otherwise stated. Flowers mostly white ;
racemes terminal ; pedicels bractless. Radical leaves usually
stalked ; cauline ones sessile or stem-clasping, entire or
toothed, rarely lobed. Most members of this genus are
peculiarly well adapted for rockwork and the alpine garden,
both from their natural hardihood as well as their early and
profuse flowering habits. They are of the easiest possible
culture in any dry soil. The perennial species may either

Arabia— continued.

be increased by divisions of the root, by cuttings, placed
in a shady border during the summer, or by seed. The
latter may be sown outside, or in pans, in spring, when
most of them will germinate in two or three weeks. The
annuals and biennials are for the most part devoid of any
cultural beauty.

A. albida (whitish).* /. white ; racemes terminal ; pedicels longer
than the calyx. January to May. I. few-toothed, hoary, or
downy with branched hairs ; radical ones obovate-oblong ; cauline
ones cordately sagittate, clasping the stem. A. 6in. to 9in.
Tauria and Caucasus, 1798. SYN. A. caucasica.

A. a. variegata (variegated).* A very pretty variegated form for
edgings.

FIG. 138. ARABIS ALPINA, showing Habit and Flowers.

A. alpina (alpine).* /. white, smaller than those of A. albida ;
racemes terminal ; pedicels longer than the calyx, which is
smoothish. March to May. I. many-toothed, lanceolate, acute,
villous with branched hairs ; radical ones somewhat stalked ; cau-
line ones cordate, clasping the stem. h. 6in. European rocks, in
sunny places, 1596. There are one or two varieties, including a
variegated-leaved form, in cultivation. See Fig. 138.

FIG. 139. ARABIS ARENOSA, showing Habit and Flowers.

deeply toot

Stem branched, hispid, with simple hairs, h. 6in. Middle
Europe, 1798. See Fig. 139.

A. blepharophylla (fringed-leaved).* /. rosy purple ; petals
roundish, narrowing to the base, with slender claws. Spring. I.
naked, except the margins, which are fringed with very stiff
hairs; radical ones spathulate ; cauline ones oblong, sessile,
h. Sin. to 4in. California, 1874. This succeeds best in a cool
frame, where it will flower in January.

A. caucasica (Caucasus). A synonym of A. albida.

A. lucida (shining).* /. white; petals entire, narrowed at the
base, twice as long as the calyx. Summer. I.

shining, clasping the stem. h. 4in

obovate, thickish,
to 6in. Hungary, 1790. A

, .

ery pretty species, with a dwarf habit ; it is especially adapted
or edgings, borders, or rockwork.

A. L variegata (variegated).* A great improvement upon the
type, being broadly edged with yellow, and the green somewhat
lighter. When grown in tufts or as edging, it is very effective, and
should be prevented from flowering. This exceedingly desirable
variety is a gem for the rockwork, and when seen in crevices, or
in bold tufts, it is very striking. It must be increased by slips or
rootlets, which should be taken in early summer.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

103

Arabia — continued.

A mollis (soft). /. white, in tenninal racemes. May to July.
/. grossly toothed, somewhat pubescent, with small stellate hairs ;
lower ones on long petioles, cordate-roundish ; cauline ones ovate-
cordate, clasping the stem. k. 2ft. Caucasus, 1823.
A. petrsea (rock).* /. white ; petals ovate, with stalks. June. I
smooth, ciliated or scabrous, with simple or bifid radical ones
on longish stalks, entire, toothed ; cauline ones oblong-linear,
entire, or toothed. A. Sin. or 4in. Britain.

A praecox (early). JL white ; petals obovately cuneated, double
the length of the calyx. April to June. I. oblong, acute, sessile,
quite entire, smooth. Stem covered with close pressed rigid hairs.
h. 6in. to 9in. Hungary.

A proem-Tens (procurrent). JL white; petals obovate, double
the length of the calyx. May and June. I. ovate, quite entire,
smooth, ciliated with two-parted hairs ; radical ones narrowed
into a petiole ; cauline ones sessile, pointed. Stolons creeping
h. 9in. Servia, 1819. There is a brilliantly variegated form of
this pretty species well worth growing.

A rosea (rosy).* JL rosy purple; petals oblong, somewhat wedge-
shaped, double the length of the calyx ; pedicels longer than the
calyx. May to July. Z., cauline ones oblong, some what cordate, and
rather stem-clasping, scabrous with branched hairs. A. 1ft
Calabria, 1832.

A verna (spring). JL small, purple, with a white claw ; pedicels
shorter than the calyx. May to June. L, cauline ones cordate,
clasping the stem, toothed, scabrous with three-parted hairs.
A. 3m. to 6in. South Europe, 1710. The best annual species.
ABACEJE or AROZDIUE. An extensive order of her-
baceous plants, with tnberons rhizomes. Flowers on a spadix,
unisexual or hermaphrodite, protected by a spathe. Leaves
large, radical. Well known genera belonging to this order
are : Alocasia, Arum, Caladium, Colocasia, a&dDieffenbachia.
ARACHIS (from a, without, and rachis, a branch;
plant branchless). Ground or Earth Nut. OED. Legumi-
nosae. A stove annual, of economical value. Corolla resn-
pinatc ; calyx a long tube, with a bilabiate limb ; ovary
stipitate, inclosed in the tube of the calyx ; the stipe
at first short, but afterwards becoming elongated. Sandy
loam is the soil most suitable for their cultivation. Seeds
should be sown in heat ; and, when the plants have grown
to a sufficient size, they should be potted off singly, and
placed among other stove annuals. After the plant has
finished flowering, and the pods begin to lengthen, the pe-
dicels force them into the earth, where they ripen their seeds.
A hypogsea (underground). Monkey Nut. JL vellow, five to seven
together in the axils of the leaves. May. I. abruptly-pinnate,
bearing two pairs of leaflets, without any tendril ; stipulas elon-
gated, adnate to the petioles, k. 1ft., or procumbent. South
America, 1812. See Fig. 140.

ARACHNIMORPHA. A synonym of Bondeletia
(which see).

ARACHNOID. Resembling a cobweb in appearance ;
seeming to be covered with cobweb, in consequence of the
entanglement of long, white hairs.

ARAIiIA (meaning unknown). OBD. Araliaceae. This
widely-grown genus includes stove, greenhouse, and hardy,
herbaceous and shrubby plants. Flowers inconspicuous,
umbellate, the umbels usually disposed in panicles ; petals
five, inserted on the margin of the disk; stamens five
(see Fig. 142). Leaves usually compound. These plants are
of moderately free growth, and the majority are easy to
manage. Those requiring indoor treatment thrive well
under the ordinary routine of management. One most im-
portant requirement, however, is that they must be kept
well supplied with water at the roots. The finer, or stove
varieties, should be potted in a mixture of sandy loam and
peat, with the addition of a little fibrous leaf soil, and
sufficient sand to keep the whole porous. The stronger
growing kinds thrive in a richer compost. Propagation
by cuttings of the roots is a common and very successful
method. To obtain the roots, one of the strongest plants
should be turned out of the pot, and the roots should
be cleared of soil by shaking or washing it out ; the
requisite number of pieces should then be selected.
As each piece is removed, it should have the end nearest
the stem cut horizontally, to distinguish it from the other
or furthermost end. In planting cuttings of the roots,
it is best to place the end nearest the stem uppermost.
The pieces may be left about 2in. long, and should be

AT alia— continued.

FIG. 140. ARACHIS HYPOG.EA, showing Leaf, Flower, Ac., and
Cluster of short wrinkled Pods.

inserted in pots, well drained, and filled with sandy soil,
leaving the tops of the cuttings about level with the surface
of the soil. A square of glass must be placed over the top
of each pot, plunging them in moderate bottom heat. The
stems of the plants from which the roots have been taken
may be cut into pieces lin. or IJin- long, leaving an eye or
bud near the top ; a slice of half the shoot may be taken off
opposite the bud. When prepared, these pieces should bo
pressed into pots of sand or sandy soil, and plunged into
bottom heat. The stems may be cut down without dis-
turbing the roots ; in that case, if the pots are plunged in
bottom heat, and kept moderately supplied with water,
they will probably throw up several suckers or shoots from
the roots. These, if taken off with a portion of root to
each, and placed in small sized pots, will, with a little
care, soon make useful plants. All the hardy species and
most of the greenhouse ones are propagated readily by

104

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aralia— continued.

cuttings or pieces of roots. Some of the stove species,
however, are very difficult to increase, except by grafting.
Among these are A. leptophylla, A. Veitchii, &c. These
should be worked on stocks of A. Guilfoylei or A. reticulata,
the latter being the better of the two. Cuttings of either of
these strike readily, and stocks fit for grafting are easily
procured. In sheltered and warm positions, the greenhouse
species are admirably suited for subtropical gardening,
either planted singly or in groups. See also Dimorphan-
tlras, Fatsia, Hedera, Heptapleurum, Monopanaz,
Oreopanaz, Fanaz, and Fseudopanaz.
A. canesccns (greyish). A garden synonym of A. chincn.iin.
A. ChabrierU(Chabrier's).* I. alternate, pinnate, about a foot

long; pinnae opposite, 6in. to 9in. long, linear-lanceolate, deep

green, with a heavy crimson midrib. 1882. Suitable for table

decoration. A charming stove species.

Fio. 141. ARALIA CHINF.NSIS.

I (Chinese).* fl. white ; panicles terminal ; peduncles
umbelliferous. I. petiolate, coriaceous, woolly on both surfaces
when young (only) ; pinnae seven, ovate, serrated at the apex,
erect and distinct h. 5ft to 6ft. 183a This species, if planted
in a soil with a dry porous bottom, will prove to be hardy.
SYN. A. canescens, of gardens. See Fig. 141.

A. conclnna (neat). 1. unequally pinnate : pinnae lobed and ser-
rate. Stem spotted. New Caledonia, 1879. A handsome stove
species, but very rare. SVNS. A. spcctabilis, Delarbrea gpectabilis.

A. crassifolia (thick-leaved). A synonym of Pseudopanax crassi-
folium.

A. ednlis (edible).* fl. numerous, white ; umbels globose, axillary
and terminal, united into simple or compound racemes. Summer.
I., lower ones pinnate, with five leaflets, or three pinnate, with
divisions of three to five leaflets ; upper ones generally simple,
with stalked leaflets, having a cordate base, ovate, acute, finely
toothed, downy. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Japan, 1843. Hardy, herbaceous,
perennial, hairy, and spineless.

A. elegantissima (most elegant).* I. digitate, on long dark green
footstalks, which are mottled with white ; leaflets seven to ten,
filiform, and, being pendulous, impart a very graceful character to
the plant. Stem straight, erect. South Sea Islands, 1873. Stove
species, excellent for table decoration.

A. filicifolia (fern-leaved).* l.t leafstalks sheathing at the base,
and terete in the upper part, expanding into a broad leafy limb
which is impari-pinnately divided ; pinnae opposite, deeply
pinnatifid, bright green, with a purplish midrib. Stem and leaf-
stalks purplish, thickly marked with oblong white spots. Polynesia,
1876.

A. gracillima (most graceful). Synonymous with A. Veitchii gra-

CUOMO.

A. Guilfoylei (Guilfoyle's).* I. pinnate, on long si
petioles; leaflets oblong-elliptic, bluntish, from th

smooth terete
ree to seven,

Aralia — continued.

they are sometimes obscurely lobed, and irregularly spinose,
serrate, varying in size from Sin. to Sin. long, neatly and evenly
margined with creamy white, the surface being in addition occa-
sionally splashed with grey. Stem erect, copiously dotted
with lenticular markings. South Sea Islands, 1876. Stove
species.

A. hctcromorpha (many-formed).* I. sometimes ovate-lanceo-
late and serrated, and at others bifid or even trifid at the apex,
about 6in. to Sin. or 9in. long, bright shining green. A very
desirable species, of robust and compact habit.

A. japonlca (Japanese). Another name for Fatsia japonica.

A. Kerchoveana (Count Kerchove's). I. digitate, almost
circular in outline; leaflets nine to eleven, spreading, elliptic-
lanceolate, conspicuously serrated or undulated margins, of a
deep glossy green relieved by a pale midrib. 1883. A very elegant
slender-stemmed plant from the South Sea Islands, and likely
to prove valuable for decorative purposes. Stove species.

A. leptophylla (slender-leaved).* I. compound, bearing often
seven or more petiolate leaflets of a somewhat pendent character,
and dark green in colour. 1862. An elegant stove or greenhouse
slender growing species.

A. longipes (long-stalked). I. digitate, long stalked, and rather
distant ; leaflets oblanceolate acuminate, slightly undulated at the
edge ; petioles elongated. Stems simple. North Australia, 1882.
A very distinct erect-growing evergreen stove species.

A. maculata (spotted). I. of a light green colour ; leaflets oblong-
acuminate, in about four pairs. Stem erect, which, as well as the
stalks of the leaves, is of a blackish-purple hue, thickly spotted
with green dots. This peculiar colouring is very distinct and con-
spicuous. South Pacific Islands. Stove species.

A. Maximowiczli (Maximowicz's).* 1. on long stalks, palmately
five to seven-lobed ; lobes lanceolate, S^in. long, serrate. Japan,
1874. An elegant and distinct hardy shrub, with erect spiny
stem. SYN. Acanthopanax ricinifolium.

A. monstrosa (monstrous).* I. pendent, pinnate ; leaflets three
to seven, oblong elliptic, deeply and irregularly serrated (this
serration sometimes takes most fantastic forms), broadly margined
with creamy white, the surface blotched with grey. South Sea
Islands, 1880. Stove species.

A. nudicaulis (naked-stemmed).* fl. greenish ; scape trifld at the
apex, shorter than the leaf, each division bearing a many-flowered
umbel. June. I. radical, the divisions pinnately five foliate ;
leaflets oblong-oval, with a long tapering point, serrate. Root
horizontal, very long. h. 3ft. to 4ft. North America, 1731. Quite
hardy, herbaceous perennial.

A. Osvana (Osyan).* Resembling A. leptophylla, but with leaflets
deeply bifid at the ends ; surface colour bright green ; primary veins
and tips of the leaflets chocolate brown. South Sea Islands, 1870.
Very elegant stove species.

A. pentaphylla (five-leaved).* I. digitate, or sometimes only three
leaflets are produced, each varying from 6in. to lOin. in length, and
from lin. to 2in. in breadth, deeply lobed or pinnatifid, bright
shining green. Stem arboreous, prickly, h. 20ft. Japan. SYN.
Panax spinosa.

A. p. varlegata (variegated). L broadly edged with creamy
white.

Japan, 1874.

A. qnercifolia (Oak-leaved).

deeply sinuate ; lower petioles about 3in. long, light shining
green. New Britain, 1880.

1. opposite, trifoliolate ; leaflets
about 3in. long, light
Very pretty stove species.

FIG. 142. FLOWER OF ARALIA RACEMOSA, enlarged.

A. racemosa (raceme-flowering).* fl. greenish-white, petals ,
spreading; peduncles axillary, disposed in a terminal raceme,
umbelliferous. June. I. petioles tripartite, the partitions bearing
each three to five ovate or cordate, acuminated, serrated, smoothish
leaflets. A. 3ft. to 4ft. North America, 1658. Hardy herbaceous
species, highly ornamental. See Fig. 142.

A. reticulata (netted). I. alternate, strap-shaped when young,
becoming larger with age, dark green, reticulated with a lighter
shade of the same colour. A very handsome species, requiring
stove heat during winter. In spring and summer it is admirably
suited for conservatory or indoor decoration, having a light and
graceful aspect

A. rotunda (round). I. sometimes of a single leaflet only, which
is spreading, orbicular, cordate at the base, margined with
distinct white tipped teeth; at other times, especially when

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

105

Aralia — continued.

approaching maturity, the leaves are trifoliate, the leaflets being
rounded and toothed, and the terminal one being about double
the size of the lateral ones. Stems erect, brownish-green, spotted
when young with pale elongate blotches. Polynesia, 1882.

A. Schefflerl (Scheffler's). L on long petioles, digitate ; leaflets
five, petiolulate, lanceolate, attenuated at the base, serrulated,
glabrous on both surfaces. Stem shrubby, smooth. New Zealand.
Greenhouse species.

A. spectabills (showy). A synonym of A. concinna.

A. spinosa (thorny).* Angelica Tree. I. doubly and triply pinnate ;
leaflets ovate, acuminated, deeply serrated. Stem simple, prickly
(as are also the petioles), forming into an umbrella-like head,
deciduous, h. 8ft. to 12ft. North America, 1688. A very fine
hardy species for sheltered spots.

A. spinnloaa (small-spined). L alternate, pinnate; pinna; ovate

Aralia — continued.

A. V. gracillima (most graceful).* I. alternate, spreading ; leaflets
nearly linear, but slightly narrowed at both ends, havmj a pro-
minent ivory-white central rib. South Sea Islands, 1878. An
erect growing species, with an elegantly graceful habit. It is
allied to A. reticulata, but is more handsome. This charming
variety is undoubtedly the finest for table decoration, and is
frequently grafted upon stocks of the typical form. It enjoys
plenty of heat. SYN. A. gracillima.

ARALIACEJE. An order of trees, shrubs, or (rarely)
herbaceous plants, often pubescent, and sometimes spiny.
Flowers variously disposed, hermaphrodite or unisexual,
regular ; petals usually five, and valvate. Leaves alternate,
or (rarely) opposite. This order is closely allied to Umbel'
lifera ; and the best known genera are Aralia and Hedera.

FIG. 143. ARALIA VEITCHII.

acuminate, dark green, margined with little reddish-crimson
spines or prickles. Stems and petioles spotted and suffused with
crimson. 1880. A bold and robust stove plant.

A.ternata(three-leafleted).» L opposite, ternate; leaflets oblong-
lanceolate ; margins in some cases deeply serrate, in others sinuate,
light green. New Britain, 1879. A slender growing species.

A, txifolia (three-leaved). A synonym of Pseudopanax Lfstonti.

A, Veitcbli (Veitch's).* I. digitate, with about eleven filiform
undulated leaflets, glossy green above, dark red beneath ; petioles
long and slender. New Caledonia, 1867. A very handsome (said
to be the best) species, with slender, erect growing stem. See
Fig. 143, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and Sons.

name for Callitris

ARAB-TREE. A common
qnadrivalvis (which see).

ARAT7CARIA (from Araucanos, its name in Chili).
STN. Eutacta. OBD. Conifera. A noble genus of
dioecious or sub-dioecious evergreen trees, with usually
imbricated persistent flat sessile scale-like leaves. Male
cones large, cylindrical, terminal ; female ones very large,
globular, terminal, with dense ligneous deciduous scales,
each bearing a solitary seed. The majority of the species
aro not, unfortunately, sufficiently hardy to withstand our

P

106

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Arancaria— continued.

winters out of doors. Few trees can compete with them in
symmetry and elegant proportion for conservatory decora-
tion, where they may be grown in large tubs, or planted
out. Small plants grown in pots are moat serviceable for
table and other decorative purposes. They thrive in a
good fibrous loam, mixed with leaf soil and sand. Propa-
gation by means of seed is the surest and most satisfactory
method ; the seed should be sown in pans or boxes, or if in
large quantities, in a bed, with but gentle heat; they
usually take some time to germinate. Cuttings are procured
by taking off the leading shoots, and fixing them firmly in a
pot of sand ; they first require a cool place, but may after-
wards be subjected to slight warmth. When rooted, they
should be potted off into the soil above mentioned. The
young growths which afterwards shoot from the plant,
whence the cutting, may be taken off and treated in much
the same manner. These are the only methods of pro-
pagation worth pursuing.

(Balansa's). male cones cylindrical-conical, 2in.

female cones elliptic globose, 4in. ; scales obovate, cuneate. I.
arcuately-uncinate, ovate triangular, imbricated round the dis-
tichous, simple branchlets. h. 130ft. to 160ft. New Caledonia,
1875. A fine greenhouse plumosely branched tree.

A. Bldwillil (Bidwill's).* Bunya-Bunya Pine ; Moreton Bay
Pine, cones sub-globose, longest diameter lOin. to 12in., shortest
9in. to lOin. I. ovate-lanceolate, in two nearly horizontal rows,
acuminated, slightly convex above, concave beneath, leathery,
deep shining green, h. 150ft. Moreton Bay. Habit very
regular and symmetrical. Greenhouse species.

A. brasillensis (Brazilian). I. oblong-lanceolate, much attenuated
at the point, loosely imbricated, deep green ; lower part of the
trunk usually free from branches, terminating in a rounded head.
h. 70ft. to 100ft. Brazil, 1819. A. b. gracilis, and A. b. Ridolfiana
are two forms of this species.

A. columnaris (columnar). A synonym of A. Cookii.

A. Cookli (Cook's).* I. awl-shaped, short, densely imbricated
around the frondose branches. Described by Mr. Abbay as having
"a somewhat curious habit, even when growing alone, of shedding
their branches for five-sixths or more of their height, and then
replacing them by a smaller and more bushy growth, so that the
tree at a distance presents a very columnar appearance, the
resemblance being increased by the summit being crowned with a
mass of foliage somewhat like a capital." h. 200ft. New Caledonia,
1851. SYN. A. columnaris.

FIG. 144. ARAUCARIA EXCELSA.

A. Cunningham! (Cunningham's).* 1. on the sterile branch,.,,
needle-shaped, obscurely quadrangular, rigid, acutefon theferUle
branches shorter, stouter, closely appressed. bright green ; uppe?

Arancaria — continued.

branches ascending, lower ones horizontal, h. 100ft. Moreton
Bay. This fine species we have found to be quite hardy on the
south-west coast of England.

A. C. glanca (milky-green). A very handsome variety, with silvery
glaucous leaves.

A. cxcelsa (lofty).* The Norfolk Island Pine. I. awl-shaped,
curved, sharply acuminated, bright green, densely packed on the
frondose, deltoid, horizontal, or pendulous branches. When well
grown, this is a beautifully symmetrical greenhouse or conserva-
tory species, attaining to a height of 150ft., and a circumference of
20ft. or more. Norfolk Island. This is especially desirable in a
small state. There are several varieties known, the best being :
A. e. glauca, having lighter green, and very glaucous foliage ;
and A. e. robtista, which is larger in all its parts. See Fig. 144.

A. Goldieana (Goldie's).* Allied to A. Rulei. I. produced; in
whorls, pendulous, dark green, varying in size. New Caledonia
Most distinct and elegant for conservatory decoration.

A. imbricate (imbricated).* The Monkey Puzzle, fl., male and
female catkins on separate trees ; the males are six or seven in a
cluster, pedunculate, yellow, and oval with numerous scales, imbri-
cated, long, and recurved at the points ; the female catkins are
oval, with numerous wedge-shaped scales, with narrow oblong
brittle points ; they are produced at the ends of the branches.
cones, when fully ripe globular, from Sin. to 4in. in diameter,
dark brown. The branches are horizontal, inflexed, and ascend-
ing at the extremities, and are produced in whorls. I. ovate-
lanceolate, sessile, thickened at the base, stiff, leathery, straight,
somewhat keeled-shaped below, and strongly mucronate at the
apex ; verticillate, with seven or eight in a whorl, imbricate, and
closely encircling the branches, concave, glabrous, shining,
marked with longitudinal lines, dotted on both sides, h. 50ft.
to 100ft. Chili, 1796. A well known hardy tree, of striking
aspect, and indispensable to Arboreta and shrubberies. See
Fig. 145.

A. Rule! (Rule's).* male cones oblong obtuse ; female cones oval.
I. oblong-lanceolate, with a prominent dorsal nerve, more closely
appressed, and less sharply pointed than in the foregoing; species ;
imbricated in four rows. Branches horizontal ; branchlets often
quite pendulous, h. 50ft. Papuan Archipelago.

A. R. clcgans (elegant).* I. smaller ; whorls of branches closer
together ; branchlets more slender. An elegant form ; and, from
its comparative dwarf and graceful habit, should be very generally
grown.
ARBOR. A tree. A perennial plant, having a distinct

bole or trunk, from which the main branches grow.

ARBORESCENT. Having a tendency to become a
tree.

ARBORETUM. A collection of hardy trees formed
for pleasure or instruction, and which, when well managed,
is a source of much interesting study. They afford shelter,
improve the local climate, renovate bad soils, &c., and also,
by concealing or hiding disagreeable objects, heighten the
effect of agreeable ones, create beauty, and add value. A
properly arranged Arboretum should be constructed with a
view to picturesque beauty, and not systematically, as is
usually the case in Botanic Gardens, although scientific
purposes are best served by a systematic arrangement.

ARBOR- VITJB. See Thuja.

ARBOUR. A seat surrounded by lattice work, covered
by Vines, Wistarias, or other climbing plants.

ARBUTUS (from arhoise, Celtic for austere bush ; in
allusion to the austere quality of the fruit). Strawberry-tree.
SYN. Unedo. ORD. EricacecB. A genus of very ornamental,
evergreen trees and shrubs. Corolla globose or ovately
campanulate ; petals five, reflexed. Leaves alternate, Laurel-
like. The species thrive in a light sandy or peaty soil
They may be propagated by seeds, which should be sown in
sand during March ; by budding, and by inarching ; the first
mentioned method is the one most generally employed, with
good results. ... The various sorts may be grafted, budded,
or inarched upon A. Unedo. The greenhouse species are
rare in cultivation, but their management does not ma-
terially differ from other plants requiring a similar tem-
perature.

A. Andrachnc (Anrtrachne).* fl. greenish-white ; panicles ter-
imnal, erect, clothed with viscid down. March and April. I.
oblong, bluntish, entire in some, a little serrated in others,
glabrous, h. 10ft. to 14ft. Greece, 1724. A fine ornamental
tree.

A. A. serratlfolia (saw-edge-leaved). fl. yellowish, disposed in
rather large terminal clusters. I. serrated, and narrower than
those of the species, SYN. A. serratifolia.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

j. 145. ARAUCARIA IMBBICATA.

108

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Arbutus— continued.

A. andrachnoides (Andrachne-like). A synonym of A. hybrida.

A. canariensis (Canary), fl. greenish-white ; panicles erect,
hispid. May. /. oblong-lanceolate, serrated, glaucous beneath.
A. 8ft. to 10ft. Canary Islands, 1796. Greenhouse.

A. densiflora (thickly-flowered).* fl. white; corolla oval; pedicels
furnished with three bracteas at the base ; panicle terminal, com-
posed of closely packed racemes. I. 4in.to 5in. long, on long petioles,
oblong, acute, sharply toothed, coriaceous, glabrous above and
shining, but downy beneath, the middle nerve with rusty villi ;
branches angular, hairy. A. 20ft. Mexico, 1826. Greenhouse.

A. hybrida (hybrid).* fl. white; panicle terminal, pendulous,
downy. September to December. I. oblong, acute, serrated,
glabrous ; branches pilose. A. 10ft. to Oft. A half-hardy garden
hybrid ; it originated about 1800. SYN. A. andrachnoides.

A. Menzlesl (Menzies').* fl. white ; racemes axillary and ter-
minal, panicled, dense-flowered. September. I. broad-oval,
quite entire, glabrous, on long petioles. A. 6ft. to 10ft. North-
west America, 1827. A noble hardy tree. A. launjolia comes
close to this species. SYN. A. procera.

A. mollis (soft), fl. rosy, drooping ; panicle terminal, crowded,
racemose. June. I. oblong-acute, sharply toothed, coriaceous,
clothed with soft pubescence above, and white tomentum beneath.
A. 6ft. Mexico. Greenhouse shrub.

A. mucronata (mncronate). A synonym of Pernettya mucronata,

A. pilosa (pilose). A synonym of Pernettya pilota.

A. procera (tall).* A synonym of A. Uenziesi.

A. serratifolia (saw-edge-leaved). A synonym of A. Andrachne
acrratijolia.

A. Unedo (Unedo).* The Strawberry Tree. fl. white, deep red i
in some of the varieties, nodding, in terminal racemose, bracteate
panicles. September, fr. large, scarlet, nearly globose, granular,
edible. I. oblong-lanceolate, glabrous, serrulated; branchlets
clothed with glandular hairs. A. 8ft. to 10ft. West of Ireland,
and South Kurope. There are several varieties of this plant in
cultivation. It is one of the greatest ornaments in the months of
October and November— the season when it is in flower, and
when, also, the fruit of the former year is ripe.

A. Xalapensls (Xalapan). /. reddish white ; corolla ovate ;
panicle terminal, composed of many racemes. April. I. petiolate,
oblong, acute, quite entire, about 2in. long, glabrous above, but
clothed with brownish tomentum beneath ; epidermis separating,
brownish purple. Young branches glabrous, but beset with
ramentie. A. 6ft. to 9ft. Mexico. Greenhouse species.
ARCHEGONIUM. The female organ in ferns, &c.,

analogous with the ovary in flowering plants.
ARCTOSTAFHYLOS (from arktos, a bear, and

staphyle, a grape ; bears eat the fruit of some species).

ORD. Ericaceae. Handsome hardy or half-hardy shrubs or

sub-shrubs, agreeing in generic characters with Arbutus,

except that the fruit is five-celled and the cells one-seeded,

and not granular on the outside. For culture, &c., see

Arbutus.

A. alpina (alpine).* Black Bearberry. ft. white or flesh-coloured, |
in terminal, reflexed racemes ; pedicels rather hairy. April. I.
obovate, acute, wrinkled, serrated, deciduous. Stems procum-
bent, trailing. Scotland (but rare), &c. SYN. Arbutus alpina.

A. nltlda (shining).* /. white ; racemes terminal. May. I. oblong-
lanceolate, acute, smooth on both sides and shining above. A.
4ft. Mexico, 1839. An erect half-hardy evergreen.

A. pungens (stinging).* /. white ; pedicels close ; racemes short,
at first terminal, but at length lateral. February. I. ovate-
oblong, acute, mucronate, rather pungent, quite entire, coriaceous,
clothed with fine down on both surfaces ; branchlets angular,
downy. A. 1ft. Mexico, 1839. A dwarf, much branched, half-
hardy evergreen shrub.

A. tomentosa (tomentose).* /. pure white, campanulately urceolate,
bracteate ; peduncles axillary, shorter than the leaves, somewhat
capitately racemose. December. I. oval, acute, sub-cordate at
the base, clothed with white tomentum beneath, on short petioles ;
branches hispid. A. 4ft. North-west America, 1826. Shrubby
species ; hardy.

A. Uva-ursi.* Bearberry. /. flesh-coloured, with a red mouth,
growing in small clusters at the extremities of the branches.
April. J. obovate, quite entire, coriaceous, shining. Highland!
of Scotland and Wales. A hardy evergreen procumbent trailer.
SYN. Arbutus Uva-ursi.

ARCTOTHECA (from arktos, u bear, and theke. a
capsule ; so named from the roughness of the fruit). ORD.
Composite. Greenhouse herbaceous perennial, allied to
Arctotis. Heads radiate ; involucral scales imbricate in
many rows, the outer linear, herbaceous, inner larger,
scariose, very obtuse ; receptacle honeycombed, bearing
many little fringes; achenes ovate, somewhat four-sided,
without wings or pappus. It thrives in a compost of peat,
leaf soil, and loam. Propagated by divisions of the plant,

JIIMII;
Cape

Arctotheca— continued.

or cuttings, in spring. Several species formerly classed
in this genus are now included under Arctotis.
A. repens (creeping). fl.-Jteadu yellow. July. I. petioled, lyrate-
innatifid, green and mostly smooth above, white-woolly beneath,
of Good Hope, 1793. A stemless, creeping or decumbent
aero.

ARCTOTIS (from arktos, a bear, and ous, an ear ;
in reference to the shaggy fruit). ORD. Composite.
Mostly half-hardy herbaceous perennials. Involucral bracts
numerous, imbricated, scariose on the margin; receptacle
pitted, studded with bristles between the florets ; achenes
grooved, crowned with a pappus of membranous scales.
The species of this genus are of easy culture in a compost
of loam and leaf soil. Propagated by cuttings at any
time of the year; these should be pricked in pots of very
sandy soil, and placed in gentle warmth ; they must be
kept uncovered and moderately dry, or they will rot. The
Arctotis are very handsome plants in sunny, dry positions
outside during the summer months, but they must be pro-
tected during winter.

A. acaulis (stemless).* fl.-heads yellow and red. Summer. {
hoary on each side, ternate, lyrate. Stem very short, decumbent
A. 4in. Cape of Good Hope, 1759. Very rarely met with.
A. arborcscens (tree-like).* fl.-heads, ray-florets white above,
pink beneath ; disk-florets yellow ; disposed in large circular Daisy-
like heads. Summer. I. linear-oblong, pinnate ; upper ones
amplexicaul ; lower ones stalked. A. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope,

A. argentea (silvery), fl.-heads orange. August. I. lanceolate-
linear, entire, downy. A. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1774.

A. aureola (golden). Synonymous with A. grandiflora.

A. breviscapa (short-stalked). Synonymous with A. speciosa.

A. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. -heads orange ; outer scales of
involucre retiexed, cuneate, oblong, with a broad short point,
somewhat cobwebbed. July. I. pinnatifid, serrulate, three-
nerved. A. lift. Cape of Good Hope, 1710. SYNS. A. aureola
and A. undulata.

A. rep tans (creeping), fl.-heads white, orange. July. I. hairy
beneath ; lower lyrate toothed ; upper lanceolate toothed. Stem
ascending. A. 8in. Cape of Good Hope, 1795.

A. rosea (rosy), fl.-heads pink. Autumn. I. spathulate-lanceo-
late, repand-toothed, hoary. Stem procumbent. Cape of Good
Hope, 1793.

A. speciosa (showy).* fl.-heads yellow ; outer scales of involucre
linear recurved. July. I. lyrate, pinnatifid, hoary beneath, three-
nerved. Plant stemless. A. lift. Cape of Good Hope, 1812.
Closely allied to A. acaulis. SYN. A. breviscapa.

A, undulata (wavy). Synonymous with A. grandijlora.

ARCUATE, ARCUATED. Curved or bent like a
bow; forming an arch.

ARDISIA (from ardis, a point ; in reference to the
acute, spear-pointed anthers). SYN. Pyrgus. ORD.
Myrsineoe. An extensive genus of greenhouse or stove,
mostly ornamental, evergreen trees and shrubs. Flowers
white or rose-coloured, more or less panicled; panicles
sometimes many-flowered at the extremities of the
branches, and longer than the leaves, sometimes few-
flowered and in the axils of the leaves. Leaves alternate,
rarely almost opposite, or three in a whorl, dotted. Pro-
pagated by cuttings of the half -ripened wood taken from the
side shoots of the plant any time from March to September ;
but, as the points of these side shoots bear the blossoms
and fruit, they are not well adapted for making good plants.
To obtain the best plants, the largest, ripest, and best-
coloured berries should be sown early in spring, as soon as
gathered, in a wide-mouthed pot or seed pan, well drained
and filled with loam and peat in equal parts, with the
addition of some sand, and plunged in bottom heat, the
soil being kept moderately moist. The seeds will germi-
nate in a few weeks after sowing, and when about 2in. high,
the strongest seedlings should be selected and placed in
3in. pots, the same mixture of soil being used, with the ad-
dition of a fourth part well decomposed manure. After
potting, the plants must be moistened overhead twice a
day with a fine rose or syringe, and be kept in a close
atmosphere until the roots have taken to the fresh soil.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

109

Ardisia — contin ued.

When the plants begin to grow again, they should be
removed to a light situation in the boose ; and when the
pots are well filled with roots, a shift into Gin. pots may
be effected, water being given judiciously until well esta-
blished, and here they may remain to fruit. Until the
berries are coloured, clear manure water, given once or
twice a week, will be found beneficial. The plants arrive
at their best when about 18in. or 2ft high; after that,
they begin to get naked at the bottom. It will then be
wise to cut the worst plants down to within 2in. of the
pots, in early spring, allowing them to become dry at
the roots before this operation is performed. By giving
moisture to the roots when the cut has become dry, the
plants will Boon break into growth again, when some of
the worst placed shoots should be rubbed off, leaving only
one or two of the strongest and best placed, calculated to
develop into a well formed plant. When the shoots have
grown 2in. or 3in., the plants should be turned out of their
pots, the soil shaken out from the roots, and the long
ends of the roots trimmed in a little with a knife ; they
must then be placed in a pot sufficiently large to hold the
roots without squeezing. The plants should now occupy
the warmest end of the house in which they are grown, care
being taken in watering until new roots are formed, when
they may have more air and somewhat liberal supplies
of water. As soon as they are sufficiently advanced in
growth, they should be transferred to a larger-sized pot.
With proper treatment, they will flower and fruit the same
season as they are cut down, and form handsome plants.
Although most species of this genus are classed as stove
plants, they will succeed very well in a temperature that does
not fall below 45deg. in winter ; and, when so grown,
they are not so liable to become infested with large brown
scale and other insect pests. This is particularly the case
with A. erenvlata, and cool treatment is also favourable to
the ripe berries hanging on the plants for a much longer
time than when grown in a stove. Moreover, they do not
suffer so much when removed for decorative purposes.

ArdiBia— continued.

itunlnata (taper-pointed). /I. nearly white; petals si
e, dotted; panicles terminal and axillary, many-flowe
•. L entire, glabrous, oblong, acuminated, attenuated at

acute,

base." i. 6ft to &ft Guiana, 1803.

bellate, droopmg. July.

PIG. 146. FLOWERING BRANCH OP ARDISIA CREXULATA.

A. crennlata (round-notched-leaved).* fl~ reddish violet ; panicles
terminal ; pedicels umbellate. June. Berries numerous, bright
coral-like, I. lanceolate-ovate, tapering at both ends, repandly
crenulated, pilose, h. 3ft to 6ft. Mexico, 1909. When grown in
a cool atmosphere, as previously alluded to, it is quite common
(or one crop of berries to hang on the plants until another crop is
ripe. This is a splendid plant, superior e_ven to the red-berried
Solanums for decorative purposes, for which it is largely grown.
See Fig. 146.

luntish

A. hnmilis (humble), fl. rose-coloured ; peduncles solitary bear-
ing each a simple racemose umbel of many pretty, large, droopin*
flowers; petals lanceolate, first recurved, afterward? reSe!
June. Berries size of peas, shining, black, juicy. L oblong-laaceo-
late, acuminated at both ends, glabrous, veined, shining: A. 4ft

A.Jap<mlca(JapaneseX* A white ; pedicels red, sub-umbellate,
secund, drooping ; racemes simple, axillary. June, I. nearly
opposite, or tnree to five in a whorl, on short petioles, cuneate-
oblong, acute, glabrous, serrated ; 4in. long. A. 1ft Japan.
Perhaps the hardiest of all the species.

A. maerocarpa (large-fruited).* fl. flesh-coloured, dotted ; petals
ovate, obtuse ; racemes terminal, corymbose, almost sessile,
slightly hairy. Berries vermilion coloured, as large as goose!
berries. L oblong, acute, tapering downwards, glandulariy
crenated, dotted, close together, leathery, 6in. to Sin. long, paler
beneath, veinless. A. 5ft to 6ft. Nepaul, 1824. A beautiful
shrub.

A. Oliver! (Oliver's).' fl. rose pink, white eve ; corolla rotate, Jin.
across ; lobes obtuse ; heads terminal, consisting of a number of
stalked, many-flowered corymbs ; pedicels about twice as long as
the flower. July. 1. nearly sessile, entire, glabrous, 6in. to Sin.
long, by 2in. in the broadest portion ; oblanceolate, acuminate,
tapering towards the base. Costa Rica, 1876.

A. panlcnlata (panicled).* fl. rose-coloured ; panicles terminal,
composed of many alternate compound branches, large and ele-
gant ; petals and sepals ovate. July. Berries red, smooth, size of
a pea, juicy. L glabrous, cuneate-oblong, almost sessile, refiexed,
6in. to 20in- long, and from Sin. to Sin. broat1, crowded at the
ends of the branches. A. 8ft to 10ft India, 1818.

A. ptffiCtata (dotted), fl. greyish white, snh-campanulate, secund,
beset with dark dots, and the pedicels with dark lines ; peduncles
umbellate, terminal, and axillary ; umbels involucrated by
deciduous bracts. June. • I. glabrous, lanceolate, leathery, re-
pandly crenated, tapering to the base. A. 6ft to 10ft China,

A. serrulata (finely serrated).* fl. deep red ; petals ciliated ;
calyces and pedicels coloured ; panicles terminal ; pedicels umbel-
late. July. L glabrous, lanceolate, acuminated, wrinkled, ser-
rulated, beset with rusty dots beneath : branches downy. A. 2ft
to 3ft China, 1820.

A. Villosa (hairy), fl. whitish; umbels axillary and terminal, very
villous. October. Berries villous. L lanceolate, acuminated,
villous beneath, crenulated, Sin. to Tin. long, tapering to the
base, copiously dotted. China, All the upper parts of the plant
are densely beset with hairs.
A, V. mollis (soft).* This variety has very fine red berries, and is

superior to the type.

A. Wallichil ( Wallich'sX fl. red, in loose racemes ;
peduncles axillary, one-half shorter than the leaves, and
are, as well as the pedicels, pilose. July. L obovate,
acute, or obtuse, narrowed into the marginate petioles,
repandly crenulated, 4in. to 5in. long, and 2n. broad,
thiekish. A. 2ft " "

ARDUINA (in honour of P. Arduini, curator
of the Economical Garden of Padua, in the time
of Linnaeus). OBD. Apocynaceae. A singular and
pretty greenhouse evergreen shrub, of easy culture
in carefully drained pots of peat and loam, mixed
in equal proportions. Propagated by cuttings
in sand, under a glass. The winter temperature
should not be allowed to fall below 40deg.
A. bispinooa (two-spinedX fl. small, white, sweet-
scented, terminal, cor>Tnbose. March to August Berry
red. L cordate-ovate, mucronate, nearly sessile, dark
green, larger than those of Box. Spines twin, simple,
but usually bifid ; in this last case, one of the clefts
points downwards, and the other upwards. A. 3ft to
5ft Cape of Good Hope, 1760. S V.\. Caritta Arduina.
ARECA (Areec is its name in Malabar, when an
old tree). The Cabbage Palm. OBD. Palmce.
This genus is now broken up into several, and
many species formerly here arranged are now found
under Acanthoph&nvx, Euterpe, Hyophorbe, Kentia,
Oncosperma, Ph<j?nicophorum. Very ornamental
and graceful stove Palms, with a branching spadix, and
double spathe, which incloses the flowers. Flowers
unisexual, borne upon the same spike ; female flowers
having six rudimentary stamens, and male flowers a six-
cleft perianth. Fruit one-seeded. They thrive in a com-
post of loam, peat, and leaf soil, in equal parts, with a
liberal addition of sand; but when they are fully grown,

110

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Areca — continued.

loam should preponderate to the extent of about two-
thirds, and some rotten cow-manure may be added. Pro-
pagated from seeds, which should be sown in a compost
similar to above, and placed in a moist gentle heat. They
are employed, when young, with much succesa for the
decoration of drawing rooms and dinner tables.
A. Allcise (Princess Alice's). I pinnatisect ; segments sessile.
North Australia. A very handsome species, with a comparatively
dwarf habit ; it is a valuable decorative plant.
A. Catechu (Catechu). I. pinnate, from 3ft. to 6ft. long ; leaflets
12in. to 24in. in length, and about 2in. broad, light green ; petioles
broadly .sheathed at the base. A. 30ft. India, 1690. One of
the best and oldest species in cultivation, very effective, in a
young state, for dinner table decoration. It produces the Betel
nut, of which enormous quantities are used in India.
A. concinna (neat). I. pinnatisect, sub-glabrous; segments
sickle-shaped, much acuminated. Stem green, 8ft. to 12ft. high,
lin. to 2in. in diameter. Ceylon. The Cingalese chew the albu-
men of the seeds with their Betel.

A. gigantea (gigantic). A synonym of Pinanga ternatensis.

A. glandiformis (gland-formed). I. pinnatisect, 9ft. to 12ft. long

when fully grown, h. 30ft. Moluccas. A handsome stove palm, of

bold aspect, and very suitable, when young, for decorative purposes.

A. Nonnanbyl (Normanby's). A synonym of Ptychosperma

Korinanbyi.

A. trlandra (three-stamened). I. pinnate, Hke those of A. Catechu
in size, <fcc. A. 20ft. India, introduced to Britain about 1810.

ARE N ARIA (from arena, sand ; in which most of the
species are found). Sandwort. ORD. Caryophyllece. TRIBE
Alsinece. A very large genus of hardy herbaceous plants,
consisting of about 150 species. It is distinguished by
having generally three styles. The perennials only are
worth growing ; these are extremely pretty little alpine
plants, and will thrive in any ordinary soil in exposed
places ; the rarer species may be grown in small pots, well
drained, in a mixture of sand, loam, and leaf soil, or in well-
drained crannies of the rockery. They may be increased
by either division, seeds, or cuttings ; the latter, placed
under a hand-glass, will root freely. The best time to
divide the plants is early spring, or July and August.
Seeds should be sown in spring in a cold frame.

A. balearica (Balearic).* JL white, sepals erect; peduncles
elongated, one-flowered. March to August. I. very small, ovate,
shining, rather fleshy, ciliated, h. Sin. Corsica, 1787. A pretty
little creeper, one of the best plants for covering damp borders of
the rockwork.

A. csespitosa (tufted). Synonymous with A. verm ecespitosa.

A. ciliata (ciliated). /. white, usually solitary ; sepals ovate,
acute, five to seven ribbed ; petals obovate, twice as long as the
sepals. July. I. ovate, or obovate, roughish, with a few hairs,
one-nerved, and ciliated. Ireland. A. 6in. A thick, tufted,
spreading, procumbent plant.

A. gramlnlfolla (grass-leaved).* /. white ; panicle three-forked,
hairy, loose; sepals very blunt, much shorter than the obovate
petals. June. I. long, awl-shaped, filiform, scabrous on the
margins from serratures. Stem erect, simple, h. 6in. to 9in.
Caucasus, 1817.

A.

pe ,

smaller than the petals. June. I. awl-shaped, broadish, flat,
three-nerved, ciliated, radical ones crowded. h. Sin. to 6in.
France, 1783. A. g. biflora is a two-flowered, and A. g. triflora
a three-flowered, variety.

A. lariolfolia (Larch-leaved).* fl. white ; sepals blnntish, triple
nerved, hairy ; petals twice as long as the sepals ; stems ascend-
ing, one, three, or six flowered, somewhat scabrous ; calyx cylin-
drical. June. I. awl-shaped, denticulately ciliated, h. '6in.
Switzerland, 1816.

A. longlfolia (long-leaved), fl. white ; sepals ovate, obtuse, not
half the length of the obovate petals; panicle three-forked,
glabrous, crowded. June. I. awl-shaped, filiform, serrulated.
Stem erect, simple, h. 6in. to Sin. Siberia, 1823.

A. montana (mountain), fl. large, white ; peduncles terminal,
very long, one-flowered; sepals lanceolate, acuminated, much
shorter than the corolla. April. I. lanceolate-linear ; sterile
stems very long, procumbent. A. Sin. France and Spain, 1800.

A. peploldes (Peplis-like). fl. white ; sepals ovate, shorter than
the oblong petals. May to July. I. ovate, light green, rather
fleshy ; branches procumbent, fleshy, deciduous/ A. 3in. to 4in.
Sea shores of Britain. SYN. Honckenya peplmdes.

A. purpurascens (purplish).* fl. purplish ; pedicels tomentose,
scarcely exceeding the leaves ; sepals lanceolate, smooth, with
shrivelled margins, longer than the corolla ; branches two to throe-

grandlflora (large-flowered).* fl. white, usually solitary ;
eduncles very long, pubescent ; sepals ovate, awned, three-nerved,

A. v. caespltosa (turfy).
Calyces and peduncles

Arenaria — continued.

flowered. May. I. ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, glabrous. Plant
tufted, decumbent. A. 6in. Higher Pyrenees.

A. rotundifolia (round-leaved).* fl. white, solitary; petals
roundish-ovate, longer than the sepals. July and August. I.
about Jin. across, roundish, ciliated, on spreading tufted branches.
A. 4in. to 6in. Siberia.

A. tetraquetra (four-angled). /. white, somewhat capitate ;
sepals stiff, acute, keeled, ciliated, almost equal in length to the
corolla. August. I. ovate, keeled, recurved, edged, imbricated in
four rows. Stem straight, pubescent. A. Sin. to 6in. France,
1731.

A. verna (spring-flowering), fl. small, white ; sepals ovate, lanceo-
late, acuminated, with three remote equal ribs, longer than the
obovate petals. May. I. awl-shaped, blunti.sh. Stems panicled
elongated. A. about Sin.

A variety having very leafy stems,
thish. Europe. SYN. A. ccespitosa.

ARENGA (name of doubtful origin). SYN. Saguerus.
ORD. Palmes. An extremely useful and interesting Palm.
The medulla of the trunk is used as sago, and the sac-
charine juice forms excellent sngar. It requires a strong
heat and rich mould. Propagated by seeds only.
A. saccharlfera (sugar-bearing), fl. striped. June. A. 40ft.

Moluccas, 1829.

AREOLATE. Divided into distinct angular spaces,
or areolse.

ARETHUSA (mythological : named after a nymph of
Diana's, who was changed into a fountain ; in allusion to
the habit of the plants). ORD. Orchidece. A small genus
of very pretty, but rare, terrestrial Orchids. They require
a moist shady spot with a northern aspect, and thrive best
in a compost of well-rotted manure and sphagnum. A
mulching in winter, by way of protection, is needed.

A. bulbosa (bulbous).* fl. large, bright rose purple, solitary,
sweet-scented, terminal ; lip dilated, recurved, spreading towards
the summit, bearded-crested down the face ; scape one-leaved.
May. I. linear, nerved. A. 8in. Carolina.

ARETIA. See Androsace. x

ARGANTA (from argam, its aboriginal name). ORD.
SapotacecB. A very fine greenhouse evergreen tree, said by
Don to flourish against a south wall, out of doors, with tho
protection of a mat in severe weather. It will thrive in
ordinary garden soil. Increased by layers and cuttings
in autumn and spring, the latter requiring a bell glass
covering ; both operations must be performed in a
moderately heated greenhouse.

A. Sideroxylon (Iron-wood), fl., corolla greenish yellow, cup-
shaped, five-parted, with ovate-lanceolate, sub-emarginate seg-
ments ; lateral and axillary, scattered, crowded, sessile, fr. dotted
with white, size of a plum, full of white, milky juice. July. I.
lanceolate, entire, bluntish, glabrous, paler beneath ; branches
terminated by strong spines. A. 15ft. to 20ft. Morocco, 1711. As
the specific name implies, the wood is excessively close and hard,
so much so that it sinks in water. SYNS. Elceoaendron Argan,
Sideroxylon spinosum.

ARGEMONE (from argema, cataract of the eye ; in
allusion to some real or fancied medicinal properties
possessed by the plants). ORD. Papaveracece. A genus
of very handsome and showy annual or perennial herbs,
abounding with a yellowish juice, and covered with stiff
prickles. Sepals two or three, concave, mucronate ; petals
four to eight; peduncles axillary, always erect. Leaves
sessile, repand-sinuate, usually spotted with white; re-
cesses spiny-toothed. The five species here described
are hardy annuals, and will thrive in almost any ordinary
garden soil in the open border. Seed may be sown out
of doors about the end of March ; those of the rarer species
on a hotbed, the seedlings being planted out about the
end of June.

A. albiflora (white-flowered).* fl. white ; petals usually three.
July and August. 1. sessile, feather-nerved. A. 1ft. Georgia,

A. grandiflora (large-flowered).* /. white, with yellow anthers,
large, panicled. July. 1. sinuate, smooth, glaucous, spiny-
toothed ; nerves unarmed. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Mexico, 1827. See
Fig. 147.

A. hirsuta (hairy).* fl. pure white, Sin. to 5in. in diameter.
September. I. pinnatifid, bristly. A. 2ft. California, 1879. A
very beautiful plant.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

ill

Argemone — continued.

FIG. 147. INFLORESCENCE OF AKGEKONE GRAKDIFLOKX

Argyreia— continued.

?ss

Mexico, 1827.

ARGENTEUS.
Eih-er.

hk

ated^pmnatifid?11**

ched with white. Stem prickly.'

Silvery. A pale colour

Ming

ARGOLASIA. See Lanaria.

ARGYREIA (from aryyreios, silvery ; in reference to
the silvery undersides of the leaves). Silver-weed. OBD.
Conrolruiocea. An elegant genus of greenhouse and
stove climbers. Sepals five ; corolla campannlate. Shrubs
for the most part silvery, but sometimes silky and tomentose.
The greater number of the species are robust, extensive
twiners or climbers, usually requiring plenty of room to
run, before they will flower. A. cuneata, and one or two
others, are of dwarf habit, and produce their splendid
blossoms in abundance. All the species grow well in
light rich soil, or a mixture of peat, loam, and sand.
Cuttings root readily if planted in sand, with a hand glass
placed over them, in a little bottom heat.
A. capitate (headed). JL, corolla lin. to 2in. long, rose coloured

or purple, hairy outside ; peduncles exceeding the petioles. July.

J. cordate-ovate, acuminated, 2in. to Sin. long, and lin. to 3in.

broad, hairy on both surfaces ; hairs glandular at the base.

Plant clothed with strigose hairs. Silhet, 1825.
A. cuneata (wedge-leaved).* JL, corolla large, of a beautiful deep

bright purple ; peduncles downy, shorter than the leaves, three to

six-flowered. Julv. l. obovate-cuneate, emarginate, glabrous

above, but beset with short, crowded hairs beneath, hardly petio-

late. Stem clothed with powdery down at top. A. 2ft to 5ft

India, 1822.

the leaves,
r tat* at

.cyme-flowered).' JL, corolla pale pink, tubi
1, rillous outside; peduncles as long or longer

at top, and qrrao^yjnany^fiowered.

prickle, glabrous on
£ wm HaUia • :

(Malabar). JL rather small ; bottom of the bell

deep purple ; throat pink, with the edges paler, almost white,
and slightly ten-lobed; peduncles as long OT '
leaves, many-flowered at the apex. ~
acute, glabrous, or furnished
surfaces. Coromandel, 1825.

apex. June. I. roundish-^

with a few scattered bain on both

pomaoea (Apple-fruitedV JL large, rose coloured ;
vfflous, exceeding the petioles a little, cymoae, man;
Berry sire of a cherry, yellow. L ovate-elliptic, obfau

many-flowered,
s-eiuptic, obtuse, clothed

with' onerous, velvety 'down on both surfaces, bat especially
beneath, sometimes snb-emarginate at apex. Mysore, Kl£

nerved beneath, and clothed with silky, silvery down. India, 1818.
A. splendens (splendid).* JL, corolla tubularly campanulate. IJin.
long, rather vMous outside, pale red ; peduncles exceeding the
(hoary) petioles, corymbosely many.flowered. November. L
ovate-oblong or ovate-elliptic, entire or pandurately sinuated,
sometimes somewhat three-lobed, smooth above, but clothed with
g, acuminated. India, 1820.

A synonym of Parthenium
(which see).

AR6YR.OXYFHITJM (from argyrot, silver, and
Xyphion, a Corn-flag; in allusion to the leaves). OBD.
Composite. An ornamental greenhouse perennial herb.
Involucre campannlate; receptacle conical; heads pedun-
culate, racemose, or in thyrsoid panicles. Leaves alternate ;
lower ones close, elongated, thick, on both sides silver-lined.
Stems simple or slightly branched. It thrives well in rich
sandy loam and leaf mould. Propagated by seed-heads.
C. sandwlcense (Sandwich Islands), rt. -heads purplish. L linear

lanceolate, imbricate, clothed, like the stems, with silvery hairs.

A. 5ft Sandwich Islands, 1872. Sv.v. Argyrophylon Douglatii.
AT8.T* See Fyros A"«-

ARIS2EMA (from Ann, Arum, and sana, a standard;
in reference to the close alliance to Arum). OKD. Aroidea
(A raceas) . Small, tuberous-rooted, greenhouse (except where
stated otherwise) herbs. Spathe rolled round the spadix
at the base; spadix bearing unisexual flowers below, and
rudimentary flowers in the upper part. Leaves peltate,
pedate, palmate, or simple. For culture, &c., see Arum.

A. ooncinna (neat).* JL, spathe convolute, tubular at the base ;
upper portion bent over at the month, and gradually narrowed
into a tail-like appendage about Sin. long ; spathe of the female
plant longitudinally barred with white and green, the latter
colour being replaced with blue-purple in the male. June. L
solitary, A««aiW •* the base, and made up of ten or twelve
lanceolate, entireTlight green leaflets, which radiate from the top
of the petiole, the latter being 1ft to 2ft high. Sikkim, 187L

A. curvatnm (curved).* JL crowning a scape which overtops the
foliage ; tube of spathe cylindrical, green, obscurely striped with
white ; the elliptic blade arches forward, green on the inner sur-
face, and brownish-red on the outer; spadix produced into a
purplish-red tail, about 1ft long. April L pedate. The large
bracts, which sheath the base of the stem, are beautifufly
marbled with dark olive green, red, and light green. *. 4ft
Himalayas, 187L Srx. A. helUtortfoKttm.

A. galeate (helmeted).* JL, spathe about 4in long ; tube and
cylindrical side of spathe^reeV tinted purplish at base, with
many longitudinal white lines ; inside of the tube purple. Julv.
L solitary, trifoliolate; middle leaflet 6in. 1.
lateral ones Tin. long and nearly 4in. broad.
Sikkim, 1879.

A. Griffith! (Griffith's).* JL, spathe large, hood-like, brown-violet,
with green veins ; spadix brown-violet, and the barren end at the
base above the flowers has a disk-like projection, while its free

^^^^^^i^^€^r^^^:

Hardy ; very handsome. ST>. A. Hookfrianur*.
A. helieborifolium (Hellebore-leaved). A synonym of A. c*n+

turn.

A. Hookerianum (Hooker's). A synonym of A. GriJfUJii.
A. nepenthoide* (Nepenthes-like).* JL, spathe above the tabular

»rtfon extended into two decided auricles, w

porton
tinguish
lowish.

it from other species,
L pedate, of

Spring.

which serve to dis-
ochre, brown, green ; spadix yel-
five lanceolate or oblanceolate

112

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Arlssoma— continued.
leaflets ; central one 6in. long, the others shorter, h. 2ft. Hit

layas, 1879.
A. prsecox (early).

A synonym of A. ringens.

ens (gaping).* /., spathe striped green and white, erect
indrical below, then arching suddenly over, and again con-
le orifice, with_ broad,

and cyl

tracting into a rather small deep purple o, _

reflexed margins ; spadix erect, pale yellow-green. Spring. I.,
leaflets three, ovate-oblong, acuminate, and produced into a mi-
short. Japan. Hardy. SYNS. A. praxox

form point; peduncle
and A. Sieboldi.

A, Sieboldi (Siebold's). A. synonym of A. ringens.

A. speciosa (showy ).» A., spadix deep glossy purple, greenish
and white, with a long flexuous prolongation, sometimes nearly
20in. in length ; spathe also terminating with a filiform elongation.
March. I. solitary, trifoliolate ; leaflets petioled, dark green, con-
spicuously edged with blood red ; petioles long, mottled with
white, h. 2ft. Temperate Himalayas, 1872.

FIG. 148. ARISA:MA TKIFHYLLA.

A. triphylla (three-leaved).* JL, spathe 4in. to 6in. long, striped
with broad lines of purplish-brown, with about lin. of green in the
middle ; spadix 3in. long, spotted with brown. June and July.
I. on long, stout petioles, trifoliolate ; leaflets entire, equal, acumi-
nated. h. 9in. to 1ft. North America, 1664. This is quite hardy
SYNS. A. zebrina and Arum triphyllum. See Fig. 148.
A. zebrina (zebra). A synonym of A. triphylla.

ARJSARUM (name of Greek origin). OBD. Aroideas
(Aracew). A small genus of half-hardy, herbaceous plants,
possessing but little horticultural interest, and allied to
Arisaima. Flowers unisexual, spadix having no rudimentary
flowers. Leaves on long stalks, heart-shaped or spear-
shaped. The only species in cultivation thrives in a sand,
loam, and peat compost. Propagated by seeds or divi-
sions of the root in spring.

ASo™u^Euro (e°T5%n)' ^'* spathe livid P^P16- Mav- h- lft-

ABJSTATE. Having a beard or awn, as the glumes
Of barley.

AR.ISTE A (from arista, a point or beard ; in reference
to the rigid points of the leaves). OBD. Iridece. A
genus of greenhouse herbaceous perennials from the Capo
of Good Hope. Flowers blue ; perianth rotate, six-parted,
twisted after flowering ; scape two-edged, rigid, often
branched. Leaves narrow, sword-shaped. The species are
more interesting than ornamental, and may be grown in a
compost of three parts turfy peat, and one of loam. Easily
propagated by divisions and seeds. They vary in height
from Sin. to 3ft., and flower generally in summer.
A. capitata (headed). fl. blue. July. h. 3ft. Cape of Good

Hope, 1790.
A. cyanea (bright blue), ft. blue. June. h. 6in. Cup* of Good

ARISTOIiOCHIA (from aristos, best, and locheia,
parturition; in reference to its supposed medicinal cha-
racter). Birthwort. ORD. Aristolochiacece. A very large
genus of stove, greenhouse, or hardy, evergreen or deci-
duous, climbing or erect shrubs. Flowers axillary, clus-
tered, or solitary, pendulous, of most extraordinary forms ;
perianth tubular, curved, or straight, with an oblique,
cordate limb ; stamens six, rarely four, or numerous, ad-
hering to the stigma ; capsule six-valved. Leaves cordate
entire or lobed. Good loam, with a small proportion of
decayed manure and a slight addition of sharp sand to
secure efficient drainage, is a good compost for the whole.
They will thrive when planted out in the conservatory
more satisfactorily than elsewhere; for as they usually
grow a considerable height before flowering, they require
very long trellises in pots, and have to be trained up and
down; or, better still, round a pillar of uniform cir-
cumference, a pyramid form being useless. The best way
is to train them round, close down to the pot, and keep
on about 2in. from one turn to the next. Some of the
larger sorts will require more room. Cuttings root freely
in sand under a boll glass with bottom heat.

A. anguicida (snake-killing), fl. white, spotted brown ; tube of
perianth inflated at base, dilated and oblique at the mouth ;
peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered. December. I. on short
petioles, cordate acuminate ; stipules cordate-roundish. A. 10ft.
New Grenada, 1845. An evergreen stove twiner.

A. barbata (bearded). /. purple, axillary, 2£in. long ; perianth
straight ; liinb spreading ; lip spathulate, bearded at the end.
July. I. coidate, oblong. A. 10ft. Caraccas, 1796. Stove evergreen.

A. caudata (tailed).* /. lurid ; perianth cylindrical ventricose,
and six-spurred at the base ; lip cordate, cuspidate ; the cusp
twisted, filiform. June. 1., lower ones reniform, lobed; upper
ones three partite, h. 5ft. Brazil, 1828. Deciduous stove twiner.

A. ciliosa (fringed).* fl. purple-yellow ; tube of perianth obliquely
ventricose at base, stretched out, from the middle to the apex
cylindrical, fringed ; peduncles one-flowered. September. I. cordate
reniform. Plant glabrous, h. 6ft. Brazil, 1829.

A. Clematitls (Clematis-like), fl. pale yellow, upright ; lip oblon<r,
shortly acuminate. July. I. cordate. Stem erect, h. 2ft. A
hardy herbaceous perennial, naturalised here and there in Britain.

A. olypeata (shielded). Jl. axillary ; tube yellowish, cylindrical ;
limb elliptic, white, blotched with purple, long and large, funnel-
shaped. 1. subcordate-ovate, acuminate. Columbia, 1871.

A. cordiflora (cordate-flowered). Jl. axillary, very large, with
broad cordiform limb, creamy yellow, with blotchy purple veining.
May. I. cordate acuminate. A. 30ft. Mexico, 1860.

A. deltoidea varlegata (deltoid variegated variety). I. varie.
gated with white, h. 6ft. Columbia, 1870.

A. Duchartrei (Duchartre's).* fl. racemose ; tube brown ; limb
cream colour, with purple blotches. January. I. reniform-cordate,
acuminate. Upper Amazons, 1868. h. 5ft. This stove species
flowers from the old wood. SYN. A. Ruiziana.

A. floribunda (free-flowering).* fl. numerous ; limb purplish-red,
with yellow veins, centre yellow. July. I. cordate ovate, acu-
minate, h. 10ft. Brazil, 1868. Stove species.

A. galcata (helmeted). fl. creamy, with reticulated veins. August.
I. cordate, with broad open sinus, h. 20ft. New Grenada, 1873.

A. glgas (giant), fl. purple ; perianth large, cordate ribbed out-
side, reticulated, downy ; tube inflated, contracted in the middle ;
limb large, cordate ovate, with a long tail. June. I. downy, cor-
date, acuminate ; peduncles solitary, bracteate. h. 10ft. Guate-
mala, 1841.

A. Goldieana (Goldie's).* fl. greenish outside, deep yellow with
chocolate veins ins_ide, bent into two unequal portions, the lower
portion surmounting the ovary about Sin. in length, somewhat
cylindrical, terminating in a club-shaped curved knob ; the upper
portion, commencing from this knob, is about a foot long, funnel-
shaped, ribbed, dilated above into a somewhat three-lobed limb.
Stamens twenty-four — a very unusual number in the whole family.
The enormous flowers are 26in. long by llin. in diameter. July. I.
ovate, or triangular-cordate, acuminated. Old Calabar River, 1867.
This noble climber should be repotted in fresh soil in February or
March. But little water will be necessary until the young shoots
have made about 6in. of growth ; the quantity should then be
increased with moderation until early in September, when the
old stem dies down within a few inches of the surface of the
pot — at this period, and during winter, water must be entirely
withheld. This species blooms freely in a temperature of 65deg.
to 70deg.

A. indica (Indian). Jl. purple; perianth erect; peduncle many-
flowered. July. I. elliptical, blunt, somewhat emarginate,
slightly cordate, h. 10ft. India, 1780. Stove evergreen.

A. labiosa (great-lipped).* fl. greenish ; perianth incurved at base,
saccate, two-lipped in the middle. July. I. reniform, roundish
cordate, amplexicaul. h. 20ft. Brazil, 1821. Stove evergreen.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

113

Aristolochia-eonttnu«d.

A. lenconenra (white-veined), fl. purple brown. September.
I. cordate, acuminate, h. 12ft. Magdalena, 1858. Stove species.

A. odoratissima (sweetest-scented).* fl. purple, sweet-scented ;
peduncles one-flowered, longer than the leaf ; lip cordate lanceo-
late, longer than the perianth. July. I. cordate, ovate, ever-
green. Stem twining. A. 10ft Jamaica, 1737. Stove evergreen.

A. ornithocephala (bird's-head).* fl. purple, very large, and
extremely singular. To render any description at all lucid, this
species may be said to have the head of a hawk and the beak of a
heron, with the wattles of a Spanish fowl, which, however, are
grey, netted with brown ; head of the same colour, veined ; and
the beak grey. I. between cordate and renifonn, obtuse. October.
h. 20ft. Brazil, 1838. Stove species.

A. ringens (gaping).* fl. extremely grotesque, 7in. to lOin. long,
pale green, marbled and reticulated with black purple. The
perianth has an obovoid ventricose sac, or cup, 2iin. long, which
Is woolly inside ; tube ascending obliquely from the sac, terete,
dividing into two very long lips, the upper of which (lower as the
flower hangs) is oblong-lanceolate, recurved, and hairy inside
below the middle, while the lower one is shorter, with recurved
margins, and expanding into an orbicular or almost renifonn limb.
Unlike many other species, the flowers are produced on the young
shoots. July. 1. bright green, glabrous, roundish-remfonn.
h. 20ft. Brazil, 1820. Stove evergreen.

A. Ruizlana (Ruiz's). A synonym of A. Duchartrei.

A. saccata (pouch-flowered), fl. purplish-red, forming a large
pouch ; throat circular, vertical. September. I. 12in. to 15in.
long, and 4in. broad, scattered, ovate-cordate, narrowed at apex,
slightly waved and sinuated, entire, more silky beneath than
above, h. 20ft. Sylhet, 1829. Stove evergreen.

A. sempervirens (evergreen), fl, purple ; perianth incurved.
May. 1. cordate, oblong, acuminate. Stem prostrate, flexuous,
somewhat climbing, h. 4ft. Candia, 1727. Greenhouse species.

FIG. 149. FLOWERING BRANCH OP ARISTOLOCHIA Sipno.

A. Slpho (tube-bearing).* fl. yellowish-brown ; corolla ascending ;
limb in .three equal portions, not expanding, flat, brown ; bracts
of the peduncle large, ovate. May and June. I. cordate, acute.
Stem twining, h. 15ft. to 30ft. North America, 1763. This hardy,
climbing, deciduous shrub grows freely in a deep, free, rather
dry soil. See Fig. 149.

A. Thwaitesii (Thwaites'). fl. yellow. March, h, 3ft. Old
Calabar, 1854. Stove species.

A. tomentosa (tomentose).* /. purple ; perianth with its tube
twisted back, and much more deeply divided than in A. Sipho,
expanding, flat, and yellow, with the mouth of the tube of a deep
purple ; peduncle solitary, without a bract. July. I. cordate,
downy beneath. A. 20ft. North America, 1799. Hardy.

A. tricaudata (three-tailed).* fl. dark purple-brown, solitary,
split into three subulate tails. August. 1. oblong acuminate,
rugose, 5in. to Sin. long. Mexico, 1866. A curious, but pretty,
stove shrub.

A. trilobata (three-lobed). fl. purple; perianth cylindrical, broken
saccate at base ; lip cordate cuspidate. June. I. three-lobed
Stem twining. A. 8ft. South America, 1775. Stove evergreen.

Aristolochia —continued.

A. nngnlifolia (claw-leaved), fl. racemose; perianth brownish-
purple, stipitate at base, above which it is swollen out in a globose
or oblong form, with two thickened projections near the end ;
upper end of tube contracted, somewhat curved, terminating in a
two-lipped limb, one lip large, ovate, the other minute. June
I. 6in. to 7in. long, cordate, and pedately five-nerved at the base
three-lobed below the middle, with broad sinuses, the two lateral
lobes arcuate, and blunt at the apex. Labuan, 1880. Stove species.

A&ISTOLOCHIACRSS. An order of very curious
plants, with singularly inflated flowers, consisting of a
calyx only, of a dull, dingy colour. It is popularly known
as the Birth/wort family, and has an English representative
in Aristolochia clematitis.

ARISTOTELIA (said to be named in honour of
Aristotle, the Greek philosopher). ORD. Tiliaceas. A
hardy evergreen shrub. Calyx campanulate ; petals five,
inserted in the base of the calyx, and alternating with its
lobes. Easily grown, in ordinary garden soil, in the shrub-
bery. Propagated by ripened cuttings, which root freely if
placed under a hand glass ; or by layers.
A. Macqui (Macqui's).* fl. small, greenish, axillary. May.
I. nearly opposite, stalked, oolong, acute, smooth, shining, dentate,
permanent. A. 6ft. Chili, 1733. A shrub esteemed for its hand-
some foliage. The berries are about the size of a pea, very dark
purple, at length becoming black. The variegated form is not so
Lardy as the type, but much more ornamental.

ARMENIACA (from Armenia, the native country of
the Apricot). Apricot. ORD. Eosaceae. TRIBE Drupaceae.
Small, hardy, deciduous trees. Flowers appearing before the
leaves from scaly buds, solitary, or few together, almost
sessile. Leaves, when young, convolute. Drupe ovate-
globose, fleshy, covered with velvety skin, containing a nut,
or stone, which is acute at one end and blunt at the other,
with a furrow on both sides ; the rest smooth, not wrinkled.
For culture, &o., see Apricot and Prunus.
A. brigantiaca (Brigancon).* fl. white or pink, glomerate, almost

sessile. March. I. somewhat cordate, acuminated, sharply toothed ;

the teeth numerous, and lapping over each other. A. 6ft. to 8ft

South Europe, 1819.
A. dasycarpa (thick-fruited).* fl. -white, pedicellate; pedicels

filiform. March. I. ovate, acuminate, serrated ; petioles glandular.

h. 10ft. to 15ft. China, 1800.
A. slbirloa (Siberian), fl. rose-coloured. April t ovate, acu-

minate ; petioles glandless. A. 8ft to 20ft. Dahuna, 1788.
A, vulgarla (common).* Common Apricot fl, pinkish-white,

sessile. February, i. ovate, or cordate, glabrous, glandularly

serrated. A. 15ft. Levant, 1548. Of this species numerous

varieties, differing in the foliar outline, &c., are sometimes met

with. See Apricot.

1A (from Flos Armerice, Latin name for the

flowers of a species of Pink). Thrift; Sea Pink. ORD.
Plumbaginece. A very interesting and pretty group of
hardy alpine tufted perennials. Flowers pedicellate, col-
lected in dense solitary heads ; involucre scarious, sheath-
ing the scape and turned downwards ; petals cohering at
the base, persistent ; flower scapes leafless. Leaves linear,
radical. As the majority of the species differ in mere
technical details, we have given a representative group
only. They are easily cultivated in a sandy loam and leaf
soil, and are increased by seeds and division, separate
pieces being planted as cuttings under hand glasses; or
the rarer kinds should be potted and placed in a frame.
The seed should be sown in spring, in pots of sandy soil,
and placed in a cold frame. Although best grown as rock
plants, most of them do well in pots and borders. A. vulgaris
makes one of the best of edging plants.

A. cephalotes (round-headed).* fl. deep rose or crimson, in a
large roundish head on erect stalk. Autumn. I. broadly lanceo-
late, glabrous, acute ; petioles channelled, sheathing at the base.
A. 12in. to 18in. South Europe, 1800. This is perhaps the finest
species, and is best raised from an annual sowing of seed, as it is
somewhat difficult to increase by divisions. SYNS. A. formosa, A.
latifolia, A. mauritanica, and A. pteudo-ormeria.

A. dianthoides (Pink-like).* fl. light pink, in close heads about
6in. high. May and June. I. spreading, flattened, nerved,
slightly downy. South Europe, 1810.

A. formosa (handsome). Synonymous with A. eephalotet.

A. Junoea(Rnsh-like).* fl. rose pink, in small heads about 3in.
high. June. I small, erect, roundish, pointed, deep green.
South Europe. A very pretty little alpine species.

q

114

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Armeria— continued.

A. junlperlfOlia (Juniper-leaved).* fl. deep rose, in small densely
packed heads. May and June. /. short, stiff, erect, Juniper-like.
h. bin., \yith a dense tufted habit. Spain, 1818. Plant in a warm
well-drained portion of the rockery in very sandy soil, with souie
nodules of sandstone intermixed.

A. latlfolia (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. tephalotes.

A. lencantna(white-flowered). A white-flowered variety of A.
plantaginea.

A. maritima (sea). Synonymous with A. vulgarit.

A. maurltanloa (Mediterranean). Synonymous with A. eepha-
totes.

A. plantaginea (Plantain-leaved).* fl. bright rose ; scapes taller
than in A. vulgarit. J. broader, three to fl ve-nerved, and with a
stouter growing habit than the common species, h. 1ft. South
Europe, 1818. A very pretty species. SYNS. A. leucantha, which
is frequently called A. p. alba, and A. scorzonerasfolia.

A. pseudo armerla (false Armerla). Synonymous with A. cepha-
lotes.

A. scorzonersefolia (Seoreon era-leaved). Synonymous with A.
plantaginea.

A. setacea (bristly).* fl. light rose, In small heads about 2in.
high, very freely produced from the axils of the leaves. April to
June. I. in dense rosettes, erect, or nearly so, narrow, acute, the
tufts having a bristly appearance, h. Sin. South Europe. Plant
in a semi-perpendicular cranny of the rockery, with a sunny
position.

A. vulgaris (common).* Common Thrift ; Sea Pink. fl. pink, rosy
red, Iflac, or white (the latter known as A. v. alba), collected into
a rounded head on the top of the simple scape. June to August.
I. all radical, numerous, linear, usually one-nerved, more or less

. , , , -,

pubescent, h. 6in. to 12in. Britain, on the sea coasts. A. v. alpina
is a dwarf alpine form of this species. The white-flowered v
is very handsome. A» v. Laucheana is also a pretty form,
deep pink flowers in dense heads about 6in. high, and a
tufted habit. Crimson Gem, of garden origin, is stron

of brigh
maritima,

, of garden origin, is stronger grow-

ing, with stems about 9in. high, carrying heads of bright crimson
pink flowers, also of tufted nabit. SYNS. A. maritima, Statice
Armeria.

(its Arabian name). ORD. Boraginece.
Handsome hardy herbaceous perennials or annuals, allied
to Lithospermum. Cuttings should be removed with a
heel in autumn, dibbled in sandy soil in small pots, and
placed in a cool house, where they will ultimately, though
slowly, root ; they should then be gradually hardened off,
and finally planted out. A. echioides is also easily in-
creased by making cuttings of the strong roots, which
should be dibbled in pots of sandy soil, and placed in gentle
heat ; it is also raised from seed.

A. echioides (Echium-like).* fl. bright primrose yellow, with a
purplish spot in the sinuses between the lobes of the corolla,
which gradually disappears in a few days ; spikes terminal, large,
solitary, secund. May. I. sessile, alternate ; margins— as well as
the stems— ciliated, h. 9in. to 12m. Armenia. One of the
showiest of hardy perennials for the border or rockery.

A. Grlfflthll (Griffith's). This differs from above in having
narrower leaves, rather smaller flowers, which are of a more de-
cided yellow, a differently shaped calyx, and a longer corolla.
A. 9in. North-west India. Equally desirable, were it a perennial ;
but, being an annual, it must be constantly raised from seed.

ARNICA (from arnakis, lambskin ; in reference to the
texture of the leaves). ORD. Composites. Hardy, dwarf,
herbaceous perennials, allied to Senecio. They thrive best
in loam, peat, and sand; the plants are best divided in
spring. Seeds should be procured when possible, and
sown in a cold frame, in spring. The only species worth
growing are described below.
A. Aronicum. A synonym of A. scorpioides.
A. Chamissonls (Chamisso's).* fl.-heads yellow, IJin. to 2in.
across, arranged in a corymb. July to September. I. oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate or acute, tomentose, tapering to the base.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. North America. A rather scarce, showy species.
A. Clusll (Clusius's). fl.-heads yellow, solitary, terminal ; stalks
long, thickened towards the top, and covered with long hairs.
Summer. I. soft, radical ones entire, or nearly so, oblong, obtuse,
attenuated into the petiole ; cauline ones sessile, half stem-
clasping, lanceolate, toothed in the lower part. h. 1ft. Switzer-
land, 1819. SYN. Doronicum Clusii.

A. follosa (leafy).* fl.-heads pale yellow, about lin. across, from
three to seven in a corymb. August. I. lanceolate, stalked,
acute, denticulate, smooth, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Stems springing from
slender rhizome-like shoots. United States. Closely allied to
A. montana. It requires a damp situation.

A. montana (mountain).* Mountain Tobacco, fl.-heads yellow,

three or four together, about 2in. in diameter ; ray florets nume-

v rous. July. I. radical, except a few on the scape, oblong-lanceo-

Arnica— continued.

late, entire, smooth. Habit tufted, h. 1ft. Europe, 1731. A
very handsome but rare plant ; excellent for a rockery. It is
slowly increased. See Fig. 150.

FIG. 150. ARNICA MONTANA, showing Habit and Flower-head.
A. soorpioides (scorpion-like).* JL-heads yellow, large, solitary ;
scape one to three-flowered. Summer. I. pale green, denticu-
lated ; radical ones on long petioles, broadly ovate ; the lower
stem leaves shortly stalked, amplexicaul ; the upper ones sessile.
h, 6in. to 12in. South Europe, 1710. Border. SYNS. A. Aronicum,
Aronicum scorpioides.

ARNOPOGON. See Urospermum.
AROIDE.2E. See Aracesa.
ARONIA. Sea Crataagus Aronia and Pyrus.
ARONICUM. See Arnica scorpioides and Doro-
nicnm.

ARPOPHYLLUM (from arpe, a scimitar, and
phyllon, a leaf; the leaf is sword-shaped). ORD. Or-
chideoe. Distinct evergreen epiphytes. There are about
six species known, and the genus belongs to the Epidendrece
division of orchidaceous plants ; their general characters
are : Flowers small, numerous, in closely packed cylindrical
spikes ; anther-bed broad, shorter than the broad extension
of the upper edge of the stigma; pollinia eight. Stems
rather long, with white sheaths. They thrive well in
fibrous peat, one-third turfy loam, freely interspersed with
lumps of fresh charcoal and an abundance of crocks. When
growing, a liberal supply of water at the roots is essential,
as is also a situation near the light, where they will blossom
much more profusely than if in any way shaded. The
flowers last in perfection about four weeks.
A. cardlnalo (cardinal), fl., sepals and petals light rose ; lip deep
red, on upright spikes about 1ft. high. Summer. New Grenada.
A. giganteum (gigantic).* fl. dark purple and rose, densely and
symmetrically arranged on the cylindrical spikes, which are from
12in. to Win. long. April and May. I. dark green, about 2ft. long,
borne on slender pseudo-bulbs. Mexico.

A. splcatum (spike-flowered).* fl. dark red, on an upright spike
about 1ft. long. During winter. Guatemala, 1839.

ARRACACHA (its Spanish name in South America).
ORD. Umbelliferce. A half-hardy tuberous perennial, highly
esteemed as an esculent in South America, where it yields
a food, which is prepared in the same manner as potatoes,
and is said to be grateful to the palate and extremely easy
of digestion. It thrives best in rich loam, and is in-
creased by divisions of the roots.

A. csculenta (edible). /. white ; umbels opposite the leaves or
terminal ; involucre wanting. July. I. pinnate ; leaflets broadly
ovate, acuminated, deeply pinnatifld, profoundly serrated ; the
two lower leaflets petiolate, sub-ternate. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Moun-
tainous districts of Northern South America, 1823. SYN. Conium
Arracacha.

ARRHOSTOXYLUM. Included under Bnellia
(which see).

ARROW ARUM. See Peltandra virginica.
ARROWGRASS. See Triglochin.
ARROW-HEAD. See Sagittaria.
ARROWROOT. See Maranta.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

115

ARTABOTRYS (from artao, to suspend or support,
and botrys, grapes ; in reference to the way the fruit is sup-
ported by the curious tendril). OBD. AnonacecB. A hand-
some stove evergreen shrub, thriving in a good sandy loam
and peat, to which a little rotten dung may be added.
Propagated by cuttings made of ripened wood, insert
in sand under a bell glass, with bottom heat, in early
spring. Seed, when procurable, should be sown as soon
after receipt as possible.

A. odoratissimus (sweetest-scented).* ft. reddish brown, ex-
tremely fragrant ; peduncles opposite the leaves, hooked beneath
the middle. June and July. I. oblong-lanceolate, acuminated,
smooth, shining. A. 6ft. Malayan Islands, 1758. In Java, the
leaves are held to be invaluable as a preventive of cholera.

ARTANEMA (from aiiau, to support, and nemo, a
filament ; in reference to a tooth-like process growing on
the longer filaments). OBD. Scrophularinece. An inte-
resting and handsome greenhouse evergreen shrub, allied
to Torenia. Flowers disposed in terminal racemes, and
on short pedicels. Leaves opposite, sub-serrated. It may
be treated as hardy during summer, for which purpose
seeds should be sown in spring; but it requires the pro-
tection of a greenhouse during winter. Artanema grows
freely in light rich soil, and is readily increased " by cut-
tings and seeds.

A. nmbriatum (fringed), ft., corolla blue, large, tubularly funnel-
shaped, clothed with minute glandular pubescence outside;
lobes unequally serrated; racemes terminal, four to sixteen-
flowered. June, November. I. lanceolate, acute, serrated, rough
to the touch from numerous elevated dots. Stem smooth, glossy.
A. 2ft. to 3ft. New Holland (on the banks of the Brisbane River
at Moreton Bay), 1830.

ARTANTHE. See Piper.

ARTEMISIA (from Artemis, one of the names of
Diana). Mugwort ; Southernwood ; Wormwood. OBD.
Composites. A very large genus of mostly hardy herba-
ceous perennials, few of which, comparatively speaking,
are worth growing. Flower-heads disposed in spikes, or
racemes, and these are usually arranged in panicles ; pappus
none; involucre few-flowered, ovate or rounded, imbri-
cated; florets of the disk all tubular; of the ray, if
any, slender, awl-shaped. Leaves alternate, variously
lobed. All the species are of the easiest possible culture
in any dry soil. The shrubby kinds are best propagated
by cuttings ; the herbaceous ones, by dividing at the root ;
and the annuals, by seeds.
A. Abrotanum (aromatic herb:.* Old Man ; Southernwood.

ft.-heads yellowish. August to October. L, lower ones bipinnate;

upper ones pinnate, with the segments hair-like. Stem straight

h. 2ft. to 4ft Europe, 1548. A deciduous shrub, well known

for its fragrance. See also Southernwood.
A. A. humile flow). A iow spreading variety. A. IJft.
A. A. tobolskianum (Tobolskian). A much more vigorous

growing variety than the last, and larger hi all its parts than the

type.
A. alplna (alpine).* fl.-heads yellow, solitary, on long slender

stalks; scales of involucre lanceolate. Summer. I. pinnate, covered

with whitish silky hairs ; lobes linear, entire. A. 6in. to lOin.

Caucasus, 1804. Dwarf, with a very tufted habit
A. anethifolia(Anethum-leaved). fl.-heads yellowish-green, small ;

rnicle very large, densely packed, nearly 2ft. long. Autumn.
_ chiefly cauline, much divided into thread-like segments, greyish-
green. Stem shrubby at the base, nearly glabrous, branching at
the top. A. 3ft to 4ft Siberia, 1816.

A. argentea (silvery).* ft.-heads pale yellow, roundish, closely
packed. July. I. ovate-oblong, very freely divided, densely
clothed with soft silvery hairs. A. lift Madeira, 1777. A very
pretty species, requiring a warm sunny position on the rockery.

A. cana(hoary).» ft.-heads yellow, small, uninteresting, ovate, in a
close spiky panicle. August I. silky, hoary ; lower ones wedge-
shaped, sharply three-cleft ; cauline ones linear-lanceolate, three-
nerved. Stem ascending ; branches erect A. 2ft to 3ft. North
America, 1800. This is a very distinct species, and its silvery
leaves and stems render it well worthy of cultivation.

A. ccerulcscens (bluish).* fl.-hf<tds bluish, erect, cylindrical.
August. 1. hoary, most of them lanceolate, entire, tapering at the
base; lower ones variously divided. A. 2ft. South Europe.
An ornamental evergreen shrub.

A. Dracunculns. Tarragon, ft.-heads whitish-green ; racemes
panicled ; heads sub-globose. July. I., radical ones three-cleft ;
cauline ones sessile, linear or linear-oblong, acute, entire, toothed.
h. 2ft. South Europe, 1543. See also Tarragon.

Artemisia — continued.

A. frigida (frigid). ft.-heacts yellow, uninteresting, small, roundish
racemosely panicled. August. L pinnate; segments narrow!
silvery. A. fit Siberia, ?826. A pretty creeping, herbaceous

A. maritima (maritime). fl.-head» brown ; racemes oblong erect
or drooping. August ami September. 1. downy, bipinnatifld
oblong; segments linear. Britain. A much branched^ erect, or
decumbent plant, excellent for rough rockwork or very dry

A. Mutellina (Mutellina).* ft.-heads yellowish-green ; lower ones
stalked, upper ones sessile. July. I. all palmate, multifid, white.
Stem quite simple. A. 6in. European Alps, 1815.

A. pontlca (Pontine). fl.-heads yellow, roundish, stalked, nodding.
September. I. downy beneath ; cauline ones bipinnate • leaflets
linear. A. 3ft. Austria, 1570.

A. rnpestris (rock). ft..heads brown, globose, stalked, nodding.
August. 1. sub-pubescent ; cauline ones pinnatifld ; leaflets
linear, acute. A. 6in. Norway, Ac., 1748.

A. scoparia (twiggy-branched). A.-head» small, whitish ; panicle
broad, densely packed, about IJft. long. Autumn. I. much
divided; segments hair-like ; lower branches very slender. A. 3ft.
to 5ft. East Europe.

A. spicata fspicate). fl.-head» brown, spicate. June and July.
L hoary; radical ones palmate multifid; cauline ones pinnatifld;
upper linear, entire, blunt. Stem quite simple. A. 1ft. Switzer-
land, 1790.

A. Stellerlana ^teller's).* fl.-headt yellow, uninteresting,
round, somewhat erect Summer, i., lower ones spathnlate-
incised ; upper ones obtusely lobed ; end lobes often confluent,
about 2in. long, silvery white. A. 1ft to 2ft. Siberia.

A. tanacetlfolla (Tanacetum-leaved). ft.-heads brownish ; racemes
simple, terminal Summer. J. bipinnate ; lobes linear sub-lanceo-
late, entire, acuminated, rather downy. Stem sometimes branch-
ing at the base, herbaceous. A. IJft Siberia, 1768.

A. vulgarls (common).* Mugwort ft. -heads yellow, somewhat
racemed, ovate. August I. pinnatifld ; segments white, and downy
beneath. Stems 3ft. to 4ft high, furrowed. Britain. The varie-
gated form of this species exhibits a very pleasing contrast.
There is also a pretty variety with golden leaves.

ARTHROPHYLLUM. A synonym of Phyll-
arthron (which see).

ARTHROPODIUM (from arthron, a joint, and pous,
a foot ; the footstalks of the flowers being jointed). OBD.
Liliacea). Very pretty greenhouse herbaceous perennials,
allied to Anthericum. Flowers purplish or white, in loose
racemes. Leaves grass-like, radical. They thrive well in
a compost of sandy loam and peat, and may be increased
freely by divisions or seeds.

A. drratnm (curled), ft. white; racemes divided; bracteas
leafy. May. L lanceolate, ensiform, spreading, 1ft long. A. 3ft.
New Zealand, 1821.

(fringed), ft. white, July. A. Ijft New Holland,

A. neo-calcdonlcum (New Caledonian).* ft. small, white, on a
much- branched, many-flowered panicle. May. J. tufted, linear-
lanceolate, barred with black linear markings near the base. A.
lift New Caledonia, 1877.

A. paniculatum (panicled).* ft. white ; racemes divided ; pedicels
clustered ; inner sepals crenulate. May. i. narrowly lanceolate.
A. 3ft New South Wales, 1800. A. minus is a small form of
this species.

A. pendulum (pendulous).* ft. white, clustered in threes, pen-
dulous. June to August £ linear, keeled, shorter than the
branched scape. A. IJft New Holland, 1822.

ARTHROPTERIS. See Nephrodium and Ne-
phrolepis.

ARTHROSTEMMA (from arthron, & joint, and
stemon, a stamen ; in reference to the stamens or connec-
tives being jointed). OBD. Melastomaceas. Beautiful stove
or greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Tube of calyx turbinate
or campanulate, usually clothed with bristles, pili, or
scales; lobea four, lanceolate, permanent, without any
appendages between them ; petals four. A mixture of loam,
peat, and sand, suits them best ; and cuttings of small firm
side shoots will root, in April or August, under a hand
glass in sandy soil. Only three or four out of the half-dozen
species belonging to this genus have been as yet intro-
duced.

A. fragile (brittle), ft. rosy ; cymes loose, terminal, few-flowered ;
calyx glandular. July. I. ovate-cordate, acute, five-nerved,
serrated ; branches tetragonal, beset with glandular hairs. A. 3ft.
Mexico, 1846. Stove species.

116

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Arthrostemma— continued.

A. nltida (glossy-leaved), fi. lilac ; peduncles axillary towards the
top of the branches, three-flowered, longer than the petioles.
June. I. ovate, acute, serrulated, glabrous on both surfaces,
shining above, but glandularly hispid on the nerves beneath.
Steins shrubby, erect, and are, as well as the branches, tetragonally
winged, beset with coloured hairs, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Buenos Ayres,
1829. Greenhouse species.

A. versicolor (changeable-flowered), fi., petals obovate, ciliated,
at iflrst white, but at length becoming red'dish, terminal, solitary
September. I. petiolate, ovate, serrulated, five-nerved, discoloured
beneath. Plant shrubby ; hairy. A. 1ft. Brazil (on the sea shore),
1825. Stove species.

ARTHROTAXIS. See Athrotaxis.
ARTICHOKE, GLOBE. (Cynara Scolymus, a
cultivated form of C. Cardunculus). As a vegetable, the
Globe Artichoke is cultivated for the use of the im-
mature flower-heads, and is highly esteemed. A good
open position, free from overhanging trees, is best suited
for its culture generally, but, by planting euccessional
suckers in different aspects, the season may be consider-
ably prolonged. The soil must be of good depth, rich,
and not too heavy. It may be greatly improved for
Artichoke culture by the addition of sea-weeds or salt
applied as manure.

FIG. 151. GLOBE ARTICHOKE.

Preparation of Soil. Trench the ground two spits deep
if possible, mixing a liberal dressing of well-rotted manure
in autumn, and ridge up for the winter, to sweeten. Crude
manure full of straw, leaves, and sticks, often induce fungoid
growths, and are most injurious to the crowns of the plants.
Clay or stiff loam is about the worst soil on which to attempt
the culture of this vegetable ; this drawback may, however,
to some extent be alleviated by the addition and thorough
amalgamation of a light free soil or liberal dressings of
sandy road drifts, or similar materials. An ill-drained soil
is also fatal to good results. During hot, dry weather, the
plants are greatly benefited by copious applications of clear
water and dilute liquid manure ; and this must be especially
attended to on such soils as are liable to burn or dry up in
summer.

Cultivation. When the beds have been properly pre-
pared, the plants should be put in them in April or May.
Place three together in rows between 3ft. and 4ft. apart,
and about 3ft. from plant to plant. Water-in carefully
to settle the soil around the roots, and apply a mulch-
ing of half-decayed manure, to prevent an undue evapo-
ration of moisture. During hot, dry weather, give
liberal supplies of water, and the plants will become esta-
blished as fine stools the first season. A few heads will
probably be produced the first year ; but there will not be
much of a crop until the second season, when five or six

Artichoke, Globe — continued.

good heads will be got from each plant, and for three or four
years the produce will be large if the beds are properly
attended to ; after which time it will become desirable to
make up new plantations. In October or November, it will
be necessary to apply a good mulching of straw or fern to
the beds, to protect the plants from frost. In April, all
this litter should be cleaned off, a dressing of rotten manure
applied, and the beds forked over and kept clean for the
rest of the season, treating as before described. Great
care must be taken to remove the heads as soon as they
are in a fit state ; and, when the whole of them are removed
from the stems, cut the latter out as low as possible.
Globe Artichokes will keep for some considerable time if
laid in a cool place, although they will deteriorate in
quality. These plants may be used in the background of
flower borders in the kitchen garden, their handsome foliage
being peculiarly well adapted for such purposes, whilst their
economical value is also secured. See Fig. 151. Where
there is plenty of room in light, warm eheds, orchard houses,
or other places where frost can be kept out, some stools can
be taken up with the root intact in the early part of November,
placed in boxes of soil, and well watered-in. When
drained, the boxes may be put in any of those posi-
tions for their winter quarters, and, if kept moist,
will develop much earlier than the outdoor crops,
provided they are planted out early in April on a
warm border, and protected with mats when the
weather is cold. Propagation may be effected by
seeds, or by suckers from the old stools, the latter
being the better plan. In the former case, sow the
seeds in March, on a gentle hotbed, and prick the
seedlings off singly, when large enough, into small
pots. Harden off by the last week in May, and
plant out in threes as previously recommended,
protecting the plants from late frosts. During the
growing season, give an abundance of water and liquid
manure mulching, to prevent undue evaporation.
In November, well cover with dry litter which will
not heat ; and, in hard frosts, or heavy snow, throw
a few mats over the beds, uncovering at the same
time as recommended above for the older plants.
To propagate by rooted offsets or suckers, take up
and divide the stools, when they have made a fair
amount of growth in April or early in May, separating
the suckers with as many roots and as much soil
adhering to them as possible. The old woody por-
tions are of little use, but they may be replanted to
give off a fresh supply of suckers for the next year, if
required. Propagation by suckers, if they are to be ob-
tained, has many advantages ; but care must be taken, in
removing them from old plants, that some roots are attached,
or growth will be uncertain. Seeds generally produce a
large percentage of plants that are useless, and this is not
found out until the flower-heads appear. On the other
hand, suckers reproduce the parent plant, and if these are
previously selected, the superior stock is thereby perpetuated.
Sorts. The Green and Purple are the best for ordinary
purposes ; and of these preference should be given to the
former. See also Cynara.

ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM (Helianthus tube-
rosus). A hardy tuberous-rooted herbaceous perennial,
native of Brazil. Tbe roots are used as a vegetable princi-
pally during the winter, sometimes as a dish, but more
generally for flavouring purposes. Plants will grow in
almost any position, but the best results and largest tubers
are obtained where they receive plenty of room and liberal
treatment. Their culture has been recommended as a
substitute for the potato, but they are not likely to take the
place of this vegetable, the flavour being disliked by many
persons. A few are, however, generally acceptable.

Cultivation. To ensure the most successful results,
trench over a piece of ground in autumn, and give a
light dressing of manure. Fork over in March j at the

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

117

Artichoke, Jerusalem— continued.
same time plant good-shaped tubers (see Fig. 1H2) in rows
about 3ft. apart, and allow from 18in. to 2ft. oetween the
tubers in the rows. Keep clear of weeds ; and, as soon as the
foliage is yellow, in the latter part of the autumn, the roots
will be fit for use. The best plan with this crop is to leave •

FIG. 152. TUBERS OF JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE.

those

abruary,

it in the ground till wanted, or till the en<
and then to take up every tuber, replantin
are wanted for stock, and storing the others
dry place. When they commence
growth, they turn black, and are of
little use for cooking, save for fla-
vouring soups. This vegetable has
of late years grown into favour as a
marketable crop, and the demand
seems to be increasing. Considering
its very easy culture, it is fairly re-
munerative. See clso Helianthus.

ARTICULATE, ARTICU-
LATED. Jointed ; having joints.

ARTILLERY PLANT. See
Filea microphylla.

ARTOCARPEJE. A tribe of
the large order Urticacece.

ARTOCARFUS (from artot,
bread, and carpos, fruit; the fruit,
when baked, resembling bread).
Bread Fruit. STNS- Polyphema, Ra-
demachia, Rima. OKD. Urticacece.
TRIBE Artocarpece. Included in this
most remarkable tribe, in addition to
the Bread-fruit Tree, are the virulent
poisonous Antiaris toxicaria and the
economic Cow Tree (Brosimum

Galactodendron) of Caraccas. A genus of stove evergreen
trees, requiring a high and very moist atmosphere, a
copious supply of water, perfect drainage, and a compost
of two parts rich loam and one of leaf mould, with the
addition of a little silver sand. Under all conditions,
this genus is difficult to propagate ; the young and slender
lateral growths are adapted for cuttings; and suckers
may be utilised when procurable, which is very rare.

A. Cannon! (Cannon's).* 1. alternate, petiolate ; petiole and mid-
rib bright red ; upper surf ace glossy, of a rich, full bronzy crimson
hue, beautifully tinted with purple ; under surface bright vinous
red. The leaves vary much in form ; some are simple and cordate
at the base, with the apex irregularly lobate ; some have the apex
regularly three-lobed, with short, entire lobes ; and others, again,
are deep three-lobed, being divided nearly to the base, the seg-
ments, of which the centre one is largest, being slightly sinuate-
lobed. h. 7ft. Society Islands, 1877. This is a most distinct and
handsome ornamental-leaved plant.

A. incisa (incised).* True Bread Fruit. I. from 2ft. to 3ft. long,
deeply lobed or incised, deep green on the upper side, paler below.
h. 50ft. South Sea Islands, 1793. This is a noble tree when full
grown, and forms a most distinct and beautiful stove plant. The
extraordinary fruit is produced from the axils of the leaves in large
globular heads, and is highly valued as an article of food in its
native country.

A. integrifolla (entire-leaved). I. oblong, undivided, sinuated,
scabrous, downy beneath, h. 30ft. India, 1778.

A. laciniata metalllca (laciniate, metallic). I. bronzy above,
reddish purple beneath. Polynesia.

ARUM (formerjy^ron; probably of Egyptian ertrao-
tion). OED. Antdea (Aracece). A genus of ornamental
or curious, hardy, greenhouse, or stove perennials with
thick rhizomes and pedate or hastate leaves. Spathe
large, convolute ; spadix naked and club-shaped at the
top. They are all of easy culture, and the indoor species
will thrive with such treatment as is given to Alocasias
Caladiums, &c. Eich soil is one of the first conditions
of success. Like most plants grown for the beauty of

FIG. 153. ARUM MACULATUM.

their foliage, rapid and free growth is necessary. A com-
post of good rich loam, with a third of sweet manure,
thoroughly rotted, or leaf mould, with some sharp sand,
is very suitable. Plenty of moisture is necessary during

118

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

continued.

the growing season, after which the tender kinds should
be kept moderately dry, warm, and at rest during the
winter. The hardy kinds may be left in the ground.
Propagated by seeds or division
of the roots— usually the latter.
The best time to divide them is
just as they commence their
new growth, securing as many
roots as possible to each divi-
sion. Any rootless pieces should
be placed in heat shortly after
removal; this hastens the for-
mation of roots and excites top
growth. Arums are useful in
sub-tropical gardening, and are
otherwise interesting plants
both for indoors and outside cul-
tivation ; and the hardy kinds
are very suitable for naturalising
in woodlands, &c. There are
many other species besides
those here described, but the
FIG. 154. ARUM DRACUNCULUS. following list comprises the

best. Sub-sections of the genus will be found treated
separately, such as Amorphophallus (which see), &c. •
A. bulbosum (bulbous). Synonymous with A. ternatum.
A. Dracontlum (Green Dragon). /I., spadix subulate, longer

than the oblong convolute green spathe. June. I. pedate, entire.

A. 2ft. North America, 1759. Hardy.
A. Dracuncnlus (Common Dragon).* JL, spadix lanceolate,

shorter than the ovate, flat, smooth, brown spathe. July. I.

pedate, entire. A. 3ft. South Europe, 1548. Hardy. Sm

Dracunculus •mdgaris. See Fig. 154.

A. indionm (Indian). See Colocasia indlca.

A. italieum (Italian).* /., spathe ventricose below, opening nearly
flat and very broad above ; apex often falling over very shortly
after expansion, sometimes greenish yellow, at others nearly
white ; spadix yellowish or creamy white, club-shaped, about one-
third as long as the spathe. Spring. I. appearing before winter,
radical, triangular-hastate. A. 9in. to 2ft. Channel Islands and
Cornwall, Ac. Hardy.

A. i. marmorata (marbled).* I. marbled with yellow. A very
pretty and effective hardy border plant

A. maculatum (spotted). Lords and Ladies; Cuckpo Pint. /.,
spathe ventricose below and above, constricted in the middle,
with inflexed edges when open, spotted with dull purple ; spadix
usually purple, shorter than the spathe. Spring. I. vernal radical,
hastate-sagittate, with deflexed lobes. A. 9in. Britain, &c. This
species is admirably adapted for a corner in the wild garden.
See Fig. 153.

A. Malyi (Maly's). fL whitish. Montenegro, 1860.

A, Nickelli (Nickel's). Levant, 1859. A form of A. italieum.

A. orientate (eastern), fl. resembling those of A. maculatum.
June. 1. brownish, simple, ovate, slightly sagittate. A. 1ft
Tauria.1820. Hardy.

sh
sh

, spadix much shorter than the

spathe ; petiole usually rising Sin. or 9in. above the leaves. May.
I. four or five, triangular-hastate, acute, from 6in. to Win. long,
and from 3Jin. to 7*m. broad ; petioles 12in. to 18in. long. Jeru-
salem, 1864. Tender.

A. pictum (painted). A. 2ft Corsica, 1801. Hardy.

A. proboscideum (proboscis-like).* JL, spathe greenish purple,
navicular, horizontal, terminated by a straight tail ; scapes arising
from among the petioles. May. I. radical, about four, cordate-
elliptic, entire. £6in. South Europe, 1823. Hardy.

A. spectablle (showy), fl., spathe ovate-oblong, acuminate, dark
purplish inside, longer than the purplish spadix. L broadly has-
tate-sagittate. A. lit. Asia Minor. Half-hardy.

A. spirale (spiral). /., spadix lanceolate, shorter than the oblong-
lanceolate spirally twisted brown spathe. May. I. linear-lanceo-
late. Plant stemless. A. 1ft. China, 1816. Tender.

A. tenuifolium (narrow-leaved).* /., spadix subulate, longer than
the white lanceolate spathe. April. {. linear-lanceolate Plant
stemless. A. 1ft South Europe, 1570. Hardy.

A. ternatnm (three-leafleted). A synonym of Pinellia tuberifera.

A. variolatum (variegated). Dalmatia, 1859. Hardy.

A. venosum (veined). A synonym of Sauromatum guttatum.

A. Zelebori (Zelebor's). A form of A. maculatum.

A. paleestinnm (Palestine).*/., spathe 7in. to llin. long, purplish
blotched or spotted outside, rich velvety black inside and yeUowist
white at the base of the tube ; spadix much shorter than th<

FIG. 155. ARUNDINARIA FALCATA

ARUM LILY. See Richardia africana.

ARUNDINARIA (altered from arundo, a reed).
OBD. Gramineoe. A small genus of hardy or nearly hardy
shrubby grasses, having
strong jointed stems,
and frequently included
under Bambusa. For
sub - tropical gardening
purposes more particu-
larly it is exceedingly
ornamental as an isolated
tuft. It thrives best in
a deep, rich soil, and
requires plenty of water
when in a growing state.
Increased by division
of the roots.
A.falcata(sickle-shaped).*

I. linear-lanceolate, very

acute, shortly stalked,

very light green. Stems

freely branched, deep

green, and very slender.

A. 3ft. to 6ft India. An

extremely handsome spe-
cies for greenhouse decoration ; also for outdoor work, particularly

in the South of England, &c. SYN. Bambusa gracilis, of

gardens.

A. Maximowlczll (Maximowicz's). This Japanese species is
believed to be allied to, if not identical with, Bambusa Simonii.
Quite hardy.

A. Metake (Metake). L lanceolate, with very sharp points,
dark green, persistent, narrowed into a short leafstalk, 6in. to
12in. long; sheath ample. A. 4ft to 6ft. Japan. A hand-
some, hardy, dwarf, much-branched species, forming grand
specimens, and producing flowers very freely. SYN. Bambusa
japoniea.

ARUNDO (origin of word doubtful ; stated by some
authorities to be from arundo, a reed ; and others as from
the Celtic arn, signifying water). Eeed. ORD. Graminece.
A very ornamental group of half or quite hardy plants, of
very easy culture in ordinary garden soil, preferring damp
situations. Panicle loose ; calyx two-valved, unequal,
many-flowered ; corolla of two very unequal valves ; all,
except the lower and imperfect one, surrounded by a tuft
of hairs. Fruit free, covered by the corolla. Arundos are
very valuable either for conservatory decoration, sub-
tropical gardening, or cultivation in clumps on the turf of
the flower-garden or pleasure ground, and the margins of
lakes. Although well worth growing, all are inferior to
their ally, the Pampas Grass. Propagated by seeds or
divisions, the spring being the best time to adopt either
method of increase.

A. conspicua (conspicuous).* ft. silky-white, on large drooping
racemes, and lasting in beauty for several months. A. 3ft. to 8ft.,
but in a good deep and sandy loam it sometimes attains the height
of 12ft New Zealand, 1843. This fine species grows in dense
tufts, from which arise numerous leathery, narrow, smooth (or
slightly rough), long curving ;leaves, and erect, slender culms.
The plant is not sufficiently hardy to withstand a severe winter,
and should, therefore, be protected with mats, or be grown in
tubs, so that it can be removed under shelter before the approach
of winter. These precautions are unnecessary in the more
southern counties of England.

A. Donax (Donax).* Great Reed. ft. reddish, ultimately whitish,
in numerous spikelets, forming a large compact panicle 12in. to
16in. long. Autumn. I. alternate, lanceolate-acute, large, and
ornamental, glaucous green, arching. A. about 12ft. South
Europe, 1648. This also requires protection during winter in the
colder counties. See Fig. 156.

A. 1>. versicolor (various coloured).* A. 3ft. South Europe.
Although much smaller, this variety is far superior to the type
for gardening purposes, and has its leaves ribboned with white.
It requires a deep, well drained, sandy loam to thrive well, and
a thorough winter protection of cocoa-fibre refuse or coal
ashes. For isolated tufts or groups, few plants can equal it.
It is propagated by placing a stem in water, which induces
little rooted plants to start from the joints ; these should be
separated, potted off, and kept in frames until thoroughly
established.

A. mauritanica (Mediterranean Reed). This is a rare greenhon*?
species, closely allied to A. Donax, but inferior to it.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

119

FIG. 156. AKUNDO DONAX.

ARYTERA. A synonym of Ratonia (which see).

ASAFCETIDA. See Narthex Asafcetida.

ASARABACCA. See Asarum europseum.

ASARUM (from a, not, and saron, feminine; deriva-
tion doubtful). OED. Aristolochiacece. Curious hardy her-
baceous perennials, with bell-shaped, three-cleft perianths.
They should be planted at the foot of the rockery, or in
borders or woodlands, as they are not very showy, but
are, nevertheless, worth growing, and easily propagated
by divisions, in spring.
A. canadense (Canadian).* fl. brown, campanulate, on a short

peduncle, sometimes nearly buried. May and June. I. in pairs,

broadly reniform. A. 1ft. Canada, &c., 1713.

FIG. 157. ASARUM CAUDATUM.

Asarnm— continued.

A. candatnm (tailed).* /. brownish-red, with attenuated or can-
date calyx lobes. July. I. cordate-reniform, hooded, sub-acute
or bluntish, slightly pubescent. California, 1880. A rare and
pretty species. See Fig. 157.

A. europsenm (European).* Asarabacca. fl. dull brown, solitary,
rather large, drooping; segments of perianth incurved. May.
I. two on each stem, roundish-reniform, stalked, slightly waved.
h. 1ft. England.

ASCENDING. Directed upwards; aa the stem,
which is the ascending axis.

ASCLEFIADEJE. A large order of, for the most
part, lactescent, climbing shrubs. Flowers sub-umbellate,
fascicled or racemose, interpetiolar ; pollen collected in the
form of waxy masses, coalescing to the cells of the anthers ;
follicles two, one of which is abortive. Leaves entire,
usually opposite.

ASCLEFIAS (the Greek name of .SJsoulapius of the
Latins). Swallow-wort. OBD. Asclepiadeae. Erect, hardy,
herbaceous or sub-shrubby perennials, except where other-
wise specified. Corolla five-parted, renexed; umbels in-
terpetiolar ; corona seated on the upper part of the tube
of the filaments, five-leaved. Leaves opposite, verticil-
late, sometimes alternate. Most of the hardy species
are very handsome border plants, thriving in peaty,
or light rich soil, and are increased by dividing the
roots in spring, and sometimes also by seeds. The doubt-
fully hardy or rarer species should always be grown in
a peat soil, and have a little protection during severe frost,
by mulching the roots. The most important of the green-
house and stove species is A. curassavica. In order to
obtain good bushy specimens of this, it will be necessary to
cut the plants back annually, after keeping them slightly
dry, and resting for a month or two in midwinter. When
growth has sufficiently advanced, they should be shaken out
and repotted. At this stage, a close, moist atmosphere will
be needful to produce the usually very free growth. The
points of the shoots must be nipped out, in order to pro-
mote a bushy habit. When the pots have become filled
with roots, liquid manure may be applied ; but it must be
quite clear and not over strong. All the indoor species
grow best in good fibry loam and leaf mould, and require to
be potted firmly. Cuttings should be secured in spring,
struck in gentle heat, under a bell glass, and as soon as
they are well rooted, potted into 60-size pots. A shift
must be given as often as the pots become filled with
roots, up to the time when the plant commences flower-
ing. Seeds may be sown in pots in spring, pricked out
singly when large enough, and then treated similarly to
cuttings.

A. acuminate (taper-pointed).* fl. red and white ; umbels lateral,
solitary, erect. July. I. ova
pejtioles ; superior ones sessile,
Stems erect, glabrous, simple,
herbaceous.

A. amcena (pleasing).' fl. beautiful purple; umbels terminal,
erect; appendages of corona exserted, red. July. I. opposite,
almost sessile, oblong-oval, downy beneath, with a large purple
middle nerve. Stem simple, with two rows of down. A. 2ft. to
3ft New England, 1732. Hardy, herbaceous.
A. Cornutt (Cornuti's).* Synonymous with A. tyriaca.
A. cnrassavica (Curassavian). Bedhead, fl. reddish orange-
scarlet ; umbels erect, solitary, lateral July to September.
I opposite, oblong-lanceolate, tapering at both ends. Stem
rather downy, simple, seldom a little branched. A. 1ft to 3ft
Tropical America, 1692. The white-flowered variety is a very
pretty contrast. Stove herbaceous.
A. Douglasli (Douglas's' '
scented, in inany-flowen
cordate, acuminated, 6^
above, downy beneath.
3ft. West America, 1846.
A. hybrida (hybrid). A synonym of A. purpurascens.
A. Incarnate (flesh-coloured).* fl. red or purplish; umbels
numerous, usually twin. July. I. opposite, lanceolate, rather
woolly on both surfaces. Stem erect, branched and tomentose at
the top. A. 2ft. Canada (on the banks of rivers), 1710. Hardy,
herbaceous.

A. mexicana (Mexican), fl. white; umbels many-flowered.
July L verticQlate, linear-lanceolate, with revolute edges;

SUL- ji. reu B.IIU wnuoj uiiiuciai*»w*«w,

•ate, sub-cordate, acuminated, on short
ile, glabrous, but rough on the edges,
le. I 2ft New Jersey, 1826. Hardy,

120

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asclepias — continued.

lower ones four to six in a whorl ; upper ones three in a whorl,
or opposite, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Mexico, 1821. Greenhouse ever-
green.

A. phytolaccoides (Phytolacca-like). ft. purple ; corona white,
with truncate leaflets ; umbels lateral and terminal, solitary, on
long peduncles, drooping. July. I. broad, ovate-oblong, acute,
glabrous, paler beneath,
purple. A. 3ft. to 4ft. "'

erect, simple, spotted with
Virginia and Carolina (on the mountains),

scens (purplish), ft. purple ; umbels
large, ovate, with a purplish middle :
item simple, rather hairy at top, browi

July.

nerve, villous
. vnish green at
Virginia (in shady swamps), 1732.

qui

vith

A. pnrpnrasoens

1. opposite, larg<
beneath. Stem
bottom, h. 2ft. to 3ft.
Hardy. SYN. A. hybrida.

Piadrlfolia (four-leaved).* ft. white, small, sweet-scented,
red nectaries ; umbels twin, terminal, loose-flowered ;
pedicels filiform. July. I. ovate, acuminated, petiolate ; those
in the middle of the stem larger, and four in a whorl ; the rest
opposite. Stems erect, simple, glabrous, h. 1ft. New York,
1620. Hardy species.

A. rubra (red), ft. red ; umbels compound. July, August. I. al-
ternate, ovate, acuminated. Stem erect, simple, h. 1ft. to 2ft.
Virginia, 1825.

A. Sullivanti (Sullivant's). Similar to A. syriaea, but having
larger and deeper coloured flowers.

A. syriaea (Syrian).* ft. pale purple, sweet scented, in large,
loose, drooping umbels. July. I. opposite, lanceolate-oblong, or
oval, gradually acute, tomentose beneath. Stems simple. /*. 3ft.
to 5ft North America, 1629. SYN. 4. Cornuti.

Ascyrum — continued.

Hypericum. They require to be protected during winter
by a frame ; for this purpose they should be grown in pots,
as they never exist long in the open border. A compost of
peat, pure leaf soil, and sand, in equal portions, suits them
well; young cuttings of the shrubby kinds will root in
sand under a hand bell glass. Propagated by careful
divisions of the roots in spring. All may be raised from
seeds.

A. amplexicaule (stem-clasping), ft. yellow, few, axillary, and
terminal; corymbs naked. July. I. stem-clasping, ovate, cordate,
sinuately-curled. Stem dichotomously panicled. h. 2ft. North
America, 1823. The flowers and leaves are longer in this than
in any other of the species.

A. Crux Andrew.* St. Andrew's Cross, ft., petals narrow-
pale yellow, nearly sessile, in terminal corymbs. July. I. ovate-
linear, obtuse, usually in bundles in the axils. Stem shrubby,
round, h. lit. North America (in sandy fields), 1759. This proves
to be quite hardy in many situations.

A. hypericoid.es (Hypericuui-like). /. yellow. August. I. linear-
oblong, obtuse, h. 2ft. North America, 1759.
A. Stans (standing). St. Peter's Wort. ft. yellow. August. I.
oval or oblong, somewhat clasping, h. 2ft. North America, 1816.
ASHES. The earthy or mineral particles of com-
bustible substances, remaining after combustion. Ashes
are amongst the most economical manures.

Vegetable Ashes are generally the best application for

FIG. 158. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA.

A. tnberosa (tuberous).*
disposed in a terminal si

tered, oblong-lanceolate, hairy. Stems erectish, divaricately
branched at top, very hairy, h. 1ft. to 2ft. North America (in
stony, sandy fields and woods), 16SO. A desirable hardy herba-
ceous border plant. See Fig. 158.

jus).* ft. bright orange, very showy ; umbels
aal sub-corymb. July to September. I. scat-
olate, hairy. Stems erectish, divaricately

, (variegated). /., petals and foliola of corona white,

fructification red, in dense umbels, very handsome- umbels
almost sessile ; pedicels hairy. July. I. opposite, ovate, petiolate,
Crinkled naked. Stems simple, erect, variegated with purple!
h. 3ft. to 4ft. New York to Carolina (on dry, sandy hills), 1597;
A. verticillata (whorled). ft., corolla with yellowish green petals
and white nectaries ; umbels many-flowered. July and August.
1. very narrow, linear, thick, quite glabrous, usually verticillate
but sometimes scattered. Stems erect, often branched having
a downy line on one side. h. 1ft. to 2ft. New Jersey, 1759.

ASCYRON. See Hypericum Ascyron.

ASCYRUM (from a, without, and skyros, hard ; that is
to say, a plant which is soft to the touch). OBD. Hyperi-
cina. A genus of elegant little herbs and sub-shrubs, with
sessile, entire leaves, destitute of pellucid dots, but usually
furnished with black dots beneath. Flowers resembling

manuring boggy, cold, and, consequently, sour and unprofit-
able land, in quantities of about forty bushels per acre,
thinly and evenly distributed. The annual exhaustion of
salts from large crops of grain, roots, and grass, is from
1801b. to more than 2501b. per acre ; and the aggregate of
a few years will so far impoverish the soil in one or more
of the principles necessary to sustain a luxuriant vegetation,
that it will cease to yield remunerating returns. The ashea
of vegetables consist of such elements as are always re-
quired for their perfect maturity, and it is evident they
must furnish one of the best saline manures which can be
supplied for their growth ; they contain, in fact, every
element, and generally in the right proportions, for insuring
a full and rapid growth. Both gardener and farmer will
therefore perceive the great value of Ashes to their crops.

Coal Ashes. The bituminous and anthracite coals afford
Ashes, and, although inferior in quality to those made from
wood and vegetables, are, like them, a valuable manure, and
they should be applied to the land in a similar manner. If
they contain many cinders, from not having been thoroughly

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

121

Ashes— continued.

burned, they are more suited to heavy than to light soils.
Coal Ashes, if very fine, may be sprinkled half an inch deep
on the surface, over peas and beans, &c., to preserve them
from mice ; they may also be used for garden and green-
house walks, where bricks or tiles are absent, being tidy
in appearance, and an excellent substitute for other and
more expensive material.

Peat Ashes. Peat approaching to purity, when thrown
out of its bed and thoroughly dried, may be burned to an
imperfect Ash, and when it does not reach this point, it will
become thoroughly charred, and reduced to cinders. The
process of burning should be as slow as possible. In either
form, it is a valuable dressing for the soil.

ASH-TREE. See Fraxinus.

ASIATIC POISON BULB. See Crintun asia-
ticnm.

ASIMINA (meaning unknown). OED. Anonacece.
Hardy shrubs, with oblong, cuneated, usually deciduous
leaves. Flowers sometimes rising before the leaves,
usually solitary and axillary. They thrive freely in a
mixture of sand and peat. Propagated by layers put
down in the autumn, or by seed, procured from their
native country. Seedlings should be raised in pots, and
sheltered in winter, until they have acquired a consider-
able size.

Aspalathus — continued.

AU the species are pretty when in flower, and thrive in a
mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Young cuttings of
half-ripened wood will strike in April, in sand, under
bell glasses, which must be wiped dry occasionally. But
little water is needed. Over a hundred species are
known; those introduced are very rarely seen in culti-
vation.

ASPARAGUS (from a, intensive, and sparatso, to
tear ; in reference to the strong prickles of some species).
OED. Liliacece. Erect or climbing herbs or shrubs, with
very small scale-like leaves, and a profusion of numerous
slender fascicled-needle, rather spiny branchlets. Flowers
axillary, inconspicuous. Fruit baccate. The indoor species
will all thrive well in a warm greenhouse temperature,
provided they have partial shade, a good supply of moisture
at the roots, and are not kept too close, in a moderately
rich sandy compost. The hardy species are propagated
chiefly by seeds and divisions of the roots. Rich sandy
loam is necessary, and otherwise they may be treated as
ordinary perennials. Some of the species belonging to this
genus are among the most elegant of foliage plants for
cutting purposes. A. decumbens and A. scandens make
excellent plants for Wardian cases, and may be cut in freely
if they exceed their limits.

ASPABAQUS (A. officinalis) AS A VEGETABLE. The value
and importance of this plant as a
vegetable cannot be over-estimated;
it is extensively grown, and, when
properly managed, produces a fairly
lucrative crop.

Soil and Bed. The first thing to be
done in the preparation of an Asparagus
bed to stand for any length of time, is
to secure an efficient drainage ; and on
wet soils this is best effected by placing
a layer of brick rubbish over the whole
of the bottom, and connecting this with
a drain. On gravelly or other soils
which are drained naturally, of course,
this is not needed; but if really good
crops are a desideratum, water should
not stand within 3ft. of the surface.
In all cases, the ground must be dug to
a depth of 18in., and, if stiff, a goodly
amount of road sweepings.or other gritty
materials, should be well mixed with
the staple soil. Asparagus requires a
good soil, neither too heavy nor too light.
Manuring. After the soil has been
well trenched, and has lain long enough
to settle down, a good dressing of
manure — thoroughly rotted, and not
too rank, at the rate of from twenty
to thirty tons to the acre, dug into
the surface of the beds — will be found

FIG. 159. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ASIMINA TRILOR*. very beneficial. If possible, this should

be introduced in January ; and then, if
the weather permits, the beds should be forked two or three
times by the end of March, so as to render the soil as
friable as possible. A very good manure, and one that is
easily obtained, is common garden salt. This may be given
annually to established beds. A moderate dressing should
be applied just before growth commences in spring, but
a little will do no harm at other times during the
summer. It is best scattered on with the hand, and a
showery day should be selected, as it will then soon dis-
appear. Salt, besides acting as a manure, has also the
properties of keeping the beds cool and moist in hot
weather, and of preventing the growth of weeds.

Planting. Asparagus can be planted during March and
April, the latter month being the best time for the
work. The soil having been thoroughly prepared, the
next point is to decide on the size of the beds; this

B

A. trUoba (three-lobed).» fl. campanulate, the three outer petals
pale purplish, and the three inner ones smaller, purplish on the
outside as well as the inside at the base and apex, with the
middle yellow, about 2ia diameter, produced between the upper
leaves. May. I. oblong-cuneated, often acuminated, and, as
well as the branches, smoothish. h. 10ft. Pennsylvania, 1736.
A small tree or shrub. See Fig. 159.

ASKALLON (the Eschallot). See Allium ascaloni-

ASPALATHUS (from o, not, and spao, to extract;
in reference to the difficulty of extracting its thorns from
a wound). Including Sarcophyllus. OBD. Leguminosa.
Shrubs or sub-shrubs, natives, with one exception, of the
Cape of Good Hope. Flowers usually yellow, furnished
with three bracteoles, or a leaf comprised of three leaflets.
Leaves of three to five leaflets, disposed palmately,
rarely pinnately, having scarcely any or very short petioles.

122

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asparagus —continued.

depends on the size of garden, and the class of " grass "
desired. When very large and fine stocks are the object in
view, the best results will accrue if the plants are fully a
yard apart each way ; but this means a comparatively small
crop. A good plan is to make the beds 3ft. wide, planting
two rows, at a distance of 1ft. from each other, and allowing
18in. between each plant, placing them in alternate order.
An 18in. alley should be allowed between the beds. The
roots used for making the beds should be one year old, and
fresh from the ground. In planting, pull out a wide drill
with a hoe, or other tool, to the depth of about Sin. or 4in.,
and spread out the roots all round. Carefully shake the
soil in amongst the roots, and, if dry, apply some water
through a coarse-rosed watering pot, to settle the earth
around them. At intervals, as necessary, give other water-
ings till September, when they should be discontinued.
At all times, keep the beds free from weeds, removing
them by the hand to prevent injury to the crowns of
the plants. If the ground is good, no liquid manure will
be needed the first year. As soon as the foliage turns
yellow, cut it off, cleanly rake over the beds, and leave till
about January, when a top-dressing of from lin. to Sin. of
thoroughly rotted manure may lie applied with advantage.
At the end of February, rake off the bed all loose straw or

FIG. 160. ASPARAGUS, Crown for Lifting.

other debris, and throw on them a little of the soil from
the alleys, raking down, and finishing off the edges squarelj
and neatly. During this and succeeding years, apply
liquid manure and clear water, from time to time, as
required; and, provided the manure is not of too great
strength, there is scarcely any limit to its application ; but
m many instances, beds which have only received an annual
dressing have given a good return. Each year they must
be cut over and dressed as before described, but care must
be taken to keep them flat on the surface, otherwise the
plants will die out for want of moisture. When the pro-
ice appears, the beds should be kept cut over until the
30th of June, after which, cutting should cease, or they will
be rendered comparatively unproductive. Cutting can
commence the second or third year, or as soon as there is
any "grass" worth taking. Several methods of growing
these plants could be cited, but that which we have recom
mended will be found most satisfactory.

tv/v-fV PlantJ3 are ralsed by S0wing seeds k rows across
the kitchen garden, or selected quarter, about the month of
April. The seedlings make a growth, and form good plants
during the first season. In March or April of the following
Year, or the year after, they may be removed, and planted

Asparagus — continued.

out permanently, as already alluded to. Many cultivators
prefer growing their own plants from seed ; because during
the transit of the roots from any distance to where they are
to be grown, a frequent and injurious exhaustion takes
place, and particularly so when they are carelessly packed.
Forcing. Asparagus can, if properly treated, be obtained
from December onwards ; and at Christmas time the
produce is very valuable; but, in order to obtain it
at this season, it will be necessary to resort to forcing.
Prepare some beds to secure a lasting heat, and on these
place about Sin. of ordinary garden soil, not very stiff. Then
take the roots, and place them crown upwards, and mode-
rately close together, shaking the soil well amongst the
roots, and covering about a couple of inches deep. Water
well, to settle the whole, and put on the lights, allowing a
little ventilation, to let out any steam which may arise.
Unless the weather be very cold indeed, give a little air at
all times, and only cover the lights in actual frost. Prom
time to time, apply fresh linings of hot manure, and in cold
rains, or wind, cover the outsides of the frames with old sacks,
or other things which will keep in the heat. A regular and
steady temperature of GOdeg. will force this plant with
better results than a higher one. Houses that are fitted with
hot-water pipes to give bottom heat can be used equally as
well as manure beds, and so long as the soil is
kept moist, the heat thus obtained is as good
as any for the purpose, and much less trouble
than fermenting materials. To keep up a
regular supply, a succession of beds will be
necessary. Asparagus can be forced, or rather
forwarded, in pots or boxes, in a warm green-
house or vinery, and, of course, when the plants
are done with, they can be cast away. We
give an illustration (Pig. 160) of a bearing
crown fit for gentle forcing ; but, of course, it
must not be left so bare of earth as appears
here, which is done for the purpose of clear-
ness.

Varieties. Connover's Colossal, and Giant,
are the most esteemed. Strains are frequently
largely advertised as improvements on the
sorts above-mentioned, and the charges are
higher accordingly. The difference may be
generally attributed to the culture the plants
receive more than to an improved variety.
When saving seed for home sowing, they
should be ^aken from the strongest growths,
or deterioration will ensue.

A. sethiopicus ternliolins (ternate). fl. white, in
shortly-stalked racemes, very profuse. August. I,
false ones in threes, flattened, narrow, linear ; prickles soli-
tary, reversed ; branches angular. A. 30ft. South Africa, 1872.
A greenhouse evergreen.

A. Bronssoneti (Broussonet's).' JL very small, succeeded by
small red berries. May. I., lower ones solitary, the others ter-
nate, lin. long, needle-shaped, persistent, distant, glaucescent-
stipules with reflected spines at the base. Summer. Stem
tapering, streaked, shrubby. A. 10ft. Canary Islands, 1822. A
very pretty hardy climber.

A. Cooper! (Cooper's). /. axillary, one to three, from the same
nodes as the fake leaves ; perianth cream-coloured, one line long.
April and May. I. minute, deltoid, scariose, reddish-brown ; false
leaves six to fifteen to a node, subulate, moderately firm, lin.
to fin. long, spreading or ascending, h. 10ft. to 12ft. Africa, 1862
A greenhouse climber, with a shrubby terete main stem, liin. to
2in. thick at the base, sending out crowds of spreading branches,
which bear abundant slender, firm, alternate branchlets ; nodes of
branches and branchlets, furnished with distinct red-brown, subu-
late prickles, those of the main steins Jin. long, deflexed, but not
curved.

A. decumbens (decumbent).* Stem unarmed, decumbent, much
branched ; branches wavy ; leaves setaceous, in threes. Cape of
Good Hope, 1792. A greenhouse evergreen herbaceous perennial.

A. falcatus (hooked-leaved). I. fascicled, linear, falcate; branches
round; prickles solitary, recurved; peduncles one-flowered,
clustered, h. 3ft India, 1792. A greenhouse evergreen peren-

A. officinalis (officinal). Common Asparagus. JL greenish-
white, drooping. August. I. setaceous, fasciculate, flexible.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

123

Asparagus — con tin u«u.

unarmed. Stem herbaceous, mostly erect, rounded, very much
branched. h. 1ft Said to grow on "Asparagus Island,"
Kynance Cove, Lizard, but we have never found it there, and it
has probably long since been exterminated.

A plumosns (plumed).* Jl. white, small, produced from the tips
of the branchlets. Spring. I, true ones in the form of minute
deltoid scales, with an acute ultimately reflexed point ; the false
ones are grouped hi tufts, each being" £in. to Jin. long, bristle-
shaped, and finely pointed. South Africa, 1876. An elegant
evergreen climber, with smooth stems and numerous spreading
branches. It forms an excellent plant when trained in pots, and
is invaluable for cutting.

A. p. nanns (dwarf)-* A very elegant dwarf variety of above.
Stems tufted, slender, and gracefully arching. South Africa, 1880.
For bouquets, the cut sprays of both type and variety have the
advantage of much gi eater persistency than any fern, retaining
their freshness in water from three to four weeks. See Fig. 161,
for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and Sons.

A. racemosns (racemose). JL greenish-white, in many-flowered
axillary racemes. May. L bundled, linear-subulate, falcate;
branches striated ; prickles solitary. A. 3ft India, 1808. Green-
house evergreen shrub.

Asparagus Beetle — continued.

fluid from the month when touched. When full erown
which takes about a fortnight, the larva measures about
two lines in length; the average length of the perfect
Beetle is about three lines. Although this insect does
not actually destroy the plants, it inflicts much damage
on the foliage, and checks the growth of the stems after
they have attained some size, in consequence of which
the foliage becomes much less in the next season. The
eggs are fixed to the shoots, and are small, dark, pointed
bodies. The larvae do the harm, as they feed on the
bark and tender portions of the plants. The mature
Beetles should be picked off by hand, and, by commencing
early enough in the season, their numbers will be greatly
reduced. Syringing the plants with water, heated to a
temperature that will not injure the plants, is found a
useful method for removing the grubs.

White Hellebore. Freshly-ground White Hellebore,
sprinkled over the foliage while it is damp, and repeat-

FIG. 161. ASPARAGUS PLUMOSUS .NAXUK.

1US (very branching), fl. solitary, at the tips of the
branchlets ; pedicels hardly perpendicular, one and a-half to two
lines long ; cream coloured. June. I. obscurely spurred at the base ;
false leaves three to eight-nate, flattened ; linear-falcate acute,
Jin. to Iin. long, spreading. South Africa, 1862. A wide climbing,
copiously branchecls slender greenhouse shrub, with very nume-
rous spreading or ascending branches and branchlets.
A scandens (climbing).* /. whitish, axillary on the ultimate
branchlets, succeeded by round orange-coloured berries. The
annual, much-branched, unarmed stems bear, usually in threes,
numerous small linear-pointed leaves, which on the ultimate
branches spread nearly in one plane. Cape of Good Hope, 1795.
An elegant climbing greenhouse perennial.

A virgatns (twiggy).* A remarkably elegant feathery-lookin?
plant, of shrubby habit The stems, which issue from the crown
of the stout fleshy roots, are of a dark green colour, and bear at
the upper end a corymbose head of erect branches, of which the
lowest is the youngest or most recently developed. These branches
are again twice branched, the ultimate branchlets being furnished
with needle-shaped false leaves, iin. long, which usually grow in
threes. South Africa, 1862.

ASPARAGUS BEETLE (Criocjsri* asparagi), or
" Cross-bearer." This beautiful little insect is blue-
black or greenish ; the thorax is red with two black
spots, and the wing-cases are yellow, with a black cross
on them ; the legs and antenna are black. The short grey
larva is flat underneath, arched on the back, and covered
with hairs. The sides are of an olive hue, and the little
legs and head are black. It ejects ft drop of blacki=h

ing the operation at intervals of about eight days for
a season, will generally effect a riddance ; but the follow-
ing will usually be found better in such cases. Neither
must be applied until after cutting ceases, as they are
very poisonous,

Parw Green. This, mixed and used as for Cherry Fly
(see Black Ply), will generally get rid of the Beetle, if
applied about thrice each season for two years. It should,
however, only be used in severe cases.

Soot, applied in the same manner as White Hellebore,
and in liberal quantities, will, in a season or two, clear
the beds. If a bushel of salt be mixed with each twenty
bushels of soot, it will enhance the effect

ASPARAGUS KNIFE. The Asparagus Knife con-
sists of a strong blade fixed in a handle. There are, or were,
three kinds employed : In one form, the blade was blunt on

Fio. 162. ASPARAGUS KNIFE.

both sides, straight, with a sharp tip, and not unlike a
small chisel. Another had its blade slightly hooked, and
serrated at one end. Bnt the best is that now almost
universally employed, and which is illustrated by Fig. 162

124

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ASPASIA (irom aspazomai, 1 embrace ; the column

embraced by the labellum). SYN. Trophiantlius. ORD.

Orchidece. A genus of elegant, stove, Epidendrnm-like,

epiphytal Orchids, with the lip united to the column, and

broad, thin pseudo-bulbs. The name Aspasia is now and

then met with attached to another genus. Salisbury gave

it to a liliaceous plant which is now referred to Ornitho-

galum. For culture and propagation, see Stanhopea.

A. epldondroides (Epidendrum-like).* fl. whitish yellow;

sepals linear oblong, acute ; petals obtuse, concave, lateral lobes

of lip roundish, entire, middle lobe crenated emarginate. February.

Pseudo-bulbs oblong, two-edged, h. 1ft. Panama, 1853.

A. lunata (crescent-marked).* fl. green, white, and brown, solitary ;

sepals and petals linear obtuse, spreading; lip three-lobed, lateral

lobes short, middle one flat, nearly square, wavy. February.

Pseudo-bulbs oblong, two-edged, h. 1ft. Bio Janeiro, 1843.

A. papUionacea (butterfly-like).* fl., sepals and petals yellowish,

mottled with brown lines on their internal inferior halves ; lip

fiddle-shape, its back very great, elliptic, apiculate ; an orange-

coloured area stands at its base, a wide violet disc before and

around it. A. 9in. Costa Rica, 1876. Distinguished from A.

lunata in having thirteen keels at the base of the lip, which is

higher inserted, and in the echinulate anther. It is a beautiful

but rare novelty.

A. psittacina (parrot-like). ' fl. , sepals and petals light green, with
brown transverse bars, which sometimes consist of separate stripes,
at other times of confluent ones ; the fiddle-shaped lip shows two
keels and a few purplish dots over its top ; the column is brown at
its top, then violet, and white at the base. Ecuador, 1878. It has
a raceme of several flowers, usually one-sided, bent over.
A. variegata (variegated).* fl. green, spotted with yellowish red ;
sepals linear oblong ; petals somewhat rhomboid, acute ; lateral
lobes of lip recurved, middle one fleshy, serrated. February. A.
Sin. Panama, 1836. Deliciously sweet-scented in the morning.

ASPEN. See Populus tremula.
ASPERA. Bough, with hairs or points.
ASPERULA (from asper, rough; in allusion to the
leaves). Woodruff. ORD. Rubiacece. Hardy herbs, rarely
small shrubs. Flowers terminal and axillary, in fas-
cicles. Leaves opposite, with one, two, or three stipulas
on each side ; they are therefore called four to eight in a
whorl, but between the uppermost leaves there are no
stipulas. Stems and branches usually tetragonal. Most
of the species are very pretty when in flower, and are,
therefore, well adapted for borders, rockwork, and shady
places, in almost any garden soil. Propagated by divisions
of the roots during spring and early summer. Herbaceous
perennials, except where otherwise stated.
A, azurea-setosa (blue-bristly). A synonym of A. orientalig.
A. calabiica (Calabrian). A synonym of Putoria calabrica.
A, cynanchlca (Cynanche-like). fl. on erect branches, forming a
fastigiate corymb, white or bluish-coloured, elegantly marked
with red lines, or sometimes pure white. Summer. I. four in a
whorl ; floral ones lanceolate-linear, acuminately awned ; lower
ones small, oblong, upper ones opposite. Plant glabrous, erectish.
h. 9in. to 12in. England.

A. hlrta (hairy), fl. white at first, changing to pink, with oblong
divisions. July and August. I. usually six in a whorl, four
towards the upper part, linear, hairy, deep green. A. Sin.
Pyrenees, 1817. A charming but rare little alpi
in a rather damp position on the rockery.

. . .
lpine, thriving best

A. longiflora (long-floweved).* fl. whitish, yellowish inside, and
reddish outside ; tube of corolla elongated ; fascicles terminal,
pedunculate ; bracteas small, subulate. Summer. I. four in a
whorl, linear ; lower ones small, obovate ; upper ones opposite.
Stems weak, numerous, from the same neck, erectish, glabrous.
A. 6in. Hungary, 1821.

A. montana (mountain).* /., corollas pink, four-cleft, scabrous
externally ; in fascicles. June, July. I. linear ; lower ones six
in a whorl ; middle ones four ; upper ones opposite ; floral leaves
linear. Stem weak, glabrous. A. 6in. to Sin. Hungary, 1801.

A. odorata (sweet-scented).* Sweet Woodruff, fl. snowy white ;
corymbs terminal, pedunculate, usually trifid, eacn division bear-
ing about four flowers. May, June. I. eight in a whorl, lanceo-
late, smooth, with serrulately scabrous edges. Stems tetragonal,
simple, erect, or ascending, h. 6in. to 12in. Britain. This very
pretty little plant is scentless when fresh, but, when dried, it
diffuses an odour like that of spring grass ; and when kept among
clothes, it not only imparts an agreeable perfume to them, but
preserves them from insects.

A. orientalis (Oriental).* /. sky-blue, in terminal heads ; bracts
of involucre shorter than the flowers. Summer. I. lanceolate,
bristly, about eight in a whorl, h. 1ft. Caucasus, 1867. A
charming little, prof use-blossoming, hardy annual, bearing clusters
of fragrant flowers, admirably adapted for bouquet-making. SYN
A. azurea-gctoga. See Fig. 163.

Asperula — continued.

FIG. 163. ASPERULA ORIENTAUS, showing Habit and Portion
of Inflorescence.

A. taurina (bull), /..corollas white, elongated ; corymbs pedun-
culate, axillary, fasciculately umbellate, involucrated ; bracteas
ciliated. April to June. I. four in a whorl, ovate-lanceolate, three-
nerved, with finely ciliated margins. Plant smoothish, erect.
A. 1ft. South Europe. 1739.

A. tlnctoria (Dyers'). /. white, reddish on the outside ; usually
trifld. June. I. linear ; lower ones six in a whorl ; mid<"

four ; and the u
procumbent, ur
Europe, 1764.

ddle

fioral leaves ovate. Plant
supported. Stem 1ft. to 2ft. long, purplish.

ASPHALT. Artificial Asphalt is now generally used
in England for footpaths, &o. The recipes are various, one
of the best being the following : Lime rubbish two parts, coal
ashes one part (both must be very dry), sifted very fine ;
mix them, and leave a hole in the middle of the heap,
wherein pour boiling hot coal tar; mix well together.
When as stiff as mortar, lay it down, Sin. thick, on a dry
and previously well-levelled surface. A boy should follow
with dry, finely-sifted sand, distributing just enough to
prevent his boots sticking to the tar. Two men should be
employed for the tarring, whilst another should attend to
the boiling operation. Only just enough tar to last ten
minutes must be taken from the furnace at one time,
as, if it be not boiling, the walks will become soft under
the action of very hot sun. This may be repeated every
three years. It is imperative that the surface, lime, coal
ashes and sand be perfectly dry, and that the days selected
for the operation be very fine, the hotter the better.
Another excellent plan is that of using gas lime and
coal ashes. There must be a firm foundation and smooth
surface. Spread the gas lime to about l^in. deep, and level
with the back of a spade. Over this place a thin layer of
coal dust, and well roll. The work is then complete.
ASPHODEL. See Asphodelus.
ASPHODELINE. ORD. LiliaceoB. A genus of plants
allied to Asphodelus, but distinguished from it by having
erect leafy stems. They thrive in any ordinary garden soil.
Propagated by division.

A. brevicaulis (short-stemmed). /. in lax, often panicled
racemes, yellow, veined with green. I. subulate, ascending, lower
ones 4in. to 6in. long. Stem slender, often flexuose. Orient.
A. damascena (Damascene), fl. white, in dense generally simple
racemes, 6in. to 12in. long. I. in dense rosette, 6m. to 9m. long,
subulate. Stem simple, erect. A. IJft. to 2ft. Asia Minor.
A. liburnica (Liburnian). /. yellow, striped with green, in
generally simple lax racemes, 6in. to 9in. long. Stem simple,
erect, strict, 1ft. to 2ft. high, upper half naked. South Europe.
A. lutea (yellow), fl. yellow, fragrant, in a dense, very long,
straight, simple raceme, in the axils of buff-coloured bracts,
which are nearly as long as the flowers. Summer. I. numerous,
awl-shaped, triangular, furrowed, smooth, dark green, marked
with lines of a paler tint ; root leaves tufted. Stem 3ft. or 4ft.
high. Sicily, 1596. The best known and handsomest species.
SYN. Asphodelus luteus.

A. L fl.-pl. This resembles the species, but the flowers are
double, and last much longer than those of the typical form ; it i.s
a very pretty plant.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

125

Asphodeline — continued.
A. taurica (Taurian). fl. white, striped with green, In

generally simple dense racemes, 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to

Sin. wide. Stem simple, erect, 1ft. to 2ft. high, densely

leafy at base of raceme. Asia Minor, &c. SYN. Aspho-

delus tauricus.
A. tenuior (slenderer), fl. yellow, in simple lax -flowered

racemes, 3in. to 4in. long, 2in. wide. Stem simple lower

half leaf, upper naked, 1ft. Orient. SYN. Agphodeliu

tenuior.

ASFHODELUS (from a, not, and spliallo,
to supplant; in allusion to the beauty of the
flowers). Asphodel. ORD. Liliacea. Very pretty
hardy herbaceous perennials, with fleshy fascicu-
lated roots. Perianth white or yellow, of six equal
spreading segments ; stamens six, hypogynons,
alternately long and short. Leaves usually radi-
cal, tufted, narrow, or triquetrous. All the species
enumerated thrive in good deep sandy loam, and
are very suitable for borders and shrubberies.
Propagated by division of the root, which is best
done in early spring.

A^BStlvus (summer). /.white. Summer. fc.2ft. Spain,1820.
A. albas (white).* ft. white ; peduncles clustered the

length of the bracts. May. J. linear, keeled, smooth.

Stem naked, simple, h. 2ft. South Europe, 1596.
A. creticus (Cretan).* fl. yellow. July. I. filiform,

striated, toothed, ciliated. Stem leafy, naked above,

branched h. 2ft. Crete, 1821.
A. fistulosus (pipe-stalked), /.white. July, August. I. upright,

striated, subulate, fistular. Stem naked. A.lSin. South Europe, 1596.
A. luteus (yellow). A synonym of Asphodeline lutea.
A. ramosus (branchy). /. large, white, with a reddish-brown

line in the middle of each segment, springing from the axils of

ovate-lanceolate bracts, and in very long dense racemes. Summer.

1. sword-shaped, stiff, sharply keeled below, channelled above.

Stem much branched, h. 4ft. to 5ft. South Europe, 1829.

Aspidistra — continued.

FIG. 164. ASPHODELUS VILLARSII, showing Habit and Flower.

A. Villarsil (Villars') /. white; raceme dense, elongated; bracts
dark brown. Stem simple or rarely branched, h. 1ft. to 2ft.
Eastern France. See Fig. 164.

ASPIDISTRA (from aspidiseon, a little round shield ;
in reference to the form of the flower). SYN. Porpax (of
Salisbury). Including Plectogyne. ORD. Liliacece. Hardy,
or nearly hardy, evergreen, foliage plants. Flowers insig-
nificant, produced close to the ground, remarkable for the
curious mushroom-like stigma by which this genus is
characterised. They thrive in almost any ordinary garden
soil, but are best grown in rich loam, leaf soil, and sand ;
plenty of moisture being allowed. Propagated by suckers.
A. elatlor (taller).* I. oblong, large, on lon<r petioles, leathery ;
plant stemless. h. lift, to 2ft. Japan, 1835. This very easily
cultivated and quite hardy foliage plant is much grown for window
gardening and other decorative purposes, for which it is well suited.
A. e. variegata (variegated).* A fine variety with alternately-
striped green and white leaves.

FIG. 165. ASPIDISTRA LURIDA.

A. Inrlda (lurid), fl, purple. July. I. oblong-lanceolate, on
long petioles, h. 1ft. to lift. China, 1822. A very graceful
species, with long evergreen leaves. It is an effective plant for
the outdoor garden during summer, and is nearly, if not quite,
hardy. See Fig. 165.

A. pnnctata (dotted). 1. lanceolate, on long stalks, h. 1ft
China. This is very closely allied to A. elatior, but of inferior
value.

ASPIDIUM (from aspidion, a little buckler; in
allusion to the form of the involucre). Shield Fern. ORD.
Filices. Including Cydodium, Cyclopeltis, Cyrtomium,
Phanerophlebia, and Pohjstichum. Stove, greenhouse, or
hardy ferns. Sori sub-globose, dorsal or terminal on the
veinlets; involucre orbicular, fixed by the centre. They
thrive in a compost of sandy peat with a little loam.
Several species are admirably adapted for the indoor
fernery. The hardy species are best grown in the shade ;
a little sandstone should be incorporated with the soil.
For general culture, see Ferns.

FIG. 166. ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM.

A. acrostichoides (Acrostichum-like).* «ft. 6in. to Sin. Ion?,
densely scaly below, fronds 1ft. to 2ft long, 2in. to 6in. broad ;
pinnse of the lower half barren, 2in. to 3m. long, iin. broad.

12G

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aspidium — continued.

spinoso-serrated throughout, auricled at the base above ; the
pinnae of the upper half fertile, much smaller, son occupying the
whole under side. North America. SYN. Polystichum acrosti-
choides. Hardy.

A. a. grandiceps (large-crested).* A very handsome fern, having
the apices of the fronds and pinna; heavily crested ; equally de-
sirable for the hardy or temperate fernery. Of garden origin.

A. a. incisum (incised).* A variety with the pinnules deeply
cut and acutely pointed.

A. acnleatnm (sharp-pointed).* The Hard Shield Fern. sti.
tufted, 6in. to 12in. long, more or less scaly, fronds 1ft. to ill.
long, 6in. to 12in. broad, ovate-lanceolate ; lower pinnae close,
lanceolate, 4in. to 6in. long, *in. to iin. broad ; pinnules ovate-
rhomboidal, unequal sided, auricled on the upper base; teeth
aristate. sort nearer the midrib than the edge. A variable and
hardy species, common throughout the world. SYN. Polystichum
aculeatum. A. a. proliferum is a proliferous Australian form.
A. a. vestitum has the rachis densely clothed to the point, both
with reddish-brown fibrillose and large lanceolate dark brown
scales. See Fig. 166.

A. amabile (lovely), gti. scattered, 6in. to 12in. long, slightly
scaly below, fronds 1ft. or more long, 6in. to 12in. broad, with a
lanceolate terminal pinna, and three to six lateral ones on each
side, which are Sin. to 6in. long, Iin. to 14in. broad, the lowest
sometimes divided at the base ; segments sub-rhomboidal, with
at least half the lower side cut away, the upper side and part of
the lower lobed and sharply spinuloso-serrated. sori sub-marginal.
Ceylon. Stove species. SYN. Polystichum amabile.

A. angttlare (angular). The Soft Shield Fern. Botanically this
is only a variety of A. aculeatum; but, to the cultivator, it is
abundantly distinct. The fronds are not so tapered at the base,
the pinnules are more equal in size, and the lower ones distinctly
stalked, while the texture is much less rigid than in A. aculeatum,
the caudex has a tendency to elongate. Almost cosmopolitan in
its distribution. SYN. Polystichum angulare. There are an
enormous number of varieties, many of which are not under cultiva-
tion. Amongst the best found in gardens are alatum, Baylice, con-
cinnum, corymbiferum, cristatum, curtum, dissimile, grandiceps,
imbricatum, Kitsonice, lineare, parvissimum, plumosum, polydac-

imoricatum, Kitsomce, lineare, parmssimum, plumosum, \
tylon, proliferum, rotundatum, Wakeleyanum, Woollastoni.

FlO. 167. ASPIDIUM ANGULARE GRANDICEPS.

A. a. grandiceps (large-crested). This is a narrow fronded
variety, having the apices of the fronds branched and crested, ulti-
mately producing a broad tasselled head. A very handsome
fern. See Fig. 167.

A. anomalum (anomalous), sti. tufted, 1ft. to 2ft. long, densely
scaly below, fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more broad ; lower
pinnae 6in. to 9in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad; pinnules lanceolate,
cut down in the lower part into oblong segments ; teeth blunt or
slightly mucronate. sort placed near the sinuses of the pinnules.
Ceylon. Stove species. SYN. Polystichum anomalum.

A. aristatum (awned).* rhiz. creeping, gti. scattered, 95n. to
18in. long, very scaly below, fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, 9in. to 12in.
broad, ovate-deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifld ; lower pinnas largest,

, ,

4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad ; lowest pinnules much the
largest, lanceolate-deltoid; teeth copious aristate. sori sm
principally in two rows near the midrib. Japan, Himala

teeth copious aristate. sori small,

iirmcipiuiy in iwo rows near the midrib. Japan, Himalayas,
New South Wales, Ac. Greenhouse species. SYN. Polystichum
a.rijtfatum.

Aspidium. — continued.

A. a, coniifolinm (Conium-leaved).* fronds more finely divided ;
segments copiously toothed, with lower lobes distinct.

A. a. variegatnm (variegated).* A handsome variety, with a
broad band of green running through the bases of the pinnules
along the course of the rachis.

A. auriculatum (eared).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, scaly below
or throughout, fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad ;
pinnae numerous, sub-sessile, usually close, lin. to 2in. long, about
iin. broad, ovate-rhomboidal, falcate, acute, spinoso-serrated,
the upper base auricled, the lower one truncate, sori in two rows.
India, widely distributed. Stove species. SYNS. A. ocellatum,
Polystichum auriculatum.

A. a. lentum (pliant). Pinnae cut into oblong mucronate lobes
about half-way down to the rachis, the auricle sometimes quite
free.

A. a. marginatum (margined).* A variety with more coriaceous
texture ; upper edge of the pinnae slightly lobed.

A. capense (Cape).* sti. scattered, 1ft. to 2ft. long, densely scaly
below, fronds 1ft. to 3ft. long, 12in. to 18in. broad, sub-deltoid ;
lowest pinnae the largest, 6iii. to 9in. long, Sin. to 4in. broad ;
pinnules and segments lanceolate, the latter bluntly lobed. sori
very large and copious. South America, New Zealand, Cape
Colony, Natal, &c. Greenhouse species. SYNS. A. coriaceum,
Polystichum capense.

A. eonfertum (compressed). Synonymous with A. meniscioides.

A. coriaceum (leathery). Synonymous with A. capense.

A falcatum (hooked).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long, densely scaly
below, fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, simply pinnate ;
pinnae numerous, the lower stalked, ovate-acuminate, falcate, Sin.
to 5in. long, lin. to 2in. broad ; edge entire or slightly undulated,
the upper side narrowed suddenly, sometimes auricled, the lower
rounded or obliquely truncate at the base, sori small, copious,
scattered. Japan, China, Himalayas, Ac. SYN. Cyrtomium fal-
catum.

A f. caryotidenm (Caryota-like) has pinnae sometimes larger,
sharply toothed, slightly lobed, sometimes auricled on both sides.
SYN. Cyrtomium caryotideum.

A f. Fortune! (Fortune's).* This differs from the type in having
pinnae narrower and more opaque. All are most useful house
ferns, and quite hardy in many parts of the country. SYN. Cyrto-
mium Fortunei.

A falcinellum (finely-hooked).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long,
densely scaly, fronds 9in. to 18in. long, Sin. to 6in. broad ; central
pinnae 2in. to Sin. long, iin. broad; point acute; edge finely
serrated ; the upper side bluntly auricled, the lower obliquely
truncate at the base, sori in two long rows. Madeira. Green-
house species. SYN. Polystichum falcinellum.

A. flextun (bending), rhiz. stout, wide-creeping, sti. scattered,
1ft. long, scaly, fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 9in. to 12in. broad ; lower
pinnae lanceolate-deltoid, 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad ; pin-
nules lanceolate-deltoid, cut down to the rachis below into oblong
bluntly-lobed segments, sori large, in two rows, copious. Juan
Fernandez. Stove species. SYN. Polystichum fiexum.

A. ftoniculaceum (Fennel-leaved).* rhiz. creeping, sti. scattered,
6in. to 12in. long, densely scaly below, fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long,
and 9in. to 12in. broad, lanceolate-deltoid, four to five pinnatifld;
lower pinnae 6in. to Bin. long, Sin. to 4in. broad ; ultimate divisions
linear, awned, with a firm texture, sori solitary. Greenhouse
species. Sikkim, 7,000ft. to 10,000ft. SYN. Polystichum fatnieu.
laceum.

A. frondosnm (leafy), sti. scattered, 1ft. to 2ft. long, densely
scaly below, fronds 18in. to 24in. long, 1ft. or more broad,
sub-deltoid; lower pinnae much the largest, long stalked; pin-
nules lanceolate ; segments very unequal sided, pinnatifid, with
rounded mucronate lobes, obliquely truncate at the base below.
sori large, copious. Madeira. Greenhouse species. SYN. Poly-
stichum frondosum.

A. Hooker! (Hooker's), sti. 1ft. or more long, naked, fronds
2ft. to 3ft. long ; pinnae 6in. to Sin. long, lin. broad, cut down to
a broadly-winged rachis into nearly close, spreading, entire,
linear-oblong lobes £in. broad, sori nearer the edge than the mid-
rib. Malay Archipelago. Stove species. SYNS. A. nephrodioides
and Cyclodium Hooken.

A. laserpitiifolinm (Laserpitium-leaved).* gti. 4in. to 6in. long,
stramineous, scaly at base, fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 6in. to 9in.
broad, ovate-deltoid, tripinnate ; lower pinnae the largest, with
pinnules on the lower side prolonged, lanceolate, imbricated with
small, distinct, bluntly-lobed segments, sori in two rows, very
copious. Japan. A very desirable greenhouse species. SYNS.
Lastrea Standishii (of gardens) and Polystichum laserpitiifolium.

A. lepidocaulon (scaly-stemmed), sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long,
densely clothed with large cordate scales, fronds 1ft. or more
long, 4in. to 6in. broad, sometimes elongated and rooting at the
point : pinnae 2in. to Sin. long, Jin. to Jm. broad, lanceolate-fal-
cate, the two sides unequal, the upper one auricled at the base.
sori principally in two rows, near the midrib. Japan. Green-
house species. SYN. Polystichum lepidocaulon.

A. Lonchitis (spar-like).* The Holly Fern. sti. densely tufted,
lin. to 4in. long, scaly at base, fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, Ijn. to
3in. broad, pinnate throughout ; pinnae iin. to IJin. long, Jin. to
$in. broad, ovate-rhomboidal. nub-falcate, tbe two sides unequal.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

127

Aspiditutt — continued.

point mucronate, edge spinuloso-serrated, the upper side sharply
auricled at the base, the lower obliquely truncate. Britain, Ac.
A very widely-spread hardy species. SYN. Polystichum Lonchitis.
A. menlscioides (Meniscium-like). sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, scaly
below, fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more broad, pinnate ;
barren pinnae sessile, 6in. to 9in. long, IJin. to 2in. broad, oblong-
acuminate, nearly entire ; fertile pinnae much smaller, sori in two
close rows between the primary veins. West Indies, Ac. Stove
species. SYNS. A. confertum and Cyclodium meniscioides.
A. mohrioldes (Mohria-like). sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long, more
or less densely scaly, fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
bipinnate ; pinnae numerous, frequently imbricated, lanceolate,
cut down below into slightly toothed, oblong-rhomboidal pin-
nules, sori copious. Patagonia and the Cordilleras of Chili.
Greenhouse species. SYN. Polystichum mohrioides.
A. mucronatum (inucronated).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long,
densely scaly, fronds 12in. to ISin. long, IJin. to 2in. broad, pin-
nate throughout ; pinnae very numerous, often imbricated, Jin. to
lin. long, Jin. to fin. broad, sub-rhomboidal, unequal-sided,
mucronate, sub-entire, distinctly auricled at the upper base, tori
in a long row on each side the midrib. West Indies. Stove or
greenhouse species. SYN. Polystichum mucronatum.
A. munitum (armed).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 9in. long, densely
scaly, fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to 8in. broad ; pinnae close, 2in.
to 4in. long, about Jin. broad, acuminate, finely spinulose and
serrated throughout, the upper side auricled, and the lower
obliquely truncate at the base, sori in two rows near the edge.
California, Ac. Hardy ; very fine. SYN. Polystichum munitum.
A. nephrodioides (Nephrodium-like). Synonymous with A.

Hookeri.

A. ocellatum (spotted). Synonymous with A. auriculatum.
A. pungens (stinging), rhiz. stout, sti. scattered, 1ft. long, scaly
below only, fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 9in. to 12m. broad ; lower
pinnae 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad ; pinnules ovate-rhom-
boidal, unequal-sided, often deeply pinnatifid. sori principally in
two rows near the midrib. Cape Colony. Greenhouse species.
SYN. Polystichum pungens.

A. repandum (wavy-leaved), sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, naked, fronds
2ft. or more long, 12in. to 18in. broad, apex deeply pinnatifid,
with linear-oblong, slightly sinuated lobes ; lower pinnae four to
eight on each side, 6in. to Sin. long, IJin. to IJin. broad, acumi-
nate ; edge bluntly sinuated, the lowest stalked and forked, sori in
two distinct rows near the main vein. Philippines. Stove species.
A. rhizophyllum (frond-rooting), sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long,
slender, fronds 2in. to 6in. long, Jin. broad, with the long,
narrow upper half of the frond lengthened out and rooting, the
lower half cut down to a flattened flbrillose rachis into oblong-
rhomboidal sub-entire lobes about Jin. broad, Jin. deep, sori
scattered. Jamaica, 1820. Stove or cool house species. SYN.
Polystichum rhizophyttum.

A. semicordatum (half-cordate), sti. scattered, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, Sin. to 12in. broad, simply pinnate ; pinnae
spreading, 4in. to 6in. long, Jin. to Jin. broad, nearly entire, acu-
minate, cordate or truncate at the base, sori in one to three
rows on each side, the inner one close to the midrib. Tropical
America, Ac. SYN. Polystichum semicordatum.
A. trapezioides (Trapezium-like). Synonymous with .4. viviparum.
A. triangulum (triangular).* sti. tufted, 2m. to 6in. long, base
scaly, fronds 1ft. or more long, IJin. to 2in. broad ; pinnae nume-
rous, sessile, lower ones distant, central ones Jin. to lin. long,
about fin. broad, sub-deltoid, lower side obliquely truncate ; apex
mucronate, edge sub-entire or slightly lobed, with blunt or spinose
teeth, one or both sides auricled at the base, sori principally in
two rows near the edge. West Indies. Stove or greenhouse
species. SYN. Polystichum triangulum.

A. trifoliatnm (three-leaved), sti. tufted, 1ft. or more long, base
only scaly, fronds 12in. to ISin. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, with a
large ovate-acuminate terminal pinna, narrowed or forked at the
base, and one or two lateral ones on each side, the lowest mostly
forked, sori in rows near the main veins. Tropical America.
Stove species.
A. t, heracleifolium (Heracleum-leaved). A form with pinnae

pinnatifld on both sides at the base.

A. tripteron (three-winged), sti. (tin. to Sin. long, densely scaly
at base, fronds 12in. to 18in. long, with a large terminal and two
small spreading lateral pinnae at the base of it, the former 2Jin.
to Sin. broad, with very numerous spreading pinnules on each
side, IJin. long, about Jin. broad, unequal sided, acute, deeply
inciso-pinnatinu, the lower lobes again toothed ; lateral pinnae Sin.
to Sin. long, IJin. to 2in. broad, sori principally in two rows mid-
way between midrib and edge. Japan. Greenhouse species. SYN.
Polystichum tripteron.

A. varium (variable).* rhiz. sub-creeping, sti. 6in. to 12in.
long, densely flbrillose below, fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 9in. to
12in. broad, lanceolate-deltoid ; lower pinnae much the largest,
sub-deltoid, unequal sided, 4in. to 6in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad ;
pinnules lanceolate, imbricated, with oblong, blunt, slightly
toothed segments, sori principally in two rows near the midrib.
Japan. Greenhouse species. SYNS. Lastrea varia and Poly-
xtichum varium. It is frequently met with in gardens under the
former name.

Aspidium —continued.

A. viviparum (bud-producing), sti. tufted, 4in. to 6iii long scaly
at the base, fronds 12in. to ISin. long, 4in. to 6in. broad ; pinna
numerous, nearly lanceolate, the central ones 2in. to 3in. long
about Jm. broad, mucronate, sometimes bud-bearing, the edge
more or less deeply lobed, in the lower part sometimes quite down
to the rachis, the upper side auricled. sori in two or four rows
West Indies. Stove or greenhouse species. SYNS. A. trapezioides
and Polystichum viviparum.

ASPLENIUM (from o, not, and splen, spleen; re-
ferring to the medicinal properties formerly attributed
to the genus). Spleenwort. OBD. Filicea. Including
Anisogonium, Athyrium, Ceterach, Ccenopteris, Darea,
Diplazium, Hemidictyum, Neottopteris. A very large and
widely-spread genus, including species suitable for the
stove, temperate, and hardy ferneries. Sori dorsal or sub-
marginal, linear or oblong. Involucre similar in shape,
straight or occasionally curved, single or double, plane or
tumid, bursting along the outer edge. The tropical species
should be grown in a compost of peat, loam, and sand ; the
hardy sorts in a mixture of fibrous peat and sand. Good
drainage is at all times required. For general culture, nee
Ferns.

Fio. 168. ASPLENIUM ADIANTUM-NIORUM, showing Rootstock and
back of Fertile Fronds.

A. abscissum (clipped), sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long, fronds
6in. to 12in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, sometimes proliferous at the
apex, with twelve to twenty horizontal pinnae on each side, which
are liin. to 2in. long, about Jin. broad, bluntish ; edge inciso-
crenate, the upper one narrowed suddenly at the base, the lower
one obliquely truncate, sori short, in two regular rows, falling
short of both midrib and edge. Tropical America. Stove species.
SYN. A. firmum.

A. acuminatum (taper-pointed).* sti. 6in. to9in. long, fronds
1ft. to 2ft. long, 9in. to 12in. broad, with very numerous close-

128

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asplenium— continued.

placed lanceolate-oblong piniise on both sides, which are 4in. to
6in. long, liin. to 2n. broad ; pinnules numerous, unequal-sided,
lanceolate, acuminate ; edges sharply toothed, the lower base ob-
liquely truncate. sori in two rows in the upper part of the
pinnules, often diplazioid. Sandwich Islands. Greenhouse spe-
cies. SYN. A . polyphyllum.

A. Adlantum-nigrum. Black Spleen wort. tti. tufted,6in. to
9in. long, fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, sub-deltoid ;
lower pinnae deltoid, 2in. to Sin. long, liin. to 2in. broad ; all the
pinnae pinnate, son copious, at last often occupying the whole
under surface of the segments. Great Britain. World-wide in
its distribution. Hardy. A. solidum, from Cape Colony, is
supposed to be a mere form of this species. There are several
varieties the best of which are described below. See Fig. 168.

A. A..n. aoutum (acute), fronds Bin. to 15in. long, deltoid, tri-
pinnate ; ultimate segments linear, and very acute. Ireland. A
copiously divided and very elegant variety. Habit more graceful
than the type.

A. A.-n. grandlceps (large-crested), fronds 6in. to 12in. long ;
pinnae comparatively short, and slightly crested; apex freely
divided, and expanded into a broad crest, which gives the
frond a very graceful contour. Frame or greenhouse variety.
See Fig. 169.

A. A.-n. oxyphyllum (sharp-leaved), fronds 4in. to 6in. long,
ovate-lanceolate ; ultimate segments narrow and very acute. A
very pretty little variety.

A. afflne (related), sti. 6in. to 12in. long, fronds 12in. to 18in.
long, 6in. to 12in. broad, bipinnate, with numerous pinnae on each
side, the lower ones lanceolate-rhomboidal ; pinnules rhomboids!,
inciso-serrate. sort copious, linear. Mascaren Islands, &c. Stove
or warm greenhouse species. SYN. A. spathulinum.

A. alatnm (winged).* sti. 4in. to 6in. long, slender, the upper
part and the rachis, winged, fronds 1ft. to lift, long, Sin. to 4in.
broad, with twelve to twenty horizontal sessile pinnae on each
side, which are lin. to liin. long, and about Jin. broad, bluntish ;
edge uniformly inciso-crenate, the base nearly equal on both sides,
wri distant, not reaching either the midrib or edge. West
Indies, &c. A very elegant stove species.

A. alismsefolium (Alisma-leaved). sti. 2in. to 6in. long, fronds
varying in shape, from simple oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to 9in. long,
2in. to Sin. broad ; apex acuminate ; edges entire, to ternate or
pinnate, with a large terminal and three pairs of lateral pinnae,
each like the entire frond of the simple state ; texture coriaceous.
Isle of Luzon. Stove species. SYN. Anisoyonium alismcefolium.

A. alternans (alternated), sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long, fronds
6in. to Sin. long, lin. to liin. broad, lanceolate-oblong, cut down
into numerous bluntly-rounded lobes on each side, which reach
very nearly down to the rachis, the lower gradually reduced, sori
copious. N. W. Himalayas. Greenhouse species. SYN. A. Dal-
housiae.

A. alternifollum (alternate-leaved). Synonymous with A. per-
manicum.

A. angnstifolinm (narrow-leaved).* tti. tufted, about 1ft. long.
fronds ISin. to 24in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, simply pinnate, lan-
ceolate-oblong, flaccid, with twenty to thirty sub-sessile pinnae on
each side, sterile ones largest, 2in. to Sin. long, Jin. broad, acumi-
nate; edge obscurely-crenate, base rounded and equal on both
sides ; fertile pinnae narrower and more distant, tori very close
and regular, extending from the midrib nearly to the edge.
Canada, <fcc. Greenhouse species.

A. anisophyllnm (unequal-leaved), sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in
long, fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, oblong-lanceolate,
simple pinnate, with ten to sixteen sub-sessile pinnae on each side

te ; edge deeply crenate, the two sides unequal, the
a cordate auricle, the lower one obliquely truncate.
Dt reaching either the midrib or edge. Tropical

Asplenium — continued,

which are Sin. to Sin. long, about lin. broad, acuminated, crenate,
the two sides unequal, the upper one narrowed suddenly, the
lower one obliquely truncate at the base, sori distant, elliptical,
reaching half-way from the edge to the margin. Cape Colony, &c.
Greenhouse species.

A. apicidena (apex-toothed). A variety of A. Vieillardii.

A. arborescens (tree-like), cau. oblique, sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long.
fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long, 2ft. to 3ft. broad, deltoid, tripinnatifid, with
numerous pinnae, the lower ones 12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in.
broad ; pinnules Sin. long, about iin. wide, acuminate, ed§
two-thirds of the way down to the rachis into nearly entire '.
iin. deep, Jin. broad. Lower sori Jin. long. Mauritius, &c., 1826.
Stove species. SYN. Diplazium arborescent.

A. Arnottil (Arnott's). sti. smooth, angular, fronds ample, tri-
pinnatifld ; lower pinnae 9in. to 12in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad ;
pinnules Sin. to 4in. long, lin. or more broad, cut down below to a
distinctly winged rachis into deeply crenate, blunt, oblong lobes,
Jin. deep, iin. broad, sori copious, nearly all diplazioid, and filling
up when mature nearly the whole surface of the lobes. Sand-
wich Islands, 1877. Greenhouse species. SYNS. A. diplazioides
and Diplazium Arnottii.

A. aspidioides (Aspidium-like). sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, Sin. to 12in. broad, ovate-deltoid, tripinna-
tifld ; lower pinnae 6in. to Sin. long, lanceolate-deltoid ; pinnules
lanceolate, cut down below nearly to the rachis into inciso-pinna-
tifid ovate segments, two lines broad, sori copious, oblong, the
lower ones curved. Tropical America, <fec. Greenhouse species.
SYN. A. multisectum.

A. attennatnm (attenuated), sti. tufted, Sin. to 4in. long,
simple, linear-lanceolate, about 1ft. long, about Jin. bro:
rowed upwards very gradually, sometimes proliferous at the point,
the margin toothed; the lower third also lobed; the lowest
roundish, lobes reaching down nearly or quite to the rachis. sort
reaching nearly to the edge. Queensland, &c. Greenhouse
species.

A. aureum (golden). A variety of A. Ceterach.

A. auriculatum (auriculated).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long.
fronds 12in. to ISin. long, 4in. to6in. broad, simply pinnate, lanceo-
late-oblong, with ten to twenty-stalked horizontal pinnae on each
side, which are 2in. to 4in. long, fin. to lin. broad, lanceolate,
often sub-falcate ;
upper one with a i

sori distant, not reaching either the midrib or edge. Tropic
America, 1820. Stove species.

A. anrltnm (eared), sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long, fronds 6in. to
12in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, simply pinnate, with ten to fifteen
stalked horizontal pinnae on each side, which are 2in. to Sin. long,
and about iin. broad, acute or bluntish ; edge sharply toothed or
often lobed, especially on the upper side towards the base, sori
in two broad rather oblique rows. Tropical America. Stove
species.

A. anstralasicum (Australian). A variety of A. Nidus.

A. Baptist!! (Baptist's).* sti. 6in. to 8in. long, fronds 1ft. long,
bipinnate, broadly ovate ; pinnae stipitate, the lower about
5in. long, with four narrow stipitate linear-toothed pinnules,
2in. long, and a terminal lobe, Sjin. long, iin. broad, furnished
with distinct linear marginal teeth, pointing forwards, and ter-
minating in a long attenuated point, which is toothed nearly
to the end. sori linear-oblong, straight, parallel with, and close
to, the midrib. South Sea Islands, 1879. A very handsome stove
species.

A. Belangeri (Belanger's).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long, fronds
12in. to ISin. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, bipinnate ; pinnae numerous,
lin. to liin. long, iin. broad, rounded at the point, truncate at the
base on the lower side ; pinnules linear, erecto-patent, half line
broad; one vein and sorus to each segment, the latter marginal.
Malayan Peninsula. Stove species. SYNS. A. Veitchianum,
Darea, Belanyeri, <fec.

A. bipartitum (twice-partite), tti. tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, fronds
6in. to Sin. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, bipinnate, with about ten to
fifteen stalked pinnae on each side, which are lin. to liin. long,
iin. to Jin. broad, bluntish, cut down at the base on the upper
side into one distinctly-stalked cuneate pinnule, sometimes into
two or three, the outer edge inciso-crenate, the base on the lower
side obliquely truncate, sori in two regular rows, reaching
nearly to tne edge. Mascaren Isles. Stove species.

A. blaectum (bisected).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, fronds
12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, bipinnatifid, with twenty to
thirty horizontal pinnae on each side, which are 2in. to Sin. long,
iin. broad, with a very long, narrow, deeply inciso-pinnatifid
upper portion, the base on the upper side narrowed suddenly, on
the lower obliquely truncate, sori almost all in two parallel rows
close to the midrib. West Indies, &c. Stove species.

A. brachypteron (broadly-winged). sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long.
fronds 4in. to 6in. long, lin. to liin broad, bipinnate, with twelve
to twenty-four horizontal pinnae on each side, of which from half
to nearly the whole of the lower side is cut away, the largest iin
to | in. long, cut down to the rachis into simple or forked lineai
pinnules, lin. to liin. long, sort solitary, often quite marginal.
Madagascar, Ac. Stove species. SYN. Darea brachypteron.

A. brevlsornm (shortly-seriate), sti. 12in. to ISin. long, fronds
2ft. to 3ft. long, Sin. to ISin. broad, tripinnate; lower pinnae 1ft

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

129

Asplenium — continued.

or more long ; pinnules lanceolate, distant, 2in. to 3in. long, and
liin. broad ; segments lanceolate, fin. long, two lines broad,
deeply and sharply toothed, sort small, six to twelve to a seg-
ment, in two rows near the midrib, the lower ones curved, often
double. Jamaica, &c. Stove species. SYN. Athyrium brevisorum.

A. bulbiferum (bulb-bearing), sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, Sin. to 12in. broad, oblong-deltoid, with
numerous horizontal pinnae on each side, which are often pro-
liferous from the upper surface, the largest 4in. to Sin. long, liin.
to 2in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate-deltoid, slightly toothed, sori
oblong, when mature often filling the whole breadth of the seg-
ments. New Zealand, &c., very widely distributed. Greenhouse
species.

A. b. Fabiannm (Fabia's). Lower segments deeply pinnatifid,
with narrow divisions and sub-marginal sori. SYN. A. Fabianum.

A. b. laxnm (loose). Habit more slender; segments narrow,
so that the sori are often as if marginal.

(tailed). Probably a form of A. faleatum, but

having the sori more confined to the centre of the pinnae, being
often restricted to two parallel rows close to the rachis. Poly-
nesia, Ac. Greenhouse species.

FlO. 170. ASPLEMUM CETERACn.

A. Ceteraoh.' Scale or Scaly Fern. sti. densely tufted, lin. to
Sin. long, scaly, fronds 4in. to 6in. long, Jin. to lin. broad, cut
down nearly or quite to the rachis into alternate, blunt, sub-
entire, broadly-oblong or roundish pinnae, with a rounded sinus
between them ; upper surface naked, lower densely clothed with
deep brown membranous scales, sori linear oblique. Britain,
throughout Europe, Northern Asia, &c. This is a variable species,
but the forms do not remain constant under cultivation. It should
be firmly planted in a vertical chink of the rockery in loam, lime
rubbish, rock chippings, and sand, and be watered freely during
the summer. SYN. Ceterach ojficinarum. See Fig. 170.
A. C. aureum (golden).* A large variety, producing fronds from
9in. to 15in. long, liin. to Sin. broad, and pinnae more oblong
than the type ; scales toothed. Canaries and Madeira. This is a
charming fern, requiring greenhouse treatment. SYN. Ceterach
aureum.

A. olcntarlnm (Cicuta-leaved).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long.
fronds 6in. to 15in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, tripinnate, with ten
to fifteen horizontal pinnae on each side, the lower ones 2in. to
Sin. long, lin. broad, cut down to the rachis into numerous ovate-
rhomboidal pinnules, which are lin. to 4in. long, iin. broad,
obliquely-truncate on the lower side ; segments once or twee
cleft at the apex, sori principally in two rows along the pinnules.
Tropical America, Ac. Stove species.

A. Colensoi (Colenso's). sti. tufted, Sin. to 4in. long, fronds bin.
to 9in. long, Sin. to 4in. broad, tripinnatifid, with numerous rather
rigid erecto-patent pinnae, the lower on stalks iin. to iin. long ;
lower pinnules spreading, deeply inciso-pinnatifid, with linear
segments, sori oblong, solitary. New Zealand. A beautiful
greenhouse species. SYN. A. Hookerianum.

A. compressnm (compressed), sti. tufted, 6in. to Sin. long.
frondt 2ft. to 3ft. long, Sin. to 12in. broad, simply pinnate, lanceo-
late-oblong, with ten to twenty sessile pinnae on each side, which
are 4in. to 6in. long, about lin. broad, acute or bluntish at the
point, edge slightly dentate, the upper ones decurrent at the
base upon the stout fleshy compressed rachis, the upper side
narrowed suddenly at about a right angle, the lower one obliquely
truncate, sori broad, distant, not reaching either the midnb or
edge. St. Helena. Stove or greenhouse species.
A. contlgnnm (contiguous), tti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long, fronds
12in. to I8in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, with twenty to thirty hori-
zontal sub-falcate pinnae on each side, which are acuminated at
the apex ;edge more or less serrated, the base narrowed suddenly,
and sometimes auricled on the upper, obliquely truncate in a
curre on the lower side, sori close, copious, falling considerably
short of the margin Sandwich laics. Greenhouse specie*.

Aipleninm— continued.

A. crenatmn (crenated).* sti. 6in. to 12in. lone scattered
9in. to 15in. each way deltoid, tri- or qnadripllnSS! wUh
twelve pinnae on each side, the lowest much the largest, 6in. to
9in long, liin. to 2m. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, cut down to the
rachis except towards the point on each side into four to six
blunt oblong segments, two lines long, one line broad, which are
bluntly toothed, sori two to six to a segment, oblong, usually
nearly straight, often double. Scandinavia, Ac. Hardy species.

A. cnltrifolium (hook-leaved).* sti. 4in. to 6in. long, fronds 6in.
to 121n. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, bipinnate, deltoid-ovate, with a
lobed terminal point and six to ten pinnae on each side, which are
Sin. to 4in. long, iin. to Jin. broad, acute ; edge broadly toothed
sometimes lobed below nearly or quite to the rachis, the base
nearly at a right angle on the upper, but obliquely truncate
on the lower side. sori falling short both of the edge and
midrib. West Indies, 1820. Stove species. SYN. Diplazium
evltrifolium.

A. onneatom (wedge-shaped), sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long.
fronds 6ih. to 15in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, tripinnatifld, narrow-
deltoid, with numerous spreading pinnae on each side, the lower
Sin. to 4in. long, lin. to liin. broad, lanceolate-deltoid, cut down
to the rachis into several distinct ovate-cuneate pinnules, which
are dentate and cut down in the lower part nearly or quite to the
rachis. sori linear, sub-flabellate. West Indies, and widely dis-
tributed in both hemispheres, 1852. A very handsome stove
species.

(Dalhousie's). Synonymous with A. alternant.

A. deoussatnm (decussate), tti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, fronds 2ft. to
4ft. long, simply pinnate, with numerous pinnae on each side,
which are 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, often proliferous
in the axils ; edge nearly entire, sori reaching nearly to the edge,
and copiously double. Polynesian and Malayan Islands, Ac.
Stove species. SYN. Anteogonium decussatum.

A. dentatnm (dentated).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long, fertile
fronds 2in. to Sin. long, lin. broad, with six to eight pairs of
stalked, sub-opposite pinnae, which are iin. broad, gin. deep,
oblong-rhomboidal, the lower side at the base truncate in a curve,
the outer edge irregularly crenate. sterile fronds smaller, on
shorter stalks, sori copious, in two parallel rows. West Indies,
Ac., 1820. A pretty little greenhouse species.

A. dlmidiatum (unequal-sided).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 6in. to 15in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, deltoid, simply
pinnate, with six to nine opposite pairs of pinnae, which are 2in.
to Sin. long, Jin. to lin. broad, acuminated, sharply serrated, tori
radiant, narrow, long linear. Tropical America. Stove species.

A. dlmorphum (two-formed).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 2ft to 3ft. long, 12ui. to 15in. broad, ovate-deltoid, sterile"
and fertile ones different or combined ; lower pinnae ovate-deltoid,
6in. to Sin. long, 2in. broad, bluntly toothed, and the base 011

. . , .

the lower side obliquely truncate ; fertile pinnae the same size, but

h very
marginal. Norfolk Island. One of the handsomest warm

with

narrow

runc ,

or forked pinnules, sori linear, solita

ry,

house species. SYNS. A. divergtfolium (of gardens), and
dimorpha.

A. dlplazloldes (Diplazium like). A synonym of A. Arnottii.

A. diverBlfolinm (diverse-leaved). A garden synonym of A.
dimorphum.

A. diverslfolinm (diverse-leaved). Synonymous with A. maxi-
mum.

A. ebeneiun (ebony-stalked).* tti. tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, frond.*
12in. to ISin. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, linear-lanceolate, with twenty
to forty sessile pinnae on each side, which are about lin. long,
iin. broad; point acute or bluntish; edge faintly serrate; base
hastately auricled, often cordate, tori ten to twelve on each
side, oblong, short Canada, Ac., widely distributed, 1779. Green-
house species. A. ebenoides is very like this, but the pinnae are
not cut down to the rachis, and the frond has an elongated
point which is only sinuated with a single row of sori on
each side.

A. erectum (erect). Synonymous with A. lunulatum.

A. erosurn (bitten), tti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long, frondt 6in. to
12in long, 4in. to Sin. broad, deltoid, with nine to fifteen pinnae
on each side, which are Sin. to 4in. long, 4m. to Jin. broad, the
edge slightly lobed and crenato-dentote, the point acuminate,
thl two sides unequal, tori falling short of the edge. West

Indies. Stove species.
A. esculenttun (edible).

eau. sub-arborescent. «fi. 1ft. to 2ft

.

Ion» fronds 4ft. to 6ft. long, pinnate or bipinnate ; lower pinnae
12in. to 18in. long, 6in. to Sin. broad; pinnules Sin. to 6in. long,
about lin. broad, acuminate ; edge more or less deeply lobed; base
narrowed suddenly, often auricled ; lines of tori often on all the
Literal veinlets. India, Ac., 1822. Stove species. SYN. Anito-
gonium tseulentum.

. extensnm (extended), sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, frondt
12in. to 24in. long, about lin. broad, with twenty to forty sessile
pinnae on each side, which are iin. long, Jin. to iin. deep, blunt
and entire, the upper side rather the broadest and often cordate,
the lower merely rounded at the base, sori linear-oblong, two
or three on each side of the midrib. Andes of Columbia and
Peru. A very rare greenhouse species, allied to our native A.
Trichomanet.

130

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aspleninm— continued.

A. Fablantun (Fabia's). Synonymous with A. bulbi/erum
Fabianum.

A. falcatum (hooked)." tti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long, fronds 6in.
to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, lanceolate, with six to twenty
stalked, nearly horizontal pinnae on each side, which are 2in. to
3in. long, $in. to lin. broad, acuminated, the edges lobed often
one-third of the way down, and the lobes sharply toothed, the
two sides unequal, and the lower one at the base obliquely
truncate, tori in long irregular lines reaching nearly to the edge.
Polynesian Islands, &c., widely distributed. A very elegant green-
house species.

A. fejeense (Fijian).* rhiz. wide-climbing, tti. 6in. long, scaly
below, fronds 18in. to 2«n. long, lin. to IJin. broad, lanceolate,
caudate, or acuminate at the apex, and often proliferous, narrowed
below to a truncate base, the margin nearly entire, sori reaching
from the midrib nearly to the edges. Fiji, Samoa., &c. Stove
species.

A. Fcrnandealannm (Juan Fernandez). A variety of A. Ztmu-
latum.

(Lady Fern).* gti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 1ft. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, oblong-lanceolate,
with numerous pinnate pinnae, the lower ones spreading, lanceo-
late, Sin. to 6in. long, lin. to liin. broad ; pinnules deeply incise-
pinnatifid. tori linear-oblong, the lower ones often curved.
Britain, and world- wide in its distribution. SVN. Athyrium
Filve-faemina. This handsome deciduous species has a great
number of varieties, the most important of which are described
below :

A. F.-f. acrocladon (summit-branched).* fronds 9in. to 15in. long,
slender, bi- or tripinnate, the lower part very narrow, with the
apices of the pinnae sometimes crested; upper portion of the
frond freely branched, divisions narrow and crested, the whole
forming a broad head.

A. F.-C acnmlnatum (taper-polnted).
lanceolate-acuminate in outline, with closely set pinnae

fronds 9in. to 12in. long,
osely set pinnae, which
are similarly characterised, and particularly tapering at the

A. F.*. aptenlatnm (apiculate).* frondt 6fn. to 15in. long, 2in.
to 4m. broad, lanceolate-acuminate in outline, with variously
furcate apices; pinnae closely set with distinctly acuminated
apices, and small roundish obtuse serrated pinnules.

A. F.-f. Applebyannm (Appleby's).* fronds narrow, 12in. to 24in.
long, with short blunt pinnae, while the extremities are dilated
into a broad furcated crest, which is very striking upon such a
narrow frond.

A. F -f. BarnesU (Barnes's).* frondt din. to 15in. long, Sin. to 4in.
wide, lanceolate in outline, abrupt at the top, bipinnate ; pinnaa
alternate, closely set, lanceolate, acutely pointed, with densely
set, narrow, acutely serrate pinnules, with a very membranous
texture.

A. F.-l calothrlx (beautiful-hair).* frondt Sin. to 15in. long,

copiously divided into exquisitely fine segments, so that the fronds

present a very light and delicate appearance.
A. F.-f. oontortnm /contorted).* frondt very diversified, the

various pinnae occasionally combining the characters of the

varieties Applebyanum aud Victoria.

A. F.-fc coronatum (coronate).* frondt 6in. to 12in. long, 2in.
wide ; pinnae distinctly forked, sometimes slightly crested at the
apices ; the upper extremity of the frond copiously forked, and by
the ramification of the divisions a broad crest is formed, about
Sin. to 4in. across.

A. F.-t oorymbifortun (corymbose).* frondt 12in. to 18in. long,
4m. to 7m. broad, lanceolate-acuminate in general outline ; pinna;
closely set, usually forked and crested at the apices, white the
extremities of the fronds are dilated into broad crests, nearly or
quite as wide at the broadest portion of the frond.

A. F.-f crispum (crispy or curled).* frondt 6in. long, densely
set >yith very finely divided pinnae, which are thickly curled, pre-
senting a crispy appearance.

A. F.-f. dissectum (dissected).* frondt 6in. to 12in. long, ovate or
broadly lanceolate in form, with irregular and unequal pinna) •
"* ^P^ cut- nearly

A. F.-f. Elworthli (Elworth's).* fronds 12in. to 20in. long, Ian-
ceolate tripinnate, terminated with a very dense crest.from
orniess forkedand' PmnaS ^^ f"qu«n*Iy the pinnules also more

A. F.-f. Fieldiw (Field's).* frondt 12in. to 20in. long, narrow,
with regular or variously-forked divided pinme, somltimes ax-
ranged crosswise, with a very graceful disposition.

A. F.-f. Friselliae (Prison's).* frondt pendent, sometimes 2ft.
long, rarely exceeding lin. wide, bi- or tripinnate ; pinnae alternate
imbricated, flabellate, with the margins of the pinnules or ulti-
mate divisions dentated.

A. F.-f. grandiceps (large-crested).* frondt 9in. to 15in. long,
lanceolate in outline, copiously forked both at the extremities
of the pinnae and frond. The latter is furnished with a very
large globose crest, which causes the frond to present a beautifully
arched appearance.

Aspleninm— continued.

A. F-f. Grantse (Grant's).* frondt 9in. to 12in. long, lanceolate,
or broadly so, very thickly set with pinnae, copiously divided, with
the apices of the latter turned up, so that the plant has a crisp
or bristly appearance.

A. F.-f. Jonesii (Jones's).* fronds 12in. to 18in. long, oblong.
lanceolate in outline, slightly acuminate, bipinnate, furnished at
the extremities with a small crest; pinnae alternate, copiously
forked and crested at the apices, even having larger crests tlmii
the one at the upper extremity of the frond ; pinnules narrow,
dentate, slightly crested.

A. F.-f. minimum (smallest),* fronds 4in. to 6in. long, lin. wide,
lanceolate, bipinnate; pinnules densely set, imbricated, ami
crispy.

A. F.-f. Moorei (Moore's). « frondt 4in. to Sin. long, linear, ter-
minated with a broad tasselled crest, Sin. or more in diameter:
pinnae small, scattered, variously forked, crested, and slender.

A. F.-f. multifldum (many-fld).* A very vigorous giowing
variety, producing fronds as large as those of the type, terminated
with large tasselled crests ; pinnae and pinnules narrow, the former
furnished with small crested apices. A variety known as nanum
much resembles the foregoing, but the crests are more dense, and
the fronds are usually not more than half the length.

A. F.-f. pannosnm (pannose).» fronds lOin. to 20in. long, lanceo-
late in outline, from 4in. to 6in. in the broadest part, bi- or (rarely)
tripinnate; pinnae thickly set, closely alternated, lanceolate-
acuminate in form, with deep cut pinnules, and distinctly but
irregularly lobed; the whole frond is frequently tinged with
reddish-purple.

A. F.-f. plnmosnm (feathery).* frondt 12in. to SOin. long, 4in. to
10m. broad, broadly lanceolate in outline, tripinnate, beautifully
arched ; pinnae of the same form as the frond, copiously divided ;
pinnules again divided into very fine segments. There are several
f orms of this charming variety.

A. F.-f. Pritohardll (Pritchard's).* frondt 12in. to SOin long,
very narrow, tapering especially towards the apices; pinnae
decussate, imbricate, rather irregular, with the margins of the
pinnules dentate. There is also a variety named eristatum, which
is finely crested at the apices of the pinnae, and is particularly
sinking.

A. F.-f.ramosa (branched).' fronds 9in. to 12in. long, the lower
portion sparsely set with short irregular pinnae, sharply cut
into finely dentate pinnules ; the upper part is divided into
two main branches, which are again variously forked, and fur-
nished with short pinnae, the ultimate divisions furcate and
slightly crested.

A. F.-f. soopte (heavily-crested).* frondt 6in. to 16in. long, with a
few scattered irregular pinnae along the main rachia ; some of the
pinnae are almost obsolete, while others are an inch long with
oblong-dentate pinnules and a heavy terminal crest ; the upper
portion has several ramifications, each of which is copiously forked
and heavily crested, the whole forming a corymbose head Sin. or
4m. in diameter, which gives the plant a pendent habit.

A. F.-f. snb-lnnatnm (half-crescent-shaped).* fronds 9in. to 20in.
long, less than lin. wide, with curious alternated, nearly crescent-
shaped, much contracted pinnse, sparingly divided, arching.

A. F.-f. Victoria (Victoria's).* frondt long, lanceolate in outline,
with the apices crested, as well as those of the pinnae ; the latter

There is also another form named lineare, having
heavily crested fronds, and an extremely elegant

es, but

very small
appearance.

The foregoing are the most important varieties, but a very com-
parative few of the total number. Although forms of an essen-
tially hardy species, the greater number— and particularly the
rarer sorts— should have a winter protection ; or, what is far more
preferable and satisfactory, they should be grown in the frame or
temperate fernery.

A. firmum (firm-textured). Synonymous with A. abscissum.

A. flssum (cut).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long, fronds 2in. to 5in.
long, lin. to 2in. broad, oblong-deltoid, tripinnatifld, with a few
distant pinnae on each side ; pinnules flabellato-cuneate, deeply
pinnatifid; ultimate segments under half a line broad, sori
linear-oblong, when mature occupying the whole breadth of the
segments. South Europe. A pretty little frame or greenhouse
species.

A. flabellifolinm (fan-leaved).* gti. tufted, Sin. to 6in. long.
fronds procumbent, wide straggling, elongated, and rooting at the
apex, 6in. to 12in. long, Jin. to lin. broad, with ten' to fifteen
sessile flabellate pinnae on each side, which are iin. to iin. each
way, broadly lobed ; lobes sharply toothed, the base cutaway in a
curve on the lower side, sori oblique, irregular, copious. Tem-
perate Australia, &c. Greenhouse species.

A. f. ma jus (greater). This is a larger form, with longer fronds
and broader pinnse.

A. flacoidum (relaxed), sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long, fronds 1ft.
to 3ft. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, often pendent, with numerous
lanceolate pinnae, which are 4in. to Sin. long, and about iin. broad,
sometimes rather rigid and recurved, sometimes quite flaccid and
drooping, like the main rachis, sometimes deeply pinnatifid, hut
more often cut down to the thick rachis in oblique or sub-falcate

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

131

Aspleninm — continued.

linear lobes, tori in the divided form quite marginal. New Zea-
land, Ac. Srcs. A. odontites&nd Darea jfofdda.
L fcen?culacenm(Fennel-lfteX A Tariety of A. fragrant.

FIG. 17L ASPLESIUM FONTA.NUM.

I (fountain).* tti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long. .

to oin. long, lin. to liin. broad, oblong-lanceolate ; lower pinnae
short, refiexed ; central ones horizontal, about iin. long ; pinnules
stalked, lower ones oblong, deeply inciso-pinnatifid. sori copious,
covering nearly the whole nnder surface of the pinnule. England,
Ac. Hardy. This requires to be planted in a well-drained chink
of the rockerv, in rich gritty soiL SY>\ A. HaUeri. A. refractvm
is a well-marked variety. See Fig. 171.

A. formosnm (beautiful), tti. tufted, very short fronds 12Sn. to
ISin. long, lin. broad, with twenty to thirty sessile horizontal
pinnae on each side, which are iin. long, one and a -half to two
lines deep ; upper edge deeply cut, point rather obtuse, lower
truncate in a straight line, sori linear-oblong, short,
ne, placed one to four on each side of the midrib. Tropical

frond* bin.
• with

A. grandifoliTun (large-leaved).
2ft to 3ft long, ein. to 12i '

____

lobe, and two large, cordate, ac
acutely lobed at the base ; the basal

bluntly or
Un. or more

deep, and the lobes on each side imbricated over one another and
the petiole, tori narrow upon the simple veins. South Europe,
Ac. A pretty greenhouse species. ST*. A. palmatxm.

at?.

America, Ac., 1822. A very elegant stove species.

A. fragrans (fragrant).* tti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long, frondt
to 9SLlong, Sin. to bin. broaZ sub-deJtoid, tripinnate,
numerous close placed deltoid pinna on each side, the lowest Sin.
long, lin. to liin. broad; pinnules lanceolate-deltoid; segments
sub-spathulate, one line broad, dentate round the outer edge.
sori copious. Tropical America, 1793. A. fcenievlacevm is a
variety with narrowly linear ultimate segments. Both are very
handsome stove plants, the latter being especially beautiful.

A. Franconis (Franconis).* sti. tufted, 1ft long, frondt 1ft to
2ft long. Sin. to ISin. broad, deltoid, with numerous pinna on
each side, the lower ones 6in. to Sin. long, much acuminated, cut
down in the lower half into distinct pinnules, liin. to 2in. long,
iin. broad, lanceolate, unequal sided, the edge cat half-way down
below into oblong sharply-toothed lobes ; the lower side obliquely
truncate, sori in parallel rows, not reaching the edge. Mexico,
Ac. Stove species. SYN. Diplazium Franecnis.

A. furcatum (forked).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long, fronds (An.
to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, with twelve to twenty pinnae on
each side, which are lanceolate-deltoid, 2in. to Sin. long, Jin. to
lin. broad, nearly or quite pinnate ; pinnules linear-cuneate,
sharply serrated on the outer edge, tori linear, distant Very
widely distributed in the tropical and sub-tropical regions of
both hemispheres. A most elegant greenhouse species. SYW.

A. germanicnm (German).* sti. densely tufted, 2in. to 4in. long.
fronds 2in. to Sin. long, iin. to lin. broad, lanceolate, cut down to
the rachis into a few narrow flabellato-cuneate pinnae on each side,
the lowest of which are again deeply cleft tori linear, when
mature covering the whole breadth, but falling short of the point
of the pinnae. Scotland and Norway to Hungary and Dalmatia.
Hardy or frame species. SYS. A. alternifolium.

A. giganteom (gigantic). A synonym of A. radicant.

A. Goringianum pictnm (painted).* A very pretty form of
A. maerocarpum ; the fronds are from 6in. to 18m. long, pendu-
lous, somewhat lanceolate in form; rachis reddish, with the
pinnae next it on each side variegated, forming a central grey
band throughout its entire length. Japan. Greenhouse species,
or hardy hi sheltered positions.

*fu 1ft or more long, frondt
broad, deltoid-lanceolate, the point

pinnatifid, with twelve to twenty pinnae on each side ; the lower
ones 2ui. or more apart, distinctly italked, 4in. to 6in. long, lin. to
liin. broad, acuminate ; edge slightly toothed, and sometimes
broadly lobed below, the base equally rounded on both sides.
sori irregular, falling slightly short of both midrib and edge.
Tropical America, 17S3. Store species. SY». Diplazium orandi-
folium.

A! Grevillei (Greville's). frondt undivided, 12in. to 18m. long,
2in. to 3in, broad, lanceolate-spathulate, narrowed to an acute
apex, and suddenly below to a broadly winged stipe, which grows

i (crested).* Sim lar in frond form and size to the
species, but the apices are crested and tasselled. Where variety
is sought this should certainly be grown.

A. H. mnlttfidnm (much-divided).* fronds quite as broad as
long ; the main divisions again freeh divided or deeply cnt, so as
to give them a fringed outGne. Azores.

A, heterocariram (various-fruited).* tti. scattered, 4in. to Sin.
long, frondt Sin. to ISin. long, liin. to 2in. broad, narrow-lanceo-
late, with very numerous close-placed dimidiate pinnae on each
side, which are Jin. to lin. broad; iin. deep ; the lower edge quite
entire, the upper broadest towards the base, where it is nar-
rowed suddenly, deeply incised throughout tori one, or rarely
two, together in the teeth. Himalayas, and widely distri-
buted in south-eastern Asia. A very lovely stove or greenhouse

A. heterodon (variously-toothed). Synonymous with A. vuleani-

cum.
A. Hookexiannm (Hooker's). Synonymous with A. Colensoi.

(incised), tti. tufted, lin. to Sin. long, frondt (an. to

. long, liin. to 2in. broad, lanceolate, with numerous pinnae on
each side ; lower distant and blunt, central ones lin. long, iin.
broad, lanceolate-deltoid ; pinnules ovate-i homboidal, pinnate,
much truncated at the base on the lower ;ide and deeply inciso-
pinnatifid. tori linear-oblong, cne to each vein. Japan, Ac.
Greenhouse species.

A. javanlcum (Javanese). Set AUantodla Brnnonlana.

A. lanceolatum (lanceolate).* sti. tufted, Sin. to 4in. long, .fronds
6in. to 9in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad ; lower pinnae distant, lin. to
liin. long, iin. to fin. broad ; pinnules oblong-rhomboidal, sharply
toothed, and often broadly lobed below, tori copious, when
maime covering nearly the whole under surface. South-west
Europe, including southern England, Ac. Hardy species.

A. L crispatnm (curled).* fronds 4in. to Sin. long, broadly-
lanceolate, bipinnate, with the margins of the pinnules involute
and sharply toothed, giving them a curled appearance.

A. L microdon (small-toothed).* frondt 4in. to 6in. long, simply
pinnate, with deeplv lobed pinnae, the margins of the lobes very
finely dentated and toothed. A pretty little gem, well adapted for
case culture.

A. lanceum (lance-shaped). tti. scattered, 4in. to 6in. long.
frondt bin. to 9m. long, iin. to lin, broad, attenuated gradually
upwards and downwards, the edge entire or slightly nnd»irtMl
tori linear, irregular, reaching nearly to the edge, but not to the
midrib Himalayas, Ac. Greenhouse species. ST>. A. tvb-
sinuatum and Diplaaum laneevm

A. laser-pi ttifolium (Laserpitinm-leaved).* tti. tufted, Mn. to
12uTk,ng, naked, frondt 1ft to 4ft long, 4in. to 18in. broad,
deltoid-lanceolate, with numerous pinnae on each side, 2m. to Sin.
lone and from 2in. to 6in. broad, cnt down to the rachis into
numerous distinct pinnules, the lowest with rhomboidal-cuneate
segments, tori short, irregular. Polynesian Islands, North Aus-
tralia, Ac. A very handsome greenhouse species.

A. lazmn Goose). A variety of A. buOtfentm.

A. lineatum (streaked), sti. tufted, Hn. to Sin. long, frondt 1ft
to2ftlong, 4in. to 8in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, with twenty to
thirtv' pinnle on each side, which are Sin. to 4in. long, about iin.
broad, acuminate, dentate, nearly or quite sessile, the base
cuneate.^wrr very regular, reaching from the midrib i
the edge. Mauritius, Ac. There are several forms of this .
thosewith small narrow cuneate pinnules, intquale ; those with
deeply bifid or pinnatifid pinnules, oifida. Stove species.

the two sides nearly equal, with a distinct central midrib ; edge
slightlv toothed, the case on both sides often auncled. tort
numerous, in two regular MM on each side the midrib, and
rSnVnearly to thTedge. Malacca, Ac., 1840. A very distinct
stove fern for baskets.

A. lucidum (clear). A synonym of A. obtvtatum luddvm.

A. Innulatum (crescent-shaped).* tti. tufted,2in. to 4in. long.
frondt (an. to ISin. long, lite, to Sn. broad, simply pinnate^
Narrowly lanceolate-oblong, with twelve to twenty ginny cji «Mh
side which are lin. to Uin. long iin. to iin. broad, bluntish or
aTut'e S^les^d«ply^nffi^te thWbo^the two side,
unequal ; the upper one on the base narrowed suddenly, the lev
one obliquely truncate ; lower pinnae often deflexed. ton falling
short of both edge and midrib. Tropics. Sn». A. erectum.

132

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asplenium — continued.

A. L Fernandesiannm (Fernandez).* A form with a more
rigid rachis and sub-coriaceous, rather narrower pinnae. Juan
Fernandez.

A. macrocarpum (large-fruited), sti. bin. to 9in. long, fronds
12in. to 24in. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, with
numerous pinnae on each side, the lowest 3in. to 6in. long, lin. to
IJin. broad, lanceolate; pinnules oblong-rhomboidal, inciso-cre-
nate or pinnatifid. con copious, large. Himalayas. Greenhouse
species. SYN. Atkyrium macrocarpum.

A. maorophyllum Gong-leaved). Synonymous with A. nitent.

A. marginatum (margined), eti. 2ft. to 3ft. long, strong, erect
woody, about 4m. thick at the base, fronds simply pinnate, 4ft.
to 6ft. long ; pinnae in several opposite pairs, the lowest 1ft. to
2ft. long, Sin. to 4in. broad, the edge entire, the base often cor-
il.ite. sort long, linear, confined to the free veins. Tropical
America. Stove species. SYN. Ilemidiciyum marginatum.

A. marinum (sea).* Sea Spleenwort. sti. tufted, Sin. to 6in. long.
fronds 6in. to 18in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, apex
pinnutittd ; pinnae of the lower half quite deltoid, the point acute
or obtuse, margin crenato-dentate. sori broad, falling short of the
edge. Europe, including Britain. Although quite hardy, this
tlirives better in a frame or cool house than in the open air.

(crowned).* fronds 4in. to 6in. long, simply pin-
nate ; pinnic for two-thirds of the way up variable in form, and
irregularly lobed and cut ; the upper third freely branched with
numerous imbricated, curled, and slightly crested divisions, form-
ing a dense head 2in. or more across. A dwarf and pretty
form.

A. m. crenatum (crenated). fronds 4in. to Bin. long, broadly-
lanceolate ; pinnae nearly trapeziform, obtuse, with deeply cre-
nated margins. A very pretty form.

A. m. mirabile (wonderful).* sti. 2in. to 4in. long, fronds about
the same length, the rachis divided about half way down from the
top into two nearly equal divisions, which are again freely forked,
with the pinnules and segments obtusely lobed ; the whole ex-
panded, but not crested, into a breadth equal to the length of the
frond ; the lower pinnae are more or less abnormal and bluntly
lobed.

A. m. plnmosum (feathery).* tti. Sin. to 4in. long, fronds bin. to
15in. long, bi- or tripinnatifld, broadly-lanceolate ; pinnae very
variable, closely set, and imbricated, cut nearly to the rachis
into ovate or oblong divisions, which are again more or less
deeply cut and lobed, the entire frond having a very elegant
appearance.

A. m. ramo plumosum (branched and feathery).*/r(mcfo divided
nearly to the top of the stipes into two main branches, which are
distinctly pinnate ; pinnae distant below, imbricated upwards, cut
nearly to the rachis into ovate or oblong lobes, the margins of
which are slightly dentated. It is a very handsome form, the
width of the frond being greater than its length.

^m. ramosum (branched), fronds from 4in. to Sin. long,
ranched at the apices ; pinnae oblong, with the margins obtusely-
dentate, and slightly undulated.

A. m. sub bipinnatum (half-bipinnate). frond* 6in. to 12in. long,
lanceolate ; pinnae distant, deeply lobed, or cut nearly to the mid-
ribs. A very rare and pretty variety.

A. m. Thompson!! (Thompson's).* sti. 3in. to 4in. long, smooth.
fronds bin. to lOin. long, ovate-lanceolate, bipinnatifld ; pinnae
closely set, sub-deltoid, unequal-sided, deeply cut into oblong,
slightly undulated lobes below, gradually less divided upwards.
A very rare and handsome variety. All the forms of A. marinum
require a very moist atmosphere, consequently they will not thrive
in the open air, unless along the sea-coast.

A. maximum (largest), eau. erect, sti. 2ft. or more long, frondt
several feet long, 2ft. to 3ft. broad, deltoid-lanceolate, with nume-
rous pinnae on each side, the lowest 9in. to 18in. long, 4in. to Sin.
broad ; pinnules sub-sessile, 2in. to 4in. long, Jin. broad ; edge more
or less lobed. sori medial, the lowest two lines long. North
India. Stove species. SYNS. A. diverstfolium and Diplazium
decurrens.

A. melanocaulon (black-stiped).* tti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, fronds
2ft. to 3ft. long, 9in. to 18in. broad ; lower pinnae 4in. to 9in. long,
4in. to 6in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, 2in. to Sin. long. Jin.
broad, cut down two-thirds of the way to the rachis into linear-
oblong, falcate, inciso-crenate lobes. tori short, oblong, not
touching either midrib or edge. Fiji. Stove species. SYN.
Diplazium melanocaulon.

A. Michauxil (Michaux's).* eau. stout, sti. 4in. to Sin. long.
fronds 9in. to 24m. long, Sin. to 9in. broad, ovate-deltoid, bi- or
tripinnate ; pinnules oblong, deeply serrate, or cut quite to the
rachis. United States. A very handsome hardy species, closely
related to the Lady Fern, of which it may be only a variety.

A. monanthomnm (one-flowered).* tti. densely tufted, Sin. to
6in. long, fronds 12in. to 18in. long, about lin. broad, with
twenty to forty horizontal, sessile, sub-dimidiate pinnae on each
side, which are about iin. long and Jin. deep, the upper side cre-
nate, suddenly narrowed at the base, the lower more or less dis-
tinctly cut away in a straight, or, in the lower pinnae, decurved
line, sori linear-oblong, usually one or two, parallel with the
lower edge of the pinnae. Temperate regions of both hemispheres.
Greenhouse species.

Asplenium— continued.

A. montanum (mountain).* sti. tufted, 21n. to Sin. long, fronds
2in. to Sin. long, lin. broad, lanceolate-deltoid ; lowest pinnae dis-
tinctly stalked, deltoid, sharply serrated round the outer edge.
sori short, copious. United States, 1812. Frame or greenhouse
species.

A. multisectum (much-cut). Synonymous with A. aspidioides.

A. mussefolium (Musa-leaved). A variety of A. Nidus.

A. myriophyllum (myriad-leaved). A variety of A. rhizo-

FIG. 172. ASPLENIUM NIDUS.

A. Nidus (nest).* Bird's-nest Fern, fronds undivided, 2ft. to 4ft.
long, Sin. to Sin. broad, lanceolate, acute or acuminate at the apex,
tapering gradually below into a short stem ; the edge entire, the
midrib rounded on the back ; veins fine and parallel, about iin.
apart, sori reaching about half wav towards the margin. India,
&c., 1820. SYN. A. australasicum. See Fig. 172.

A. N. australasicum (Australian). Midrib keeled on the
back, often black. Australia, &c. The two former are best
treated in the stove ; the latter thrives well in the greenhouse.
SYN. Thamnopteris australasicum.

A. N. museafollum (Musa-leaved).* fronds larger, sometimes
6ft. long, 1ft. broad, sori extending nearly to the edge.

A. nltens (shining), sti. scattered, 6in. to 9in. long, fronds IJin.
to 2in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, with twelve to twenty ascending
or sub-falcate pinnae on each side, which are 4in. to 6in. long, iin.
to lin. broad, much acuminated ; edge finely toothed, base broadly
rounded on the upper, truncate in a curve on the lower side, sori
in close regular rows, not e_xtending more than half way from the
midrib to the edge. Mauritius. Stove species. SYN. A. macro-
phyllum, of gardens only.

A. nitldum (shining).* sti. 1ft. long, naked, fronds 2ft. to 3ft.
long, 6in. to 12in. broad, with many lanceolate-deltoid pinnrc
on each side, which are cut down to the rachis into numerous
stalked deltoid pinnules, these are again cut into broad fan-
shaped cuneate segments, sharply serrated round the outer edge.
sori short. North India, Ceylon, &c. Greenhouse species.

A. novee-caledoni» (New Caledonian).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in.
Ions, fronds 9in. to 12in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, sub-deltoid,
tripinnate; lower pinnae and pinnules deltoid; segments rigid,
scarcely flattened, iin. or more long, distant, and erecto-patent.
sori long, linear, marginal. New Caledonia. A rare greenhouse
species. SYN. Darea nowe-caledonice.

A. obtnsatnm (obtuse), tti. tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, fronds bin.
to 12in. long, Sin. to 4in. broad, oblong or ovate-deltoid, with a
terminal pinna not much longer than the others, and two to six
pairs on each side, which are lin. to 2in. long and about iin.
broad, obtuse, edge crenate, the base truncato-cuneate, shortly
stalked, sori copious, broad, linear-oblong, falling short of the
edge. Peru. A. di/orme is a variety with an ovate-deltoid frond,
and the pinn.-e cut quite down to a narrow-winged rachis in the
lower part into distinctly separated roundish or oblong-sinuated
pinnules. New Zealand, Australia, &c.« Greenhouse kinds.

A. O. luoidum (clear).* fronds often 2ft. long, with fifteen to
twenty pairs of pinna: on each side, which are more herbaceous in
texture, darker green in colour, the lowest 6in. long, lin. to liin.
broad, narrowed gradually to a long acuminated point, edge more
deeply toothed. Greenhouse variety. SYN. A. lucidum.
A. obtusifoliuxn (obtuse-leaved).* sti. almost tufted, 6in. to 9in.
long, fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, ovate-lanceo-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

133

Asplenium — continued.

late, with twelve to twenty stalked horizontal pinn* on each side,
which are 2m. to Sin. long, iin. to jin. broad, acute ; edges slightly
undulato-crenate, the upper side with a distinct auricle at the
base, and then narrowed suddenly, the lower side obliquely trun-
cate, tori distant, in two regular rows, falling short of the edge.
West Indies, Ac., 1838. Store species.

A. obtnsilolrain (obtuse-lobed).* tti. tufted, 2in to 4in. long.
frond* 4in. to 6in. long, liin. to 2in. broad, with
nine to twelve sub-deltoid plume on each side, of
which only the inner third on the lower side is
cut away, the largest nearly Iin. long, Jin. bread;
lowest pinnules Iin. deep, flabellately cut into
three to five linear blunt lobes, sort sub-mar-
ginaL New Hebrides, 1861. A very pretty little
store species. SYS. Darea obtutiloba.

A. odontites (much-toothed). Synonymous with
A.jiaecidum.

A. oxyphyllnm (sharp-leaved).* tti. firm, 6in.
to 12in. long, fronds 1ft. to 2ft long, 6in. to
12in. broad, lanceolate, with several pinnae on
each side, which are 3in. to 6in. long, Iin. to 2n,
broad ; pinnules lanceolate, in the larger forms
again pmnatifid ; teeth mncronate. sori in two
rows on the pinnae or pinnules midway between
the midrib and edge. Himalayas. A very va-
riable greenhouse species. SYNS. Athyriam oxy-
phyUa and Lastrea eburnea.

A. paleaceum (scaly).* tti. densely tufted, Iin.
to Sin. long, spreading, densely scaly, frmdt (an.
to iin. long, Ijin. to 2in. broad, sometimes pro-
liferous and rooting at the apex, with twelve to
twenty sub-sessile pinnae on each side, which are
Iin. long, about iin. broad, bluntish ; edge inciso-
dentate, the upper base auricled and narrowed
suddenly, the lower obliquely-truncate ; the lower
ones stalked, and nearly as broad as long, tori
linear, extending nearly to the edge. Tropical
Australia. Stove or warm greenhouse species.

A. palmatom (palmate). Synonymous with A.
Hemioniiis.

A. parvnlnm (smallX Synonymous with A. tri-

A. perslclfolinm (Peach-leaved), tti. and rathis
grey, with a few scattered minute grey scales.
fronds oblong-lanceolate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, often
gemmiferous at the apex; pinnae ascending, fifteen to thirty,
jugate, sub-petiolate, 4in. to Sin. long, linear-lignlate-acumi-
nate, iin. to Jin. broad, distinctly crenate throughout, tori
regular, reaching nearly to midrib and edge. Philippine and
Sandwich Isles. Stove species.

A. Petrarcha (Petrarch's).* sti. densely tufted, Iin. to 2in.
long, frondt 2m. to 3in. long, 410. broad, linear-lanceolate, with
six to ten horizontal sessile pinnae on each side, which are iin. long
and nearly as much broad, cordate-ovate, blunt ; edge sinuated ;
the base unequal, slightly truncate on the lower side, tori
oblong, very short, four to six on each side of the midrib. South
Europe, 1819. A very rare little gem, best treated in a cool
house.

A. plnnatifidum (phmatifid). sti. tufted. 2in. to 4in. long.
frondt Sin. to 6m. long, Iin. or more broad at the base, lanceolate-

rhich is sinuated

oblong, iin. deep by nearly as broad^ sinuated and reaching down
nearly to the rachis. tori copious. Pennsylvania. Greenhouse
or sheltered places outside.

A. planicaule (flat-stiped).* tti. tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, naked.
frondt 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, with twelve to twenty
stalked horizontal pinnae on each side, which are Iin. to Ijin. long,
iin. to fin. broad, acute ; edge lobed about half-way down, and
deeply serrated, sori copious, reaching nearly to the edge.
Himalayas, up to 6000ft., Ac,, 1841. Greenhouse species.

A. plantaglneum (Plantain-like), tti. tufted, 6in. to Sin. long.
fronds kin. to 9in. long, 2m. to Sin. broad, simple, acuminate,
base rounded ; edge slightly undulato-dentate upwards, sometimes
lobed towards the base, sori slender, linear, sometimes nearly
touching both edge and midrib. West Indies, Ac., 1819. Stove
species. SYN. Diplazium plcmtayineurn.

A. polyphyllum (many-leaved). Synonymous with A. acumi-
natum.

A. przemorsnm (bitten). Synonymous with A. furcatum.

A. prolongatnin (prolonged). Synonymous with A. rutcc-
folium.

A. pulcheUnm (pretty).* sti. tufted. Iin. to 2in. long, frondt
Sin. to 6in. long, Iin. to liin. broad, with twelve to eighteen pinnae
on each side, which are iin. to Jin. long, two lines to three lines
broad, bluntish, almost dimidiate ; the upper edge crenate, and
narrowed suddenly at the base, tori linear, oblique, falling short
of the edge. Tropical America. Stove species.

A. pumilum (small), tti. tufted, Sin. to 4in. long, fronds 4In.
to 6in. each way, deltoid, the upper part sinuated only, the lower

Asplenii

ntinued.

cut down to the rachis into distinct pinna, of which the lowest
pair are much the largest ; the pinnulJonthe k > werside soniettaet
an. long, reaching down to a slightly winged rachis, ac
and deeply lobed. sori very obSque; toTloweronS sometime
Iin. long! West Indies, Ac., 1823. '

species.
A. racbirbizon (rachis-rooting).

A very rare and pretty stove
A variety of A. rkizoptutrvm.

deltoid, with a long, gradually narrowing point, whi<
only ; the lobes below this Jin. to iin. deep ; the

FlG. 173. ASPLESIUM RADICALS.

A. radicans (rooting), can. erect, sub-arborescent s'i. 1ft to
2ft long, tufted, fronds 3ft. to 5ft long, 2ft to 3ft broad,
deltoid ; lower pinnae 13in. to 18in. long, 6in. to Bin. broad ;
pinnules lanceolate, sessile, the upper ones entire, lower ones Sin.
to 4in. long, Jin. to Iin. broad, with blunt lobes, Jin. broad, reach-
ing about half way down to the rachis. Lower sori sometimes
iin. long. Tropical America. A very variable species. SYXS.
A. gifjanteum, Diplazium radicans, D. umbrosum, Ac. See Fig. 173.

A. refractom (refracted). A variety of A. fontanum.

(cut or pared).* *ti. scattered, 4in. to Sin. long.

frondt 6in. to 15in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, lanceolate-oblong,
with ten to thirty sub-sessile horizontal pinnae on each side, which
are Iin. to 3in. long, Iin. to iin. broad, almost dimidiate, the point
bluntish, all except the truncate part crenate, the upper half at
the base narrowed nearly at a nght angle, son not reaching
either the midrib or edge. India, Ac., widely distributed, 1820.
Greenhouse species.

lu rnizophorum (root-bearing).* tti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long.
frondt lit to 2ft long, 4m. to 6in. broad, elongated, and rooting
at the apex ; pinnae twelve to thirty on each side, sub-sessile, liin.
to 2in. long, about iin. broad, inciso-dentate throughout ; the two
sides unequal, the upper one auricled and narrowed, the lower
one obliquely cuneate. tori not reaching either to the edge or
midrib. Tropical America. A very variable stove species.
A. r. rachirh\2on, has distinctly separated oblong-rhomboidal
pinnules, again deeply cut into narrow segments.

1. rhlzopbyllnm (leaf -rooting), tti. tufted, 2m. to 6in. long.
fronds bin. to 12m. long, liin. to 2m. broad, cut down into
numerous close-placed horizontal pinnae on each side ; central
• ' i, iin. to Iin. broad, cut down throughout nearly to
>-patent pinn ' "
solitary, sub-

liin. long, ^with lower pinnules cut down into several simple or
forked linear segments. North America, Ac., 1680. Both hand-
some greenhouse kinds.

A. rntwfollum (Rue-leaved).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. lone.
fronds 6in. to 15in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, ovate deltoid, with
twelve to twenty pinnae on each side, the lowest sub-deltoid,
2in. or more long, cut down to the rachis into numerous erecto-
patent distant pinnules on each side, the lowest on the upper
side again cut down into erecto-patent linear segments, sori
small, marginal. Cape Colony. Alxsautiful greenhouse speciea.
S v.N'S. A. prolongatum and Darea rutaefolia.

A. Bnta-mnrarla.* Wall-rue, tti. tufted, 2in. to 4m. long.
frondt Iin. to 2in. long, about Iin. broad, deltoid, cut down to the
rachis into a few pinnse on each side, the lower ones again ctrt

134

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Asplenium — continued.

down into spathulato-cuneate pinnules, which are serrated round
the outer edge, sort copious. Great Britain, and almost world-
wide in its distribution. Hardy species. This requires a well-
drained position, and a soil composed mainly of old mortar
rubbish.

A. salicifolium (Willow-leaved), sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, oblong, with a
terminal pinna and four to ten distinctly stalked ones on each
side, whicn are 4in. to 6in. long, Jin. to lin. broad, acuminate ;
edge usually entire, the base equally truncato-cuneate on both
sides, tori falling short both of the edge and midrib. West
Indies, &c. Stove species.

A. Sandersolii (Sanderson's).* sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long, frond*
bin. to 9in. long, iin. to Jin. broad, linear, often gemmiferous at
the apex, with twelve to twenty horizontal dimidiate pinnae on
each side, which are deeply crenate on the upper edge, and at the
base narrowed suddenly into a winged petiole, trie lower one
nearly straight and quite entire, tori oblong. Natal, &c. A
very rare greenhouse species.

A. schizodon (cut-toothed). Synonymous with A. Vieillardii.

A. Schkuhrtl (Schkuhr's). eau. erect, sti. 1ft. to lift. long.
fronds deltoid, lift, to 2ft. long, tripinnatifld ; lower pinnae
distant, oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long, liin. to 2in. broad,
rachis winged to base ; pinnules ligulate-oblong, fin. broad,
sessile, cut into shallow, close, oblong blunt lobes, sori \in.,
medial in a single row in the pinnules. Ceylon. Stove species.
SYN. Dipiazium Schkuhrii.

A. Selosii (Selose's).* sti. densely tufted, lin. to 2in. long, wiry.
fronds iin. to Jin. long, palmately cleft, usually into three nearly
equal forks, which are about one line broad, the '

inciso-serrate. sori copious, ultimately occupying the whole
surface. Tyrol and Carinthia. A very rare and curious little
species, requiring the protection of the frame or cool house ; it
should be firmly potted between pieces of sandstone in loam,
leaf-soil, rock chippings and sand, with good drainage.

A. septentrionale (northern).* sti. densely tufted, Sin. to 4in.
long, fronds simple, or cleft from the apex into two or three
cuneate divisions, lin. to IJin. long, one line broad, with a few
sharp lateral and terminal teeth, sori elongated, copious, often
at last hiding the whole under surface. Great Britain, and
widely distributed in both hemispheres. This rare little species
requires to be securely planted in a well-drained elevated chink
of the fernery outside, in loamy, gritty soil.

A. Shepherd! (Shepherd's).* sti. tufted, 1ft. long, fronds 12in. to
18in. long, 6in. to Sin. broad ; lower pinnfe stalked, 4in. to 6in.
long, lin. to liin. broad, point acuminate, edge lobed above, }in.
broad, somewhat toothed, sori linear, not reaching the edge.
South America. Stove species. SYN . Dipiazium Shepherdi.

A. S. inceqtiilaterum (unequal-sided), fronds, texture firm, colour
duller than that of the type; pinnae much acuminated; the lobes
deeper, more uniform, and falcate, the two sides unequal, the
lower one uneqnally truncate at the base.

A. spathulinum (spathulate). A synonym of A. afflne.

A. spinulosum (very spiny).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, scattered.
fronds 9in. to 12in. each way, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifid, with
rune to twelve pinnfe on each side, the lowest much the largest, 6in.
to 9in. long, 2iin. to 3in. broad, ovate-lanceolate ; pinnules lanceo-
late, cut down to the rachis on each side into six to nine oblong-
rhomboidal mucronate segments, two lines lone, one line broad,
which are sharply toothed, sori two to ten to a segment, usually
round, but occasionally oblong. Amur-land, &c. Greenhouse
species. SYN. Athyrium spinulosum and Cystopteris spinulosa.

A. splcndens (splendid), rhiz. creeping, scaly, sti. bin. to Sin.
fronds deltoid, 6in. to 1ft. long, two to three-pinnate ; lower
. to 2in. bro "

pinnae stalked, deltoid, lin.

broad, pinnate or bipinnate ;

egments cuneate-flabellate, lin. to iin. broad, slightly lobed,
sharply toothed round outer edge, sori copious, slender, irregular,
reaching from base nearly to tip of segments. Cape Colony. A
very rare greenhouse species.

A. subsinnatum (half -waved). Synonymous with A. lanceum.

A. sundense (Sundanese). Synonymous with A. vittceforme.

A. sylvatictun (woods), cau. decumbent, sti. 1ft. long, fronds
1ft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, ovate-lanceolate, with numerous
spreading pinnae, the largest 3in. to 4in. long, iin. to Jin. broad,
acuminated ; edge broadly and briefly lobed ; base narrowed
suddenly on both sides, sort in long slender lines, reaching
nearly to the edge. India, &c. Stove species.

A. thelypteroides ; (Thelypteris-like). sti. 1ft. long, frondslft. to
2ft. long, 6m. to 12in. broad, lanceolate, with numerous spreading
pinnae, the lower ones 4in. to 6in. long, lin. broad, cut down to a
broadly-winged rachis into numerous nearly entire elliptical
spreading pinnules, sori in close regular rows, reaching nearly
from the midrib to the edge, slightly curved, the lower ones often
double. North America, &c., 1823. Hardy or cool house species.
SYN. Athyrium thelypteroides.

A. Thwaitesii (Thwaites's).* rhiz. wide-creeping, stout, sti. 6in

vhite w

long, slender, densely clothed with strong

•oolly hairs.

fronds 1ft. or more long, 4in. to 6in. broad, with eight to ten
distinct pinnae beneath the pinnatifld apex, the largest 3in. long,
|in. broad, cut down two-thirds of the way to the rachis in oblong

crenulated lobes, Jin. deep, t

way to the rachis in oblong
lines across, snri reaching half-

Asplenitun — continued.

way to the edge, the lowest about one line long. Ceylon,
fine stove species. SYN. Dipiazium, Thwaiterii.

Very

FIG. 174. ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES.

A. Trichomanes (maiden-hair).* Maidenhair Spleenwort. sti.
densely tufted, lin. to 4in. long, fronds 6in. to 12in. long, about
iin. broad, with fifteen to thirty opposite pairs of sessile horizontal
pinnje, which are Jin. to fin. broad, one and a-half to two lines
deep, edge slightly crenate, the two sides unequal, the upper
one the broadest, and narrowed suddenly at the base, sori linear-
oblong, three to six on each side of the midrib. Great Britain,
and almost cosmopolitan. Hardy species. See Fig. 174. There
are several varieties in cultivation, of which the following are the
most important :

Fio. 175. ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES CRISTATUM.

A. T. oristatum (crested). * fronds 4in. to 6in. long, simply pinnate,
with roundish pinnae, and broad crests at their extremities, some-
times divided, each fork crested. A very pretty little variety,
requiring frame or greenhouse treatment. See Fig. 175.

A. T. incisum (deeply-cut).* fronds 3in. to 6in. long ; pinnae deeply
pinnatifld, the lobes again deeply cut or serrated. A very rare
and pretty form.

A. T. multifidum (much-divided).* fronds Sin. to 6in. long,
twice, thrice, or, rarely, quadri-furcate, each division termi
with a little crest. A free-growing kind.

A.T. ramosum (branched).* fronds bin. to Sin. long, freely
branched, each division being again forked; pinnae deeply cut or
crenated, or serrate. More hardy than any of the other forms.

A. trilobnm (three-lobed).* sti. tufted, 2in. to Sin. long, fronds
lin. to liin. long, lin. broad, rhomboidal, apex acute, base
cuneate, entire, the margin undulato-crenate, or the lower part
deeply lobed, with broad mciso-crenate divisions, sori broad and
short. Chili and South Brazil. A very rare little stove species.
SYN. A. parvulum,

A. nmbrosum (shady), sti. 1ft. or more long, scaly at the base.
fronds 2ft. to 5ft. long, 12in. to 18in. broad, ovate-deltoid ; pinnae
ovate-lanceolate, 6in. to 9in. long, Sin. to 6in. broad, with laceolate
pinnules, which are again cut down to the midribs into unequal-
sided rhomboidal lobes, with the margins sharply crenated.
sori copious, oblong, with large tumid membranous involucres.
Madeira, Canaries, Himalayas, &c. Very widely distributed.
A very handsome greenhouse species. SYNS. Allantodia australe,
Athyrium umbrosum.

A. various (variable), sti tufted, lin. to Sin. long, fronds 4in.
to 6in. long, lin. broad, oblong-lanceolate, with eight to twelve

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

135

Aspleninm — continued .

pairs of pinnae on each side, lower ones sub-deltoid, iin, to Jin.
long, Jin. broad, cut down to the rachis into a few cuneato-
fiabellate pinnules, the lowest two lines across, sharply toothed
on the outer edge, tori copious, when mature, covering nearly
the whole under surface of the pinnules. Himalayas, and widely
distributed. Greenhouse species.

A. Veitchianum ( Veitch's). Synonymous with A. Bdangeri.

A, Vieillardli (Vieillard's).* tti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, frondt
6in. to 9in. long, 6in. to Sin. broad, with large linear-lanceolate
terminal pinna, lengthened out at the point, and deeply serrated,
and three to four pairs of erecto-patent similar lateral ones, which
are Sin. to 4in. long, upwards of iin. broad, equally truncato-
cuneate, and the lower ones slightly stalked at the base, tori
distant, falling short of both edge and margin. New Caledonia.
A very graceful greenhouse species. STN. A. tchizodcm. A.
' aril Mini is but a variety of this, with shortened son and more
obtuse venation.

FIG. 176. ASPLKXIOM VTRIDE, showing Barren and Fertile Finn* (a and 6), Sorus (e), and
Sporangium (d>

A. Tlrlde (green).* Green Spleenwort *t. d
4in. long, frondt 4in. to 6in. long, Ain. br
twentv sub-sessile pinnae on each side, OVE

tti. densely tufted, 2m. to
. broad, with twelve to

twentv sub-sessile pinnae on each side, ovate-rhomboid ; upper
edse narrowed suddenly at the base, the lower one obliquely
truncate, outer part deeply crenated. tori copious, linear-oblong,
oblique. Great Britain, &c., widely distributed in both hemi-
spheres. It requires to be planted in a well-drained but moist
situation. Hardy species. See Fig. 176.

1. vltteeforme (narrow-fronded).» rhiz. creeping, tti. short,
erect, frondt entire, Lanceolate, 12in. to ISin. long, liin. to am.
broad, narrowed to an acute point, and very gradually into the
stem below; margin obscurely toothed, tori copious, often
reaching from the midrib nearly to the edge. Java, Ac. Stove
species. SY.N. A. rundense.

L. virtparnm (plant-bearing).* tti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long.
frondt 1ft to 2ft long, 6in. to Sin. broad, ovate-lanceolate, with
numerous close-placed erecto-patent pinuae on each side, which
nre Sin. to 4in. long, lAin. to 2in. broad, cut down to a r —

Asplenium— continued.

rachw into numerous pinnatifld pinnules, the lower segments of
which are again forked ; ultimate segments Jin. to iin lone
quarter-line broad, tori solitary, marginal. Mauritius, <tc! 1820*
A very handsome stove species.

A. vulcanicnm (volcanic). *<». 6in. to 9in. long, frondt 1ft
to 2ft long, 4in. to Sin. broad, oblong-lanceolateTwith a linear-
terminal pinna, or gemmiferous at the apex, and six to twelve
lateral ones on each side ; lower ones stalked, 2in. to 4in. Ion"
Jin. to Iin. broad, acuminated ; edge slightly dentate • the base
truncate, tori very regular and parallel, falling short of the edge.
Malay Islands. Stove species. Sv.v. A. heterodon.

A. zeylanicum (Ceylonese).* tti. scattered, 4in. to Sin. lone
frondt 6m. to 12in. long, Iin. to 2in. broad, the point acuminated
apex slightly lobed, the lower two-thirds more deeply so, and the
base quite down to the rachis ; lobes blunt, Jin. to Ain. across
*m linear, two to three lines long. Ceylon. Stove species. STN!

ASSONIA (commemorative of
Ignatius de Asso, a distinguished
Spanish botanist, who wrote on the
plants of Arragon). ORD. Stercu-
liacece. This genus is now included by
best authorities under Dombeya. Or-
namental stove evergreen trees, with
undivided leaves, and axillary, bifid,
sub-corymbose peduncles. They are
of easy culture ; thriving freely in any
light rich soil, or a mixture of loam
and peat. Young cuttings will root
freely in sand, with a brisk bottom
heat, if covered by a bell glass.

A. popnlnea (Poplar-leaved), it. white,
disposed in a terminal, bifid corymb ;
peduncles scarcely longer than the pe-
tioles. June. I. cordate, acuminated,
smooth, a little serrated. A. 10ft to 20ft
Bourbon, 1820.

A. yiburnoldea (Viburnum-like). It.
white ; peduncles three times longer than
the petioles. I. cordate, somewhat acu-
minate, crenated, tomentose beneath, as
well as younger leaves, h. 10ft. to 20ft
Bourbon, 1822.

ASTAB.TBA (a mythological
name : Astarte, the Syrian Venus).
ORD. Myrtacece. An ornamental green-
house evergreen shrub, requiring a
mixture of loam, peat, leaf soil, and
sand. Young cuttings root readily in
sand under a bell glass in gentle heat.
A. tesdcnlarls (bundle-floweredX. Jt.

white, pedicellate, solitary, axillary.

May. L opposite, linear, fleshy; when

young, disposed in axillary fascicles, h.

6ft to 9ft. West Australia, 1830.

A«Tr;TiM^ (from a, not, and
stelma, a crown; in reference toth?
construction of the fruit). ORD. Com-
posites. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs
from the Cape of Good Hope. Some
species of this genus, which ia no\v
generally referred to Helipterum, are
very handsome, and thrive well in a
mixture of fibrous peat, leaf soil, and
sand, with thorough drainage. Fill
the pots one-third full of crocks ; water carefully, and
only when absolutely necessary ; and place in a situation
near the glass, allowing a free admission of air. Seeds
should be sown in pots of light, open soil, and placed in a
gentle heat; half -ripened cuttings will strike readily in
sandy soil with a hand glass placed over them. They arc
now but rarely seen under cultivation.

^canescen8 (hoary). JL-headt purple ; scales of involucre ovate;
ranches one-flowered. May to June. I. oblong, blunt, imbn-

cated.

h. lift 1794.

(fine).« fl.-headt crimson ; corymbs sessile.

July.

*L sessile, ovate, close, erect, White with 'thick woolly pubescence.

Stem stout. A. 3ft 1793. This is a very beautiful species.
A. specioaUstmum (showiest). fL-headt white, large, solitary,

terSnaL July, /.sessile, lanceolate-obovate, acute, three-

nerred, woolly. A. 8ft 169L

136

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ABTEPHATTUS (from a, without, and Stephanos, a
corona ; corona absent). OBD. Asclepiadece. A genus of
pretty evergreen greenhouse twiners. Flowers few, small,
disposed in interpetiolar umbels ; corolla campannlate.
Leaves small, opposite. They thrive in a compost of turfy
peat, leaf soil, and loam, in equal parts. Very little water
is required when the plants are at rest. Cuttings root
readily in sandy soil in a moderate heat. Propagation may
also be effected by division.

A. linearls (linear), ft. white, ; umbels dividing in threes, lateral
and terminal. July. I. lin. long, opposite, linear-lanceolate.
Stem glabrous. Cape of Good Hope, 1816.

A. trlflorus (three-flowered).* ft. white; umbels generally three-
flowered. July. I. opposite, lanceolate, villous beneath. Stems
hairy. Cape of Good Hope, 1816.

(from aster, a star; general shape of flower-
Michaelmas Daisy; Star- wort. STN. Pinardia
(of Necker). OBD. Composite. Hardy herbaceous peren-
nials, except where otherwise stated. Heads solitary,
corymbose, or panicled, heterogamous, rayed ; ray florets
pistiliferous, one or two-seriate, fertile or neuter; lignle
elongated, white, blue, or purple ; disk florets hermaphro-
dite, fertile, tubular, yellow, five- cleft; involucre cam-
panulate or hemispheric ; bracts few or many-seriate,
outer smaller or larger ; receptacle flat or convex ; pappus
hairs few or copious, scabrid, outer sometimes shorter,
rigid, and paleaceous. Leaves alternate. This large genus
contains many handsome border and alpine deciduous per-
ennials (rarely biennials) of easy culture in ordinary soil.
They may be propagated by divisions in autumn or spring,
or by seeds in spring. The greenhouse species are mostly
evergreen shrubs, requiring a compost of peat, leaf soil, and
loam. Cuttings root readily in a sandy soil, under a hand
glass, with very little heat.

A acris (acrid), ft. -heads blue ; involucre imbricated,
twice as short as the disk. August. I. linear-lanceo-
late, not dotted, three-nerved. A. 2ft. South Europe,
1731.

(taper-pointed).* ft.-heads white;
panicle corymbose. September. I. broad-lanceolate,
narrowed at base, entire, with a very long point.
Stem simple, flexuous, angular. A. 2ft. North
America, 1806.

A adulterinos (false), fl.-heads violet ; involucre
squarrose, shorter than the disk. September. I.
amplexicaul, lanceolate ; lower ones sub-serrate,
smooth ; those of the branches linear squarrose. A.
3ft. North America.

A eestivus (summer-flowering).* /.-A«ad*blue. July.
I. lanceolate, somewhat amplexicaul, narrowed at the
end, scabrous at edge. Stem erect, hispid ; branchlets
pilose. A. 2ft. North America, 1776.

<whitish). ft.-heads purple or whitish,

L albescens
nearly lin. ac

ft.-heac
nbosely

involucre ovate-linear, apiculate ; ray twenty-flowered.
August. I. lanceolate on short petioles, denticulate,
downy. Plant beset with rusty down. h. 3ft. Nepal,

A alplnus (alpine).* ft.-heads bright purple, lin. to
2in. across ; scales of involucre nearly equal, lanceo-
late, bluntish. July. I., radical ones lanceolate-
spathulate ; those of the stem lanceolate. Stem one-
flowered. A. 6in. to 9in. Europe, 1658. A very
attractive species, having a dwarf, stout habit ; it
forms a useful and handsome subject for edging, and
its flowers are valuable for cutting purposes. Seo
Fig. 177.

A a. albas (white).* fl.-heads white, in other respects
resembling the type ; but it is much less desirable,
and has not nearly so vigorous a habit. Europe,

A altaicns (Altaian).* ft.-heads blue-purple, about
2in. across; stem simple, corymbose, downy. June,
July. 1. linear-lanceolate, entire, blunt mucronate,
three-nerved at base, veiny, h. 1ft. Siberia, 1804.
This, which is frequently considered a variety of A.
alpinus, is one of the handsomest.

A alwartensls (Alwart). fl.-heads red ; ray very fine ;
involucre loosely squarrose. May. I. ovate, narrowed
at base, entire, about five-nerved, h. 1ft. Caucasus,
1807.

A. Amelias (Amellus).* ft. -heads purple, solitary, numerous-
volucre imbricated squarrose ; leaves blunt; inner membranous'

Aster — continued.

FIG. 177. ASTER ALPINUS.

A. A bossarablous (Bessarabian).* A most desirable variety,
frequently seen in gardens ; it is rather taller than the type, with
larger flower-heads, of a deep purple colour. One of the showiest
of all the Asters. See Fig. 178.

FIG. 178. ASTER AMELLUS BESSARADICUS.

col
Italy,

ner mem

oured at edge. August. I. oblong-lanceolate, scabrous,
ly, 1596. One of thebest border kinds; also suitabt .for ro

h. 2ft
ookeries'

A. amplexicaulis (stem-clasping), fl.-heads violet. July, /.ovate-
oblong, acute, amplexicaul, cordate, serrated, smooth. Stem
panicled, smooth ; branches one to two-headed, h. 3ft. North

pani .
America.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

137

Aster — con.tnu.sd.

A. amygdalinns (Almond-leaved), Jl.-headt white; involucre
closely imbricated. August Z. lanceolate, narrowed at base,
acuminated, scabrous at edge. Stem simple, corymbose at end.
A. 2ft North America, 1759.

A. argentens (silvery).* Jl.-headt purple. August Z. oblong
lanceolate, silky, sessile. Stem slender, decumbent loosely
branched ; branches and branchlets one-headed. A. 1ft North
America, 1801.

A. belli diflorns (Daisy -flowered), fl.-headt pale red; involucre
with spreading scales. September. Z. amplexicanl, narrow-
lanceolate, scabrous above, lower sub-serrated. Stem much
branched. A. 3ft North America,

A. Bigelovll (Bigelow-s).* JL-headt corymbose, 2*in. diameter,
ray-florets lilac, disk yellow. Summer. Z. scabrous pubescent,
oblong-spathulate ; cauline ones amplericaul, ovate-oblong, cre-
nate, obscurely -toothed A. 2ift Colorado, 1878. A very hand-
some biennial species. SYX. A. Toumshendi.

A. blandus (charming). Jl.-headt pale purple ; racemes scarcely
longer than the leaves. October. L snb-amplexicaul, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, smooth. Stem pyramidal. A. 2ft
North America, 1800.

A. canescens (hoary). JL-headt pale purple; involucre imbri-
cated, very acute, longer than disk. September. Z. linear.
Panicle corymbose, much branched, leafy. A. 2ft North America,
1812. Biennial or perennial

A. cassiarabicns (Arabian Cassia). JUuadt pink; panicles
corvmbose. September. Z. ovate, acute, serrated, tapering at the
petioles. Plant erect, pilose, A 2ft Bussia, 1834.

A. cancasicns (Caucasian).* Jl.-headt purple., solitary ; scales of
involucre nearly equal, linear. July. Z. ovate, sessile, scabrous.
A. 1ft CaucasusTlSM.

A. ciliatns (ciliated). Jl.-headt white. September. Z. ciliated ;
cauline ones linear-lanceolate, nerved ; those of the branches very
short lanceolate, three-nerved. Stem branched, downy ; branches
downy. A. 3ft North America.

A. condnnns (neat).* JL-headt puiple ; involucre closely imbri-
cated. October. Z. sub-amplexicaul, lanceolate ; lower ones sub-
serrate, smooth. Stem simple, panicled at end. A. 2ft North
America, 1800.

A. concolor (one-coloured). Jl.-headt purple; raceme terminal
October. 1. oblong-lanceolate, hoary on each side. Stem simple,
erect, downy. A. Ift North America, 1759.

A. conyzioides (Conyza-like>, Synonymous with Serieocaryut
eonyzioidet.

A. cordifolins (heart-leaved). JL-headt blue, small, disposed in
crowded racemes, which are slightly drooping. July. Z. cordate,
pilose beneath, finely serrated, stalked. Stem smoothish,
panicled ; panicle spreading. A. 2ft North America, 1759.

A. coridifolins (Cons-leaved). Jl.-headt pale blue. October.
Z. very numerous, linear, blunt, reflexed, hispid at edge. Stem
branched, diffuse, smooth ; branches one-headed. A. 1ft North

FIG. 179. ASTKR CORYMBOSUS, showing Habit and Flower-head.

A. corymbosus (corymbose). Jl.-headt corymbose, about lln.
in diameter; ray -florets few, narrow, white; disk-florets pale

or

Aster — continued.

yellow. Autumn. I. Sin. lone, cordate acute, lobed at the
base, coarsely toothed. Stemsbrittle, blackish pnrple. A. 2ft
to3ft SYN. Biotia corymboga. SeeFigJm

A. difitasns (diffuse). JL-headt white; involucres imbricated.
October. Z. elliptic-lanceolate, equal, serrated, smooth. Branches
spreading. Stem pubescent A. 2ft North America, 1777.
Donglasii (Douglass).* JL-headt purple ; involucral scales linear
>r spathulate-hnear, loosely imbricated. August Z. lanceolate
acute, entire, or rarely serrate, mostly tapering at the base. Stem
smooth, slender, paniculately branched, leafy. A. 3ft to 4ft.
California, &c.

A. dracnncnloides (Tarragon -like).* JL-Aeadt white, about 1 in.
across, disposed in dense cymose clusters ; involucre imbricated
September, October. Z. linear, acuminated, entire ; lower ones
linear-lanceolate, sub-serrate. Branches corymbose, A. 3ft
North America, 1811. A very handsome species.

A. dnmosns (bushy).* JL-headt white, about Jin. across, disposed
in broad clusters; involucre cylindrical, closely imbricated.
October. Z. linear, glabrous ; those of the branches very short.
Branches panicled. A. 2ft North America, 1734.

A.d.

albns (whi

those of the

teX* JL-headt quite white, and rather smaller

A. d, vlolacens (violet). JL-headt violet-purple. North .

A. elegans (elegant). JL-headt blue, small ; corymb contracted,

drooping; scales of involucre oblong-cuneate, blunt squarrose.

September. Z. scabrous ; cauline ones oblong-lanceolate, acute ;

radical ones oblong, stalked. A. 2ft North America, 17901 A

very elegant species, having a graceful habit
A. eminens (eminent), fl.-headt light blue. October. I. linear-

lanceolate, acuminate, scabrous at edge ; lower ones sub-serrated.

Stem panicled ; branches one-headed. A. 2ft North America.

FIG. 180. ASTKR ERICOTDM.

A. erieoidee (Heath-like).* JL-headt white ; involucre squamse,
leaflets acute. September. I. linear, glabrous; those of the
branches subulate, close together ; and those of the stem long.
A. 3ft North America, 1758. A very pretty species. See Fig. 180.

A. flortbondas (many-flowered).* JL-headt light purple Septem-
ber. /. sub-amplexicaul, lanceolate ; lower ones serrated. Stem
smooth ; branches corymbose. A. 4ft North America.

A. follosns (leafy). Jl.-headt pale blue; involucre imbricate.
September. I linear-lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at each end.

138

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aster— continued.

Stem downy, panlcled, erect ; branches few-headed. A. 3ft. North
America, 173\

L fragllis (fragile), fl.-heads flesh-coloured, small ; involucre im-
bricated. September. I. linear, acuminate, entire ; radical ones
oblong, serrate. Branches in corymbose panicles. A. 2ft. North
America, 1800.

Fro. 181. ASTER ORANDIFLORUS.

(large-flowered).* fl.-heads purple, large, ter-
minal ; scales of involucre squarrose. November. I. linear,
rigid, acute, sub-amplexicaul ; those of the branches reflexed,
hispid at edge. h. 2ft. North America, 1720. See Fig. 181.

A. hyssopifolius (Hyssop-leaved).* fl.-heads white, or purple
shaded ; scales of the involucre about half as long as the disk.
August to October. L linear-lanceolate, acute, with the margins
scabrous. Branches fastigiate and corymbose, smooth, h. 14ft. to
2ft North America.

A. Isevigatus (smooth -stemmed), fl.-heads flesh-coloured, about
lin. across, disposed in "arge panicles. September. I. sub-
amplexicaul, broad-lanceolate, sub-serrate, smooth. Stem gla-
brous. Branches many-headed, h. 3ft. North America, 1794. -

A. tavis (smooth).* fl.-heads blue ; involucre imbricated with
cuneiform leaflets. September. Z. sub-amplexicaul, remotely
oblong, entire, lucid; radical ones sub-serrated, h. 2ft. North
America, 1758. One of the best border species.

A. laxus (loose-flowered), fl.-heads white, about lin. across ;
clusters loose. October. I. linear-lanceolate, scabrous at edge ;
lower ones sub-serrated ; stem ones reflexed. Stem loosely
panicled. h. 2ft. North America.

A.linarlfolius(Toad.flax-leaved). fl. -heads pa.l& blue. September.
I. numerous, linear, mucronated, nerveless, not dotted, keeled,
scabrous, rigid. Branches fastigiate, one-headed, h, 1ft. North
America, 1699.

A. linifollns (Flax-leaved). fl.-headg white ; involucre imbricated,
short. July. I. linear, nerveless, dotted, scabrous, reflexed,
spreading. Branches corymbose, fastigiate, leafy, h, 2ft. North
America,, 1739.

A. longifolins (long-leaved).* fl.-heads white, lin. across,
in dense corymbose panicles ; involucre squarrose. October.
I. linear-lanceolate, rarely toothed, very long, smooth, h. 3ft.
North America, 1798. There are several varieties of this hand-
some species.

A. L formosns (charming).* fl.-heads pink, produced in dense
corymbs, h. lift, to 2ft.

A. macrophyllns (large-leaved), fl.. heads white. August. /.

large, ovate, stalked, serrated, scabrous ; upper ones cordate
North America, 1739. '

A. multiflorus (many-flowered).* fl. -heads white, small; corymb
volucre imbricated ; scales oblong, squarrose,

ile. Stem branched, diffuse, h. 2ft.

large, elongated ; invc

Aster — continued.

acute. September. I. linear, glabrous. Stem much branched,

diffuse, downy ; branchlets one-sided, h. 3ft. North America,

1732.

..IS (Myrtle-leaved), fl.-heada white ; involucre imbri-

I ; scales length of disk. August. I., stem ones, amplexicaul,

scabrous ; those of the branches small. A. 2ft 1812.
A. nov89-angli» (New England).* fl.-heads purple, in terminal

clusters. September. 1. linear-lanceolate, jnlose, amplexicaul,

auricled at base. Stem simple, pilose, straight A. 6ft. North

America, 1710. One of the best ; having a tall and robust habit.
A. ru-a, robra (red).* fl.-heads deep red pink, in other respects

like the type. North America, 1812.
A. novse-belgli (New York).* fl.-headt pale blue. September.

1. sub-amplexicaul, lanceobtf, glabrous, scabrous at edge ; lower

ones sub-serrated. Branches divided. A. 4ft. North America,

1710. There is a variety known in gardens which belongs to this

species, under the name of amethystintu, the flowers of which are

much larger and very showy.

numerous ; ray white ; disk
lower ones linear-lanceolate,

oblique ; upper stem ones smaller. A. 5ft North America. A

very fine species, forming large tufts.
A. panlenlatus (panicled).* fl. -heads light blue; involucre loose.

September. I. ovate-lanceolate, sub-serrated, stalked, smooth ;

petioles naked. Stem much branched, smooth. A. 4ft. North

America, 1640.
A. pannonicus (Pannonian). fl.-heads violet; scales of involucre

lanceolate, blunt, equal. July. I. linear-lanceolate, hispid at

edge. Stem simple, corymbose. A. 2ft Hungary, 1815.
A. patens (spreading), fl.-heads light purple, about lin. across.

October. I. oblong-lanceolate, ciliat

scabrous on each sid

North America, 1773.

A. obliquns (oblique), fl.-head*
purplish. Autumn. 1. alternate :

,

ng-lanceolate, ciliate, cordate, amplexicaul,
scabrous on each side, hairy. Stem branched, hairy. A. 2ft

L pulchellus (beautiful).* fl.-teads purple, solitary ; scales c
volucre nearly equal, linear, acuminate. June. I,, radical
spathulate ; cauline ones linear-lanceolate. A. 1ft Armenia

A. pendulus (drooping).* fl.-head» pure white at first, ultimately
rosy pink, small. September. I. elliptic-lanceolate, serrate,
smooth, those of the branches distant. Branches much spreading,
pendulous. A. 2ft North America, 1758. A very pretty species.

A. peregrinns (foreign).* fl.-heads bluish purple, 2in. across;
July, August. I. lanceolate, sub-acute, entire, smooth, those of
the stem rather narrower than the radical ones. Stem smooth, or
nearly so, two or three-flowered. A. 1ft North America. A
very pretty little species for the rockery or border.

A. pilosus (pilose), fl.-heads pale blue; involucre oblong, loose,
imbricated. September. I. linear-lanceolate, hoary. Stem
branched, villous ; branchlets somewhat one-sided, one-headed.
A. 2ft North America, 1812.

A. prsecox (early). fl.-heads violet; involucre imbricated ; scales
nearly equal ; outer scales somewhat spreading. July. I. oblong-
lanceolate, narrowed at the base. Stem hairy. A. 2ft North
America, 1800.

lies of ir
ones
Armenia.

A. pnnlceus (red-stalked), fl.-heads blue, about lin. across;
panicle large, pyramidal ; involucre loose, longer than the disk.
September. Z. amplexicaul, lanceolate, serrate, roughish.
Branches panicled. A. 6ft North America, 1710.

A. pyrenseus (Pyrenean).* fl.-head» lilac-blue (disk yellow), large,
three to five in a short corymb. July. I. scabrous on both sides ;
cauline ones oblong-lanceolate, acute, sessile, sharply serrated on
the upper part. A. 1ft to lift Pyrenees.

A. Reeves! (Reeves's). fl.-heads white, with yellow centre, small ;
panicle dense, pyramidal. Autumn. I. linear, acute. Branches
slender. A. 9in. to 12in. North America. A very desirable
species, suitable for rockwork.

A. reticulatus (netted), fl.-heads white. July. I. lanceolate-
oblong, acute at each end, sessile, revolute at end, netted, and
three-nerved beneath. Plant hoary all over. A. 3ft. North
America, 1812.

A. rubricaule (red-stemmed). Synonymous with A. spurius.

A. salicifolius (Willow-leaved), fl.-heads flesh-coloured ; in-
volucre lanceolate, imbricate; scales acute, spreading at end.
September. I. linear-lanceolate, nearly entire, smooth. Stem
smooth, panicled at end. A. 6ft. North America, 1760.

fl. -heads violet-purple; in volucral
July. I. entire, the 1<

; the upper
base, usually sub-amplexicaul.

A. salsnginosns (salt-plains).*
scales linear, loose, glandular,
late, obovaU, tapering into a margined petit

lanceolate, acute, with broad base, usuall. f

Stem minutely pubescent, leafy nearly to the top, few-flowered
A. 9in. to 18in. North America, 1827. A very handsome species.

A. 8. elatior (tallest). This variety grows 2ft. or more high,
and has rather larger flowers than the type. North America.

A. sericeus (silky). fl.-heads deep blue ; terminal, about l£in.
across. Summer and autumn. I. oblong-lanceolate, sessile, entire,
three-nerved, silky with down. A. 3ft Missouri, 1802. This is a
half-hardy evergreen shrub, and requires a warm, well-drained
soil.

A. serotinus (late-flowering). ft.-headsUue. September. Z. oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, smooth, scabrous at edge ; lower

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

139

Aster — continued.

ones serrated; branches corymbose, smooth. A. 3ft North

America.

A. Shortii (Short's). JL-heads purplish blue, about lin. across ;
panicles long, racemose, Autumn. L lanceolate, elongated,
acuminated, cordate at the base. A. 2ft to 4ft Stem slender,
spreading. North America.

A. sibiricus (Siberian). A.-headt blue ; involucre loose ; leaflets
lanceolate, acuminate, hispid. August L lanceolate, sub-am-
plexicaul, serrate, pilose, scabrous. A. 2ft Siberia, 1768.

A. sikMmensis (Sikkimese).* JL-head* purple ; leaflets of in-
volucre linear, acuminate, sub-squarrose. October. I. lanceo-
late, acuminate, spinosely denticulate; radical ones on longer
petioles ; cauline ones sessile ; corymbs large, of many heads,
leafy, erect, glabrous, branched. A. 3ft Sikkim, 1850.

A. spectabilis (showy).* fl.-heads blue ; scales of involucre loose,
leafy. August L lanceolate, roughish, somewhat amplexicaul ;
lower ones serrate in the middle. A. 2ft North America, 1777.
A very pretty species.

A. spurius (spurious). A.-heads purple, large, few ; inner scales
of involucre coloured. September. I. linear-lanceolate, amplexi-
caul, polished. Stem virgate, panicled. Branches racemose. A. 4ft
North America, 1789. SYX. A. rubricaule.

A. tardiflorus (late-flowering), jl. -heads blue, numerous. Au-
tumn. I. sessOe, serrated, smooth, spathulate-lanceolate, nar-
rowed at base, and bent down towards each side. A. 2ft North
America, 1775.

A. Townshendl (Townshend's). Synonymous with A. Bigelorii.

A. Tradescanti (Tradescant's).* fl.-headt white ; involucre imbri-
cated. August I. lanceolate-sessile, serrated, smooth ; branches
virgate. Stem round, smooth. A. 3ft North America, 1633. A.
multi/lorus is very much like this species, and, perhaps, a mere
form thereof, with somewhat smaller flowers and more obovate-
oblong leaves.

A. tripolium (Tripoli). Michaelmas Daisy. fl.-head» blue ; disk
yellow; scales of involucre lanceolate, membranous, obtuse,
imbricated. August i. linear-lanceolate, fleshy, obscurely throe-
nerved. Stem glabrous, corymbose. A. 2ft Britain.

Aster — continued.

autumn. L lanceolate, smooth, entire, with fringed margins,
somewhat stem-clasping; those of the branchlete awl-shaded;
A. 2ft. to 3ft North America. A very desirable species. See

A, undulatus (undulated). JL-headt pale blue. August t
oblong-cordate, amplexicaul, entire; petioles wingedT Stem
peeled, hispid. Branchlets one-sided. ^. 3ft Nortli America.

A. versicolor (various-coloured).1 JL.-heads white, changing te
purple ; scales of involucre shorter than disk. August t sub-
amplexicaul, broad-lanceolate, sub-serrate, smooth. Stem glab-
rous. A. 3ft North America, 1790.

The animals (Callistephu* chinensu), usually known as
French, German, or China Asters, are very extensively
grown, both for beds and pots, and their diversity and
generally compact growth render them almost universal
favourites. They require a rich loamy soil, and as the
roots are produced near the surface, a mulching of rotten
dung will be found most beneficial. Seeds may be raised
in a cold frame in March or April, and, when the
seedlings are large enough, they must be transplanted
into beds from 9in. to 12in. apart each way. If it
is desired to have them in pots, they may be removed
thence with a good ball of earth adhering just before they
commence flowering, liberally watered, and kept lightly
shaded from the sun, until root action is resumed. Those
kinds required for exhibition purposes should have several
of the side phoots removed, so that the whole growing
energy of the plant may be centralised into from fire to
seven flower-heads, by which means fine blossoms may be
obtained. The dwarf kinds are most valuable for bedding
and pots, as the taller kinds frequently require stakes for
support. The following are the most important sections :
Betteridge'B Prize. Very beautifully formed and brilliantly
coloured varieties, unsurpassed for exhibition purposes. As this
class has rather a straggling habit of growth, it is less suitable for
bedding and borders than many of the others.
Belize's Miniature Bouquet Pyramidal. Dwarf and ele-
gant, in compact bouquets of six or eight ; the truss of flower-
heads springs directly from the ground, having only a few leaves
at base. Colours very varied. A. 6in. to Sin.

FIG. 183. TRUFFAUT-S PJSONT-
FLOWERED ASTER.

FIG. 184. TRUFFACT'S PERFEC-
TION ASTER.

FIG. 182. ASTER TURBINELLUS.

A. turblnellus (turbinate). fl.-heads delicate mauve, disposed in
panicles ; involucre top-shaped, scales imbricate. Summer and

Crown.* Distinct. The central portion, or disk, of the head of
flowers is pure white, surrounded by a broad margin of coloured
ray florets, such as purple, violet, crimson, rose, &c. Flower-
heads large, flat, freely produced. A. If t to lift

Dwarf Chrysanthemum flowered.* In size of flower-beads
and habit of growth, this surpasses all other dwarf varieties. The
flowers are full, Chrysanthemum-shaped, produced in clusters, or
bouquets, from ten to twenty in a truss, very delicate and beautiful
in colour. A. 1ft.

Dwarf Pyramidal or Dwarf Bouquet. A pretty little class,
and extremely floriferous, each plant producing from twenty to
fifty heads of blossom. Some of the colours are : Exquisite carmine
with white points, white with blue or carmine points, white with
salmon centre, &c. h. 1ft

Improved Imbricate. The best strain of pyramidal Asters with
recurved florets ; fine regular form of flowers, double to the centre,
producing but few seeds. Colours very brilliant A. 2ft

Improved Rose. A handsome class, producing a branched head,
displaying no less than fifty large double flower-heads, the outer

140

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Aster — continued.

florets finely imbricated, and filled up to the centre when quite

open. The colours are of great brilliancy, and of many shades.

A 2ft.
Pompone Goliath.* Flower-heads globular, and florets very

closely set. Valuable for bouquets, as the flowers remain intact

for a considerable time.
Pyramidal Hedgehog. Singular and unique. Stems upright,

and branched ; each branch terminated by a single flower-head,

which is filled up with quill-like florets. Colours various.

h. lift.
Truffaut's Pseony Perfection.* Vigorous upright growers,

having large, hemispherical-formed heads of flowers with incurved

florets, 4in. across. The colours also are very varied, h. about

2ft. See Figs. 183 and 184.

FIG. 185. VICTORIA ASTER.

st popul

heads very double, imbricate, globular, 4in. in diameter, from
ten to twenty on a plant, of various shades, h. 1ft., with a
pyramidal habit See Fig. 185.

ASTERACANTHA (from aster, a star, and acantha,
a Bpine ; referring to the disposition of the spinea). OBD.
Acanthacea. A handsome greenhouse herbaceous perennial,
of easy culture in sandy loam. It should be grown in a
sunny position, and be kept moderately dry, otherwise little
but foliaceous growth will be produced ; but, if thus treated,
it flowers freely. Propagated by divisions in spring; or
by seeds, sown in August.

A. Ipnglfolia (long-leaved), ft. yellow.in dense axillary fascicles.
July. j. lanceolate, tapering to the base, narrow, sessile, serrately
Stem quadrangular. Plant rather hairy. A. 2ft. India,

,
July. j. lanceolate, tapering

1781

ASTERACEX. See Composite.

ASTEROCEPHALUS. See Scabiosa.

ASTILBE (from a, without, and stilbe, brilliancy ; in al-
lusion to the inconspicuous flowers of some of the species).
ORD. Saxifrayeae. Tall branching herbs, with triternate
or biternate leaves, allied to Spiraea, from which they differ
in having not more than three carpels, eight or ten stamens,
and numerous albuminous seeds. They are all more or less
graceful,* and some indispensable, either when grown in
isolated clumps, or intermingled with other herbaceous
plants. They thrive well in almost any rich garden soil,
preferring damp positions, and are easily propagated by
division, which is best done in early spring. A. japonica
is grown very extensively for decorative purposes, its ele-
gant spikes of pure white flowers rendering it especially

As bilbe —continued.

valuable. The majority of the plants cultivated are im-
ported, but they may be grown fairly well in this country
in heavily manured soil. They should be potted as early
as possible in the autumn, and plunged in ashes or fibre
outside, when they will soon commence to root, after which
they may be placed in heat, and forced as required, always
giving an abundance of water. Indeed, the pots may be
stood in pans of water, especially when the plants are well
furnished with growth.

A. barbata (bearded). A synonym of A. japonica.
A. decandra (ten-stamened). fl. white, in spicate racemose
panicles. May. I. biternate ; leaflets cordate, deeply lobed and ser-
rated, glandular beneath, and on the petioles. h.
America, 1812.

, and on the petioles, h. 2ft. to 3ft. North

9K. 186. ASTILBE JAPONICA.

L Japonica (Japanese).* fl. small, pure white, in large branch
ing racemose panicles. May. I. triternate or pinnate, serrated.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. Japan. This is best grown in pots, as early frosts
generally cut it down in the open air. SYNS. Spiraea barbata and
japonica, also Hoteia and A. barbata. See Fig. 186.

A. J. varlegata (variegated).* I. prettily variegated with yellow ;
panicles much more dense than the type ; indeed, it is far superior
in that respect

FIG. 187. ASTILBB RIVULARIS.

A. rivularis (brook).* fl. yellowish-white, or reddish, in large
panicled spikes. Late summer. I. biternate ; leaflets ovate, doubly
serrated, villous beneath and on the petioles, h. 3ft. Nepaul.
A grand plant for the margins of lakes or damp woodlands. See
Fig. 187.

A. rnbra (red).* fl. rose, very numerous, in dense panicles. Late
summer and autumn. I. biternate ; leaflets oblique, cordate,
lin. to 2in. long, with elongated, serrated points, h. 4ft. to 6ft.
India, 1851. A very pretty, but rare species ; excellent for aub-
tropical gardening.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

141

Astilbe — continued .

A. Thunbergi (Thunberg's).* JL small, white, very numerous, in
erect much branched, pyramidal panicles, with reddish and
slightly downy stalks. May. I. unequally pinnate or bipinnate ;
leaflets broad, yellowish green, sharply toothed. A. 14ft Japan,
1878. This pretty little sub-shrub is extensively propagated on
the Continent for forcing purposes.

ASTRAGALUS (a name applied to a shrub by Greek
writers). Milk Vetch. Including Phaca. ORD. Legumi-
nosa. A very large genus of hardy herbs or sub-shrubs.
Flowers in axillary clusters; standard larger than the wings.
Leaves unequally pinnate. About one hundred species
have been introduced in English gardens ; many of these
are lost to cultivation ; the comparative few here described
are still generally grown, and are good representative species.
They are all of easy culture. The shrubby kinds grow well
in any light dry soil, and are slowly increased by cuttings
placed in a cold frame, or by seeds. The herbaceous
perennials prefer a dry light soil, and may be increased by
divisions or seeds ; the latter mode is preferable, as many
species are very liable to die if transplanted or divided,
which is at best but a slow method. Seed should be sown
in pots of sandy soil placed in a cold frame as soon as ripe,
or very early in the spring, as they may lie a long time
before germinating. The dwarfer species constitute ad-
mirable rockwork plants, and can be grown in pots con-
taining a mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Seeds of the
two annual species, A. Cicer and A. Glaux, merely require
to be sown in the open border early in spring.
A. adsurgena (adsurgent).* JL bluish purple; spikes oblong,
pedunculate, longer than the leaves, densely packed. June. 7.
with eleven to twelve pairs of ovate-lanceolate acute leaflets ;
stipules acuminated, length of leaves. Plant ascending, smoothish.
Siberia, 1818. A very handsome and rare perennial species.
A. adunons (hooked). JL rose purple, in oblong spikes ; peduncles
rather shorter than the leaves. June and July. L with nume-
rous pairs of roundish-ovate, smooth leaflets, sometimes downy.
A. 6in. to 9in, Caucasus, 1819. Perennial.

A. alopecuroides (foxtail-like).* JL yellow, disposed in thick
dense ovate-oblong spikes, on short axillary peduncles. June. L
with numerous ovate-lanceolate, pubescent leaflets ; stipules
ovate-lanceolate, acuminated. Plant erect A. 2ft to 5ft Siberia,
1737. One of the finest perennial species grown.
A. alplnus (alpine). JL bluish-purple, sometimes whitish, droop-
ing, disposed in racemes of about $in. long. Summer. L impari-
pinnate, with eight to twelve pairs of ovate or oblong leaflets.
Britain. A very desirable, hairy, prostrate perennial.
A. arenarius (sand-loving).* JL blue ; peduncles few-flowered,
rather shorter than the leaves. June. I. with linear-obtuse
leaflets ; stipules connate, opposite the leaves. Plant diffuse,
tomentose from white adpressed down. A. 6in. Denmark,
1800. Perennial

A. anstxiacns (Austrian).* /. few ; upper petal, or vexillum, blue,
the rest purple ; racemes pedunculate, longer than the leaves.
May. L, leaflets glabrous, linear, truncately emarginate.
Plant diffusely procumbent South Europe, 1640. Perennial.
A. canadensla (Canadian). JL yellow, disposed in spikes;
peduncles about as long as the leaves. July. L with ten to
twelve pairs of elliptic-oblong, bluntish leaflets. Plant nearly
erect, rather hairy. A. 2ft to 3ft North America, 1732.
Perennial.

A. Cicer (Vetch-like). JL pale yellow, disposed in spike-like
heads ; peduncles longer than the leaves. July. I. with ten to
thirteen pairs of elliptic-oblong mucronate leaflets. Plant
diffusely procumbent Europe, 1570. Annual.
A. dahuricus (Dahurian). JL purple, in dense racemes, which
are longer than the leaves. July. L, leaflets, seven to nine pairs,
oblong, mucronate. Plant erect, pilose. A. 1ft to 2ft Dahuria
to China, 1822. Perennial.

A. dasyglottis (thick- tongued).* A. purple, blue, and white
mixed, in capitate spikes ; peduncles a little longer than the
leaves. June. L, leaflets elliptic-oblong, somewhat emarginate;
stipules connate, opposite the leaves. A. 3in. to 4in. Plant
diffuse. Siberia, 1818. A charming little alpine perennial
A. talcatus (hooked). /. greenish yellow, in spikes ; peduncles
rather longer than the leaves. June. L with sixteen to twenty
pairs of elliptic-oblong, acute leaflets. Plant erect, rather hairy.

A. 1ft.

Astragataa— conttnuod.

1ft. to 2ft.
it'resce/i*.

Siberia (in wet, grassy places). Perennial. SYN.

A. galegiformis (Galega-like).* JL pale yellow, pendulous, race-
mose ; peduncles longer than the leaves. June. L with twelve
or thirteen pairs of elliptic-oblong leaflets. Plant erect, glabrous.
A. 3ft to 5ft Siberia, 1729. A showy perennial species.

A. GlMUC (Milkwort). JL purplish, in dense beads; peduncles
longer than the leaves. June. L with eight to thirteen pairs of

Spain'1596-

A. glycyphyllos (sweet-leaved).* JL sulphur coloured, in ovate-
oblong spikes ; peduncles shorter than the leaves. June. L with
four to seven pairs of oval, bluntish, smooth leaflets • stipules
ovate-lanceolate, entire. A. 2ft to 3ft. Britain. A 'perennial
prostrate trailer.

blueandwhite, disposed In roundish'head?; peduncles'1 longer
than the leaves, ascending. June. L with numerous little
ovate, obtuse, dark green leaflets, somewhat emarginate ; stipules
connate, ovate. Stems prostrate, rather hairy. A. 3in. Britain,
dec. Perennial trailer.

A. h. alba (white-flowered).* This resembles the type, except
in the colour of the flowers.

A. lencophyUns (hoary-leaved).* JL pale yellow, about Jin. long,
in dense racemes ; peduncles much longer than the leaves. July
and August L, leaflets in numerous pairs, broadly-linear,
covered with soft, silky pubescence. A. 2ft to 3ft North
America. Perennial.

A. maxlTtmg (largest).* fL yellow ; spike sessile, cylindrical,
nearly terminal. June. L with ovate-lanceolate, pubescent
leaflets ; stipules oblong-lanceolate. A. 2ft. to 3ft Armenia. A
very handsome, erect, perennial species.

FIG. 188. ASTRAGALUS MONSPKSSCLANUS, showing Habit and
Flower.

A. monspessnlAiraa (Montpelier).* JL usually purplish, spicate;
peduncles longer than the leaves. June. L, leaflets twenty-one to
forty-one, ovate or lanceolate, outer ones rather the smallest
Leaves hoary, and plant almost stemless when growing in dry
exposed situations ; but in rich earth or moist places the leaves
are almost glabrous, and the stem becomes elongated. South
Europe, 1710. This species is much appreciated, and well de-
serves a place in all collections. Evergreen trailer. See Fig. 188.

A. narbonenais (Xarbonne). JL yellow, disposed in somewhat
globose spikes, on short axillary peduncles. June. I. with oblong-
linear leaflets ; stipules lanceolate. A. 2ft to 3ft Narbonne and
Madrid, 1789. An erect hairy perennial

A. odoratus (sweet-scented). JL. pale yellow, sweet-scented,
disposed in spikes; peduncles same length as leaves. June.
L with eleven to fourteen pairs of oblong acute leaflets ; stipules
connate. Plant erect, rather ascending. A. ttn. Levant, 1820.
Perennial.

A. onobrychioldes (Onobrychis-like).* JL beautiful purple, hi
capitate spikes on long peduncles. July. L with eight to ten
pairs of elliptic leaflets ; stipules connate, opposite the leaves.
Plant rather diffuse, shrubby at the base, clothed with adpressed
hairs. A. 9m. to 12m. Iberia, Persia, <tc., 1819. A very hand-
some perennial species.

A, Onobrycbia (Onobrychis). JL purple; spikes oblong-ovate,
pedunculate, longer than the leaves. June. L with seven to six-

teen pairs of oblong leaflets. A. IJft, or procumbent Mountains
SoutnenVEurope,164a This is 4 elegant perennial, and ranks
among the very best The varieties, all white flowered, are:
alpinu*, major, nuerophyllut and moldamcut, but only the first-
named is now in cultivation.

142

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Astragalus— continued.

A. pannosus (woolly).* JL rose-coloured, in compact globose
heads, with peduncles shorter than the leaves. July. I. with
four to nine pairs of ovate-lanceolate leaflets, thickly coated with
long white woolly hairs. A. 6in. to 9in. Siberia. Perennial
ponticus (Pontic). /. yellow ; spikes sessile, almost globose,
uly. L oblong, sinoothish ; stipules lanceolate. Stem rather
airy. A. 2ft. Tauria, 1820. A very showy, erect, border perennial.

hairy
A.

very showy, erect, border perennial,
(purple), fl. purplish blue, disposed in capitate
les longer than the leaves. June. I., leaflets obo-
vate, bidentate at the apex; stipules connate, opposite the
leaves. Plant diffuse, procumbent, rather hairy. A. 3m. to 6in.
Provence, 1820. Perennial.

A. sulcatus (furrowed).* fl. pale violet, but with a white keel,
tipped with brown ; racemes pedunculate, longer than the leaves.
July. I. with linear-lanceolate leaflets. Plant erect, glabrous ;
stem furrowed. A. 2ft to 3ft. Siberia, 1783. Perennial

A. Tragacantha (great goat's thorn).* Gum Tragacanth. fl.
pale violet, two to five together, axillary, sessile. June. I. with
eight or nine pairs of linear hispid leaflets ; young stipules connate,
clothed with silky hairs ; adult ones glabrous ; petioles perma-
nent, at length becoming hardened spines. A. lift, to 3ft. Levant,
1640. Evergreen shrub. Tragacanth, a partially soluble gum,
was formerly supposed to be furnished by this plant It is, how-
ever, now known that A. Tragacantha yields none. Several species
from mountainous regions hi Asia Minor, &c., furnish the gum.

A. vaginatus (sheathed-stipuled). /. rosy-purple, with white-
tipped wings ; calyx rather inflated, covered with soft white and
black hairs; spikes dense. Summer. 1. impari-pinnate, with
seven or eight pairs of elongated-oblong leaflets, both surfaces
covered with short silvery hairs. A. 1ft Siberia. Perennial.

A. vesicarlus (bladdery). JL, upper petal purple, the wings
yellow, and the keel white, tipped with yellow; calyx clothed
with black adpressed down and long white spreading hairs;
peduncles longer than the leaves. July. 1. with five to seven
pairs of elliptic leaflets. Plant diffusely procumbent, hoary from
adpressed silky down. A. 6in. to Wn. France, 1737. Perennial
trailer.

than the^e whft^wingfi ; calyx ciotheVf

somewhat capitate, pedunculate, longer than the leaves. June.

I. with four to six parrs of lanceolate acute leaflets, beset with

adpressed hairs, ft. 6in. to 1ft Siberia, 1816. A handsome

perennial.

A. virescens (greenish). Synonymous with A. faleata,

A. vulpinus (fox).* JL pale yellow ; spikes nearly globose, on very

short peduncles. June. 1. with obovate, obtuse, emarginate,

rather velvety leaflets. Plant erect ; stem glabrous. A. 2ft to 3ft.

Caucasus, 1815. A handsome border perennial.

ASTRANTIA (from astron, a star, and anti, in com-
position signifying comparison ; in reference to the appear-
ance of the umbels of flowers). OBD. Umbelliferce. Orna-
mental, hardy, herbaceous perennials, natives of Europe and
Caucasus. Universal umbels irregular, of few rays, BUT-
rounded by variable involucre ; partial umbels regular, and
containing many flowers, surrounded by many-leaved in-
voluoels. Radical leaves petiolate, palmately lobed ; cauline
ones few, sessile. Boots blackish. These are suited for
borders, banks, and woodlands, growing well in any ordi-
nary garden soil, but preferring a damp position. Easily
increased by root divisions in autumn or spring.

A. carniollca (Carniolan).* JL white. May. I. of involucre
twelve or thirteen, quite entire, white, with a 7green line run™
along the middle of each, tinged with red ; radical ones palmate ;
lobes five to seven, oblong acuminated, unequally serrated. A.
6m. to 12m. Carniola, 1812. A pretty species.

^IJr11??1?*1*1?1* (Hellebore-leaved).* /. (and involucre) pink,
pedice late. June. 1. of involucre twelve or thirteen, ovate!
2S22S^J2?5*^ the. u,mbel * little' b"s.tly: ^9*1 <>nes

fl., upper petal purplish rose, much longer
ings ; calyx clothed with black hairs ; spiles

(greater).* JL pinkish, pedicellate. May. I of in-

A. maxima (greatest). Synonymous with A. helleborifolia.

ASTRAFJE A (from astrape, lightning ; alluding to the
brightness of the flowers). OBD. Sterculiacea. Elegant
stove evergreen trees. Peduncles axillary, long bearing on
their apex an umbel of large sessile flowers, enclosed in a
leafy involucre. Leaves alternate, stalked, cordate three
to five-lobed. They thrive well in a mixture of loam and
peat, and require a plentiful supply of water ; but the best
results accrue if the bottom of the pot can be stood in a
saucer or tub of water. Propagated by cuttings of young

Astraptea— continued.

wood, made in April, placed in a compost of loam and
peat, or sand, under a bell glass, in heat.

A. tiliSBflora (Lime-tree flowered). A. pink. A. 20ft. Isle of

Bourbon, 1824.

A. viscosa (clammy), fl. pink. A. 20ft. Madagascar, 1823.
A. Wallichii (Wallich's).* fl. scarlet ; umbels drooping. July.
I. large, cordate, angularly lobed ; stipulas leafy, ovate-acumi-
nated ; peduncles long, hairy. A. 30ft. Madagascar, 1820. This
splendid species has often been described as being one of tho
finest plants ever introduced into this country ; and, when in full
flower, nothing can exceed it in beauty and grandeur.
ASTROCARYUM (from astron, a star, and karyon, a
nut ; referring to the disposition of the fruit). OBD.
Palmce. A genus of very ornamental stove Palms, allied
to Cocos, having the trunk (when present), foliage, fruit-
stalks, spathes, and sometimes the fruit, covered with
spines. The flowers develop from the axils of the old decayed
leaves. Drupes oval, one-seeded, orange or yellow, in some
species fragrant. Leaves pinnate, with linear segments,
dark green above, and often of a silvery white below. The
species thrive in a compost of two-thirds rich loam and
one -third vegetable mould ; water may be given copiously.
Propagation may be effected by seeds, which should be
sown in spring in a hotbed ; or by suckers, if they are to be
obtained.

A. acaule (stemless). I. pinnate, 3ft. to 10ft. long, slender and
spreading ; pinnae narrow, arranged in clusters, pendent. Spines
very numerous, long, flat, black. A. 10ft Brazil, 1820.
A. aooleatnm (prickly). A. 40ft. Guiana, 1824.
A. argenteum (silvery).* I. arching, wedge-shaped, pinnate,
distinctly plicate, bright green on the upper surface, the under
surface, as well as the stalks, covered with a fine white scurf,
which gives them a silvered appearance. Columbia, 1875. One of
the best of silver palms.

A. filare (thready).* I. erect, narrowly cuneate, with two divergent
lobes ; petioles covered with white scurf, both on the upper and
under surfaces. Distinct and elegant, with a comparatively small
and slender growth. Columbia, 1875.

A. granatense (New Grenadan). I. pinnate, with oblong-acumi-
nate segments ; the rachis is spiny, like the petiole, both on the
upper and lower surfaces ; leafstalks brownish, armed with nume-
rous scattered needle-shaped dark-coloured spines. Columbia,

, (Mexican). Mexico, 1864.

A. Mum-Morn (Murumuru). I. pinnate, 10ft to 12ft long ;
leaflets lanceolate, sub-falcate, dark green above, silvery white
below. Stem 12ft to 15ft high, densely clothed with strong
reflexed black spines, over 6in. long. A. 40ft. Brazil, 1825.

A. rostratum (beak-sheathed). I. irregularly pinnate, 3ft to 8ft.
lone; pinna; 12m. to 18in. long ; terminal lobe much larger and
bifid, dark green above, silvery white below; petioles broadly
sheathing at the base, densely armed with black spines, some-
times 2in. long. Stem slender, densely clothed with long black
spines. A slow grower, ultimately becoming 30ft high. Brazil,

A. vulgare (common). A. 30ft. Brazil, 1825.

ASTROLOBIUM. See Ornithopus.

ASTROLOMA (from astron, a star, and loma, a fringe;
in reference to the bearded limb of the corolla). OBD.
EpacridecB. Very handsome, little, diffuse, greenhouse,
evergreen shrubs. Flowers solitary, axillary ; corolla
tubular, distended above the middle, and with five bundles
of hairs in the inside, near its base. Leaves crowded,
alternate, linear, or obovate-lanoeolate and mucronate.
They thrive best in an equal mixture of sand, loam, and
peat, with thorough drainage. Propagated by young cut-
tings, which root readily in sandy soil, under a bell glass,
in a cool house.
A. denticulatum (finely-toothed), fl. axillary, erect ; corolla

pale red, with a ventricose tube. May to July. I. scattered,

lanceolate, ciliated, usually procumbent, but sometimes slightly

erect. A. 1ft. New Holland, 1824.
A. humifusum (trailing), fl. scarlet, similar to the foregoing.

May and June. I. lanceolate-linear, rather convex above, with

ciliated edges. Shrub prostrate, much branched. A. 1ft. New

Holland, 1807.

ASTROPHYTUM MYRIOSTIGMA. See Echi-

nocactus myriostigma.

ASYSTASIA (meaning not clear). OBD. Acanthacex.
Stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers disposed in axillary or

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

143

Asystasia— continued.

terminal clusters; corolla somewhat funnel-shaped, five-
lobed ; calyx five-lobed, regular. Branches slender. They
require a compost of peat and loam, with a little sand,
and, to induce a rigorous growth, a little dry cow-dung
may be applied. Propagated by cuttings of young shoots,
placed in sandy soil, under a bell glass, in April, with a
brisk bottom heat.

A. chelonioldes (Chelonia-likeX* /t- in terminal racemes reddish
purple, the border white. L opposite, ovate-acute, A. 3ft to 4ft
' India, 187L A pretty dwarf sub-shrub.

A. coromandeliana (Coromandel). ft. deep lilac; racemes
axillary, elongated, second, strict. July. i. opposite, cordate-
ovate -/branches diffuse, A. 4ft. India, 1845. STN. Juttieiagan-
getiea.

A. macrophylla (large-leaved).* ft. bilabiate, bell-shaped, rosy
purple outside, and almost pure white within ; spikes terminal,
erect, 1ft. long. June. J. very large, obovate-lanceolate. A.
8ft to 20ft. Fernando Po, 1867.

A. scandens (climbing).* ft. cream-colonred ; tube of corolla
widened and recurred above, lobes of limb crenately curved;
racemes terminal, compact, thyrse-formed. July. I. oborate or
orate acute, glabrous. A. 6ft. Sierra Leone, 1845. This band-
some stove climber requires a high, moist temperature after
shifting. STO. Henfreya scandens.

A. violaoea (violet).* ft, violet purple, striped with white, in
terminal racemes. L shortly-stalked, ovate-acuminate, deep
green, minutely hairy on both surfaces. A. 1ft to 2ft. India,
1870. A pretty dwarf plant

ATACCIA. A synonym of Tacca (which see).
ATALANTA (of Nnttall). A synonym of Peritoma
(which see).

ATALANTIA (mythological: Atalanta, the daughter
of Schoenens). OKD. Rutaceas. A genus of ornamental
store evergreen shrubs, having the eight stamens united
below into a tube, and with undivided leaves. It comprises
about ten species. They thrive well in a mixture of loam
and peat. Propagated by means of ripened cuttings, which
root readily if inserted in sand under a hand glass, in heat.
A. monophylla {one-leaved). «. small, white, in axillary ra-
cemes, jr. golden yellow, about the size of a nutmeg. June. I.
simple, ovate-oblong, emarginate at the apex. Spines small,
simple. A. 8ft India, 1777. A thorny shrub.
AT AM ASCO LILY. See Zephyrantb.es Atamasco
ATHAMANTA (named from Mount Athamas, in
Sicily, where some species are found). OBD. UmbelHferce.
A. genus of greenhouse or hardy herbaceous plants, usually
velvety from villi on the stem, leaves, and fruit. Flowers
white ; involucra of one or few leaves ; involucel of many
leaves. A. MatthjoU is a very graceful perennial, with
Fennel-like foliage. It thrives well in any ordinary soil.
Increased by dirisions, or by seeds sown in spring.
A. Matthloli (Matthioli's). JL white, twelve to twenty-five to an
umbeL Summer. L three or four, ternate ; leaflets linear-filiform,
elongated, divaricate. A. 1ft to 2ft Alps of Carinthia, 1802.
AT HAN ASIA (from a, not, and thanatos, death;
alluding to the length of time which the flowers last).
OBD. Composite. Bather ornamental greenhouse erer-
green shrubs with yellow flowers, from the Cape of Good
Hope. They grow well in a soil consisting of three parts
loam and one part peat. Propagation is effected by
cuttings, taken from half-ripened wood in spring, and
inserted in sand, under a hand glass.
A. capitata (headed)." ft.-headt yellow. March. L pinnati-
partite ; younger ones hoary, older ones smooth. A. 14ft Cape
of Good Hope, 1774.

A.pnbescena (downy). JL-htads yellow. July. I oblong, entire
(or tridentate), softly hairy on both sides ; when old, sub-glabrous.
A. 6ft Cape of Good Hope, 1768.

ATHEE.OSFEBJxIA (from other, an awn, and sperma,
seed; seeds awned). OBD. Monimiaceae. A beautiful
greenhouse evergreen tree, with the aspect of a stately
Conifer. Flowers panicled, dioecious; perianth five to
eight-cleft. Leaves opposite, aromatic. A compost of loam
and peat, in about equal proportions, is necessary. It can
be readily propagated by cuttings.

ata (Musk-scented). Plume Nutmeg; Tasmanian
fl. white. June. A. 40ft. New Holland, 1824.

ATHEROSFERME.SJ. See Monimiacea.

ATHESTTIITJS. See Pinellia,

ATHSIXIA (from a, not, and thru;, a hair; the re-
ceptacle being destitute of hairs). OKD. Composite. A
greenhouse evergreen shrub. It succeeds best in turfy
loam, peat, and sand, and requires to be potted firmly.
Propagated by cuttings of young wood, inserted under a bell
glass in sandy soil, and treated like Erica (which see).
A. eapensis (Cape).* JL-ktad* bright crimson, solitary, terminal.

April I. rarrow, lanceolate, alternate, entire. A. 3ft Cape of

Good Hope, 182L

ATHHOTAXZ8 (from ort.ro*, crowded together, and
taxis, arrangement ; in reference to the disposition of the
scales of the cones). OBD. Com/era. A small genus of
Tasmanian evergreen dioecious, trees or shrubs, with small
scale-like leaves, and small globular cones of many imbri-
cated scales, with from three to six carpels under each
scale. In very sheltered situations they will probably
prove hardy ; but, otherwise, they are only suitable for
botanical collections. Increased by cuttings. This genus
is almost universally misspelt Art hro taxis.
A. cnpressoides (Cypress-like). I small, thick, leathery, spirally

arranged, closely imbricated, deep glossy g_reen. A. 30ft A small,

erect, and very slow growing tree, with numerous slender

branchlets.

A. Doniana (Don's). A synonym of A. laxi/olia.
A. Imbricata (imbricated). A garden synonym of A. ttlagmoides.

VAXifolia (loose-leaved). Differing from A. euprettoidet in
ving longer, more pointed, open, and spreading leaves, wh
stand out from the stem in a Jnni

, and spreading leaves, which
-like fashion. Its lateral
to 25ft SIT*. A. Doniana.

growths are rather pendulous. A. ;
A. selaginoides (Selago-like). L glossy green, scale-Like, spirally
disposed, closely appressed to the shoots, branches and their
ramifications very numerous. A. variable, up to 40ft Very inte-
resting, and quite distinct. STN. A. inbrieata (of gardens).

ATHYBXTTM. See Asplenium.

ATBtAGENE (a name originally given to Clematis
Vitalba, by Theophrastus). OBD. Ranunculacecc. A genus
of ornamental, hardy, climbing, deciduous shrubs, closely
allied to Clematis, from which they differ in having
numerous petals. They are increased by cuttings, which
should be pricked in light sandy soil and placed under a
hand glass; also by layering in the autumn. Both methods
are slow ; the layers should not be separated for about a
year, when they will be vigorous plants. Seeds must be sown
in early spring, in gentle heat; when the seedlings are
large enough to handle, they should be pricked off and
grown on in pots till they are strong plants.

FIG. 189. ATIUOK-fK ALPIJU,

Ik, and

A. alpina (alpine).* JL blue, varying to white ; petals ten to

twelve, linaar at the base, but dilated at the apex ; peduncles one-
flowered, longer than the leaves. May. L bitemate ; leaflets
ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, serrate. Mountainous parts of
Europe, 1792. The white-flowered variety, named alba, is in cultf.
vation. STXS. A. austriaca and A. tOnriea. See Fig. 189.

arlcana (American).* ft. large, purplish -blue ; petals
; peduncles one-flowered. May. t. whorled, in fours,

144

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Atra*<

acuminated, entire or some-
what lobed, or serrated. North America, 1797. STN. Clematis
vertidllarU.

A. austriaca (Austrian). Synonymous with A alpina.
A. macropetala flarge-petaled).* fl. blue. Manchuria, 1870.
A. sibirica (Siberian). Synonymous with A. alpina.

ATRIPLEX (from a, not, and traphein, to nourish).
OBD. ChenopodiacecB. A genus of, for the moat part,
uninteresting weeds, of very variable form and habit, and
having the calyx, which incloses the fruit, enlarging after
flowering. For culture, see Orach,.

A. hortensls (garden). Orach ; Sea Purslane. An annual species
from Tartary of no value as an ornamental plant, but considered
a very desirable substitute for Spinach. The leaves must be
gathered for use when young. The variety A. h. atro-tanguinea,
is a very pretty form, having handsome crimson leaves, and
growing to a height of about 4ft It is well worth growing with
such plants as Amarantut, Ac.

ATROFA (name of mythological origin). Belladonna ;
Dwale. OBD. Solanacea. A small genus, having a cam-
pannlate regular corolla, and a leafy persistent calyx. The
berries of this native herbaceous perennial are exceedingly
poisonous. The plant is of no horticultural value.

FIG. 190. FLOWER OP ATROPA BELLADONNA.
A. Belladonna. /. green and purple, solitary, pedunculate,

drooping. Summer. Berries about the size of a small cherry.

I ovate, acuminate, 4in. to Sin. long. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Britain.

See Fig. 190.

ATTALEA (from attains, magnificent ; referring to
the beauty of the genus). OBD. Palmce. A genus of
handsome stove Palms, distinguished from other genera in
having the pinnae arranged vertically, and not horizontally.
The leaves spring up almost perpendicularly at the base,
but in the upper part arch over. The pinnae stand at right
angles to the rachis — which is very narrow in proportion to
its thickness— and while those of the lower side of the arch
hang straight down, those of the upper side point straight
up. They thrive well in a mixture of peat and loam in
equal quantities, and enjoy a copious supply of water.
Summer temperature, 65deg. to SOdeg. ; winter, 55deg. to
60deg. All the species are robust trees; but, although
several have been introduced, few appear to be generally

Almond-fruited).* I pinnate, 3ft to 6ft. long ;
in. long, and about lin. broad ; terminal lobe
and bifid, rich dark green. Stem slender. New Grenada.
One of the best SYN. A. nueifera.

A. Cohune (Cohune).* I. erect, ultimately spreading, pinnate,
furnished with from three to four dozen dark green pinnae, some-
times 18in. in length ; petioles rounded, and dark brown below,
flat and green upon the upper side. Plant unarmed, h. 50ft. or
more hi its native habitat. Honduras.
A. compta (decked), h. 22ft Brazil, 1820.
A. excelsa (tall).* h. 70ft Brazil, 1826.

deep

1824.

A. funifera (rope-bearing). The Piassaba Palm. I. vivid
green, very ornamental, and of economic value in Brazil.
The sheathing bases of the leafstalks separate into a coarse black
fringe, which is collected and exported to Europe, being used in
the manufacture of brooms, brushes, &c.
A. nueifera (nut-bearing). A synonym of A. amygdalina.
A. Bpeeiosa (showy).* h. 70ft Brazil, 1825.
A. spectabilis (remarkable), h. 70ft Brazil, 1824.

ATTENUATED. Tapering gradually to a point.
AUBERGINE, or EGO PLANT (Solarium melon-
gena, variety ovigerum). These plants, besides being use-
ful for culinary purposes, are very ornamental, and present
an attractive appearance on walls or trellises, or in the
flower garden ; and, as they do well in any ordinary rich
garden soil, if the position is warm, they give a good
variation to the general run of plants used for decorative

Aubergine— continued.

effects. The Black-fruited kind is particularly suited for
this purpose. Sow the seeds in a gentle heat, in the
middle of April. As soon as the seedlings are large enough
to handle, prick off into 4in. pots, replacing in heat till they
root out freely. Gradually harden off by June, and then
transfer to the positions where they are to grow. Let
the plants be at least 2ft. apart, and place a strong stick to
each one to support the fruit when it comes. For trellises,
select the more moderate-sized varieties. In hot, dry.

FIG. 191. FRUITING BRANCH OP ROUND AUBERGINE.
weather, the application of liberal supplies of liquid manure
tends to increase the size of the fruit, and also to make the
foliage more vigorous and handsome. Where very large
fruit are needed for show or other purposes, it is well to
remove all but the best one on the plant, and, by careful
feeding with liquid manure, specimens of from lOlb. to 121b.
weight can be had. The foliage should not be pinched, as

FIG. 192. FRUITING BRANCH OP LONG AUBERGINE.
this would prevent the free swelling of the fruit. Auber-
gines are not so much grown in England for culinary
purposes as in France and Italy, where they are largely
used in stews and soups. The following are the most
desirable varieties: New York Purple, the largest kk.d
grown, and although not as ornamental as the next, is quite
as useful ; Black-fruited, large black fruit, with blackish
violet leaves ; and White-fruited, the sort most generally
cultivated. See Figs. 191 and 192.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

115

AUBRIETIA (named after M. Aubriet, a famous
French botanical draughtsman). OED. Crucifercs. A small
genus of hardy evergreen trailers. Racemes opposite the
leaves, and terminal, lax, few-flowered. Leaves ovate or
oblong, entire or angularly toothed, hairy. They make
excellent rock plants, and will thrive in a deep rich
loam anywhere, excepting under the shelter of trees.
Cuttings struck, or seeds sown, during April or May
generally make fine, dense, cushion-like growths, if trans-
planted on to a somewhat cool or shaded border, and care-
fully lifted in t,Le autumn ; the cuttings are best " drawn,"
or grown until they are soft, in a frame before they are
removed. Where a stock of old plants exist, layer the long
slender branches any time after flowering, and cover with
a mixture of sand and leaf soil ; they will then root freely
and establish themselves in time for spring blossoming, for
which purpose, when grrwn en masse, they are most useful.
After flowering, they may be divided and transplanted.

FlO. 193. AL'BRIETIA DELT01DFA.

A. deltoidea (deltoid).* /. purple ; petals twice the length of the
calyx ; pedtcels short, filiform ; racemes opposite the leaves and
terminal, lax, few-flowered. Early spring. I. with one or two
large teeth on each side (therefore they are rhomboidal, not truly
deltoid), scabrous, with short branchy stellate hairs, h. 2in. to
4m. Naples, Ac., 1710. There are several garden varieties, the
best of whicli are described below ; most of them are regarded as
di.stinct species. See Fit?. 193. (S. F. G. 628.)

FlO. 194. AUBRIETIA PURPUREA.

A. d. Bonganyillel (Bonganville's).* JL light violet purple, with

very even imbricated petals. Habit very dwarf and compact, with

short peduncles. A pretty form.
A. d. Campbell! (Campbell's).* Larger deep violet blue flowers,

and of far more vigorous constitution than the typical form.

Grandijfora comes very near this. SYN. A. nendertonii.

Aubrietia — continued.

A. d, Eyre! (Eyre's).* A very fine variety, with a free branching
habit, and large flowers of a rich violet-purple colour, rather
A' °lympica fa very »«? " not "lexical

^X* «f »ca (Grecian).* fl. light purple. A. 4in. Greece, 1872.
One of the best and largest flowered forms ; very vigorous
grower, with neat compact habit A variety of this, named
superba, has rather deeper-coloured flowers, produced over a very
extended period. (R. G. 697.)

A. d. pnrpnrea (purp!e).» Larger flowers and more erect habit
than the type. i. broader, with two to five teeth. Stems more
leafy. There is a variegated form, which is very pleasing and
effective, useful for carpeting or edging small beds. See

Fig. 194

A. d. violacea (violet).* This is a hybrid form, even finer thnu
Campbelli, with large deep violet-purple flowers, fading to reddish -
violet, and is more effective than any of the others.

A. Henderson!! (Henderson's). A synonym of A. d. Campbelli.
AUCUBA (the Japanese name of the shrub). ORD.
Cornacece. A genus of hardy evergreen shrubs, thriving
better than any other in the smoky atmosphere of demo
cities. They grow in ordinary well-drained garden soil, and
require no special culture. If grown in pots, they should bo
planted firmly in rather sandy yellow loam, with plenty of
drainage. They should not be allowed too large pots, or
an unfruitful growth is likely to result. During the grow-
ing season, an abundance of water is needed, which must be
lessened when the plants are fully developed. If cultivated
in the greenhouse or conservatory, they should be plunged
out of doors during summer. To insure a good supply of
the very ornamental berries, which are produced on the
female plant, careful fertilising is necessary. The time
for applying the pollen is when the pistil exudes a slightly
gummy substance, and otherwise shows signs of maturity.
When it happens, as is sometimes the case, that the male
flowers are open and the pollen mature before the female
flowers are ready, the pollen should be collected on a dry
camel-hair pencil, transferred to a piece of glass, and
covered over by another piece, both of which must also be
dry. It may be applied afterwards when wanted, as it
retains its power for some weeks. Propagated by cut-
tings, inserted in any light sandy soil, with or without a
covering, in spring or autumn ; or readily increased from
seeds, sown as soon as ripe.

A. himalaica (Himalayan).* I. lanceolate, or lanceolate acumi-
nate ; branches of the panicle very pilose. Berries spherical, not
oblong. Himalaya. (F. d. S. 12, 1271.)

A. japonica (Japanese).* I. opposite, petiolate, broad, ovate-
lanceolate, acuminated, toothed, leathery, glabrous, shining, pale
green, beautifully spotted with yellow, having the midrib rather
prominent, the rest of the leaf reticulately veined, h. 6ft to 10ft.
Japan, 1783. The numerous varieties, both of the male and
female forms, among which will be found many of great beauty,
all differ, more or less, in the variegation of their leaves. They
are in very general cultivation, and nearly every nurseryman
has an assortment Among the best of them are the following :
albo-variegata, aurea, tricolor, latimaculata, limbata, lonfftfolia,
macrophyua, ovata, pyymcea, and pygmcea tulphurea.
ATJDOUINIA (in honour of V. Audouin, a profound
entomologist). ORD. Bruniacece. An ornamental green-
house evergreen shrub, thriving in a mixture of peat and
sandy loam. Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened
wood, inserted in sand, under a bell glass, in gentle heat.
A. capitata (headed) /. purple, crowded into oblong, spike-
like, terminal heads. May. i. spirally inserted, a little keeled.
Branches erect, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1790.
AUGUSTA. A sjnonym of Stifftia.
AULACOSPERMUM. See Pleurospermum.
AUItAX (from aulax, a furrow ; the under surface of
the leaves of the original species being furrowed). ORD.
Proteacece. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, from the Cape of
Good Hope, thriving best in a compost of fibrous loam, leaf
soil, and sharp sand, with thorough drainage. Ripened
cuttings, taken off at a joint, and inserted in pots of sandy
soil, will root readily under a hand glass, in a cool house.
A, pinlfolla (Pine-leaved)t fl. yellow, racemose. July. L fili-
form, channelled. A. 2ft. 1780.

A. umbellate (umbelled). fl. yellow. June. I flat, spathulate-
linear. A. 2ft. 1774. (B. B, 12, 10:5.)

u

146

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

AURANTIACEJE. An order of trees or shrubs, in-
cluding the Orange and Lemon trees. Flowers fragrant.
Fruit fleshy, edible. Leaves alternate, articulated above
the stem, filled with transparent oil cysts, giving them a
dotted appearance. Well-known genera are Citrua and
Limonia.

AURICULA (Primula Auricula). This favourite spring
flower (see Fig. 195) was, at one time, almost universally
cultivated, but has of late years fallen into much neglect ;
it is now, however, happily regaining enthusiastic admirers.
Although its culture is not nearly so difficult as is generally
understood, a few special items of treatment are neverthe-
less necessary to grow it successfully.

Frames for the reception of Auriculas should be prepared,
with a good bottom drainage, and an inside staging, similar
to the back stage of a lean-to greenhouse, arranged as
near the glass as possible. If the frames are about 4ft.
wide, they will be very convenient ; 1ft. deep in the
front, and about 3ft. at the back. This will allow for a
good stage arrangement. Of course, it is not necessary
to construct an expensive staging, as common boards can
be laid upon pots of various heights, the same results
being practically secured. These frames should face north
from May to October, and south in winter, during which
latter time it will be necessary to well cover the sides
with straw or brake. When frosty, the lights must also be

Fio. 195. A VARIETY OP PRIMULA AURICULA.
mated ; but, unless there is absolute fear of frost, the glass
should not be covered, as the more light the plants receive
the better. On all suitable occasions, both during summer
and winter, air must be freely admitted, and a good look-out
kept during showery weather ; hence it may be necessary
to tilt the lights with blocks rather than remove them
entirely. The latter plan should be adopted whenever
practicable, especially during early spring, and after they
are well established in their fresh pots in summer. This
will greatly assist to ripen the crown, and produce hard,
stout foliage, which will endure the winter much better
i if grown with less air. Many cultivators prefer small
span or lean-to houses to frames ; and it must be admitted
that these are better, more convenient, and in every way
more beneficial. Simple, inexpensive structures, no higher
than is absolutely necessary for convenience, with top and
side ventilation, will meet all requirements ; and if a 2in.
hot-water pipe is arranged next the eaves inside, it will be
a decided advantage during very severe weather.
_ Soil. The best compost that can be prepared for Auriculas
is as follows: Four parts good fibrous loam, one part well-
rotted cow manure, one part good leaf soil, and one part
ooarse river or silver sand, with a little charcoal or pounded
oyster-shells added. Carefully mix the whole together
before using. The loam should be stored about twelve

Auricula — continued.

months previous to being used, and it should be selected
from districts with a fine atmosphere ; the turf should be
cut about Sin. thick. Cow manure that has lain for a year
or so, and been subjected to sharp frosts, is most suitable,
as insect life, which it very probably contains, ia thereby
destroyed, and the whole materially sweetened.

Potting. This operation requires to be carefully done as
soon after flowering as possible, unless it is desired to save
seed, when it must be deferred until the seed is ripened.
May and June are the best months for general potting, and
whatever the size of the pots used, they should be care-
fully and thoroughly drained. After a good layer of pot-
sherds, place some charcoal, leaf mould, or spent hops.
Many good growers use the last very advantageously. For
good flowering plants, 48-sized pota are used, many culti-
vators preferring glazed pots to the unglazed; but such
are not absolutely necessary to ensure success. Before
repotting, remove most of the old soil, and with a sharp
knife cut off any bruised or cankered portion of roots ;
the stout tap-root may also be cut away if devoid of
fresh rootlets. Do not pot very firmly. Remove the plants
to their summer quarters, withholding water for a few
days, and keep the frames close. About a week after
potting, water may be advantageously given, the plants will
then soon resume root-action, and air may be admitted
afterwards on all suitable occasions. The collar or neck of
the plant must be left well above the surface of the soil.

Watering is a point that requires careful attention, as
neglect in this matter will result in failure. During the
growing season, Auriculas require an abundance of water ;
in fact, they must never be allowed to get dry. In the
winter, they must only be watered when they are really
dry, especially during a severe season. Care must be taken
to avoid watering the leaves, particularly in early spring,
as this tends to spoil the effect of the charming farinose
foliage. Above all, water must not be allowed to stand in
the heart of the plant, as such will inevitably cause in-
cipient decay. Hence it is necessary to keep a sharp look-
out for drippings from the glass, and to maintain tightly-
glazed frames. On all occasions, decaying leaves must be
removed, and especially during winter.

Top-dressing. About the middle or end of February, when
the plants commence new growth, the surface soil should
be removed about an inch or so deep, and the pots re-filled
with a rich compost made up of the following : Two parts of
turfy loam, one of rotten cow or hen manure, and one of
leaf soil ; if a little Standen's Manure is added, the compost
will be improved. After this top-dressing, the plants may
be watered freely.

Propagation by Offsets. When top-dressing, any offsets
with roots should be removed, and as soon after as possible
the remaining ones should be taken off, as it is much more
desirable to do so early than later on, when repotting ;
for, when making the first growth, they are the more
likely to root better, and stand a greater chance
making good plants before the season is over. Fill well-
drained Sin. pots with sandy soil, and arrange about four
offsets round the aides ; place under a bell glass, or in a
close hand-light, watering very sparingly so as to prevent
them damping off. They will soon establish themselves,
after which air may be admitted, and the plants may ulti-
mately be potted off singly. To induce choice varieties to
make offsets, the top of the old plant should be removed
and treated like the others, when, as a rule, several shoots
will be produced, which in due time may be removed. By
this means, a nice stock of the rarer kinds may be obtained ;
whereas, if such a course were not adopted, the rate of
increase would be extremely slow.

Flowering. During the flowering period, watering, as
already stated, must be carefully attended to, for if the
plants are allowed to get dry, the flowers will quickly
shrivel. They must also be kept well shaded from sunshine,
which quickly destroys the delicate blossoms. As the
trusses are developing, particular attention must be given

a

•f

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

147

Auricula — conlinved,

to night protection. It is, perhaps, better to cover every
night than to run the risk of exposing the nnexpanded
flowers to frost, as the effect is very prejudicial ; in fact,
if subject to frost, smooth even flowers may not be ex-
pected.

Seed Soring and Sowing. The only way to obtain new
varieties is by seed ; hence the value of careful seed-
saving will be apparent Severe discrimination must be
exercised in the selection of parents, and the flowers must
be very carefully crossed. The anthers should be removed
from the pistillate parent, if possible, before expansion, so
as to prevent any possibility of self -fertilisation; and, when
the stigma is xmdj, the pollen must be conveyed by means
of a small camel's-hair brash, care being taken not to mistake
the brashes used in different classes. It has been observed
in Auriculas that the issue from crossbred seed favours
the pollen more than the pistillate parent; hence the
sity of selecting good pollen parents. It is best to
hybridisation to separate classes — i«., cross a Self with a
Self, and a Green-edged variety with another of the same
class. The importance of selecting the best in each class
scarcely needs suggestion, having regard to constitution as
well as the quality of the flowers. The seed should be sown
as soon as ripe, or early in March, in well-drained pots, filled
with sandy soil, which must be well watered previous to
sowing. When this operation is completed, the seed must
be lightly covered with coarse sand, a sheet of glass placed
over the pot, and the latter stood in the hand glass, where
the offsets are rooted. Some of the seedlings will appear
in a month, but the bulk from that sown when ripe will not
be seen until the following spring; while others will germi-
nate even during the ensuing summer. The late comers
should be particularly cared for, as they frequently pro-
duce the best varieties. When the seedlings are large
enough, they must be pricked off in pots of sandy soil ; and,
when well established, potted off singly into small thumb
pots, and afterwards encouraged as judgment suggests.
Some growers allow the seedlings to remain in the store
pots till they flower, when the best are kept, and those not
required disposed of.

Insect Pests. Green fly are often very troublesome, and
should be exterminated as speedily as possible, by tobacco
fumigation, or by dipping the plants in a solution of
Gishurst's Compound, or carefully prepared Fir-tree Oil,
all of which are effectual. Many authorities denounce
fumigation, while others advocate it The roots are also
attacked by a mealy louse, named Trama auriculae, which
clusters about the roots and collar of the plants, sucking
nutriment therefrom ; and although, provided they do
not attack the collar, they have no greatly prejudicial
effect on the plant, yet it is desirable to exterminate
them. The only effectual way of accomplishing this is
to remove all soil, and thoroughly cleanse the roots
and collar in a solution of soft soap, with a little Fir-tree
Oil added. Of course, this is most easily managed when
repotting ; and, unless the plants are very badly infested, it
would not be advisable to run the risk of root washing
later in the year.

Classes. Auriculas are now arranged in five classes, four
of which constitute what are known as "show or stage
Auriculas," while the other is known by the name of
" Alpines." Each class is characterised by special points
of distinction, which, in the opinion of the strict "florists"
school, it is of the utmost importance to observe; and as
there is room for systematists in this, as well as in any
other branch of floriculture, we will follow the arrangement
usually adopted, and describe the distinguishing features
of, and enumerate some of the best varieties in, each class,
with their raisers' names attached :

Green edged. Outer edge green, or but sparingly dusted with
powder ; next, a zone of colour known as the body colour, which
raries, the darkest being most esteemed ; both edges of this cone
should be even, especially the inner one, but there are few
flowers perfect b this respect Next to the body-colour is th«
paste, which occupies the space between the inner circle of the

X (Pa-eX COLONEL TAYU>R(5b*X
ieksonX FEKBBOM (BoothX GoSuL"

(BeestooX CHAMPION

OF WELLINGTON (DicksonX FREEDOM (Booth
(TraillX HIGHLAND BOT (PollittX IMPERATOR
WILBRAHAM (OlirerX LORD PALMERSTO.X rt
Axs (OlirerX LTCURGUS (SmithX PRINCE OF
PRINCE OF WALES (AshtonX

GreiHMlced. Edge heavily dusted with powder, so as
to hide the normal green colour ; other points same as the
edged varieties. £ead*»0 varieties: ALEXANDER "
(KayX Cms. E. BROWS (HeadleyX COMPLETE
OP EUROPE (WaterhouseX DR. HORNER (R<

(SimoniteX GENERAL BOLIVAR (SmithX GEORGE LEVICK
(WalkerX GEORGE LIGRTBODT (HeadleyX JOHN WATERSTON
HERO (LancashireX RICHARD
TRAILL (LightbodyX

. Edge so heavily dusted with farina as to com-
the green

LIGRTBODT
LANCASHIRE
• (LigfatbodyX ROBERT TRAILL (LightbodyX

green and give it a white appearance;

iwwaer frequently as dense as on the paste portion ; other poinU
like the first Leadimff varieties: ACME (ReadX ANNE SMITH
(SmithX ARABELLA (HeadleyX BEAUTY (TraillX BRIGHT VENUS
(LeeX CATHERINA (SumnierscalesX CONSERVATIVE (Douglas).
COUNTESS OF WILTON (CbeethamX EARL GROSVENOR (LeeX
FAVORITE (TaylorX FRANK SiMONiTE(SimoniteX GLORY (TavlorX
JOBS SIMONITE (WalkerX NE PLUS ULTRA (SmithX REGULAR
(AshworthX SMILING BEAUTY (Heap), SYLVIA (DougUsX TRUE
BRITON (HepworthX

Sells. Tube bright yellow, and circular at the top ; paste dense,
pure, with an even edgre ; all the rest of the flower of one colour,
without shades or edging ; any colour holds good. Leadw
varieties: APOLLO (llayX BLACKBIRD (SpaldingX C. J. PERRT
(TurnerX DIKE OP ARGYLE (CainpbellX FORMOSA (SmithX GARI-
BALDI (PohlmanX HELEN LANCASTER (PohhnanX LORD OF LORNB
(CampbellX MAZIKNA (PohlmanX METEOR FLAG (LaghtbodyX
METROPOLITAN (SpaldingX MRS. DOUGLAS (SimouiteX MRS.
STURROCK (MartinX OTHELLO (NetherwoodX PIZARRO (Camp-
bellX TOPSY (KayeX

Alpines. Centre golden yellow, or white, and destitute of powder ;
body colour various ; edge one-coloured, shading off paler towards
the margin. These are much hardier than any of the other
classes, and will do well outside in most places. Leading
varieties : A. F. BARRON (Turner X BEATRICE (TurnerX BLACK
PRINCE (TurnerX BRONZE QUEEN (TuroerX COLONEL SCOTT
(TurnerX DIADEM (GortonX DUCHESS OK CONNAUGHT (TurnerX
EVENING STAR (TurnerX GEORGE LIGHTBODY (TurnerX JOHN
LEECH (Turner), MRS. BALL (TurnerX MRS. DODWELL (TurnerX
MRS. LLEWELLYN (TurnerX MRS. MEIKLEJOHN (Meiklejohn).
MRS. THOMSON (TuruerX QUEEN VICTORIA (TurnerX RUBENS
(TurnerX SAILOR PRINCE (TurnerX SEUNA (TurnerX SPANGLE
(Turner), SYDNEY (TurnerX TRIUMPHAAT (TurnerX
AURICULATE. Having ear-like appendages.
AUSTRIAN ROSE. See Rosa lutea.
A VENA (derivatijn obscure). The Oat. OBD. Gm-
minetf. A genus of grasses with loose panicles and com-
pressed spikelets. Of agricultural importance only, with
the following exception, which is an annual of easy culture
in ordinary garden soil Propagated by seeds, sown in
spring or autumn.

A, sterilU (barrenX The Animated Oat JL in drooping panicles of
large spikelets. A. lift, to 2ft. Barbary. 1MO. An elegant plant

AVENS. See Genm.

AVENUES. In forming an Avenue, the plan must
neither be tortuous nor of a " tedious sameness," but a
gradually winding line should, above all, be obtained, which
must in no way interfere with the view from the house.
About 12ft is the width usually allowed for the road, but
this depends upon individual taste or idea — this remark
applies to planting in double rows, the trees forming a
series of triangles, or in single rows. The distance across
the road from one row of trees to those opposite should be
at least 24ft The Lime is extensively used for Avenues
on account of its regular growth and the shade it affords.
The Cedar of Lebanon is one of the best and most suitable
evergreens. The Dutch Elm is used because of its rapid
growth, and forms one of the best deciduous trees for this
purpose. The well-known Horse Chestnut, in sheltered
spots, is very ornamental, as is also the Spanish Chestnut ;
the latter spreads rapidly. Where immediate effect is
required, nothing gives more satisfaction than the White
Poplar ; it grows in a wet soil better than anything else.

148

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Avenues — continued.

Deodars, Arancarias, Douglas Pine, the Mexican, Chinese,
and Japanese Cypresses, and many others, are eminently
suited for Avenue planting. Shrubs and herbaceous plants
should be introduced between the trees, and so remove any
bareness that may occur. Diervilla rosea, and its varie-
gated form, Aucubas, Rhododendrons, Hypericums, and
many others, could be mentioned to serve this purpose.
A moderately good soil will be found to answer generally.

AVERRHOA (in honour of Averrhoes, of Cordova,
a celebrated Arabian physician, who resided in Spain
during the domination of the Moors, about the middle of

Averrhoa— continued.

sometimes from the larger ones, and even the trunk, fr. the size
of a hen's egg, acutely five-cornered, with a thin, yellow rind, and
a clear watery pulp. I. alternate, with about four to five pairs of
ovate, acuminated, entire, stalked leaflets, the outer ones largest.
h. 14ft. to 20ft. 1793. This, as well as the first-named species, is
cultivated throughout the hotter parts of India, but where it
occurs truly wild is not known.

AVOCADO FEAR. See Fersea gratissima.
AWL-SHAPED. Narrow-pointed, resembling an awl.
AWLWORT. See Subularia.

AXIL. Literally the armpit ; in plants applied to the
angle formed by union of the leaf and stem.

FIG. 196. AZALEA BALSAMIN^FLORA.

the twelfth century ; he translated Aristotle into Arabic).
ORD. Geraniacece. Ornamental stove trees, thriving in
loam and peat. Half-ripened cuttings will strike in sand,
under a hand glass, about April, with bottom heat. The
leaves of the first-named species are irritable to the touch.

A. Bilimbi (Bilimbi-tree) fl. reddish purple, disposed in racemes,
rising from the trunk. May. fr. oblong, somewhat resembling a
small cucumber, with a thin, smooth, green rind, filled with a
grateful acid juice, and the substance and seeds not unlike that
of a cucumber. I. alternate, with from five to ten pairs of ovate-
lanceolate, entire, smooth leaflets on short stalks. A. 8ft to 15ft
Native country unknown, 1791. (B. F. S. 117.)

A. Conunbola. Carambola-tree. ft. red, scattered, disposed in
•hort racemes, usually rising from the smaller branches, but

AXILLARIA. See Folygonatum.

AXILLARY. Growing in the axil of anything.

AYRSHIRE ROSE. See Rosa repens capreolata.

AZALEA (from ataleos, dry, arid ; in allusion to the
habitat of the plant). ORD. Ericaceae. A genus of very
popular and beautiful hardy or greenhouse plants. The
species enumerated were included under Rhododendron by
Don, London, and others, contrary to the classification o
Linnteus, but the distinctive characters are not consistent.
In this genus, the stamens are usually five, but in Rhodo-
dendron ten is the typical number.

Ghent or American Azaleas. These are extremely

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

149

Azalea — continued.

popular hardy deciduous shrubs. When plants are grown
in the open, artificial crossing will be unnecessary ; but this
method must be employed upon those grown in the cool
greenhouse, if well fertilised seeds are required. The seed
should be gathered and sown when ripe in a large shallow
frame containing from 2in. to Sin. of peat, over which more
peat must be laid very level by means of a fine sieve;
or they may be kept until early the following spring. No
covering will be necessary, but a thorough watering with
a fine-rosed water-pot must be given. The lights should
be darkened, and the frames kept close until the young
seedlings begin to appear, when they must have air (care-
fully admitted), shade, and a daily sprinkling of water. By
the autumn, they will be large enough to transplant in
email clamps into boxes of peat and coarse sand, and to
place in other frames, or in the open. In each case, they
will need watering, shading, and to be kept close until
growth commences. The hardier the plants are before
winter commences, the better ; but a protection of mats or
similar material will prevent the probability of their being
killed by severe frosts. During the following season, they
will only require water during dry weather, and no pro-
tection need be afforded this winter. The next spring, they
should be planted out singly in beda, sufficiently wide apart
to allow the development of two years' growth. If an
upright growth is being made, the leading shoot must bo
shortened, in order to secure dwarf, well-branched plants.
The same methods should be employed on a smaller scale
where but a few are wanted. Grafting is largely prac-
tised to increase the stock of named varieties or choice
seedlings, the stock employed being A. pontica. This
process, of course, ensures the quicker production of flower-
ing plants. Layering in March, encasing the part buried
with moss, is also some times practised ; but the layer
must be left two years before separating. Cuttings of the
last year's wood, 2in. or Sin. long, taken with a heel,
root readily in sand ; about the end of August is the best
time for so doing. If they are pricked off in pots or
pans of sandy soil, and kept in a cool frame until they
are calloused, and afterwards introduced into a slight
bottom heat, they root quicker, but this is not absolutely
essential. When placed outside, they should be covered
with a handlight for about two months, and, at the end
of this time, air should be gradually given and increased.
Ghent Azaleas are now forced extensively for the market
as well as in private gardens ; and, by judicious culture,
they can be had in full blossom by Christmas. With this
end in view, they should be grown in pots, and have the
growth prematurely completed soon after flowering with
the aid of a little artificial heat; after which they may
be placed outside. During very hot and dry weather, the
north side of a wall is necessary, to prevent their flower-
ing in the autumn. The same plants must only be forced
every alternate year. Commence to place the plants in
heat in October, and keep up a succession until the
following March. The best plants for forcing purposes
are obtained from the Continent, where they are grown
in enormous quantities. When grown permanently out
of doors, the most suitable soil is peat and rough sand
mixed. Failing this, leaf mould, maiden loam, and sand,
will be found satisfactory. In many cases, we have known
them to flourish in ordinary garden soil.

The following varieties of Ghent Azaleas are distinct, and all
worth growing : ADMIRAL DE RUYTER, deep red-scarlet, very fine ;
ALTACLERE.NSIS, bright yellow; AMCENA, light pink; CAR.MEA
ELEGAXS, pale pink, shaded sulphur; COCCIXEA MAJOR, dark
scarlet, very fine ; CUPREA SPLE.\DE.\S, rich pink, shaded yellow ;
DECORATA, lovely pink; DIRECTEUR CHARLES BAUMAMX, rich
vermilion, spotted yellow ; ELECTOR, rich orange-scarlet ; GEANT
DES BATAILLES, deep crimson, very fine ; MADAME JOSEPH
BAUMAXX, bright pink, very free and good ; MARIA VERSCHAP-
FELT, shaded pink and yellow; MIRABILIS, very lovely pink;
MORTERI, rich yellow, shaded rosy-red ; POXTICA MACRA.VTHA,
rich deep sulphur, very large and fine ; PRINCESSE D'ORAXOB,
salmon-pink, very fine; SAXGUIXEA, deep crimson; VISCOSA
FLORIBUXDA, pure white, very fragrant.

Azalea — continued.
A. arborescens (tree-like).* fl. large

leafy; tube of corolla longer tnRn ^a; *hr
with the segments oblong and acute. May J. of the fl™ Z'r
buds large, yellowish-brown, surrounded wiih a fringed white
border, obovate. rather obtuse, smooth on both surfaces *lan
cous beneath, ciliated on the margins, and bavin ™hTmf,ir,"h
•Jmartsmooth. h. 10ft to 20ft. PennsylvaniaTlSlf fiSridiS

A. balsaminteflora (Balsam-flowered).* 0. bright salmnnv ™H
finely double and rUte-like, the UM^STLbSl
cated, much resembling in general appearance the blossoms of
Camellia-flowered Balsam. Japan, ft is a distinct speciei and
remains in blossom fora considerable period; the flowers are in-
valuable for bouquets. See Fig. 196, for which we are indebted

A. calendulacea (Marigold-like).* fl. yellow, red, orange and
copper coloured, large, not clammy, rather naked ; tube of corolla
hairy, shorter than the segments. May. I oblong, pubescent on
both surfaces, at length liairy. h. 2ft. to 6ft. Pennsylvania to
Carolina, 1806. This is said to be the handsomest shrub in North
America. There are several varieties of it in cultivation. Hardy •
deciduous. (B. M. 1721, 2143.)

A. hispida (bristly), fl. white, with a red border and a tinge
of red on the tube, which is wide and scarcely longer than
the segments, very clammy, leafy ; stamens ten. July I lonjt-
lanceolate, hispid above, and smooth beneath, glaucous on
both surfaces, ciliated on the margins, and having the nerve
bnstly beneath. Branches straight, and very hispid. A. 10ft.
to 15ft New York. Ac.. 1734. A hardy deciduous species!

FIG. 197. FLOWEE OP AZALEA I.F.OI FOLIA.

A. Icdifolia (Ledum-leaved).» fl. pure white, showy; corolla
campanulate ; in threes at the extremities of the branches;
calyx erect, glandular, and viscid. March, i, elliptic-lanceo-
late, h. 2fL to 6ft. China, 1819. The whole shrub is very
hairy. Hardy evergreen. SVN. A. lUiiflora. See Fig. 197.
(B. M. 2901.)

A. liliiflora (lily-flowered). Synonymous with A. ledifolia.

A. nudiflora (naked-flowered).* fl. in terminal clustered racemes,
appearing before the leaves, rather naked, not clammy ; tube of
corolla longer than the segments ; teeth of calyx short, rather
rounded ; stamens much exserted. June, {.lanceolate-oblong,
nearly smooth and green on both surfaces, ciliated on the margins,
having the midrib bristly beneath, and woolly above, h. 3ft. to
4ft. North America, 1734. This species hybridises very freely
with A. calendulacea, A. pontica, A. racoM, Ac., and descriptive

- lists of a host of hybrids of almost every conceivable shade,
both double anil single, are to be found in continental and
home catalogues, to which the reader is referred. Hardy.
(W. F. A., t 36.)

A. pontica (PonticX* /• leafy, clammy ; corolla funnel-shaped ;
stamens very long. May. I shining, ovate, oblong, puose,
ciliated. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Levant, Caucasus, Ac., 17%. The
varieties of this species are also numerous, differing prin-
cipally in the colour of the flowers and the hue of the leaves.
The flowers are of all shades, and frequently striped. The
name generally adopted, as above, must not be confounded
with Rhododendron ponticum. If the genus Azalea is merged
into Rhododendron, as is done by most systematists, this
plant must be called by Don's name, Rhododendron flavum.
(I. H. 1864, 415.)

A. proenmbena (procumbent). See Loiseleuria procumbens.

A. speoioaa (showy).* fl. scarlet and orange coloured ; corolla
silky, with obtuse, ciliated, lanceolate, undulated segments ;
calyx pubescent May. I. lanceolate, ciliated, acute at both

150

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Azalea — continued.

ends. Branches hairy, h. 3ft. to 4ft. North America. The
varieties of above are several, varying in the shape of the leaves
and the colour of the flowers. (L. B. C. 1255 )

A. viscosa (clammy).* Jl. white, sweet-scented, in terminal
clusters, downy, clammy, leafy ; tube of corolla as long as the seg-
ments. July. I. oblong-ovate, acute, smooth, and green on both
surfaces, ciliated on the margins, having the midrib bristly, h. 2ft.
to 4ft. North America, 1734. Like nearly all species belonging
to this genus, the varieties are many, varying in the colour of the
flowers and otherwise. (T. S. M. 438.)

A. v. nitida (shining).* JL white, tinged with red, clammy, leafy ;
tube of corolla a little longer than the segments. April. I. ob-
lanceolate, rather mucronate, leathery, smooth on both surfaces,
shining above, having the nerve bristly beneath, with revolute,
ciliated margins, h 2ft. to 4ft. New York, 1812. Hardy ; de-
ciduous. (B. R. 5, 414.)

Indian or Chinese Azaleas. This is a section of green-
house evergreen varieties obtained from A. indica (which
see), blooming continuously from November to June, or
even later, and of the greatest value for all purposes,
whether for decoration, cutting, or exhibition. Cultiva-
tion : Thorough drainage is essential, and a compost of
half peat, the other half made up of fibrous loam, leaf
soil, and sand, in equal quantities. They cannot have
too much light and air, and may be grown to almost
any size by shifting from one pot to a size larger. In
repotting, the whole of the crocks should be taken away
from the base of the ball of soil and roots, and the top
should also be removed till the fine roots are reached.
The plant should then be put in the now pot, and the
additional soil rammed firm, in order to prevent the water
running through it, and thus depriving the plant of any
benefit therefrom. In all cases, the roots near the stem
must be above the soil, BO that the water may not sink in
next the stem, or death will most certainly ensue. After
potting, for a few days the plants should be kept close and
freely syringed, and as the growth is completed, they
may be well hardened off. The best time for potting
is after flowering, before the now growth has been made.
From October to June the plants should be in the green-
house, and during the other months in a cold frame, or
plunged in pots in the open; or, what is preferable in
favoured localities, planted out in prepared beds ; they will
thus be kept cleaner, and the growth will be much
Buperior. In autumn they may bo lifted and repotted,
placing in a shady position for a few days. Water in
abundance must be given throughout the blooming and
growing season; and the plants must, on no account, be
allowed to become dry. At the same time, a proper amount
of care is most essential, as an excessive amount of
moisture is equally as fatal as drought. Cuttings should
be placed in sand under a bell glass with moderate bottom
heat; half-ripened ones are preferable. They must be
cut up to a joint — the base of a leaf — the lower leaves
for an inch stripped off, and the stem stuck into the
sand, which should lay, about an inch thick, on the top of
sandy peat soil ; the bottom of the cuttings should reach,
but not go quite into, the soil. The whole should be
covered with a bell glass, which must be wiped dry
every morning. Soon after the cuttings have commenced
growing, place them in small pots. They are also very
largely and easily increased by grafting ; indeed, this is the
only satisfactory method of securing standards. Seeds
may be sown similar to the last section, but in the
greenhouse, and, when well up, pricked out into little
pots lin. apart. Azaleas are liable to the attacks of
thrips and red spider, the latter being especially trouble-
some if the plants are in a dry position; frequent
syringing will materially help to eradicate both pests.
If insufficient, syringe with a solution of Gishurst's Com-
pound.

A. amcena (pleasing). ;l almost campanulate, rich crimson,
about lim. across, hose-in-hose conformation, produced in great
profusion. April. 1. small, size of the common Box, hairy, h. 1ft.
China. This is an elegant little neat and compact growing shrub
which has proved to be quite hardy in England. (B. M. 4728.)
A very beautiful series of hybrids have been obtained by cross-
ing this species with A. indica, which are most serviceable and

Azalea — continued.

free. The following are most desirable : LADY MUSGRAVE, light
carmine; Miss BUIST, pure white; MRS. CARMICHAKL, rich
magenta, shaded crimson; PRIME MINISTER, soft pink, deep
shaded, very free ; PRINCESS BEATRICE, light mauve, very distinct
and free ; PRINCESS MAUDK, rich magenta, rose shaded.

FIG. 198. FLOWER OF AZALEA INDICA.

A. Indica (Indian).* fl. campanulate, terminal, solitary or twin ;
calycine teeth long-lanceolate, obtuse, ciliated, spreading. I.
cuneate-lanceolate, finely crenulated, covered with sharp, close-

Branche

ends.

es also

pressed rigid hairs, attenuated at both
wit

great
including every shade and

covered with sharp, close-pressed, rigid hairs, h. 3ft. to 6ft.
Fig. 198. There are a great number of garden

ue-owere: . ORSIG, pure we ; LICE, rc eep
blotched with vermilion, very fine ; BERNARD ANDRE, dark
t-purple, large, semi-double ; CHARLES LKIRENS, dark salmon,
form and substance; COMTESSE EUGENIE I>R KERCHOVE,

China, 1808. See Fig. 198. There are a

seedlings of the Indian Azalea, inclu

colour. A selection to any extent may be made from the

nurserymen's catalogues, but, for the guidance of the amateur,

we have made a rigid selection of the best double and single

varieties.

Double-Flowered: A. BORSIG, pure white ; ALICE, rich deep
rose, blotched with vermili
violet-
good

white, flaked with red-carmine, semi-double; DOMINIQUE VER-
VAENE, bright orange, very fine ; DR. MOORE, deep rose, with
white and violet shading, very fine ; EMPEREUR DE BRESIL, rich
rose, banded white, the upper petals marked red ; FRANCIS DEVOS,
deep crimson ; IMDRICATA, pure white, sometimes flaked with
rose; MADAME IRIS LEFEBVRE, dark orange, shaded with bright
violet, and blotched with chocolate ; PRESIDENT GHELLINCK DE
WALLE, intense rose, upper petals blotched with lake, and crimson-
rayed ; SOUVENIR DE PRINCE ALBERT, rich rose peach, broadly
margined with pure white, very free and beautiful.

Single-Flowered : CHARM ER, rich amaranth, very large ; COMTESSK
DE BEAUFORT, rich rose, the upper petals blotched with crimson ;
CRITERION, rich salmon pink, white-margined; Due DE NASSAU,
rich rosy-purple, very free and large ; ECLATANTE, deep crimson,
rose shaded; FANNY IVERY, deep salmon-scarlet, blotched
magenta, very flue ; FLAMHKAU, rich glowing crimson, extremely
showy; JOHN GOULD VEITCH, lilac-rose, netted and bordered
white, and blotched with saffron, very showy ; LA SUPERBE, rich
lake, bordered orange, and black spotted, a very fine variety ; LA
VICTOIRE, centre reddish, white towards the edge, the upper
petals spotted with maroon-crimson ; Louis VON BADEN, pure
white, a grand variety ; MADAME CHARLES VAN ECKHAUTE, pure
white, with beautifully crisped edges, of excellent form and sub-
stance ; MADAME VAN HOUTTE, richly flaked with carmine
and rose, very large and free ; MARQUIS OF LORNE, brilliant
scarlet, of the finest form and substance ; MRS. TURNER, bright
pink, white-margined, and spotted with crimson ; PRFSIDENT
VAN DEN HECKE, white, striped and speckled with crimson, with
a yellow centre; PRINCESS ALICE, pure white, one of the best;
HEINE DES PAYS-BAS, rich violet-pink, margined with white;
Roi D'HOLLANDE, dark blood-red, spotted with black ; SIGIS-
MUND RUCKER, rich rose, white bordered, with crimson blotches ;
WILSON SAUNDERS, pure white, striped and blotched with vivid
ted, very fine.

A. mollis (soft). Synonymous with A. sinensis.

A. sinensis (Chinese). /. campanulate, downy, flame coloured ;
stamens equal in length to the petals. May. I. slowly deciduous,
elliptic, acutish, pilosely pubescent, feather-nerved, with ciliated
margins, greyish beneath. A. 3ft. to 4ft. China and Japan. A
large number of seedlings and hybrids from this species are in
cultivation, known under the name of Japanese Azaleas, and al)
are valuable for the decoration of the cool conservatory, or for
outdoor work. SYN. A. mollis. (L. B. C. 885.)

AZAB.A (in honour of J. N. Azara, a Spanish promoter
of science, but of botany in particular). OED. Bixinece.
Showy evergreen, hardy and half-hardy shrubs, with alter-
nate, simple, stalked stipulate leaves, and fragrant flowers.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

151

Azara — continued.

They thrive well in a compost of loam, leaf soil, and sand.
Ripened cuttings root readily if placed in sand, nnder glass,
in slight heat. It is believed that all the species enume-
rated will prove hardy if a slight winter protection in
midland and northern counties be afforded. This precaution
will be unnecessary in more southern parts.
A. dentata (toothed). Jl. yellow ; corymbs sessile, few-flowered.
June. /. ovate, serrated, scabrous, tomentose beneath ; stipules
leafy, unequal in size. h. 12ft Chili, 1830. (B. R. 1728.)

A. Gillesil (Gilles').* fl. bright yellow; panicles axillary, denselj
packed. Spring. I large, Holly-like, ovate, o
smooth, ft. 15ft Chili, T859. (B M. 5178.)

, densely
toothed,

BABIANA (from babianer, the Dutch for baboon ; in
reference to the bulbs being eaten by baboons). OKD.
Indece. A genus of very ornamental bulbous plants
confined to the Cape of Good Hope, with the exception of a
single species, which is found in Socotra. Flowers occa-
sionally fragrant, and generally characterised by their rich
self -colours, or the striking contrast of very distinct hues in
the same flower ; perianth regular and symmetrical, with six
ovate divisions (tube varying in length). Stems from 6in.
to 9in. high, arising from a small bulb-like conn, and bear-
ing tapering plaited leaves, which are usually more or less
densely covered with long hairs ; the scapes are racemose,

Fio. 199. AZARA HICROPHYLLA, showing Habit, and Foliage (half natural size).

A. Integrifolla (entire-leaved).* /. yellow, on numerous short
axillary spikes, of an aromatic fragrance. Autumn. I. obovate or
oblong, entire, smooth ; stipules equal, permanent, h. 18ft. Chili
(about Conception), 1832. The variegated-leaved form, although
rare, is very ornamental. The variegation consists of greenish-
yellow, with a blotch of dark green, and in a young state edged
with deep pink.

A. mlorophylla (small-leaved).* fl. greenish, corymbose, suc-
ceeded by numerous small orange-coloured berries. Autumn.
I. small, distichous, obovate, obtuse, dark-shining green, h. 12ft
Chiloe and VaWavia, 1873. This shrub is very ornamental as a
standard, and also excellent for covering walls. Quite hardy.
See Fig. 199, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and
Sons.

each bearing about six or more simultaneously expanding
flowers. They may be successfully grown in pots. By this
plan there is, perhaps, less danger of loss, and their flower-
ing season can be prolonged considerably. A light Bandy
compost, with a small proportion of well-decayed manure,
is required, and thorough drainage is also most essential.
Use 48 or 60-sized pots, placing four or five corms in the
former, and two or three in the latter, and keep moderately
dry until they commence to form roots. October is the
best time to pot. As soon as the plants appear above
ground, water may be carefully given, and the supply pro-

152

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Babiana — contin ued.

portionately increased as the plants develop. Very weak
liquid manure, applied twice a week, just as the spikes are
pushing up, will be beneficial. When the flowers fade,
and the stems show signs of decay, the supply of water
must be gradually decreased, thus inducing the thorough
maturation of the conns, upon which the next season's dis-
play depends. When quite down, store the pots in a dry
place till the time for repotting arrives, when the conns
should be carefully cleaned, and all offsets separated, the
latter being potted up in the same way as the parent
corms in order to produce flowering specimens; or they may
be kept in a pot of sand and planted in a warm border out-
side in March. Outdoor culture: A sheltered, sunny, and
well-drained situation is most essential to success. Al-
though not absolutely necessary, it is preferable to replant
every year in early spring, placing the bulbs about Sin. or

FIG. 200. BABIANA STKICTA RUBRO-CYANEA.
6in. deep, with a little sand sprinkled about them. Plant-
ing may, of course, be done in autumn, when it will be
necessary to cover with cocoa nut fibre refuse to the depth
of 5in. or Gin. In warm, sheltered situations, the corms
may remain undisturbed ; but, as a rule, it is desirable to
remove them late in autumn, when the leaves are dead, and
store them in dry sand through the winter in a cool, airy
position, free of frost. Mixed Babianas may be purchased
from dealers at a cheap rate, and, for general purposes,
they are best to plant. Propagation may be effected by
offsets and seeds. The former is the best and quickest
method. The offsets should be grown in boxes or planted
out in light rich soil until large enough for flowering.
Seeds sown in pans, and placed in a gentle heat, will grow
at almost any time ; the young plants will require to be
carefully transplanted each season until they develop into
flowering corms.

B. ccerulescens (bluish). Synonymous with B. plicata.

B. dlstlcha (two-ranked).* fl. with a Hyacinth-like fragrance ;

perianth pale blue; divisions narrow; margins undulated or

crisped. June, July. 1. lanceolate, acute, h. 6in. 1774. (B. M. 626.)

B. plicata (folded).* fl, with a very fragrant clove carnation-like

Babiana — continued.

perfume ; perianth pale violet-blue ; anthers blue, and stigmas
yellow. May, June. I. lanceolate, distinctly plicate. A. 6in.
1774. SYNS. a. ccerulescens, B. reftexa. (B. M. 576.)

B. rcflexa (reflexed). Synonymous with B. plicata.

B. ringens (gaping).* fl. scarlet, irregular in form, gaping, very
handsome. May, June. I. narrow, acute, deep green, h. 6in.
to 9in. 1752. (L. B. C. 1006.)

B. sambucina (Elder-scented). /. bluish -purple, with an Elder-
like fragrance; perianth divisions spreading. April, May. /.

SYN. Gladiolus

\ ; penan

lanceolate, slightly plicate. A. 6in. to 9in. 17
gambucinus. (B. M. 1019.)

B. Stricta (strict).* fl., perianth segments narrow, acute, outer
three white, inner three lilac-blue, with a dark blotch near the
base of each. May. I. broadly lanceolate, obtuse, ciliated.
h. 1ft. 1795. (B. M. 621.)

B. 8. angnstifolia (narrow-leaved), fl. fragrant ; perianth bright
blue, slightly pink in the tube. May and June. I. linear, acute,
light green, h. 1ft. 1757. (B. M. 637.)

B. s. rubro-cyanea (red-and-blue).* fl. 2in. or more in diameter ;
upper half of the perianth very brilliant blue, and the lower part
rich crimson, forming a central zone, in striking contrast to the
blue portion. May, June. I. broad, acuminated, downy on the
under surface, h. 6in. to Sin. 1796. See Fig. 200. (B. M. 410.)
B. 8. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).* fl. cream-coloured, or pale
yellow ; anthers blue, and stigmas yellow ; segments spreading.
April, May. I. narrow-obtuse, h. 9in. 1795. SYNS. Gladiolus
sulphureus, O. plicatus. (B. M. 1053.)

B. 8. villosa (villous).* fl., perianth smaller than the last, with
the narrower segments rather more widely spreading than in B. s.
rubro-cyanea, brilliant crimson, with violet-blue anthers. Au-
gust h. 6in. 1778. (B. M. 583.)

BABINGTONIA (named after C. C. Babington, Pro-
fessor of Botany at Cambridge, and a distinguished
botanical author). OBD. Myrtacece. A very pretty green-
house evergreen shrub, allied to Bceckea, from which it
differs in having the stamens collected in groups opposite
the sepals. Cuttings of the young nnflowering shoots may
be planted in sand under a bell glass, and kept in a
moderate heat until rooted, when they should bo placed
singly in small pots, in a compost of equal parts loam
and peat, with the addition of a little sand. As the
small pota fill with roots, the plants should be removed
into larger ones, and the compost have less sand in it;
but this should not be done until the next February. The
established plants must have a good shift about March
or April, and should be kept in a light, airy greenhouse ;
the first shoots may be topped to moderate their vigour,
and to produce a greater profusion of less luxuriant ones.
In May, when most plants are removed from the green-
house, these should be set to grow under a frame which,
while shielding them from heavy rains, and supporting
Borne slight shading in the hottest parts of the sunny days,
will not prevent a free circulation of air. To this end, tho
frame should be elevated from the rests or supports at its
corners ; the lights should be left off at night in fine, mild
weather, and on doll, cloudy days, being only replaced
during heavy rains, and when shading is necessary. To-
wards autumn, the plants must be returned to the green-

B. Camphorasmse (camphor-smelling).* fl. pinkish-white, in

little cymes, disposed in long terminal racemes. Summer. I.

linear, opposite, nerved, h. 7ft. Australia, 1841. (B. It 28, 10.)
BACCATE. Berried, fleshy ; having a pulpy texture.
BACCHARIS (from Bacchus, wine; referring to the
spicy odour of the roots). Ploughman's Spikenard. ORD.
Composites. A genus of hardy, stove, or greenhouse herbs,
shrubs, or trees. Flower-heads many-flowered, dioecious,
terminal. Involucre sub-hemispherical or oblong, in many
series, imbricated. Leaves simple, alternate, exstipnlate,
deciduous, oblong-lanceolate, notched, serrated, or entire.
Shrubs of short duration. These plants are neither beautiful
nor ornamental, but are of easy cultivation in ordinary soil.
Propagated by cuttings.
B. halimifolia (Halinius-leaved). Groundsel Tree, fl.-heads

white. July. 1. oblong-cuneate, obovate, coarsely toothed ;

branches angular, h, 6ft. to 12ft. Northern United States,

1683. Hardy.

BACHELORS' BUTTONS. The double-flowered
forms of Ranunculus acris, Lychnis diurna, &o.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

153

BACKHOUSIA (commemorative of the late James
Backhouse, a botanical traveller in Australia and South
Africa). OBD. Myrtacece. A greenhouse evergreen shrub,
requiring a compost of fibry peat, loam, and a little white
sand. Propagated, in April, by half-ripened cuttings, in-
serted in sand, under a bell glass, in a cool house.
B. myrtifolia (Myrtle-lea yed).* Jl. white, disposed in corymbs,
and often produced on cuttings soon after having struck root
May. L ovate, acuminate, smooth. • Branches slender, h. 16ft
New South Wales, 1844. (B. M. 4131)

BACONIA. A synonym of Pavetta (which see).
BACTRIS (from baktron, a cane ; the young stems being
used for walking sticks). ORD. Palmes. Very orna-
mental, slender growing, and prickly stove Palms. Pe-
duncle of the spadix bursting through about the middle of
the leaf sheath. Drupes small, ovate, or nearly round, and
generally of a dark blue colour. Leaves pinnatisect ; seg-
ments generally linear and entire. Instead of being con-
fined to the apex of the trunk, the leaves are scattered over
nearly the whole surface, and the lower ones retain their
verdure long after the upper ones have fully developed.
Stems slender, varying from 2ft. to 10ft. in height. Some
of the species are of easy culture in a compost of loam,
peat, leaf mould, and sand, in equal parts ; but most of
them are very difficult to manage. Propagation may be
effected by suckers, which are very freely produced. Many
species are ornamental only when in a young state.

B. bacnlifera (cane-bearing). I. pinnate, bifid at the apex, 2ft. to
6ft long ; pinna? arranged in clusters about 1ft long and 2in.
broad, dark green above, paler below ; petioles sheathing and
densely clothed with sharp brown and black spines, IJin long.
South America.

B. caryotsefolia (Caryota-leaved).* /., spathe ovate, prickly ;
branches of spadix simple, flexuous. I., pinnre wedge-shaped,
three-lobed, and erose ; rachis, petioles, and candex prickly.
h. 30ft. Brazil, 1825.

B. flavlspina (yellow-spined). Synonymous with B. paUidispina.

B. major (greaterX JL greenish-yellow, with a broadly ovate
spathe. A.lJ5ft Carthagena, 1800

B. Maraja (Maraja). Maraja Palm. JL yellow, with a prickly
spathe. A. 30ft to 50ft. Bahia, 1868.

B. pallidisplna (pale-spined).« I. pinnate, bifid at the apex ;
pinnae clustered, 6in. to 12in. long, lin. wide, dark ; petioles
sheathing at the base and furnished with a profusion of long,
yellow spines, which are tipped with black. Brazil. SYN.
B. flavispina.

BACULARIA (from baculum, a walking-stick). OBD.
Palmce. A small genu« containing a couple of stove
species, which are amongst the smallest Palms of the Old
World. Both are confined to the east coast of tropical
Australia. B. monostachya — in allusion to its slender stem,
which rarely exceeds in _ thickness that of the thumb — is
known as the Walking-stick Palm.
B. minor (lesser). L attaining 34ft Stems, several from same

rhizome, 2ft. to 5ft. high, $in. thick. Queensland.
B. monostachya (one-spiked). 1. pinnate, pendent, 6in. to 12in.
long, bifid at the apex ; pinnae about 4in. across, broad, irregular
in shape, with ragged and irregular ends; dark green. Stem
Blender, petioles sheathing, A. 10ft New South Wales, 1824.
SYN. Areca monostachya. (B. M. 6644.)

BADGER'S BANE. See Aconitiun meloctonum.
BJEA (commemorative of Eev. Dr. Beau, of Toulon,
brother-in-law to Commerson, the discoverer of the genus).
STN. Dorcoceras. OBD. Gesneracece. Curious and pretty
greenhouse herbaceous perennials, requiring a rich sandy
loam. They are easily propagated by seeds. Probably the
only species in cultivation is the following :
B. hygrometrlca (hygrometric).*/!. pale blue-coloured, yellowish
at the throat ; segments of the limb more or less reflexed ;
corolla five-lobed, somewhat resembling that of the Violet;
scapes numerous, naked, few-flowered. Summer. I. in a rosette,
thinly covered with coarse whit* hairs, ovate acute at both ends,
crenate serrate, h. 6in. North China, 1868. (B. M. 6468.)
B.ECKEA (named after Abraham Back, a Swedish
physician, and an esteemed friend of Linnaeus). OBD.
HyrtaceoB. Very pretty greenhouse evergreen shrubs.
Flowers white, pedicellate, small. Leaves opposite, gla-
brous, dotted. They thrive in a compost of sandy peat,
leaf soil, and lumpy, fibrous loam. Cuttings, taken from

Baeckea — continued.

young wood, root readily, if pricked in a pot of sand, with

a bell glass placed over them, in a cool house.

B. diosmse folia (Diosnia-leaved).* Jl. axillary, solitary approxi-
mate sessile. August to October. I. oblong, rather cuniated,
Keeled, acute, crowded, imbricate, and are, as well as the calyces
ciliated. A. 1ft. to 2ft New Holland, 1824.

B. frntescens (shrubby).* JL solitary ; pedicels axillary No-
vember. 1. linear, awnless. A. tft to 3ft China, 1806. (B. >1 2802 )

B. parvula (little), fl., peduncles axillary, umbelliferous. I.
elliptic-oblong, obtuse, rather mucronate. A. 1ft. New Caledonia,
1877. This is very close to B. virgala. (R. G. 886, 2.)

B. virgata (twiggy).* a., peduncles axillary, umbelliferous.
August to October. L linear-lanceolate. A. 2ft to 3ft New
Caledonia, 1806. (B. M. 2127.)

BJEB.IA (named in honour of Professor Baer, of the
University of Dorpat). OBD. Composites. A genus con-
Bisting of about half a dozen species. Probably the only
one in cultivation is that mentioned below; it is a very
pretty plant, of easy culture in ordinary garden soil. Pro-
pagated by seeds, sown in spring.
B. Chrysostoma (golden-mouthed). fi..headt bright yellow, soli-

tary, terminal, about lin. across ; involucre of about ten leaflets,

in two series. Early summer. I. linear, opposite, entire. Stems

erect, downy. A. 1ft California, 1835. (S.B. F. G. ii. 395.)

BAGGED. Swelled like a sac or bag.

BAHIA (probably from Port of Bahia, or San Salvador,
in South America). STN. Phialis. ORD. Composites. An
ornamental, hardy, herbaceous perennial, much branched
from the base of the stem, and having a greyish appear-
ance. It may be increased by seeds, or by divisions.
B. lanata (wholly). JL-headt yellow, solitary, produced in great

numbers. Summer. 1. alternate, or with the lower ones some-
times opposite, deeply divided, and sometimes Ululate and entire.

A. 6in. to 15in. North America. This species thrives on borders

of light and well-drained sandy soil (B. II. 1167.)

BA.LANINUS. See Nut Weevil.

BALANTIUM (of Kaulfuss). See Dicksonia.

BALANTIUM (of Desvaux). See Parinarinm.

BALBISIA (commemorative of Giovanni Bittista
Balbis, a Professor of Botany at Turin). SYN. Ledocarpum.
OBD. Geran.ia.cec3. A very ornamental half-hardy ever-
green shrub, requiring a cool, dry atmosphere. As it is
very liable to rot off, water must be applied with great
care. Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood, inserted
in sand, under a hand glass ; or by seeds.
B. vertlcillata (whorled). Jl. yellow large, with a whorl of

narrow bracts beneath. Autumn. I. opposite, three-parted ;

segments linear-oblong. Branches slender, glaucous. A. 3ft. to

6ft Chili, 1846. (B. M. 6170.)

BALCONY. A projection from the external wall of a
house, usually resting on brackets, and having the sides
encompassed by a balustrade. It should at all times be
prettily decorated with plants, which in the summer ia a
comparatively easy matter. During winter, evergreens of
various kinds are most serviceable, the best being Arbutus,
Ancubas, Boxes, Euonymuses, Hollies, Irish and Goldon
Tew, Portugal Laurel, Retinosporas, Vincas, Ac. These
may be grown in pots, and when replaced by the summer
occupants, should be plunged in some reserve quarter,
where they should receive plenty of water ; by this means,
they will increase in size, and keep in a healthy condition.
Very little water will be required during the winter.
Climbing plants, such as Ivy, Passion Flower, Virginian
Creeper, Climbing Roses, &c., are indispensable for covering
the trellises, and draping the pillars and arches.

BALDINGERA. A synonym of Fremna.

BALL. This term is used in reference to the roots and
mass of earth as they are moulded into form and pressed
into hardness by the pot. The masses of roots and earth
which, in the case of fibrous-rooted subjects (such as
Rhododendrons), must be taken intact when removing the
plants, are also termed Balls.

BALM (Melissa officinalis). A perennial herb, often
used in the manufacture of a drink for sick persons,
and sometimes employed for culinary purposes. It may
be grown in ordinary garden soil, and is propagated by

X

154

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

continued.

divisions, in spring. A pretty variegated form is some-
times met with, having the additional advantage of being
equal to the normal species for medicinal purposes.

BALM OF GILEAD. See Cedronella triphylla
and Fopulus balsamifera.

BALSAM (Impatient BaUamina). A well-known
ornamental and tender annual, native of India. It is
one of the showiest of summer and autumn flowers, and
well deserves a place in every garden. Although of com-
paratively easy cultivation, good blossoms and well-grown
plants are far too rarely seen. A good Balsam flower should
be quite as double as a perfect Camellia, and to show to the
greatest advantage should appear like one in the arrange-
ment of the petals. To secure this, seeds should only be
saved from the finest and most perfect flowers, although
the quantity must, of necessity, be small. They should be
sown, about the third week in March, in properly prepared
pans of rich sandy soil, and placed in a gentle bottom heat
of about 65deg. As soon as the first rough leaf appears,
the plants should be potted off into Sin. pots, care being
taken to let the cotyledon, or seed leaves, be close to the

FIG. 201. CAMELLIA-FLOWERED BALSAM.

noil. When the roots touch the sides of the potp, the plants
should be moved into larger ones, and this should be re-
peated until they are in 8in. or lOin. pots. Some growers
place one or two seeds in small pots, so as to avoid the
first shift, and a good plan it is. During the time the
plants are under glass, they should be kept as near the
light as possible, and be frequently turned around, so that
they do not draw to one side ; and careful training must
be given to those that are required in fine form. Dis-
budding is also necessary to such as are wanted at their
best, removing all blossom from the main stem and base of
branches until the plants are of sufficient size, and then
the buds at the tops will flower almost simultaneously.
The buds that will be formed afterwards will cause a con-
tinuance of blossom for a long time, in fact, for some
months, if the plants are liberally supplied with liquid
manure. If it is desired for them to flower out of doors,
the plants should be transferred, about May, to a frame
where the heat is not above 50deg., and be kept in a steady
growing state, air being admitted on all suitable occasions,
cold winds and heavy rains avoided, and water supplied
when needed ; never allow them to get dry. They require
training and disbudding the same as those grown in the

Balsam — continued.

greenhouse. About June, the plants should be fully ex-
posed during the day ; and, when danger of frost is over,
the lights may be kept off altogether. These should flower
at the end of July. In all cases, plenty of drainage must be
allowed, as the amount of water required is very great.
Insects must be sharply looked after, as well as slugs
and snails. There are several sections, such as Camellia-
flowered (see Fig 201), Rose-flowered, &c., each containing
variously striped, spotted, and entire coloured blossoms, and
it is best to pay an extra figure to secure a good strain.

BALSAM APPLE. See Momordica Balsaminea.

BALSAMINA. See Impatiens.

Fio. 202. BAMBUSA ARUNDINACEA.

BALSAMINEJE. A tribe of plants belonging to the
order Geraniacece. Sepals and petals all coloured, consisting
of six segments, " two outer ones small, flat, and oblique ;
the next large, hood-shaped, ending below in a conical spur ;
the fourth opposite to it, small, very broad, concave ; the
two innermost very oblique, and more or less divided into
two unequal lobes." The best known genus is Impatiens.

BALSAMODENDRON (from balsamon — an old
Greek word used by Theophrastus — balm or balsam, and
dendron, a tree). OBD. Burseracece. Greenhouse or stove
balsamiferous trees. Flowers small, green, axillary, often
unisexual ; calyx four-toothed, permanent ; petals four,
linear-oblong, induplicately valvate in aestivation; sta-
mens eight, inserted under the annular disk, having
elevated warts between them. Berry, or drupe, ovate,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

155

Balsamodendron — continued.

acute, one to two-celled, marked with four sutures.
Leaves with three to five sessile, dotless leaflets. They
thrive in a compost of thoroughly drained sandy
loam. Propagated by cuttings of ripe young
wood, taken in April, and placed under a hand
glass, in bottom heat. The species named below
doubtfully belongs to this genus, as the charac-
teristics above enumerated will show.
B. zeylanicum (Ceylon).* ft. white, three-petaled,

fomerated, involucrated ; racemes interrupted, downy,
iinpari -pinnate, with five to seven-stalked, ovate,
acute leaflets, h. 30ft. Ceylon.

BALSAM OF CAPEVI. See Copaifera.

BALSAM-TREE. See Clusia.

BAMBOO CANE. See Bambusa.

BAMBUSA (from bambu, the Malay name).
Bamboo Cane. ORD. Oraminece. A genus of orna-
mental, shrubby, greenhouse, half-hardy or hardy
shrubs, each culm flowering but once. Flowers
usually hexandrons. Leaves, as a rale, relatively shorter
than the stems, lanceolate, and narrowed at the base.
Stems jointed, flexuose, branching, usually hollow, and,
when mature, of a hard, woody nature. In well drained,
sheltered situations, in the open, with rich, loamy soil,
some of the species make extremely graceful objects, par-
ticularly so in the more southern counties of England,
and in parts of Scotland. Unless a very severe winter
is experienced, they may be left without protection.
Plants of all the species, however, should have the shelter
of a cold greenhouse till about the end of April ; when they
should be gradually hardened off, and transferred to a

Bambusa— continued.

the summer. A good watering must be given after plant-
ing, to settle the soiL Propagation is effected by careful

Fu;. 203. KAMBUSA AURRA.

warm, i
gins of

ihelterod spot,
lakes, &o., aa

such as in woodlands, by the mar-
they like plenty of moisture during

FlO. 204. BAMRl'SA NANA.

division of well-developed plants, which should be done in
early spring, just as new growth is commencing ; and it
is advisable to establish the divisions in pots. See also

B. arundlnacea(Reed-like). * Stem very stout, rising like a
beautiful column to some 50ft. or 60ft. in height ; the laterals
producing a profusion of light green leaves, the whole presenting
the appearance of a huge plume of feathers. India, 1730. This
species is best treated as a stove plant, but it may be placed out
of doors in summer. See Fig. 202. (B. F. S. 321.)

B. a urea (golden).* I. lanceolate, acute, light green, distinguished
from B. nana by having their under surface less glaucescent, and
the sheath always devoid of the long silky hairs. China. This
very handsome species forms elegant tufts, with its slender much-
branched stems, which attain a height of from 6ft. to 10ft., and
are of a light green colour in a young state, ultimately changing
into a yellowish hue. Hardy in most parts of the country. See
Fig. 203.

B. Fortune! (Fortune's).* I. linear-lanceolate, abruptly pointed,
somewhat rounded at the base, on very short hairy stalks, serrated
and often fringed with long hairs on the margin, downy on both
sides, and distinctly variegated, the transverse veins often of a
bottle-green colour, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Japan. A dwarf tufted species,
with very slender stem. Quite hardy. There are only varie-
gated varieties of this in cultivation, viz., varitgata and argentto-
vittata. (F. d. S. 1863, t. 1535.)

B. glanca (milky-green). A synonym of B. nana.

B. japonica (Japanese). Synonymous with Arundinaria Metake.

B. Maximowlczil (Maximowicz's). Synonymous with Arundi-
naria Maximowiczii.

B. Metake (Metake). Synonymous with Arundinaria Metake.

B. mitis (small). I. deep green, lanceolate, acute, striated, clasp-
ing the stem; panicle simple, erect, close; spikes long, imbri-
cated. Stem tapering, h. 40ft Cochin China and Japan. This

150

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Eambusa — continued.

vigorous-growing species can be cultivated out of doors during
summer, and, in most localities, it may be left out all the year.
B. nana (dwarf).* I. lanceolate, acute, glaucous, stoutish, with the
footstalks slightly downy, h. 6ft. to 8ft. India, 1826. A rather
tender specie!, requiring to be grown in the stove orgreenhouse.
SYXS. B. ijlaticn and B. mridi-glaucescens. See Hg. &».
B. nigra (black). See Phyllostachys nigra.
B Raeamowskl (Ragamowsk's).* 1. 9in. to 18in. long, and about
iinTtfsiHroad. China and Japan. This species '?can readily
bo recognised by the tomentose line on one side of the midrib,
running nearly the whole length of the leaf on the underside .this
line being always on the longer side of the leaf." Hardy. SYN.
B. tessellata.

B. Simonii (Simon's).* I. narrow, nearly 6in. to lOin. long, occasion-
allyStriped with white. Stems growing with great rapidity,
mealy -glaucous at the joints ; branchlets numerous, rather closely
crowded. A. 10ft. China and Japan, 1866.

B. striata (striated).* I. linear-oblong ; culms striped yellow and
grV^rT^ oft. to 20ft. China, 1874. A very slender and.graceful,
father tender, species. May be grown in the open air during
summer, and in very favoured spots it is probably hardy, espe-
cially if covered with a mat in winter. It makes an excellent
pot plant. SYN. B. viridi-striata. (B. M. 6079.)
B. tessellata (tessellated). A synonym of B. Ragamowski.
B violescens (nearly-violet).* I. green above, bluish-grey beneath,
with an elongated ligule, surrounded by a bundle of black hairs.
Stems much branched, blackish-violet. China, 1869. 1 his hand-
some and vigorous species is intermediate between Phyllostachys
nigra and B. nana. It requires protection during winter.
B. vtridi-glaucescens (glaucous-green). A synonym of B. nana.
B. viridi-striata (green-striped). A synonym of B. striata.
BANANA, or PLANTAIN. See Musa.
BANEBERRY. See Actaea.

BANISTEBIA (named after John Baptist Banister, a
traveller in Virginia in the seventeenth century, author of
a catalogue of Virginian plants, inserted in Ray's " Historia
Plantarum "). OBD. Malpighiacece. Stove trees or shrubs,
frequently climbing. Flowers yellow; calyx five-parted;
petals furnished with long stalks; stamens ten. Leaves
simple, stalked. They are for the most part very orna-
mental, but are not often seen in flower in this country.
They will grow in a mixture of loam, leaf soil, and peat,
with some sharp sand added. Cuttings, made from ripened
wood, will root freely in sandy soil, under a hand glass, in
stove heat, taking about three or four weeks to do so.
B. chrysophylla (golden-leaved).* JL deep orange, axillary,
corymbose. /. ovate, oblong, acutish, somewhat sinuated towards
the top, clothed beneath with golden shining down. Brazil, 1793.
Climber.
B. cilia ta (ciliated).* fl. large, orange-coloured, umbellate. June.

I. cordate, orbicular, smooth, ciliated. Brazil, 1796. Twiner.
B. ferruginea (rust-coloured). Jl. yellow; racemes panicled.
June. I. 2in. long, ovate, acuminated, smooth above, and shining,
rusty beneath, and are, as well as the petioles, clothed with
close pressed hairs. Brazil, 1820. Climber.

B. fulgcns (glowing).* ft., yellow, in umbellate corymbs. I. ovate,
acuminated, smooth above, and clothed with silky pubescence
beneath, as well as the petioles. Branches dichotomous. West
Indies, 1759. Climber.

B. Humboldtiana (Humboldt's).* /. yellow ; umbels lateral and
terminal, sessile. I. roundish ovate, cordate, rather acuminated,
mucronate, membranaceous, smoothish above, clothed beneath
with soft hoary down as well as the branchlets. South America,
1824. Climber.

B. sericea (silky). Jl. yellow, racemose. July. I. ovate, obtuse,
with a mucrone; younger ones downy on both surfaces, adult ones
only on the under surface ; down of a golden shining colour. Brazil,
1810. Climber.

B. splendens (splendid).* fl. yellow ; racemes axillary, dicho-
tomous, umbellate. Floral leaves orbicular, and nearly sessile.
I. cordate, kidney-shaped, orbicular, clothed with silky down
beneath. South America, 1812. Climber.
BANKS. These are usually formed with a view to
increasing the amount of surface ground, and for the
acceleration or retarding of vegetable crops, such as straw-
berries, &c. They should be from 6ft. to 12ft. apart, ac-
cording to the depth of soil, and run from east to west.
In constructing Banks of a uniform size, great care, and
a constant use of the garden line, will be found necessary.
For the warmest side of the Banks, Dwarf French Beans,
Peas, Vegetable Marrows, Cucumbers, New Zealand Spinach,
Capsicums, &c., may be grown. On the opposite side, and

Banks — continued.

when a prolonged supply is desired, Cauliflower, Broccoli,
Lettuce, Turnip, Spinach, &c., may be sown thinly in drills,
to be thinned out. and remain. It needs but littlo dis-
cretion to produce valuable crops by this method.

BANKSIA (named in honour of Sir Joseph Banks,
once President of the Royal Society, and a distinguished
patron of science, particularly of Natural History). ORD.
Proteacece. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, natives of Aus-
tralia, principally grown for the beauty of their foliage.
Leaves variable in form, usually dark green, clothed with
white or rufous down beneath ; margins deeply serrated or
spinous, rarely entire. The following is the mode of cul-
ture recommended many years ago by Sweet. The pots
should bo well drained, by placing a potsherd about half
way over the hole at the bottom of the pot, then laying
another piece against it that it may be hollow, afterwards
putting some smaller pieces all around them, and on the
top of these some others broken very small. All the
plants belonging to the order Proteacece should be drained
in a similar manner, as the roots are very fond of running
amongst the broken potsherds, and consequently there ia
less danger of their being overwatered. Care must also be
taken not to allow them to flag, as they seldom recover if
once allowed to get very dry. The plants should be placed
in an airy part of the house when indoors. Cuttings are
generally supposed to be difficult to root, but this is not
the case if properly managed. Let them be well ripened
before they are taken off ; then cut them at a joint, and
place them in pots of sand, without shortening any of the
leaves, except on the part that is planted in the sand, where
they should be taken off quite close. The less depth they
are planted in the pots the better, so long as they stand
firm when the sand is well closed round them. Place them
under hand glasses in the propagating house, but do not
plunge them in heat. Take the glasses off frequently to
give them air, and dry them, or they will probably damp
off. When rooted, transfer to small pots ; after which,
place them in a close, unheated frame, and harden by
degrees. Seeds are a very unsatisfactory means of multi-
plying the stock.

B. temula (rivalling).* 1. 6in. to lOin. long, lin. broad, linear-
oblong, tapering slightly at the base ; edges deeply toothed, deep
green on both sides ; midrib of under surface clothed with rich
brown hairs, h. 20ft. 1824. SYN. B. elatior. (B. M. 2671.)
B. australis (southern). A synonym of B. marginata.
B. Caleyi (Caley's). 1. 6in. to 12in. long, linear, deeply and
regularly toothed from base to apex, dark green above, palor
below, h. 5ft. to 6ft. 1830. Said to be an elegant species.
B. collina (hill-loving).* I. 2in. to Sin. long, Ain. broad, linear ;
apex pnemorse, as if bitten straight off ; upper surface dark green,
suvery below, h. 6ft. to 8ft. 1822. This forms a dense and
handsome shrub, especially with its large head of yellow flowers.
SY.VS. B. Cunninyhami, B. ledifolia, and B. littoralis. (B. M. 3060.)
B. Cunningham! (Cunningham's). A synonym of B. collina.
B. dryandroides (Dryandra-like).* I. 6in. to lOin. long, Jin.
broad, pinnatifid, divided almost to the midrib ; lobes triangular,
deep green above, and reddish-brown below. Stem clothed with
reddish-brown hairs, h. 6ft. 1824. This plant is extremely
graceful and elegant as a table decoration.
B. elatior (taller). Synonymous with B. cemula.
B. integrifolia (entire-leaved). I. cuneate-oblong, 6in.
nearly lin. wide at the broadest part ; edges entire ; upper si
dark green, silvery white beneath, h. 10ft. to 12ft. 1788.
B. macrophylla, B. oleifolia. (B. M. 2770.)
B. i. compar (well-matched). I. very densely set upon the

ong,

side

SY.NS.

,
ive green, silvery white beneath.

branches, oblong, tapering at the base, blunt at the apex ; edge

serrulate ; upper side dark oliv

h. 6ft., finely brandling. 1824.
B. latifolia (broad-leaved). I. 6in. to lOin. long, 3in. broad,

obovate-oblong ; edges serrated ; upper surface deep green,

beneath clothed with woolly greyish hairs, those on the midrib

bright brown, h. 20ft. 1801 (B. M. 2406!)
B. ledifolia (Ledum-leaved). Synonymous with B. collina.
B. Iittorali8 (shore). Synonymous with B. collina.
B. macrophylla (large-leaved). Synonymous with B. integrifolia.
B. marginata (margined). I. lin. to 2in. long, iin. broad, blunt

at the apex, armed with several short spines, and tapering at the

base, deep green on the upper surface, snowy white beneath.

A. 5ft. to 6ft 1822. SYN. B. australU. (B. M. 1947.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

157

Banksia — continued.
B. occiden tails (western).* JL yellow, rather handsome, in spikes

about 4m. long. April to August J. Sin. to 6in. long, Jin. broad.

A. 5ft 1803. West coast of New Holland. A beautiful species.

(B. M. 3535.)

B. oleifolla (Olive-leaved). Synonymous with B. \nUgr\fol\a.
B. Solanderi (Solander's).* L 4in. to 6in. long, and over 2in. wide,

deeply pinnatifid, with three to six pairs of lobes on each leaf ;

apex as if bitten off ; upper side dark green, under silvery white.

B. speciosa (showy).* I. 8in. to 14in. long, about *in. wide,
pinnatifld, but divided almost to the midrib ; lobes semicircular,
with a spine on the end of each ; upper side deep green, beneath
silvery white, with the midrib clothed with ferruginous woolly
hairs. A. 6ft 1805. Both this and the preceding species are very
handsome, and highly deserving of the most extensive culture.

B. qnercifolia (Oak-leaved). L cuneate-oblong, deeply incised
at the margins, and having a short spine upon each lobe. A. 5ft
1806. (B.R.1430.)

BANKSIA (of Forster). A synonym of Pimelea.

BAOBAB-TREE. See Adansonia.

BAPHIA (from baphe, a dye; the tree produces the
camwood of commerce). Camwood or Barwood. ORD.
Leguminota. A stove tree, requiring a loam and peat soil.
Cuttings, not deprived of any of their leaves, will root in a
pot of sand, under a hand glass, in heat

B. nltlda (shining), fl. white; corolla with a roundish spreading
vexillum, linear wings, which are about the length of the vexil-
lum, and an acute carina ; pedicels two to three together, one-
flowered, axillary. June. I. entire, oval-oblong, acuminated,
shining. A. 30ft Sierra Leone, 1793. (L. B. C. 367.)

BAPTISIA (from bapto, to dye; so named from the
economical use of some of the species). OBD. Leguminosoe.
North American hardy herbaceous plants, with trifoliate,
rarely simple leaves, and racemes of yellowish or blue
flowers. They are somewhat shy blossomers,' but grow freely
in a loamy soiL Propagated by divisions, or, more easily,
by seed, which latter may be sown in sand and leaf mould
in the open, or in pots placed in a cold frame.

B. alba (white).* JL white ; racemes terminal June. I. stalked,
glabrous ; leaflets elliptic-ob'.ong, obtuse ; stipules deciduous,
subulate, shorter than the petioles. Branches divaricate. A. 2ft
1724. (B. M. 1177.)

-, -

gated, shorter than the branches. June. L stalked, smooth ;
leaflets oblong-cuneated, obtuse, four times longer than the

B. australia (southern).* JL blue ; racemes few-flowered, elon-

er than the branches.
blong-c

petiole ; stipules lanceolate, acute, twice the length of the petiole.
Stem branched, diffuse. A. 4ft to 5ft 1758. (Flora, 1856, 2 ;
B. M. 509.)

B, confusa (confused). /L dark bine, alternate, bracteate;
racemes elongated. June. L stalked, smooth ; leaflets oblong-
cuneated or obovate ; stipules linear-lanceolate, twice the length
of the petioles. Stem branched, h. 1ft. to 2ft 1758.
B. exaltata (exalted).* fl. deep blue ; racemes many-flowered,
elongated, twice the length of the branches. June. I. termite,
stalked ; leaflets lanceolate-obovate, five times longer than the
petioles ; stipules lanceolate, acuminated, three times longer than
the petioles. Stem erect branched. A. 3ft. to 4ft 1812. (S. B.
F. G. 97.)

B. lencophoa (dusky-white). Jl. cream-coloured ; racemes many-

flowered; lateral, with the flowers leaning to one side. July.

1. sessile, somewhat villous ; leaflets rhomboid-obovate ; stipules

and bracts ovate, acute, broad, leafy. A. 1ft 1870. (B. AL 5900.)

B. minor (less). jL blue ; racemes axillary, bracteate. June.

I., leaflets rhomboid-lanceolate ; stipules lanceolate, longer than

the petioles. Stem erect, solid. A. If t to 2ft 1829.

B. perfoliata (perfoliate-leaved).* Jl. yellow, small, axillary,

solitary. August I. perfoliate, roundish, quite entire, rather

glaucous. A. 3ft. 1793. (B. M. 3121.)

B. tinctorla (dyersV /. yellow, with wings each furnished with

a callosity, or lateral tooth ; racemes terminal. I. stalked, upper

ones nearly sessile ; leaflets roundish-obovate ; stipules setaceous,

almost obsolete. A. 2ft to 3ft 1759. (L. B. C. 588.)

BARBACENIA (named after M. Barbacena, a Cover-

nor of Minas Geraes). Formerly placed in OBD. Hasmo-

doraceae, but now referred by Bentham and Hooker to

Amaryllidece. Very singular and pretty greenhouse ever-

green herbaceous perennial^, allied to Vellozia. Flowers

purple, large, showy; perianth funnel-shaped, resinosely

hairy on the onteide; limb spreading ; scapes one-flowered,

usually clothed with glandular hairs. Leaves firm, spiral,

spreading, acutely keeled. Lindley says the plants are

. capable of existing in a dry hot air, without contact with

Barbacenia— continued.

the earth, on which account they are favourites in South
American gardens, where, with Orchids and Bromeliads
they are suspended in the dwelling house*, or hung to
the balustrades of the balconies, in which situation they
flower abundantly, filling the air with their fragrance.
They are rarely seen in our gardens. They may be grown
in baskets of fibrous loam and peat, with some nodules of
charcoal added.

FIG. 205. FLOWER OF BARBACE.MA PURPUREA.

B, purpurea (purple).* JL funnel-shaped, six cleft, ttrminal, soli-
tary ; ovarium elongated, tuberculated. July. I. linear, keeled,
with spiny serratures. A. I2ft. Brazil, 1825. See Fig. 205.
(B. M. 2777.)

B. Rogierl (Rogers')-* #., scape and ovaria tnberc'ed ; filaments
broad, bifid. July. I. linear, acuminated, imbricate, with
broad stem-clasping bases, finely .-pinely serrated on the margin,
and keel recurved ; caudex short. A. Ijft. Brazil, 1850.
(L. J. F. 82.)

BARBADOS CHERRY. See Malpighia.
BARBADOS GOOSEBERRY. See Pereskia
aculeata.

BARBADOS LILY. See Hippeastrum eqnestre.
BARB AREA (anciently called Herb of St. Barbara).
Winter Cress ; American Cress. OBD. Cruciferae. Hardy
glabrous perennial herbs. ' Flowers yellow ; racemes erect,
terminal. Stems erect. They are of easy culture, but
scarcely worth growing in the pleasure garden. Propagated
by cuttings, suckers, divisions, or seeds.

B. praecox (early). L, lower ones lyrat* ; terminal lobe ovate ;
upper ones pinnate-parted ; lobes linear-oblong, quite entire. A.

1ft to lift " Commonly known as American, or Black American

Here and there on roadsides, and in dry gravel
in Great Britain. An escape from cultivation. (Sy. En. B. 124.)

F-

B.

elly places

I., lower ones lyrate ; terminal lobe

roundish ; upper ones obovate, toothed, or pinnatifid. A. lift
The double flowering fo

form of this native species is the only one
rowing for beauty ; it is gen
ket The variegated form i
pretty, and comes true from seed. (Sy. En. B. 120.)

of this genus worth growing for beauty ; it is generally known
Double Yellow Rocket The variegated form is also rather

BARBATUS. Having long weak hairs, in one or
more tufts; bearded.

BARBERRY. See Berberia.

BARBIE RIA (in honour of J. B. G. Barbier, M.D.,
a French physician and naturalist, author of "Prin-
cipes Generaux de Phannacologie on de Matiere Medicale,"
Paris, 1806). OBD. Leguminosct. An ornamental stove
evergreen, requiring a mixture of peat, loam, and sand.
Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood, which should
be placed in sand, under a glass, in stove heat.
B, polyphylla (many -leaved).* JL scarlet, 2in. long: racemes

axillary, few-flowered, shorter than the leaves. L impari-pinnate,

with nine to eleven pairs of elliptic-oblong, mncronate leaflets,

pubescent in an adult state. Porto Rico, 1818. STNS. Clitoria,

polyphylla and Galactia pinnata.

158

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

BARBS. Hooked hairs.

BARK. The outer integuments of a plant beyond the
wood, and formed of tissue parallel with it.

BARK-BOUND. This condition is generally the re-
sult of very rich soil, or insufficient drainage. In most
fruit trees a gummy exudation takes place. If caused
by stagnancy, thorough drainage should immediately be
effected. Scrubbing the stem is also recommended. Slit-
ting the bark with a knife is likely to do more harm than
good, particularly so in the hands of the inexperienced.

BARKERIA (name commemorative of the late G.
Barker, of Birmingham, an ardent cultivator of orchids).
ORD. Orchidece. From a scientific point of view, this
genus should be included in Epidendrum. Very handsome,
deciduous, epiphytal, cool-house Orchids, having slender
pseudo-bulbs, from Gin. to 12in. high, from the top of which
the numerous flower-stems are produced. In a cool, airy
temperature, these plants grow vigorously, suspended in
pans or small baskets close beneath the glass, and slightly
shaded with tiffany. They succeed well also on flat blocks
of wood, on the top of which they should be tied, without
any moss, as their freely-produced, thick, fleshy roots soon
cling to the blocks. During the season of growth, a good
supply of water is needed, and in hot weather it may be
applied three or four times daily ; the blocks and plants
are best immersed in water; but when at rest, a slight
watering twice or three times a week will suffice. Pro-
pagated by divisions, just previous to the commencement of
new growth.

B. elcgans (elegant).* fl. in loose racemes, four or five in each ;
each blossom about 2in. across ; sepals and petals dark rose ; lip
reddish crimson, spotted and edged with a lighter colour. Winter.
h. 2ft. Mexico, 1836. Of this beautiful slender-growing species,
there are two or three varieties in cultivation. (B. M. 4784.)
B. Lindlcyana (Lindley's).* fl., raceme 2ft. long, very slender,
bearing from five to seven blossoms near its apex ; sepals and
petals rosy purple; lip white, with a deep purple blotch at its
apex. September, remaining in beauty for a considerable time.
h. 2ft. Costa Rica, 1842. (B. M. 6098.)

B. L. Ccnteras (Center's).* fl. rosy lilac ; lip oblong ; margins
crenulated or crisped ; apex blotched deep purple. Costa Rica, 1873.
B. mclanocaulon (dark-stemmed).* /. on an erect spike ; sepals

,n at the top,
itre. August.

B. Skinner! (Skinner's).* fl. deep rose-coloured ; spikes 6in. to9in.
long, from the apices of the ripened growth, often branched, form-
ing a dense mass of deep purple blossoms, which, if kept dry, lasts
from eight to ten weeks, h. lift. Guatemala. (P. M. B. 15, 1.)

B. S. supcrbum (superb).* fl. dark rose ; lip somewhat deeper
tinted, and marked towards the base with yellow streaks. Guate-
mala, This far surpasses the type in size and number of flowers,
as well as in brilliancy of colour. (W. S. O. 38.)

B. spcctabllia (showy).* fl. quite 2in. across, produced eight or
ten together, on a spike issuing from the top of the pseudo-bulb ;
sepals and petals oblong, acuminate, rosy lilac ; lip white, mar-
gined with deep lilac or rosy purple, and dotted or spotted with
crimson. This very distinct and desirable species lasts from eight
to ten weeks in beauty, and forms a very handsome object when
placed in the drawing-room and covered over with a large glass
shade. Guatemala, 1843. (B. M. 4094.)
BARKING-IRONS. Instruments used in taking off

the bark of trees.

BARKLYA (named after Sir H. Barkly, formerly

Governor of South Australia). ORD. Leguminosce. A large

greenhouse tree, thriving in a compost of loam and leaf

mould. Propagated by seeds and cuttings; the latter

should be half ripened, and placed in sandy soil, under a i

bell glass, in a cool house.

B. syringifolla (Syringa-leaved). fl. golden yellow, numerous, '
disposed in axillary or terminal racemes. I. alternate, simple,
coriaceous, h. 30ft. Moreton Bay, 1858.

BARK STOVE. A hothouse adapted for moisture-
loving exotics, and having a pit from 2ft. to 4ft. deep, con-
taining fermenting matter, chiefly tanners' bark, by which
means a steady heat is maintained for a considerable time.
The Bark Stove is now almost obsolete. Bark is, however,
still largely used in Pine pits, and in some propagating
beds; but such beds are generally superseded by hot- water
or hot-air tanks.

and petals rosy lilac ; lip broader at the base than at the top,
reddish-purple, having a blotch of green in the centr
h. 1ft. Costa Rica, 1848. Very rare.

BARLERIA (named after J. Barrelier, a French

botanist of the seventeenth century). ORD. Acanthacem.

A genus of interesting and ornamental stove evergreen

shrubs. Flowers axillary or terminal ; calyx four-sepaled,

the two outer larger than the others. They thrive best

if grown in loam and peat, with a little rotten dung added.

Propagated by cuttings made of the young wood, and

placed in a similar compost, under a bell glass, in stove

temperature, with bottom heat.

B. flava (yellow).* fl. yellow, aggregate, terminal, tubular ; bracts
very narrow, setose. Summer. I. lanceolate, hairy, entire. Plant
unarmed, h. 3ft. India, 1816. SVN. B. mitis. (B. M. 4113.)

B. Gibson! (Gibson's), fl. pale purple, rather large, sub-terminal.
Winter. I. ovate or oblong-lanceolate. India, 1867. A glabrous
stove shrub, of branched habit. (B. M. 5628.)

B. Leichtensteiniana (Leichtenstein's).* /. very curious;
spikes axillary, 2in. to 3in. long, ovoid or oblong, consisting of a
large number of closely packed overlapping bracts, all turned to
the fore or lower part of the spike ; bracts ovate-acuminate,
mucronate, spine-toothed, one-ribbed, with prominent and curved
veins, and lin. to IJin. long. I. opposite, lin. to 2in. long, linear-
lanceolate, entire, mucronate, tapering at the base into a very
short stalk. Branches slender, virgate, sub-angular. South Africa,
1870. This plant is covered over its whole surface with close,
white, hoary down. (G. C. 1870, p. 73.)

B. longlfolia (long-leaved), fl. white ; spines of whorls six.
Summer. I. ensiform, very long, rough, h. 2ft. India, 1781.
This is a biennial.

B. lupulina (Hop-headed). /. yellowish ; spikes ovate ; bracts
ovate, concave, imbricated. August. I. lanceolate, quite entire ;
spines simple, spreading, h. 2ft. Mauritius, 1824.

B. Mackenii (MacKen's).* fl. purple, large, in a terminal raceme.
Spring. I. recurved, narrow-ovate, or elliptic-lanceolate, sub-
acute, petioled. Natal, 1870. (B. M. 5866.)

B. mitis (small). Synonymous with B. flava.

B. prionltls (Prionitis-like). fl. orange ; spines axillary, pedate,
in fours. Summer. I. quite entire, lanceolate-ovate. A. 3ft.
India, 1759.

BARLEY. See Hordeum vulgfare.

BARNADESIA (named after Michael Barnadez, a
Spanish botanist). ORD. Composite. Pretty greenhouse
deciduous shrubs, requiring a dry atmosphere. They should
be grown in peat, loam, and sand, in equal proportions.
Propagated either by seeds, sown in hotbeds in March, or
by cuttings, made of half-ripened wood in April, and placed
in sand under a bell glass.

FIG. 206. BARNADESIA ROSKA.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

159

Bomadesia — continued.

B. rosea (rosyX* jL-Meadt rose-rolonred, solitary, OTate-cylin-

drical, downy, sessile: florets bilabiate, one lip oblong-emar-

pinate, villous, the other filiform; hairs on receptacle twisted;

pappus stiff, plumose. Mar. L alternate, ovate, acute at both

ends. ft. l}ft. South America, 18W. See Fig. 206. (B. M. 4232.)

BARNARDIA. Included under Scilla (which tee).

BAROMETER. An instrument for measuring the

density of the atmosphere, and hence determining the

probable changes of weather, or the height of any ascent.

To the gardener the Barometer is indispensable as a

warning to take dne precaution.

BAROSUA (from barys, heavy, and osme, smell;
referring to the powerful scent of the leaves). Name
often incorrectly spelt Baryotma. STN. Parapetalifera.
OBD. Rutaceae. Very pretty small, Heath-like, greenhouse
evergreen shrubs, from the Cape of Good Hope. Calyx
equally five-parted ; petals five, oblong ; stamens ten.
Leaves opposite or scattered, coriaceous, flat, dotted, with
their margins sometimes glandularly serrulated, some-
times almost entire or re volute. They thrive in a mix-
ture of sand, peat, and a little turfy loam, with good
drainage and firm potting. Cuttings, taken from ripened
wood, inserted in a pot of sand, and placed in a shady
position in a cool house, with a bell glass over them,
will root readily in a few weeks.

B. betulina (Birch-leaved). JL white, axillary, solitary. February
to September. L opposite, obovate, serrulate, sessile, spreading.
A. 1ft. to 3ft. 1790. (B. M. PL 45.)

B. dloica (dicecions).* JL purplish ; peduncles axillary, usually
in threes, shorter than the leaves. April I. scattered; upper
ones temate, lanceolate, tapering to both ends, full of glandular
dots, spreading. A. 1ft. to 2ft 1816. (B. R. 502.)

hite, usually solitary, lateral,
sessile, serrulated, smoothish,
~ A. 1ft. 1789.

B. lattfolia (broad-leaved). JL w
Jury. L opposite, ovate-oblong, i
without glandular dots ; liiliiiiiliiii '

B. pulchella (pretty).* A pale red or purple ; peduncles axillary,
usually Miiltoij. •needing the leaves. February. L crowded,

ovate, quit* •boothTwiththickened, ewnr*- -»~ J-' •—

A. 1ft. to 3ft. 1787.

B. serratlfolia (saw-edged-leaved).* JL white ; 1.
sub-divided. March to June, L nearly opposite, lanceolate,
stalked, glandularly serrulated, smooth. A. 1ft to 3ft. 1789.
(B. M. 456, and B. Z. 1853, 1£)

BARRED. Marked in spaces with a paler colour,
resembling bars.

BARREN FLOWERS. The male or staminate
flowers of many plants, such as the Cucumber, Melon, Ac.,
are popularly known as Barren Flowers, v*., they pro-
duce no fruit. This condition is, in some respects, similar
to " blind " Strawberries or " blind " Cabbages, so far as
fruition is concerned, but structurally and functionally it
is widely different. The Barren Flowers of the Cucumber,
Melon, Ac., are produced by what are known as monoecious
plants, t.«., having male and female organs in different
flowers, but on the same plant. In the Strawberry, Ac.,
Barren Flowers are generally the result of unfavourable
surroundings, or unskilful cultivation. A good example of
Barren Flowers is seen in the ray-florets of many
Composite plants, which are frequently really
neuter, having neither male nor female organs.

BARREN SOILS. A term signifying such
soils as are normally unprofitable. The term can
only be correctly applied in very few cases ; as
almost any soil may be rendered capable of afford-
ing a basis for some kind of vegetable life, arbo-
real or other. The question of planting up the
enormous quantity of what is now waste land, might well
engage the most practical consideration. Of course, the
natural state of any land will, to a great extent, determine
what would be its ultimate condition, after all that could
be effected by mechanical agency has been accomplished.
Drainage, irrigation, enrichment, pulverisation, are all
matters .which can only be considered upon a particular
basis; but we doubt not that the thousands of acres of
land now practically almost useless, might, by the adop-
tion of proper means, bo rendered fairly remnneratiT*.

BARREN-WORT. See Epimedium.

BARRINGTONIA (named after the Hon. Daines
Barrington, F.B.S.). OBD. Myrtacece. A genus of stove
evergreen trees and shrubs, very difficult to cultivate.
Flowers large, racemose. Leaves opposite or whorled,
generally obovate ; margins toothed or entire. Fruit one-
seeded, fleshy. They require a compost of two parts loam,
one peat, and one sand. Water should be given in abun-
dance, and a moist atmosphere at all times maintained, the
temperature ranging from Godeg. to 95deg. Propagated
by cuttings obtained from the lateral shoots ; these, taken
off at a joint when the wood is ripe, planted in sand, with
a hand glass over them, root readily. The cuttings should
not be stripped of any of their leaves.
B. racemosa (raceme-flowered). jL red ;

long. L cuneate-oblong, acuminated, serrulated, A. 30ft.
bar, 1822. (B.M. 383L)
B. speciosa (showy).* A. purple and white, large and handsome,
disposed in an erect thyrse. L shining. cuneat«-oblons. obtuse,
quite entire, A. 20in. to 30in. in England. This beautiful species
seldom attains a height of more than 6ft or 8ft. (G.C. 1845, p. 56.)

BARROW. Garden Barrows are very numerous, both
with and without wheels. The Flower-pot Barrow has a
wheel and a flat surface, on which plants, pot*, or leaves are
placed, either directly, or, when small, in shallow baskets.
The Haum Barrow is an open box or case, of wicker or
other work, placed on, or suspended from, a pair of handles,
with or without a wheel, and is useful for carrying litter,
leaves, Ac. The Water Barrow, instead of a box, contains
a barrel, tub, or cistern, in which fluid manure, or ordinary
water, is conveyed to different parts of the garden The
Hand-barrow is a frame of wood, carried by two levers,
which form four handles : for removing large pots or tubs
of trees or shrubs it is very useful.

/

FIG. 207. FLOWER OP BARTOMA ACRKA.

BARTLINGIA. A synonym of Flocama (which tee).

B ART 0 NLA (in honour of Benjamin S. Barton, M.D.,
formerly Professor of Botany at Philadelphia). OBD. Loa-
saceae. Hardy *nnn*la or biennials, downy, with stiff and
bearded hairs. This genus is now placed under Mentselia
in most standard botanical works. Flowers white or yellow,
large, terminal, expanding in the evening, when they are very
fragrant, and becoming reddish as they fade. Leaves alter-
nate, interruptedly pinnatifid. The species are very showy,
and well worth growing. Any ordinary garden soil suits
them. Seeds should be raised in a gentle heat in spring ;

160

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bartonia — continued.

and, when the seedlings are sufficiently large, they should
be potted singly into small, well-drained pots. In winter,
they should be placed on a dry shelf in a greenhouse or
frame. B. aurea is one of the brightest of hardy annuals,
and may be sown either in a frame, or in the open border
in April.

B. albcscens (whitish).* fl., petals ten, pale yellow, disposed in
a leafy panicle. July. 1. sinuately toothed. Stem witli a white
shining epidermis, h. 1ft. to 4ft. Chili, 1831. Annual or bi-
ennial. (S. B. F. G. ii., 182.)

B. aurea (golden).* fl. two or three together, terminal, bright
golden yellow, as large as a half-crown; petals five. June.
h. 1ft. California, 1834. Annual See Fig. 207. (B. M. 3649.)
B. nuda (naked) and B. ornata (adomed) are two very pretty
white-flowered biennial species, h. 2ft. Missouri, 1811.
BARYOSMA. See Barosma.

BASAL, or BASILAR. Situated at the base of any-
thing ; as the embryo, when situated at the bottom of the
eeed.

BASELLA (its Malabar name). Malabar Nightshade.
ORD. BasellacecB. Annual or biennial stove trailers, with
white or pinkish flowers, of no great horticultural value.
In India, and elsewhere throughout the tropics, some of
the species are cultivated as pot herbs, and are used as a
substitute for Spinach.

B. alba (white).* /. white. August. I. heart-shaped, pointed.
h. 8in. India, 1688. This plant, either when allowed to fall
in festoons from the roof of a warm house, or treated as a
basket plant, forms an elegant object when in flower.

BASELLACEJE. A series of usually herbaceous
climbers, and considered a tribe of Chenopodiacece.

BASIL, SWEET (Ocimum Basilicum). This is a
tender annual from India, and must be raised in gentle
heat. The foliage is somewhat largely used for flavouring
purposes. Seeds should be sown in April, the seedlings
pricked out into boxes to strengthen, and finally planted
out about Sin. asunder, in beds of light rich soil, in June,
being well watered until fully established. As soon as they
bloom, they should be cut down to within a few inches of
the ground, and the portions cut off should be tied up in
small bunches and dried in the shade for winter use.
Some of the plants can be lifted in September, potted up,
and placed in a warm greenhouse for the winter, when
the fresh green leaves will be found very useful. Bush
Basil (Ocymum minimum) is a dwarfer plant, but may be
treated in the same way. Wild Basil is botanically known
as Calamintha Clinopodium.

BASIL-THYME. See Calamintha Acinos.

BASI-NEBVED. When the nerves of a leaf spring
from the base.

BASING-UF. The raising of a small bank of earth
entirely round a plant, so as to retain water immediately
about the root. The term is sometimes used to signify
Earthing or Moulding, which see.

BASKETS. Few objects contribute more to the adorn-
ment of a window, or the decoration of the dining-room,
drawing-room, or glass-house, than' Hanging Baskets, taste-
fully filled with handsome foliaged and flowering plants.
Baskets are made in different forms and of various materials,
Buch as wire, terra-cotta, wood, and cork. The Wire Baskets
have a very light and elegant appearance, and are generally
used. In filling Baskets, the inside should be lined with a
thick layer of moss, or Selaginella Kraussiana, next to
which a layer of coarse sacking must be placed, to prevent
the soil from working through. Terra-cotta Baskets are
very pretty, and are extensively employed in domestic
rooms, but they should always have one or more holes at
the bottom, to facilitate drainage. Eustic Baskets, of cork
or wood, are also very suitable for floral arrangements ;
those composed of teak-wood are very generally used for
orchids. The compost should be prepared according to the
requirements of the plant or plants intended to be°grown,
which can bo easily ascertained on reference to such plants'

Baskets — continued.

in this work. The soil should not be allowed to get dry ;
in the event of this happening, however, a thorough soaking
by immersion must be given. As a rule, attention should
be given in the matter of watering every other day, and
light syringing every morning and evening during the
spring and summer months will be most beneficial. The
Baskets should be examined every week, all dead or decay-
ing leaves being removed, and any insects, which are so
likely to get a foothold, destroyed. In arranging the sub-
jects, the centre plant should be the tallest, the next outer
ones shorter, and the marginal ones of a trailing or drooping
habit, so that the whole may present a symmetrical, and at
the same time a natural, appearance. Wickerwork Baskets
are used for carrying or transferring plants, and are generally
made 18in. wide by 20in. deep ; they are extremely useful,
and should be in every garden. Split wood and withes are
largely employed in making Baskets. The Planter's Basket,
described by Loudon as a flat, rectangular utensil of wicker-
work or boards, partitioned into three or more parts, for the
purpose of carrying with the gardener when about to plant
or remove plants, is now, unfortunately, almost obsolete.
One division is for the plants, another for those taken up,
and a third for the tools to be made use of, and for any
decayed parts of plants, stones, weeds, or other refuse which
may be collected. By using this Basket, order, accuracy,
and neatness are secured. The Sussex " Truck " Baskets,
made of willow-wood, are very useful, being both light and
durable. See also Measures.

BASSIA (named after Ferdinando Bassi, Curator of the
Botanic Garden at Bologna). ORD. Sapotacece. Handsome
lofty-growing lactescent stove trees, with axillary, solitary,
or aggregate flowers, and quite entire, smooth, coriaceous
leaves. They require stove heat, and a compost of peat and
loam. Cuttings, taken from ripened wood, strike readily in
sand, under a hand glass, in a strong moist heat.

B. butyracca (buttery). The Indian Butter Tree, fl., pedicels
aggregate, and are, as well as the calyces, woolly. I. obovate, Sin.
to 9in. long, and 4in. to 5in. broad, tomentose beneath, h. 30ft.
to 70ft. Nepaul, 1823. (B. F. V. 35.)

B. latifolia (broad-leaved). The Mahwah Tree of Bengal, fl.,
corolla thick and fleshy ; pedicels drooping, terminal. I. oblong
or elliptic, smooth above, whitish beneath, 4in. to Sin. long, and
2in. to 4in. broad, h. 50ft. India, 1799. (B. F. S. 41.)

B. longlfolla (long-leaved). /., pedicels axillary, drooping, crowded

ceolate, a
ches 6in. lon de
Malabar, 1811. (B. F. S. 42.)

. ., ,

round the ends of the branchlets. 1. ovate-lanceolate, approxi-
mate at the tops of the branches, 6in. long, deciduous. A. 50ft.

BASS or BAST MATS. These are prepared, chiefly
in Russia, from the inner bark of various Limes (Tilia), and
are very largely used in this country by nurserymen for
packing purposes. They are also extensively employed as
coverings, being excellent preventatives of the effects of
frost. They are beneficial as a covering for beds of early
vegetables, to prevent radiation during the night. For
tying purposes they are now greatly superseded by Raffia
Grass. Archangel Mats are larger, and of better quality
than the St. Petersburg. Dunnage Mats are heavy, and
generally used for covering, as they are much cheaper.

BASTARD ACACIA. See Robhiia Pseudo-acacia.

BASTARD BALM. See Melittis.

BASTARD BOX. See Polygala chamaebuxus.

BASTARD CABBAGE-TREE. See Geoffrasa.

BASTARD CHERRY. See Cerasus Pseudo-
cerasus.

BASTARD CINNAMON. See Cinnamoimim
Cassia.

BASTARD CORK TREE. See Quercus pseudo-
suber.

BASTARD INDIGO. See Amorpha.

BASTARD LUPINE. See TrifoliumLupinas'rer.

BASTARD QUINCE. See Pyrus Chamajme-
spilug.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

1G1

BASTARD VERVAIN. See Stachytarpheta.

BASTARD VETCH. See Phaca.

BASTARD WIND FLOWER. See Geutiana
Pseudo-pneumonantlie.

BASTARD WOOD-SAGE. See Teucrium Pseudo-
scorodonia.

BAST MATS. See Bass Mats.

BATATAS (its aboriginal name). ORD. Convolvulacea:.
This genus is now referred to Ipomoea. Strong, free-grow-
ing, greenhouse or stove deciduous twiners. Calyx of five
sepals ; corolla carapanulate ; stamens inclosed. They are
of easy culture, only requiring plenty of room to spread,
and are well adapted for trellis work, or to run up pillars.
They are all tuberous rooted, and therefore require to bo
kept dry when in a dormant state. A rich, open, loamy
soil is most suitable. Young cuttings strike readily under
a hand glass, in heat.
B. blgnonioides (Bignonia-like).» fl., corolla dark purple, funnel-

shaped, with a curled limb ; peduncles many-flowered, nutant,

-lobed;

July.

Cayenne, 1824.

I. three-
(B. M. 2645.)

hind lobes

shorter than the petioles.
rounded, imbricate.
B. Cavanillesii (Cavanilles').* fl.
corolla obtuse, crenulated ; pedun

August. I. quinate ; leaflets ovate, entire, unequal. Nativ
country unknown, 1815.

fl. pale whitish-red; lobes of
uncles one to three-flowered.

Fio. 208. BATATAS EDUUS, showing Tuber.

B. CdUllS. (edible).* Sweet Potato, fl., corolla lin. long, white
outside and purple inside ; peduncles equal in length to the
petioles, or exceeding them, three to four-flowered. I. variable,
usually angular, also lobed. Stem creeping, rarely climbing.
East Indies, 1797. See Fig. 208.

B. glaucifolia (milky-grcen-leaved). /., corolla small, purplish,
with an inflated tube, and ovate, acute segments ; peduncles two-
flowered, length of leaves. May. I. sagittate, truncate behind,
on long petioles. Mexico, 1732.

B. heterophylla (various-leaved). Jl. blue ; peduncles solitary,
axillary, bearing each three sessile (lowers. July. I. quinately
palmate; lobes or leaflets ovate-spathulate, acute. Plant very
vUlous. Cuba, 1817.

B. paniculate (panic-led).* fl. large, purple ; peduncles much
exceeding the petioles, many-flowered, dichotomously and coryin-

Batatas— continued.
bosely panicled. Jane, L palmate, five to seven-cleft

..-i..-,i . lobes
b-acuminatcd.

or purplish, large;
ately palmate; lobes
em white, tubercular.

ovate-lanceolate or elliptic," bluntish, rarely

India, 1799. (G. C. n. s., x., 341.)
B. senegalensis (Senegalese). /. white or

peduncles three-flowered. June. I. quinat

ovate, obtuse, middle one the largest. Stem

Guinea, 1823.
B. venosa (veiny). Jl. purple; peduncles umbellate, with an

ovate-cordate, solitary leaf at the base of each pedicel. July.

I. digitately quinate ; leaflets petiolate, acuminated, quite entire

France, 1820.

BATEMANNIA (named after Mr. J. Batcman, a
collector and cultivator of Orchids, and author of a
" Monograph of Odontoglossnm," and other works on orchi-
daccous plants). OBD. Orchidece. A small, and easily-
grown genus of dwarf, compact-growing epiphytes, closely
allied to Maxillaria ,but differing from that genus in having
the anther-bed with a membranous border. They may be
grown in pots, in a compost of peat and moss, or on blocks
of wood with moss. They require an intermediate house
and plenty of water in the growing season. Propagated by
divisions and offsets. They have generally a free-flower-
ing habit ; but some of the species are not so ornamental
as many other Orchids.

B. armillata (braceleted). /t. green, white. 1875. (R. X. O. 316.)
B. Burtil (Burt's). fl. red-brown, yello%v base, Sin. across ; lip

white, tipped chocolate. Autumn. I. elliptic-oblong, or ligulate,

sub-distichous. Plant bulbless. Costa Rica, 1872. (B. M. 6003.)
B. Colleyl (Colley's). fl. on a pendulous raceme, rising from the

base of the pseudo-bulbs ; sepals and petals brownish-purple
within, green without ; lip white.
1834. (B. R. 1714.)

Autumn. A. 6in. Demerara,

B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* Jl., flower-spike coming up with
the young growth, bearing^ three or four flowers, of curious struc-
ture ; sepals and petals olive-green, striped with reddish-brown ;
lip white, with reddish-purple streaks, orange or yellow towards
the base. Pseudo-bulbs ovate, Sin. or 4iu. long, and bearing two
large, broad, leathery leaves. New Grenada, 1866. (B. M. 5567.)

B. Wollisll (Wallis1).* Jl., sepals light greenish -yellow outside,
olive-green to chestnut-brown inside, with some yellow at tho

base ; petals with scarlet stripes at the

ye

very base, but otherwise
enish, with a brownish

coloured like the sepals ; lip blade gree.

hue at the anterior part ; peduncles slender, corymbose. A. 1ft.

Columbia, 1876.

BATSCHIA. See Lithospermum.

BATTERA (named after 'Francis and Ferdinand Bauer,
German botanical draughtsmen). OED. Sa.n'fragsce. Small
shrubs, natives of Australia, New Zealand, &c. Flowers
axillary, solitary, pedunculate. Leaves six in a whorl, ap-
proximating by threes, and therefore, as it were, opposite
and ternate, exstipulate. Easily cultivated in a compost of
sandy loam and peat. Propagated by cuttings, placed in
sandy soil, under a glass. These very pretty little green-
house evergreens flower nearly the whole year through.
B. humilis (low), fl.., corolla red, one-half smaller than A

rubioides, and the plant is altogether much smaller. July to

December. /. oblong, crenated. A. 1ft. New South Wales,

1804. (L. B. C. 1197.)

B. rubl»folia (Madder-leaved). Synonymous with B. rubioidet,
B. rubioides (Madder-like).* fl. pale red, or pink. 1. lanceo-

late, crenated. A. 1ft. to 2ft. New South Wales, 1793. Svs. B.

rubiasfolia. (A. B. R. 198.)

BATJHINIA (in honour of John and Caspar Bauhin,
two famous botanists of the sixteenth century). Moun-
tain Ebony. OBD. Leguminosae. Very showy stove ever-
green shrubs. Flowers racemose; petals five, spreading1,
oblong, rather unequal, upper one usually distant from tho
rest. Leaves two-lobed, constantly composed of two jointed
leaflets at the top of the petiole, sometimes nearly free, but
usually joined together, more or less, and with an awn in
the recess. They succeed well in a mixture of sand, loam,
and peat, requiring good drainage and moderately firm
potting. Propagated by cuttings, which should be taken
when the wood is neither very ripe nor very young; tho
leaves must be dressed off, and the cuttings planted in
sand, under a glass, in moist heat. Although glorious
objects in the tropics, few of the species flower under
our comparatively sunless skies ; those which hitherto have
succeeded well in Britain aro marked with an asterisk.

162

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Banhinia — continued.

B. acnmlnata (taper-pointed-leaved), ft. pure white; petals
broadly ovate, hardly stipitate. June. I. rather cordate at the
base, smoothish ; leaflets connected beyond the middle, ovate,
acuminated, parallel, four-nerved. A. 5ft. to 6ft. Malabar,
1808.

B. anrlta (eared). /. white ; petals ovate, on short stipes. August.
I. glabrous, cordate at the base ; leaflets connected the fourth
part of their length, oblong-lanceolate, nearly parallel, six to
eight-nerved. A, 4ft. to 6ft. Jamaica, 1756.

B. corymbosa (corymbose).
regular, crenulated at the edg

/. In loose racemes ; petals pinkish,

regular, crenulated at the ege. Summer. I., leaflets semi-oval,
obtuse, parallel, connected nearly to .the middle, three-nerved,
cordate at the base, the nerves on the under surface, as well as
the petioles, branches, and calyces, clothed with rufous villi.
Shrubby climber. India, 1818. (G. C. 1881, xvi., p. 204.)

B. inermls (unarmed). /. white ; petals linear ; racemes terminal,
leafless, simple, i. ovate at the base, ferruginous beneath ; leaf-
lets oblong, acute, four-nerved, parallel, connected a little beyond
the middle, h. 6ft. to 8ft. Mexico, 1810.

B. mnltlnerva (many-nerved), fl. snow-white; petals linear.
Legume Sin. to 12m. long. I. elliptic, rounded at the base, mem-
branous, shining above, rather pilose beneath; nerves ferruginous ;
leaflets semi-ovate, obtuse, approximate, five-nerved ; free. h.
20ft Caraccas, 1817.

B. natalensis (Natal).* fl. white, 1 Jin. across, opposite the leaves.
September. I. small, alternate, of two obliquely-oblong rounded
leaflets. Natal, 1870. (B. M. 6086.)

B. petiolata (long-petioled). fl. white, Sin. long, in terminal
clusters. Autumn. 1. stalked, ovate -acuminate, flye-nerved,
glabrous. Columbia, 1862. SYN. Casparia spedosa. (B. M. 6277.)

B. pubescens (downy), fl. white, large, much crowded ; petals
obovate ; peduncles three to four-flowered. I. rather cordate at
the base, pubescent beneath and on the petioles ; leaflets con-
nected beyond the middle, oval, obtuse, four-nerved, nearly
parallel. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Jamaica, 1823.

B. purpurea (purple), fl., petals red, one of them streaked with
white on the claw, lanceolate, acute. Legume linear, 1ft. long.
I. cordate at the base, coriaceous, ultimately glabrous ; leaflets
connected much above the middle, broadly ovate, obtuse, four-
nerved ; free. A. 6ft. India, 1778.

B. racemosa (racemose), fl. white; petals obovate, obtuse;
raceme somewhat corymbose. I. cordate at the base, clothed with
silky villi beneath, as well as on the peduncles, petioles, branches,
calyces, and petals ; leaflets broadly ovate, obtuse, connected to
the middle, five-nerved. India, 1790. Shrubby climber. (B. F. S.
182.)

B. tomentosa (tomentose). fl. , petals pale yellow, with a red spot
at the claw, obovate, obtuse ; peduncles one to three-flowered.
I. ovate or roundish at the base ; under surface villous, as well as
the petioles, branches, stipules, peduncles, bracts, and calyces ;
leaflets connected beyond the middle, oval, obtuse, three to four-
nerved. A. 6ft. to 12ft. Ceylon, 1808.

B. varlegata (variegated).* fl. red, marked with white, and
yellow at the base, in loose terminal racemes ; petals ovate, nearly
sessile. June. I. cordate at the base, glabrous ; leaflets broadly-
ovate, obtuse, five-nerved, connected beyond the middle ; free.
h. 20ft. Malabar, 1690.

B. V. chlnensis (Chinese). /., petals lilac, with one purple spot
at the base of each, acute. I. rounded at the base. China.

BAWD-MONEY. See Meum.

BAT-TREE. See Lauras nobilis.

BEAK. Anything resembling the beak of a bird, as in
Aconitum ; the point which ends the helmet or upper sepal ;
hard, sharp points.

BEAM TREE. See Pyros Aria.

BEAN BEETLE (Brur.hus granarius). This insect,
by depositing its eggs in the seeds of Beans and Peas,
causes a great amount of injury. It is about an eighth of
an inch long, black, with brown hairs and white spots ; tip
of the tail prolonged, downy; front pair of legs reddish.
The most effectual means of prevention is to destroy,
when sowing, all seeds infested by it; and this may be
detected by the skin of the seed being unusually trans-
parent above the tunnel for exit. Imported seeds of
Broad Beans are often much infested. " Dipping the
Beans or Peas in boiling water for one minute is stated
to kill the grub inside ; but, as dipping for four minute?
generally destroys the germinating power, the experiment
is much too hazardous for general use " (Ormerod).

BEAN CAPER. See Zygophylluin.

BEAN FLY. See Aphides and Black Fly.

BEANS. There are three sections of these in cul-
tivation for garden purposes, viz. : The Dwarf or French
Bean ; j;he Climbing, or Scarlet Eunner ; and the ordinary
See also Faba and Phaseolus.

FIG. 209. BROAD BEAN PLANT IN FLOWER (FABA VDI.GARIS).

Soil. All Beans like a somewhat loamy soil, which,
to secure good crops, must be deeply worked and heavily

FIG. 210. PODS OF BROAD BEA.N. .

manured. The Kidney Beans, dwarf and tall, however, do
not care for so heavy a soil as the Broad and Long-podded
kinds ; and this fact should be borne in mind when selecting

FIG. 211. BROAD BEAN SEED.

their respective situations. The term Kidney is generally
applied to both the Dwarf or French and the Climbing
or Scarlet Eunner.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

163

Beans — continued.

BROAD AND LONG-PODDED (Faba vulgaris). Cultiva-
tion: As early as possible in the autumn, deeply trench
a piece of ground, and work in a heavy dressing of manure,
leaving the surface of the soil in ridges, to become well
aerated by winter frosts. Where desired, a piece of
ground on a warm, protected border, can also be deeply
dog in November, and a few rows of Mazagans sown to
stand the winter. When up, draw a ridge of soil on
either side the rows, and in frosty weather strew a few
handfuls of bracken, or other light, dry litter, over them.
Not much is, however, gained by this winter sowing.
Early in January, level the ridges with a fork, working
the whole of the surface soil over, and towards the
end of the month, make the first sowing, choosing
Mazagan and other early varieties. Mark out two rows,
Sin. asunder, leave a space of 30in., then another two
rows, and so on throughout the piece sown. If preferred,
they may be sown in single rows at intervals of lift.
The drills should be about Sin. deep, and the seed from
Tin. to 9in. apart in the rows. Where the double-row
system is adopted, arrange the seed for the plants to come
alternately. In March, get in the main sowing of the
Broad and later Long-podded kinds, in the manner already
described; another sowing for late use may be made in
April. When the plants are about Gin. high, earth up as
recommended for those sown in the autumn. As soon as
a good crop is set, pinch out the tops of the plants, to assist
the maturation of the Beans, and prevent the attacks of the
fly. Figs. 209, 210, and 211 are excellent representations
of the flowering plant, pods, and seed of the Broad Bean.

Sorts. For early use : Early Mazagan, Longrpod, Mar-
shall's Early Prolific, and Seville Long-pod. For late use :
Carter's Mammoth Long-pod, and Broad Windsor (white
variety). These are all distinct and good varieties.

FIG. 212. FRUITING PLANT OP DWARF OB FRENCH BEAR
(PHASEOLUS VULGABIS).

DWABF OB FRENCH KIDNEY BEANS (Phaseolus vulgaris).
Cultivation : This class (see Fig. 212) also requires a rich
and deeply trenched rather light soiL A very important
point is to get the ground into a good condition, by fre-
quently forking it over ; and, as the seeds are not sown
till the beginning of May, there is plenty of time for the
work. The finer the soil is, and the more it is aerated,
the better will it suit the crop. From the beginning of
May till the end of June, at intervals, draw out drills
about 2ft. apart, and Sin. deep, and in these place the
Beans tolerably thick, as generally they are not all certain
to grow. As soon as up, carefully thin them, and slightly
earth up to prevent the wind blowing them about. They

Bean*— continued.

should not, however, be earthed higher than the seed leaves,
or they will probably rot off in wet weather. Keep free
from weeds, and maintain a sharp look out for slugs. In
dry weather1, water occasionally, giving good drenchings,
and not mere sprinklings, which do more harm than good.
A good mulching of half-rotted manure is very beneficial
as it prevents evaporation to a great extent, besides afford-
ing some amount of nourishment to the plants. Great care
must be taken to pick off the Beans as soon as large enough
for use, or they will exhaust the plants. Where seeds are
needed, a number of plants should be left for the purpose,
and these should be some of the best, to prevent deteriora-
tion, or loss of the true variety.

Forcing. French Beans require more heat than can be
obtained in either a frame or an ordinary greenhouse ; and,
although easy enough to grow in a structure suited to their
requirements, yet, if such does not exist, they are almost
sure to fail A good heat, from 60deg. to TOdeg., with
abundance of moisture, is necessary for successful results.
Plenty of light is also most essential. A position such as
that of a cucumber house is generally a suitable one ; but
the plants must not be placed under the cucumbers. Sue-
cessional sowings in pots or boxes must be made, from the
end of August till March, to keep up a supply. For soil,
use good maiden loam, with a little well-rotted manure
added. Use Sin. pots, sowing five or six beans in each.
The first sowing should be placed in a frame and kept
well watered, bringing into heat in October; but the sub-
sequent sowings should be placed directly in the house.
Keep the soil moist, and the plants free from aphides
and other insect pests, and give air at every favourable
opportunity. The plants should be as near the light as
possible, and kept from falling about by tying or placing
small pieces of Birch wood round them. In dull weather,
it will be found that the blossoms will not set so freely as
when the sun shines brightly ; therefore, every care should
be taken to secure both heat and ventilation when sun-
shine prevails. When the pots get full of roots, and the
plants are bearing fruit freely, a little liquid manure is of
great assistance ; at no time must the plants get dry
enough to flag. Allow plenty of room for the full de-
velopment of foliage, and maintain a minimum temperature
of 60deg., with plenty of moisture.

Sorts. These are very numerous, among the best being
Black Negro, Canadian Wonder, Canterbury, Fnlmer's
Forcing, Golden Dun, Newington Wonder, Osborn's Early
Forcing, Sion House, and Sir Joseph Paxton.

RUNNERS OB CLIMBING KIDNEY BEANS (Phateolut
multiftorus). Cultivation : Being tall growers, these need
a greater space than the Dwarf French varieties, and
they also require support. Rich soil is indispensable for
them, and liberal supplies of water on light soils and
in dry weather. A good overhead syringing from time
to time is also advantageous. Trench and heavily manure
a piece of ground in autumn, leaving it in ridges for
the winter. In March, level the ridges down, and well
work the ground, to render it friable and in good con-
dition. The plants being extremely tender, it is not safe
to sow before the end of April or the first week in May.
It is preferable to sow in rows, which should be from
6ft. to 12ft. apart, and crop the ground between with
other vegetables. Earth up and stake them as soon as
ready, to prevent injury from rough wind. A good plan,
which may be adopted to obtain early produce, is to
raise seedlings in boxes in a cold frame, getting them
ready for planting out in the middle of May. Plant at
the same distances, and treat afterwards as recommended
for those sown out of doors.

If preferred, they can be grown on the ground without
stakes. Under this treatment, they must have their tops
pinched off when about ISin. high, continuing this pinch-
ing from time to time as necessary. If this plan is
adopted, the rows need only be 3ft. apart, the ground

161

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Beans— continued.

not being otherwise cropped. In dry seasons and on
light soils, there is an advantage attached to this method,
namely, that those on sticks are liable to injury from
drought, while the foliage of those pinched ^ack keeps
the soil moist underneath.

FlO. 213. KUNKKK OK CLlMBiiXU Klil.NEY BEAN
(PHASEOLUS MULTIFLORUS).

Runner Beans may also be planted to cover arches or
fences, and in various places of a like description. See
Fig. 213.

Sortt. Common Scarlet Eunner, Champion, Painted
Lady, and Giant White. The first two are those gene-
rally grown.

BEAN-TREE. Sec, Ceratoiiia Siliqua.

BEARBERRY, and BEAK'S GRAPE. See
Arctostaphylos Uva-tirsi.

BEARD-TONGUE. See Pentstemou.

BEAR 3 BREECH. See Acanthus.

BEAR'S TOOT. See Helleborus fcetidus.

BEATONIA. See Tiffridia.

BEAUCARNEA (a commemorative name). OIID.
LiliaceoB. A small genus of curious greenhouse plants,
natives of Mexico. Leaves narrow, gracefully depending.
Stems slender-, and woody, with a peculiar swollen, some-
what napiform base. Mr. B. S. Williams recommends
that these plants be potted in rich fibrous loam and sand,
with ample drainage, and, during the growing season,
liberally supplied with water. Propagated by cuttings,
when obtainable ; but chiefly by seeds, which have to be
imported from their native country. Beaucarneas are
principally grown for the beauty of their foliage, and are
grotesque, graceful, and extremely curious in habit and
form.
B. glauca (grey).* I. pendent, glaucous, 2ft. to 3ft. long. Stem

•lender, the swollen base becoming woody with age.
B. g. latifolia (broad-leaved) differs from the type only in its

stouter and more robust stem and broader leaves.
B. longifolia (long-leaved).* 1. 6ft. to 10ft. long, narrow, pen-
dent, dark green, forming a beautiful vase-like centre, h. 10ft.

Mexico, 1868. Very distinct. (G. <J. 1877, vii., 493.)

Beaucarnea — con t inued.

B. recurvata (recurved-leaved).* I. very long, linear, gracefully
pendulous, bright green. Mexico, about 1845. This is an excellent
subject for open-air culture during the summer, as well as for the
conservatory. SYN. Pincenictitia tuberculata. (G. C. 1870, 1445.)

B. r. rubra (red). I. red at base.

B. stricta (upright). I. 3ft. or more long, less than lin. broad,
very glaucous. Stem stout. Mexico, 1870.

BEAUFORTIA (commemorative of Mary, Duchess of
Beaufort, a botanical patroness). Including Scliizopleura.
ORD. Myrtaceas. Elegant free flowering greenhouse Aus-
tralian shrubs. Flowers scarlet ; calyx with a turbinate
tube; stamens in bundles opposite the petals. Leaves
sessile, opposite or scattered. Beanfortias require a com-
post of peat, leaf soil, and loam, lightened, if necessary,
by the addition of sand. Cuttings of half-ripened shoots
root freely in sandy soil, under a glass, with very little heat.

B. decussata (decussate). /. scarlet ; bundles of stamens on
very long claws ; filaments radiating. May. I. opposite, decus-
sate, ovate, or oval, manv-nerved. h. 3ft. to 10ft. New Holland,
1803. (B. M. 1733.)

B. purpurea (purple). » fl. purplish-red, in dense globular heads.
I. three to five-nerved, erect or spreading, ovate-lanceolate to Ian-
ceolate-linear. New Holland.

B. sparsa (few-leaved), jl. bright scarlet. I. many-nerved,
scattered, ovate-elliptical, obtuse. West Australia, SYN. B.
uplendens. (P. F. G. xiii., 145.)

B. splendens (splendid). Synonymous with B. sparsa.

BEAUMONTIA (in honour of Mrs. Beaumont, for-
merly of Bretton Hall, Yorkshire). ORD. Apocynacea;. A
very ornamental stove twiner, remarkable for its handsome
flowers. It succeeds best when planted out in the borders
of a temperate house, in rich lumpy loam and peat. Pro-
pagated by cuttings, placed in sand, with bottom heat.

B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl.., corolla large, white, greenish
outside near the base, and dark throat, with a short tube, and a
large campanulate flve-lobed limb; corymbs axillary and terminal,
many-flowered. June. I. opposite, broad, oblong-ovate, with a
little point, tapering towards the base, smooth and shining above,
but rather downy beneath; young leaves and branches rusty.
Chittagong and Sylhet, 1820. (B. M. 3213.)

A term usually applied to pieces of ground laid
out in gardens for sowing small seeds, or for the isolation
and better protection of small collections of plants in the
reserve ground. The oblong is the best shape for this pur-
pose, about 4ft. or 5ft. wide, somewhat raised, and having a
narrow path on each side, so that the workman may attend
to the plants or seeds without having to tread on the bed.
Any one part of a flower-garden design, cut out in grass, or
otherwise formed, is also generally termed a Bed. When
required to be planted for effect, as in this case, the Bed
should be proportionate in size to the plants that are to be
put in it, always planting the highest in the centre and
gradually sloping, with other sizes, to the edges, which
should be the lowest. Circular Beds are best with one
centre plant ; and oblong or other shapes should have the
height of the centre plants carried nearly the whole length,
not, however, placing them in 'too formal a manner.

BEDDING--IN. A method of seed-sowing, now almost
obsolete, and chiefly employed in nurseries. "In this
method, the ground being dug and formed by alleys into
Beds, 4ft. or 5ft. wide, each alley being a spade's width
or more between Bed and Bed, and the earth being drawn
off the top of the Bed with a rake or spade, £in. or lin.
deep into the alleys, the seed is then sown all over the
surface of the Bed ; which being done, the earth in the
alleys is immediately cast over the Bed, again covering the
seeds the same depth, and the surface is raked smooth "
(Johnson). In the case of small seeds, a very light covering
is needed, and that only of very fine soil.

BEDDING-OUT. The temporary placing out of doors
of greenhouse and other tender plants during the summer
months. It is considered by some to be the showiest,
most expensive, and most unnatural of any style. The
geometrical arrangement of gaudy colours is not at all
times satisfactory, and under the most favourable cou-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

165

Bedding-out — continued.

ditions the design is rarely retained more than two or
three months, say, from July to September. The method
is, however, so extensively adopted as to demand due notice
in this work. Bedding usually commences in May. An im-
portant consideration is the proper preparation of the soil for
the reception of the plants. It will be found to materially

FIG. 214. DESIGN FOR CARPET BEDDING.

assist the growth if the soil is well dug over a fortnight
before the plants are put in. By this means, it will acquire
a certain amount of solidity, a point of great importance
with fibrous-rooted plants that are subject to injury from
the fine roots not taking a firm hold of the soil. Having

FIG. 215. DESIGH FOR CARPET BEDDING.

decided upon the arrangement of the plants, proceed to
work with the planting. With round, oval, or, indeed, almost
any shaped bed, begin in the centre and work towards the
edge; in borders, commence at the back and finish with
the front row. Plant with a trowel, disturbing the balls as

Bedding-out — continued.

of distress; and then a good soaking should be applied.
A careful hoeing of the surface after planting will be most
beneficial, leaving it smooth and tidy. A Dutch hoe will
be the best to use. Injudicious use of manure and water
will only cause a foliaceous growth. The proper treatment
of the various Bedding Plants will be found under their
respective headings. For spring decoration, the Beds may
be filled with Dutch bulbs, and spring-flowering annuals
and perennials ad infnitum; or, after the plants are
removed in autumn, the Beds may be filled with evergreens
plunged in pots, such as Aucuba, Arbor vitse, Enonymua,
and various little Conifers, which have a bright appear-
ance through the winter, and can be removed at any time.
With the relative value, or advisability of adoption, of
either or any system of gardening, it scarcely comes within
the province of this work to deal. No hard-and-fast rules
can be laid down as regards " style," and each individual
may follow his own taste and inclination.

Carpet Bedding. This mode of gardening, although not
so generally employed as it was some few years ago, has
many admirers, and small plots, geometrically arranged
in multi-coloured beds on lawns, are frequently seen. In
our large public parks, the system is largely adopted, and
evidently proves very gratifying to the multitudes who
visit these places; but probably no system is more un-
natural or expensive, as such a large number of plants
are necessary in order to produce a desirable effect. The
illustrations (Figs. 214 and 215) represent two designs
for Carpet Beds. The numbers placed in the various com-
partments indicate the way the different, colours should
be arranged, repeats being marked by the same cypher. A
very varied and large selection of plants can be used for
Carpet Bedding, some of which are quite hardy, such as
Herniana glabra and Veronica repens, two of the best
dwarf green plants; Sempe rvivum californicum, Sedu-m
lydium, S. glaucum, Antennaria tomentosa, &c. These may
be planted early in the season, with Golden Feather, and
are especially valuable, as they are generally employed to
a great extent. Other plants, not quite BO hardy, are
Mentha Pulegium gibraltarica and Echeveria eecunda
glauca, both of which are extensively used ; while the
tenderest subjects are Alternantheras of various kinds,
Coleus Verscha/eltii and Mesembryanthemum cordifoliwn
variegatum. These latter should not be planted till the
first or second week in June. As the plants are usually
small, and require to be planted thickly, the work is best
accomplished with the fingers, pressing the soil moderately
firm. First of all, work out the design, and plant the
leading lines ; afterwards fill in the " panels."

little as possible, and when in the holes press the soil
moderately firm. After the Bed is finished, give a good
soaking of water to settle the soil at the roots. Manure
for Flower-beds should always be perfectly rotten, such as
that from a spent hotbed. When the plants are thoroughly
established, water must only be given if they show signs

FIG. 216. DESIGN FOR BEDDING.

Sub-Tropical Bedding. This term is applied to the
arrangement of tropical plants in Beds or groups outside
for the summer months, and if discriminately adopted a
very attractive and unique display may be made, depending
greatly upon position, and mainly upon the material at
command. If a sheltered and partially shady situation i*

166

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bedding-out — continued.

enjoyed, a grand effect may be produced by the grouping
of tree and other large ferns with palms, Cannas, Aralias,
Dracaenas, &c., avoiding, of course, formal arrangement, and
yet, when finished, a symmetrical appearance should be
produced. In more open positions, palms, Castor Oil Plants,
Cannas, Eumea elegans, Aralias, Phormiums, Wigandias,

FIG. 217. DESIGN FOR BEDDING.

Nicotianas, &c., may be employed, the result being, if
properly arranged, most gratifying. Sub-Tropical Bedding
should not be done till the middle or end of June, and the
Beds should be well dug and freely manured for those that
are to be planted out.

Bedding-out— continued.

are intended for specimen foliage and other plants, such
as Fuchsias, Yuccas, Aloes, Cannas, Solanums, variegated
or plain Reeds, Grasses, Maize (Zea), &c. No. 1, tall plants
of Echeveria metallica, edged with E. glauca ; 2, 2, yellow
or orange Calceolaria ; 3, 3, Mrs. Leavers Pelargonium ;
4, 4, Triomphe de Stella ditto ; 5, 5, purple or blue Verbena;
6, 6, white ditto. The narrow border round the
Bide may then.be filled in with Golden-feather
Pyrethrum, blue Lobelia, or Alternanthera ama-
bilis. This same plan may also be treated in
quite a different manner, according to the taste
of those adopting it, or the stock of plants at
command.

Fig. 217 illustrates a design admirably adapted
for a rosery or small flower garden. Its only
fault is the number of sharp angles at the
corners of some of the Beds; but this can be
counteracted by the predominance of curved
lines. It is easily formed, and the effect is good
if furnished in the following manner: The circle
in the centre, 1, Centaurea ragusina compacta,
edged with a double line of Coleus Verschaffeltii ;
the four figures 2, 2, 2, 2, scarlet Pelargoniums,
such as Vesuvius, Bonfire, Triomphe de Stella,
or others ; 3, 3, Mrs. Pollock, golden-zoned Pelar-
goniums, edged with Alternanthera amcena ; 4, 4,
Lady Cnllum, ditto, ditto, edged with ditto;
5, 5, Lobelia speciosa, Imperial Dwarf Ageratum, or
Purple King Verbena; 6, 6, white Verbena or white Ivy-
leaved Pelargonium.

The group of Beds illustrated in Fig. 218 is effective
on grass or gravel. If on the latter, the lines should be

FIG. 218. DESIGN FOR BEDDING OR CARPET BEDDING.

Fig. 216 represents a Border or long piece of ground,
which may be either marked out permanently with Box

FIG. 219. ARRANGEMENT OF NURSERY FOR ROSE TREES AND
SHRUBS.

edging, dwarf-growing silver or golden leaved plants, tiles,
stones, or pebbles, and filled in with silver sand or bright-
coloured stones or gravel j or the lines may be widened out
into walks. The whole of the small circles not numbered

defined with Box, Golden Thyme, Cerastium, or Santolinas.
The design is pretty on level, but is still more effective
on sloping, ground ; in the latter case, it should rise
from the straight walk (dotted line). Thus each Bed may

FIG. 220. ARRANGEMENT OF NURSERY FOR ROSE TREES AND
SHRUBS.

be seen to the best advantage, and the group may be
extended to any length. The circular Beds should be
planted with two distinct colours, such as good pink and
scarlet Pelargoniums of similar habits of growth, placing

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

167

Bedding-out — continued.

the colours in alternate Beds. The Beds, a, a, a, Flower
of Spring1, or another silver-leaved Pelargonium; b, b, b,
Purple King Verbena, or Imperial Dwarf Ageratum ; c, c,
White Perfection Verbena, and silver-leaved or white -
flowered Ivy -leaved Pelargonium; d, d, Alternanthera
magnified; e, e, Blue Lobelia. The long border, Alter-
nanthera paronychioides, edged with Antennaria tomen-
tosa ; or Iresine Lindenii, edged with Pyrethrum, Golden
Fleece or Crystal Palace Gem Pelargonium. The two
eides may also be planted alike. The colours are re-
versed above to produce a greater variety and a more
striking effect. This design is also well adapted for
Carpet Bedding.

BKD E.

£

3-

0

*

o

3

A

FIG. 221. BEDDING-OUT DESIGNS.

Nursery Bed. This is merely a reserve ground or
nursery for a large stock of plants of various sorts, such as

Bedding-out— continued.

Hoses, &c. One of the first requirements is an easy access
to the individual plants, and with the least possible waste
of space. This may be obtained by arranging the Beds in
regular geometric figures, as shown in Figs. 219 and 220
and, by exercising a little care and taste, the whole can be
so contrived as to present an ornamental appearance.

We are indebted to Messrs. Cannell and Sons for the
diagrams of Bedding-out designs shown at Fig. 221, which
may be made very effective :

Bed A. This Bed may be planted with the following :
Summer- flowering : 1, Gain's Yellow Calceolaria or Agera-
tum Lady Jane ; 2, Geranium Vesuvius or another scarlet ;
3 and 4, Viola Bluebell or Purple King Verbena; 5, edged
with Onaphalium lanatum, or Antennaria tomentosa, white
foliaged plants. Summer Foliage : 1, Coleus Verschaf eltii ;

2, Centaurea ragusina compacta ; 3 and 4, Mrs. Pollock
Geranium; 5, band of any of the Echeverias, or Kleinia
repens.

Bed B. Plants mentioned for A will do for this.

Bed C. This is really intended for a Carpet Bed. 1,
Alternanthera amabilis, with a narrow line of amcena for
the edge; 2, Mentha, or Herniaria glabra; 3, band of
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium variegatum. Flowering:

1, Any kind of Scarlet Geranium ; 2, Golden-leaved ditto ;

3, Blue Lobelia (edge). Spring: 1, White Arabia; 2,
Myosotis dissitiflora ; 3, Golden Feather.

Bed D. Summer: 1, Pink Geranium; 2, Iresine Lindenii;
3, Golden Feather. Carpet : 1, Alternanthera versicolor
grandis ; 2, Mesembryanthemum cordifolium variegatum ;

3, Alternanthera magnifica, edged with Sempervivum mon-
tanum.

Bed E. 1, Scarlet Geranium; 2, Pink ditto; 3, Lobelia
speciosa; or, 1, Alternanthera amcena; 2, Mesembryan-
themum cordifolium variegatum ; 3, Echeveria tecunda
glauca.

Bed F. 1, Dracaena, Chamcepeuce, or any other graceful
foliage plant for the centre; 2 and 4, Alternanthera
amabilis, the divided lines, 6, being filled with Mentha or
Echeverias; 3 and 5, Alternanthera amcena; and the
outer edge, 7, with Sempervivum californicum. This bed
would look well if planted with any of the above-men-
tioned spring flowers. Spring: Bed might be raised to
a mound, and lined out with hardy Sedums, or Semper-
vivums, placing a larger growing one in the centre; and

2, 3, 4, and 5 divisions may be filled with any spring-
flowering dwarf-growing plants.

Bed G. 1. Small plant of Yucca ; 2, Coleus Verschaf-
feltii; 3, Alyssum variegatum ; 4, Lobelia pumila magnifica.

BedH. 1, Golden Feather; 2, Mesembryanthemum; 3,
Mentha; 4, Alternanthera amabilis; or 1, Coleus Verschaf -
feltii ; 2, Centaurea ragusina ; 3, Calceolaria Golden Gem ;

4, Ageratnm Lady Jane.

BEDDINC PLANTS. This term applies to many
half-hardy subjects which are planted out in beds for
summer display, such as Ageratnms, Calceolarias, Gera-
niums, Heliotropes, Lobelias, Verbenas, Ac., all of which
will be treated under their respective headings. They are
mostly soft-wooded plants and are easily cultivated with
proper means, in spring and autumn.

BEDFORDIA (named in honour of a former Duke of
Bedford). ORD. Composites. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
allied to Cacalia. They thrive in a mixture of sand, pea^
loam, and brick rubbish, in equal proportions. Propagated
by cuttings, which should be dried a little before inserting
them in rough, sandy soil.

B. salicinaOVillow-like). Jt,-headi yellow, axillary and solitary,
or few together. April. I. alternate, lanceolate, linear, glossy
above, covered with white tomentum underneath, h. 3ft Vic-
toria and Tasmania, 1820. SYN. Cacalia talicina. (B. E. 923.)

BEDSTRAW. See Galium.

BEECH. See Fagns.

BEES. See Honey Bees, Humble Bees, and Wasp».

168

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

(Beta, which see). The present varieties of
Beetroot are the offspring of Beta vulgaris, a plant of
biennial duration, and a native of the sea coasts of
Southern Europe. It was cultivated in this country about
1656, but was probably long previously introduced by the
ancient Eomans. Beetroot is largely used as salad, more
extensively on the Continent than with us, also pickled;
medium sized, deeply coloured roots being the chief de-
sideratum. Some varieties are largely grown for their
highly-coloured foliage, being planted in bedding-out de-
signs, and generally proving extremely effective.

Cultivation: For obtaining the best results, an open
situation should be chosen, free from the shade of trees.
The ground should be light and sandy, and, if possible, that
which has been previously manured for some other crop,

Fio. 222. LONO YELLOW BEETROOT.

French beans, for instance. Trench the soil to a depth of
2ft. in the autumn, and ridge it up for the winter. As soon
as dry enough to allow of working in spring, dig over the
whole bed with a steel digging fork, and break the soil
tolerably fine. Sow any time from the last week in April
to the end of May. Prepare the drills about a foot or 15in.
apart, and from lin. to 2in. deep. The seeds grow quicker
if steeped in water previous to sowing, afterwards allow-
ing them to get dry enough to separate from each
other. Sow thinly, and fill in the drills with a rake. As
soon as the plants are up, hoe between the rows, and koep
free from weeds. In a fortnight or three weeks after this
hoeing, if the weather has been favourable, the plants will
be large enough for thinning. Thin out to about 9in. apart,

Beet — continued.

and carefully fill up, in dull weather, any blanks that may
occur. Transplanting is, however, not generally a very
satisfactory method. Carefully lift the roots in autumn,
before frost comes, and wring off the leaves about an inch
from the crowns. Place the roots in a cool shed or house,
and allow the soil on them to get quite dry, when they may
be stored for winter use in dry sand, or soil, in a shed free
from frost. It is preferable to keep the crowns free from
soil, to prevent decay from the ends of the leaves left on
them. If this be carefully done, the roots will keep till the
next season's early crop is ready. In all processes con-
nected with the growing, storing, or cooking of this vege-
table, the greatest care must be taken to avoid bruising or
otherwise injuring the roots, as deficiency of colour would
be the result, especially in the case of the red-fleshed kinds,
in some cases rendering them valueless for table use.
Seed Saving : When lifting the crop in autumn, select
as many of the best formed and coloured roots as required,
and store them separately from the rest. In April, plant
them in a spot by themselves, where there is no danger of
impregnation from other varieties, and in due time good
seed will ripen. If good foliaged varieties are required,
the best should be selected when growing in the summer,
and either be marked by some means, or have the inferior
ones removed from them.

Sorts. These are somewhat numerous — almost every
seedsman having a so-called " improved strain." Nutting's
Dwarf Bed, Chelsea, Pine Apple, Dell's Crimson and Red
Castelnaudary, are the best of the crimson or red-fleshed
kinds. The Egyptian Turnip-rooted is a distinct variety,
with flesh of a good colour, and fine flavour ; excellent for
summer salads. Betterave de Bretagne is a Continental
variety ; the roots grow to a good size, with a distinct outer
skin of a dark colour ; flesh rich purple. The best of the
yellow-fleshed kinds are Small Yellow and Long Yellow
(see Fig. 222) ; but these are not grown nearly so
much as the deep-coloured section ; in fact, they are
almost useless for garden purposes.

FIG. 223. WHITE LEAF BEETROOT.

"Beetroot for Bedding Purposes: In this case, where the
foliage is the main object, the seed may be sown in a re-
serve bed, and the plants transferred to their positions in
the flower garden. If, however, a line is required in a
ribbon or other border, the best plan is to sow there, and
thin out the plants to equal distances. Dell's Crimson is
one of the best varieties for this purpose, being very com-
pact and of a good dark colour.

Varieties of the Leaf Beet (Beta Cicla), and Sea or
Perennial Beet (Beta maritima), are sometimes, but very
seldom, cultivated for the use of the leafstalks and
leaves, the roots being hard and unfit for cooking pur-
poses. They are at the best but substitutes for other
vegetables — namely, the midrib for Sea-kale and the leaves

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

169

Beet — continued.

for Spinach. If desired, seeds may be sown in the way
described for Beetroot, in April for using in autumn and
winter, and in Aug-ust for spring use, plants of the latter
sowing being protected in severe weather. The best sorts
are Bed-stalked, Yellow-stalked, and White (see Fig. 223)
or Silver Leaf.

BEET CARRION BEETLE (Silpha opaca). This
destructive insect is frequently found in dead animals,
but often its grub almost destroys the leaves of Beet and
Mangold Wnrzel crops. The grubs, which are black and
shining, when full grown are from £in. to 4 in. long ; the
three segments next the head are rounded at the aides, but
the other segments are sharp, and the tail segment has a
sharp spine on each side. " When full-fed, the grubs bury
themselves, and form cells at the depth of Sin. or 4in.
below the surface of the earth, in which they turn to pupae,
and from these the Beetle has been seen to come up in
about the space of a fortnight or three weeks " (Ormerod).
The Beetles are flattish, and about five lines long, brown-
black, with a tawny down; eyes large and oval; horns
club-shaped; body somewhat oval; wing-cases very flat,
turned up at the outer edge, each case having three sharp
ridges running along it; tip of abdomen dull red. Any
manures or methods of cultivation that would stimulate
growth in the plants, so as to permit renovation of injuries,
would be found useful. If farmyard manure were applied
to the soil intended for Beet in the autumn instead of in
spring, it would lessen the risk of attack to the Beets.

BEETLES (Coleoptera). Beetles form one of the most
extensive orders of insects, there being upwards of 3000
known British species. They vary much in appearance,
but a Beetle is readily recognised by its front wings, or
elytra; these form a tough horny sheath or case, which
lies over the real wings, and protects them when the insect
is not flying. Sometimes, the elytra are very short (see
Fig. 225) ; the mouth is fitted with jaws for cutting.
The metamorphosis is complete, i.e., the larva or grub

FIG. 224. COMMON GARDEN BEETLE.

is very unlike either the quiescent pupa or the perfect
insect. The period that elapses before Beetles arrive at
their perfect state varies from a few weeks to two or
three years, but is usually rather longer than in Butterflies
or Bees. Various Beetles attack growing plants and roots.
Thus, Otiorhynchut sulcatus and 0. picipes attack Vines,

Fia. 225. DEVIL'S COACH HORSK.

Roses, and other plants, gnawing off the bark. Some
species of Beetles attack Mushrooms, while others bore
into the wood of old trees, or eat leaves (e.g. Turnip Fly),
or burrow in the leaves, or form galls on roots (Cabbage-
gall Weevil). Of some kinds, the beetles are hurtful; of

B«etlM— continued.

others, the larvae. Many kinds, however, are beneficial,
such, for instance, as the common Ground Beetle
(Carabut, Fig. 224), and the Devil's Coach Horse (Ocypu*

Fio. 226. SEVEN-SPOTTED fia. 227. GRUB OF LADYBIRD.

LADYBIRD. (Enlarged).

olens, Fig. 225). These live upon other insects sad
snails. One kind of Beetle — the Ladybird (see Figs. 226
and 227) — is very beneficial in a garden, as it preys upon
the 'aphides, or plant lice. For instructions in dealing
with the noxious kinds, see Asparagus Beetle, Bean
Beetle, Beet Carrion Beetle, Click Beetle, Cock-
chafer, Lily Beetle, Rosechafer, and Turnip Fly.
BEET or MANGOLD PLY (Anthomyia betas).
The maggots of this fly do considerable damage by feeding
on the pulp of the Beet or Mangold leaves. The eggs are
small, white, and oval, and are laid in small patches beneath
the leaves ; the maggots are about Jin. long, legless, cylin-
drical, and yellowish- white. As it is of such recent appear-
ance in this country, specifics for its eradication are by no
means numerous ; but, according to Miss Ormerod, " the
best treatment appears to be to nip it in the bud, where
such treatment is possible, by destroying the infested plants,
but generally by all means of good cultivation, or by special
applications of artificial manure, to ensure a hearty growth,
which may run the plants on past the power of average
attacks to weaken the leafage to a serious extent."

BEFABJA (named in honour of Bejar, a Spanish
botanist). OED. Ericaceae. SYN. Bejaria. An elegant
genus of greenhouse evergreen shrubs, closely allied to
Rhododendron. Flowers bracteate; corolla very deeply
seven-cleft, spreading. Leaves racemose or corymbose,
crowded, quite entire, coriaceous. They thrive in a com-
post of peat and loam. Propagated by cuttings, made of
the young wood, and placed in sandy soil, in gentle heat.
B. SMtuans (glowing).* JL purple; corymbs terminal, simple;
peduncles, pedicels, rachi, calyces, and branchlets clothed with
dammy glandular hairs. L elliptic, rather glabrous above, but
downy and glaucous beneath, while young clothed with rusty
tomentum. Plant much branched; branchlets sub-verticillate.
A. 10ft to 15ft Peru, 1846. SYN. Aeunna oblonga. (O. C. 1848, 119.)
>urple; panicles close,
lightly downy above,

terminal ;

a-coloured). /I. purple ; panicles close,

_ roolly, hispid. I slightly downy above,

fusty tom'entose beneath. Branches downy, hispid. A. 4ft. Peru,

(close-headed). JL purple; corymbs terminal,
a, pedicels, rachi, and calyces clothed with rusty
tomentum. L oblong, glabrous, glaucous beneath. Shrub much
branched, A. 4ft toBft Pern, 1847. (O. C. 1848, 175.)
B. glanca (glaucous).* JL flesh-coloured ; racemes terminal and
axillary ; pedicels somewhat fastigiate. June. L oblong, obtuse,
glaucous beneath. Shrub much branched ; branchleta angular.
AY3ft to 6ft South America, 1826.

B. ledifolia (Ledum-leaved).* JL purple ; racemes terminal ;
peduncles, pedicels, rachi, branchlete, and calyces clothed with
clammy glandular hairs, J. oblong, somewhat mucronate, with
revolute edges, glaucous beneath, glandular. Shrub much
branched ; branches purplish. A. 3ft to 4ft South America,
1847. (F. d. S. 3, 195.5

B, racemosa (racemed). JL purple, disposed in racemose ter-
urinal panicles. July. I. ovate-lanceolate, glabrous; branchleta
smoothorhispid. A. 3ft to 5ft Georgia, 1810.
BEGONIA (named after M. Begon, a French patron
of botany). OBD. Begoniacece. A large genus of succu-
lent herbs or undershrubs (a few climbers), in many of
which the stem is reduced to a tuberous rhizome, whilst
some are distinctly tuberous. Flowers usually showy and
large, white, rose, scarlet, or yellow, unisexual ; perianth
segments petaloid, four to five divisions, rarely two. Sta-
mens numerous, filaments free or united at the base.
Ovary inferior, styles two to four, free, sometimes con-
nate, stigmas branched or twisted. Fruit capsular, rarely
succulent, often winged. Seeds numerous, minute. Leaves

170

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Begonia— continued.

alternate, more or less unequal-sided, entire, or lobed, or
toothed. Flower-stalka axillary, cymose. Distribution :
Species about 350, in all tropical moist countries, especially
South America and India ; not known in Australia. Cul-
tivated species (exclusive of garden hybrids and varieties)
about 150. A large number of genera, or what were con-
sidered aa such are now merged in Begonia — viz., Barya,
Baryandra, Casparya, Pritzelia, Ac. The rich colours and
beautiful form of the flowers of Begonias, their prettily-
marked foliage, and free -growing, free-blossoming nature,
have long marked them out as favourite garden plants.
Within the last twenty years a new race, characterised
by a tuberous root-stock, annual herbaceous stem, and
large handsome flowers, has been introduced from, the
Andes of South America, from which, by means of careful
oross-fertilisation and selection, a large number of beau-
tiful and almost hardy kinds have been raised. The size,
substance, and rich colours of the flowers of the majority
of the plants of this race of Begonias are witness to
what may be done by skilful cultivation and careful cross-
breeding among plants. In the same way the large-leaved,
stemless section, of which B. Rex may be taken as the
type and principal progenitor, have been improved both
in the size and the coloration of their foliage, and count*
less forms are now in cultivation, both as garden plants
and for the decoration of rooms, &o. The propagation
of Begonias may be accomplished by means of seeds, which
are freely produced by almost all the cultivated kinds,
by cuttings, by division of the rhizomes, and — in the case
of the large-leaved kinds— by leaf-cuttings. For the first
of these methods it is necessary that the seeds should be
well ripened before they are gathered, and kept dry until
sown. Where it is desired to increase any particular
kind of garden origin, seeds are useless, none of the
hybrid or seedling forma perpetuating themselves through
their seeds, although equally beautiful sorts may be raised
from them. The characters of all true species are, how-
ever, reproduced in their seedlings. For the successful
raising of Begonia seeds it is necessary to sow them on
pans or pots of well-drained, light, sandy soil, which should
be well watered before the seeds are sown. The seeds
should not be covered with soil, or they will fail to germi-
nate. Over the pans a pane of glass should be placed, and
they should then be stood in warm house or a frame where
a temperature of about 65deg. can be maintained, and
shaded from sunshine. As soon as the plantlets are large
enough to be safely manipulated, they should be pricked
off into pans of light leaf -mould soil, in which they may
remain until largo enough to be placed singly in pots.
Cuttings t These strike freely if planted in small pots,
in sand an I leaf mould, and placed on a bottom heat of
70deg. Where large quantities are required, a bed of
cocoa nut-fibre in a stove or propagating frame may be
used, and in this the cuttings may be planted and remain
until well rooted. Leaf cuttings succeed best when laid
on sand or cocoa-nut fibre, and shaded from bright sun-
light. In preparing the leaves, old, well-matured ones
•hould be selected, and incisions made with a sharp knife
across the principal nerves on the underside. They should
then be placed on the sand or fibre and held down by
means of a few pieces of crock. Under this treatment,
bulbils will form on the lower ends of the nerves of each
•eotion of the leaf, and these, when large enough, may be
removed from the bed and potted. With the exception of
B. Evansiana (discolor), an almost hardy species from North
China, all the shrubby species require a warm or inter-
mediate house for their cultivation, although during the
Bmnmer months a frame or sheltered bed answers for most
of them, provided they are removed into their warm winter
quarters on the approach of cold weather. Some of the
species, such as B. Dregei, B. semperflorens, B. nitida, B.
fucheioides, B. Lindltyana, B. Richardsiana, along with
the hybrids Ascutensis, Knowsleycma, Weltoniensis, and
Ingramii, are grown in pots out of doors all the summer,

Begonia— continued.

and under liberal treatment they form large handsome
specimens, which are of great value as flowering plants
for the conservatory in winter. The tuberous-rooted her-
baceous kinds should be started in heat in February,
and, when vigorous growth has commenced, be gradually
hardened off, for use either as bedding plants or as pot
specimens for flowering in the greenhouse. A mixture of
loam and leaf mould with a little sand and rotten cow-
dung is suitable for the cultivation of these plants in pots.
Liberal supplies of water should be given during the grow-
ing season. As the growth decays, water should be with-
held until finally the tubers may be shaken out of the soil
and placed in dry sand or cocoa-nut fibre, in a house or
shed where a temperature above freezing can be main-
tained. B. gracilis and its varieties, diversifolia and
Martiana, are beautiful greenhouse plants, which thrive
well if treated as advised for the other tuberous-rooted
kinds, with the addition of a few more degrees of heat.

The Rex section requires a light rich soil, plenty of
moisture, and a shaded position in a warm greenhouse.
These kinds are often employed with good effect for
clothing peat-covered walls in ferneries, or as an under-
growth in large tropical houses. Largo specimens have
been grown under the stage in a warm house, the shade
and moisture of such a position being exactly what they
best delight in.

B. socotrana, an interesting species from the island of
Socotra, is somewhat singular in its requirements. The
stem is herbaceous and annual, and about its base a cluster
of bulbils are formed, from every one of which a plant
will be developed the following year. The growing season
for this species is from September to March, after which
it goes to rest for the whole summer. A tropical tem-
perature and all the light possible, are essential to the
well-doing of this plant.

It is interesting to note the apparent impossibility to
cross any of the shrubby Begonias with the distinctly
tuberous - rooted species ; and even the species of the
shrubby section, whose stems are semi • tuberous, have
hitherto refused to commingle with the South American
tuberous kinds, of which B. Veitchii, B. rosceflora, and
B. boliviensis may be said to be typical. The infusion
of the blood of these large, handsome - flowered kinds
into the tall, shrubby species, would almost certainly
result in the production of a race of splendid winter-
flowering greenhouse plants, and it is therefore in every
way desirable that no pains should be spared to break
through the obstacle to the union of the two races.

Explanation of contractions j T, tuberous-rooted; S,
shrubby.

B. aoerlfollft (Acer-leaved). S. A tall-growing, thick, succulent-
stemmed species, with green. lobed, serrated foliage, and large
branching cymes of small white flowers ; sepals of male flowers
hairy ; styles three, two-horned. Capsule triangular, with one of
the angles prolonged into an obtuse wing. Spring. Quito, 1829.

ated-leaved). S. A low shrubby species,
long, pointed leaves, with toothed margins,
nerves on the under side and the petiole pilose, jl.
white, In cymes, nearly lin. across. Capsule wings, two short,
the third Jin. long. Spring. Jamaica, 1798. (B. M. 4025.)

B. acutiiolia (acute-leaved). S. A smooth-stemmed, semi-erect
species, 3ft. to 4ft. high, with cordate-oblong leaves, both sides
and petiole glabrous, the margins denticulate, fl. in cymes, white
and red, about lin. in diameter. Capsule winged, one wing twice
as long as the others. Spring. Jamaica, 1816. SVN. B. purpurea.

B. acutiloba (acute-lobed).* A species with thick fleshy rhi-
zomes, and palmate cordate leaves which are divided into five to
seven lobes, with toothed margins and pointed apices, under side
thinly covered with brown hairs. Flower-stalk tall, hairy, sur-
mounted by a branching head of rather large white flowers.
Summer. Mexico.

B. albo-ooccinea (white and red).* Stemless, with a thick root-
stock. I. broadly ovate, peltate, entire, Sin. to 4in. long ; petiole
Sin. to .6in., pubescent. Flower-scape 6in. to 9in. long. jL in dense
cluster, bright rose on the outside, white within. Capsule regu-
er. India, 1844. SYN.

larly triangular, with short wings.

B. Grahamiana. (B. M. 4172.)

. alohemllloldM (Alchemilla-like). Stem fleshy, creeping. I.

rotundate, with toothed, undulate, ciliated margins and abort

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

171

stalks. Flower-stem slender, few
Brazil

•man, rose-coloured.

B. amabilia (lorelyX* Stem creeping, fleshy, abort t ovate,

crenulate, acuminate, about 6in.

blotched with white, under side r_r

long. JL rose or white, in clustering cymes. Capsule irregular.

Summer. Assam, 1859. The foliage sometimes comes wholly

green, but, under good treatment, itis h '
B. amcena (pleasing).*

short L 5m. by 2m. ;

i. lUIlg-OUUUUMl, OUL. iO IUUL. ID UOUBViVr. UKWl&J UTKW

• ••in I. when young densely covered with rusty steU
/. on short petioles, rose-coloured, 2in. wide. Fruit a
berry, small Summer. Guinea.
B. apter*. (wingless). S«em torittceoaa. L heart-shaped, pointed.

forming a bush 8tt to l«t £ hefeh?

6in. long.
Brazil.

i 8ft to 10ft in height L pale green, ear-ehai
in large cymose clusters, white, small Sumr

B. arsyrosti«m» (silrery-spotted). Synonymous with B.

B. Arnotttana (Arnotf s).

B. asplenifolla ( Asplenium-leavedX & A slender-stemmed, beau-
tifully cut-leaved species, the foliage of which b pinnatisect,
ant the appearance of a Thalictewm rattier than a

Synonymous with B. n ifrlfi.
»vedX S. A slender-stemmed, 1

giving the plant the appearance of

Begonia. K. very small, white. Guinea.
B. assamloa (Assam). Stem short, fleshy. JL pinkish flesh-

colour. I. oblique orate, olive-green, marbled with silvery blotches

above, and of a pale purplish-pink beneath ; petioles pale green,

softly hairy. Assam, 1881

B. attenuate (attenuated). Synonymous with B. kerboceo,
B. aucubaefolia (Aucuba-leaved). Synonymous with B, meamcta.
B. auriformis (ear-formed). Synonymous with B, i*om*t.
B. barbata (bearded). S. Stem short, hairy. L toothed, oval-

shaped, pointed, hispid beneath, 4in. long. JL medium-ailed,

white or pink ; flower-stalk hairy. Capsule equal- winged. Summer.

India.

T. A garden hybrid, with thick,

B. bipetala (two-petaled). Synonymous with M. difttali.

B. biaerrata (doubly-serrated). S. Stem erect branched, 2ft to
3ft- high. i. 6in. long, 2in. to Sin. wide, deeply lobed, toothed,
pale green. JL in loose cymes, drooping, ras^colomed. IJin. wide,

, -, . ,

serrated edges. Capsule pilose, two short awl one long wings.
Guatemala, uWT^!

Summer.
B.

M. 4746.)
T. Stem

6657.)

B. BowriXLglana (Bowring-s).
(B. 31.6657.)

L lanceolate, pointed, serrate, Sin. to Sin.

large, scarlet, males twice as lane as
•rin^d. Summer. Bolivia, 18S7. (I M.

Synonymons with B.

8. Stem erect, tall, succulent L
orate, toothed, slightly pubescent; principal nerves
i ; stalk hairy, /.white or rose, small, in short, few-
cymes. Capsule wine iin. knur. Summer. Brazil

B. braziliana (Brazilian),
oblique,
brownish .
flowered cymes. Capsule wing iin. long.

B. Brnantii (Bruant'sX* B. A garden hybrid between B. SeJtmidti
and B. temper/brent. L green, with a brownish tint JL white
or rose, in erect panicles. Summer, 1883, Used as a bedding
plant in summer.

B. bulbil era (bulb-bearing). Most likely a form of B. frwOu.

B. cafiEra (Kaffrarian). A variety of B. Dreg*

B. earolinewfolla (Carolinea-learedX S. Stem erect, thick,
fleshy. I. palmate, curiously divided into six to eight long ovate
segments, each 6in. long. jf. in a dichotomous cyme, on long
stalk, rose-coloured, small. Capsule small, wings one longer than
others. Winter. Mexico, 1876. A singular-lea red species. (B, G.
1 — 25.)

B. Cathcartil (Cathcart's). S. Caulescent L heart-shaped,
acute, glabrous ; stalks of flowers and leaves hairy ; flowers and
fruit as in B. barbata. Summer. India. STK. JB. iiiniififh
(C. H. P. li)

B. ChelBonl (Chelsea).* T. A garden hybrid between B. Sedmi
and B. Miriensit, Stesn fleshy, 2ft high. L oblique, lance-
shaped, irregularly lobed. JL large, orange-red, drooping. Sum-
mer, IBM.

B. clnnabaiina (vermilion).* S. Stem erect, short, herbaceous.
L 2in. to 4in. long, oblique, toothed ; peduncles 6in. long, few-
flowered. JL (male), medium, red : female flowers rery small.
Summer. Capsule irregularly-winged. Bolivia, 1848. (B. M. 4483.)

B. cinnabarina (vermilion). A variety of

B. ClarkU (Clarke'sX* T. 1

bSghton^to> "?Tat?" *fa

^pwplish, fleshy, stoat L ob-

thick. L peltate, orate, Sin. to OUL long, edges almost
underside, along with leaf and flower-stalks, covered

,
entire;

>thed, Sin. wide, pilose above, pubescent
6in. long, dichotomous. JL numerous,
lie with three narrow wings. Winter.

tooth'ed. Sin.
below ; floweT-seapefci
medium-sfeed. Capsule
Ceylon and India. SYX. & Anuttimm*.
B. cortacea (leathery).* T. Stem 6in. high, herbaceous. J. reni-
form, Sin. wide by Sin. long, smooth above, pilose below. JL rose-
coloured, large, in twos or threes on the end of an erect scape.
Sin. to 10m. long. Wings of capsule short, red. Summer. Bo-

B. corlaeea OeatheryX Synonymous with B. peltat*.
B. eranrtranlH (thick-stemmed). Stem short, thict artiertated,
succulent I. pabaate; segments acuminate, toothed, under aide

clothed with rusty down. /. in many-flowered cymes, dipetalous,
white or rose-coloured, medium-sized. Capsule wings unequal
Near to B. ktnclei folia. Spring. Guatemala, 184L (B. B. 23, 44.)

Inlta (hairv).* S. Stem 1ft high, fleshy, bright red, more or
less hairy. L ovate-cordate ; margins toothed, dark green ; pe-
tiole red and hairy, like the stems. JL in lax, branching cymes,
rose-coloured, liin. fa diameter. Fruit three-winged, one long
and acute, two short and rounded. Spring. Bolivia, 1870. (B. M.

B, enenJiate (hooded). A variety of A temper*****.
B. d»dalea (adorned).* Stem short, thick, succulent L large,
green, thickly covered with a close network of rusuutbiown.

flowers^bright'^d ;*icap 4fa. ^'bearing half a fcien flowers
in umbeL Capsule three-winged, one long, two very short
Summer. Peru, 1876. A handsome tuberous-rooted •uirtem,
dwarf^See FS/228, for which we are indebted to Messrs/VeTtcS
and Sons. (B. M. 6252.)

_0» (branching). 8. Stem tall, stout fleshy. L Sin.
l^in. wide, lobed. dull green. JL white, on long axillary

^53T0r.iL«iJ

*J.TSRfi^gh^rownra^^

StStfestj^ass^*

s ^^£s^"Ssrsr:tS£r^^L

(B. «L»9.) STW. B. Wpetoi*.

B. *i~***~ (two-coloured). Synonymous with B. gm^iiam*.
B. dlrerslfolla (diverse-leaved). A variety of B. grmeOi*.
B. Dredi (Drege's).* Bootstock fleshy. Stems succulent;

U^^er two7Md^Spofated. &mmer. Cape, 1B4£ STKS.
B. cajfra, B. rmttformu.

\JPV ^'JSS&^JSSJT&ZS&Z

StelM. white, with cmrioosly papillose sepals. Summer. Brazil,
187SL (k O. 707.)

KeUipticX Synonymous with B. MMMtau.

rm (erect, many-flowered). JL bright red-
for ^several months, ^Jespedallr during

172

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Begonia — continued.

B. orosa (bitten). Synonymous with B. ameena.

B. Evansiana (Evans's).* T. Stem herbaceous, branching,
smooth, 2ft. high. I. oblique, ovate-acute, sub-cordate, lobed;
margins denticulate, green above, under side and petioles deep
red; flower-stalks branching, axillary. fl. numerous, flesh-
coloured, large. Capsule wings blunt-pointed, one longer than
the others. Summer. Java, China, Japan, 1812. A handsome
species, and almost hardy. SYNS. B. dueolor, B. grandis. (B. M.
1473.)

B. eximla (excellent).* A hybrid, raised from B. rubro-venia
and B. Thwaitesii. Stem short, succulent. I. bronzy-purple, tinged
with red. A handsome foliage plant. (I. H. 1860, 233.)

B. falcifolia (sickle-leaved).* S. Stem 1ft. to 2ft. high, erect,
branching. I. 6in. long, liin. wide, curved, tapering to a narrow
point ; margins toothed, upper surface green, more or less spotted

Begonia — continued.

B. friglda (frigid). S. Stem 1ft. high, smooth, green, succulent.
I. cordate, acuminate, lobed, serrated, slightly pilose; upper
side coppery-green, beneath deep rose-red, especially upon the
veins. /. small, white, in erect branching cymes. Capsule wings
two long, one short. Summer. Country unknown, 1860. (B. M.

B. Frcebeli (Froebel's).* T. Stemless. I. numerous, cordate,
acuminate, green, covered with purplish-velvety hairs, fl. in
tall, lax, drooping, branching cymes, brilliant scarlet, large.
Winter. Ecuador, 1872. A beautiful flowering plant, useful for
conservatory work in winter. (Garden, pi. 96.)

B. fuohsioldes (Fuchsia-like).* S. Stem tall, drooping, her-
baceous, smooth, green, tinged with red. I. copious, distichous,
liin. long, oblong-ovate, slightly falcate, serrated, smooth ;
margins tinged with red. rt. in branching pendulous panicles,

FIG. 228. BEGOMA DAVISII.

with white, under side deep red. fl. on short axillary pe-
htred. Wings of capsule equal,

duncles, drooping, dipetalous, brigl

fcJSSh.)*"™' Peru> ™

A pretty flowering plant.

B. ferruginea (rust-coloured). S.

branching, covered with ferruginous :
acuminate, lobed; margins toothe

Stem woody, erect, smooth
i hairs. I. oblique, ovate-acute,
. margins toothed, fl. in branching cymes,
large red. Capsule unequal-winged. Summer. Bogota. SYN.
B. magnified.

B. Fischer! (Fischer's). Similar to B. falcifolia, except that the
foliage is unspotted, and the flowers are white and small Brazil
1835T (B. M. 3532.)

B. foliosa (leafy).* S. Stem slender, branching, fleshy. I. small,
ovate-oblong, dark green, numerous, distichous on stems. jl.
small, numerous, white, tinged with pink. Summer. New Gre-
nada, 1868. Useful forgrowing in hanging baskets. SYM. £.
microphyte. (Eef. B. 222.)

numerous, rich, deep scarlet. Capsule wings two very short and
one long. Summer. New Grenada, 1846. A handsome green-
house plant, useful for covering pillars, &c. SYN. B. miniata.
(B. M. 4281.)

B. f. miniata (vermilion). 1. smaller than in type. fl. cin-
nabar red. (F. d. S. 8, 787.)

B. gemmipara (bud-bearing). S. Stem 1ft. high, from a tube-
rous rootstock, succulent, I. ovate-acuminate, cordate, lobed,
smooth above, pilose below. JL medium-sized, white, or with
rose stripes, on pendulous, axillary peduncles; sometimes the
peduncles bear, instead of flowers, quadrangular cups, which
are closely packed with oblong viviparous bulbils. Summer.
Himalaya. (C. H. P. 14.)

B. geranifolia (Geranium-leaved).* Rootstock tuberous. Stem
1ft. high, erect, angular, succulent, green, with a purplish tinge,
branched dichotomously. I. cordate, cut into unequal ser-
rated lobes, green ; margins red, whole plant perfectly smooth ;

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

173

Begonia — continued.

peduncles terminal, bearing two to three flowers, which are
inclined, drooping while in bud; outer petals orbicular, red, the
two inner obovate, waved white. Summer. Lima, 1833. (B. M.
3387.)

B. geranioldes (Geranium-like).* T. Rootstock fleshy. Stem-
less. I. radical, somewhat reniform, lobed, serrated; surface
scabrid, deep green; leafstalks red, hairy, fl. white, hi lax,
drooping panicle. Summer. Natal, 1866. A pretty, though
delicate? species. (B. M. 5583.)

B. glandnlosa (glandular-leaved).* Stem a stout rhizome, scaly.
Leafstalks thick, terete, erect, hairy, 9in. high. I. (An. broad,
fleshy, cordate, lobed, green ; veins dark. /. on tall, dark, erect
scapes, numerous, greenish-white. Capsule wings, one very large,
blunt. Costa Rica, 1854. SYNS. B. hernandicefolia, B. nigro-venia.
(B. M.52S6.)

Fio. 229. BEGONIA HERACLEIFOLIA.

B. gogoensls (Gogoan).* I. peltate, ovate-orbicular, oblique,
acute when young, with a bronzy metallic hue, ultimately chang-
ing to a deep velvety -green, intersected by the paler midribs and
veins ; the under surface deep red. fl. pale rose, in a lax panicle.
Gogo, in Sumatra, 1881. A very handsome, ornamental-toliaged
species.

B. graoilis (slender).* T. Stem erect, unbranched, very succulent,
I. thinly scattered along stems, half heart-shaped, slightly hairy,
lobed, denticulate-ciliate. fl. on short axillary peduncles ; um-
bel of few male and female flowers, two larger petals serrate,
colour pink. Capsule winged, green. Mexico, 1829. In axils of
leaves between stipules a cluster of bulbils are borne ; these may
be gathered and sown as seeds. This and its varieties, annulata,

Synonymous with
Synonymous with
Synonymous with

Begonia— continued.

divfrstfolia, Martiana, &c., are beautiful summer flowering green-
house Begonias, requiring a sandy peat soil and shade. When
well grown, they are exceedingly ornamental. (B. M. 2966.)
B. Grahamiana (Graham's). Synonymous with B. albo^oecinea.
B. grandiflora (large-flowered). Synonymous with B. octopetala.
B. grandis (great). A variety of B. Rex.
B. grandis (great). Synonymous with B. Evantiana.
B. grandis (great). Synonymous with B. vittfolia.
B. Grifflthil (Griffith's). Stemless; rhizome subterraneous. I.
large, obliquely-cordate ; margin crenate, hairy ; surface granu-
lated, colour a dark green; margin purple, zoned with grey,
under side green, centre and margin deep purple, fl. on cymes,
large, white internally, outside tinged with Mush, slightly pilose.
Capsule tubercled, one wing large, projecting. Winter. India,
185o. (B. M.4984.)

B. Hasskarlli (Hasskarl's). Synonymous with B. peltata.
B. heraoleifolla (cow-parsnip leaved). Rootstock thick, fleshy.
1. radical, on long pilose stalks, palmate, large, bronzy green;
margin* toothed, hairy- Blower-stalks long, stout, erect, hairy,
many-flowered, fl. rose-coloured. Capsule wings nearly equal.
Spring. Mexico, 1831. This and the following varieties are
handsome both in foliage and flowers. SYNS. JB. jatrophatfolia,
B. punctata, B. radiata. See Fig. 229. (B. M. 3444.)
B. h. longlplla (long-haired). I. greyish in middle ; outer portions
dark bronzy, blotched with green. Whole plant covered with long,
stiff, fleshy hairs, fl. as in the type.

B. h. nigrloans (dark). This differs from the type in having
foliage of a blackish tint all round the margins of the lobes,
andthe petals of the flowers nearly white. (B. M. 4983.)
B. h. punotata (dotted). I green, reddish near margin, fl. rose-

colour, with deep red spots on the outside.

B. herbooea (herbaceous).* Rhizome creeping. I. oblong-acute,
lanceolate, toothed, ciliated. Flower-stalks shorter than leaves ;
male flowers hi a cymose head, white, small ; female flowers soli-
tary, on very short stalks. Spring. Brazil, 1873. A small species,
very succulent, with the appearance of a primrose when not in
flower. SYN. B. attenuata. (G. C. 1873, 679.)
B. hornandisefolia (Hernandia-leaved).

B. glandulota. (Seemann.)
B. hemandlnfolia (Hernandia-leaved).

B. nelwmbiifolia. (Gardens.)
B. hernandlaafolia (Hernandia-leaved).

B. peltata. (B. M. 4676.)
B.hirsuta (hairy). Synonymous with B. humilii.
B. Hooker! (Hooker's). A variety of B. temperfloreni.
B. Hookerlana (Hooker's). S. Stem woody, 5ft. to 6ft. high,
branching, covered with minute rusty tomentum. I. ovate, un-
equal sided, blunt, Sin. long, tomentose, like the stem. fl. in
axillary cymes, small, white. Spring. Brazil, 1850.
B. humilis (dwarf).* Stem erect, fleshy, hairy. 1. semicordate-
oblong, acuminate, ciliate-serrate, hairy above, smooth beneath.
fl. few, in cymes, small, white. Capsule unequal winged. "
Trinidad, 1788. Annual. SYN. B. Mrtuta.
B. humilis (dwarf). Synonymous with B. tuaveolen*. (B. R. 294.)
B. hybrida floribunda '(many-flowered).* A very beautiful
summer blooming hybrid between B. fwhnoidet and B. multi-
flora. fl. bright rose, medium sized, produced hi abundance.
Summer. One of the best.

B. hydroootylifolia (Penny-wort-leaved).* Stem succulent,
short, creeping. I. rotundate cordate, almost equal-sided ; petiole
short. Whole plant hairy. Flower-stalks 1ft. high, pilose, /.in
cymose head, medium-sized, dipetalous, rose-coloured, as also are
pedicels and stalk. Capsule wings equal-sized, large. Summer.
Mexico, 1841. (B. M. 3968.)
B. h. asarlfolla (Asarum-leaved). Leaves and flowers smaller

than in the type, the latter white. Mexico.
B. imperialls (imperial).* Stem rhizomatous, short, thick. I.
large, broad, ovate-acute, cordate, rugose, hairy, dark olive-green ;
nerves banded with greyish-green colour, fl. in cymes, white,
medium-sized, fr. unequal winged. Mexico, 1861. A handsome
foliage species. (I. H. i860, 262.)

B. i. smaragdlna (emerald-like). I. shining emerald green.
B. inoana (hoary). Stem erect, fleshy, tomentose. I. leathery,
peltate, oblong-acute, sub-angular, whitish beneath. Flower-
stalks long. fl. in small downy panicles, white. Whiter. Mexico,
1840. SYN. B. auri/ormis.
B. L anriformis (ear-like). I. divided at the base, not peltate.

fl. glabrous.

B. incarnata (fleshy).* S. Stem erect, fleshy, 2ft. high, smooth ;
nodes swollen, reddish, spotted. I. on short, smooth petioles,
unequally cordate, acuminate, sinuately-serrate, green. /. large,
rose-coloured, handsome ; peduncles terminal, nodding. Capsule
with unequal wings, the largest acute. Winter. Mexico, 1822.
SYNS. B. aueubcefoKa, B. insignit, B. Lindleyana. (B. M. 2900.)
B. L maonlosa (spotted). 1. spotted with white.
B. L metallica (metallic-leaved). J. with a bronzy-purple
metallic lustre.

174

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Begonia — continued.

B. 1. papillosa (papillose). Foliage margined with bright rose ;
upper surface covered with little papillae. (B. M. 2846.)

B. L pnrpnrea (purple-leaved). Foliage deep bronzy -purple.

B. IngramU (Ingram's).* A garden hybrid, raised at Frogmore in
1849, from B. fucfisioidet and B. nitida. It combines the cha-
racters of the two parents. A useful winter-flowering plant ; may
be grown out of doors in summer. (Q. M. B., p. 153.)

B. insignia (remarkable). Synonymous with B. incarnata.

B. involucrata (involucrate). S. Stem erect, tall, angular,
covered with a reddish tomentum. I. oblique, ovate-acuminate,
cordate ; margins toothed and ciliate. /. enclosed in a wrapper,
or involucre, when young ; peduncles graceful, bearing umbel of
white, largish flowers. Capsule wings unequal, the largest fal-
cate. Winter. Central America.

B. JatrophfiB folia (Jatropha-Ieaved). Synonymous with B. hera-

B. Joseph! (Joseph's). Stemless. L radical, on petioles 6in. to
lOin. long, ovate-acuminate, three-lobed, or orbicular, with nu-
merous acute lobes, slightly pubescent ; scape 1ft., branched.
/I. small, rose-coloured. Capsule wings unequal ; upper margins
horizontal. Summer. Himalaya.

B. Knnthiana (Kunth's).* S. Stem erect, smooth, slender,
purple-brown. I. on short petioles, lance-shaped, acuminate,
regularly serrated, smooth, dark green above, bright crimson
below. JL axillary, on shprt nodding peduncles, white, large,
handsome. Summer. Venezuela, 1 862. A pretty species. (B. M.

B. laciniata (cut-leaved).* Rhizome thick, fleshy. Stem short,
thick, jointed, reddish, woolly. 1. large, 6in. to lOin. long, 4in. to
6in. broad, unequally cordate ; margins irregularly cut, serrated ;
upper side green, under dull, rufous, fl. on short axillary pe-
duncles, large, white, tinted with rose. Capsule wings, one very
long, others short. Spring. Nejpaul to Birma, South China,
1858. SYN. B. Bowring&naT (B. MV5182.)

B. Leopold! (Leopold's). A hybrid from B. Oriffithii and B. splen-
dida, with large variegated foDage. 1858.

B. Lindleyona (Lindley's).* S. Stem erect, fleshy, covered with
ferruginous hairs. I. on long petioles, peltate, ovate, acute, Sin.
to 6in. long, Sin. to 4in. wide, irregularly lobed, toothed, green
above, tomentose below, ft. on branching peduncles, medium
sized, white. Winter. "

A garden synonym of B. incarnata.

B. longipes (long stalked),
ucculent, fu
te ; mar

branch^d^VintorrToYomtJia,"i8ffl'. "(B.ltf. SobT)'"''

. 8. Stem 3ft. or more high, stout,
. rrowed, covered with glands, I. large, rotundate-
cordate ; margin irregular, serrated, both sides green, pubescent
when young, tl. numerous, small, white ; peduncle 1ft. long,

B. longlpila (long-haired). A variety of B. heracleifolia.

B. lucida (shining). Synonymous with B. scandens.

B. Lynchiana (Lynch's). S. Stem erect, tall, succulent, smooth.
I. fleshy, lOin. long, r oblique, ovate cordate, crenulate, green,
smooth. /. axillary, in drooping cymes, numerous, large, deep
reddish-crimson. Winter. Mexic '

the toll-growing winter-flowering species,
the flower-heads are almost a foot in diameter,
of gardens. (B. M. 6758.*

One of the finest of
When well managed,
SYN. B. Roezlii,

FIG. 230. BEGONIA MACULATA, showing Habit, Section of Cansule
and Flower.

B. maculata (spotted).* S. A woody shrub. Stems branching,
smooth. 1. oblique, ovate-oblong, leathery, slightly undulate-
margins entire, under side bright crimson, above green, with nu'
merous arge round blotches of silvery white, jt in drooping

Begonia — continued.

panicles, coral-like, handsome,
wing. Summer. Brazil, 1821.

Capsule with one long, narrow
JB. E. 666.) There are numerous

varieties of this species, some with leaves almost green, others
with the markings more striking than in the type ; in the flowers
they differ also, ranging from white to coral-red. The beautiful
B. eorallina is probably a variety of this. SYN. B. argyrostigma.

B. magnifica (magnificent).* S. Stem erect, fleshy, smooth. J.
ovate, unequal sided, toothed, fl. in terminal, cymose panicles,
rosy-carmine, l*in. long. New Grenada, 1870. (It H. 1870, 271.)

B. magnifica (magnificent). Synonymous with B. ferruginea.

B. malabarioa (Malabar).* Stem thick, succulent, 2ft. high,
branching. I. numerous, cordate, acute, unequal-sided, crenate
or serrate, hairy above and sometimes below, or altogether gla-
brous, spotted white. A. rose-coloured ; peduncles axillary, short,
few-flowered. Capsule wings equal, joined above and below.
Summer. Malabar and Ceylon, 1828. B. dipetala is made a
variety of this, by Sir Joseph Hooker, in " Flora of British India."
(L. B. C. 1730.)

FIG. 231. BEGONIA MAMCATA.

B. manloata (tunicated).* Stem fleshy, twisted, short I. oblique,
ovate-acute, cordate, dentate-ciliate, smooth on both sides, shining
green nerves on under side, with fleshy, scale-like hairs, fl.. pink,
dipetalous. in branching cymes; upper portion of stalk scaly.
Capsule wings nearly equal. Winter. Mexico, 1842. See Fig. 231.

B. Manni (Mann's). S. Stem succulent, 2ft. to 3ft. high, branched,
green ; branchlets, young parts, petioles, and leaf -nerves clothed
with rusty, furfuraceous pubescence. I. petioled, 5in. long, 2in.
wide, lanceolate, cordate, acuminate, toothed, fl. numerous, rose-
red, in axillary cymes ; peduncle lin. long. Capsule linear, densely
tomentose. Winter. Fernando Po, 1862. (B. M. 6434.)

B. marmorea (spotted). A variety of B. xanthina.

B. Martiana (Martins'). A variety of B. gracilit.

B. maxima (large).* Rhizome thick, hairy, creeping. L large,
oblique, orbicular-ovate, cordate, shortly acuminate; margins
denticulate ciliate ; petiole long, pilose, fl. in branching cymes ;
sepals orbicular, pilose on the outside, white. Summer. Mexico,

B. mcgaphylla (large-leaved).* Stem short, thick, fleshy, i.
large, palmate, cordate ; lobes numerous, pointed ; margins hairy,
under side slightly pilose ; nerves with scaly hairs, fl. in diffuse
cymes, small, white; peduncles pilose. Capsule wings wide.
Winter. Mexico.

B. metallica (metallic). A variety of B. incarnata.

B. Meyeri (Meyer's). S. Stem erect, stout, woody when mature.
I. large, broadly and obliquely ovate, fleshy, pale green ; margin
sinuate, under side tinged with rose ; both petiole and blade
covered with short hairs, fl. on long axillary peduncles, in large
paniculate heads, white. Capsule wings equal. Summer. Brazil,
1844. (B. M. 4100.)

B. microphylla (small-leaved). Synonymous with B. foliota,

B. mioroptera (small-winged). Stem 1ft. high, terete, green,
pubescent, as in the rest of the plant. Branches few. I. sub-dis-
tichous, 4in. to 6in. long, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrated,
dark green ; petiole short ; stipules as long as petiole, fl. in ter-
minal panicles, medium-sized, white, tinted rose. Capsule long,
triangular, two angles wingless, the other with a narrow wing.
Winter. Borneo, 1856. (B. M. 4974.)

B. miniata (vermilion). A variety of B. fuchsioidet.

B. monoptera (single-winged).* Stem erect, 1ft. te 2ft. high,
rounded, swollen at the joints, dull red, papillose and downy.
Radical leaves on long red stalks, large, reniform, truncate at
the base ; caulescent leaves smaller, on short petioles, angled.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Begonia — continued.

crenate, dark green above, red below, and minutely papillose.
jL on an elongated terminal raceme, white. Capsule three-
angled, two wingless, the other with a long pointed wing. Sum-
mer. Brazil, 1826. A distinct and pretty species. (B. JL 3564.)
Synonymous with

B. Morltziana (Moritz's).
B. tcandent.

B. natalenais (Katal).
fleshy. Stem lift nig
the base, articulate,

T. Rootstock thick,
succulent, thick at
' ' smooth. L

unequal, semicordate, acuminate, lobed,
toothed, spotted with white. JL on axillary
cymose peduncles, pale rose. Jr. three- winged,
two large, one small. Winter. Natal, 1855.
(B. M. 4841.)

B. nelumbiifolia (Nelumbium - leaved). »
Rhizome thick, fleshy, creeping. L on long
hairy petioles ; blade 12in. to 18in. long, 8in.
to 12to. wide, peltate, hairy on under side ;
scape 1ft to 2ft. high. JL to cymose head,
numerous, small, white or rose coloured.
Winter. Mexico. A noble-foliaged plant.
SYN. B. hernandiatfilia.

B. nemophlla. Synonymous with B. Cath-
eartii.

B. nlgro-venla (black-veined). Synonymous
with B. glandulota.

B. nitdda (shining).* S. Stem 4ft to 5ft.
high, erect, branched, woody when aged,
smooth, shining. I. large, glossy, green on
both sides, obliquely ovate, acute, crenated
at margin. Jl. fa terminal and axillary pani-
cles, numerous, large, deep rose, handsome.
Capsule three-winged, one much larger than
others. Jamaica, 1777. One of the best winter,
and almost a perpetual, flowering species.

B. obllqua (oblique*
nitida.

Synonymous with B.

B. ootopetala (cight-petaled).* T. Stem-
less. L on long succulent downy petioles,
lift, or more in length, cordate. 6in. long,
deeply lobed and serrated at the margin,
bright green ; scape as long as petioles,
rounded, downy. JL to corymbs, greenish-
white. males with eight petals, females gene-
rally fewer. Capsule three-angled, two wings
almost suppressed, the other lin. long ; apex
blunt toothed. Autumn. Peru, 1835. SYN.
B. grandiflora. (B. M. 3559.)

B. opnllflora (Guelder-rose-flowered).* S.

oblong-acuminate, toothed, smooth above,

hairy below. JL white, to compact umbels,

on erect scapes. Spring. New Grenada,

1854.
B. Ottonlan» (Otton's). A hybrid from B.

eont.hafolia and B. eoriaeea. (R. Q. 1859,

p. 16.)

B. papillosa (papillose). A variety of /:. inearnata.
B. Pearoel (Pearce'sX* T. Stem 1ft high, succulent, branching.

I. lance-shaped, cordate, pointed, toothed, glabrous above, tomen-

toee beneath, and pale red. JL to loose axillary panicles,

large, bright yellow. Summer. Bolivia, 1865. Interesting

because of its being one of the progenitors of the handsome race

of garden tuberous Begonias.

B. peltata (shield-like). Stem short, tomentose ; leaves 6in. by
4in., peltate, ovate, densely pilose. JL to branching cyme, small,
white ; peduncle 6in. to 9to., pilose. Brazil, 1815. Interesting
because of its distinctly peltate foliage and silvery appearance of
whole plant SY.NS. B. eoriacea, B. Ilasskarlii, B. htrnandict/olia,
B. peltifolia.

B. peltifolia (peltate-leaved). Synonymous with B. peltata.

B. phyllomanlaca (proliferous-stemmed). S. ' Stem thick, fleshy,
rather twisted, green, hairy, clothed, when old, with small vivi-
parous buds bearing small leaves, by which means the plant may
be multiplied. I. ovate, acuminate, cordate, sinuately lobed,
ciliate, smooth above and below. JL to axillary cymes, drooping,
le rose. Capsule with one large wing. Winter. Guatemala,
61. (B. M. 5254.)

B. piota (ornamented).* T. Stem generally smooth, succulent,
6in. to 12in. high. I. ovate acuminate, nearly equally cordate,
serrated, hairy above and on the nerves below, sometimes varie-
gated. JL pale rose, large, handsome; peduncle hairy, erect
short, few-flowered. Autumn. Himalaya, 1870. (S. E. B.

B. platanlfolia U> lane-leaved).* S. Stem 5ft to 6ft high,
erect, robust smooth, green ; joints annulated. I Sin. to lOto. to

pale
1861.

FIG. 232. BEGONIA POLYPKTALA.

B. polypetala (inany-petaled). Stem about 1ft high, covered
with a soft whitish tomentum. I. ovate-acute, toothed, pubes-
cent above, and densely tomentose below. JL, petals nine or ten,
of a flue red colour, smooth, external ones ovate-oblong, pointed ;
internal ones somewhat shorter and narrower ; sepals two, ovate-
elliptic. Capsule tomentose, three-winged, with one wing larger,
ascendent Winter. Andes of Peru, 1878. See Fig. 232. (Garden,
Dec. 14, 1878.)

B. prestoniensls (Preston).* A garden hybrid between B.
dnnabarina and B. nitida. L green, lobed, glabrous. JL brilliant
orange-red, in drooping axillary cymes, very fragrant Autumn
and winter. 1867. (G. M. B. 3, 149.)

B. prismatocarpa (prism-fruited).* Stems small, creeping,
hairy ; branchlets ascending. L long, petioled, also hairy, obliquely
cordate, ovate, three to flve-lobed ; lobes pointed, serrated ; pe-
duncles axillary, longer than foliage, bearing a small umbel of two
to four dipetalous orange and yellow flowers, one female in each
umbel. Capsule four-angled, scarcely winged. Summer. Tropical
West Africa, 1861. The smallest of cultivated Begonias, and espe-
dally interesting because of its four-angled fruit It forms a
pretty cushion of bright shining green foliage, thickly studded
with its brightly coloured flowers. Requires a stove temperature
and a stony soil. (B. M. 5307.)

B. pruinata (frosted).* Stem short, thick, fleshy, smooth. L
large, peltate, ovate, angular-sinuate, minutely-toothed ; surface
smooth, glaucous ; margins pilose, on stout, fleshy petioles. JL to
large dense dichotomons. or small cymes, white. Winter. Gen-
tral America, 1870. (R, B. 247.)

B. pnlchra (fair). Synonymous with B. nitida.

B. punctata (dotted). A variety of B. heracle\f<*M.

176

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Begonia — continued.

B. purpnrea (purple). Synonymous with B. aeutifolia.

B. purpurea (purple). Synonymous with B. nitida.

B. Putzeysiana (Putzeys1). S. Stem erect, branching, smooth.
I. oblong-lanceolate, acute, toothed, glabrous, under side spotted
with white, fl. in copious small corymbs, white and rose, small.
Capsule small, with rather large obtuse wings. Winter. Vene-
zuela, 1871.

B. radiata (rayed). Synonymous with B. heraeUifolia.

B. ramentacea (scaly).* S. Stem erect, branching, brown,
scaly, as also are the leafstalks and peduncles. I. ovate, rem-
form, oblique ; margins slightly angulate, recurved, under side
red, scaly; peduncles branching, fl. drooping, pink and white,
pretty. Capsule, when ripe, a bnght scarlet ; wings large. Spnng.
Brazil, 1839. (P. M. B. 12-73).

B. renlformis (kidney-formed).
(Gardens.)

B. reniformis (kidney-formed).
(Hook.)

Synonymous with B.
Synonymous with B. mttfolia.

FIG. 233. BEGONIA REX.

B. Rex (Royal).* Stemless; rhizome fleshy, creeping, subter-
raneous. Leafstalk round, red, setose. I. 8m. to 12in. long, 6in.
to Sin. broad, ovate, oblique, sides unequal, cordate, villose ; mar-
gins toothed, surface bullate, dark olive-green, with a metallic
lustre, a broad silvery zone running all round, about lin. from the
margin, fl. in erect branching cyme, large, pale rose. Capsule
wings, two short, one long and rounded. Assam, 1858. See
Fig. 233. (B. M. 5101.) This magnificent species is the principal
progenitor of the numerous ornamental-foliaged Begonias, a selec-
tion of which are given below. Most of them are well worth
growing, but those named have been selected from a large number :
MADAME WAGNER,* I. large, profound green, banded by a broad
silvery zone, especially fine ; MARSHALLI, I. very large, the mar-
gins and very centre dark green, while the greater portion of
the surface is covered with a silvery-grey ; REGINA,* I. rich olive-
green, banded with a broad zone of bronze-red and silvery-grey,
rendering it very attractive ; Roi LEOPOLD,* I. on long stout
petioles, very large, deep bronze-red in the centre, with a broad
border of a rather lighter shade, very effective; ROLLISONI,*
1. large, on long stalks, rich velvety-green, banded with silvery-
grey; SPLENDIDA ARGENTEA,* I. large, of a greyish hue, veined
with white, and tinged with bronze-red, very beautiful. The fol-
lowing varieties are also very good: ADRIEN ROBINE,* BERTHE
PROUTIERE, CHARLES HOVEV, DISTINCTION,* JULIA SEROT,*
LOUISE CHRETIEN,* MADAME J. MENOREAU,* NAROA,» NAVALA,*
TALISMAN, W. E. GUMBLETON.

B. Rlobardslana (Richards').* T. Stem 1ft. high, erect, fleshy,
with slender branches. I. palmately lobed, the lobes sinuate or
toothed. fl. white, males bipetalous, females with five petals.
Cymes axillary near ends of branches, few-flowered. Capsule
three-winged, wings equal. Summer. Natal, 1871. (G. C., 1871,
p. 1065.)

B. B. dladema (of gardens).* This is referred to here because of
its close resemblance to the above. It is most likely a hybrid
between B. Richardsiana and B. dipetala. L palmately lobed,
rather large, spotted with white. 4. large, rose-coloured.
Summer. 1881.

B. ricinifolia (Ricinus-leaved).* A garden hybrid between B.
heracleifolia and B. pepon\folia. I. large, bronzy green, in shape

Begonia — continued.

like those of the Castor-oil plant, f. numerous, on an erect scape.

Winter. 1847.

B. Roezlli (Roezl's). Synonymous with B. Lynchiana.

B. rosaoea (rosy). Stem succulent, short. I. ovate obtuse,
slightly pubescent, toothed ; petioles long, pilose. JL in few-
flowered cymes, medium-sized, rose-coloured. New Grenada,
1860. (Garden, pi. 152.)

B. rosaaflora (Rose-flowered).* T. Stemless. Petioles, scapes,
bracts, and stipules bright red. I. green, 2in. to 4in. wide, on
stout hairy petioles, 2in. to 6in. long, orbicular-reniform, concave ;
margins lobed, red, toothed. Scapes stout, villous, three-flowered.
fl. 2m. across, bright rose-red. Summer. Peru, 1867. One of the
parents of the popular race of tuberous-rooted large-flowered
Begonias. (B. M. 5680.)

B. mbricaulls (red-stalked).* Stemless. Leafstalks, peduncles,
pedicels, and ovaries, a deep red colour. I. obliquely ovate, 4in. to
6in. long, slightly hairy, bright green, wrinkled ; margins toothed
and ciliated. Scape 1ft. high, erect, stout, branching at the top,
forming a head of about a dozen flowers, which are large,

, - .

wing, the others almost suppressed. Summer. Peru, 1834.

white inside, rose-tinted outside. Capsule with one large

ing, the othe
(B. M. 4131.)

B. rnbro-venia (red-veined).* Rootstock thick. Stems
12in. to 18in. high, red, pubescent. I. 4in. to 6in. long,
elliptic or lanceolate acuminate, entire or slightly angular,
toothed, green spotted with white above, purplish-brown
below. Scapes axillary, red. fl. in cymose head ; outer
segments white with rose-red veins, inner segments pure
white. Summer. Sikkim, Ac., 1853. (B. M. 4689.)

B. sangninea (blood-red). S. Stems woody when old, tall,
stout, red, with scattered paler spots. I. 4in. to 6in. long,
unequally cordate, acuminate, thick and somewhat fleshy
in texture, minutely crenate, green above, deep red below ;
peduncles axillary, long, erect, red. fl. in a branching cyme,
rather small, white. Capsule wings sub-equal. Spring.
lirazil, 1836. (B. M. 3520.)

B. scabrida (rough). Stem stout, erect, somewhat succu-
lent, covered with small tubercles. I. 6in. long, oblique,
ovate-acute, cordate, toothed, slightly hairy, JL white,
small ; cyme many-flowered. Capsule wings equal, large.
Venezuela, 1857.

B. scandens (climbing).* Stem flexuose, fleshy, creeping
or climbing, smooth. I. 4in. long, ovate acuminate, sub-
cordate ; margins irregularly toothed, pale shining green.
JL in axillary branching cymes, white, small.

America, 1874'. Useful either as a basket plant or for
training against moist walls. SYNS. B. elliptiea, B. lueida,
B. Moritziana. (R. G. 758.)

B. sceptram (princely). S. I. obliquely ovate in outline,
deeply lobed on one side ; lobes oblong ; obtuse, veins sunk,
and the raised spaces between marked with large silvery
blotches, and numerous smaller dots of silver grey. Brazil,
1883.

B. Schmidtlana (Schmidt's).* Stems 1ft high, branching, her-
baceous. I. obliquely cordate, ovate-acute, small, dark metallic
green above, tinged with red below, fl. in loose drooping axillary
panicles, white, small, numerous. Winter. Brazil, 1879. (R. G.

(salver-like). Synonymous with B. eonehasfoUa.

FIG. 234. BEGONIA SEMPERFLORENS FRAU MARIA BRANDT,
showing Habit and Flower.

B. Sedeni (Seden's). T. A garden hybrid between B. bolivientis
and B. Veitehii. Summer. 1869. A handsome plant, but much
inferior to many of the more recent hybrids. (R. H. 1872, 90.)

B. semperflorens (always -flowering).* Stem fleshy, erect,
smooth, reddish - green. 1. ovate - rotundate, hardly cordate;

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 177

Begonia— continued.

argins serrated, ciliated, surface smooth, shining green. /.
xillary stalks, near apex of stems, white or rose, rather lar

mar

axillary stalks, near apex of stems, white or rose, rather large.

Capsule wings two short, .one long, rounded. Autumn. Brazil,

1829. A useful summer and autumn flowering species, of which

there are several named varieties more or less distinct from the

type, either in colour or size of flowers, or in habit of plant.

The varieties carminea, (jigantea, and rotea are perhaps the best.

SYN. B. spathulata. (B. M. 2920.)
B. s. Fran Maria Brandt. A dwarf compact variety, with

rose-tinted flowers. See Fig. 234.
B. socotrana (Socotra).* Stem annual, stout and succulent,

forming at base a cluster of bulbils, each of which produces a

plant the following year ; sparsely hairy. I. dark green, orbi-

cular, peltate, 4in. to Tin. across, centre depressed ; margin re-

curved, crenate. fl. in terminal, few-flowered cymes, Ijin. to

2in. wide, bright rose. Capsule three-angled, one- winged. Winter.

Socotra, 1880. Should be rested through the summer, and started

in heat in September. A distinct and beautiful species. (B. M. 6555.)
B. spathulata (spathulate). Synonymous with B. semperftoreng.
B. stigmosa (branded).* Rhizome creeping, fleshy. I. 6in. to

Sin. long, oblique, cordate-acute, irregularly toothed, smooth

above, hairy beneath, green, with brownish • purple blotches ;

stalks scaly, as in B. manicata. fl. in cymose panicles, white,

medium-sized, numerous. Brazil, 1845.
B. strigillosa (strigillose).* Rhizome short, fleshy, creeping,

I. 4in. to 6in. long, oblique, ovate-acute, cordate-toothed ; margins

ciliate, red ; stalk and blade covered with fleshy scales ; blade

smooth, blotched with brown, ft. in branching cymes, dipetalous,

small, rose-coloured. Summer. Central America, 1851.
B. suaveolens (sweet-scented). S. Stem branching, 2ft. high,

smooth. /. Sin. to 4in. long, oblique-ovate, cordate-acute, crenu-

late, glabrous. fl. in axillary panicles, large, white. Winter.

Central America, 1816. Resembles B. nitida, but may be distin-

guished by its distinctly crenulate leaves and smaller flowers,

which are white, and not pale rose, aa in B. nitida. SYN. B.

odorata. (L. B. C. 69.)
B. Sutherland! (Sutherland's).* T. Stems annual, 1ft. to 2ft.

high, slender, graceful, red-purple. I. on slender red petioles,

2in. to Sin. long ; blade 4in. to 6in. long, ovate-lanceolate, deeply

lobed at base ; margins serrate, bright green ;

nerves bright red. Jl. in axillary and terminal

cymes, numerous, orange-red, shaded with dark

vinous-red. Capsule wings equal. Summer.

Natal, 1867. (B. M. 5689.)
B. Teuscheri (Te.uscher's). S. A strong, erect-

growing, large-leaved plant, from the Dutch

Indies, not yet flowered. I. cordate-ovate, acute,

olive-green above, with greyish blotches ; under

side rich claret-coloured. Hort. Linden. (I. II.

1879, 358.)
B. Thwaltesil (Thwaites's).* Stemless. I. 2in.

to 4in. in diameter, obtuse or sub-acute, cor-

date at base, minutely toothed, slightly pubes-

cent, very shaggy when young, rich coppery.

green, red-purple and blotched with white ;

underside blood red. fl. in an umbel, medium.

sized ; scape short, white. Capsule shaped like

a Beech nut ; wings short. Ceylon, 185& One

of the most beautiful of coloured-leaved Be-

gonias, requiring a close, moist atmosphere

m a stove. (B- M. 4692.)
B. ulmifolla (Elm-leaved). S. Stem 2ft. to

4ft. high, branching. I. Sin. to 4in. long, ovate-

oblong, unequal-sided, toothed, rugose, hairy.

ft. on hairy peduncles, numerous, small, white.

Capsule wings two small, one large, ovate.

Winter. Venezuela, 1854. (L.C. 658.)
B. undulata (wavy-leaved). S. Stem 2ft. to

3ft. high, erect, branching freely, turgid below,

green, succulent until old. I. distichous, ob-

long-lanceolate, undulated, smooth, shining

green. Jl. in nodding axillary cymes, white,

small. Winter. Brazil, 1826. (B. M. 2723.)

Stemless.

Begonia — continued.

B. Verschaffeltiana (Verschaffelt's).* A hybrid between
B. carolmcejoha and B. manicata, with large ovate acutely-Iobed

B. vitifolia (Vine-leaved). S. Stem 3ft to 4ft high thick
smooth, and fleshy. I large as vine foliage, and liniilar in
shape; peduncles axillary, erect, branching into a cymose
head of small white flowers. Capsules three-angled, one-winged.
Winter. Brazil, 1833. SYNS. B. grandis, B. rentformit. (B?M.
3225.)

B. Wagnerlana (Wagner's). S. Stem 2ft to 3ft high, erect
glabrous, green, succulent, branched. I. cordate-ovate, acumi-
nate ; margins obscurely lobed, slightly serrate, quite glabrous ;
peduncles axillary and terminal, cymose. /(. numerous, white.
Capsules, which are ripened in abundance, three-angled, one
wing long, two short. Winter. Venezuela, 1856. (B. AI. 4988.)

B. War scewlczil (Warscewicz's). Synonymous with B. conchaefolia.

B. Weltoniensis (Welton). A garden hybrid ; one of the oldest
of cultivated winter-flowering kinds, with light pink flowers, very
free.

B. xanthina (yellow-flowered).* Stem short, thick, fleshy, hori-
zontal, along with petioles thickly-clothed with brown scaly
hairs ; petioles 6in. to 12in. long, stout, terete, fleshy, reddish-
brown ; blade 8in. to 12in. long, cordate - ovate, acuminate,
sinuate-ciliated, dark green above, purplish beneath. Flower-
stalks erect, 1ft high, bearing a cymose head of large golden
flowers. Capsule with one large wing. Summer. Bout an, 1850.
(B. M. 4683.)

B. x. Lazuli (Lapis-lazuli).* Foliage metallic purple, with a
bluish tinge.

B. x. pictlfolia (ornamented-leaved).* {. with large silvery spots,
and pale yellow flowers.

The following list comprises a selection of some of the
best and most distinct of the innumerable varieties now
existing in gardens, and which have been obtained by
crossing and re-crossing the several tuberous-rooted species
found in the temperate regions of South America.

B. urophylla (caudate - leaved).

Leafstalks terete, succulent, clothed with scat-

tered bristly hairs. 1. large, 12in. long, broad,

cordate ; margin irregularly cut, toothed ; apex

long-pointed, green, smooth above, hairy be-

neath ; peduncle stout, paniculate, fl. crowded,

large, uipetalous, white. Spring. Brazil.

(B. M. 4855.)
B. Veitchll (Veitch's).* T. Stem very short,

thick, fleshy, green. I. orbiculate, cordate,

lobed and incised ; margins ciliated, green,

principal nerves radiating from bright car-

mine spot near centre ; under side pale green ;

petiole thick, terete, with a few hairs on the

upper portion ; scape lOin. to 12in. high, thick,

terete, pilose, two-flowered, fl. 2\m. in diameter, cinnabar red

Capsule smooth, two short, one long wings. Summer. Peru, 1867.

One of the species from which the popular garden tuberous-

rooted Begonias have* been obtained. (B. M. 5663.)

35. FLOWEKINO BRANCH OF BKUOMA ADMIRATION.

Single -Flowered Varieties. Crimson and Scarlet Shaded:
ADJURATION, flowers vivid orange-scarlet, of dwarf, compact
habit and free flowering (see Fig. 235); ARTHUR G. SOAMKS,*
briSunt raimiwn •carletTof excellent form, and very free; BALL

2 A.

178

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Begonia — continued.

OF FIRE,* glowing fiery-scarlet, flowers large and compact, very
free; BLACK DOUGLAS,* dark carmine crimson, flowers large,
of the finest form, one of the best; BRILLIANT, deep orange-
scarlet, very free; CHARLES BALTET, rich velvety vermilion;
COMMODORE FOOT.* brilliant velvety crimson, very free and
showy ; DAVISII, flowers small, dazzling scarlet, habit dwarf
and free; DR. MASTERS,* flowers large, with immense spikes,
deep red-crimson, very attractive ; DR. SEWELL,* glowing crim-
son, grand form ; EXOMENSIS, brilliant orange-scarlet, immense
flowers ; F. E. LAINO, deep velvety crimson, full and free ; HON.
MRS. BRASSEY,* deep glowing crimson, very rich and floriferous ;
J. H. LAINO * brilliant scarlet, one of the freest; J. W. FERRAND,*
rich vermilion, dwarf and free, one of the finest for bedding ;
LOTIIAIR,* dark scarlet-carmine, crimson shaded, of grand form
and size ; MARQUIS OF BUTE, brilliant carmine-crimson, of the

Begonia— continued.

White-Flowered : ALBA FLORIBUNDA, flowers medium-sized, very
free; MOONLIGHT, very free, with good flowers and handsome
foliage ; MRS. LAING,* flowers exquisite in form and shape, pure
white, one of the best ; NYMPH,* large and round, white, tinted
with rose at the base ; PRINCESS BEATRICE,* flowers large, of ex-
cellent form, and pure in colour ; PURITY, flowers round, good size
and colour; QUKKN OF WHITF.S,* flowers pure white, large,
most freely produced (see Fig. 236, for which we are indebted to
Messrs. Veitch and Sons) ; HEINE BLANCHE,* one of the best,
very pure; SNOWFLAKE,* flowers large, in full spikes, pure
white, habit compact, and very free.

Yellow and Oranye- Flowered : CHROMATELLA,* habit dwarf and
compact, pure yellow ; EMPRESS OP INDIA, deep yellow, very
showy; GEM OP YELLOWS,* rich deep yellow, of grand form and
size, one of the best ; GOLDEN GEM,* rich golden yellow, of excel-

FIG. 236. BEGONIA QUEEN OF WHITES.

finest form, and immense flowers; SCARLET GEM,* very dark
scarlet, flowers medium-sized, dwarf and very floriferous ; SEDENI,
rich rosy-crimson, dwarf, a good bedder ; Vesuvius,* bright
orange-scarlet, compact and free, one of the finest bedders.

Rose-Colowed : ALBERT CROUSSE,* bright salmon-rose, very free ;
ANNIE LAING,* large and free, rich pink ; CAPT. THOMPSON, rich
salmon-rose, very free and compact ; DELICATUM, pale flesh-rose ;
EXQUISITE,* rich deep rose, very free and showy; J. AUBREY
CLARK, flowers very large, rich, deep ; JESSIE,* soft rosy-pink, with
" i petals shaded carmine, a very fine, perfect variety ;

the tips of the r

LADY BROOKE,* dark rose, shaded m
and large; LADY HUMK CAMPBELL,

ta, very perfect in form,
pale pink, of good form

and size, an exquisite variety ; MADAME STELLA,* flowers perfect
in form, large, bright rosy-pink, one of the best ; MARCHIONESS
OF BUTE, light rosy-pink, with an immense bloom and handsome
foliage ; PENELOPE,* rich salmon-rose, very free and good ; PRIN-
CESS OF WALES, very delicate pink, and free ; ROSE D' AMOUR, rich
rose, delicately shaded.

lent form and size, habit free, with prettily mottled foliage ; J. L.
MACFARLA.NE, rich orange, freest form, and large ; LADY TREVOR
LAWRENCE,* orange-yellow, of good form, with handsome foliage ;
MAUDE CHURCHILL,* pale yellow, deeper shaded, with elegant
foliage ; MRS. PONTIFEX,* rich orange yellow, very large flowers,
copiously produced; POLLIE, pale yellow, fine round flower;
SULPHUR QUEEN,* pale sulphur-yellow, of good form and size.
Double-Flowered Varieties. Crimson and Scarlet Shaded :
ACHILLES, rich dark crimson, very large and free; DAVISII
HYBRIDA FL. -PL.,* rich coral-red, very full and free; DAVISII FL.-PL.
SUPERBA,* brilliant crimson-scarlet, of good size, and extremely
free ; DR. DUKE,* brilliant scarlet, very large and double, one of
the best ; FRANCIS BUCHNER,* rich cerise-red, very double, perfect
in form, and very large ; FULGURANT, rich crimson, full, with
dark foliage ; GLOIRE DE NANCY,* rich vermilion, very free ;
HERCULES,* bright orange-scarlet, very large and extremely free,
habit compact and vigorous ; LEMOINEI, deep orange-vermilion,
very floriferous ; MONSIEUR BAUER, deep red, tinged with violet ;

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

179

Begonia— continued.

NIMROD,* rich red-scarlet, very large and full, with a free and
verv vigorous habit ; PRESIDENT BURELLE,* glowing red, tinted
with scarlet, very free; QUEEN OP DOUBLES,* rich rosy-crimson,
very double and floriferous one of the best varieties ; ROBERT
BURNS,* brilliant orange-scarlet, tinted vermilion, very double
and free; SIR GARNET, deep orange-scarlet, very vigorous ; WM.
BEALBY,* deep velvety scarlet, immense size and perfect form,

Kane-Coloured : ADA,* bright rosy-salmon, fringed at the edge,
very full and free ; COMTESSE H. DE CHOISEUL, pale rose, at first
nearly white, very handsome; ESTHER,* rich rosy pink, with a
distinct crimson margin ; FORMOSA,* rich rosy carmine, with a
white centre and crimson margin, very distinct and showy;
GLORY OK STANSTEAD,* deep rose, with a well-defined white
centre, very distinct and handsome ; JOHN T. POE,* bnght rose,
tinted with cerise, of excellent form and vigorous habit ; MADAME
COMESSE,* rich satiny salmon-rose, immense, and most profuse ;
MADAME LEON SIMON, soft pale rose, very full and free ; MARIE
LEMOINE, light salmon with a rose centre ; MRS. BUISSENDEN,*
salmon-rose, with a cream-white centre, of excellent form and
very free; P^EONIFLORA, flowers enormous, rich salmon-rose, very
full ; QUEEN OF SCOTS,* satiny-pink, salmon-shaded, of a perfect
form and very large, habit compact and very free ; ROSINA,* deep
rose, violet shaded, of exquisite form, very vigorous and free.

White-Flowered: ANTOINETTE QUERIN,* pure white, cream,
shaded centre, very large and full, a magnificent variety ;
BLANCHE JEANPIERRE, pure white, cream tinted, of excellent
form and very free ; LITTLE G EM,* pure white, of the best form
and good size, habit dwarf and extremely floriferous; MRS.
LUDLAM,* white, tinted with pink, a very handsome variety ;
PRINCESS OF WALES,* flowers very full and profuse, almost pure
in colour, and immense.

YelUne- Flowered : CANARY BIRD,* flowers large, of the finest
form, deep yellow, habit dwarf and very free ; GABRIEL LEOROS,*
pale sulphur, changing to yellow, very full and imbricated, ex-
tremely showy.

BEGONIACE2E. An order comprising a large num-
ber of useful garden plants. The only genera are Beyonia
and Begoniella (which is not yet in cultivation). Flowers
apetalous; perianth single; pistillate flowers having the
perianth two to eight-cleft, staminate ones two to four-
cleft; stamens numerous, collected into a head. Leaves
alternate, stipulate. See Begonia.

BEJARIA. See Befaria.

BELLADONNA. See Atropa.

BELLADONNA LILT. See Amaryllis Bella-
donna.

BELLEVALIA (named in honour of P. E. Belleval,
a French botanist). ORD. Liliaceas. This genus is now
usually placed under Hyacinthus. Hardy, bulbous-rooted
plants, admirably adapted for spring bedding or forcing,
and invaluable as cut flowers. Flowers small, whitish, or
violet, tinged with green. Leaves few, radical, broadly
linear. They are of extremely easy culture in ordinary
garden soil. Propagated by offsets; also by seeds, which
should be sown as soon as ripe.

B. operculata (lid-covered). Synonymous with B. romana.

B. romana (Roman).* jl. white, racemose ; perianth campanulate ;
pedicels longer than the flowers. April. I. from 4in. to 5in. long.
A. 6in. Italy, 1596. A most desirable plant, and the best of the
genus for forcing purposes. SYNS. B. operculata and Uyaeinthitu
romanus. (B. M. 959, under the name of Scilla romana.)

B. syriaca (Syrian).* fl. white ; peduncles spreading, racemose.
May. L glaucous, 1ft long, channelled, rather scarious on the
margins. A. 1ft. Syria, 1840.

BELL-FLOWER. See Campanula.

BELL GLASSES, or CLOCHES. These are used
for the purpose of protecting or accelerating the growth of
a plant or plants. The French Cloche (see Fig. 237) is
largely employed for this purpose. Ordinary Bell Glasses
(see Fig. 238) are exceedingly useful for propagating pur-
poses, especially for hard-wooded plants ; or for placing over
subjects which require a very moist atmosphere, such as
Filmy ferns, Cephalotus, &c. ; or for covering half-hardy
plants or rare alpines, and thus protecting them from ex-
cessive moisture. Large Bell Glasses, inverted, serve as
miniature aquaria, and many small aquatics are easily
grown in them.

BELLIDIASTB.TJM (from bellis, a daisy, and astrum,
a star ; flower-heads being star-like). OED. Composite. A.

fretty dwarf, hardy, herbaceous perennial, allied to Aster.
t thrives in a compost of loam, leaf soil, and peat. In-
creased by divisions in early spring, or directly after
flowering.

B. Miohelil (Michel's).* jl.-heads white ; scape one-headed, naked ;
involucre with equal leaves ; pappus simple. June. I. in a rosette,
shortly stalked, obovate, repand. h. 1ft. Austria, 1570.
BELLIS (from bellus, pretty; in reference to the
flowers). Daisy. ORD. Composites. A genus of hardy her-
baceous perennials, distinguished from allied genera in
having conical receptacles and an absence of pappus.
They grow well in all loamy soils. The garden varieties
are increased by division after flowering, each crown
making a separate plant. The soil must be pressed about
them moderately firm. Seeds may also be sown in March, but
the plants thus obtained are seldom of sufficient floricul-
tural merit to perpetuate.

FIG. 239. BELLIS PERENNIS FLORE-PLENO.

B. perennis (perennial).* Common Daisy. Jl.-heads white. June.
i. numerous, lying flat on the ground, obovate, crenate, slightly
hairy, tapering at the base. h. Sin. England. The varieties
are very numerous, the double ones being particularly fine. See
Fig 239 The handsome variegated form, aucubcefolia, has its

FIG. 237. FRENCH BELL GLASS,
OR CLOCHE.

FIG. 238. ENGLISH BELL
GLASS.

Fio. 240. HEN AND CHICKENS DAISY (BELLIS PERENNIS PROLIFERA).
leaves richly stained and veined with yellow. There are both
red and white-flowered forms of this variety. The Hen and
Chickens Daisy is a proliferous form, rather more quaint than

180

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bellis — continued.

pretty. See Fig. 240. Good garden kinds are B. p. conspieua, red ;
CROWN, pink; KLIZA, purple; UUBENS, red; SNOWKLAKE, white.

Fio. 241. BELLIS ROTUNDIFOLIA C<ERULESCENS.

B. rotundifolia coerulescens (round-leaved, bluish).* ft.-heads
from |in. to l}in. in diameter, resembling those of the common
Daisy, but with fewer, often broader, ray-flowers, which vary
from white to pale blue. I. more or less hairy, with slender .stalks,
lin. to Sin. long ; blade ovate or sub-cordate, sinuate toothed,
three-nerved. Morocco, 1872. A very beautifid perennial, re-
quiring the shelter of a cold frame during severe winters. See
f1g.2?l. (B. M.6015.)

BELLIUM (from bellis, a Daisy; the flowers re-
sembling those of that plant). OBD. Composite. A genus
of pretty little, free-flowering plants, differing from the
common Daisy only in having a pappus of six to eight
broad scales, torn at the apex, alternating with a like
number of long scabrous bristles. They thrive best in a
mixture of sandy loam and peat. Propagation is readily
effected by means of seeds or divisions ; the latter should
be made in spring.

B ellium — continued.
B. bellidloides (Daisy-like).» A.-heads white, solitary. June to

September. I. spathulate, radical. Stolons creeping, h. 4in.

Italy, 1796. Annual. See Fig. 242.
B. crassifolium (thick-leaved), fl. -heads whitish-yellow ; scapes

much exceeding the leaves, downy. June. I. sub-radical, thick,

obovate, entire, attenuate at base, rather downy. Stems many,
ascending, h. bin. Sardinia, 1831. Hardy perennial. (S. B.
F. O. 2, 278.)

B. minutum (very small).* Jl.-head* white and yellow, Ain. across,
on slender stalks, longer than the foliage. June to September.
I. narrow spathulate, attenuated at the base, slightly hairy.
h. Sin. Levant, 1772. A rare little species, requiring a warm,
well-drained position on the rockery

BELLOWS. These were formerly employed for fumi-
gating, but are now entirely superseded by the ordinary
fumigators. The Sulphur Bellows is a very useful instru-
ment for the uniform distribution of flowers of sulphur on
vines and other subjects infested with mildew. In form it
is very like those in common domestic use, but has a rose of
small holes at the end of its nozzle, through which the
sulphur is ejected.

BELL-PEPPER. See Capsicum grossum.

BELOPERONE (from belos, an arrow, and peronne,
a band ; in reference to the arrow-shaped connectivum).
STN. Dianthera. ORD. Acanthacece. Very pretty stove
evergreen shrubs, allied to Jiisticia. Flowers blue or
purple, borne in secnnd, axillary, or terminal spikes, fre-
quently subtended with coloured bracts; corolla gaping,
the upper lip concave, the lower trifid. They are easily
cultivated in a compost of loam, leaf soil, peat, and sand.
Propagated by young cuttings, taken in spring. Belo-
perones may also be treated like Justicias (which see), and
will succeed admirably. There are a largo number of
species, but few of which have been introduced.
B. oblongata (oblong), fl. rosy -purple ; spikes axillary ; anthers

calcarate at base ; bracts bracteolate. Summer. I. oblong-lan-

ceolate, opposite, h. 3ft. Brazil, 1832. (B. II. 9, 9.)
B. violacea (violet-coloured).* fl. violet. I. lanceolate, acumi-

nate, entire. A. 3ft. New Grenada, 1859. (B. M. 5244.)

BENDING-DOWN the branches of fruit trees, by
means of weights or string attached to pegs driven into the
ground, is sometimes resorted to for the purpose of ac-
quiring a particular shape, or fruitfulness ; but authorities
differ as to the usefulness of the plan for the latter pur-
pose. Young trees that are inclined to grow strong in the
middle may be more evenly balanced by adopting the plan
of Bending the strong branches, and so diverting the sap to
the weaker ones.

BENGAL QUINCE, flee JEgle Marmelos.
BENJAMIN-TREE. See Ficus Benjamina.
BENT GRASS. See Agrostis.
BENTHAMIA (in honour of George Bentham, a dis-
tinguished English botanist). OBD. Cornacece. Hardy
evergreen shrubs or low trees, now referred to the
genus Cornus. The first-named species is rather tender
in the neighbourhood of London, and can only be grown
successfully against a wall, for which purpose it is very suit-
able. In Cornwall and other mild places, it attains a height
of I20ft. in the open. Loudon thinks it might be rendered
hardier by grafting it on Cornus sanguined. Flowers dis-
posed in heads, each head attended by an involucre, which
consists of four petal-like parts, and resembles a corolla ;
calyx with a minute four-toothed limb ; petals four, fleshy,
wedge-shaped ; stamens four ; stylo one. Leaves opposite,
exstipulate, sub-evergreen, entire. Fruit constituted of
many pomes grown together. They thrive in rather moist,
loamy soil, in a sheltered spot. Propagated by seeds, sown
when ripe, in a cool-house ; or by layering, in autumn.
B. fragifcra (Strawberry-flowered).* fl. large, white, sessile,

densely aggregate, forming a round head. June to October, fr.

large, about the size of that of the common Arbutus, reddish.

I. lanceolate, acuminated at both ends, on short petioles, rather

rough, with small, adpressed down. Branches spreading, smooth.

h. 10ft

ft. to 15ft. Nepaul, 1825. (G. C. xiv., 728.)

FIG. 242. BELLIUM BELLIDIOIDES.

B. ja

. japonlca '(Japanese),
Japan, 1847. (S. £ F. J. 1

. J. 16.)

fl. yellowish-red. Spring, h. 8ft

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

181

BERARDIA (named after M. Berard, a Professor
of Chemistry at Montpelier). OBD. Composites. A genus
containing a single species, confined to the high mountains
of Western Europe. It makes a pretty rock plant, and
grows best in thoroughly well-drained spots amongst rocky
d^ferw. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring.
B. subacanlis (almost stemless). fl.-headt whitish, solitary, very

large. 1. rounded oral, nearly heart-shaped at base, cottony.

A. 3in. or 4in. (A. F. P. 3, 38.)

BERBERIDEJE. An order of shrubs or herba-
ceous perennials. Flowers terminal or axillary, usually
racemose ; sepals three, four, or six in a double row ; petals
as many or double in number: stamens four to eight,
opposite the petals. Fruit, a berry or capsule. Leaves
alternate, compound. The order contributes a great number
of handsome plants to our gardens. Well-known genera
are Berberia, Epimedium, and Nandina.

BERBERIDOFSIS (from Herberts, the Barberry,
and apsis, like ; resembling the Barberry). ORD. Berberi-
dea. A handsome evergreen shrub, with climbing habit.
Sepals and petals nine to fifteen ; outer small, spreading ;
intermediate orbicular, concave ; inner obovate-cuneate,
erect, inserted upon the fleshy torus. Stamens eight to
nine, free. With a slight winter protection, or planted at
the foot of a south wall, it will prove quite hardy, being of
easy culture in ordinary garden soil. It is an excellent
plant for the cool greenhouse. Increased by seeds, which
should be sown in spring ; by layering, in autumn ; or by
young cuttings, in spring.

Berberidopsis — continued.

FIG. 243. FLOWERING BRANCHES OF BKRBERIDOPSIS CORALUNA.

B. corallina (coral-red).*
racemes, leafy at the base.

Jl. crimson, in terminal, drooping
I. about 3in. long, alternate, simple,

Chili,

BERBERIS (Berbery, is the Arabic name of the fruit,
signifying a shell; many authors believe this to be the
original derivation of the word, because the leaves are
hollow, like a shell). Barberry. ORD. tferberidece. In-
cluding Mahonia. A genus of hardy erect or trailing shrubs.
Flowers yellow or orange, racemose or fascicled; sepals and
petals similar, in two series. Leaves simple or compound,
alternate or fascicled from the non-development of the
branches, often spinose, or reduced to spines. The common
sorts thrive well in any ordinary garden soil, but the rarer
kinds require a compost of loam, peat, and a little sand.
Propagation may be effected by suckers or layers, put down
in the autumn; by ripened cuttings, taken at the same
time, and planted in sandy soil, in a cold frame ; or by
seeds, sown in the spring, or, preferably, in the autumn,
when, if fresh from the pulp or berry, they will germinate
in the open in the following spring. The last-named is
the method generally adopted.

B. Aqulfolinm (Holly-leafed).* JL yellow ; racemes nearly erect,
much crowded. Spring. L, leaflets two or three pairs, with an
odd one, the lower part distant from the petiole ; ovate, approxi-
mate, cordate at the base, one-nerved, spiny-toothed. A. 3ft. to
6ft North America, 1823. This is extensively planted in wood-
lands as an excellent covert plant SYN. Mahimia aquifolia.
(S. E. B. 49.)

B. aristata (bearded). JL yellow; racemes nodding, many-
flowered, longer than the leaves ; pedicels trifid, three-flowered.
Spring. I. obovate-oblong or lanceolate, umcronate, membranous,
smooth, serrated with four or five spinulose teeth;
lower spines three-parted, upper ones simple, and hardly
bidentate at the base. A. 6ft Jv'epaul, 1820. (B. B.
729, under name of B. Chitria.)

B. asiatica (Asiatic). JL, racemes short, many-flowered,
corymbose, shorter than the leaves ; pedicels elongated,
one-flowered. I. oval, cuneated, or elliptical, nmcronate,
smooth ; under surface glaucous, entire, or spinulosely-
toothed ; spines trifid, or simple. A. 4ft to 8ft 1820.
Half-hardy.

B. buxifolia (Box-leaved).* JL solitary, on slender
peduncles. Spring. L nearly sessile, oval or oblong,
about *in. long, entire. A. 8ft Straits of Magellan,
1830. nina is a charming little variety, not exceeding
18in. in height. SYN. B. dulci*. (B. M. 6506.)
B. canadensis (Canadian^* JL, racemes many-flowered,
nodding. Spring. L obovate-oblong, remotely sernited ;
upper ones nearly entire ; spines three-parted. A. 4ft
Canada, 1759.

B. crataegina (Hawthorn-like). JL, racemes many-
flowered, crowded, spreading, scarcely longer than the
leaves. Spring. L oblong, reticulated, hardly serrated ;
spines simpleT A. 4ft tS 8ft Asia Minor, 1829.
B. cretloa (Cretan). /., racemes three to eight-
flowered, rather shorter than the leaves. Spring. L
oblong-oval, entire, or somewhat serrated ; spines three
to five-parted. A. 4ft to 5ft Crete and Cyprus, 1759.
The variety $errat\folia has leaves ciliately-serrated.
(S. F. G. 342.)

B. Darwinii (Darwin's).* JL orange, racemose, very
numerous. May, and sometimes again in autumn.
L oval or oblong, about Iin. long, with usually five
spiny teeth. A. 2ft South Chili, 1849. This very fine
species is, perhaps, the best; it forms a densely-
branched, spreading, evergreen bush, thus making an
excellent covert plant (B. M. 4590.)
B. dulcis (sweet). Synonymous with B. buxifolia.
B. emarginata (emarginate). JL, racemes scarcely
pendulous, shorter than the leaves. Spring. 1. lanceo-
late-obovate, ciliately serrated; spines three-parted.
A. 6ft Siberia, 1790.

B. empetrlfolia (Empetruin-leaved).* JL few, ter-
min:U, sub-umbellate, on slender pedicels. May. /. in
fascicles of about seven, linear, closely revolute,
sharply nmcronate. A. lift, to 2ft Straits of MBjnfta,
1827. (B. R.26,27.)

B. fascicnlaris (fascicled). JL, racemes erect, much
crowded. Spring. L, leaflets three to six pairs, with
an odd one, the lower pair distant from the fuse of the
petiole; ovate-lanceolate, rather distant one-nerved,
spiny toothed, with four to ttve teeth on each side.
A! 6ft to 8ft New Spam, 1820. Hardy. STK.
Mahonia fiucintlarit. (B. M. 2396.)
B. floribnnda (many-floweredX* A, racemes many-
flowered, loose, solitary, pendulous. June. L obovate-lanceolate,
or obovate-oblong, tapering much towards the base, ending in a

182

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Berberis— continued.

mucrone at the apex, paler beneath, spiny-ciliated ; spines three-
parted, unequal. A. 10ft NepauL A variety of aristata.

B. Fortune! (Fortune's).* fl. small, in terminal clustered racemes.
I., leaflets about seven, linear-lanceolate, distant, with numerous
small spiny teeth, lower pair remote from the base of the petiole.
China.

B. glumacea (glumaceous). A synonym of B. nenosa.

B. iberica (Iberian), fl., racemes many-flowered, pendulous.
Spring. I. obovate-oblong, quite entire ; spines simple and three-
parted. A. 8ft to 10ft Iberia, 1818.

B. ilicifolia (Holly-leavedV. fl., peduncles short, four-flowered;
pedicels elongated, somewhat corymbose. July. I. ovate, tapering
at the base, coarsely and spinulosely toothed ; spines three-parted;
A. 2ft to 3ft Tierra del Fuego, 1791. (B. M. 4308.)

B. japonica (Japanese).* fl., racemes in terminal clusters. Spring.
L, leaflets usually nine, about Sin. long, quite sessile, broadly
cordate, or rotundate at the base, oblique, with about five long
spiny teeth, and a terminal one, the lowest pairs close to the base
of the petiole. China and Japan. Very distinct, with unbranched
stems and leaves about 1ft long. Ji. Beali and /.'. intermedia
are mere forms of this species, the latter differing from it in
having narrower leaves and longer, slender racemes. (B. M. 4852).

B. loxensis (Loxanese). fl. unusually small, erect, in panicled
racemes on a long peduncle quite clear of the leaves. I. very
shining, blunt, obovate; sides often with several teeth; spines
small, palmated. A. 3ft to 4ft Peru. Evergreen, not hardy.
(P. F. <5. 1, p. 13)

FIG. 244. BERBERIS NEPALENSIS.

B. ncpalensis (Nepaulese).* fl. yellow ; racemes few, elongated,
slender. I. 1ft. to 2ft. long; leaflets Bve to nine pairs, obovate-
oblong, cuspidate, rounded at the base, repand-toothed, with tive
to ten spiny teeth on each side, tricuspidate at the apex. A. 4ft.
to 6ft. Nepaul. A very handsome species, thriving best in the
southern parts of England. SYN. Mahonia ntpaleiusis. See
Fig. 244.

(large-nerved), fl., racemes elongated. October.
f.j leaflets five to six pairs, with an odd one, the lower pair
distant from the petiole; ovate, acuminated, remotely spiny
toothed, somewhat three to flve-nerved, with twelve to fourteen
teeth on each side. A. 1ft to 3ft. North America, 1826. SYKS.
B. {ilumacea, Malumia nenoaa. (B. M. 3949.)

B. repens (creeping).* fl., racemes terminal, numerous, fascicled,
diffuse, nsmg from the scaly buds. Spring. I, leaflets, two to
three pairs, with an odd one, roundish-ovate, opaque, spiny
toothei A. 1ft. to 2ft North America, 1822.' SVN. JfaAom2
repent. (B. R. 1176.)

B. rnsolfolia (Ruscus-Ieaved). JL a little larger than those of
B. vulgarig ; peduncles short, bearing four to five flowers at the
apex. {. oblong, tapering at the base, umcronate, entire, or

Berberis— continued,
grossly and spiny toothed.
Half-hardy.

A. 4ft. to 8ft South America, 1823,

8 (Chinese).*/., racemes many-flowered, nodding. May.
I. oblong, obtuse, entire, or the lower ones are a little toothed ;
lines three-parted. A. 3ft. to 6ft. China, 1815. (B. M. 6573.)

FIG. 245. BERBERIS STENOPHYLLA, showing Habit and

Flowering Twig.

B. Stenophylla (naked-leaved),* with narrow mucronate leaves,
is saul to be a hybrid between B. empetr\fulia and B. Darwinii.

B. trifoliata (three-leafleted). /., racemes small, axillary,
sessile, three to five-flowered. Spring. I., leaflets three, sessile
at the ends of the petioles, deeply scalloped, bluish-green, varie-
gated, glaucous beneath. A. 5ft. Mexico, 1839. Evergreen, not
quite hardy. (P. F. G. 2, 168.)

B. trifurcata (thiee-forked). /?., racemes compound, erect.
Spring. 1. pinnate ; leaflets broad, three-forked. A. 6ft. China,
1850. Evergreen. (P. F. G. 3, 258.)

B. umbellata (umbellate), fl., peduncles solitary, erect, bearing
at the top several umbellate pedicels. I. obovate-ob'ong, inu-
cronate, entire, glaucous beneath ; spines three-parted, long
equal. A. 6ft. Nepaul, 1842. (P. F. G. 2, 181.)

B. vulgaris (common).* Common Barberry. /., racemes many,
flowered, pendulous. Spring. /. somewhat obovate, ciliately-
serrated ; spines three-parted. A. 8ft. to 20ft. Britain, &c. There
are yellow, violet, purple, black, and white fruited, and purple-
leaved forms. (Sy. En. B. 51.)

B. Wallichiana (Wallich's).* fl. on drooping, aggregated pe-
duncles, six to eight or more in a cluster. Spring. I. in alternate
fascicles, 2in. to 3in. long, spreading or recurved, lanceolate,
sinuato-serrate ; spines deeply three-parted, slender but rigid.
A. 6ft. to 10ft. Nepaul, 1820. See Fig. 246. (B. M. 4656.)

BERCHEMIA (in honour of M. Berchem, a French
botanist). ORD. Rhamnece. A genus of erect, or twining,
deciduous, mostly greenhouse shrubs. Flowers sub-umbel-
late, in the axils of the upper leaves, or disposed in
terminal panicles. Leaves alternate, many-nerved, entire.
The species mentioned below is probably the only one yet
in cultivation. It is quite hardy, will grow in any common
soil, and is well adapted for bowers or trellis-work. Pro-
pagated by ripened cuttings, or by slips of the root, planted
under a hand glass ; or by layering the young shoots.

B. volubills (twining).* fl. greenish-white ; panicles small, axil-
lary and terminal. Drupe oblong, violaceous. June. I. oval,
mucronate, a little wavy. Branches smooth. Carolina, 1714. A
deciduous twiner. (G. G. 165.)

BERGAMOT. See Mentha odorata.

BERGERA (named after C. J. Berger, a distinguished
Danish botanist). ORD. RutacecB. Interesting stove ever-
green trees, now usually referred to Murraya. Leaves
impari-pinnate ; leaflets alternate, acuminated, pubescent.
They thrive in a mixture of tuffy loam and peat. Propa-
gated by ripened cuttings, taken off at a joint, and placed
in sand, under a hand glass, in bottom heat ; or by layers.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 183

Berg-era — continued.

B. Ktenlgl (Konig-s). JL whitish-yellow, small ; racemes many,
forming a corymb at the top of the, brunches. June. I., leaflets
serrated. A. 40ft. India, 1820. (L. B. C. 1019.)

BERXHEYA (named after M. J. L. de Berkhey, a
Dutch botanist). ORD. Composites. A. genus of ornamental
greenhouse or hardy thistle-like herbs or shrubs. Flower-
heads surrounded by a spiny involucre, the scales of

Berkheya— continued.

placed under a glass ; the herbaceous perennials usually
by divisions of the plant in spring. The species most
frequently seen in English gardens is B. purpurea.
B. grandlflora (large-flowered).' 0,-heads yellow ; scales of In-
volucre spiny toothed. July. toppositS, lanceolate, thr£-
nerved, spiny toothed, downy beneath, h. 2ft. Cape of Good
Hope, 181&. Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M. 1844.) '
B. pinnata (pinnate). ^.-headt yellow ; involucral scales spin*.

FIG. 246. BKRBKRIS WALLICHIANA.

which are united at the base only ; pappus of many flat,
obtuse or pointed scales. Tney are of easy cultivation in
a sandy loam soil. The shrubs are increased by cuttiiigs,

pointed, entire or toothed. Autumn. J. oblong, woolly beneath,
deeply cut into lance-shaped segments. SYS. £tofa«a piimata.
(B. M. 1788.)

B. parparca (purplish).* JL-head* numerous, pedunculate, corym-
bose, circular, 3in. across, surrounded by an involucre of spread-
ing or reflezed linear oblong bracts. I., lower ones 15in. to 18in.
long, 2in. to 2.Un. wide, dark green, viscid above, paler and
cottony beneath, h. 3ft South Africa. A very handsome,
hardy, herbaceous perennial. (G. C. 1872, p. 126L) SYS. Stokxa
purpur&i.

B. nnlflora (one-flowered). JL-headt yellow ; scales of involucre
spiny toothed. June. I. alternate, lanceolate, three-nerved,
spiny toothed, downy beneath, h. 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1815.
Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M. 2094.)

BERMUDA CEDAR. See Jnniperns bermu-

BERRY. A fleshy fruit, containing seeds.
BERTHOLLETIA (in honour of Louis Claude Bei-
thollet, a celebrated French chemist). Brazil Nut Tree.

184

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bertholletla— continued.

TRIBE Lecythidem of ORD. Myrtacece. B. excelsa is a tall
tree, having the young branches leafy at the apex. Leaves
alternate, oblong, quite entire, rather coriaceous. From
this Brazilian species are obtained the well-known Brazil
or Para Nuts of commerce. The tree is of no value for
decorative purposes.

BERTOLONIA (named after A. Bertoloni, an Italian
botanist, author of " Rariorum Italise Plantarum Decades,"
Ac.). ORD. MelastomacecB. Elegant little creeping or
dwarf-growing stove plants, chiefly cultivated for their
exquisitely marked leaves. Flowers white or purple.
Leaves stalked, ovate-cordate, five to eleven-nerved,
crenulated ; cymes corymbose, terminal. They thrive in a
compost of equal parts peat, leaf mould, and sand, in a
warm, close, and moist atmosphere, but are most suc-
cessfully cultivated under a bell glass in the stove; in
fact, the latter is the only plan of growing them whore a
constantly humid atmosphere cannot be otherwise obtained
without such means. They are easily propagated by
cuttings or seeds.

B. aenea (coppery), fl. purple. A. 6in. Brazil.
B. guttata (spotted). See Gravesla.

B. maculata (spotted).* fl. violet-
bearing at the apex a short raceme

long petioles, cordate, ovate, quite entire, pil
d

calyces
Brazil, 1850. (B. M. 4551.)

it-purple ; peduncles axillary,
of six to seven flowers. /. on

and cal

on the margins, five-nerved. Branches, petioles, peduncles,
hispid from long bristles.

on both surfaces
tioles, peduncles,
Stem rooting at the base.

armorata (marbled).* t 5in. to Sin. long, ovate-oblong,
y, five-nerved; upper side vivid bright green, beautifully
ed with irregular streaks of pure white ; under surface of

B. marmorata

hairy,

marked with irregular streaks of pure
a uniform rich purple. Stem fleshy, h. (An. Brazil, 1858.
B. pubescens (downy).* I. ovate-acuminate, Sin. to 4in. long, and
2in. to Sin. broad ; bright light green, with a broad chocolate-
coloured band down the centre ; upper surface clothed with long
white hairs. Ecuador.

(named in honour of Berzelius, a cele-
brated Swedish chemist). ORD. Bruniacece. Very pretty
little greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Heads of flowers
naked, with three bracts at the base of each; usually
crowded at the tops of the branches. Leaves short, some-
what trigonal, imbricate or spreading. They require a
mixture of peat, loam, and sand, with thorough drainage
and moderately firm potting. Young cuttings root freely
in sand, under a bell glass, in gentle heat.
B. abrotanoides (Abrotanum-like). fl.-hcads white, the size of
a filbert, terminal, crowded, sub-corymbose ; bracts clavate,
green, smooth, ustulate at the apex. May to July. I. ovate,
ustulate at the apex, smooth, spreading, on short petioles.
h. lift. Cape of Good Hope, 1787. (L. B. C. 355.)
B. lanuginosa (woolly).* fl.-heads white, about the size of a pea,
at the tops of lateral branches, disposed in a fastigiate panicle ;

bracts spathulate, cal
triquetrous, spreading,

callose at the apex.

June to August.

callose at the apex, rather hairy. Branches

erect, villous when young. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Cape of Good Hope,
1774. (L. B. C. 572.)

BESCHORNERIA (in honour of H. Beschorner, a
German botanist). ORD. Amaryllidea;. Greenhouse
evergreen succulents, allied to Littcea and Feurrrcea.
Perianth deeply six-parted; segments linear spathulate,
tubulose-connivent, often spreading at the point ; stamens
six, about as long as the perianth. For culture, &c., see
Agave and Aloe.

B. bracteata (bracteate). /. at first green, turning yellowish-red
when mature ; panicle 2ft. to 3ft. long ; branches many-flowered
and corymbose, subtended by large scariose reddish bracts. I. in
a dense rosette, 12in. to 18in. long, thin, glaucous green with
scabrous margin. A. 5ft. to 6ft. Mexico. See Fig. 247. (B. M.

0641.)

B. Dccostcriana (Decoster's). fl. green, tinged with red, pen-
dulous, bracteate ; panicle 2ft to 3ft. long, inclined, with nume-

rous bracts.

, , -

acts. 1. numerous, spreading, 18in. to 24in. long, by lin.
- broad ' edges mmutely serrulate, h. 8ft. MexFco, about

B. Tonelil (Tonel's).* fl. tubular, 2iin. long, drooping, pedicellate,
dark blood-red below and down the centre, the rest very bright
verdigris green ; panicle 2ft. long, slender, inclined ; bracts
several to each fascicle of flowers; scape 4ft.
1. few, spreading 15in. to 20in. long, by
?nndnkeeied.be?,S?;th towa.nla the top, minut
1872. (B. M. 6091.)

g, sener, ncne ; bracts

; scape 4ft. high red-purple

ong, by 2Jin. broad, acuminate

p, minutely serrulate. Mexico,

Beschorneria— continued.

FIG. 247. BESCHORNERIA BRACTEATA.

B. tnbiflora (tube-flowered), fl. greenish-purple, nutant, fascicled,
bracteate ; fascicles remote, seen ml ; scapes erect, long, simple.
May. I. radical, linear, channelled, recurved, spinosely denti-
culate, h. 6ft. Mexico, 1845. (B. M. 4642.)

B. yticcoides (Yucca-like), fl. bright green, pendent, racemose,
with rich rosy-red bracts; scapes slender, coral-red, simple. May
and June. 1. radical, thickish, lanceolate, acute, 1ft. to lift long.
h. 4ft Mexico.

BESLERIA (named in honour of Basil Besler, an
apothecary at Nuremberg). SYN. Eriphia. ORD. Ges-
neracece. Very pretty stove sub-shrubs, usually erect,
branched. Peduncles axillary, few-flowered. Leaves oppo-
site, petiolate, thickish ; nerves and veins very prominent
beneath. Stems sub -tetragonal. A light rich earth, or a
mixture of sand, loam, and peat, and a moist atmosphere,
are necessary for successful cultivation. Beslerias may
be increased by cuttings, which root readily in heat.
B. coccinea (scarlet-berried).* fl. yellow; peduncles axillary,
bearing three to six flowers in an umbel at top ; bracts two, at
the division of the common peduncle, orbicularly cordate, toothed,
scarlet. I. ovate, glabrous, stiff, a little toothed. Guiana, 1819.
Climbing shrub. (A. G. 255.)

B. crlstata (crested), fl., corolla yellowish, hairy outside;
peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered ; bracts cordate,
toothed, sessile, scarlet June. I. ovate, serrated. Guiana, 1739.
Climbing shrub.

B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* /. large, campanulate, spotted
with red ; peduncles axillary, elongated, many-flowered. I. ovate-
oblong, acuminated, crenated, densely pilose above, villoua be-
neath, as well as on the branches. A. 3ft Brazil.
B. Imrayi (Imray's). fl. rather small, yellow, in axillary whorls.
I. large, lanceolate, serrate, glabrous. Stems quadrangular.
Dominica, 1862. Herbaceous perennial. (B. M. 6341.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

185

Besleria— continued.

B. incarnata (flesh-coloured-berried).* /t, corollas purplish ; tube
very long, ventricose ; lobes of limb reflexed, roundish, unequal,
fringed ; peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered. L oblong,
crenated, tomentose on both surfaces, h. 2ft Guiana, 1820.
Herbaceous perennial.

B, violacea (purple-berried), fl. purple, small ; corolla with a
curved tube and spreading limb ; peduncles racemosely panicled,
terminal. Berrv purple, edible. I. ovate, acute, quite entire,
stiff. Guiana, 1824. Climbing shrub. (A. G. 254.)

BESOM, or BROOM. Birch-brooms are best for
garden purposes, and are generally used. The most suit-
able for paved yards are those made of the common Ling
(Calluna vulgaris). Those made of bass fibres are fre-
quently used on paths, for which they are very suitable,
but their expensiveness prevents them being generally
employed. Whatever material is used in its composition,
a Besom will last much longer if soaked in water for some
time before using.

BESSERA (in honour of Dr. Besser, Professor of
Botany at Brody). OBD. Liliacece. An elegant little half-
hardy, Squill-like, bulbous plant, from Mexico. Perianth
bell-shaped, six-parted. Leaves narrow, linear. It re-
quires a compost of loam, leaf soil, peat, and sand, with
good drainage. If cultivated in pots, a plentiful supply of
water must be given from the commencement of growth
until ripening off. When at rest, however, it should be
kept dry and cool, but secure from the effects of frost.
If planted out, a well-drained sunny position must be
chosen, such as close to the wall of a greenhouse with a
southern aspect. Propagation may be effected by offsets.
B. elegans (elegant).* A. scarlet, or scarlet and white. July to
September. I. 1ft. to 2ft. long, narrow, furrowed on the upper
side. h. 2ft Mexico, 1850. This is the only species. The colour
of the flowers varies considerably, on which account other names
have originated. (B. R, 25, 34.)

BETA (from bett, the Celtic word for red ; in reference
to the colour of the Beet). Beetroot. OBD. Chenopodiacece.
Perianth single, half-inferior, five-cleft, persistent. Seed
one, reniform, imbedded in the fleshy base of the calyx.
B. Cicla is largely used as a decorative plant in sub-tropical
and other styles of gardening. They require the same cul-
ture as the ordinary Beet. The other sorts, with dark
blood-red leaves, are largely employed in flower gardens,
and the roots utilised for culinary purposes. See also Beet.

FIG. 248. BETA HORTENSIS METALLICA, or > ICIOKIA BEET.

L Clola (Sicilian). Jl. greenish, disposed in threes. August. L
with »ery thick ribs. Roots scarcely any. h. 6ft. Portugal, 1570.

Beta — continued.

The variety, B. e. variegata, usually known as the Chilian Beet, is
a very handsome plant, having its leaves often more than a yard
in length and over 1ft. in diameter, with a remarkably handsome
variegation. The midribs are usually dark orange or scarlet. It
is a most desirable and effective plant for sub-tropical gardening.
B. hortcnsifl metallioa (metallic). Victoria Beet An orna-
mental variety with glistening deep blood-red leaves. Useful for
decorative purposes in summer, either as a single specimen or in a
mass. Roots may also be used for cooking. See Fig. 248.
B. marltima (sea). /. greenish, disposed in hairs. August. L,
lower ones rhomboia-ovoid, acute ; upper ones lanceolate. Stem
diffuse. Root scarcely any. A. 1ft. Britain.
B. vulgaris (common). The Common Beetroot JL greenish,
clustered. August. I., lower ones ovate. Root fleshy. A. 4ft
South Europc.1548.
BETCKEA. See Plectritis.
BETEL, or BETLE. See Piper Betle.
BETONICA. This genus now forms a sub-division of
Stachys (which see). Betony (Stachya Betonica) ia a
native herb formerly much used in medicine, but now
almost entirely discarded.
BETONY. See Stachys Betonica.
BETUTiA (according to some authorities, from Betu,
its Celtic name ; others give the derivation of the word as
from batuo, to beat, the fasces of the Roman lictors, which
were made of Birch rods, being used to drive back the
people). Birch. OBD. Cupuliferce. TBIBS Betulea. Orna-
mental, hardy (except where otherwise specified), deciduous
trees or shrubs, allied to Alnus, having round, slender,
often drooping branches, and the bark in most species in
thin membranous layers. The flowers appear at the same
time as the leaves. Male catkins cylindrical, lax, imbri-
cated all round with ternate concave scales, the middle
one largest, ovate ; corolla none ; filaments ten to twelve,
shorter than the middle scale, to which they are attached.
Female catkins similar, but more dense ; scales horizontal,
peltate, dilated outwards, three-lobed, three-flowered;
corolla none. Nut oblong, deciduous, winged at each side.
The Betulas are easily cultivated in any ordinary soil;
but a light sandy loam suits them best. Most of the
species are best increased by seeds, which ripen in Sep-
tember, and need to be dried, in order to prevent fer-
mentation. They should be sown in March, in a sandy
soil, the surface of which has been previously made per-
fectly level. They must be
spread on the surface, and not

><3g> covered with soil, but pressed

^~-i"'i~ down with the feet. When

"ity'' ' grown in quantities, beds 4ft.

in width are preferred, with

^M^fl.4 an alley of 1ft. between

them. In early summer, if the
weather be warm and dry, the
beds should be shaded with
branches. The young seedlings
must be transplanted when a
year old. The dwarfer kinds
may be propagated by layering
in the autumn. The numerous
beautiful varieties are best in-
creased by grafting or budding
upon seedling stocks of the
common kinds, the former being
done in spring, and the hitter
in summer when the buds are
ready. Those most useful as
forest trees and for protection
are quick-growing and very or-
namental. The time of maturity
of the Birch depends very
much upon the soil and situa-
tion, but it seldom increases in
size after it is thirty years old.
The common species (B. alba)

is one of the hardiest and most useful trees in cultivation,
growing quickly, and withstanding exposure better than

2 B

186

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Betula — continued.

many others ; consequently it is invaluable for skirting and
nursing more tender subjects, and is especially desirable for
clothing mountainous and exposed districts. It is also very
beautiful and picturesque. It is the commonest tree
throughout Russia, from the Baltic to the Eastern Sea, fre-
quently monopolising gigantic forests. In Italy, it forms
excellent forests up to 6000ft. altitude, and in our own
Highlands of Scotland it occurs up to a height of 2500ft.
In Greenland, although much reduced in size, it holds its
own as the only arboreal vegetation.

Fio. 249. LEAVES AND CATKIN OF BETULA ALBA.

B. alba (white).* Silver, White, or Common Birch. Jl. whitish.
February and March, fr. brown, ripe in September and October.
I. ovate, acute, somewhat deltoid, unequally serrated ; autumnal
tints rich yellow, scarlet, or red. A diminutive shrub in the
extreme north, but a tree from 50ft. to 60ft. high in the middle
regions. Britain. A most beautiful and invaluable forest tree,
with a large number of varieties. See Fig. 249.

B. a. alba-purpurea (white and purple).* I. rich purple above,
with a lustrous metallic hue, pale beneath. Branches with a

^sub-pendulous disposition. A very effective variety.

dalecarlica (Dalecarlian).* I. deeply pinnatifid, with the

. a. foliis-variogatis (variegated-leaved).'
yellowish white.

1. blotched with

B. a. laciniata

la

rather

n, and

this, but

pendula (pendulous and laciniate).* I.
rger than the typical form, deeply laciniated, deep gree
decidedly pendulous. It appears there are two forms of th
that known as Young's variety is the best.
B. a. macrocarpa (large-fruited).* Female catkins twice as long

as those of the type.

B. a. pendula (pendulous).* A well-known tree, distinct from
the species in having the shoots more slender, smoother, and
pendulous.

J. a. pontica (pontic). 1. somewhat larger than
and the plant of more robust growth. (W. D. B. 2, 94.)

the species,

B. a. pubesoens (downy). 1. covered with hairs.

B. a. urttolfolla (nettle-leaved).* 1. deeply laciniated, serrated,

and hairy. Several others, reputed as distinct, are mere forms

of the typical B. alba.
B. Bhojpattra (Bhojpattra).* Jl., female catkins erect, cylin-

dncal, oblong; bracts smooth, woody, two-parted, blunt, much

Betula — continued.

longer than the fruit, which has narrow wings. May. 1. oblong-
acute, with nearly simple serratures, somewhat cordate at the
base ; their stalks, veins, and twigs hairy ; the bark is of a pale
cinnamon colour. A. 50ft Himalayas, 1840. This requires a
sheltered position.

B. oarplnifolia (Hornbeam-leaved). Synonymous with B. lenta.

B. daurlca (Daurian).* /L, catkins whitish-brown, larger than
those of the common Birch. February and March. L ovate, narrow
at the base, quite entire, unequally dentate, glabrous ; scales of
the strobiles ciliated on their margins ; side lobes roundish, h.
30ft. to 40ft. Siberia, 1786. The variety parvifolia has smaller
leaves than the type.

B. oxcelsa (tall). Synonymous with B. lutea.

B. fruticosa (shrubby).* Jl. whitish-brown ; female catkins oblong.
February and March. I. roundish-ovate, nearly equally serrated,
glabrous. A. 5ft. to 6ft. in moist situations, but much higher on
mountains. Eastern Siberia, 1818. (W. D. B. 2, 154.)

B. glandnlosa (glandular).* jl whitish ; female catkins oblong.
May. L obovate, serrate, quite entire at the base, glabrous,
almost sessile ; branches beset with glandular dots, glabrous.
A. 2ft. Canada, 1816. A handsome little shrub. (F. D. 2583.)

B. lenta (pliant). JL greenish-white. May to June. I. cordate,
ovate, acutely serrated, acuminate ; petioles and nerves hairy
beneath ; scales of the strobiles smooth, having the side lobes
obtuse, equal, with prominent veins. A. 60ft. to 70ft. Canada to
Georgia, 1759. SYN. B. carpinifolia. (W. D. B. 2, 144.)

B. lutea (yellow).* Jl. greenish-white. May. 1. 3iin. long, and
2iin. broad, ovate, acute, serrated ; petioles pubescent, snorter
than the peduncles ; young shoots and leaves, at their unfolding,
downy, but ultimately quite glabrous, except the petiole, which
remains covered with fine short hairs ; scales of the strobile*
having the side lobes roundish. A. 70ft. to 80ft. Nova Scotia,
1767. SYN. B. exceUa.

B. nana (dwarf).* Jl. whitish-green ; catkins erect, stalked, cylin.
drical, obtuse ; the barren ones lateral, and the fertile ones ter-
minal ; scales of the latter three-lobed, three-flowered, permanent.
April and May. /. orbicular, crenate, reticulated with veins be-
neath. A. 1ft. to 3ft. Scotland, Lapland, Sweden, Russia, &c. A
shrub with numerous branches, slightly downy when young, and
beset with numerous little, round, firm, smooth, sharply crenated
leaves, beautifully reticulated with veins, especially beneath ; and
furnished with short footstalks, having a pair of brown lanceolate
stipules at their base. There is also a pretty variety named
pendula, with drooping branches.

B. nigra (black).* The Black Birch. Jl. greenish-white ; female
catkins straight, and nearly cylindrical, about 2in. long. May.
I. rhomboid-ovate, doubly serrated, acute, pubescent beneath,
entire at the base; scales of the strobiles villose; segments
linear, equal. A. 60ft. to 70ft. New Jersey to Carolina, 1736.
SYN. S. rubra. (W. D. B. 2, 153.)

B. papyraooa (papery).* jl. greenish-white ; female catkins on
long footstalks, drooping; scales having the side lobes short,
somewhat orbiculate. May to June. I. ovate, acuminate, doubly
serrate ; veins hairy beneath ; petiole glabrous ; the branches are
much less flexible than those of the common Birch, and are more
ascending. A. 60ft. to 70ft. North America, 1750. (\V. D. B. 2,
152.)

B. p. fusoa (brown). L smaller than those of the type, and leas
downy.

B. p. platyphylla (broad-leaved).* L very broad.

B. p. trichoclada (hairy-branched).* I. cordate. Branches ex-
tremely hairy, and twigs in threes.

B. popullfolia (Poplar-leaved).* Jl. greenish-white. April, May.
I. deltoid, much acuminated, unequally serrated, quite smooth ;
scales of the strobiles having roundish side lobes ; petioles gla-
brous. A. 30ft. Canada, 1750. This species, although very
closely resembling 11. alba, grows with less vigour, and does not
attain so large a size. (W. D. B. 2, 151.)

B. p. laciniata (laciniated).* L large, shining, and deeply cut.

B. p. pendula (pendulous).* Spray drooping, like that of B.
alba pendula.

B. puraila (dwarf)-* Jl. whitish ; female catkins cylindrical. May
and June. I. roundish ovate, on long footstalks, densely clothed
with hairs on the under surface. Branches pubescent, dotless.
A. 2ft to 3ft. Canada, 1762. A very beautiful kind, suitable for
furnishing large rockeries, or planting on hill sides, or rocky
ground. (W. D. B. 2, 97.)

B. rubra (red).* Synonymous with B. nigra,.

BETULE2E. A tribe of deciduous shrubs or trees.

Perianth none, or bract-like ; flowers monoecious, in catkins,

in twos or threes. Fruit, a dry, compressed, lenticular,

often winged, indehiscent nut. Leaves alternate, simple,

stipulated. The genera are Alnus and Betula.
BI. In compound words, this signifies twice.
BIANCEA SCANDENS. See Cawalpinia sepi-

aria.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

187

BIARTJM (an ancient name of a plant). OBD. Aroidece.
A genus of small, hardy, tuberous-rooted perennials, much
more curious than pretty, allied to Sauromatum. This
genus, according to Dr. Masters, differs from Arum in its
spathe being tubular at the base, with the limb spreading.
The female flowers have a distinct style, and the fruit con-
tains only one ovule. They will thrive in any light, rich,
well-drained soil, and may otherwise be treated similar to
the hardy Arums. There are several other species besides
those named, but they are not yet in general cultivation.
B. constrictnm (constricted). A synonym of B. tenuifolium.
B. gramineum (grassy). A synonym of B. tenui/olivm,
B. tenuifolium (slender-leaved).* Jt, spathe dark brown-purple,
reflexed in the upper part ; spadix very long, subulifonn. June.
I. linear-lanceolate. A. 6in. South Europe, 1570. SY.NS. B. gra-
mineum and B. constrictum. (B. R. 512, under name of Arum
tenuifolium.)

BIAURICULATE. Having two auricles.

BIBRACTEATE. Furnished with two bracts.

BIBRACTEOLATE. Furnished with two secondary
bracts.

BICARINATE. Two-keeled.

BICOLOR. Two-coloured.

BICONJTTGATE. Having two secondary petioles,
each with a pair of leaflets.

BICORNTJTE. With two horn-like processes.

BIDENS (from bis, twice, and dens a tooth; in
reference to the seed). Bur Marigold. OBD. Composites.
A rather large genus of mostly hardy a"""al and perennial
herbs, distinguished by the pericarp having from two to
four rigid awns, which are rough with minute deflexed
points. Involucre erect, of several oblong, nearly equal,
parallel scales. Most of the species of this genus are of
no merit as garden plants. Two are natives of Britain,
viz., B. cernua and B. tripartita. They thrive in any
ordinary garden soiL Propagated by divisions of the
plant ; or by seeds.

B. atro-sanguinea (dark-bloody). IL-heads black-crimson, very

freely produced. Late summer ana autumn. Leaves pinnate.

Root tuberous. A. 3ft Mexico. (B. M. 5227.)
B. femlajfolia (Ferula-leaved). JL-heads yellow. Autumn.

L bipinnatifid. A. 2ft Mexico, 1799. SYS. Coreopsis ferulasf olio.

(B. M. 2059.)
B. procera (tall). Jl..htadt yellow, large. L finely divided, deep

green. A handsome perennial. A. 6ft to 8ft Mexico, 1820.

(B. R. 684.)
B. stria ta (striped). A.-headt rather large, in a panided leafy

corvmb ; ray florets white ; disk yellow. L temately pinnated,

glabrous, h. 2ft to 3ft Autumn. Mexico. (B. M. 3155.)

BXDENTATE. With two teeth.

BIEBERSTEINIA (named after Frederic MarschaU
Bieberstein, a Russian naturalist, author of " Flora Taurioo-
Caucasica," and other works). OBD. Rutaceae. A genus
of half-hardy herbaceous perennials. They thrive in a
compost of loam, peat, and sand. Propagated by cuttings,
placed under a hand glass in early summer; or by seeds,
sown in a slight hotbed in March or April.

B. odora (sweet). A. yellow ; racemes terminal, simple ; petals
entire. May. L impari -pinnate ; leaflets roundish, deeply toothed.
Plant beset with glandular hairs. A. 1ft Altaia, 1837.

BIENNIAL. A term applied to plants occupying- two
years in the development from seed to the maturation of
seed : growing one year, flowering, fruiting, and dying the
next. Seeds of Hardy Biennials are, as a rule, sown from
June to August, to flower the succeeding season. Tender
varieties are sown in a frame or cool house, and kept there
all winter, being transferred from the frames or houses
to the open border, in June. Wallflowers, Foxgloves,
Canterbury Bells, and Sweet Williams, may be taken as
fair types of Biennials, although they often assume more
than a Biennial character on light sandy soils.

BIFARIOUS. Two-ranked ; arranged in two opposite
rows.

BIFID. Divided about half-way down into two parts;
two-cleft

BIFOLIATE. Compound leaves with two leaflets.
BIFREN ARIA (from bis, twice, and frcenum, a strap ;
in reference to a double strap or band, by means of which
the pollen masses are connected with their gland). OBD.
Orchidecs. A genus of pretty stove Orchids, allied to
Mcunllaria, and distinguished from it by having two fraana
or caudicles to their pollen masses. For culture, *M
Maxillaria.

B. aurantiaca (orange-coloured).* /. orange ; lateral lobes of lip
semi-cordate, middle one transverse, sub-undulated, callous at
the base ; raceme erect October. 1. oblong, plicate. Pseudo-
bulb roundish, compressed, two-leaved. A. 9in. Demerara,
1834. (B.R.1875.)

B. aureo-folva (orange-tawny). JL orange, on long pedicels ; Up
unguiculate, three-lobed ; scape radical, many-flowered. October.
L oblong-lanceolate. Pseudo-bulb roundish-ovate, wrinkled, one-
leaved. A. 1ft Brazil, 1840.

(Had wen's). fL each nearly 4in. across; petals

and sepals iin. broad, yellow green, beautifully blotched or
mottled with a rich brown ; lip Urge, above Iin. broad, white,
with striped spots of rose. June. L Ions, iin. broad, k. lift.
Brazil, 185L STN. Scuticaria Uadvenii. (B. M. 4629.)
B. H. bella (charming).* A new variety with sepals and petals
whitish yellow outside, brilliant shining cinnamon inside,
with a few spots, bars, and blotches of whitish sulphur colour ;
lip wide, white, with one light brown spot behind, and a larger
one in front of the callus ; radiating light brown lines on lateral
lobes, and mauve ones on anterior lobe.

B. H. pardalina (leopard-marked).* A very beautiful variety,
having sepals and petals with brown circles or polygonal figures
on a light yellow ground ; lip light ochre-coloured at its basilar
part, white in front, with radiating mauve-purple streaks. Thia
variety is extremely rare.

B. vltellina (yolk-coloured).* JL yellowish purple ; lip cuneate.
three-lobed; lateral lobes acute, crenulated; racemes drooping.
July. i. lanceolate. Pseudo-bulb ovate, bluntly angular one-
leaved. A. 1ft Brazil, 1838.
BIFURCATE. Twice-forked.

BIGELOVZA (named after Dr. Jacob Bigelow, author
of "Flornla Bostoniensis," &c.). OBD. Composite. A
genus of hardy shrubs, sub-shrubs, or herbaceous plants,
as now understood, comprising several subjects formerly
referred to Chrysothamnus, Linosyris, Ac. Flower-heads
disposed in corymbs ; involucre imbricated, oblong, or
campanulate; receptacle flat. Leaves alternate, linear
or lanceolate. They thrive in any ordinary garden soil
Propagated by cuttings.
B. Howard!! (Howard's). JL-head* yellow ; involucre narrow.' A

low shrub. S Y.N. Linotyrii Howardii.
B. nudata (naked). JLJuadt yellow. September. L scattered,

oblanceolate or linear. A. 1ft to 2ft New Jersey. Perennial.
B. panlculata (panided). JL-headt yellow, barely iin. long,
loosely panided, five-flowered. California. Shrubby.
BIGEMINATE. Doubly paired.
BIGLANDULARIA. See Sinningia.
BIGNONIA (so named by Tournefort, in compliment
to the Abbe Bignon, librarian to Louis IV.). OBD.
Bigntmiaeea. A large genus of usually scandent shrubs,
furnished with tendrils ; rarely erect trees or shrubs.
Flowers axillary and terminal, usually panided; corolla
with a short tube, a campanulate throat, and a five-
lobed, bilabiate limb. Leaves opposite, simple, conjugate,
ternate, digitate or pinnatifid. These handsome plants
are particularly suited for large houses, where, if well
grown, they give great satisfaction. The primary point
in their culture is to obtain free and, at the same time,
sturdy growth, giving due attention to training, pruning,
Ac., or the plants soon exceed all limits. Like all free-
growing plants, Bignonias thrive best planted out in the
borders of the stove or greenhouse, or out of doors, as the
case may be ; but the space allowed should be limited, in
order to restrict root production. They may either be
trained to cover the back wall, or be planted in a border
in front, and trained up the rafters, or on wires, arranged
where most desirable. In summer, allow all the strongest
shoots to grow, training them so as to have as much
sunlight as possible— which is absolutely necessary to well

188

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bignonia — continued.

ripen the wood, and make it capable of producing flowers —
without entirely shutting it out from the plants below.
Soil : A compost of two parts fibrous loam, one part peat,
one of leaf mould, and a due proportion of sand, will be

Bignonia — continued.

most satisfactory method of propagation is by cuttings,
made of good strong shoots, in early spring. Three joints
are sufficient to make a cutting, if short-jointed; if
long- jointed, two are sufficient. Place them in a well-

FIG. 250. BRANCH AND FLOWERS OP BIONO.MA MAONIFICA.

found most satisfactory. The loam and peat should be
used in a rough state, unsifted, as this will keep the border
open for some years, and thorough drainage should be
effected. Propagation : Seed being rarely procurable, the

drained pot of sandy soil, under a bell glass, in bottom
heat. As these cuttings . are young and fleshy, they are
liable to damp off; hence it is necessary, for the first
two or three weeks, to wipe the moisture from the glasses

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

189

Bignonia — continued.

every morning, and water sparingly. If well managed,
they will root in about two months, and should then have
the glasses left off every night for a week; they should
then be transferred to small pots in the compost above
described, passing it through a coarse sieve, to extract the
stones and rough pieces of soil. After potting, the plants
should be kept close for a short time, till they are able to
bear full exposure to the light. In a year's time, they
will be large enough to plant out in their permanent
quarters. Bignonias may also be increased by layering.
B. requinoxlalis (equinoxial). fl. yellow ; peduncles two-flowered,
terminal onus racemose. June to October. I. glabrous, conju-
gate ; leaflets oblong-lanceolate. Tendrils simple, axillary.
Cayenne, 1768.

B. re. Chamborlaynii (Chamberlayn's).* fl., corolla yellow, funnel-
shaped ; segments obtuse ; racemes axillary, six to eight-flowered.
April to October, I., leaflets ovate, acuminated, glabrous, shining
above. Tendrils strong, simple. Brazil, 1820. (B. R. 741.)
B. eesculifolia (Chestnut-leaved). A synonym of Tabebiua

cescultfolia.

B. apurcnsls (Apuran). fl. pedicellate, 2in. long ; corolla yellow,
funnel-shaped, with roundish, spreading, nearly equal lobes ;
spikes terminal, sessile. I. ternate ; leaflets elliptic-oblong, short-
acuminated, acutish at the base. Shady banks of the river
Apures, near £1 Diamante, 1824.
B. argyreo-violasccns (silvery-violet). I. white-veined, in a

young state violet. South America, 1865. (F. M. 1865, 26.)

B. aurantiaca (orange), fl. orange-coloured. South America, 1874.

B. capreolata (tendrilled).* fl., corolla orange; peduncles

axillary, one-flowered, crowded. April to August. I. conjugate ;

leaflets cordate oblong ; lower ones simple. Tendrils small, trifld.

North America, 1710. Hardy in south of England. (B. M. 864.)

B. o. atro-sangulnca (dark blood-red). A. red-purple. Summer.

United States. (B. M. 6501.)

B. Cher ere (Chirere).* fl., corollas orange, 2in. long; cymes
axillary. June to November. I., lower ones ternate, upper ones
conjugate, cirrhose ; leaflets ovate, acuminated, sometimes snb-
cordato, glabrous. Guiana (hi woods and on the banks of rivers),
1824. (BR.130L)

B. Chica (Chica). JL, corolla funnel-shaped, violaceous ; limb with
nearly equal, rounded segments ; panicles axillary, pendulous.
1. Sin. to lOin. long, abruptly bipinnate ; leaflets conjugate, elliptic-
ovate, acuminated, deeply cordate, glabrous. Tendrils simple.
Banks of the Orinoco, 1819.

B. chrysantha (yellow-flowered), fl. terminal, crowded ; corolla
yellow, 2in. long. May. I., leaflets five, ovate, acuminated,
tomentose, on pedicels 5in. long. A. 12ft. to 26ft. Caraccas,
1823. Tree.

B. chrysoleuca (yellowish -white). /., corolla yellow, with a
white limb, glabrous, liin. long ; peduncles three to five-flowered.
June, July. I. conjugate ; leaflets 5in. to 6in. long, 2in. broad,
oblong acuminated, glabrous, rounded at the base, shining.
Tendrils undivided. Banks of the River Magdalena, 1824.
B. Clematis (Clematis-like).* fl., corolla white, yellowish inside ;
lobes nearly equal, roundish, red ; panicles axillary, downy.
I. Tin. to Sin. long, conjugately pinnate, with an odd one ; leaflets
2in. long, lin. broad, ovate, narrowed at top, acute, cordate at
the base, glabrous. Branches quadrangular, glabrous. Caraccas,

B. divcrslfolia (diverse-leaved), fl., corolla yellow, campanulately
funnel-shaped ; panicles terminal. /. conjugate and simple ;
leaflets roundish-ovate, acuminated, sub-cordate, glabrous, shin-
ing. Tendrils undivided. Branches quadrangular, striated.
Mexico, 1825.

B. floribunda (many-flowered).* fl., corolla purplish, funnel-
shaped, eight lines long; panicles axillary, powdery, with opposite
branches and dichotomous branchlets. I. conjugate ; leaflets
2iin. long, oblong-elliptic, acuminated, acute at the base, glabrous,
shining. Tendrils undivided. Branches beset with white warts
and fine powder. Mexico, 1824.

B. lactiflora (milk-fiowered). fl corolla milk white, liin. long,
villously tomentose on the outside ; racemes twin, with a petio-
late bract at the base of each pedicel. April and July. I. conju-
gate ; leaflets 2in. long, cordate, ovate, glabrous. Branches
striated. Tendrils trifld. Santa Cruz, 1823.

B. leucoxyla (white- wooded). A synonym of Tabebiua leucoxyla.

B. litoralis (shore), fl., corolla funnel-shaped, red, downy out-
side; panicles axillary, dichotomously branched. May to July.
I. ternate ; leaflets roundish-ovate, acuminated, clothed with soft
hair on both surfaces. Branches terete, glabrous; branchlets
hairy. Mexico, 1824.

B. magnlflca (magnificent).* fl. varying from delicate mauve to
rich purplish -crimson ; throat light primrose colour, very large,
3Jin. across; panicles large, branching. Summer. I. opposite,
on rather long petioles, broadly ovate. Columbia, 1879. A very
handsome species. See Fig. 250, for which we are indebted to
Mr. Bull.

Bignonia — continued.

B. mollls (soft). fl. small, downy ; panicle terminal, many-flowered.
L trifoliate ; leaflets 5in. long, ovate, sub-cordate, downy on both
surfaces. Cayenne, 1818.

B. moLUssima (very soft), fl., corollas somewhat funnel-shaped,
downy inside ; panicles axillary, dichotomously branched, downy.
1. conjugate and simple ; leaflets 2iin. long, liin. broad, ovate,
acute, cordate, clothed with soft hairs above. Caraccas, 1820.

B. pallida (pale).* fl. axillary, usually solitary; corolla 2in. lone
funnel-shaped, with a yellow tube, and a pale lilac limb ; lobes
crenately ciliated. July. I. simple, opposite, oblong, obtuse,
rather cordate at the base. Branches terete. St. Vincent, 1825.
(B. R. 965.)

B. piota (painted). A synonym of D. gpeciota.

B. radioans (rooting). See Teooma radlcans.

B. reticulata (netted). Columbia, 1873.

B. Roezlil (Hoezl's). Columbia, 1870.

B. salicifolia (Willow-leaved), fl., corolla funnel-shaped, liin.
long, copper-coloured, with a white limb ; peduncles axillary,
three to six-flowered, downy. Summer. I. conjugate ; leaflets
lanceolate, Sin. long, acute at both ends, quite glabrous, shining.
Branches terete, sulcate. Trinidad, 1824.

B. spociosa (beautiful).* fl. pink, stained with purple; calyx spath-
aceous, split on one side ; panicles terminal. May. I. pinnate,
ternate and verticillate ; leaflets oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
shining, serrate, h. 4ft. Uruguay, 1840. A glabrous evergreen
shrub. SYN. B.pieta. (B. M. 3888.)

B. spoctabilis (showy), fl., corolla 3in. long, rather coriaceous,

glabrous, purple ; racemes terminal, short, having the two lower
pedicels three-flowered, and the rest one-flowered. I. conjugate;
leaflets ovate-oblong, acuminated, obtuse. Santa Cruz, Ac., 1820.

B. Tweediana (Tweedie's). fl. yellow ; corolla glabrous, limb
deeply five-parted, ciliated ; segments einarginate ; peduncles one-
flowered. Summer. I. conjugate ; leaflets lanceolate, acuminate ;
petioles downy. Buenos Ayres, 1838. (B. It. 26, 45.)

B. voriabilis (variable).* fl., corolla Sin. long, with a greenish-
yellow tube ; limb ultimately white ; racemes simple, short, many-
flowered, terminal. June to August. I., lower ones biternate ;
superior ones conjugate ; divisions ternate. Branches tetragonal.
Tendrils trifld. Caraccas, 1819.

B. venusta (lovely), fl., corolla crimson, clavately funnel-shaped,
with a spreading border, villous inside ; corymbs terminal,
many-flowered. August to December. I., lower ones ternate ;
superior ones conjugate ; leaflets oblong-ovate, acuminated
oblique at the base. Brazil, 1816. (B. R. 249.)

BIGNONIACE2E. A larere order of trees, or twining
or climbing shrubby plants. Flowers usually trumpet-
shaped ; corolla usually irregular, four or five-lobed, and
with a swollen portion below its mouth ; stamens five,
unequal. Fruit, a two-valved, often pod-like capsule. Leaves
usually opposite, compound. The best - known genera are
Bignonia, Catalpa, Eccremocarpue, Jacaranda, and Tecoma.

BIJUGATE. A compound leaf, with two pairs of
leaflets.

BILABIATE. Having two lips.

BILBERRY. See Vaccinium Myrtillns.

BILIMBI TREE. See Averrhoa Bilimbi.

BILL. A cutting instrument, curved forward, or hook-
shaped toward the point, and fitted with a handle, like a
hatchet. It is used for pruning, &c. When short, it is
called a Hand-bill; when long, a Hedge-bill, or Hedge-
hook.

BILLARDIERA (in honour of Jacques Julien Labil-
lardiere, a celebrated French botanist and traveller).
Apple Berry. ORD. Piltosftoreae. Very desirable green-
house evergreen climbers. Peduncles solitary from the
apex of the branches, one-flowered, pendulous ; calyx of
five subulate sepals ; petals five, combined into a tube
below, generally yellow; stamens five. Fruit edible.
Leaves alternate. They thrive either in pots or planted
out in a compost of fibroue loam, leaf soil, and peat, in
equal proportions, with thorough drainage. Cuttings,
dibbled in a pot of sandy soil, placed under a bell glass,
in gentle heat, root readily. They may also be raised
from seed, which several of the species produce in abun-
dance.

B. angnstlfolla (narrow -leaved). A synonym of tt. teandfnt.
B. longlflora (I°n8-n'owered)-* fl~ greenish -yellow, often chang-
ing to purple, solitary ; pedicels glabrous. Berries blue. May to
' ' nceolate. entire. Van Piemen's Land. 1810. A verv

asr

190

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Billardiera — continued.

free-growing and profuse-flowering species. SYN. B. ovalis. See

Fig. 261. (B. M. 1507.)

FIG. 251. FRUITING PORTION OK BILLARDIERA LONGI FLORA.

B. mutabilis (changeable). A synonym of B. scandens.
B. ovalis (oval-leaved). A synonym of D. longiflora.
B. scandens (climbing).* fl. cream-coloured, at length purplish,
solitary ; pedicels same length as the flower. June to September.
I. lanceolate-linear, entire. Branches, when young, villous. New
Holland, 1795. SYNS. B. mutabilis, B. angtisttfolia. (B. M. 1313.)
BILLBERGIA (named after J. G. Billberg, a Swedish
botanist). ORD. Bromeliacece. A genus of handsome stove
plants. Flowers borne on light panicles ; calyx three-
parted ; corolla of three convolute petals, scaly at the base ;
stamens inserted into the base of the perianth. Leaves
harsh, rigid. These require much the same treatment as
recommended for Mchmea. The most suitable soil is a
mixture of peat, leaf soil, and loam in about equal parts,
to which is added some sharp sand, to keep it open and
porous. Free and perfect drainage is absolutely neces-
sary for the successful culture of this class of plants, and
a layer of moss should be placed over the crocks previous
to filling the pots with soil. Although fond of heat,
Billbergias will, when in flower, bear removal to a cooler
house than a stove; and, if they are kept a little dry at
the same time, the change will greatly prolong their
flowering period. The stronger growing kinds thrive well
in rich, well-drained loam and leaf mould. Propagation
is effected by carefully taking off the suckers which
form at the base, after the plants have done flowering ;
but, before doing this, they should be allowed to attain
a good size. The suckers grow quickly when attached to
the parent stem, from which they derive their strength,
and feel the check less when severed ; besides which, they
become more mature, and are in better condition for root-
ing. The best method to adopt is as follows: Take the
sucker in the hand and gently twist it off the stem ; next
trim the base by the removal of a few of the lower
leaves, and then insert each sucker separately in a small
pot, in sharp soil. A bottom heat of about SOdeg.
will greatly facilitate new root-growth ; failing this,
they will root freely in the temperature of a stove if
placed in a shaded position for two or three weeks,
after which they will bear increased light and sunshine
during the later part the day. See also JEclimea and
Androlepis.

Billbergia— continued.

B. amoena (pleasing). /. greenish-white, tipped with blue,
loosely panicled ; bracts rose-coloured. July to winter. I. ligu-
late, abruptly acuminate, slightly spiny, h. 2ft. Brazil, 1817.
(B. R. 344.)

J. Baraquiniana (Baraquin's).* fl. green; spikes long, the
upper portion pendulous, bearing four or five large, oblong-lanceo-
late, bright scarlet bracts at the base of the flowers ; the stem
above the bracts is hoary white. Early spring. I. ligulate, taper-
ing to a point, where, as well as at the edges, they are armed with
sharp reddish spines, arched, transversely variegated with white
scurfy bars. A. lift. Brazil, 1865. (I. H. 1864, 421.)

B. chlorostlcta (green-spotted). Synonymous with B. Saundersii.

B. iridifolia (Iris-leaved).* fl. red and yellow, tipped with blue,
in drooping spikes ; rachis and bracts crimson. March. I. lanceo-
late, ensiforin, lift., grey beneath, h. 1ft. Rio Janeiro, 1825.
(B. R. 1068.)

B. Liboniana (Libon's).* fl., outer perianth segments beautiful
coral red, about half as long as the inner ones, which are whitish
at the base, and a splendid purple upwards. Winter. I. in a
dense rosette, h. 1ft. Brazil, 1858. (B. M. 5090.)

B. Lietzei (Lietz's).* fl. in loose terminal racemes, each sub-
tended by lanceolate pink bracts ; sepals rosy pink, half as long
as the greenish corolla. 1. tufted, ligulate, acute ; margin spiny.
Brazil, 1881. A double-flowered variety, with petaloid stamens,
is mentioned by M. Morren, which is interesting in being ^
first double-flowered Brouieliad yet recorded. (B. H. 1881

B. marmorata (marbled).* fl. deep blue ; calyces green, tipped
with blue ; bracts very large, leafy, oblong, bright scarlet ; panicles
erect, branched, much longer than the leaves. I. broadly ligulate,
sheathing at the base, truncate-mucronate at the apex I edges
very regularly toothed, deep green, freely blotched and barred
with dull reddish-brown. (I. H. 2, 48.)

B. Moreli (Morel's).* ft., sepals red, densely woolly, less than
half as long as the purplish-violet petals ; spike dense, drooping ;
bracts large, deep rosy red, much longer than the solitary sessile
flowers. February. I. arching, lanceolate, shining green on both
surfaces ; marginal spines few and weak. h. 1ft. Brazil, 1848.
An excellent basket plant. SYN. B. Moreliana. (B. H. 1873, 1, 2.)

B. Moreliana (Morel's). Synonymous with B. Moreli.

ing t
, 97.)

the

FIG. 252. FLOWERS OP BII.LBEROIA NUTANS.

B. nntans (nodding). /., sepals reddish ; petals yerlowish-green,
both with a blue margin ; scapes slender, nodding, with a few
large rosy bracts, terminating in a short drooping spike. Winter.
1. numerous, long, narrow, ensiform, remotely spiny, h. lift.
Brazil, 1868. See Fig. 252. (B. M. 6423.)

B. pallescens (pallid), fl. greenish-white ; ovary deeply grooved ;
spike pendulous; bracts lanceolate, of a beautiful rose-pink.
Winter. L dark green, and spotted on the upper surface, paler

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

191

Billbergia — continued.

beneath, with transverse bars. h. lift. Brazil, 1856. SYNS. B.
pallida and B. Wioti.

B. pallida (pale). Synonymous with B. pallescens.

B. pyramidalls (pyramidal), fl. red, with purple margin, in
erect spikes ; bracts lanceolate, rosy. February. I. curved, lisru-
late-lanceolate, with white bands beneath. A. 1ft Peru, 1822.
(B. H. 1873, 16.)

B. Qucsncliana (Quesnel's).* fl. deep purple; bracts flesh-
coloured; upper ones variegated with white. A. 6ft. Guiana,
1874. An erect growing species, possessing the same habit as B.
rosea-marginata, but having the leaves more acuminate, and deep
green in colour. SYN. Quesnelia rufa. (F. d. S. 10, 1026.)

B. rosea-marginata (rose-margined).* fl., inflorescence a dense
oblong spike of light blue, subtended by large, broad, deep, rose-
coloured bracts, with scarious margins. January. 1. sheathing
at the base, about 2ft. long, channelled, spiny on the margin, and
marked with transverse mealy bands, h. IJft. Tropical America,
1880. SYNS. B. rubro-marginata, and Quesnelia roseo-marginata.

B. rubro marginata (red-margined). Synonymous with &.
rosea-marginata.

B. Saundersii (Saunders'X* JL about 2in. long, disposed in a
loose pendulous inflorescence ; sepals crimson, half the length of
the petals, which are yellow outside and blue within. I. tufted,
ligulate, rounded at the apex, terminated by a short mucro, saw-
toothed, green above, purple beneath, and spotted white on both
surfaces. Brazil, 1868. SYN. (according to Morren) B, ehloro-
tticta. (F. M. n. s. 106.)

B. thyrsoidea (thyrsoid). fl. dense, in thyrsoid spikes, almost
without bracts. June. I. green, ligulate, shortly acuminate, the
margin toothed. A. 1ft Brazil, 1850. (B. M. 4756.)

B. vlttata (striped), fl. indigo blue, with crimson calyces and
bracts ; racemes nodding. I. banded, ligulate, elongate, ' '
A. lift. Brazil, 1843. (B. H. 1871, 14, 15.)

B. Wlotl (Wiofs). Synonymous with B. patteteeng.

B. zebrina (zebra-streaked).* fl. greenish ; scape clothed with
ed bn . '

I. sheathing
their length, forming thus a sort of tube, deep green, with

large, pale, salmon-coloured bracts ; inflorescence gracefully
curved downwards. Early spring. I. sheathing for about half

zones of .
America, '.

Y, the whole deepening with age^ A. lift South

SYN. Oelicodea zebrina. (L. B. C. 1912}
BILOBATE. Two-lobed.
BINATE. In pairs.

BINDING. The process of securing a graft or bud
in its place by means of Baffia or Bast. The same term
is applied to hard clay or other soil impervious to water,
in summer.

BINDWEED. See Convolvulus.

BIOPHYTUM (from bios, life, and phyton, a plant;
the leaves of one species being sensitive to the touch).
TRIBE Oxalidece of OKD. Geraniacece. A genus of pretty
and interesting perennials, differing from Oxalis, in which
genus it has been included, in the valves of the capsule
being patent and separate to the base. They will thrive in
a mixture of loam and peat. Propagated by seeds, which
should be sown in spring, on a hotbed. Probably the only
species in cultivation is the following :

B. sensltivum (sensitive), fl. yellow, small. July. L. leaflets
oblong, obtuse, mucronate. A. 6in. India and China, 1823. The
leaves of this plant contract on the slightest touch. SYN. Oxalis
tensitiva. (B. B. 31, 68.)

BIOTA. See Thuya.

BIOTIA. See Aster corymbosus.

BIPARTITE. Divided into two nearly to the base.

BIPINNATE. Twice pinnate.

BIFINNATIFID, or BIPINNATIPARTED
Having both primary and secondary segments of a leaf
divided, but not to the base.

BIFLICATE. Having two folds or plaits.

BIRCH. See Betula.

BIRD-CHERRY. See Cerasus Padus.

BIRDLIME. A preparation made from Mistletoe
berries and Holly bark. It is used for catching birds.

BIRD-PEPPER. See Capsicum baccatum.

BIRDS. As a class, Birds are very much more useful
than hurtful in gardens. Owls are of great use in catch-
in? mice, and Night-jars in catching night-flying insects.

Birds — continued.

Hooks are very useful in lessening the numbers of wire-
worms, and of hurtful insects in general; but, if very
numerous, they may be driven to eat potatoes and other
vegetable food, and may then do harm. The same may
be said of Starlings. Blackbirds and Thrushes feed
much on snails and worms, but they also feed on the
ripe fruits in gardens. As a rule, slender-billed birds
feed almost wholly on insects or other animals, and are
to be encouraged in gardens at all seasons. . Among
these may be enumerated the Tree-creeper, Wryneck,
Warblers, and Wrens of various kinds, Chats, Hedge-
sparrow, Larks, Redstart, Robin, Titmice, and Wagtails.
Swifts, Swallows, and Martins, are also great destroyers
of insects. The Finches feed, in part, on insects, but
also eat large quantities of seeds, and often do consider-
able damage among plants grown for seed, e.g., Cabbages,
and in the seed-beds. Sparrows are about the most
troublesome, though they are often assisted by Buntings,
Chaffinches, Linnets, and others. When seed-beds or
fruits have to be protected, this may be done by nets;
or, more simply, by threads tied to sticks a few inches
above the surface of the ground, or in front of the trees.

BIRD'S-EYE PRIMROSE. See Primula fari-
uosa.

BIRD'S-FOOT. See Ornithopus.

BIRD'S-FOOT FERN. See Pellaa ornlthopus.

BIRD'S-NEST FERN. See Asplenium Nidus.

BIRTHWORT. See Aristolochia.

BISCUTELLA (from bis, double, and scutella, a saucer;
in allusion to the form of the silicles). Buckler Mustard.
OBD. Cruciferce. Perennial or annual herbaceous plants,
usually hispid, but sometimes downy or smoothish. Flowers
yellow, scentless; pedicels filiform, bractless. Leaves ob-
long, entire, toothed or pinnatifid, somewhat radical or
cauline. Stems round, erect, usually corymbosely branched
at the top by racemes, which, when in flower, are short,
but elongated at the time of fruiting. All the species pro-
duce seeds freely. The annuals should be sown in the
open borders. Some of the perennial kinds are well adapted
for ornamenting rockwork, in a dry, sunny situation. Of the
annuals, columnce, lyrata, maritima, and obovata, are best.
Of the perennials, coronopifolia, Icevigata, and sempervirens
are the most desirable, but none aro worth cultivation out-
side botanical collections. ,

BISERIAL, or BISERIATE. Arranged in two
parallel rows.

BISERRATE. Toothed in a saw-like manner, but
with the primary teeth again serrated.

BISULCATE. Doubly furrowed.

BITERNATE. Twice ternate.

BITTER ALMOND. See Amygdalus communis

BITTER APPLE. See Citrullus Colocynthis.

BITTER-SWEET. See Solanum Dulcamara.

BITTER VETCH. See Orobus.

BITUMINOUS. Clammy, adhesive.

BIVON2EA (named after Antonio Bivona-Bernardi,
a Sicilian botanist, author of " Sicularum Plantarum Cen-
turia I. et II.," Palermo, 1806). OBD. CrucifercB. A pretty
little monotypio genus, well adapted for ornamenting
rockwork or the front of flower borders. A dry sandy
soil is most suitable for its culture. Propagated by seeds,
sown in spring where the plants are intended to remain,
thinning-out being necessary to ensure full growth.
B. lutea (yellow).* fl. yellow, small ; racemes terminal, elongated

as they grow ; pedicels filiform, bractless. April. L alternate,

lower ones stalked, the rest sessile, cordate, stem-clasping at the

base, ovate, toothed, bluntish. Stem filiform, sparingly branched.

A. Sin. to6in. Sicily, 1823. An annuaL

192

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

BIXA (its South American name). Arnatto. OBD.

Bixinece. Stove evergreen trees, with diohotomons panicles

of large reddish flowers, broad cordate leaves, and prickiy

capsules. A compost of loam and peat is well adapted to

their culture. Propagated by seed, sown when ripe in bottom

heat; or by cuttings, which root freely in sand, under a

hand glass, in heat; the latter is the better method. If

grown from seed, the trees attain a large size before they

flower ; whereas cuttings, taken from a flowering plant and

struck, may be brought to flower when small plants.

B. Orellana (Orellana). /. pale peach-coloured ; corymbs ter.

minal, panicled ; peduncles two, three, and four-flowered. May

to August. I. cordate, ovate, acuminated, entire or angular.

smooth on both surfaces. The drug called Arnatto is prepared

from the red pulp which covers the seed of this species. It is

used in the preparation of chocolate, and by farmers for colouring

cheese, and also as an orange or yellow dye for silks. A. 30ft.

West Indian Islands, 1690. See Fig. 253. (B. M. 1456.)

BIXINEJE. An order of smoothish tropical trees or
shrubs, not remarkable for any particular beauty. Flowers

Black Ply— continued.

struction must be employed directly the insect appears.
Its eztermination is an extremely difficult matter ; but
the following remedies are very effectual:

Fio. 254. THE BEAN FLY.
a, Female, magnified ; 6, Male, natural size, and magnified.

Tobarco Water. This, made and applied as recommended
for Aphides (which .-w) is a good remedy ; but it is ren-
dered more certain by the employment of soapsuds, instead
of clear w^ter, in its manufacture.

PIG. 253. FLOWERING BRANCH OP BIXA ORELLANA.

with or without petals, when present five and sepal-like ;
stamens indefinite in number, inserted in the receptacle
or at the bottom of the calyx; peduncle axillary or ter-
minal, bracteate. Fruit fleshy or dry. Leaves alternate,
simple,entire,or slightly lobed, usually full of pellucid dots.
The genera best known are Azara, Bixa, and Flacourtia.

BLACK BEARBERRY. See Arctostaphylos
alpina.

BLACK BEETLES. See Cockroaches.

BLACKBERRY. See Rubus fruticosa.

BLACK BRTONY. See Tamus communis.

BLACK BULLACE. See Pmntts insititia.

BLACKBURNIA. See Xanthoxylum.

BLACK PLY or BEAN PLY (Aphis rumicis),
also called Collier and Black Dolphin. This Fly (see
Fig. 254) is found on many herbaceous plants. It is
very injurious to Beans ; hence, immediate means of de-

Parts Green (Arseniate of Copper). Owing to its poison-
ous nature, this should not be used where there is fruit on
the trees or vegetables under them ; but there is no better
destroyer of hard-dying insects. Its application is very
simple. Mix lib. of the green with SOgals. of water,
and well wet the infested parts of the trees, using a fine-
rosed watercan or garden engine for the purpose. The
operator's hands should be free from sores and scratches,
or dangerous ulcerations may ensue.

Gas Liquor. If this can be obtained from a gas-house, it
should be diluted with twice its bulk of water, and applied
in the same manner as Paris Green, being washed off with
clean water in a few hours. If the process be repeated on
two or three consecutive nights, it will be found certain in
its effects ; moreover, it is not very poisonous. The finger
or thumb, or the Aphis brush, applied early, will often
exterminate these obnoxious insects at once. The first
of the methods above described is perhaps the most acces-
sible and the safest to use. Poisonous insecticides are

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

193

Black Ply — continued.

more or less dangerous, especially in the hands of the in-
experienced. Black Fly is, however, one of the most
difficult insects to eradicate, especially if allowed to
multiply. A syringing of clean water should follow either
of the above applications. See also Aphides.

BLACK JACK OAK. See Qnercns nigra.

BLACK MAIDENHAIR SFLEENWORT. See
Asplenium Adiantum-nigTum.

BLACK FINE. See Finns austriaca.

BLACKTHORN. See Prunus spinosa.

BLACK VARNISH TREE. See Melanorrhcea.

BLACK WATTLE. See Callicoma serratifolia.

BLADDER CATCHFLT. See Silene inflata.

BLADDER KETMIA. See Hibiscus Trionnm.

BLADDER NUT. See Staphylea.

BLADDER SENNA. See Colntea.

BLADDER WORT. See Utricularia.

BLADE. The lamina or expanded part of a leaf.

BLJERIA (named after Patrick Blair, M.D., F.R.S.,
who practised medicine at Boston, in Lincolnshire, and was
author of "Miscellaneous Observations," 1718; "Botanic
Essays," 1820, &c.). OBD. Ericaceae. Pretty little green-
house evergreen shrubs, natives of Southern and Tropical
Africa. Flowers terminal, glomerate; corolla short- tubu-
lar, with a four-cleft limb, very freely branched. Leaves
verticillate, with revolute margins. For culture, see Erica.

B. artlcnlata (jointed).* fl. reddish; heads drooping. May.

I. four in a whorl, ovate or linear, glabrous, and shining ; bracts

solitary, h. 1ft. 1795.
B. ericoldes (Heath-like), fl. purplish-red. August. I. four in a

whorl, oblong, obtuse, ringed ; bracts three, length of the calyx.

h. 2ft. 1774. SYN. Erica, orbicular*. (L. B. C. 153.)
B. purpurea (purple), fl. purple ; heads drooping. June. L four

in a whorl, ovate, sub-ciliated. Stem flexuous, erect, h. 2ft. 1791.

BLAKEA (named after Martin Blake, of Antigua, a
great promoter of useful knowledge). ORD. Melastomacece.
Handsome stove evergreen shrubs or trees. Flowers red,
large, showy; peduncles axillary, terete, one-flowered, naked,
opposite or solitary, shorter than the leaves, usually with
brown tomentum. Leaves petiolate, three to five-nerved,
coriaceous, glabrous above and shining, but usually densely
clothed with rusty tomentum beneath. They thrive well
in peat, or a mixture of loam and peat, and require to be
liberally supplied with water, particularly in spring and
summer. Cuttings root freely if taken from shoots that
are quite ripe (otherwise they are apt to rot), planted in a
pot of sand, and plunged in a moist heat, under a hand
glass.

B. qninquenervla (five-nerved), fl. flesh-coloured, large, with
white disks ; peduncles twin, shorter than the petioles. June.
L elliptic, acuminated, naked, and shining on both surfaces, five-
nerved, h. 10ft. to 16ft. Guiana, 1820. (A. G. 210.)
B. trinervia (three-nerved), fl, rose colour, large ; peduncles
solitary, longer than the petioles. June. J. oval-oblong, three-
nerved, glabrous and shining on both surfaces in the adult state,
and when young serrulated ; petioles and branchlets clothed with
rusty tomentum. Roots issuing from the branches and stems.
ft. 4ft. to 8ft. Jamaica, 1789. (B. M. 451.)

BLANCHING. This process is effected for the pur-
pose of obtaining crispness, and for converting what would,
under ordinary circumstances, be a dangerous plant — in
the case of Celery especially so— into a highly popular
delicacy. Blanching can only bo accomplished by entirely
excluding the light from the plants, thus depriving the
colouring matters of their power to decompose water
and carbonic acid gas. It is also termed Etiolation.

BLANDFORDIA (named after George, Marquis of
Blandford). ORD. Liliaceae. A very beautiful genus of
greenhouse bulbous plants, natives of Australia. Flowers
solitary, on recurved pedicels ; perianth funnel-shaped, six-

Blandfordia — continued.

cleft ; stamens six. Leaves linear, elongate, striate ; radical
ones dilated, and somewhat sheathing at the base ; others
shorter and more distant, appearing on the flower-stem. The
best soil in which to grow them is loam and peat in equal
proportions, with a little rough silver sand added. They
should be repotted moderately firm in the autumn, allow-
ing good drainage, and should then be placed under the
greenhouse stage, or in any other position where they will
be free from water drippings. Water must only be given
when dry, until they commence to grow, when it may be
gradually increased, and they may be introduced into a
higher temperature, if necessary, there to remain till after
flowering. When the foliage is ripened off, they may be
stored away until the time for re-potting. Propagated
by seeds and offsets, or by division of the old plants,
which must be done when repotting.

B. aurea (golden).* fl. IJin. to 2in. long ; scape bearing an umbellate
cluster of three to five pure golden-yellow drooping bell-shaped
flowers. Summer. I. narrow, linear, keeled or channelled, from
the base of which the flower scape arises, h. 1ft to 2ft. 187C
(B. M. 5809.)

B. Cnnninghnmii (Cunningham's).* fl. rich coppery red, the
upper part, yellow ; about 2in. long, bell-shaped, pendulous ; from
twelve to twenty, terminating in a stout scape 3ft high. June.
1. linear, slightly keeled at the back, about iin. broad. This
magnificent species should have a little charcoal mixed with the
soil already mentioned. (B. M. 5734.)

B. C. hybrids, (hybrid). /. red, margined with clear yellow.
bell-shaped, in a dense drooping umbel

B. flammea (fiery).* fl. dullish yellow, in dense umbel like
clusters ; bracts ovate-lanceolate, stiff ; perianth inversely conical.
June. I. linear, bluntly keeled, h. 2ft. 1849.

B. f. elegans (elegant).* fl. crimson, tipped with yellow, large,
funnel-shaped. Summer. I. long, linear-ensiform. This very
handsome form is often taken for the type.

B. f.

. f. princeps (magnificent).*
and bright yellow within, abo

fl. rich orange-red externally,
about Sin. long, tubular, borne on a

scape about 1ft. high, slightly pendulous, and arranged near the
er. /. stiff, sub-erect, long, bright green, disposed
splendid greenhouse

summit. Summer
in a distichous manner.

plant, and should be in every collection. 1873. SYN. B. princept.
See Fig. 255. (B. M. 62C9.)

B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. crimson, very large ; bracts
as long as the pedicels, the inner much the shortest. July. A. 2ft.
18ia (B. E. 924.)

B. intermedia (intermediate), fl. yellow, pendulous, funnel-
shaped, in sixteen to twenty-flowered racemes ; bracts leaf-
forined. September. I. channelled, acutely keeled, scabrous on
the margins, h. lift

B. marginata (margined), fl, orange-red, conical, in long pen-
dulous racemes ; bracts narrow, fohaceous, about equalling in
length the pedicels. July. I. stiff, sub-erect, with scabrous
margins. A. 2ft. 1842. (B. R. 31, 18.) x

B. nobilis (noble).* it. orange, with yellow margins, on long
pedicels, drooping, disposed in a terminal raceme ; bracts twice
as short as the pedicels. July. I. very narrow. A. 2ft. 1803.
(B. M. 2003.)

B. princeps (magnificent). Synonymous with B. flammea princep*.
BLATTA. See Cockroaches.
BLEABERRT. See Vaccininm Myrtillus.
BLEACHING POWDER. See Chloride of Lime.
BLECHNTTM (from Blechnon, the Greek name of a
fern). OBD. Filices. A very attractive genus of stove
and greenhouse Ferns, thriving in a compost of peat, leaf
soil, and loam. Sori linear, continuous, or nearly so, parallel
with, and usually contiguous to, the midrib. Involucre
distinct from the edge of the frond. Fronds uniform,
generally pinnate or pinnatifid. Veins usually free. For
general culture, see Ferns.

B. australe (southern).* ecu. stont, creeping, scaly, tti. erect,
4m. to bin. long, frondt 9in. to 18in. long, and from 2in. to 3in.
broad, lanceolate, narrowed towards both ends ; pinnae numerous,
the barren ones lin. to liin. long, Jin. to |in. broad, linear,
hastate-cordate, or auricled at the base, especially on the upper
side, with a very coriaceous texture ; fertile pinna narrower, tori
in a continuous or slightly broken line, close, but not contiguous,
to the midrib. South Africa, Ac., 1691. Greenhouse species.
B. boreale. See Lomaria Splcant.

B. brariliense (Brazilian).* cou. erect, stout, sub-arborescent,
1ft. or more long, densely clothed at the crown with dark brown
scales, tti. short, stout, densely scaly, frondt oblong-lanceolate,

194

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Blechirn.ni — continued.

2ft. to 4ft. long, 6in. to 16in. broad, narrowing downwards ?ery
gradually ; pinnae close, linear, 4in. to Sin. lone, *in. to fin. broad,
narrowed gradually towards the point, finely toothed or un-
dulated, connected at the base. Brazil and Peru, 1820. See

Bleohnnm — continued.

pinnee numerous, linear, 4in. to 6in. long, about iin

" anely

broad,

narrowed gradually towards the point, margin finely toothed,
dilated, ana connected at the base, sori in a broad line close to
the midrib. Temperate Australia, 1820. Greenhouse species.

FIG. 255. BLA.NDFORDIA FLAMMEA PRINCEPS.

. . . . . , .

with in gardens under the name

re is a very pretty variety met
of Corcovadense crispum, which

,

is not quite so strong-growing as the type, with wavy, crispy
edges. They will all thrive in the cool of a stove fernery

(cartilaginous), can. oblique, densely scaly
at top. sti. strong, erect, 4in. to 6in. long, scaly, muricated in the

ges. They will al
B. cartilaginoum

at top. sti. strong, , . . , , e n e

lower part. /rond*ovate-oblong, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad •

B. hastatum (halbert-shaped).* rhiz. short, stout, scaly, tti. 4in.
to 6in. long, nearly naked, fronds from 9in. to 18in. long, and 2in.
to 4in. broad, lanceolate, with twenty to forty pinnae on each side •
the ban-en ones Iin. to liin. long, lanceolate, falcate, narrowed
gradually to a point, the lower side slightly truncate, and slightly
" e upper cordate, with a large hastate auricle ; fertile

lobed, the
pinnae narrower.

aori midway between the midrib and margin ;

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

195

Blechnum — continued.

Blecknom— continued.
base, the margins finely incised. Florida, Ac.,

B. strlatmn (stripedX
iatum.

A synonym of B. serrv-

FIQ. 256. BLKCHJftm BRAZILIENSE.

rachis and surfaces naked or slightly pubescent ; texture coriaceous.
Temperate South America, 1841. Greenhouse species.

B. Lanceola (lance-leaved), rhiz. slender, creeping, stoloniferons.
tti. slender, erect, 2in. to 4in. long, fronds lanceolate, undivided,
4in. to 6in. long, iin. broad, or less, narrowed gradually from the
centre towards each end. Tropical America, 1820. Store species.

B. L. trifoliatnm (three-leaved), fronds furnished with one or
two pairs of small oblong-obtuse lateral pinnae at the base of the
large terminal one. Stove variety. (H. S. F. 3, 94.)

B. longifolinm Gong-leaved).* rhiz. slender, creeping, tti. firm,
erect, nearly naked, 6in. to 12in. long, frondt 6m. to 9in. long,
with a terminal pinna, and three to six lateral ones on each side,
which are Jin. to Sin. long, and iin. broad, narrowed gradually
towards the point, fori in broad lines close to the midrib ; texture
coriaceous. Tropical America, 1820. B. L fraxineum is a variety
found in gardens under the name of B. fraxinii/olium, with a
habit more close than the type ; pinnae six to eight on a side,
sometimes Iin. broad. B. intermedium (Link.) and B. graciU
(Kaulf.), often seen in gardens, are slender-growing varieties of
this rather variable stove species.

B. nitidom (shining).* tti. stout, erect, naked, Sin. to 4in. long.
fronds oblong-lanceolate, 1ft or more long, 4in. to 6in. broad;
pinnae numerous, sub-falcate, linear, Sin. to 4in. long, {in. to iin.
broad, narrowed gradually towards the point, dilated and con-
nected at the base ; edge undulate-dentate ; texture coriaceous ;
both surfaces smooth. Stove species. The variety eontraetum,
often seen in gardens, has its pinnae contracted, and the edge
much undulated. Brazil. (H. S. F. 3, 55.)

B, occidentals (western).* eau. stout, erect, scaly at the top.
tti. 6in. to 12in. long, erect, scaly below, fronds ovate-acuminate,
Sin. to 18in. long, 4m. to Sin. broad, with twelve to twenty-four
linear pinnae on each side, which are 2in. to 4in. long, and about
Jin. broad, narrowed gradually to a point, truncate or cordate ;
texture coriaceous. West Indies, southwards to Chili and South
Brazil, 1823. A very handsome stove or greenhouse fern.

B. o. multifldum (much-cut).* A pretty variety, said to have been
introduced from Dominica ; the apices of the pinnae are copiously
crested and tasselled, rendering it very desirable. Stove variety.

B. orientate (oriental).* eau. stout, erect, clothed at the crown
with dark brown scales, sti. 4in. to Sin. long, strong, erect, scaly
below, frondt 1ft. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, ovate, with
very numerous nearly contiguous pinnae on each side, which are
4in. to Sin. long, and about Jin. broad, narrowed to a long point
Australia, northwards to South China and the Himalayas.
Greenhouse.

B. polypodioides (Polypodium-likeX A synonym of B. unOate-
flpk

B. serrulatum (saw-edged).* eau. elongated, stout, ascending,
iri. 6in. to 12in. long, strong, erect, smooth, nearly naked, frondt
oblong-acuminate, 1ft to 2ft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, with twelve
to twenty-four pairs of quite distinct articulated linear oblong
pinnae on each side, which are about 4in. to Sin. lone. iin. broad,
narrowed gradually towards the point, and downwards to a narrow

B. nnilaterale (one-sided).* eau. elongate.),
densely scaly at the crown. «t». slender, erect,
Iin. to 4in. long, slightly scaly below, fronds
lanceolate, 6in. to 12in. long, lirn. to 2in. broad ;
pinnae numerous, spreading horizontally, linear,
iin. to Iin. long, central ones Jin. to iin. broad,
point usually mucronate ; edge entire, or nearly
so, the lower part dilated to a broad base, tori
in a line close to the midrib. Tropical America.
1829. Widely distributed. Stove or greenhouse
species. SYS. B. polypoduridu, under which name
it is usually found in gardens.

BLECHUM (a Greek name for an on-
known plant, supposed to resemble Marjoram).
OED. Acanthaceae. Stove herbaceous
nials. For culture, Ac., see Justicia.
B. Browne! (Browne's). JL white, in a dense
bracteated spike, which is four-cornered ; bracts
ovate, downy. Summer. L ovate elliptical, some-
what toothed. A. 2ft West Indies, 1780. The
other species introduced are : anyiutifolium, blue;
brazilienM, blue ; and laxifloru.ni, white.

BLEFHARIS (from blepharis, the eye-
lash; in reference to the fringed bracts of
the calyx). OED. Acanthacece. Dwarf shrubs
or herbs, often spiny and woody, allied to
Acanthus. Flowers in bracteate spikes ; calyx
cruciately four-parted, bracteate ; upper seg-
ment entire, three-nerved ; lower, two-nerved ;
corolla- tube very short; lip five-lobed, three
lobes often much larger than the others; stamens four,
sub-didynamous. For culture, &.G., see Acanthus.
B. boerhaavlffifolla (Boerhaavia-leaved). A. bine. July. I
usually four in a whorl, elliptic, toothed, A. 1ft India, 1829.
Stove annual.

B. capenais (Cape Colony).* fl. blue. July. L narrow, lanceolate,
spir.ose. A. 1ft Cape of Good Hope, 1816. Greenhouse biennial

B. furcate (forked-spined). Jl. blue. July. i. lanceolate, entire
or spiny ; bracts large, strongly spinose. A. 2ft Cape of Good
Hope, 1846. Greenhouse evergreen shrub.

B. Unearifolia (narrow-leaved). Jl. blue. July. I. long, entire,
linear, glabrous or hairy, not spiny. A. 2ft Guinea, 1823.

Stove jiTiniial

B. procumbens (trailing).* Jl. blue, July. L linear lanceolate,
spiny, h, 1ft Cape of Good Hope, 1825. Greenhouse evergreen
trailer.

BIiTji*'** i i.TA (from blepharie, the eyelash ; in allusion
to the ciliated bracts). OBD. Labiate. Ornamental hardy
perennials, closely allied to Monarda, but differing from it
in the calyx tube Laving thirteen instead of fifteen nerves,
and being naked in the throat, while the corollas are much
smaller and more dilated. They are of easy culture in
ordinary soil. Increased readily by dividing the roots in
early spring.

B. dilate (ciliated). Jl. blue; whorls all distinct; bracu
ciliated, reddish at top. July. /. almost sessile, ovate-oblong,
narrowed at the base, canesc'ent beneath. A. 1ft to 2ft North
America, 1798.

B. hirsute (hairy). Jl purple or blue ; whorls more numerous
than in the preceding ; upper ones approximate. July. I. pe-
tiolate, ovate, roundly cordate at the base, hairy on both surfaces.

A. 1ft to 2ft Virginia, 1798.
than in B. eiiiata.

Habit more branched and loose

BLESSED THISTLE. See Cnicus benedictus
(properly Carbenia benedicta) and Silybum Marianom.

BLETIA (in honour of Don Louis Blet, a Spanish
botanist). OBD. Orchidea. A large genus of, for the
most part, stove terrestrial Orchids. Flowers purple or
whitish, in terminal racemes. Leaves narrow, grass-like.
Pseudo-bulbs round, flattened. The flowers are freely
produced when the plants are thoroughly established, and
are valuable for bouquets, as well for their pleasing colour
as for the time they last in perfection. Bletias thrive
best in a compost of loam and leaf mould. About 2in.
of crocks, covered with a layer of moss, should be placed

196

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bletia — continued.

in the bottom of the pot, which should be filled to within
lin. of the top with soil. The bulbs should then be in-
serted, and just covered. A good supply of water during
the growing season is necessary, and only a moderate
amount of heat. After growth has ceased, a period of
rest is required, during which time very little water
should be given. Propagation is effected by divisions,
which should bo made after the plants have finished
flowering, or previous to their starting into growth.

with a white

campanulata (bell-shaped). /. deep purple, v
centre, lasting a considerable time in perfection. Mexico.

B. florlda (florid).* fl. pale rose-coloured ; lip not spurred. July
and August, h. 2ft. West Indies, 1786. A very pretty species.
(B. R. 1401.)

B. gracilis (slender), fl. pale greenish-white ; sepals and petals
nearly equal, lanceolate, acuminate ; lip red and yellow ; scape
simple. 1. oblong, lanceolate, plicate, h. IJin. Mexico, 1830.
(B. R. 1681.)

B. hyacinthlna (Hyacinth-like).* fl. purple, racemose ; lip not
spurred, beardless ; scape about as long as the leaves. March to
June. I. lanceolate. A. 1ft. China, 1802. This pretty species
has proved to be quite hardy. (Garden, Nov., 1879.)

B. patula (spreading-flowered). fl. purple, spreading ; scape tall,
branched. March. 1. lanceolate, h. 2ft. Hayti, 1830. (B. M.,
3518.)

B. Shepherd!! (Shepherd's).* /. on branching spikes, purple,
marked down the centre of the lip with yellow. Winter. I. long,
lanceolate, dark green. Jamaica, 1825. (B. M. 3319.)

B. Sherrattiana (Sherratt's).* /. about a dozen on a spike, rich
rosy purple ; petals very broad, twice the breadth of the sepals ;
lip deep purple in front, marked with white and yellow down the
centre, t. three to four-plicate. Pseudo-bulbs depressed. New

ur-plic

Grenada, 1867. (B. M. 5646.)

B. undulata (waved). A synonym of Sehomburgltia undulata.
B. verecunda (modest), fl. purple ; lip not spurred. January.
h. 3ft. West Indies, Mexico, &c., 1733. (B. M. 930.)

BLIGHZA SAFIDA. This is now included under
the genus Cupania (which see).

BLIGHT, or BLAST. Applied to various diseases
of plants which are caused or accelerated either by the
presence of parasitic fungi or insects, or by atmospheric
influence. Blight generally proves fatal to the whole or
part of the subject attacked.

BLIND. A term applied to plants which fail to pro-
duce central buds. The defect is frequently noticeable in
plants of the Brassica tribe, and is, perhaps, mainly due
to the attacks of insects. Great care should, therefore, be
exercised in keeping the seed-beds clear of insect pests, by
the application of ashes, lime and soot, or spent hops.

BLOOD FLOWER. See Hsemantlius.

BLOODBiOOT. See Sanguinaria canadensis and
Fotentilla Tormentilla.

BLOOM. A fine powder-like substance found on Grapes,
Cucumbers, Plums, &c., and varying in colour in the different
subjects. It should be carefully protected, as it improves
the appearance of the fruit. The term is also often in-
correctly used as the plural of blossom.

BLOSSOM. The flower of a plant, or the essential
organs of reproduction, with their appendages.

BLUE-BELLS. See Campanula rotundifolia and
Scilla nutans.

BLUE-BOTTLE. -Sec Ceutaurea Cyanus.

BLUE GUM TREE. See Eucalyptus globulus.

BLUETS. The French name for Centaurea Cyanus.
See also Houstonia coerulea and Vaccinium angusti-
folium.

BLUMENBACHIA (in honour of John Frederick
Blumenbach, M.D., Professor of Medicine at Gottingen,
and distinguished as a comparative anatomist). ORD.
Loasacecs. Elegant branched, climbing or trailing, annual,
biennial, or perennial herbs, generally covered with stinging
hairs, which are very objectionable. Flowers axillary,
solitary, bracteate, very pretty and interesting. Leaves
opposite, lobed. They are of easy culture in ordinary
garden soil. Propagated by seeds, which should be sown

Blumenbachia — continued.

in pots, in spring, and placed in a gentle heat, where they
will germinate in about a fortnight. When the seedlings
are large enough, and after having been previously hardened
off, they may be planted out in their flowering quarters, or
potted on and trained to a trellis.

FIG. 257. BLUMKMJACI

B. Chnquitensls (Chuquitan).* fl. solitary, axillary, with five to
ten boat-shaped red petals, which are yellow within. September.
I. oblong-lanceolate, pinnate ; segments pinnatifidly lobed. Peru,
1863. Half-hardy climbing perennial. See Fig. 257. (B. M. 61 tt.)

B. contorta (twisted).* ft. orange-red, with cup-shaped green
scales within. July. 1. oblong-ovate, pinnatifld ; lobes incisely
toothed. Peru. Greenhouse climber, but may be grown against
a wall, out of doors, during the summer. (B. M. 6134.)

FIG. 258. FLOWER OF BI.UMENBACHIA COROXATA.

B coronata (crowned).* fl. of pure glossy whiteness, quad-
rangular, crown-shaped, 2in. in diameter each way June J.
narrow, bipinnatiflcl, cut into small segments, h. Ijft. Chili,
1872 This is an elegant dwarf, tufted, erect biennial, with the
pure white flowers imbedded in the metallic lustrous foliagp. SYN.
Caiophora coronata. See Fig. 258.

B. insignis (remarkable).* fl. with whitish petals and reddish-
yellow scales, axillary, on long peduncles, about 1m. in diameter.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

197

Blumenbacliia — continued.

July. I., lower ones five to seven-lobed; upper ones deeply

bipinnatifid. k. 1ft Chili, 1826. Hardy annual trailer.

SYN. LOOM palmetto. (B. M. 2865.)

BOBARTIA (named after Jacob Bobart, Professor of
Botany at Oxford in the seventeenth century). OKD.
Irideas. A small genus of greenhouse or hardy bulbous
plants, closely allied to Sisyrinchium. The species in
cultivation are very pretty hardy plants, but require
protection from severe frosts and excessive rains. They
thrive best in a warm, light soil, and make pretty plants
for rockwork. Propagated by separating the offsets
during autumn. This genus has been much misunder-
stood. Among the plants which have been referred to
it are some which now find places in the genera Aristea,
Homeria, Marica, Morcea, Sisyrinchium, Ac., Ac.

B. aurantiaca. See Homeria aurantiaca.

B. gladiata (sword-shaped), fl, yellow, thinly sprinkled with
purple dots near the centre, handsome, nearly 2in. across.
I linear, easiform, narrow, slightly glaucous, 1ft or more in
length. 1817. SYN. Jfariea gladiata. (B. K. 229.)

B. spathacea (Rush-like), t rush -like, several feet in length ;
flower-stem as long as leaves, bearing near extremity a cluster of
pale yellow flowers, with narrow segments. Each flower lasts but
one day ; as a good many, however, are developed in each spathe,
there is a succession which lasts some time. 1832. SYS. -Tyro
(L. B. C. 1900.)

Fio. 259. BOCCONIA CORDATA, showing Habit and Flower.

BOCCONIA (named after Paolo Bocconi, M.D., a
Sicilian botanist, author of the "Museum des Plantes,"
and " Histoire Natnrelle de 1'He de Corse," Ac.). OBD.
Papaveracece. Two of the species are greenhouse or half-
hardy shrubs. Flowers inconspicuous, in terminal panicles,
with the branches and branchlets each furnished with one
bract. Leaves stalked, glaucous, large, lobed. This genus
does not well agree with the rest of Papaveraceae, from its
having one-seeded capsules and apetalous flowers. B. cor-
data is a handsome, hardy, herbaceous plant, with a stately
habit and finely-cut foliage, and, where bold subjects are
desired, few will be found superior to it. As an isolated

Bocconia— continued.

specimen on the lawn, or by frequented walks, where it
will not be too closely surrounded by tall plants, it may be
grown with marked effect. It also forms a good subject
for pot culture, and is largely used for sub-tropical bedding.
The soil most suitable for its culture ia a good fat loam, of
considerable depth. Propagated by cuttings, taken from
the axils of the larger leaves, during early summer; or
by young suckers, taken from established plants, during
summer, as they will then flower the following season. If
the former method is employed, the cuttings should be
pushed on, eo that there are plenty of roots before the
winter sets in. The other two species require greenhouse
culture ; but both are eminently suited for sub-tropical
gardening, in any light rich soil, or well-drained and airy
situation. They are best propagated by seeds, sown in a
hotbed in spring, the seedlings being placed out from June
to September.

~ *^»U*»M» (cordate).* _rt. buff -coloured, very numerous, borne in
very large terminal panicles ; individually they are not showy, but
the fully grown inflorescence has a verv distinct and pleasing
appearance. Summer. Z. large, reflexed, deeply-veined, roundish-
cordate ; margins lobed or sinuated. Stems growing rather close
together, thickly set with leaves, h. 5ft. to 8ft China, 1795, and
1866. Mr. Robinson recommends its being grown in the angle of
two walls which shelter it from the north and east. It runs
quickly at the roots, and the suckers may be cut off to the benefit
of the parent plant ; each sucker will "form a strong plant in a
year's time. SYSS. B. japoniea and Macleaya yedoensti. See
Fig. 259. (B. M. 1905.)

B. fratescen* (shrubby).* JL greenish. October. I. large, sea-
preen, oval-oblong, cuneated'at the base, pinnatifid. h. 3ft to 6ft
Mexico, 1739. (L. B. C. 83.)

B. Integrifolia (entire-leaved). /. greenish ; panicle crowded.
1. flat, oblong, tapering towards each end, entire, or scarcely
crenated. A. 9ft Peru, 1822.
B. Japoniea (Japanese). Synonymous with B. cordata.

BGiBERA (named after Bosber, a Eussian botanist).
OBD. Composite. A genus of evergreen greenhouse shrubs,
now generally referred to Dysodia. They are of easy cul-
ture, thriving in ordinary garden soil. Propagated by cut-
tings, made of young, rather firm, shoots, and placed in
sand, under a glass. There are several other species besides
the one given below, but they are not of much horticul-
tural value.

B. incana (hoary).* JL-headf golden : peduncles one-headed. No-
vember. 1. pinnate, rather hairy ; leaflets linear acute, channelled,
some entire, and some trifld. Stem hairy, h. Ijft Mexico,
1828. (B. R.1602.)

BGSHMERIA (named .after George Rudolph Boehmer,
a German botanist). OBD. Urticacea. A genus of shrubs
or herbaceous plants, allied to Urtica, from which it is
distinguished in not having stinging hairs. B. nivea is
the only species having any horticultural value. This
thrives best in a warm, sandy soil; and is increased by
divisions.

B. nivea (snowy). A. greenish, disposed hi spikes. L broadly
cordate, about 6in. long by 4in. broad, terminating in a long
slender point ; edges serrate, covered on the under side with a
dense coating of white down. h. 3ft to 4ft China. A shrub-
like perennial, rather more curious than beautiful.

BOG BEAN. See Menyantb.es trifoliate,

BOG-EARTH. See Feat.

BOILERS. These are very important articles in all
gardens where there are glass houses, and the best should
always be selected. They are made in cast and wrought
iron, both of which have their special advantages and dis-
advantages. The former are less liable to burn through
when encrusted with any deposit from the water, but will
crack with sudden changes of temperature, by reason of
the granular form of the metal not allowing gradual con-
traction ; the Utter may burn through where there is
any deposit of mud or other matter, but they will not
crack, and will stand a greater pressure than those made
of cast metal. It is, however, the better plan to use
Boilers of wrought iron, as, with careful usage, they
are less liable to break down in hard frosts than are
the othan. As the value of the plants, as well as that

198

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Boilers — continued.

of the Boiler, has to be considered, should such a contin-
gency occur, it is certainly advisable to reduce all risks
to a minimum ; and as the average life of a Boiler is from
ten to fifteen years, a slightly larger first cost is not of
very serious moment. The forms of Boilers are very
diverse, and, in some of the patented forms, complicated.
But, whatever the shape, the following points are essential :
A clear and unrestricted waterway of not less than 2in. in
thickness ; the greatest exposure of surface to the direct
action of the fire ; a sufficient fire space ; and a fire-bar
area calculated to supply enough fresh air to the fire to
support thorough combustion. The forms generally used
for horticultural work are the following, or some modifi-
cations of them; and, however grand the name, their
chief value consists in the attested heating capacity
at a given cost: The Saddle Boiler, which is made of
various sizes, with or without check ends, cross tubes,
and other devices for increasing the heating surface, and
also of a tubular form; the Upright Cylinder (a vertical

FIG. 260. VERTICAL SECTIOW OK CYLINDER BOILER.

A A, Wrought-iron Boiler, the shaded space showing the Water-
way ; B, Ashpit inside the cast base of Boiler ; C, Fire-bars ; D,
Flue ; E, Domed Top'; F, Feeding Lid ; G, Flow, and H, Return
Pipe Sockets.

section of which is shown in Fig. 260); the Upright
Tubular Cylinder ; the Horizontal Tubular ; and the Cornish
or Horizontal Cylinder. Combinations of the various forms,
and complicated patterns of different kinds, are made for
particular purposes ; but in no case should large Boilers be
used, unless they are recommended, by one competent to
judge, as suitable for the purpose they are needed to
fulfil. In every case, it is necessary that the Boiler should
be fixed in a proper manner. It is also good policy to have
Boilers about 30, or even 50 per cent., more powerful than
is actually required, when they are new, as, from various
causes, their heating power falls off in a year or 'two
in many places; and, under ordinary work, it ia not
desirable to stimulate the action in order to command
sufficient heat. There is no doubt that, for general pur-
poses, some modification of the Saddle or Cylinder Boiler
is by far the best, all things duly considered; but it is
impossible to give any practical advice without a thorough
knowledge of the requirements of any particular place.
Gas Boilers are also useful for small places. These are
made in many forms, and are, as a rule, in the shape of a
cylinder, with a coned inside, against which the flames
play. Some Gas Boilers have also a superheater attached ;
this exhausts the heat from the air which has passed
through the Boiler. Another good form is made of hori-
zontal tubes, which contain the water, the flames playing

Boilers— continued.

over and amongst them. An atmospheric burner of
approved construction should be used where gas is the
heating power. A sufficient supply of gas should be
assured by using supply pipes of a good size. Care should
be taken to keep these pipes free from water, and pro-
tected from frost by silicate cotton lagging, or some other
good non-conductor. Except for very small places, how-
ever, gas apparatus is almost useless, and will never super-
sede fuel Boilers. For other particulars regarding Boilers,
see Heating1 and Stoking.

BOIS-PERDRJX. See Heisteria.

BOLBOPHYLLUM. See Bulbophyllum.

BOLETUS (from bolos, a mass; in reference to ita
massy or globular form). ORD. Fungi. The only species
of this rather large genus demanding mention is B. edulis
(see Fig. 261), which is considered an excellent article of
food. It is easily distinguished, and is often of large size
and somewhat unshapely; the pileus is usually of a dusky

FIG. 261. COMMON BOLETUS (BOLETUS EDULIS).

yellow or brownish hue, but sometimes brighter and more
of a chestnut colour ; the flesh is white, and does not change
to a blue colour when cut (this is a very important cha-
racteristic, and should always be noticed). It is a species
common in most districts, usually growing in woods, and
appearing chiefly in the autumn.

BOIiBUM (from bolos, a ball ; in reference to the shape
of the seed-pods). ORD. Cruciferce. An ornamental, hardy,
evergreen shrub, well adapted for rockwork, in ordinary
soil. It requires slight protection in winter if planted in
very exposed situations. Propagated by seed, sown in a
pot, in spring, and placed in a frame, or in the open border
during summer.
B. asperum (rough).* Jl. cream-coloured ; racemes erect, elon-

fted; pedicels very short, the lower ones bracteate. April,
alternate, oblong, linear; lower ones somewhat divided.
A suffruticose, erect, branched plant, hispid from stiff hairs.
h. 6in. to 1ft. France. 1818.

BOLLEA. See Zygopetalum.

BOLTED. A term used in reference to plants that
have prematurely run to seed.

BOLTONIA (named after J. B. Bolton, an English
professor of botany). ORD. Composite. A genus of rather
pretty hardy herbaceous perennials. Flower-heads with
white or purplish rays. Leaves pale green, lanceolate,
sessile. They thrive in common garden soil. Propagated
by divisions of the roots, in March.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

199

Boltonia — continued.
B. asteroldes (Aster-like).* fl.-head* flesh-coloured, stellate, dis-

posed in a rather large terminal panicle. August. I. all entire,

somewhat broadly lanceolate, narrowed at both ends. A. 2ft.

North America, 1758. (B. M. 2554.)
B. glastifolia (\Voad-lea vei\).* fl.-heads pink. September. I., lower

ones serrated. A. lift. North America, 1758. (B. M. 2381.)

Bomarea — continued.

thriving in a compost of peat, leaf mould, loam, and sand,
with good drainage. Manure water should be given during
the season of growth. Although they make fine pot
plants, their full beauty is only developed when planted
out in the conservatory or greenhouse border. Propagated

'/'^l '" •• f^m

\h ' ^&-k^:M

P *»J^f4^taivV '

FIG. 262. FLOWERS OP BOMAREA CARDERI.

BOMAREA (derivation of name doubtful). ORD.
AmaryllidetK. A genus of handsome half-hardy twiners,
closely allied to Alstromeria, from which it is chiefly dis-
tinguished by its twining habit and some difference in
the capsule. They are of comparatively easy culture,

by seeds, or by careful divisions of the underground stem.
In making a division, it is necessary to observe that the
part taken has some roots by which to live till new ones
are formed. It should be potted at first, and may, when
established, be planted out or shifted on. Seeds may be

200

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bomarea — continued.

raised in a warm house without difficulty. They germi-

nate in a few weeks ; and when the young plants are 2in.

or Sin. high, they should be placed separately in small

pots, shifting them on as necessary, or planting them out.

In favoured southern localities, several species have proved

hardy, but they are much the best when grown in a green-

house.

B. acutifolia Ehrenberglona (Ehrenberg's acute-leaved), fl.
undulate, outer segments deep orange, the inner ones paler
and spotted. Spring. I. lanceolate acute, smooth. Mexico, 1878.
(B. »C 6444).

B. Caldoslana (Caldas's).* fl. orange yellow, spotted crimson.
/. ovate-lanceolate, acute. Peruvian Andes, 1863.

B. Carderl (Carder's).* JL 2iin. long by liin. in breadth at the
widest part, regularly bell-shaped, with six segments, the three
outer rose-coloured, the three inner nearly equal in length, crenu-
late, and spotted with purplish-brown ; inflorescence pendulous,
and consisting of a large terminal umbellate cyme, surrounded
at the base by a series of crowded leaves. I. oblong lanceolate,
acuminate, about 7m. by 2}in. Columbia, 1876. See Fig. 262, for
which we are indebted to Mr. Bull.

B. chontalcnsis (Chontalese). fl. liin. long, sub-campanulate,
obtusely trigonous ; outer segments thick, fleshy, wavy, rose-red,
with a few brown spots round the margin at the tip, very convex ;
inner segments a little shorter, pale yellow blotched with brown ;
umbels surrounded by a whorl of leaves, and composed of several

peduncles, each bearing four to six nodding flowers. August.
I. lanceolate or ovate oblong, acuminate. Nicaragua, 1871.
(B. M. 5927).

B. conferta (dense-flowered). A synonym of B. patococensis.

B. edulis (edible), il., outer segments rose, green tipped ; inner
spotted with rose. St. Domingo, &c. One of the oldest species
in cultivation. The tubers are said by Tussac to be eaten in St.
Domingo, like those of the Jerusalem Artichoke. See Fig. 263.

B. frondca (leafy), fl. 2in. long, tubulate-campanulate ; outer
segments narrow, oblong, yellow ; inner segments iin. longer than
the outer ones, canary yellow, spotted with red ; cymes umbel-
late, many-flowered, about Sin. across, base leafy. I. lanceolate,
acuminate. Bogota, 1881. (G. C. n. s. 17, p. 669.)

B. ollgantha (few-flowered).* fl. regularly funnel - shaped,
about Iin. long; outer segments slightly shorter than the
inner, oblanceolate, under Iin. abroad, obtuse, unspotted,
reddish on the outside, yellow within ; one or two to an
umbel, on simple, flexuous, glabrous pedicels, about Iin.
long. I. long, acute, about 2in. long, bright green on the
upper surface, ciliated on the ribs beneath. Peru, 1877. See
Fig. 264.

B. patococensis (Patococha).* fl. 2in. to 2Jin. long, elongate-
funnel-shaped ; the three outer segments ovate lanceolate, about
one-fourth shorter than the inner segments, both of a rich crimson
colour ; numerously borne in drooping, contracted tufts at the

Bomarea — continued.

ends of the shoots; peduncles about 2in. to 2J!n. long, intermixed
at tne base with broadly ovate-acute, leafy bracts. August and

~"

FJG 263. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BOMAREA EDULIS.

FIG. 264. FLOWERING BRANCH OP BOMAREA OLIGANTHA.
September. I. scattered, shortly stalked, broadly lanceolate, tail
pointed. Bogota, 1881. (G. C. n. s. 17, p. 187.) Svx. E. cnnferta.
B. salsilla (Salsilla). /. purple, about Jin. long, the two inner
segments having a darker spot at the base, and all of them tinged
with green towards the points ; collected
into a terminal umbel. June. I. few,
lanceolate. South America, 1306. This
has proved quite hardy under various
conditions.

B. Shuttle worth!! (Shuttle worth's).*
fl., perianth about 2in. long, funnel-
shaped or elongate bell-shaped; seg.
merits nearly equal, oblong acute, outer
ones orange vermilion, slightly tinged
with green and dotted with small dark
spots at the tips; inner ones more
acutely pointed, canary yellow, with a
red midrib, and green with dark spots
at the tips ; cymes umbellate, pendu-
lous. I. ovate lanceolate, 5in. to 6in. by
2in., glabrous. Bogota, 1881. (G. C.
n. s. 17, p. 77.)

B. Williams!! (Williams's).* /. rose-
coloured, about 2in. long, elongate fun-
nel shape ; disposed in a compound
umbellate cyme. I. lanceolate, very
acute, and tapering to a very short
twisted petiole. New Grenada, 1882.

BOMBACBJE. A sub-order of

Mdlvaceai.

BOMBAX (from bombax, one of
the Greek names for cotton; the
pods are filled with a fine silky sub-
stance like cotton, but which it is
impossible to spin into thread, in
consequence of the edges being per-
fectly smooth). Silk Cotton Tree.
ORD. Malvaceae. A. genus of large
soft-wooded stove trees. Flowers

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

201

Bomb ax — continued.

scarlet or white, large, usually rising laterally from the
trunk or branches, either singly or in clusters. They grow
best in a rich loamy soil. Cuttings, not too ripe, taken off
at a joint, placed in sand under a bell glass, in moist heat,
will root readily; but plants raised from seeds brought
from their natural habitats make finer trees.
B. Ceiba (Ceiba). JL pale red, large. 1. palmate, with five leaflets.

Jr. turbinate, concave at the apex. A. 100ft South America, 1692.
BOMBYX NEUSTRIA. See Lackey Moth.
BONA-NOX. See Ipomaea Bona-Nox.
BONAPARTEA. See Tillandsia.
BONAPARTEA JTJNCEA. A synonym of Agave
geminiflora.

BONATEA (in honour of M. Bonato, a distinguished
Italian botanist, and a Professor of Botany at Padua).
OBD. Orchidea. A handsome terrestrial stove Orchid,
allied to Habenaria, and requiring similar culture.
B. speciosa (showy).* JL white, galeate; petals bipartite;

raceme many-flowered, compact ; bracts cucullate, acuminate.

August L oblong, sub-undulate. Stem leafy. A. 2ft Cape of

Good Hope, 1820. (B. M. 2926 ; L B. C. 284.)

BONGARDIA (named after Heinrich Gustav Bongard,
a German botanist). OBD. Berberidece. A very pretty
hardy tuberous-rooted perennial, requiring a sandy soil,
and good drainage, with protection at all seasons from
excessive wet, otherwise it will rot. It should be care-
fully planted in a compost of loam, peat, leaf soil, and
sand, in equal proportions, and covered with a handlight.
B. Ranwolfii (Rauwolf s). JL golden yellow, on pyramidal

branched panicles ; stamens and petals nearly equal fit length.

May. L radical, pinnate; leaflets sessile, oval-oblong, three to

five-cleft at the apex, glaucous, each with a dark purple blotch at

the base. A. 6in. Syria, Persia, 1740. SYN. Leontiee Chryto-

gonum. (B. M. 6244.)

BONNATA (named after Bonnay, a German botanist).
OBD. Scrophularinev. A small genus of usually glabrous,
rarely pilose, slender, creeping or erect, annual, biennial, or
perennial stove plants, almost unknown in cultivation.
Flowers axillary, opposite, or alternate from abortion,
usually pedicellate, the upper ones sometimes racemose,
pinkish, or blue. Leaves opposite, quite entire, or toothed.
They thrive in a rich sandy loam. The annual species are
propagated by seeds, the others by divisions and cuttings.

BONNETIA (commemorative of Charles Bonnet, a
French naturalist, who wrote some botanical papers in 1754).
OBD. Ternstrceminece. A genus of elegant middle-sized
stove trees or shrubs. Flowers large, terminal ; peduncles
one or many-flowered. Leaves scattered, exstipulate.
coriaceous, entire, one-nerved, marked with transverse
veins, sub-sessile, narrowed to the base. They thrive well
in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of firm young
shoots will root if placed in sand under a hand glass, in a
moderate heat.

B.sessilis(stalkless). JL purplish, terminal. L oblong, coriaceous,
entire. A. 15ft Guiana, 1819.

BORAGE. See Borago officinalis.

BORAGINE2E. A large order of herbs or shrubs,
having spirally-coiled inflorescence ; corolla usually regular
and five-lobed, with an imbricated aestivation ; throat gene-
rally hairy ; stamens five, inserted in the corolla. Leaves
alternate, rough. Among other genera belonging to this
order may be named Anchvsa, Borago, Cynoglosswn,
Echium, Lithospermvm, and llyosotis.

BORAGO (derivation very uncertain ; probably a cor-
ruption of some eastern name). Borage. OBD. Boragineae.
A genus of hardy herbaceous perennials or annuals, excel-
lently adapted for naturalising in dry stony places. Flowers
blue, panicled, drooping; corolla rotate; throat furnished
with emarginate vaulted processes ; anthers distinct, oblong
or lanceolate, awned, fixed by the inner side, conniving
into a cone. Nuts four, one-celled, turbinate, fixed to the
bottom of the calyx. Leares oblong or lanceolate. All
the species are easily cultirated, thriving in any common
soil. Propagated by divisions, in spring, or by striking

Borago — continued.

the young cuttings in a cold frame. They may also be
raised from seed, which should be sown from March to
May, in any good garden soil, and the plants, when large
enough, thinned out to 1ft. or more apart. In hot
weather, Borage is generally in demand for claret cup and
other drinks.

B. laxiflora (loose-flowered).* /. on long pedicels, racemose,
drooping ; corolla pale blue ; segments ovate, bluntish, erectly

spreading. Hay to August. 1. oblong, and rough from strigae ;
radical ones rosnlate; cauline ones half stem-clasping. Stem
decumbent, many from the same root, hispid from retrograde

bristles. Corsira, 1815. Perennial. (B. M. 1789.)
i. longlfolia (long-leaved).* fl. disposed in a terminal bracteate
panicle ; corolla blue ; segments ovate, acnte, i
August. I. linear-lanceolate, scabrous anc
cauline ones half stem-clasping. A. 1ft. NumidiaJS

L in a terminal oracteate
;nte, spreading. July and
s and downv beneath;
Xumidia, 1825.

FIG. 265. FLOWER OF BORAGO OFFICIXALIS.

B. officinalis (officinal).* Common Borage. JL blue, purple, or
white; segments of the corolla limb ovate, acute, spreading.
June to September. I, lower ones obovate, attenuated at the
base ; cauline ones oblong, sessile, subcordate at the base. h. 1ft.
to 2ft. Britain. This is the kind most cultivated in gardens for
flavouring. See Fig. 255. (Sy. En. B. 36.)

BORASSTTS (a name applied by Linnaeus to the
spathe of the Date Palm). OKD. Palmes. A rery small
genus of store trees, containing two noble species, which
are distinguished by unisexnal flowers, produced upon dis-
tinct plants, the males being borne in dense branching
catkins, and the females on simple, or, more rarely, slightly
branched spikes. Fruit rery large, brown, three-seeded.
Leares fan-shaped, with spiny petioles. Trunks unarmed,
often 70ft. high. They mar be grown in good fibrous loam,
leaf mould, and sand, mainly the former. Increased by
seeds only, which require to be sown in strong bottom
heat. Barely seen in cultivation.

B. tethiopicmn (African). L nearly circular, and plaited, sup-
ported upon stout petioles, 6ft to Hi. long. Western Tropical
Africa. This handsome, but rare, species is remarkable for the
bulging out or swelling in its stem, near the middle, or about
two-thirds of its height from the ground.

B. flabelliformls (fan-shaped).* L nearly circular, and plaited

like a partially-open fan, with about seventy nbs, which radiate

from a common centre, h. 30ft India, 1771.

BORBONTA (named after Gaston de Bourbon, Duke

of Orleans, son of Henry IV. of France, a great lorer

and patron of botany). OBD. Leguminosas. A genus

of very ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrubs, natives

of the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers yellow, disposed

in terminal heads, axillary. Leaves simple, amplexicaul,

alternate, exstipulate, pungent. They thrive well in a

mixture of peat, loam, and sand, with good drainage.

Cuttings, half-ripened, obtained in April, will root freely

in sandy soil if placed under a bell glass, in a cool house.

B. barbata (bearded). * JL sessile, villous on the outside. July.

I. namSrJanceolate, niany-nerved, complicated, riUately-bearded,

and very much acuminated ; branches diverging. A. 3ft to 4ft

1823. '

B. cordata (heart-shaped). JL, corolla densely villous, with the
ve^unrobcordate. 'july. L cordate, many-nerved, quite
entire, glabrous. Branches vfflons. A. 3ft to 6ft 1759.
B. crenata (crenated).* JL less villous than in the rest of the
^pXTjiOy. tewdate, roundish, acute, denticulated, many
nerved and reticulated between the nerves, and are, as well as
the branches, glabrous, h. 3ft to 6ft 1774. (B. M. 274.)
B. lanceolate (lance-shaped), /.densely villous. July, L ovate-
lanceolate, pnneent, many nerved, quite entire, sessile, glabrous,
as well as the stem. A. 2ft to 3ft 1752. (L. B. C. 8L)
B. ruscifolia (Ruscus-leaved). <L sparingly vfflons. July. J. cor-
date, manv-nerved, minutelv ciliated, but are otherwise glabrous,
as well as'the branches. A. '2ft to 4ft 1790. (B. M. 2123.)

202

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

BORDERS, FLOWER. Small beds, or a continuous
bed, of greater length than width, skirting a wall or
shrubbery, and containing plants of a heterogeneous
character. They should be slightly raised above the sur-
rounding level, and thoroughly drained. In the first pre-
paration of the Border, it is most essential to deeply dig
or trench the ground, thoroughly incorporating a large
amount of well-bodied manure ; and if the soil is very stiff,
wood ashes or coarse sand should be well worked in with
the manure. The best time to plant such Borders is in
early autumn or in March.

Where, as is frequently the case, the Borders are only
2ft. or 3ft. wide, not more than two rows of plants, either
in groups or singly, will be allowable. The tall plants or
shrubs should constitute the background, with dwarfer sub-
jects in front; but formal arrangements must be avoided.
The object should be to secure a continuous succession of
flowers. This would entail some little trouble at first,
which, however, would be amply repaid by results.

No hard-and-fast rules can be laid down as to the arrange-
ment of the plants, which depends on individual taste and
means ; but the best results are obtained when the border
is mainly made up of hardy herbaceous perennials, as per-
manent occupants, assisted by liberal quantities of summer
bedding plants, such as Dahlias, Fuchsias, Geraniums,
Heliotrope, Tropseolnms, &c., as well as many hardy annuals
and biennials. By this means, a very varied and beautiful
display may be maintained, especially if bulbs are used for
early spring effect, such as Narcissi, Scillas, Snowdrops,
Tulips, &c. Of course, the herbaceous perennials should
be selected with much care, all weedy subjects being
avoided, and variety in colour and time of flowering secured.
Anything like a full list of these would occupy too much
space for repetition here, but the following will be found
very showy and useful : Achilleas, Aconitums, Anemones,
Aquilegias, Armerias, Asters, Campanulas, Carnations and
Picotees, Delphiniums, Dodecatheons, Doronicums, Fritil-
larias, Fnnkias, Gaillardias, Geraniums, Genms, Holly-
hocks, Iberises, Irises, Liliums, Paeonies, Papavers, Pyre-
thrums, double and single, Ranunculus, Trolliuses, &c.

BORDERS, FRUIT. These should be well drained,
and if not naturally so, the soil should be excavated from
3ft. to 5ft. deep, in order to form a bottom of stones, pieces
of brick, clinkers, &c. Where it is convenient, draining
pipes should be added, if an outfall in the vicinity can
be secured. The base of the Border should be sloped to
the front, where the pipes should be laid, and the bottom
covered with draining material, thereby effectually pre-
venting the fruit trees rooting deep, which is detrimental
to healthy growth. Gross-feeding vegetables or flowers
should not be grown on the surface, but shallow-rooting
crops will generally do no harm. Many advocate the
surface being kept free from crops of any sort, simply
letting it be freely exposed; whilst others equally as
strenuously condemn this plan. Where necessary, chalk
or some other mineral constituent of good soil which is
naturally absent, may be added ; but much animal manure
is rarely required. The depth and width of Border may
vary for different fruit trees, but efficient drainage is in
all cases important.

BORECOLE (Brassica oleracea fimbriata). An im-
portant division of the Brassica tribe, often cultivated in
gardens under the name of Kale. It comes in very useful
when hard weather has rendered cabbages, Ac., unfit for
use, as it endures cold better than most other green
vegetables. Some are also grown as ornamental foliaged
plants. Like all other plants of a similar description, they
require rich soil, and they should be put out in June or
early in July, as it is almost useless to plant this kind of
vegetable after the middle of the latter month. To
obtain the best results, the ground should be deeply dug
and well manured; but it must not be full of crude
manure at planting time, or it will make the plants too
tender and succulent in wet seasons, with the result

Borecole — continued.

that the first sharp frost would cause them to rot.
Good hard-stemmed plants are the kinds most needed,
especially for crops required in spring, when green vege-
tables are scarce. Cultivation : Early in April, and again
a month later for succession, the seeds should be sown
thinly in nursery beds, not covering them too deeply. The
soil should be in a friable condition, and it is an advantage
if the first beds be made under a south wall. As soon as
the seedlings appear, if they are too thick, they should be
thinned, as those which are drawn up weak and spindly
are useless. When large enough, they should be carefully
planted out, choosing showery weather, if possible, for the
operation. If it is necessary to plant them in dry weather,
they must be well watered-in. The rows should be from
2ft. to 3ft. apart, according to the variety, and the plants
2ft. apart in the rows ; or, if potatoes are planted wide
apart, the Borecole may be arranged between them. Dead
leaves must be cleared away from time to time, but no
green ones should be broken off. When the tops are cut
for use, the stems should not be denuded of foliage, as
they will soon break again and form successional crops.
The plants must be kept free from weeds. After April,
the Kales are of little use; the stems may therefore be
pulled up, and the ground planted with some other crop.
They all require the same treatment, and at their various
seasons come in equally useful.

Sorts. The distinct forms are somewhat limited, but
being largely cultivated on the Continent as well as all parts
of Britain on account of its hardy nature, the varieties of
Borecole receive a large number of names that are either
synonymous with, or indistinct from, a few well-known
types. Dwarf Green Curled or Scotch is probably the best
and most grown ; other good hardy sorts are Asparagus
Kale (this name is applied to several different kinds, the
best one being in use very late in spring), Bnda, Cottagers',
Dwarf Purple, Imperial Hearting, Kagged Jack, and Tall
Green Curled. Melville's Variegated and Variegated Bore-
cole, amongst others, have fine ornamental foliage.

BOROXIA (named after Francis Boroni, an Italian
servant of Dr. Sibthorp, who perished from an accident
at Athens ; he collected specimens of many of those plants
which are figured in the "Flora Grseca"). ORD. Rutacece.
Very elegant and useful shrubs, requiring similar treatment
to ordinary greenhouse hard-wooded subjects, and much
aided with a little extra heat in spring, when breaking into
growth. Flowers pretty, pink-purplish or white ; peduncles
terminal, but usually axillary on the extreme branches,
one to many-flowered ; pedicels furnished at the base and
middle with two opposite, short bracts, jointed, commonly
dilated under the calyx. Leaves opposite, simple, or im-
pari-pinnate, entire, or a little serrulated, full of pellucid
dots. They should be placed out of doors from July to
the middle of September; the most convenient place for
them is in pits, as there are then greater facilities for pro-
tecting them from heavy rains and thunderstorms. When
first put out, Boronias should not be fully exposed, but in
the course of a week they may remain open to the full
influence of both sun and air. Potting should be per-
formed once a year, as soon as the top growth ceases, as
the roots then extend themselves in preparation for their
next year's functions. The best compost for them is one
of peat and maiden loam in equal parts, and about one-
sixth sharp silver sand. Many cultivators, however, prefer
a compost consisting of good fibry peat and silver sand,
together with some pieces of charcoal, smaller or larger,
according to the size of the pots used. The soil should
be rammed firmly in the pots, which must be well drained.
The leading shoots should be pinched, to ensure good
bushy specimens. Propagation may be effected by young
cuttings, or those made from the half-ripened wood ; these
should be put into a thoroughly drained pot of sandy soil,
with lin. of sand on the surface, and covered with a bell
glass, which must be frequently taken off and wiped dry.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

203

Boronia — continued.

When in the cutting state, water most be very carefully

given around the rim of the pot, without taking off the

glass. If placed in a temperature of about SOdeg., and

shaded from bright noonday sun, they soon root, when

they may be potted off singly into small pots, and plunged

in sawdust, or cocoa-nut fibre refuse, in which situation

but little water is needed. Pinching repeatedly, when

young, is the only means to secure good ultimate growth.

Air must be given on all possible opportunities.

B. alata (winged). JL pale rose-colour, small; peduncles dicho-

tomous, usually three-flowered ; bracts fringed. May. *., leaf-

lets three to five pairs, or more, crenate, resolute, pilose on the

nerves beneath, as well as the rachis. A. 2ft to 6ft New Hoi-

land, 1823. (L. B. C. 1833.)

B. anemonifolia (Anemone-leaved^ JL pink; peduncles axillary,

solitary, one-flowered. May. L stalked, trifld ; segments narrow,
wedge-shaped, furnished with two or three teeth at the apex, or
quite entire, h. 1ft. to 3ft. New Holland, 1824. (P. M. B. §,123.)

. ,

to 4ft King George's Sound.

B. crenulata (crenulate).* JL red, small, with a fringed calyx ;
pedicels axillary and terminal, one-flowered. July. L obovate,
mucronulate, crenulated. A. 1ft
(B.M.3915.)

B. denticulata (finely-toothed). JL rose-coloured; bracts de-
ciduous; peduncles corymbose. March to August L linear,
retuse, toothleted, terminated bv a small point A. 2ft to 6ft
King George's Sound, 1823. (B. R. 1000.)

B. Drommondi (Drummond's).* JL pretty rosy pink, freely pro-
duced during spring and summer, i. pinnatifid. A. 2ft New
Holland. A very pretty species, with a slender but compact habit
of growth. There is a white-flowered variety of this species.

B. elatior (tallest).* JL pendulous, rosy carmine, very fragrant,
disposed in long dense clusters along the ends of the branches.
May. 1. very prettily pinnately cut into linear segments. A. 4ft
Western Australia, 1874. (B. M. 6285.)

B. ledifblia (Ledum-leaved). JL red ; peduncles axillary, one-
flowered, each bearing two bracts in the middle. March.
I. linear-lanceolate, quite entire, downy beneath. A. 1ft to 2ft
New Holland. 1814. (P. M. B. 8, 123.)

Flo. 266. FLOWERLNQ BRANCHES OP BORONIA MEGASTIGMA.

B. megastigma (large-stigma).* /. numerous, axillary, fragrant
drooping, 4m. in diameter, sub-globose, campanula te; petals
nearly orbicular, concave, maroou purple outside, and yellow

Boronia— continued.

within. L sessile, pinnate, with three to fire narrow linear rigid
leaflets. A. 1ft Of slender habit, with twiggybrancheTsooS
western Australia, 1873. See Kg. 266.

B. polygal»foli» (Polygala-leaved). JL red ; peduncle, axillary,
solitary, one-flowered. March to July. J.Hinear.lanceolate|
quite entire, opposite, alternate, and three in a whorL A. 1ft to
3ft Port Jackson, 1824.

ta (serrulate).* JL of a deep rose colour, very fragrant ;
aggregate, terminal. July. L traperiform, acute,
serrulated infront, smooth, full of glandular dote. A. 1ft to 6ft
Port Jackson, 1816. (B. E. 842.)

B. tetrandra (four-stamenedX /. pale purple; pedicels short,
one-flowered. May. L unpan-pinnate ; leaflets four to five pairs,
linear, obtuse, smooth ; branches pilose. A. If t to 4ft New
Holland, 1824. (P. M. B. 16, 227.)

BORKTTRTA (named after William Borrer, F.L.S., a
profound botanist and cryptogamist). OBD. Rubiaceaf. A
large genus of stove herbs or sub-shrubs, now referred to
Spermatoce. Flowers small, white, rarely blue, disposed
in verticillate heads, in the arils of the leaves, or on the
tops of the branches, rarely cymose or corymbose. Leaves
opposite, or the young ones disposed in fascicles in the
axils of the old ones, and therefore appearing verticillate ;
stipules joining with the petioles, more or less sheathing,
fringed by many bristles. Stems and branches usually
tetragonal. The species are of easy culture, thriving in
a light soil. Cuttings of the perennial kinds strike root
readily in the same kind of soil, in heat. The annual
kinds require a pirm'lar treatment to other tender annuals,

B. stricta (straight). A dwarf shrub, but closely allied to the

next species. Porto Bico.
B. verticillata (whorled-flowered). A. white. July. L linear

lanceolate, acuminated, opposite, but appearing verticillate from
the fascicles of young leaves in the axils. A. 2ft West Indies,
1732.

BOSCIA (named after Louis Bosc, a French professor
of agriculture). SYN. Podoria. OBD. Capparideoe. A
small genus of stove plants, requiring a soil of lumpy, fibry
loam and peat Propagated by cuttings of firm wood,
placed in sand, under a glass, in heat.

B. aenegnl ?*"»<«» (Senegal).
*7

l). JL white, small, apetalous, corym-
1824. An unarmed evergreen shrub

bose. *3ft Senegal,
(LE.M.395.)

BOSSLEA (named after M. Bossier Lamartiniere, a
French botanist, who accompanied the unfortunate La
Peyrouse round the world). OBD. Leguminous. A genus
of elegant Australian greenhouse shrubs. Flowers yellow,
axillary and solitary, the base of the vexillum or the keel
generally blotched or veined with purple. Leaves simple,
of various forms. A mixture of turfy loam, leaf mould,
peat, and sand, with very free drainage, suits these plants
best. Half -ripened cuttings will root freely if placed in a
pot of sand with a bell glass over them, in a cool house.
Seeds should be sown, in March, on a slight hotbed.

B. cinerea (ashy-grey). JL yellow, the vexUlum furnished with
a purple circle at the base, and the keel dark purple. May.
L nearly sessile, cordate acute, ending in a spiny mucrone,
scabrous above, but pilose on the nerves beneath, with recurved
margins. Branches terete, crowded with leaves, villons. A. 1ft
to3ftl824. SV.NS. B. cordi/oba, B. tenuieaulu. (B. M. 3895.)

B. cordlfolla (heart-leaved). A synonym of B. cinerea.

B. distlcha (two-ranked).* JL > ellowish-red ; peduncles solitary,
axmary. one-flowered, longer than the leaves. March to May.

of the 1 » - -- __ _

purple." ApriL "Branches flat, m^r"; leafless, toothed, the teeth
Wine the flowers ; upper bracts distant from the lower OHM,
,thei»dicerA.lftto2ft 1825. (S. F. A. 5L)
eafyX JL yellow and orange. May to June. L alter-

, jrbicular, retuse, scabrous, withrevolute margins, silky

beneath ; stipules permanent hooked, longer than the petioles.
Branches straight terete, villous. A. If t to 3ft 1824.
B. lenticularls (lentil-leaved). A synonym of B. rkombtfoKa.
B. linnaaoides (Linnasa-like).* JL yellow; keel dark brown;
corol

mueoides (Linnasa-like).* JL yellow; keel dark brown;
)lla about twice the length of the calyx ; pedicels solitary

204

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bossiaea — continued.

one-flowered, elongated. May. I. elliptic, mucronate. Branches
terete, prostrate, puberulous. 1824. A procumbent shrub.
B. linophylla (Flax-leaved).* ft. orange and purple. July to
August. I. linear, with recurved margins. Branches compressed,
leafy. A. 1ft to 4ft. 1803. (B. M. 2491.)

B. microphylla (small-leaved). I. cuneiformly obcordate, gla-
brous. Branches terete, leafy, spinescent ; young branches
rather compressed and pubescent. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1803. (L. B. C.

B. rhombifolia (diamond-leaved).* fl. yellow, the vexillum having
a dark red zonate mark at the base ; wings red at the base ; keel
brownish - purple. April. I. rhomboidal - orbicular, somewhat
emarginate and mucronate. Branches terete; branchlets com-
pressed, leafy. A. 1ft. to 3ft. 1820. SYN. B. lenticularis. (L. B. C.
1238.)

B. rotundifolla (round-leaved). I. roundish, or broadly obovate,
somewhat mucronate, flat, four to five lines long and five to six
broad. Branches and branchlets leafy, compressed. A. 1ft. to
2ft. 1824.

B. scolopendrium (plank-plant), ft. yellow, with the back of
the vexillum and keel brownish-red. May. I. (when present)
ovate and smooth. Branches flat, linear, leafless, toothed, with
the teeth bearing the flowers ; keel naked ; superior bracts
permanent, imbricate, equal in length to the peduncles. A. 3ft.
to 10ft. 1792. (B. M. 1235.)
B. tenuicaulis (slender-stemmed). Synonymous with B. einerea.

BOSWELLIA (named after Dr. Boswell, formerly of
Edinburgh). Olibanum Tree. ORD. Burseracece. Orna-
mental and economic evergreen stove trees. Flowers her-
maphrodite; calyx five-toothed, permanent; petals five,
obovate-oblong, spreading, with the margins incumbent in
sestivation; disk cup-shaped, crenate; stamens ten; cap-
sule trigonal. They are of easy culture, thriving well in
loam and peat soil. Cuttings root readily if placed in sand
under a glass.

B. glabra (glabrous), fl. white, small, with a red nectary and
yellow anthers ; racemes aggregate, simple, terminal, shorter than
the leaves. I. impari-pinnate ; leaflets broad, lanceolate, blunt,
serrated, smooth. A. 30ft. Coromandel, 1823. (B. F. S. 124.)

B. serrate (saw-edged-leaved).* fl. whitish-yellow ; racemes axil-
lary, simple. I. impari-pinnate ; leaflets ovate-oblong, taper-
pointed, serrated, pubescent. A. 20ft. India, 1820. (T. L. S.xv.;4.)

BOTANY BAY GUM. See Xanthorrhcea
arborea.

BOTANY BAY TEA (and TREE). See Smilax
glycyphylla.

BOTHY. A residence for under-gardeners, usually
built behind the hothouses, or some high wall, in what is
called a back shed. The place is too frequently a cramped,
ill-ventilated hovel. A Bothy proper should be an indepen-
dent structure, and fitted with modern conveniences ; for, of
all people, gardeners are the most susceptible to colds, &c.

A. library of standard horticultural and botanical works, as
well as a few on other scientific subjects, and a moderate
number of high-class books of fiction, one or more weekly
gardening and other papers, should be supplied by the em-
ployer. During the winter months, for mutual improve-
ment, lectures should be delivered, or papers read, by each
gardener, on various subjects, after which a free discussion
should take place upon the paper or lecture, by which means
a great amount of good would be accomplished.

BOTRYCHIUM (from botrys, a bunch; in reference
to the bunch-like disposition of the indusia). Moonwort.
ORD. Filices. A genus of very interesting and pretty little
hardy ferns. Capsules sessile, arranged in two rows on
the face of spikes which form a compound panicle. They
require a compost of sandy loam ; perfect drainage is most
essential. For general culture, see Ferns.

B. australe (southern). A variety of B. ternatum.

B. daucifolinm (Daucus-leaved). M. stout, 6in. to 12in. long ;
petiole of sterile segments lin. to 6in. long, the latter 6in. to 12in.
each way, deltoid, tripinnatifld or tripinnate, the lower pinnae
largest ; segments lanceolate-oblong, Jin. to lin. broad, finely
toothed, fertile peduncle equalling the sterile segments when
mature ; panicle 2in. to 4in. long ; tripinnate, not very close.
Himalayas, &c. Greenhouse species. SYN. B. subeamosum.

B. Lunaria. Common Moonwort.*

much broader than the middle, cut down to a flattened

sti. lin. to 4in. long, sterile
segments sessile, or nearly so, lin. to Sin. long, $in. to lin. broad,

Botrychium— continued.

rachis into several distinct, close, entire, or notched cuneate-
flabellate pinnae on both sides, fertile peduncle equalling or
exceeding the sterile portion ; panicle close, lin. to 2in. long.
England, &c. Hardy. See Fig

FIG. 267. BOTRYCHIUM LUNARIA, showing Habit, Capsule, and
Spores.

B. lnnariold.es (Lunaria-like). A variety of B. ternatum,
B. obliquum (oblique). A variety of B. ternatum.
B. subeamosum (sub-fleshy). A synonym of B. daucifolium.
B. ternatum (ternate).* tti. lin. to 2in. long, petiole of th

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

205

Botrychitun— continued.

sterile segments 2in. to 4in. long, the latter Sin. to 6in. each way,
deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifld ; lower pinnae much the largest.
fertile peduncle 6m. to 9in. long ; panicle lin. to 6in. long; deltoid,
very compound. Nootka and Hudson's Bay territory. Several
so-called species come very close to this, including
australe, lunarioideg, and obliquum, which are only
geographical varieties. Greenhouse species.
B. vlrglnianum (Virginian).* sti. Sin. to 18in. long.
sterile segments sessile, 4in. to 12in. each way, deltoid,
quadripinnatifid; lower pinnae much the largest; pin-
nules oval-oblong, close, cut down to the rachis into
finely cut linear-oblong segments, fertile peduncle equal-
ling or exceeding the sterile part of the plant when
mature ; panicle lin. to 4in. long, loose, oblong. Oregon,
and North United States, 1790. A hardy species in shel-
tered places. (H. G. F. 29.)

BOTTLE-GOURD. See Lag-eiiaria.

BOTTLE-TREE. See Sterculia rupestris.

BOTTOM HEAT. This is usually secured by
passing hot- water pipes through an air chamber, or
a water tank, beneath a bed of plunging material.
The covering of the tank or chamber is best made
of slate. The heat must be regulated according to
the requirements of the subjects grown; this is
easily accomplished by using the valve. A ther-
mometer should be placed in the tank or bed.
Bottom-heat is indispensable for propagating plants
from seeds and cuttings, especially in spring. See
Heating and Hotbeds.

BOTJCEROSIA (from boukeros, furnished with
buffaloes' horns ; in reference to the curved lobes
of the corona). OBD. As-
clepiadecB. A genus of
greenhouse succulent pe-
rennials, allied to Stapelia,
and requiring the same cul-
ture. Flowers numerous,
terminal, umbellate ; co-
rolla sub-campanulate, five-cleft;
segments broadly triangular, with
acute recesses ; stramineous co-
rona fifteen-lobed ; lobes disposed
in a double series ; the five inner
ones opposite the stamens and
lying upon the anthers ; the rest
exterior, erect, or a little incurved
at apex, adhering to the back of
the inner ones. Branches and
stems tetragonal, with toothed
angles.

Bougainvillaea— continued.

the bracts, which envelop the small greenish flowers.
B. glabra may be grown in pots, or planted out in the
greenhouse borders ; the others are best planted out, as

Fio. 268. BOUCEROSIA

ECROPjEA.

B. europaua (European), fl. purple-
brown, yellow. Summer. h. 4in.
Sicily, 1833. SYNS. Apteranthes and
Stapelia Gussaniana. See Fig. 268.
(B. E. 1731.)

B. maroccana (Morocco).* /. dark
red purple, with yellow concentric

lines. Summer. I. minute, trowel-shaped, deflexed at tip of
stem angles, h. 4in. Morocco, 1875. (B. M. 6137.)

BOUCHEA (named after C. and P. Bouche, German
naturalists). OBD. Verbenacece. A small genus of stove or
greenhouse evergreen herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers sub-
sessile, in spicate racemes, which are either terminal or in
the forking of two branches ; corolla funnel-shaped. Leaves
opposite, toothed. They thrive in a well-drained compost
of loam and sandy peat. Propagated by cuttings, placed
in sand, under a glass, and in a gentle heat, during spring.
B. cnneifolia (wedge-shaped-leaved), fl. white. April, h. 4ft.

Cape of Good Hope, 1821. A greenhouse evergreen shrub.

SYN. Chaseanum cuneifolium.
B. pseudogervao (false-gerva6). /. purplish, with white throat;

spike terminal, 6in. to lOin. long, slender. September. I. opposite,

ovate, or elliptic-ovate, acuminate, serrated. Stems tetragonous.

A. 2ft. to 5ft. Brazil, 1874. A stove perennial. (B. M. 6221).

BOUGAINVILLAEA (named after De Bougainville, a

French navigator). OBD. Nyctaginece. Gorgeous warm

greenhouse or conservatory plants, comprising some of the

most showy climbers in cultivation. Their beauty lies in

FIG. 269. FLOWERING BRANCH OP BOUGAINVIU..KA SPF.CTABIUS.

they root very freely, and plenty of space would be occu-
pied if allowed, but it is best to limit it, as they flower
much better. Strict training and pinching are not de-
sirable, being prejudicial to the free production of blossom ;
indeed, the best plan is to allow the plants to ramble freely
over the roof of a moderately high house, or along the upper
portion of a back wall ; they will then flower profusely for
several months in the year, provided proper attention be
paid to watering, and that the plants are in a well- drained
situation. In preparing 'a border for their reception, the
first point to be considered is the drainage, which must be
perfect. This is best effected by placing a layer of brick
rubbish, 6in. to 9in. in thickness, communicating with the
drain, by which means all sourness and stagnancy of the
soil will be obviated. The bed should be excavated to a
depth of 18in. or 2ft. Three parts turfy loam, and one
part leaf soil, with the admixture of a liberal quantity
of sharp gritty sand, will form a suitable compost for the
culture of Bougainvillaeas. The amount of sand incorpo-
rated must depend upon the quality of the other com-
ponents, heavy loam requiring more than that which is more
friable. The occasional incorporation of manure in the
compost is not to be recommended ; but a liberal applica-
tion of liquid manure will be of material advantage, espe-
cially if the root space is limited. When the plants cease
flowering each year — about November or December —
they should be dried off and rested; and in February
they should be closely spurred in, the same as with vines,
and all weak leaders removed, so that strong wood only is
left. When grown in pots, they must be started in brisk
heat. They are easily increased by cuttings prepared
from the half -ripened wood; these should be placed in
sandy soil, in a brisk bottom heat, when they will soon
root. Scale, red spider, and mealy bug are the only insects
likely to infest the plants, and recipes for their destruction
will be found under each individual name.
B. glabra (smooth).* ft., inflorescence panicled, smaller than that
offi. speciosa, each branchlet producing cordate-ovate acute rosy

206

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bougainvilleea— continued.

bracts, in threes. Summer. I. bright green, smooth. Brazil,
1861. This is by far the best species for pot culture, and forms
a very showy plant when well grown.

B. speciosa (beautiful).* fl., bracts large, cordate, delicate lilac
rose, produced in immense panicles, which, in well grown speci-
mens, are so freely produced as to entirely shroud the whole plant.
March to June. I. ovate, very dark green, covered on the upper
surface with small hairs. Stems branched, abundantly furnished
with large recurved spines. Brazil, 1861. (F. M. L, 62.)
B. spectabilis (showy), fl., bracts of a dull brick-red, shaded with
scarlet. South America, 1829. It is very difficult to obtain bloom
on this plant ; and when flowers are produced, they are extremely
ephemeral. The species is, for all practical purposes, much
inferior to either of the foregoing. SYN. Josepha, augusta. See
Fig. 269.

BOURBON PALM. See Latania.
BOUSSINGAULTIA (named after Boussingault, a
celebrated chemist). OED. Chenopodiaceca. Very pretty
half-hardy, tuberous-rooted plants, requiring a rich vege-
table sandy soil, and a well-drained sunny aspect, under
•which conditions the first-mentioned species develops into
a very luxuriant trailing plant, attaining a length of 20in.
or more. Propagated freely by means of the tubercles of
the stem; these are, however, extremely brittle.
B. baselloldes (Basella-like).* fl. white, ultimately becoming
black, fragrant, small, disposed in clusters, 2in. to 4in. long,
which are axillary at the ends of the branches. Late autumn.

L alternate, cordate, smooth, shining, fleshy, slightly wavy
Stems very twining, tinged red, very quick-growing, producing
tubercles. South America, 1835. (B. M. 3620.)
B. Lachaumei (Lachaume's). fl. rose, constantly in perfection.
Cuba, 1872. A stove species.

BOT7VARDIA (named after Dr. Charles "Bouvard,
formerly superintendent of the Jardin du Roi, at Paris).
OED. RubiacecB. Handsome greenhouse evergreen shrubs.
Peduncles terminal, three-flowered, or trichotomous and
corymbose ; corolla funnel-shaped, tubular, elongated, beset
with velvety papillae outside, and a four-parted, spreading,
short limb. Leaves opposite, or in whorls; stipules nar-
row, acute, adnate to the petioles on both sides. These
extensively cultivated plants are among the most useful

FIG. 270. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BOUVARDIA,

for conservatory or greenhouse decoration (see Fig. 270,
for which we are indebted to Messrs. Cannell and Sons),'
and the flowers are largely employed in a cut state.
Perhaps only two are fragrant, viz., jasminiflora and

Bouvardia — continued.

Humboldtii. Cultivation: Presuming the grower to be
commencing with young rooted cuttings, these should be
potted off into a mixture of good fibrous loam, leaf soil,
and sand, in equal proportions, to which may be added
a small quantity of peat ; they should then be placed in
a temperature of from 70deg. to SOdeg. until fully esta-
blished in the small pots. It is necessary at this stage
to stop the young plants back to the first joint, and as
they continue to make fresh breaks, to keep on pinching
them back during the whole period of cultivation, or until
sufficiently bushy plants are produced. Many growers
neglect stopping far too much, the result being ill-shaped
and almost flowerless plants. The pinching, of course, can
be regulated by the time the plants are required to flower;
and it is unwise, in most cases, to stop them after the
end of August. When the small pots are well filled
with roots, the plants should be shifted into the flowering
pots, viz., large 48-sized, which are quite commodious
enough to grow very fine plants, a similar compost as in
the first potting, with a little Standen's manure added,
being used, and good drainage provided. A cool green-
house, with a damp bottom for the pots to rest upon,
and with a moist atmosphere, is the most suitable place in
which to grow them during late spring and early summer,
the moist air being very desirable as an effectual check
to red spider, a pest very fond of the foliage, which it
permanently disfigures. A cold pit or close frame is
better during the summer months, as a moist atmosphere
and cool bottom are then certain. Ventilation may be
effected during the greater part of the day by tilting the
lights below, and on fine nights they may be removed
altogether. During bright sunshine, shading will be bene-
ficial. All through the period of active growth, it is
absolutely necessary that the plants should receive plenty
of water, or they will surely suffer ; and when the pots are
filled with roots, occasional doses of manure water will be
beneficial. Many cultivators plant them out about the end
of June, in favoured situations, or in spent hotbeds, when
they make very vigorous growth ; and, if carefully pinched
and watered, fine specimens are obtained. These are lifted
in early autumn, with a good ball, potted, and kept shaded
for a few days until the roots are again active, when
they are taken to the house in which they are intended
to bloom, and on enormous supply of flowers is secured.
We have also seen Bouvardias planted out permanently
in beds, in prepared pits, in which the winter tem-
perature was not less than 55deg., with very satis-
factory results ; the quantity of bloom being very great.
Of course, with the last-named treatment, it is essential
to give the plants a rest and hardening-off after flower-
ing, and when they are started into fresh growth to
keep them well pinched and watered. Bouvardias are
liable to the attacks of red spider and green fly. The
former stands little chance of existence if the plants
are kept well supplied with moisture ; the latter may
be destroyed by fumigating with tobacco. Mealy bug
are also troublesome, and should be sponged off with
a solution of Gishurst's Compound. Propagation: After
flowering, and a slight rest and hardening-off, the old
plants should be cut back, placed in heat, in a stove
or cucumber pit, and freely syringed, which will cause
them to break freely, and produce a good supply of
cuttings. When the young shoots are from l^in. to
2in. long., they are in the best condition for striking.
It is not necessary that they should be cut off at a
joint, as they will root from any surface of the stem;
and, working economically, it is wiser to cut them off just
above the first joint, as other shoots will speedily break
out, which may, in their turn, be taken. Pots about 5in.
across should have previously been prepared for the cut-
tings, by being well drained and filled with a mixture of
good fibrous loam, leaf soil, and coarse sand, in equal parts,
with a copious supply of sand upon the surface, into which
the cuttings should be dibbled pretty thickly. A good

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

207

Bouvardia — continued.

watering must be given without wetting, and thereby
injuring, the foliage. The pots should be plunged in the
cutting case, or in any bottom heat of about 70deg. or
SOdeg., and covered with a bell glass. All that is then
necessary is to keep them moist and shady during sunshine,
until they are rooted, which, as a rule, is effected in three
weeks' time. When well established, they may be removed
from the case, gradually hardened off, and finally potted
singly into small thumb pots.

B. angnstlfolia (narrow-leaved).» /. pale red; corymbs some-
what trichotomoiis. September. 1. three in a whorl, lanceolate,
with revolute edges, glabrous above, but beset with fine hairs
beneath. Branches terete, smoothish. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1838.
(P. M. B. 7, 99.)

B. Cavanillesii (Cavanilles's). A. red ; peduncles terminal, trifld,
three-flowered. May. I. opposite, ovate-lanceolate, acuminated,
rather villous beneath. A. lift Mexico, 1846. SYN. B. multiflora.
(J. H. S. 3, 246.)

B. flava (yellow).* fl. yellow, drooping ; racemes three to five-
flowered ; pedicels downy, slender. March. I. opposite, ovate-
lanceolate, ciliated ; stipules setaceous, h. lift Mexico, 1845.
(B. R. 32, 32.)

B. blrtella (hairy), fl. pale red or flesh-coloured, corymbose.
I. whorled, lanceolate, with revoluted edges, hairy on both sur-
faces. Branches terete. Mexico.
B. Humboldtii corymbiflora (Humboldt's corymb-flowered).*

i "

1874.

B. Jacqninl (Jacquin's). A synonym of S. triphylla.

B. jasminiflora (Jasmine-flowered).* JL white, fragrant, in com-
pound cymes ; very floriferous. Winter. 1. opposite, elliptic-
acuminate. South America, 1869. A very charming and largely
grown species. (G. C. 1872, 215.)

Humboldtii corymbiflora (Humboldfs corymo-Howerea}.-
1. white, large, fragrant, disposed in terminal racemes ; tubes long.
Autumn and winter. I. ovate, oblong-acuminate, dark green.
L874. One of the finest kinds in cultivation. (G. C. 1873, 717.)

FIG. 271. BOCVARDIA LEIANTHA.

B. lelantha (smooth-flowered).* fl. scarlet ; corymbs sub-trichoto-
mous. July to November. 1. ternate, ovate-acuminate, slightly
hairy above, downy-villous beneath, h. 2ft Mexico, 1850.
See Fig. 271. (B. H. 2, 6.)

B. longiflora (long-flowered).* JL white, terminal, solitary, sessile,
with the tube 2in. or Sin. long. I. opposite, oblong, acute, cuneated
at the base, glabrous. Branches compressedly tetragonal, glabrous.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Mexico, 1827. (B. M. 4223.)

B. multiflora (many-flowered). A synonym of B. Cavanillesii.

B. triphylla (three-leaved).* /. scarlet, nearly lin. long; corymbs
somewhat trichotomous. July. I. smoothish above, hairy
beneath, three in a whorl, oblong. Branchlets trigonal, hairy.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Mexico, 1794. There are numerous varieties of this
species. SYN. B. Jacquini. (B. M. 1854.)

B. versicolor (various-coloured). /?., corolla with a scarlet tube,

Bouvardia — continued.

which is Jin. long, but having the limb yellowish inside ; corymbs
three-flowered, trichotomous, drooping. July to September, t
opposite, lanceolate, ciliated. Branches terete, glabrous, velvety
while young, h. 2ft. to 3ft South America, 1814. (B.R245.)
The garden hybrids are very handsome. A selection is

given below :

ALFRED NEITHER, flowers double, white, or slightly tinged with
rose (see Fig. 272); BRILLIANT, flowers bright crimson, numerous,
freely branching habit, and strong constitution ; D AZZLKR,* habit
very bushy and compact, extremely floriferous, flowers rich
scarlet, in dense clusters ; HOGARTH, brilliant scarlet, very fine ;
LONGIFLORA FLAMMEA,* flowers long-tubed, blush-rose; MAIDEN'S

FIG. 272. BOUVARDIA ALFRED NEUNER.

BLUSH,* very free and floriferous, blush-rose ; PRESIDENT GAR-
FIELD, rich double, red-pink, very fine ; QUEEN OF ROSES, rosy-
pink, the tubes tinted with crimson, habit dwarf and very free ;
VREELANDI (=DAVIDSONI), flowers pure white, produced in great
abundance ; one of the most useful of them all, and grown very
extensively.

BOWENIA (commemorative of Sir G. Bowen, Go-
vernor of Queensland). OBD. Cycadacece. A remarkable
and handsome greenhouse Fern-like plant, closely allied to
Zamia, from which it is distinguished by having the leaflets
decurrent to the petiole, instead of articulated, as in that
genus. For culture, see Cycas.

B. spectabilis (showy).* JL, male cones small, ovoid, }in. to Jin.
long ; female oblong-globose, 3}in. long. 1. bipinnatisect, on tail,
slender petioles ; leaflets falcate-lanceolate, decurrent ; stem
short, thick, cylindrical. Queensland, Australia, 1863. (B. M.
6398 and 6008.)

208

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bowenia — continued.

B. s. serrulata (finely-toothed).* This differs from the type in
having the margins distinctly toothed or serrated. Rockingham
Bay, 1863.

BOWIEA (named after J. Bowie, a botanical collector
for the Eoyal Gardens, Kew). OBD. Liliaceae. A very
interesting greenhouse or half-hardy twining bulbous

FIG. 275. BOWIEA VOLUBILIS, showing Habit, Flower, and Fruit.

perennial, thriving in a sunny border, tinder the wall of

a greenhouse, where it will require protection during

winter. It does well in any light well drained soil, and

may be propagated by seeds or offsets.

B. volubilis (twining). /. few, remote, pedicellate ; perianth

six-partite, persistent; segments equal, green, lanceolate, Jin.

long, at length reflexed. October. True leaves are frequently

not developed for years; but the green, fleshy, mostly abortive

inflorescence performs their functions. South Africa, 1866.

See Fig. 273.

BOX. See Bnxns.

BOX ELDER. See Negundo.

BOX THORN. See Lycium.

BRABEIUM (from brabeion, a sceptre; in reference

to the racemosed flowers). African Almond. OBD. Pro-

teacece. An ornamental greenhouse evergreen tree. For

culture, &c., see Banksia.

B. stellatifolium (star-leaved), fl. white, sweet-scented, dis-
posed in elegant, axillary, spiked racemes. August. I. whorled,
simple, serrate, h. 15ft Cape of Good Hope, 1731.

BRACHYCHITON (from brachys, short, and chiton,
a coat of mail ; plants covered with imbricated hairs and
scales). OBD. Sterculiaceae. A genus of tropical or sub-
tropical Australian trees or shrubs, allied to Sterculia,
from which it differs in very minor points. They are of
easy culture in a loamy soil. Propagated by young cut-
tings, planted in sandy soil, in gentle heat.
B. acerifollum (Acer-leaved), fl. bright red. I. long-stalked,

deeply five to seven-lobed. h. from 60ft. to 120ft.
B. Bidwillii (Bidwill's).* fl. bright red, arranged in axillary

bunches. I. stalked, heart-shaped, entire, or three-lobed, and

covered with a soft pubescence. 1851. (B. M. 5133.)
B. diversifolium (various-leaved). I. coriaceous, obtuse, lanceo-

late, entire, or three-lobed, glabrous ; lobes acuminate, h. 20ft.

to 60ft. 1824.

BRACHYCOME (from brachys, short, and Icome, hair).
Swan Eiver Daisy. OBD. Composite. A genus of beauti-
ful little half-hardy perennials or annuals, closely resem-
bling Bellis in structure. Involucral bracts membranous
at the margin ; receptacle pitted, naked. Fruit com-
pressed, surmounted by a very short bristly pappus.
B. iberidifolia is one of the prettiest of summer annuals,
and in the open border it flowers profusely, if in a dry,

Brachycome — continued.

sunny spot. Towards the autumn, it may be removed
to the greenhouse, • where it will still continue flowering
for several weeks. Seeds may be sown in a gentle hot-
bed, early in the spring, and, when large enough, planted
out in borders or beds, Gin. apart; or they may be
sown thinly out of doors, late in April, and thinned out,
when they will flower a month later than those sown in
the hotbed.
B. Iberldifolla (Iberis-leaved).* fl.-heads blue or white, with

a dark centre, about lin. in diameter. Summer and autumn.

1. pinnate ; segments linear. Plant erect, glabrous, h. 1ft.

Swan River, 1843. See Fig. 274.

FIG. 274. BRACHYCOME IBERIDIFOLIA, showing Habit and
Flowering Branch.

BRACHYL.2ENA (from brachys, short, and Icena, a
cloak or covering ; referring to the shortness of the invo-
lucre). OBD. Composites. A genus of South African ever-
green greenhouse shrubs, nearly allied to Baccharis. They
thrive in a compost of peat and loam. Propagated by
cuttings, made of half-ripened shoots, placed in a well-
drained pot of sandy soil, under a bell glass.
B. dentata (toothed), fl.-heads yellow. I. lanceolate, acute, en-

tire, rusty beneath when young, when adult quite glabrous.
B. ncrifolia (Nerium-leaved).* fl.-hcads yellow, in branching ra-
cemes or panicles. August to November. I. lanceolate, serrated
with one or two teeth forward, h. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope,
1752.

BRACHYOTUM (from brachys, short, and otos, the
ear ; in reference to the short appendages at the base of
the anthers). OBD. MelastomacecB. A handsome green-
house evergreen shrub, with a bushy habit. Allied, and
requiring similar culture, to Pleroma (which see).
B. confertnm (crowded).* fl. purple, terminal, nodding, with

cream-coloured bracts. November. I. oblong or ovate, small,

three-nerved, with adpressed hairs. Andes, Peru, 1873. (B. ML

6018.)

BRACHYSEMA (from brachys, short, and sema, a
standard ; the standard of the flower is very short). OBD.
LeguminoscB. Elegant procumbent or climbing greenhouse,
evergreen shrubs. Eacemes axillary and terminal, few-
flowered. Leaves alternate, oval or ovate, entire, mucro-
nate, silky on the under surface. They thrive in a compost
of peat, leaf soil, and loam, in equal proportions, made
porous, if necessary, by the addition of sand. Increased
by cuttings, made of half-ripened shoots in summer, placed
in sandy soil, under a bell glass, in a gentle bottom heat ;
or by layers. Seeds may be sown in March, in heat.
Brachysemas require thorough drainage, whether grown
in pots or planted out. B. latifolium does best under
the latter treatment, when it forms a magnificent climber
for pillars or the roof.

B. lanceolatnm (lanceolate-leaved). fl. rich scarlet, with the
margin of the vexillum white, red at the disk, with a large yellow
spot in the centre, each about lin. long, disposed in axillary,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Brachysexna — continued.

sub-compound racemes. I. opposite, rarely alternate, ovate or

ovate-lanceolate, entire, silky white beneath, A. 3ft. Swan River,

1848. (B. M. 4652.)
B. latifolium (broad-leaved).* fl. crimson-scarlet, large; vexillum

oblong-ovate. April. I. ovate, flat, silky beneath. New Holland,

1803. A handsome climber. (B. B. 118.)
B. melanopetalum (black -petaled). Synonymous with B. undu-

latum.
B. undulatum (undulated).* fl. deep violet-maroon, solitary or

twin ; vexillum oblong, cordate, convolute, and bluntish above.

March. I. oblong-ovate, mucronate, undulated. New South

Wales, 1820. A tall sub-scandent plant. SYN. B. melanopetalum.

(B. B, 642.)

BRACHYSPATHA (from brachys, short, and spatha,
a spathe ; the spathe is much shorter than the spadix).
OBD. Aroidece (Aracece). A stove tuberous perennial, allied
to, and requiring the same cultivation as, Amorpho-
phallns (which see).

B. varlabllis (variable).* Jl. exhaling an abominable foetor,
which is, however, of very short duration ; spathe much shorter
than the spadix, greenish-purple, sharply acuminate, and many-
nerved ; spadix whitish, with female flower at the base, and
above contiguous to them are the males without any interme-
diate neutral flowers ; anthers orange red ; the naked apex of
the spadix is very long, wrinkled, and pitted on the surface.
{. solitary, 18in. across; the spotted petiole divides at the top
into three main divisions, each of which is again forked and
deeply pinnately cut; the segments alternate, sessile, or decur-
rent, very unequal in size, ovate or oval-lanceolate, acuminate,
glabrous, shining, h. 3ft. India, 1876. (G. C. 1876, 129.)
BRACHYSTELMA (from brachys, short, and stetma,
a crown; in reference to the short coronal processes of
the flowers). OED. Asclepiadece. Extremely curious
little suffruticose, tuberous, twining, greenhouse peren-
nials. Corolla campannlate, having angular sinuses ; corona
simple, five-cleft, lobes opposite the anthers, simple on
the back. Leaves opposite, membranous. They thrive
best in fibry loam. Propagated by cuttings, which will
root in sandy soil, in heat ; also by divisions of the root.
B. Arnottl (Arnott's). /. brown, green. I. in opposite pairs,
nearly sessile, crisped, ovate, dull green above, densely grey,
pubescent beneath, h. 4in. South Africa, 1868. (Bef. B. L, 9.)
B. Barberse (Mrs. Barber's), Jl. dingy purple, speckled with
yellow. August. 1. large, linear-oblong, acute, h. 6in. South
Africa, 1866. (B. M. 5607.)

B. ovata (ovate-leaved). Jl. yellowish-green. I. ovate, shortly-
stalked, pubescent. A. 1ft. South Africa, 1872. (Bef. B. 226.)
B. spathulatum (spathulate-leaved). /. green. June. Z. spathu-
late, oblong, hairy. A. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1826. (B. B

B. tu berosum (tuberous), fl. purple. June. I. linear-lanceolate,
ciliate. h. lift. Cape of Good Hope, 1821. (B. M. 2343.)
BRACKEN, or BRAKE FERN. See Pteris
aquilina.

BRACTEATE. Having bracts.

BRACTEOLATE. Having secondary bracts between
the true bracts and the flowers.

BRACTS. Modified leaves placed near the calyx on
the peduncle or pedicel.

BRAHEA (named after Tycho Brahe, the celebrated
astronomer). OBD. Palmce. A small genus of dwarf
Palms, with fan-shaped leaves, and hermaphrodite, greenish
flowers. They require rich light loam and fibrous peat,
in equal parts, to which may be added a good portion of
washed sand ; thorough drainage and liberal supplies of
water are also absolutely necessary. Propagated by seeds.
During summer, they may be removed to the greenhouse,
and can be employed with much success for sub-tropical
gardening.

B. dulcis (sweet).* I. nearly circular, bright shining green;
petioles clothed with woolly tomentum, armed at the edges with
small close-set spines, and enveloped at the base in a network of
brown fibre. Stem stout. Mexico, 1865. A rare and slow deve-
loping species.

B. fllamentosa (filamentose). A synonym of Washingtania JUifera.
BRAINEA (commemorative of C. J. Braine, Esq., of
Hong Kong, China). OBD. Filicet. Sori continuous along
transverse veins, near the midrib, and also produced along
the veins in the direction of the edge of the frond.

Brainea

ntinued.

B. insignia (remarkable), which Is the only species, has a trunk
3m. to 4m. thick ; scales linear, nearly lin. long. M. firm 3in
to 4in. long, scaly only at the base, fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, Sin!
to 12m. broad, simply pinnate ; pinnae close, numerous, linear
finely serrated. Hong Kong, 1856. A very handsome and
interesting greenhouse tree fern, requiring a soil of loam and
peat, in equal parts, with the addition of some sharp sand, and
thorough drainage.

BRAMBLE. See Rubus frnticosus.
BRASSAVOLA (named in honour of A. M. Bras-
savola, a Venetian botanist). OBD. Orchidece. A. genus
of epiphytal Orchids, requiring the heat of an intermediate
house. Flowers large, usually with narrow acuminate
greenish petals and sepals, and a white lip, which is some-
times broad ; column having a pair of great falcate ears on
each side of the front, and eight pollen masses. Leaves
solitary, succulent. They are of easy culture on blocks of
wood, with a little moss, suspended from the roof. Water
should be plentifully given during the growing season ;
at other times, a very small quantity will suffice. About
seventeen or eighteen species have been introduced, of
which the following only are worth growing :
B. acaulis (stemless). fl. large ; sepals and petals long, narrow,
greenish and creamy-white; lip large, heart shaped, and pure
white ; base of tube spotted with dull rose. September. I. very
narrow, Bush-like. A. 4in. Central America, 1852. (P. F. G. ii.,
152.)

B. Digbyana (Digby's).* /. solitary, 4in. across, produced from
the top of the bulb ; sepals and petals creamy-white ; lip same
colour, streaked with purple down the centre, and beautifully
fringed. Winter. A. 9in. Honduras, 1844. A compact-growing
evergreen. (B. M. 4474.)

B. Gibbslana (Gibbs's).* fl. white, spotted with chocolate,
large, three on each spike. I. rather broad and very thick.
This rare, erect-growing species must be potted in peat and
sphagnum.

B. glauca (glaucous).* /. solitary, produced from a sheath at the
top of the bulb ; sepals and petals yellow ; lip orange, with a
white throat. Early spring. I. of a milky-green. A. 1ft. Vera
Cruz, 1837. A very handsome fragrant species, somewhat difficult
to flower, but this obstacle may be overcome by liberally growing
during the proper season, and giving it a severe dry rest. (B. M.
4033.)

B. lineata (lined).* fl. large, very fragrant ; sepals and petals
creamy- white ; lip large, pure white. I. long, terete, channelled
above, tapering to a point, very deep green. South America,
1850. (B M. 4734.)

B. venosa (veined).* fl. small and compact; sepals and petals
cream-coloured ; lip white, strongly veined. A pretty free flower-
ing species. Honduras, 1839. (B. B. 26, 39.)

BRASSIA (named after Mr. William Brass, who was
sent by Sir Joseph Banks 'to Cape Coast and the neigh-
bouring districts as a botanical collector, at the end of
the last century). OBD. Orchidece. A genus of tropical
American Orchids, very nearly allied to Oncidium, with
which, indeed, Eeichenbach unites it. From this genus,
however, Brassia may be distinguished by its simple in-
florescence, elongated tail-like sepals, and short column,
which is quite destitute of the side lobes or ears that form
a marked feature in the species of Oncidium. There are
about seventeen species, of which many are not sufficiently
attractive to deserve the cultivator's attention. They will
succeed either in pots or in baskets, the drainage of which
must be perfect. They require to be potted in good
fibrous peat, broken in pieces not less in size than a
walnut, placed in the warm end of a Cattleya or Brazilian
house, and supplied liberally with water during summer.
In winter, they must still be kept in a tolerably warm
place, and given sufficient water to keep the pseudo-bulbs
from shrivelling. It is useless to dry off until shrivelling
takes place, for experience assures us that when a plant
shrivels it is generally safe to assume that it has been
tried beyond its powers of endurance, and that its con-
stitution has given way. Propagated by dividing the
plants, when growth has commenced.

B. antherotes (brilliant).* /. 7in. in diameter from tip to tip
of the sepals ; sepals and petals yellow, brownish-black at the
base, narrow, Jin. broad, tapering; petals IJin. long; lip tri-
angular, yellow, barred with brown ; spike strong, about 2ft in
length. Tropical America, 1879.

2 E

210

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Brassia — continued.

B. caudata (tailed).* fl., sepals and petals yellow, barred with
brown, from 4in. to oin. long ; lip broad and yellow, spotted
with greenish-brown. When the plant is large and healthy, it
produces numerous drooping spikes, 18in. long, and many-flowered.
h. 1ft. West Indies, 1823. (B. B. 832.)

B. Glreoudiana (Gireoud's). fl., sepals and petals bright
yellow, spotted and blotched with deep red, produced in many-
flowered scapes of singular and beautiful flowers during spring

Pio. 275. SINGLE FLOWER OF BRASSIA LANCEANA.

B. Lanoeana (Lance's).* /., sepals and petals lanceolate and
tapering, bright yellow, blotched with brown,,or sometimes with
deep red; lip wholly yellow, slightly spotted at the base, and
much waved, dehciously fragrant ; scapes radical, many-flowered.
In the typical species, the lip is rather more than half as long

Kg 2758eP(BSB 1754h) *"* SC™*' *" 9in- Surinam' 1843' Se<>
B. L. macrostachya (large-spiked).* fl., sepals and petals bright
rich yellow, sparingly spotted with brown, as in the type ; sepals
lengthened out into tail-like appendages, which are sometimes
nearly 5m. in length ; lip wholly of a clear pale yellow. Deme-
rara.

B. L. pnmlla (dwarf). fl., sepals pale yellow, without spots or

and petals bright yellow,

/.large, sweet-scented; sepals

yellow, tinged with green." June to
(B. R. 27, 18.)

1839.

KI ; I OIJ8l8flnia (long-sepaled).* fl., sepals deep orange-yellow,
blotched and spotted, especially towards the base, with reddish-
purple, and lengthened out into tail-like appendages which in
well-grown examples, measure 7in. in length ; petals about 2Ain.
longand Jin. broad at the base, marked fn the same manner as
the sepals ; lip about Sin. long, pale yellow, dotted and spotted

er species ; lip white, spotted
below the centre with brown and purple. Spring and early
summer. Jamaica, 1806. See Fig. 276. (B. M. 1691.)
B. m. guttata (spotted).* fl. on spikes 2ft. or 3ft. long; sepals
and petals yellowish-green, blotched with brown ; lip broad, yellow,
spotted with brown. May to August. Guatemala, 1842. SYN.
B. Wrayce. (B. M. 4003.)

Brassia— continued.

B. verrucosa (warty-lipped).* fl. large; sepals and petals greenish,
blotched with blackish-purple ; lip white, ornamented with
numerous little green protuberances or warts, hence the specific
name ; scape many-flowered. May and June. Guatemala.
B. v. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. twice the size of, and a
lighter colour than, the type. This variety is very rare, and is
said to be the best of the genus.
B. Wrayw (Wray's). A synonym of S. maeulata guttata.

BRASSICA (old Latin name used by Pliny; from
Bresic, the Celtic name for Cabbage).
Cabbage. OED. Cruciferce. Herba-
ceous, usually biennial, rarely annual
or perennial, or suffrute scent plants,
usually with a short caudex. Flowers
yellow, rarely white, but never purple
nor veined. Eadical leaves usually
stalked, lyrate, or pinnatifid ; cauline
ones sessile or stem-clasping, entire;
racemes elongated ; pedicels bractless,
filiform. Pull cultural details will be
found under the popular garden name
of each variety.

B. olcracea (herb-like), fl. pale yellow,
large. May and June. I. glaucous, waved,
lobed, smooth. Root-stem cylindrical,
fleshy, h. 1ft. to 3ft. England. Biennial.
B. o. acephala (headless). Borecole or
Kale. Stem round, elongated. I. ex-
panded ; racemes panicled.

B. o. botrytla asparagoides (Asparagus-like). The Broccoli-
Stem taller than that of the Cauliflower.

fl. aborti

greyish-glaucous, elong
flower-buds at the top.

. .
elongated. Branchlets fleshy, bearing small

B. o. b. cauliflora (Cauliflower). Heads of flower -buds

thick, terminal. Stem short. I. oblong, of a greyish-glaucous

colour.
B. O. bullata gemmifera (bud-bearing). Brussels Sprouts.

Heads small, numerous, rising from the axils of the leaves along

an elongated stem.
B. o. b. major (larger). Savoy Cabbage. Heads of leaves loose,

thick, terminal, roundish. I. blistered.
B. O. oapltata (headed). The Cabbage. Stem round, short. I.

concave, not blistered, crowded into a head before flowering;

racemes panicled.
B. O. Caulo-rapa (Kohl-Eabi). Stem tumid and somewhat glo-

bose at the origin of the leaves.

B. Rapa (Rape). The Turnip. Radical leaves lyrate, destitute
of glaucous bloom, green, covered with bristly hairs; middle
cauline ones cut ; upper ones quite entire, smooth.

FIG. 276. SINGLE FLOWER OF BRASSIA MACULATA.
BRASSICACEJE. See Cruciferce.
BRAVOA (named after Bravo, a Mexican botanist).
OIID. Amaryllidece. A pretty little graceful bulbous

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

211

Bravoa — continued.

plant, hardy in very sheltered positions, but in exposed
situations requiring a slight protection in winter. It is
an admirable plant for cool-house culture, and delights
in a compost of light rich loam, leaf mould, and sand.
Propagated by offsets, which are obtainable in autumn ;
or by seeds, which should be sown as soon as ripe.

B. gemlnlflora (twin-flowered).* Twin Flower, fl. rich orange-
red, tubular, drooping, disposed in the upper part of the flower-
- ' July. I.:'

, linear, ensiform,

stems, which are sometimes 2ft. long,
pale green. Mexico, 1841. (B. M. 4741.)

BRAZILIAN TEA. See Hex paragnariensis and
Stachytarpheta jamaicensis.

BRAZIL NUT. See Bertholletia,

BRAZIL WOOD. See Cassalpinia brasilieiisis.

BREAD FRUIT. See Artocarpus.

BREAD NUT. See Brosimum.

BREDIA (named in honour of Professor J. G. S. van
Bred). ORD. Melastomacece. An ornamental greenhouse
shrub, thriving in rich light loam, leaf soil, and peat. Pro-
pagated by cuttings of the ripened shoots, inserted in sandy
loam, under a hand glass, in heat ; or by seeds.
B. hirsuta (hairy).* fl. rose-pink, about iin. across, disposed in

loose, terminal, many-flowered cymes. Autumn. I. ovate acumi-
nate, hairy. Japan, 1870. (B. M. 6647.)

The small particles or refuse of gas coke.
It constitutes a very cheap fuel, but, unless mixed with
good coke, is only suitable for boilers of the saddle type,
having a good draught. Breeze must not, however, be con-
founded with coke-dust.

BREVOORTIA COCCINEA. See Brodiaa coc-
cinea.

Br exia— continued.

Cuttings, with their leaves not shortened, strike readily in
sand under a hand glass, in heat ; or a leaf taken off with a
bud attached will grow. Leaves as in accompanying
illustration (Pig. 277), and long, narrow, spiny-toothed
ones, are often produced on the same plant. Probably the
two species enumerated below are simply forms of one.
Well hardened off, strong growing plants of B. madagas-
cariensis are very suitable for sub-tropical gardening.
B. madagascariensis (Madagascar).* I. obovate or oblong
entire, while young minutely gland-toothed, h. 20ft. Madagas-
car, 1812. See Fig. 277.

B. spinosa (spiny). I. lanceolate, 20in. long, 2in. broad, spiny-
toothed, h. 20ft. Madagascar, 1820.
BREXIACE2E. A section of Saxifragece.
BRIAR. See Rosa.

BRICKS. In England, the standard thickness of
brick walls is a Brick and a-half, that is, the length of
one brick and the breadth of another. Thirty-two paving
bricks, laid flat, will form one square yard of flooring ; if
set on edge, sixty-four will be required for the same space.
The best Bricks for walls are those termed Stocks, which
are well burnt. Grizzells and Place Bricks, being only
partially burnt, are soft and not durable. In various parts
of the kingdom, different clays and methods of manufacture
cause a disparity in the weight and appearance of the
finished article. Several forms are made to suit various
purposes, but the standard size is 9in. long by 4£in. wide,
by 2iin. thick, although, since the remission of the duty,
some slight variations occur, owing to shrinkage and other
causes. Fire Bricks are made of a particular kind of clay,
which will stand intense heat when once burnt, and are
used in furnaces and other places where durability under
great heat is a desideratum. Fire-clay should always be
used in place of mortar in building with
these.

BRILLANTAISIA (named after M.
Brillant). ORD. Acanthacece. A very small
genus of erect, branching, stove evergreen
shrubs. Flowers large, in terminal pani-
cles ; corolla ringent; upper lip falcate and
overarching, with a trifid apex, the lower
one large, spreading, shortly trifid. Leaves
ovate-cordate, on long petioles. For cul-
ture, see Barleria.

B. owariensis (Owarian).* /. violet-blue;
cymes sub-sessile, loose ; panicles terminal.
March. I. large, opposite, petiolate. A. 3ft.
Western Africa, 1853. This plant, in its habit
of growth, resembles some of the largest species
ofSalvia. (B. M. 4717.)

BRISTLES. Stiff hairs.
BRISTLY. Covered with stiff hairs.
BRISTLY - TOOTHED. Furnished
with teeth like bristles, or with the. teeth
ending each in a bristle.

BRIZA (from briza, to nod). Quak-
ing Grass. ORD. Qraminece. A genus of
ornamental hardy Grasses. Panicle loose;
calyx two-valved ; corolla two-valved, awn-
less ; exterior one ventricose, interior small
and flat. Fruit adnate with the corolla.
These extremely graceful plants delight in
a soil composed of loam, leaf soil, and peat.

FIG. 277. FLOWERING BRANCH OP BREXIA MADAGASCARTENSIS. Seeds may be sown in spring or autumn.

For decorative purposes, the branches should

BREXIA (from brexis, rain ; the large leaves afford be gathered as soon as full grown, and loosely placed in
protection against rain). ORD. Saxifragece. Excellent stove flower-stands, to dry. Tufts of these plants look extremely
trees. Flowers green, in axillary umbels, surrounded by pretty on the rockery, or amongst hardy Ferns,
bracts on the outside. Leaves alternate, simple, dotless, B< gracilis (graceful). A synonym of B. minor.
and furnished with minute stipules. Stems nearly simple.
They require a compost of two parts loam and one of peat,
with the addition of a little sand, to keep the whole open.
A liberal supply of water must be given at all seasons.

(greatest).* fl., spikelets oblong-cordate, thirteen
to seventeen-flowered ; panicle nodding at the end. June and
July. i. long-linear, acuminate, h. lift. South Europe, 1633.
Annual. See Fig. 278.

212

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Br iza — contin ued.

FIG. 278. BRIZA MAXIMA, showing Habit and Single Flower.

B. media (middle).* Common Quaking Grass. /., spikelets
broadly ovate, of about seven florets (calyx shorter than the
florets), tremulous with the slightest breeze, very smooth, shining
purple. Branches of the panicle thread-shaped, divaricating,
purple. June 1. short, linear acuminate, h. 1ft. Britain.
Perennial. (S. E. B. 1774.)

B. minima (least). A synonym of B. minor.

FIG. 279. BRIZA MINOR, showing Habit and Small Panicle of
Flowers.

. minor (small).* Little Quaking Grass, fl., spikelets triangular,
seven-flowered ; glumes longer than the flowers ; panicle with
hair-like branches. June and July. I. pale green, short, narrow.

h. Sin. England (but very rare). An
annual grass. SVNS. B. graciKt and B. minima.
(S. £. B. 1775.

B. spicata (spiked). A recent introduction from Brazil, described
as being very graceful and quite distinct, having erect spikes about
Sin. in height.

BROADCAST. A method of sowing seeds by means
of the hand, scattering them over the surface of the ground
as equally as possible. It is now superseded, for the
majority of garden and field crops, by drilling, which not
only economises the quantity of seed used, but greatly
facilitates subsequent weeding and thinning out.

BROCCOLI (Brassica oleracea botrytis asparagoides).
A cultivated variety of the Cabbage, having the young
inflorescence condensed into a fleshy, edible head (see Fig.
280). To grow this popular vegetable successfully, it is
necessary to have rich soil of a good depth, in an open
situation, where the plants can have plenty of sun and
air to keep them sturdy. They succeed the autumn Cauli-
flower, and are in season from November till May.

Soil. In preparing ground for Broccoli, trench, in the
autumn, to the depth of from l|ft. to 2ft., and during the
process work in a liberal dressing of rotten farmyard manure.
Ground which has carried a crop of Celery is very suitable
for the strong-growing kinds, as, by planting where the
Celery rows have been, the necessity of trenching is, to a
great extent, obviated. Smaller kinds, however, need to be
planted closer in order to obtain a profitable crop.

Cultivation. At the beginning of May, prepare seed beds
on a south border, and sow the earlier and sprouting kinds.
The later varieties would, perhaps, be best sown in April,
but they must not be put in early and allowed to remain
too long in the seed bed. Sow thinly, to get the plants as
sturdy as possible ; and, to prevent clubbing, work in a little

Broccoli — continued.

soot or wood ashes on the surface of the beds. Care must
also be taken to pick off the club excrescences at planting
time, should there be any, and to destroy the grub inside.
Clubbing is not so frequent in ground which has been well
trenched, and where the plants are not allowed to suffer
from drought. Showery weather should be selected for
transferring them to their permanent quarters. If it is
desired that they should succeed potatoes, they may be
planted between every two alternate rows, and the latter
crop can be removed when ready. Broccoli succeed best
where the ground is firm, and not recently dug or manured.
Planting with a crowbar is preferable to digging the
ground afresh. If grown by themselves, a distance of
from 2ft. to 3ft. should be allowed between the rows, and
an equal distance from plant to plant. Some of the early
varieties will, in favourable seasons, follow the later Cauli-
flowers, while the latest will not be fit for use until the
following spring. The heads should be cut as soon as they
are large enough ; they will keep good for a week in a
cold place, while a day or two might open them too much
if allowed to remain on the plants. Broccoli which have to
stand the winter are liable to injury from severe frosts, and
some method of protection is necessary. Two plans are

FIG. 280. BROCCOLI.

recommended for both large and small gardens, and either
or both may be adopted, as found convenient. The first
is to apply a covering of fern or other dry protective
material, not using too much, but giving sufficient to break
the rays of the sun, which, perhaps, do as much harm
as the actual frost. The other plan is to take up the
plants as soon as the flowers can be seen, and lay them
in under a hedge or wall until required for use. In shel-
tered positions, or where there are trees to break the
force of the wind, the covering with dry litter during
severe weather will generally be found sufficient; still, a
little precaution in lifting will frequently save a valuable
crop. Broccoli should never follow a crop of any other
kind of cruciferous plants, particularly Cabbage.

Sorts. Veitch's Self -protecting Autumn, Purple and White
Cape, Grange's Early White, and Snow's Winter White.
These are the best for autumn and mid-winter supplies.
A good selection for spring and late purposes is Mitchin-
son's Penzance, Knight's Protecting, Cooling's Matchless,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

213

Broccoli — continued.

Purple Sprouting, Model, Willcove, Leamington, and Cat-
tell's Eclipse.

BB.ODI2BA (named after J. J. Brodie, a Scotch crypto-
gamist). STN. Hookera. ORD. Liliacece. Pretty, slender,
hardy, or in some positions only half-hardy, bulbs. The
flowers are generally borne in large clusters or nmbels ;
the scape is usually straight and slender, but strong.
Leaves from two to four in number, enveloping the part of
the scape beneath the surface, and procumbent thereon.
Most of the species are of easy culture in rich sandy loam ;
if grown in pots, a mixture of loam, leaf soil, and sand,
suits them well. Increased freely by offsets, which should
be left undisturbed with the parent bulbs till they reach
a flowering state, when they may be divided and replanted
in autumn.
B. capitate (headed).* fl. deep violet-blue, funnel-shaped, dis-

posed in a compact, many-flowered umbel ; valves of the spathe

also deep violet May. 1. narrow, linear. A. 1ft. to 2ft California,

1871.

FIG. 281. BRODI.EA COCCINEA, showing Flower and Habit.

B. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. IJin. long, tubular, rich blood-red below,
the apex of the tube and the segments yellowish-green ; umbels
composed of five to fifteen drooping flowers. June. I. linear,
loose, shorter than the scape, h. lift. California, 1870. Very
handsome, distinct from all other species, requiring a warm, well-
drained, and sunny position, and to remain undisturbed. STN.
Brewvrtia coccinea. See Fig. 281. (B. M. 5857.)

B. congesta (close-headed).* fl. blue, with the crown paler ; seg-
ments cleft at the top ; umbel bearing six to eight blossoms. The
stamens in this species are metamorphosed into fleshy scales,
which adhere to the mouth of the perianth. Summer. I. few,
long, slender, channelled on the inside. Bulb small, roundish,
and much wrinkled, h. 1ft. Georgia, &c., 1806. A very free-
growing and rapidly increasing species.

B. c. alba (white).* fl. white ; in other respects like the type, but
not so vigorous.

B. gracilis (graceful).* fl. deep yellow, with brown nerves, *in. or
rather more long, in few-flowered umbels. July. I. solitary,
about Jin. broad, longer than the scape, h. 5in. to 4in. California,
1876. A scarce and rather tender little species, but very pretty.

B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. bluish-purple, with entire
pointed segments ; umbels bearing two to seven somewhat
scattered blooms. Summer. I. two to three or more, linear,
pointed, slender, grooved on the inside, furnished with a few
membranous scales. Bulb small, roundish, dry and wrinkled.
h. lift. North America, 1806. SY.\. Hookera coronaria. (B. R.
1183.)

B. Howellil (Howell's).* fl. purplish-blue, about fin. across, sub-
bell-shaped, in many-flowered umbels. July and August. I.
narrow acute, grooved, shorter than the scape. A. 18in. to 24in.
California, 1880.

Brodisea — continued.

B. ixloides (Ixia-like). See Calllprora lutca.

B. laotea (milky-white).* /. white, usually with green midribs,
iin. to |m. across, saucer-shaped, in many-flowered umbels. June
and July. I. linear, acute, nearly as long as the scape, h 1ft
to 2ft California, 1833. SYNS. HesperoScordon lact%lm, A
hyacinthina.

B. multlflora (many-flowered).* fl. blue-purple, very numerous,
in sub-globose heads. May. 1. linear, elongate, 1ft to 2ft. long,
rather fleshy, h. 1ft to lift California, 1872. (B. M. 5989.)

B. volubilis (twining). /. rose-coloured, in dense umbels, each
containing fifteen to thirty blossoms ; scape twining, sometimes
12ft. long. July. I. narrow, linear-lanceolate, 1ft. long, synan-
thous. California, 1874. Half-hardy bulb. (B. M. 6123.)

BROMEIiIA (named after Bromel, a Swedish botanist).
ORD. Bromeliacece. A genus of stove herbaceous perennials,
allied to the Pineapple. Flowers, corolla three-petaled,
convolute, erect, or spreading at the top. Leaves densely
packed, rigid, lanceolate, with spiny margins. Stems short
These plants require much the same treatment as Bill-
bergia. Allied genera are ^Echmea, Ananas, Billbergia,
Disteganthus, Greigia, Karatas (which see).

B. «*n«Mfl.ntlift (opposite-spined). fl. purple, scarlet Brazil,

1864. SYN. B. sceptrum.
B. bicolor (two-coloured).* fl. scarlet, in a close central sessile

head. March. 1. numerous, narrow, ensiform, outer green, central

crimson; elegantly radiate. Chili, 1872. SYN. B. Joinvillei, B. pit-

cairnicefolia. (B. H. 14.)
B. bracteata (red-bracted).* fl. pink ; scape elongated ; raceme

compound ; bracts red, ovate-lanceolate. September. /. serrate,

spiny, h. 2ft. Jamaica, 1785.
B. Fernanda (Fernanda's).* /. yellowish, in ovoid heads ; bracts

orange-red. July. I. linear-ligulate, 24in. to 30in. long, recurved,

spiny-edged. Para, 1872.

B. Joinvillei (Joinville's). A synonym of B. bicolor.
B. Karatas. See Karatas Plumieri.

B. pitcairnieafolia (Pitcairnia-leaved). A synonym of B. bicolor.
B. sceptrum (sceptre-like). A synonym of B. antiacantha and

Karatas Plumieri.

BROMELIACE.3:. An extensive order of stemless or
short-stemmed plants, having rigid, channelled, and usually
spiny leaves. Flowers very showy ; outer perianth three-
cleft, persistent, inner one of three withering segments;
stamens six, inserted in the tube of the perianth. To this
order belongs the Pineapple. The genera best known in
gardens are JEchmea, Ananas, Billbergia, Bromelia, and
Tillandsia.

BROMHEADIA (in honour of Sir Edward Finch
Bromhead). OBD. Orchidece. A small genus of stove
Orchids, comprising a couple of species, with erect stems,
large flowers, and cncullate lip, which is parallel with the
column. For culture, see Ansellia.
B. palnatris (marsh).» fl., sepals and calyx white; lip white ex-

ternally, within streaked with purple, and having a yellow blotch

in centre; spike terminal, distichous, uc^uuuo, .ua..ij -.>«..„.—, ™
a long peduncle; bracts short, stiff, tooth-like. June. I. dis-

tichous, oblong-line
(B. R. 30, 18.)

rginate.

exuous, many-flowered, on
)th-like. June. I. dis-
h. 2ft Singapore, 1840.

FIG. 282. BROMUS BRIZ.EFORMIS.

BROMUS (from Bromos, the Greek name for a wild
oat). ORD. Gramineae. B. brizceformis (see Fig. 282) is an
elegant biennial Grass, with drooping panicles of spikeleta,

214

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bromus— continued.

about as large as those of Briza maxima. It grows about
2ft. high, and is of very easy culture in common garden soil.
Sow seeds outside in patches, in July, thinning out the
plants when necessary. There are numerous other species
belonging to this genus, but the above-mentioned is the only
one worth growing in gardens. It forms a beautiful object
in the mixed border, or among ferns.

BRONGNIARTIA (in honour of Adolphe Brong-
niart, a distinguished botanist, and one of the editors of
"Annales des Sciences Naturelles ")• OBD. Leguminosce.
Handsome greenhouse evergreen sub-shrubs, clothed with
silky villi. Flowers large, purple ; pedicels twin, axillary,
one-flowered. Leaves impari-pinnate, with many pairs of
leaflets, the terminal one not remote from the rest. They
require a compost of sandy loam, leaf soil, and fibry peat,
with perfect drainage. Cuttings of the young shoots, if
firm at the base, will root if dibbled in sand, under a bell
glass, in a cool house.

B. podalyrioides (Podalvria-like).* fl. purple, large. September.
1. with two to five pairs of leaflets ; leaflets elliptic-oblong,
rounded, and mucronate at the apex, clothed with adpressed
hairs on both surfaces, but silky when young. A. 1ft New Spain,
1827.

B. serioea (silky).* fl. purple. September. A. 1ft. . I., leaflets
ovate-oblong, acute, very silky on both surfaces. Mexico, 1843.
BROOK-LIMB. See Veronica Beccabunga.
BROOM. See Besom.
BROOM. See Cytisus scoparius.
BROOM SAFE. See Orobanche.
BROOM, SPANISH. See Spartium jnncenm.
BROSIMTTM (from brosimos, edible; fruit edible).
Bread Nut. OBD. Urticacece. A genus of stove evergreen
shrubs or trees, principally of economic value in their native
countries. Male and female flowers generally in a globular
head, but sometimes borne on separate trees; calyx and
corolla wanting. Leaves entire. They generally thrive
in a rich fibry loam. Cuttings of ripe wood, with their
leaves on, root if placed in sand, in moist heat.
B. Alicastrum. fl., catkins globose, stalked, twin, axillary. Jr.
coated. 1. ovate-lanceolate. A. 6ft. Jamaica, 1776.

BROUGHTONIA (named after Mr. Arthur Broughton,
an English botanist). OBD. Orchidece. A very com-
pact-growing stove evergreen, allied to Lcelia, succeeding
best if suspended from the roof on a block of wood, with a
little moss ; it requires a free supply of heat and water
when in a growing state. Propagated by dividing the
plant. The colour of the flowers is very distinct.
B. sanguinea (blood-coloured).* fl. blood-coloured, rather large,
disposed in a terminal panicle ; scape divided ; column distinct, or
at the very base united with the unguiculate lip, which is
lengthened at the base into a tube, connate with the ovarium.
Summer. I. twin, oblong, seated on a pseudo-bulb. A. lift.
Jamaica, 1793. (B. M. 3076.)

BROUSSONBTIA (named after P. N. V. Broussonet,
a French naturalist, who wrote numerous works on Natural
History). OBD. Urticacece. Ornamental fast-growing, de-
ciduous, Mulberry-like trees. They require rather good
open garden soil, and prove hardy in situations which are
not very exposed. Propagated by suckers and cuttings of
ripened wood, inserted in autumn, in a cool house ; and by
seeds, sown when ripe, or kept till the following April.
B. papyrifera (paper-bearing).* The Paper Mulberry. /. greenish,
dioecious ; males in pendulous, cylindrical catkins, each flower
in the axil of a bract ; females in peduncled, axillary, upright
globular heads. May. I. simple, alternate, exstipulate, variously
lobed or entire, hairy, large. A. 10ft. to 20ft. China, 1751. There
are several varieties, differing in the shape and character of the
leaves. (B. M. 2358).

BROWALLIA (named in honour of John Browall,
Bishop of Abo, who defended the sexual system of Lin-
naeus against Siegesbeck, in a book entitled " Examen
epicriseos," &o., 1739). OBD. Scrophularinece. A genus
of handsome shrubs or herbs. Flowers blue or white, axil-
lary and terminal; corolla salver-shaped, resupinate from
the contortion of the peduncle ; tube fifteen-nerved, ventri-

Browallia — continued.

cose at top. Leaves alternate, stalked, ovate in outline.
They thrive best in a rich, open, sandy soil. To have strong
plants in flower by Christmas and after, seeds should be
sown in July, in pans or pots of light rich sandy soil, and
kept in a close frame, or hand light, where they can be
shaded till germination takes place. When large enough to
handle, the seedlings may either be pricked out, three in a
pot, or potted singly, according to the size of the specimens
required. In the former way, they form fine masses for
conservatory or greenhouse decoration, or to cut from ; and
in the latter, they are very suitable for window recesses,
&c. After potting, they should be stood in a pit or frame,
and syringed every morning and evening, to ward off at-
tacks of insect pests. An abundance of well-diluted liquid
manure is required as soon as the flower-buds appear.
To keep the plants dwarf and bushy, it will be needful
to stop them about three times during the remainder of
the summer and autumn, keeping as near the glass as
possible ; they should be housed by the end of September.
These elegant little greenhouse annuals are unrivalled for
affording choice, neat sprays for bouquets during the winter
and early spring months, or for growing as pot plants,
to furnish warm greenhouses or sitting-room windows.
Many of the species and varieties are largely employed for
summer decoration of the flower garden, with highly satis-
factory results; for this purpose, seeds should be sown
in gentle heat early in spring, and the plants transferred
to the flower borders late in June, or early in July, having
been previously encouraged in pots, and well hardened off.

B. abbreviate, (shortened), fl. light red ; pedicels shorter than

the calyx ; calyx campanulate, with teeth as long as the tube.

I. oval, hairy when young, quite glabrous when mature. 1852.

(R. G. 94.)
B. demlssa (loV).* /.of a bright but pale blue colour, sometimes

red or purple; peduncles axillary, one-flowered, downy. June.

I. ovate-oblong, acuminated, oblique at the base. A. 6in. to 1ft.

Panama, 1735. (B. M. 1136.)

Fio. 283. BROWALLIA EIATA, showing Habit and Flower.

B. elata (tall).* fl. deep blue ; calyx beset with glandular hairs ;
peduncles axillary, one or many-flowered. July. I. oval, acumi-
nated. A. lift. Peru, 1768. Of this extensively-grown species
there are two varieties, one with white flowers, and the other,
grandiflora, with pale blue, both of which are well worth growing.
See Fig. 283. (B. M. 34.)

B. grandiflora .(large-flowered).* fl., corolla with a greenish-
yellow tube, which is clothed with glandular villi, and a white or
very pale lilac limb ; peduncles one-flowered, axillary, racemose at
the tops of the branches. July. I. ovate, acute, attenuated into
the petioles at the base. A. 1ft. to 3ft. Peru, 1829. (B. M. 3069.)

B. Jameson! (Jameson's). A synonym of StreptofoUn Jame-

B. Roezll (Roezl's). fl. large, either of a delicate azure-blue, or
white, with a yellow tube. Spring to autumn. I. shining green.
An exceedingly pretty species, having flowers double the size of
any other, and forming a dense compact bush, lift, to 2ft. hi
height. Rocky Mountains.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

215

BBOWNEA (named after Patrick Browne, M.D.,
anthor of a History of Jamaica). OED. Leguminosae.
Very handsome store evergreen trees or shrubs, allied to
Amherstia. Flowers of a rose-scarlet colour, rising in
fascicled heads from the axillary buds. Leaves abruptly-
pinnate, when young flaccid, and with the leaflets revolnte
at the edges ; leaf -bud long and stipulaceous. All the
species are well worthy of the most extensive cultivation.
A mixture of loam, peat, and sand, is a soil well adapted
for them, and great care should be taken not to over-water
the plants in winter, as too great a supply will be sure to
kill them. Propagated by cuttings, taken from ripened
wood, planted in a pot of sand, and placed under a hand
glass, in a moist heat.

B. Ariza (Ariza).* fl. richest scarlet, produced in a large, globular,
drooping head of immense size. Summer. I. pinnate, usually
with six or eight pairs of pinnae, which are oblong-lanceolate, and
sharply tapered to a point, /u 20ft. to 40ft Columbia, 1843.
This noble tree requires a large house to fully perfect its beauty.
SYX B. princeps. (B. M. 6469.)

B. Birschellii (Birschell's). fl. rose-coloured, in drooping racemes.
April to July. I. pinnate ; leaflets oblanceolate, 6in. long. A. 10ft.
to 20ft. La Guayra, 1872. (B. M. 5998.)

B. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. scarlet, fascicled. July and August.
I. with two to three pairs of oval-oblong, acuminated leaflets.
h. 6ft. to 10ft Venezuela, 1793. (B. M. 3964.)
B. grandiceps (large-headed).* /. red, in dense capitate spikes.
July. I. with usually twelve pairs of oblong-lanceolate glandless
leaflets, ending in a long cuspidate acumen ; branches and pe-
tioles pubescent A. (in its native home) 60ft. Caraccas, 1829.
(B. M. 4859.)

B. latifolia (broad-leaved), fl. red, in dense fascicles; invo-
lucre tomentose. 1. with one to three pairs of ovate or obovate-
cuspidate leaflets. A. 6ft to 8ft Caraccas, 1824.
B. macrophylla (large-leaved).* fl. orange-scarlet, in dense
heads, often measuring nearly 3ft in circumference. Central
America, 1879. (G. C. 1873, p. 779.)
B. princeps (chief). A synonym of B. Ariza.
B. racemosa (clustered).* fl. rose-coloured, racemose ; invo-
lucre and calyx clothed with fine tomentum. I. with four pairs
of unequal-sided, oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, cuspidately-acu-
minated leaflets, which are glanduliferous at the base. A. 4ft
Caraccas, 1826.

B. Rosa del Monte. fl. scarlet, in dense heads; leaflets
of the involucre roundish, imbricated, and, when in a young
state, rather velvety. June. I. with two to three pairs of oval-
oblong acuminated leaflets ; branches and petioles glabrous.
A. 8ft South America, 1820. (B. R. 1472.)

BROWNLOWTA (named in honour of Lady Brown-
low, daughter of Sir Abraham Hume, and a great patroness
of botany). OED. Tiliacece. Very handsome greenhouse
evergreen trees, thriving well in a mixture of loam and
peat. Cuttings of ripe shoots will root if placed in sand,
under a hand glass, in heat.
B. elata (tall).* fl. yellow ; panicle terminal, conical, spreading.

May. I. large, cordate, acute, seven-nerved, smooth. A. 60ft

India, 1823. (B. B. 1472.)

BRUCEA (commemorative of James Bruce, the cele-
brated African traveller). OED. SimarubecB. Ornamental
stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers small, purplish inside,
disposed in interrupted glomerate spikes, or racemes.
Leaves impari-pinnate, with six pairs of opposite, entire
or serrated leaflets, without dots. Branches, peduncles,
petioles, and nerves of leaves, clothed with rufescent down.
They thrive in a loamy soil; and cuttings from ripened
wood strike freely, in a pot of sand, under a hand glass,
in a moderate heat.

B. antldysenterlca (antidysenteric). fl., racemes simple, .spike-
like. May. I., leaflets quite entire, clothed with rusty nlh on

the nerves beneath. A. 8ft Abyssinia, 1775.
B. sTimatrana (Sumatra).* fl. dark purple; racemes usually

compound. May. I., leaflets serrated, villous beneath. A. 20ft

Sumatra, 1822.

BBUCHUS GRAM-ABJTTS. See Bean Beetle.

BK.TJCHUS PISI. See Pea (INSECTS).
BRUGMANSIA. See Datura.

BRUNFELSIA (named after Otto Brunfels, of Mentz,
first a Carthusian monk, and afterwards a physician ; he
published the first good figures of plants in 1530). STN.
Franciscea. ORD. Scrophularinece. Elegant free-flowering

Brunfelsia — continued.

stove evergreens. Flowers sweet-scented; corolla large,
funnel or salver-shaped, with a long tube, and a flat, five-
lobed, obtuse, nearly equal limb. A light rich soil, or a
compost of loam, leaf soil, and peat, is necessary to grow
these plants successfully. Propagated by cuttings, planted
in sand, and placed under bell glasses, in a moderate heat.
When rooted, they should be placed in small pots, in a com-
post somewhat more sandy than that already mentioned.
While growing, they require to be kept in a moist stove
temperature, and should be hardened by placing them in
a drier, and somewhat cooler, temperature after each
growth is completed ; the pots should be changed as often
as the roots become thick around the ball of earth. The
larger plants flower freely, and should be slightly pruned
in annually, before commencing their new growth, thus
securing neat and compact specimens. Eepotting should
be effected directly they have done flowering. The plants
should then be placed in a temperature ranging from
60deg. to 68deg., and both the roots and foliage liberally
supplied with water. When flowers appear — about October
or November — the syringing must be less frequently per-
formed. At this period, if it be desirable to prolong the
flowering season, the plants should be removed to a tem-
perature of about 48deg. A few administrations of weak
liquid manure during the growing season are of great value.

B. acnminata (taper-pointed-leaved).* fl. bluish-violet, few, sub-
cymose, terminal. April. I. oblong, acuminated, attenuated a
little at the base, glabrous ; bracts lanceolate, acuminated,
glabrous. A. 1ft. to 2ft Kio Janeiro, 1840. (B. M. 4189.)

B. amerlcana (American).* it. first yellow, then white, very sweet-
scented ; axillary flowers solitary, terminal ones numerous. June.
I. obovate, elliptic, acuminated, longer than the petioles. A. 4ft
to 6ft. West Indies, 1735. There are narrow and broad-leaved
varieties of this species. (B. M. 393.)

FIG. 284. FLOWER OP BRUMA KODIFLORA.

B. calyclna (cup-shaped).* fl- purple, disposed in large trusses,
which are produced in succession throughout the whole year.
I. large, lanceolate, shining light green. A. 2ft Brazil, 1850. One
of the largest-flowered species grown. (B. M. 4583.)

B. conferttfiora (dense-flowered), fl. soft blue, cymosely crowded,
terminal. January to June. I. nearly sessile, oblong-acute, at-
tenuated at the base, rather pilose, ciliated, yellowish-green

216

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

felsia— conttnu«<Z.
above ; bracteoles oblong, attenuated at the base, and are, as well
as the calyces, clothed with rusty hairs. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Brazil.

B. eximia (choice).* fl. produced from the points of the shoots,
upwards of 2in. in diameter, deep purple. January to July. I.
oblong-lanceolate, dark green, but not glossy. A. 2ift. Brazil,
1847. (B.M.4790.)

B. grandiflora (large-flowered), fl. greenish ; limb of corolla
2in. in diameter, corymbose, terminal. June. I. elliptic-oblong,
acuminated. Branches twiggy. A. 3ft. Peru.

B. hydrangewformis (Hydrangea-like).* fl. beautiful bluish-
violet; cymes terminal, hemispherical, large. April. I. oblong,
acute, cuneiform at base, quite glabrous, 1ft. long; bracts lan-
ceolate, aggregate. A. 1ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1840. This is one of
the most elegant species of the genus. (B. M. 4209.)

B. latifolia (broad-leaved), fl. at first lavender-colour, with a
distinct white eye, eventually becoming almost white ; deliriously
fragrant, sub-cymose, terminal. Winter to early spring. 1. broad-
elliptic, acutish, greyish-white, 6in. to 7in. long, and 2in. to 2Jin.
broad. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1840. (B. M. 3907.)

B. Llndeniana (Linden's).* fl. rich purple, with a light eye. J.
ovate-acuminate, dark green. Brazil, 1865. (B. H. 1865, 226.)

B. uniflora (one-flowered), fl. solitary ; corolla with a whitish
tube, and a bluish-violet or purple limb. Winter. I. elliptic,
acute ; branches greenish, hoary, diffuse, spreading. A. 1ft. to 3ft.
Brazil, 1826. (L. B. C. 1332.)

BRUNIA (named after Corneille de Bruin, better known
under the name of Le Brun, a Dutchman, a traveller in
the Levant). OBD. Bruniacece. Elegant little greenhouse
evergreen Heath-like shrubs, more or less branched, with
the branches in whorls, erect or spreading. Flowers
capitate, furnished with three bracts each, or sometimes
deficient of the two lateral ones. Leaves small, closely
imbricate. They require a compost of peat and sand, with
a little leaf soil added, firm potting and good drainage.
Cuttings of young shoots root freely in sand, under a hand
light, in summer.

B. nodiflora (knot-flowered).* fl. white ; heads globose, size of a
cherry, on the tops of the branches. July. 1. lanceolate, awl-
shaped, trigonal, acute, smooth, closely imbricate, not ustulate at
the apex. A. If t. to 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1786. See Fig. 284.

BRUNIACEJE. An order of much-branched Heath-
like shrubs, usually having small leaves, which are crowded
and entire. Flowers in terminal heads ; petals five, alter-
nating with the lobes of the calyx. The typical genus
is Brunia.

BRUNONIA (named after Bobert Brown, the most
eminent botanist of his time). OBD. Goodenovice. A stem-
less greenhouse perennial herb, with the habit of Scabiosa,
downy from glandless simple hairs. Flowers distinct, with
a whorl of five membranous bracts ; corolla blue, marcescent.
Badical leaves quite entire, spathulate ; scapes undivided,
each bearing one head ; head hemispherical, lobate ; lobes
involucrated by foliaoeous bracts. It thrives in a compost
of decayed manure, or leaf soil and peat, with a little
loam added ; thorough drainage is necessary. Propagated
by divisions, in early spring, previous to repotting.
B. australis (southern)* is the only species known to be in

cultivation. A. 1ft New Holland, 1834. (B. B. 1833.)

BRUNSVICtlA (named after the noble House of
Brunswick). OBD. Amaryllidece. Very showy greenhouse
bulbous plants, from the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers
red, on very long pedicels. Bulbs large. Leaves broad,
horizontal; perianth with an evident longer or shorter
tube, curving upwards, funnel-shaped, deeply six-parted,
deciduous ; segments sub-equal, many-nerved, flat, and re-
curved at the apex ; stamens on the tube much curved
upwards ; scape appearing in summer without the leaves ;
umbels many-flowered. Propagation is effected by offsets,
of which the large bulbs produce but few. These, when
secured, may be removed after reaching some consider-
able size, carefully potted in a mixture of sandy loam
and peat, with good drainage, and kept tolerably warm
and close until established ; water must be given but
sparingly until root-action has commenced. 'The best place
for growing the offsets into a flowering size is on a shelf
near the glass, in a temperature of from 50deg. to 55deg.
With an abundance of water while growing, and kept dry
while semi-dormant, thus allowing them a rest, the bulbs

Brunsvigia — continued.

will speedily increase in size ; but it may be years before
flowers are produced. Culture : This may be divided into
two periods — one of growth, and one of rest. After the
latter period, they should be allowed to start into fresh
growth, without stimulation, and, as soon as started,
liberal supplies of water should be given, and a genial
temperature of from 60deg. to 65deg. maintained, to make
them grow vigorously. Good-sized pots are also necessary,
with a mixture of loam, peat, and sand, in equal parts. They
are usually confined to the greenhouse, or warm conserva-
tory, but are sometimes successfully grown in a south
border at the base of a wall, planted out in a pit, upon
which the lights may be placed in winter, and matted if
necessary, as they cannot endure frost. A good depth of
soil, consisting of fibrous loam, peat, and sand, in equal
proportions, with good drainage, should be prepared. In all
cases, the bulbs should be planted somewhat deeply. One
of the most satisfactory methods of ensuring the flowering
of these plants consists in subjecting the bulbs, when at
rest, to a hot dry heat of 70deg. or more, which thoroughly
ripens them ; but, after this treatment, it will be necessary
to encourage the after-growth to the fullest possible extent.

B. clliaris (hair-fringed), fl. dull purple. I. strongly fringed
with white hairs. A. 1ft. 1752. (B. B. 1153.)

B. Cooper! (Cooper's).* fl. sulphur-coloured, edged with red ;
umbels twelve to sixteen-flowered. I. ligulate-obtuse, bifarious,
fleshy. A. lift. 1872. (Bef. B. 330.)

B. faloata (sickle-leaved).* fl. red. May. I. sickle-shaped, with
a muricated, discoloured, cartilaginous edge. A. 9in. 1774. (B. M.
1443.) SYN. Ammocharit falcata.

B. Josephinese (Josephine's).* /. scarlet ; scape twice as long as
the rays of the many-flowered umbel. I. strap-shaped, erect,
spreading, glaucous. A. lift. This handsome species is much
grown. 1814. (B. M. 2578.) minor and gtriata are varieties.

B. multiflora (many-flowered).* fl. red, loosely umbellate. June.
1. linguiform, smooth, lying on the ground. A. 1ft. 1752. (B. M.
1619.)

B. toxicaria (poison-bulb).* fl. pink ; umbel hemispherical, many-
flowered. September to October. I. many, erect, oblique, glau-
cous. A. 1ft. 1774. (B. R. 567.) B. coranica is a variety of this.
1815. (B. B. 139.)

BRUSSELS SPROUTS (Brassica oleracea bullata
gemmifera). A cultivated variety of the Cabbage (Fig.
285). Leaves blistered. Stems covered with small, close

Kit;. 235. BRUSSELS SPROUTS.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

217

Brussels Sprouts — continued.

heads. To secure this vegetable in its best form, it must
be grown on deeply-worked and rich ground. In addition,
the seeds should be obtained from a good source, as there
are many spurious stocks in cultivation. Plenty of room
must be allowed the plants to develop, and the tops and

Brussels Sprouts — continued.

sow thinly in a cold frame, or carefully prepare seed beds
on a warm south border. As soon as the plants are larpe
enough, prick them off into prepared soil, to grow on ; about
the end of April, transplant into a piece of rich ground
which has been previously prepared for them, setting in

FIG. 286. BKYOMA LACIMOSA.

leaves should not be removed till after the sprouts are
gathered ; dead leaves, of course, excepted. It is a bad
plan to plant Brussels Sprouts amongst potatoes or other
crops, as they become unduly weakened, and never give
such good returns as when grown by themselves.

Soil and Cultivation. In February, and early in March,

rows from 2ft to 3ft. asunder, and 2ft apart in the rows.
The earlier the plants are put out, the better; and thoy
should be watered-in when planted, so that they receive
as little a check as possible. They must be kept clear of
weeds, and earthed up as soon as they get a good size.
Daring severe frost, some light dry litter may with

2F

218

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Brussels Sprouts— continued.

advantage be thrown over them for protection; and the
less they are interfered with when frozen, the better.

Sorts. The Imported is the best strain for general use ;
other good sorts are : Button's Matchless, The Aigburth,
and Scrymger's Giant.

BRYA (from bryo, to sprout; the seeds germinate
before falling from the tree). OBD. Leguminosce. A small
genus of stove shrubs or small trees, furnished with
stipular spines, and solitary, or clustered, or pinnate
leaves. The undermentioned species thrives in a rich
fibry loam. Propagated by seeds, or by cuttings, placed in
a hotbed.
B. Ebenus (ebony). Jamaica Ebony. /. bright yellow ; peduncles

two to three together, axillary, one to two-flowered, shorter than

the leaves. July and August /., leaflets aggregate, obovate.

A. 12ft. to 14ft. West Indies, 1713. (B. M. 4670.)

BRYANTHUS (from bryon, a moss, and anthos, a
flower). OBD. Ericaceae. A genus of small trailing shrubs,
allied to Loiseleuria. Flowers terminal, somewhat race-
mose; calyx five-leaved, imbricate; corolla deeply five-
parted, spreading. Leaves crowded, spreading, flattish.
For culture, see Menziesia.

B. empctriformis (Crowberry-leaved). ft. reddish-purple, clus-
tered near the extremities of the branches. I. crowded, linear,
on short adpressed petioles, h. 6in. North-west America, 1829.
SVN. Menziesia empetrifolia. (B. M. 3176.)

B. erectus (erect), fl. red, pentamerous, broadly campanulate.
I. linear, obtuse, obscurely serrated, h, about 1ft. Siberia.
Trailer. (L. & P. F. G. 1, 19.)

B. Gmelini (Gmelin's). fl. red; peduncles glandular, many-
flowered. 1. with denticulated margins, h. 2in. or Sin. Kamta-
chatka and Behring's Island.

BRYONIA (from bryo, to sprout; in allusion to the
annual growth from the tuber). Bryony. ORD. Cucurbitacece.
Tuberous-rooted perennial herbaceous plants, producing
annual climbing stems. The native species is well worth
growing over unsightly hedges, fences, &c., and in the wild
garden ; it is a rapid grower, and of extremely easy culture.
The stove perennial species should be grown in pots, and
the stems trained up the rafters. Rich loam is the soil most
suitable for their cultivation. Propagated by seeds, or by
divisions of the tuber.

B. dioica ((luscious), fl. greenish-white, racemose, dioecious. Jr.
globose, red. May to September. I. cordate, palmately flve-
lobed, toothed, scabrous, from callous points. England. (Sy. En.

B. 517.)

B. lacinlosa (cut-leaved), fl. yellow, solitary ; corollas hairy in-
side, smooth outside. Jr. size of a cherry, striated with white.
July. I. palmately five-parted, cordate, rough, and blistered,
with oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, serrated segments ; petioles
muricated. Ceylon, 1710. Stove species. SYN. Bryonopsis lad-
niosa. See Fig. 286.

BRYONY. See Bryonia.

BRYOPHYLLUM (from bryo, to sprout, and phyllon,
a leaf ; plants spring from the notches on the edges of the
loaves when taken off the plant, and placed in a moist
situation). OBD. Crassulaceae. This very curious stove suc-
culent thrives in pots of rich loamy soil ; perfect drainage
ia essential, and but little water is at any time needed.

B. calycinum (large-cupped), fl. yellowish-red ; cymes panicled,
terminal. April. 1. opposite, thick, petiolate ; some impari-pin-
nate, with one or two pairs of segments, the terminal one large ;
others solitary; all ovate and crenated. h. 2ft. to 3ft. India,
1806. A fleshy, erect, branched evergreen shrub, grown chiefly
for curiosity.

BUCCO. See Agathosma.

BUCIDA. See Terminalia.

BUCKBEAN. See Menyanthes.

BUCKLANDIA (named after Dr. Buckland, a former
Dean of Westminster, and Professor of Geology at Oxford).
OBD. Hamamelidece. A handsome greenhouse tree, allied
to Liquidambar. It thrives in rich sandy loam, peat, and
leaf mould ; or peat may be left out if the leaf soil is good ;
perfect drainage is also essential. Cuttings of ripened
shoots will strike in sandy loam, under a hand glass, with

Bucklandia— continued.

moderate heat. They must be watered carefully, or they

are liable to rot off.

B. populnea (Poplar-like). I. pale green, large, leathery, cordate,
ovate-acute, on long stalks, pinkish when young ; stipules very
curious, large red, consisting of two leafy oblong plates, placed
face to face in an erect position between the leafstalk and the
stem. h. 100ft. Himalayas, 1875. (B. M. 6507.)

BUCKLER MUSTARD. See Biscutella.

BUCKTHORN. See Rhamnus.

BUCKWHEAT. See Fagopyrum esculentum.

BUCKWHEAT-TREE. See Mylocaryum.

BUDDING-. This process consists of taking an eye
or bud attached to a portion of the bark, and transferring
it to another and different plant ; it is an operation almost
confined to woody plants, but has been practised with more
or less success upon herbaceous perennials. The stock
should not be budded unless the sap is in circulation, which
is assured if the bark will detach itself easily, when gently
lifted, from the wood.

There are many ways of performing the different
systems, in preparing and inserting the Buds, &c., and all
may prove more or less successful if undertaken when the
Buds and stock are both in a suitable condition. The
principal methods are Shield or T-budding, including the
Circular, Square, and Inverted forms; Flute or Tube-
budding, and Annular or Eing-budding.

The first-named method, which is fully described below,
is very extensively practised for propagating Hoses and
stone fruits. It is also coming more in use for the pro-
pagation of many other fruit trees, including Apples and
Pears, especially new or scarce varieties, as the great ad-
vantage of making use of many more of the eyes, to form
separate trees, is thereby attained. In large nurseries,
where skilful propagators are employed, thousands of trees
are annually budded, the majority of them with very suc-
cessful results. It is, in most cases, preferable to purchase
established fruit trees, as cultivators require the produce
much quicker than they could get it by propagating trees
themselves. The same system of Budding is, however,
applicable for increasing Eoses ; and this may bo adopted
with every chance of success by even a cottager, if he
takes the necessary care in performing the work.

Eare varieties of ornamental deciduous trees are largely
propagated in this way ; for instance, many of the Acers,
Elms, Horse Chestnuts, &c. Evergreen shrubs, such as
Rhododendrons and Hollies, are also rapidly increased in
some establishments by this means.

In the case of fruit-trees, plump wood Buds must be
selected, from medium-sized branches. On some sorts
these are scarce, the majority being Flower-buds, and it is
rather difficult to distinguish between them at the Budding
season. The best time for the operation is from June to
the end of August; but surrounding influences, condition of
Buds, stocks, &c., must be taken into account. Clean cuts,
with gentle and skilful handling, are even more important
in the Budding of stone fruits than of Eoses or other
plants, and the ties should be lightly but firmly made. In
all cases, the operation must be performed as quickly as
possible, as both Bud and bark are injured if exposed
to the air for any length of time.

Fio. 287. FIG. 288.

To proceed with the ordinary system of Shield-budding,
the stock (see Fig. 287 a) should first have a longitudinal and

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

219

Budding1 — continued.

a transverse incision made in the bark, the former abont lin.
long. Next, the End should be prepared, removing half the
leaf (see Fig. 288). Hold the branch with the left hand, and
pass the knife from abont iin. below, gradually upwards
and inwards under the Bud, bringing it out in a similar way
at a somewhat shorter distance above. A portion of wood
will also be taken out, and this is generally removed the
opposite way to that in which the Bud has been cut. By
skilful Budders, it is removed by a sort of twitch from
either end. Great care must be taken not to pull out the
base or root of the Bud at the same time, as this would
render it useless. Should the whole come out together,
leaving a hollow place under the eye of the Bud, it must be
thrown away, and another prepared. The Bud being ready,
loosen the bark at the point where the incisions meet, with
the ivory knife handle, and insert it by means of the piece
of leaf attached. It must then be tied in with soft
matting or bast, to exclude air, but not tight enough to
injure the bark. Shading from bright sun is advisable for
a few days afterwards, and, as soon as the union takes
place, the ties must be frequently examined, and loosened
if necessary. Some prefer Budding late in the season, in
order that the Bud may remain dormant during the winter,
and breaking stronger the following spring. Occasionally,
Buds are inserted in spring, just at the commencement of
growth. The stocks of the Summer-budded trees should
only be allowed a moderate amount of foliage during the
autumn, and should be cut back to the established Bud
before growth commences in spring.

Square and Circular Shield-budding consists in cutting
out a piece of bark of either shape from the stock, and
inserting another piece of exactly the same size, containing
a Bud, and covering with a bandage, or piece of sticking
plaster, all except the eye. This mode is seldom made use
of. Inverted T or Shield-budding is preferred in the south
of France for propagating Orange-trees, but is not other-
wise much used. The only difference is that the transverse
incision is made below, instead of above, the other, and the
Bud inserted upwards, making it fit with the bark at the
point where the stock is cut across.

Flute-budding is sometimes used, and answers well for
some trees (see Fig. 289). A cylinder of bark is removed

FIG. 289.

from the stock, and one of a similar size from the scion,
containing Buds, is fitted in its place, being carefully made
air-tight by means of a bandage or grafting wax. Some
prefer splitting the bark, as shown in the illustration, j
and laying it over the tube or cylinder; but the parts ;
cannot be fitted so well as when it is removed.

Ring Budding. By this mode, it is not necessary to cut
off the top of the stock. A ring of bark may be removed
from any convenient part (see Fig. 290 b) and replaced with
one containing eyes (see Fig. 290 a). The latter should be
taken from a little larger branch than the stock, as the bark
could then be made to fit better. As in Flute -budding, air
must be excluded by means of adhesive paper and bandages
or grafting wax.

Budding operations may be performed at any time
during the season ; but dull cloudy weather, and morning
or evening, are most suitable. If the branch, containing

Budding1 — continued.

Buds, cannot be obtained as required for use, the ends may
be placed in water, to keep them fresh; but unnecessary
delay should be avoided.

Stocks for Budding upon. For the Cherry, the Wild
Gean, and seedlings from the Morello, make capital stocks
for tall trees and those of moderate growth; and the
Mahaleb, or Perfumed Cherry, for small trees for pots,
bushes, pyramids, or cordons. For the Plum, the Mussel',
Myrobalan, Magnum Bonum, St. Julian, &c., are mostly
used for stocks, the Myrobalan being best for small trees.
Peaches and Nectarines are generally budded on the
Mussel, St. Julian, or Myrobalan Plums; the last are best
for dwarfs. The Apricot is budded on the Mussel or

Myrobalan Plums, for small plants ; and the St. Julian Plum
for standards. In France, the Damas Noir, or Black
Damask, and the Cerisette, are also used. They should all
be raised from seeds, and not from suckers. Seeds for
raising plants for stocks may be sown as soon as ripe ; but
where quantities are used, the stones are thrown into
heaps, so as to slightly ferment during winter. In the

no. 291.

spring, they are sown in drills or beds, and transplanted
the next year in rows 2ft. or 3ft. apart, and lOin. or 12in.
from plant to plant. The dwarfs are generally budded
the second year, and the standards the third or fourth.
Dwarf trees are budded from within a few inches of the

220

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Budding1 — continued.

ground to 1ft. above; standards and riders from 3ft. to 9ft.;
cordons, pyramids, &c., can hardly be budded too low.

Rose Budding. Propagation of Roses by Budding is
very extensively practised both with standard trees and
dwarf plants. It is perhaps easier and more certain to
succeed with these than with fruit trees; but the mode
adopted is precisely the same — that of the shield-shaped
Bud with the core, or root, and the bark attached. For
standards, the common briar of the Dog Rose is the best.
The earlier these are obtained and planted in November, the
better, as roots are then formed at once. For dwarf plants,
the Manetti stock is mostly used, being easily
obtained and had in proper condition almost at
any time when Buds are ready. Plants on this
stock do not succeed in all soils, and suckers
are also very liable to be produced. Budding on
the seedling briar is attended with good results,
and is practised more than hitherto. The De la
Grifferaie stock is also used, more for Tea Roses
than others, and is considered by some to pro-
duce better plants than the Manetti. The shoots
on standard briars should be reduced to about
three of the strongest, selected as close together
as possible, and near the top, the briars having
been previously cut back the desired height at
planting time. Two Buds are sufficient for a
good head ; but, for certainty, three may be in-
serted. Fig. 291 represents a tall briar with throe
shoots ; a shows the shoot slit for the Bud ; b,
the Bud inserted ; c, the Bud tied in. Fig. 292
is a branch showing Buds, the lowest ones of
•which are most suitable, being in firmer wood.
FIG 292. Those at the top are often useless. Fig. 293
represents a Bud taken from Fig. 292, a, b, and
Fig. 294 gives an idea of how the wood is removed. As
previously remarked when describing the system, ex-
perienced Budders remove the wood from either end.
Fig. 294 shows its removal from the lower end.

Fio. 294.

Budding as close as possible to the main stem is most
desirable. Raffia grass is superior in every way for tying,
which should be performed as soon after the Bud is inserted

as possible. It requires much care, and, of course, the
Bud itself must be entirely free. As soon as the Buds

Budding" — continued.

swell, the tying material should be loosened, and the
top of the stock cut back to the level of the budded
shoot. By Budding late, the Buds lie dormant till the next
spring, and the necessity of tying the young shoots is
dispensed with for that season. The shoots of the briar in
advance of the Rose Buds must be cut back, as shown in
Fig. 295, so soon as the Buds are safely established. The
Manetti and other dwarf stocks are budded on the main
shoot nearly close to, or nnderneath the ground, and if low
enough to cover part of the rose stem when grown, the
latter often roots as well and assists the stock. Being
small, they may be grown in pots and removed to the
required position at any time.

Dog Roses, used for standards, are usually collected from
hedgerows, and sold at about 8s. per hundred. Manetti
stocks are increased by cuttings, which, after making one
season's good growth, will be fit for use. Briars are raised
from seed, which may be collected from hedges, and sown
in the autumn, in drills. The seedlings should be trans-
planted the first year after sowing, and the following season
they will be ready for working.

BUDDING- KNIVES. The best Budding Knives
are those manufactured by Messrs. Saynor and Co., and
Messrs. G. Hall and Son. They are made with handles of
ivory, shaped in different ways at the end, for the purpose
of opening the bark, in order to insert the Bud. Some
of the blades are made with the edge rounded at the point,
so as to cut the bark without the knife entering the wood
underneath (see Figs. 296 and 297). Others, which may be

FIG. 300.
BUDDING KNIVES.

used for Budding, and are much better for ordinary use for
cutting flowers, &c., are made with the edge of the blade
carried to a point, as in ordinary knives (see Figs. 298
and 299). Another form has the handle made of some
other material, and a piece of ivory inserted for opening
the bark; this is represented in Fig. 300. The first-named
is the best, if required for Budding only ; the second is the
most useful for ordinary purposes, and answers admirably
for Budding as well. None of the other shapes have any
material advantages over these.

BUDDLEIA (named after Adam Buddie, who is so
often mentioned in Ray's " Synopsis "; his collection of dried
British plants is preserved in the British Museum). OED.
Loganiaceas. A large genus of stove, greenhouse, or half-
hardy shrubs. Flowers small, often tomentose, axillary,
spicate, capitate, or thyrsoid ; calyx equally four-toothed ;
corolla tubular-campanulate, regular ; limb spreading, four-
toothed. Leaves opposite, reticulately veined. Branches
quadrangular.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

221

Buddleia — continued,

The species most extensively grown is B. ylobosn, which,
among all our other shrubs, is quite unique ; but it is only
in the southern or favoured counties of England where it
can be fairly termed hardy. It is readily propagated by
cuttings or by seeds. The latter should be sown in a gentle
heat the spring following the ripening, when they will vege-
tate pretty freely. With careful treatment and nurturing
in pots for the first winter, in a frost-proof pit or house, they
may goon be grown into elegant plants. Cuttings of the
ripened wood, put in under bell glasses or hand lights, in a
cool but frost-proof pit, will root slowly during the winter.
They will root all the surer and quicker if each cutting has
a heel of older wood attached to that of the current year's
growth. They are best inserted in fine sand or in very
sandy soil, and require but little water until rooted. As
soon as fairly calloused over or rooted, their further pro-
gress may be much advanced by potting them off, and
plunging them in a bottom-heat of 60deg. or 6odeg. This
is by no means an essential to secure success, but it hastens
it, and promotes growth in an extraordinary manner. The
surface temperature should range about the same as the
bottom-heat. Under such treatment, the plants will be
quite fit to place out about the middle of July. A warm,
sheltered situation should be chosen, and a light, rich soil
prepared for them ; and if dry weather ensues, they only
require water. South or west walls are, without doubt, the
best situations for them. In all cool or unfavourable
localities, much may be done to ensure success by planting
on a dry bottom, and on poorish soil. A loose, free-and-
easy style of training suits the plants best. This enables
them to yield a great number of their peculiarly formed,
distinct, and beautiful flowers ; whereas, anything like a
close, trim course of pruning or of training reduces the
flowers to the lowest number.

Throughout the southern parts of England, and, indeed,
in many places in the north, B. globosa makes an excellent
bush for the shrubbery. It is only during severe winters
that it gets badly cut.

For the other presumably hardy species much the same
plan as the foregoing may be adopted. The greenhouse and
stove kinds may have the same routine of culture usually
employed with plants requiring similar temperatures.

Stove species, except where specified otherwise.

(AmericanX JL yellow ; spikes disposed in a
terminal panicle, nearly lift, long ; glomeniles nearly globose,
size of a sloe, on short peduncles. August. L orate, acuminated,
narrowed at the base, serrately crenated. A, 8ft. to 12ft Pern,
1826.

B. asiattca (Asiatic).* /. white, small, disposed in lonz, dense
racemes. L lanceolate, finely serrated. A. 3ft. India, 1874.
A graceful and sweet-acented shrub. ST.N. B. A'eemda. (B. M. 6321)

, (curled). JL Iflac, with a white eye ; numerously pro-
duced in long terminal branching spikes, forming a pyramidal
head about bin. long. March. L orate-lanceolate, crenately
curled ; lower ones cordate at the tan; superior ones rounded,
all thick and wrinkled, clothed with soft tomentum on both
surfaces, A. 13ft. Western Himalayas. Half-hardy. (B. M. 4793.)
, or honey -colour ; heads large,
i. lanceolate, acuminated,

. long. Branches sub-tetragonal, clothed
with hoary tomentum, as well as the under side of the leares.
A. 15ft. to 20ft Chili, 1774. Hardy in most places, (B. M. 174.)
B, UndJeyana (Lindlevs). .«. purplish-red, hairy ; disposed in
terminal racemose spikes. September. L ovate, shortly petiolate,
serrate. Branches angular, glabrous. A. 6ft China, 1844. Half-
hardy. (B.B.32,4.)
B. Neemda (Xeemda). A synonym of B. atiatiea.

BUDS, PIiOWER. These are developed like Leaf-
buds, from which they differ chiefly in containing one or
more incipient flowers within the leaves — the flowers
being wrapped up in their own floral-leaves, within the
ordinary leaves, which have their outer covering of scales.
If a Bud be gathered from a Lilac or Horse-chestnut very
early in spring, all the rudiments of the future flowers and
leaves will be found within it, though the Bud itself may
not be more than half-an-inch long, and the flowers not
larger than the points of the smallest pins.

BUDS, LEAP. These consist of rudimentary leaves,
surrounding a growing vital point, and appear like a
collection of scales arranged symmetrically one above the
other. Leaf-buds universally originate in the horizontal
or cellular system, and are formed under the bark at the
extremity of the medullary rays, and at the margin or on
the surface of leaves, whether perfect or rudimentary.
Deciduous trees lose their leaves, but in the axil of
each a little Bud previously forms, from which fresh
leaves expand the following spring. In some cases, as
in the Horse-chestnut, the Buds are covered with a gummy
exudation. In Privet-trees, Leaf -buds are generally smaller
and more elongated than Flower-buds.

(named after David Sigismund Au-
gustus Byttner, once a Professor of Botany in the Uni-
versity of Gottingen). OBD. Sterculuieecf, Erect or scan-
dent stove or greenhouse shrubs. Flowers small, usually
dark purple ; calyx and corolla valvate ; umbels simple,
disposed in something like racemes or panicles, rarely in
corymbs. Leaves simple. All are of easy culture in a
compost of loam and peat. B. datyphyUa, hermannice-
folia, microphylia, and scabra, are occasionally met with,
but they are hardly worth growing.

BTJETTNERIEJB. A section of SttrcvKttffiB.

MOTH (Pygaera butephala). This large
and beautiful Moth is very common in many districts ; it
is easily recognised by the buff-coloured tips of the fore-
wing^ — whence its common name ; the head, and body
between the wings and abdomen, are ochreous. According
to Newman's " British Moths," " the caterpillars, when full
grown, are about an inch and three-quarters long, and
sprinkled with silky hairs ; the general colour yellow, with
black head, black lines running from the head to the tail,
interrupted by a transverse orange band on each ring, and
a black horny plate above the tail segment." They feed
on the leaves of the Lime, Elm, and Oak, among other
trees, and apparently the only remedy is that generally
adopted in exterminating caterpillars, viz., to shake the
branches which are infested, when the pest will be quickly
dislodged, and fall to the ground. Miss Ormerod is of
opinion that " as the caterpillars come down the tree to
the ground for their change to chrysalids, it might be
worth while to throw a few spadefuls of gas-lime, or of
anything they would not cross, in a circle at about a yard
from the tree ; or a rough band of any material soaked in
tar, or tar and ofl, which would keep wet longer, would
stop them from straying off . . . and they might be
cleared in sufficient numbers so as to considerably lessen
future attack." This plan of prevention deserves a trial
in any place where the destructive caterpillars of these
Moths abound. It is almost a hopeless task to destroy
them altogether when once established on the trees, such
specimens as large Oaks being often almost or wholly de-
nuded of foliage.
BUGLE.

BUGLOSSUM
Barrelieri.

BUGWORT. >~ Cimicifuga.
BULBIFEB.OUS. Bearing bulb*.

Ses

(from bolbot, a bulb). OKD. Liliaeecc. A
genus of rather pretty hardy, or nearly hardy, herbaceous
or bulbous plants, allied to Anthericum. Flowers showy,
fragrant; perianth with spreading segments. Leaves
somewhat fleshy, narrow. Stems short. They are all of
easy culture in a compost of sandy loam. The bulbous-
rooted species are increased by offsets, and the herba-
ceous sorts by suckers and divisions. The only species
which can be grown satisfactorily in the open air is
B. annuo. All the others should be grown in the green-
house, but may be placed in the open during the summer

222

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bulbine — continued.
B. alooides (Aloe-like).* fl. yellow, disposed in a terminal panicle.

April. I. fleshy, tongue-shaped, lanceolate, flat on both sides.

h. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1732. SYN. Anthericum alooides.

(B. M. 1317.)
B. annua (annual), fl. yellow ; scape racemose. May, June. I.

fleshy, subulate, rounded, h. 9in. Cape of Good Hope, 1731.

An annual species, the seeds of which should be sown in a gentle

heat during spring, and the seedlings may be transplanted to the

open when large enough to handle. SYN. Anthericum annuum.

(B. M. 1451.)
B.caulescens (caulescent)."/, yellow. March. I. fleshy, rounded.

Stem shrubby, erect, branched, h. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope. 1702.

A shrubby species, which should be propagated by cuttings, placed

under a hand glass. SYN. B. frutescens. (B. M. 816.)
B. frutescens (shrubby). Synonymous with B. caulescent.

BULBOCODIUM (from bolbos, a bulb, and kodion,
wool ; referring to the woolly covering of the bulbs). ORD.
Liliacece. TRIBE ColcUcece. A very pretty little bulbous
plant, much resembling the Crocus, from which it differs prin-
cipally in having a superior ovary and six stamens. It is
amongst the earliest of spring-flowering plants, the flowers
preceding the foliage; and, like the majority of bulbs,
delights in rich sandy loam. In such positions, they multiply
rapidly from offsets. It is a good plan to take up the bulbs,
divide, and replant them every second year, selecting in
autumn, and renewing the soil or planting in new positions.
Few plants prove more welcome in the garden, in February,
than B. vernum, either in beds, patches, or masses.
B. Altchisoni (Aitchison's). A synonym of Merendera pergica.
B. Eichleri (Eichler's). A synonym of Merendera caucasica.
B. trigynum. A synonym of Merendera caucasica.

FIG. 301. BULBOCODIUM VERNDM.

B. vernum (spring).* /. violet-purple, with a white spot on the
claw ; long, tubular, funnel-shaped, two to three from each bulb ;
preceding the appearance of the leaves. Very early spring.
I usually three in number, broadly strap-shaped, concave, and
surrounded at the base by well-developed sheaths. Bulb black,
oblong, h. 4in. to 6in. Spain, 1649. See Fig. 301. There is a
is a variety with the leaves striped white, which is also desirable.

BTTLBOPHYLLUM (from buZbos.abulb, and phyllon,
a leaf ; referring to the leaves issuing from the apex of the
pseudo-bulbs). STNS. Anisopetalum, Bolbophyllum, Tri-
brachium. ORD. Orchidece. Of this rather large genus of
orchids but few are worth cultivating except as curiosities.
Racemes long or spike-like, very rarely one-flowered or
sub-umbellato ; sepals usually nearly equal and free; lip
jointed to the foot of the column. They are of easy cul-
ture when grown on small blocks of wood with a little

Bulbophylltun — continued.

moss, and suspended in a warm part of the house ; the roots
require a good supply of water. Propagated by dividing
the pseudo-bulbs.

The following comparative few of the aggregate number
of species already introduced are really all that are worth
the cultivator's attention ; what the botanist often regards
as being very pretty, &c., does not always appear such in
the eyes of the grower.

B. barbigerum (bearded).* fl., sepals and petals greenish -brown ;
lip covered with dark-coloured hair, and so loosely attached at
the base as to be moved with the slightest breath. Sierra Leone,
1835. A curious dwarf-growing plant, with dark green leaves and
pseudo-bulbs. (B. R. 1942.)

B. Beccarii (Beccari's). /. light brownish and painted with
violet ; lip brown, with a violet hue, proceeding from a rhizome

at the base of the leaf (just below the small pseudo-bulb), and at
once turning downwards ; racemes dense, cylindrical, nodding.
I. three, 25in. long, 18in. across, very thick. Rhizome 20in. long.

Brazil, 1879. A remarkable and gigantic climbing species ; the
odour of this plant is intolerably foetid, and the leaves are larger
than those of any other known orchid. This species requires
plenty of heat. (B. M. 6517.)

B. Lobbi (Lobb's).* /. large ; sepals and petals yellow, the upper
part spotted with purple ; solitary, on radical scapes. Summer.
Java, 1845. (B. M. 4532.)

B. maculatum (spotted). /. prettily spotted, I. long, obtuse,
bright green. India.

B. retienlatnm (netted-leaved).* fl. in pairs, white, striped
inside with purple ; lip spotted with the same colour. I. some-
what heart-shaped, with the nerves of a deeper green than the
rest of the leaf, giving it a beautifully reticulated appearance.
Brazil, 1866. Perhaps the handsomest of the genus. (B. M. 5605.)

B. saltatorum (dancing). /. greenish-brown, lasting some time
in perfection. Winter, h. 6m. Sierra Leone, 1835. (B. R. 1970.)

B. siamense (Siamese).* fl. rale yellow, striped with purple ; lip
yellow, streaked with purplish lines. A very pretty species,
closely allied to B. Lobbi, but with longer and stouter leaves.
Pseudo-bulbs ovate. Siam, 1867. Should be grown in a pot of
peat and sphagnum.

BULBOSTYLES (from bolbos, a bulb, and stylos, the
style). ORD. Composites. A small genus of stove ever-
green plants, now referred to Eupatorium.

BULBS. A Bulb is formed upon or beneath the
ground, and is a swollen stock, consisting, in the first place,
of a more or less fleshy disk, which below gives rise to the
roots ; secondly, of more or less fleshy coats, or scales,
borne on the disk ; thirdly, of a more or less central shoot,
equally borne by the disk, protected by the coats or scales
already mentioned, and formed of rudimentary leaves and
flowers. In some instances, small Bulbs, called Cloves, are
formed at the base of the scales of the original Bulb ; these
are destined to reproduce the plant. Shallot and Garlic are
good examples. Bulbs are, in fact, storehouses, husbanding
the strength and energy acquired by the plant during one
season, for the exigencies of the next. They are classified
under two sections — Scaly and Tunicated. In the former,
the scales of the Bulb are imbricated, as in the Lily; in
the latter, they form continuous coatings, one within the
other, as in the Hyacinth, &c. In several Lilies, young
Bulbs are found growing in the axils of the leaves, when
they are known as Bulbils. Bulbs is also a popular term
given to Dutch Flower Roots, mostly arriving here in the
autumn for spring flowering. Crocus, Colchicum, Cyclamen,
Gladiolus, and several others, are not Bulbs, but Conns.
The flowering season varies according to the different sorts
of Bulbs. The majority may bo lifted and kept tolerably
dry during the resting period ; but they wither and become
exhausted if not replanted at the proper time, thereby
causing many failures. Dutch Bulbs generally arrive in
September, and the best results are obtained from those
potted or planted at once, although some for succession
may be kept in reserve up till the beginning of November.
The failure in cultivating imported Liliums and other
Bulbs may be often caused by their long-continued con-
finement in a dry atmosphere, whereby their vitality
is often almost lost. The roots of some Bulbs are nearly
always, more or less, in action, and these, especially, should
not be kept out of the ground for any lenjrth of time.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

223

BULLACE. See Prnnus ixurititia.
BULLACE, or MUSCADINE. See Vitis vul-
pina.

BULLATE. Blistered or puckered.
BULRUSH, or CLUB-BUSH. &« Typha.

BUNCHOSIA (from bunches, the Arabic name for
Coffee ; in allusion to the similarity between the seeds of
this genus and those of Coffee). OBD. Malpighiacea.
Ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrubs, nearly allied to
Malpighia, but having the racemes of flowers axillary.
Fruit fleshy, indehiscent, externally smooth, and containing
two or three seeds. They thrive best in a compost of loam,
peat, leaf soil, and sand, in about equal proportions.

Bunchosia— continued.
odorata (fragrant).* JL yellow, sweet^cented ;

(from bout, an or, and ophthal-
mot, the eye; the disk of the flower being ox-eye-like).
Oxeye. OBD. Campotitat. Very showy and ornamental hardy
perennial plants, thriving freely in common garden aoQ.
They are propagated by divisions, made in autumn or
spring.

B. grandlflorum (large-flowered).* JL-keadt yellow, large ; In-
ToTucre naked. June to October. L alternate-lanceolate, some-
what toothleted, smooth. A. IJft. Austria, 1722. Hardy
herbaceous perennial.

B. salicifolium (Willow-leared).* .fi.-kead* yellow, solitary, rather

FIG. 302. BUBBIDGEA MTIDA.

Cuttings of ripened shoots wiU root in sand under a bell
glass, in moist bottom heat, taking several weeks to do so.
Good drainage is essential, both in striking cuttings and in
the cultivation of the plants.
B. argentea (silYery).* JL yellow; racemes opposite,rimple,

pubescent. July. L lanceolate, silrery beneath. Branches

puberulous. ft. IB. Caraecas, 18KX
B. glandulifera (gland-bearing). JL yellow; racemes simple,

axillary. March to May. i. efiiptical-OTate, on short petioles,

wavy, pubescent on both surfaces, furnished with four glands

beneath at the base. k. 10ft. Caraecas, 1806.
B. nitida (shining), /t yellow; racemes elongated, almost the

lemrth of the leaTes. July. fr. large, red ; it is much eaten by

turkeys and other large fowl. J. 4in. long, oblong, acuminated.

smooth, glandlea*. A. 4ft. Jamaica, IflOO.

large, terminal; inTolucre naked. June. I. alternate, oblong.

lanceolate, sub-serrated, three-nerved, rilloos. A. IJft. Austria,

1758.
B.specic*iBslmum (showiest).* JL-headt yellow. July. A. 2ft

South Europe, 1826. Sf>. Telekia tpecioiitrima.

BUPLEUEUM (derivation not satisfactorily explained).
Hare's-Ear. OBD. Umbtlliferx. A somewhat extensive
perms of quite glabrous shrubs or herbaceous plants.
Flowers yellowish ; umbels compound. Leaves mostly
quite entire. But few of this genus are worth growing,
and all are of the easiest culture in common garden soil.
Propagation is effected, in the case of annuals, by seed, sown
in the open border in March or April; in the case of
perennials by division, in either spring or autumn ; an J in

224

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Bupleurum — continued.

that of shrubby species, by cuttings or divisions, in March
or April.

B. fruticescens (shrubby).* fl., umbels small, three to five-rayed ;
involucre of three to five, very short, subulate lejives. August.
L linear-subulate, stiff, striated, five to seven-nerved. Branches
slender, elongated, erect. A. 1ft Spain, 1752. Hardy and
evergreen.

B. fruticosum (shrubby).* Leaves of involucre oblong. July.
I. of a sea-green colour; oblong, attenuated at the base, cori-
aceous, one-nerved, quite entire, sessile. Bark of branches
purplish. A. 3ft. to 6ft. Spain, 1596. Hardy. This ia nearly the
only species grown. (W. D. B. 1, 14.)

B. gibraltarica (Gibraltar), fl. yellow. June. I. lanceolate,
one-nerved, coriaceous. A. 3ft. Gibraltar, 1784. Evergreen,
half-hardy.

B. gramlnlfollum (grass-leaved).* fl. green-yellow,
linear, grass-like. A. 6in. Switzerland, 1768. Hardy
perennial.

B. longifolium (long-leaved), fl. green-yellow. June.

June. i.

longifolium (long-leaved), /.green-yellow. Jun
. ovate-oblong; radical ones stalked; cauline on
implexicaul. A. 3ft. Switzerland, 1713. Han

I.

amplexicaul.

perennial.

Hardy

BUB. See Centotheca lappacea.

BURBIDGEA (named after F. W. Bar-

bidge, the discoverer of the genus, a traveller

in Borneo, and author of several horticultural

works). OED. Scitaminece. A very large, bril-

liant-flowered stove herbaceous perennial, allied

to Hedychium. For culture, see Alpinia.

B. nltida (shining).* fl., perianth-tube lin. to IMn.

long, slender ; outer segments l}in. to 2in. in dia-

meter, bright orange-scarlet ; panicle terminal, 4in.

to 6in. long, many-flowered. Summer. I. 4in. to 6in.

long, elliptic-lanceolate, cordate-acuminate, rather

fleshy, bright green above. Stems tufted, 2ft. to 4ft.

high, slender, terete, leafy. N. W. Borneo, 1879. See

Fig. 302, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch

and Sons. (B. M. 6403.)

BURCHARDIA (named after H. Burchard,
M.D., a botanical author). OBD. Liliacece. An
ornamental greenhouse herbaceous perennial,
allied to Androcymbium. It thrives best in
sandy peat, or peat mixed with a little loam.
Propagated by offsets or divisions, made just
previous to potting, in spring. It is best to re-
pot annually. Good drainage should be allowed,
and the plant must not be potted too firmly.

B. umbellate (umbelled). fl. white, green. August.
A. 2ft. New Holland, 1820.

BURCHELLIA (named after W. Burchell,
a botanical traveller in the Cape of Good Hopu,
and in Brazil). OBD. Rubiaceoe. A stove ever-
green shrub from the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers
scarlet, disposed in heads at the tops of the
branches, sessile upon a villous receptacle, in-
termixed with small distinct bracteoles; and each
head is propped up by the ultimate pair of leaves ;
corolla of a clavate-funnel-shape. Leaves ovate,
acute, a little cordate at the base, petiolate ;
stipules interpetiolar, broad, cuspidate at tha
apex, deciduous. It grows well in a rich light
soil, or a mixture of turfy loam, turfy peat, and
sand. Cuttings, not too ripe, root readily if
planted in sand, and placed under a hand glass,
in a gentle heat.
B. bnbalina (buffalo). A synonym of B. capensls.

Burling-fconia— continued.

required to ensure health and vigour. In the dull days of
winter, they should be watered less frequently, but the
plants must not be allowed to exhibit the slightest signs of
distress from drought, or the consequences may be fatal to
their health. When fastening these plants to blocks of
wood, a little sphagnum should be used, for experience
proves that they thrive best when their thin white roots
can escape and hang exposed to the air. If growing them
in baskets, it is preferable first to fasten them securely
upon small pieces of bare cork, then to fill the basket,
and finally to cover the whole thinly with a layer of
sphagnum.

Generally speaking, this genus is not a difficult one to
cultivate; its great enemy is a small white scale, which

Fia. 303. FLOWER-SPIKE, PSEUDO-BULB, AND LEAP OP BURLINGTONIA DECORA.

B. capensls (Cape).* fl. deep scarlet, nearly lin. long. March.

; stipules very
a, wild

. . , .

I. ovate, acute, clothed with hispid pubescence;
broad, and very short, h. 3ft. to 5ft. ; 12ft. to 14ft. in
state. SYN. B. bubalina. (B. M. 2339.)

BUBLINGTONIA (named after the "amiable and
accomplished" Countess of Burlington). OBD. OrcMdece.
A small genus of epiphytal Orchids, all of which are
beautiful and eminently well worth growing. They may be
grown upon small blocks of wood, or in rustic baskets,
suspended from the roof of the plant stove, where, if
liberally treated with water, and a genial moisture in the
air during the growing season, very little else will be

secretes itself in the sheathing bases of the leaves. Here
it rapidly multiplies, to the great detriment of the plants ;
the leaves soon turn yellow at the base, and drop off ; the
whole plant looks sickly, and soon dies, or else requires a
very long time and much trouble to achieve its recovery
to health. To prevent this, the bases of the leaves must
be carefully looked into every time the plants are taken
down to be dipped in water ; and, should the slightest
sign of this pest appear, a thorough washing with soft
soap and tepid water must be given, repeating the opera-
tion every day until all traces of the insect are re-
moved. Kcd thripa are also apt to work much mischief

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

225

Bnrliag~tonia — continued.

with these plants. They take up their abode in the same
way as the white scale, and if not speedily removed or
destroyed, soon make sad havoc. To put a stop to the
ravages of this pest, a wash should be given, as before
recommended, and after the soap has been rinsed ont of
the base of the leaf, a little tobacco powder should be
sprinkled into the hollows, and allowed to remain for a day
or two before brushing it off. This process will, however.
cause a somewhat dirty appearance, but it will ensure
ultimate health and vigour. Propagated by dividing the
plants.

'sX* *. white, deliriously

ted : lip

B.

beautiful mauve. A very pretty Sooth American species, TO.
semblin* B. Candida.

(white).* C snowy-white, with a slight stain of

nke white sati^r^nmmed with "gold; large, sweet-scented,
gracefully drooping time to four-blossomed nrnaOTi. produced
from the axfls of the leaves. April and May, lasting about three
weeks in perfection, and sometimes ha '

_ prahtliw. and sometimes baring a second flowering
season. L one or two in number, dark green, and firm in texture.
A. 1ft. Demerara, 1834. A rery compact species, well suited for
basket culture ; it should never be allowed to get dry. It may

be distinguished from other species by baring a single row of
tubercles, forming a ridge upon each side '
lip. (B. B, Mr.)

of the slightly hastate

(comely).* JL white or

lip pure white; scapes erect, fit

" 1852. This spades differs entirely from B. Candida, in-

rose-coloured, spotted with red ;
fire to ten-flowered. Winter.

n as it possesses * long slender-rooting stem, from different
parts of which arise small oral pseudo-bulbs, each bearing a
leaf ; a lesser leaf appears at the base of a bulb, and from the
axil of this the scape springs. It is a rather straggling but never-
theless beautiful species, and is tost grown fastened upon long
strips of cork, a little sphagnum being used in the operation ;
whSst, toprerent the plant getting too much "away from home,"
the young growths should be twisted back as they advance, and
the practice continued until the pseudo-bulb is ultimately left
near the centre, or in any spot which nay appear bare. It likes
rtinat heat and a very moist atmosphere, when growing : but
durins the period of rest, it should be kept cool and dry. See
Fig. 7303. (B. M. 4834.)

picta (painted).* A beautiful variety, differing from the
type Sharing shorter and more acute leaves ; flowers

in greater profusion, rose-coloured, beautifully mottled
blotched with dark purple. October. Brazil (B. M. 5419.)

mottled and '

k flragrans (fragrant).* JL very gratefully fragrant, disposed
in erect racemes. April, remaining in perfection about three
weeks. I Imi. il&iJiM ymt^lMit wmimit Brazfl, I860.
y). JL, sepals and petals
hastate lip, which

tinguished by the somewhat hastate lip, wh
ridges on each side, and also by the downy
A. 6in. Brazil, 1850.

snow-white: dis-
has three yellow
column. November.

B. rlgida (rigid).* 4. purplish-white, spotted with pink on the .
Up reduced in headT A. 1ft Brazil, 1838. A handsome
plant but difficult to flower. (L S. O. 36.)

B. vennsta (charming).* *. white, slightly tinted with pink ;
produced in heavy pendulous dusters at various seasons of the
year; Hp stained with yellow. 1. rigid, dark green. Brazil, 1840.
It formi a compact mass, and reqinres less heat than the kinds
previously described. It is often confounded with B. p*be**nt.
from which it may be distinguished by its larger and more loosely
arranged flowers, by its smooth column, by the lip not beins
hastate in shape, and by the numerous shallow ridges borne near
the base upon each side! (L. S. O. 2.)

BUR

LIGOIiD. Sec

BURNET (Pofemtm Sangvi*orba ; from pottrion. a
cup; being used in cooling drinks). OBD. Rosarece. A
native perennial. The leaves are sometimes used in soups.
and with Borage in cooling drinks: they are also put in
salads. The foliage only being useful, keep the flower-
spikes removed, as this tends to increase the luxuriance
of the plants. It thrives in any light soiL Propagated by
division.

BURNET SAXIFRAGE. See Fimpinella.

BURNING BUSH. >w Enonymus atropnr-
pnreus and E. americanus.

BURN ONION. £•• Potato Onion.

BUR REED. >-t Sparganium.

BURS ARIA 'from b-.irta. a pouch : the capsules
very much resemble those of the Shepherd's Puree). OBD.

iria

PiWo^area A handsome, much-branched, .

evergreen ahrab, forming a very pretty object when covered
all over with its elegant white blossoms. It thrives well
in a comport of eandy loam and peat, in equal proportions.
Young cuttings wffl root freely in sand, under a bell elass.
with a little bottom heat.

(named after Joachim Burser, a

of Caspar Bauhin). OBD. Bunsracecs. Stove balsam-
bearing trees. Flowers polygamous, or hermaphrodite;
calyx small, four to six-toothed ; petals four to six, spread-
ing, generally valvate in estivation; stamens eight to
twelve ; disk annular, with usually six to ten teeth ; drupe
oblong, covered by a three-valved succulent rind, contain-
ing three to five nuts. They thrive in a compost of loam
and peat. Propagated by cuttings, placed under a glass,
with bottom hont
B. gnmnttea (gu_ .

tavbalandaxulary.

leteovate,!
B. serrata(serrateX* .*. whitish, decandrous; panicles axillary,

shorter than the leaves. L impari-pmnate, with three la five

pairs of broad-lanceolate, bluntly-acuminated, -»™i«»ini leaflets ;

petioles and pedicels pubescent A. 25ft India, 1818.

.CEJE. An order of shrubs or trees, abound-

ing in resinous juice ; with opposite compound leaves, full
of pellucid dots, and axillary and terminal fascicles of
flowers. Fruit indehiscent, somewhat drupaceous. The
genera best known are Amyri*. Baltamodendron, Boruvllia.
Burtera, and Canarium.

BTJB.TOVZA (named after D. Burton, a plant collector
for Eew Gardens). OBD. Leguminone. A genus of hand-
some greenhouse dwarf Heath-like shrubs, natives of West
Australia. Flowers axillary, often thickly gathered at the
ends of the branches ; corollas rich purple ; keel generally
of a deeper colour, and the standard having sometimes
a yellow blotch at its base. Leaves simple or trifoliolate,
eessfle, usually awl-shaped. They thrive well in a mixture
of loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand, in equal proportions, with
thorough drainage; but care must be taken not to give
them too much water, as they require to be kept moderately
dry, and are difficult to preserve in a living state. Young
cuttings root freely in a pot of sandy soil, in a cool house,
with a bell glass placed over them ; but some of the species
produce seed in abundance, which are the best means of in-
creasing them.

B. conferta (eluster-floweredX* *. violet July. L simple,
rery mucb crowded, six to eight lines long, linear-subulate, with
rerolute margins, and are, as weU as the branches, smooth.
A. 2ft 1830. (B. B. 1600.)

B. minor (MiallerX A synonym of Gompkolobittm minut.
B. pnlchella (beautiful). A synonym of B. mrtno.

L purple ; peduncles axillary, bi-bracteate.
• Branches puberulous.

April. L, leaflets glabrous, linear-mncronate. Bi
A. 2ft 1846. STX B. puWWfa. (B. M. 5000.)

A. 2ft 1846. (B.M. 4410.)
BUSHEL. See Measure
BUTCHERS BROOM.

.Sf? Ruscus aculeatos.

BUTEA (commemorative of John, Earl of Bute, once
a munificent patron of botany). OBD. Ltguminota. A
genus of very ornamental stove evergreen unarmed trees.
Bacemes many-flowered; flowers three together, on short
pedicels, and furnished with two bracteolcs each, under
the calyx; corolla deep scarlet; down on the in^fMB
usually black and velvety. Leaves pinnately -trifoliolate;
leaflets large, ovate, roundish, stipcllate. For culture,
Ac.. «« Erythrina.
B. trondosa (leafy). JL 2in. long. L. leaflets roimdish, pbtwe,or

•MIL i.i i iii ii iniiiiMiiTi ii "--r *-40ft

India, 1796. (B. F. S. 176.)

B. supcrba (superb).* L, leaflets roundish, obtuse, velrety

2G

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ies glabrous. Coromandel, 1798. This approac
Decies, from which it differs mainly by its sc
not by any botanical characters. (B. F. F. 143..

;hes

;scan-
."F.143.)

Bntea— continued

beneath. Branch

the preceding species, f

dent habit, and not by any bota

BUTOMACEJE. An order of aquatic plants, now
usually included under Alismaceoe.

BUTOMUS (from bous, an ox, and temno, to cut ; in
reference to the sharp leaves, which injure the mouths of
cattle that browse upon them). OBD. Alismacece. A very
handsome hardy perennial aquatic, of extremely eas-y
culture on the margins of ponds or muddy banks. Pro-
pagated by divisions of the roots, in spring.

FIG. 304. BUTOMUS UMIJKLLATUS, showing Habit and Single Flower.

B. umbellatus (uinbelled).* Flowering Bush ; Water Gladiole.
fl. rose-coloured, umbellate ; pedicels with scariose sheathing bracts
at the base ; scape naked, terete, longer than the leaves. Summer.
I. all radical. 2ft. to 3ft. long, linear, acuminate, triquetrous.
England (ditches and ponds) ; rare in Ireland. See Fig. 304.

BUTTER AND EGGS. The double-flowered variety
of Narcissus aurantius (which see).

BUTTER AND TALLOW TREE. See Penta-
desma.

BUTTER-BUR. See Fetasites vulg-aris.
BUTTERCUPS. See Ranunculus.
BUTTERFLY ORCHIS. See Habenaria bifolia
and H. chiorantha.

BUTTERFLY PLANT. See Oncidium Fapilio.
BUTTER NUT. See Caryocar and Juglans cinerea.
BUTTERWORT. See Finguicula.
BUTTON FLOWER. See Gomphia.
BUTTON-TREE. See Conocarpus.

BUTTON-WOOD. See Cephalanthus and Pla-
tanus occidentalis.

BUXUS (from pyknos, dense ; referring to the hard-
ness of the wood). Box Tree. OED. Euphorbiaceaa A
genus of hardy evergreen s-hrubs or small trees. Flowers
unisexual, monoecious ; male flowers, calyx of four minute
segments, stamens four, inserted under the rudiment of a
pistil; female flowers singly, at the tips of groups of male
ones. Fruit a regma, leathery, beaked with the styles.
Leaves simple, opposite, exstipnlate. These well-known
plants thrive in any light, well-drained soil. Seeds should
be sown in similar situations as soon as ripe. Cuttings,
made of the young shoots, from 4in. to Gin. in length,
inserted in a shady place, in August or September, root
readily. Layers of either young or old wood, made in
autumn or early spring, will make good plants. They can
also be increased by suckers and division.
B. balearica (Balearic).* I. yellowish-green, oblong-elliptical
emargmate, coriaceous, about 2in. long, with a cftrtilaSnous
margin, h. 15ft. to 20ft. South Kurope, 1780. This b a ban d
some species. Tl.e cuttings will require a .shelter in winter,
and in exposed situations it will be better to afford the plants

Bnxus — continued.

B. sempervlrens (evergreen).* Common Box. I. oval-oblong,
retuse, convex, coriaceous, shining; stalks slightly hairy, h.
various. England. There are numerous forms of this popular
shrub : argentea, silver-variegated ; aurea has its leaves varie-
gated with a golden colour; tnarginata has leaves with a golden
margin ; myrtifolia has small, oblong, narrowish leaves ; obeor-
data-variegata is a variegated variety, with obcordate leaves, from
Japan ; su/ruticosa, is the form usually cultivated for edgings,
its leaves are small, obovate, this is readily increased by divi-
sions, and requires to be planted firmly, in order to keep it
dwarf.

BYRSONIMA (from byrsa, a hide, and nimius, much
used ; because the bark of some of the species is used in
tanning, in Brazil). OED. Malpighiaceae. Ornamental stove
evergreen trees or shrubs. Flowers racemose, terminal,
simple or branched. All the species thrive very well in
any light soil, or a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings
made of half-ripened shoots will root freely in sand, under
a hand glass, in a moist bottom heat.

B. altlsslma (tallest).* /. white ; racemes clothed with rufous
hairs. July. 1. ovate-oblong, covered with rufous down beneath,
but beset with bristles above, which are fixed by the centre.
A. 60ft. auiana, 1820.

B. chrysophylla (golden-leaved).* fl. yellow ; racemes simple.
August. 7. oblong, short, acuminated, acute at the base, rather
wavy on the margin, and revolute, smooth above, clothed beneath
with silky down, which is of a rusty golden colour. A. 14ft.
South America, 1823.

B. corlaeea (leathery-leaved), fl. yellow, sweet-scented ; racemes
densely spiked, pubescent, erect. May. I. ovate, acute, quite
entire and smooth, h. 30ft. Jamaica, 1814.

B. crassifolia (thick-leaved), fl. yellow ; racemes erect, elon-
gated, brownish-velvety. July. I. ovate, acute at both ends, at
length smooth above, but clothed with brownish down beneath.
A. 6ft. Guiana, 1793.

B. Incida (shining).* /. pink ; petals hastately kidney-shaped ;
pedicels hispid ; racemes spiked, erect, short, smooth. May. I.
obovate, cuneiform, obtuse, or mucronate, smooth, veinless,
shining. A. 8ft. Caribbee Islands, 1759. Described as " a
beautiful shrub."

B. yerbascifolla (Verbascum-leaved). fl. yellow ; racemes ter-
minal. July. /. lanceolate-obovate, quite entire, downy on both
surfaces. A. 6ft. Guiana, 1810.

BYSTROPOGON (from byo, to close, and pogon, a
beard ; in reference to the throat of the flower being closed
up with hairs). OED. Labiatae. Greenhouse evergreen
sub-shrubs, nearly allied to Mentha. Flowers small, in
dichotomous, sub-corymbose, or panicled cymes; or else
disposed in dense, spicate whorls. Bracts lanceolate or
subulate. This genus contains easily cultivated species,
which are, however, of no value for garden purposes.

CAA-CUYS. Sec. Ilex paraguariensis.

CAA-MINI. See Ilex paraguariensis.

CAAFEBA. See Cissampelos Pareira.

CAAPIM DE ANGOLA. See Fanicum specta-
bile.

CAA-QUAZU. See Ilex paraguariensis.

CABARET. The French name of Asarum europceum.

CABBAGE. The common name for Brassica; but
especially applied to the plain-leaved hearting garden
varieties of Brassica oleracea. To obtain good tender
Cabbages in early spring and throughout the summer, it
is necessary that they should be planted on rich, deeply-
trenched ground, in a position free from the shade of fruit
or other trees. Stable dung or good farmyard manure is
best for this crop, and should be applied when trenching
is being done, burying the manure a spit below the surface.
Cabbages should not be planted successionally on the same
ground, nor should they follow any of the other species
of Brassica, if it can be avoided. A warmer position, not
too much sheltered to make the plants tender, will be
found beneficial for the earliest spring crop. This should
not be planted too soon in autumn, as the plants are more
subject to run to seed, especially if the winter be mild.
The several forms of Cabbage are well known, being so

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

227

Cabbage— continued.

much cultivated by cottagers as well as gardeners. None
of those forming close hearts will bear severe frost, but
the Savoys are improved by a little in the early autumn.
The Coleworts are very useful in winter, being perhaps the
hardiest of all ; and, as the hearts do not get so close and
hard as the Savoy and other Cabbages, the frost, unless it
is very severe, does not injure them so much.

Cultivation. The crop obtained in April and May is
usually the most important one, young Cabbages being
then much appreciated by everyone. The time for seed-
sowing varies in different localities, from the third week in
July to the middle of August. The first date would pro-
bably prove suitable for the northern parts of the country ;
and the latter would be early enough for the south. The
seed should be sown thinly in beds of rather light, well
pulverised soil, afterwards covering these with netting,
to protect the seed from birds. The plants will be ready,
in most cases, for placing out during September, or as soon
as the ground can be cleared of other crops and prepared
for their reception. The Early Battersea, or one of its
many allied sorts, is best for sowing at this season ; and.
when planting out, an allowance of 2ft. apart each way will
be sufficient. Seed should again be sown on a mild hotbed
in February, and occasionally afterwards, for succession ;
and a second crop may be obtained from the plants put out
in autumn if they are allowed to remain. Drumhead and
other strong-growing sorts, sown in spring, will require
from Gin. to 1ft. more space when planted out. These are
not, however, of such good quality as the smaller-growing
varieties.

Savoys. The seed of these should be sown in March or
April, according to the locality, in the same way as
described above, in seed beds ; and the after treatment is
also very similar. The young plants must not be allowed
to starve in the seed bed, but should be kept watered, and

FIG. 305. SAVOV CABBAGE.

planted out in June and July, choosing dull weather for
the operation. The ground should occasionally be hoed
between the plants, to keep the surface open and destroy
weeds. Distances of from loin, to 30in. between the plants,
according to the variety, must be allowed. See Fig. 305.

Coleworts. Seed of these should be sown about the end
of June, and planted out 1ft. apart on a sheltered border,

Cabbage— continued.

when large enough. Rosette is one of the best varieties ;
but the early Cabbages are often grown and used as Cole-
worts before they have had time to form close hearts.

FIG. 306. EAKLY YORK CABBAGE.

Pickling Cabbage. The Red Dutch is the variety
generally grown for pickling, and is probably the best to
keep its colour when so treated. Seed should be sown in
August, to stand the winter, and again in February for a
succession ; only a few plants will, in the majority of cases,
be required, as, if liberally treated, they grow to a good size.

FIG. 307. OXHEART CABBAGE.

Sorts of White Cabbage. These are extremely numerous,
and selections or improved forms are of annual appearance.
Some of the old types are. however, still much cultivated.
The following are a selection of the best sorts for general
purposes: Atkins' Matchless, Carter's Heartwell, Early
Battersea, Early York (see Fig. 306), Ellam's Early Dwarf,
Enfield Market, Little Pixie, Oxheart (see Fig. 307), St.
John's Day (see Fig. 308), Sugarloaf, Wheeler's Imperial,
and Portugal or Couve Tronchnda. The last-named variety
was introduced from Portugal some years ago, where it ia

228

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cabbage — continued.

much grown. It has a large midrib, and does not form
very close hearts. It is very tender when cooked, and is
only suitable for culture in summer. Under the name of
Gilbert's Cabbage Broccoli, or Chou de Burp-hley, a variety
of Cabbage was recently distributed which produces, if

FIG. 308. ST. JOHN'S DAY CABBAGE.

left long enough, hearts resembling Broccoli. Although
there are different opinions as to its merits, it is said to
be very tender when cooked, and is considered a decided
acquisition.

Of Savoys, the best are: Drumhead, Dwarf Green Curled,
Early Him, Large Late Green, and Tom Thumb.

Insects, $c. The majority of the Cabbage tribe is
attacked by a very large number of different caterpillars
and other pests, both above and below ground. The plants
in their young stages are always a prey 1'or snails and slugs,
and often require a dusting of soot and lime as a protection.
When planting out, many of the plants are often found
with a protuberance at the root, caused by an insect, and
termed " clubbing." Those so injured should be thrown
away if they can possibly be spared, and the others dipped
in a thick solution of soot water. This is the worst kind
of disease the Cabbage tribe is subject to. The caterpillars
of several moths and butterflies are very destructive in
summer, often eating through the hearts of Cabbages and
Cauliflowers, and so rendering them totally unfit for use.
Hand-picking, or dusting with lime, is apparently the only
means of diminishing the numbers of these pests.

CABBAGE CATERPILLARS. Large Cabbage
White (Pieris brassicce). From May to July, and again in
September and October, this, the most common of our
butterflies, may be seen in great numbers, frequenting
gardens, lanes, and fields, being especially numerous where
Cabbages are growing. Their beautiful yellow eggs are
laid singly on the tinder surface of the leaves, and
securely fastened by a natural glue ; from these, in due
time, issue the small, but destructive, " green caterpillars."
Shortly after birth, they become quite greon in front and
yellow behind. They then get hairy and dotted over with
black ; they have eight pairs of feet, of which the three
front ones only are " true " legs, or those which ultimately
develop into the legs of the butterfly. They change their
skin several times, and at each moult become larger in
size. When full grown, they are about l£in. long, of a

Cabbage Caterpillars — continued.

light green or bluish hue above, and yellow beneath ; along
the back of the adult caterpillar is a conspicuous yellow
line, edged on each side with black dots.

The chrysalis, or pupa, is commonly found on window-
ledges, palings, walls, and similar places ; but is sometimes

FIG. 309. CATERPILLAR AND CHRYSALIS OF LARGE CABBAGE
BUTTERFLY.

attached to the plant (see Fig. 309). It is a rather curious
object, of the colour of stone, and prettily chiselled. It is
fastened to the plant by the tail and by a belt of silk round
the middle.

FIG. 310. LARGE WHITE CABBAGE BUTTERFLY.
The perfect male insect has the body black and wings
white on the upper side, except the tips of the forewings,
which are black and crescent-shaped; and on the upper
edge of the hinder wings there is a black spot. On the
under side, the fore wings are white with yellow tips,
and two black patches on each ; the hind wings are
yellow, with small black markings. The antennas are
alternately black and yellow, with the club black above
and yellow beneath. The female (see Fig. 310) differs

FIG. 311. SMALL WHITE CABBAGE BUTTERFLY AND CATERPILLAR.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

229

Cabbage Caterpillars — continued.

from the male in having two large black spots on each of
the fore or upper wings, and a spot on the inner margin.

The Small White (Pieris rapes, see Fig. 311) has two
broods in the year, the first batch about April, and the
second in Jnly. The eggs are always placed on the upper
side of the leaf, and are hatched in from ten to thirteen
days, the caterpillars becoming full grown in about three
weeks after emerging. The colour of the caterpillar is
dark green, with a fine line of yellow, and a row of yellow
spots down the sides The chrysalis is attached by the
tail and a band of silk to the place selected by the cater-
pillar, and varies greatly in colour, although generally it is
of a whitish-brown.

Cabbage Moth (Mamestra brassicce). Newman, in his
" British Moths," thus describes the Cabbage Moth : " The
antennae are rather long and slender, and scarcely ciliated
in either sex ; the forewings are dark, smoky, grey brown,
mottled and marbled with confused markings, both darker
and paler ; the orbicular spot is inconspicuous, but decidedly
to be traced ; the renifonn stigma is delicately outlined with
white or whitish-grey, and has a pale anterior disc, in which
the same pale grey colour predominates; the hind wings
are dark, smoky brown with rather pale base, and rather
darker crescentic discoidal spot and wing-rays ; the head,
thorax, and body have the same colour as the fore and hind
wings." The eggs are laid on Cabbages, or similar plants,
and are hatched in a few days. The caterpillars are very
voracious, feeding by day and night, and, what is worse,
they spoil with their excrement, in the case of Cabbages,
more than they eat. They are of a dark colour, with a
kind of marbling, more or less distinct, on the back, the
effect being produced by a triangular mark containing two
white dots on each of their segments. On being disturbed,
they roll themselves into a tight ring, and so remain until
they suppose that danger is over. They descend into the
earth for change to smooth red-brown chrysalids, and
remain there till the following spring. If the chrysalids
were collected and destroyed during the autumn and winter
digging, much injury would be obviated through the suc-
ceeding spring and summer.

The destruction of these pests is a very troublesome
matter, as the grubs of the last-named kind bore into the
heart of the cabbage. Hand-picking is the only sure
method. Anything emitting a distasteful odour will also
keep them at bay. Miss Ormerod recommends throwing
gas-lime over the plants, but it must be previously weak-
ened by a few months' exposure. The following remedy
may also be recommended :

Paraffin, or Coal Oil. Mis one ounce of oil with a
gallon of soapsuds, and water the plants with the mixture
before the caterpillars appear. If any have appeared, an
application at the rate of two ounces to the gallon will
generally clear them off. Of course, this operation must
not be performed less than a month previous to cutting the
cabbages, on account of the smell. Soapsuds alone will
also clear caterpillars from most smooth-leaved subjects if
frequently applied.

CABBAGE PLY (Anthomyia brassicas). Among the
injurious insects which infest Cabbages, none commit
greater havoc to both stem and root, than the maggots of
the Cabbage Fly. "They are whitish, cylindrical, and
legless, tapering to the head, and blunt at the tail, which
has short teeth on the lower margin, and two brown
tubercles in the middle. When full grown, they are about
Jin. long. They then leave the plants, and turn, in the
earth, to pupae, with a few black spots at the head, and
short teeth at the tail, inside which the flies form, and
emerge in about a fortnight or three weeks. The fly is
of an ashen-grey colour, and smaller than the Onion Fly,
which it much resembles. The male is of a darker grey,
and has a short black stripe along the back between the
wings, with a curved one on each side of it, and one black
stripe along the abdomen " (Ormerod). The presence of

Cabbage Ply — continued.

these maggots may be easily detected by the flagging and
change of colour of the leaves. The infested plants should
be immediately removed and destroyed. The following
remedy will be found beneficial :

Lime. Hot lime should be soaked in water for about
twenty-four hours. When clear, the infested Cabbages
should be well washed with the liquid. Superphosphate
of lime may also be applied with advantage.

CABBAGE GAIili WEEVIL (Ceutorrhynchus sulci-
collis). This is a pretty little beetle, about three-quarters
of a line or one line in length. Its colour is dark, but the
insect is really of a coppery hue ; on the thorax and head
are rather large depressions ; the wing-cases vary in colour
from green to greenish-blue, or even black, and along the
entire length of the elytra are parallel lines or holes, as
may be seen with the aid of an ordinary lens. This insect,
which causes much damage to plants of the Brassica family,
is, in some places, very difficult to eradicate. It is also
very destructive to other crops, and, therefore, any
effectual remedy is valuable. The following methods may
be recommended :

Carbolic Acid. Mix loz. Calvert's No. 5 carbolic acid
with two gallons of soapsuds, and add sufficient loam or
clay to make a thin paste. Dip the roots of the whole of
the plants into this before they are set out. Well stir
the mixture, and put the plants out in a damp soil, so
that watering will not be necessary.

Paraffin, or Coal Oti. This, applied in the same manner
as recommended for Carbolic Acid, is also very good.

Guano, Superphosphate of Lime, and Nitrate of Soda.
A good dressing of either of these, given after the ground
is dug, and in wet weather, about a month before the
plants are put out, has been found very beneficial ; but,
although preventatives, they do not totally clear the crop
from insects for the season.

Soot and Lime. Take equal parts of air-slaked lime
and soot, and mix together. Set the plants with a trowel,
and, having placed some soil over the roots, throw in a
little of the mixture, filling up the hole with soil.

CABBAGE MOTH. See Cabbage Caterpillars.

CABBAGE PALM. See Euterpe oleracea.

CABBAGE POWDERED- WING (Aleijrodes^ bras-
sicce). A small four-winged powdery fly, closely allied to
the Aphides. As implied by its name, this pest infests the
various sorts of Cabbages'. It is more particularly pre-
valent in autumn. Its presence may be readily detected by
the partial discoloration of the leaves attacked. The head
and body between the wings are black, with yellow varie-
gation; abdomen yellow or rosy; wings white and mealy
(whence its common name), the upper pair each having
a darker spot, near the centre. Its destructive power
resides in the rostrum, or sucking-tube, with which its head
is furnished.

Remedies. The only effectual means of exterminating
this pest is to destroy the leaves, preferably by burning.
If its presence is detected early, an application of tobacco
water, or diluted soft soap, may prove beneficial.

CABBAGE BOOT-EATING FLY. See Root-
eating Ply.

CABBAGE-TREE. See Euterpe oleracea.

CABBAGE WEEVIL. See Cabbage Gall Weevil.

CABOMBA (the native name in Guiana). ORD.
Nymphceacea. SUB. OED. Cabombeae. Small and very
interesting aquatics. They thrive well in a cistern 1ft.
deep, with 2in. of loam in the bottom, for the plants to
root in, then filled up with water, and placed in a warm
part of the greenhouse during summer, being allowed a
rest in a cool part of the stove in winter. Propagation
may be effected by root division.

C. aquatica (water-loving), fl. yellow, small ; peduncles long,
axillary, solitary, one-flowered. July. Submerged leaves oppo-
site, stalked, cut into five divisions even to the petiole ; segments

230

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cabomba — continued.

multifld ; floating leaves alternate, on long petioles, peltate,

orbicular, entire. Guiana, 1823. SYN. Nectris aquatica.
C. caroliniana (Carolina) is somewhat similar to C. aquatica.

It is a native of the Southern United States.

CACAIilA (from Kakalia, a name used by Dioscorides).
OBD. Composite. A genus of hardy herbaceous peren-
nials, here treated as distinct from Senecio, of which genus,
from a botanical point of view, it is but a section. Heads
five to many-flowered ; florets all tubular and perfect ;
scales of the involucre in a single row ; receptacle naked ;
pappus of numerous capillary bristles. For culture, see
Senecio
C. atriplicifolia (Atriplex-leaved). JLJuadi white. August.

1., lower ones triangular-kidney shaped, or slightly cordate; the

upper rhomboid, toothed. Stem terete, h. 3ft. to 6ft. United

States of America.

fl.-heads white, nodding, racemose. Au-
i-lobed, hastate, serrate, fcl '

C. hastata (hastate). ,
tumn. I. stalked, three-lobed, hastate, serrate.

. 1ft. Siberia, 1780.

C. reniformis (reniform). Jl. -heads white, disposed in large
corymbs. August. 1. dilated, fan-shaped, 1ft. to 2ft. broad,
repandly-toothed and angled, petiolate. Stem grooved and
angled, h. 4ft. to 9ft. New Jersey, 1801.

C. suaveolens (sweet-scented).* fl.-heads white. Autumn. I.
triangular-lanceolate, halbert-shaped, pointed, serrate ; those of
the stem on winged petioles. Stem grooved, h. 3ft. to 5ft.
North America, 1752.

C. tuberosa (tuberous).* fl.-heads whitish. June. I. thick ;
lower ones lanceolate or oval, nearly entire, tapering into long
petioles; upper cnes on short margined petioles, sometimes
toothed at the apex. Stem angled and grooved, h. 2ft. to 6ft.
North America.
CACOUCXA (its name in Guiana). OBD. Combretacece.

A small genus of stove twining or climbing shrubs. Flowers

large, showy, racemose. Leaves opposite, oblong or ovate-

elliptical. For culture, see Combretum.

C. oocclnea (scarlet).* fl. scarlet, alternate, bracteate at the base,
disposed in long terminal racemes. May. I. ovate, acuminated,
shortly petiolate. Guiana. (A. G. i. 179.) A handsome stove
climber.

CACTE2E. A large order of succulent plants, with
remarkable spines clustered on the cylindrical, angular,
two-edged, or leafy stems. Flowers very variable, showy
or minute, usually solitary, sessile, rarely in fascicles, ephe-
meral; petals disposed in two or more series, hardly
distinguishable from the inner sepals, and sometimes united
with them ; sepals numerous, united and adnate a great
length to the ovarium. Fruit fleshy, one-celled, many-
seeded. Well-known genera are Melocactus, Mammillaria,
Opuntia, Pereskia, and Khipsalis.

CACTUS (from Kaktos, a name used by Theophrastus
to describe a spiny plant). This generic term is popularly
applied to all members of the extensive family Cactece,
which order may be distinguished by the following
characteristics: Calyx composed of many sepals, usually
indefinite in number, the inner series not readily dis-
tinguishable from the petals, united and adnate a great
length to the ovary ; with the tube smooth in the genera
Mammillaria, Melocactus, and Khipsdlis ; or with the lobes
of the sepals crowning the fruit, and having the tube scaly,
as in the genera Cereus, Opuntia, and Pereskia. Petals
disposed in two or more series, hardly distinguishable from
the inner sepals, and somewhat united to them ; sometimes
irregular, and disposed in a long tube at the base, but
distinct at the apex, as in the genera Mammillaria, Melo-
cactus, and Cereus ; sometimes equal and distinct to the
very base, forming a rotate corolla, as in the genera
Opuntia, Pereskia, and Rhipsalis. Stamens indefinite,
disposed in many series, more or less cohering with the
petals or inner sepals ; filaments slender, filiform ; anthers
ovate, versatile, two-celled. Ovarium obovate, fleshy, one-
celled. Fruit fleshy, one-celled, many seeded, either smooth
and crowned by the calyx, or covered with scales, scars, or
tubercles, and umbilicate at the apex. This order contains
fleshy or succulent shrubs, very variable in habit and size.
Flowers very variable, showy, or minute, usually solitary,
sessile, rarely in fascicles, ephemeral, expanding by night
or day. Leaves usually wanting, but, when present, small,

Cactus — continued.

caducous, and terete, rarely flat and expanded, sometimes
alternate and disposed in a spiral order, always glabrous
and fleshy. Prickles or bristles disposed in fascicles, rising
from the axils of the leaves. In the leafless genera, the
fascicles of spines are disposed on the angles of the stem,
rising from tubercles. Stems usually angular, winged, or
regularly beset with tubercles, rarely terete, usually jointed;
joints compressed. A group of Cacti is shown at Fig. 312,
for which we are indebted to Herr Fr. Ad. Haage, jun., of
Erfurt, Germany. See Cereus, Disocactus, Echino-
cactus, Epipliyllum, Leuchtenbergia, Mammil-
laria, Melocactus, Nopalea, Opuntia, Felecypliora,
Fereskia, Pliyllocactus, and Rhipsalis.

Cultivation. Perhaps no class of plants more easily
accommodate themselves to a general system of treatment,
than do these ; although certain genera would undoubtedly
thrive better than when subjected to the lower tempera-
ture, suited to the requirements of those coming from cooler
regions. Notwithstanding that nearly all the species are
natives of the western hemisphere, they occur in various
geographical and altitudinal areas, in which the tempera-
ture is proportionately lessened or increased, as the case
may be ; yet, presuming a special house is set apart for
their culture, the majority of the species may be happily
suited therein. The warmest end of the structure should
be selected for the tropical kinds; while those found in
cooler regions may be grown in the other portions of
the house ; even those which are hardy in our climate
are really best wintered in a house or frame. Granted
that several species will endure our winter outside, it is
yet necessary to give them the shelter of a friendly ledge of
the rockery, or frame, or to cover them in their permanent
position with a hand light, or sheet of glass, in order to
prevent the ill-effects of excessive moisture. Generally, a
winter temperature of from 50deg. to 55deg., and a summer
one of from 70deg. to SOdeg. during shade, or in sunshine
up to 90deg., will be found advantageous. When thus
treated, it will be necessary to keep the tropical species,
on the whole, very dry during the winter. As regards
soil, potting, and general treatment, all may be treated
alike, except Epiphyllum, Disocactus, and Pereskia (which
see). Some growers give them the protection of a house
in winter, and stand them outside during the summer,
which is not, however, a very commendable plan, as, in
consequence of the very variable character of our climate
being especially prejudicial to several of the tender and
more delicate species, the often excessive amount of
moisture they would receive, will produce a weakly state
of health in many, while others will be lost. It is far
better if their culture is attempted at all, to give them the
proper treatment. The numerous species and varieties
found on the Rocky Mountains are a most interesting
series, and may be well managed in a cold frame facing
south, arranging them on shelves as close to the glass as
possible, and keeping them very dry through the winter.
If the weather is very severe, the lights should be matted.
One of the best collections of these in the country, is in
the possession of E. G. Loder, Esq., Floore House, Weedon,
Northampton, where a great number are admirably grown
in frames, and under a large ledge of the rockery outside.
Amateurs may grow quantities of handsome Cacti either
in dwelling rooms near the window, or in small frames
or greenhouses. As they are slow growing, not much
space will be occupied ; at the same time, a great deal
of interest will be centred in their culture. As regards
watering and insect pests, they are but little trouble.
Miniature Cacti, of numerous kinds, are now often sold in
small pots, and most attractive little subjects they prove.

Soil, Drainage, and Potting. Good ordinary fibrous loam
should form about one-half of the compost, the other half
should be made up of sand, broken bricks, and lime rubbish
in equal quantities ; the whole to be carefully mixed to-
gether, and not used until it is moderately dry. It is

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Cactus — continued.

absolutely necessary to ensure perfect drainage ; a good
" stopper " should, therefore, be placed over the hole at the
bottom of the pot, and about one-third of its depth filled
with draining material. The best time for potting is during
February and March. Turn out the plants, and remove
nearly all the old soil from the roots, taking away any dead

Cactus— continued.

vessels. A good top-dressing, with an occasional dose of
weak liquid manure, is all they will require for several

Watering. This must be discrimiuately managed, espe-
cially during the winter; for, whatever their treatment
as regards temperature during that season, they must be

I Opuntia.
2. Cereus.

4. Cereus can

6. Cereus per urianus monstrosus.

7. Cereus electracanthus.
&. Mammillaria.

9. Echinopsis formosa.

10. Echinocactus Visnaga.

11. Cerens pernTianus Tar.

12. Opuntia candelabrifonnu

13. Cereus strictus.

14. Pilocerens senilis.

15. Cereus TweediL

16. Cereus chilensis.

FIG. 312. GROUP OF CACTI.

or decaying roots which may be observable. Place some of
the roughest soil next the crocks, and gradually fill the pots
with the finer material, well working the same amongst the
roots ; finally press the sofl moderately firm. Do not water
for a few days after potting, but syringe every evening,
especially if the weather be fine : a little extra heat may
be given after potting, to excite new, healthy growth. It
will not be necessary every year to repot specimens in large

studiously watered, and anything like a saturated condi-
tion of the soil should be avoided. If the temperature is
brisk, a little water may be given once a week, or perhaps
not quite BO often. If the plants are subjected to very
cool treatment, water must be sparingly administered
daring November, December, and January; after which,
they should be examined weekly, and very carefully at-
tended to. During the summer months, when in active

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cactus — continued.

growth, they will not suffer if watered twice a week;
and, on bright afternoons, light syringings may be advan-
tageously given.

Propagation. Three methods are adopted, viz., by cut-
tings or offsets, grafting, and seeds ; the former is the plan
generally adopted. The cuttings or offsets should be
removed with a sharp out, and laid upon a sunny shelf
until the wound is healed and roots are emitted, when they
should be potted in sandy soil, and placed with the others.
They will thrive freely if kept syringed. Grafting is re-
sorted to with delicate kinds, which, from some reason or
another, will not grow freely except upon the stock of a
stronger species; and, by this means also, such delicate
kinds can be kept from the damp soil, which frequently
causes incipient decay. The stocks usually employed are
those of Cereus tortuosus, C. peruvianus, &c., according to
the species intended for working ; they readily unite with
each other. If the scion and stock are both slender, wedge-
grafting should be adopted ; if both are broad, it is best
to make horizontal sections, placing them together and
securing in proper position by tying with matting, but not
too tightly, or the surface may be injured. Propagation by
seeds is not often adopted, as it is a very slow method;
they should be sown in very sandy soil, and placed in a
semi- shady position until germination commences, when
they may be exposed, and very carefully watered.

CACTUS DAHLIA. See Dahlia Jnarezii.
CADUCOUS. Falling off soon ; deciduous.
C2ENOFTERIS. See Asplenium.

C.XSALFINIA (in honour of Andreas Caesalpinus,
a celebrated Italian botanist, 1519—1603). Brasiletto.
OKD. Leguminosce. An ornamental genus of stove ever-
green trees or shrubs, not much grown, on account of the
space required and the time the species take to flower.
Flowers yellow or red, produced in racemes, having a
top-shaped calyx, divided at the end into five parts, the
lowest larger than the others ; petals five, unequal-stalked,
upper one shortest; stamens ten. A mixture of loam
and leaf mould suits them best. Cuttings are somewhat
difficult to root, but sometimes will succeed if taken off
from the mother plant in a growing state and planted in
sand, with a hand glass placed over them, in heat.

C. alternifolia (alternate-leaved), fl. orange, clustered. I. alter-
nate, very elegant, compound. Central America, 1868.

C. brasiliensis (Brazilian). Brazil Wood. /. orange ; racemes
rather panicled. 1. with seven to nine pairs of pinnae, each pinna
bearing about fifteen or sixteen pairs of oval-oblong, obtuse,
glabrous leaflets. Brazil, 1739. Plant unarmed.

C. Sappan (Sappau). /. yellow, panicled. I. with ten to twelve
pairs of pinnae, each pinna bearing ten to twelve pairs of unequal-
sided, obliquely oval-oblong leaflets, which are emarginate at the
apex. h. 40ft. Tropical Asia, 1773. This tree furnishes the
Sappan-wood of commerce.

C. seplaria (hedge), fl, yellow. April. I. compound; pinnae with
about ten pairs of pinuules. h. 60ft. India, 1857. SVN. Biancea
xcandens.

C.SSIOUS. Lavender-colour, bluish-grey.

CJESPITOSE. Growing in tufts.

CAFFER, BREAD. See Encephalartos Caffra.

CAFFER TEA. See Helichrysum nudifolinxn.

CAPTA. See Catka edulis.

CAHOTTN NUTS. A name applied to the fruits of
Attalea Conune, which yield a valuable oil.

CAIOPHORA. See Blumenbachia and Loasa.

CAJAN. See Cajaims.

CAJANUS (Catjang is the Amboyna name). Cajan.
ORB. Leguminosai. A genus of erect stove evergreen
shrubs, clothed with velvety pubescence. Flowers yellow,
distinctly peduncled, corymbose, racemose ; standard some-
times beautifully veined with red. Leaves pinnately

Cajanus— continued.

trifoliate. A light rich soil suits these plants well. Young
cuttings will root in sand, with a hand glass placed over
them, in heat ; but plants are usually raised from seeds,
obtained from the West Indian Islands and India.

C. indlons (Indian).* Pigeon Pea. n. yellow, or purple-spotted,
in axillary racemes. July. I. pinnately trifoliolate ; leaflets
lanceolate, h. 6ft. to 10ft. India. (B. M. 6440.)

C. 1. blcolor (two-coloured), fl. yellow. July. h. 4ft. India,
1800. (B. B. 31, 31.)

C. L flavns (yellow), ft. yellow. July. h. 4ft. India, 1687.

CAJUPUT OIL and CAJUPUT-TREE. See
Melalenca leucadendron minor.

CAKILE (derived from the Arabic). Sea Rocket.
OED. CrucifercB. A pretty hardy annual, frequently found
on sea-shores. It is of easy culture in most sandy soils.
Propagated by seed, sown in spring.

C. maritima (sea). /. lilac, large, densely corymbose. Summer
and autumn, Jr. a succulent pod, divided, when mature, by a
horizontal partition into two cells, the upper containing a single
erect seed, the lower a pendulous one. I. oblong, deeply lobed,
fleshy. Stem much branched, h. 1ft. Sea-shores of Europe and
North America.

CALABASH NUTMEG. See Monodora Myristica.

CALABASH, SWEET. See Fassiflora maliformis.

CALABASH-TREE. See Crescentia Cujete.

CALABA-TREE. See Calophyllum Calaba.

CALADENIA (from kalos, beautiful, and aden, a
gland ; in reference to the disk of the labellum being finely
beset with glands). OBD. Orchidece. A genus of pretty
greenhouse terrestrial Orchids from New Zealand and
Australia. They should be kept in a'cool frame or green-
house, and carefully watered, when not in a growing state.
A compost of peat, loam, and sand, in equal parts, suits
them well. Over thirty species are enumerated, but pro-
bably none are seen out of botanic gardens.

CALADIUH (derivation of name doubtful ; probably
of Indian origin). ORD. Aroidece (Aracece). Stove perennials,
chiefly grown for the beauty and varied hue of their leaves.
Spathe hood-like, rolled round at the -base ; spadix, upper
portion entirely covered with stamens, but ultimately
becoming bare at the extreme top, provided with blunt
glands or sterile stamens in the middle, and ovaries
beneath ; anthers shield-shaped and one-celled ; ovaries
numerous, two-celled, with from two to four ascending
ovules in each cell. Leaves upon long petioles, more or
less sagittate, ovate, and usually very richly coloured.
Fruit a one or two-celled berry, with few seeds. They
are all of easy culture, and grow freely in a humid
atmosphere. In March, when the tubers have been kept
dry or rested for some time, they may be started into
growth again, in small pots, placed in a stove or pit,
where a night temperature of from 60deg. to 65deg. is
maintained, and syringed daily once or twice at least.
As soon as indications of activity are presented, they
may be shifted into 4in., 5in., or Gin. pots, or larger ones
may be used if good sized specimens are required. If
the tubers should be in large pots, it is best to turn
them out, dividing if necessary, and placing all the crowns
in small pots, from which they can be removed when root
action and growth are resumed, and they require more
room. Large tubers, if sound, may be divided, and the
pieces placed in pots of such sizes as it is desired to grow
them in.

Soil. Turfy loam, leaf mould, turfy peat, and a little well
decomposed manure, in equal parts (not broken up too fine),
with a good sprinkling of sharp sand, form an excellent
compost, the whole being well incorporated together.
Thorough drainage must be insured, as these plants require
an abundance of water. After potting, they should be
placed in a stove temperature, and kept well moistened
by syringing two or three times daily. If accommodated
with mild bottom heat at this time, they will make much

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

233

Caladinm— continued.

freer and more vigorous growth than if otherwise treated.
Water sparingly at first, but as soon as the leaves expand,
increase the supply ; and, when the pots are well filled with
roots, apply clear liquid manure at every other time of
watering. As the season advances, the temperature and
humidity of the house should be increased. During bright
sunshine, Caladinms should be slightly shaded for a few
hours in the middle of the day, with some thin material,
just to break the fierceness of the sun's rays ; but the more
they are exposed to the light at other times during growth,
the brighter, richer, and more beautiful will the foliage
be. As soon as the plants have attained a good size,
some of them should be placed in the coolest part of the
house, and partially hardened off ; they may then be taken
to the conservatory, allowing them a situation free from
currents of cold air, and giving water only when really
necessary. They may remain here for some time, but
care must be taken to return them to the stove before
they suffer from cold.

Small neatly grown specimens make beautiful orna-
ments for table decoration, and their suitability for exhibi-
tion purposes is well known, and largely taken advantage
of. Towards autumn, and as the foliage begins to fade, the
supply of water should be gradually lessened, until all the
leaves die down ; the pots should then be placed under the
stage in the stove, where they can be looked to now and
then, and a little water given if required. By no means
allow the tubers to get dried up, as is often done ; for, if
so, they will frequently rot away inside ; whereas, kept in
a semi-moist condition, even the most delicate can be pre-
served. In this state, they may remain until the follow-
ing season. Caladinms will not endure a very low tem-
perature ; from 55deg. to 60deg. is as low as they can be
safely kept. Very few of those known as " true species "
are grown, being superseded, for general decorative pur-
poses, by the numerous hybrids which have been raised of
late, principally from C. bisolor.

Caladium— continued.

FIG. 313. CALADIUM CHANTI.N

C. argyrites (silvery).* I. small, sagittate, ground colour light
green ; centre and margins white, with many irregular white
blotches scattered over the remaining portion. Para, 1868. One
of the smallest and most elegant of the genus, and much esteemed
for table decoration. (I. H. 1858, 185.)

C. Baraquinii (Baraquin's). I. from 20in. to 30in. long ; centre
deep red ; margin dark green. Para, 1858. (1. H. 1850, 257.)

C. bicolor (two-coloured).* /?., spadix shorter than the hooded
spathe, which is contracted iii the middle. June. I. peltate-

C. Devosiannm (Devosie's).*

pink. Para, 1

C. esculentum (edible). Synonymous with Colocatia esculenla.
C. Hardii (Hardy's). 1. red-tinged, slightly spotted with white.

Para, 1862.
C. Kochil (Koch's).* I. spotted with white. Para, 1862.

^ with whitish Tenation-

L angular, blotched white and

C. Leopold! (Prince Leopold's).* I. green, marbled with red, and

blotched with pink. Para, 1864.
C. macrophyllum (large-leaved).* I. large, palish green, blotch^

with greenish- white. Para, 1862.

FIG. 314 CALADIUM MACULATUM.

C. maculatum (spotted).* I. oblong, acuminate, cuspidate,
cordate at base, finely spotted with clear white. Plant erect,
South America, 1820. See Fig. 314.

caulescent.

C marmoratum (marbled).
long
lobes
greyi

I. broad, peltate, upwards of lft.

ttate-ovate, acute or shortly acuminate, the two basal
variegated with
es terete,

sagittate-ovate, acute or snoruy acuminate, me i
a being slightly divergent, dark bottle-green, varieg
ish or silvery angular spots and blotches ; petiol

6 nish, mottled with purple. Guayaquil. SY.N. Alocatria Roezlii.

The variety costata differs from the type in having the midrib
(or costa) marked out by a tapering band of silver grey.

C. Bougleri (Rougier's). I

pale green, with red veins.
C. rubronervium (red-nerved).

n, with white spots ; the centre
ra,1864.

A synonym of C. rultrovenium.

C. ruforovenium (red- veined).* I. greyish-green in the centre, with

red veins. Para, 1862. SYK. C. rubronermum.
C. sanguinolentnm (blood-red blotched).* I. with a white mid-

rib, blotched with red. Amazons, 1872.
C. Schoelleri (Schoeller's). A synonym of C. SchomburgJcii.
C. Schomburgkii (Schomburgk's).* I. green, with white veins.

Brazil, 1861. SYNS. C. Schcelleri and Alocasia aryyroneura.
C. S. Scbmitzli (Schmitz's). I., centre whitish, with green net-

work ; midrib and veins red. 1861. SYN. Aloctuia erythrcea.

2 H

234

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Caladium — continued.
C. sub-rotundnm (half -round). I. roundish, spotted with red and

white. Brazil. 1858.

C. Verschaffeltii (Verschaffelt's).* I somewhat heart-shaped ;
ground colour brilliant green, entire surface irregularly spoil-
with bright red. Para.

C. Wallisli (Wallis's). I. dark olive green, with large irregular
shapwlTpots and blotches of the purest white, and the veins all
yellowish-white. Para, 1864.

Tho following descriptive list of hybrid varieties is, for
the most part, a selection from Mr. Bull's catalogue, and
contains all of importance :

ADOLPHE ADAMS, green leaf-ground, densely speckled with white,
and rose-coloured midribs ; ADOLPHE AUDRIEN* a very attractive
varietv with fine large richly-coloured foliage; AGRIPPINE
DYMVTRY, leaves large- with white ground narrow green margin
and veins and pink centre ; ALCIBIADE,* crimson-rayed centre,
f urrounded with pale green, and blotched with pure white green
margin • ALFRED BLEU, leaves rich green, with pure white spots,
™nd flesh-coloured centre ; ALFRED MAME* carmme-red bor-
dered with white, and profusely spotted with rose; ALPHAND,
green, spotted with red, crimson centre; ALPHONSE KARR,
rosy-ermine centre and red spots; ARISTIDE, light green, with
crimson centre • AUGUSTS LEMONIER,* fine large leaves, with
sofrgVeen ce'ntreVand rosy-crimson ribs and veins; AUGUSTE
RIVIERE, white centre and rays upon a light green ground, with
crimson spots ; BARILLET,* bright rosy-crimson centre, and nbs on
Kreen ground, with broad margin of rich green ; BARON DE
ROTHSCHILD, rich blood-red centre, and spots, on mottled green
leaf-ground; BARONNE JAMES DE ROTHSCHILD,* young leaves of
a bright rose colour, the more matured foliage soft rose, with
red veins ; BARRAL, bright green, with a fine red centre, and
large spots of rose ; BEETHOVEN,* ground colour white, inter-
sected and veined with green, centre rib delicate rose; BEL-
I.EVMKI ,* fine white variegated leaves; BELLINI, mottled pale
Ereen ground, with rosy centre and spots ; BLANQU^RTI, dark
green, with grey veins and white spots ; BUREL, dark bluish-
treen veined bright rose, marked with rosy-violet, and spotted
orange-red; CHANTINII FULGENS,* rich dark metallic-green,
with attractive crimson centre and white spots; CHELSONI*
bright glossy green, suffused with brilliant red, and blotched
with crimson; CLIO, ground colour deep rose, shaded white,
green ribs and narrow green margin; DE CANDOLLE,* rich
green, with beautiful rose-coloured spots and creamy white centre
rays; DE HUMBOLDT, a fine variety, having glossy green leaves,
spotted with scarlet ; DEVINCK, leaves heart-shaped, delicate pink
centre ribs, interspersed with white spots ; DR. BOISDUVAL,
centre rayed crimson, snow-white blotches on a green ground ;
DR. LINDLEY,* crimson centre, the green ground marked with
rose blotches ; Due DE CLEVELAND, deep red centre, surrounded
with pea-green, lately spotted with red ; Due DE MORNY,* deep
green leaf borders, with large crimson-rayed centre ; DOC DE
NASSAU,* brilliant red centre and ribs, white spot on emerald
green leaf borders; Due DE RATIBOR, green ground, with red
midribs marked with white spots; DUCHARTRE, leaf-ground
white, flushed rose, green veins and red spots ; EDOUARD ANDRE,
crimson centre, and rose blotches ; EDOUARD MOREAUX, mottled
green ground, with lake centre ; EDOUARD RODRIOUES,* deep
carmine, margined with light green, and spotted with rose;
1C. G. HENDERSON,* green, with transparent rose spots and mottled
crimson rays and centre; ELVINA, bright green, blotched with
red, grey centre and veins ; EMILIE VERDIER,* leaves of a light
transparent rose colour, spotted with red; ETOILE D' ARGENT,*
bright green, midribs and veins creamy-white, shaded with grey ;
EUCHARIS, rose centre, with violet reflections, margined with
bright green, very fresh and bright looking; FELICIEN DAVID*
centre of leaf dark carmine, surrounded with white and beautifully
veined with red on a light green ground ; GOLDEN QUEEN, leaves
large, pale golden yellow, uniform in colour ; GRETRY, carmine
centre, with white spots on a dark green ground ; HELEVY, white
midribs and marked with crimson blotches, on a green ground ;
HF>ROLD,* dark carmine veins, surrounded by light green, blotched
with pure white, and margined dark green ; IBIS ROSE,* a magni-
ficent variety, with beautiful rich rose-coloured foliage, extremely
attractive; ISADORA LEROY, rich metallic green, with crimson-red
centre rays; JULES DUPLESSIS, bright rose centre, shaded with
rich red and bordered with green ; JULES PUTZEYS, rich green,
with crimson midrib and veins, centre mottled grey, and the whole
surface blotched with red ; LAINGII,* reddish-carmine centre,
surrounded with yellowish-green, the whole of the leaf sprinkled
with white; LAMARTINE, deep crimson centre, with white and
red spots; LA PERLE DU BRESII,,* exceedingly attractive, large
leaves, white, delicately tinted with rose, midrib and veins dark
green ; LEPLAY, leaves attractively marked with white, and
beautifully veined with rosy-violet; LOUISE DUPLF.SSIS, red rays
and veins on a white ground, green margin ; LUDDEMANXII,* deep
crimson ribs, the leaf blotched with magenta and white, border
pea green ; MADAME ALKUUD BLEU, deep green, with large white
Blotches, and broad crimson -scarlet veins ; MADAME ALFRED
MAME, light green, covered with large white spots, rosy-carmine
centre ; MADAME DE LA DEVANSAVK, leaves white, shaded rose,
and veined with red and green ; MADAME DOMBRAIN,* centre and
ribs pale yellowish-green, shaded rose, surface covered with large
white and rose spots ; MADAME FRITZ KCF.CHLIN,* white ground,
with violet-rose ribs and green veins, a beautiful dwarf-growing

Caladium — continued.

variety ; MADAME HEINE,* silvery white, stained and edged with
pale green, distinct ; MADAME HUNNEBELLE, leaves veined with
light garnet colour on a white ground, and margined with green
veins; MADAME JULES MENOREAU, fine large leaves, with white
centre tinted rose, veined rich bright rose, and margined green ;
MADAME LAFORGE, centre and ribs reddish-crimson, with green
margin ; MADAME MARJOLI.N ScHEFFER,*a beautiful variety, with
white foliage, charmingly veined and netted with pure rosy-lake ;
MADAME WILLAUME, a charming variety, with transparent leaves,
of a delicate salmon-rose colour ; MARQUIS DE CAUX, red centre
and veins, with rose blotches on margins ; MARTERSTYGINUM,
crimson centre and white spots; MERCADANTE, pale copper-
coloured centre and veins, bordered with green ; MEYERBEER,*
white leaf-ground, green veins, and red midribs; MINERVE,*
silvery white midrib and rays, surrounded with greyish white,
green margin, with snowy white spots; MITHRIDATE, ground
colour crimson-lake, with darker ribs, and dark bronze-green
margin; MONSIEUR A. HARDY, rich reddish-carmine veins on
white ground, tinted with rose and spotted with green ; MON-
SIEUR J. LINDEN,* a fine large whitish leaf, with metallic reflec-
tions, coral-rose veins, and reticulated green border; MRS.
LAING,* white ground, deep rose centre and veins, green
margin; MURILLO,* centre and veins metallic-red, with large
crimson blotches, broad margin of lustrous bronzy-green ;
NAPOLEON III.,* flamed crimson centre, with forked rays, and car-
mine spots on green ground ; ONSLOW, deep rosy-crimson centre,
with broad green margin, spotted with rose ; PAILLET, crimson
centre, broad green margin, splashed with crimson, and dotted with
white ; PAUL VERONESSE, large leaves, with pinkish-white centre,
deep scarlet ribs, and broad green margin ; PHILIPPE HERBERT,
deep mottled crimson rays, and clear white margin, spotted
with crimson ; PicruM, green blotched, and spotted with white ;
PRINCE ALBERT,* dark emerald green, rich crimson midrib,
radiating from centre to margins, the intervening spaces spotted
with white ; PRINCE OF WALES,* a very handsome variety, with
large golden-yellow leaves; PRINCESS ALEXANDRA,* rosy-salmon
leaf, green centre rib, bordered with magenta-crimson, green
margin, with light pink chain ; PRINCESS OF TECK,* ground
colour bright orange-yellow, the veins suffused with deep red ;
PRINCESS ROYAL, leaves of a golden ground, with crimson centre ;
PYRRHUS, centre and ribs deep crimson, pea-green margins;
QUADRICOLOR, centre of leaf pale yellowish-green, ribs white,
edged rosy-crimson, and margined green ; RAMSAU, centre and
ribs deep reddish-crimson, surface covered with white blotches,
shaded red; RAULINII, rich red centre and veins, finely spotted
with white ; REGALE, silvery grey centre, rosy-red ribs, spotted
with vermilion-red; REINE MARIE DE PORTUGAL,* violet-rose
centre, with red veins, dark maroon zone, and green border, very
handsome ; REINE VICTORIA,* green veins and margins, spotted or
marbled with white and rich crimson ; ROSSINI, large leaf, with
pale centre, pink midribs, and red blotches ; ROUILLARD, glossy
green margin, pale green centre, midrib and rays rich violet-plum,
the whole leal spotted crimson; SANCHONIANTIION, cnmson
centre, deep glossy crimson ribs, and pea-green margin ; SIEBOLDII,
rich green, with fiery-red crimson-rayed centre, green spaces,
spotted with claret red ; SOUVENIR DE MADAME E. ANDRE,* large
deep green leaves, marbled with pure white, veins fine rosy
crimson ; SPONTiNi, pea-green, with white spots, and rosy-pink
ribs and veins ; THIBAUTII, fine large leaf, with rich crimson veins
on a red ground ; TRICOLOR, edges of leaves grey-green, inter-
sected with dark green, centre red-lake, carmine midribs;
TRIOMPHE DE L' EXPOSITION,* crimson centre, with red ribs, and
green border ; VERDI, crimson-lake centre with small green zone
and apple-green margin ; VESTA, greenish- white veins, surrounded
with crimson, the whole of the leaf spotted bright rose ; Vi-
COMTESSE DE LA ROQUE-ORDAN, red midrib, and rays bordered
with white, the margin beautiful emerald green; VILLE DE
MULHOUSK, a beautiful variety, with greenish-white leaves, shaded
rose, and rich green centre ; VIRGINALE,* clenr shining white,
veined with dark bluish-green, a handsome variety.

CAI.AMAGBOSTIS (from calamos, a reed, and
agrostis, grass). ORD. Graminece. A widely- distributed
genus of grasses, for the most part hardy. Panicle more
or less spreading ; spikelets compressed, one-flowered ;
empty glumes two, sub-equal, lanceolate, pointed, keeled,
awnless. The species thrive in any ordinary garden soil.
Propagation may be effected by seeds, sown during
autumn.

C. lanceolate (lanceolate). Jl. purple, spreading in all directions ;

panicle erect, loose, much branched. July. Culms about 3ft.

high, smooth, slender. Britain (moist woods and hedges). (Sy.

En. B. 1724.)
C. strlota (upright). Jl. brown, spreading in all directions ; panicle

erect, close. June. Culm about 2ft. high, very slender, smooth.

England, &c. (bogs and marshes), but very rare. (Sy. En. B.

1725.)

CALAMINT. See Calamintha.

CALAMINTHA (from kalos, bemtiful, and Mintha,
Mint). Calamint. ORD. Labiatce. A genna of hardy

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

235

Calamintha — continued.

herbaceous plants, baring the following essential cha-
racters : Calyx two-lipped ; stamens diverging ; upper lip
of corolla nearly fiat ; tube straight. Bather pretty plants,
with Thyme-like flowers, well suited for furnishing rock
gardens. They grow in almost any garden soiL Increased
by seeds, cuttings, or divisions of the roots, in spring.

C. Acinos (Acinos). Basil Thyme, jf. bluish-purple, Tariegated
with white and dark purple," disposed in whorls, one on each
flower-stalk. July and August. 1. acute, serrate. Stems
branched, ascendine, leafy. A. 6in. England. Annual. Srss.
Aeino* rulgaris and Thymtu Acinos. (Sy. En. B. 1048.)

C. alpina (alpine). A. purplish, almost sessile, four to six in a
whorl, June to September. L petiolate, roundish or ovate, slightly
serrated, A. 6in. S. Europe, 1731. A freely branched, tufted
••- : "-•

C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* JL purplish, Uin. long, in loose
racemes; throat much inflated. June. L petiolate, ovate,
acute, coarsely toothed, rounded at the base, 2in. to Sin. long.
Herbaceous stems branched at the base, and decumbent A. 1ft.
1596.

C. patavina (Paduan). JL pale or purplish-red, rather large.
June. /. petiolate, ovate, acute, pubescent. A. 6in. to Sin. S.
Europe, 1776.

CALAMPELIS.

CALAMUS (from lalamos, a reed; old Greek name
used by Theophrastns). ORD. Palmx. An elegant genus of
stove Palms. Flowers small, usually of a rose or greenish
colour, clustered upon branching spikes, each branch
having a separate spathe, which is not large enough to
enclose it. Fruit one-seeded, and covered with smooth,
shining scales. Leaves pinnate. Stems reed-like, lin. to
2in. in thickness. When in a young state, these palms
are most effective as drawing or diningroom decorations :
and, when in a more mature condition, they are excellent
as stove ornaments and for exhibition purposes. They
are all of slender growth, and of easy culture in a compost
of equal parts loam and vegetable mould ; a copious supply
of water being needed to keep them in a flourishing state.
Propagated by seeds. C. Botany, C. rtminaii*, and several
other species furnish the canes usually employed in this
country for the bottoms of chairs, conches, &c.

C. accedens (yielding). L long, arching, dark green, pinnate :
pinnae long, narrow, closely set; petioles with slender black
spines. India. A rare, but elegant slender-growing, miniature
tree.

C. adspersus (scattered). L pinnate ; pinnae 6in. to Sin. long,
narrow, deep green ; petioles about 6m. in length, sheathing at
the base, clothed with long, slender, black spines. Stem not
much stouter than a large wheat straw. A. 20ft Java, 1866.

C. aspenimus (very
1ft to 2ft in length, 1
side with two rows of hair-like spines ; peti

,• armed with long, stout, black spines. Jai
1877. A beautiful species, which attains a considerable size.
(LH. 275.)

C. ciliaris (fringed).* L pinnate, clothed with a quantity of soft
hair-like bristles ; petioles shea ting at the base. Stem erect and
slender. India, 1869. From the plume-like habit of the leaves,
it makes a splendid plant for table decoration, as well as being
a beautiful specimen for exhibition.

C. draco (dragon). L 4ft to 6ft in length, beautifully arched,
pinnate; pinnae 12m. to ISin. long, narrow, slightly" pendent,
dark green ; petioles sheathing at base, armed with long, flat
black spines. A. 20ft to 30ft India, 1819. A very handsome
species, with a robust constitution.

C. fissns (cleft). I. ovate in outline, pinnate, when young bright
cinnamon ; leaflets pendent dark green, bearing on the upper side
a few black hair-like bristles; petioles armed with dark, stout
spines, Borneo. A very ornamental species.

C. flagellnxn (whip-likeX L 6ft to 8ft in length when fully grown,
pinnate ; pinna? pendent, about 1ft in length and lin. in breadth,
dark green, furnished on the upper side with two rows of lone,
white, hair-like spines ; petioles sheathing, copiously armed with
stout white spines, much swollen at the base, and tipped with
black. Stem slender.

C. Hystriz (bristly). 1. pinnate ; petioles spiny. A compact-
growing and very graceful species. i

C. Jenkinsianns (Jenkins's). L pinnate, gracefully arched, 2ft to
6ft long ; pinna? 6in. to 12m. long, lin. broad, rich dark green ;
ioles slightly sheathing at the base, armed with long flat spines.

LU8 (very rough).* L pinnate, 3ft to 12ft long ; pinnae
i length," lin. in breadth, pendent, light green, upper
o rows of hair-like spines ; petioles broadly sheathing

:. leptospaduc (^lender-spadix).* I. pinnate ; pinnules about iin.
wide, and from 6in. to 12in. long, subulately acuminate ; upper

Calamus— continued.

surface with three bristle-bearing ribs : a few smaller bristles
are disposed along the midrib underneath : margins finely i
regularly toothed with small ascending bristles? petu.lT chan^
nelled, tomentose towards the base, bearing three or fonr solitary
needle-like spines, about lin. long. India. A rare species, and
described as one of the most gracef uL

C. Lewisianns (Lewis's).* L ultimately spreading 2ft to 6ft Ion-
pinnate ; pinna? equidistant, iin. bro2cS*b^3in. to 15uT
long ; veins on the upper surface bristled, under surface smooth ;
margins rough, with appressed bristles ; petioles white, with a
broad, sheathing, blackish-brown base, densely armed with lone,
flat black spines, India. A fine, but somewhat rare, species.

C. Rotang (Rotang). I. pinnate, from 3ft to 4ft in length,
Tery gracefully arched ; pinnae 6in. to 12in. long, less than lin.
broad ; upper side dark green, with two rows of hair-like spines •
petioles and stems armed sparingly with stout slightlv reversal
spines. Stems slender. India. When young, especially, this plant
is very handsome.

C. Royleanus (Boyle's).* L pinnate, arching ; pinna? very nume-
rous, narrow, pendent, deep green ; petioles with few spines, dark
green. North-west Himalayas,

C. spectabilis (showy V* /. pinnate, with a few pairs of smooth
hnear-lanceolate, three-ribbed leaflets, measuring 6in. to Sin. long;
petioles green, furnished with numerous short conical white
spines, tipped with brown. Malacca. A slender-growing species. .

C. verticillaris (whorledX I. pinnate, with a very ornamental
plume-like appearance : pinna? long, broad, drooping ; petioles
with the spines arranged verticillately. Malacca. This beautiful
species is extremely rare,

C. yiminalis (twiggy).* L ift. to 2ft. Ion", pinnate ; pinna? about
6in. long, narrow, light green : petioles sheathing, densely armed
with long flat white spines. When only 3ft. or 4ft. in height, its
spiny whip-like spikes of flowers are ofttn produced. Stem
slender. A. 50ft, Java, 1847.

The following are other, but less-known, spec'es : auftralit, ffejwij*,
micranthuf, niyer, obkmyuf, and tfiniir.

CALAMUS ASOMATICUS. An old name of
Acorns Calamus i which ,*•:•'.

CALAMUS ODOEATUS. An old name of An-
dropogon Schoenan thus i which ,->•

CAULNDRINIA (in honour of L. Calandrini, an
Italian botanist, who lived in the beginning of the
eighteenth century'). ORD. Portuhi?e&. A rather large
genus of fleshy, glabrous, annual or perennial, herbaceous
plants, some fourteen or fifteen species growing in Australia,
the rest occurring in the Xew World. Flowers usually
rose or purple, solitary, or in terminal umbels or racemes.
Leaves quite entire, radical or alternate. Only four or five
species are cultivated in this country : these are treated
as half-hardy atinnala — with the exception of C. umbeUata.
which is best treated as a biennial — and as such they are
extensively grown in small gardens, with most satisfactory
results. They should be sown in the spot* where they are
intended to flower, as transplantation, unless performed

FIG. 315. CALA.\DKIMA MU.NZIESU, showing Flower and Habit

with more than ordinary care, will considerably check their
growth or result in loss. Their flowers only expand
during bright sunshine, and, consequently, they are less
grown than they otherwise would be. The plants thrive in

236

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Calandrinia — continued.

a light sandy soil. C. umbellata may be sown in a pan,
placed in a cold frame, in May or June ; and when the
plants are large enough to handle, they should be potted
off, or placed out in colonies where they are to flower.
C. discolor (two-coloured), fl. bright rose, with a yellow tuft

lugtri. flesh"! oblate, ^S^V^fS^JSi

above, purple beneath, h. 1ft. to lift. Chili, 1834. (B. M. 3357.)

C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. rosy, about 2in. across;
calyx spotted ; raceme simple, loose.. Summer I. fleshy rhom-
boid, acute, petiolate. Stem suffruticose. A. 1ft. Chili, 1826.
(B. R. 1194.)

C. Menziesii (Menzies1).* fl. deep purple-crimson, from Jin. to
lirL across terminal and axillary, solitary. June to September.
1. elongated, snathulate, much attenuated at the base. Stems
much branched, prostrate. California, 1831. SYN. C. specwsa.
See Fig. 315. (B. R, 1598.)

C. nitida (shining). /. rose-coloured, about 2in. across ; raceme
leafy, many-flowered.^ Summer. L oblong-spathulate sub-acute,
glabrous, attenuated at the base, lin. to 2m. in length, h. 6m.
Chili, 1837. A very pretty hardy annual, forming a tuft from 4m.
to 6in. across.

C. speciosa (showy). A synonym of C. Menziefii.

FIG. 316. CALANDRIMA UMBELLATA, showing Flower and Habit.

C. umbellata (umbellate).* /. of a dazzling magenta-crimson,
about as large as a sixpence ; corymb cymose, terminal, many-
flowered. Summer. I. radical, linear, acute, pilose, h. 6in.
Peru, 1826. A very charming half-hardy biennial See Fig. 316.
(P. M. B. 12, 271.)

Other species occasionally met with are : compressa, micrantha.
and procumbent; they are, however, inferior to those described
above.

CALANTHE (from kalos, beautiful, and anthos, a
flower). ORD. Orchidece. SEC. Vandce. A very handsome
genus of stove terrestrial Orchids. They may be cha-
racterised as robust-growing plants, producing large,
broad, many-ribbed, or plaited leaves, which are, with one
or two exceptions, evergreen, and long spikes, bearing
many flowers, distinguished by their calcarate lip, which is
attached to the column, and by the eight thick, waxy pollen
masses adhering to a separate gland. Calanthes should
be special favourites with amateurs, as, in the first place,
they produce an abundance of showy flowers, which last a
long time in perfection ; and, secondly, because they are
so easily managed. In potting these plants, it will be
necessary to depart from the usual style of potting Orchids,
and, instead of elevating them above the rim of the pot
upon a cone of peat and sphagnum, they must be kept
below the rim, as in potting ordinary plants. In place
of the usual soil and moss, these plants should have a
mixture of loam, leaf mould, and peat, broken up rough,
to which may be added some silver sand and dried cow
manure. During the growing season, they require abundant
supply of water, and in winter even this element must be
administered freely to the evergreen kinds ; whilst the
deciduous ones, on the contrary, enjoy a thorough rest after

Calanthe — continued.

blooming. Good drainage is essential to all. Little more
need be said upon the cultivation of Calanthes during
the summer months. When growing, they enjoy strong
heat and plenty of moisture ; but, when growth is complete,
a cooler situation is most beneficial. They are subject to
the attacks of various insects, which must be continually
searched for, and, when found, destroyed ; for, if neglected
in this particular, the bold and handsome leaves will be
much disfigured, and rendered far from ornamental. Pro-
pagated by suckers and divisions. About forty species are
known, of which the following are a selection :
C. curculigoides (Curculigo-like). fl. beautiful orange-yellow,
disposed in an erect spike. Summer and autumn. I. large, ever-
green, plaited, h. 2ft. Malacca, 1844. (B. R. 33, 8.)
C. Dominyi (Dominy's).* fl., sepals and petals lilac; lip deep
purple. This fine hybrid is a cross between C. Masuca and C.
veratrifolia. (B. M. 5042.)

C. furcata (forked), fl. creamy white, very freely produced ;
spikes erect, 3ft. long. June to August. Luzon Isles, 1836. An
excellent exhibition plant.

C. Masuca (Masuca).* fl., sepals and petals deep violet colour,
with an intense violet-purple lip ; numerously produced on spikes
2ft. long. June to August. India, 1838. (B.M.4541). The variety
grandiflora differs from the type in its greater size both of spike
and individual flower ; the gigantic spikes are from 3ft. to 4ft.
high, and continue blossoming for three months.
C. Petrl (Peter Veitch's).* fl. whitish-yellow. Said to be very
like C. veratrifolia, but bearing leaves a little narrower, and a
system of five curious sulcate yellowish calli on the base of the lip,
without the single lamella and teeth which are proper to that
species. Polynesia, 1880.
C. pleiochroma (many-coloured), fl. whitish, purplish, ochre,

orange. Japan, 1871.

C. Regnieri (Regnier's). fl., sepals and petals white ; lip rosy-
pink ; middle lobe short, wedge-shaped, and emarginate. 1'seudo-
bulbs jointed. Cochin China, fausta is a line variety, with the
base of the lip and column a warm crimson.
C. Sleboldil (Siebold's).* fl. yellow, large ; spikes erect. I. broad,
dark green, plaited, h. 1ft. Japan, 1837. An elegant evergreen
dwarf -growing species. (R. H. 1855, 20.)

C. Textorl (Tester's). /. cream-white, washed with violet on
the petals and column, as well as on the base of lip, where the
calli are brick-red, changing later on to ochre-colour, excepting
the white-lilac base of sepals and petals and the column ; lip very
narrow. Japan, 1877.

FIG. 317. SINGLE FLOWER OF CALANTHE VEITCHII.

C. VeitcMi (Veitch's).* fl. rich bright rose, with a white throat ;
spikes often attaining a height of 3ft., and bearing an immense
quantity of flowers. Winter. I. large, plaited, light green,
deciduous. ' Pseudo-bulbs flask-shaped. This very beautiful
hybrid is the result of a cross between C. vestita and C. rosea
^Syn. LimatoO.es rosea). See Fig. 317. (B. M. 5375.)

C. veratrifolia (Veratrum-leaved).* /. pure white, except the
green tips of the sepals and the golden papillae on the disk of the
labellum ; spikes 2ft. to 3ft. high, freely produced on well-grown
plants. May to July. I. 2ft. or more long, dark green, broad,
many-ribbed, with wavy margins. India, 1819. See Fig. 318.
(B. M. 2615.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

237

Calathea-

mtinned.

FIG. Sia SLNGLE FLOWER OF CAIAMTHK VKRATRIFOLIA.
C. vestita (clothed).* JL, sepals and petals pure white, numerously

produced in a many-flowered, nodding spike. I. deciduous.

Pseudo-bulbs large, whitish, h. 2Jft. Burmah. (B. M. 467L)

The varieties of this species are Tery numerous.
C. V. igneo-oculata (fire-eyed).* JL, base of the column purplish,

over which is a dazzling fire-colour, the blotch in the base of the

lip of the same colour. Borneo, 1876.
C. v. nivalis (snowy).* jL pure white, entirely destitute of any

colour on the lip. Java, 1868.

C. v. rubro-oculata (red-eyed).* fl. delicate white, with a blotch
of rich crimson in the centre ; upwards of 2in. across ; spikes long,
drooping, baring a white downy covering, and rising from the base
of the silvery-green pseudo-bulbs, when the latter are without
leaves. October to February.

C. v. Turner! (Turner's).* /. pure white, with rose-colonred eve,
larger, and produced on longer flower-spikes than the other kinds ;
form of flowers more compact. Java. This is considered by
some authorities, to be a distinct species.

CAT.ATTTEA (from Italathos, a basket; in reference
to the basket-shaped stigma, or to the leaves being worked
into baskets in South America). OBD. Scitamineae. This
genus of very ornamental-leaved stove plants is dis-
tinguished from Maranta by mere botanical characters;
and the two genera are often confounded. Flowers in ter-
minal spikes, bracteate ; perianth six-cleft, outer segments
lanceolate, inner ones blunt and irregular ; stamens three,
petal-like. Leaves large, springing from the contracted
stem near the root. They delight in a rich, loose, open
soil, consisting of peat, loam, and leaf soil, in about
equal proportions, with the addition of a good sprinkling
of sand, to keep it open and porous. The mixture should
be used in a rough, lumpy state, so that the roots,
which are of large size, may be able to travel with free-
dom. Nearly all the species admit of easy increase by
division. July is a favourable time to set about it, or it
may be carried out any time between that and the spring
months. In order to make the necessary separation with-
out damaging the roots, the plants should be shaken out
from the soil, when they may be divided into as many
pieces as there are separate crowns. Whether an increased
stock be desired or not, Calatheas require fresh soil
annually; and, if not reduced by division, they become
much too thickly foliaged to properly develop, unless
they are shifted into larger-sized pots, -which can always
be done if large specimens are required. When making
divisions, see that each crown is well furnished with roots,
so that they may at once commence sending up fresh
young foliage. Although Calatheas require an abundant
supply of water while growing, a stagnant moisture is most
injurious ; good drainage is, therefore, essential. To have
the leaves in fine, healthy condition, plenty of atmospheric
moisture must be maintained during the^r growth ; and, if
syringing is resorted to for the purpose of securing this,
clear soft water should be used, or an unsightly deposit will
be the result, by which the beauty of the plants, unless they
are frequently sponged, will be spoiled. These plants re-
quire, in addition to plenty of moisture, moderate shade
during the summer, as they dislike strong sunshine, and
may, therefore, be grown among ferns, under creepers, in
situations that would be of little use for other purposes.
Calatheas are not subject to insects if properly supplied
with water while growing, and a sufficiently moist atmo-

sphere is at all times maintained ; but, if either of these
are lacking, red spider soon put in an appearance, and
quickly disfigure the leaves.

hite. Brazil, 1875. SYN. Jfaranta

C. applicata (inclined). JL wh
pinnato-pieta. (B. H. 187o, 18.)

C. arrecta (erect).* I. rich satin-green on the upper side, and
heavy ruby colour on the under side. Ecuador, 1872. A fine
species, with a very elegant growth. (L H. 1871, 77.)

C. Bacbemiana (Bachem's). L silvery, with green lines and
blotches. Brazil, 1875.

C. Baraqninii (Baraquin's).* I. ovate-lanceolate ; ground colour
bright green, relieved by beautiful bands of silvery white.
Amazons, 1868.

C. bella (handsome).* L greyish-green, with the margins and two
series of central patches deep green. Brazil, 1875. SYN. Maranta
tesgeUata Eegeljani.

C. crocata (saffron-coloured). JL orange. Brazil, 1875.

C. eximia (choice). 1857. SYN. Phrynium eximivm. (R, G.
686.)

C. fasciata (banded).* L Sin. to 12in. long, 6in. to Sin. wide,
broadly cordate ; ground colour bright green, with broad bands
of white running across from midrib to the margin ; the under
side pale green, tinged with purple, h. 1ft Brazil, 1859
(R. G. 255.)

C. hieroglyphica (hieroglyphic). I. broadly obovate, obtnse;
ground colour rich dark velvety green, which, towards the midrib,
shades off into light emerald green ; primary veins oblique, and
the spaces between them ornamented with irregular streaks
and bars of silvery white ; under surface of a uniform dark vinous
purple. Columbia, 1873. Dwarf and distinct. (L H. 1873, 122.)

C. illustris (bright).* L somewhat obovate ; upper surface of a
bright pea-green, streaked with transverse bands of a deeper
green ; midrib pink, with two irregular blotches of white travers-
ing the leaves from base to point, midway between the margin
and costa ; under surface deep purple. Ecuador, 1866.

C. Kerchoviana (Kerchove's).* I. cordate, oblong, obtuse, shortly
and abruptly acuminate, greyish-green, with a row of purplish
blotches on each side of the midrib. h. 6in. Brazil, 1879.
SYX. Maranta Uucontiira Kerchoriana.

C. Iiegrelliana (Le Grell's). I. very dark green, relieved by a
feathery band of white, extending the whole length between the
midrib and margin. Ecuador, 1867.

C. Iieitzei (Leitze's). I. dblong-lanceolate, deep metallic green,
and shining on the upper surface, with feather-like markings of
deeper colour, purplish-violet beneath. Brazil, 1875. (R. G. 935.)

C. leopardina (leopard).* L oblong, pale or yellowish-green,
marked on each side of the costa with several oblong acuminate
blotches of deep green, h. 2ft. Brazil, 1875. (R. G. 893.)

C. lenconenra (white-nerved). A synonym of Jlaranta leuco-
neura.

C. Linden! (Linden's).* L oblong, 6in. to 12in. long, deep green,
with blotches of yellowish-green on each side of the midrib;
under surface purplish-rose, through which the markings of the
upper side are visible. Peru, 1866. Very handsome and free-
growing. (L H. 1871, 82.)

C. Ludani (Lncian's). I. shining green, the midrib festooned
with silvery white. Tropical America, 1872.

C Makoyana (Maker's).* I. oblong, somewhat unequal-sided,
6in. to Sin. long, upwards of 4in. broad ; outer margin deep green,
the central portion semi-transparent, beautifully blotched with
creamv-yellow and white; the central part is also ornamented
between the transverse veins with oblong blotches of deep green ;
petioles slender, purplish-red. Tropical America, 1872. SYN.
C. oliwnt. (G. C. 1S7§, p. 1589.)

C Massangeana (Massange's).* f. beautifully covered with rich
marking, presenting a somewhat similar appearance to the winp
of certain butterflies. The outer portion is ohve-green ; the
middle, on both sides of the costa, of a delicate silvery -grey colour.
from which the whitish side veins run out in a well-defined
and regular manner ;
silvery centre is ornament

purplish-maroon, occasionally shaded with brownish-crimson ;
the whole of the leaf being marked with silky and sparkling
reflections. Brazil, 1875. It is of neat habit, growing in close
tufts, its ample foliage covering the ground.

C. medlo-plcta (middle painted). L oblong-acute, tapering to the
bile, drf green, with a feathered white central stripe. Brazil,
1878.

C ™</.nTig (glittering).* I. oblong-acuminate, 2in. to Sin. long, a
little over Tin. inT>readth, dark shining green, with a white
feathery stripe down the centre. Tropical America. The
smallest species of the genus, with a spreading habit, and
quickly forming dense and beautiful tufts. There is a variety
of this named amabili*. Brazil.

C. nitena (shining).* L oblong, green, with a bright glossy surface,
marked ooMchSte of the ifilrib with a series ofoblong acute

; the portion of the leaf surrounding the
mented with large blotches of dark velvety

238

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Calathea — continued.

bars, alternating with numerous lines of a dark preen on a pale

bright green ground. Brazil, 1880. An elegant and small-growing

plant.

C. olivaris (olive-green). Synonymous with C. ifakoyana,.
C. ornata (ornamented).* I. oblong acuminate 6in. to 9in. long,

Sin. or more broad, yellowish-green, relieved by broad transverse

bands of dark olive-gruen ; under side tinged with purple. A. 1ft.

to 2ft. Columbia, 1849.
C. o. olbo-lineata (white-lined). Columbia, 1818. SYN. Maranta

albo-lineata.
C. o. majestica (majestic). Rio Purus, 1866. SYN. Ifaranta

majestica.
C. o. regalis (royal). Peru, 1856. SYNS. Naranta regalia and

M. corufolia.
C. O. roseo-lineata (rosy-lined).* h. 1ft. 1848. SYN. Maranta

rogeo-lineata.

C. pacifica (Pacific). 1. oblong ovate of a fine dark green on the
upper surface, olive-brown beneath. Eastern Peru, 1871.

C. virginalis (virginal). I. large, bro . _

midrib white, also with a white band on each side; the under side

Calathea — continnefl.

C Vanden Heckci(Yan den Heck's).* I. rich dark glossy green,
shaded with transverse bands of a lighter green; midrib broadly
margined with silvery-white, two hands of the same colour tra-
verse the leaf from base to apex, midway between midrib and
margin ; under side of a uniform purplish-crimson. Brazil, 1865.
Very distinct and handsome.

C. Veitchii (Veitch's).* 1. large, ovate elliptic, over 1ft. long, very
rich glossy green, marked along each side the midrib with cres-
cent-shaped blotches of yellow, softened by shades of green and
white ; under surface light purple. A. 3ft. W. Tropical America,
1865. Probably the handsomest of the genus. See Fig. 319.

broadly ovate, light green
nu on each side; the under ski
of a greyish-green. Amazons, 1857. Habit dwarf and compact.

C. Vittata (striped). I. ovate-acuminate, 9in. long, very light
green, with narrow transverse bars of white on each side of the
midrib. Brazil, 1857.

C. Wallisii (Wallis's).* 1. rather large, of a rich and pleasing light
green, beautifully relieved with a ray of rich dark green. South
America, 1867. A handsome and distinct sort, but somewhat
rare.

C. W. discolor (two-coloured). 1. bright velvety green, with the
centre and margins grey. South America, 1871.

C. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz's).* I. 2ft. long, about Sin. wide,
deep velvety green in colour, relieved by a feathery stripe of yel-
lowish-green on either side the midrib, and extending from the
base to the apex. A. 3ft. Tropical America, 1879. A fine sort.
(R. G. 515.)

C. Wioti (Wiot's). I. bright green, with two series of olive-green
blotches. Brazil, 1875.

Fia.

C. pardina (leopard).* fl. yellow, large, handsome, produced in
great abundance. 1. lOin. to 18in. long, 5in. to 6in. wide, ovate,
reen, with dark brown blotches on each side the midrib, and
occur at regular intervals the whole length of the leaf.
New Grenada. (F. d. S. ii., 1101.)

C. praslna (leek-green). I. with a yellow-green central band.
Brazil, 1875.

C. princeps (magnificent).* I. 12in. to 18in. long ; centre rich dark
green, broadly margined with yellowish-green, purple beneath.
A. 2ft. to 3ft. Peru, 1869. A superb large-growing species.

C. pulchella (pretty). I. bright green, with two series of deep
green blotches, alternately large and small. Brazil, 1859. This
much resembles C. zebrina in general appearance, but is not so
strong a grower, and the leaves are not so dark.

C. rosea-picta (rose-coloured). I. somewhat orbicular, of a rich
glossy green ; midrib of a lovely rose-colour, between the margin
and midrib are two irregular bands of the same colour, traversing
the entire length of the leaf. Upper Amazon, 1866. (R. G. 610.)

C. Seemanni (Seemann's). 1. about 1ft. long, 6in. broad, satiny
emerald-green ; midrib whitish. Nicaragua, 1872.

C, splendida (splendid). I. large, oblong-lanceolate, deflexed,
lOin. to 18in. long, rich dark olive-green, with distinct blotches of
greenish-yellow. Brazil, 1864.

C. tubispatha (tube-spathed).* I. somewhat obovate, obtuse,
6in. to 12in. long, pale greenish-yellow, beautifully relieved by a
row of rich brown oblong blotches, set in pairs on each side of
the midrib, throughout the entire length of the leaf. West
Tropical America, 1865. An elegant species. (B. M. 5542.)

FIG. 320. CALATHEA ZEBUINA.

C. zebrina.* Zebra Plant. 1. 2ft. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 8in. wide,
beautiful velvety light green on the upper side, barred with green-
ish purple ; under side of a dull greenish purple, h, 2ft. Brazil,
1815. This is a very old inhabitant of our stoves, and, for general
usefulness is not much surpassed. See Fig. 320. (B. R. 385.)
CALATHIAN VIOLET. See Gentiana Fneumo-
nanthe.

CALCARATE. Spurred, or having a spur.
CALCEOLARIA (from calceolus, a little slipper, in
allusion to the form of the corolla; the form cnlceolarius,
shoemaker, probably chosen to include a reference to F.
Calceolari, an Italian botanist of the sixteenth century).
Slipperwort. OBD. Scropliularineae. A genus of hardy or
half-hardy shrubs, sub-shrubs or herbs. Peduncles one
or many-flowered, axillary or terminal, corymbose ; corolla
with a very short tube ; limb bilabiate ; upper lip short,
truncately rounded, entire ; lower lip large, concave, slipper-
shaped. Leaves opposite, sometimes three in a whorl,
rarely alternate.

SHRUBBY SECTION. In addition to the widely-known
utility of this class for bedding purposes, they are fine
decorative plants when well grown, and useful alike in
conservatory or dwelling house. It will be found more
convenient to grow these in a pit or frame, as in such
places they are less liable to the attacks of fly, and make
sturdier growth. If large plants are required, cuttings
should be taken in August, placed in a cold frame facing

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

239

Calceolaria — continued.

the north, in sandy soil, and, when rooted, potted off
into Sin. pots. They should then be placed in a light
snnny frame, where they may remain nntil the middle of
February. The points should then be pinched out. When
the plants break, they must be shifted into 48-sized pots.
If there are from four to six breaks to each plant, it
will be sufficient; but, should such not be the case, the
plants must be stopped again, when the requisite number
will probably be obtained. Directly the roots touch the
pots, the plants should be transferred to 7in. or Sin. pots,
in which they will flower, and the shoots must be tied
out so as to develop fully. Every effort should be exerted
to keep the foliage green to the base of the plants, and
they should be fumigated on the first appearance of green
fly. As the flower-spikes are thrown up, weak liquid
manure, applied two or three times a week, will prove
beneficial. For potting, the following compost is most
suitable: One-half good fibrous loam, one- eighth thoroughly
rotted manure, and the remainder leaf soil, with enough
sharp sand to keep the whole open. During frosty weather,
of course, it will be necessary to protect the frames with
mats, and to water judiciously, to avoid damping. Those

FIG. 321. HERBACEOUS CALCEOLARIA.

plants intended for bedding will not require to be repotted,
but should be inserted, about Sin. apart, in sandy soil, in
a cold frame. The tops must be taken off early in March ;
and from the middle of April to the middle of May, they
may be planted out where they are to remain. Should
frosty weather, accompanied by drying winds, ensue, the
plants will require the protection of inverted flower-pots,
with pieces of slate or crock placed over the holes. A good
soil, abundantly enriched with rotten manure, is most
desirable for them.

Varieties. These are very numerous. The best of them
are the following: BIJOU, dark red, very free; GAINE'S
YELLOW, rich deep yellow, extremely free ; GENERAL
HAVELOCK, crimson-scarlet, very fine; GOLDEN GEM,
bright yellow, perhaps the best; SPABKLER, crimson-gold,
dwarf ; VICTORIA, dark maroon, very attractive.

HERBACEOUS SECTION. These, like the preceding, are
very useful, both for house and conservatory decoration
(see Fig. 321). A packet of seed from a first-class firm will,

Calceolaria — continued.

if properly managed, produce a good percentage of ex-
cellent flowers. The seed may be sown from Jnne to
August, when large batches are required (when only one
sowing is made, July will be the best month), on pans
of light, sandy soil, which should be soaked with water
before sowing. Care must be taken to make the surface
of the soil level, and also to sow the seed as evenly as
possible. It is better not to cover with soil, but a sheet
of glass should be laid over the pan, which must be
placed in a shady part of the greenhouse or cold frame
until the young plants show the first leaf. The glass
can then be gradually removed. When large enough to
handle, the seedlings must be pricked out, about 2in.
asunder, in pans or boxes, and placed in a close, shaded
situation. As soon as of sufficient size, they must be
placed singly in Sin. pots, returned to the frame, kept close
for a few days, and as near the glass as possible, to make
them sturdy. When necessary, they should be shifted into
Sin. pots, in which they may be kept through the winter ;
or the later batches may be placed in small pots. By the
end of October or early in November, the plants will be
strong and fit for wintering; at this stage, the best place
for them is in a dry, frost-proof pit, or on an airy shelf of
the greenhouse, giving them sufficient water to prevent
flagging. All dead leaves must be removed. On the first
appearance of green fly, the plants should be fumigated
with tobacco. From the end of January onwards, in order
to encourage growth, the plants should be removed into
7in. or Sin. pots, giving plenty of drainage, and a com-
post consisting of one-half good light fibrous loam, one-
fourth thoroughly decayed sheep manure, and one-fourth
leaf soil, to which must be added sufficient coarse sand to
keep the whole open. After potting, the plants must be
again placed in the same position, and, as they require it,
plenty of room given. Careful attention to watering is
necessary, as they must not be allowed to get dry. Air
must be given on all suitable occasions. The flower-stems,
as they require it, should be supported with small neat
sticks. About May, the plants will commence to bloom,
and continue to do so for a couple of months. The best
flowers should be selected, and cross-fertilised with a
camel-hair pencil, in order to produce a good strain of
seed for future sowing. The attention of horticulturists
appears to be almost wholly confined to the innumerable
hybrids raised from amplexicaulis, arachnoidea, corymbose,
integrifolia, purpurea, thyrtoiflora, and a few others. Very
few pure species are seen in cultivation, although most of
them are well worth growing.

C. alba (white), fl. white; peduncles elongated, racemose,
dichotomous. June. I. linear, remotely serrated. Plant suf-
fruticose, clammy, and resinous, h. 1ft. Chili, 1844. Shrubby.
(B. M. 4157.)

C. amplexicaulis (stem-clasping). » JL yellow, umbellately
fascicled ; corymbs terminal ; pedicels pilose. I. stem-clasping,
ovate-oblong, acuminated, cordate, crenately-serrated, pilose.
h. lift. Peru, 1845. Half-hardy, herbaceous. (B. M. 4300.)
C. arachnoidea (cobwebby).' JL purple ; peduncles terminal,
twin, elongated, dichotomous. June to September. I. lingulately-
oblong, a little -toothed, narrowing downwards into long winged
petioles, which are connate at the base ; about Sin. long, wrinkled.
Stem herbaceous, branched, spreading, clothed with white cob-
webbed wool, as well as the leaves and other parts, except the
corolla, h. 1ft Chili, 1827. (B. M. 2874.)

C. bicolor (two-coloured).* Jl. in large terminal cymes ; upper lip
yellow, small ; lower lip large, gaping, conchiform, the front clear
yellow, the back white. July to November. L broadly-ovate,
sub-acute, coarsely crenated, wrinkled. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Stem much
branched, woody at the base. Peru, 1829. SVN. C. di/uta.
(B. B. 1374.)

C. Burbidgei (Burbidge's).* Jl. rich yellow, with large lower lip.
Autumn and winter. I. ovate, distinctly obtusely biserrate, sub-
acute, with a narrow wing running down the petiole ; both sur-
faces downy, h. 2ft. to 4ft This is a handsome hybrid between
C. Pawnii and C. fuchsias/olio., raised by F. W. Bnrbidge, Esq.,
Trinity College Botanic Gardens, Dublin, 1882.
C. chelidonioides (Chelidonium-like). A. yellow. June. h. 1ft

Peru, 1852. Annual

C. oorymbosa (corymbose). Jl yellow, marked with purple dots
and lines, corymbose. May to October. L, radical onei ovate

240

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Calceolaria— continued.

and cordate, petiolate, doubly crenated, white beneath ; cauline
ones few, cordate, half amplexicanl. Stems herbaceous, leafless
at bottom, but dichotomous and leafy at top. Plant hairy, h.
1ft. to IJft Chili, 1822. (B. R. 723.)

C. deflcxa (bending). Synonymous with C. fuchricefolia.

C. diffosa (spreading). A synonym of C. bicolor.

C. flexuosa (flexuose). /., corolla yellow; lower lip large,
ventricose; peduncles axillary and terminal, many-flowered;
pedicels umbellate. I. cordate, unequally and bluntly crenated,
petiolate, remote. Plant shrubby, rough, beset with glandular
hairs. A. 3ft Peru, 1847. (B. M. 5154.)

C. Fotherglllit (Fothergill's).* /., upper lip of corolla -yellowish ;
lower lip sulphur colour, having the margins spotted with red,
four times the size of the upper one ; peduncles scape-formed,
one-flowered. May to August. I. spathulate, quite entire, pilose
above, about lin. long. Stem herbaceous, a little divided near
the root, h. Sin. to 6in. Falkland Islands, 1777. (B. M. 348.)

FIG. 322. CALCEOLARIA VIOLACBA.

C. fuchslwfolia (Fuchsia-leaved).* fl. yellow, disposed in terminal
panicles ; upper lip nearly as large as the lower one. Spring.
I. lanceolate, glandless. h. 1ft. to 2ft. Peru, 1878. This is a
very handsome winter-flowering shrubby species, but it is difficult
to keep the foliage in anything like good condition. SYN. C.
, 1879.)

deflexa. (Garden, March,

C. Henrici (Anderson-Henry's), fl. yellow, disposed in terminal
corymbose cymes; both lips of corolla much inflated, so as
to entirely close the mouth. I. rather large, elongate-lanceolate,
downy beneath, h. 2ft. Andes of Cuenca, 1865. Shrubby ever-
green. (B. M. 5772.)

C. hyssopifolia (Hyssop-leaved).» /. in terminal cymes ; upper lip
clear yellow, about half the width of the lower, and meeting closely
to it; lower lip clear canary-yellow above, nearly white beneath.
May to August. I. sessile, linear-lanceolate, sub-acute, entire.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. Chili. Shrubby. (B. M. 5548.)

C. integrlfolia (entire-leaved). Synonymous with C. rugosa.

C. lobata (lobed). fl. yellow, disposed in erect, loosely-branched
cymes ; lip curiously folded on itself, and spotted on the inner
surface. 1. pahnately lobed. h. 9m. Peru, 1877. Herbaceous
species. (B. M. 6330.)

C. Pavonii (Pavon's).* fl. rich yellow and brown, in large terminal
clusters ; upper lip small ; lower lip large, widely gaping. I.
perfoliate, the petioles connected by a broad wing, running all
their length ; blade broadly ovate, coarsely serrate-dentate ; both
sides covered with soft down. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Herbaceous. (B M
4525.)

Calceolaria — continued.

C. ninnata (pinnate), fl. sulphur-coloured ; peduncles twin or
tern, panicled. July to September. I. pinnate ; leaflets or seg-
ments toothed, lower ones pinnatifldly toothed. A. 2ft. to 3ft.
Peru, 1773. Annual, clothed with clammy hairs. (B. M. 41.)

C. pisacomcnsis (Pi.sacomanese). fl. rich orange-red, large;
lower lip of corolla so bent upwards as to close the mouth ;
cymes produced from all the upper axils, forming long leafy
panicles. I. ovate, obtuse, coarsely crenate. h. 3ft. Peru, 1868.
A sub-shrubby perennial, of strong, erect habit.

C. plantaglnea (Plantain-like).* /. yellow ; lower lip of corolla
large, hemispherical ; upper one small, bind ; scapes generally
two to three-flowered, pilose. August. I. radical, ovate, rhom-
boid, rosulate, serrated. Plant herbaceous, stemless, pubescent
h. 1ft. Chili, 1826. (B. M. 2805.)

C. purpnrca (purple), fl., corolla of an uniform reddish- violet,
rather small ; corymbs terminal, many-flowered. July to Sep-
tember. I. wrinkled, hispid- radical ones cuneate-spathulate,
serrated, quite entire behind, petiolate, acutish; cauline ones
cordate, decussate, with a few long scattered hairs on their
surfaces. Stems herbaceous, many from the same root. h. 1ft.
Chili, 1826. There are several hybrids between this and other
species. (B. M. 2775.)

C. rugosa (wrinkled). /. yellow ; panicles terminal, corymbose,
pedunculate. August. I. ovate-lanceolate, or lanceolate, denti-
culated, wrinkled, opaque, rusty beneath ; petioles wingec'.,
connate, h. 1ft. to lift. Chili, 1822. Shrubby species. Svs.
C. inteyrifolia. (B. R. 744.) Two varieties of this are angusti.
folia, and mscosissima.

C. scabiossefolia (Scabious-leaved).* fl., corolla pale yellow ;
lower lip large, ventricose ; peduncles terminal, corymbose.
May to October. 1., lower ones pinnate ; superior ones pinnatifld,
three-lobed, or simple, the terminal segment always the largest.
Plant rather hairy. Peru, 1822. Evergreen trailer. (B. M. 2405.)

C. tenella (small), fl. golden yellow, with orange-red spots
within the lower lip ; corymbs few-flowered. I. opposite, ovate,
acuminated, h. 6in. Chili, 1873. Hardy, herbaceous. (B. M.
6231.)

C. thyrsiflora (thyrse-flowered). fl. yellow, downy inside;
thyrse terminal, crowded ; peduncles compound, umbellate.
June. I. linear, attenuated at both ends, serrate-toothed, sessile,
2in. long, and two lines broad, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Chili, 1827. Shrubby,
clammy. (B. M. 2915.)

C. violacea (violet).* /Z., corolla pale violet, spotted with deeper
violet beneath; lip spreading in a campanulate manner;
peduncles terminal oy threes, corymbose ; pedicels one to two-
flowered. June. I. petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, coarsely serrated,
white beneath, h. 2ft. Chili, 1853. Shrubby. (B. M. 4929.) See
Fig. 322.

CAIiCEOIiATE. Shaped like a slipper or round-toed
shoe.

CALDCLUVIA (named after Alexander Caldcleugh,
F.E.S. and F.L.S., who collected and sent to this country
many plants from Chili). OED. Saxifragece. A greenhouse
evergreen tree. Flowers disposed in terminal panicles.
Leaves opposite, simple, serrate, glabrous ; pedicels
jointless ; stipules twin, sub-falcate, toothed, caducous.
C. paniculata thrives well in a mixture composed of
peat and loam. Propagation may be effected by cut-
tings of the half-ripened shoots, which should be planted
in sand, under a hand glass, and placed in a very gentle
bottom heat.
C. paniculata (panicled). fl. white. June. Chili, 1831.

CALEA (from Icalos, beautiful ; referring to the flowers).
OHD. Composite. A genus of stove evergreen herbs or
small shrubs. Pappus hairy ; receptacle paleaceous ; invo-
lucre imbricated. They thrive in a compost of peat and
loam. Side shoots root readily, if placed in sand, under
glass, and with bottom heat ; seeds may be sown in March.
Warmer parts of New World.

CALEANA (named after G. Caley, Superintendent of
the Botanical Garden, St. Vincent). ORD. Orchidece. A
genus of greenhouse terrestrial Orchids, natives of Australia.
Flowers few, greenish-brown ; column broad, thin, concave ;
sepals and petals narrow, reflexed ; lip posticous, peltate,
unguiculate, highly irritable. In fine weather, or if left
undisturbed, this lip bends back, leaving the column un-
covered ; but in wet weather, or if the plant is shaken, the
lip falls over the column, securely fastening it. Leaves
solitary, radical. They are of easy culture, in a compost of
fibry peat, lumpy loam, and a little charcoal.
B. major (greater), fl. green-brown. June. 1810.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

241

Caleana— continued.

C. minor (less), fl. green-brown. June. 1822.
C. nlgrlta (blackish-flowered). /. dark.

CALECTASI A (from kalos, beautiful, and ektasis, ex-
tension; in allusion to the star-like perianth segments).
OBD. Juncacece. An elegant greenhouse sufEruticose
perennial, with dry, permanent, starry flowers. It thrives
best in a compost of peat and loam. Propagated by
divisions.
C. cyanea (blue). JL bright blue, solitary, on short terminal

branches. June. I. needle-shaped, sheathing at the base.

Australia, 1840. (B. M. 3834.)

CALENDULA (from calendce, the first day of the
month; in allusion to the almost perpetual flowering).
Marigold. OBD. Composite. A genus of showy green-
house and hardy annuals, and some few greenhouse shrubby
species. Pappus none ; receptacle naked ; involucre of one
or two series of sub-equal, acuminate, generally scarious-
edged bracts. The shrubby species are propagated by
cuttings, and thrive best in a compost of loam and peat.
For culture of the annuals, see Marigold.

FIG. 323. FLOWERS OF CALENDTJLA OFFICINALIS.

C. arvensis (field). /. -heads yellow. Pericarps urceolate, obovate,

smooth ; outer lanceolate-
subulate, muricatedatback.

h. 2ft. Europe, 1597. Hardy

annual.
C. maderensis (Madeira).*

fl.-heada orange. Pericarps

cymbiform. incurved, mu-

ricated ; outer five ovate-
lanceolate, membranous,

toothed at edge. h. 2ft.

Madeira, 1795. Hardy. SYN.

C. gtellata.
C. officinalis (officinal).*

Common Marigold, fl.-heads

orange. June to September.

Pericarps cymbiform, all in-
curved, muricated. h. 3ft.

South Europe, 1573. Hardy

annual. See Fig. 323.
C. o. prolifera (proliferous).

A garden form, analogous

to the Hen and Chickens

Daisy. See Fig. 324.
C. stellata (stellate). A FIG. 324. FLOWER OP CALENDULA

synonym of C. maderensis. OFFICINALIS PROLIFERA.

CALICO BUSH. See Kalmia latifolia.

CALIFORNIAN EVERGREEN REDWOOD.

See Sequoia sempervirens.

CALIFORNIAN MAYBUSH. See Fhotinia
arbutifolia.

CALIFORNIAN FEPFER-TREE. See Sckimis
Molle.

CALIFORNIAN POPPY. See Flatystemon

californicus.

CALIPHRURIA (from kalos, beautiful, and phroura,

prison ; from the handsome spathe inclosing the flowers).

OBD. AmaryllidecB. Pretty half-hardy greenhouse bulbs.

Tube of perianth narrow, funnel-shaped, nearly straight;

limb regular, stellate ; stamens furnished with a bristle

on each side. They thrive best in a compost of sandy loam,

a little peat, leaf soil, and sand. Propagated by offsets.

After flowering, the plants should have a slight heat ; and,

when starting into new growth, should be repotted.

C. Hartwegiana (Hartweg's).* fl. greenish-white ; umbels seven-
flowered ; scape nearly terete, glaucous. May. I. petiolate, de-
pressed, ovate, sub-plicate, green, h. 1ft. New Grenada, 1843.

FIG. 325. CALIPHRURIA SDBEDENTATA.

C. subedentata (rarely-toothed).* ft. white, funnel-shaped, dis-
posed in a truss, on a long scape. Winter. I. stalked, ovate-
oblong ft lift. 'Columbia, 1876. See Fig. 325. (B. M. 6289.)

CALISAYA BARK. See Cinchona Calisaya.

CALL A (from kallos, beauty). SYN. Provenzalia,
OBD. Aroidece (Aracece). A monotypic genus. The species
is a native of Central and Northern Europe and North

FIG. 326. CAI.LA PALU

STRIS, showing Habit and detached
Inflorescence.

2i

242

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Calla. — continued.

America, has creeping or floating stems, and cordate entire
leaves. C. palustris is sometimes grown in collections
of aquatics or bog plants ; and, although, perhaps, hardly
worth cultivating as a pot plant, is well worth a place in
open ornamental waters. Richardia africana is fre-
quently erroneously called Calla cethiopica.
C. palustris (marsh). /., spadix protected by a flat white
spathe, upper ones female, lower hermaphrodite, with numerous
thread-li£e stamens. 1. stalked, emerging from a sheath ft. 6m.
Hardy aquatic, naturalised here and there in Britain. See
Fig. 326.

CALLI. Small callosities, or little protuberances.
CAZiLIANDRA (from kallos, beauty, and andros, a
stamen ; referring to the elegant long, silky, purple or white
stamens). OBD. Leguminosce. A genus of beautiful stove
evergreen shrubs. Flowers usually borne on stalked glo-
bose heads ; corollas small, hidden by the numerous fila-
ments of the stamens. Leaves bipinnate ; leaflets varying
in size and number, They thrive in a compost of peat
and loam. Propagated by cuttings of rather firm young
wood, inserted in sand, under a hand glass, in heat.
C. Harris!! (Harris's), fl. pink; peduncles axillary, fascicled,
glandularly downy. February. I- bipinnate ; leaflets obovate,
falcate, downy; stipules small, falcate. Branches puberulous.
h. 10ft. Mexico, 1838. (B. M. 4238.)

C. Tweediei (Tweedie's).* /. red ; peduncles longer than the
petioles; bracts linear. March and April. I. with three or
four pairs of pinnae ; leaflets numerous, oblong-linear, acutish,
ciliated, pilose beneath ; stipules ovate, acuminate. Branches
and petioles pilose, ft. 6ft. Brazil, 1840. (B. M. 4188.)

CALLICARPA (from kallos, beauty, and karpos,
fruit ; referring to the beautiful berries). SYN. Porphyra.
ORD. Verbenacece. A genus of stove, greenhouse, or
nearly hardy evergreen shrubs, closely allied to Petrcea.
Flowers inconspicuous, disposed in axillary cymes; co-
rolla-tube short, with the limb four-lobed. Fruit a very
ornamental small juicy berry or drupe. The following
mode of culture has been recommended: "After the old
plants have been cut back in the spring, and started into
growth, the young shoots will strike as readily as a Fuchsia,
and with exactly the same treatment. In order to make
good plants, short-jointed cuttings should be selected ; and,
as soon as these are struck, they should be potted into 2iin.
pots, using a compost of equal parts loam and peat, with a
little charcoal and river sand. When they commence to
grow, after being potted, remove to a pit or house with a
temperature ranging from 60deg. to 75deg. Pinch out the
tops of the plants as soon as they have three pairs of leaves,
and whenever each of the laterals has made two pairs of
leaves, pinch out their points, and continue this operation
with all the rest of the shoots till the beginning of August,
at the same time keeping off all the flower-buds. The next
shift will be into 4in. or 5in. pots. They should always
have plenty of light and air, but more especially after they
come into flower."

C. amerioana (American), fl. red, small, in axillary cymes.
Bwries violet-coloured. I. ovate-oblong, toothed, silvery beneath,
with a scurf of tomentum. A. 6ft. South America, 1724. Green-
house

C. japonlca (Japanese), fl. pink. August. I. stalked, ovate,
oblong, acuminate, serrate. ft. 3ft. Japan, 1850. Stove.

C. lanata (woolly). /. purplish. June. Berries purple. I. sessile,
ovate, acuminate, serrate, hairy beneath, ft. 3ft. India, 1788.

C. purpurea (purple), 'fl. insignificant, borne in cymose clusters,
upon axillary footstalks. Berries very numerous, bright glossy
deep violet coloured. I. opposite, ovate, acuminate; edges serrated;
?o2nus(3? clotne<1' af. well as the stem, with hairs. A. 3ft. India,
1822. Stove (Garden, June, 1833.)

C. rubella (reddish) /.red. May. I. sessile, obovate, acumi-

CALLICHROA (from kallos, beauty, and chroa,
colour; referring to the bright yellow colour of the flowers).
ORD. CompositcB. This genus is now usually included
under Layia. Hardy annual, of easy culture in common

Callicliroa — continued.

garden soil. Seeds may be sown in March, on a slight
hotbed, and transplanted to the open border early in May ;
or if sown out of doors in April, it will flower in the
autumn.

C. platyglossa (broad-tongued). fl.-htads yellow, solitary,
pedunculate ; ray florets large, cuneate. Autumn. I. alternate,
sessile, ciliated, ft. 1ft. California, 1836. SYN. Layia platy.
glossa. (B. M. 3719.)

CALLICOMA (from kallos, beauty, and kome, hair ; in
reference to the tufted heads of flowers). OBD. Saxifragece.
A greenhouse evergreen shrub. Flowers capitate ; heads
terminating the tops of the branchlets, pedunculate, globose.
Leaves simple, coarsely serrated, stalked. Stipules mem-
branous, bidentate, caducous. It thrives well in a sandy
peat soil. Half ripened cuttings will root if placed in the
same sort of soil, under a hand glass.

C. serratifolia (saw-leaved). Black Wattle, fl. yellow. May to
August. I. lanceolate, acuminate, hoary beneath, attenuated at
the base. ft. 4ft. New South Wales, 1793. (B. M. 1811.)
CALLIGONUM (from kallos, beauty, and gonw, a knee-
joint; in reference to its leafless joint). SYNS. Pallasia,
Pterococcus. OBD. Polygonacece. A genus containing about
a score species of very curious, erect, evergreen, hardy
shrubs, found growing in dry, arid, sandy spots in Northern
Africa and Western Asia. They will thrive in any well-
drained sandy loam. Cuttings will root in spring or
autumn if placed under a hand glass.

C. Pallasia (Pallas's). fl. whitish, in groups. May. fr. winged;

wings membranous, curled and toothed, succulent, acid, edible.

I. simple, alternate, exstipulate, deciduous, caducous, minute.

Shoots rush-like, smooth, green, h. 3ft. to 4ft. Caspian Sea,

1780.

CALLIOPSIS. See Coreopsis.

CALLIFRORA (from kallos, beauty, and prora, a
front; referring to the front view of the flower). OBD.
LiliacecB. A very pretty little bulbous plant, now often
referred to Brodicea. It thrives in a well-drained spot
on the lower- flanks of rockwork, in dry, rich, sandy soil.
Propagated by offsets, which should remain on the parent
bulbs until they are a good size.

C. lutea (yellow).* Pretty Face. /., segments purplish-brown
in the middle on the outside. Summer. I. linear-lanceolate,
acuminated, channelled, longer than the flower-stem ; bracts
sheathing, scarious, much shorter than the pedicels. A. 9in.
North California, 1831. SYNS. Broditea ixioides, Milla ixiaidet,
(B. M. 3588.)

CALLIPSYCHE (from kallos, beauty, and psyche, a
butterfly; alluding to the handsome flowers). OBD.
Amaryllidea;. Ornamental greenhouse bulbs ; requiring
shade, and a compost of rich sandy loam and leaf mould,
with good drainage. Propagated by seeds and offsets.
They should have plenty of water when growing, and,
during the winter, be kept moderately dry, but not dried
off, so as to cause them to shrivel. As the leaves wither,
water should be gradually withheld.

C. aurantiaca (orange).* fl. deep golden-yellow, several in
an umbel, spreading, much flattened sideways ; stamens green,
twice the length of the perianth ; scape erect, nearly 2ft. high.
I. few, oblong-acute, bright green, conspicuously veined, stalked,
6in. long. Andes of Ecuador, 1868. (Bef. B. 167.)

C. euorosiodes (Eucrosia-like).* fl. scarlet and green ; stamens
very long, incurved ; scape about ten-flowered, glaucous. March.
1. few, green, tessellated, pitted, 4in. wide. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1843.
(B. B. 1845, 45.)

C. mirabilis (wonderful).* fl. greenish-yellow, small, with stamens
three times as long as the perianth, and spreading out on all
sides ; disposed in an umbellate head of about thirty blossoms ;
scape 3ft. nigh. 1. about two, oblong-spathulate, green, 1ft. long.
Peru, 1868. An extremely curious plant. (Bef. B. 168.)
CALLIPTERIS (from kallos, beauty, and pteris, a

fern). OBD. Filices. A genus of stove ferns, founded

upon the sub-genus Diplazium, which is now included

under Asplenium.

CALLIRHOE (of mythological origin, from Callirhoe,
a daughter of the river-god Achelous). Poppy-Mallow.
Allied to Malva. Species belonging to this genus have
been erroneously referred to Malva and Nuttallia. ORD.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

243

Callirhoe— continued.

Malvaceae. A genus of elegant annual or perennial herbs,
natives of North America. They are of extremely easy
cultivation, thriving in a compost of light, rich, sandy loam.
Propagation of the perennial species may be effected by
means of both seeds and cuttings; of the annuals, by
seeds only. Seeds should be sown in spring, either out-
side, or in pans in a cold frame. Young cuttings should be
taken and dibbled in sandy soil in a frame.

C. digitata (fingered).* fl. reddish-purple ; peduncles long, axillary,
one-flowered. Summer. I. sub-peltate, six to seven-parted, with
linear-entire or two-parted segments ; upper ones more simple.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. 1824. Perennial. (S. B. F. G. 129, under the name
of Nuttallia digitata.)

C. involncrate (involucrate).* fl. crimson, nearly 2in. across,
loosely panicled. Summer. I. divided nearly to the base, three
to five-parted ; segments narrow, lanceolate, three to five-toothed,
hairy on both surfaces. Habit procumbent ; stems hairy. A. 6in.
Perennial (G. W. P. A 26.) Svx Malta involwrata (B. M. 4681).

C. Papaver (Poppy-likeX* fl- violet-red; sepals ovate-acute,
ciliated. Summer. 1., root leaves lobed or pedate ; lower stem
leaves palmato-peilate, upper digitate or simple. A. 3ft Louisiana,
1833. Perennial. STN. Nuttallia Papaver. (B. M. 3287.)

fl. cherry-red, panicled. August
ones trifid. h. 2ft. to 3ft 1824.

C. pedate (pedate-leaved).

1. laciniately-pedate ; uppe

Annual. (B. H. 1857, 148.)
C. triangulate (triangular-leaved), fl. pale purple. August 1836.

Perennial. SY.V. Nuttallia cordata (under which name it is figured

in B. R. 1938).

CALLISTACHYS. See Ozylobium.

CALLISTEMMA. See Callisteplius.
CALLISTEMON (from Icallos, beauty, and stemon,
a stamen ; in most of the species, the stamens are of a
beautiful scarlet colour). OED.
MyrtacecB. Handsome greenhouse
evergreen shrubs or trees, having
the inflorescence rising from the
old branches in crowded spikes, as
in the species of Melaleuca, but
with the stamens free, as in Me-
trosideros. Leaves elongated, stiff,
alternate, usually lanceolate. All
the species of this genus are very
ornamental and neat in habit.
They are well adapted for a con-
servatory. The soil best suited
for them is a mixture of loam,
peat, and sand. Ripened cuttings
strike root in sand, under a hand
glass; seeds are frequently pro-
duced on large plants, and these
may also be used to increase the
stock, but they do not produce
flowering plants for a considerable
time; whereas plants raised from
cuttings, taken from flowering
plants, come into flower when
small.

C. linearls Oinear-leaved).* fl. scarlet;
calyces clothed with velvety pu-
bescence. June. I. linear, stiff, acute,
keeled beneath, channelled above, vil-
lous when young, h. 4ft to 6ft New
South Wales, ifsS.

C. lophanthus (crest-flowered). Sy-
nonymous with C. salignus.
C. salignus (willow), fl. straw-co-
loured, distinct, spicate, nearly ter-
minal; petals rather pubescent, cili-
ated ; calyx pilose. June to August.
I. lanceolate, attenuated at both
ends, mucronate, one-nerved, villous
when young, as well as the branches.
h. 4ft to 6ft. Australia, 1806. SYN. C.
lophanthus. (L. B. C. 1302.)
. speciosus (showy).* fl
calyx villous. March to July, t Ian-

FIG. 327. CALLISTEMON
SPECIOSUS.

C. speciosus (showy).* fl. scarlet;
calyx villous. March to July. I lan-
ceolate, mucronate, flat, middle nerve rather prominent ; when
young, rather silky from adpressed villi, and reddish. A. 5ft. to
10ft West Australia, 1823. Sm Metrotiderot tpeeiosa. See
Fig. 327. (B. M. 1761.)

CAIiLISTEFHTTS (from kallistos, most beautiful, and
stephot, a crown; in allusion to the appendages on the
ripe fruit). China Aster. STN. Callistemma. ORD. Com-
positae. A hardy annual, requiring an open situation and
a rich loamy soil. Involucre of many fringed bracts-
receptacle naked, pitted; pappus double. Propagated
by seed, sown in a hotbed in March, the seedlings being
hardened off and transplanted in May. For culture of
these much grown plants and their varieties, see Aster.

Victoria Aster.
Fio. 328. FLOWER-HEADS OP CALJJSTEPHUS CHINENSIS TARS.

C. chlnensls (Chinese).* fl-heads dark purple. July. I. ovate,
coarsely toothed, stalked ; stem ones sessile, cuneate at the
base. Stem hispid. Branches with single heads. A. 2ft China,
173L See Fig. 328.

CALLITRIS (probably altered from kallistos, most
beautiful ; referring to the whole plant). ORD. Cvniferae.
STN. Frenela. Half-hardy evergreen shrubs or small trees,
with long, very slender-jointed branches, and often very
minute, scale-like, persistent leaves. Flowers monoecious.

244

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Callitris— continued.

Fruit globular, composed of four to six — rarely eight —
unequal, woody, valvate scales, with one or two seeds at
the base of each. All the species are somewhat tender,
in England, except in the more southern districts. They
require a sandy loam compost. Propagated by cuttings,
inserted under a handlight in autumn, and protected by a
cold pit ; or by seeds. See also Widdringtonia.

C. quadrivalvts (four-valved). Arar-tree ; Sandarach Gum-tree.
fl., female catkin tetragonal, with four oval valves, each fur-
nished with a point, and two of which bear seeds. February to
May. I. flattened, articulate. A. 15ft. to 20ft. Barbary, 1815.

CALLIXENE. See Luzuriaga.

Calltma — continued.

Serlii, and Hammondf), flesh-coloured (earned), and double-
flowered varieties (fl.-pl.) are all well worth growing in shrub-
beries ; aurea and argentea, with gold and silver coloured shoots,
are also very ornamental. The value of the common form can
scarcely be over-estimated for planting on barren hill sides or
spaces ; it affords excellent shelter for game, and food for bees.

CALLUS. The new formation at the end of a cutting
before it puts forth roots ; when the Callus is formed, it
shows that the cutting is in a healthy state.

CALOCHILUS (from kalos, beautiful, and cheilos, &
lip ; referring to the beauty of the labellum or lip). OED.
Orchidece. Interesting greenhouse terrestrial tuberous-
rooted Orchids, allied to Epipactis. Sepals yellowish-green ;

FIG. 329. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OF CALOCHORTUS VENUSTUS.

CALLOSE. Callous, hardened.

CALLOUSLY-GLANDULAR.

glands.

Having hardened

CALLOUSLY-SERRATED. Having hardened ser-
ratures.

CALLUNA (from JuMuno, to sweep, from the use of the

plant in brooms). Common Ling ; Heather. OKD. Ericaceae.

A small hardy spreading shrub, very common throughout

Northern and Central Europe. Corolla campanulate, four-

lobed, shorter than the calyx. For culture, see Erica.

C. vnlgarls (common).* fl. disposed in long, terminal snicate

racemes. July to September. *t trigonal, obtusl^tryl^ort

imbricating in four rows, having the margins revo ute and the

base sagittate, h. 1ft. to 3ft. Britain. There are numerous very

ornamental varieties of this species, which are admirably adapted

for planting in borders and clumps. The white-flowered (alba

For culture,

lip purple, covered with rich brown hairs.
see Bletia.

C. campestrls (field), fl. greenish and brown. April to June.

I. narrow, ohlong, pointed. Stem leafy, slender, terete, h. 9in.

Australia, 1824. (B. M. 3187.)
C. paludosus (marsh).* /. very similar in colour to those of

C. campestris, but rather larcrer. May and June. I. rather

broader, h. Bin. Australia, 1823. (F. A. O., part 4.)

CALOCHORTUS (from kalos, beautiful, and chortos,
grass; referring to the leaves). Mariposa Lily. OBD.
Liliacece. Handsome bulbous plants. Flowers showy,
on erect scapes ; perianth deciduous ; three outer seg-
ments sepaloid, three inner ones much larger and broader,
and bearded on the inside. Leaves ensiform. Bulbs
tunicated. These have not, hitherto, been generally
grown in the open air with much success ; but in warm

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

245

Calochortus — continued.

localities and sheltered positions, they may be flowered
outside. A frame, in a sunny situation, is the best pos-
sible place for their cultivation. Here they may be
fully exposed to the sun and air, during mild weather,
through the winter; and, when expedient, they may be
protected from excessive moisture, as that is the primary
cause of failure, rather than cold, for they are perfectly
hardy, and capable of enduring all the frost we are likely
to get. From May onwards, the lights might be wholly
removed. From the end of June to August, the bulbs will
be in bloom, when, if necessary, the flowers should be
fertilised to secure seed; and when the capsules are
forming, material assistance would be given by placing the
lights on again, allowing plenty of air. Assuming that
fresh bulbs are being planted, they should be in the soil
early in the autumn, as nothing is more prejudicial
than keeping them dry through the winter. A good depth
of soil should be provided, composed of fibrous loam, leaf
soil, and sand, in equal proportions, in a well-drained
position. The bulbs must be planted Sin. deep, and some
sand placed ' about them ; they may be left undisturbed
for years. Of course, where no frame can be provided,
they may be planted in a well-drained, sunny position in
the same soil. They are also easily managed in pots, but
it is necessary to pot in the autumn, and keep in a frame.
Through the winter, they must never be allowed to get dry,
until the leaves are withering in the autumn, when water
may be withheld.

Propagation. This may be effected by seeds or offsets,
and by the tiny bulbs frequently produced on the upper
portion of the stem. Sow seeds in pans, in a cool house or
frame, as soon as ripe, or in the early part of the year, and
keep the plants close to the glass during their early
stages, as they are very liable to damp off. Sow thinly,
so as to enable the young plants to pass a second season in
the seed pots or pans. Early in the third season, pot off
and plant out singly, encouraging them to grow freely.
Propagation by offsets is the most usual method. With
liberal treatment, most of the species increase pretty
freely. The offsets are best removed when the plants are
in a dormant state. They may be either grown in pots or
pans, or planted out in pits or frames, until they reach
flowering size. During the season of rest, it is the safest
plan, with those in pots, to keep them in the earth in
which they were grown.

C. albus (white).* fl. snow-white, with a rich blotch, bearded and
ciliated, large, globose, pendent ; umbels many-flowered, on stems
from 1ft. to lift. high. California, 1832. This handsome species
is rare. SYN. Cyclobothra alba. (B. B. 1661.)

C. Benthami (Bentham's).* fl. rich yellow ; petals obtuse,
densely covered with yellow hairs ; stem three to six-flowered.
July, August. I. linear, much elongated, h. 4in. to Sin. Sierra
Nevada. SYN. C. elegans lutea.

C. ccernleus (bluish).* fl. lilac, more or less lined and dotted
with dark blue, the petals covered and fringed with slender hairs ;
stem two to five-flowered. July. I. solitary, linear, h. Sin. to 6in.
Sierra Nevada.

C. elegans (elegant).* fl. greenish-white, purplish at base ; stems
three-flowered ; petals not ciliate on the margin, or sparingly so.
June. h. 8in. California, 1826. This is a rare species.

C. e. lutea (yellow). A synonym of C. Benthami.

C. Gunnisoni (Gunnison's).* fl. light lilac, yellowish-green below
the middle, with a purple band encircling the base of the
perianth ; large, 2in. to Sin. in diameter. Bocky Mountains.

C. Leichtlinii (Leichtlin's). A synonym of C. Nuttallii.

C. lilacinus (lilac).* fl. pale pink, hairy below the middle, IJin.
across, with three segments narrow and three broad; scape
slender, leafy, bearing one to five flowers. I. solitary, narrow
lanceolate, radical, h. 6in. to Sin. California, 1868. SYN. C.
umbellatus. (B. M. 5804, under the name of C. uniflorus.)

C. luteus (yellow).* fl. terminal, two or three together ; exterior
segments of the perianth greenish ; the inner yellow, bordered
with purple hairs. September, h. 1ft. California, 1831. (B. B.
1567.)

C. L oculatus (eyed), fl. very charming bright yellow, with
a bold eye on the inside of each petal.

C. macrocarpns (large-capsuled), fl. very large, lavender-
coloured, on sterna 1ft. high. August. California, 1826. (B. B.
1152.)

Calochortns — continued.

lOfaL San" Francisco, &c. (B. M. 5976, figured under the nanV; of
C. elegans.)

C. Nuttallll fNuttaU's).* ft. large, 2Jin. across ; the three smaller
segments of the perianth of a greenish colour streaked with red •
the three larger segments pure white, with a purple spot at the
base on the inner surface ; two or three flowers on a stalk June
1. linear, glaucous, h. 6in. California, 1869. SYN. C. Leichtlinii.
(B. M. 5862).

C. pulchellus (beautiful).* ft. bright yellow, globular, drooping •
umbels three to five-flowered, on stems from lOin. to 12in. high
Summer. California, 1832. A lovely species. (B. B. 1662.) SYN.
Cyclobothra pulchella.

C. pnrpureus (purple).* ft., outer segments of the perianth green
and purple outside and yellow within ; inner segments purple
outside and yellow within. August, h. 3ft. Mexico, 1827
(S. B. F. G. ser. ii., 20.)

August, h. lift.

>•;

C. umbellatus (umbelled). A synonym of C. lilacinus.

C. venustus (charming).* ft. large, white, nearly Sin. in diameter,
yellow at the base, deeply stained with crimson, and blotched on
each segment with crimson. A. lift. California, 1836. See Fig. 329.
(B. B. 1669.) There are three varieties of this species, viz., brachy-
sepalus (short-sepaled), lilacinus (lilac), and purpureus (purple-
flowered).

CALODENDRON (from -kalos, beautiful, and dendron,
a tree). ORD. Rutacece. A very handsome greenhouse
evergreen tree. Flowers in terminal panicles. Leaves
large, opposite, simple, crenated. It will grow freely in
a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of half-ripened
wood root in sand if placed under a bell glass, in gentle
bottom heat.

fl. flesh-coloured ; pedicels compressed,
flower ; panicle trichptpmously divided.

C. capensis (Cape),
dilated under the

Branches opposite, or three in a whorl, h. 40ft. Cape of Good
to be one of the finest trees at the

Hope, 1789. This is
Cape of Good Hope. (
which we are indebted

. C., 1883, xix., 217.) See Fig. 330, for
Mr. Bull.

CALODRACON. See Cordyline.
CALONYCTION. See Ipomcea.
CALOFHACA (from kalos, beautiful, and phake, a
lentil; in aUusion to the beauty of the plant, and to its
being one of the leguminous kind). ORD. Leguminosoe.
A hardy deciduous shrub, with axillary pedunculate ra-
cemes of yellow flowers, and impari-pinnate leaves. This
is weU adapted for the front of shrubberies. It is some-
what difficult to propagate, except by seeds, which, how-
ever, in fine seasons, are produced in abundance. Grafted
high on the common Laburnum, it forms an object at once
singular, picturesque, and beautiful, whether covered with
blossoms, or with its fine reddish pods.
C. wolgarica (Volga).* ft. yellow. May, June. I, leaflets six or
seven pairs, orbicular, velvety beneath, as well as the calyces.
A. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1786. (W. D. B. 83.)
CALOFHANES (from kalos, beautiful, and phaino, to
appear; alluding to the flowers). ORD. Acanthaceas. A
genus of about thirty species, widely distributed, prin-
cipally in the tropical regions of both hemispheres. The
best garden plant is that mentioned below ; it is an in-
teresting hardy herbaceous perennial, excellent for growing
in borders, in loam and peat, or sandy loam soil ; and may
be propagated by dividing the roots, in March.
C oblongifolia (oblong-leaved).* fl. blue ; corolla funnel-shaped,
throat ventricose, limb bilobed, nearly equal ; tube of corolla one-
half longer than the calyx ; pedicels axillary. August. I. op-
posite oblong-spathulate, entire, acuminated, h. 1ft. Florida,
&c., 1832. (S7 B. F. G., ser. ii., 181.)

CALOPHYLLUM (from kalos, beautiful, and phyllon,
& leaf; the leaves are large, of a beautiful green, and ele-
gantly veined). ORD. Guttiferae. Fine stove evergreen
trees. Flowers disposed in axillary racemes. Leaves
furnished with numerous transverse, parallel nerves. They
thrive in a compost of loam, sand, and peat. Cuttings
of half -ripened shoots will root in sand, if placed under a
glass, in bottom heat.

246

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Calophyllnm — continued.

C. Calaba. Calaba-tree. fl. white, sweet-scented, loosely race-
mose ; racemes lateral, very short, fr. green. I. obovate or
oblong, obtuse or emarginate. h. 30ft. West Indies, &c., 1780.

C. inophyllum (fibrous-leaved), fl. snow-white, sweet-scented,
loosely racemose ; racemes axillary ; peduncles one-flowered,

Calopogon — continued.

Orchidece. Very pretty, hardy, tuberous-rooted Orchids,
admirably suited for a good shady position at the foot of
the rockwork, or for an open situation in a hardy fernery.
Propagated by offsets, taken from the tuberous roots ; but

usually opposite, fr. reddish, the size of a walnut I oblong
or obovate, obtuse, but usually emarginate. Branches round
Tropics of the Old World, 1795. A medium-sized tree.

CALOPOGON (from kalos, beautiful, and pogon, a
beard; in reference to the fringe on the lip). OBD.

FIG. 330. CALODENDRON CAPENSIS.

this method of increase is very uncertain. Perhaps the
only species in cultivation is the following :
C. pnlcliellus (beautiful).* /. purple, with a very pretty pale
yellow beard or tuft of hairs growing from the lip ; two or three to
a plant. Late summer. I. few, radical, grass-like, h. lift. North
America, 1791. SYN. Limodorum tuberosum. (S. B. F. Q. 115.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

247

CALOSANTHES INDICA. A synonym of Oroxy-
lum indicum.

CALOSCORDUM (from kalos, beautiful, and skoro-
don, garlic). OBD. Liliacece. A genus of half-hardy bulbs,
allied to Allium, but now referred to Nothoscordum. For
culture, see Calochortus.

C. nerinaeflorum (Nerine-flowered).* /. rose; umbels about
twelve-flowered ; spathe one-valved. June and July. I. narrow,
semi-terete, channeUed above, h. 6in. Chusan, 1843. (B. B.
1847, 5.)

CALOSTEMMA (from kalos, beautiful, and stemma,
a crown). ORD. Amaryllideae. Handsome greenhouse
bulbous plants, natives of New Holland. Flowers funnel-
shaped, irregular ; perianth with the orifice surmounted by
a corona ; stamens erect, united by their dilated bases ;
ovary three-celled, many-seeded. Leaves linear-lorate.

C. album (white). Jl. white. May. I. ovate, acute, Sin. to 5in.

long, 2in. to 3in. broad, h. 1ft 1824.

C. lutenm (yellow). /. yellow. November. I. strap-shaped,
narrow, h. 1ft. 1819. (B. M. 2101.)

fl. purple. November. I like those of
(B.M?2100.)

CALOTHAMNUS (from kalos, beautiful, and tham-

nos, a shrub ; in reference to the elegance of the shrubs,

from their scarlet flowers and terete leaves). OBD. Myr-

tacecB. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Flowers scarlet,

axillary and solitary, sessile. Leaves scattered, crowded,

terete. They require much the same culture as Calli-

stemon. Cuttings of young wood, firm at the base, will

root in sand, if covered by a hand glass, which requires

to be occasionally taken off and wiped, to prevent damp.

C. quadrifldns (four-cleft), fl. scarlet, somewhat secund ;

bundles of stamens four, distinct, equal. July. I. glabrous (as

well as the flowers), h, 2ft. to 4ft West Australia, 1803. (B. M.

1506.)

C. villosa (villons). Jl. scarlet, quinquefld ; bundles of stamens
equal, distinct. July to September. I villous (as well as the
fruit), h. 2ft to 4ft West Australia, 1823. (B. B. 1099.)
CALOTIS (from kalos, beautiful, and ous, otos, an ear ;
in reference to the chaffy scales of the pappus, or seed-
head). Allied to Bellium. OBD. Composites. Greenhouse
or half-hardy herbaceous perennials, rarely annuals, all
natives of Australia. Receptacle naked; involucre nearly
equal, many-leaved, in a single or double row. They may
be grown successfully in any ordinary garden soil. Pro-
pagated by divisions of the root.

C. ounelfolia (wedge-leaved).* ft.-headg blue, solitary, terminal.
July and August. 1. cuneate, cut, toothed at end. A. 1ft 1819.
Greenhouse herbaceous perennial. (B. R. 504.)

CALOTROPIS (from kalos, beautiful, and tropis, a
keel; literally "beautifully twisted," apparently in refe-
rence to the corolla of C. gigantea). OBD. Asclepiadece.
A genus of stove evergreen shrubs, or small trees. The
three species bear large handsome flowers, in interpetiolar
umbels. They thrive best in a mixture of loam, sand, and
peat. Young cuttings, thinly dibbled in a pot of sand,
strike root freely under a hand glass, in heat. Care must
be taken that they do not receive an excess of moisture, or
they will rot.

C. gigantea (gigantic).* Jl. very handsome, a mixture of rose
and purple ; corona shorter than the gynostegium, obtuse, cir-
cinately recurved at the base ; umbels sometimes, though rarely,
compound, surrounded by several involucral scales. July. I. de-
cussate, broad, wedge-shaped, bearded on the upper side at the
base, woolly-downy on the under side, 4in. to oin. long, 2in. to
Sin. broad. A. 6ft to 15ft. India, &c., 1690. (B. B, i. 58.)
C. procera (tall), fl. white ; petals spreading, marked at the top
by a purple spot. July. I. obovate-oblong, on short petioles,
whitish from wool. h. 6ft Persia, 1714. (B. B, 1792.)
CALPICARFUM. See Kopsia.
CALFIDIA. A synonym of Pisonia (which see).
CAIiTHA (a syncope of kalathos, a goblet ; in allusion
to the form of the perianth, which may be likened to
a golden cup). Marsh Marigold. ORD. Ranunculacece.
Hardy herbaceous perennials, of easy culture on the margin
of a piece of water, or in a marshy bog, or in the ordinary
border, where their showy blossoms look very brilliant.

Caltha— continued.

Propagation is readily effected by dividing the roots, in
early spring, or in summer after flowering.

C. leptosepala (slender-sepaled).* fl. pure white, one to two upon
erect, scape-like peduncles. May, June. I. radical, cordate the
margins nearly^entire, orjiometime^cnmate. *. 1ft North-

western America, 1827.

F. B. A. 1, 10.)

FIG. 331. CALTHA PALUSTRIS MOXSTROSA PLENA.

C. palnatris (marsh).* fl. golden-coloured, large ; peduncles fur-
rowed. Spring. 1. cordate, somewhat orbicular, roundly-crenate,
with rounded auricles. Stems dichotomous, erect A. 1ft Great
Britain. (Sy. En. B. 40.) The double forms of this species, under
the names of na.no, plena, and nwnstrosa plena (see Fig. 331)
are excellent plants, and, though growing best in the immediate
vicinity of water, and most appropriate for rough scenery, they,
like the type, do very well in ordinary well-enriched soiL A
variety named purpuratcent, from Southern Europe, is also
showy, more erect, and branching; the shoots and pedicels
purplish.

C D blflora (two-flowered). A twin-flowered variety of C. palut-
t& North America, 1821 This is not quite so tall r - ^ - -
and the flowers are rather larger

as the type,

C. P. parnassifolia (Parnassia-leaved). ft. yellow, on few-
flowered peduncles. April, May. i. cordate-ovate, crenated.
h. 3in. to 4in. North America, 1815.

C. radlcana (rooting).* /. bright yellow, several in small cyme.
ApraTMay. V renifonn-cordate, sharply crenate-serrate, spread-
tag A.6in. Scotland. (Sy. En. B. 4l.)
CALTROPS. See Tribulus.
CALTROPS, WATER. See Trapa natans.
CALUMBA, FALSE. See Coscinium fenes-
tratnm.

CALUMBA ROOT. See Jateorrhiza Calumba.
CALUMBA WOOD. See Coscininm fenestratum.
CALYCANTHACE.2E. A natural order of shrubs,
with square stems, having four woody axes surrounding the
central one. Flowers solitary, lurid; calyx of numerous
coloured sepals compounded with the petals. Leaves oppo-
site, entire, exstipulate. The two genera known are Caly-
canthus and Chimonanthus.

CALYCANTHUS (from kalyx, kalykos, a calyx, and
an<7io«, a flower ; in reference to the calyx being coloured,
and appearing like a corolla). Allspice. OBD. Caly can-
thaceoe. A genus of hardy, deciduous, North American
shrubs. Flowers lurid purple, axillary, and terminal,
stalked, sweet-scented ; stamens numerous. Leaves oppo-
site, oval or ovate-lanceolate, entire, generally rough on
the surface; sweet-scented. All are handsome and well
worth growing. They thrive best in a peaty compost, but
grow freely in almost any soil. Increased by layers, put
down in the summer ; or by seed, sown as soon as ripe, or
in spring, in a cold frame.

C. florldus (Floridan).* Carolina Allspice, ft. with a sweet
apple scent May. I. ovate, downy beneath, as well as the
branchlets. Branches spreading. Wood and roots smelling
strongly of camphor, h. 4ft to 6ft Carolina, 1726. See Fig. 332
(B. M. 503.) There are several varieties of this species.

248

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Caly ca nth.ua — continued.

FIG. 332. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CALYCANTHUS FLORIDUS.

C. glauous (glaucous).* f~ lurid purple, not strongly scented.
May. 1. ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, glaucous and pubescent
beneath, h. 4ft. to 6ft. Carolina, 1726. SYN. C. fertile. (B. R.
404.) C. ollongifolius is a variety with ovate-lanceolate elongated
leaves. a <^. A

CALYCIFORM. Formed like a calyx.
CALYCINE. Of, or belonging to, the calyx.

CALYCOPHYLLUM (from Jcalyx, a calyx, and
phyllon, a leaf ; in allusion to one of the teeth of the calyx
being expanded into a large petiolate coloured leaf). OED.
RubiaceoB. Stove evergreen shrubs, requiring a compost of
loam, peat, and a little sand and charcoal. Cuttings of
half ripe shoots will root in sand if placed tinder a bell
glass, in bottom heat.

C. candidissimum (whitest).* /., corolla white, campanulate,
with a bearded throat, three together, the middle one bearing a

rtiolate leaf, but the two lateral ones naked ; corymbs terminal,
ovate, bluntly acuminated, 2in. to Sin. long. A.

30ft. Cul

CALYCOTOME (from kalyx, kalykos, calyx, and tome,
a section; lips of calyx fall off). ORD. Legumvnosce. A
small genus of hardy, divaricately-branched, spiny shrubs
formerly included as a section of Cytisus. Flowers yello
disposed in short branched leafy fasicles. For culture
see Cytisus.
C. spinosa (spiny), /.yellow. June and July. L, leaflets obovate

oblong. Branches angular, spiny. A. 5ft. to 6ft. Genoa, Cor

sica, Ac., 1846. (B. B. 55.)

CALYCULATE. Having bracts so placed as to
resemble an external or additional calyx.
CALYMMODON. See Folypodinm.

CALYPSO (from the beautiful nymph, Calypso, or
from Greek kalypto, to conceal ; in reference to its place
of growth). ORD. Orchidece. An elegant terrestrial
monotypic genus. It thrives well in half-shady spots on
the margins of a rock garden or artificial bog, in a light,
moist, vegetable soil, composed of peat, leaf soil, and
sand, mulched with cocoa-nut fibre refuse in
winter. Propagated by offsets.
C. boreaUs (Northern).* /. solitary, delicate rose and
brown, with a yellow crest on the lip ; labellum longer
than the sepals, the lateral lobes cohering in their
upper part over the saccate central one, which is
usually bifid at the tip, resembling those of a Cypri-
pedium. Summer. I. solitary, thin, many-nerved,
ovate or cordate. Stems usually thickening into pseudo-
bulbs. A. 4in. High latitudes of Northern hemisphere,
1820. (B. M. 2763.)

CALYFTRA. Literally an extinguisher; ap-
plied to the hood which covers the theca in mosses.
CALYPTRANTHES (from kalyptra, a
covering, and anthos, a flower ; in allusion to the
operculum of the flower). ORD. Myrtacece. Strong-
growing stove evergreen shrubs or small trees.
Peduncles axillary, many-flowered. Leaves feather-
veined. They are of easy culture, in a compost
of loam and peat, and may be propagated by
layers, or by cuttings, placed in heat.
C. Chytraculia (Chytraculia). fl. white, small, glome-
rate ; peduncles axillary and terminal, trichotomous,
panicled, and are, as well as the flowers, clothed with
rufous velvety down. March. I. ovate, attenuated at
the apex, stiffish, glabrous. A. 10ft. Jamaica, 1778.
(N. S. 1, 26.)

Uhite, on short pedicels ;
s, many-flowered. May
svate, "obtuse, stiff. A. 10ft. to 12ft. Jamaica,

C. Syzygium (Syzygium). /.
peduncles axillary, trichotomou

FIG. 333. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CALYCANTHUS L^EVIGATUS.

C. leevigatns (smooth-leaved).* fl. lurid purple. May. I. oblong,
thin, either blunt or taper-pointed, bright gre

or nearly so, on both sides,

.

ted, bright green, and glabrous,
rather pale beneath. Branches

C.^macropliyllus (large-leaved). A garden synonym of C. oca-

C. occldentalls (Western).* n. brick-red, sweet-scented, 3in. to
4m. across, each petal about 2in. long and iin. broad. June to
October. I. oblong or ovate-cordate, acuminate slightly pubes-
cent on the veins only beneath, h. 6ft. to 12ft. CaltforniaT 1831.
In California, this is called the Sweet-scented Shrub. SYN.
C. macrophyUus, of gardens. (B. M. 4808.

CAJ.YCITLOKJE. A sub- division of dicotyledonous
plants, having the stamens inserted on the calyx or disk.

to July. I.

1779.

CALYPTRARIA. See Centronia.
CALYPTRATE. Resembling an extinguisher.
CALYFTRIFORM. Shaped like an extinguisher.
CALYPTRION. See Corynostylis.

CALYFTROCALYX (from kalyptra, an extinguisher,
and kalyx, a calyx, in allusion to the form of the outer
perianth segments). ORD. Palmece. A monotypic genus
of stove palms. For culture, see Calamus.

C. spicatus (spiked). fl., spadices elongated, spicate, leafy at
"ng longiti "

base ; spathe openi

ents reduplicate, linear, acuminate, bifld at the apex ;
petiole fibrous at the base. Caudex finally smooth, h. 12ft.

gitudinally. I. terminal, pinnatisect ;
icate, linear, acuminate, bifld at the

Moluccas. SYNS. Areca and Pinanga globosa.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

249

CAIiYPTROGYNB (from lidlyptra, an extinguisher, '
and gyne, a woman — pistil — in allusion to the form of the .
pistil). Including Ctdyptronoma. OBD. Palmce. A. smaU j
genus comprising five species of handsome store Palms,
allied to Geonoma (which see for cultivation).
C. Ghiesbreghtiana (Ghiesbreghfs). ft., peduncles erect, over-
topping the leaves, bearing a single cylindrical, undivided spadix,
9in. to 12in. in length. L pinnate, 2ft. to 5ft. long ; pinnae opposite
or alternate, sessile, of unequal breadth, the narrower ones one to
two-nerved, the broader ones six to ten-nerved, usually from six to
twelve on each side of the rachis ; the intervals between the pinnae

vary from lin. to 2in. ; petiole broadly sheathing at the base, from
a few inches to lift. long. Stem short

,
or absent. Mexico. A very

species.

C. Swartzil (Swartz's). L equally pinnatisect; pinna? deeply
reduplicate at the base, bifid at
to 60ft. Jamaica, 1878.

the top. Trunk smooth, h. 50ft.
A handsome plant when young, and

useful for general decorative purposes. ST>'. Calyptronoma
Svaartzii.

CALYPTBONOMA SWABTZJJ. See Calyptro-

gyne Swartzii.

CAIiYSTEGIA (from Icalyx, a calyx, and stege, a
covering; in reference to the two large persistent bracts
enclosing the calyx). Bearbind. ORD. Convolvulacece.
Hardy, glabrous, twining or prostrate herbs. Peduncles
solitary, one-flowered ; corolla campanulate. five-plicate.
All the species are of easy cultivation in common garden
BoiL Propagation may be effected by dividing the plants ;
or by seeds, sown in spring.

C. dahnrica (Dahurian).* JL, corolla of a rosy-purple ; sepals
lanceolate, acute, the two outer ones broadest ; peduncles tetra-
gonal, tomentose ; bracts broad-ovate, acute, longer than the
calyx. July. L glabrous or hairv, oblong-cordate, having the
margins and nerves on the under side tomentose. Dahuria, 1826.
(B. M. 2609.)

C. Inflata (inflated). Synonymous with C. tepium incamata.

FIG. 334. FLOWERING BRAXCH OF CALYOMU n

FLORE-PLESO.

C. pnbescens flore-pleno (downy, double-flowered).' JL 2m.
to Sin. across ; petals long, narrow, wavy, and reflexed, flesh-
colour, but ultimately bright rose ; pedicels 2Jin. to 3$in. long.
Summer and autumn. L alternate, hastate, downy. China, 1844.
See Fig. 334.

C. sepium (hedge). Common Bindweed. /. white, sometimes
tinged with red ; peduncles tetragonal, exceeding the petioles ;
bracts cordate, keeled, acute, longer than the calyx, but one-half
shorter than the corolla. Summer. I. sagittate or co_rdate, very
acute ; hind lobes obtuse, or truncate, entire. Britain. A very
troublesome weed, (Sy. En. B. 924.) There is a variety named

North America. STK.

Calystegia— continued,
incarnata, with rose-coloured flowers.
C in/Iota. (B. M. 732.)
C. Soldanella (Soldanella like).* Sea Bells.

longjtadinal, yellowish plaits, large ; pedur. 6_ ^,

winged ; bracts large, ovate, blunt, mncronate, generally snorter
than the calyx. June, L rather fleshy, reniform, entire or a little
angular. Sea-shores, Britain. This pretty species can only be
grown with success in a very sandy soil (Sy. En. B. 925.)
C ALYTHBJX (from Icalyz, a calyx, and thrix, a hair ;
in reference to the lobes of the calyx, which each end in a
long hair). OBD. Myrtaceae. A genus of very pretty and
interesting greenhouse Heath-like shrubs, natives of Aus-
tralia. Flowers small ; bracteoles two under each flower ;
they are either free or joined together at the base, some-
times in the form of an operculum. Leaves scattered,
crowded, opposite, full of dots, axillary, solitary, almost
sessile. They grow well in a mixture of loam, peat, and
sand, with good drainage and firm potting. Cuttings,
made from young shoots, will root in April or May, if
placed in sand, under a bell glass, in a cool house.
C. ericoides (Heath-like). A synonym of C tetragon*.
C. glabra (glabrous). A synonym of C. tetragtma.
C. tetragona (tetragonal).* JL white ; bracts one-half snorter
than the tube of the calyx. L scattered, petiolate, glabrous ;
stipules deciduous. A, 2ft. 1825. STXS. C. ericmdtt, cTfflabra,
(B. R. 409.)

C. angvlata, avrea, and breviteta are other species which have
been introduced, but are not worth house room when that described
above is grown.

CALYX. The external whorl of floral leaves.

CAMABJDITJM (from kamara, an arched roof; in
reference to the arched tip of the stigma). OBD. Orchidea.
A pretty stove orchid, allied to Cymbidium. It thrives
best if grown in a shallow basket, or raised above the
surface of the pots with sphagnum and broken pots.
C. ochroleucmn (yellowish -white).' JL yellowish - white.

July. L ligulate. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, compressed, smooth.

h. 1ft. Trinidad, 1823. SYN. Cymbidium oehroUuatm. (B. M.

414L)

CAMAKOTIS. See Sarcochiltts.

FIG. 335. CAMASSIA maam

CAMASSIA (from Quamash, so called by the North
American Indians, who eat the bulbs). STK. Sitocodiwn.
OBD. LiUace*. A small genus (two species) of handsome
bulbous plants. Perianth of six segments, slightly connected
at base, and spreading out horizontally, but not equally.

2 K

250

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Camassia — continued.

Leaves narrow, about 1ft. long, grooved down the inside.
They thrive best in a sheltered, partially-shaded situation,
but will do fairly well in almost any ordinary good garden
soil. A compost of loam and leaf mould, with a liberal
mixture of sharp sand, suits them best. They need not
be disturbed for several years ; but a top-dressing of rich
soil or well-rotted manure may be given yearly. Propa-
gated by offsets and seeds. The plants are so hardy that
they ripen seeds in warm situations. These may be sown
as soon as ripe, or the following spring, either in a warm
situation out of doors, or in pots or boxes, under glass. The
young plants make rapid progress, and should remain for
at least two years in the seed b«ds. The best time for
final transplanting is in February. Offsets are produced
very freely, and should be removed either when in a dor-
mant condition, or just previously to starting into fresh
growth, and arranged in clumps or lines, placing a little
sand about them.

C esculenta (edible).» Camash or Quaiimh. fl. blue, about
2in across ; racemes loose, ten to twenty-flowered, borne on stout
scapes ; perianth six-cleft, the five upper segments close together,
the sixth i standing by itself. Summer. I. linear, about 1ft. high.
Columbia &c 1837. The colour of the flowers vanes from a deep
blue* ? nearly white. See Fig. 335. (B R, 1486.) The white-
flowered form is figured InB.M. 2774, under the name of scuta
esculenta Jlore albo.

C. O. Lelchtlinl (Leichtlin's).« /.-creamy-white, larger than
those of the type, with more numerous nerves in the keel of
the segments of the perianth ; racemes longer, and sometimes
compound. Spring, h. 2ft. Columbia, 1853. This also differs
from the type in its more robust habit and broader leaves.
SVN. Chlorofialum Leichtlini. (B. M. 6287.)

C. Fraserl (Fraser's).» /. pale blue, smaller than those of
C. esculenta ; pedicels and scape much more slender. I. narrow,
acute ; capsule more acutely angled, h. 1ft. Eastern States of
North America. A smaller and more slender plant. (B. M. 1574,
as Scilla esculenta.)

CAMBESSEDESIA (named after James Cambessedes,
coadjutor of Auguste St. Hilaire, in his " Flora Brasiliae
Meridionalis," and author of several botanical memoirs).
OED. MelastomacecB. A genus of elegant, erect, or ascend-
ing, dichotomously branched stove shrubs or herbaceous
plants. Flowers terminal and axillary, in paniculate
cymes; petals five, obovate; calyx bell-shaped. Leaves
sessile, opposite or verticillate, obovate, oblong or linear.
They thrive best in a compost of peat and sand. Propa-
gated by half-ripened cuttings, which root freely in a
similar mixture, if placed in heat and under a hand
glass. There are about eight species known to science,
b'ut probably that mentioned below is the only one in
cultivation.
C. pars

terrain

entire cfliatelmarginsr^Stem^annuairherbaceous, leafy, h. lOir
tolSin. 1880. (B. M. 6604.)

CAMBIUM. The formative fluid found between the
bark and wood of Exogens, in spring.

CAMBUY FRUIT. See Eugenia.

CAMELLIA (named in honour of George Joseph
Camellus or Kamel, a Moravian Jesuit and traveller in
Asia, who wrote a history of the plants of the Isle of Luzon,
which is inserted in the third vol. of John Bay's " Historia
Plantarum"). Japanese Rose. Including Thea. ORD.
Ternstrcemiacece. A genus of elegant hardy or nearly
hardy evergreen shrubs or trees. Flowers large; sepals
five or six, gradually passing from bracts into petals,
the latter slightly cohering at the base ; stamens numerous.
Leaves coriaceous. By close attention to a few parti-
culars in the management of these beautiful plants, much
disappointment may be avoided, and a succession of flowers
obtained from October till the following July. The fact of
the buds frequently dropping off, deters many would-be
growers from attempting the culture of the Camellia. Dry-
ness of the atmosphere, and want of water at the roots, are
generally the primary causes of failure; the remedy for
these evils rests with the cultivator. The roots are apt to

mragnayensis (Paraguay), fl. rose-red, §in. in diameter, in
rminal corymbose, glandular, hairy panicles. July. I. nearly
i. long, sessile, ovate, acute, three-nerved, pale green, with

Camellia — continued.

get matted together, compressing the earth around them
into a hard ball, impervious to water ; hence attention is
necessary to see that the water poured into the pot
thoroughly moistens all the soil. In order to form hand-
some plants, they should be trained with single stems to
rods, and pruned, so as to make them throw out side
branches from every part of the stem ; they must not be
placed too close to each other on the stage, or when planted
out. A liberal supply of water is always necussary, but
especially so during the flowering period. Plants that are
required to flower early may remain in the warm house till
they commence to blossom, when they should be removed
to a cold place, such as the back of a greenhouse, giving
them plenty of light. Those kept in a hothouse or vinery
during summer, will flower in the beginning or middle of
October ; and a large plant, having from fifty to one
hundred buds, will continue in flower till the month of
January. Those that are removed early, will blossom in
January, and so succeed the others. The plants that have
finished flowering should be brought back to the hothouse,
where they will begin to make new wood, and be ready to
come in succession next season. By thus shifting the
plants from a warm to a cold situation, a regular succes-
sion will be secured from October to July. The soil
should be kept constantly moist, and in the summer
months the leaves occasionally syringed. Camellias
flower best when kept in small pots or tubs. In order to
raise and exhibit these handsome plants to the best ad-
vantage, they should be grown in a separate house, of
ample height, as they never look so well as when 6ft. or
8ft. high, trained in a conical form, with branches from
the root upwards ; and the plants should be raised near to
the glass on a movable stage, which should be lowered as
they grow. In summer, they may either be placed in the
open air in a sheltered spot, or the glass roof of the house
can be taken off. The hardier sorts, such as the Double-
red, Blush, and Paeony-flowered, succeed in the bed or
border of a conservatory, if the roof can be taken off in
summer, so as to admit air. If this cannot be managed,
they are better grown in portable pots or boxes. The most
suitable time for shifting Camellias is directly after flower-
ing; they should then be put into a vinery or hothouse,
where there is a little heat ; or the warmest part of a green-
house. They will soon begin to make new wood, where
they should be allowed to remain, amply supplied with
water, till they form their flower buds, at the extremity and
sides of the young growth. A few should then be removed
to a cold place, and shaded during strong sunshine. In a
few weeks afterwards, others may also be transferred, so
as to have a regular succession of flowering plants.

Propagation. The red Camellias are generally propa-
gated by layers, but cuttings will also succeed ; the single
red Camellia being raised by either cuttings, layers, or
seeds. This latter forms suitable stocks on which to inarch
or graft the rarer kinds. The ripened shoots of the pre-
ceding summer should be taken off in August, cutting them
smoothly at a joint or bud. Two or three of the lower
leaves should be taken off, and the cuttings planted firmly
in the soil with a dibble. Some growers use peat earth and
sand to strike in, while others prefer a loam mixed with
sand and peat. The pans containing the cuttings should be
kept in a plant or cold frame, without being covered with
glasses, but shaded during powerful sunshine. In the
following spring, such as have struck will begin to push,
when they need to be placed in a gentle heat. The fol-
lowing September or October, the rooted plants will be fit
to pot off, and in the second or third spring they may be
used as stocks. Inarching or grafting is done in early
spring, as soon as growth commences. When this process
is completed, care must be taken to fix the pot containing
the stock so that it may not be disturbed during the con-
nection of the scion with the parent plant. The grafting
being clayed over, is then covered with moss, to prevent its
cracking. When independent grafting is resorted to. the

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

251

Camellia — contin ued.

mode called "side grafting" is generally employed, as ir
the ca e of Orange-trees ; but the operation of tongueing is
generally omitted, as tending to weaken the stock. Liquid
or other manure is not required ; nor is it desirable to apply
it, as it often, sooner or later, causes the destruction of
the plants. As a rule, insects do not trouble thia class of
plants ; but scale will sometimes appear, and can easily be
removed by hand. Thrips occasionally put in an appear-
ance, but a little smoke will quickly get rid of them.

a-IikeX A- white; peduncles lateral, one
iv to July. I. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate
Branches hairy. *. 4ft China, —

Camellia — continued.

C. J. anemoiUBflora (Anemone-flowered). All, or nearly »11, the
stamens, Ac., in this variety are transformed into small petataid
bodies, and the flower has the general aspect of a doable
Anemone. See Fig. 337. (B. M. 1653.)

FIG. 336. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CAMELLIA JAPOKICA.
.(Japanese).* . Coonnon ^CMwgta^

':.. ,L.".red. ,.x:

axillary, sessile. I. ovate,;

*T 20ft Japan aid China, 1739. The innumera
chiefly the offspring of this species. See Fig. 336.

hybrid:

(oil -yielding).* *. white, very numerous, fragrant,
Jovember. i. elliptic-oblong, acute, serrated, coriaceous,
shining. A. 6ft to 8ft China, 1820. See Fig. 338. (B. R. 942.)
C. rettcnlata (netted-leaved). JL bright rose, large, semi-double.
J oblon", acuminated, serrated, flat, reticulated. A. 10ft China,
1824. There is a form of this species with full double flowers.
C. theifera (Tea-bearing* jL white, spreading, of five sepals
UtA ttve petals, axillary. November to spring. L eUiptical-
oblon" obtuse, serrated, more than twice as Jong as broad, dark
£reen A. 2ft! to 6ft China, Japan, and India, 1780. This
Species varies very considerably, ^different counties, it has
become modified by cultivation. The Green and Black Teas,
f onnerl v supposed to be produced by different species, are obtained
from the same bushes, but subjected to different processes.
Less-known species are : drupt/ero, laneeolata, rosvjlora,
and Safanqvo-

The true species are rarely seen in cultivation. The
following is a selection of the best forms of C. japonic ;
the list is a limited one, and is capable of great extension :

ALBA PLENA.* double white; ARCUIDCCHESSE A CG UST^petals

th blue, a white band ; Ar

CoiTB DE GOMER,* petals soft rose, stnped , -

fullv imbricated; COMTE DB PARIS, nch pink, large and full :
LATISU MAGGI, pure white, broadly flamed with
COVTESSA LAVIMA MAGGI ROSEA, flowew nch
rm a superb variety ; CORRADIXO, ro*a, veined
S dSe blush pink ; COL.N?ESS oT

cated, white, striped
colour

EE,* colour varyng rom pure wi . -

carmine ; Do»CKXLAARn.» large
»B

FIG. -337. FLOWER OF CAMELUA JAPOMICA

crimson? 'FntBRiATA ALBA,*

^^S^^KJ&^^&SS-

^B?t8aJswB»ftfsgg

t imnAj crimson, darkly shaded, very distinct; HOVET, MRS.,

iT't „ »u ;« n,,>lir,o Wuxti'nm rii» : IL <

GENERAL CIALDLNJ, baantifuDy imbricated, ^"S""™^^

^^d^^^sr^ns^f.STg:

leeo velvety crimson darkly shaded, vary distinct; HOVET, MRS.,
^ .22 MARZO. cley roae, jae_ P»» »"™"™™T',tA., . T.BnT>

white -.IMBTUCATA,
D'HivER, a flue

252

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Camellia — continued.

bright rose : JEFFERSONII, fine crimson ; JENNY LIND,* flowers
imbricated to the extreme centre, broad, and of good substance,
white, striped and marbled with rose ; JUBILEE,* flowers very

Camellia— continued.

LEON LEOUAY, rich crimson; MADAME AMBROISE VERSCHAP-
FELT,* white, shaded with blush, and dotted with red ; MADAME
LEBOIS, bright rose, finely imbricated, and of good form ; MATHO-

L C. lactiflora.

2. C. rotundifolia Hostii. 3. C. carpathica turbinata.

FIG. 339. GROUP OP CAMPANULAS.

4. C. carpathica alba.

large, with broad, round, imbricated petals, white, marbled
with rose, centre pure whiter LADY HUME'S BLUSH * flowers
flesh-colour, and of excellent form ; LA MAESTOSA, rose, mottled
with white; LEEANA SUPERBA, flowers salmon-red very fine-

TIANA,* flowers brilliant red, and beautifully imbricated, extra
fine ; MATHOTIANA ALBA, flowers large, finely imbricated to the
centre, pure white ; MONTiRONi,*a fine pure white flower; MRS.
ABBEY WILDER, ivory-white, striped with rose, well imbricated ;

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

253

Camellia— continued.

MRS. COPE,* white, delicately shaded with pink, and striped
with rose; MRS. DOMBRAIN,* shape and substance excellent,
colour beautiful soft pink; NAPOLEON III., flowers rose, beauti-
fully veined with deep rose, and edged with pure white ; PRINCE
ALBERT, white, beautifully flaked with carmine; PRINCESS
BACCIOCCHI,* rich velvety carmine ; PRINCESS FREDERICK
WILLIAM,* flowers white, tipped with bright carmine ; QUEEN OF
ROSES, flowers delicate rose ; REINE DES BEAUTES,* very delicate
clear rose, fine form, extra fine variety; REINE DES FLEURS,*
finely imbricated, petals of good substance and perfect symmetry,
colour vermilion-red, flaked occasionally with white ; RUBENS,
deep rose-white stripes ; SACCOIANA,* a finely imbricated flower,
colour very variable, occasionally clear rose, at other times spotted
with pure white ; SARAH FROST, flowers bright red ; STORYI,
outer petals bright rose, centre almost white ; TARQIONI, flowers
beautifully imbricated, pure white, striped with cerise ; TEUTONIA,
flowers sometimes red, at other times white, but occasionally half
red and half white ; THOMAS MOORE,* flowers 4iin. across, per-
fectly round, and well imbricated, petals also round, and well
filled up in the centre, colour rich carmine, shaded with crimson ;
TRICOLOR DE MATHOT, flowers red, marbled with white, semi-
double ; TRICOLOR IMBRICATA PLENA, blush white, flaked with
carmine and rose ; VALTEVAREDA, colour bright rose, often
spotted with snowy white; WILDERII,* soft rose, of excellent
form.

CAMOENSIA (named in honour of Luis Camoens, a
celebrated Portuguese poet). OKD. Leguminosai. A genus
containing a couple of handsome species. C. maxima is
the largest-flowered leguminous plant known. It thrives
well in rich loam and leaf mould. Cuttings root in sandy
loam, in bottom heat, if placed under a bell glass. It has
not yet flowered in this country. The other species has
not been introduced.

C. maxima (greatest).* fl. cream-colour, yellow, 1ft. long, in short
axillary racemes. Angola, 1878. (T. L. S. 25, 36.)

CAMOMILE. See Chamomile.

C AMPANE A (from campana, a bell ; alluding to the
shape of the flowers). OBD. Gesneracece. Stove herbaceous
climbing perennials, the only one at present introduced
being C. grandiflora. For cultivation, see Gesnera.

C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. in axillary tufts, at ends of
long, axillary, and terminal peduncles ; corolla white, lined and
dotted with crimson. June. I. opposite, oval, acuminated,
oblique, soft, crenated, stalked. Plant hairy. A. 2ft. Santa F6,
1848. (R. H. 1849, 241.)

CAMPANULA (diminutive of campana, a bell ; in refe-
rence to the shape of the flowers). Bell-flower; Slipperwort.
ORD. Campanulacece. A genus of mostly perennial — rarely
annual or biennial — herbs. Flowers blue or white, for the
most part pedunculate, usually racemose, rarely spicate or
glomerate. Eadical leaves usually different in form from
the cauline ones, especially in size. All the species of this
genus are elegant when in flower (see Fig. 339), and are
very largely grown. The dwarf varieties make excellent
subjects for pot culture, rockeries, or the fronts of borders.
A rather rich sandy loam, with plenty of drainage, suits
these plants. The forms of C. pyramidalis may be kept
in cold frames during the winter, and firmly repotted in
summer, the crown of the plant being kept just a trifle
raised above the soil, or they are at times liable to damp
off, through the water lodging around the necks. During
hot weather, the pots should be plunged in a bed of ashes.
Campanulas are easily raised from seeds, which should
be sown in spring.

General Culture. As a rule, few plants are so easily
cultivated as these. The strong-growing kinds may be
grown with the greatest success in ordinary garden soil,
well enriched with manure, while the alpine kinds are
easily managed on the rockery. Sow seeds of the annuals
in April, and of the biennials in June, in the open, or in a
cold frame. The perennials are chiefly propagated by
dividing the roots, or by young cuttings, in spring — the
latter is by far the best method of propagation with many
of the species— or by seeds. Those kinds requiring special
treatment are particularised, and those suitable to the
rockery are so designated. Perennials, except where other-
wise mentioned.

C. Adami (Adam's). /. bluish, nearly erect, one on the top of
each stem ; corolla funnel-shaped. July. I. slightly ciliated ;

Campanula — continued.
radical ones on long petioles, cu

thulate, coarsely toothed

C. AlUonii (Allioni's).* fl. usually blue, rarely white, subnutant,
large, solitary. July to September. I., radical ones linear-
lanceolate, nearly entire, ciliated ; lower ones rosulate, bluntish
Stem rather pilose. Root creeping, h. Sin. to 4in. Piedmontese
Alps, &c., 1820. A little gem, requiring a well-drained position,
in rich sandy loam, with plenty of grit in it, and an abundance of
moisture when growing. SYNS. C. alpestris and C. nana. (B. M.
6588.)

C. alpestris (rocky). A synonym of C. AlUonii.

C. alpina (alpine).* fl. deep blue, few or numerous, scattered in a
pyramidal manner along the whole stem. July. I. linear-lanceo-
late, repandly-crenate, woolly ; radical ones crowded, narrowed at
the base. Stem glabrous or woolly, h. Sin. to 9in. Europe, 1779.
Rockery. (B. M. 957.)

C. americana (American), fl. erect, one to three from the axil of
each bract; corollas blue, a little longer than the calycine lobes.
July. I., radical ones rosulate, ovate, acute, a little cordate,
petiolate, serrated ; cauline ones ovate-lanceolate, acuminated at
both ends, serrulated, h. 3ft. to 6ft. North America, 1763.
Borders.

C. barbata (bearded).* fl. nutant, disposed in a loose, often secund
raceme ; pedicels one-flowered, rising from the axils of the superior
leaves ; corolla pale blue or white (in the variety alba), glabrous
outside, but woolly in the mouth. June. I. villous, nearly entire ;
radical ones crowded, lanceolate ; cauline ones few, ligulate.
h. 6in. to 18in. European Alps, 1752. This is best grown on the
rockery. The white variety is very handsome. (B. M. 1258.)

C. Barrellerii (Barrelier's). A synonym of C. fragilis.

C. betonicaefolla (Betony-leaved).* fl. terminal and axillary,
the branchlets usually bearing three ; corollas purplish-blue, with
a pale yellow base, tubular. May. I. elliptic-oblong or ovate,
acute, crenate-toothed ; radical ones shortly petiolate. Stems
much branched. Plant pilose, h. lift. Mount Olvmpus in
Bithynia, 1820. Borders. (S. F. G. 210.)

C. bononiensis (Bononian).* /. bluish- violet, rather small,
numerous, disposed in long racemes. July. I. serrulated, ovate,
acuminate, dark green above, pale beneath ; radical ones cordate,
petiolate ; upper ones stem-clasping, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Europe, 1773.
Borders. There is also a very showy white-flowered variety.

C. Ctespitosa (tufted).* fl. drooping, terminal, solitary, and
sometimes three to four at the top of each stem ; corollas deep
blue or pure white (in the variety alba). May to August. I., radical
ones crowded, on short petioles, ovate, jtfandularly toothed,
shining. Stems numerous, tufted. Root fibrous, creeping, h.
4in. to 6in. Temperate parts of Europe, 1813. Rockery, delight-
ing in rich fibrous loam and leaf mould.

Fio. 340. FLOWERING STEM OF CAMPANULA CARPATHICA.

C. carpathica (Carpathian).* fl. blue, broadly campanulate, dis-
posed in loose panicles, on long peduncles, which are elongated,
naked, and terminated by an erect flower. June to August.
I., lower ones on long petioles, ovate-roundish, cordate, toothed ;
upper ones on short petioles, ovate, acute. Stems leafy, branched.

254

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Campanula — continued.

h. 9in. Transylvania, 1774. Borders or rockery. See Fig. 340.
(B. M. 117.)

C. c. alba (white).* fl. quite white, otherwise like the type. See
Fig. 539.

FIG. 341. CAMPANULA CARPATHICA FELVIFORMIS.

C. c. pelviformls (pelvis-formed).* fl. lilac, nearly 2in. across,
numerously produced in lax panicles on much-branched steins,
9in. to 18in. high ; fragrant. August. I. ovate, cordate, toothed.
A distinct NNNfllng from C. c. turhinata. See Fig. 341.

FIG. 342. CAMPANULA CARPATHICA TURBIKATA.

C. C. turbinata (top-shaped).* fl. nearly 2in. across, erect;
corolla deep purple, campanulate. Summer. /. ovate, rigid,
greyish-green, toothed, and pointed, with cordate bases, in stiff
tufts. Stems short, erect. A. 6in. to 12in. Transylvania, 1868.
Borders or rockery. See Figs. 339 and 342. There is also a de-
sirable variety uamed pallida, with very pale purple flowers.

C. c. t. Henderson! (Henderson's), fl. rich mauve, in large pyra-
midal racemes, rather open. July to September. I., lower ones cor-
date, or ovate cordate, slightly crenulated, on long stalks ; upper
ones oblong, sessile. A. lit. Very handsome hybrid for borders.

C. caucasica (Caucasian), fl. few, terminal and axillary, drooping ;
corollas glabrous outside, but bearded inside, of a violaceous-blue
colour. July. 1. crenulated ; lower ones obovate, obtuse, pe-
tiolate ; upper ones lanceolate, sessile. Stems erect, branched,
terete, scabrous, pilose. A. 6in. to 9in. Caucasus, 1804. Rockery ;
very pretty.

C. celtidifolia (Nettle-tree-leaved). A synonym of C. lactiflora.

C. cenlsia (Mont Ceuis).* fl. deep blue, solitary, terminal, erect.
June. 1. entire ; radical ones rosulate, obovate, obtuse ; cauline
ones ovate-oblong. Stems numerous, glabrous, or slightly pilose.
h. Sin. Italy, &c., 1775. A rare little rockery gem, requiring a
deep gritty loam and leaf soil, between stones. (A. F. P. 3, 6.)

C. Cervlcaria. Throatwort. fl. blue, pilose outside ; heads
terminal, round, bracteate. JuJy. I. crenately serrated ; radical
ones linear-lanceolate, bluntish, on short petioles ; cauline ones
linear-acuminated. Stem simple, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Mountains
of Europe, 1768. Biennial. Borders. (L. B. C. 452.)

C. collina (hill).* /. deep blue, funnel-shaped, few, secund, dis-
posed in a long raceme. July. I., lower ones on long petioles,
ovate-oblong, crenulated ; middle ones lanceolate ; upper ones
linear-acuminated. Stems simple, rather pih.se. h. 1ft. Caucasus,
1803. Borders. (B. M. 927.)

C. colorata (coloured), fl. purple ; corolla tubular, velvety ;
peduncles elongated, terminal and axillary. September. I.

Campanula — coiUinued.

scattered, lanceolate, acute, repandly denticulated. Stem
branched, downy. Sikkim Himalayas, 1849. This requires frame
protection during winter. (B. M. 4555.)

C. dlohotoma (forked), fl. bluish-purple, with a paler tube,
drooping, terminal, solitary in the forks of the branches and
stem. Jiily. I., cauline ones ovate, acute, a little crenated. Stem
erect, with dichotomous branches. Plant clothed with stiff hairs.
h. 6in. South-western Europe, 1820. Annual. Borders. (S. F. G.
211.)

C. drablfolla (Draba-leaved). fl. pedicellate, opposite the
leaves ; corolla inflated, with a white tube and a violaceous-blue
limb. July. I. elliptic-oblong, toothed. Stem many times forked,
slightly erect. Plant hispid. A. Sin. Island of Saiuos, 1823.
Annual. Rockery. (S. F. G. 215.)

C. Elatines (Elatine).* fl. scattered over the upper part of the
plant, sometimes racemose, and sometimes pamcled; corollas
bluish-purple. June to August. I. cordate, coarsely and acutely
toothed, ovate-acute; lower ones roundish. Stem branched.
Plant downy. A. Sin. to 6in. Piedmont, 1823. Rockery. (A.F.P.3,7.)
C. Erlnus (Erinus).* fl. terminal and axillary, situated in the
angles of the forks of the branches ; corollas of a pale bluish-rose-
colour, or white, pilose at the base, tubular. May to August.
I. obovate or ovate, toothed. Stem much branched. Plant hispid.
A. Sin. to 9in. Europe, 1768. Annual. Rockery. (S. F. G. 214.)
C. excisa (excised), fl. drooping ; stem one-flowered ; corollas blue,
funnel-shaped. June. 1. entire, or remotely-denticulated, linear-
acuminated. Stems numerous, erect, slender, simple, naked at
top. h. Sin. to6in. Switzerland and Transylvania, 1820. Rockery.
A rare species, requiring to be treated like cenisia. (L. B. C. 561.)
C. floribunda (many-flowered). A synonym of C. isophylla.

C. fragilis (fragile).* fl. clear
lilac-purple, white in the centre,
solitary or in pairs, axillary,
erect, or nearly so, on spreading
branches. July and August. I.,
radical ones reniform, or roundish-
cordate, rather deeply lobed ; cau-
line ones broadly-ovate, slightly
cordate, all stalked, h. 4in. to
6in. South Italy. SYN. C. Bar-
relierii. (B. M. 6504.)

C. gorganica (Gargano).* fl.
axillary, in fascicles ; corollas
blue, rotate, deeply flve-lobed.
May to September. I., radical
ones reniform, on long petioles ;
cauline ones cordate, all crenately
toothed, downy, h. 3in. to 6in.
Italy, 1832. An extremely varia-
ble species. Rockery, in rich
sandy loam. (B. R. 1768.)

C. glomerate (clustered).* fl.
sessile, disposed in terminal heads
on the branches and stems ; co-
rollas bluish-violet or white,
glabrous, except the nerves out-
side, funnel-shaped. May to
September. I. serrulated ; radical
ones ovate, acute ; bracts ovate,
acuminated. Stems simple, or
branched. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Britain,
&c. Borders. See Fig. 343.
(Sy. En. B. 866.) A double-
flowered variety, and also a
white-flowered form, are very de-
sirable. There are numerous
varieties of this species which
are frequently described as dis-
tinct species. The following are
among the number :

C. g. cervicaroides (Cervicaria-
like). /. bluish-violet, terminal
and axillary. Lower leaves on
long petioles. Stem flexuous,
hairy.

C. g. elllptica (elliptical). /.
blue, large, capitate. I. on long
petioles, elliptic ; bracts large,
often longer than the flowers.

C. g. nlczoensis (Nice), fl. bluish-
violet, disposed in short, dense
spikes. I. approximate, ovate,
acute, sessile.

C. g. pusllla (diminutive).* /.
few, capitate. I. round, cordate.
A. lin. to 2in. In addition to
these, there are aggrtgata and
speciosa (= dahurica). The latter is an excellent variety, with
large heads of deep-coloured flowers.

C. grandiflora (large-flowered). See Platycodon grandi-
florum.

FIG. 343. FLOWER-SPIKE OF
CAMPANULA GLOMERATA.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

255

Campanula — contii

id.

C. grandis (large).* /. pale violet-blue, broadly bell-shaped, with
large pointed divisions, axillary and alternate, on the upper part
of the stem. June. I. sessile, lanceolate, serrated. Stem simple,
furrowed, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Siberia, 1842. Borders. There is also
a very showy white-flowered variety named alba.

C. haylodgensls (Hay Lodge), fl. light blue, rather open, bell-
shaped, few, at the ends of the stems. August. 1., radical ones
tufted, roundish-cordate, with the margins slightly indented ;
cauline ones ovate-cordate, conspicuously toothed, light green.
h. bin. to 9in. Rockery. This is a hybrid, raised by Mr. Anderson-
Henry, Hay Lodge, Edinburgh, probably between C. carpathica
and C. pusilla.

C. hederacea (Ivy-like). See Wahlenbergla hcdcracca.

C. Hostii (Host's). A synonym of C. rotundifolia IJostii.

C. isophylla (equal-leaved).* /. numerous, erect, disposed in a
corymb ; corolla lilac-blue, with a grey centre, large, salver-
shaped, deeply flve-lobed. August. I. broadly ovate, cordate,
and toothed^ Stems firm. North Italy, 1868. Borders and
rockery. SYN. C. floribunda. (B. M. 5745.)

C. i. alba (white).* /. pure white ; in other respects like the
species. It is a charming rockery plant, flowering very freely.

Fro. 344. FLOWERS OF CAMPANULA LACINIATA.

C. laciniata (cut-leaved), fl. long-stalked, in lax panicles. Stem
erect, branchy, somewhat hairy, h. 1ft. Islands in Grecian
Archipelago, 1790. This biennial species is impatient of much
moisture during winter, and is therefore best kept in a cold
frame. See Fig. 344.

C. lactiflora (milk-coloured-flowered).* fl. in loose panicles •
peduncles erect, short, usually three-flowered; corollas erect,
milk-coloured, tinged with blue, or quite blue, as in the variety
named ccerulea. July to September. I. sessile, ovate-lanceolate
acutely serrated. Sterna branched, h. 2ft. to 6ft Caucasus
1814. Borders. SYN. C. eeltidifolia. See Fig. 339. (B R 241 )

FIG. 345. CAMPANULA LANGSDORFFIANA.

;. Langsdorffiana (Langsdorffs). /. blue, either solitary or
in few-flowered panicles, not unlike those of C. rotundi folia.
I. either entire or toothed, h. 3in. to 9in. Mountains of Northern
Asia and America. Perennial. See Fig. 345.

Campanula — continued.

C. latifolia (broad-leaved), fl. disposed in spicate racemes;
peduncles erect, one-flowered ; corolla blue, but sometimes white
(in the variety alba) campanulately funnel-shaped, large. July.
I. large, doubly serrated ; radical ones petiolate, cordate, ovate-
oblong ; cauline ones sessile, ovate-acuminated. Stems simple
smooth, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 868.)

C. L erlooarpa (woolly-fruited). /., tube of calyx very hispid.
/. less acuminated. Stem and leaves pilose and pale. Caucasus
1823. Borders.

C. L, macrantha (large-flowered).* /., corollas purplish-blue,
larger than those of the type. Stem and leaves rather pilose ;
teeth of leaves more distinct. A hybrid. Borders.

C. Loeffllngli

branchlets, loosely

(Ltefflm

effling's). fl. solitary, terminating the naked
panicled, drooping ; corolla blue or violaceous,

with a deeper-coloured zone beneath the middle, white at the

base, both inside and out, funnel-shaped. July. I. crenulated ;

lower ones ovate-reniform ; superior ones ovate, stem-clasping.

Stem much branched. Annual, h. (An. to 18in. South-west

Europe, 1818. (3. R, 29, 19.)

C. Loreyi (Lorey's). A synonym of C. ramositsiina.
C. lyrata (lyrate). /. disposed in a long, many-flowered, loose

raceme ; corolla blue, tubular, with rather pilose nerves. June.

I., lower ones petiolate, cordate, ovate, acute, crenated; superior

ones sessile, ovate-lanceolate, serrate-toothed. Stein branched.

Eastern Europe, Levant, &c., 1823. Borders.

FIG. 346. CAMPANULA MACROSTYLA.

C. macrostyla (large-styled). /. dull purple, reticulated with
violet, solitary, on stout stalks ; hairy towards the base. July.
I., lower ones ovate-oblong, acute ; upper ones ovate-lanceolate,
recurved, small for the size of the plant, hispid on both surfaces,
and ciliated with bristles, h. 1ft. to 2ft Taurus Mountains.
Annual. Borders. The rigid habit, brwtly, almost prickly, stem
and leaves, curious calyx appendages, short gaping corolla, and
wonderful stigma, mark this as the most singular Campanula
hitherto introduced. See Fig. 346.

C. Medium (middle-sized).* Canterbury Bells, fl. numerous,
large, disposed in racemes ; corolla blue, purple, and white, cam-
panulate, inflated, single and double. July. I. sessile, ovate-
lanceolate, crenately toothed. Stem erect, branched, h, 1ft.
to 4ft South Europe, 1597. See Fig. 347. A well-known and
very handsome biennial, of which there are numerous varieties.
Borders.

C. muralis (wall). A synonym of C. Portemehlagiana.

C. nana (dwarf)- A synonym of C. Allionii.

C. nltida (shining).* JL blue or white, disposed in spicate racemes;
corolla campanulately rotate. Summer. I. in rosettes, leathery,
very dark and shining green, oblong, crenated ; cauline ones
linear-lanceolate, almost entire. Stem simple, h. Sin. to 9in.
North America, 1731. Borders. There are also double blue and
white flowered forms of this species. SYN. C. planiflora.

C. nobllis (noble).* fl. drooping, crowded towards the ends of the
branchlets ; corolla* reddish-violet, white, or cream-coloured,
spotted. Sin. or more long. July. 1. hairy ; lower ones petiolate,
ovate, toothed ; upper ones lanceolate, nearly or quite sessile.
h. 2ft China, 1844. Borders. (B. R, 32, 65.) There is also a
white-flowered variety.

C. patula (spreading). /. panicled, terminal, and axillary, on
long pedicels, large, erect; corollas blue or white, funnel -shaped.
July. I., radical ones crowded, obovate, crenated ; cauline one*

256

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Campanula — continued.

linear - lanceolate, sessile, nearly entire. Stems branched.

Branches diverging. Europe. Borders. (Sy. En. B. 873.)

FIG. 547. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CAMPANULA MEDIUM.

C. peregrlna (foreign).* fl. disposed in a dense spicate raceme,
sessile ; corollas of a dark violet colour at the base, not so deep in
the middle, and paler towards the margins, funnel-shaped. July.
I. crenated; lower ones obovate ; superior ones ovate, acute.
Stem simple, angular, h. 2ft. Mount Lebanon, 1794. Borders.
(B. M. 1257.)

C. persicsefolia (Peach-leaved).* fl. terminal and axillary, pedun-
culate, solitary, inclined, racemose ; corollas blue and all the
intermediate shades to white, large, broadly campanulate. July.
I. glabrous, stiff, crenulated ; radical ones lanceolate-obovate ;
cauline ones linear-lanceolate. Stems nearly simple, h. 1ft. to 3ft.
Britain. (Sy. En. B. 871.) The forms of C. persiccefolia are very
numerous in gardens. The following are well worth growing :
alba, pure white, single-flowered ; alba coronata, pure white,
semi-double ; alba fl.-pl., flowers very double and Camellia-like,
constituting one of the best hardy flowers for cutting ; ccerulea
coronata, blue, in form like the white ; ccerulea fl.-pl., flowers
semi-double.

C. phryeia (Phrygian). . .
having the nerves more intensely coloured.

fl., corolla bluish-violet, spreading,
ntensely coloured. July. I. ovate-
lanceolate, crenated; lower ones obtuse, upper acute. Stem
branched. Branches very naked, divaricate, each terminating in
a single flower, h. Sin. to 6in. Mount Olympus, 1820. Rockery
annual.

C. planlflora (flat-flowered). A synonym of C. nitida.

C. Portenschlagiana (Portenschlag's).* /. light blue-purple,
erect, or nearly so, bell-shaped, with spreading segments, several
at the ends of the shoots, and one or two in the upper axils.
June, July. I., radical ones broadly reniform, conspicuously but
irregularly toothed, on long slender petioles ; cauline ones passing
from reniform to ovate, h. 6in. to 9m. South Europe. Rockery.
SYN. C. muralis. (B. R. 1995.)

C. primulae folia (Primula-leaved), fl. disposed in a spicate
raceme; corolla blue or purple, with a whitish downy bottom,
campanulately rotate, nearly glabrous. July. I. unequally and
doubly crenated ; radical ones lanceolate, bluntish ; cauline ones
ovate-oblong, acute. Stem hispid, simple, h. 1ft. to 3ft. Por-
tugal. -Borders. (B. M. 4879.)

C. pulla (russet).* fl. terminal, large for the size of the plant ;
corollas violaceous-blue, campanulate. June. I. glabrous, crenu-
lately toothed ; lower ones on short petioles, ovate-roundish ;
superior ones sessile, ovate, acute. Stems rarely pilose at the
base. h. 3in. to 6in. Eastern Europe, 1779. Rockery, in rich
sandy peat and leaf soil. (L. B. C. 554.)

C. pumila (dwarf). A synonym of C. pusilla.

Campanula — continued.

FIG. 348. UPPER PORTION OF FLOWERING STEM OF
CAMPANULA PUNCTATA.

C. punctata (dotted), fl. whitish, spotted with red on the inner
surface; large, pendulous. I. ovate-acute, somewhat crenate.
Stem simple, erect, few-flowered, h. IJft. Siberia, Japan, &c.
Border perennial. See Fig. 348.

C. pnsilla (small).* fl. axillary and terminal at the upper part of
the slender stems, pendulous, bell-shaped, passing from deep blue
to white. July, August. I., radical ones tufted, broadly ovate
or roundish, slightly cordate, obtusely serrated, on petioles longer
than the laminae; cauline ones linear-lanceolate, distinctly
toothed, sessile, h. 4in. to 6in. Southern Europe. SYN.
C. pumila. (B. M. 512.) There is a pale-coloured variety named
pallida, and a pure white variety named alba, both of which, as
well as the species, are most desirable for the embellishment of
rockeries, or for planting in sandy soil as a front line for a
border.

FIG. 349. CAMPANULA PYRAMIDALIS, showing Habit and Flower.

C. pyramidalis (pyramidal).* Chimney Bell-flower, fl. very
numerous, pedicellate, usually three together from the same
bract, the whole disposed in a large pyramidal raceme, which
is loose at the base ; corollas pale blue or white, with a dark base.
July. 1. glandularly toothed ; lower ones petiolate, ovate-oblong,
somewhat cordate ; cauline ones sessile, ovate-lanceolate. Stem
nearly simple, but furnished with floriferous branchlets. h. 4ft.
to 5ft. Europe, 1596. See Figs. 349 and 350. There are several
excellent varieties, but the light and dark blue and white are
the best. Borders, and for pot culture.

C. Raineri (Rainer's).* fl. blue, erect ; corolla turbinate. June.
I. almost sessile, ovate, tomentose, remotely serrated ; lower ones
the smallest, obovate. Stems erect, firm, branched. Branches
one-flowered, leafy, h. 2in. to 3in. Switzerland, Italy, &c., 1826.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

257

Campanula — continued.

A beautiful little alpine, requiring a warm position in rich gritty

soil ; it must be religiously protected against slugs. (F. d. S. 1908.)

FIG. 350. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CAMPANULA PYRAMIDALIS.

. ramosissima (much -branched), ft., corolla with a white base ;
middle part or base of the lobes pale blue, and the lobes bluish-

uv (mucn-orancnea;. n., corona wiin a WLUMJ UOBC ,
, base of the lobes pale blue, and the lobes bluish-
violet ; peduncles long, naked, glabrous, bearing each an erect
flower at the apex. June. I. sessile, glaucous; lower ones
obovate, crenated ; middle ones ovate-lanceolate ; supenor ones
linear, entire. Stem branched, h. 6in. to 12in. South Europe,
1824. Annual. SYN. C. Loreyi. (B. M. 2581.)
C. r. flore-albo (white-flowered) only differs from the type in
having white flowers.

FIG. 351. CAMPANULA RAPUNCULUS.

fl. drooping, solitary,
, but usually hanging on
all sides in strong garden specimens ; corollas bluish -violet, funnel-

C. rapunculoides (Rapunculus-like).*
disposed in spike-formed racemes, secund

shaped and bearded a little inside. June. I. scabrous, ovate,
acuminated ; radical ones petiolate, cordate, crenulated ; cauline
ones serrulated. Stems glabrous or scabrous, usually bmncnee
in gardens, but simple in the wild state, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Europe.
Borders. (Sy. En. B. 869.)

Campanula — continued.

C. r. trachelioides (Trachelium-like). Stem and leaves, but
particularly the calyx, beset with stiff white hairs.

C. Rapnncnlns (little turnip).* Rampion. A. nearly sessile, or
pedicellate, erect, forming a long raceme, which is branched at the
base ; corolla blue or white, funnel-shaped. July. I., lower ones
obovate, on short petioles, nearly entire ; caulme ones sessile,
linear-lanceolate, entire. Stem simple, but sometimes furnished
with a few branches towards the top. A. 2ft to 3ft Europe.
Borders. See Fig. 351. (Sy. En. B. 872.)

C. rhomboidalis (rhomboidal). fl. usually drooping, few, dis-
posed in loose racemes, pedunculate ; corolla blue, campanulate.
July. {. sessile, ovate, acute, serrate. Stem glabrous, or a little
pilose, furnished with flower-bearing branches at top. h. 1ft. to
2ft. Europe, 1775. Border. SYN. C. rfiomboidea. (L. B. C. 603.)

C. rhomboidea (diamond-leaved). A synonym of C. rhomboidalis.

C. rotnndifolla (round-leaved).* Blue-bell ; Hare-bell, ft. droop-
ing, solitary, pedunculate, few on each stem ; corolla deep blue,
campanulate. June to August. I., radical ones petiolate, cordate
roundish, crenately toothed ; cauline ones linear or lanceolate.
Stems numerous, h. 6in. to 12n. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 870.)

C. r. alba (white).* fl. white, the same size as those of the type.
Stems much more leafy.

C. r. Hostii (Host's).* /. rich blue, much larger than those of
the type, produced on stouter profusely branched stems. July,
August. 1., radical ones roundish only in a very early state ; cauline
ones linear, acuminate, sometimes 3in. to 4in. long. SYN. C.
Hostii. See Fig. 339. There is a white-flowered form of this,
not quite so vigorous as the blue-flowered form, but the flowers
are equal in size.

FIG. 352. FLOWERS OF CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOUA
SOLDANELI^EFLORA.

C. r. soldanellceflora (SoldaneUa-flowered).* /., corolla blue,
semi-double, tnrbinate, with shallow marginal divisions, very
acutely pointed. June. I. long, linear, acute, sessile. Stem
simple, slender, h. 1ft. 1870. (R, G. 473.) All the forms of
rotundifolia are pretty, and suitable for the front of borders, or
the rockery ; rising from the crevices of the latter, with their
slender stems laden with flowers, they are especially beautiful.
See Fig. 352.

FIG. 353. FLOWKRS AND LEAVES OF CAMPANULA SARMATICA,

2L

258

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Campanula— continued.

C. sarmatica (Sarmatian).* fl. nutant, usually secund, terminal
and axillary, forming a long, loose, scattered raceme ; corolla pale
blue, velvety outside. July. I. tomentose ; lower ones petiolate,
cordate, rather hastate, crenately toothed ; superior ones sessile,
ovate-lanceolate, serrate-toothed. Stems simple, straight, downy.
A. 1ft. to 2ft. Caucasus, 1803. Borders. (B. R. 237.) See
Fig. 353.

C. saxatills (rock), fl. three to five, disposed in a loose raceme ;
corolla blue, tubular, nutant. May. /. crenated; radical ones
rosulate, somewhat spathulate ; cauline ones ovate, acute. Stem
erect. A. 6in. Crete, 1768. Rockery. Very rare.

C. Schouchzeri (Scheuchzer's).* fl. dark blue, pendent, on slender
stems, broadly bell-shaped. July, August. I., lower ones similar
to those of C. pusilla ; upper ones linear. A. Sin. to 6in. South
European Alps, 1813. (L. B. C. 485.)

C. Soonleri (Scouler's). JL pale blue, paniculate, bell-shaped.
July, August. L, lower ones ovate, on long petioles, coarsely
serrated; cauline ones ovate-lanceolate. A. 1ft. North-west
America, 1876. Rockery.

C. sibirica (Siberian), fl. panicled, numerous, drooping ; corollas
bluish-violet, large. July. I. crenulated ; radical ones crowded,
petiolate, obovate, obtuse ; cauline ones sessile, oblong-lanceolate,
undulated, acuminated. Plant beset with bristle-like hairs.
Stem branched. A. 1ft. to IJft. East Europe, 1783. Biennial.
Borders. (B. M.659.)

C. B. divergens (divergent).* fl. violaceous, rather large, at first
erect, but drooping in the expanded state; peduncles many-
flowered, and, like the stem, usually trichotomous. June,
i., radical ones sub-spathulate, crennlated, narrowed at the base ;
cauline ones sessile, lanceolate, acuminated. Plant pilose,
panicled. A. lift. Siberia, 1814. Biennial. SYN. C. tpathulata.
(S. B. F. G. ii., 256.)

C. spathulata (spathulate). A synonym of C. silirica divergent.

C. speciosa (beautiful).* fl. pedicellate, disposed in a pyramidal
raceme ; corolla blue, purple or white, lin. long, smooth outside,
but often villous inside. June, July. 2. sessile, repandly
crenated ; radical ones rosulate, linear-lanceolate ; cauline ones
linear. Stem simple. A. 12in. to 18in. South-west Europe, 1820.
Borders. (B. M. 2649.)

C. splcata (spicate). /. sessile, one to three from each bract;
spike long, interrupted at the base ; corolla blue, funnel-shaped.
July. I. sessile, nearly entire; radical ones crowded, linear-
lanceolate ; cauline ones linear, acuminated. Stem simple. A. 1ft.
to 2ft. Europe, 1786. Biennial. Borders. (A. F. P. 3, 46.)

C. strlcta (strict). /. almost sessile, few, solitary, spicate ; corolla
blue, tubular. July. I. ovate-lanceolate, acute, serrated, pilose.
Stem branched, pilose. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Armenia, 1819. Biennial.
Borders. •

FIG. 354. CAMPANULA THYRSOIDEA, showing Entire Plant and
Single Flower.

C. thyrsoidea (thyrsoid).* fl. disposed in a dense pyramidal spike,
sessile ; corolla sulphur-coloured, oblong. July. I. entire, pilose ;
lower ones lanceolate, obtuse; cauline ones linear-lanceolate,
acute. Stem simple, covered with leaves and flowers. Plant
PB°M' 1290ft' sUHfi ' 354PS °f Eur0pe> 1785' BienniaL Rockery.

C. Tommasiniana (Tommasini's).* fl. pale blue, tubular, slightly
angled, in closely set, several-flowered, axillary cymes. July,
August. I. nearly or quite sessile, linear-lanceolate, acuminate,
distinctly serrated, there being no difference between the lower
and upper ones. Stems at first erect, ultimately drooping through
the weight of the flowers. A. 9in. to 12in. Italy. A very hand-
some alpine species. (B. M. 6590.)

C. Trachelium (Throat- wort).* /. drooping a little, one to four
together, terminating the brancnlets ; corolla variously coloured.

Campanula — continued.

campanulate, bearded inside. July. I. scabrous, acuminated,
coarsely and crenately toothed ; radical ones petiolate, cordate.
Stem angular, .simple or branched. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Europe.
Borders. (Sy. En. B. 867.) There are double blue, double white,
and variously shaded single forms of this species.

C. trichocalycina (hairy-calyxed). fl. disposed in an almost
simple terminal raceme, approximate at the top, one to three
rising from each axil, at the time of flowering erect, but after-
wards drooping ; corolla profoundly five-cleft, funnel-shaped.
July. I. on short petioles, ovate, acute, coarsely serrated. Stem
simple. A. 1ft. to 3ft. Europe, 1823. Borders.

C. Van Houttel (Van Houtte's).* fl. dark blue, bell-shaped, pen-
dulous, 2in. long, axillary and terminal. July, August. L, lower
ones roundish-cordate, crenate on long stalks ; cauline ones
oblong-lanceolate, sessile, serrated. A. 2ft. This is a very fine
hybrid. Differing from it only in colour and other unimportant
details is C. Burghalti, a handsome hybrid, found in gardens ;
the flowers are of a pale purple colour, very large, pendent.
These are two of the best border Bell-flowers in cultivation.

C. versicolor (various-coloured), fl. disposed in long spicate
racemes; corolla of a deep violaceous colour at bottom, pale in
the middle, and the lobes pale violet, companulately rotate.
July to September. I. serrated; radical ones petiolate, ovate,
acute, rather cordate; cauline ones on short petioles, ovate-
lanceolate, acuminated. Stems erect. A. 3ft. to 4ft Greece,
1788. Borders. (S. F. G. 207.)

C. Vidalil (Vidal's). fl. large, racemose ; corolla white, wax-like,
between urceolate and campanulate, pendulous ; disk singularly
broad, surrounded by a thick bright orange-coloured annulus.
July and August. I. thick and fleshy, oblong spathulate, viscid,
coarsely serrated. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Azores, 1851. Perennial. Cool
greenhouse or (during summer) herbaceous border. (B. M. 4748.)

Pio. 355. CAMPANULA WALDSTEINIANA.

C. Waldsteiniana (Waldstein's).* fl three to four at the top of
each stem, one of which is termina. ', and the others from the
axils of the superior leaves, always looking upwards ; corollas
violaceous-blue, campanulate. June. I. greyisli, sessile, lanceo-
late, serrated ; lower ones obtuse ; superior ones long-acuminated.
Stems erect, flexuous, stiff, simple, numerous from the same root
A. 4in. to6in. Hungary, 1824. See Fig. 355.

C. Wanneri (Wanner's). A synonym of Symphyandra Wanneri.

C. Zoysii (Zoys's).* JL pedicellate, drooping ; corolla pale blue,
with five deeper-coloured lines, cylindrical, elongated. June.
I. entire ; radical ones crowded, petiolate, ovately obovate, obtuse ;
cauline ones obovate-lanceolate, and linear. Plant small, tufted.
A. 3in. Carniola, 1813. A scarce little alpine gem, thriving in a
sunny chink in rich gritty soil.

CAMPANT7LACE2E. A large order of herbs or
sub-shrubs. Flowers blue or white ; corolla regular, bell-
shaped, usually five-lobed. Leaves alternate, exstipulate.
The genus best known is Campanula; other genera aro
Adenophora, Jasione, and Phyteuma.

CAMPANULATE. Bell-shaped.

CAMFANUM2BA (altered from Campanula). OBD.
CampanulacecB. A genus of greenhouse herbaceous, tu-
berous-rooted, twining perennials. Flowers involucrated,
solitary, on axillary and terminal peduncles. Leaves oppo-
site, petiolate, glaucescent beneath. Stems and branches
terete. They thrive best in a rich sandy loam, with a little
peat. Propagated by seeds and divisions.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

259

Campanunuaa— continued.

C. gracills (graceful), fl. pale blue ; corolla membranous, with
a tubular base, dilated throat, and slightly expanded, truncated
limb. I. on long petioles, ovate, blunt. Himalayas. SYN. Codo-
nopris graeilis. (C. H. P. t xvi. A.)

C. inflate (inflated.) JL yellowish, with brownish veins ; corolla
herbaceous, ventricose ; peduncles opposite the leaves, one-
flowered. 1. alternate, ovate-cordate, acute. Himalayas. (C. H. P.
t. xvi. c.)

C. javanloa (Javan). A. yellowish, with brownish veins ; corolla
herbaceous, very broadly campanulate, with five spreading lobes.
I. variable, opposite and alternate, ovate-cordate, crenate. Hima-
layas. (C. H. P. t. xvi. B.)

CAMFEACHT WOOD, or LOGWOOD. See
Haematoxyloii campechianum.

CAMPHORA (Camphor, commercial name of its chief
product). Camphor-tree. OBD. Laurinece. Cool stove
evergreen trees, now referred to Cinnamomum. The true
Camphor of commerce is a product of the oil procured
from the wood, branches, and leaves of this tree, by means
of dry distillation. The species thrives in a compost of
peat and loam, and may be propagated by cuttings.
C. officinalls (officinal). JL greenish-white. March to June.
L triple-nerved, lanceolate, ovate. h. 20ft. Japan, 1727. SYN.
Cinnamomum Camphora.
CAMPHOR-TREE. See Camphora.
CAMPION. See Silene.
CAMPION, MOSS. See Silene acaulis.
CAMPION, ROSE. See Lychnis.
CAPSIDIUM (from kampsis, a curving). ORD.
BignoniacecB. A small genus, the best-known (perhaps the
only) species being a handsome greenhouse climber. For
culture, see Bignonia.

C. Chilense (Chilian). Pipil Boqui. jl. rich orange colour ; corolla
tubular, almost regular ; anthers parallel. I. pinnate, dark shining
green, h. 30ft. to 40ft Chili. (G. C. 1870, 1182.)
CAMPTERIA. Included under Pteris (which see).
CAMFTODIUM. See Neplirodium.
CAMFTOPUS (from kamptos, curved, and pous, a foot ;
the flower-stalk is curved downwardly). ORD. Rubiaceai.
A curious shrub, now referred to Cephaelis. It requires
a most stove temperature. Cuttings will root in sandy
loam, under a hand glass, in bottom heat.
C. Mmmfi (Mann's), jl. white, numerously produced in sub-
globose, compound heads; peduncles stout, scarlet, drooping,
from 12in. to 18in. long. Summer. I. large, opposite, obovate 01
obovate-lanceolate, glabrous, coriaceous ; midrib thick, red be-
neath. A. 15ft. Fernando Po, 1863. (B. M. 5755.)
CAMPTOSORUS. See Scolopeudrium.
CAMPYLANTHERA. A synonym of Fronaya.
CAMPYLIA. Included under Pelargonium.
CAMPYLOBOTRYS. See Hoffmannia.
CAMFYLONETJRON. See Polypodium.
CAMWOOD. See Bapliia.
CANADA BALSAM. See Abies balsamea.
CANADA RICE. See Zizania aquatica.
CANADA TEA. See Gaultheria procumbens.
CANALICULATE. Channelled, or furrowed.
CANARINA (so named from its habitat). SYN.
Pernettya (of Scopoli). ORD. Campanulacece. A beautiful,
glaucescent, greenhouse, herbaceous perennial. It thrives
in a compost of loam, leaf mould, thoroughly decomposed
manure, and sand, in equal parts ; ample root space and
perfect drainage are essential, and when new growth
commences, a little extra heat will considerably accelerate
the development of the flowers. Water should be liberally
supplied during the growing season. The plant may be
propagated by divisions when repotting, in January ; or by
young cuttings, inserted in sandy soil, in a gentle warmth.
C. Campanula (bell-shaped).* /. of a yellowish-purple or orange
colour, with red nerves, drooping, solitary, terminating axillary
branchlets ; corolla six-lobed at the apex, large, campanulate.
January to March. I. opposite, hastately sub-cordate, irregularly
toothed, h. 3ft. to 4ft. Canary Islands, 1696. (B. M. 444.)

CANARITJM (from Canari, its vernacular name in

the Malay language). ORD. Burseraceae. A rather large

genus of stove trees. Flowers small, in axillary panicles ;

petals usually three, valvate, or slightly imbricate in the

bud. Drupe ovoid or ellipsoid, often three-angled. Leaves

large, impari-pinnate. For culture, see Boswellia.

C. commune (common). JL white, glomerate, nearly sessile,

bracteate ; panicle terminal. I., leaflets seven to nine, on long

stalks, ovate-oblong, bluntly acuminated, entire. India. The

fruit has a thin olive ukin, and when the nuts are mature, they

contain a sweet kernel, which does not become rancid, and

resembles a Sweet Chestnut ; they are also used for various

economic purposes. (B. M. PL 61.)

CANARY-BIRD FLOWER. See Tropseolum
peregrinum.

CANAVALIA (from Canavali, the name of one of
the species in Malabar). ORD. Leguminosce. A genus
of elegant twining or climbing stove herbs or sub-
shrubs. Flowers in racemes, produced from the axils
of the leaves ; calyx bell-shaped, two-lipped ; corolla
papilionaceous. Leaves trifoliate. They are well adapted
for training up the rafters in a stove or warm green-
house. For culture, see Dolichos.

C. bonariensls (Buenos Ayres). fl. purple ; racemes drooping,
longer than the leaves. July and August, {..leaflets ovate, obtuse,
coriaceous, glabrous. Buenos Ayres, 1824. (B. R. 1199.)

C. ensiformis (ensiform).* /. white, red, pendulous ; racemes
longer than the leaves. June. L, leaflets ovate, acute. India,
1790. SYN. C. vladiata. (B. M. 4027.)

C. gladlata (sword-podded). Synonymous with C. enttformit.

C. obtusifolla (obtuse-leaved), /.purple. July, August. I, leaf-
lets ovate obtuse. Malabar, 1820.

CANBIA (named in honour of W. M. Canby, of Wil-
mington, Delaware). ORD. Papaveracece. A monotypic
genus, remarkable for its persistent (not caducous) corolla.
Sepals three, caducous ; petals six, barely Jin. in length ;
stamens six to nine.

FIG. 356. CANBIA CANDIDA.

B Candida (glossy white). Jl. white, solitary, on little —
/.alternate, linear, entire. C about lin. Dtocovorod in sandy
soil in South-east California, in 1876. See Fig. 356.

CANCELLATE. Latticed ; resembling lattice-work.

CANDELABRUM or CHANDELIER TREE.
See Fandanus candelabrum.

CANDLEBERRY MYRTLE. See Myrica cerei-
fera.

CANDLEBERRY-TREE. See Aleurites triloba.

CANDLE-TREE. See Parmentiera cerifera.

260

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CANDOLLEA (named after Augustus Pyramus De
Candolle, formerly Professor of Botany, at Geneva, and
author of numerous botanical works). OED. Dilleniacea.
A genus of very ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
natives of Australia. Flowers yellow, sub-solitary, at the
tips of the branches ; sepals five, oval, mucronate ; petals
obovate or obcordate. They thrive in a compost of equal
parts loam and peat, with which sufficient sand may be
mixed to render the whole porous. Cuttings will root, if
placed in a similar compost, under a hand glass ; seeds
are also sometimes obtainable.

Canistrum— continued.

PIG. 357. FLOWERS AND BUDS OF CANDOLLEA
CUNEIFORMS.

C. cnneiformls (wedge-shaped).* fl. yellow. July. I. smooth,

obovately criheated. blunt at the top, entire. Branches cinerous.

h. 7ft. 1824. See Fig. 357. (B. M. 2711.)
C. Huegelii (Huegel's). /. at tops of the branches, among the

leaves, on short pedicels; sepals acuminate, hoary outside,

longer than the petals. May. I. linear, quite entire, villous

when young, h. 6ft. 1837.
C. tetrandra (four-stamened). fl. yellow, solitary; petals

emarginate. June. I. oblong, cuneate, toothed, h. 7ft 1842.

(B. R. 1843, 50.)

CANDYTUFT. See Iberis.

CANE-BRAKE. A common name for different species
of Arundinaria.

CANELLA (a diminutive of canna, a reed ; in allusion
to the rolled bark, like cinnamon). OBD. Canellaceae. The
best-known species of this genus is a very ornamental and
economically valuable stove evergreen tree, which thrives
in a mixture of loam and sand. Well-ripened cuttings,
taken off at a joint, will root in sand, under a hand glass,
with bottom heat, in April or May; but care should be
taken not to deprive them of any of their leaves. Sweet
says that large old cuttings are best.

C. alba (white).* fl. violet-colour, small, growing at the tops of
branches in cluster, but upon divided peduncles. I. alternate,
obovate, cuneated at the base, white, or glaucous beneath, some-
what coriaceous, sometimes full of pellucid dots. h. 15ft The
whole tree is very aromatic, and, when in blossom, perfumes the
neighbourhood. The flowers dried, and softened again in warm
water, have a fragrant odour, nearly approaching to that of Musk.
West Ind

,

The leaves have a strong smell of Laurel.
(T. L. S. i., 8.)

dies, Ac., 1735.

CANELLACE2B. A small order of tropical American
aromatic shrubs, allied to Bixineae, from which it differs
only in having the albumen firmer, and with a smaller
embryo. The genera are Canella and Cinnamodendron.

CANESCENT. Hoary, approaching to white.

CANICIDIA. A synonym of Rourea (which see).

CANISTR.UM (from canistrum, a basket; in allusion
to the inflorescence resembling a basket of flowers). OED.
BromeliacecB. Stove epiphytes, with showy inflorescence.
and requiring similar culture to Billbergia (which see).
C. anrantiaonm (orange).* fl. orange-yellow, in a cup-shaped

involucre of orange-red bracts ; scapes erect. June to September.

1. ligulate-lorate denticulate, deflexed. Brazil, 1873. See Fig. 358.

(B. II. 1873, 15.)

FIG. 358. CANISTRUM AURANTIACUM.

C. eburneum (ivory).* fl. white, green, disposed in a depressed
head, the white ovaries of which give an appearance as of eggs in a
basket. May. 1. tufted, mottled, the central ones cream-coloured,
surrounding the flower-heads. A. 2ft. SYXS. Gunnannia fragrant
and Nidularium Lindeni. Brazil, 1876. (B. H. 1879, 13, 14.)
C. rosenm (rose-coloured), fl,. white, green ; bracts rosy. 1879.
C. viride (green), fl. green. I. green, canaliculate, acuminate,
irregularly toothed. Brazil, 1875. SYN. Xidularium latifolium.
(B. H. 1874, 16.)

CANKER. This is a disease presenting very serious
difficulties, principally in the cultivation of Apples and
Pears. Both the trees and fruits, especially of some
varieties, are, in many localities, so far injured as not to
be worth cultivating. What causes the disease is not at
all times known; indeed, it is, in most cases, but imper-
fectly understood. Were the causes better known, the
remedy might generally be much easier found. Some of
the primary causes are cold and undrained soil, severe
and careless pruning, extreme variations of temperature,
and excessive growth, made late in the season, when it
has not sufficient time to get well ripened. Trees that
are badly Cankered may often be improved by lifting, and
replanting in improved or better-drained soil. Immediately
the disease is detected in young trees, by the cracking of
the bark or the skin of the fruits, measures should be
taken to find the cause, if possible, and avert its progress.
Some Pear-trees, in various localities, will not produce
fruit without Canker in the open garden, but they will do
so when planted against a wall ; and as such may be the
very best varieties, trees should be placed in the latter
position. The removal of large branches, late in spring,
will sometimes produce Canker, at the point where mu-
tilation has taken place; and it may be caused by severe
late pruning, which induces the growth of soft shoots that
are almost certain to be injured by severe frosts. The dif-
ference in the seasons, as regards the amount of moisture,
is one that can scarcely be provided against. One spring
may be favourable to rapid growth, and the following may
be most unfavourable, thereby arresting the natural flow
of the sap until the latter part of the summer, when
excessive growth will probably take place. Such checks
invariably produce Canker. At times, the disease seems
caused by the punctures of insects, in an early stage,
on the stems or branches. In such instances, a thorough

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

261

Canker — continued.

cleansing, and a smearing of quicklime, made into a wash,
often proves successfuL Strong tobacco water wfll destroy
insects, and a weak solution of sulphuric acid is also fatal
to lichens and mosses, which should never be allowed to
obtain a footing. The chief preventatives, therefore, are :
Planting in well-drained soil; avoiding the use of any
rank manure, to cause excessive growth; changing the
old, or adding new, soil to injured trees ; careful pruning,
and the encouragement of early growth in spring, and
subsequent well ripening in autumn.

C ANNA (derivation uncertain ; according to some, trom
tana, the Celtic name for cane, or reed). Indian Shot.
OED. ScitaminecB. A large genus of stove herbaceous peren-
nials, very extensively employed m sub-tropical and other
methods of summer gardening. Flowers spathaceous;
anther attached to the edge of the petal-like filament
Leaves very ornamentaL Few plants are more easily

a capital mixture for them. The plants must be kept in
a growing temperature of 60deg. or so, during their earlier
stages, and shifted as required into larger pots. Under
proper management, the roots wfll fill 6in. pots by the
middle or end of May. They ought not to be planted
out till the end of Hay or the first week in June. Should
fairly rich soil and a sheltered place be selected for them,
they will not only grow, but flower freely during the late
summer and autumn months. Cannas are also very effec-
tive indoors, either for greenhouse or room decoration.
For these purposes they may be grown on in 8m., lOin., or
even 12in., pots, with rich soil, and placed either in a store,
intermediate house, warm or cool conservatory, window, or
room. Liberal supplies of manure water wfll be of very,
great benefit Propagation is also effected by means of
divisions; they form a root-stock very like some of the
commoner and more free-growing Irises, each portion of

Fio. 359. CA»A IXDICA, showing Habit, Flowers, and Leaves.

grown, or more quickly propagated. Seeds of many of
the finer sorts may be bought cheaply from respectable
seedsmen. These should be sown in heat, in February or
March. A warm house or cucumber pit is the best place
for sowing the seeds, which are very hard. If soaked in
tepid water for twenty-four hours, germination will be
materially stimulated. A mixture of sand and leaf mould
is best for them, and a covering of l}in. or 2in. of
earth is not excessive. They should be sown thinly, in
pans. As Cannas are gross, and have somewhat brittle
roots in a young state, it is a good plan to sow the seed
singly in small pots. This method preserves all the roots
intact, and prevents any check in potting off or dividing
the plants out of seed pans or boxes. When this is not
done, the plants must be potted off singly, as soon as they
have formed two leaves, Sin. pots being used for the first
shift. The soil can hardly be too rich and porous. Equal
parts rotted dung, loam, and sand, with a little peat, form

which, with bud and roots attached, may be converted
into an independent plant The best mode of procedure
is to divide the rootstock in early spring, when the pieces
may be placed in 4in. pots at once ; and, if plunged in a
bottom heat of 60deg. or so, they will quickly resume root
action and grow rapidly. They may also be propagated
by division without bottom heat Those who grow large
quantities seldom put their plants in pots at alL Stored
in pots or boxes for the winter, they are divided and
placed singly in nimilar positions in the spring, and trans-
ferred from such vessels into the open air. The best open
site for Cannas is in a sheltered spot, with a good depth
of rich soil, and plenty of moisture. In such a position,
their noble leaves are not so much injured by rough
winds. After flowering, or at the end of the season, they
may be lifted and stored away in boxes, or in pots of
earth, in dry, frost-proof sheds, or under greenhouse stages
during winter. In warm, sheltered situations, with dry

262

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Canna— continued.

bottoms, they winter safely in the open, provided their
crowns are covered with 1ft. of litter or cocoa fibre refuse.
But where the soil is wet and cold, or the situation bleak
and unprotected, they should be lifted and stored away,
as already described.

C. Achiras varlegata (variegated Achiras).* fl. dark red.
August. I. bright green, striped with white and yellow. Better
adapted for indoor culture than out.

C. Annsel (M. AnneVs).* /. salmon-colour, large, well formed.
June. I. large, green, glaucescent, ovate-acute, 2ft. long by lOin.
wide. Stems vigorous, stiff, sea-green, h. 6ft. (R. H. 1861,
470.) Of this there are many forms, the best of which are :
C. A. discolor (two-coloured).* /. rosy-yellow, few, small. Late
summer. I. lanceolate, erect, light red, 24ft. long, lOin. wide.
Stems dark red. A. 3ft. to 5ft.

C. A. fulglda(red).* fl. orange-red, large, well-opened I 20in.
long, 6in. wide, deep purple, erect. Stems small, dark red.
A. 3ft. to 5ft.

C. A. rosea (rose).* fl. carmine-rose colour, small, few. Late
summer. I. 2ft. long, very narrow, pointed, erect. Stems dark
green, with a reddish base, numerous. A. 5ft.
C. Augnste Ferrier (A. Terrier's).* fl. orange-red, medium-
sized. I. very large, oval, erect, pointed, deep green, with narrow
stripes and margins of dark purplish-red. Stem green, very
thick, downy. A. 10ft.

C. aurantlaca (orange), fl., segments of perianth rose-coloured
outside, reddish inside; upper lip orange, lower one yellow,
dotted with orange. I. large, broadly lanceolate, pale green;
margins slightly undulated. A. 64ft. Brazil, 1824.
C. Bihorelli (Bihorell's).* /. deep crimson, produced upon branch-
in0' spikes in great abundance. I. red when young, changing to
de«p bronze with age. A. 6ft. to 7ft. One of the best.
C. Daniel Hooibrenk. fl. bright orange, large, freely produced,
I. large, glaucous-green, acuminate, with bronzy margin. Stalks
strong, green. A. oft.

C. Depute Henon.* fl. pure canary-colour, with a yellowish
base, large ; spikes numerous, rising gracefully above the foliage
to a height of IJft. I. ovate-acute, erect. A. 4ft.
C. discolor (two-coloured).* /. red. I. very large, broad, ovate-
oblong ; lower ones tinged with a blood-red hue ; upper ones
streaked with purple. Stems stout, reddish. A. 6ft. South
America, 1872. (B. R. 1231.)

t ge, with purple outer segments, inner

>wish. I. broadly ovate-lanceolate, green, tinged with
maroon. Stems deep purple tinged. A. 6ft. to 7ft. Peru, 1820.
(B. R. 775.)

C. expansa-rubra (red-expanded).* /. large, with rounded bright
purple segments. I. very large, sometimes over 4ft. long, and
nearly 2ft. broad, ovate, obtuse, spreading horizontally, dark
red. Stems numerous, very thick. A. 4ft. to 6ft.
C. flacclda (flaccid), fl. yellow, very large, not very unlike those
of the native Iris pseudo-acorus. I. ovate-lanceolate, erect.
A. 24ft. South America, 1788. (L. B. C. 562.)
C. glgantea (gigantic).* fl. large, very ornamental, with orange-
red outer, and deep purple red inner segments. Summer.
I. about 2ft. long ; petioles covered with a velvety down. A. 6ft.
South America, 1788. (B. R. 206.)

C. tndica (Indian).* Indian Reed. /. rather large, irregular ;
spikes erect, with light yellow and carmine-red divisions. Sum-
mer. I. large, alternate, ovate-lanceolate. A. 3ft. to 6ft. West
Indies, 1570. See Fig. 359. (B. M. 454.)

C. insignia (magnificent), fl. orange-red, few, small. I. ovate,
spreading horizontally, green, rayed and margined with purplish-
red. Stems violet, downy. A. 3ft. to 5ft.

C. Iridiflora (Iris-flowered). fl. rose, with a yellow spot on the
lip ; spikes slightly drooping, several emanating from the same
spathe. Summer. I. broadly ovate-acuminate. A. 6ft. to 8ft.
Peru, 1816. (B. R. 609.)

C. 1. hybrida (hybrid), fl. blood-red, very large, only properly
developed when grown in a greenhouse. I. green, very large.
Stem green, downy, somewhat reddish. A. 6ft. to 8ft.
C. limbata (bordered).* fl. yellowish-red, disposed in long loose
spikes; spathes glaucous. I. oblong-lanceolate, acute. A. 3ft.
Native country uncertain, 1818. (B. R. 771.)

C. L major (larger-bordered), fl. orange-red, large. I. large,
lanceolate, 24ft. long, Sin. wide, spreading, deep green. Stems
downy. A. 5ft. to 64ft.

C. nigricans (blackish).* 1. coppery-red, lanceolate, acuminate,
erect, 24ft. long, lOin. to 12in. broad. Stems purplish-red. A. 44ft.
to 8ft. One of the finest kinds. C. atro-nigricans has leaves of a
purplish shade, passing into dark red, of a deeper hue than those
of C. nigricans.
C. Premlces de Nice. fl. bright yellow, very large. Stems and

leaves like those of C. Anncei.

C. Rendatlerl (Rendatler's).* fl. salmon-red, numerous, large.
I. much pointed, deep green, tinged with dark red. "
purplish-red. A. 6ft. to 8ft.

C. edulis (edible), fl. large
ones yellowish. I. broadly

Canna— continued.

FIG. 360. FLOWERING SPIKE OF CANNA SPECIOSA.

C. speciosa (showy).* fl. sessile, in pairs ; petals two, erect, bifid ;
lip spotted, revolute. August. I. lanceolate. A. 3ft. Nepaul,
1820. See Fig. 360. (B. M. 2317.)

C. Van-Houttel (Van Houtte's).* fl. bright scarlet, large, very
abundantly produced. L lanceolate, 2ft. to 24ft. long, acuminated,
green, rayed and margined with dark purplish-red.

C. Warscewiczll (Warscewicz's).* fl. with brilliant scarlet inner,
and purplish outer segments. I. ovate-elliptic, narrowed at both
ends, deeply tinged with dark purple. A. 3ft. Costa Rica, 1849.
(B. H. 2, 48.) There are several varieties of this species, the best
two are : Chatei, with very large dark red leaves, and nobilis, with
deep green leaves, rayed and margined with dark red.

C. zebiina (zebra-striped).* fl. orange, small. I. very large, ovate,
erect, deep green, passing into dark red, rayed with violet-purple.
Stems dark violet-red. A. 6ft. to 8ft.

CANNABINACE2E. This order, of which the genus
Cannabis (Hemp) is the type, is now merged into Urticacece.

CANXABIS (from the Greek word kannabis, used by
Dioscorides, and that from Sanskrit canam). Hemp. OBD.
Urticaceae. A small genus, of but little ornamental value.
Flowers racemose, dioecious. Nut two-valved, within the
closed calyx. The undermentioned species is a hardy
annual, of easy culture in ordinary garden soil. Propa-
gated by seeds, sown in spring.
C. sativa (cultivated), fl. greenish. June. I. on long stalks ;

leaflets from five to seven, long, lanceolate, acuminated ; margins

serrated. A. 4ft. to 10ft., or even 20ft. India, Ac. This plant is

cultivated very extensively for the sake of its valuable fibre.

Well-grown plants have rather an ornamental appearance during

the summer months. See Fig. 361.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

263

Fie. 36L. HEAD or CANKABIS SATIVA.

CANNON-BALL TREE. A common name for
Couronpita gTuanensis (which see).

CANSCORA (from Eansgan-Cora, the Malabar name
of C. perfoliata, as yet unintroduced). STN. Pladera, In-
cluding Phyllocydu*. OBD. Gentiane*. Small, erect,
simple or branched, stove or greenhouse annuals. Flowers
stalked or sub-sessile. Leaves opposite, sessile or amplexi-
caul Corolla funnel-shaped, with a four-cleft, unequal
limb ; the two outer segments equal, two lower ones com-
bined a greater distance. Stems tetragonal. C. Parithii
requires similar treatment to Balsam, and grows best in
a soil to which chalk or limestone debris is added.
C. Parlshli (Parish's). JL white. L opposite, perfectly connate,

M? ffisss ffi13S3S2rsKS3llU' w

CANTERBURY BELLS. See Campanula Me-
dium.

C ANTHARELLUS CIBARIUS. See Chantarelle.
CANTB2UM. A synonym of Plectronia.
CANTUA (from Cantu, the Peruvian name of one of
the species). STN. Periphragmos. OBD. Polemoniacea.
Very pretty erect, branched greenhouse evergreen shrubs.
Flowers in corymbs, at the termination of the branches,
rarely solitary and axillary. Leaves entire or almost pin-
natifid, alternate, petiolate, elliptic, acuminated, or cuneate-
oblong, glabrous, or downy on both surfaces when young.
They are of easy culture in a compost of turfy loam, leaf-
mould, and sand, if good drainage is allowed. Propagated
by cuttings, placed in sand, under a hand glass. In the
western parts of England, these plants — particularly C.
buan/oHa — thrive remarkably well in sheltered situations.
C. blcolor (two-coloured). JL solitary ; corolla with a short yellow

tube and scarlet limb. May. A. 4ft Peru, 1846. (B. M. 4729.)
C. bmdfolia (Box-leared).* JL, corolla pale red, straight funnel-
shaped, with a very long tube ; corymbs few-flu •••<;
ose. April. L cuneate-oblong, mucronulate, m
Peruvian Andes, 1849. An elegant plant Ml

.

*. 4ft

C. dependent (hanging). Synonymous with C. bvxi/olia.

C. pyrlfolla (Pyrus-leaTed).* Jl., corolla yellowish- white, curred ;
stamens twice as long as the corolla ; corymbs terminal, dense-
flowered. March. L elliptic or oborate acute, entire or sinuate-
dentate. h. 3ft. Peru, 1846. (B. M. 4386.)

CAOUTCHOUC. The elastic gummy substance known
as indiarubber, which is the inspissated juice of various
plants growing in tropical climates in different parts of
the world : such as Castilloa, Picus elattvca, Hevea, various
species of Landolphia, Manihot, Ac., Ac.

CAPE EVERLASTING. See Helidxrysum.

CAPE GOOSEBERRY. See Physalia peruviana

Fio. 362. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CAKTDA BUXIFOLU.

CAFE GUM. The gum of Acacia Karroo or A.
eaperuif.

CAPE JESSAMINE. See Gardenia florida.

CAPER-TREE. See Capparia.

CAPILLARY. Very slender; resembling a hair.

CAPITATE. Growing in a head.

CAPITULATE. Growing in small heads.

CAPITULUM. A close head of flowers; the inflo-
rescence of Composites.

C APPARIDES. An order of herbs or shrubs, rarely
trees. Flowers clustered, or solitary ; sepals four to
eight, imbricate or valvate : petals four, arranged crosswise,
sometimes, but rarely, five, or eight, rarely absent. Leaves
alternate, very rarely opposite, stipulate or exstipulate.
The order is distributed throughout the tropical and warm
temperate regions of both hemispheres, the frntescent
species being largely represented in America. There are
about twenty-three genera — the best-known being Capparit,
Cleome, and Crat&va — and about 300 species.

CAPPARIS (Icapparit, old Greek name used by Dios-
corides, from Persian labor, Capers). Caper-tree. OBD.
Capparideae. Greenhouse or stove evergreen shrubs, of
considerable beauty. Calyx four-parted; petals four;
stamens numerous; succeeded by a berry. They thrive
best in a compost of well-drained sandy loam. Cuttings
of ripe shoots will root in sand, under a hand glass, in
moist heat. This genus contains about 120 species, but
it is very doubtful if more than six are to be found under
cultivation in this country.

C. amygdallna (Almond-like).' .«. white ; peduncles axillary,
com|preised,corymbJfeK«!. i. elliptical -oblonp>arrowed towards

both ends, with a callous point ;
face, as well as the branches,
h. 6ft West Indies, 1818. Stc

smooth; under i
with sflTery scaly dots.

C. cynophallopnora (Dog-phallus bearing). JL white, large,
fragrant ; peduncles few-flowered, shorterihan the leaves. L
smooth, leathery, oblong, on short petiole. A. 8ft to 25ft West
Indies, 1752. Store. (B. G. 1862, 351.)

C. odoratissima (sweetest-scented).* .*. violet sweet-scented,
about the size of Myrtle, with yellow anthers ; peduncle* r
ferons at the top. L oblong, acuminate, on long footstalks ;
surface smooth ; under surface covered with little bard
k. 6fu Caracas, 1814. SM>T«.

264

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Capparia— continued

FIG. 363. FLOWER AND BUD OF CAPPARIS SPINOSA.

C. spinosa (spiny).* Common Caper, fl. white, tinged with red
on the outside ; pedicels solitary, one-flowered. June. I. ovate,
roundish, deciduous, h. 3ft. South Europe, 1596. This is an
excellent greenhouse shrub, and one which we have found per-
fectly hardy in the southern counties of England. See Fig. 563.
(B. M. 291.)

CAFRIFOLIACE2E. A rather large order of shrubs
or herbs, often twining. Flowers terminal, corymbose, or
axillary; corolla superior, regular or irregular. Leaves
opposite, exstipulate. Well-known genera are : Linncea.,
Lonicera, Sambucus, and Viburnum.

CAPBIFOLIUM. See Lonicera.

CAPSICUM (from kapto, to bite; on account of the
biting heat of the seeds and pericarp). ORD. Solanacece.
Shrubs or sub-shrubs, rarely herbs. Peduncles extra-
axillary, one-flowered. Leaves scattered, solitary, or twin,
and quite entire. Many of the species, although possess-
ing considerable beauty, are but rarely grown, either for
decoration or for the use of their fruit ; consequently, we
confine our specific enumeration to the Common Capsicum,
the Bird Pepper or Chili, and the Bell Pepper. The
first two of these have long been in cultivation, for use
either in a green state for pickles and for making Chili
vinegar, or ripened and ground as Cayenne Pepper. Some
sorts are exceedingly ornamental for greenhouse decoration
in winter, if plants are well grown in rather small pots,
and the fruit ripened under glass. The varieties producing
small pods are the hottest, and consequently best suited
for making Cayenne Pepper. These are generally caUed

FIG. 364. FRUIT OF LONG AND ROUND CAPSICUMS.
Chilies. All other varieties of Capsicum have a more or
less pungent flavour, and those bearing larger pods are
more profitable for use in a green state. The fruits of
all are either red or yellow when ripe, and are of various
sizes and shapes. Some are produced and stand erect on
the upper side of the branches ; others hang underneath.

Capsicum —continued.

Fig. 364 represents hanging fruits of Long and Round
Capsicums, the shapes of which are produced by both
red and yellow varieties.

Cultivation. Being natives of tropical countries, Capsi-
cums cannot always be depended upon to thoroughly ripen
in the open air; but a good crop of green fruits may
generally be obtained by preparing the plants early in the
season, and planting out in a warm situation.

Sow the seeds in February or early in March, in pots or
pans, placing them in heat ; and so soon as the plants are
large enough, pot off singly into Sin. pots, still keeping
them in heat until well rooted. Place them into Gin. or 7in.
pots before they become starved ; and gradually harden off
and plant out about 2ft. asunder, in June. The fruits ripen
better if the plants are placed against a south wall and
tacked on to it. The safest plan to obtain a crop of ripe
fruits is to cultivate under glass. Pots of 7in. diameter are
large enough. Rich soil must be used, and any spare frames
are suitable in summer. Plenty of water and frequent
syringings should be applied, as the plants are very liable
to injury from red spider and other insects if this is in any
way neglected. The fruits will keep some time after being
ripe, but are never better than when fresh gathered ; they
may, however, be kept on the plants for a considerable
period.

Sorts. Chili, Long Red, Long Yellow, Small Red Cayenne,
Round Red, and Round Yellow. Good ornamental varieties
are : Little Gem, a very dwarf variety, of comparatively
recent introduction, covered with small, erect, red pods ;
and Prince of Wales, free fruiting, with hanging bright
yellow pods.

C. annuum (annual). Common Capsicum. /. white, solitary.
June. Petioles glabrous, fr. oblong, pendulous, and erect, red
or yellow, variable in shape, h. 1ft. to 2ft. South America, 1548.
C. baccatum. Bird Pepper or Chili, fl. greenish ; peduncles twin.
June. fr. small, erect, almost globose. I. oblong, glabrous, as
well as the petiole. Branches angular, striated, h. 2ft. to 4ft.
Tropical America, 1731. Greenhouse shrub.

C. grossum (large). Bell Pepper, fl. white. July. India, 1759.
CAFSULAR. Like a capsule.
CAPSULE. A dry dehiscent seed vessel or fruit.
CARAGANA (Caragan is the name of C. arbores-
cens among the Monguls). Siberian Pea-tree. ORD.
LeguminoscB. Very ornamental hardy deciduous trees or
shrubs. Flowers usually yellow, axillary, either solitary
or crowded, but always single on thin stalks. Leaves
abruptly pinnate, the midrib ending in a bristle or spine ;
leaflets mucronate. They are well adapted for shrub-
beries, and are of the easiest culture in sandy soil. Pro-
pagated by cuttings, made of the roots, or by seeds ; the
low-growing shrubs by seeds and layers. Caraganas are
generally increased by grafting on C. arborescens, which
is easily raised from seed, sown when ripe or in spring.
C. Altagana (Altagana). fl. yellow ; pedicels solitary. April to
July. 7. with six to eight pairs of glabrous, obovate-roumnsh,
retuse leaflets ; petiole unarmed, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Dahuria, 1789.
Shrub.

C. arborescens (tree-like).* fl. pale or bright yellow ; pedicels in
fascicles. April, May. I. with four to six pairs of oval-oblong
villous leaflets ; petiole unarmed. Stipules spinescent. h. 15ft.
to 20ft. Siberia, 1752. Tree. (B. M. 1886.)

C. Cnamlagu (Chamlagu). fl. yellow, at length becoming red-
dish, large, pendulous ; pedicels solitary. May. I. with two pairs
of distant, oval, or obovate glabrous leaflets ; stipules spreading,
and, as well as the petioles, spinose. h. 2ft. to 4ft. China, 1773.
Shrub.

C. frntescens (woody).'
April. I. with two pairs < ...

petiole, obovate-cuneated ; stipules membranous ; petiole fur-
nished with a short spine at the apex. h. 2ft. to 3ft Siberia,
1752. Shrub. (S. B. F. G. 3, 227.) There are one or two varieties
of this species.

C. Jubata (bearded).* fl. white, suffused with red, few ; pedicels
solitary, very short. April. I. with four or five pairs of oblong-
lanceolate, lanuginously-ciliated leaflets ; stipules setaceous ;
petioles somewhat spinose. h. 1ft. to 2ft. Siberia, 1796. Shrub.
SYW. Robinia jubata. (L, B. C. 522.)

i* fl. yellow, resupinate ; pedicels solitary,
rs of leaflets, approximating the top of the

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

265

panicle

Caragana — continued.

C. pygnuea (pigmy), fl. yellow; pedicels solitary. April. I. with
two pairs linear, glabrous leaflets, approximating at the top of
the very short petiole ; stipules and petioles spinescent. A. 1ft.
to 3ft. Siberia, 1751. Shrub. (B. R. 1021.)

C. splnosa (spiny).* fl. yellow, solitary, almost sessile April,
May. 1. with two to four pairs of cuneate-lmear, glabrous leaflets ;
stipules small, spinose ; adult petioles permanent, strong, and
spmose. h. 4ft. to 6ft. Siberia, 1775. An excellent shrub for
forming impenetrable hedges, on account of its long branches and
strong thorns.

CABAGUATA (its South American name). OBD.
Bromeliacece. Stove epiphytes, allied to Tillandsia. For
culture, see Billbergia.

C.lingnlata (tongue-shaped-leaved), fl. white; flower-stalk erect,
with numerous large, broadly-lanceolate, brilliant scarlet bracts.
I. tufted, broad at the base, linear-lanceolate and recurved, h.
lift. Columbia, 1880.

C. Van Volxemii(Van Volxem's).* fl. yellow, in close spikes,
tected by crimson bracts. I. tufted, h. 2ft. to 3ft.
1879. (I. H. 326.)

(Zahn's).* fl. pale yellow, in dense oblong compressed
bracts scarlet. May. I. linear-ligulate, 1ft. long, yellow,
ison stripes, the upper part bright crimson ; semi-trans-
h. 1ft. Chiriqui, 1870. (B. M. 8)59.)
CABAIFI. See Moquilea ntilis.
CABAJUBA. A red colouring matter, obtained from
Bignonia Chica.

CABALLIA (Karalli is the name of C. lucida in the
language of the Telingas). STN. Barraldeia. ORD. Rhizo-
phorece. Stove evergreen glabrous trees, from Madagascar,
Tropical Asia, and Australia. Peduncles axillary, trifid,
many-flowered. « Leaves opposite, entire or serrated, stiffish,
shining on the upper surface. In common with all the
Rhizophorece, this genus is very difficult to grow.
C. lancesefolia (lance-leaved), fl., petals yellow, rather undulated.
I. oval or oblong, regularly serrated, h. 20ft. India, 1820.
CABALLUMA (G. adscendens is called Car-allum
by the Telingas). ORD. Asclepiadeas. Stove evergreen
shrubs, with almost the habit of Stapelia. Peduncles
solitary, one-flowered, rising from the axils of the teeth.
Stems tetragonal, toothed along the angles. For culture,
see Stapelia.

C. adscendens (ascending), fl. variegated with purple and yellow,
usually drooping; segments of corolla reflexed at the edges,
acuminated, glabrous. Branches slender, ascending, each bearing
a solitary flower at top. h. 1ft. to 2ft. Coromandel, 1804.
C fimbrlata (flmbriate). fl. axillary, solitary, sub-campanulate,
segmentf of corolla falcate at top, with , replicate

fringed edges ; marked with many transverse purple lines, pale
yellSw beneath, upper part purple. Branches elongated, attenu-
ated. A.6in. Burma, 1829. (L. B. C. 1863.)
CABAMBOLA-TBEE. See Averrhoa Carambola.
CABANA. The gum resin obtained from a species of
Icica. It is used in medicine for plasters.

CABAFA (Carapa is the name of C. guianensis in
Guiana). OBD. Meliaceae. A small genus of stove trees,
natives of the West Indies, Tropical America, and Guinea.
Calyx usually of four distinct sepals; corolla of four or
five oblong, egg-shaped, spreading petals. Fruit large, and
containing numerous seeds. These trees are of economical
utility, and probably the only one in cultivation is C.
guianensis. They succeed well in a mixture of loam and
sand. Ripe cuttings will root in sand, under a hand glass,
in a moist heat.

C. guianensis (Guiana). November, fr. the size of an apple.
1., leaflets eight or ten pairs, alternate or opposite, elliptical,
oblong, acuminated, coriaceous, shining, h. 60ft. Guiana, 1824.
(A. 07387.)

The other species quoted as having been introduced to this
country are : C. guineensis and C. moluccensis.
CABAWAT. See Carum Carvi.
CABDAMINE (from Kardamine, a diminutive of
Kardamon, Cress, used by Dioscorides). Lady's Smock. In-
cluding Pteroneurum. ORD. Cruciferce. A genus of hardy,
usually smooth herbs. Eacemes terminal, bractless. Leaves
stalked, entire, lobed, or pinnately cut, usually very differ-
ent in the same plant. Only the perennial species are worth
growing, and these mostly thrive in a damp, shady situa-

Cardaniine — continued.

tion, in any kind of soil. They are easily propagated by
divisions, after flowering.
C. asarifolia (Asarum-leaved).* fl. white, in close racemes. May,

June. 1. smooth, stalked, cordate-orbicular, somewhat sinuately-

toothed. h. lit. to lift. Mountains of Southern France and

Northern Italy, 1710. (B. M. 1735.)
C. bellidifolia (Daisy-leaved), fl. white. April. I smooth,

thickish ; radical ones stalked, ovate, entire ; cauline ones few,

entire, or somewhat three-lobed, not eared at the base. h. 4in.

Northern hemisphere. (F. D. 1, 20.)
C. chelidonia (Celandine-like), fl., petals purple, oval. March.

I. pinnate, rather smooth ; segments stalked, ovate, toothed ;

lower segments pinnate into three or four small segments, h. 1ft

South and East Europe, 1739.
C. glauca (glaucous), fl. white, in dense racemes. May. I.

stalked, smooth, glaucous, rather fleshy, pinnate ; segments five

or nine, oblong, terminal one three-lobed. Stem diffuse, much

branched, h. bin. Southern and Eastern Europe, 1824.
C. latifolia (broad-leaved). /. purplish, a little larger than those

of C. pratensis. June. I. large, pinnate, smooth; segments

three or seven, rather orbicular, angularly-toothed, h. 1ft. to 2ft

Pyrenees, 1710.
C. macrophylla (large-leaved), fl. purple, about the size of

those of C. pratensis. June. I. pinnate, somewhat pubescent ;

segments five, oval-lanceolate, pointed, unequally serrated.

Branches of root creeping, h. 1ft. to lift Siberia, 1824.

FIG. 365. CARDAHINE PRATKNSIS.

idow).* Cuckoo Flower, fl. usually pale purple,
sememe white. Early spring, i. pinnate; segments of
the radical ones roundish, of the stem ones linear or lanceolate,
Entire h 1ft. to lift. Northern Hemisphere (Britain). See
F£ 365 There are numerous varieties of this species, includ-
Sf'a very desirable double-flowered one, frequently met with
in a wild state.

r i-hnmboidea (rhomboid).* fl. white, large. Spring, t., root
onS round and rather heart-shaped ; lower stem-leaves ovate or
ZmSobW, somewhat petioled, the upper almost lanceolate
all somewhat angled or sparingly toothed. Stems upright, from a
tuberiferous has?, simple United States of America.

> A very pretty variety, with rounder
flowers appearing earlier than those of

vhite, rather smalL Spring.
- ' often cordate at

2 M

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cardamine— continued.

the base, petioled, the lowest frequently three-lobed, or of three-
leaflets. Stems branching, weak or decumbent. Pennsylvania.
C. trlfolia (three-leaved).* fl., petals white, with a broad cune-
ated claw, and a broad, spreading, obovate limb ; scape naked.
March to May. 1. smoothish, ternate; segments sessile, rhprn-
boidal-rounrtish, toothed. Lower branches root-like, creeping.
h. 6in. Southern Europe, 1629. (B. M. 452.)
CARDIANDRA (from kardia, a heart, and aner,
andros, a man, anther). OBD. Saxifrages). A half-hardy
evergreen shrub. Flowers corymbose ; those at the margin
of the corymb barren and radiant. For cultivation, see
Hydrangea.

C. alternlfolia (alternate-leaved), fl. white, lilac July I. alter,
nate, stalked, oblong-acute, serrated, and without stipules, h. 3ft
Japan, 1865. (S. Z. F. J. 65, 66.)

CARDINAL FLOWER. See Lobelia cardinalis.
CARDOON (Cynara Cardunculus). This vegetable,
is much esteemed on the Continent, but is not cultivated
to any large extent in English gardens. A few are, how-
ever, generally grown, being especially in demand where
French cooks are employed. The ribs or stalks of the
leaves, if well blanched and properly cooked, form an
excellent dish in winter.

Cultivation. The preparation of the trenches and
ground is somewhat similar to that adopted for celery;

Pio. 366. CARDOON.

but the plants grow much larger (see Fig. 366), and require
a space of about 2ft. between them, and 6ft. between the
rows. Some growers sow a few seeds in the rows at this
distance apart, thinning them out to one plant when
established. A much better plan is to sow the re-
quired number, in small pots, at the end of April, and
place them in a cold frame, where the seed will soon
germinate. Mice are very fond of the seed, consequently

Cardoon— continued.

the frame must be kept close enough to prevent their
entry, or the whole will be destroyed. Select the
strongest plant in each pot, as they grow, and destroy
the others. Plant out before they become pot-bound, in
previously prepared trenches that have been well manured,
and water plentifully when necessary. Occasional forking
or hoeing between the plants, to encourage growth and
destroy weeds, will be all that is required, besides water-
ing, until September or October, when the plants will be
ready for earthing up. Before any soil is applied, the
stalks must be arranged upright, and closely bound up
with haybands to within a foot of the tops. The soil
must then be earthed up nearly as high as the haybands
reach, and be beaten hard -with the spade. It is very im-
portant that this operation should be performed on a dry
day, when the hearts are free from water, or they will
probably decay. The plants will be fit for use in about a
month, and may be taken up as required. Should Cardoons
be in great demand, an earlier or little later sowing may
be made for successional crops. If the plants have to be
kept for any length of time during winter, rain and frost
must be excluded by means of a covering of litter or
other protecting material ; or they may be dug up and
stored away in a cool, dry place, the haybands being
allowed to remain on.

Sorts. The Spanish Cardoon with large solid ribs and
spineless leaves, is the one most cultivated ; it is liable to
run to seed, but not as much as the common sort. The
Tours Cardoon is much cultivated in France; but great
care is necessary in working amongst them, as the leaves
have very long sharp spines. There are one or two other
varieties, but the Spanish is most preferable, and is
generally grown.

CARDUNCELLUS (the diminutive of Cardunculus,
the Cardoon, and that from carduus). ORD. Composites.
Pretty hardy herbaceous perennials, related to Carthamus.
Flowers all tubular ; pappus setaceous ; involucral bracts
many-seriate, imbricate ; receptacle flat, densely setose or
paleaceous. They succeed well in ordinary garden soil, and
are readily increased by divisions of the roots. Cardun-
cellus is rarely grown outside botanic collections.
C. mltissimns (least-spiny). Jl.-heads blue. May, June. I.,

cauline ones linear, pinnatifld, as long as the plant, h. 9in.

France and Spam, 1734.
C. monspeliensium (Montpelier). Jl.-heads blue. June, July. I.

unarmed ; radical ones toothed ; cauline ones pinnate. A. 9in.

South-west Europe, 1776.

CARDUUS (the Latin name used by Virgil, &c.).
Thistle. OBD. Composite. Hardy annuals, biennials, or
perennials. Receptacle bristly ; involucre tumid, imbri-
cated with spinous bracts ; pappus hairs rough, in many
series, united by a ring at the base, and deciduous ; corollas
all tubular, and generally spreading, so as to form a hemi-
spherical head. They are of easy culture in any common
soiL None, however, are worth growing in ordinary gar-
dens ; but for massing in woods, or in the wild garden,
some may be desirable. Hence, we mention the names
of a few of the more conspicuous species : acicularis,
Candollei, chrysacanthus, nutans, pycnocephalus (Blessed
Thistle), Ac. Two Composite frequently met with in
gardens, viz., Silybum Marianum and Cnicus benedictus,
are often mentioned in books and catalogues under the
generic name of Carduus.

CAREX (from keiro, to cut ; the leaves of many species
have their margins minutely serrated, which cause them
to cut the hand if drawn rapidly along them). Sedge.
OBD. Cyperacece. A very large genus of perennial grass-
like herbaceous plants, of which upwards of sixty are
natives of this country. Inflorescence paniculate, irregu-
larly clustered, spicate or racemose. Stems usually leafy.
They are of the easiest possible culture in ordinary garden
soil. Propagated by seeds, or by divisions. By far the
greater number of this genus possess no horticultural
beauty whatever, and are only suitable for naturalising

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

267

Car ex — continued.

near lakes, Ac. Some are grown in pots for table deco-
ration, and make beautiful plants for that purpose.

FIG. 367. CAREX BACCANS.

C. baccans (berried). Inflorescence paniculate. Ripe perigynia
varying from coral red to lustrous purple, h. 2ft to 4ft A noble
species, from Tropical and Sub-tropical Himalaya. See Fig. 367.

C. Gray! (Gray's). JL, fertile spikes two, or rarely one, consisting
of fifteen to thirty flowers, forming globose beads, the ripe peri-
gynia projecting in all directions. July. A. 3ft North America,

C. intnmescens (swollen), jt., spikes usually five to eight-
flowered : ripe perigvnia projecting outwards and upwards, June.
h. lift. North America.

C. paludpsa (marsh), ./f., fertile spikes cylindrical, obtuse. May.
I. verv broad, keeled, rough ; bracts very long, f oliaceous. h,
2ft. - Britain. (Sy. En. B. 1668.)

C. pendnla (pendulous). JL, fertile spikes very long, pendulous,
cylindrical. May. /. broad ; sheaths elongated, nearly equal to
the flower-stalks, h, 3ft. to 5ft Britain. (Sy. En. B. 1660.)

C. paeudo-cyperna (Cyperus-like). JL, spikes on long footstalks,
cylindrical, pendulous. June. I Ain. broad ; bracts Tery leafy.
Stems 2ft. to 3ft. high, acutely triangular. Britain. One of the
best marked and most beautiful of the genus. (Sy. En. B. 1685.)

C. ripaxia (river-bank). JL, fertile spikes scarcely pedunculated,
broadly cylindrical, acute ; scales of the sterile spikes acuminated.
May. L broad; bracts very long, foliaceous. Britain. The
variegated form of this is well worth growing in borders or
among Ferns. (Sy. En. B. 1679.)

Car ex — continued.

C. sylvatica (sylvan). JL, fertile spikes filiform, rather slender

slightly drooping ; sheaths half as long as the flowed talks. M"V

and June. £ narrow. A. 1ft. to 2ft Britain. (Sy. EnTfi. 16650

CAREYA (named after the B«v. William Carey, of

Serampore, a distinguished botanist and linguist). OBD.

Myrtaceas. Very handsome stove trees, or small shrubs!

Flowers large, with white petals and red or yellow stamens.

Leaves alternate, feather-nerved, dotiess, glabrous. A

mixture of one part sandy loam and two parts fibry peat

suits them best. Ripened cuttings root freely, if planted in

sand, with a hand glass over them, and placed in a moist

bottom heat Careyas may also be propagated by dividing

the roots.

(tree-like). * Slow-match Tree. JL sessile; petals

white; stamens reddish; spikes terminal, few-flowered. L on
short petioles, obovate or oblong, crenate-denticulate, about 1ft
long. A.30ftto60ft India, 1823. Tree. (B. F. S. 205.)
C. herbacea (herbaceous). JL pedunculate; petals greenish-
purple ; stamens red ; racemes short July. L on short petioles,
cuneate-obovate or obovate, serrulate, 4in. to Sin. long. h. 6in.
to 1ft Bengal, 1808. Perennial herb, with a woody rootstock.

CAJUCA (erroneously supposed to be a native of Caria).
Papaw-tree. Including Papaya. TBIBE Papayafeca. OBD.
Passiflorece. A genus of stove evergreen fruit-trees, without
branches, yielding an acrid milky juice. Leaves alternate,
palmately lobed, standing on long terete petioles. They
grow well in a rich, loamy soil. Cuttings of ripe shoots,
if not deprived of their leaves, will root readily in a sandy
soil, under a bell glass, and in a gentle bottom heat They
are grown in this country more as curiosities than for
either ornament or utility.

C. candamarcensis (Candamarcan). Synonymous with C. cun
ttenamarcetuie.

C. caulinora (stem-flowering), /f. yellowish ; male peduncles
usually five-flowered, rising from tubercles on the trunk. I. pal-
mately five-lobed ; intermediate lobes sinuated ; segments lanceo-
late, acuminated, h. 10ft. to 20ft. South America, 1806.

C. cnndinamarcensls (Cundinamarcan). n. green, fr. yellow,
edible. A. 6ft Ecuador, 1874. STN. C. eandamareenii*. (B. M.

C. Papaya.* Common Papaw. JL greenish ; male ones corymbose.

July. /. palmately seven^obed ; segments deeply lobed, oblong,

acute, h. 10ft. to 20ft South America, 1690. (B". M. 28»)

CARICATURE PLANT. See Oraptophylliun
hortense.

CABJNA. A keel, like that of a boat ; also applied to
the lower petals of a pea-flower.

CARZNATE. Keel-shaped.

CARINATELY-CONCAVE. Hollowed in such a
manner as to resemble a keel externally.

CARINATELY- WINGED. Having a wing re-
sembling a keel.

CARIOPSIS. A one-celled one-seeded superior fruit,
whose pericarp is membranous and united to the seed, as in
wheat, maize, and other kinds of corn.

CARISSA (probably a native Indian name, in Mahratta,
Korinda). OBD. Apocynacece. A genus of stove shrubs
and trees. Flowers white; peduncles axillary and terminal,
many-flowered, everywhere becoming sterile and spines-
cent. Leaves opposite, furnished with intrapetiolar bristles.
They are best grown in a compost of peat and loam.
Cuttings of ripe wood will strike if placed in sand, under
a glass, in bottom heat. They are of economical value in
their native countries.

C. Cnntf"1** (Carandas). JL milky -white, Jasmine-like ; corymbs
terminal and axillary, few-flowered. July. L ovate, mucronate,
or elliptic, obtuse, glabrous : spines often two-forked. Sub-ar-
boreous. A. 15ft to loft India, 1790. (L B. C. 663.)
C. grandlflora (large-flowered).* JL white, fragrant salver-
shaped, 2in. across. Slav. L deep green ; spines axillary, forked.
Natal, 186Z (B. M. 6307.)

C. spinarum (spiny). JL white; petals lanceolate; peduncles
terminal, four to five-flowered. August to December. L small,
ovate, acute, veiny, shining. Branches dichotomous ; spines, two
at each ramification opposite, the one above the branch and the
other below it, red at top, and shining. A. 20ft India, 1808.
(L. B. C. 162.)

268

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Carissa — continued.
C. Xylopicron (bitter- wooded). Jl. white ; petals acute ; peduncles

lateral, spiny, one to two-flowered. July. I. ovate, acuminated,

glabrous, three to five-nerved. Branches forming a pyramidal

cyme. h. 20ft. Bourbon, 1820.

CARLINA (from Carolinus, pertaining to Charles,
commemorative of the famous Charlemagne, whose army
was said to have been cured of the plague by it). OBD.
Composite. Hardy or half - hardy annuals, biennials,
or perennials. Pappus feathery ; receptacle chaffy ; invo-
lucre imbricated, tumid, the outer scales with numerous
spines, the inner coloured, spreading, resembling a ray.
They are of very easy culture in ordinary garden soil. A
few only are worth growing, and are readily increased
by seed, sown in spring.

Carluclovica — continued.

C. rotundifolla (round-leaved).* I. flabelliform, divided in two
places quite down to the point of attachment, thus presenting a
trilobed appearance ; lobes divided into segments, which are very
gracefully pendent. Costa Rica.

C. Wallisii (Wallis's).» fl. white, very sweetly scented, disposed

in roundish oblong heads. I. ovate, two-lobed, and plicate ;

each division is about 1ft. long, and 6in. or Sin. broad ; petioles

erect, semi-terete. Columbia, 1879. (R. G. 992.)

CARMICHJELIA (named after Captain Dugald Car-

miohael, P.L.S., an acute Scotch botanist, author of the

" Flora of the Island of Tristan da Acunha," inserted in the

twelfth volume of the Linnaean Society's Transactions).

ORD. Leguminosce. Very ornamental greenhouse evergreen

shrubs, flowering for a considerable length of time. They

thrive in a compost of sandy peat, to which may be added

FIG. 368. CARLINA ACAULIS.

C. acanthifolla (Acanthus-leaved).* Jl. -heads white. June. I.

pinnatifld, downy beneath ; segments toothed, angular, spiny.

Plant stemless. h. 2ft. Southern Europe, 1818. Hardy peren-
nial. (A. F. P. iii., 51.)
C. acaulis (stemless). fl.-heads white. June. I. pinnatifld,

naked ; segments cut-toothed, spiny. Stem simple, one-flowered.

h. 9in. Europe, 1640. Hardy perennial. SYN. C. subacaulis.

See Fig. 368. (G. C. 1880, xiii., 1720.)
C. Biebersteiniana (Bieberstein's). Jl. -heads purple. August.

h. 2ft. Caucasus, 1816. Hardy perennial.
C. subacaulis. A synonym of C. acaulis.

CARLUDOVICA (named after Charles IV. of Spain,
and Louisa, his queen). STNS. Ludovia, Salmia (of Will-
denow). ORD. Cydanthacece. A genus of low-growing,
palm-like, stove plants. Flowers of separate sexes, in
squares arranged very close together in a spiral manner,
and forming cylindrical spikes. Leaves stiff, plaited,
deeply cut into from two to five divisions. Plants unarmed.
The species are very ornamental, and several are eminently
adapted for sub-tropical gardening, for which purpose
they are largely employed in Parisian gardens. They are
easily grown with the usual routine of stove management,
thriving in a compost of two parts peat and one of sandy
loam ; a liberal supply of water is needed.

C. atrovirens

itrovirens (dark-green).* I. and petioles very deep gri
ooth, deeply bilobed. A very fine ornamental-leaved plant.

green,

C. Drudei (Drude's).* fl. ivory white, borne on an erect-stalked,
terete spadix, of cylindrical form. 1. rich deep green, 17in. long,
and about 33in. in transverse diameter, tufted, transversely oblong

i outline, palmately three-lobed, the lobes plicated, and deeply
and regularly incised at the margin, h. 4ft. Columbia, 1878.
(G. C. n. s. 8, 715.)
C. ensiformls (ensiform). /. white, in close spikes. I. bipartite,

ensiform. h. 2ft. Costa Rica, 1875. (B. M. 6418.)
C. humilis (dwarf).* I. rich deep green ; 12in. to 18in. long, 9in. to
12in. broad at the widest part, rhomboid, deeply bifid at the apex.
New Grenada. A very handsome but rare species. (R. H. 1869, 71.)

to 3ft. across,
int of attach-

C. palxnata (palmate).* I. rich dark green, 2ft. to 3ft. across,
bifid at apex, and divided quite down to the point of attach-
ment into four lobes, each of which is divided into narrow seg-
ments ; petioles 4ft. to 6ft in height, round, smooth. Peru, 1818.

See Fig. 369. (R. H. 1861, 10.)
C. purpurata (purplish). I. deep green, 2ft., or more, long, and
iSn. to 18in. broad, bifid at the apex, tapering towards the base ;
petioles 2ft. to 4ft. high, smooth, reddish-purple. Tropical
America.

a very little fibry loain and leaf soil. Cuttings of half-
ripened side shoots root in sand, under a glass, in a cool
house, in April or May.

FIG. 369. CARLUDOVICA PALMATA.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

269

Carmichselia— continued.

C. australis (southern).* fi. lilac ; racemes simple, rising from
the denticulations of the branches. May, September. I. with
three to seven obcordate leaflets. Branches compressed, h.
2ft. to 4ft. New Zealand, 1823. (B. R. 912.)

CARNATION (Dianthus Caryophyllus). These charm-
ing flowers were, at one time, universal favourites, and
the varieties were far more numerous than now. In the
early days of gardening, they were often called Gilliflowers
as weU as Carnations. For some unaccountable reason,
after 1850, they were seriously neglected, and many of
the old varieties were entirely lost to cultivation ; they
are now, however, regaining popular favour, and are
not only cultivated by specialists, but scarcely any garden
can afford to be without some. There are no hardy
flowers more deserving general cultivation than Carna-
tions, as they present charming diversity and brilliancy
of colouring, with a delicious perfume. Their stateliness
of growth, and value in a out state, are also charac-
teristics greatly in their favour.

PROPAGATION may be effected by layers, pipings, or
by seed.

Layers. This method is far more generally adopted than
any other, whether the plants are grown in pots, borders,
or beds. The end of July, or the beginning of August, is
the best time for layering. Before commencing, a compost
of leaf soil, loam, and sharp sand, in nearly equal propor-
tions, should be prepared. Some pegs can be made of
bracken stems, or other material of a like nature, which
will decay in the soil. A layer of the compost, about 2in.
in thickness, should be placed around each plant, as in this
the young plants will root. The shoots selected should be
denuded of a few of their leaves at the base of the young
wood, and a slit must be made from this point upwards,
extending through a joint of the bare stem, so that a
tongue is formed. The layers should next be carefully
pegged down in their place, keeping the incision open.
About lin. of soil must then be placed over the layered
part to a little beyond the peg, and the whole well watered.
If dry weather ensue, it will be necessary to give occa-
sional waterings ; but care must be taken that the shoots
are not denuded of soil. Plants layered in pots should be
placed in the open till they are rooted, which usually takes
a month or five weeks. See also Layering.

Pipings. Where shoots are too short or too numerous for
layering, or where they become broken by accident, it is
desirable to propagate by pipings ; such shoots may be
removed before the time for layering. For this mode of
propagation, it is necessary to have a slight hotbed, and on
it to put 4in. or 5in. of fine light soil, covered with silver
sand. The pipings must be long enough to have a tolerably
firm base, and they must either be taken with a heel, or
cut off at a joint, and firmly inserted in the soil. After a
good watering, the light should be placed upon the frame,
and the pipings must be kept close, and shaded. The soil
must be maintained moderately moist till the roots are
formed, but damp must be guarded against.

Seed. Propagation of Carnations by seed is a very
interesting operation. By this means, new and excellent
varieties are raised. Both single and double-flowered
plants are produced from a packet of seed ; the latter can
be selected, and the best perpetuated by layering. The
principal nurserymen supply seed of good quality, or anyone
with a good strain may save his own. Hybridising may
be effected with the best flowers in each class, so as to
secure seed which will probably produce new kinds. The
most suitable time for sowing is in April or May, and the
best place a slight hotbed, or in a greenhouse. The pans
should be properly drained, then filled with fresh sandy
loam and leaf soil to within an inch or so of the top, making
it tolerably firm, and the surface afterwards levelled, before
sowing the seed. This should be scattered evenly over the
soil, and then slightly covered with a little of the potting
mixture, finely sifted. To keep the whole uniformly moist,

Carnation — continued.

a piece of glass should be laid on the top of the pan, till the
seeds germinate; after which, the covering should be re-
moved, and the pans placed in an airy position near the
glass. As soon as the seedlings can be handled, they should
be pricked out in beds, previously prepared by mixing in
some fresh loam and rotten manure with the ordinary soil
and watered when necessary, to assist them in their growth!
By the end of September, the plants will be sufficiently
large to transfer to their permanent position in beds or
borders, where they will bloom the following season.

GENERAL CULTIVATION. Winter Treatment. In favoured
positions, many kinds will withstand the winter, especially
if the soil is light and well drained. Generally, however,
it is necessary to provide accommodation, for a portion of
the stock at least, in cold frames ; and when a choice col-
lection is grown, it would be useless to attempt to keep it
intact without winter protection. About September, when
the layers or pipings are well rooted, they should be potted
singly or in pairs, the former in 3in., and the latter in 4in.
pots, according to the size of the plants. The potting com-
post should consist of loam two parts, leaf soil one part, and
sand one part, with a fair amount of drainage. After pot-
ting, a good watering should be given, and the frame kept
close for a week or two, until root-action is resumed, when
air may be freely admitted. All through the winter, full
advantage should be taken of fine weather to give all the
air possible, by tilting, or entirely removing, the lights. If
bleak winds prevail, it will be best to tilt the lights in an
opposite direction to the wind. Until the beginning of
February, when, as a rule, the plants begin to grow, great
attention must be paid to watering. They must be kept
somewhat dry rather than excessively wet, as the greatest
enemy in winter is damp. If kept too wet, a disease
known as " Spot " is likely to appear in the foliage, which
may prove very prejudicial. Watering those that are dry,
with a small-spouted can, so as to avoid unduly wetting
the foliage, is preferable to using a rose. After February,
they may have more water ; in fact, it will then be very
unwise to allow them to get at all dry.

Cultivation in Pots. The end of February, or the be-
ginning of March, is. as a rule, the best time for potting ;
but, to some extent, this must be regulated by the season
and condition of the plants. Pots lOin. in diameter are
large enough to accommodate a pair of good strong plants,
while weaker growing ones may be placed in 9in., or even
Sin. pots. These should be well drained, and a layer of leaf
soil or rotten manure placed over the crocks. The follow-
ing is an excellent potting compost: Two parts good fibrous
sandy loam, not broken too finely, one part leaf mould, and
one part good rotten old hotbed manure, to which may be
added a good sprinkling of coarse, gritty sand, from a river
if it can be procured ; well mix the whole together, but do
not pass through a riddle. Pot the plants moderately firm,
and sufficiently deep to allow of the layers being got to the
surface without fear of breaking off. After potting, place
back in the frame again, and keep well ventilated, until the
plants show signs of fresh growth, when they may be stood
outside in an airy position. Watering must be very care-
fully performed for some time after potting, and staking
the leading growths must not be delayed, or they will be
broken with the wind. If large flowers are required, the
buds should be thinned in their early stages, and means
taken to prevent the splitting of the calyx. Should there
be signs of this, make two or three incisions in the opposite
side, and fasten a piece of matting round it, which will
materially assist to keep the petals together. In order to
produce fine flowers for exhibition or other purposes, it will
be necessary to thin the buds severely, leaving only the
primary or finest ones to develop. For flowering, the
plants are best removed to a cool greenhouse, where an
abundance of air can be afforded; this protection will
greatly lengthen the period of blossoming, and materially
assist to bring out the quality of the flowers. Where this

270

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Carnation — continued.

is not practicable, a few lights, or some tiffany, should be
temporarily arranged over them, when the same end will be
gained ; and after the plants are layered, the covering can
be removed.

Cultivation in Beds or Borders. With the choicer varie-
ties grown in pots, a magnificent collection may be culti-
vated in specially prepared beds or positions in an ordi-
nary border. There are a large number of beautiful
Selfs, and fancy border varieties, as a rule richly scented,
which are far better treated in the open ground; and,
presuming a special bed is allotted them, which is a much
preferable method, even if duplicates are planted in the
mixed border, it is necessary to ridge up the bed in the
autumn for exposure to the sweetening effects of wintry
weather, and the extermination of insects. At the same
time, a dressing of soot and lime, mixed, may, with advan-
tage, be well incorporated with the soil, for the destruction
of these pests, especially the wireworm, which is a very
troublesome insect in Carnation culture. An addition of
leaf soil and sharp sand should also be made if the soil is
stiff or clayey. The plants should be put out in March,
about 1ft. apart each way; more space between the lines
may be allowed if desired, according to the size or shape of
the bed. Keep the beds clean, and, when dry, thoroughly
watered. As the buds expand, occasional doses of liquid
manure will be found beneficial. It will also be necessary
to thin the buds if large flowers are required, as re-
commended for those grown in pots. When grown in odd
spaces in the border, equally as much attention is needed
as when grown in beds. The blossom-stalks require
staking in order to display the flowers, and to keep them
from being soiled. Very neat stakes should be used, and
they should be neither longer nor shorter than really

FIG. 370. METHOD OF STAKING CARNATIONS.

required. A very good form of wire stake is shown in
Fig. 370, with which tying is unnecessary.

Insects. Green fly is the most troublesome. As a rule,
unless in very dry seasons, they do not attack those planted
out ; but, when grown in pots, and while the young plants
are in the frames, they are very likely to cause great injury.
The best means of eradicating them is by tobacco fumi-
gation ; and it is better to give a thorough fumigation
before the young growth is developed. If they are trouble-
some after, it will again be necessary to fumigate, but
rather repeat than overdose the plants. Wireworms are
very destructive at the roots. The soil should be carefully
looked over before being used for potting, as any wire-
worms left in it would eat the roots as fast as they are
formed, eventually killing the plant. Should established
plants be attacked, some carrots placed in the soil will
form a good trap, as the wireworms eat into them, and
may easily be removed and destroyed.

PBOPERTIES. The characteristics of a good Carnation
are as follows : The pod (i.e., calyx) should be long, as then

Carnation — continued.

the flower is not liable to burst it, as is the case when it is
short. The flower should be quite circular, and rising up
gradually towards the centre, so as to form half a ball.
The outer, or guard petals, should be large, and few in
number, rising slightly above the calyx, then spreading
horizontally ; and the other petals should be regularly
disposed on them, nearly flat, and diminish in size towards
the centre. The texture of the petals should be thick and
wax-like, and the markings distinct and clear ; the ground
a pure white, any flushing or running of the colour being
a decided disqualification.

FIG. 371. FLOWERS OF BIZARRE CARNATION.

CLASSES. There are three distinct classes, viz. : Bizarres,
(see Fig. 371), Flakes, and Selfs. The Bizarres have a clear
ground, variously marked and flaked with two or three
colours ; of these there are Crimson, Scarlet, and Pink and
Purple varieties, each characterised by the distinguishing
colours predominating. Flakes have a pure ground, flaked
with one colour, of which there are Scarlet, Purple, and Eose
varieties. Selfs should be one-coloured, in any shade, but
the more defined, the more effective they are. The follow-
ing is a selection of the best varieties in each class, at
present grown, to which additions are constantly being
made:

Crimson Bizarres. A. D. SOUTHGATE (Dodwell), BLACK DIA-
MOND (Haines), ECCENTRIC JACK (Fletcher), E. S. DODWELL
(Hewitt), ISAAC WILKINSON (Turner), J. D. HEXTALL (Simonite),
JENNY LIND (Puxley), JOHN SIMONITE (Simonite), LORD MILTON
(Ely), MARGUERITE (Dodwell), MILLIE (Dorlwell), QUEEN VIC-
TORIA (Fletcher), RIFLEMAN (Wood), SATURN (Gorton), SIR
GARNET WOLSELEY (Fletcher), THOS. MOORE (Dodwell).
Pink and Purple Bizarres. FALCONBRIDGE (May), JAMES
TAYLOR (Gibbons), LORD CLIFTON (Puxley), Miss HENDERSON
(Dodwell), MRS. BARLOW (Dodwell), OLIVE (Fletcher), PRINCESS
BEATRICE (Beanlsley), SARAH PAYNE (Ward), TOM FOSTER (Dod-
well), T. S. WARE (Dodwell).

Scarlet Bizarres. ADMIRAL CURZON (Easom), ALFRED HUD-
SON (Dodwell), ARTHUR MEDHURST (Dodwell), BEN SIMONITE
(Dodwell), CARACTACUS (Dodwell), CHARLES TURNER (Dodwell),
DANDY (Dodwell), DUKE OF GRAFTON (Hooper), EDWARD ADAMS
(Dodwell), FANNY GARDINER, FRED (Dodwell), GUARDSMAN
(Ward), JIM WHITAKER (Dodwell), JOHN HINES (Dodwell),
LORD NAPIER (Taylor), MARS (Hextall), MASTER STANLEY (Dod-
well), MR. FAWCETT (Fletcher), RAYNER JOHNSON (Dodwell),
SIR JOSEPH PAXTON (Ely), TOM BROWN (Dodwell), TOM POWER
(Dodwell), WILFRID SYMES (Dodwell), WM. SPOOR (Adams).
Purple Flakes. ATTRACTION (Fletcher), BEAUTY OF WOOD-
HOUSE (Mansley), DR. FOSTER (Foster), DR. WHITRON (Fletcher),
EARL STAMFORD (Elliott), G. F. WILSON (Dodwell), JAMES
DOUGLAS (Simonite), LADY PKEL (Haslam), MAYOR OF NOT-
TINGHAM (Taylor), MAYOR OF OXFORD (Dodwell), SQUIRE TROW
(Jackson).

Rose Flakes. JAMES MERRYWEATHER (Wood), JESSICA (Turner),
LADY GARDENER (Ely), MADGE WILDFIRE (Dodwell), MARY ANN

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

271

Carnation — continued.

(FletcherX MR. BUCKLEY (Fletcher), MRS. BARRETT (Fletcher),
MRS. MATTHEWS (Dodwell), RACHAEL (Fletcher), ROB ROY
(Gorton), ROSE OF STAPLEFORD (Holmes).

Scarlet Flakes. ANMHILATOR (Jackson), CLIPPER (Fletcher),
DAN GODFREY (Holmes), FRIAR TUCK (Dodwell), HENRY MAT-
THEWS (Dodwell), ILLUMINATOR (Puxley), JAMES CHEETHAM
(Chadwick), JOHN BALL (Dodwell), RICHARD GORTON (Dod-
well), RISING SUN (Kirtland), SCARLET KEET (Dodwell), SPORTS-
MAN (Fletcher), WILLIAM LANG (Dodwell), WILLIAM MELLOR
(Dodwell).

Selfs, ALBERT (Turner), purple ; ARETHUSA (Dodwell), magenta ;
AUCTIONEER (Ware), deep magenta, very fine; BRIDE (Overs),
pure white, very fine ; CONSTANCE (Dodwell), rich rose ; CORONER
(Ware), bright scarlet ; CRIMSON, old double Clove ; CYNTHIA
(Dodwell), bright rose, very pretty ; GERTRUDE TEIGNER (Ware),
rich pink, very fine ; GLOIRE DE NANCY (Lemoine), pure white,
very vigorous and free ; GOG (Dodwell), carmine-purple ; KING
OF THE YELLOWS (Abercronibie), rich sulphur-yellow ; LADY
ROSEBERY (Turner), the best yellow Self ; MARY MORRIS
(Smythe), rich salmon-rose, immense ; MRS. MATTHEWS (Mat-
thews), pure white, freely fringed ; SPARKLER (Ware), crimson-
scarlet ; VIVID (Dodwell), very brilliant scarlet ; W. P. MILNEU
(Fisher), pure white, of grand substance, one of the best.

TREE OB PERPETUAL. These are, without doubt, some
of the most useful plants grown for cut bloom, and their
culture is of the easiest. Some growers strike the cuttings
from July till the end of August, in gentle heat, or layer
the old plants in a frame, in August, and, when well rooted,
pot them off into Sin. pots, or the stronger ones into 4in.
pots, in which the plants are wintered the first season, in
an airy position near the glass. The second season, the
plants are grown on, and not allowed to flower through the
summer, about two shifts being given until they are in
lOin. pots. Meanwhile, the shoots are trained as required,
and the general shape of the plant arranged. When the
pots are filled with roots, liquid manure should be supplied,
and, about the middle of September, they may be taken in-
doors, giving plenty of air for some days. By maintaining
a temperature of from 45deg. to SOdeg., and applying liquid
manure, plenty of blossom may be obtained through the win-
ter and early spring months. For potting soil, use good
fibrous yellow sandy loam three parts, and one part rotten
manure, with enough sand to keep the whole sufficiently
porous to admit of the free passage of water. Another
excellent method of cultivation is to put the cuttings in,
selecting the small side shoots, about the middle of
January, in bottom heat, of about 70deg. to 75deg., with
an atmospheric temperature of GOdeg. to 65deg. ; or they
may be struck in a half-spent hotbed, when it will not
be advisable to put them in till February. As soon as
rooted, they should be potted off, and gradually hardened,
so that they will bear removal to the greenhouse, where
they should remain till April. They may then be shifted
on, and grown liberally in pots, or be planted out. In June,
go over the plants, and take off the tops; and, about once a
fortnight, remove the tops of any of the side shoots which
may appear likely to bloom. About the end of September,
the plants should, if placed out, be carefully potted up,
and shaded for a week or ten days, keeping them well sup-
plied with moisture; and, after root action is resumed,
removed to the greenhouse, and an unlimited supply of
air given until frost sets in. Only sufficient fire heat
should be applied in winter to maintain a temperature
of 50deg. to 55deg., and a free circulation of air should
be admitted on all favourable occasions during the day.

Fumigate if fly should put in an appearance ; and for
mildew, flowers of sulphur should be thoroughly dusted
over the plants, washing it off after three days, taking
care to remove all dirt from the plants.

Varieties. These are numerous, and their number con-
stantly being added to. The following are among the best :

A. ALEGATIERE, bright scarlet; AMAZON, buff, edged scarlet;
BELLE ROSE, rose ; BOULE DE FEU, scarlet ; BRIDE, pure white ;
COVENT GARDEN, scarlet; DRAGON, scarlet; FIREFLY, bright
scarlet ; FLORENCE, clear buff-yellow ; GARIBALDI, rosy-scarlet ;
GOURDAULT, scarlet, crimson-flaked; HENSHAW'S, scarlet; JEAN
BART, bright scarlet ; JEAN SISLEY, yellow, red-edged ; LA BELLE,
pure white, very fine ; LEE'S, scarlet ; MADAME ALEGATIERE,
carmine-rose ; MAIDEN'S BLUSH, blush-white ; Miss JOIXIFFE,

Carnation— continued.

blush-pink ; MRS. G. HAWTRY, bright yellow ; OSCAR, yellow •
PRINCE OF ORANGE, yellow, edged with crimson ; PURITY white1
REMBRANDT, large crimson ; SOUVENIR DE MALMAISON blush-
white ; VALIANT, rosy-scarlet ; VAN DYCK, white, striped rose
VULCAN, mottled-red.

CARNAUBA PALM. See Copernicia cerifera.
CARNOSE. Fleshy; of thick substance.
CARDS-TREE. See Ceratonia Siliqua.

CAROLINA ALLSPICE. See Calycanthus
floridns.

CAROLINEA. See Pachira.

CARPEL. A division of the ovary; one of the modified
leaves forming the pistil.

CARFENTERIA (named after the late Professor
Carpenter, of Louisiana). OBD. Saxifragece. An orna-
mental tall-growing shrub, which will thrive in any good
loamy soil, and will probably prove hardy in this country.
It is too recent an introduction for us to be able to speak
more definitely respecting it.

C. californloa (Californian).* fl. white. I. broadly lanceolate,
entire, 2m. to 3in. long, pinnately-veined, whitened beneath with
a minute and close pubescence. Sierra Nevada, California, 1880.

CARPINUS (Latin name used by Pliny). Horn-
beam. OBD. CupulifercB. Hardy deciduous trees, mostly
medium-sized. Male flowers, catkins later, sessile, cylin-
drical; bracts imbricate. Female flowers in lax terminal

FIG. 372. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CARPINUS BETUUJS.

catkins ; outer bracts entire ; inner bracts in pairs, three-
lobed. Leaves simple, alternate, exstipulate, deciduous.
C. Betulus is the one most generally grown. It forms a
good hedge plant, and bears pruning well, while the leaves
remain on after they are dead, thus affording good shelter.
It is not much grown in this country, but its timber is
valuable ; it is also very useful as an agricultural tree, to
shelter exposed fields, as it endures rough and windy
situations, and thrives well in common soil. The seeds,
which are formed in a small nut, are ripe at the end of
autumn, but they vegetate irregularly, some coming the

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Carpinus— continued.

first year, some the second. If they grow thickly, they
should be transplanted when a year old, but if thinly, they
may be allowed to stand for two years, and then trans-
planted, cutting off the extremities of the roots. After
two years in nursery lines, they are fit for hedges. If
not then removed, and a greater space allowed them to
grow in, they will run up tall, and be unfit for hedge
plants.
C. amerlcana (American).* I. ovate-oblong, pointed, sharply

doubly serrate, soon nearly smooth ; bractlets tnree-lobecl,

halbert-shaped, sparingly cut-toothed on one side. h. 10ft. to 50ft.

- " ' ' 1812.

Common Hornbeam, fl. yellowish. May.
iteral lobes ;n

, spari

North America, 1812.
C. Betulus (Birch-like).

fr., bracts flat, oblong, serrated, with two la

ripe in October or November, h. ,50ft. to 70ft.

; nuts brown,
Britain. See

Fi^. 372. There are several varieties, including aurea-variegata
(golden-variegated-leaved), ineisa (cut-leaved), quercifolia (Oak-
leaved), and variegata (variegated).

CARPOCAPSA POMONANA. See Apple or

Codlin Grub.

CARPODINUS (from karpos, a fruit, and dineo, to
turn round; application disputed). OBD. Apocynacece.
Stove evergreen climbing shrubs, thriving in a mixture of
open loam and sandy peat. Easily propagated from cut-
tings of half-ripened shoots. The best known species is :
C. dulcis (sweet). /. green, almost sessile, twin, axillary. June.

I. ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, h. 8ft. Sierra Leone, 1822. A

fruiting shrub.

CARPODONTOS. See Eucryphia.

CARFOLYZA (from karpos, a fruit, and lyssa, rage ;
in reference to the peculiar method of opening). OED.
AmaryllideoB. A very pretty little bulb, from the Cape
of Good Hope. For culture, see Ixia.

C. spiralis (spiral).* fl. white, reddish outside ; scapes filiform,
4m. to 6in. high, spirally twisted from the base to the middle,
thence straight ; perianth tube short, widening upwards ; umbels
two to four-flowered; spathe two-leaved. April and May. I.
spiral, filiform. 1791. SvNS. Crinum spirale, Strumaria tpiralis.
(B. M. 1383.)

FIG. 373. SHORT CARROT.

CARROT (Daucus Carota). Hardy biennial. The
wild Carrot is a native of Britain. This is generally a

Carrot — continued.

very important crop, or rather series of crops, as, in order
to keep up a good supply fit for table, it is necessary to
sow often, so as to have a succession of young tender roots,
free from the hard core which is invariably present in
many of the large varieties.

Soil. Carrots require soil that is of a good depth and, if
possible, rather light. It should not be specially manured
for them, or they will produce forked roots, instead of
growing straight down. Ground that has been manured
for a previous crop will suit better. It should also be free
from wireworms, or other injurious grubs. Many gardens
do not contain soil suitable for good Carrot culture ; in
such cases, it would be advisable to grow the short varieties
(see Fig. 373), and prepare a sufficient depth of soil for
them.

Cultivation. Having selected the site, deeply dig the
ground for the Short varieties, or trench to a depth of

FIG. 374. LONG CARROT.

from 18in. to 2ft. for the Long kinds (see Fig. 374). This
should be done as early in autumn as possible, and the
ground left in ridges for the winter, forking it over in

Ti?g- ?MfOTe SOWing' rake the Sround level> aa<* draw
shallow drills, from Sin. to 12in. apart, according to the
sort grown. In these drills thinly sow the seeds ; and here
a little discretion and care are required. The seeds being
V1!ry,i1t .to/tl?k Aether, it is advisable that they
should be mixed with sharp sand, and well rubbed between
the hands, to separate them, otherwise the plants will come
up in thick clusters or bunches. After sowing liehtlv
T? thVeeds with fi*6 «*a, ^d again rake over the
whole of the ground, to remove stones and make the soil
fine As soon as the rows can be seen, flat hoe the beds
to destroy weeds, or they will grow much faster than the'
Carrots and make it a difficult matter to clear them.
When the plants are large enough, thin them out to about
4m. apart, again removing some when large enough to

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

273

Carrot — continued.

cook. The main crops will be ripe and ready to lift
during October, or early in November, according to the
season. Carefully lift in dry weather, cutting off the
leaves close to the crowns, and store the roots in moist
sand or soil, in a cool place. For table use, the Horn
varieties are, perhaps, the best. To secure a succes-
sion, sow small quantities on a warm border, under a
wall, in February, in March, and again in April. The
main crop should be sown about the end of March, and
additional sowings made each month until August. The
smaller kinds will only require a space of about Sin. be-
tween, and Gin. in the rows ; on this account, they are
most useful for small gardens.

Forcing. Early Carrots are generally in great demand,
and to obtain them it is necessary to sow on a hotbed in
early spring. A great heat is not necessary, but it should
be constant. Stable litter, with plenty of leaves well
mixed with it, should be prepared and put into a frame
with a depth of 3ft. or 4ft. Tread it firmly and evenly, and
allow it to remain for a few days before sowing. About
6in. of light soil will be sufficient, and the seeds may be
sown thinly, either broadcast or in shallow drills, after-
wards watering in. The first sowing should be made early
in February, and succession beds kept up until the end of
April, according to the quantity required. Give air on
every favourable opportunity so soon as the plants are up,
or they will quickly get drawn. They should only be
moderately thinned at first, allowing them to grow large
enough for use. and then removing the largest each time
for this purpose. Early French Forcing is one of the best
varieties for forcing purposes.

FIG. 375. UMBEL OF CARROT.

An umbel of Carrot, intact, is shown at Fig. 375. It is
necessary to thoroughly separate the seeds before sowing.

FIG. 376. CARROT, JAMES'S INTERMEDIATE.

Sorts. There are many varieties of Carrots in cultiva-
tion, but some are not fit for table use, on account of their

Carrot— continued.

pale colour or the hardness of the core. The following may
be relied on as some of the best for any purpose. Forcing
and early crops : Common Early Horn, Early French
Forcing, Early Nantes, and Early Short Horn (see Fig.
373). Main crops : Altrincham, James's Intermediate (see
Fig. 376), Long Horn (see Fig. 374), and Long Eed Surrey.

CARROT BLOSSOM MOTH (Depressaria dau-
cella). The caterpillars of this moth inflict considerable
damage on the Carrot seed-crop, in summer, by eating
away the flower-heads, which they envelop with their webs.
According to Miss Ormerod, the caterpillar is of a greenish-
grey or yellowish colour, with black, hairy warts, and some
faint streaks along the back ; and the head, as well as the
upper side of the first segment behind it, is brown or
black. It is only about £in. long when full grown. Some-
times the caterpillar changes to the chrysalis in the flower-
head ; sometimes it bores for this purpose into the stem.
The moth is little more than fin. in the spread of the
upper wings; the head and body between the wings are
reddish-brown, freckled with black. The upper wings are
of the same colour, freckled with white, and having black
streaks, and the under sides dark; the hind wings are
light grey.

The only effectual way of destroying this pest is to shake
the infested plants, when the caterpillars will descend by
means of a thread, and may be killed by burning or
otherwise. A dusting of powdered Hellebore would pro-
bably be of some service; but, being a deadly poison, it
should be used with great caution.

CARROT PLY. See Carrot Grubs.

CARROT GRUBS (Psila roson). The grub of the
Carrot Fly, which plays such havoc among Carrots, is cylin-
drical, and of a pale yellow colour ; the body tapers slightly
towards the mouth, while the other end is rounded; its
skin is smooth and shining ; the tail has two little black
tubercles. When the larva is full grown, it quits the
Carrot, and, burrowing into the earth, becomes a pupa,
light brown in colour, and oval. The perfect fly is shining
black, slightly tinged with a greenish lustre. It has
yellowish legs, white " balancers," and hyaline transparent
wings; the head is reddish-yellow, and the antennae and
palpi tipped with black.

These grubs are probably the most destructive insects
that attack Carrots. They bore into the roots, causing the
tops to turn brown and eventually to die. The crop is
almost entirely lost in some gardens in consequence. As
soon as any plants are observed to be sickly, they should
be pulled up, and either burned or destroyed by some other
means. Dressing the ground with lime the previous
autumn, or the drills with lime and soot when sowing, is
sometimes a good preventative. It is also important not
to use the same ground for Carrots two successive years,
especially if these insects or any wireworms are present in
the soil.

CARTHAMUS (from the Arabic qurtom, to paint;
Hebrew qarthami ; referring to the flowers yielding a fine
colour). Safflower. ORD. Composites. Pretty hardy annuals.
Pappus paleaceous, hairy, or none ; receptacle paleaceous,
setose; involucre ovate, imbricated; scales ovate, leafy at
end. They thrive in any ordinary soil. Seeds should be
sown in a gentle hotbed, in spring ; and, when the seedlings
are large enough to handle, they should be transplanted to
a situation where they are intended to flower. These plants
should only be grown in large gardens.
C. lanatns (woolly). JL.heads yellow. South Europe, 1596. Hardy

annual. (B. M. 2142.)
C. oxyacantha (sharp-spined). A..heads yellow. July. h. 2ft

Caucasus, 1818.
C. ttnctorius (dyers'). Saffron Thistle. jt.-htad» orange. June.

I. ovate, entire, spiny-toothed. Stem quite smooth. A. 3ft. fc-gypt,

1551. (B. R. 170.)

CARTILAGINOUS. Gristly, tough, or leathery.

2 N

274

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CARUM (from Karos, the Greek name used by Diosco-
rides). Caraway (originally found at Caria, in Asia Minor).
Including Ptychotis. OED. UmbellifercB. Glabrous herbs.
Flowers white. Leaves pinnate; segments or leaflets
multifid. Boots tuberous. Caraway is a naturalised
biennial, and will do well in most garden soils if tolerably
dry in winter. The seeds are best sown in autumn, or
in March, in drills 1ft. apart, and the plants, when strong
enough, thinned out to about Sin. in the rows. The
ground will require an occasional hoeing. Seeds will
be produced in the following summer, ripening about
August. These are much used, after being dried, in con-
fectionery, and sometimes for flavouring and perfumery.
For culture of 0. Petroselinum, see Parsley.
C. Carvl (Caraway), fl. white ; involucre and involucels wanting.

May. L bipinnate ; leaflets decussate, multifid. Stems furrowed.

h. IJft. Europe. (Sy. En. B. 582.)

y, fl., involucre of few,
July. I. decompound,

C. Petrosellnum (Petroselinum). Parsley,
partial one of many, leaflets. June and

shining ; lower leaflets ovate-cuneate, trifid, toothed ; upper ones

lanceolate, nearly entire. Europe (naturalised in Britain). SYN.

Petroselinum sativum,
CARUMBIUM. A synonym of Sapium.

CARYA (from karya, a Walnut-tree, from karyon, a
nut). Hickory. STN. Scorias. ORD. Juglandacece. Very
handsome hardy deciduous trees, far too rarely seen in
this country. This genus differs from Juglans in having
the male catkins clustered, with from three to ten stamens
in each flower, and the firm (at length) dry exocarp splitting
into four regular valves, and falling away from the smooth,
bony endocarp or shell. Leaves alternate, exstipulate, of
five to fifteen leaflets, serrate ; the lateral ones in opposite,
or nearly opposite, pairs, and all spreading in one plane.
Propagation is effected by nuts, planted where the trees
are intended to remain, as most of the species have very
long tap roots, which, with the exception of C. amara, are
nearly destitute of fibres. The species here described
are all North American.

C. alba (white).* Shell-bark Hickory, fl., catkins glabrous. May.
fr. globular or depressed ; nut white, compressed, barely mucro-
nate, the shell thinnish. I, leaflets five, finely serrate, when
young minutely downy beneath ; the lower pair oblong-lanceolate,
the three upper obovate-lanceolate. h. 50ft. to 70ft. (W. D. B. 148.)

C. amara (bitter).* Bitter Nut, or Swamp Hickory, fl., sets of
catkins in pairs. April, fr. globular, narrowly six-ridged ; nut
globular, snort-pointed. L, leaflets seven to eleven, lanceolate
or oblong-lanceolate, pubescent when young, afterwards almost
glabrous, h. 50ft. to 60ft. 1800. (T. S. M. 226.)

C. ollvfflfonnls (Olive-formed). Pecan Nut. fr., nut olive-
shaped. I., leaflets thirteen to fifteen, oblong-lanceolate, tapering
gradually to a slender point, falcate, serrate, h. 30ft. 1766.

C. porcina (pig). Pig Nut, or Broom Hickory, fr., nut oblong
or oval, with a thick bony shell. I., leaflets five to seven, oblong
or obovate-lanceolate, and taper-pointed, serrate, glabrous or
nearly so. h. 70ft. to 80ft. (T. S. M. 224.)

C. tomcntosa (tomentose).* Mocker Nut ; White-heart Hickory.
fl., catkins short, and lower surface of leaves tomentose when
young, resinous-scented. May. fr. on some trees globular or
ovoid, with a thick and hard busk ; nut globular, not compressed,
four-ridged towards the slightly pointed summit, brownish, very
thick shelled. I. , leaflets seven to nine, obovate-lanceolate, or lower
oblong-lanceolate, pointed, h. 60ft. to 70ft. 1766. (T. S. M. 222.)

C. t. maxima (largest), fr. globose, nearly twice the size of that
of the type ; " as large as an apple ;" husk exceedingly thick.

CARYOCAR (from karyon, a nut; the large fruits
contain edible nuts). Butter Nut. STN. Rhizobolus. OED.
Ternstr&miacece. Large stove trees, of easy cultivation in
loamy soil. Ripened cuttings will root in sand, under a
hand glass, in heat. There are about eight species, all
tropical American ; the only one calling for mention here
is C. nuciferum.

C. nuciferum (nut-bearing). Souari or Butter Nut. fl. racemose ;
calyx and corolla purple ; stamens white, numerous ; anthers
yellow. Drupe Sin. to 6in. in diameter, four-celled, each cell
containing one nut, embedded in white pulp ; shell very hard,
tubercled; kernel or seed edible, covered by a red-brown mem-
brane, internally pure white, soft, fleshy, and rather oily, of a
very agreeable flavour. 1. trifoliolate ; leaflets elliptical-lanceo-
late, obscurely serrated, smooth, h. 100ft. 1825. (B. M. 2727.)

CARYOPHYLLE-SI. An extensive order of herba,
with stems swollen at the joints. Flowers terminal, solitary,
or disposed in racemes, panicles, or corymbs. Leaves entire,
opposite. Well-known genera are : Arenaria, Oerastium,
Dianthus, Lychnis, Saponaria, and Silene.

CARYOPHYLLUS (from karuophyllon, Clove-tree;
literally nut leaf, from karuon, a nut, and phyllon, a leaf).
Clove-tree. The Arabs, who have been acquainted from all
antiquity with the Clove, called it Qarumfel, which the
Greeks altered to Caryophyllon. OED. Myrtacece. A
stove evergreen tree, now generally referred to genus
Eugenia. Cymes terminal, or sub-corymbose, in the forks
of the branches. Leaves opposite, coriaceous, dotted. It
grows best in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of firm
shoots, with the leaves left on, will root if planted in a
pot of sand, with a hand glass over them, and placed in a
moist heat. It is difficult to preserve this tree through
the winter.

C. aromatlcus (fragrant).* fl., petals pale purple ; calyx dark
purple; cymes many-flowered. I. ovate-oblong, acuminated at
both ends. h. 20ft. to 40ft. Moluccas, 1796. The flowers of this
tree are the cloves of commerce.

CARYOFTERIS (from karuon, a nut, and pteron, a
wing; fruit winged). OED. Verbenacece. Ornamental,
hardy, herbaceous or sub-shrubby perennials, with a bushy
habit. They thrive in ordinary garden soil. Propagated
by seeds, by divisions, or by cuttings.

C. Mastacanthus (moustache).* fl. rich violet; peduncles
axillary, fastigiate. Autumn. I. ovate-oblong, petiolate, obtuse,
coarsely serrated, downy, h. 2ft. China, 1844. A handsome
greenhouse or half-hardy herbaceous plant, growing freely in any
garden soil. It requires plenty of water during the summer
months. SYN. Mastacanthus sinensis. (B. R. 1846, 2.)

C. mongolica (Mongolian), fl. violet-blue, numerous, in small
long-stalked axillary corymbs, forming loose spikes nearly 2ft.
long. 1. opposite, lanceolate-elliptic, greyish-green, hoary be-
neath, h. 3ft. Chinese Mongolia, 1869. (E. H. 1872, 451.)

CARYOTA (old Greek name karuotis, used by Dio-
soorides ; the Greeks first applied this name to their cul-
tivated Date). OKD. Palmce. A genus of about a dozen
species of very noble stove Palms, with bipinnate leaves,
the ultimate divisions of which have the shape of the fins
and tail of a fish — features which distinguish the present
from all other genera of the order. They attain their full
size before commencing to flower ; the spadices, which are
developed first at the top, and last at the very foot of
the trunk, are large, and their spikes hang down in
bundles. When the flowers have been produced from the
trunk, nearly at ground level, the plant dies, unless it has
previously developed suckers. Two species, sobolifera and
urens, are frequently employed in sub-tropical gardening.
from June till September, and their unique appearance
renders them well suited for the purpose. When in a young
stage, Caryotas form excellent ornaments for dinner tables,
&c. They require a compost of loam and vegetable mould
in equal parts, with the addition of a little sand ; thorough
drainage, and a liberal supply of water during the grow-
ing season, are essentials to success. Propagated easily by
seeds, or by suckers; the first named are frequently pro-
duced in this country.

C. Cumingll (Cuming's).* I. large, dark green, spreading, bi-
pinnate, 4ft. to 6ft. in length, and 3ft. in width ; pinnules 8in. to
lOin. long, sub-falcate, obliquely wedge-shaped below, and erosely
toothed upwards. The spadices hang in drooping tassel-like tufts
from the axils of the leaves, and the flowers are succeeded by
bright red berries, which lend an additional charm to this beauti-
ful stove plant. Trunk or stern slender, about 10ft. high.
Philippine Islands, 1841. (B. M. 5762.)

C. maxima (largest). I. bipinnate ; pinnae coriaceous, rigid, elon-
gated, dimidio-lanceolate, acuminate. Stein tall. Java, 1849.
C. mills (mild). 1. reclining ; pinnae cuneiform, oblique, prae-
',20ft. China, 1820

C. propinqua (neighbouring). I. bipinnate ; pinnae coriaceous,
sessile, dimidiate-rhomboid, obtuse or acuminate, praemorse.
Stem tall. Java, 1850.

C. purpuracea (purple). I. bipinnate; pinnae unequal, both
in size and shape ; petioles clothed with rusty tomentum.
h. 30ft Java. 1848 This species resembles C. urens, but is

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

275

Caryota — continued.
wan compact, the petioles are not so long, and the leaves more

.spreading. 3ft to 8ft.
eoneateand pnemone.

tin. to 6in. in length, and the same intaadth at the widest part,
' flat and even, and deep green in colour. Indian Archi-
Fery handsome and disiiSk

lyir._- f^rv ^: :
petago. Very]

green; petioles, when young, e
tomen'tai. Malacca iSS^An

* I. bipinnate ; pinnae bright light
clothed with a abort black scaly

scaly

what dwarf species, not very unlike'C. irww in the form' o~f the
learea. Sockers are more freely produced by this speoes than by
any other. See Kg. 577.

C.

more,

Fie. 377. CABTOTA SOBOUFERA.

L bipinnate, spreading, 5ft. to 12ft., or eren

to 9in. in
A. SOft.

lentii.an
India, 1788.

Probably the largest-growing

CASCADE, or WATEETAUL. This, says London,
is an obvious improvement where a running stream passes
through a demesne, and is to be formed by first construct-
ing a bank of masonry, presenting an inclined plane to the
current, and rendering it impervious to water by the use
of cement : and next by varying the ridge of the bank, and
the bed of the river below it, with fragments of rock, so
chosen and placed as not to present a character foreign to
what Nature may be supposed to have produced there.
The adjoining ground frequently requires to be raised at
such scenes, but may be harmonised by plantations. Where

or Waterfall— continued.
running water is conducted in the forms belonging to the
geometric style of gardening, Cascades are constructed
in the form of crescents, flights of steps, or wavy slopes,
all of which produce excellent effects when appropriately

BASK. See Croton Elnteria,

introduced.

CASCARILLA

CASEABJA (named after J. Casearius, who
Eheede in the " Hortus Malabaricus "). OBD. Samydoeeor.
A genus of stove evergreen trees, with astringent and
medicinal properties, but of no ornamental value. There
are numerous species.

CASHEW HUT. See Anacardinm occidentale.

CASnOBrOA (named after Cardinal Casimiro Gomez).
OBD. Rutacece. A genus, allied to Slnimmia, containing
a couple of species, the one hitherto introduced being an
evergreen greenhouse tree, succeeding well in rich friable
loam with perfect drainage. It is very likely that this
fine fruiting tree will be extensively grown when better
known, as it would probably succeed in the open air in
the Channel Islands, in the south and south-west of Eng-
land, and in Ireland. We have hitherto failed in striking
cuttings, as also in finding a stock on which it will graft.
It may. however, be readily raised from seeds.

C. ednlis (edible).* White Sapota. .«. green, small, fr. about
the size of a St. Michael orange, borne on the two-year-old wood,
of a greenish-yellow colour when ripe, and hanng a delicious
melting flavour, like that of a peach. I. digitate. Mexico, 1866.
(G. C. n. s., Tiii. 465.)

CASFABXA SPECIOSA. See Bauhinia petio-
lata.

CASSANDRA (name of mythological origin1. OBD.
Ericaceae. A small genus of hardy shrubs, sometimes
included under Andromeda. C. calyculata. distributed
throughout the Northern Hemisphere, is the only species
known, C. angustifolia being merely a form of it. They
thrive best in peat or sandy loam. Propagated by layers
or by seeds, which Litter, being very small, require to be
covered lightly with earth.

C. angnstifblia (narrow-leaTedX* *- snow-white ; corolla oblong
ovate, with a contracted mouth, on short pedicels, axillary, dis-
posed in the manner of recurred racemes at the tops of the
branches. April. L linear-lanceolate, acute, with sub-undulated
edges, rusty beneath. A. 1ft to 2ft Carolina, 1748. Srx. C.
eritpa.

C. calyenlata (small-calvxedl* /„ snow-white ; corolla oblong-
cylindrical, on short pedicels ; racemes terminal, recurred, leafy.
ApriL L elliptic-oblong, bluntish, obsoletely serrulated, rusty
beneath, A. 1ft to 3ft North America, 1748. There are seTeni
unimportant varieties of this species. (B. M. 1286.)

C, crisp* (curled).
CASSAREE3

Synonymous with C. anyutt \folia.
». The concentrated juice of Manihot

roots, rendered harmless by boiling.

f*. * pg^p'B'Pft A (derivation obscure). OBD. Filitet.
Stove Ferns, from Brazil. Son terminal on the veins, sub-
globose or oblong, not reaching beyond the branches of
a single vein. Involucre inserted distinctly within the
margin, and separate from it, of the same shape as the
sorus, and pressed down upon it. For culture, Ac., tee

C. pinnata (pinnate).* tti. 6in. to 12in. long, stout, erect frondt
about bin. each way, pinnate ; pinnxe crenate, linear-oblong ; mar-
gins of the segments much incurred in the mature plant tori in
close rows along the margins.

C. triphyH* (three-leaved), tti. 2in. to 3in. long, slender, wiry.
frondt digitate, Jin. each way; segments three to five, nearly
equal, linear oblong, tori in close rows along the margins of the

CASSIA (the Greek Kasia of Dioscorides, from Hebrew
Q*et*foth). OBD. Legwninofct. A very large genus of
shrubs or herbs, containing over two hundred species, few
of which are seen in lfr»glig>» gardens. Flowers yellow.
Leaves abruptly pinnate ; leaflets opposite ; petioles usually
glandular. C. eorymbota is about the only species grown,
and even this is not frequently met with. They are

276

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

i— continued.

all of very easy culture and propagation. The stove and
greenhouse species thrive well in a compost of maiden
loam, sand, and a little peat. 0. corymbosa may be placed
out of doors, in a sheltered warm spot in June; but, so
soon as the frost touches the foliage, the plant should be
potted up, and, after cutting it back nearly to the old wood,
wintered in a cool, frost-proof greenhouse or vinery. The
annuals and biennials are increased by seeds, which must
be sown in March or April, in a gentle heat; and the
shrubby species, by cuttings of half-ripened shoots, which
will root in heat, at about the same time of the year.
Stove evergreen shrubs, except where otherwise specified.

C. alata (winged-Ieaved).* fl. yellow, large, bracteolate. I. with
eight to twelve pairs of obovate-oblong glabrous leaflets, outer
ones the largest, lower ones approximating to the axils, h. 6ft.
West Indies, 1731. Shrub.

C. aurlculata (small-eared). /. yellow ; bracts oval-oblong ; ra-
cemes axillary. June, July. I. with eight to twelve pairs of
oval, obtuse, rather mucronate leaflets, which are puberulous
when young; petioles glandular, h. 4ft. to 6ft. India, 1777.
Shrub.

C. bacillaris (rod), fl. yellow ; racemes axillary, pedunculate.
June, July. I. with two pairs of ovate, obtuse, oblique leaflets,
with a gland on the petiole between the lower pair. h. 12ft. to
14ft. South America, West Indies, &c., 1782. Tree.

C. Barclayana (Barclay's). A synonym of C. Sophora.

C.blflora (two-flowered), /.yellow; peduncles two to four-flowered,
much shorter than the leaves. April, December. I. with six to
eight pairs of oval-oblong or obovate, rather glabrous leaflets,
with a subulate gland on the petiole between the lower pair. h.
4ft. to 6ft. South America, 1766. Greenhouse. (B. M. 810.)

C. corymbosa (corymbose).* fl. yellow, disposed in numerous
corymbs. Summer. I. with three pairs of oblong-lanceolate,
rather falcate leaflets, which are glabrous as well as the branches,
with an oblong gland on the petiole between the lower pair. A.
6ft. to 10ft. Buenos Ayres, 1796. Half-hardy.

FIG. 378. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CASSIA MARYLANDICA.

C. emarginata (notched-leaved), jl. yellow ; racemes axillary,
crowded. May, June. I. with four pairs of ovate, obtuse or
rather emarginate leaflets, clothed with hairy pubescence beneath
as well as the branches, and glandless petioles, h. 15ft West
Indies, &c., 1759. Tree.

C. floribunda (many-flowered), fl. yellow; peduncles many-
flowered. June, July. I. with three to five pairs of oblong-
lanceolate, glabrous leaflets, with an oblong gland on the petio'Te
between the lower pair. A. 4ft. New Spain, 1818. Stove annual.

Cassia — continued.

C. glauca (milky-green), fl. sulphur-coloured ; racemes axillary,
erect, shorter than the leaves. June. I. with five to six pairs of
oval-oblong leaflets, which are glaucous beneath, puberulous when
young ; petioles glandular, one gland between each of the three
or four lower pairs of leaflets. India, 1800. A tall tree.

C. Herbertiana (Herbert's). Synonymous with C. Icemgata.

C. humilis (dwarf). A synonym of C. Tora.

C. Isevigata (smooth), fl. yellow. July. I. with three to five
pairs of ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, glabrous leaflets, with an
oblong acutish gland between each of the pairs on the petiole.
h. 3ft. New Spain. SYN. C. Herbertiana. (B. R. 1422.)

C. marylandica (Maryland).* fl. yellow ; racemes axillary, many-
flowered, shorter than the leaves. August, October. I. with
eight to nine pairs of ovate-oblong, equal, mucronate leaflets,
with an ovate gland at the base of the petiole, ft. 2ft. to 3ft.
North America, 1723. This is the only hardy perennial species,
and should be grown in a sheltered situation. It thrives in any
common garden soil ; and may be increased by seeds, or by
dividing at the root, in spring. See Fig. 378.

C. niotitans (twinkling), fl. yellow ; pedicels supra-axillary, very
short. July. I. with eight to twelve pairs of oblong-linear,
obtuse, mucronate leaflets ; petioles villous, bearing a somewhat
pedicellate gland beneath the lower pair of leaflets, h. 1ft.
Tropical ana sub-tropical America, 1800. Greenhouse annual.

C. occidentalis (western), fl. yellow ; peduncles short, two to
four-flowered, lower ones axillary, the rest disposed in a terminal
raceme. May, August. I. with four to six pairs of ovate-lanceo-
late leaflets, with pubescent margins, and with a thick gland at
the base of the petiole, ft. 1ft. to 2ft. South America, 1759.
(B. R. 83.)

C. Sophora (Sophora). fl., peduncles axillary and terminal,
shorter than the leaves, many-flowered. June. I. with six to
eight pairs of linear-lanceolate, acute, glabrous leaflets, with a
fascicle of glands between each of the pairs of pinnae, and a large
depressed one at the base of the petiole, ft. 8ft. to 10ft. Australia,
&c., 1824. Greenhouse. SYN. C. Barclayana. (S. F. A. 32.)

C. tomentosa (tomentose).* /. yellow. July, September. I. with
leaflets, which are nearly
0 ____________ __________ ry t

tiole furnished with glands, usually with one between each pair

six to eight pairs of oval-oblong, obtuse 1
glabrous above, but clothed with '

arly
ry tomentum beneath ; pe-

of leaflets, h. 5ft. to 7ft. Tropical Asia, .
. Tora (Tora). fl. yellow. August. I. with three pairs of ob-
ovate, obtuse leaflets, with an oblong gland between each of the
two lower pairs on the petiole, which ends in a bristle. A. 2ft.
to 5ft. Tropics, 1693. Stove annual. SYN. C. humilis.

CASSIDA. A synonym of Scutellaria (which see).
CASSIXE (the native name given by the American
Indians of Florida). ORD. Celastrinece. This genus as now
understood is restricted to the species mentioned below.
A greenhouse evergreen shrub, with opposite, smooth,
coriaceous leaves, and axillary peduncles, bearing small
flowers. It grows freely in a mixture of loam and peat ;
and ripened cuttings will readily strike root, if planted in
a pot of sand, with a hand glass placed over them.
C. concava (concave). Synonymous with Celastrus lucidus.
C. Maurocenia (the old generic name, after Mauroceni, a Vene-
tian senator and patron of botany). Hottentot Cherry, fl. at
flrst greenish-yellow, but changing at length to white ; pedicels
many, very short. July and August. I. sessile, obovate, quite
entire, convex, ft. 6ft. South Africa, 1690.

CASSINTA (named after M. Henri Cassini, an emi-
nent French botanist). ORD. Composites. A handsome
genus of, for the most part, greenhouse shrubs or herba-
ceous perennials. Flower-heads very numerous, small,
disposed in terminal corymbs or panicles ; florets tubular ;
receptacle furnished with linear scales. Leaves alternate,
entire, revolute. The species are of easy culture in a loam
and peat compost. The annual is increased by seeds only,
which must be sown on a warm border during April. The
herbaceous and shrubby kinds are propagated in April by
dividing at the roots, or by cuttings of half-ripened shoots,
placed in sand.
C. aurea (golden), jl-heads yellow. July. ft. 1ft. New South

Wales, 1803. Greenhouse shrub. (B. K. 764.)
C. denticulata (small-toothed). * fl. -heads yellow. Summer. A. 6ft.

to 8ft. New South Wales, 1826. Greenhouse evergreen shrub.
C. spectabilis (showy), fl.-headt very pale yellow. July. I.

lower ones oblong, shortly acuminate, stem-clasping, 4in. to 6in.

long, woolly. A. 6ft. Australia, 1818. Hardy annual. (B. R. 678.)

CASSIOPE (of classical derivation). OBD. Ericaceae.
A genus of small, hardy, Heath-like shrubs, sometimes, but
erroneously, included under Andromeda. Flowers solitary,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

277

Cassiope— continued.

pedunculate, lateral or terminal. Leaves small, imbricated.

All the species are delicate little plants, and require great

care in their culture. They are best planted in sandy peat,

and partially shaded. Propagated by layers.

C. fastiglata (pyramidal), fl. white or pale red ; corolla cam-
panulate, solitary, pedunculate, produced at the top of the little
branchlets. May. I. imbricated in four rows, with revolute
membranous margins, elongated at top ; peduncles woolly. Hima-
layas. An elegant little shrub, thriving when planted on
rockwork in deep, moist, but well drained soil, where it will be
carefully guarded from drought, which is fatal to it. (B. M.
4796.)

C. hypnoides (moss-like).* fl. small, with a red calyx and white
campanulate corolla, solitary, drooping, lateral, on somewhat
long pedicels. June. 1. imbricated, loose, needle-shaped. Lap-
land and North America, 1798. A small moss-like creeping shrub,
forming one of the best and most interesting of alpine plants, and
of rather difficult culture. It delights in gritty, moist, but well-
drained peat, with full exposure to sun and air. To establish it
perfectly, it should be pegged down when first planting ; it is also
advisable to place a few stones around the neck of the plant on
the surface of the soil. Drought is also fatal to its successful
cultivation. SYN. Andromeda hypnoides. (B. M. 2936.)

FIG. 379. CASSIOPE TETRAGONA.

C. tetragona (four-angled).* fl. white ; corolla campanulate, some-
what contracted near the mouth, solitary, and rather freely pro-
duced. March. I. imbricated in four rows, obtuse, pointless,
minutely ciliated ; margins revolute. h. 6in. to 8m. Lapland,
1810. An elegant little evergreen, requiring partial shade, sandy
peat or leaf soil, and a moist or semi-bog situation. It has re-
cently been proved to thrive well in a rich yellow loam. See
Fig. 379. (B. M. 3181.) In gardens, this is usually called And.ro-
meda tetragona.

CASTANEA (from Castanea, a town in Thessaly, or
from another town of the same name in Pontus). Chestnut.
OBD. Corylacece. Large, spreading, deciduous trees. Male
flowers clustered on long naked cylindrical catkins, with
a five to six partite perianth. Female flowers, two or three
together in a prickly four-lobed involucre, which eventually
completely encloses the glossy brown fruits or nuts.
Leaves simple, alternate, stipulate, deciduous, serrated.
The nuts are eaten as gathered, or baked and flavoured
with salt. In some parts of France, where corn is scarce,
Chestnuts are ground up as a substitute for flour. It is,
however, very hard when baked. A sandy loam suits the
Sweet or Spanish Chestnut best. A warm, rather sheltered
site is an important point when the ripening of the fruits
is a consideration ; but the trees will grow freely, and form
good specimens, in almost any position. The young trees
must have all side shoots removed, until they form stems
of sufficient height.

PBOPAGATION is effected by seed, grafting, or budding,
but chiefly by seed.

Seed. The ripest and best-formed may be sown as soon
as ripe ; or they may be kept till February or March. By

Castanea— continued .

adopting the latter course, the risk of destruction by
rodents, &o., is greatly lessened. Some stratify the
nuts in damp sand, during winter, and plant them out in
spring, at the same time removing the points of the radicles
or growing roots, with a view to making the trees more
dwarf and sooner fertile. The simplest way, however, ia
to sow either in November or February, in drills, 1ft. apart,
and Sin. deep, placing the nuts Sin. or 4in. apart in the
rows. If the plants make rapid growth, they can be re-
planted the following November, in drills 3ft. apart, and
the plants 2ft. asunder. On good soil, and with proper
attention, they will be fit for finally placing out in from
three to four years from the time of sowing.

Grafting is resorted to for increasing any good variety
for fruiting. All may be perpetuated in this way ; but
a few are so distinct that a large percentage of similarly
good sorts may be expected from their seeds.

Budding may be performed in July, or any time after the
buds are sufficiently plump. Good large fruiting varieties
are rather scarce, and anyone contemplating growing these,
should make sure of getting the best, either from a first-
class English nursery, or from the Continent.

PLANTING. The Chestnut looks well planted singly or
in groups. In the latter case, from 20ft. to 30ft. apart will
be suitable distances, and from three to fifteen trees in a
group will give a noble effect. For coppices or underwood,
the trees should be planted about 5ft. apart, the coppice
being cut every twelve or fifteen years.

C. pumila (dwarf), fl. green, yellow. July. Nut solitary, not
flattened. I. oblong, acute, serrate with pointed teeth, whitened,
downy underneath. h. 12ft. North America, 1699.

FIG. 380. CATKIN AND FRUIT OF SPANISH CHESTNUT (CASTANEA

SATIVA).

C. sativa (cultivated).* Sweet, or Spanish, Chestnut, fl. yellowish.
July. fr. greenish, enclosing a brown nut, ripe in October.
I. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, mucronately serrated, glabrous
on each side. h. 50ft. to 70ft. Asia Minor. SYN. C. vesca. See
Figs. 380 and 381. The varieties are numerous ; but two only need
be mentioned as worth growing, in addition to the type, and these
are C. s. foliis aureo-marginatis, with golden-edged folia

C. «. heterophylla dissecta, in which the leaves are div
thread-like segments.
C. vesca (edible). Synonymous with C. sativa.

^; and
into

278

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Castilloa — continued.

the order Urticace<B, and having male and female
flowers, alternating one with the other, on the
same branch. C. elastica contains a milky juice,
yielding Caoutchouc.

CASTOR-OIL PLANT. See Ricinus
communis.

CASUARINA (supposed to be derived from
the resemblance of the long, weeping, leafless
branches to the drooping feathers of the Casso-
wary, Casuarius, which is a native of the same
country as the majority of the Casuarinas).
Beefwood. OED. Casuarinece. Very interesting
and remarkable greenhouse evergreen trees.
Male flowers in cylindrical spikes; perianth of
one or two concave or hood-shaped segments.
Female flowers in globose or ovoid spikes or
cones ; perianth none. They thrive well in a
compost of loam and peat, with a portion of
sand. The stronger growing species do well in
loam. Propagated by cuttings, made of half-
ripened shoots, in April, and placed in sand,
under a bell glass ; or by seeds.
C. dlstyla (two-styled), fl. dioecious ; scales of cones
unarmed, ciliated. Branchlets ovate, round, h. 15ft.
Australia, 1862. (H. F. T. i., 348.)
C. equisetifolia (Equisetum-leaved). fl., scales of
cones unarmed, ciliated. Branchlets flaccid, round.
h. 15ft. Australia.
C. quadrivalvis (four-valved). Synonymous with

C. stricta.

C. striota (upright), /..scales of cones villous; male
sheaths sub-muUifid, ciliated. Young branches some-
what flaccid, ft. 18ft. Australia, 1812. SYN. C. quadri-

F,G. 381. FRUITING BRANCH OF SWEET CHESTNUT (CASTANEA SATIVA). CA^A^NE"^ An order of jointed leaf-

less trees or shrubs, with striated internodes. Flowers
unisexual, the males in distinct whorls, forming a cylin-
drical spike ; the females in dense axillary heads, with-
out any perianth. Nuts winged, collected in a cone hidden
under the thickened bracts. The only genus is Casuarina.

CASTANOSF]

CUM (from kastanon, a chestnut,

and sperma, a seed ; in reference to the seeds, which taste
like chestnuts). Moreton Bay Chestnut. OED. Leguminosce.
This genus is limited to a single species, which is a large
greenhouse evergreen tree, endemic in Australia. For
culture, see Ceratonia.

C. australe (southern), fl. saffron-coloured ; calyx coloured ;
racemes axillary or lateral, rather loose. 1. impari-pinnate ; leaf-
lets broad, smooth, entire, h. 40ft. to 50ft. 1828.

CASTILLEJA (named in honour of D. Castillejo, a
botanist of Cadiz). OKD. Scrophularinece. Herbaceous,
rarely suffruticose plants. Flowers axillary, solitary or
terminal, and spicate ; corolla tubular, compressed, bi-
labiate. Leaves alternate, entire, trifid or multifid ; bracts
large and coloured. These are very ornamental plants,
but, with one or two exceptions, are rarely seen in cul-
tivation. All are probably more or less parasitic in habit,
and this accounts for the difficulty generally experienced
in preventing the plants from being altogether lost. All
succeed in a peat soil, with a little leaf mould and sand,
but some do better in good loam. Hardy and half hardy
species may be increased by seeds.

C. cocolnea (scarlet).* /. yellow ; bracts scarlet. July. I., as well
as the coloured bracts, divaricately trifld. h. 1ft. North America,
1787. Hardy annual. (B. R. 1136.)

C. indivisa (undivided).* fl. greenish-yellow ; bracts wholly
carmine-red. I. sessile, ascending, oblong ; upper ones margined
with red. h. 6in. to 12in. Texas, 1878. Hardy in sheltered posi-

tions ; best raised from seed annually. (B. M. 6376.)

). fl. scarl
S. 4, 371.)

C. lithospermoid.es (Lithospermuin-like). fl. scarlet August.
h. 1ft. Mexico, 1848. Half-hardy. (F. d. S. 4,

C. mlnlata (vermilion).* fl. yellow, with vermilion-scarlet bracts.
I. lanceolate or linear, entire, h. 1ft. to 2ft. California, 1874.
Hardy annual.

C. pallida (pale).* fl., spike simple, with pale, nearly white or
yellowish bracts. June. I., radical ones linear, acuminated,
entire ; superior ones alternate, ovate-lanceolate, toothed. Plant
tomentose. h. 6in. to 12in. Siberia and Arctic North-West
America. Hardy annual.

CASTILLOA (probably commemorative of Castillejo).
A genus (containing two or three species) belonging to

CATALFA (the Indian name of the first species). OED.
BignoniacecB. Trees with simple leaves, opposite, or dis-
posed three in a whorl. Flowers terminal, panicled ; corolla
campanulate, with a ventricose tube, and an unequal four-
lobed limb. As a single specimen upon the lawn, or occupy-
ing the edge or skirting of any moderate-sized, sheltered
shrubbery, very few things are superior to a well-grown
plant of C. bignonioides. It thrives in almost any soil.
Propagated by seed sown in spring, by layers, or by
cuttings of the ripened shoots, made in autumn. The
same cultural remarks are generally applicable to all the
species except longissima and microphylla, which are stove
species of easy culture, and are propagated by cuttings
made of the ripened shoots, placed in heat, under a glass.
C. bignonioides (Bignonia-like).* fl., corollas white, speckled
with purple and yellow ; panicles large, branchy, terminal. July.
I. cordate, flat, three in a whorl, large, deciduous, h. 20ft. to
40ft. N. America, 1725. SYN. C. syringcefolia. (B. M. 1094).
See Fig. 382. The form with bright yellow-tinted leaves is
very ornamental.

C. Bungei (Bunge's). fl. greenish-yellow, with red spots, large,
disposed in simple clusters or racemes. I. ovate, acuminate,
entire, or lobed, glabrous, h. 8ft. to 10ft. North China.
C. Ksempferl (Keempfer's).* fl. small, sweet-scented, disposed
in branching panicles ; corolla clear yellow, spotted with reddish-
brown ; lobes toothed. July. I. ovate, cordate at the base,
abruptly sharp-pointed, and often with one or more sharp-pointed
lateral lobes. Japan, 1862.

C. longissima (longest).* fl., corolla whitish, undulating, ere-
nated, ; upper segment marginate. I. oblong or ovate-lanceolate,
acuminated, three in a whorl, undulated, h. 30ft. to 40ft. West
Indies, 1777.

C. microphylla (small-leaved), fl. white, large ; limb undulated ;
peduncles terminal, usually three-flowered. I. opposite, obovate,
obtuse, h. 10ft. to 20ft. St. Domingo, 1820.

C. speciosa (beautiful).* /. white, large, disposed in rather large
panicles ; upper lip of the corolla longer than the lower, which
is bilobed. June. United States, 1879. This comes close to

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

279

l — continued.

being assigned to the large fleshy flowers famished with
horns or feelers, and which are now generally considered to
be the seed-bearing flowers; the second to the hornless
sterile flowers; and the last to those which, together with
other structural differences, bear the horns at the base,
instead of the apex, of the column. When growing, too
much water can scarcely be given them, provided they be
well drained; but, when resting 'they should be dried as
thoroughly as a deciduous Dendrobe ; the resting period to
continue from the time the new growths are fully completed
until they again begin to grow, no matter how long it may
be, unless flower-spikes appear, in which case water should
be given until the flowers are decayed.
Catasetums may be grown with consider-
able success in pots, but baskets are much
more satisfactory.

<Xbarbatmn (bearded). JL, sepals and petals
narrow, green, and blotched wfthpurple ; lip

SES fflSfrwSS S?.fcS4d"ffir

Demerara, 1836. (B. B. 1778.)

C. callosnm (hardened).* jl. brownish-yellow ;
petals linear-lanceolate, same form as dorsal
sepal; lip orate-oblong, obtuse, saccate
towards the base, crenated and furnished
abore the sac with a large orange-coloured
callosity; column acuminate June. A. 1ft
La Guayra, 1840. (B. M. 4219.)
(crested). JL greenish; perianth spreading; lip

opened out, saccate, crested. August. A. 2ft Baal, 1821

(B. B, 9 ' "

«*«, — — - and inodorous leaves,

Is in the axfe of the principal
. by its much less crowded racemes, an
its much larger flower, fruit, and and.

racemes, and by

referring to an

iga-leaved). A synonym of C. Kgnmiaiiln.
\ (from tatanangbt, a strong incentive ;
it custom

the Greek women of
using it in lore potions). ORD. Composite. Very pretty and
free-growing annuals or perennials. Pappus scaly pointed :
involucre scarious; florets aQ ligulate; heads solitary, on
long stalks. They thrive in ordinary border soiL In-
creased by rninflm, which should be sown in March or April.
and the young plants, when large enough, potted off or
pricked out in the position they are intended to occupy.
The flowers are very useful for cutting.

blue, or blue and white. August
with one or two little teeth on

* (yellowX JL-headt yellow. June. A. 1ft J. similar to
of C. earuka. South Europe, 1640. Hardy annual

"•^

(S. F. 6. 82L)

CATASETTJM (from koto, downward, and seta, a
bristle; referring to the position of the two horns of the
column). ORD. Orehidece. A large genus of strong, rapid-
growing stove epiphytes, more curious than beautiful
Flowers generally green, in erect or drooping racemes
from the base of the stem ; sepals and petals of a firm,
leathery texture. Leaves plaited, membranous. It is
probable that if better known, this genus, as well as its
allies, Cycnoehe* and Mormodes, would be more generally
cultivated, as the singular structure of their flowers always
commands ». considerable amount of interest; while the
manner in which the pollen masses of the Catasetums are
ejected, is in itself a great curiosity. Another charac-
teristic of the Catasetnms and Cycnoches is the occasional
production of two or three kinds of flowers on the same
plant, sometimes on the same flower-spike. So dissimilar
are these flowers, that, when first observed, they were con-
sidered to belong to distinct genera, and named respectively
Catasetum, Monachanthus, and Myanth**, the first name

Fie. 382. CATA.NA.XCHE OKBCLXA.

(spotted).* JL green,
Amenta spotted i

with purple, two
Sej&tiS. k. 3ft

280

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

curra (dandy), fl. pale straw-colour or waxy white, fragrant,
lively green, about 6in. long; bulbs about liin. long. Demerara,
72. Very curious, and with a compact habit. (G. C. n. a. vii.,

Catasettun — continued.

C. Naro (nose-like-lipped), fl. white, purple ; sepals oblong-lanceo-
late, complicate, equal to the ascending lanceolate petals ; lip
hemispherical, drawn out into an abrupt ovate fleshy blunt ap-
pendage at the apex, lacerated at the base ; spikes short, erect.
August. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1843.

C. ochraceum (reddish-yellow), fl. yellow ; sepals and petals
ovate, secund; lip cucullate, entire, smooth, contracted into a
short, broad, blunt, fleshy beak at the apex. Brazil, 1844.

C. Russellianum (Russell's).* /. greenish; lip membranous,
inflated in front, contracted at the mouth, the inner margin
drawn out, undulated and fringe-crested in the disk. July.
I. broad, lanceolate, h. 3ft. Guatemala, 1838.

C. saccatum (pouched).* fl. very large and extraordinary ; sepals
and petals spotted with rich purple ; lip bright yellow, thickly
covered with crimson spots ; it is bored, as it were, in the middle,
by a narrow opening, which leads into a deep chamber or sac,
which is not observed till the back of the lip is turned up.
March. Demerara, 1840. (L. S. O. 41.)

C. scurra

1.1

1872. Very

p. 304.)

C. tabulare (table-form ed-lip). fl. pale green. Guatemala, 1843.
C. trldentatnm (three-toothed), fl. yellowish-brown ; two inner

sepals spotted ; lip galeate, three-toothed. April. Trinidad,

CATCHFLY. See Silene.
CATECHU. See Areca Catechu.

CATERPILLARS, WEB FORMING. See Haw
thorn Caterpillars.

CATESB2EA (founded by Linnaeus, in honour of his
contemporary, Mark Catesby, author of " Natural History
of Carolina"). Lily Thorn. OED. Rubiacece. Stove ever-
green glabrous shrubs, bearing supra-axillary, simple
spines. Flowers axillary, solitary; corolla funnel-shaped,
with a very long tube, gradually widening and dilated to
the throat, and a four-parted limb. Leaves small, oval,
usually in fascicles. These are very ornamental plants
while in flower. They grow best in a mixture of light
turfy loam and peat. Cuttings will root in April, if
planted in sand, and plunged in heat, with a bell glass
placed over them. Insects often infest these plants and
considerably impair their beauty ; therefore, necessary
precautions should be taken.

C. latlfolia (broad-leaved).* /. pendulous; tube of corolla very
long, obconical at the apex ; pedicels one-flowered. June. I. ob-
ovate, shining, convex, rather shorter than the spines, h. 4ft. to
5ft. West Indies, 1823. (B. R. 858.)

C. parviflora (small-flowered), fl. erect ; corolla with a tetragonal
tube, about four lines long, sessile among the leaves. June.
I. ovate, stiff, with revolute margins, mucronate. h. 4ft. to 5ft.
Jamaica, 1810.

C. spinosa (spiny), fl. pendulous ; corolla pale yellow, 3in. to 6in.
long. May. 1. ovate, acutish at both ends, rather longer than
the spines, h. 10ft. to 14ft. Bahama Islands, 1726. (B. M. 131.)

CATHA (a name of Arabian origin). OED. Celastrinece.
A monotypic genus. Flowers small; cymes short, axil-
lary, dichotomously branched. Leaves opposite, petio-
late, lanceolate, leathery, serrated. For culture, see Ce-
lastrus.

C. ednlis (edible). Cafta or Khat. fl. white, h. 10ft. Yemen,
Arabia. The green leaves of this tree are eaten with avidity
by the Arabs, and possess nearly the same qualities as opium.
Greenhouse or cool conservatory. SYN. Celastrus edulis.

CATHARTIC. See Purgative.

CATHCARTIA (in honour of J. F. Cathcart, Esq.,
B.C.S., Judge of Tirhoots). OED. Papaveraceae. A very
pretty herbaceous biennial, thriving well in any light rich
soil, if the situation is sheltered and sunny. Increased by
seeds, which it produces freely.

C. Villosa (hairy). /. rich yellow, with numerous brown anthers,
about 2in. across. June. I. vine-shaped, Sin. across, densely
villose. h. 1ft. Sikkim- Himalaya, 1850. (B. M. 4596.)

CATKIN. A deciduous spike, consisting of unisexual
apetalous flowers. An amentum.

CATMINT. See Nepeta.

CATOBLASTUS (from kato, beneath, and - blastos,
growth, in allusion to the aerial roots). Om>. Palmce. A
small genus of two or three stove Palms, closely allied to
Iriartea, but differing from that genus in the male and
female flowers being borne on separate spikes, the males
having a small rudimentary ovary in addition to the nine
to fifteen stamens ; whilst the females have scarcely any
rudimentary stamens. Trees having, in their native habi-
tats, trunks from 30ft. to 50ft. high, distinctly marked
with circular scars, supported, a short distance above the
level of the ground, upon a tuft of aerial roots, and bearing
a crown of pinnate leaves. The undermentioned is the
only species in cultivation. For culture, see Iriartea.
C. prsemorsus (bitten off).* I. impari-pinnate ; leaflets simple.

Venezuela, 1850. SYN. Iriartea prcemorsa.

CATOFSIS (from kato, beneath, and opsis, appearance).
OED. Bromeliacece. A small genus of stove herbaceous
plants, formerly included under Tillandsia (which see for
culture).
C. nitlda (shining), fl. white, remotely disposed in rather long

slender spikes ; corolla deeply three-parted ; scape cylindrical.

1. few, Ungulate, convolute, forming below a hollow tube, which

is swollen or ventricose at the base ; very shining dark green.

Jamaica, 1823. SYNS. Tillandsia nitida and Tussacia nitida.

(H. E. F. 218.)
CAT'S TAIL. See Typha.

CAT'S-TAIL GRASS. See Phlenm.

CAT THYME. See Teucrium Marum.

CATTLEYA (named in honour of William Cattley,
Esq., of Barnet, Herts, a famous patron of botany, and one
of the most ardent collectors of rare plants of his day).
OED. OrchidecB. A magnificent evergreen genus, which
occupies the first rank in the estimation of Orchid-growers,
both on account of the great size of the flowers — often 7in.
or Sin. across — and also from their rich and varied colours.
In addition to these qualifications, they are, with one or
two exceptions, extremely easy to manage. This genus has
much in common with Lcelia, from which it is technically
distinguished by possessing four pollinia or pollen masses,
instead of eight. The flower-scape, which is enclosed in a
sheath, rises from the top of the pseudo-bulb, a single spike
sometimes containing nine perfect flowers, and occasionally
many more, which last a considerable time in beauty.
They vary considerably in size ; for, whilst some species
make pseudo-bulbs only some 2in. or 3in. long, others reach
as many feet in height, forming, in a natural state, huge
masses several yards in diameter. They all form pseudo-
bulbs, which are more or less stout in the different species,
and usually bear a single, dark green, coriaceous leaf upon
the apex. One division of the genus produces two leaves
upon the summit of the pseudo-bulbs, and sometimes, but
more rarely, three are developed. Generally speaking, how-
ever, the largest-flowered species are to be found among
those with single leaves. We have now many varieties
which have been produced by hybridising, and these, both
for size of flower and the marvellous beauty of their mark-
ings, may vie with the choicest of the introduced kinds.
Many of these plants thrive best when attached to a block
of wood — with a little sphagnum — suspended from the roof;
pot culture, however, for those which attain any consider-
able size, will be best, as they will not only if grown in this
manner produce the finest blossoms, but will require less
care and attention at the hands of the cultivator. For pot-
ting material, use good fibrous peat from which all the gritty
part has been well beaten ; add to this some chopped living
sphagnum, and some clean, sharp silver sand. Thorough
drainage is most essential ; and, in potting, let the plant sit
upon the top of the soil, which should be elevated somewhat
above the rim of the pot, in order to carry the water away
quickly. Cattleyas like a genial, moist atmosphere, and an
abundant supply of water during the growing season, which
should be administered from the watering can ; for, in the
case of those plants grown in pots, it has been frequently
remarked that, where regularly syringed, they neither grew

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

281

Cattleya— continued.

nor flowered so well. When grown suspended from the roof
upon blocks of wood, there is nothing to fear from the
syringe, because the water is not so likely to lodge in the
large sheathing scales which envelop the young growth.
This, however, may easily occur to those in pots, and is very
detrimental to the miniature pseudo-bulbs. The syringe
should not be depended upon entirely as a supply to those
plants grown upon blocks ; but, during summer, they should
be carefully taken down, two or three times a week, and
immersed in a tub or pan of water, which should be at least
of the same temperature as the house they are growing in.
After the pseudo-bulbs are formed, water must be withheld,
and the plants allowed a season of rest; but care should be
taken to prevent them becoming exhausted during ihit
period, as much injury may arise if the withholding of
water be carried to excess. A long season of rest will
cause the plants to flower more freely, and to grow more
vigorously afterwards. In our enumeration of the best
species and varieties, we have derived considerable in-
formation from the works of Lindley, Warner and Williams.
«tc. New and distinct hybrids are constantly produced.

C. Aclandiaa (Acland's).* fl. twin; sepals and petals usually
chocolate-brown, barred with irregular transverse bands and
streaks of yellow ; lip large, spreading, varying from rich rose to
almost deep purple ; base of lip too narrow and too spreading to
cover the column. July. I. ovate, coriaceous, dark green.
Pseudo-bulbs slender, Sin. to 6in. high. Brazil, 1839. (B. M.
5039.)

C. amethystoglossa (amethyst-tongued).* /. about Sin. in
diameter ; sepals and petals rosy-lilac, beantifuUy spotted and
blotched with purple ; Up whoUy of a rich deep purple or
amethyst hue ; scape erect, many-flowered. March to May.
L dark green, leathery, borne upon the apex of the pseudo-bulbs.
h. 2ft to 3ft Brazil, 1862. (B. M. 5683.) The variety sulphurta
is very pretty, with the ground colour of the flower pure yellow,
and spotted, as in the type ; Up broad, of a rich cream-colour
1866. (G. C. 1866, 315.)

Cattleya— continued.

flowered. September, h. IJft to 2ft Brazil, 1837 In the best
varieties, it is rich magenta, with an interrupted' white-fringed
Pitr?JSi: ^l^f?^^'6 the fraerance °* th« garden Pint !e«

C. chocoensis (Choco).* fl. large, not fully expanded like the
majority of this genus, somewhat campanulate in shape • sepals
and petals pure white, broad, more or less fringed at the edges-
lip yellow, stained hi front with rich purple. Pseudo-bulbs bear-
ing a single oblong, stout leaf. Choco, New Grenada, 1873.
(1. li. n. s. 120.)

C. citrina (citron flowered).* JL of a bright uniform lemon-yellow
colour, most deliciously perfumed, solitary, from the latest de-
veloped pseudo-bulbs, of a stout and waxy consistence. May
to August L from 6m. to lOin. long, and about lin. broad
pale glaucous. Pseudo-bulbs small, oval, covered with a silvery
membrane when young; two or three-leaved. Mexico, 1838.
This beautiful speiies is generally grown upon a block of wood,
with just a small portion of sphagnum; but we have seen it well
grown hi pans, just like any other Cattleya ; the atmosphere
should be moist and the temperature very cool See Fig. 385.

C. crispa (curled).* fl. 4in. to 5in. across ; sepals and petals white,
or white suffused with lilac ; Up crimson velvet, with a narrow
white crisp margin ; spikes strong, frequently four or five-flowered.
July, August Pseudo-bulbs clavate, from 12in. to 14in. high,
one-lea ved. Brazil, 1826. (B. M. 3910.) The variety sttperba is a
magnificent one, with a rich crimson and beautifully-fringed lip.
C. Dawsoni (Dawson's).* fl. bin. or 7in. in diameter ; sepals and
petals delicate rosy -purple ; lip large, the upper part straw-colour
or yellow, the rest of a beautiful roseate hue, and the margin
fringed ; clusters three or four-flowered. I. dark green, of un-
usual thickness, h. 1ft Brazil, 1863. (W. S. O. 16.)
C. Devonian* (Devon).* fl. upwards of Sin. in diameter; sepals
and petals white, tinged with pink, which becomes deeper to-
wards the points ; Up deep rosy-purple. September, I. in twos,
6in. or 8in. long. A beautiful hybrid.

C. dolosa (deceptive).* A. beautiful pink; lip with a vellow
disk. I. twin, 4m. long, 2iin. broad, oval. Pseudo-bulbs Sin. or
6in. long. A pretty novelty. (G. C. n. s., v., 430.)
C. Dominiana (Dominy's).* fl. 6in. in diameter; sepals and petals
white, delicately shaded with pink ; lip rosy-purple, edged with
white, and deep orange in the throat. A very fine hybrid. The
variety alba has pure white flowers, with a lip having
a lilac blotch in the centre ; lutea has delicate blush
flowers, and the lip white in front, suffused with
yellow, the disk yellow, streaked with rose.
C. Dowiana (Dow's).* fl. very large; sepals and
petals of a bright nankeen colour ; lip large and
spreading, beautifully frilled on the margin, and wholly
of an intense rich purple, shaded with violet rose, and
beautifully streaked with lines of gold ; scape five or
six-flowered. Autumn. It produces stout pseudo-
bulbs, and leaves about 1ft. high. Costa Rica, 1866.
This species is best grown hi baskets, as near the light
as possible ; it also requires more heat than is usually
allowed to Cattleyas. (B. M. 561&)

tals
mson
the

throat, serrated at the edges. August, September.
This rare and beautiful species has psendo - bulbs,
which support a single, large, deep green leaf. Cen-
tral America, 1869. The variety splendent is very
etals clear rose, the latter much
at the edges ; Up large ; throat
rich deep orange, succeeded by a circle of white,

C. eldorado (El Dorado).* fl. large ; sepals and pet
pale pink ; lip of same colour outside, purplish-crims
towards the front, and stained with orange in t

superior ; sepals and petals clear rose, the latter m

broader and serrated a

ich deep orange, succeeded by a circle ot wnite,
vhich is again followed by rich violet-purple, extending

to the front and round the whole margins, where it is

finely serrated. Bio Negro, 1870. (L H. 1870, 7.)
C. exoniensis (Exeter).* /.
_e, of i

purr.

being suffused with rich

did hybrid between C.

(F. M. 269.)

. .

rosy-lilac ; lip very large,
urple, with a white ma

. sepals and petals soft
an intense rich shining
throat

border, the

en yellow. A very splen
OMUZ and Lcelia purpurata.

C. gigas (giant).* fl. very large ; sepals and petals pale
rose ; Up large and broad, rich deep purple or crimson-
violet in '
yellow b
flowered.

violet in front, and having
allow blotches at the

. April and May.
s. 17. p. 343.)

FIG. 384. FIXWER OF CATTLEYA BI COLOR.

C. tricolor (two-coloured). * /., sepals and petals of a peculiar
brownish-green hue ; Up long, narrow, of a rosy-purple colour,
which becomes paler towards the margin ; spikes eight to ten-

two conspicuous eye-like
« ; scape four or five-
Tropical America, 1873.
(G.C.n.! — — -

C. g. Sanderiana (Sander's). A very handsome
vanety, remarkable for the large spreading Up, of a
, rich amethyst, grained with white. 1883.

C. granulosa (granulated-lippedX* fl. olive-coloured,
with rich brown spots, large; Ups whitish, spotted
with crimson. August, September. Guatemala, 1841.
(B.R.28,1.)

C. gnatemalensis (Guatemalan).* fl. produced in
large clusters ; sepals and petals rosy-purple and buff ; tip red-
dish-purple and orange, with a few crimson lines. Guatemala,
1861. Distinct and pretty.

282

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cattleya— continued.

Cattleya — continued.

latter being beautifully waved, very broad; lip large,
somewhat hooded, the front portion being of an intense
deep velvety-crimson. Late autumn. I. solitary, broad,
leathery, dark green, h. lift, to 2ft. Brazil, 1818.

C. L pallida (pale), fl. , sepal
crimson, beautifully fringed. August,
lighter green than the type. Brazil.

and petals light pink ; lip
I. upright, of a

C. L Pescatorei (Pescatore's).* fl., sepals and petals
light rose-colour ; lip rich crimson. A very beautiful
variety, with light green foliage and free -flowering
habit.

C. 1. piota (painted).

handsome when

well "expanded, and often measuring Yin. across; sepals
and petals pure white ; lip of the richest crimson,
and beautifully fringed. June, July. h. 1ft. The
flowers are but sparingly produced, and are often de-
formed.

C. Lemoniana (Lemon's), fl. pale pink, with yellow
in the centre of the lip. Summer. I. light green.
h. 1ft. Brazil, 1842. Very close to C. Mossice. (li. R.
32, 35.)

FIG. 385. CATTLEYA CITRINA.

C. guttata (spotted).* fl., sepals and petals green, tinted with
yellow and dotted with cri ' '"

mson ; lip white, stained with purple ;
owered. October and November. I.

scape erect, five to te

twin, coriaceous, dark green, growing upon the ape:

pseudo-bulbs, h. IJft. to 2ft. Brazil, 1827. (B. R. 1406.

upon^ the apex of the

C. g. Leopold!! (Leopold's).* /. very fragrant, and more numerous
than those of the type ; sepals and petals deep chocolate, with
dark red spots ; lip wholly of a rich red-purple. Brazil. (F. d. S.
14, 1471.)

C. g. Russelliana (Russell's).* A beautiful variety, from the
Organ Mountains ; it is altogether a taller and larger plant, with
much handsomer and darker flowers. 1838. Very rare. (B. M.
3693.)

C. Harrisonire (Harrison's).* /. of a beautiful rose-colour ; lip
slightly tinged with yellow. July to October, h. nearly 2ft.
Brazil. A noble free-flowering species. The variety violacea has
beautiful violet flowers; lip of the same colour, with a little
yellow in the centre. (P. M. B. 4, 247.)

C. intermedia (intermediate).* fl., sepals and petals soft rose or
rosy-purple ; lip of the same colour, blotched in front with deep
violet-purple. May to July. h. 1ft. Brazil, 1824. (B. M. 2851.)
There are several varieties of this most useful species, the best
two of which are the following :

C. i. superba (superb).* fl. four to six on a spike ; sepals and
petals of a delicate rose ; lip broad, rich purple. Brazil.

C. i. violacea (violet). /. often nine on a spike ; sepals and
petals delicate rose«colour; lip with a rich purple spot in the
centre. May and June. Brazfl.

C. labiata (lipped).* /. large, 6in. or 7in. in diameter, three or
four on a spike; sepals and petals of a deep rose colour, the

fl. deep rich rose. May, June.

Brazil, 1847. A charming species, much like C. crispa
in growth, but shorter, both in bulb and leaf. It is
rarely seen, on account of its very shy-flowering pro-
pensities. (G. C. 1848, 403.)

C. Loddigesii (Loddiges'). fl. three or four on a spike;
sepals and petals pale rose colour, tinged with lilac ;
lip light rose, marked with yellow. August, September.
h. 1ft. Brazil, 1815. (L. B. C. 37.)

C. marginata (margined).* fl. large, delicately per-
fumed, usually solitary ; sepals and petals rosy-crim-
son ; lip deep rose, margined with white. September
and October. Pseudo-bulbs slender, seldom exceeding
6in. in height, and bearing upon the apex a single
oblong light green leaf. Brazil, 1843. A rather shy
and slow-growing species, of which there are many
beautiful varieties. It grows best when suspended
from the roof of the house, on a block of wood,
with a little sphagnum. (P. M. B. 10,
265.)

C. maxima (large).* /. rose-coloured
throughout, of a pale hue when they first
expand, which gradually becomes deeper ;
lip very large, almost white, beautifully
ornamented with dark purplish- crimson
veins, and streaked in the centre with
orange colour ; spikes many - flowered.
Winter. Its main peculiarities consist in
its long-channelled pseudo-bulbs, and its
very convex, waxy petals, h. 1ft. to IJft.
Columbia, 1844. (B. M. 4902.) There are
several varieties of this species.
C. McMorlandii (McMorland's). fl. about
6in. in diameter ; sepals and petals beau-
tiful light rose ; lip yellow and fringed.
June, July. I. dark green, h. 1ft. Brazil.

C. Mcndelii (Mendel's).* fl., sepals and
petals varying from white to a light pink,
large and broad,; lip large, of a rich magenta colour. April
and May. South America. A very fine species, of recent
introduction.

C. M. Selbornensis (Selborne's). A splendid variety, with large
flowers ; lip very richly coloured ; petals and sepals of a beautiful
rosy-purple.

C. Mossiso (Moss's).* fl. bin. or 6in. across, sometimes more;
although they vary very much, the sepals and petals are usually
of some shade of blush or deep rose ; lip large, of the same
colour, in most instances beautifully fringed or crimped round the
i ; scape three to five-flowered. May, June. I. solitary, dark,

shining green, borne upon the apex of the stout pseudo-bulbs.
h. 1ft. La Guayra, 1836. (B. M. 3669.) Without exaggeration,
this species may be said to rank among the most magnificent of

orchids in cultivation. The varieties are extremely numerous,
and, in many instances, very distinct. Mr. Williams describes
nearly thirty ; but the major number of these are very rare, and
perhaps not a few unique. The folio wing selection comprises the
principal ones :

C. M. aurantiaca (orange).* A very handsome variety, remark-
able for the deep orange hue of the centre of the labellum.
Venezuela.

C. M. aurea (golden). /. small ; sepals and petals blush, less
spreading than in most other forms ; lip small, strongly marked
with buff-orange at the base, extending forward at the front edge,
and having broken violet-rose lines in the centre, surrounded by a
very broad pale margin, which is almost white inwards, and
tinged with blush on the extreme edge.

C. M. a. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. large ; sepals and
petals blush ; lip marked with a bar and a few broken lines

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Cattleya— continued.

of violet-rose, very ranch stained with orange at the base, and
towards the upper part of the margin.

C. H. grandiflora (large-flowered** ft. large; sepals and petals
blush, the latter less frilled than in some forms ; lip of a deep rich
purple-rose, slightly stained at the base with orange, and having
a narrow even edge of pale blush.

C. M. grandis (grand** The largest of all the forms in respect to
the size of its lip ; sepals and petals pale blush ; lip mottled violet-
rose, with an irregular blush-coloured edge ; the base stained with
buff -orange. A splendid plant.

C. M. Lanrenciana (Lawrence's** ft. large ; sepals and petals
blush, the latter very broad, and considerably frilled ; lip large,
rich deep violet-rose, slightly stained with orange in the interior
veined and mottled in front, with a narrowish and nearly even
frill of blush.

C. M. majestica (majestic** ft. very fine ; sepals
and petals broad, the latter measuring upwards
of Sin. from tip to tip, and of a dark rose colour ;

fully fringed, ground co'lour dark rose, stained at
the base with soft orange, and variously blotched
and streaked in front with violet-purple. Pseudo-
bulbs 3in. high, bearing a broad single leaf about
6in. long.

Cattleya— continued.

are also several lines of bright amethyst; spike

middle'

C. Trianse (Triana's** ft. several inches in diameter •
petals usually blush; lip blush, or pale rose SSS
or yellow, front nch purple, more or less intense ; scape many
flowered. Winter. Cordilleras of Quindiu, 185k This is an

and

~**~. ...u«l. ^.mutmo Ul V£U1I1U1U, 1OOO. IE

extremely variable species, and consequently varieties

See Fig.

C. M. Mariana? (Marian's*1

bnt very

distinct and chaste ; sepals and petals white ; lip
with a bright yellow stain at the base, prettily
mottled with violet-rose in the centre, and broadly
and evenly margined with white. A very rare
and beautiful form.

C. M. splendens (splendid). JL large ; sepals and
petals blush ; lip rich full purple-rose, with
orange base, the margins blush, and very much
frilled.

C. M. snperba (superb).* ft., sepals and petal-
dark blush, the latter narrow and very slightly
frilled ; lip large, prominently stained with deep
orange at the base, the front part brighter, anil
the centre veined and somewhat mottled with
violet-rose, leaving a broadish, irregular, pale mar-
gin.

C. M. Williams!! (Williams's* ft. large ; sepals
and petals blush white ; lip finely mottled with
rose, stained with orange at the base, and having
a broad pale margin.

C. nobilior (nobler* ft. 5in. across, of a lovely
deep rose-pink colour ; lip conspicuously blotched
with creamy-white on the front lobe. L twin,
ovate, thick, leathery. Pseudo-bnlbs 4in. to 6in.
long, cylindrical. Brazil, 1883. A species allied to
O AMB and C. WaUceriana. (G. C. n. s., rix. 728.)

C. pmnila (dwarf), ft.
crimson lip, often edged '

rose coloured, with a
with white. September,
ery pretty species. (B. M.

h. bin.
3656.)

C. qnadricolor (four-coloured* /., sepals and
petals light rose ; lip of same colour, yellow on
, 1865.

the upper part. May. New Grenada
rare and pretty. (B. M. 5504.)

Very

C. qninquecolor (five-coloured* ft., sepals and
petals light olive-green, spotted with brown and
dark chocolate ; lip white, with a yellow blotch,
veined with rose. A very pretty hybrid.

C. Regnellii (Regnell's** /. large, 3in. to 4in. in
diameter; sepals and petals pale green, tinged
with olive, and more or less spotted with rosy-
purple ; lip large, spreading; ground colour ame-
thyst, tinged with rosy -purple, this is set off by a
neat marginal border of white, whilst the throat
is stained with yellow ; scape erect, three to five-
flowered. July, and again in September. L twin,
sometimes tern, thick, fleshy, dark green. Pseudo-
bnlbs usually about 4in. or 5in. high. Brazil.
(W. S. O. ser. ii., 22.)

C. ScnUleriana (Schiller's* A charming species, very like
C. Adandias, bnt with darker and rounder foliage ; the flowers
we also darker. Brazil, 1857. (F. d. S. 2286.)

. sepals and petals light rose,
rhite fimbriated margin, centre
purple, with darker veins. A very handsome hybrid.

C. Skinner! (Skinner's** ft. rosy-purple, very slightly tinged with
purple ; base of lip white ; the column is shorter than in most of
the species. April and May. I. twin, fleshy, light green. Pseudo-
bulbs 12in. to 18in. high. Guatemala, 1836. An old, but still
eminently useful, species. (B. M. 4270.)

C. speciosissima (showiest** ft. large, often Sin. in diameter ;
sepals and petals broad, soft flesh-colour, the latter broadest,
with erose edges ; the lip forms a circle, through closing over the
column, the front portion being of an intense amethyst colour,
varied with white and yellow markings towards the centre, where

C. Sedeniana (Seden's** ft. large ;
shaded with green ; lip with a whit
purple, with darker veins. A very ha

C. T. Atalanta (Atalanta* ft. white, shaded with rose;

petals broader and more pointed than the sepals; lip about

3in. long, pale rose, with a broad band of orange in the

throat
C. T. Colemanii (Coleman's** ft. Sin. across ; sepals and petals

tipped with rose ; throat elegantly striped with various shades of

yellow ; lip deep rose, well fimbriated. 1875.

C. T. Dodgsonil (Dodgson's* ft. white, Sin. to 9in. in
lip deep crimson ; throat orange-yellow.

C. T. mm (Hill's** ft. pure white, large, very distinct ; lip rich
magenta ; throat yellowish.

C. T. Io.* ft. as large as those of the variety Hitti; sepals
and petals clear rose ; petals finely serrated at the mar-
gins; lip large, rich deep purple, shaded with violet; an
orange throat and marginal band of rosy purple ; edges finely
crisped.

284

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cattleya— continued.

C. T. Russelliana (Russell's), fl., sepals 3 Jin. long, more than
lin. broad ; petals white, tinged with rose, upwards of 2in. broad,
waved at the edges, and recurved ; lip 3in. long, basal part rose,
but rich deep rosy-purple in front, shaded with violet ; the centre
of the lip and throat bright orange, and the edge finely curled.

C. T. vclutina (velvety).* fl. very fragrant ; sepals and petals pale
orange, spotted and streaked with purple ; lip orange at the base,
white, with violet veins in front, where the surface is velvety.
Brazil, 1870. This pretty form resembles C. bicolor in growth.

C. tricolor (three-coloured), fl., sepals and petals creamy-white;
lip same colour, with a yellow throat and a band of carmine near
the margin. ,1883. A very distinct species, having flowers about
the size of C. Skinneri.

C. tuberosa (tuberose). Synonymous with C. Walkeriana.

C. Wageneri (Wageneri's).* /. snow-white, excepting a stain of
rich yellow in the centre of the lip, the margin of which, as of
the petals, is beautifully divided. June. Caraccas, 1851. In
habit, this species is like a rather slender form of C. Mosaics.
(E. X. O. 1, 13.)

C. Walkeriana (Walker's).* fl. rose-coloured, 5in. across, very
sweet-scented ; lip richer rose, with a slight tinge of yellow ;
scape usually two-flowered, h. 4in. Brazil, 1844. An elegant
dwarf species, best grown on a block of wood suspended from
the roof, allowing it plenty of light, but not too much sun.
SYN. C. tuberosa. (P. F. G. 3.)

C. Warneri (Warner's).* fl. about 6in. across ; sepals and petals
broad, deep rose colour ; lip large, with its middle lobe much
expanded, of deep rich crimson, ornamented in front with an
elegant marginal fringe ; scape many-flowered. Brazil, 1862. A
robust and fine species, much resembling C. labiata in habit.
(W. S. O. 8.)

C. W. delicata (delicate), fl. white, 6in. across ; lip large, with a
beautiful yellow centre and tinge of rose, white on the outside.
(W. S. O. 4.)

C. W. d. superba (superb)* is a splendid form, with very large
and finely expanded lip, and broad pure white sepals and petals.

C. W. Budburyensis (Sudbury). A splendid variety, with an
unusually large lip of rich amethyst-purple, edged with a frilling
of white, and also white in the throat. 1883.

C. Warscewiozli (Warscewicz's).* ft. large ; sepals and petals
ilish-white ; lip rich crimson. Winter. 1. light green, h. 1ft.
- Grenada, 1867. (R. X. O. i, 31.)

CAUDATE. Tailed ; having a process like a tail.
CAUDEX. The axis of the plant. Generally applied
to the trunk or stem of palms and ferns.

CAUDICLE. The cartilaginous strap which connects
certain kinds of pollen masses to the stigma.

CAULESCENT. Acquiring a stem; having a kind
of stem.

CAULIFLOWER. A garden variety of Brassica
oleracea, in which the inflorescence, while young, is con-
densed into a depressed, fleshy, edible head. This differs
from Broccoli in being more tender, of finer flavour, and in
use more as a summer and autumn vegetable. When at its
best, a Cauliflower should have a close head (see Fig. 387),
and be free from caterpillars. To attain these points, rich
soil, and frequent hand-picking — should caterpillars put in
an appearance — are requisite. Deeply-worked soil is also
necessary; in fact, with no other crop of the Brassica
tribe is this more important than with the Cauliflower.

Cultivation. Cauliflowers may be divided into two
sections : Spring-sown and Autumn-sown. The latter is,
perhaps, the more important, as the crop comes from them
in spring and early summer, when they are sure to be
expected and are always appreciated.

Sow seeds for succession in February and March, on a
gentle hotbed, and afterwards in the open ground. As
soon as the plants are large enough to handle, prick them
out in a warm place under hand lights, or in a frame, with
a little bottom heat in the case of the earlier sowings,
until of sufficient size to plant out finally. It is not
advisable to sow later than May for autumn supplies,
as the season is not of sufficient length afterwards for
the crop to be ready for use before frost comes. The
results are not always certain, especially in a dry summer,
a large percentage of the plants being liable to " button,"
or produce their heads prematurely. If, however, smaller
successional plantings are made, the loss of, maybe, the
majority of any one will not be so much felt. The plants

Caulifl(

-continued.

will require a distance of 2ft. each way, and they should
be kept watered, if possible, in dry weather. The earlier
batches should be planted where there is shelter, such as
single lines between Asparagus beds, or between rows of
early Peas, if the latter are wide enough apart to admit
plenty of light.

To obtain plants to stand the winter, sow in August, or
rarly in September, and, as soon as they are large enough.

FIG. 387. CAULIFLOWER.

prick out about 4in. apart, in cold frames, keeping them
about 6in. from the glass. Allow the plants all the air
possible, but not too much rain, or they will become sappy,
and not able to stand the cold of winter. At the approach
of frost, put on the sashes, and, in severe weather, apply
coverings of dry litter, fern, or some other non-conducting
material. Hand lights, protected in a similar way,
may also be used to preserve the plants through the
winter. Give plenty of air at all times when there
is no frost; and on mild, dry days, throw off the lights
altogether, the object being to make the plants as hardy as
possible. In March or April, transplant to a warm south
border, taking the state of the weather into consideration.
It will still be necessary to protect with hand lights,
if possible, or by some other means. A good plan is to
place at distances four plants within the area of a hand
light, and remove the latter on all favourable occasions.
Keep the soil stirred around the plants, and, as the season
advances, plenty of water and an occasional dose of liquid
manure will be of great advantage. Should the crop come
in too rapidly, cut the heads so soon as they are ready,
and place them on the floor of a cool shed or cellar, where
they will keep for several days. Cauliflowers should be cut
before the white heads are exposed to the sun and light, or
they will quickly open and become partially green, thereby
injuring the quality.

Sorts. Distinct sorts are somewhat limited, but their
synonyms are numerous. The best for autumn sowing are
Early Erfurt, Early London, and Walcberen. These may
also be sown in spring ; other good varieties for sowing
at this season are Large Asiatic, Lenormand's, Dwarf
Mammonth, and Veitch's Autumn Giant.

CAULINE. Of, or belonging to, the stem.

CAULOPHYLLUM (from kaulon, a stem, andpTiyWon,
a leaf ; the stem seeming to form a stalk for the single,
large, and compound leaf). OBD. Berberidece. A distinct
and interesting hardy tuberous perennial. Tt grows readily

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

285

Caulophyllum— continued,

in any ordinary light sandy soil. Propagated by divisions
of the roots, made in early spring, or after flowering'.

C. thalictroides (Thalictrum-like). JL yellow, disposed in a
loose raceme. ApriL L, stem leaf solitary; petiole divided to the
base into three parts, each part bearing three ovate or obovate,
deeply-cut, acun\inated leanete. ^Tberry deep fatae. globose!
contracted below into a long-stipitate base. A. 1ft. North
America, 1755.

CAVENDISHIA. See Proclesia.

CEANOTHUS (from Iceanothva, a name employed by
Theophrastus to designate a spiny plant, derived from keo,
to cleave ; however, the modern genus has nothing to do
with the plant of Theophrastns). OBD. Rhamneo;. Hardy
or half-hardy, smooth or pubescent shrubs. Flowers
blue or white, very slender, disposed in terminal panicles
or in thyrscid cymes. Leaves alternate, serrated, three-
nerved. Branches erect. They thrive in almost any soil,
but prefer a light one, and a well-drained situation. The
majority of the species are very elegant, and are particu-
larly suited for covering walls with almost all aspects.
They are mostly of free and neat growth. Propagation is
effected either by cuttings, which should be inserted ic
sandy soil, in a cold frame, in autumn, or by layers, which
is the readiest way of obtaining strong plants. A great
number of species have been introduced, from time to
time, but only a comparative few are generally grown,
although all are well worth cultivating.

a americanus (American).* New Jersey Tea. .*. white, small ;

thjrse elongated, axillary, with a pubescent rachis. June, July.

L V^tte, aSminkted, serrated, add pubescent beneaUu North

America, 1713. Hardy. (B. M. 1479.)
C. aznrens (azure-bine).* jt. pale blue ; pedicels smooth ; thyrsc

elongated, axillary, with a downy rachis. April and May.

L OTate-oblong, obtuse, acutely serrated, smooth above, hoary

and downy beneath. A. loft Mexico, 1818. Hardy in most places*.

SY>S. C. tricolor and C. cterulevs (L. B. C. 110). (B. K- 291.) There

is a very fine variety of this species, GLOIRE DE VERSAILLES,

which is most desirable.

C. bicolor (two-coloured). A synonym of C. azuma.
C. ccernleus (bine). A synonym of C. azurem.
C. colllnus (hill). JL white, numerous. June, July. L ovat«-

or elliptic, somewhat clammy. A. 1ft. North America. 1827.

11:.: •;.-.'
C. enneatns (wedge-shaped).* JL pale blue, sometimes white,

disposed in corymbose terminal heads. ApriL L cuneate-obovate.

or oblong, usually entire. A. 4ft Upper California. STN

C. wrrucSti*. Half-hardy. (R M. 4660.)

C. dentatus UoothedX* 0. blue, in
naked peduncles about lin. long. May and June. L
obovate or oblong-elliptic, acute, the margins strongly undul

yun&- .»*•

Id atfhe base, obtuse or acute at the apex,'
les spinose and straggling. A. 3ft to

•- - H - :.

orrevolnte. A. 4ft to 6ft California, 1848. An erect, and usually

nearly glabrous shrub. Hardy. STN. C. Lobtnanu*. (B. M. 4810.')
C. divaricatns (straggling). JL nearly white, or very pale blue,

usually in nearly simple elongated racemes. June, July. L oblong,

or oblong-ovate, i

both sides smoot

4ft California and Oregon, 18481 Hardy.
C. floribundus (many-flowered).* JL richest brilliant

blue, densely crowded in globe-shaped heads. June. L

oblong, acute, serrulate, evergreen, shining. California. Hardy.

(B, M. 4806.)
C. integerrimus (entire-leaved).* JL usually white, arranged in

upon sbc
entire or
quite glabrous.*

____

arge open panicles, terminatin
upon snorter peduncles. June,
rarely slightly glandul
A/3ftto

branches,

. L ovate, or ovate-oblong,
rrulate. Branches slender,
6ft California, 1846. Half-hardy.
A synonym of C. dentatut.

C. micropbyllns (small-leavedX *. white; corymbs stalked,
loose, terminal. May, June. L oblong, obtuse, entire, minute,
sub-fascicled, smooth. Branches straight, somewhat decumbent
A. 2ft North America, 1806. Hardy.

C. p»pmo«i8 (pimpled). JL blue, in dense clusters, on short

rowly oblong, blunt at both ends, glandular-serrulate, and the
upper surface is also glandular. A. 2ft to 3ft California, IBM.
Half-hardy. (B. M. 4815.)

C. rigldus (rigid).* JL rich purple-blue, in long terminal spikes.
L broadly cuneate, or obovate, often emarginate, slightly toothed.
A. 5ft to 6ft California, 1848. Half-hardy. (B. M! 4664.)

C. Veitobianns (Veiteh'sX* JL bright blue, disposed in dense
clusters. L thick, small, oblong-obovate, or oval, glandular-ser-
rulate. California. Hardy. (B. M. 5127.)

C. venrUCOSTlS (warted). Synonymous with C. euneatut.

CECBOPIA (a classical name commemorating Cecrope
the first founder of Athens, which was primarily known as
Cecropia). Snake Wood. ORD. Urticacea. Ornament*!
stove evergreen, soft-wooded, milky trees. They require a
mixture of peat and loam, in a rough state, with the
addition of a little sand. Propagated by cuttings, made of
ripened shoots, in April, and inserted in sandy peat, with
a bell glass over them, in a moist bottom heat.
C. peltata (peltate-leaved). JL, male: receptacles •••BMW.
shortlystipitate, in cylindrical spikes ; ealyTatuAuatoTfoir'-
cornered scale. Female : receptacles less numerous and thinner
than the male ones, sessile. I. large, peltate, seven to niae-lobed,
hispid and rough above, white and downy beneath ; lobes oblong,
bluntish. A. 30ft Jamaica, 177a The fruito-fonr. five, agmSi
-rise from the ray. top of a common peduncle, and shoot into so

many oblong, cylindrical
something bke the BAspberry, which

berries, composed of a row of little acini,
ich theyalso i

• resemble in flavour.
CEDAR. BARBADOS OB BERMUDAS A
common name for Jnnipems bermndiana (which
«e).

CEDAR OF LEBANON. See Cedrus Libani.
CEDRELA (a diminutive from Cednu, the Cedar ; the
wood having an aromatic scent like that of the Cedar-tree).
Bastard Cedar. Including Toon/a. ORD. Meliaeea. A
genus of about a dozen species of large ttove or green-
house trees. Flowers whitish, small, in axillary and
terminal panicles. Leaves abruptly pinnate, many-paired.
They thrive well u: rich loam. Large ripened cut tin.-*
will strike root in sand, under a hand glass, in heat
C. odorata (sweet-scented). JL whitish, flesh-coloured, resem-

bling those of a Hyacinth. Summer. L, leaflets ovate-lanceolate,

entire, on short stalks. Jr. about the size of a partridge's egg.

A. 50ft Caribbee Islands, 1739. Stove. The bark, berries, ami

leaves of some of the kinds smell like Atta-faetida, when fresh
C. Btn«mirt» (Chinese). China. Hardy. Srs. Ailantut fanetcent.

(B. H. 1875, 87.)
C. Toona (Toona). JL white or pink, small, smelling like fresh

honey. February to May. L, leaflets lanceolate, acuminated,

entire, pale glaucous beneath, deciduous. A. 60ft. India, 1825.

H re,
C. velntina (velvety). /. whitish. I., leaflets ovate-lanceolate,

entire, smooth ; petioles and branches velvety, from very short

down. A. 50ft India, 1793. Stove.

CEDRELE2E. Formerly regarded as a distinct order :
now included as a tribe of the natural order Meliacex.
Flowers in panicles; petals four or five. Fruit a capsule
opening by valves, which separate from a thick axis.
Leaves alternate, pinnate, exstipulate. The genus best
known is Cedrela ; others are Chlororylon and Flindtrfia.
CEDRONELLA (probably a diminutive of kedrot,
the Cedar : from the sweet odour of C. triphylla). ORD.
Labiattf. Half-hardy or hardy herbs or shrub*. Whorls
approximate into terminal spikes or racemes. Floral leaves
bract-formed ; bracts small, setaceous ; corolla with an ex-
serted tube, naked inside, a dilated throat, and a bilabiate
limb. They thrive in a compost of sandy loam, leaf soil,
and a little peat. The herbaceous species are propagated
by division of the root, or by cuttings of young wood ; C.
triphytta by cuttings.
C. cana (hoary). JL showy purple or crimson, disposed in

•ieroas spikes. July. £ ovate-oblong, dentated, 'fragrant.

A. 2ft to 3ft New Mexico, 1851. A very neat erect, hardy,

evergreen species. (B. M. 4618.)

(heart-shaped).* JL light purple, in bracteate spikes ;
corolla twice as long as the calyx segments. May and June.

ated, nearly sessile ; shoot.-

L ovate, cordate at the base, ere
trailing. A. 4in. to 6in. Northern
SY.V IDr

United Otatea, 1880. Hardy.

C. mexlcana (MexkanX JL, corolla purplish, three times as long

as the calyx ; whorls many-flowered, approxunating into a terete.

interrupted spike or raceme. L ovate-lanceolate, cordate at the

base, toothed. A. 2ft to 3ft Half-hardy. Mexico, 1832. Sv.v

G<trdoqvi& bttoni&ridt-t* ( B. M. 3860. )
C. triphylla (three-leaved).* Balm of Gilead. JL white or pale

purpTeTabont twice as long as the calyx ; whoriV l

into terete oblong spikes. July. L

lanceolate;

V loose, collecte.1

oblong spikes. July. L ternate; leaflets colons
emitting a very sweet odour when gently rubbed

ternate; leaflets colons
ur when gently rubbed
Half-oardyVhrub. SVN

CEDRUS (from Latin Owiru*. Greek KMrat. a name for
a coniferous tree from the time of Homer). Cedar. ORD.

spikes.
ng a ve
A. 3ft to 4ft CanSy Isbds, 1697.

286

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cedrus— continued.

Conifera. Majestic evergreen trees, with large spreading
branches, rigid, scattered and clustered leaves and erect
oblong or oval cones rounded at the top; scales of the
cones broad, thin, coriaceous, entire, closely appressed,
at length deciduous. It is commonly supposed that a rich
soil is needed for the Cedar, but this is only correct
in a certain degree ; a rich loam or sandy clay being,
perhaps, the best. An open sub-soil is the most indis-
pensable condition, as will be proved from their healthy
state in natural mountainous regions. The Cedar does not
like pruning, either in root or branch, and if the top is
removed, the tree assumes the form of an enormous bush, of
picturesque and grand proportions. Growing in its natural
rtato, it takes a broad, conical form, till it reaches its full

Cedrus— continued.

and thus lose the advantage which is derived from a bushy
root. It is of somewhat slow growth, but is often slower
than is necessary, from defective management and an unsuit-
able situation. Several authorities are agreed in regarding
the three species as mere varieties of one. In any case,
from a garden standpoint, they possess quite sufficient
characteristics to justify separate specific descriptions.

C. atlantloa (Atlantic).* Very closely allied to C. Libani, but
mainly differing in the foliage, which, in the present species, is
shorter, usually less than lin. long, and of a glaucous green or
silvery hue. It is also of more erect pyramidal habit than the
Cedar of Lebanon, h. 80ft. to 120ft. Atlas Mountains of Algeria,
1843.

C. Deodara.* Deodar or Indian Cedar. I. fascicled, acute, tri
quetrous, rigid, larger than those of C. Libani, and of a bluish

. CKDAR OF LEBANON AND OTHER TREES FOR DRY SITUATIONS.

but dark green, covered with a light glaucous bloom. One
of the most beautiful members of Coniferfe, and having an
elongated pyramidal or conical outline. Leading shoot and
branchlets pendulous, h. 150ft. to 200ft. Western Himalayas.

height, when the lateral branches begin to extend outwards,
and the top then assumes a broad, flat surface. Cones
seldom make their appearance on the Cedar of Lebanon
before it attains forty years of age, and
it has been known not to produce them
before the tree was 100 years old.
The catkins appear in autumn, and
the cones require two years to arrive
at maturity. The seeds are difficult
to extract from the cones, which do
not drop from the tree, but will hang
for many years ; nor does the influence
of the sun cause them to shed the
seeds. The cones have, therefore, to
be gathered by April, and the seed
immediately sown in pans. The seed-
lings must be planted out in the open
nursery the following spring. The FIG. 389. BRANCHLET, SHOWING LEAVES AND CONE OF CEDRUS LIBANI.

Cedar resembles other Conif erse in the formation of its , 1822. The best-known varieties are the following : C. D. robusto.
roots, which strike out a great distance, if not transplanted, | (sturdy) has coarser and larger leaves and thicker branches, and

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

287

Cedrna — continued.

C. D. viridit (green) or tenuifolia (thin-leaved) is of slender habit,
with bright green foliage. Other forms mentioned in nursery-
men's catalogues are : argentea, albo-spica, erecta, and verticillata
ylawsa.

C. LibanL* Cedar of Lebanon. I. tufted, short, rigid, dark
preen. Cones oblong, oval, pedunculate, purplish, but ultimately
brown, Sin. to 4in. long ; scales with a somewhat membranous
margin. Branches horizontal, rigid, tubulifonn, disposed in
distinct whorls ; branch lets flat, fan-like, very numerous and
thickly set. A. 60ft. to 80ft. Lebanon and Taurus in Syria, 1683.
This magnificent tree has well been called "The Patriarch of
the Tribe." See Figs. 388 and 389. There is a form called
argentea (silvery) which has highly glaucous foliage, and also a
diminutive fonn, known as nana.

C. L. brevifolia (short-leaved). The Cypress Cedar. This dis-
tinct variety differs principally from the type in its much shorter
leaves.

CELANDINE. See Chelidonium.

CELASTB.INE2B. An order of shrubs or small trees.
Flowers in axillary cymes, small, green, white, or purple ;
sepals and petals four to fiVe, imbricate. Fruit two to five-
celled, capsular or drupaceous. Leaves alternate, rarely
opposite, simple, stipulate. Well-known genera are :
Celastrus, Elwodendron, and Euonymus.

CELASTRTJS (from Kelastros, the old Greek name
given by Theophrastus to the Privet). Staff-tree. OBD.
Celastrinece. Ornamental, hardy, greenhouse or stove,
mostly evergreen shrubs. Flowers green or white, small,
disposed in terminal racemes or panicles. Leaves alternate,
entire, or serrated with minute prickles. The stove and
greenhouse species thrive well in a mixture of loam, peat,
and sand ; and ripened cuttings will root freely in the same
sort of compost if a hand glass is placed over them ; those
requiring stove temperature, should be placed in heat. The
hardy species are well adapted for small shrubberies ;
they thrive in any common soil, and are easily increased
by layering the young shoots in autumn. C. scandens is an
excellent plant for covering bowers or trellis-work.

C. cassinoides (Cassine-like). /. white ; pedicels two or three
together, axillary, very short. August. L ovate, acute at both
ends, serrated, permanent. Plant erect, smooth. A. 4ft. Canary
Islands, 1779. Greenhouse.

C. edulis (edible). Synonymous with Catha edulis.

C. lucldus (shining).* fl. white ; pedicels axillary, crowded, very
short April to September, fr. three-valved, naked. I. oval or
roundish, shining, marginated. A. 1ft to 3ft. Cape of Good
Hope, 1722. Plant erect, smooth, evergreen. Greenhouse. SYN.
Cassine concava.

C. scandens (climbing).* jL pale yellow; racemes terminal.
May, June. I. oval, acuminated, serrated, Sin. long, 2in. broad.
Berries orange-coloured, three-cornered, three-seeded. North
America, 1736. Plant hardy, deciduous, smooth, climbing.

CELERIAC. or TURNIP-ROOTED CELERY

(Apium graveolens rapaceum). Biennial. A Turnip-rooted
variety of the garden Celery. It is very useful for soups
and similar purposes, is easy of cultivation, and tolerably
certain as to producing a crop. The seed may be sown in
the same way, and at the same time, as the ordinary Celery.
Cultivation. As soon as the seedlings are large enough,
prick them off, about Sin. apart, in boxes or on a spent
hotbed, and keep them there until they are of a good size,
when they should be planted out about 1ft. apart in the open
ground. They should have air to prevent them " drawing,"
and be gradually hardened off before planting. The soil
can scarcely be too rich, and must be given plenty of water
during the summer. Unlike the ordinary Celery, this
variety (see Fig. 390) does not require trenches, as the
tops are seldom used. All lateral shoots and side roots
should be removed from the tubers during the summer,
if good large specimens are desired. Occasional hoeings
and plenty of water will be the most that is necessary in
after cultivation. The roots will be ready for use in
autumn, and may be stored in a shed, or lifted from the
ground when required for use. A little protection will
be necessary if the latter plan is adopted. This crop
materially helps the ordinary Celery, both for flavouring
purposes and for separate dishes.

FIG. 390. CELERIAC, or TUR.MP-ROOTED CELERY.
CELERT (Apium graveolens). Hardy biennial, a
native of Britain. Found in a wild state growing in
wet ditches and marshy situations. This important

FIG. 391. CELERY.

and extremely popular vegetable (see Fig. 391) requires,
and well repays for, special attention in its cultivation.
One of the most open and best positions in the garden
should be selected for this crop, and the best farmyard
manure that can be obtained should be dug into the

288

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Celery — continued.

trenches before planting. Another condition absolutely
necessary is a plentiful supply of water throughout the
growing period, withholding it as soon as the earthing
up is completed. If this is neglected, the plants are
more liable to " bolt," or prematurely run to seed.
Medium-sized heads are generally much more solid than
very large ones; consequently, they should be preferred,
the latter being often hollow-stalked and useless for any
purpose. Celery, when sent to table, should be quite solid
and crisp, well blanched, and of a sweet, nutty flavour. A
great deal depends on the earthing up and cultivation as
well as the variety grown. The soil is best to be rather
light, and, if possible, free from large lumps, as it can then
be worked much easier round the stems without displacing
them, and will at the same time exclude light better, and
BO hasten the blanching.

Cultivation. At the beginning of March, sow a small
quantity of seed for an early supply, and at the end of
April, make the main sowings, placing the seed thinly in
boxes of light soil. Water carefully, and place the boxes
on a mild hotbed, or in a vinery or other warm glass house.
The seeds take a rather long time to germinate. A little
air must be admitted so soon as the seedlings are up, to
keep them dwarf, and water must be carefully applied. So
soon as the plants are large enough to handle, prick out,
about 4in. apart, in other boxes, or into a frame where there
is a little dung heat. Keep well watered, and gradually
harden off before planting out. The early batch should be
out by the end of May, and the main crop in June, plant-
ing all in properly prepared trenches, supposing this system
is adopted.

There are various ways of growing Celery, some planting
in trenches, in single or double lines, and others growing
it in beds. The single line in trenches allows the plants
plenty of light, and it is much easier and better to earth
them up ; consequently, this plan has much to recommend
it. In the case of some of the small-growing varieties,
or where space is limited, one of the other plans might
be preferred; but care must be taken to keep the stems
quite straight when earthing up. For single line, mark
out trenches 4ft. to 5ft. from centre to centre, digging
them about 15in. wide and from 9in. to 1ft. deep, and place
the soil in the intervening spaces, which may be utilised
for some other vegetable that does not require a long
season of growth, such as lettuces, early cauliflowers,
&c. The crop from these would be cleared off before the
soil would be required for the Celery. In the bottom of
the trenches, place a thick layer of rotten manure, and
lightly dig it in Apply a heavy drenching of water, and
a day or two afterwards put in the plants, about 1ft.
asunder, along the centres of the trenches, again well
watering in. Be careful that each plant has a good ball
of earth adhering to the roots when taken up, and plant
with a trowel.

The after cultivation consists primarily in supplying
plenty of water in all but showery weather, and in keeping
clear from weeds. When the plants are 1ft. high, fill in
sufficient soil to cover any roots that may be on the sur-
face, after which no more earthing will be needed till August
or the beginning of September, excepting in the case of the
earliest crops, which will have been more forward at all
stages. Remove all lateral shoots from the base, and earth
up when the foliage is dry, keeping the soil each time below
the middle leaves or crown of the plant. The best plan is to
have a boy holding the stems and leaves together, while
someone with a spade places the soil around the plants, or
a piece of matting may be tied round each plant and
removed when the work is finished. Earthing should be
completed in about three stages, proceeding by the same
method each time. When frost sets in, cover the ridges
with about Gin. of dry litter, or something of a similar
description, and a good plan is to lay a couple of 9in.
boards, nailed at right angles, over the litter, to keep out

Celery — continued.

rain and snow water. Should Celery be taken up when
frozen, a condition that should be avoided if possible, it
must be submerged in very cold water, to thaw it; but the
frozen parts will often be quite useless.

Sorts. These are somewhat numerous, but many are
coarse and deficient in flavour. Sandringham White is
one of the best varieties for early work, but the red
Celeries are generally considered superior, so soon as they
can be obtained. Major Clarke's Solid Red and Williams'
Matchless Red are two of the best for main crop, and to
stand the winter. Other good varieties are Manchester
Red, a strong growing and good variety to stand the
winter ; Sulham Prize Pink, and Leicester Red. The best
white varieties, in addition to Sandringham, are Veitch's
Solid White, Williams' Matchless White, and Grove White.
For the Turnip-rooted Celery, see Celeriac.

CELERY PLY (Tephritis onopordinis). Celery Leaf-
miner. Of late years, the larvae of this destructive insect
have proved a great drawback to the culture of Celery.
They sometimes appear when the plants are quite small, and
eat out all the inner portion of the leaves as fast as they
are produced, thereby preventing the plants from growing,
and causing them to turn brown and often eventually to dio
away. Syringing the plants with tobacco water, followed
by clean water, is said to destroy them ; but the best and
only certain remedy is to carefully look over every plant so
soon as the small larvae are detected, pinch off the affected
part of the leaves, and burn them, or destroy the insects
between the finger and thumb. If this method be followed
from the first, at the same time keeping the plants grow-
ing as much as possible by applying plenty of water, the
insects will not be able to cause so much injury. They
attack the Celery for three or four months in some seasons,
and their destruction should be taken in hand immediately
they are detected.

CELERY LEAF-MINER. See Celery Fly.

CELOSIA (from kelos, burnt ; in reference to the burnt-
like appearance of the flowers of some species). Cockscomb.
OED. Amarantacece. Erect, glabrous or pilose herbs.
Flowers white or coloured, shining, hermaphrodite, brac-
teate and bracteolate, crowded in spikes or panicles ; peri-
anth five-parted ; the segments equal, spreading, glabrous.
Leaves alternate, petioled. We give cultural directions of
G. cristata (Cockscomb), and under the same treatment the
other varieties will thrive admirably, except that they must
never be kept dry, and must be encouraged by shifting as
often as necessary. It is useless to attempt growing this
with any success without heat. A good specimen plant
should be not more than 9in. high, and quite as wide over
the top of the flower-head, which should also be as thick
as possible, and of a dense colour. Seeds must be sown
in March or April, in pans of well-drained, rich, sandy soil.
After sowing, the pans should be placed in a hotbed, with
a night temperature of 65deg., rising to about 70deg.
with sun heat, and a moist, but not stagnant, atmosphere
should be maintained. As soon as the seeds germinate,
they should have plenty of light, and a little air; and
care must be taken that the soil does not become dry.
The pans must be kept near the glass. When the plants
are large enough to handle, they should be potted off into
small 60-sized pots, the cotyledons or seed leaves being kept
close to the soil. The pots must be placed in a position
close to the glass, in a frame where the same conditions are
maintained as above mentioned, allowing a rise of 5deg. or
6deg. in the daytime. They should be grown as quickly
as possible, and be kept rather dry, to induce flowering.
As soon as the heads show, so that the best-formed ones
can be selected, they should be shifted into 5in. pots, giving
a good soaking before repotting. They must again be placed
close to the glass, and the pots plunged to their rims in
ashes or cocoa-nut fibre refuse, on a hotbed. Water must
be sparingly administered, and more air admitted. If

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

289

Celosia — continued.

large heads are required, another shift may be given before
they are too large, and 7in. pots should be used for this
final potting. When these are filled with roots, liquid
manure may be given about twice weekly. Moderately
firm potting is necessary. The best soil to grow Celosias
in is half-rich sandy loam, and half-rotten cow and stable
manure mixed, with a good dash of silver sand. There are
several excellent sorts, among which may be named Tom
Thumb and Button's Prize Dwarf.

The other species differ from G. cristata in having large
plumes of inflorescence, which form pyramidal masses of
colour. Many sorts have a graceful pendent habit, which
renders them objects of great beauty, when well grown.
This is easily accomplished if treated in the same way
as recommended for the Cockscombs. Frequent syring-
ings are needed to keep down thrips and red spider.

Celosia — continued.
C. cristata (crested).* Common Cockscomb, fl. dark red ; spike

oblong, compressed ; common peduncle striated. I. ovate, acumi-
nate ; stipules falcate. Asia, 1570. See Fig. 393.

C. o. cocclnea (scarlet) differs from the common Cockscomb in
the crowded pyramidal arrangement of the inflorescence, narrower
leaves, and short stamens. It will grow well in a lower tempera-
ture than required for the type. (B. R. 1834.)

C. O. comosa (hairy), fl. scarlet or purplish ; spikes arranged in
a pyramidal drooping panicle. 1. stalked, ovate, h. 1ft, to 2ft
India, Ac., 1810. SVN. C. cernua. (A. B. R. 10, 635.)

FIG. 392. CEI.OSIA ARGENTEA, showing Entire Plant and Detached
Inflorescence.

C. argentea (silvery).* /. white ; inflorescence dense, spicate.

I. narrow, very shortly stalked or sessile. Tropical Asia. See

Fig. 392.
C. a. llnearls (linear) only differs from the typical C. argentea in

its narrower linear leaves. India, &c.
C. cernua (drooping). A synonym of C. cristata comosa.

FIG 394. CELOSIA CRISTATA YARIEOATA.

C. O. variegata (variegated) differs from C. cristata (the wild
type, from which the Garden Cockscomb has been developed) only
in its variegated leaves. See Fig. 394.

FIG. 393. FLOWER OF CELOSIA CRISTATA.

FIG. 395. CKLOSIA HUTTONII.

C. Huttonli (Button's).* fl. red, in ovate spikes. I.
claret-coloured, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Java, 1871. A very flne-foliaged
stove plant, of bushy, pyramidal habit. See Fig. 395.

C. pyramidalis (pyramidal).* fl., colours various ; and instead of

2 P

290

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING.

Celosia — continued.

forming a crested mass, as in C. crutata, they

normal form in elegant plants. A. lift. India,

assume a more
dia, 1820. There are

legant plants, h. lift. ,

a great number of varieties of this species, all of which ar
very ornamental, and, in a small state, are suitable for table
decoration.

CELSIA (named after Olaus Celsius, 1670-1756,

professor in the university of Upsal, author of " Hiero-

botanicon," a work on biblical botany). OED. Scrophu-

larinece. Hardy or half-hardy herbs. Flowers disposed

in loose, terminal racemes or spikes. Leaves crenate,

sinuate, dentate, or pinnatifid. This genus differs from

Verbascum merely in having four didynamous stamens.

The seed may be sown in the open borders, in June, and

thinned out for flowering, or raised in nursery beds and

transplanted. C. Arcturus should be increased by cuttings,

young wood striking freely in a cool house or frame.

C. Arcturus (Arcturus).* fl. yellow, large ; filaments bearded with

purple hairs. July to September. I., radical ones lyrate ; superior

ones oblong, h. 4ft. Candia, 1780. Half-hardy shrubby species.

This is a pretty plant for pot culture in a cool house. (B. M. 1962.)

C. betonicsefolia (Betony-leaved). /. yellow, the two superior

segments marked each by a purple spot. July. I. ovate-oblong,

wrinkled, crenated. Plant hairy. A. 2ft. Algeria, 1824. Half-

hardy biennial. (B. M. 6066.)

C. bugulifolia (bugle-leaved).* fl. yellowish, with curious brown
markings. 1. stalked, ovate, crenate. A. 1ft. South-east Europe,
1877. Hardy. SYN. lanthe bugulifolia.

C. erotica (Cretan).* /. yellow, marked with two rust-coloured

spots at the bottom on the upper side ; liin. in diameter ; nearly

sessile. June. I. hairy, lyrate-oblong ; upper ones oblong. A.

4ft. to 6ft. Crete, 1752. Hardy biennial. (B. M. 964.)

C. orientalis (oriental), fl. yellow, shorter than the bracts.

June, July. I. lower ones jagged ; cauline ones bipinnate ; seg-

ments narrow. A. 2ft Levant, 1713. Hardy annual. (S. F. G. 605.)

CELTIS (name used by Pliny for the Lotus). Nettle-

tree. ORD. Urticacece. A genus of rather large, hardy,

deciduous trees or shrubs, with greenish fascicled or

racemose flowers, small one-seeded drupaceous fruit, and

strongly-nerved, simple, alternate leaves. They thrive in

ordinary soil, and are very suitable for the back of a shrub-

bery. Increased by seeds, which should be sown as soon

as ripe ; by layers ; and by cuttings of ripened shoots, in

autumn. The stove species are not worth growing.

C. australis (Southern), fl. greenish, solitary. May. I. ovate-

lanceolate, oblong-lanceolate, or acuminate, argutely serrated,

unequal at the base ; upper surface rough, under one downy.

A. 30ft. to 40ft. South Europe, 1796. (W. D. B. 105.)

C. cordata (cordate). Synonymous with C. crassifolia.

C. crassifolia (thick-leaved).* American Hackberry. fl. green-

ish ; peduncle slender, one or two-flowered. May. I. rather

leathery, cordate, auricled, and unequal at the base, 6in. long,

Sin. to 4in. broad, serrated, rough on both surfaces. A. 20ft. to

30ft. North America, 1812. SYN. C. cordata.

C. Davidiana (Rev. Father David's). I. elliptic, narrowed to

both ends, irregularly toothed, thick, coriaceous, glabrous, deep

glaucous-green above, light green beneath. China, 1864. A

much-branched tree, with pendulous twigs.

C. occidentalis (Western).* North American Nettle-tree, fl.

greenish, small. May. I. reticulated, ovate-acuminate, un-

equal at the base, serrate, rough on the upper surface, hairy on

the under one. A. 30ft. to 50ft. Canada, 1656. (W. D. B. 147.)

C. o. pnmlla (dwarf). A dwarf form, seldom exceeding 8ft. in

height, with more membranous (at length) glabrous leaves.
C. Tournefortii (Tournefort's). fl. greenish. I., when adult,
ovate, acute, unequal at base, crenately serrated, roughish on the
upper surface ; when young, subcordate at the base. A. 10ft. to
12ft. Armenia, 1738.

CENTAUREA (from Kentaurion, the name given by
Dioscorides to the Centaury, Erythrcea Centaurium, which
was said to have cured a wound in the foot of the centaur
Chiron, caused by the arrow of Hercules). Centaury. ORD.
Composites. Pappus short and bristly, rarely none; involucre
globose or oblong; bracts imbricated, scarious, fringed,
toothed, or spinous ; receptacle bristly ; florets all tubular.
the outer ones sometimes large and neuter. Of this genus!
about four hundred species (annuals, biennials, and peren-
nials) have been described ; comparatively few, however, are
worth growing, but these are of the easiest culture in
ordinary soil. Seeds of the annual kinds may be sown
in the open border, in April, and the plants subsequently
thinned out to three or four in a patch, where they are to

Centaurea — continued.

remain and flower. The biennials may be sown in March,
in a slight heat, and planted out in May. The herbaceous
perennials require merely ordinary care and attention, and
common garden soil, wherein to thrive well. C. ragu-
sina and C. Cineraria are very extensively cultivated,
and as failures are occasionally experienced in their
propagation, the following plan, practised by a successful
grower, is recommended : First, make the cuttings, about
the beginning of September, take
off the bottom leaves, and allow
only about lin. of wood to remain.
Insert them in 60-sized pots, in a
compost of loam, leaf mould, and
sharp sand, in equal proportions ;
plunge in a cold frame, and keep
them close for about four weeks,
by which time they will be rooted.
Great care must be taken in wa-
tering. When they become pot-
bonnd, shift into 48-sized pots, in
which they may remain until bed-
ding-out time. Seeds may also be
easily procured and raised. They
should be sown in August, in
slight heat ; and when the seed-
lings are large enough to handle,
they should be potted off singly
into small thimble pots, in which
they may be kept through the
winter, in a cold frame or cool
house, a shift being given in the
spring. Much stronger plants are
thus obtained than if the seed is
sown in the early part of the year.

C. alpina (alpine).* fl.-heads yellow ;
involucral scales egg-shaped, obtuse.
July. I. decurrent, spinous, downy
beneath. A. 3ft. Southern and
Eastern Europe, 1640. Hardy her-
baceous.

C. americana (American), fl. -heads
red; outer scales of involucre three
times as short as their appendages ;

rduncles ventricose at top. August,
oblong, membranous, entire. A.
3ft. North America, 1824. Hardy
annual. See Fig. 396.

C. atropurpurea (dark purple).* fl.-heads dark purple ; involucral
scales ovate-lanceolate, serrate, ciliated. June to August. I. bi-
pinnatifid ; segments lanceolate. A. 3ft. Eastern Europe, Ac.,
1802. Hardy perennial.
C. aurea (golden).* fl.-heads golden -y ellow ;

FIG. 396. FLOWERING
BRANCH OF CEN-
TAUREA AMERICANA.

. . .- -

spinous ; spines spreading ; florets equal. July to September.
I. hairy ; lower ones pinnatifid. A. 2ft. South Europe, 1758.
Hardy perennial. (B. M. 421.)

C. babylonlca (Babylonian).* fl.-heads yellow, small, numerously
produced close to, and along the stem. July. I., root ones lanceo-
late-ovate, stalked, with a few small teeth ; stem ones narrower,
lanceolate, decurrent ; large, clothed with a white cottony down,
which renders this species peculiarly well adapted for borders
and margins of shrubberies. A. 6ft. to 10ft. Levant, 1710. Hardy
perennial. See Fig. 397.

C. candidissima (whitest). A synonym of C. Cineraria.

C. Cineraria (Cineraria), fl. purple; involucre ciliated. July
and August. 1. downy, very white, all compound ; lowest bipin-
natifid ; upper ones pinnate-laciniated. A. 3ft. Italy, &c., 1710.
Ualf -hardy herbaceous perennial. SYN. C. candidiasima.

C. Cyanns (dark blue).* Blue-bottle, Bluet, or Cornflower. /.
heads, florets of the disk purple, small ; of the ray, bright blue,
few, larger, spreading ; scales of the involucre greenish, with
brown margins. July. I. linear, entire ; the lower ones often
toothed ; cottony. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Britain. This is one of the
showiest of blue-flowered annuals. See Fig. 398. It varies in all
shades from white to deep rose.

C. dealbata (whitened).* fl.-heads rose-coloured. Summer. I.
smooth above, and covered with white hairs underneatli ; radi-
cal ones stalked, pinnate, with obovate lobes, coarsely toothed,
often auricled at the base ; stem ones pinnate, with oblong-
lanceolate lobes. A. 1ft. to lift. Caucasus, 1804. Hardy her-
baceous. See Pig. 399.

C. depressa (depressed), fl.-heads blue, with brownish-red centre
Summer. Orient, 1818. A. 1ft. This species resembles C. Cyanus,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

291

but is a dwarfer
irdy herbaceous,
indeed, anything

Centaorea— continued.

^ vST*?* * ^ Kn«P*. 1596, Hardy
.77.) There are also white-flowered (o/*a) and ros
rarieties, both of which are well worth growing.

flower-stems erect,
^^£?™™
C.

FIG. 397. CEJITA0REA BABTUJMCA.

JL-head* canary-yellow, large, terminal;
' • from the base. L large, handsome,
radicaL A. 4ft Armenia, 1868.

FIG. 396. FIJOWKR IAD BUD Of CK.VTALI

. moschata (musky). Sweet Sultan. &.-headi purple ; inrolucre
roundish, smooth ;' scales egg-shaped. July. 1 lyrate-toothed.
A. 2ft Persia, 1621 Hardy annual.

IBtfrtH

in a short sharp point
the flower. A. »t
Fig. 400. (B.H.124&)

C. montan* (mountain).* jL-keadt blue, large, handsome ; florets
deeply cut into four or fire segments. Early summer. L lanceo-
late, entire, decurrent, cottony. Stem

hollow, and thickened

Hardy perennial. See

FIG. 393. CKXTAl'RF-A

292

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Hardy

Centaurea— continued.

C. pulchra (beautiful), fl.-heads bright purple, globose; outer
scales of involucre drawn out into an ovate, pectinately ciliated,
scabrous appendage ; middle bristle longer, stiffer and shining.
August. I. sessile, glabrous, pinnate ; lobes linear, acute, entire
or a little toothed. Stem branched, furrowed, h. 1ft. Cashmere,
1838. Half-hardy. (B. R. 26, 28.)

C. raguslna (Ragusan).* fl.-heads yellow; involucre ciliated.
June, July. I. downy with silvery hairs, pinnatifid ; segments
obtuse, egg-shaped, quite entire, outer ones largest. A. 2ft.
Candia, 1710. Half-hardy perennial. (B. M. 494.)

C.rnthenloa<

shaped, obtuse

sharply serraU ,

1806. Hardy perennial.
C. suaveolens (sweet-scented).* Yellow Sultan, fl.-heads yellow,

sweet-scented; involucre round, smooth. July. I., lower ones

broad, somewhat spathulate, toothed ; upper ones lyrate at base.

h. IJft. Levant, 1683. Hardy annual. (S. B. F. G. i. 51.)
C. uniflora (one-flowered), fl.-heads purple, roundish, terminal,

nearly sessile among the upper leaves. Summer. I. small, white

and downy ; lower ones oblong-lanceolate, toothed ;

lanceolate, entire. A. 9in. to 15in. South Europe, 1£

perennial.

CENTAURY. See Erythrsea Centaurium.

CENTAURY, AMERICAN. A common name for
the species of the genus Sabbatia.

CENTOTHECA (from kentein, to prick, and theke, a
receptacle ; in allusion to the retrorse hairs of the upper
florets). ORD. Gramineae. A genus containing two or
three species, distributed over tropical Africa and Asia,
and the Pacific Islands. It is a somewhat near ally of
Melica. A compost of well-drained loam and leaf soil is
best. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring.

C. lappacea (bur-like). Bur. Inflorescence paniculate ; spikelets
hi branched racemes, many-flowered, green ; pedicels hispid. I.
sessile, lanceolate, acute, glabrous, 5in. to 6in. long, about tin.
broad. A. 2ft. India, Java, &c. Greenhouse.

CENTRADENIA (from
kentron, a spur, and aden, a
gland ; referring to a spur-like
gland on the anthers). SYN.
Plagiophyllum. ORD. Melas-
tomaceae. Stove evergreens.
Flowers pink or white ; racemes
few-flowered, axillary. Leaves
opposite, unequal, ovate or
lanceolate, entire, membranous,
three-nerved. They thrive in
a compost of one part sandy
loam, and two parts rough peat.
Cuttings of side shoots should
be inserted in February. C.
grandifolia makes an elegant
table ornament, and cut sprays
of it last in perfection a con-
siderable time.

G. divaricata (severed), fl. white,
few, terminal. Central America,

C.

/.pink. November.'
1856. (B. M. 5228.)
C. rosea (rosy).* fl. pink ; racemes
sub-corymbose,ternrinal. January.
1. ovate-lanceolate, unequal-sided.
A. 1ft. Mexico, 1840. (B. R. 29,
20.)

CENTRANTHUS (from
kentron, a spur, and anthos, a
flower; in reference to the co-
rolla being furnished with a
spur at the base). ORD. Vale-
rianetB. Ornamental herba-
ceous plants. Flowers red or
white, unilateral along the
branches of the panicle, which is corymbose. Leaves
undivided or pinnate. All the species are excellent for
borders, growing in common garden soil, or on walls or

(laree-leaved).*
r. h. 2ft. Mexico,

FIG. 401. CENTRANTHUS MA-
CROSIPHON, showing Habit
and Single Flower.

Centranthns— continued.

rockwork; and are readily increased by seeds, which,
for show annuals, should be sown in March.

C. angustlfolius (narrow-leaved), fl. red, lin. long ; spur one-
half shorter than the tube of the corolla. May to July. I. linear-
lanceolate, quite entire. A. 1ft. to 2ft. South Europe, 1759.
Hardy perennial. SYN. Valeriana angustifolia. (S. F. G. 29.)
C. Calcltrapa (Caltrops-like). /. white, tinged with red, rather
panicled. Slay to July. I., radical ones ovate, entire, or lyrate ;
upper ones pinnatifid. A. 6in. to 1ft. South Europe, 1683. Hardy
annual. SYN. Valeriana Calcitrapa. (S. F. G. 30.)
C. macrosiphon (large-tubed).* fl. rosy-carmine, rather larger
than those of C. ruber. July. I. glaucous. A. 2ft. Spain. An
annual, of compact habit. See Fig. 401. (P. F. G. 67.) Of this
there is a white-flowered variety.

C. ruber (red).* Red Valerian. /. red ; spur one-half shorter than
the tube ; cymes dense, forming a handsome corymbose panicle.
Summer. I. ovate or lanceolate ; upper ones unequal at the base,
toothed a little. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Europe (Britain). Perennial.
There are several forms, including a wnite-flowered variety, of
this species.

CENTRONIA (from kentron, a spur, in allusion to the
spurred anthers). ORD. Melastomacem. A genus of highly
ornamental shrubs, from Mexico, New Granada, Guiana,
and Peru. There are nine species ; in all probability, that
described below is the only one now in cultivation. A
compost of sandy peat and leaf mould suits them well.
Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened shoots, inserted in
peat and sand, under a bell glass.

C. li|»nnmttu». (blood-coloured). /. deep purplish-red, too much
tinged with violet to thoroughly agree with specific name ; in
panicles, large. I. shortly stalked, elliptic-obovate, five-nerved,
reddish-brown beneath, deep green above. A. 8ft. Ocafia, 1852.
Greenhouse. SYN. Calyptraria hcemantha.

CENTROPOGON (from kentron, a spur, and pogon,
a beard; in reference to the fringe which envelops the
stigma). ORD. Campanulacece. Ornamental greenhouse
or stove herbaceous perennials. The most popular member
of this genus is a hybrid between C. fastuosus and Sipho-
campylos betulcefolius, and known as C. Lucyanus. From
its flowering naturally during the dead of the winter, it is a
most desirable plant ; and it is more particularly this to
which the cultural remarks refer. The ready way this
plant admits of increase is much in its favour, as amateurs
will find no difficulty in propagating it. Any young shoots,
about Sin. or 4in. long, form good cuttings, and, if taken
off with a heel, root with more certainty, although others
rarely fail if placed in sharp sandy soil, close around the
edge of the pot, and then kept close under a bell glass
or propagating box, in a temperature ranging between
60deg. and 70deg. They delight in a light, loose, rich vege-
table soil, such as fibry peat, or leaf mould and loam in
equal proportions. Being rather moisture -loving subjects
when growing freely, it is necessary to afford them a fair
amount of drainage, and to add sufficient sand when potting
to keep the soil open and porous. During the early spring
months, a cool stove is the best situation for them, but with
the advent of summer a pit or frame is the most suitable.
Here they should be plunged in a bed of gently fermenting
leaves, or other material answering the same purpose, and
receive a slight shade for an hour or two during the hottest
part of the day. So favoured, and by shutting up imme-
diately after giving a good syringing early in the afternoon,
their growth will be rapid and clean. To insure maturation
by the winter, it is a good plan to withdraw the lights in
the forenoon during the early parts of September, at the
end of which month they should be transferred to their
winter quarters in an intermediate house or cool stove, til]
they begin to show blossom, when any warm greenhouse or
conservatory will suit them, if the temperature does not
recede below 50deg. In either of these places, it is always
advisable to keep them as dry at the roots as possible,
without allowing them to flag ; for these, like many other
plants, will endure much more cold when in this state
than with the soil wet, in which condition they soon
look miserable, and often die outright. Old plants, cut
down, shaken out, and repotted, make grand specimens ;
but for general decorative purposes those struck in spring

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

293

Centropogon— cont inued.

are the beet, being a nice handy size. Owing to its semi-
procumbent habit, it is not only good for pot culture, bnt
likewise forms a capital basket plant for suspending, in
which position it shows off ite beauties to great advantage.
When grown in this way, it is best to allow it to droop
naturally OTer the sides; but in pots it requires support,
which may be afforded it by using any small neat sticks,
touched over with pale green paint, so as to render them as
inconspicuous as possible.

A. 2ft.

CENTBOSTBKMA. ' fj i IIIMMMJ T1 in

ne. 402. FLOWERS OF CE.XTROFOGOK FASTUOSCS.

C.fa

See Fig. 402.

C. Lucyanua (M. Lucy's).* JL pretty rosy <
freely prodnced at the ends of short lateral spun. ^
L obkog-tanceolate. Store spede*. This most desirable
hybrid was raised by M. Desponds, of Marseilles, in 1856.

(Surinam). JL rose. Norember. A. 2ft.
Store species. (P. M. B. 13, 149.)
OIiENXA (from kentron, a sharp point, and
a tube; referring to the form of the corolla). OBD.
GtsneraceuB. This is now regarded as a mere section of
the genus Bpitcia. Stove herbaceous perennials. Corolla
tubular, spurred behind at base; throat widened; limb
short, fire-lobed, spreading ; calyx five-parted, serrated :
peduncles solitary, axillary, sometimes bearing many
pedicels. Leaves sub-cordate, petiolate. They thrive in
a soil composed of equal parts peat, leaf mould, and
sand. Good drainage is essential, and scarcely any water
is needed in winter. Cuttings will root in sand, in a warm
frame, with a bell glass covering.

C. braeteaoOM (braeteate). JL aggregate, bracteate; corolla
wider upwards; limb white; tube tanged with
little shorter than the corolla, red-purple above

UJSJTIf ATlTiTS (from iepfcafc, a head; in reference to
the arrangement of the flowers). OBD. BMOUI«<F. Store
shrubs, rarely perennial herbs, mostly natives of tropical
America, a few African, and two or three from Asia and
Oceania. Heads of flowers terminal or axillary, sessile or
pedunculate, subtended by an involucre of from two to
eight bracts, which are disposed in a cruciately opposite
manner; corolla funnel- shaped. Leaves orate, acute, pe-
tiolate ; stipules free or combined. They thrive in a com-
post of sandy, fibry peat, leaf soil, and* lumpy loam, with
thorough drainage. Cuttings of firm young shoots will root
in sandy soil, under a hand glass, in moist stove heat
a Ipecacuanha (Ipecacuanha).* *. white, downy outside ; heads
terminal, pedunculate, erect at first, bnt at length becoming pen-
dulous. January. I. oblong-orate, scabrous above, and clothed
with fine down beneath. Stems ascending at first, but at length
becoming erect, rather downy at the apex. A. oin. Brazil, 1839.
Store herbaceous. The root of this plant has long been employed
for medicinal purposes. (B. M. 4065.)

C. tomeatosa (downy).* .«*- brownish ; heads on lone peduncles ;
bracts of inTolncre scarlet, larse. broad, ovate-cordate, June.
Branches, petioles, peduncles, leaves, and involucre, hairy. k.
4ft. Tropical America, 1882. Store shrub. (B. M. 6636.)
Many other species are well worth growing, bnt are either lost to
cultivation or await introduction.

(from kephale, a head, and
anihera. an anther). OKD. Orchidex. Very interesting
and curious terrestrial Orchids. Calyx of three ovate, acute,
converging, permanent sepals ; petals ovate, erect, as long
the calyx; lip scarcely spurred, saccate at the base, con-
tracted in the middle, undivided and recurvate at the end.
They thrive well in a chalky loam, and may be propagated
by divisions. The following are our three native species :

(sword-leared). A. pure white ; sepals and petals
narrower and more pointed than in C. vrandi/tcra. May and Jane.
L, lower ones broadly oblong: upper ones long and narrow lanceo-
late. Stems 1ft to aft, sub-solitary, slender. England. Closely
allied to a ffrandylora, bnt with narrower leaves. (Sy. En. B.
1184.)

OT» (large-flowered).* *. white, distant, sub-erect ;
sepals and petals craus-oblong, obtuse ; terminal lobe of lip
orbicular, erect, yellow.

i. orate-oblong, Sin. u
ifted, 1ft. to 2ft. high.

orate-oblong, obtuse;

oin. ion,"- -8110'- **•*->•

England!
<X rnbra (redX JL rose-purple, few or many ; sepals and petals

acuminate ; lip white ; terminal lobe ovate-lanceolate. June

and July. L lanceolate. Stem oin. to ISin. high, slender.

England." (Sy. En. B. 1483.)

q?|c»*TTAT.A m-i-M lift , from kcphale, a head, and anthot,
a flower; the flowers are disposed in globular heads).
Button-wood. OBD. Rvbiaceae. An ornamental hardy
deciduous shrub, growing in common garden soil, but
preferring moist sandy peat. The most suitable place
for it is the American garden. Propagated best by layers,
in the early autumn,
a occidental!* (Western).' <t whitish-yellow ; pedunciee much

longer than the beads, usually by threes, at the top* of the
July. L opposite, or three in a whorl, orate or oral.
L A. 7ft. North America, 1735. <T. & M. 394.)

(B. M. 4675.)

CEPHAJLABIA (from kephale, a head; the flowers
being disposed in round heads). OBD. Diptacece. A genus
of hardy annual or perennial herbs, closely allied to Dip-
tacut. Flower-heads terminal, globose; involucre sur-
rounding the heads of many imbricated leaves, shorter than
the palese. Leave* toothed or pinnatifid. Most of the

294

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cephalaria — continued.

species are too coarse to admit of their being grown in the
ordinary borders, but they are very desirable for natural-
ising in the wild garden, or other similar places. For
culture, see Dipsacus.

C. tartarloa (Tartarian), ll.-heads yellow, large; paleas deep
green, white inside, ciliated. Summer. I. pinnate ; leaflets de-
current, oval-lanceolate, serrated. Stems striated, clothed with
retrograde villi at the base and on the petioles, h. 5ft. to 6ft.
Siberia, 1759. Perennial.

Several other names occur in nurserymen's catalogues, but the
above-mentioned species is the best.

Fio. 403. CEPHALOTUS FOLLICULARIS, showing Flower-spike and
Pitcher-like Leaves.

CEPHALOTAXUS (from kephale, a head, and Taxus,
the Yew; referring to the general appearance of these
trees). Cluster-flowered Yew. ORD. Coniferce. A small
genus of coniferous plants, with Yew-like foliage. Flowers
dioecious, in clusters. Fruit large, plum-like, two or
three together. Leaves linear, two-rowed, sharply pointed.
Primary branches whorled, spreading. They are hardy,
and succeed in almost any soil, but do best in sheltered
spots. Propagated by seeds, or by cuttings. The latter
should be inserted in August or September, in sandy soil,
under handlights, or in a cold frame kept shaded during
bright weather.

Ceplialotaxus — continued.

C. coriacea (coriaceous). A synonym of C. drupacea.

C. drupacea (drupaceous).* I. yellowish, glossy green above,
glaucous beneath, crowded, lin. to 2in. long, linear, arranged in
two opposite rows. fr. purple, oval-oblong, about lin. in length.
h. 6ft. to 8ft. Japan, 1844. SYNS. C. coriacea, C. fceminea, Podo-
carpus coriacea.

C. filiformis (thread-like). A synonym of C. Fortunei.

C. foaminea (female). A synonym of C. drupacea.

C. Fortunei (Fortune's).* 1. dark green above, lighter beneath,
Sin. or more long, gradually narrowing to a sharp point, arranged
in two rows. Branches long, slender, pendulous, h. 6ft. to 8ft.
China, 1848. Probably the species best adapted to the English
climate. SYNS. C. filiformis, C. mascula, and C. pendula. (B. M.
4449.)

C. mascula (male). A synonym of C. Fortunei.

C. pedunculata (peduncled).* Lord Harrington's Yew. I. bright
green above, marked with two broad glaucous lines beneath,
lin. to 2in. long, arranged in two rows. fr. large, drupaceous,
on long peduncles, h. 6ft. to 8ft. Japan, 1837. SYNS. Taxus
Harrinytoniana, T. sinensis. (G. C. n. s., xxi. 113.) The variety
f asticfiata( = Taxus Fortunei, T. japoniea)a,m\ 1'odwarpuskoraiana
is very distinct and ornamental, having bunches as erect as the
trunk, and the leaves scattered or spirally arranged around them.
C.p. spharalin differs principally in the globular, berry-like fruits.
(0:Ci .n. s., xxi. 117.)

C. pendula (pendulous). A synonym of C. Fortunei.

CEPHALOTUS (from kephalotes, headed ; in reference
to the filaments of the stamens being capitate). ORD.
Saxifragece. A very curious cool greenhouse herbaceous
perennial, thriving well in a mixture of chopped living
sphagnum and sandy, rough peat, well drained. It is very
important to ensiire porous material for its growth, admit-
ting a free circulation of water. A humid atmosphere in
summer is essential ; and to secure this, it is best to place a
bell glass over the pan in which the plant is grown. In
winter, less moisture, both at the roots and in the atmo-
sphere, is needed. Propagated by division, before new
growth commences; or by seeds.

C. follicularis (follicled).* New Holland Pitcher-plant, ft. white,
small, on an erect scape. I. all radical and stalked ; some are
elliptical and flat, and others dilated into pitchers similar to the
ascidia of the genus Nepenthes. These pitchers vary from lin. to
Sin. hi length, and are dark green, tinged with purple; lid netted
with veins of reddish-pink. Plant almost stemless. h. 2in. to Sin.
West Australia, 1822. See Fig. 403.

CERACEOUS. Wax-like.

CERANTHERA. A small genus of African shrubs
or trees, now united to Alsodeia.

CERASTIUM (from keras, a horn ; many of the
species have capsules exactly the form of an ox's horn).
Mouse-ear Chickweed. ORD. Caryophyllece. Decumbent
hairy hardy annual or perennial herbaceous plants. Flowers
white, small. The two species most generally cultivated are
Biebersteinii and tomentosum. These are grown princi-
pally on account of their silvery foliage. All are of very
easy culture in ordinary garden soil, or on the rockery.
They are readily propagated by divisions ; or by cuttings,
inserted in the open ground, and in a shady place, after
flowering. The species enumerated below are all peren-
nials.

C. alpinum (alpine).* ft. white; panicles rather hairy, few-
flowered. June, July. I. ovate, elliptical, or oblong, covered
with long silky hairs, or nearly smooth, h. 2in. to 4in. Britain.
(Sy. En. B. 223.)

C. Biebersteinii (Bieberstein's).* fl. white ; stalks erect, dichoto-
mous. Early summer. 1. woolly, ovate-lanceolate. Stems
branching, h. 6in. Tauria, 1820. Evergreen. Closely allied to C.
tomentosum, but with larger leaves and flowers. (B. M. 2782.)
C. Boissieri (Boissier's).* fl. white, large ; cymes regular, dicho-
tomous. Summer. I. sessile, .silvery, usually ovate-lanceolate,
acute, entire, h. 4in. to 1ft. Spain.

C. grandiflorum (large-flowered). /. white, large, conspicuous ;
peduncles seven to fifteen-flowered, erect ; profusely produced.
Summer. I. narrow, acute, hoary or woolly ; margins somewhat
revolute. h. 6in. Eastern Europe. A strong-growing deciduous
species, and consequently should only be cultivated where plenty
of room can be allowed it.

C. latifolium (broad-leaved), ft. white, solitary, or the peduncle
sparingly forked, larger than most of the other species. July.
I. ovate, slightly stalked, pale green, or slightly glaucous, h. Sin,
to6in. North Europe (Britain). Deciduous. (Sy. En. B. 224. )

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

295

Cerastiiun— continued.

C. tomentosum (downy).» fl. white; cymes forked, on erect
stalks. Early summer. I. oblonsj-spathulate, upper ones lanceo-
late, densely clothed with a greyish tomentum. h. 6in. Southern
and Eastern Europe, 1648. This evergreen species is largely
employed in almost all gardens for edgings to summer flower-
beds, Ac. (S. F. G. 455.)
CERASUS (said to have been first brought from

Cerasus. a town in Pontus, in Asia). Cherry. ORD.

Rosacece. Hardy deciduous or evergreen shrubs and trees.

FIG. 403A. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CERASUS ILICIFOL

Flowers white; pedicels one-flowered, rising before the
leaves in fascicled umbels from scaly buds, but sometimes
rising after the evolution of the leaves in racemes from
the tops of the branches. Drupe globose or nmbilicate
at the base, fleshy, quite glabrous, destitute of bloom,
containing a smooth, rather globose, compressed stone.
Leaves, when young, condnplicate. By far the larger
number of the species are deciduous, but two very
important ones are evergreen, viz., the common Laurel
(C. Laurocerasus), with its numerous varieties, and the
Portugal Laurel (C. lusitanica). The various species and
varieties are propagated by seeds, cuttings, grafting, or
budding. The seeds should be sown in autumn, in beds,
or they may be kept till spring. Cuttings should be
bedded in a semi-shady position, in autumn, or not later

Cerasus — continued.

than February, some sharp sand being added to the Boil.

For culture, &c., of the edible-fruited kinds, see Cherry.

C. Avinm (birds'). Wild Cherry, or Gean. fl. rising with the leaves •
bud oblong, acute, destitute of leafy scales. April and Mav.'
fr. roundish-ovate, depressed, black ; flesh adhering to the stone,
very succulent and sugary, the juice usually coloured. I. oval-
lanceolate, pointed, serrated, somewhat pendent, slightly pu-
bescent on the under side, and furnished with two glands at the
base. A. 20ft to 40ft. England. Deciduous.

C. A. multiplex (double-flowered).* fl. smaller than the type,
ovate, bearing two or three glands at the base.

C. Caproniana.* Common Cherry, fl, rising with the leaves ;
calyx huge, campanulate ; peduncles usually thick, stiffen, not
long. Spring, fr. globose, depressed, with the suture hardly
depressed ; flesh soft, more or less acid and styptic. I. oval-
lanceolate, toothed, glabrous, h. 15ft. to 20ft. Europe. Small
tree, with spreading branches. Of this deciduous species, innu-
merable varieties have been raised. The most important of the
fruit-bearing sorts will be found described under Cherry. The
double-flowered variety (multiplex) is very showy, and useful for
forcing and for shrubberies (SYN. C. ranunculiflora). (F. d. S. 1805.)

C. oarollnlana (Carolina).* /I. rather large ; racemes axillary,
dense, shorter than the leaves. May. fr. nearly globose,
mucronate. /. evergreen, on short petioles, oblong-lanceolate,
mucronate, smooth, rather coriaceous, almost entire. North
America, 1759.

C. Chamaecerasus. Ground Cherry, fl. umbellate; umbels
usually sessile ; peduncles longer than the leaves when in fruit
May. fr. round, reddish-purple, very acid. 1. obovate, shining,
crenated, bluntish, quite glabrous, rather coriaceous, hardly
glandular, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Europe, 1597. Deciduous. There is
a creeping form, jxvitiuta, and another with varieuated leaves.

C. depressa (depressed), fl. white: umbels few-flowered, sessile-
aggregate. May. jr. ovate. /. lanceolate-cuneated, a little
serrated, glabrous, glaucous beneath. Branches angular,
depressed, prostrate. North America, 1805. Deciduous. The
correct name of this plant is Primus pumila.

C. duracina (hard).* fl. white, rising with the leaves ; peduncles
long, slender. April, fr. heart-shaped ; suture much depressed,
rarely almost obsolete ; flesh hard and brittle. Branches ascending
when young, but in the adult state hardly spreading, h. 10ft. to
20ft A large, deciduous tree. Sv.s. Prunttg Cerasu* Binarella.
It is probable that this species, crossed with ('. Ari.m, has
produced the Bigarreau and Heart Cherries.

C. ilicifolia (H lly-leaved). fl. white, small, in racemes £in. to
2in. Ion;;. March to May. jr. large, £in. or more thick, usually
red, sometimes dark purple or black. California. An ornamental
shrub, with shining dark evergreen foliage; excellent for corridor
or conservatory. In the open air, it requires a wall, and »xtra
shelter during winter. See Fig. 403A. SYN. Pmnus ilicifolia.

C. Juliana (St. Julian'sl. fl. rising with the leaves. /.-. ovate,
depressed, heart shaped ; flesh sweet, rather soft. Branches
ascending when young, but when in an adult state hardly
spreading, h. 20ft. to 40ft. South Europe. The varieties of this
deciduous species— frequently, and probably correctly, classed as
forms of C. Avium—nre known as Guignien, or Heaumiers.

Fio. 404. BRANCHLET OF CERASUS LAUROCERASUS.

Common LaureL fl, white;
shorter than the leaves. April and May. /r. ovate, acute.
I. ovate-lanceolate, remotely-serrated, furnished with two or
four glands beneath, h. 6ft to 10ft Levant, 1629. Evergreen
shrub. See Fig. 404. The following varieties are found in
gardens, and are all useful for extensive planting in shrubberies
or woodlands: angustifolia (narrow-leaved); camettvxtfolia (Ca-
mellia-leaved) ; caucasiea (Caucasian) ; colchica (Colchican), very
useful ; rotundifolia (round-leaved), and tariegata (variegated
leaved).

296

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cerasns — continued.

C.lnsltanloa (Portuguese).* Portugal Laurel fl white ; racemes
erect, axillary, longer than the leaves. June. fr. ovate, red |
when ripe. I. evergreen, ovate-lanceolate, serrated, glandless.
h. 10ft. to 20ft Portugal, 1648. This is one of the most
excellent shrubs grown. There is a variety named myrtifolia
(Myrtle-leaved) which produces smaller leaves, and is of com-
pact growth. It is frequently called the Upright Portugal

C. Mabaleb (Mahaleb). fl. white ; racemes somewhat corymbose,
leafy. April and May. fr. ovate-roundish, black, yielding a
bitter purple juice, the stain of which is not easily effaced. /.
broad, roundish-cordate, denticulated, glandular, folded together,

— continued.

bracteosa (long-bracted), heterophylla (various-leaved), paroiflora
(small-flowered), and rubra (red).
C. pendula (drooping). A synonym of Prunus subhirtella.

C. pseudo-cerasus.* Bastard Cherry. /. white, racemose. April
and May. Branches and peduncles pubescent, fr. pale red,
small, of a pleasant sub-acid flavour, with a very small stone.
I. obovate, acuminated, flat, serrated. Branches and peduncles
pubescent, h. 6ft. to 10ft. China, 1819. This deciduous species
bears forcing well. SYN. Prunug paniculata. (B. B. 800.)

C. ranunculiflora (Ranunculus-flowered). A synonym of
C. Caproniana multiplex.

no. 406. FLOWERING BRANCH OP DOUBLE WHITE CHINESE CHERRY (CERASUS SERRULATA).

h. 10ft. South Europe, 1714. The wood is red, very hard, and
•weet-scented. Deciduous.

C. occldentalis (Western).* fl. white ; racemes lateral. I. ever-
green, glandless, oblong, acuminated, quite entire, glabrous on
both surfaces, h. 20ft. West Indies, 1784. Stove evergreen tree.

C. Padus. Conimon Padus, Bird Cherry, or Hagberry. fl. white ;
racemes terminal, elongated, leafy, drooping. April and May.
fr. round, black, nauseous to most palates, but, infused in gin or
whiskey, it greatly improves these spirits. I. ovate-lanceolate,
rather acuminated, h. 10ft. to 30ft. Britain. There are numerous
forms of this deciduous species, including the following :
argentea, (silver-blotched-leaved), aucubcefolia (Aucuba-leaved),

C. salicina (Willow-leaved). JL white, small, usually solitary,
shorter than the leaves. April, fr. about the size of that of the
Myrobalan Plum. I. obovate, acuminated, glandular! y serrated,
glabrous ; stipules subulate, glandular, length of the petiole.
A. 4ft. to 6ft. China, 1822. Half-hardy deciduous.

C. semperflorens (ever-flowering). All Saints', Ever-flowering,
or Weeping Cherry, fl. white, axillary, solitary. May. fr. red,
small, round, watery, of but little value. I. ovate, serrated.
Branches drooping, h. 10ft. to 20ft. 1822. (W. D. B. 131.) The
variety aurea variegata (golden-variegated) is very handsome.

C. serotina (late), fl. white, in racemes terminating leafy
branches, fr. purplish -black. I. lanceolate-oblong, acuminate,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

297

Cerasus — continued.

serrated, with incurved, short, or callous teeth. Eastern United
States. A large deciduous tree, furnishing valuable timber.
(W. D. B. 48.)

C. serrulate (saw-leaved).* Double Chinese Cherry, fl. pale
white or rose-tinted, double, disposed in fascicles. April. I.
obovate, acuminated, setaceously serrulated, quite glabrous ;
petioles glandular, h. 15ft. China, 1822. SYN. C. Sieboldii.
Deciduous. See Fig. 405. (R. H. 1866, 371.)

C. Sieboldii (Siebold's). Synonymous with C. serrulata.

C. sphaarocarpa (round-fruited), fl. white ; racemes axillary,
erect, small, shorter than the leaves. June and July. fr. nearly
globose, purple when ripe. I. glandless, shining, about 2in. long
and Ijin. broad, h. 10ft. to 12ft. Jamaica, 1820. Stove evergreen.

C. virginiana (Virginian). Choke-Cherry, fl. white; racemes
erect, elongated. May and June. fr. globose, red. I. oblong,
acuminated, doubly-toothed, smooth ; petioles usually bearing
about four glands. Wood beautifully veined with black and
white, h. 20ft. to 80ft. Eastern United States, 1724. Deciduous.

CERATIOLA (from Iteration, a diminutive of Iceras, a
horn ; in reference to the stigma radiating into four divi-
sions like little horns, as in the Carnation). ORD. Empe-
tracece. An upright, much-branched, evergreen, half-hardy
shrub, much resembling an Erica. When well grown, it is
a very handsome little plant. It thrives well in sandy
peat, to which may be added a little very fibry loam. It
will probably prove quite hardy in the West of England ;
but if grown out of doors in other parts of the country,
it should have protection during winter. Propagated by
cuttings, which should be placed in sandy soil, under a bell
glass.

C. ericoides (Heath-like).* /. brownish, sessile, in the axils of
the upper leaves, rarely solitary, sometimes verticillate. June.
I. simple, alternate, exstipulate, spreading, needle-shaped, obtuse,
glabrous and shining, about Jin. long, sometimes crowded as if
verticillate. Berries globose, yellow. Florida, Carolina, 1826.
(B. M. 2758.)

CERATODACTYLIS. See Llavea.
CERATOLOBUS (from Iceras, a horn, and lobos, a
pod; referring to the horned pod-like spathe). ORD.
Palmce. Slender-growing stove Palms, of great beauty,
and requiring culture similar to Calamus (which see).
C. ooncolor (one-coloured). I., sheath sub-strigose ; segments

green beneath, fr. sub-globose. Sumatra.
C. glaucescens (milky-green-leaved).* 1. pinnate, 1ft. to 2ft. long ;

pinnae somewhat cuneate, lengthened out into a tail-like point ;

edges erose, dark green on the upper surface, grey below ; petioles

sheathing, densely armed with slender spines. Java. This makes

an elegant table plant.

CERATONIA (from Iteration, a horn or pod ; in allu-
sion to the shape of the pods). Algaroba Bean, or Carob.
This plant is called by Theophrastus, Keronia; by Dios-
corides, Kerateia. OKD. Leguminosce. An evergreen tree,
with a thick trunk, and abruptly-pinnate, coriaceous,
shining leaves. It thrives well in the South of England,
in any ordinary garden soil, if afforded the protection of
a wall, and slightly sheltered during winter. Eipened
cuttings will root if planted in sand, with a hand glass
placed over them.

C. Siliqna (podded). Bean-tree, Carob-tree, or Locust-tree, fl.
red, small, racemose. September. I., leaflets oval, obtuse, flat,
coriaceous, shining, dark green. Plant unarmed, h. 30ft. to
50ft. South Europe, 1570. This tiee is much cultivated in the
South of Europe for the sake of the pods, the pulp of which
is eaten ; these are 4in. or more in length, and are, as well as
the seeds, of a dusky ferruginous colour. (A. B. K. 567.)

CERATOFETALTJM (from keras, a horn, and petalon,
a petal ; the petals are jagged so as to resemble a stag's
horn). ORD. Saxifragece. A genus containing a couple of
species of greenhouse trees, limited to New South Wales.
Flowers small, in terminal trichotomous cymes or corymbose
panicles. They have opposite leaves, with one to three
digitate leaflets, articulate on the petiole; stipules very
small, caducous. For culture, see Callicoma.
C. apetalum (without petals), fl. greenish-yellow. I., leaflets

usually solitary (occasionally three on luxuriant shoots or young

trees), h. 50ft. to 60ft.
C. gummlferum (gum-bearing), fl. yellow, in terminal panicles.

June. I. ternate ; leaflets three, lanceolate, serrated, coriaceous,

and smooth, h. 30ft. to 40ft. 1823.

CERATOFTERIS (from keras, a horn, and pteris, a
fern). ORD. FiUees. A very curious stove aquatic annual
monotypic genus. Sori placed on two or three veins, which
run down the frond longitudinally, and are nearly parallel
with both the edge and midrib. Capsules scattered on the
receptacles, sessile, globose, with a ring which is either
complete, or more or less partial or obsolete. Involucre
formed of the reflexed margin of the frond, those of the
two sides meeting against the midrib. When nicely grown
in water, this is a very handsome plant, and not inaptly
called the Floating Stag's-horn Fern. The spores must be
preserved and sown early in spring, in a pot of very moist
loam; they germinate rapidly if plunged in water, in
February. Young plants may also be obtained from the
proliferous buds, by pegging the sterile fronds on to a
surface of moist earth. It succeeds best when the pot
containing it is plunged to the rim in water.
C. thalictroides (Thalictrum-like).* sti. tufted, thick, inflated.
fronds succulent, the barren ones floating, simple or slightly
divided when young, bi- or tripinnate, with narrow linear seg-
ments, when mature ; fertile ones bi- or tripinnate ; ultimate
segments pod-like. Tropics, in quiet waters. SYN. Parkeria
pteroides.

CERATOSTEMA (from keras, a horn, and stemon, a
stamen ; in reference to the anthers being bluntly spurred
at the base). ORD. VacciniaceoB. Very pretty greenhouse
evergreen shrubs. Flowers almost sessile, lateral and ter-
minal, pedunculate ; corollas large, scarlet. Leaves oblong,
on short petioles, almost veinless, coriaceous, rounded, and
sub-cordate at the base. They require a compost of sandy
loam and peat ; and are readily increased by cuttings,
planted in sand, and placed under a glass.
C. longlflorum (long-flowered). fl. crimson. Andes of Peru,

elevation 12,000ft. above sea-level, 1846. (B. M. 4779.)
C. speciosum (showy).* /. bright orange-red, about Ijin. long;
spikes short, axillary, secund, drooping. I. coriaceous, ovate-
lanceolate, with a short twisted petiole. Ecuador, 1870.
CERATOZAMIA (from keras, a horn, and Zamia,
another genus of Cycadacece, which this much resembles ;
in reference to the horned scales of the cones). ORD. Cyca-
dacece. Stove plants, distinguished from Zamia in having
the thickened apices of the scales of the male and female
cones bicornute (i.e., two-horned), instead of hornless. Leaf-
lets articulated. Trunks short. They require a moist
atmosphere, and a compost of rich light loam and rotten
leaves. Propagated by seeds, and sometimes by suckers
and divisions ; but imported plants give most satisfaction.
C. fusco-virldis (dusky-green).* I. 3ft. to 4ft. long, broadly pin-
nate, of a fine arching habit ; pinnae deep green, 6in. to 7in. long,
sessile, lanceolate, and tapering to a longish point. Trunk fur-
nished with broadish scales, surrounding each of the leafstalks,
which are nearly terete above and asperous along the edges.
Young leaves of a rich bronzy-chocolate colour, but gradually
changing to olive-green and, finally, deep green. Mexico, 1879.
C. Knsterlana (Kuster-s). I. 2ft. to 4ft. long, pinnate, spread-
ing ; pinnae semi-lunate, tapering to a sharp point, coriaceous,
6in. to lOin. long, about Jin. broad, dark green. Mexico.
C. mexicana (Mexican).* Male : I. pinnate, about 6ft. long ;
pinnae coriaceous, sessile, cordate-lanceolate, tapering to a sharp
point, 9in. to 12in. long, Ijin. broad, dark green ; petioles spiny
for about half their length, very stout at the base. Mexico.
Female : I. pinnate, 3ft. to 4ft. long, pendulous ; pinnae 6in. to
lOin. long, tapering to a point, rich dark green on both surfaces ;
naked portion of petiole armed with short white spines. Stem
stout. Mexico.

C. Miqueliana (Miquel's).* I. pinnate, spreading ; pinnae coria-
ceous, oblong, abruptly tapering to a point, 6m. to 12in. long,
2in. broad, dark green. Stem slender. Mexico.
CERBERA (so named from Cerberus, of mythlogical
note, on account of its poisonous qualities). ORD. Apocy-
nacece. Stove evergreen shrubs or trees. Peduncles extra-
axillary at the tops of the branches ; corolla funnel-shaped .
tube pilose inside at top. Leaves scattered, quite entire.
They require a rich fibry loam, and cuttings of young,
rather ripe shoots will root in sand, if planted in April, in
bottom heat.

C. Manghas (Manghas). fl. white, with a pink centre ; petals
ovate, with an incurved, sub-retuse apex ; panicle terminal, corym-
bose, large, open. July to September. I. oblong-lanceolate, acute,

tapering downwards, approximate, shiny.
(U M. 1845.)

2 Q

298

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CERCIS (from Tcerkis, a shuttlecock ; a name given by
Theophrastus to this tree). Judas-tree. ORD. Leguminosas.
Ornamental, hardy, deciduous trees. For their singular
beauty, they deserve a place in every garden and shrubbery.
When the trees have arrived at a good size, the branches
are so thickly beset with flowers as scarcely to be seen;

FIG. 406. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CERCIS SILIQUASTRUI

and the singular shape of the leaves — which appear after
the flowers -makes a very agreeable variety in summer.
The trees prefer a deep, free, rich, sandy soil. They are
generally raised from seeds, which should be sown about

Fio. 407. CEREUS GRANDIFLORUS.

Cercis— continued.

the end of March, on a bed of light soil, in a gentle heat.

The young plants will produce flowers in three or four

years ; they may also be propagated by layers, but plants

raised from seeds thrive best.

C. canadensis (Canadian).* A. red ; pedicels one-flowered, rising
from the trunk and branches in fascicles. May. I. cordate, acumi-
nate, villous in the axils of the veins beneath, h. 12ft. to 20ft.
Canada, 1730.

C. chlnensis (Chinese).* This recently-introduced species closely
resembles C. canadensix in foliage ; the pink flowers are larger.
SYN. C. japonica.

C. japonica (Japanese). A synonym of C. chinensis.

C. Siliquastrum.* Common Judas-tree ; Love-tree. Jl. bright
purple ; pedicels one-flowered, rising from the trunk and branches
in fascicles. May. 1. simple, cordate, very blunt, emarginate,

quite glabrous, h. 20ft. to ;

South Europe, 1596. In northern

parts of this country, this fine species requires to be planted
against a wall, in which situation it thrives admirably. The wood

is very beautiful and veined with black, takes an excelle

and may be utilised for many purposes. See Fig. 406. (B. M. litt.)

There are varieties with flesh-coloured and white flowers.

CEBrCOCABiFUS (from kerkis, a shuttle, and karpos,
a fruit; in reference to the shape of the fruit). ORD.
RosacecB. Greenhouse or half-hardy evergreen shrubs or
small trees. They thrive in a mixture of peat and loam.
Cuttings will root if planted in a pot of sand, with a hand
glass placed over them.

C. fotbergilloides (Fothergilla-like).* JL in axillary umbellate
fascicles ; calyx purple, with a cylindrical permanent tube. May.
I. alternate, entire, nearly elliptic, coriaceous, glabrous, fur-
nished with two petiolar stipules, h. 12ft. Mexico, 1828.

FIG. 408. CEREUS NYCTICALUS.

CEREUS (from cereus, pliant; in reference to the
«hoots of some species). Torch Thistle. ORD. Cactece.
Fleshy grotesque greenhouse shrubs, with a woody axis,
and medulliferous inside ; angles vertical, bearing fascicles
of spines, regularly furrowed. Flowers large, rising from

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

299

Cereus — continued.

the fascicles of spines, or indentures on the angles;
sepals very numerous, imbricated, adnate to the base of
the ovary, united into an elongated tube ; outer sepals the
shortest, forming the calyx ; middle ones longer and
coloured, innermost ones petaloid ; stamens very numerous,
united with the tube ; style filiform, mnltifid at the apex.
Berry areolate, tubercular or scaly, either from the remains
of the sepals, or from their cicatrices when they have fallen
off. For culture, see Cactus.

Of this large genus, the following species are the best,
and most easily obtained. Numerous others are offered
for sale, principally by continental growers.
C. coccinens (scarlet).* fl, scarlet, large, numerous. September.
Plant with long joints, rooting, deep green, triangular ; ribs com-
pressed, repand ; prickles rising from yellow tomentum, radiating
ones few, pilose, white, and four rather recurved, stiff, fulvous
central ones in each fascicle. Brazil, 1828.

C. crenulatus (crennlate). Plant simple, erect, greyish-green ;
with eight blunt tubercular ribs, and narrow recesses ; areolae,
while young, convex and velvety ; prickles fourteen in each
fascicle, white, setaceous, stiff, outer ten radiating, central four
diverging, and longer than the others. Stem 6in. high, and 2in.
in diameter. Mexico, 1822.

FIG. 400. CEREUS PLEIOGOMJS.

C. fimbriatus (fringed).* JL rose-coloured, campanulate, with

few petals, which are fringed ; tube short ; stamens very numerous.

fr. globose, red, size of an orange, beset with prickly tubercles.

Plant tall, erect, bluntly eight-angled ; prickles setaceous, white.

h. 18ft. to 25ft St. Domingo, 182oV
C. flagellifonnis (whip-formed).* fl. red or pink, very handsome ;

style rather shorter than the petals. March. Stems prostrate,

creeping, with about ten angles; tubercles crowded, bearing

bristles. Peru, 1690. (B. M. 17.)
C. fulgidus (glittering) .* /. orange-scarlet, having the inner petals

blood-red, and glossy with a metallic lustre. 6in. to 7in. across.

Cer ens— continued.

Tropical America, 1870. A very handsome tall-growing plant,
with three to four-angled steins, spiny at the nodes! (BTfi. 68661)
C.grandiflonis (large-flowered).* fl. very large. June to August.
Stems rooting, diffuse, climbing, five to six-angled • bristles i Sin
to Sin. each, fascicled, hardly longer than the doirn from which
they proceed. West Indian Islands, 1700. The flowers continue
about six hours in full blossom. They begin to open between seven
and eight o'clock in the evening, and are fully blown by eleven
By three or four o'clock in the morning, they fade ; but, durine
their short existence, there is hardly any flower of greater beauty
or that makes a more magnificent appearance. The calyx of the
flower, when open, is nearly 1ft. in diameter; the inside, being of a
splendid yellow colour, appears like the rays of a bright star • the
outside is of a dark brown. The petals, being of a pure white,
contribute to the lustre ; the vast number of recurved stamens in
the centre of the flower make a fine appearance. Add to all this
the strong, sweet fragrance, and there is scarcely any plant
which so much deserves a place in the stove, as this, especially
as it may be trained against the wall, where it will not take up
any room. See Fig. 407. (B. M. 3381.)

FIG. 410. CKKEUS SERPE.NTIMS.

C. hexagonns (six-angled), fl. solitary, 6in. long; the sepul>
along the tube greenish and irregularly imbricated ; limb a httlt
expanded, reddish outside and white inside ; stamens greenish.
Plant simple, erect, large, usually with six strong ribs ; fascicles
of spines middle-sized ; prickles short, brown, h. about 40ft,
usually without any branches. South America, 1690.

C. lividus (livid), fl, white, with a yellow-green tinge towards the
outside, lOin. hi diameter. June. Plant erect, very sparingly
branched ; stems five to six-angled, constricted or jointed at
intervals, with thick, flat, straight, round-edged ribs, lin. or
more in depth. Brazil, 1868.

C. Macdonaldla (Macdonald's).* fl. opening during the night,
when fully expanded 12in. to Win. diameter ; sepals bright red and
orange, radiating, and very numerous; petals delicate white.
July. Stems cylindrical, creeping, branched, slender. Honduras.
This is a magnificent species. (B. M. 4707.)

300

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cereus — continued.

C. nycticalus (night - flowering) fl. white, opening at night,
scentless, similar in form to, but larger than, those of C. graiuii-
flortis. Plant with sub-erect, long, jointed, climbing branches,
some cylindrical with four to five series of spines, others with
from four to six ribs. Spines small, very rigid, each cluster con-
taining about four, mixed with white, often deciduous setae.
Mexico. Suitable for planting against the wall of a warm green-
house. See Fig. 408.

C. pcntagonus (five-angled).* /. white, large. July. Plant
erect, jointed, slender, pale green, flve-angled ; ribs repand ;
prickles naked at the base, nearly equal, slender, straw-coloured,
with five to six radiating ones in each fascicle, and one central
one. Stems varying, with three, four, or ttve angles, h. 3ft.
South America, 1769.

C. pleiogonus (many-starnened). fl. purplish-red. Plant light
olive-green, erect, cylindrical, with about thirteen very small
ribs ; the areolae are slightly swollen at the summit, then form
small tubercles more and more distinct until, at the base, the ribs
almost completely disappear. Spines about thirteen, the exterior
ones radiating pretty regularly ; the upper ones the shorter, and
the interior ones more or less erect. Native country unknown.
h. 6in. See Fig. 409.

C. quadrangularis (four-angled).* fl. white, opening at night,
beautiful and sweet-scented. Plant creeping, three to four-
angled ; angles hardly channelled ; spines fave to seven in each
fascicle, hardly stellate. West Indies, 1809.

C. ropandus (repand). /., tube green, unarmed ; inner calycine
or corolline lobes white ; outer looes of calyx narrow and much
acuminated, almost exceeding the inner ones in length. May.
Plant long, erect, with eight to nine blunt angles ; angles rather
undulated ; spines longer than the wool from which they issue.
h. 10ft. to 20ft. Caribbee Islands, 1728. (B. B. 336.)

C. serpentinus (serpentine).* fl. large, very handsome ; lobes
bluntish, outer ones greenish, middle ones purplish, inner ones
white ; floral tubes very bristly at the base. Plant creeping,
flexuous, and somewhat climbing, with eleven to twelve very blunt
angles ; bristles in fascicles, much longer than the wool from
which they issue, but which at length falls off. h. 3ft. to 4ft.
South America, 1817. See Fig. 410. (B. M. 3566.)

C. speciosissimus (most showy).* fl. large, of a beautiful
scarlet colour, sometimes violaceous inside ; petals spreading ;
stamens white. July, August Plant erect, three to four-
angled ; angles toothed ; prickles subulate, straight, rising from
white tomentum. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Mexico, 1816. (B. M. 3822.)

C. triangularis (three-angled), fl. greenish on the outside, and
white inside, larger than that of most other species. July.
Plant creeping, trigonal ; prickles short, four in a fascicle, some-
what decussate. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Mexico, 1690. (B. M. 1884.)

CEKJFEROUS. Bearing or producing wax.

CERINTHE (from keros, wax, and anthos, a flower;
bees are supposed to obtain wax largely from the flowers).
Honeywort. ORD. Boraginece. Glabrous, glaucous, hardy
annuals or perennials, with terminal leafy racemes of
tubularly campanulate, drooping, variegated flowers. All
are of easy culture in common garden soil. Seeds should
be sown in spring, in sunny spots. C. maculata, being a
perennial, requires to be planted in a sheltered, dry situa-
tion, or the fleshy roots will be apt to rot.
C. ospora (rough). fl.t corolla yellow, with a brownish-purple

tube, cylindrical, flve-toothed, twice as long as the calyx. July.

1. oblong, denticulately ciliated, rough beneath. A. 1ft. to 2ft.

South Europe, 1633. Annual. (S. F. G. 170.)
C. glabra (glabrous), fl., corolla yellow at bottom and violaceous

at top, flve-toothed. June. I. ovate-lanceolate, quite entire.

A. 1ft. European Alps, 1827. Annual.
C. maculata (spotted).* fl., corolla yellow, marked with five dark

purple spots on the tube ; ventricose, five-cleft to the middle.

June. 1. cordate-ovate, quite entire, glabrous. A. 1ft. to lift.

South and Eastern Europe, 1804. Perennial.
C. major (largest).* fl., corolla yellow at bottom and purple at top ;

ventricose at top, five-toothed. Julj '

lately ciliated, all fleshy, stem-u
beset with white dots, rough bene
Annual. (B. M. 333.)

1. cordate-ovate, denticu-
;labrous above, densely
1ft. Switzerland, 1596.

C. minor (smaller).* /., corolla yellow, sometimes with five
brownish spots, five-cleft, with conniving segments. June.
1. cordate-ovate, quite entire, glabrous, densely beset with minute

C. retorta (twisted).* /., corolla with a yellow tube and a viola-
ceous limb, retorted, clavately cylindrical, with a constricted five-
toothed mouth. July. I. stem-clasping, somewhat spathulate,
emargmate at top, with a short mucrone, beset with white warts
on both surfaces. A. IJft. Greece, &c., 1828. Annual. (S. F G.

CEROPEGIA (from keros, wax, and pege, a iount/am ;
referring to the form and waxy appearance of the flowers).
ORD. Asclepiadacece. Usually twining, sometimes erect,
herbs, often with tuberous roots. Corolla funnel-shaped,
more or less ventricose from the base ; segments of the limb
narrow, sometimes cohering at the apex. Leaves opposite.
The corona consists of a single whorl of five to ten leaves,
opposite the stamens, and alternating with the segments of
the corolla. Ceropegias are very curious and pretty stove
or greenhouse plants, thriving in a mixture of peat, sand,
and vegetable mould. Cuttings of small side shoots, made
in April, will root in sand, in heat, with or without a glass
covering. They should have little or no water, when in a
dormant state, particularly the bulbous-rooted kinds.

C. acuminata (taper-pointed), fl. large, erect, with a greenish
tube, and a purple limb ; segments united at apex ; corolla ven-
tricose at base ; tube sub-clavate ; peduncles many-flowered. June.
I. linear-lanceolate, 2in. to 4in. long, hardly iin. broad, attenuated
at apex. Boot tuberous. Coromandel, 1820. Stove.

C. Barklyl (Barkly's).* fl. scarcely 2in. long, with a narrow,
curved, pinkish tube, dilated into a globose base, and expanded
above into a funnel-shaped limb, divided into live long filiform
segments, coherent at the incurved tips. May. I. opposite,
lanceolate, white-veined. Boot tuberous. South Africa, 1877.
Greenhouse. (B. M. 6315.)

C. Bowkerl (Bowker's). fl. solitary, shortly-stalked ; sepals pale
green, spotted with brown; corolla pale yellowish-green, Uiii.
long (including the reflexed limb). I. linear, sub-acute, sessile.
Boot a tuber. A. 1ft. Caffraria, 1862. Greenhouse. (B. M. 5407.)

C. bulbosa (bulbous), fl. large, erect, with a greenish tube and a
purple limb, having the segments united at the apex ; tube of
corolla sub-clavate ; peduncles many-flowered, shorter than the
leaves. April. I. from almost orbicular to lanceolate, acuminated.
Boot tuberous. Coromandel, 1821. Stove.

CERNUOTTS.

dicular ; drooping.

Inclining a little from the perpen-

FIG. 411. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CEROPEGIA ELF.GANS.

C. elegans (elegant).* /. purple ; corolla with a clavate tube, a
hemispherical limb, and broad ligulate segments, which are
shorter than the tube, and ciliated with long hairs; peduncles

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

301

Ceropegia — continued.

one to six-flowered, shorter than the leaves. 1. oblong, or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminated. Root fibrous. India, 1828. Stove.
See Fig. 411. (B. M. 3015.)

C. Gardner!! (Gardner's).* fl. creamy-white, purple-blotched.
I. lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous. Ceylon, 1860. An elegant
greenhouse twiner. See Fig. 412. (B. M. 5306.)

C. juncea (Hush-like), fl. greenish yellow, and elegantly varie-
gated with purple, large ; corolla clavate, curved, ventricose at the
base ; peduncles few-flowered. I. small, sessile, lanceolate, acute.
India, 1822. Stove.

C. Sanderson! (Sanderson's).* fl. pale green, mottled and veined
with darker green, with a peculiar, translucid appearance, beauti-
ful, large ; the flve petals uniting to form an umbrella-like cap,
which is ciliated along the margin, with flat white, capillary
processes ; peduncles axillary, three to four-flowered. Summer.
I ovate-cordate, thick, fleshy, shortly petiolate. Natal, 1868.
Greenhouse. (G. C. 1870, 173.)

C stapeliseformis (Stapelia - like). fl. purple, sessile, rising
from the axils of the leaves. July. I. very minute, ternate,
almost invisible, cordate, cuspidate. Plant procumbent. Cape of
Good Hope, 1824. Greenhouse.

C. Thwaitesii (Thwaites').* fl. with a narrow funnel-shaped tube,
liiu. long, very narrow below, but much widened above, and
almost globose towards the top ; tube yellow ; the upper part of
the corolla beautifully sprinkled with dark blood-red spots ; pro-

OESTRUM (from Kestron, an ancient Greek name).
OBD. Solanacece. Including Habrothamnus. An extensive
genns of stove, greenhouse, or half-hardy shrubs. Flowers
cymose or fascicled ; cymes corymbose or panicled ; corolla
with an elongated tube, widening gradually to the top ;
limb five-parted, sub-plicate, spreading or revolute, regular,
conduplicate in aestivation. Leaves alternate, entire. Thia
very ornamental genus of shrubs are useful subjects either
as pot plants or as climbers; but plenty of pot room is,
under all circumstances, necessary. A free and moderately
rich soil is most suitable. Propagated by cuttings, in
August, the same being potted off as frequently as the
roots reach the sides of the pots. They should be pinched
back early in January, to cause a bushy growth ; the
following season, they do better, as a rule, if potted and
grown on in frames or out of doors. Where Cestrums
are intended to be grown as wall-subjects, they should
be planted out in the greenhouse or conservatory borders,
and receive liberal treatment. They generally do well in
a house where a temperature of about 40deg. or 45deg.
is maintained during winter.

FIG. 412. FLOWERING STEMS OF CEROPEGIA GARDNBRH.

duced in axillary, three to five-flowered, umbellate racemes.
Ceylon, 1851. Stove. (B. M. 4758.)

C. Wight!! (Wight's), fl. green, purple ; corolla spherically jen-
tricose at the base ; tube slender ; segments of the limb downy.
August. I. ovate, acute, fleshy. Plant twining, h. 5ft. India,
1832. Stove.

CEROXYLON (from Iteros, wax, and xylon, wood ; the
trunk is coated with wax). OBD. P almas. A very hand-
some greenhouse Palm, for sub-tropical gardening perhaps
unequalled, if placed in a sheltered situation, away from
the direct rays of the sun. It thrives in a compost of loam
and peat in equal parts. Increased by imported seeds.
C andicola (Andes).* fl. sometimes perfect, at others unisexular ;
sepals and petals three-parted; spathe entire, quite covering the
flower-spike. I. pinnate, 2ft. to 12ft. in length ; petioles erect,
somewhat ferruginous at the base, slightly arching at the apex ;
pinna; acuminate, 2ft. in length, IJin. in breadth, patent ; upper
side full, deep shining green ; lower side silvery-white, h. 50ft
New Grenada, 1845.

CESFEDESIA (named after Juan Maria Cespedes,

a priest of Santa m de Bogota). OBD. Ochnacea!. A

Theophrasta-like stove tree. For cultivation, see Ochna.

C. Bonplandii (Bonpland's).* fl. orange-yellow. I. very large,

obomeTwith a bicrenated margin, and the upper side strongly

marked with transverse veins. Tropical America, 1878.

C alaternoides (Alaternus-like). fl. white, disposed in nearly
ses^e racemeV July to August. I. alternate, ovate, undulated,
coriaceous Thfning. A. 3ft Trinidad, 1840. A stove evergreen
shrub. (B. M.2929.)

celent cool-house evergreen shrub. (B. B. 1845, 22.)

C corymboaum (corymbose), fl. red ; corymbs terminal, forming
a Oenseleafy panicle. May to June. I. ovate-lanceolate, entire.
h 5ft. Mexico, 1843. A handsome greenhouse evergreen shrub.
SYN. Habrothamnus corymbosus. (B. M. 4<X)1.)

C elegans (elegant).* fl. purplish-red, numerously produced, in
•lenfet^uTinal cymes; petals ciliated. Summer. '-ova^Bceo-
late. Branches and under sides of leaves downy. Mexico, 184
A well-known greenhouse or half-hardy evergreen with a climbinj
habit SYN. Habrothamnus elegans. (B. R. 1844, 43.) The variety
lamed argentea is one of the best climbers, having variegated
"eaves, the surface of which is creamy white, faintly tinged with
rose, and relieved by irregular blotches of light green.

C fasciculatum (fascicled).* fl. purplish-red, terminal, cymosely
(japiUte, ^nvoluerated ; corolla urceolate, with ciliated segments.
Early spring. 1. ovate, entire. Plant downy, h. 5ft. Mexico,
1843 A greenhouse evergreen shrub. SYN. Habrothamnus /<wcw
culatu*. (B. M. 4183 and 5659.)

C. Newell! (Newell's).* fl. bright crimson large, Produced to
dense terminal clusters. I. neat, smooth, h. 6ft This is de-
scribed as a very ornamental greenhouse plant, of free growth.
SYN. nabrothamnut Newetti.

302

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Oestrum — continued.

FIG. 413. FLOWERING BRANCH OP OESTRUM PARQUI.

C. Parqul (Parqui). fl. whitish-yellow, disposed in panicles,
very fragrant at night. June and July. I. lanceolate, Sin. to Bin.
long, attenuated at both ends, sub-undulated, h. 7ft. Chili,
1787. This evergreen shrub will succeed in the open air if
accorded the protection of a wall, and sheltered during winter.
See Fig. 413. (B. M. 1770.)

C.

(rose).* fl. rose-coloured,
terminal and axillary, I
2. oblong, bluntish, downy, h. 4ft Mexico, 1850. Greenhouse

iile, capitate, involucrate ;
three to six-flowered, July.

peduncles terminal and axill
2. oblong, bluntish, downy. /
evergreen shrub. SYN. Habrothamnus roseus.

CETERACH. See Aspleiiium.
CETONIA AURATA. See Rosechafer.

CEUTORRHYNCHUS STTLCICOLLIS. See
Cabbage OaU Weevil and Turnip Gall Weevil.

CHACO, or CHOCO. See Sechium.

CXLSNESTES. See lochroma.

CHJENOSTOMA (from chaino, to gape, and
stoma, a mouth ; in reference to the wide throat of
the corolla). ORD. Scrophularinea:. Very pretty
greenhouse herbs or under-shrnbs. Flowers axillary
or racemose, on longish pedicels. Leaves nearly all
opposite, toothed, rarely quite entire. They are of
easy culture in ordinary garden soil. Seeds should
be sown thinly in a hotbed, in March; and when
the seedlings are large enough to handle, they should
be pricked out thinly, and transferred to the flower
garden, in May, where they will prove very orna-
mental throughout the summer. Cuttings may bo
made in autumn, and placed in a greenhouse or cold
pit during the winter.

beset
urope,

Ckaeuostoma — cuuitnuud.

C. polyantha (many-flowered).* ft. lilac, yellow : corolla funnel-
shaped ; racemes loose. June. I. ovate, toothed, cuneated at
the base ; upper ones oblong. Herbaceous, much branched at the
base. h. 4in. South Africa, 1844. (B. R. 33, 32.)

CKTJEROPHYIiIiUM (from chain, to rejoice, and
phyllon, a leaf ; in reference to the smell of the leaves).
ORD. Umbelliferai. An extensive genus of hardy her-
baceous plants, of scarcely any horticultural interest.
Flowers white, sometimes rose ; involucre none, or of few
leaves ; involncels of many leaves. Leaves decompound ;
leaflets toothed or multifid. All the species are of the
easiest possible culture in any soil. Propagated by seeds,
sown in the open, during spring.

C. bulbosum (bulbous). Bulbous-rooted Chervil, fl. white.
June. 1. supra-decompound ; lower onea pilose at the petioles,
superior ones glabrous ; segments multifld, linear. Stem
with retrograde hairs at the bottom, h. 3ft. to 6ft. E
&c., 1726. See also Chervil, Bulbous-rooted.

CH2ETANTHEBA (from chaite, a bristle, and anther,
an anther ; the anthers being furnished with tufts of bristly
hairs). ORD. Composites. Pretty half-hardy herbaceous
annuals or perennials, allied to Ainslcea. Involucre many-
leaved, ciliated ; florets of ray linear, three-toothed, with a
fine bifid spiral segment at the divisions ; receptacle flat,
naked; pappus hairy. They thrive best in a compost of
peat and loam. Propagated by divisions of the root, in
March or April; or by seeds, sown in gentle heat, in
spring.
C. ciliata (ciliated), fl. -heads yellow. July. h. 2ft Chill, 1822.

Annual.
C. serrate (saw-leaved). /. -heads golden yellow, solitary, ter-

minal. I. narrow, channelled, armed with short spiny teeth.

h. 6in. Chili, 1832. Perennial. (S. B. F. G. ser. ii., 214.)

CH2ETOCALYX (from chaite, a bristle, and kalyx,
a calyx ; in reference to the calyx being covered with spiny
bristles). ORD. Leguminosas. Stove evergreen twiners.
For culture, see Clitoria.

C. vlncentlxms (St. Vincent). fl. yellow; pedicels filiform,
one-flowered, rising in numbers from the axils of the leaves. May,
August. I. impari-pinnate, with two pairs of oval, mucronate,
exstipellate leaflets. Stipules lanceolate-linear, spreading, de-
flexed. West Indian Islands, 1823. SYN. Qlytine vincentina.
. R. 799.)

cordata (heart-shaped). /. white, axillary, pedicel-
ite. June. I. petiolate, ovate-roundish, toothed. Branches

late.

herbaceous, prostrate, somewhat radicant, hairy, h. lift.

South Africa, 1816.

C. hispida (hairy). /. white, axillary, pedicellate;
superior ones loosely racemose. June to August. I. ovate
or oblong, coarsely toothed. Branches shrubby, procum-
bent or divaricate, hairy, h. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope,
1816. (R. G. 448.)

C. llnlfolia (Flax-leaved).* fl. white, yellow, racemose.
November. I. oblong-lanceolate or linear, quite entire.
h. 1ft Cape of Good Hope, 1820. Shrubby. (P. F. G. iii.,
p. 7.)

FIG. 414. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CHAM^EBATIA FOUOLOSA.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

303

CHJETOGASTRA (from chaite, a bristle, and gasier,
a belly; in allusion to the tube of the calyx being beset
with bristles or scales). OED. Melastomaceae. The plants
formerly placed here are now generally distributed in the
genera Brachyotum and Pleroma. Greenhouse or stove
shrubs or herbs, for the most part clothed with strigose
hairs. Flowers terminal. Leaves three to five-nerved,
quite entire, or hardly serrulated. They are of easy cul-
ture in peat and loam. Propagated by seeds, sown in
March ; or by cuttings (of the perennials), in sandy peat.
C. gracilis (slender).* Jl. red, lilac, axillary ; pedicels one-flowered;
terminal ones three-flowered. I. almost sessile, lanceolate-linear,
acute, quite entire, villous. Plant erect, nearly simple, naked
at the apex. h. 1ft. Brazil, 1848. Greenhouse perennial.
C. lanccolata (lance-shape-leaved) jl. white ; peduncles trr
chotomous, axillary and terminal. January. I. petiolate, broadly
lanceolate, acuminated, serrulately ciliated, villous on both sur-
faces, h. 1ft. Peru, 1820. Stove annual.

C. strigosa (short-bristled).* Jl. rosy-purple ; cymes terminal,
pedunculate, few-flowered. August. I. on short petioles, ovate,
acute, hardly three-nerved, quite entire, with a few thick,
scattered, adpressed bristles on the upper surface, h. 1ft. West
Indies, 1848. Greenhouse evergreen shrub.
CHALAZA. That part of a seed where the nucleus
joins the integuments.

CTT A TVT TEf* ATTA, (from chamai, on the ground, dwarf,
and batos, a bramble; referring to its low growth and
bramble-like flowers). OED. Rosaceae. A very pretty half-
hardy evergreen shrub, thriving in a cool frame or green-
house, in light loam, to which may be added a little peat.
Cuttings should be struck in sand, in a cool frame.
C. follolosa (leafleted).* Jl. white, about fin. in diameter; cymes
four to five-flowered, terminal. 1. broadly-ovate, about 2in. long,
tripinnately dissected. Young shoots clothed with a glandular
pubescence, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Sierra Nevada, 1859. See Fig. 414.
(B. M. 517L)

CHAM2ECISTUS. See Rhododendron Cliamae-
cistns.

CHAM2ECYPARIS (from chamai, on the ground,

i.e. dwarf, and Kuparissos, Cypress; the Bastard or

Dwarf Cypress). White Cedars. STN. Retinospora. OED.

Coniferae. Hardy evergreens. The present genus ranks

extremely close to Cupressus, the principal distinction

between the two being the more numerous ovules beneath

the fertile scales of the latter. They are very pretty,

and thrive best in a moist soil, in a rather protected

situation. Propagated freely by seeds; but mainly by

cuttings, put in during October. Select young side

shoots, with a heel; insert in well-drained pots of sandy

soil, and place in a close cold frame, keeping fairly moist

through the winter. In February, they will be calloused,

and should be placed in gentle heat; they will then root

freely. This genus, like most others of the same order,

is overloaded with synonyms, and mere varieties are often

elaborated into species — most of them known in gardens

under the name of Retinospora, others as Cupressus.

C. Boursieril (Boursier's). A synonym of C. Lawsoniana,.

C. decussata (decussate). A synonym of C. ericoides.

C. ericoides (Heath-like). I. linear, spreading, densely arranged

in four ranks on the slender branchlets, somewhat rigid and

acute ; bright green above, glaucous beneath, assuming a ruddy

tint in winter. Branches very numerous, furnished with short

branchlets. h. 3ft. to 4ft. A well-known dwarf, compact, conical

bush, of garden origin. SYNS. C. decussata, Retinospora decussata

and juniperoides.

C. filicoides aurea (golden fern-like). A synonym of C. tetra-

gona aurea.

C. filifera (thread-bearing).* I. subulate, pointed, distant, in
alternate pairs, fulvous-green colour. Branches spreading;
secondary ones alternate, long, distant, furnished, on one side
principally, with numerous thread-like pensile branchlets of
various lengths ; terminal ones longer, filiform. Japan, 1867.
A dwarf tree, with irregular outline. SYN. C. pisij 'era filifera.
C. Keteleeri (Keteleer's). A synonym of C. obtusa.
C. Lawsoniana (La wson's).* Jl., mala catkins bright crimson,
terminal, numerous, produced when the trees are in a young
state. I. dark glossy green, more or less tinged with a glaucous
hue, very minute and closely imbricated, obtuse or acute,
usually furnished with an obscure tubercle towards the apex,
cones about the size of large peas, and produced in great pro-
fusion. Branches short, and spreading ; branchlets crowded.

Chamsecyparia— continued.

pendulous fern-like, and feathery. Trunk comparatively slender.
A. 75ft. to 100ft North California, 1853. A very splendid hardy
evergreen tree, usually known in gardens under the name of
Cupressus. It is easily propagated by seeds, but the numerous
beautiful varieties are best increased by grafting upon seedling

mm^^ >-£<?

Fio. 415. CHAM^CYPARIS LAWSONIANA.

stocks of the species. SYNS. C. Boursierii and Cupressus Law-
soniana. See Fig. 415. The varieties of this species are extremely
numerous; the following are described as being the best, in
Veitch's "Manual of Coniferae":

C. L. albo-spica (white - spiked.)* Terminal growth and tips of
the branchlets creamy- white. Growth rapid, but less dense than
the type.

C. L. albo-variegata (white-variegated).* Branchlets and
foliage very deep green, profusely spotted and blotched with
white. Of dwarf, compact, and conical habit.

C. L. argentea (silvery).* Branches longer and more slender than
those of the type ; foliage of almost silvery whiteness.

C. L. argenteo-variegata (silvery-variegated).* Many branch-
lets and leaves creamy-white, interspersed among the deep green
foliage.

C. L. aureo-variegata (golden- variegated).* This differs from
the type in having many of its branchlets bright yellow.

C. L. ereota-viridis (erect-green).* Habit fastigiate and tapering,
with foliage of a lighter and brighter green than the type. It is
very ornamental and distinct.

C. L. filiformis (thread-like).
Habit sub-pendulous.

C. L. gracilis pendula (gracefully pendulous).* Branches long,
gracefully pendulous. A handsome kwn plant, of vigorous growth.

Branches excessively elongated.

304

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chamaecyp ar i s —continued.
C. I*. Intertexta (interwoven).* A variety more robust in all its

parts, so that the ultimate branchlets appear more divaricate

than in the type. Foliage with a peculiar glaucous hue.
C. L. lutea (yellow).* Whole of young growth light clear yellow.

Of medium growth and compact habit.
C. Ii. nana (dwarO-* A diminutive variety, of slow growth;

dense in habit, globose in outline, and deep green in colour.
C. L n. alba (white). All the young growth yellowish-white;

light green when mature.
C. L. n. glauca (glaucous)* resembles nana, but differs in its

highly glaucous foliage.
C Icntoclada (slender-branchleted).* I. of two forms ; primordial

ones linear awl-shaped, recurved, and light glaucous green ; later

ones scale-like, closely appressed to the branchlets, and deeper in

colour Branches close-set, short, sub-erect, much divided ;

branchlets flattened, fern-like, clustered towards the extremities

of the branches and their many sub-divisions, h. 8ft. to 10ft.

Japan. Habit pyramidal. SYN. Retinospora leptoclada.

FIG. 416. CONKS AND LEAVES OP CHAJLECYPARIS NUTKAENSIS.

C. nntkaensls (Nootka Sound).* I. small, closely imbricated,
very acute, destitute of tubercles, rich dark green, slightly glaucous
on the lower surface or shady side of the branches. Branches
sub-erect ; branchlets distichously arranged, with elegantly
recurved extremities, h. 40ft. to 60ft. British Columbia, 1850.
A very fine hardy species, with a nearly columnar form. SYN.
Thujopsis borealis. See Fig. 416. The names of the varieties,
argenteo-variegata (silvery-variegated), aureo-variegata (golden-
variegated), compacta (compact), glauca (glaucous), pendula
(pendulous), variegata (variegated), and mridis (green), sufficiently
explain their respective characteristics.

C. obtusa (obtuse-leaved).* I. mostly in whorls of four, ovate-
rhomboid, blunt, seldom pointed, decussate, all scale-formed,
closely pressed along the branchlets, and adhering almost as far
as the points, the lower part only being visible. Branches spread-
ing ; lateral ones in two rows, very dense, spreading out like a
fan, and of a light green colour, h. 70ft. to 100ft. Japan. A tall
evergreen tree. SYNS. C. Keteleeri and Retinospora obtusa.

C. o. albo-picta (white-spotted). Many of the young shoots
creamy-white, thus giving the plant a speckled and spotted
appearance

C. o. aurea (golden).* This differs from the typical species in
having a portion of the smaller spray and leaves of a golden colour,
intermixed with the usual glossy green ones. Japan. A very
desirable plant for small gardens, being quite hardy.

Cliamaecyparis — continued.

C. o. compacta (compact). Stem much divided at the base.
Branches crowded and more dense than in the type.

C. O. filicoides (fern-like).* I. small, oval, curved, thick in texture,
and somewhat obtusely pointed, keeled on the back, thickly and
rather loosely imbricated in four rows, and of a deep glossy green
colour. Branches long, narrow, flat, regularly and thickly fur-
nished on both sides with short branchlets of a deep green
colour on the upper surface, and more or less glaucous beneath.
Japan. A free-growing, quite hardy tree. SYN. Retinospora
Jilicoides.

C. o. gracills anrea (slender golden).* A very graceful form,
with spreading branches, which are elongated at their extremi-
ties into slender, rather pendulous stems, furnished with short
branchlets ; young foliage light, clear yellow, but ultimately light
green. Habit pyramidal.

C. o. lycopodioides (Club-moss-like).* I. variously shaped, and
thickly arranged all round the shoots ; those on the upper parts
of the principal branchlets being more or less terete-pointed, or
bluntly awl-shaped ; those near the base of the principal shoots,
and on the lesser spray, are more or less scale-formed, adpressed
in opposite pairs, keeled on the back, oval-shaped, closely imbri-
cated, all of a deep glossy green colour. Branches spreading,
rather slender ; branchlets numerous, short, linear. Japan, 1861.
A fine evergreen tree. SYN. Retinospora lycopodioides.

C. o. nana (dwarf)-* A very singular variety, forming a dwarf,
cushion-shaped little bush, and seldom attaining a height of more
than 1ft. or 2ft., but spreading out horizontally all round to more
than double that distance. Japan. Quite hardy, and forms an
interesting object for rockwork or miniature gardens. SYN. Retino-
spora obtusa pygmaia.

C. o. plumosa (feathery).* 1. subulate or awl-shaped, sub-erect
or spreading, acute. Branches numerous, sub-erect, thickly fur-
nished with lateral shoots, h. 15ft. to 20ft. Japan. A dense-
growing species, with a conical habit. The varieties of this
are extremely beautiful dwarf shrubs, with flexible feathery
branchlets.

C. o. p. albo-picta (white-spotted).* Many of the branchlets pure
white, imparting a speckled appearance to the plant.

C. o. p. argentea (silvery).* Nearly the whole of the young
growth creamy-white, becoming green when mature.

C. o. p. anrea (golden).* Young shoots and foliage of a light
golden-yellow, gradually becoming deep green as the season
advances. Very distinct and ornamental.

C. o. tetragona anrea (golden tetragonal).* I. short, scale-like,
golden-yellow until the second year, when they assume a deep
green colour. Branches horizontal, tufted at the extremities with
short, undivided, tetragonal branchlets. Garden variety. SYN.
C. filicoides aurea.

C. o. variegata (variegated). This only differs from the ordinary
C. obtusa in the branchlets being more or less tinged with yellow.
The above list by no means completes the list of varieties of this

very variable species. A large number of different forms may be

selected from any seed bed, but the above-named are the best.

C. pisifera (Pea-bearing).* I. in four rows, decussate, all scale-
formed on the adult plants ; upper and lower ones ovate-lanceo-
late, tapering to a hard point, keeled on the back, and smooth ;
lateral ones almost sickle-shaped, equally long, acute-pointed,
marked on the under side with two white glaucous bands.
Branches numerous, thickly covered with branchlets. Japan.
A much smaller and more slender tree than C. obtusa.

C. p. argenteo-variegata (silvery-variegated),
has its shoots variegated with white.

This variety
(golden).* Terminal shoots of a golden hue. Japan,

C. p. filifera (thread-bearing). A synonym of C.filifera.

C. sphseroidea (spherical). White Cedar. I. very minute,
closely imbricated, furnished with a small tubercle about the
centre, light green, soon falling from the older branches, cones
small globular bodies, about the size of peas. Branches spread-
ing, much ramified; branchlets slender, not plaited. Trunk
slender, tapering, h. 40ft. to 70ft. North America, 1736. SYN.
Cupressus thyoides.

C. 8. glauca (glaucous) A synonym of C. «. kewensis.

C. 8. kewensis (Kew).* This variety differs from the species in
being more compact, denser, and in having the branchlets and
leaves of a silvery-glaucous colour. Very handsome. SYN. C. s.
glauca.

C. 8. variegata (variegated).* A handsome low or medium-sized
tree, on which more than half the branchlets, with their foliage,
are of a rich golden-yellow. It requires a damp, moist situation.

C. sqnarrosa (squarrose-leaved).* I. spiral, or in whorls, spread-
ing, linear, sharp-pointed, decurrent, dense, smooth, and fre-
quently bent or curved backwards, but somewhat scale-formed ;
those on the young plants are larger, linear, sharp-pointed, spread-
ing, reflexed, bright glaucous-green above, and furnished with
two white glaucous bands on the under side. Branches slender,
gracefully curved towards the extremities ; branchlets numerous,
spreading in all directions, and thickly furnished with extended
leaves. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Japan. A large bush or small tender tree.
SYN. Retinospora squarrosa.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

305

CHAMJEDOB.EA (from thamai, dwarf, and dorea, a
gift; referring to the fruits of this Palm being easily
reached). SYNS. Nunnezia, Numtezharia. OBD. Palmce.
A rather large genus of stove Palms, very extensively
grown, and universally admired. Flowers dioecious, ap-
pearing below the crown of the leaves. Fruit a berry,
generally a little larger than a pea, with a fine polish,
and of a bright colour. Leaves usually pinnatisect, but
in a few species entire. Trunk ringed, polished, scarcely
thicker than a man's finger. Plant unarmed. The species
are invariably found growing under the shade of tall
forest -trees, and never in exposed situations. Essentials,
therefore, to their successful culture in our stoves are
shade and moisture. They succeed best in a compost of
two parts spongy peat, one part loam, and one of sand;
the whole well mixed together.

C. Arenbergiana (Arenberg's).* I. pinnate, 2ft. to 3ft. long;
pinnae 12iu. long and 4in. broad, pendent, tapering to a tail-like
point, bright green. Stem slender. Guatemala. SYNS. C. lati-
frons and C. latifolia.

C. atrovirens (dark green). A synonym of C. Martiana.

C. brevlfrons (short-fronded). I. pinnate, arching, 12in. to 18in.
in length ; pinnae sessile, lin. to 2m. broad, tapering to a point,
dark green. Stem slender. New Grenada. Very distinct.

C. dcsmoncoides (Desmoncus-like).* I. pinnate, 2ft. to 3ft. long;
pinnae 12in. long, lin. to liin. broad, pendent, dark green. Stem
slender and, as well as the petioles, glaucous. Mexico, 1846.
An elegant species, which assumes a climbing habit after reaching
a height of aoout 6ft. SYN. C. scandens.

C. eburnea (ivory). I. pinnate, broad, very bright green, which
contrasts well with the ivory-white midrib which runs through
the blade, and is apparent on both surfaces. Stems and petioles
perfectly smooth and somewhat glaucous. Columbia, 1876.

C. elatlor (taller). /. bright green, pinnate, with broad leaflets.
South Mexico. This is perhaps the tallest-growing of all the
Chamaedoreas. It is suitable for growing up the pillars, and
training along under the roof, of a large stove.

C. elegans (elegant).* I. pinnate, 2ft. to 4ft. long, gracefully
pendent; pinnae 6m. to 9in. long, lin. broad in the centre,
tapering towards each end, bright dark green ; petioles some-
what carhiate, sheathing at the base. Stem stout, k. 4ft.
Mexico. SYNS. C. Helleriana and Kunthia Deppeana. (G. C.
1873, 508.)

C. Ernest! - August! (Ernest Augustus').* 11. spikes bright
orange-scarlet, and extremely ornamental while they last. I.
rich dark green, simple, 2ft. long, 1ft. broad, deeply bifid at the
apex. New Grenada. SYN. C. simplicifrons. (B. M. 4831, 4837.)

C. formosa (beautiful).* I. pinnate ; pinnae very numerous, alter-
nate, linear -lanceolate, 18in. long, and about 3in. wide, elongated
to a thread-like point ; petiole smooth, with two channels on the
face. Tolima, South America, 1876. (G. C. 1876, 724.)

C. fragrans (fragrant), fl. spikes in long drooping pai

larrow,
(B. M. £

C. geonomiformis (Geonoma-formed).* I. entire, bifid at the
apex, 6in. to 12in. in length, 4in. to Sin. in breadth, dark green.
Stem slender, h. 4ft. Guatemala, 1856. A very beautiful
dwarf-growing species. SYN. Nunnezharia geonomiformis. (B.

C. glaucifolia (glaucous-leaved).* I. long, pinnate ; pinnae narrow,
long, and slender, dark green, suffused with a glaucous hue.
Guatemala, h. 20ft. An elegant slender-growing species, and one
of the best for decorative purposes.

C. gramlnlfolia (Grass-leaved).* I. pinnate, 2ft. to 4ft. long, rich
dark glaucous green, gracefully arched ; pinnae upwards of 1ft.
long, about Jin. broad. Stem reed-like. Costa Rica. This is
described as probably the most graceful species of the genus,
the whole plant having the appearance of a plume of feathers.

C. Helleriana (Heller's). A synonym of C. elegans.

C. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of C. Arenbergiana.

C. latifrons (broad-fronded). A synonym of C. Arenbergiana.

C. Iiindeniana (Linden's). I. pinnate, spreading ; pinnae broadly
oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, falcate, long acuminate; primary
and secondary nerves eleven to thirteen. Mexico.

C. Innata (crescent-shaped). A synonym of C. oblongata.

C. macrospadlx (large-spadix). I. pinnate, upwards of 4ft. long,
gracefully curved ; pinnae 12in. to 18in. long by 2in. broad, dark
green. Stem somewhat stout. Costa Rica. A very handsome
plant, and one of the largest-growing species in the present
genus.

C. Martiana (Marlins's). I. pinnate, spreading; pinnae pendent,
6in. to Sin. long, hardly lin. broad, deep green. Chipias. A
very useful dwarf spreading species, producing many little
dichotomous stems. SYN. C. atrovirens.

O. mexicana (Mexican). A synonym of C. Sartorii.

I. bright green, pinnate, gracefully recurve3 ; pinnae "numerous,
acuminate. Mexico, 1850. SYN. Morenia fragrans.

Chamsador ea— continued .

C. microphylla (small-leaved).* I. pinnate, 6in. to lOin. long,
prettily arched ; pinnae ovate-cordate, about 4in. long and l(in.
wide, very deep green. Stem slender, dark green, mottled
with white dots. Tropical America. An elegant pigmy palm,
The branching flower-spikes are produced from below the crown
of leaves when the stem is only about 2in. high.

C. oblongata (oblong). I. pinnate, long, dark green; pinna;
somewhat lunate. Stem moderately stout. Tropical America.
An elegant species, well adapted for decorative purposes. SYN.
C. lunata.

FIG. 417. CHAM.«DOREA SARTORIL

jt. spikes bright red. i. longer, more
)roader, than in C. elegant, which species
it otherwise much resembles. Mexico. A very handsome species.

C. Sartorii (Sartor's). .
numerous, and pinnules b

it otherwise much resembles, inexiuu. a. »cry u»u
SYNS. C. mexicana and Morenia oblongata conferta. See Fig. 417.

C. scandens (climbing). A synonym of C. desmoncoides.

C. simplicifrons (simple-fronded). A synonym of C. Ernest i-
Augusti.

C. tenella (slender), fl. yellow, spiked, ebracteate and ebracteo-
late; male ^in. long. I. shortly petioled, 4in. to Sin. long by 3in.
broad, spreading, convex, remotely obtusely serrate, bifid for one-
third of their length ; nerves eight or nine pairs. Spadices as
long as the palm, drooping, slender, unbranched ; males longest,
with most numerous and much the largest flowers ; rachis slender,
but stouter than the peduncle, yellowish; peduncles very slender;
spathes membranous. One of the most diminutive of all Palms.
Mexico. (B. M. 6584.)

C. Tepejilote (native name). 1. pinnate ; pinnae rich deep green.
pendent. Stem slender. A. 10ft. Mexico, 1860. A very graceful
species, but somewhat rare in cultivation. (B. M. 6030.)

C. WarscewlCKii (Warscewicz-s). I beautifully .carted, long
pinnate ; pinnae broad, sessile, tapering to a point ; terminal
pinnae broad, bifid. Guatemala.

C. Wendlandi (Wendland's).* I. pinnate ; pinnae 1ft. long, up-
wards of 2in. broad, sessile ; apex acuminate, rich shining green.
Stem slender. Mexico. This is one of the best for decorative
purposes.

CHAM-ELAUCIACEJE. A tribe of Myrtacece.

CHAMJELAUCITJM (from chamaileuke, a dwarf

white Poplar, because its healthy stems are miniatures of

that tree ; this meaning is not very clear). OBD. Myrtaceas.

A very ornamental little greenhouse evergreen shrub.

2B

306

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ft., tube of calyx striated, glabrous,
and ciliated. May. ' ""'

h. 2ft. West

Chamselancium— continued.

Flowers white, axillary, subtended by two concave bracte-
oles, which fall off in a calyptra from tLe young bud.
Leaves opposite, crowded, linear, triquetrous. For cul-
ture and propagation, see Calythrix.
C. ciliatnm (hair-fringe

with the lobes round

Australia, 1825.

CHAMJELEDON PROCUMBENS. See Loise-
lenria.

CHAMJEFEUCE (from chamai, dwarf, and peulce, a
Pine ; resemblance). OBD. Composites. This genus is now
usually included under Cnicus. Nearly hardy herbaceous
plants, differing from Gnicus proper in the covering of the
achenes being hardened, not membranous; and from
Carduus in the pappus being feathery, not simple. Flower-
heads from lin. to 2in. in diameter, generally arranged in
corymbs or long leafy racemes. Leaves usually lanceolate,
with very spiny margins. Of the entire genus, the only
two worth much attention are C. Casabonce and C.
diacantha. Both these are effective for sub-tropical gar-
dening and carpet bedding, growing in compact rosette-like
patches, and not producing stems or flower-heads until the
second year. Propagated by seeds, sown in gentle heat, in
February, and also in September, in which latter case the
young seedlings should be potted up and kept indoors
throughout the winter months.
C. Casabonse (Casabona's). Fish-bone Thistle, fl.-lieads pale

purple. Summer. I. deep green, veined with white, spiny.

L 2ft. to 3ft. South Europe, 1714.

C. diacantlm (two-spined). fl.-heads purplish, in dense, spike-
like clusters. Summer. I. shining green, marked with silvery

lines ; spines ivory-white, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Syria, 1800.
C. strlota (upright). Jl.-heads purple. Summer. I. veined with

white, h. 2ft. South Europe, 1820. A neat and dwarf-growing

species, sometimes seen in gardens.

CHAM2EHiAXTTHEMUM (from chamai, dwarf, and
anthos, a flower). OED. Acanthacece. Stove plants, thriving
best in a well-drained peat and loam compost. Cuttings
of young shoots will root in spring, if planted in sand and
placed in heat.

C. Beyrichil variegatnm (Beyrich's variegated), fl. white.
/. rather large, oval, marked with a broad, irregularly-margined
greyish band along the centre. Brazil, 1866. (B. M. 5557.)
C. igneum (fiery), fl. yellow. I. with red veins. Peru. (R. G.

C. pictum (painted).* I. sessile, obovate-oblong, tapering at the
base and shortly acuminate at the apex ; colour green, with
orange edges, and a large, irregular, central silvery blotch ; young
leaves covered with short, stiff, appressed orange-coloured hairs.
Brazil, 1878.

CHAM2BRHODOS (from chamai, on the ground, and
rodon, a rose ; dwarf rose). OED. Rosaceee. Pretty hardy
herbaceous perennials, allied to Potentilla, but difficult to
preserve through the winter, owing to excessive damp.
Flowers white or purple, erect, solitary or paniculate,
small. Leaves alternate, three-parted; divisions again
split up into linear segments. They should be grown
under a well-drained ledge of the rockery, or in pots, in
a mixture of sand, peat, and loam ; and should be placed
on a dry shelf, in a cold frame, in winter, at which time
they must be but sparingly watered, if at all. Increased
by seeds, which should be sown as soon as ripe, in pots,
in a cold frame.
C. ereotns (erect), fl. white; petals about equal in length to

the calyx. July to August. 1. multifld; segments linear. Stem

straight, beset with glandular hairs, panicled. A. 6in. Rocky

Mountains, &c., 1824.
C. grandifiora (large-flowered). fl. white; petals twice the

length of the calyx. Jane. I. divided into numerous linear

segments, pubescent. Stems numerous, erect, leafy. h. 6in.

Dahuria, 1823.

CHAMJEROFS(from chamai, on the ground, and rhops,
a bush ; alluding to the low growth of the plants). OED.
Palmce. A genus comprising two species of ornamental
greenhouse Palms. The petioles are furnished with
prickles, the blade is fan-shaped, the inflorescence axillary
and polygamo-dkeoious, whilst the fruits are generally

Chamserops— continued.

one-seeded, and resemble Olives in appearance. C.
humilis is frequently employed in sub-tropical gardening,
for which purpose it should have a situation sheltered from
strong winds. The species are of very easy culture in
a compost of rich strong loam, to which is added a small
portion of vegetable mould aiyl sand ; perfect drainage,
and copious supplies of water throughout the summer, are
most essential to success. Propagation may be effected
by suckers, which generally appear in considerable quan-
tities ; or by seeds. See also Rhapidophyllum, Sabal,
and Trachycarpus.

C. h nmnig (dwarf).* I. glaucous on both surfaces, divided about
one-third their length into narrow, erect segments ; petioles
glaucous, 3ft. to 4ft. in length, armed at the edges with stout
spines, h. 20ft. (usually about 4ft. to 6ft. in English gardens).
South Europe and North Africa, 1731. In its native home,
this species is seen to most perfection. It is very tine, and well
worthy of greatly extended cultivation.

C. maorooarpa (large-fruited).* A robust growing form, with a
stout stem and larger fruit than the foregoing species. It has
a hardy constitution, and is an excellent plant for decorative
purposes. Northern Africa.

CHAMISSOA (commemorative of the naturalist, Louis
Charles Albert von Chamisso, born at Boncourt in Cham-
pagne, in 1781 ; died at Berlin in 1838). OED. Amarantaceas.
A genus containing some six or eight species, from tropical
and sub-tropical South America. Some of the species now
referred here were formerly placed under Achyranthes, a
genus of about a dozen species, of merely botanical
interest. Chamissoas thrive well in loam and leaf mould.
They may be readily increased by seeds ; or by cuttings,
inserted in sand, in bottom heat. The only species
worth mentioning here is the following :
C. altisslma (tallest), fl. whitish, in branched terminal and
axillary panicles. I. stalked, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, hairy
beneath. A tall herbaceous greenhouse or stove perennial.

CHAMOMILE, or CAMOMILE (Anthemis nobilis).
A perennial herbaceous plant, at one time — and still to a
considerable extent— in repute as a medicinal agent. It
has both tonic and febrifugal properties, and thrives on any
light rich soil, if fairly dry. The plants may be raised from
seed, but the quickest way of propagation is by dividing
the roots in spring, and replanting in small patches, about
9in. apart. They must be watered when dry, until esta-
blished, and kept clear of weeds. The flowers, which alone
are used, should be picked as soon as fully expanded, in
fine, sunny weather, placed thinly in a shady place to dry,
and turned over occasionally. As the blossoming season
lasts for some time, several pickings may be made. There
are two varieties — the Single and the Double-flowered.
The latter produces the greater bulk of flowers, and is,
consequently, most cultivated. The flowers of the Single
variety are, however, of the best medicinal quality.

Fio. 418. THE CHAMPIGNON (MARASMIUS OREADKS).

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

307

CHAMPIGNON (Marasmius oreades). This has long
been known as an esculent mushroom, and it is greatly
esteemed throughout France. It is sometimes described
in books as the Fairy-ring Mushroom, but several others
have an equal claim to that title. It may be readily
distinguished from the closely allied poisonous species,
if. urens, with which it sometimes grows, in having the
stem quite bare, and in its less crowded gills. See Fig. 418.

CHANDELIER-TREE. See Fandanns can-
delabmm.

CHANNELLED. Hollowed out, like a gutter.

CHANTARELLE (Cantharellus cibarius). This is
one of the most distinct, best-known, and most generally
appreciated of fungi. It is almost always a woodland
species, growing either singly or in patches, and appear-
ing from the latter end of August until the end of
October or the beginning of November. The stem, which
is short and thick, expands gradually into the pileus,
which is smooth and funnel-shaped. The gills are thick
and branched, and, owing to the shape of the pileus, seem
to extend for some distance down the stem, having rather
the appearance of folds (see Fig. 419). The Chantarelle is
throughout of a deep rich yellow colour, and possesses a

FIG. 419. THE CHANTA

(CANTHARELLUS CIBARIUS).

peculiar but pleasant smell. This species seems most
abundant in the southern parts of the country, being
found in large quantities in various parts of Kent, Surrey,
Buckinghamshire, Berkshire, Essex, and the neighbouring
counties. In France, the Chantarelle enjoys a general )
and well-deserved popularity. It is employed in fricassees, |
or cooked with butter, lard, and oil ; vinegar, salt and j
onions being added at discretion. It is sometimes pre-
served in vinegar, with pepper, salt, and garlic ; or simply !
dried, in which case it is employed as a seasoning for
ragouts.

CHAPTALIA (named after M. Chaptal, a celebrated j
French chemist, 1756-1831). ORD. Composites. A genus j
comprising about eighteen species, confined to the New '
World; perhaps the only one in cultivation being that i
mentioned below. It is an ornamental hardy herbaceous |

Cliaptalia — continued.

perennial, easily grown in a light sandy soil. Propagated

by divisions of the roots, in early spring.

C. tomentosa (tomentose).* ft.-heads white; pappus capillary;
receptacle naked ; ray-florets in a double row, deformed • scape
naked, one-headed; head nodding. May. I. ovate-oblong^
entire, silvery beneath. A. 6m. North America, 1806. (B. M.

CHARCOAL is the main solidifying element of organic
nature, and is present in large quantities in all organised
structures. It is a pure form of Carbon. The powers of
Charcoal in absorbing effluvia and the greater number of
gases and vapours is well known, and as a filter Charcoal
Powder has long been used to deprive water of its numerous
organic impurities. As a manure, Charcoal is of especial
value. It may be mixed, either crushed or in lumps, with
the soil of pot plants, in the proportion of one part Charcoal
to sixteen parts of earth. Besides rendering the soil
porous and facilitating drainage, Charcoal is one of the
most indestructible substances known, and has the pro-
perty of absorbing carbonic acid and other gases, yielding
these up to plants as required for nourishment. It may
be applied to the most delicate subject without danger.
Pieces, the size of walnuts, should be put in Hyacinth
glasses, in order to keep the water pure during the growth
of the Hyacinth. It is often thought necessary
to add some to water in which grapes are placed
when cut, but water will keep good without it
v so long as the Vine shoot is inserted. The roots

| of Orchids cling to Charcoal in many cases much

better than to anything else.

CHARIEIS (from charieis, elegant; allud
ing to the beauty of the flowers). ORD. Com-
positce. An ornamental hardy annual, with a
very compact habit of growth, and free-flower-
ing qualities. Involucre simple ; leaflets keeled ;
receptacle naked, convex. Seeds may be sown
out of doors in ordinary soil, about the middle of
April ; or, if an early display is desired, they
may be sown on a hotbed in March, and trans-
planted out when large enough to handle.
C. heterophylla (various-leaved). j\.-head», ray-
florets blue, disk blue or yellow ; peduncle long, one-
headed, glandular. June. L, lower ones opposite ;
upper alternate, oblong-lanceolate. A. 1ft. South
Africa, 1819. SYN. Kaulfussia ainelMdes. (B. R. 490.)
CHARLOCK. See Sinapis arvensis.
CHASCANUM (from chaino, or chatlcaino,
to gape ; in allusion to the form of the calyx) .
ORD. Verbenacece. All the plants formerly re-
ferred here are now included under genus
Bouchea (which see).
CHAVICA. See Piper.
CHEESE RENNET. See Galuun vernm.
CHEILANTHES (from cheilos, a lip, and
anthos, a flower ; in reference to the form of the
indusium). ORD. Filices. The following names,
formerly looked upon as representing distinct
genera, are now merely regarded as sectional ones of the
genus Cheilanthea— Adiantopsis, Aleuritopteris, and Phy-
sapteris. A large genus of hardy, greenhouse, and stove
Ferns. Sori terminal, or nearly so, on the veins, at first
small, sub-globose, afterwards more or less confluent. In-
volucre formed from changed reflexed margin, roundish
and distinct, or more or less confluent, but not quite
continuous. For general culture, see Ferns.
sti. densely

C. argentea (silvery).* sti. densely tufted, 3m. to e
frond* Sin. to 4in. long, 2in. broad, deltoid, bi- or tripinnatitid ;
'lower pinna; much the largest, cut down nearly to the rachis ;
lowest pinnules sometimes Jin. long; lower surface thickly
covered with white ceraceous powder, sori numerous, very
small, marginal. Siberia to India, &c. Greenhouse species.

C. Bradburli (Bradbury's). A synonym of C. tomentosa.

C capensls (Cape).* sti. tufted, erect, 4in. to 6Jn. long, frondt
4in. tooin. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, bipinnatifld ; lower pinnre
much the largest; pinnules on the lower side larger than the

308

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cheilanthes — con I inued.

others, ovate, bluntish, cut down to the rachis into oblong, blunt,
" unall, placed all round the edge of

nearly entire segments, sori small, placed all ro
the segments. Cape of Good Hope. (H. S. F. ii.

77.)

FIG. 420. CHEILANTHES CLEVELANDI.

C. Cleveland! (Cleveland's).* sti. tufted, erect, scaly, .fronds 4in.
to ISHn. long, ovate-lanceolate, tri- or (rarely) quadripinnate ;
ultimate divisions of pinnae nearly round, sub-lenticular, small,
deep green above, covered with fine white scales beneath. North-
west America. Hardy, or nearly so. See Fig. 420.

O. Eatonl (Eaton's).
scaly, fronds Sin. to 8in. long, IJin. to 2in. broad, ovate-lanceolate,

sti. tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, wiry, densely
scaly, fronds Sin. to Bin. long, Hin. to 2in. broad, ovate-lanceolate,
tripinnatifld ; lower pinnules distant, alternate or opposite, del-

toid; pinnules linear-oblong, pinuatifid; upper surface densely
clothed with white woolly tomentum, lower also densely matted,
the margin of the segments incurved. Greenhouse. Western
United States, Ac.

C. elegans (elegant). A synonym of C. myriophylla elegans.

C. farinosa (mealy).* sti. densely tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, fronds
Sin. to 12in. lon£, Sin. to 6in. broad, lanceolate or deltoid, bi-
tripinnatifld ; pinnae numerous, opposite, lower ones mostly
largest ; lowest pinnules longer than the others, deeply sinuato-
pinnatifld ; under surface densely coated with pure white powder.
sori small, brown, placed in a continuous line along the edges.
Tropics of both hemispheres. Greenhouse species. (B. M. 4765.)

O. Fendlerl (Fendler's).* sti. scattered, 2in. to 4in. long, wiry.
fronds Sin. to 4in. long, lin. to l^in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, tri-
pinnatifld ; pinnae lanceolate-deltoid, about Jin. long ; pinnules
linear-oblong, cut into small oblong segments; rachis densely
scaly, sori copious, marginal. Rocky Mountains. Greenhouse
species. (H. S. F. ii., 1070

C. fiexnosa (flexuose\ sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long, fronds 4in.
to 6in. long, deltoid, tripinnate ; pinnae and pinnules lanceolate,
short-stalked, lowest largest ; segments flattish, ovate-oblong,
blunt, sessile, one to one and a half lines broad, sori six to eight
to largest segment. Tropical America. Stove species.

C. fragrans (fragrant).* sti. caespitose, wiry, lin. to Sin. long,
densely scaly, fronds 2in. to Sin. long, about lin. broad, ovate-
acuminate, bi- or tripinnatifid; pinnae opposite, deltoid, cut
down to the rachis below into several sinuato-pinnatifld linear-
oblong lobes, sori small, copious. South Europe, Ac., 1778.
Half-hardy. SYNS. C. odora and C. suaveolens.

C. frlglda (frigid). A synonym of C. lendigera.

C. graoilis (slender). A synonym of C. lanuginosa.

C. graclllima(most slender).* sti. densely tufted, 2in. to 6in. long,
wiry, slender, fronds Sin. to 4in. long, lin. broad, narrowly ovate-
lanceolate, bi- or tripinnatifid ; lower pinnae opposite, lanceolate-
deltoid, cut down to the rachis into several linear-oblong segments
on each side ; lower surface densely matted with pale brown
woolly tomentum ; margin of the segments much incurved, sori
copious, marginal. California, Ac. Greenhouse or frame species.

C. nirta (hairy), sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long, strong, erect, densely
hairy, fronds 4m. to 12in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, ovate-lanceolate,
tnpmnatifld ; pinnae opposite, spreading from the main rachis at
right angles, lanceolate, and cut down to the rachis into numerous
oblong pinnules, which are about Jin. long ; margin of the seg-
ments much incurved, sori copious. Cape of Good Hope, 1806.
Greenhouse species. (H. S. F. ii., 101 b.)

Cheilanthes— continued.

C. lanuginosa (woolly).* sti. densely tufted, erect, wiry, fronds
4in. to bin. long, lin. to l^in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, bipinnatihd ;
pinnae in opposite pairs, the lower ones deltoid ; pinnules linear-
oblong, with numerous small roundish segments ; lower surface
densely tomentose ; margin of the segments much incurved,
North America. Hardy. SYN. C. gracUis.

C. lendigera (maggot-bearing).* sti. Sin. to 12in. long, strong,
erect, tomentose. fronds 4in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad,
lanceolate, tri- or quadripinnatifid ; pinnro numerous, the lowest
opposite, lanceolate ; pinnules numerous, linear oblong, cut down
to the rachis into numerous distinct convc x segiiunts, half a line
or less each way. sori sub-continuous. Mexico, &c. Greenhouse
species. SYN. C.frigida. (H. S. F. ii. 104.)

C. Iilndhelmeii (Lindheimer's).* sti. scattered, Sin. to 6in. long,
wiry, fronds Sin. to 6in. long, liin. to 2in. broad, ovate-lanceolate,
tripinnatifid ; pinnae numerous, contiguous, the lowest about lin.
long, |in. broad; pinnules numerous, linear-oblong ; rachis densely
scaly above ; upper surface woolly, lower densely scaly; margin of
the segments much incurved, sori copious, marginal. Texas and
New Mexico. Greenhouse species. (H. S. F. ii., 107.)

C. mlorophylla (small-leaved).* sti. 2in. to 6in. long, wiry.
fronds Sin. to 9in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, ovate-lanceolate, bi- or
tripinnatifid ; pinnae in numerous nearly opposite pairs, the lowest
lin. to 2in. long ; pinnules linear-oblong, entire or sub-deltoid,
and cut down to tne rachis below, sori roundish or elongated.
Tropical America. Greenhouse species. There are numerous
varieties and forms of this, one of which is C. micromera, with
numerous close-spreading pinnae; pinnules ovate-oblong, entire
or nearly so. (H. S. F. ii. 99.)

C. multifida (much-cut), sti. tufted, Sin. to 9in. long, strong,
erect, fronds Sin. to 12in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, ovate-lanceo-
late or deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifid ; lower pinnules opposite,
remote, deltoid, 2in. to oin. long ; ultimate divisions linear-oblong,
deeply lobed, and the margin in the fertile plant much recurvea.
inal on the lobes, small, roundish, slightly confluent.
(H. G. F. 39.)

Cape of Good Hope, .fee. Greenhouse species.

C. pteroldes (Pteris-like). sti. 6in. to 12in. long, strong, e
fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, deltoid, tripinn

C. myriophylla (myriad-leaved), sti. densely tufted, wiry, erect,
clothed with pale, woolly tomentum. fronds 4in. to 6in. long, and
l^in. to 2in. [broad, ovate-lanceolate in outline, . tri- or quadri-
pinnatittd ; pinnae lanceolate-deltoid, with linear-oblong pinnules
on both sides ; ultimate segments very small, roundish, and bead-
like, of a bright green colour above, densely matted beneath,
with a sub-coriaceous texture. Tropical and warm temperate
America. Stove or greenhouse species. The variety elegans
(SYN. C. elegans) has obovate-pyriform segments, usually tapering
into a distinct stalk. Found in the same localities.

C. mysurensis (Mysuran).* sti. densely tufted, very short, wiry.
fronds Sin. to 12in. long, liin. to Sin. broad, ovate-lanceolate, tri-
pinnatifid ; pinnae numerous, the lowest opposite, about lin. long,
lanceolate-deltoid, cut down to the rachis into numerous linear-
oblong, pinnatifid pinnules, sori small, roundish, distinct, or
slisthtly confluent. Tropical llindostan. Greenhouse species.
(H. S. F. ii. 100.) C. fragilis is said to be very doubtfully distinct
from the foregoing species, but it is a larger plant.

C. odora (sweet). A synonym of C. fragrans.

C. Preissiana (Preiss's). A synonym of C. Sieberi.

erect.

rons n. o n. , . . , , nate ;

upper part simply pinnate ; lower with several opposite pairs of
wiry erecto-patent branches, growing gradually larger downwards;
segments oolong, entire, sori small, roundish, distinct but con-
tiguous. Cape of Good Hope, Ac., 1776. Greenhouse species.
(S. S. F. ii. ML)

C. radlata (rayed).* sti. tufted, 12in. to 18in. long, strong, erect,
wiry ; pinnae six to nine, all radiating from a common centre, like
the spokes of a wheel, with a whorl of bract-like segments at the
axis, the longest 6in. to 9in. long, about lin. broad ; pinnules
numerous, close, 4in. long, unequal-sided, truncate at base, ton
small, very numerous, placed along both margins of the entiie
pinnules. Tropical America. Greenhouse species. (H. S.F.ii.91.)

C. rufa (reddish).* sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long, densely tomentose.
fronds bin. to 9in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, ovate-lanceolate, bi-
pinnatifld; pinnae opposite, the lower ones with lin. to 2m.
between them, oblong ; pinnules on the lower side the largest,
Jin. to Jin. long, linear-oblong ; under surface coated with white
powder, sori copious, marginal, roundish, small. North of
Hindostan. Greenhouse species. (H. S. F. ii. 99.)

C. Sieberi (Sieber's).* sti. densely tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, wiry.
fronds Sin. to 6in. long, lin. to l£in. broad, oblong-acuminate, tri-
pinnatifid ; pinnae in pairs, the lowest often distant, deltoid, with
several opposite, oblong-deltoid pinnules, which are cut down to
the rachis in the lower part ; involucre small, narrow, pale brown,
roundish, and separate or combined. Australia, &c. Green-
house species. SYN. C. Preissiana. (H. S. F. ii. 97.)

C. snaveolens (sweet-smelling). A synonym of C. fragrant.

C.tenuifolia (slender-leaved), sti. 4in. to 6in. long, wiry, flexuose.
fronds 4in. to Sin. long, Sin. to 4in. broad, deltoid, tripinnatifid ;
pinnae in numerous opposite pairs, deltoid ; pinnules on the
lower side the largest, the lowest lin. long, cut into sinuato-
pinnatifid segments, sori roundish or sub-continuous. Tropics,
southern hemisphere. Greenhouse species. (H. S. F. ii. 97.)

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

309

or seed

by seeds, sown in the open border, from March to J«ly.

AH the •giauii thriye w*U if '

and eren the

mOd winters. The eomnon WaDflcnran— rmrietMB of C

C*mrv— wfll thrire almost anw

opposite. li*-^»j*j£ tafc^ddtcid; p^.rf«^^g

'-

eat. f\ imtlt 4in. to 6m. each way. deltoid, tri- or qoadri- «• Chatrl rcharil* Cox

Swj^s^^th^s^t^^fw^s^: i-^^coKbnii:

lower ade larger than the others, lanceolate, with narrow t lawseolate, quite entire,

MHSttj segment*, wtaeh are agam eat down to the racbnv. or smooth. C «fc i»«

. jt

Mnr
CH.SLF.fi. 91)

(Wright1*).* *£. fts. to 4mv long, strong, wiry,
to SnTtonilm. tol^n. broad, oratolanelXteTtfi- and compact. The

RTOWTI and

t
varietieti T

greatly
g a»d*

spring perennia there are a

^

sorts am worth growing. Do*bi*

fid ; pinnjs in iinsul opposite pain, the lowest about mriettet: TeDow. light brown, dark brown. Smjfc wmnetia:

S ; pinnules eat about bx^^rdown. «rt copkias, the BLOOD^BXD, ttinBi.xGEE, BELTOIK CASTLK, andGoUNDi Ton

(H. S. F. iL 9a)
CHEIMATOBIA BSUKATA. SM Winter Moth.

FIG -22. FXOWKRL56 BRA.VHB5 OF
FDMH-PLKSO.

a C. flore-pleno (doable-flowered). A
cokmr. tram clear yellow to very •nrk m

wfll yield * large proportion of double
C.

FLOWKUSG BRJLNCH OF CBEIRAVTHIS

(from Ckeiri or Ck^yry. the Arabic

name of a plant with very red sweet-scented flowers, and c.
•nOo., a flower; or perhaps from cJu«r, the hand, and a*- c.

., m 1 J A TT,'-_: -„ _ fl-hnn ^* --*•

). Wallflower. OKD. Cmcifene.

t w^p*rt«d hairs. Sterna nlanltj. bnuMhed, *. 2ft. to 3ft.
Tene^ffe.lfil2. HaK-hardy. (B.R.219.)

shrubby varieties of the

.«. yellow or white ; pedicels
. tlinear-

k

(from c*«r. the hand, and

m sort should be increased

by young cuttings, which wffl soon root outride, if covered
with a hand glass. The half-hardy kinds wffl thrive well

iiiauftii«.Ti*to?iii?wifcS , «—--«.i-k— ——**•»-•*

flu»n iw in • Hani hf— «»««* «« -T»br- The herba- i gives them the appearance of a hand). Hand-plant. OKD.
^S-^-^^e^ased byyoung cuttings ' Jfolroo-. A fine eool-house tree, succeeding well in a

310

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cheirostemon — c

mixture of turfy loam and peat, or any light rich soil.

Cuttings of rather firm shoots will root in sandy peat, if

placed under a hand glass, in heat.

C. platanoldes (Plane-tree-like), fl. solitary, boary-tomentose ;
petals absent ; calyx somewhat campanulate, furnished with three
bracteoles on the outside at the base. I. five and six-lobed,
palmate-nerved. h. 60ft. Mexico, 1820. (B. M. 5135.)

CHEIB.OSTYLIS (from cheir, the hand, and stylos,

a column ; the projecting column is ridged on the back,

having somewhat the appearance of the fingers of a hand).

OBD. Orchidece. A. genus of somewhat interesting, but

inconspicuous, stove Orchids, in general aspect like a

small Goody era, but differing from that genus in several

respects. They require damp heat, and a mixture of three

parts chopped sphagnum and one part well-decayed leaf

mould. Increased by the creeping stems.

C. marmorata (marble-leaved).* /. white, with a reddish calyx ;

raceme dark purple, long, downy. September. I. deep reddish

olive-green, with a velvety surface, traversed by fine golden veins,

which disappear to a great extent when the leaves become old.

h. 3in. India, 1849. (F. d. S. 4, 370.)

C. panrlfolia (small-leaved). /. white. September, h. Sin.
Ceylon, 1837.

CHELIDONITTM (from Chelidonion, the Greek name

used by Dioscorides, from chelidon, a swallow ; it is said

that the plant flowers at the time of the arrival of swallows,

and dries up at their departure). Celandine ; Swallow- wort.

ORIJ. Papaveracece. The only species is a perennial herb,

abounding in an acrid saffron-coloured juice. It forms

an excellent subject for naturalising in shrubberies, and

in the wild garden. Increased by seeds, or by division of

the roots. In a wild state, it is distributed over the

temperate parts of Europe and Asia.

C. japoniciim. See Stylophorum japonicum.

C. ma jus (large), fl. yellow, three to six together in a loose

umbel ; penduncles hairy, with a roundish bract at the base.

Spring and summer. I. pinnate, thin ; leaflets roundish, coarsely

toothed, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Great Britain. (Sy. En. B. 67.) There

is a pretty variety (laciniata) with segments of the leaves cut into

many linear, acute, laciniated lobes, and the petals also cut ; also

a double-flowered form.

CHELON ANTHER A
Pholidota (which see).

(in part). A synonym of

Fio. 423. CHELONE LYONI, showing Habit, and Side View (1)
and Front View (2) of Single Flower.

CHELONE (from chelone, a tortoise ; the back of the
upper lip of the corolla is compared to a tortoise). Turtle-
head. ORD. Scrophularinece. Very handsome herbaceous

Chelone — continued.

plants, allied to Pentstemon. Flowers imbricately spiked,
terminal ; corolla ringent, ventricose ; lower lip internally
bearded; sterile stamens shorter than the others. Seeds
winged. Leaves opposite. They are of very easy culture
in almost any ordinary garden soil, although a rich, mode-
rately light loam is the most satisfactory. Propagation is
readily effected by dividing the plants, about August or
September, depending upon the flowering ; if this operation
be performed in spring, the results are not always so satis-
factory. They may also be increased by means of seeds
and young cuttings, inserted in sandy soil, in a cold frame.
C. atropurpurea (dark purple). A synonym of Pentsteinon

c'lni/'iniulatus.

C. barbata. See Pentstemon barbatus.
C. glabra (smooth). A glabrous variety of C. obliqua.
C. Lyoni (Lyon's).* fl. purple ; spikes terminal, with the flowers
clustered. July to September. I. petiolate, cordate-ovate, ser-
rated. Plant glabrous, branched, h. 3ft. to 4ft. North Caro-
lina, 1812. SYN. C. major. See Fig. 423. (B. M. 1864.)
C. major (large). A synonym of C. Lyoni.

C. nemorosa (wood).* fl., corolla rosy-purple, ventricose ; an-
thers woolly ; peduncles three-flowered, downy. July. I. ovate,
acuminated, serrated. Plant branched, glabrous, h. 'ift. North-
west America, 1827. (B. B, 1211.)

C. obliqua (oblique).* fl. purple, in close, terminal spikes. Sum-
mer. F. petiolate, oblique, lanceolate, unequally serrated, very
smooth, h. 2ft. to 3ft Less vigorous than C. Lyoni. North
America, 1752. SYN. C. purpurea. (B. B. 175.) The variety
alba produces white flowers, and is very showy.
C. purpurea (purple). A synonym of C. obliqua.

CHENOFODIACE2E. An order of herbs or sub-
shrubs. Flowers inconspicuous; perianth deeply divided.
Leaves alternate, sometimes opposite, exstipulate. This
order includes Atripl«x, Beta, Chenopodium, and Spinacia.
CHENOPODIUM (from chen, a goose, and pous, a
foot ; in allusion to the shape of the leaves). ORD.
Chenopodiacece. ATI extensive genus of herbaceous or
sub-shrubby plants, of little ornamental beauty. They are
more or less employed as pot herbs, particularly the species
commonly known as " Good King Henry " (0. Bonus-
Henricus). Calyx of three to five connate sepals, inferior,
persistent and unaltered, closing upon, and often wholly
enveloping, the fruit; corolla none. Seeds solitary, len-
ticular.

The Mercury Goose-foot, or Good King Henry, has, in
some parts of England, especially in Lincolnshire, long
been esteemed as a substitute for Asparagus. The follow-
ing method of culture is recommended : The ground should
be rich, dry, and deeply trenched. Plants should be put
in, about April, 9in. asunder each way ; or seeds sown

FIG. 424. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CHENOPODIUM AMBROSIOIDES.

in drills 9in. apart, afterwards hoeing out to 9in. from
plant to plant. As soon as they have ripened off, a dress-
ing of leaf soil, about 4in. or 5in. in thickness, should
be applied. In the spring of the first year, only a small
quantity should be cut, as the plants would be too greatly
weakened; but each subsequent year, full crops will be

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

311

Chenopodtam — continued.

had. During the season of vigorous growth, the plants
are greatly improved by watering with liquid manure.
Besides the young shoots forming a substitute for As-
paragus, the leaves can be used when young instead of
Spinach. These are rather large, considering the size of
the plants. The hitter must not, however, be too greatly
denuded of foliage, or they will soon become worthless.
A contemporary writer says that, from a south border,
cutting generally commences early in April, and continues
until the end of June. When properly grown, the young
shoots should be almost as thick as the little finger; and,
in gathering, it should be cut under the ground, some-
what similar to Asparagus.

C. ambrosioides (Ambrosia-like). Mexican Tea. JL greenish.
L slightly paHatod, oblong or lanceolate, repand-toothed, or
nearly entire, the upper tapering to both ends ; spikes densely
flowered, leafy or almost leafless. A native of tropical America,
but now naturalised in nearly all temperate climates. Annual.
See Fig. 424.

C. atrlplicis (Atriplex-like). JL bright reddish-purple, disposed
in clustered heads. L numerous, petiolate. nearly spathnlate.
Stem angular, erect, slightly branched, reddish ; voung shoots
and leaves covered with a fine rose- violet powder. A. 3ft China.
A vigorous half-hardy annual, well adapted for planting on grass-
plats, or grouping with other plants in pleasure-grounds. Srx.
C. purpurateen*.

C. Bonus-Henricus.' All-good ; Good King Henry. *, corolla
quite campannlate ; spikes compound, terminal, and axillary,
erect, leafless. August I. triangular, arrow-shaped, mostly
entire, large, dark green. Stems striated. A. lit Britain.
Perennial. (Sy. En. B. 1199.)

C. pnrpnrascens (purplish). A synonym of C. atriplieit.
CHERIMOYZR See Anona Cherimolia.

(Ceratut). There are two species of Cerasus
found wild in Britain ; others are natives of Southern
Europe. The Morello, Duke, and Kentish varieties are
supposed to have been derived from the wild, or dwarf.
Cherry (Cerastu Caproniana), and the Geans, Hearts, and
Bigarreaus from the tall wild Gean (C. Avium). They have
been in cultivation from an early period, and whether the
origin of all the varieties now cultivated is confined to
these species, or in part to others, is not definitely known.
The Cherry is the earliest to ripen of any hardy fruit
(at least, the early varieties are), and, being of a very
refreshing character, is much appreciated. Those unfit
for dessert on account of their acidity are employed for
various purposes in cooking, and the Morellos are much
used for preserving or bottling in brandy. Fig. 425 repre-
sents a corymb of Cherry, with fully expanded flowers.

Flo. 425. CORYMB OF CHKRRT.

Propagation. This is effected by budding or grafting,
and, to obtain new varieties, by seeds. The stock most
generally used for grafting is the wild Gean, obtained by
sowing seeds in nursery rows, planting them out at the

Cherry—continued.

i end of the second year, and growing on until large enough

; for use. The Mahaleb stock (C. Mahaleb) is much used

i in France, but it is not suited in some soils in England.

Being dwarf-growing, it is useful for dwarf trees, and for

! Morello and other small-leaved sorts. The general plan ia

j to bud in the summer, when the bark runs freely, choosing

cloudy weather for the purpose, and carefully selecting

• wood-buds. If the buds fail to unite, or do not afterwards

grow, the stocks may be grafted the following spring.

Selection of scions for grafting is an important matter. In

some varieties, the whole length of the shoot will contain

only blossom-buds, except the one at the point In such

cases, the hitter must not be cut off. Scions should be

cut off early in the year, and bud in the ground, until

the stocks have begun to grow, which will generally be

in March. If prepared in this way, there is a much

greater chance of success.

Soil and Situation. The soil must not be too heavy;
neither will a very light one, with dry subsoil, be suitable.
A good deep loam, moderately rich and well drained, will
suit Cherries admirably. Bank manure should not be
j mixed in the soil when preparing for planting ; but well-
decomposed leaf soil, burnt refuse, mortar rubbish, Ac.,
will be of great assistance to keep the compost open if it is
; at all heavy. If Cherries are planted against walls, the
i borders should be formed to slope from the wall, in order
. to ensure drainage. For Cherry orchards, the site selected
i should, if possible, be somewhat undulated, for the same
i reason. Cultivation in orchards is not practised in all
districts, but in some counties large quantities are grown
in this way, notably in Kent, Hertfordshire, and Bucking-
hamshire. The position given to Cherry-trees in the
majority of gardens, and that most convenient for pro-
tection, is a wall, varying in aspect with the sort grown.
The earliest should be p anted against a south wall ;
the mid-season and main crop varieties will be best suited
I with a western aspect : and the Morello and Kentish
Cherries will do well on a wall facing north or north-west
Various systems of training are adopted for the Cherry,
and the one selected must depend on the position and the
! space to be occupied. Standards are the most suitable
for orchards, and should be planted from 20ft to 30ft.
apart. For covering high walls, an arrangement of fan-
trained trees on tall stocks, with alternate dwarf trees,
trained in the same way, is probably the best method.
Where a large collection is -desired, the trees may be grown
in a limited space on either of the cordon systems; but
the quantity of each sort will be somewhat limited if this
method is adopted. Horizontal training is also practised,
about 1ft being allowed between the branches for the
Bigarreau and other strong-growing kinds, and about 9in.
for those of the May Duko type.

Protection. The Cherry is an early-flowering tree, and is,
consequently, very subject to destruction by spring frosts.
Trees on walls may be protected by light shading or double
nets in frosty weather, but coverings that exclude light
are injurious. Protection from birds, as soon as the fruit
begins to colour, is very necessary with all the varieties
of Cherries, or the whole crop may be lost Netting
the trees is the only effectual remedy. The net should be
fastened under the coping, without leaving any open spaces,
and be kept from the trees by means of stakes or frame-
work, carefully fitting it at the bottom. If any spaces are
left open, the birds are sure to effect an entrance.

Pruning. Very little pruning is necessary with standard
Cherry-trees, beyond keeping the heads in shape and evenly
balanced. Most of the varieties fruit on spurs, and should
have the growths removed in summer to about Sin. long,
thereby admitting light to the fruit, and enabling the plant
to form ite flower-buds for the following year. If these
growths we properly shortened in summer, about the time
the stoning process is completed, and all superfluous shoots
removed, very little pruning will be necessary in winter.

312

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cherry— continued.

The Morello Cherry requires quite different treatment, in
this respect, to any others, as the fruit is produced from
the wood of the previous year. The weakest shoots, and
some of the old wood, must be cut away, to prevent over-
crowding, the strongest only being retained, and nailed in
at a distance of about Sin. apart. The fruit may be allowed
to hang on the trees of the Morello, if protected, until very
late in the season. Thinning of the wood, and nailing in,
should be done in spring, before the buds swell, or many of
the latter will be broken off. Superfluous shoots should be
removed during the summer, to allow the others to ripen,
and to obviate the necessity of cutting the trees hard in
winter.

Cultivation under Glass. Cherries may be successfully
cultivated under glass, provided care be taken not to force
them too much in the early stages of growth. They may
be grown in pots, if extra attention is given to watering,
or be planted out. Cordon trees might with advantage be
introduced into the front or some other portion of Peach
houses where early forcing is not practised, some of the
early varieties being chosen for the purpose. It is im-
portant that the trees should not suffer for want of water,
or, on the other hand, be allowed to get soddened. A tem-
perature of 40deg. to 45deg. is sufficient to start with, air
being admitted on all favourable opportunities, especially
when the trees are in flower. Cold draughts must, how-
ever, be avoided. Ripe fruit may be obtained in April, if
the trees ate started in January, and very gently forced
until after the stoning period. The fruits are liable to
drop in large numbers before stoning, should the house be
over-heated, or the trees kept in too close an atmosphere,
consequently such conditions must be avoided. Large num-
bers often fall from outside trees, on account of frost or
continued low temperature. Trees grown under glass
should be fully exposed to the air, so soon as the fruit
is gathered, in order to thoroughly ripen the wood. If
planted in a house, the sashes should be left open; and
if grown in pots, the trees may be removed, and plunged
in the open. Watering must still be carefully attended
to during the whole of the summer, to mature and pre-
pare the trees for the next year's crop.

Cherry-trees are very liable to gumming at any part of
the branches where pruning or other injury has been caused
to the bark. It is not considered injurious except in bad
cases. Black Ply (which see) is one of the most trouble-
some insects the trees are subject to.

Sorts. Appended are lists of the principal kinds in
cultivation :

Of these, the following are the most

BlGARTCEAUB.

desirable :

and delicious.
Buttner's Black Heart.

Flesh and skin jet-black ; richly flavoured
than the common Black

Larger

Heart, with even a more pleasant flavour.
Banner's Yellow. Medium size, yellow, becoming amber when

fully ripe ; sweet and rich.
Downton. Skin pale yellow, spotted with red dots, flesh yellowish ;

one of the richest and most delicious.
Elton. Skin pale yellow on the shaded side, mottled with red

next the sun ; flesh whitish, very rich. The tree is a good bearer,

and the variety is considered by many the best that can be grown.
Florence. Fruit large, pale amber, mottled with red ; flesh firm,

juicy, and sweet. This variety requires a wall with west or south-

west aspect.
Frogmore Early. Of a deep red next the sun ; juicy and rich.

As early as May Duke.
Gascoigne's Heart, or Hertfordshire Bleeding Heart.

One of the finest and most popular cherries.
Governor Wood. Fruit light red, and of the best quality. A

very fine and prolific American sort.
Graffion, or Ambree. White, marbled with red ; flesh yellow,

aud highly flavoured.
Jaboulay. A large, rich, early red cherry, with a firm, highly-

flavoured fles
Late Black.

August

Very large and late; valuable for ripening in

Cherry — continued.

Monstrous Heart. Skin yellowish, changing to red; flesh

purple, firm, and juicy ; very large.
Napoleon. One of the largest and best of heart-shaped cherries,

not unlike the Elton, but larger and earlier.
Tradescant's Black Heart. Dark red, changing to dark

purple or black ; flesh firm and sweet ; very large and uneven.
GEANS. This class comprises the following sorts:
Adams's Crown. Pale red, mottled with yellow ; flenh almond-
white, full of juice, and richly flavoured.
Belle de Orleans. A roundish, heart-shaped variety, with a

yellowish skin ; flesh richly flavoured.

Black Eagle. A medium-sized delicious cherry, ripening in July.
Early Amber. Of good size, heart-shaped, with a pale amber

colour ; flesh yellow, sweet, juicy.
Early Purple Guigne. Fruit rather flattened on one side;

dark, rich, and tender ; very large and early.
Early Rivers. A large black early cherry, a seedling from the

Purple Guigne ; good and prolific.
Hogg's Red Gean. A beautiful red cherry, freckled with yellow ;

flesh a pale orange ; juicy, tender, and sweet.
Late Amber Gean. Of medium size ; skin very thin and semi-
transparent ; delicately and richly flavoured.
Late Purple Gean. One of the finest late sorts, ripening in the

end of July.
Rose de Lyons, or Early Lyons. Light yellow in colour,

and of a delicious flavour ; one of the earliest and best cherries

grown.
Waterloo. A noble-looking cherry, depressed at the end, and

flattened on one side ; black, covered with small dots ; tender and

juicy.
Werder's Early Black. Very large, with a deep suture on one

side ; deep purple colour, and a rich purple flesh, of delicious

flavour.

DUKES, or MAT DTJKES. These, though not so sweet
as the two classes already named, are nevertheless fully as
popular, and equally useful. For all culinary purposes, this
class of Cherries, from their sharp sub-acid qualities, are
preferred to either the Bigarreau or Gean.
Archduke. Of excellent quality, almost jet-black when ripe ;

flesh deep red, tender, and juicy ; ripens in July. This is the

largest of the Dukes.
Belle Magniflque. A very large, clear, bright red cherry, with

yellow flesh, ana a sharpish sub-acid flavour.
Biittner's October. Light red flesh, and a pleasant, sharpish

flavour. A very useful, late, and excellent culinary variety.
Carnation. Flesh tender, rather acid. A valuable reddish-yellow

cherry, hanging till the end of August or middle of September.
Dnchesse de Pallnau. Very large, brilliant red, becoming

darker as it ripens ; flesh tender and juicy, richly coloured, ana

briskly acid.
Imperatrlce Eugenie. An early sort, with all the good

qualities of the Duke family; ripening early in June.
Late Duke. A valuable late variety, ripening in August.
May Duke. Flesh red, tender, juicy, and pleasantly sub-acid;

ripening almost black. Probably more extensively grown than

any other.
Nouvelle Royale. A hybrid between the Dukes and the Kentish,

aud retains many qualities of both ; larger and more uneven than

any of the Dukes.
Relne Hortense. Very large, fine, semi-transparent, bright red,

with yellow flesh, and brisk sub-acid flavour.
Royal Duke. Flesh reddish and tender ; very rich. A hand-

some red cherry, ripening in July.
Transparent. A beautiful sort, revealing the delicate netted

nature of the flesh, which is melting and tender.

MORELLO and KENTISH CHERRIES. In these, we reach

a maximum of acidity, and yet this class is one of the most

useful of all Cherries.

Kentish, or Flemish. These are so nearly alike that they may
be classed together, though some growers offer them as distinct
varieties. In ordering, it will be best to ask for Kentish Cherries.
Fruit red, medium-sized, round, having a rather acid property,
which, however, has been held to enhance its value for culinary
and preserving purposes. After the fruit is ripe, the stalk ad-
heres so firmly to the stone that they may be withdrawn together
without removing much of the pulp.

Morello. A medium-sized round cherry, becoming nearly black
when fully ripe. Flesh deep reddish-purple, with a sharp acid
flavour. It is largely used for many purposes.

Ostheim. Larger and less acid than the Morello.

Weeping, or Pendulous Morello. A very graceful variety,
equally fertile, and of the same quality as the common Morello,
admirably adapted for forming small standards in the open air.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

313

CHERRY, BARBADOS. See Malpighia glabra.
CHERRY, CORNELIAN. See Corxms mas.
CHERRY FLY. See Aphides and Black Fly.
CHERRY, HOTTENTOT. See Cassine Manro-
cenia.

CHERRY LAUREL. See Prunus Lanro-cerasns.
CHERRY PLUM. See Pruuus cerasifera.
CHERRY, WINTER. See Physalis Alkeken^i.

Chervil, Bulbous-rooted— continued.
the size of, and somewhat like, Early Horn Carrots. They
are yellowish-white, rather sweet, and have the same
flavour as the leaves of the Common Chervil The seeds
retain their germinative properties a short time only ;
consequently, they must either be sown as soon as ripe,
or be kept in sand through the winter, out of the reach
of frost. If sown late in autumn, the seeds will, in all
probability, perish. When stratified during winter, the
seeds may be sown in March, either broadcast, or in
drills 1ft. apart. The leaves wither about July, when
the roots may be lifted and stored, like Potatoes, in a
dry shed. The beds must be kept clean in summer by
frequent hoeings. Bulbous-rooted Chervil is eaten, when
cooked, as a vegetable, but it is not extensively culti-
vated in this country.

FIG. 426. PLANT OF BDLBOUS-ROOTED CHERVIL, IN FLOWER.

CHERVIL, BULBOUS-ROOTED (Chaerophyllum
bulbosum). A hardy biennial, native of Southern Europe
(see Fig. 426). This produces roots (see Fig. 427) about

Fio. 427. Boors OF BULBOUS CHERVIL

FIG. 428. FLOWERING BRANCH OP HORSE CHESTNUT.

CHERVIL, COMMON or GARDEN (Anthriscus
cerefoUum). A hardy annual, native of various parts of
Europe. It is grown for the leaves, which are used for
culinary purposes and in salads. Seed should be sown
occasionally — not too much at a time — either broadcast
or in shallow drills. The plants may be thinned out to
Sin. apart; and in hot weather, if the ground is light,
they should be watered plentifully, or they will soon run
to seed. It is advisable to keep a few plants in a cold
frame through the winter, as leaves may then be gathered
at any time.

Curled Chervil is a variety of the Common, with beauti-
fully curled leaves, which may be employed for garnishing,
in addition to its ordinary use. The plants with the
best curled leaves should be selected, if some are kept

2s

314

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chervil, Common or Garden— continued,
for seed, as they soon deteriorate. A cool north border
is the best position for growing Chervil in summer, and
a south border is preferable for it in winter.

CHESTNUT, 'HORSE. This was introduced into
Britain about two centuries ago. In foliage, it exhibits a
character quite distinct from that of any other hardy tree,
and the pyramidal panicles of snowy-white flowers dashed
with yellow and pink (see Fig. 428), place it in the first
rank amongst deciduous subjects eminently adapted for
effective use by the landscape gardener. See JEscultis.

CHESTNUT, MORETON BAY. See Castano-
speriimm.

CHESTNUT, SWEET or SPANISH. See Cas-
tanea sativa.

CHEVALLIERA. See JEchmea Veitchii.

CHICA. See Bignonia Chica.

CHICORY (Cichorium Intybus). Succory, or Wild
Endive. A hardy perennial, native of Britain. The plants
are cultivated much more in France than with us, chiefly
for the leaves, which are blanched and used as a salad.
A variety called the Coffee Chicory is grown, in some
parts of the Continent, for the roots, which are cut up
and prepared as a substitute for coffee. Another large-
growing variety, called the Witioof, is much cultivated in
Belgium ; and since it was introduced to this country, it has
gained favour as a vegetable, cooked whole, or blanched,
and used as the other varieties. The culture is very easy,
and the leaves, if grown quickly and well blanched, are
wholesome and much esteemed. The plants may be
blanched outside in summer, but the salad is best when
forced in winter, forming what is called by the French

FIQ. 429. CHICORY BARBE DB CAPUCIN.

" Barbe de Capucin " (see Fig. 429). The roots grow
somewhat like Carrots, and may be taken up in autumn,
and forced in the same way as Sea Kale.

Cultivation. An open situation, with rather light and
moderately rich soil, should be selected for preparing roots
of Chicory for winter forcing. The seed should be sown in
drills, 1ft. apart, in May or June, the plants being thinned
when up to a distance of 6in. Occasional hoeings between
the _ rows, to keep down weeds, will be all that is necessary
during the summer. If summer supplies are required,
successions! sowings should be made in the same way,
about every month, from April to October, and the leaves
blanched as soon as they are large enough for use.

Forcing. Chicory may be successfully forced in a tem-
perature of from 55deg. to 60deg. The roots should be
placed, about Sin. apart, in boxes or large pots of soil,
care being taken to keep the crowns just above the soil.
A good watering is necessary to settle the earth around
the roots. The pots or boxes should be placed in a

C. corymbosa (corymbose).* A. greenish-white, tinge
red, corymbose, pendulous, at length somewhat erect.
I. cuneate-lanceolate, serrated, four to five in a whorl.

Chicory — continued.

warm, dark position. A mushroom house, kept dark and
having a suitable temperature, is a very good place.
A succession must be kept up, but a second or more crops
may be obtained from the same roots, which, however,
will not be so strong as the first. The Common Chicory
is mostly grown, but the Witloof will succeed under the
same treatment. Empty pots or boxes, of the same sizes
as those used, should be inverted over the roots to exclude
light ; or the darkness of a mushroom house may be suffi-
cient in many cases.

CHILI. See Capsicum baccatum.
CHILOPSIS (from cheilos, a lip, and opsis, re-
semblance ; on account of the calyx being furnished with
a distinct lip). OBD. Bignoniacece. A greenhouse ever-
green shrub, requiring a compost of peat and fibry loam.
Cuttings of half-ripened shoots will root in sand, under a
bell glass, in a gentle bottom heat.

C. llnearis (narrow-leaved). A., corolla dark purple, with a tubular
base, and a dilated companulate throat; lobes oval-roundish, with
curled, crenated edges ; racemes terminal, short, dense, tornen-
tose. May. 1. alternate, linear, flat, elongated, 3in. to Sin. long,
glabrous, coriaceous, attenuated at both ends. h. 10ft. Western
North America, 1825. An erect branched shrub.

CHIMAPHILA (from cheima, winter, and phileo, to
love ; the plants are green in winter). OBD. Ericaceae.
Ornamental evergreen suffruticose plants, with creeping
roots. Flowers corymbose ; scapes naked. Leaves lan-
ceolate, serrated, verticillate. For culture, see Pyrola.

, tinged with
erect. June.
fc.3in.

to 6in. Northern hemisphere, 1752. SYN. Pyrola umbellata.
(B. M. 778.)

C. maculata (spotted).* fl. white, pendulous;
peduncles downy, bearing a two to three-flowered
corymb at the apex. June. I. lanceolate, acute,
with white bands on the upper surface along
the nerve and veins, under surface red ; opposite,
or four in a whorl. Stem procumbent at base
and ascending at apex. North America, 1762.
SYN. Pyrola maculata. (B. M. 897.)
CHIMNEY BELL-FLOWER. See
Campanula pyramid alls.

CHIMONANTHUS from cheimon, the
winter, and anthos, a flower ; in reference
to the time of flowering, December and
January). OBD. Calycanthacea. A hardy
shrub, with the flowers appearing before the
foliage, in the axils of the leaves of the
< preceding year. Flowers whitish or yellow,
* purplish inside, very sweet-scented. Bark
and leaves without scent. Where sweet-
scented flowers are in request during the
winter months, the delicious aromatic fra-
grance of the blossoms of this shrub makes
it a general favourite. It is suitable for
training against walls and buildings having
a south or western aspect. It thrives best in a deep rich
sandy soil, and should be kept neatly trained to the wall
against which it is planted. It also requires pruning
annually, so as to have the principal branches well clothed
with young wood, as the blossoms are produced on the
previous season's growth. Therefore, when the plants have
finished flowering, go over them, and cut in close to the
main branches all the young shoots that have flowered,
except the leading ones, which must only be shortened to
about half their length. The result of this treatment will
generally be a good crop of wood, suitable for blossoming
the following season. Propagation is best effected by
means of layering, in the autumn.

C. fragrans (fragrant).* A. very fragrant. I. lanceolate, acumi-
mate, scabrid, slightly hairy beneath. A slender branching
shrub. Japan, 1766. SYN. Calycanthus praecox. (B. M. 466.) Of
the two varieties, grandiflorus is by far the best ; its flowers are
considerably larger and more spreading. (B. B. 451.)

CHINA ASTER. See Aster and Callistephus.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

315

CHINESE CHUBBY, DOUBLE. See Cerasus
serrnlata.

CHINESE ROSE. See Hibiscus rosa-sinensis.

CHIOCOCCA (from chion, snow, and lottos, a berry ;
the berries of C. raeemosa are white, hence it is called
Snowberry). Snowberry. OBD. Rubiaceas. Stove ever-
green shrubs, generally with a climbing habit. Racemes
axillary, opposite, simple, or panicled. Leaves opposite,
ovate, or oblong, acute, glabrous. They thrive in a mix-
ture of loam, peat, and sand. Cuttings strike root freely
in sand, under a hand glass, in heat.
C. angnifuga (snake-defeating). .*. white; racemes panicled.

June. /. orate, acuminated; stipules rery short, broad, each

ending in a short point A. 3ft to 4ft Brazil, 1824.

— continued.

).* JL, corollas at first white and a
yellowish and sweet-scented ;

but at length

ed. February.' L orate, lanceolate, smooth': stipules
A. 4ft to 6ft West Indies, 1729.

(from chion. snow, and anthos, a
flower ; referring to the snow-white flowers). Fringe-tree.
OBD. Oleacece. Hardy low trees or shrubs, having the
branchlets compressed at the top. Flowers in gracefully
drooping panicles, from Literal buds. Leaves opposite,
simple, entire. This genus differs from Olea principally
in the segments of the corolla being barely united at the
base. C. virginica is a fine large ornamental hardy
shrub ; it requires to be grown in moist soil, either sandy
peat or sandy loam, in a sheltered situation. Propagation
may be effected by seeds or by layers. Seeds are easily
procurable from America, and raised in a cold frame ; and,
as the plant does not root very readily, this is the best
way to increase it By grafting or budding it on the
common Ash, it succeeds very welL
C. returns (retnse-leaTed). JL white, sweet-scented. May. /.
stalked, oborate, retnse, hairy beneath, China, 1850. A
shrub. (L, & P. F. G. iii. 85.)

C. virginica (Virginian).* JL white, pedicellate ; racemes terminal.

May. L oral, oblong, or obovate-lanceolate, glabrous. A. 10ft

to 30ft. Xorth America, 1796. Hardy. The scented flowers

come out in May, banging in long bunches, and, from the corolla

being cut into narrow segments, they give it the name of

Fringe-tree. There are two or three forms of this species.

CHIONODOXA (from chion, snow, and doxa. glory ;

in reference to the plants flowering among the melting

snows of their native habitats). OBD. LUiacece. A small

genus containing the three species here described — hardy

spring-flowering bulbs. It comes near PuteTileinia, with

which, indeed, it ia sometimes confounded. Perianth ro-

tate, campanulate, or funnel-shaped; the equal ligulate,

/. long-
low

"M

FIG. 430. CHIONODOXA LUCILLE, showing Flower-spike and Habit

spreading segments in the expanded flower two or three
times as long as the tube. C. Lucilice may be grown in
pots, and forces weU if allowed first to make good roots,
by being treated like the Hyacinth. It should be kept

very near the glass. Although .it does remarkably well
I out of doors, perfection is best attained by growing it
j in cold pits or under handlights. All the species succeed
! admirably in a compost of equal parts peat, loam, and

sand, also in leaf mould and sand. Propagated by offsets;
I or by seeds, which are produced freely, and should be

sown in drills outside as soon as ripe. The young bulbs

should not be disturbed for three years.

C. cretica (Cretan). JL white or pale blue ; scape slender, 6in. to
lOin. high, rarely more than one or two-flowered ; perianth some-
what larger than that of C. nana, which this species otherwise
resembles. Mountains of Crete.

C.ForbMtKForbes's). A synonym of C. LueOia.

C. LucilUa (Lncilia's).* jl. intense bine, shading to white in the
centre, nearly lin. across, on slender pedicels ; spike usually
three to six-flowered, but sometimes nearly twenty flowers are
produced. Spring. L few, narrow, erect A. 6in. Asia Minor
and Crete, 1877. This is, perhaps, one of the handsomest of
spring flowers of recent introduction. ST>. C. Forbaii. See
FigTIsO. (B. M. 6433.) There is also a white-flowered form.

C. nana (dwarf).* JL white, lilac, iin. across, hi many-flowered
umbels. Spring. L linear, shorter than the peduncle. A. 4in.
Crete. 1879. <f M. 6461)
CHIONOGHAP HIS (from chion, snow, and graphii,

a pencil; the flower-spike being like a brush of snow).

OBD. Liliaceae. A very remarkable and ornamental herba-
ceous perennial, requiring slight protection outside in

winter. It thrives in a compost of loam, peat, and sand.

Propagated, if necessary, by seeds, or by divisions of the

roots.

C. Japonic* (Japanese).* /. pure white, closely packed along a
space of 4in. to Bin., spiral* ; perianth segments variable, four to
six, linear, long. Spring. L glabrous, in tufts at the bottom of
a long spike, with scattered leafy bracts. A. 6in. to 1ft Japan,
1830 (B. M. 6510.)
CHUUTA (from Cheryta. the Hindostanee name for

the Gentian plant). OBD. Gesneratece. Greenhouse or

stove evergreen herbaceous plants or shrubs. Corolla

tubular, bilabiate ; calyx fire-cleft, valvate in estivation.

For culture, see Gloxinia.

C. liladna (lilac).* A. very beautiful and produced in great
abundance ; corolla lobes pale blue ; tube and throat white ; bas*
of tube ornamented with a large yellow blotch at the base.
Chiriqui, 1870. This charming plant is very ornamental and effec-
tive.

C. Moonli (Moon's).* JL pale purple ; corolla large, downy ; pe-
duncles axillary, solitary or twin. July. L shortly petiolate,
three to four in a whorl, orate-lanceolate, acntish, obsoletely and
glandularly serrated. Branches bluntly tetragonal, suffrotieoa*.
rilloua. A. 2ft Ceylon, 1847. Store. (B. M-MOo.)

FIG. 431. CHIRITA SINENSIS.

316

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chir it a — continued .
C. sinensis (Chinese).* A. lilac ; corymbs many-flowered, bibrac-

teate at the base. July. I. opposite, elliptic-ovate, crenated ;

petioles trigonal. Stemless. h. 6in. China, 1843. Greenhouse

evergreen. See Fig. 431. (B. M. 4284.)
C. zeylanloa (Ceylon), ft., rich purple, reddish and paler in the

tube ; large, handsome. I. stalked, ovate, acute, entire, covered

with rather close-pressed silky-brownish hairs. A. 1ft. Ceylon,

1840. Stove. (B. M. 4182.)

CHIRONIA (a classical name, after Chiron, a centaur,
son of Phillyra and Saturn ; he was famous for his know-
ledge of music, medicine, and shooting, and taught the use
of plants and medicinal herbs). OKD. Gentianeas. Very
ornamental small soft-wooded greenhouse perennial herbs
or shrubs, all from Southern Africa. Flowers reddish-
pink or purple, terminal; corolla salver-shaped, with a
narrow tube and a spreading limb, which is longer than
the tube. Leaves sessile, opposite, decussate. Stems
simple or branched. They thrive in a roughish sandy
soil, composed of three-parts peat and one of loam, with
a considerable admixture of pure sand. Rather small
pots and perfect drainage are matters of importance in
their culture. They are easily propagated by cuttings,
inserted in sandy soil, and placed in a gentle heat, in
spring. Great care must be taken not to over-water,
especially in the winter months.
C. baccifera (berry-bearing), fl. reddish-pink, terminal, solitary.

June. I. opposite, decussate, glabrous, linear-lanceolate, sessile,

decurrent, with reflexed edges, longer than the internodes.

Branches sub-tetragonal. 1759. (B. M. 233.)
C. floribnnda (many-flowered).* /. pink ; peduncles solitary,

one-flowered ; petals obovate. June. I. linear, or oblong-ovate,

acute. A. 2ft. 1843. Glabrous, much branched. (P. M. B.

xii. 123.)
C. glutinosa (glutinous). fl. reddish-pink; corolla large, with

an expanded five-parted limb. Summer. I. three to five-nerved,

ovate-lanceolate. h. 2ft. 1843. Plant dark green, smooth.

(P. M. B. xv. 245.)
C. jasminoides (Jasmine-like).* fl. red or purplish ; panicles

dichotomous ; or flowers terminal, solitary on the tops of the

branches. April. I. lanceolate, linear. Stem tetragonal, h.

1ft. to 2ft. 1812. Plant glabrous. (B. B. 197.)
C. linoides (Flax - like).* /., corolla red, with ovate-oblong,

obtuse segments ; peduncles terminal, elongated. July. t.

linear, erect, fleshy, acute. Stem branched ; branches terete,

fastigiate. h. 1ft. to 2ft. 1787. (B. M. 511.)

CHITONIA. (of Don). See Miconia.
CHIVES, or GIVES (Allium Schcenoprasurri). A hardy
perennial, native of Britain. Chives do well in any garden
soil, and may be increased by division of the roots, in
spring or autumn. Their chief uses are in soups and salads,
being preferred for the latter, as they are much milder
than onions, and also more tender. If planted in small
bunches, about 9in. apart, and not allowed to seed, they
will soon form good - sized clumps. When required for
use, each clump may be cut in turn, close to the ground ;
these will soon grow again. Beds should be replanted at
least once in three or four years.

CHLAMYDIA. A synonym of Fhormium.
CHLIDANTHUS (from clideios, delicate, and anthos,
a flower). OBD. Amaryllidece. A small genus, containing
two or three species, confined to South America. They
are very ornamental, half-hardy, bulbous plants, the leaves
appearing after the flowers. They should be grown in the
open air, in a compost of peat, leaf soil, and loam, in equal
parts, with some sand, in well-drained pots, until autumn,
when they should be removed to a cool part of the green-
house, and kept dry until the following April ; they may
then be repotted, watered, and allowed a little more
warmth. Propagated freely by offsets, which may bo
removed, when repotting, in spring.

C. fragrans (fragrant), fl. yellow, fragrant, sub-sessile, in few-
flowered umbels ; perianth with an erect cylindrical tube, widened
at the mouth, and a nearly equal somewhat spreading limb of
six segments. June and July. I. linear-lorate, sheathing at the
base. Bulbs truncated. Buenos Ayres, &c., 1820. (B. R. 640.)

CHLOANTHES (from chloos, greenish -yellow, and
anthos, a flower ; referring to the greenish flowers). OKD.
Verbenaceoe. Pretty greenhouse evergreen shrubs, allied to

Chloanth.es — continued.

Lantana. Flowers solitary, axillary, on short peduncles;

corolla tube with a woolly ring on its interior, above the

apex of the ovary. Leaves opposite or ternate. They

thrive in a compost of fibry loam, and turfy, sandy peat.

Cuttings of young shoots root freely in sandy soil, under a

hand glass.

C. coccinea (scarlet), fl. scarlet, nearly sessile and axillary, but
collected into short leafy spikes or heads at or near the summits
of the branches. I. opposite or in whorls of three, narrow anil
rly terete, owing to the revolute

margins, obtuse, iin. to lin

cloth "--

h. 1ft. to 2ft. Western Australia.
dnlosa (glandular), fl. yellowis
luncles 3in. to 4in. long. July. I. lanceolate pr linear-lanceo-

,

long, bullate-rugose. Stems usually clothed with a white cottony
wool.

C. glandulosa (glandular), fl. yellowish, IJin. long, axillary ;
peduncles 3in. to 4in. long. July. I. lanceolate or linear-lanceo-
ite, bullate-rugose and decurrent, about liin. to 3in. long. h. 2ft.

New South Wales, 1824.
C. stoechadis (Sto-chus-like).* /. greenish-yellow. June to
August. Stem erect, h. 2ft. New South Wales, 1822.

CHLOR.A (from chloros, pale ; alluding to the pale
yellow-coloured flowers). Yellow-wort. OBD. Gentianece.
Very pretty little hardy (mostly) annuals. Flowers yellow,
terminal, stalked, aggregate or solitary ; corolla salver-
shaped; tube shorter than the calyx. Leaves opposite,
sessile, or perfoliate, entire. They are very easily cul-
tivated, succeeding in pots or borders, in ordinary garden
soil; and may be readily propagated from seeds, which
should be sown in pots, in a cold frame, in spring.
C. grandlflora (large-flowered).* /. golden-yellow, much larger

than those of the kinds described below, h. 6in. to 1ft. Corsica

and Sardinia. Hardy biennial. (R. G. 469.)
C. imperfoliata (not-perfoliate). fl. terminal; corolla deep

yellow, six-cleft. June. 1. sessile, somewhat stern-clasping,

ovate, acute. Stems simple, tetragonal, h. 1ft. South-western

Europe, 1823.
C. perfoliata (perfoliate).* fl. golden yellow, in a corymb of two

forks, with a pedicellate flower in each fork. July. I., root

ones oval, sessile, rosulate, the lower stem ones oval-lanceolate,

the rest perfoliate. Stem dichotomous, cylindrical, h. 1ft.

Europe, in chalky pastures or banks, and limestone and clay

soils. (Sy. En. B. 913.)
C. serotlna (late-flowering), fl. yellow. November, h. 1ft.

Europe, 1832.

CHLORANTHACE2!. An order of tropical trees,
shrubs, or rarely herbs. Flowers minute, in simple or
branched terminal spikes, often articulate. Fruit a small
drupe. Leaves opposite, stipulate. Of the few genera, the
one best known in this country is Chloranthus ; the minute
flowers of C. inconspicuus are said to be used by the
Chinese in scenting tea.

CHLORIDE OF LIME is composed of chlorine and
lime. When exposed to the air, it parts with a portion of
its major constituent, chlorine, and is thus changed to
Muriate of Lime, a salt which rapidly absorbs moisture
from the air. It has been used with moderate success for
quickening the growth of Turnip seed, in the proportion
of lib. to six gallons of water, soaked for thirty-six hours.
Great care should be taken in using it, as it will totally
destroy the germinating powers of many seeds. Chloride
of Lime is also very valuable as a disinfectant — solution
ilb. to two gallons of water. It is one of the most effectual
applications for fixing ammoniacal fumes. In order to
bleach skeleton leaves and fruits, the green cellular por-
tions of which have been got rid off by maceration in
water for a longer or shorter period, according to the
texture and general character of the specimens, immersion
in a weak solution of Chloride of Lime for a day or two, is
all that is necessary.

CHLORIS (from chloros, green). OBD. Gramineoe. A
genus of very pretty greenhouse or hardy annual grasses.
Spikelets one-flowered, awned, singly sessile in two rows on
one side of simple spikes, either solitary or digitate at the
end of the peduncle, the rachis of the spikelet articulate
immediately above the glumes. The few species in cultiva-
tion are easily grown in the open air, during the summer
months, in a light sandy soil. Propagated by seeds, in a
warm situation, during May.
C. barbata (bearded).* /?., spites IJin. to 2in. long, many-fascicled;

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

317

Chloris — continued.

glumes bearded, ciliated; male Talves ventricose, bearded.
Summer. L flat, with loose sheaths, A. 1ft India, 17T7.
C. elegans (elegant). /., spikes numerous, fascicled; glumes
keeled, lanceolate, scabrid on the back. I. linear, flat, striated,
glabrous on the outer, scabrid on the inner surface, A. 1ft

C. radiate (radiate). JL, spikes many-fascicled, nearly erect ;
florets subulate, smooth. Summer. L narrow. A. 6in. West
Indies, 1739.

CHIiOROGAIiUM (from chloros, green, and gala,
milk; referring to their green juice). Soap-plant. OBD.
Liliace&. A genus of curious and distinct hardy bulbs,
containing three species, all from California. For culture,
see Ornithogulum. The only one in cultivation is
C. pomeridianum.

C. Leichtlini. - Camassia esculcnta Leichtlini.
C. pomeridianum (afternoon).* /*• white, purplish-veined ; stems
panicled, branched. June. 1. flaccid, glaucous, with the edges
and nerves rough, k. 2ft. California, 1819. STXS. Anthericum
pomeridianum (B. B. 564), Ornithogalum dimrieatum (B. B. 1842,
28), and Phalawium pomeridianum. The bulbs are frequently
used in California as a substitute for soap. The flowers only
open after mid-day, hence the specific name.
CHLOROFHYIiIi. The green, resinous, granular
colouring matter of plants.

CHIaOROPHYTTJM (from chloros, green, and phyton,
a plant). OED. Liliacece. Greenhouse or store evergreen
perennials, allied to Anthericum. They are of easy culture
in a rich sandy loam. Propagated by seeds or suckers, or
by divisions of the plant in spring. All the species are
white-flowered, and are of no special horticultural value.
Out of the forty species known to science, the following
have been, or are, in cultivation : a fine, Boirlcerii. elatum,
and falcatwn.

CHIiOROSFATHA (from chloros. green, and spathe, a
spa the : green spathe). OED. Aroidece (Araceae). Allied,
and requiring similar culture, to Xanthosoma (which see).

C. Kolbii (Kulb's). 'lhi.>, the only species, is a spotted-stalked,
pedate-leaved, stove tuberous perennial, with elongated, cylin-
drical, convolute spathes. Chiefly of botanical interest New
Grenada, 1878. (B. G. 935.)

CHIiOSOXYIiON (from chloros, green, and xylon,
wood ; in allusion to the colour of the wood). OBD. Me-
liacecB. A fine stove timber tree, having terminal panicles
of small, whitish flowers, and abruptly pinnate leaves. It
succeeds well in a compost of loam and peat. Ripe cut-
tings, with their leaves intact, will root in sand, under a
hand glass, in a moist heat.

C. Swietenia (Van Swieten's). Satin-wood Tree. I., leaflets
many pairs, unequal, orate, somewhat rhomboid, obtuse. A. 50ft
India, 1820. The wood of this tree is of a deep yellow colour,
remarkably close-grained, heavy, and durable. STN. Svietenia,
Chloroxylon. (B. P. S. 11.)

CHOISTA (named after M. Choisy, a Genevese
botanist, author of several monographs in De Candolle's
" Prodromus ")• OBD. Rutaceoe. A very beautiful shrub,
quite hardy in the southern and many other parts of
Britain, with the protection of a wall It thrives in a
southern or western aspect, and requires a compost of loam
and peat, to which a small quantity of sand and leaf mould
is added. It may be easily propagated by ripened cuttings,
which will root freely in sand, under a hand glass, in
gentle bottom heat, during spring and early summer.
C. ternata (ternate). JL white, sweet-scented ; peduncles axillary
at the tops of the branches, simple, or branched, with bracts at
the divisions under the pedicels, which are channelled beneath.
July. L opposite, ternate, stalked, bright green, full of pellucid
dots. h. 6ft Mexico, 1825. (B. H. 1869, 332.)
CHOKE-CHERRY. See Cerasus virginiana.
CHOMELIA (named after J. B. Chomel, physician to
Louis XV. ; author of "Abrege de L'Histoire des Plantes
usuelles," 12mo, Paris, 1712). OBD. Rubiacece. Stove ever-
green shrubs. For culture, see Izora, from which the
present genus differs in habit and inflorescence, but more
particularly in the fruit containing a hard nut.
C. fasciculate (fascicled), jt. white; pedicels two or three
together, axillary, one-flowered. I ovate, acute, glabrous, on
short petioles. A. 5ft Grenada, 1825.

Chomelia — continued.
C, splnoaa (spinyX* JL white, Uin. long, fragrant at night ; p*

duncles axillary, usually three-flowered! i/ovate, acuminate.

almost sessile, glabrous. A. 8ft to 12ft CarUiagen£ 1W3L
CHONDRORHYNCHA (from chondros, cartilage,
and rhynchos, a beak; in reference to the beak-like
rostellum). OBD. Orchidece. Stove epiphytal Orchids,
allied to, and requiring the same cultivation as, Lycaste
(which see).
C. Chesterton! (Chesterton's).* JL yellow ; lateral sepals develop-

ing into a very long, sharp point; petals with a much-developed

fringe ; lip also with very long fringes. Columbia, 1879. A very

curious species.
a fimbriate (fimbriated).

brown spots at the base of

acuminate, sometimes un ~

apiculate, with finelv-tool

flabellato -oblong, three -lobed. or hastate oblong - triangular'

bilobed, fimbriate and undulate on the whole of the margin;

column clavate. L cuneate-oblong or cuneate-lanceolate, acute.

Boots very numerous, thick, forming a sort of nest Plant

bulbless. New Grenada. (Bef. B. 107.)

CHORETIS GLAUCA. A synonym of Hymeno-

callis Choretis.

CHORISFORA (from choris, separate, and spora, a
seed ; in allusion to each seed being inclosed separately
in the pod). OBD. Cruciferae. A genus of about seven
species of annual or biennial, branched, slender, smooth
or pilose herbs, allied to Caleile. Bacemes opposite the
leaves, erect, elongated. Leaves either pinnatifid or entire.
They are all of easy culture in common garden soiL
Increased by seeds, sown in spring, outside.
C. Greigii (Craig's). JL reddish-violet, about fin. in diameter.

L long, narrow, pinnatifid, forming a rosette. A. 1ft to lift

Turkestan, 1879. Biennial. (B, G. §84.)
C. tenella (delicate). JL purple. July. I. smooth ; upper ones

lanceolate, toothed ; lower ones pinnatifid. A. 4in. to 6in.

Southern Russia, 1780. Annual.

CHORIZEMA (from chores, a dance, and zema, a
drink ; this genus was, says Don, originally discovered by
LabOlardiere, upon the south-west coast of New Holland,
at the foot of the mountains, near a spot where, after being
tantalised with finding many salt springs, his party had just
met with an ample supply of fresh water; this welcome
refreshment, of which he speaks feelingly in his book,
seems to have suggested the name). OBD. Leguminotce.
Greenhouse evergreen sub-shrubs, with alternate, simple,
sinuately toothed, or entire leaves. They are mostly trained
on globe and other trellises, with excellent effect, the whole
trellis being lighted up with the brilliant beauty of their
flowers, slightly toned down by the pleasing forms and
refreshing variation of the leaves. They are admirably
adapted for clothing dwarf columns or pillars, and covering
dwarf walls. They also form fine loose bushes, if allowed
to grow freely, and produce a number of shoots, the outer
ones hanging over and partly hiding the pots They all
grow freely in a mixture of peat and loam, fibry, but not too
rough, with a large proportion of sharp silver sand. The
drainage should also be liberal, and the pots scrupulously
clean. In potting, the soil should be pressed firm, as for
Heaths, Azaleas, and other hard-wooded plants. Loose
potting kills thousands of choice plants every year. A
certain degree of solidity is needful in the potting of hard-
wooded plants, to enable the roots to grip the fresh soil
If they miss doing so, the new soil sours, the roots remain
where they are, or the extremities — their most vital parts —
rot off, and the plants languish and die. If the soil is used
in a proper condition as regards dryness, it is hardly pos-
sible to overdo the compression with the fingers and hands.
The best time to pot these plants is just as the shoots begin
to break afresh. They may finish their growth in a common
greenhouse, or have a little more heat during their growing
period. At the end of summer and during the early
autumnal months, they may be placed out of doora, in a
sheltered place, care being taken to stand the pots on a
worm-proof bottom. Early in the autumn, the plants
should be taken under glass, before being soaked or sod-
dened with heavy rains.

318

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Chorizema— continued.

Chorizemas bear pruning well, and the best time to per-
form this operation is as soon as they have finished flower-
ing— say, with early plants, towards the end of May. But
if room can be found for them, they need not be cut ir.
much, and they will then soon form large plants, cover-
ing the trellises a yard through, and 4ft. or more high.
They seldom, however, look better than when placed in
Sin. or lOin. pots, clothing a globular trellis. They re-
quire plenty of water during the flowering and growing
seasons, and if used as basket plants this must be borne
in mind. If planted out, an excess of moisture must be
avoided, as this brings on mildew, almost the only enemy
to which this class of plants is subject ; dustings of dry
sulphur on the leaves is the surest remedy.

These plants do not root freely from cuttings, but a few
seeds might be left to ripen. Vigorous young specimens of
all the leading sorts may be bought cheaply of nurserymen.

All the species described below are Australian.

C. angustifolium (narrow-leaved).* fl. orange-red ; racemes
axillary and terminal, many-flowered. April. I. lanceolate-
linear, entire, with revolute edges. A. IJft. 1830. SYN. Dillwynia
glycinifolia. (B. B. 1514.)

C. cordatum (cordate).* fl. red or yellow, racemose, drooping.
April. 1. sessile, cordate, obtuse, spiny-toothed, h. 1ft.

C. Dicksoni (Dickson's). fl. scarlet-yellow, axillary, solitary
or in pairs, on long peduncles; vexillum large. May to Sep-
tember. 1. sessile, ovate-lanceolate, mucronulate. h. 3ft. 1836.
(P. M. B. viii. 173.)

C. diverslfolium (diverse-leaved).* fl. orange-red ; racemes many-
flowered, axillary and terminal. May to July. I. scattered,
elliptic-lanceolate, obovate, or cuneate, entire, mucronate. h. 2ft.
1840. SYN. C. spectabile. (B. R. 1841, 45.)

C. Henchmannii (Henchmann's).* fl. scarlet, axillary. April to
June. 1. acicular. A. 2ft. 1824. Plant hoary. (B. B. 986.)

C. ilicifolium (Holly-leaved), fl. yellow. March to October.
I. pinnatifid-toothed, spiny, oblong-lanceolate, with an entire
point longer than the teeth. A. 3ft. 1803.

C. L nana (dwarf). I. sinuate-toothed, spiny, oblong, obtuse ;
bracts below the end of stalk. A. 9in. 1803. (B. M! 1032.)

C. rhombeum (diamond-leaved), fl. yellow. April and May.
I. entire, flat, mucronate ; lower ones rhomboid-orbicular ; upper
elliptical-lanceolate. A. 2ft. 1803.

C. spectabile (showy). A synonym of C. diversifolium.

C. varinm (variable).* fl. yellow, red ; racemes erect, many-
flowered, a little longer than the leaves. June. 2. nearly sessile,
roundish-cordate, spiny-toothed and entire, downy. A. 4ft.
1837. (B. B. 1839, 49.) A form of this, in gardens named
Chandleri, is also desirable.

CHRISTMAS PRIDE. See Ruellia paniculata.

CHRISTMAS ROSE. See Helleborus niger.

CHRIST'S HAIR. See Scclopendrium vulgare.

CHRIST'S THORN. See Faliurns aculeatus
and Zizyphus spina-Christi.

CHRYSALIDOCARFUS (from chrysos, gold, and
Tcarpos, fruit). ORD. Palm®. A monotypic genus. The
species is a stove Palm. For culture, see Areca.

O. lutescens (yellowish).* fl., spadix shortly triangular, 1ft. or
more in length ; peduncles compressedly two-edged, flexuous.
I. very long, pinnate, arched ; pinnae nearly 100, hardly opposite,
lanceolate, nearly 2in. in breadth, acute, rich green on both
surfaces. Caudex 4in. to 6in. in diameter, 30ft. or more in
height, cylindrical, smooth, swollen at the base. Mauritius and
Bourbon. An elegant but extremely rare species. SYNS. Areca
lutescens, Hyophorbe Commersoniana, and H. indica.

Chrysanthemum — continued.

CHRYSANTHEMUM (from chrysos, gold, and
anthemon, a flower). OED. Composites. A large and,
from a garden standpoint, important genus of herbaceous
or slightly shrubby plants. Pappus none, or cup-shaped ;
receptacle naked; involucral bracts many, imbricated,
scarious on the margin. The florists' varieties of C. sinense
alone amount to several hundreds. In determining them,
the following synopsis will be found useful. (The genus
Pyrethrum is now included under Chrysanthemum by the
best authorities, but, for the sake of convenience, it is
kept distinct in this work.)

INCURVED, RANUNCULUS-FLOWERED, or EXHIBITION:
Florets strap-shaped, curving inwards. See Fig. 432.

FlO. 432. INCURVK1)-F1X)WERED CHRYSANTHEMUM.

Examples : Alfred Salter, Lady Slade, Mr. George Glenny,
Mrs. G. Rundle, Queen of England, White Venus, &c.

RECURVED, or REFLEX -FLOWERED: Florets strap-
shaped, curving outwards from the centre. Examples:
Alma, Dr. Sharpe (see Fig. 433), Emperor of China, King
of Crimsons, &o.

FIQ. 433. BECURVED CHRYSANTHEMUM DR. SHARPE.
ANEMONE, or QUILLED ASTER-FLOWERED : Ray-florets
strap -shaped; disk -florets tubular, densely arranged,
oushion-like. Of this section, there are large and small-
flowered forms. See Figs. 434 and 435. Of the former,
the best examples are: Emperor, Fleur de Marie, Gliick,
and King of Anemones; of the latter, or small-flowered,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

319

Chrysanthemum— continued.

Calliope, Jean Hachette, Madame Montels, Marie Stuart,
and Miss Nightingale.

Chrysanthemum — continued.

and Sons). A fully-expanded blossom of a reflexed Pompone
is shown at Fig. 437. The varieties of this description
are the most numerous of the Pompone section. Another
form of Pompone is also in cultivation, in which all the
florets are quilled, as in Model of Perfection (see Pig.
438).

Flo. 434. LARGE ANEMONE-FLOWERED CHRYSANTHEMUM.

POMPONE SMALL REFLEXED. or CHUSAN DAISY-
FLOWBRED : Flowers small, numerously produced ; florets
for the most part reflexed, as in Bob, General Canrobert,

FIG. 436. FIMBRIATED POMPONE CHRYSANTHEMUM MARABOUT.

QUILLED, or PIN-FEATHEBED JAPANESE : Flowers Gin.
to 9in. in diameter ; florets involute and tubular, or quilled,
with toothed tips. The habit of the plants is tall and
somewhat straggling. Examples : Meg Merrilees, Bed
Dragon (see Fig. 439), and Sultan.

r

FIG. 435. SMALL ANEMONE-FLOWERED POMPONE CHRYSANTHEMUM.

Snowdrop, &c. ; or fringed or toothed at their tips, as in
Fimbriatum, Innocence, and Marabout (see Fig. 436, for
which, and for Fig. 437, we are indebted to Messrs. Cannell

FIG. 437. POMPONE CHRYSANTHEMUM.

LARGE - FLOWERED JAPANESE : Flowers large, loose ;
florets long, strap-shaped. In some instances, the florets
are revolute, twisted, and thread-like. There are very

320

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chrysanthemum — continued.

numerous varieties in this section. Examples : Chinaman
(see Fig. 440), Fair Maid, of Guernsey, James Salter, and
Peter the Great.

In the select list of varieties, representatives of all the
various forms of flowers in the Japanese section are
included under the one heading.

Fio. 438. QUILLED POMPONE CHRYSANTHEMUM MODEL OF
PERFECTION.

PROPAGATION. This may be effected by seeds, cuttings,
suckers, or root divisions. The annual varieties are
increased by seeds only, which should be sown in pots,
in February or March, or outside. New varieties are
sometimes obtained by sowing the seeds of the finer

FIG. 439. JAPANESE CHRYSANTHEMUM BED DRAGON.

sores. When any distinct or improved form " sports "
from the original stock, it may be readily perpetuated by
cuttings.

Seed should be sown in February or March, preferably
the former. If slightly covered over, and placed in a warm

Chrysanthemum —continued.

temperature, they will readily germinate. If the seedlings
are pricked off at once and placed near the glass, good
plants will soon be obtained. By the middle of May, they
may either be planted out of doors, to prove their worth,
or in pots till they flower, which will be the first year.
As the cultivated varieties are now so very numerous,
propagation from seed is seldom resorted to, except with
the annual section.

Cuttings may be inserted at any time from October to
May. The best are made of the young shoots that start
from the base of the plant. Any of the tips of these will,
however, root readily. A gentle bottom heat facilitates
rooting ; but a close pit or frame will answer without
bottom heat. Cuttings should be inserted either singly
in small pots, or several in a large one, in sandy soil.
As soon as rooted, they should be shifted into single pots.
When the plants are established in their first pots, the
points should be nipped out, in order to induce a bushy
and compact growth.

Suckers. These differ from the foregoing in being already
rooted, or nearly so. They should be potted singly, in

FIG. 440. JAPANESE CHRYSANTHEMUM CHINAMAN.

sandy soil, and kept rather close, till new roots are formed.
Suckers are preferred by many for standard plants, as they
are generally stronger than cuttings, and more fitted to
form a good stem. They may also be pinched, to form
bush plants.

Divisions of Root or Stool. This is a quick and ready
method of increasing the stock for outside culture, for
which purpose it is very commonly adopted. February
and March are the best time for the operation. The extent
to which the plants should be divided depends on the
purpose for which they are required. For outside culture,
stools may be cut up into three, five, or more pieces.

GENERAL CULTIVATION. Nearly every grower has
his own particular time for the insertion of cuttings.
The season ranges from October to March, but Novem-
ber and December are the two most popular months.
As soon as the cuttings are rooted, they should be potted
off, and receive no check from the commencement until
they have flowered. This may be said to be the very basis
of the highest success in the culture of Chrysanthemums.
To prevent any check, some growers insert the cuttings
separately in pots, which is a very good plan, as each,
under favourable conditions, is almost sure to root, and the

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

321

Chrysanthemum— continued.

practice involves no waste of either time or space. Which-
ever plan is adopted, the plants should be placed near the
glass, and shifted on successively as they require, when the
roots reach the side of the ball. The final shift should be
given not later than the middle of July ; for although it is
most important to keep the roots in full vigour during the
early stages of growth, it is equally or more so that they
should fill the pots with roots before the flowering season
arrives. In hot, dry places, an eastern or western aspect
suits Chrysanthemums better than a southern one for
summer quarters ; but in colder neighbourhoods, a position
facing south would be more suitable. Partial shade from
the mid-day sun is desirable. The pots should be plunged to
the rim, taking care to provide free egress for the water
under them. Chrysanthemums require enormous quantities
of water, though few plants sooner show the injurious
effects of sour or waterlogged soil. The surface of the
pots should also be mulched over, as a protection to the
roots against excessive heat and drought, and also as a
means of increasing the supply of nutriment. During bright
weather, the plants may need watering three or four times
a day, and must on no account be allowed to flag for want
of it. In good soil, they seldom need much manure water
until September, and then that made from cow or sheep
dung is the best.

Soil. This can scarcely be too rich when the plants are
strong and placed in the flowering pots. Good loam, heavy
rather than light, should be used in about equal portions
with rotten manure, including some cow dung. A little
soot intermixed with this tends to give the leaves a dark
green colour, and materially assists them. Crushed bones
are sometimes used for drainage, with a large crock over
the hole. These last a long time, and afford some nourish-
ment to the plants as well; but where not obtainable, a
few more crocks should be added instead. Pots of 9in. in
diameter are of sufficient size to grow large plants, if the
latter are well watered, and fed with liquid manure after
the flowers are set. It is much preferable to adopt this
plan than to use larger pots without feeding the plants,
as the soil becomes exhausted in large pots before the time
when the greatest nourishment is required. Useful deco-
rative subjects may be obtained in 48-sized pots if cuttings
are put in about the beginning of August, five or six in
each, and are not afterwards pinched. The soil should be
used as rough as possible, without sifting, and the plants
potted firmly by means of hand rammers. Less manure
should be given when the plants are young and are being
grown on in small pots.

Training will greatly depend on the size or descrip-
tion of plant required. Standard specimens should be
grown to the desired height before being stopped ; while
those intended for bush specimens should be pinched
evenly, occasionally removing the points of all shoots as
they grow. This must not be practised after the middle of
July. The flowers also need thinning ; and persons who
grow for exhibition sometimes thin off all buds, except the
terminal one on the shoot. By thus concentrating most
or all the force of the plant into its terminal flowers,
these may be grown to a very large size. Chrysanthe-
mums readily conform to any style of training. They
develop naturally into a dense bush; or may readily be
grown into standards, from 3ft. to 9ft. high. For exhibi-
tion, they are sometimes severely trained, by the aid of
hoops, stakes, and ties, into flat or hemispherical speci-
mens, with the flowers laid flat on a level surface of
foliage. The shoots, being fairly flexible, can be trained,
when young, in any form desired. The Pompones yield
most readily to flat or level training ; while the Japanese
are most untractable. All staking and training should be
completed some weeks before the flowers appear, so that
the latter may have time to readjust themselves before
opening, and look more natural.

Housing and Flowering. All Chrysanthemums intended

Chrysanthemum— continued.

for flowering indoors should be under glass, in the autumn,
before the appearance of frost. During mild weather,
afterwards, they cannot be kept too open or cool ; nor can
the transition from the outside to the house be made too
gradual and easy. Any sudden change of temperature or
condition causes the leaves to become yellow ; and this not
only disfigures, but weakens the plants and flowers. While
Chrysanthemums must never be stinted for water, less
will be needed when in flower than when in full growth.
They will do well in a cool greenhouse, conservatory, or
window garden. Some cultivators arrange them against
walls, where they are simply placed according to their
height, with a temporary glass case over them; and this
mode shows off the flowers remarkably well. When placed
so that the merits and form of each plant may be seen,
Chrysanthemums are most effective. After flowering, the
plants may be cut down to within Gin. of the ground, and
wintered in a cold frame, or other frost-proof quarters.
Some growers, however, merely take cuttings off, and
throw the old plants away; others keep the younger
plants, and grow them into larger specimens the next
year; while many plant them out in the open borders,
or against walls, to take their chance of flowering, should
season or locality prove favourable.

Outdoor Culture. As an autumnal flowering plant,
success would be much more general were Chrysanthe-
mums specially cultivated for this purpose. When they
are as carefully grown in the open as in pots, they often
flower almost equally well. Good results are frequently
obtained by keeping them in a very open place throughout
the summer, at distances of 2ft. or 3ft. apart, freely exposed
to the sun and air all round ; and then, towards the end
of September, lifting carefully and potting them, keeping
close, and shaded for a time afterwards.
C.argentenm (silver-leaved)." yt.-A«ad« white. July. I. bipinnat*

hoary ; leaflets acute, entire. Stem one-headed, simple, h. 1ft

Levant, 1731. Hardy herbaceous perennial.

Fio. 441. CHRYSANTHEMUM CARIIUTUM.

2T

322

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chrysanthemum — continued.

Fio. 443. CHRYSANTHEMUM CARINATUM LORD BEACONSFIELD.

C. oarlnatmn (keeled).* fl.-headg white, purple ; scales of in-
volucre keeled. August. I. bipinnate, fleshy, smooth. A. 2ft.
Barbary, 1796. SYN. C. tricolor. See Fig. 441. Of this hardy
annual, there are numerous varieties: BURRIDGEANUM (see
Fig. 442) is an especially good one, as is also LORD BEACONS-
FIELD (see Fig. 443, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Can-
nell and Sons).

C. Catananche (Catananche). fl.-heads solitary, IJin. to 2in.
across, pale yellow ; the rays of a purplish hue outside towards
the tip, and blood-red within at the very base ; disk of a darker
yellow. Spring. I. tufted, stalked, irregularly cut into linear
acute lobes. Root-stock stout, branched, h. 4in. to 6in. 1871.
One of the most beautiful plants of the Greater Atlas. Suitable
for a well-drained spot in the rockery. (B. M. 6107.)

C. coronarlum (garland).* /. -heads yellow. July to September.
1. bipinnatifld, acute, broadest externally, stem branched, h. 4ft
South Europe, 1629- Hardy annual. See Fig. 444. (S. F. G. 877.)

Chrysanthemum — continued.

FIG. 445. CHRYSANTHEMUM FRUTESCENS (MARGUERITE OR PARIS
DAISIES).

C. frutesoens (shrubby). Under the popular name of Paris
Daisies, the flowers of this species, and others of a similar
description, are very largely used for decoration. The plants
also form very useful subjects for flowering in greenhouses, or
in the open ground in summer. The variety ETOILE D'OR is
of a pale yellow colour, and very popular. See Fig. 445, for
which we are indebted to Messrs. Cannell and Sons. See also
Pyrethrum frutescens.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

323

Chrysanthemum — continued.

C. Leucanthemum (white-flowered). Ox-eye Daisy. Jl.-headt
white. June and July. 1. amplexicaul, oblong, obtusely cut,
pinnatifid at base ; radical ones obovate petiolate. Stem erect,
b ~

June and Juh
i at base ; radi _
ranched, h. 2ft. Britain. Perennial. (S. E. B. UL 714.)

C. segetum (corn).
plexicaul, glaucous, mciso-serrate

fl.-heads yellow. June to August I am-
, . _. . . inciso-serrate above, toothed at the base,

ft. lift. Britain. Annual. (Sy. En. B. iii. 713.)

FIG. 446. CHRYSANTHEMUM SEGETUM GRANDIFLORUH.
C. 8. grandifiorum (large-flowered).* See Fig. 446, for which
are indebted to Messrs. Cannell and Sons.

Chrysanthemum— continued.

Fio. 448. CHRYSANTHEMUM SINENSE, POMPONE VARIETY.

FlG. 447. CHRYSANTHEMUM 31NE.NSE, INCURVED VARIETY.

C. rinenae (Chinese).* fl.-headt various; ray-florets very lone.

Autumn. I. coriaceous, stalked, sinuate • pinnatifld, toothed,

glaucous. China, 1764. See Figs. 447 and 448.
C. tricolor (three-coloured). A synonym of C. carinatum.

VABIKTIIS. From the enormous number of kinds now
in cultivation, we hare selected the best in each class.

Incurved. ALFRED SALTER, delicate pink, very fine ; ANGELINA,
rich amber, shaded salmon; BARBARA, rich golden-yellow;
BEVERLEY, cream-white, very broad florets ; DR. BROCK, orange-
red ; DUCHESS OP MANCHESTER, nearly white, the back striped
with rosy-carmine ; EMPRESS EUGENIE, delicate rose-lilac ;
EMPRESS OP INDIA, pure white, very fine ; EVE, pale sulphur, a
most delicate and lovely shade ; FAUST, crimson-purple ; GENERAL
BAINBRIDGE, orange-yellow, golden centre ; GOLDEN BEYERLEY,
rich yellow, very fine ; GOLDEN EMPRESS, primrose; GOLDEN
QUEEN OP ENGLAND, rich canary ; GUERNSEY NUGGET, primrose,
fine ; HER MAJESTY, silvery-bjush ; JARDIN DES PLANTES, golden-
yellow, very fine ; JOHN SALTER, orange-red ; LADY HARDINGE,
rose-pink ; LADY SLADE, lilac-pink, blush centre, very fine ; LORD
DERBY, dark purple ; MR. BRUNLEES, Indian-red, tipped yellow ;
MR. GEORGE GLENNY, pale yellow, a magnificent variety ; MRS.
DIXON, rich yellow, very fine ; MRS. G. RUNDLE, pure white, one
of the best ; MRS. HEALE, pure white ; MRS. W. HALIBURTON,
cream-white ; PINK PERFECTION, delicate pink, very fine ; PRINCE
ALFRED, rose-crimson, large; QUEEN OF ENGLAND, blush, very
fine ; WHITE VENUS, pure white, very fine.

Recurved and Renexed. ALMA, rose-crimson ; BEAUTE DU
NORD, violet-carmine; CHRISTINE, peach, very fine ; DR. SHARPE,
magenta-crimson, one of the best (see Fig. 433) ; EMPEROR OP
CHINA, silvery-white, tipped salmon; GARIBALDI, bright red,
very showy ; GAZELLE, bright crimson, yellow-tipped ; GOLDEN
CHRISTINE, golden-buff, very fine ; JULIA LAGRAVERB, velvety-
crimson, very fine ; KING OP CRIMSONS, rich crimson ; MRS.
FORSYTE, pure white; PRINCE VICTOR, dark red; PROGNE,
amaranth ; UNDINE, lilac, tipped blush.

Anemone-flowered. Large : EMPEROR, blush, sulphur centre ;
EMPRESS, lilac ; FLEUR DE MARIE, white ; GLUCK, rich yellow,
fine; KING OF ANEMONES, crimson-purple, very fine; LADY
MARGARET, white, very fine ; MADAME GODEREAUX, cream-white,
fine ; ML CHATE, rich peach, white centre ; MRS. PBTHERS, rose-
lilac ; PRINCESS LOUISE, delicate rose-lilac ; SUNFLOWER, sulphur-
yellow. Small: ANTON i us, canary-yellow ; ASTREA, lilac;
CALLIOPE, rich ruby-red; FIREFLY, bright scarlet; JEAN
HACHETTE, white, yellow centre; MADAME MONTELS, white,
yellow centre, very fine ; MARIE STUART, lilac-blush, sulphur
centre; Miss NIGHTINGALE, blush, white centre; MR. ASTIE,
golden-yellow ; PERLE MARGUERITE, rich rose ; REGULCS,
cinnamon, free.

Pompones. Rejlexed: ADONIS, rose and purple ; AURORE BOREALK,
orange - brown ; BOB, dark brown - crimson ; CAPTAIN NEMO,
amaranth, tipped with white; CRIMSON PERFECTION, bright
crimson ; DUPONT DE LEURE, rich golden-yellow ; ELEONORE,
crimson, tipped with gold ; FLORENCE, bright rose ; GENERAL

324

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Chrysanthemum — continued.

CANROBERT, pure yellow ; GOLDEN CKDO NULLT, canary-yellow ;
MDLLE. MARTHE, pure white, one of the best ; MODEL OF PER-
FECTION, rich lilac, edged white (see Fig. 438); MRS. HUTT,
orange-brown ; PRESIDENT, rose-carmine ; WHITE CEDO NULLI,
white, tipped brown. Fringed or Toothed: FIMBRIATUM, rose-
lilac, suffused yellow ; INNOCENCE, white ; MARABOUT (see Fig.
436) pure white ; MONS. CAMILLE, amaranth, rose-shaded ; MONS.
HOSTE, deep flesh ; SIR RICHARD WALLACE, rose, shaded white ;
SOUVENIR DE JERSEY, deep rose.

Japanese. ABD-EL-KADER, deep maroon-crimson; ARLEQUIN,
nankeen yellow ; BARON DE PRAIL-LY, lilac-rose, spotted white ;
BEAUMONT, golden-yellow, rose-flaked at the back; BRONZE
DRAGON, bronze-yellow, fine ; CERES, blush-pink ; CHANG, dark
orange-red, with yellow back, very effective ; CHINAMAN, bright
violet-purple, with central silvery lines (see Fig. 440); COM-
TESSE DE BEAUREGARD, light rose, very fine ; CRY KANG, rose-
magenta, very fine ; DIAMOND, bronze and oranae ; DR. ARDI-
GUIER, amaranth-crimson, marbled white ; DR. MASTERS, yellow
and red, gold-tipped ; ELAINE, pure white ; ETHEL, pure white ;
FAIR MAID OF GUERNSEY, pure white, very fine ; FLAMBEAU,
orange-crimson, reverse side yellow ; FULGORE, nankeen yellow ;
GEORGE GORDON, vivid crimson ; GLOIRE DE TOULOUSE, ma-
genta, white centre; HIVER FLEUR, pale buff, tinted rose;
JAMES SALTER, clear lilac, shaded centre, very fine ; JANE SALTER,
white, bordered with rose-lilac ; JUPONAIS, bright deep yellow ;
LA CHARMEUSE, rich purple, white-tipped; LADY SELBORNE,
pure white ; LA NYMPHE, peach, shaded white ; L'INFANTE
D'ESPAGNE, pale yellow, immense ; MEG MERRILEES, sulphur-
white, large ; M. RICHARDS LARIOS, dark rose and violet ; NUIT
D'HiVER, bronze, golden tips ; ORACLE, deep red-crimson ; PETER
THE GREAT, clear lemon, large ; RED DRAGON, fiery crimson,
golden tips (see Fig. 439) ; RED GAUNTLET, dark crimson ; ROSA
BONHEUR, rich violet, crimson-shaded; RUBRA STRIATA, rich
yeUow, flaked violet and crimson ; THE SULTAN, rosy-purple.

CHRYSOBACTRON (from ckrysos, gold, and bactron,
a wand ; alluding to the handsome racemes of C. Rossii).
ORD. Liliacece. All the species of this genus are now
referred to Bulbinella by Bentham and Hooker. Very
ornamental, but comparatively rare, hardy bulbous peren-
nials. For culture, see Anthericum.

C. Hooker! (Hooker's).* fl. bright yellow, bisexual, nearly iin.
across, freely produced in erect racemes Sin. to 5in. long. Early
summer. 1. linear, sheathing at the base, Sin. to 12in. long, and
from iin. to Iin. broad, h. lift, to 3ft. New Zealand, 1850. This
only forms fine specimens in a deep moist soil. SYN. Anthericum
Hookeri.

C. Rossii (Ross's), fl. yellow, unisexual, h. 2ft. to 3ft. New
Zealand, 1848. A similar, but much superior, species to the
above.

CHRYSOBALANEJB. A tribe of Rosacece.
CHRYSOBALANUS (from chrysos, gold, and balanos,
an acorn ; in reference to the yellow fruit of some of the
species). TRIBE Ghrysobalanece of ORD. Rosacece. Stove
or greenhouse trees, with simple leaves, and racemes or
panicles of insignificant flowers. Fruit edible. Sandy
loam is the best soil for this genus. The best method of
propagation is by seeds, when they are procurable. Large
cuttings, however, taken off at a joint, without shortening
any of their leaves, will root readily if planted thinly in a
pot of sand, and placed in moist heat, with a bell glass
over them.

C. loaoo. Cocoa Plum. /. white ; panicles axillary, dichoto-
mous. fr. about the size of a plum, ovate-roundish, varying much

fe.

FIG. 449. EARLY-FLOWERING CHRYSANTHEMUM.

Early-flowering Varieties. CHROMATELLA, golden-orange;
DELPHINE CABOCHE, reddish-mauve ; FRED. PELE, red-crimson ;
ILLUSTRATION, white, shaded ; JARDIN DES PLANTES, rich yellow,
also a white variety ; LA PETITE MARIE, pure white ; LITTLE
BOB, maroon-red ; MADAME C. DESGRANGE, white, with yellow
centre ; MADAME PICOUL, rose-purple ; NANUM, blush ; PRECOCITE,
bright yellow ; SOUVENIR D'UN AMI, pure white, very fine. See
Fig. 449, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Cannell and Sons.

CHRYSANTHUS. Yellow-flowered.

CHRYSO. In Greek compounds, this signifies golden-
yellow

in colour, but most commonly purple, and usually covered
with a kind of bloom ; the skin is thin, and the pulp white,
adhering firmly to the stone; the taste is sweet, with some
austerity, but not unpleasant. I. nearly orbicular, or obovate,
emargmate. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Florida, &c., 1752. Stove. (G. C.
1871, 1586.)

C. oblongifolius (oblong-leaved), fl. white ; panicles terminal.
May and June. fr. olive-formed, nearly dry. I. oblong, or
oblanceolate, a little crenulated, sometimes tomentose beneath.
h. 1ft. Florida, &c., 1812. Greenhouse.
CHRYSOCOMA (from chrysos, gold, and kome, hair;

in reference to the yellow florets). Goldy-locks. ORD

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

325

Chrysocoma— continued.

Composites. Pappus simple; receptacle naked; involucre
hemispherical 'or broadly bell-shaped, imbricate. All the
species of this genus (about eight) are ornamental, dwarf-
growing, South African shrubs. The one described below
(perhaps the only one in cultivation) succeeds best in
sandy peat. Cuttings of half -ripened shoots root freely in
sand, under a glass.

FIG. 450. CHRYSOCOMA COMA-AUREA, showing Habit and
Flower-head.

ear,
ope,

C. Coma-aurea (golden hair).* fl.-heads yellow. June. I. lin
straight, smooth, decurrent at back. h. 2ft. Cape of Good H
1731. A greenhouse evergreen. See Fig. 450. (B. M. 1972.)

C. Linosyris (Linosyris). fl.-heads yellow, in terminal, dense,
hemispheric corymbs. h. 1ft. to 2ft. Northern hemisphere
(Britain). Hardy perennial.

CHRYSODIUM. See Acrostichum.

CHRYSOGONUM (from chrysos, gold, and gonu, a
knee or joint; the flowers are generally produced at the
joints of the stem). ORD. Compositor. There are some
half-dozen plants referred to this genus ; two are Indian,
three Australian. The typical species (probably the only
one in cultivation) is described below. It is a very pretty,
hardy, herbaceous perennial, thriving best in a loamy
soil, with the addition of a little peat and leaf mould.
Propagated by dividing the roots, in spring.
C. virginianum (Virginian).* fl.-heads yellow; involucre about

five-leaved ; receptacle paleaceous ; pappus a small, chaffy crown,

three-toothed. May. I. somewhat ovate, bluntly serrated ;

petioles longer than the leaves. A. 6in. United States.

CHRYSOFHYLLTJM (from chrysos, gold, and phyl-
lon, a leaf ; referring to the colour of the under side of the
leaves). Star Apple. ORD. Sapotacece. Stove evergreen
trees. Flowers disposed in axillary, umbellate fascicles;
corolla campanulately rotate, with a five-parted, spreading
limb. Fruit globose, one to ten-celled. Leaves alternate,
entire. These plants are grown principally on account of
their ornamental foliage, as the fruit is not produced until
they have assumed a very considerable size. They require
potting in sandy loam and peat, in the proportion of two
parts of the former to one of the latter. An abundance of
heat and moisture is needed during the growing season, but
less during winter, though they must then by no means be
allowed to suffer from want of water, or the result will be
the loss of many leaves, and consequent disfigurement.
Chrysophyllums may be increased by cuttings of small,
well-ripened shoots, plunged in strong moist heat, or by
seeds, when procurable.

C. argenteum (silvery-leaved). This species differs from C. Cainito
only in the silvery under surface of the leaves. West Indies, Ac.
C. Cainito (Cainito). fl. whitish, small. May. fr. large, rather
depressed, rose-coloured, mixed with green and yellow ; skin
smooth and glabrous; flesh soft, clammy, sweet, and hispid.
I. oblong, acute at the base and apex, Siin. to 4in. long, quite
glabrous above, but silky and rusty beneath. Branches clothed
with silky rusty down. h. 30ft. to 50ft. West Indies, 1737.
C. macrophyllum (large-leaved).* I. oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to
Sin. in length, and 2in. to 3in. in breadth, deep green above,
densely clothed on the under side when young with rich golden,
silky hairs, which gradually turn to chestnut-brown, h. 50ft.
Sierra Leone, 1824. A rare but magnificent plant. The foliage
assumes its full proportions when young.

Chrysophyllnm — continued.
C. monopyrenum (one-stoned), fl. whitish, small, fr. shining,

purplish-black, in form like a small date. I. alternate, oval. 4in.

to 5in. long, 2in. broad, h. 30ft. West Indies, 1812. (B. M. 3303.)

CHB.YSOFSIS (from chrysos, gold, and opsis, aspect ;
in allusion to the golden blossoms). ORD. Composite.
Hardy, herbaceous perennials. Pappus of the ray and disk-
florets similar and double; the exterior short and sca'e-
like ; the inner of long, capillary bristles. Some of the
species make excellent subjects for naturalising in a shrub-
bery or in the rougher parts of borders. They are easily
grown in common soil. Propagated by division in spring.
C. falcate (sickle-shaped), fl.-heads yellow, small, corymbose.

August. I. crowded, linear, rigid, entire, somewhat recurved or

scythe-shaped, sessile, h. 4in. to lOin. New Jersey.
C. marJftlHV (Maryland), fl.-heads yellow, corymbose, on glandular

peduncles. August to October. I. oblong, h. lift, to 2ft

New York. Plant silky with long and weak hairs, or, when

old, smoothish.
C. trichophylla (hairy-leaved), fl.-heads yellow. June. I.

narrow-oblong, sub-acute, hairy. Stem slender, 1ft. to 3ft. high.

South United States, 1827.
C. villosa (villous). fl.-heads yellow. July to September. L

narrowly oblong, hoary with rough pubescence (as is also the

involucre), bristly-ciliate towards the base. Stem corymbosely

branched, the branches terminated by single, short-peduncled

heads. North America.

CHRYSOSFIiENIUM (from chrysos, gold, and
splen, the spleen ; in reference to the golden colour of
the flowers, and the supposed virtue of the plant in
diseases of the spleen). Golden Saxifrage. ORD. Saxi-
frageos. Hardy, perennial herbs. Flowers yellow, some-
what corymbose. Leaves thickish, simple, petiolate, toothed.
The two native species, alternifolium and oppositifolium,
are not very showy plants, but constitute pretty ornaments
for damp, boggy places. They grow about Gin. high and
are very easily propagated by divisions.

CHRYSOSTEMMA TRIFTERIS. See Core-
opsis tripteris.

CHRYSOXYLON. A synonym of Fogonopus
(which see).

CHBiYSUBUS. Asynonym of Lamarckia (which see).
CHYMOCARFUS FENTAFHYLLUS. See Tro-
paeoluni pentaphyllum.

FIG. 451. CHYSIS BRACTESCENS.

CHYSIS (from chysis, melting ; in reference to the
fused appearance of the pollen masses). OBD. Orchideae.
A small but beautiful genus of stove, deciduous epiphytes.
Flowers very showy, colours bright, texture firm, and the
surface even and waxy ; lip beautifully marked. Psoudo-

326

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cliysis — continued.

bulbs thick, fleshy, brittle, about 1ft. long, producing
their flowers with the young growth. For culture, see
Vanda.

Chysis — continued.

short spike or raceme ; sepals and petals white ; lip three-lobed,
saddle-shaped, with a yellow blotch in the centre. April and
May. I. oblong, acute. Guatemala, 1840. See Fig. 451. (B. M.
5186.)

C. aurea (golden).* fl. yellow, disposed in a short spike ; pro-
duced at different times of the year ; lip marked with crimson.
Venezuela, 1834. (B. R. 1937.)

C. a. Lemminghei (Lemminghe's).* A charming variety, with
delicate pink and rose-coloured flowers, which are freely pro-
duced in May or June. Guatemala. (W. S. O. 34.)

C. bractescens (bracteate).* 1. 2in. to Sin. across, disposed in a

C. chelsoni (Chelsea), fl., sepals and petals nankeen yellow,
with a large rosy blotch at the apex ; lip bright yellow, with red
spots and markings. A charming hybrid
and C. aurea. See Fig. 452, for
Veitch and Sons.

spots and markings. A charming hybrid between C. bractesce
which we are indebted to Messrs.

C. lee vis (smooth).* fl. disposed in pendulous spikes of eight or
more ; sepals and petals yellow and orange ; lip blotched with

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

327

Chysis — continued.

scarlet or crimson, and fringed round the margin. June.
Pseudo-bulbs 15in. long. Guatemala. (I. H. 1863, 365.)

CIBOTIUM. See Dicksonia.

CICCA (named after Peter Cicca, a writer of the six-
teenth century). ORD. Euphorbiaceae. A small genus, now
usually referred to Phyllanthus. The best-known species
is C. disticha, which is a stove evergreen fruit-tree. It
thrives well in sandy loam ; and cuttings of ripe shoots
will root in sand, if placed under a glass, and in bottom
heat.

C, disticha (two-ranked), fl. greenish ; racemes lateral. I ob-
long, h. 10ft. India, 1796.

CICHORIUM (an ancient Egyptian name). Chicory
or Succory. ORD. Compositce. Hardy salad plants. In-
volucre surrounded with small scales or smaller leaflets ;
receptacle naked or slightly hairy ; pappus sessile, scaly,
shorter than the pericarp. For special culture, see
Chicory and Endive.

C. Endivla. Endive. fl.-heads pale blue, lin. to Uin. across ;
peduncles axillary. I. large, sinuate, smooth, toothed. July.
A. 2ft China, &c. Annual.

C. Intybns (Intybus). Chicory, fl.-heads bright blue, axillary,
sessile, lin. to IJin. across, growing two or three together on the
panicle branches. July. 1 glandular-ciliated ; lower ones ob-
lanceolate, runcinate-pinnatifld or dentate ; upper stem ones
lanceolate, half stem-clasping, broadly toothed or entire, h. 2ft.
to 5ft. Europe (Britain). Perennial. (Sy. En. B. 786.)

C. splnosum (spiny), fl.-heads blue ; involucre ovate, imbricated ;
receptacle naked ; peduncles rigid, glabrous. I. green, sub-succu-
lent, glabrous, runcinate-lyrate ; terminal lobe oblong, obtuse.
Stem branched, divaricate ; branches ending in a spine. Greece.
BienniaL (S. F. G. 823.)

CICONITJM. Included under Pelargonium (which
•M).

CIENKOWSKIA (named in honour of Professor L.
Cienkowsky, a Russian botanist of the present century).
ORD. Scitamineoe. A handsome stove herbaceous peren-
nial, now referred to Ksempferia (which see for cultiva-
tion).

C. Klrkll (Kirk's), fl. lovely pale rose-purple, about Sin. in dia-
meter, sweet-scented ; scape slender, erect, Sin. to 4in. long.
August. I. elliptic-lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long by 2iin. to 3Jin.
wide. h. 6in. Zanzibar, 1872. (B. M. 5994.)

CILI2E. Marginal hairs, forming a fringe.

CIIiIARIA. Included under Saxifraga (which

soe).

CIIiIATIi. Fringed with hairs.

CIMICIFTTGA (from cimex, a bug, and fugo, to drive
away ; indicating certain virtues which the plants — par-
ticularly C. elata— possess). Bugwort. ORD. Ranuncu-
lacece. Ornamental hardy herbaceous perennials, allied
to Actcea. They are of easy culture in ordinary garden
soil. A somewhat moist and shady situation is pre-
ferable. All are easily propagated by division, in spring ;
or by seeds, sown in a cold frame as soon as ripe.

C. americana (American).* fl. whitish : racemes panicled.

Caro
1824.

. . . .

August and September. I. tripinnate. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Carolina,

C. cordifolia (heart-shaped-leaved). fl. whitish ; racemes panicled.

July and August. 1. biternate ; leaflets four or flve-lobed,

serrated, cordate at the base. h. 2ft. to 3ft North America,

1812. (B. M. 2069.)
C. elata (tall). A. whitish ; racemes panicled. June and July.

L ternate or biternate; leaflets ovate-oblong, deeply toothed.

ft. 2ft. Eastern Siberia, North America, &c., 1777. A foetid

herb, used in Siberia for driving away bugs. SYN. C. fcetida.
C. fcetida (foetid). A synonym of C. elata.
C. japonlca (Japanese).* fl. white, sessile; spikes very long.

I. large, ternate, with five or seven-lobed cordate segments.

A. 3ft. Japan, 1879.

C. palmata (palmate). A synonym of Trautvetteria palmate.
C. racemosa (racemose).* fl. white ; racemes compound, very

long. July and August. I. triternate, with serrated or, rather,

cut leaflets, h. 3ft. to 5ft. North America, 1732. This species

Cimicifaga — continued.

resembles Actcea spicata, but is much larger. SYN. Aetaa

racemcsa and C. serpentaria. (R. G. 443.)
C. serpentaria (snake-like). A synonym of C. racemota.

CINCHONA (named after Countess de Chinchon, wife
of a Governor of Peru, who was cured of a fever in 1638
by this remedy). Peruvian Bark. ORD. Rubiacece. South
American trees, from which various kinds of Peruvian
bark are obtained. Flowers white or reddish ; inflores-
cence panicled. Leaves on stout petioles, with flat
margins ; stipule* ovate or oblong, foliaceous, free, deci-
duous. These greenhouse evergreens are of the utmost
importance, medicinally, and for this purpose their cul-
ture is of primary importance in India and many other
tropical countries. They are rarely grown in this
country, not being particularly ornamental. The best
compost is a mixture of turfy loam and fibry peat, with
a little sand and charcoal. Cuttings should be taken off
when ripe, and planted in a pot of sand, which should
be plunged, under a hand glass, in a moist heat.

C. Callsaya. Calisaya Bark. fl. pink. I. oval-oblong, shortly

acuminate, h. 30ft. to 40ft. Andes of Peru.
C. lanceolata (lanceolate). A synonym of C. officinalis.
/. officinalis (officinal), fl. very pale rose-colour, sup;

pedicels, which are powdered and silky, as well as the calyx ; the

C. officinalis (officinal), fl. very pale rose-colour, supported on
pedicels, which are powdered and silky, as well as the calyx ; the
tube of the corolla is silky, and the border white and woolly

above ; panicle bracteate, much branched, smooth. L oval-
lanceolate, acute, naked on both surfaces, as well as the branches,
shining, h. 30ft. to 40ft. Peru. SYN. C. lanceolata.
Among other species of this genus are : condaminea, cordifolia,
microphylla, nitida, and scabra.

CINCHOXACEJE. Included under Rubiacea
CINCINALIS. See Nothochlama.

FIG. 453. FLOWERING BRANCH OP SINQLK-FLOWERKD
CINERARIA.

CINERARIA (from cinerea, ash-coloured ; alluding
to the grey down covering the surfaces of the leaves). OBD.
Composites. An extensive genus of mostly herbaceous
plants. Pappus pilose ; receptacle naked ; involucre cam-
panulate, of many equal sides. Several of the hardy
species aro excellent plants for the herbaceous borders,

328

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cineraria— continued.

and may be easily grown in any ordinary garden Boil.
They may be propagated by divisions of the roots ; or,
better, by seed, sown in a cold frame or cool house, in
spring. The florist's varieties which have originated from
C. cruenta are among the most ornamental and useful
plants that can be grown for greenhouse or conservatory
decoration (see Fig. 453). As a packet of seed will produce
a great variety of colours, including all shades of blue,
and the plants are of tolerably easy culture, and do not
require much heat, they should be grown by every one
possessing a house where frost is excluded during winter.
Named sorts must be propagated by division of the roots ;
but, as seedlings are more vigorous, and those of a good
strain equal to many named kinds, the general plan is
to sow in succession annually, and when the plants have
flowered, throw them away. They are best grown in pits
or frames, until frost sets in, and then removed to a light,
airy position in the greenhouse, for winter blossoming.

FIG. 454. CINERARIA CRUENTA WEBBERIANA.

Seed should be sown under glass, those intended for
autumn flowering in April and May, those for spring in
July and August. Some light leaf mould should be sifted,
and about an equal quantity of fresh sifted loam and
sharp sand added ; the whole being well mixed. After
having drained the pans or pots, and placed some of the
rough siftings over the crocks, fill up with fine soil,
pressing tolerably firm, and afterwards finishing with a
smooth surface on which to sow the seed. This should
be scattered thinly and regularly over the surface, and
very slightly covered with some more of the sifted mix-
ture, afterwards watering it carefully with a fine-rosed
can. The pans may be covered with sheets of glass, and
placed in a shady position in the greenhouse or cold frame.
The glass should be tilted when the young plants appear,
and finally removed, to afford requisite light and air.

Cineraria — continued.

When the seedlings are large enough to handle, they
should be placed separately in small pots, or pricked off
in other pans. They should be kept rather close for a
time after potting, to encourage root action, but must not
be exposed to much heat at any time. The best place for
them in summer is an ordinary garden frame, or cold pit,
facing north. They delight in plenty of atmospheric
moisture and a cool bottom, such as that afforded by a
layer of coal ashes.

After Cultivation. As the plants progress, they should
be shifted on in suitable sizes until placed in the flowering
pots, as anything like starvation in the younger stages of
growth is very detrimental to their well-being afterwards.
Small decorative plants may be flowered in 5in. pots ; but
for larger specimens, those of 7in. or Sin. in diameter are
required. The final shift must be determined at the out-
set, and the smaller-sized pota selected so as to give about
an equal amount of soil each time. A much richer and
rougher compost may now be employed, consisting of
about half loam, with an addition of equal parts of leaf soil
and tolerably dry cow manure. The plants must be again
placed on ashes in a cool frame, and plenty of air admitted
in mild weather, at the same time avoiding draughts,
which are very injurious. Cinerarias like plenty of water
at the roots at all times, and frequent syringings in summer
and autumn. A thin shading will be required in bright
weather, as the plants will not bear exposure to sun ; it
should not, however, be permanent, or sufficiently thick to
exclude light. The plants soon become weak and drawn
in a dry atmosphere, consequently only enough fire heat
should be applied, even in winter, to exclude frost. The
spring-sown plants will flower in autumn and early winter ;
but those sown in July or August, and grown on during
winter, to flower the following spring, ate invariably of
the best quality. Named varieties that are to be per-
petuated by cuttings, should be cut down after flowering,
and be afterwards propagated by division.

Fio. 455. CINERARIA MARITIMA.

Insects, $c. Cinerarias are especially liable, in all
stages of their growth, to the attacks of green fly. The
frames should be fumigated frequently, but not strongly,
with tobacco paper, as, although the fly may not be
detected at first, the plants may be infested underneath
the young leaves. Fumigation is a certain cure, but is best
used as a preventive. Red spider is sometimes trouble-
some, but this is a sign of insufficient moisture, and the
remedy is of course suggested. Mildew is often caused
by draughts, or a confined, close atmosphere. The
affected parts should be dusted with flowers of sulphur.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

329

Cineraria — continued.

Double-flowered Cinerarias. These are similar in growth
to the single varieties, but have their flowers quite double,
like miniature rosettes. Seeds are not produced in any-
thing like the quantity obtained from single ones, and the
varieties cannot be depended upon to reproduce themselves

Cineraria— continued.

flower purposes, this section will probably never supersede
the single- flowered one for beauty and general utility.
All Cinerarias are benefited by applications of manure
water, from the time the flower-heads are formed until
they open.

true from seed. Neither will any more than a proportion C.
of double-flowered plants be guaranteed. This entails the
necessity of perpetuating any variety by cuttings, which
is, with many of them, a very slow process. Although
useful for buttonhole and other bouqneta, and for cut-

cuneatei
Europe, 1683. Hardy herbaceous perennial

,;
at the end. A. 2ft South and Eastern

(orange-coloured).* Jl-headg orange, corymbose

/., radical ones elliptic, repandly toothed; stem ones

2 u

330

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cineraria

ntinued.

lanceolate, entire. Stem simple, rather woolly. South
and Easte-.n Europe, 1819. Hardy perennial. (S. B. F. G.
iii. 256.)

C. crnenta (purple-leaved).» fl.-heads reddish-purple, cymose.
Spring and summer. /., radical ones cordate lobed, purplish
beneath ; cauline ones sessile, ovate, auricled at base. ft. 2ft.
Canary Islands, 1777. Greenhouse perennial. (B. M. 406.)
C. c. Webberlana (Webber's). This is a garden hybrid, with
bright blue flower-heads, raised in 1842. At the present time, it
would be regarded as very inferior. The ray-florets are too
narrow to allow it to be placed in a selection of florists' varieties,
judged by the now accepted standard. See Fig. 454.
C. geifolia (Geum-leaved). fl.-lieads yellow; peduncle branched.
April to August. I. long-stalked, reniform, narrowed, somewhat
lobed, downy; petioles auricled at end. h. 2ft. Cape of Good
Hope, 1710. Greenhouse evergreen shrub.

C. lobata (lobed). jL-heads yellow, sub-corymbose ; involucre
calyculate. June. I. roundish, many-lobed, smooth ; petioles
auricled at base. ft. 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1774. Greenhouse
evergreen.

C. longlfolia (long-leaved), ft. -heads yellow, in corymbose
umbels. July. I. somewhat toothed ; radical ones spathulate ;
cauline ones oblong-lanceolate. Stem simple, ft. 2ft. South
and Eastern Europe, 1792. Hardy perennial.
C. marltlma (sea).* fl.-heads yellow, panided ; involucre downy.
July to September. I. pinnatifld ; segments blunt, about three-
lobed, silvery, downy beneath, ft. 2ft. South Europe, 1633.
Hardy evergreen. See Fig. 455. (S. F. G. 871.)
Varieties. The single varieties being so exclusively
grown from mixed seed, it is hardly desirable to give a
selection of named kinds. These are most important to
the seed raiser only, to constitute and fix his strain. A
list of the most desirable double-flowered kinds is ap-
pended :

ADA, deep blue, very full ; KATE, pure white, tinted with pink, of
excellent form ; MARY, light magenta-rose ; MR. THOMAS LLOYD,
deep blue-purple, tipped with lake, very double and floriferous
(see Fig. 456); ROSSINA, carmine, very double; SOPHIA, rich
magenta, very large and full. Additional new ones are : ECLIPSE,
JUNO, LILACINA, MR. R. H. VERTGANS, ROSETTA, ROSY GEM,
ROYAL PURPLE, and STANSTEAD RIVAL.
CINEREOUS. Ash-coloured, grey.
CINNAMODENDRON (compounded from Cinnn-
momum, Cinnamon, and dendron, a tree; resembling a
Cinnamon-tree). ORD. Canellaceoe.

C. corticosnm (barky). /. red. ft. 50ft. West Indies, 1860.
This is a stove tree, the bark of which is employed as an
aromatic stimulant to purgatives and tonics. It requires cul-
tivation similar to that recommended for Canella, to which the
present genus is allied. (B. M. 6120.)

CINNAMOMUM (from Einnamomon, the Greek name
used by Theophrastus, from the Arabic name Kinamon).
Cinnamon. ORD. Laurinece. Stove evergreen trees, from
some of which the Cassia and Cinnamon barks are obtained.
They thrive in a compost of peat and loam. Cuttings of
fine shoots will root, in April, if planted in sand, under a
hand glass, and plunged in a moist bottom heat. This
genus contains many species of great economic value ; few
of them are grown for any beauty which they may possess.
Some of the species are : aromaticus, Cassia (Bastard
Cinnamon), Culilawan, dulce, Malabathrum, montanum,
nitidum, obtusifolium, and verum.

CINQUEFOIL. See Potentilla.

CIONIDITJM. See Deparia.

CIFURA (derivation unexplained). OBD. Iridece. A
very small genus of greenhouse bulbous plants. Flowers
in terminal heads ; perianth with a very short tube and
a six-parted limb; inner segments much the smaller.
Leaves ensiform. They thrive in a compost of sandy
loam, peat, and leaf mould. It is desirable to keep
them moderately dry through the winter, and to repot in
spring. Propagated by seed, which should be sown in a
slight heat, in spring ; or by offsets, which are produced
in abundance.
C. palndosa (marsh). /. white, on a short, densely imbricated,

terminal spike. July. /. radical, linear-lanceolate, plaited, Sin. to

5in. long, longer than the scape. Bulbs conico-globose. ft. 1ft.

Guiana, 1752. (B. M. 646, under the name of Marica paludosa.)

CIRC2EA (mythological name, after Circe, the famous
enchantress). . Enchanter's Nightshade. ORD. Onagrariece.

Circsea — continued.

Pretty herbaceous plants. Flowers in terminal and lateral
racemes, covered with uncinate hairs. Leaves opposite,
stalked, toothed. Hoots creeping. They are of the easiest
possible culture, and will grow under almost any conditions.
Propagated readily by the running roots.
C. alpina (alpine), ft. pale red. July. I. cordate, toothed,
shining, with winged petioles, membranous. Stems ascending,
smoothish. ft. 4in. to 6in. Northern hemisphere (Britain).
(Sy. En. B. 512.) C. intermedia is a form of this species.
C.lntetlana (Parisian), fl. pale red. June. I. ovate, acuminated,
toothed, opaque, and downy, longer than the petioles. Stem
erect, pubescent. A. 1ft. to lift. Northern hemisphere (Britain).
(Sy. En. B. 511.)

CIRCINATE. Curled round like a crook ; like the
young fronds of ferns.

CIRRHJEA (the part of the flower called the rostelluin
is prolonged in the form of a small tendril or cirrhus). STN.
Scleropteris. ORD. Orchidece. An interesting genus of
stove Orchids (about six species are known), not remark-
able for any particular beauty, and, consequently, rarely
seen in cultivation. Flowers numerously produced on long,
pendulous racemes, springing from the base of the pseudo-
bulbs. When grown in pots, the spikes of these pretty,
fragrant flowers hang down all round the sides, and present
a very neat and effective appearance. For culture, see
Cymbidium.
C. Loddlgesii (Loddiges').» ft., sepals greenish-yellow, striped

across with dark red, and spotted ; petals the same colour,

without stripes; lip similarly coloured, but curiously formed.

May. Brazil, 1827. (B. R. 1538.)
C. tristis (dull-coloured-flowered). /., sepals and petals dark-

coloured, almost purple, tinged with blood-colour and greenish-

yellow, very fragrant ; lip purple. June. ft. 9in. Mexico, 1834.

(B. R. 1889.)

CIRRHIFEROUS. Bearing tendrils or claspers.
CIRRHOFETALUM (from cirrhus, a tendril, and
petalon, a flower-leaf; in reference to the strap-shaped
petals). SYN. Ephippium. ORD. Orchideae. In this some-
what extensive genus (about thirty species are known,
but few are in cultivation) we have both very beautiful
and equally curious species. They are closely allied to
Biilbophyllum, from which genus, however, they may be
distinguished by having their lateral sepals very much
lengthened out. It is this peculiar elongation which
gives them their distinctive appearance and peculiar
charm. They are stove epiphytes, with roundish pseudo-
bulbs, from the top of which proceeds a single fleshy
leaf. Cirrhopetalums should be grown in baskets, or
upon blocks of wood, suspended from the roof, in such
a situation that they can receive a goodly share of sun,
air, and light. They enjoy a plentiful supply of water
during the summer months, and, even during winter,
anything like drying-off should be carefully avoided,
although, as a matter of course, much less water will
be required. In syringing, care must be taken to avoid
sprinkling the blossoms. When the plants are in flower,
they will need shading from the sun's rays.
C. anratnm (gold-edged).* fl. straw-colour, stained and striped
with crimson and gold; scape produced from the base of the
pseudo-bulb, very slender, bearing a crown or circular umbel of
delicate blossoms. Spring. I. solitary, oblong, convex, coria-
ceous, deep green above, but wholly purplish-red on the under
side. Pseudo-bulbs small, oval. Manilla, 1840. Rare and
elegant. (B. R. 29, 61.)

C. cninensis (Chinese), ft. large ; upper sepals and petals purple ;
lateral sepals yellowish. China, 1840. A very curious species.
(B. R. 29, 49.)

C. Cumingii (Cuming's).* ft. rich reddish-purple, produced in
great profusion, at various times of the year, and disposed in
large, regular, circular umbels ; lateral sepals extremely peculiar,
lin. long, linear, oblong, acuminate, projecting forward, and
having a peculiar twist at the base, which brings the outsides of
these two sepals on the same plane, their inner edges meeting
together, like the elytra, or wing cases, of some insects of the
Buprestis kind. Philippines, 1839. A charming species, but still
rare. (B. M. 4996.)

C. flagclliformo (whip-like). A synonym of C. Pahudii.
C. Mednsce (Medusa's).* ft. pale straw-coloured, dotted with
pink, in dense heads, on an erect scape ; two of the three sepals

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

331

CirrliopetalTim— continued.

lengthened into thread-like points, 4in. or Sin. in length. Sum-
mer. L solitary, oblong, emarginate, coriaceous, deep green.
Pseudo-bulbs ovate, somewhat four-angled. Singapore, 1838.
(B. M. 4977.)

C. Pahudli (Pahud's). JL reddish-brown, with bright red dots,
disposed in a large umbel ; sepals and petals turned back. L dark
green. Java, 1866. A very curious and interesting species. SYN.
C. flageUiforme.

C. Thouarsii (Thouars's).» JL produced in umbels on the apex of
the slender scape ; the long strap-shaped sepals are of a tawny
orange colour, whilst the remainder of the flower is yellow,
dotted with red. Summer. L solitary, oblong, obtuse, dark
preen, coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs smooth, produced from a creep-
ing rhizome or stem. Java, Manilla, &c. (B. M. 4237.)

C. tripndians (dancing).* ft. brown, purplish-white, disposed in
a nodding raceme of nine or ten blossoms. Burmah, 1876. This is
described as a rather modest, but pretty, plant.
CIKRHOSE. Tendrilled ; haying tendrils or claspers,

as the Pea.
CIRSIUM. See Cnicus.

CISSAMPELOS t.from Kissos, the Greek name of Ivy,
and Ampelos, a Vine ; the plants resembling Ivy in their
rambling habit, and the Vine in having the fruit in racemes).
Pareira Brava Boot. OKD. Menispermacece. Stove climb-
ing shrubs. Eacemes axillary; male ones often trichoto-
mously branched, somewhat corymbose, solitary, twin or in
threes, bearing many flowers at the top of the pedicels;
female racemes simple, elongated, bearing broad alternate
bracts. Leaves simple, stalked, orbicular, ovate, heart-
shaped or peltate, mucronnlate at the apex. These plants
grow freely in fibrous loam. Cuttings root readily, with
a hand glass placed over them, in heal The majority of
the species require a great deal of room to spread, before
they arrive at a flowering stage.

C. mauritiana (Mauritian).* JL yellow, green ; male racemes
axillary, in pairs or numerous. L cordate-orbicular, pubescent-
villous ; those of the male plants peltate. Branches hispid.
Mauritius, 1820.

C. Pareira (Pareira). Caapeba. JL greenish ; female racemes
longer than the leaves. July. I. peltate, somewhat cordate,
ovate-orbicular ; under surface silky-pubescent. Branches
smooth. Martinico, Jamaica, &c., 1733. (B. M. PL 15.)
There are about a score other species.

CISSTTS (from Kissos, Ivy ; in reference to the habit).
OBD. AmpelidecB. This genus is now generally merged
into Vitis. Climbing plants, with cymes or corymbs of
small greenish, yellow, or purplish flowers, and simple,
trifoliate, or palmate leaves.

As a roof climber, or bracket or trellis plant, C. discolor
is universally admired. Two parts turfy peat, and one of
loam and leaf mould, with a fair proportion of gritty sand,
suits it well, either for basket or pot culture, or for
planting out. Of course, in the latter case, the soil used
will be coarser, and the drainage must be more ample. It
thrives well in large pots ; but for a fine growth over lofty
roof girders or arches, or up pillars, it is best planted out.
It luxuriates in bottom heat, displaying an unusual size
and colour of leaf when growing freely in a surface tem-
perature of 70deg., and a bottom heat of SOdeg. Still, it
also grows and colours well without bottom heat, and in
the usual temperature of the plant stove. Propagation is
easily effected by cuttings ; more so in the spring than at
any other season. There are, then, two modes of rooting.
One consists in choosing the weakly shoots that are pruned
just before the plants break into new growth. The other
plan is even more successful : allow the young shoots to
grow to a length of about 2in. ; then cut them off, with a
small piece of the base branch adhering to the young wood ;
or the shoots may be cut off with one or several of these
young branchlets on them. Cut the old branch through at
the base of each young one, and insert the cuttings with
this heel of old wood entire. Very sandy soil or pure sand
should be used for them. The cuttings should be plunged
in a sharp bottom heat, in a close frame. They strike all
the sooner if protected with bell glasses. Pot off BO soon
as rooted, and push on in a temperature of 70deg. to SOdeg.
When the plants are in full growth, and making long and

Cisans— continued.

strong shoots, they wiU be greatly benefited by the
application of a little manure water. Great care must,
however, be taken to use only a very weak solution ; other-
wise, instead of assisting the plants, it will prove very
detrimental to them.

C. discolor (various-coloured).* JL greenish-yellow ; cymes some-
what qnmquefld, shorter than the leaves. August L cordate-
oblong, acuminated, the edges furnished with bristly serratures ;
upper surface of a bright velvety-green, spotted or mottled
with white; under side of a deep reddish-purple: both sur-
faces, u well as the angular branches, smooth. Java, 1854.
(B. M. 4763.)

1 C. porphyrophyllus (purple-leaved). A synonym of Piper

CISTERNS. These may be made of galvanised iron or
slate, when required to be movable or only of a moderate
size. As permanent reservoirs for water, Cisterns are
generally constructed with stone or brick, and coated
inside with cement. The superior value of rain water
over any other for plant cultivation and garden purposes
generally, is unfortunately often overlooked when building
; glass houses, as it is frequently conducted to drains when
' accommodation for its reception should be provided in the
. shape of Cisterns. These can be placed above or below
' ground, either inside or adjoining the houses, and, in
addition, should be provided with means of supply from
; another source when rain water fails. An overflow pipe
should be attached, and, if practicable, arranged so as to
unscrew and open a passage at the bottom, to allow of the
Cistern being cleaned out. Iron Cisterns require galvanis-
ing in all cases, as this prevents the iron causing rust or
> otherwise affecting the water. Almost all sizes may be
I purchased ready for use, and are well adapted for placing
j in houses where permanent ones are not constructed, so
I that water may stand and become warmed before being
! applied to the plants. Cold water is very injurious to
: plants growing in a warm temperature ; hence the neces-
sity for Cisterns of some sort, placed near or over hot-
water pipes if possible, and kept filled with water ready
for use. Where hard water has, of necessity, to be used
for pot plants outside in summer, it may be materially
softened by being placed in large open Cisterns, and ex-
posed for a time to the air. Cisterns may also be used
successfully for cultivating, on a small scale, tropical or
hardy water plants. In connection with a heating appara-
tus, the cold-water Cistern should, in all cases, be placed
at least a few feet above the highest point of the pipes it
has to supply. The size of Cistern for this purpose is
! immaterial, the important part being to keep it filled
; with water.

CISTINE.Si. An order of often viscid shrubs or

herbaceous plants. Flowers showy, with five, or rarely

! three, petals, which are very fugacious, usually lasting

] only a day. Leaves entire, simple. The two best-known

' genera are Cistus and Helianthemum.

CISTUS (from kiste, a box or capsule ; alluding to the

remarkable shape of the capsules). Gum Cistus; Bock

i Eose. OKD. Cistinece. Elegant erect shrubs or sub-shrubs.

1 Flowers large, handsome, resembling a single Rose, but

ephemeral in character ; peduncles axillary, one or many-

j flowered. Leaves opposite, exstipulate, entire, or some-

! what toothed. Without exception, this genus is a most

i charming one, and ought to be represented in every garden ;

but, unfortunately, the species will only thrive happily in

warm, sheltered positions. The texture of the flowers is

very delicate; their colours are distinct and rich, and

they are borne with great profusion during summer. In

cold localities, they should be planted at the foot of a

wall with a southern aspect. Propagation may be effected

by seeds or cuttings, under hand glasses outside, or inside

! with a gentle bottom heat ; but seedlings always make

i the best plants. The seeds should be sown early in spring,

I in pans or boxes, in a frame, and lightly covered with
sifted sandy mould. The seedlirgs will come up without

332

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cistus — continued.

artificial heat in about sii weeks. When the plants are
Bomewhat advanced, they should be gradually hardened
off. Great care must, however, be taken to shade them
from too much sunshine, and to keep them regularly
watered. When they are about lin. high, they may be
transferred to small pots; this shift enables them to be
placed in a frame to re-establish. A few plants should be
kept in the frame during the winter, and removed out
of doors in spring, when the weather becomes mild and
genial. In all cases, a slight protection from frost will
reduce the chances of their being destroyed by an extra
severe winter. Cuttings should be made from Sin. to 4in.
in length ; they may be struck in spring or autumn, in
sandy peat, under glass, shade and water being given
until roots are formed. The plants should then be potted
off singly into a compost of rich loam and leaf mould, and
finally planted out ; but it is always advisable to reserve
duplicates in pots for winter protection, so as to be able
to replace in the event of loss.

Many of the names here given simply represent varying
forms of a few species. As, however, they are distinct
for gardening purposes, they are mentioned under the
by which they are known in horticultural works.

FIG. 457. FLOWERING BRANCH OP CISTUS LADAMFERUS
MACULATUS.

C. albldus (white).' fl. thre
bellate ; petals pile purple,
I. sessile, oblong-elliptical,

fl. three to eight, terminal, somewhat um-
llow at the base, imbricate. June.
hoary-tomentose, somewhat three-

, yellow at the base, imbricate. June.
sue, , ,

nerved. h. 2ft. South-western Europe, 1640. (S. C. 31.)
C.
one

ndidissimns (whitest). /. pale rose-coloured ; peduncles
to eight-flowered, shorter than the leaves. June. I. ovate-
elliptical, acute, densely clothed with hoary tomentum, three-
nerved ; footstalks short and sheathing at the base, with pilose
margins. A. 4ft. Grand Canary Islands, 1817. SYN. Rhodoeistus
Berthelotianus. (S. C. 3.)

C. Clusli (Clusius's). fl. white, somewhat capitate. July. I.
somewhat three-nerved, linear, with revolute margins : under
surface canescent; bracts pilose, broadly ovate, acuminate, ciliato,

C. creticns (Cretan). fl., petals purple, yellow at the base, imbri-
cate ; sepals villous ; peduncles one-flowered. June. 1. spathu-
late-ovate, tomentosely-hairy, wrinkled, drawn out along the
fl10™ £°°£ihlk' a^.d waved on the margin- h- 2ft. Crete, 1731.

™ . - - . ,

S F. G. 495.) This, and some other species in the Levant, yield
labdanum, a resin which was largely used as a medicine during
the prevalence of the Plague. It is collected by whipping the
plants with long thongs attached to a rake like frame, The resin

Cistus — continued.

adhering to the straps. At the present time, it is principally used
as a perfume in Turkey.

C. crispus (curled).* fl. almost sessile, three or four together,
somewhat umbellate ; petals red -purple. June. I. sessile, linear-
lanceolate, undulately-curled, three-nerved, wrinkled, pubescent.
h. 2ft. South-western Europe, 1656. (S. C. 22.)

C. Cupanianns (Cupani's). fl. white, with a spot of yellow at
the base of each petal ; peduncles pilose, two to three-flowered ;
petals imbricated; sepals villous. June. I. stalked, cordate-
ovate, wrinkled, reticulately-veined ; upper surface scabrous ;
under surface covered with fascicled hairs ; margin fringed. Stem
erect, h. 2ft. Sicily. (S. C. 70.)

C. cyprius (Cyprus). /., petals white, with a dark spot at the
base, imbricated ; peduncles generally many-flowered. June. I.
stalked, oblong-lanceolate ; upper surface glabrous ; under surface
clothed with hoary tomentum. A. 4ft. Cyprus, 1800. (S. C.39.)

C. formosus. See Helianthcmum formosum.

C. heterophyllus (various-leaved).* fl., corolla red, yellow at
the base, large ; petals imbricate ; peduncles hairy, leafy, one-
together. _ June. I. ovate-lanceolate, on

flowered, one to three

short footstalks, which are sheathing at the

lute. A. 2ft. Algiers. (S. C. 6.)

! ; margins revo-

C. hirsutus (hairy).* fl., petals white, with a yellow mark at the
base of each, imbricate ; peduncles short, one-flowered, or cymose,
many-flowered. June. t. sessile, oblong, blunt and hairy. A. 2ft.
South-west Europe, 1656. (S. C. 19.)

C. incanus (hoary). A synonym of C. villosus.

C. ladaniferns (labdanum-bearing).* Gum Cistus. ft. white,
large, terminal, solitary; petals imbricate. June. I. almost
sessile, connate at the base, linear-lanceolate, three-nerved ; upper
surface glabrous ; under surface tomentose. A. 4ft. Spain, 1629.
(S. C. 84.) At one time, it was believed that this species furnished
the labdanum of commerce.

C. 1. maculatus (spotted).* /..petals white, each marked near
the base with a dark blood-coloured spot. See Fig. 457. (S. C. 1.)

C. latifoUus (broad-leaved).* fl., petals white, with a yellow spot
at the base of each, imbricated ; sepals villous ; peduncles
bracteate, long, somewhat cymose, pilose. May. I. stalked,
broad, cordate, acute, with curled, waved, denticulated, ciliated
margins. A. 3ft. Barbary, 1656. (S. C. 15.)

C. laurifolius (Laurel-leaved), fl. white, with a yellow mark at
the base of each petal, large, umbellate. June. I. stalked,
ovate-lanceolate, three-nerved ; upper surface glabrous ; under
surface tomentose ; footstalks dilated and connate at the base.
A. 4ft South-west Europe, 1731. (S. C. 52.)

C. laxns (loose).* fl. white, with a yellow spot at the base of each
petal, cymose; peduncles and calyx hairy. July. I. on short
footstalks, ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, with wavy, somewhat
toothed margins, smoothish ; upper ones hairy. A. 3ft. South
Europe, 16567 (S. C. 12.)

C. longifollns Gong-leaved).* fl. white, with a yellow mark at the
base of each petal ; peduncles cymose. June. I. on short foot-
stalks, oblong-lanceolate, with waved and pubescent margins ;
under surface veiny. Spain and South of France, 1800.

C. monspeliensis (Montpelier).* fl. white, middle-sized ; petals
imbricate, crenate ; peduncles pilose, cymose, somewhat secund.
July. {. linear-lanceolate, sessile, three-nerved, clammy, villous
on both surfaces. A. 4ft. South Europe, 1656. (S. C. 27.)

C. m. florentinns (Florentine).* fl., petals white, yellow at the
base, imbricate ; peduncles villous, generally three-flowered.
June. I. narrow-lanceolate, wrinkled, reticulated on the under
surface ; almost sessile. A. 3ft. Italy, 1825. A hybrid between
numspeliensis and salvifolius. (S. C. 59.)

C. oblonglfolins (oblong-leaved).* fl. white, with a yellow spot at
the base of each, concave, imbricated ; peduncles cymose. June.
I. on short footstalks, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, pubescent and
waved at the margins ; under surface veiny. Branches hispid-
villous. A. 4ft. Spain. (S. C. 67.)

C. obtusifolius (blunt-leaved).* /., petals white, with * yellow
spot at the base of each, imbricated ; peduncles terminal, cymose,
many-flowered. June. I. almost sessile, tapering to the base,
ovate-oblong, obtuse, wrinkled, clothed with starry pubescence ;
margins somewhat denticulated. A. 1ft. to Ijft. Crete.
(S. C. 42.)

C. populifolius (Poplar-leaved), fl. white, cymose; sepals
clammy ; peduncles bracteate, bracts oblong. May to June. I.
stalked, cordate, acuminate, wrinkled, smooth. A. 3ft. South-
western Europe, 1656. (S. C. 23.)

C. psilosepalus (smooth-sepaled).* /. somewhat cymose; pe-
duncles hairy-tomentose ; sepals with long points, glabrous,
shining, edges ciliated ; petals broad-cuneated, imbricated, white,
with a yellow mark at the base of each. June to August, I. on
short footstalks, oblong-lanceolate, three-nerved, acute, with un-
d^ilated margins, which are somewhat denticulated and ciliated,
rather hairy. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Native country unknown. (S. C. 33.)

C. purpureus (purple).* /., petals reddish-purple, marked at the
base with a dark purple spot, imbricate ; peduncles one, two, or
three together. June. I. oblong-lanceolate, acuminated at both
ends, wrinkled ; footstalks short, hairy, sheathing. A. 2ft. Levant.
(S. C. 17.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

333

Cistns — continued.

C.rotundifolius (round-leaved).* fl., petals purple, with a yellow
mark at the base of each, imbricate ; sepals cordate, pilose ;
peduncles very hairy, rather cymose. June to September. I.
roundish-ovate, obtuse, flat, wrinkled, reticulately veined, clothed
on both sides with fascicled hairs ; petioles furrowed, somewhat
sheathing at the base. h. 1ft. South Europe, 1640. (S. C. 75.)

C. salvifolius (Sage-leaved), ft. white, middle-sized ; peduncles
long, white from tomentum, one-flowered, articulated above,
solitary or tern. June to August. I. stalked, ovate, obtuse,
wrinkled ; under surface tomentose. h. 2ft. South Europe, 1548.
(S. C. 54.) There are many varieties of this species.

C.8. Corbariensis (Corbar).* /., petals white, imbricate ; pedun-
cles long, one to five-flowered. May. I. stalked, somewhat
cordate, ovate, acuminated, with fringed margins, wrinkled on
both surfaces, and very glutinous, h. 2ft. South of France, 1656.
A hybrid between salvifolius and populifolius. (S. C. 8.)

C. undulatus (waved). A synonym of C. wllosus.

C. vaginatus (sheathed).* fl. rich rose ; petals imbricate ; pedun-
cles three-flowered, axillary or terminal, long, bracteate at the
base. April to June. I. lanceolate, acute, three-nerved, hairy ;
under surface reticulated ; footstalks furrowed, dilated, and
sheathing at the base, with pilose margins, h. 2ft. Teneriffe,
1779. (S C.9.)

C. villosus (villose).* fl., petals large, reddish-purple, spreading,
imbricate at the base; peduncles one-flowered, one or three
together. June. I. roundish-ovate, wrinkled, tomentose and
hairy, stalked ; footstalks furrowed, connate at the base. h. 3ft.
South Europe, 1596. SYNS. C. incanus and C. undulatus. (S. C. 35.)

Citrullus — continued.

in diameter, sometimes much smaller, sweet or bitter. I. deeply
divided, or but moderately lobed, glabrous or somewhat hairy,

FIG. 459. WATER MELON (CITRULLUS VULOARIS).
hardly scabrid. India. " Said to be annual, while C. Colocynthit
is perennial ; but the distinction between the cultivated form of
C. Coloeynthis and the divided-leaved forms of the Water Melon.

FIG. 458. CITRULLUS VULOARIS, showing Habit of Plant, and (a) Male and (6) Female Blossoms.

C. v. canescens (hoary).* fl., petals

purple, tinged with blue, and with
each ; sepals clothed with i

crenulated, of a darkish-
yellow spot at the base of

civuii , nepaja uiumou wmi starry pubescence ; peduncles terminal,
one-flowered, or somewhat cymose. May. I. oblong-linear, bluntish,
tomentose, hoary, waved, rather three-nerved, sessile, and some-
what connate at the base. A. 2ft. South Europe. (S. C. 45.)
CITHAREXYLUM (from kithara, a lyre, and xylon,
wood ; in reference to the fitness of the wood for musical
instruments). Fiddle-wood. Including Rauwolfia (of Euiz
and Pavon). ORD. Verbenacece. A genus of about a score
rather ornamental stove evergreen trees. Probably very
few are now grown. They have principally white flowers,
and in height range from 6ft. to 50ft. Some of the species
which have been introduced are : caudatum, cyanocarpum,
dentatum, quadrangulare, subserratum, and villosum.
CITRON. See Citrus medica.

CITRULLUS (from Citrus, in allusion to the Orange-
like fruits). ORD. Cucurbitacce. A small genus of stove
herbs, closely allied to Cucumis. Flowers unisexual, with
a persistent five-parted calyx and corolla. Fruit a many-
seeded gourd. For culture, &c., see Cnctunis.
C. Colocynthis (Colocynth, the classical name of the plant).
Bitter Apple ; Bitter Cucumber, fl. light yellow, solitary, fr.
globose, rarely Sin. in diameter, intensely bitter, smooth, vane
gated green and white. I. deeply divided, 2*in. by scarcely 2m
ovate ; middle segment compound-pinnatifld. Whole plant scabnd.
India. Perennial. (B. M. PI. 114.) SYN. Cucumw Colocynthis.
C. vulgarl* (common).* Water Melon, ft. yellow. Jr. often lOin.

is very small." SY.NS. Cucuww
Figs. 458 and 459.

nd Cucurbits CUruUm See

Fio. 460. FRUITING BRANCH OF SWEET ORANGE (CITRUS AURANTIUM).

334

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

PIG. 461. FRUITING BRANCH OF SHADDOCK (CITRUS DECUMANA).

CITRUS (from the Greek name, Kitron). Orange-tree.
OBD. Rutacece. Greenhouse evergreen trees or shrubs,
having axillary spines and simple leaves, with their petioles
usually winged. Flowers white, exquisitely fra-
grant. Some plants of the Citrus family are found
in most gardens. The flowers are produced at all
seasons, and are much used for wedding bouquets.
The leaves are of a glossy green colour ; and even
the non-flowering plants have a fine appearance.
The soil used when cultivating in pots or tubs
should be a moderately heavy loam, to which a
liberal portion of decayed manure and sand has
been added. During the growing season, some
liquid manure should be regularly supplied; but,
as soon as growth declines, this should be gra-
dually stopped. A moist atmosphere should be
kept up during the season of growth, as one approaching
drought causes the plants to have a starved and stunted
appearance. In potting, the soil should be rammed firmly,
or the wood will be too soft and sappy to ripen properly.
If grown in a greenhouse, the heat must not be less than
45deg. in winter ; and in summer, of course, it will vary,
the ordinary temperature, with plenty of air at all times,
being suitable. Propagation may be effected by seed,
cuttings, layers, grafting and budding. The object of
raising plants from seed is to obtain stocks for graft-
ing or budding. The seedlings should be raised on a
hotbed; in the course of six weeks, they will be fit to
plant separately into pots, after which they must be
replaced in the hotbed, and shaded for some time, but
afterwards allowed plenty of air, in order to harden
them. In August of the next year, they will be suffi-
ciently strong for budding ; after the operation has been
performed, they should be placed under a hand glass.
In the course of a month, it will be observable whether
the buds have taken ; they must then be untied, and
allowed to remain in the greenhouse all the winter. In
spring, cut off the heads of the stocks, 3in. above the
buds, again place them in a moderate hotbed, and by the
end of July they will have made shoots 2ft. long. Then
harden them off before the cold sets in, by gradual ex-
posure to the air. Of most of the following species there
are a great number of varieties, more or less distinct.
For cultivation of Citrus as a dessert fruit, see Orange.

FIG. 462. FRUITING BRANCH OF KUMQUAT (CITRUS JAPOMCA).

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

335

Citrus — con tinned.

C. Anranttnm (golden).' Sweet Orange, fr. golden, globose,
with a thin rind and tweet pulp. 1. ovate-oblong, acuminate :
petioles almost naked, A. 10ft to 30ft. Asia, 1595 See Fig. 460.

C. decnmana (huge). Shaddock, fr. very large and round,
about the size of a cannon-ball, often lOlb. to 141b. weight ; rind
even, of a greenish-yello_w colour, thick, fungous, and bitter. I.
oval, obtuse, or emarginate, pubescent beneath ; petioles with
broad cordate wings ; branches prickly, h. 18ft. Assumed to
have been derived from Polynesia ; now naturalised in manv
tropical countries. 1722. See Fig. 461.

C. japonlca (Japanese). Kumquat fr. globose or shortly
ellipsoid, bright orange-yellow, four to six-celled ; rind thick,
minutely tuberculate ; pulp watery, sweet, and acidulous. A. 4ft
to 6ft A cultivated form, from China and Japan. Mr. Fortune —
who introduced it — gives the following hints as to its cultivation
In summer, it requires a plentiful supply of water, at a tempera-
ture of SOdeg. or lOOdeg. and a high atmospheric heat continued
into autumn, whilst in winter it should be kept cool and rather
dry, for it will then bear lOdeg. and even 15deg. of frost. It
succeeds well grafted on Citrus trifoliata. The Kumqnat is a
well-known ingredient in Chinese sweetmeats. See Fig. 462.

C. Llmetta (Lime).* Sweet Lime, or Lemon Bergamotte. fr.
globose, with a blunt, nipple-like protuberance at the apex', a
rinn rind, and sweet pulp. I. ovate-roundish, serrated ; petioles
subulate. A. 8ft. to 15ft. Asia, 1648. Adam's Apple is a name
sometimes given to the fruit of this species.

C. Umomun.* Lemon, fr. oblong, with a very thin yellow
rind, which adheres to the acid pulp. I. oval-oblong, crenu-
lated ; petioles somewhat winged. A. 8ft to 10ft Asia 164a
(B. M. PL 54.)

FIG. 463. FRUITING BRANCH OP CITRON, or CKDRAT
(CITRUS MEDICA).

C. medlca ("the fruits of the Citron were called Mala medico, or
ilaia perfica, by the Romans, from the country of their origin").*
Citron, or Cedrat fr. often 6in. long, ovate, with a protuberance
at the tip ; usually nine-celled ; pulp white, and commonly acid ;
rind yellow, thick, hardish, odoriferous, irregular ; esculent, both
raw and preserved. I oblong, obtuse ; petioles naked. Branches
spiny. A. 8ft to 16ft Asia,l648. See Fig. 463.

C. m. acida (acid). The cultivated West Indian Lime. This is
a variety of C. medico, with smaller globose fruit. It is the

Citrus — continued.

principal source whence citric acid la obtained, and is lareelv
' "y in Monteerrat and DornSka

grown in the West Indies
(B. M. 6745.)

FIQ. 464 FRUITING BRANCH OP MAXDARI.N ORAXGE
(CITRUS XOBII.IS).

C. nobllis (noble).* Mandarin Orange, fr. reddish, both without
and within, containing sweet juice, and having edible sweet rind;
depressed, nine to twelve-celled. I. somewhat ovate; petioles
rather linear, straight. Branches ascending, unarmed. A. 15ft
China, 1805. See Fig. 464. (A. B. R. 608.)

C. trifoliata (three-leaved), fr. orange-yellow, spherical, about
liin. in diameter. I. trifoliate ; leaflets sessile, elliptic-obtuse,
on a winged petiole. Branches robust, often more or less
flattened, bearing stiff spines. A. 4ft. Japan. Hardy. Svx.
PgeudcegU tepiaria. (B. M. 6513.)

C. vnlgaris (common). Common Seville or Bitter Orange.
jr. globose, with a thin, scabrous, or smooth rind, and a bitter
acrid pulp. 1. elliptical, acuminate, crennlated ; petioles with a
heart-shaped wing. Stem erect ; branches spiny. A. 20iL to 30ft
Asia, 1595.

GIVES. See Chives.

CLADKASTIS (derivation obscure). ORD. Legumi-

nosce. A small genus, containing but a couple of species

of hardy deciduous trees. They succeed in almost any soil

or situation. Propagated by imported seed, sown in the

open air, in spring ; or by cuttings of the roots. (It is only

during hot seasons that seeds are ripened in this country.)

C. amnrensls (Amoor).* Jl. greenish-white, small, disposed in

long, dense, erect racemes. I. unequally pinnate, with three to

four pairs of ovate-oblong leaflets. A. 6ft Amoor Valley, 1880.

Very ornamental STN. Maactia amurensit. (B. M. 6551.)

C. tlnctorla (dyers'). JL white, drooping from the ends of the

branches in ample panicled racemes. May. I. nearly smooth,

pinnate ; leaflets from seven to eleven, oval or ovate. North

America. SYN. VirsrUia lutea.

CLAMMY. Viscid, sticky.

CLAXLKXA (named after Captain Clarke, the com-
panion of Capt. Lewis, in his journey to the Kocky
Mountains of North America). OBD. Onagrarieas. Elegant
slender branching animala. Flowers axillary, sessile, soli-
tary; petals four, cruciate, usually three-lobed, convolute
in aestivation. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, or linear,
entire. These charming flowers are Tery largely grown in
gardens, on account of their extreme showiness and easy
culture. Seeds may be sown in spring or autumn, out of
doors. When the plants are in their flowering quarters,
a distance of 9in. to 12in. apart should be allowed.

C. elegans (elegant).* JL of a rich lake colour; petals entire,
without teeth or the claw. Summer. L lanceolate, dentate. A.
2ft California, 1832. (B. R 1575.) There are many forms of this
species, including white, rose, and double-flowered varieties, many

336

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Clarkia — continued.

of which are very desirable, and may be easily procured at any
dealer's.
C. gnaroldes (Guara-like). A synonym of C. rhomboidea.

FIG. 465. FLOWERING BRANCH AND SINGLE FLOWER OF
CLARKIA PULCHELLA.

C. pnlchella (pretty).* fl. purple, large ; petals deeply trilobed,
with a pair of small opposite teeth on the claws. Summer. I.
glabrescent, linear, h. lift, to 2ft. North America, 1826. See
Fig. 465. (B. R. 1100.) This species also has many single and
double-flowered varieties, more or less beautiful, which are fully
described in seedsmen's catalogues.

C. rhomboidea (rhomboid) is a species with smaller purplish
flowers than either of the preceding. SYN. C. guaroides.
(S. B. F. G. 379.)

CLARY (Salvia Sclarea). The leaves of this are
sometimes used in soups. The culture is very simple.
Seeds may be sown in early spring, in a warm sunny
border, and the plants ultimately thinned out to 18in.
apart. An annual sowing is necessary, as the plants die
after the seed ripens.

CLAUSENA (commemorative of P. Clausen, a Danish
botanist of the seventeenth century). OBD. Rutaceae. A
genus of about fourteen species of stove evergreen trees,
occurring for the most part in India, a few being found in
Africa and tropical Australia. Flowers small, disposed in
loose panicles. Leaves impari-pinnate ; leaflets stalked,
pubescent. They thrive in rich loam ; young cuttings,
ripened at the bottom, and taken off at a joint, will root
in sand, under a hand glass, in heat.
C. corymblflora (corymb-flowered), fl. white. Loyalty Islands,

C. pentaphylla (five-leaved), fl. white. June to August. I. with
five or seven pairs of leaflets, h. 20ft. India, 1800.

CIiAVATE. Club-shaped ; the thick end uppermost.

CLAVTJA (named after J. Clavijo Faxardo, a Spanish
naturalist, who translated Buffon's works into Spanish).
SYN. Theophrasta (of Linnaeus, not of Jussieu). OED.
Mtjrsinece. A genus of stove evergreen trees or shrubs.
Stems simple, unbranched, furnished at top with a
tuft of long, alternate, oblong-lanceolate, coriaceous,
spiny-toothed or quite entire leaves, somewhat in the
manner of palm-trees. Flowers in axillary or lateral
racemes, often secund. There are about twenty-five
species, all natives of tropical America, &c. They thrive
in a compost of peat and loam. Cuttings of half-ripened
shoots will root in sandy loam, with a surface consisting
wholly of sand, if placed in bottom heat, under a bell
glass.

Clavij &— continued.

C. fulgens (brilliant).* /. deep orange-red, very handsome;
racemes short, axillary. I. obcuneately spathulate, 1ft. or more
long. Stem simple, bearing a crown of leaves. Peru, 1867.
(B. M. 5626.)

C. maorocarpa (large-fruited), fl. rather large ; racemes from
3in. to 12in. long, pendulous. I. spathulate-oblong, acute, stiff,
dotted beneath ; petioles hardly lin. long. h. 10ft. to 12ft. Peru,
1816.

C. maorophylla (large-leaved). A synonym of C. Reideliana.

C. ornata (adorned).* fl. orange-coloured ; racemes drooping, Sin.
to 4in. long. I. long-lanceolate, acute, spiny-toothed ; petioles
2iin. long. h. 10ft. to 12ft. Caraccas, 1828. SYN. Theophrasta
longifolia. (B. M. 4922.)

C. Reideliana (Reidel's).* fl. orange-coloured ; racemes axillary,

. I. sessile

from amongst and beneath the crown of leaves. July.

obovate-lanceolate, spinosely-serrate ; larger ones 12in. to 20in.

long. Brazil. SYN. C.mncrophylla. (B. M. 5829.)

Other two species are : Rodekiana and umbrosa.

CLAW. The unguis or stalk of a petal ; the narrow
end.

CLAY-COLOURED VINE WEEVIL. See Vine
Weevils.

CLATTONIA (named after John Clayton ; he collected
plants, mostly in Virginia, and sent them to Gronovius,
who published them in his "Flora Virginica"). OBD. Por-
tulacece. A genus of delicate little glabrous, rather succu-
lent, hardy annuals or perennials. Eacemes terminal. Leaves
quite entire ; radical ones petiolate, upper usually opposite
and sessile, and sometimes connate. Claytonias are of
easy culture, and suited for certain parts of the rockery
or wild garden. The tuberous-rooted species thrive best
in damp peat soil. They may be increased by seeds, which
sometimes ripen freely ; or by offsets, which may be sepa-
rated in spring or autumn. The fibrous-rooted species
being annuals, the seeds only require to be sown in the
open border in spring, in a rather moist situation.

C. oarollnlana (Carolina). I. spathulate-oblong or oval-lanceo-
late. North America. (S. B. F. G. 208.)

C. grandlflora (large-flowered). Synonymous with C. virginica.

C. perfollata (perfoliate). fl. white, small ; lower .pedicels of
raceme in bundles. May to August. I., upper ones connate or
perfoliate, forming a roundish disk ; radical ones petiolate, oval-
rhomboid. Root fibrous. h. 3in. to6in. North-west America to
Mexico and Cuba, 1794. Annual. This species is naturalised in
many parts of Britain and other countries. (B. M. 1336.)

FIG. 466. CLAYTONIA SIBIRICA, showing Habit and Single Flower.

C. Slblxioa (Siberian).* fl. rose-coloured ; petals bifid ; raceme
secund. March. 1. oval ; radical ones petiolate ; cauline ones
two, opposite, sessile. Root fusiform, h. Sin. to 6in. Siberia,
1768. Perennial. See Fig. 466. (B. M. 2243.)

C. virglnica (Virginian).* /.white; petals emarginate; pedicels
elongated ; raceme solitary, nodding. March. 1. linear-lanceo-
late, elongated ; radical ones very few. h. 3in. Roots tuberous.
North America, 1768. Perennial. SYN. C. grandiflora. (B. M.
941.)
CLEFT. Divided, but not exactly to the base.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

337

CLEISOSTOMA (from Icleio, to close, and ttoma, a
mouth ; in allusion to the month of the spur being closed
by a toothed process). OBD. OreMde*. . Stove epiphytes.
Flowers small, fleshy, with a pouched lip, and distinguished
from those of Saeeolabivm in having the orifice of the
pouch closed by a large projecting tooth. Leaves leathery,
narrow. Boots very long and tough. There are about
fifteen species belonging to this genus, but, with one or
two exceptions, they are not much groi

grown. For culture,

exceptions,

(sfaiateX JL yellow, red. DujeeUng, 1879.

Carpels numerous, aggi
try feathery, tafl. Lea,

SYX.

CLEMATIS (from klema, a Vine branch ; most of the
species climb like the Vine). Virgin's Bower. Ow>.
Ranunculace*. A genus of «Jimbing deciduous shrubs or
herbaceous perennials. Calyx of from four to eight
coloured sepals ; petals none,
gate, terminated by a long, mostly

opposite, variously cut. For climbing up stumps of old
trees, training to trellises on walls, or planting to droop
over amongst rockwork, no plants are more suitable, or
will make a more gorgeous display, than many of the large-
flowered Clematises. Their habit and character alone are
suggestive of the many ornamental purposes to which they
may be put, and there are few places which may not be
adorned by them in some way or other. Not only are they
well adapted for running up all kinds of supports, but
many of the grand hybrid varieties are equally suitable
for trailing over the surface of the ground, and covering
beds, either alone or associated with a few distinct foliage
plants, such as Seyvndo fnzinifolium varicgatvm, with
which they look well, and produce a charming effect.

General Cultivation. To get the Clematis to flower well
and continuously in dry weather, it must have a good depth
of rich loamy soil, and a fair share of manure, both above
and below the surface. Liquid manure is also a great
help to free flowering, and therefore good soakings of it
should be given from time to time, according to the state
of the weather. As Clematises are always kept in pots
for sale, the month of June is a favourable one to obtain
them and plant out ; but before doing this, suitable pre-
parations should be made, by deeply trenching the ground,
which, if at all stiff , wffl be greatly improved by having
plenty of leaf soil, refuse peat, or other rich vegetable
r, worked in, together with some road
which wffl keep the whole open •
roots to ramify freely. When required for borders, the
best way of growing Clematis is to dig large holes, about
3ft. across and 2ft deep, and either fill in with fresh turfy
loam and dung, or add a good proportion of the same to the
sofl thrown out, before it is put back. Place one or more
plants in the centre of each hole, and also three tall stakes,

Clematis

adopt the more severe proceeding of cutting away the
whole of the tops, so as to force the plants to break again
from the crowns. This method answers for JacL-man*i
and the strong-growing series of which it is the type!
It is, however, not to be recommended in the case of
those of the lanuyinota type, which generally die back
quite far enough, and only require that such dead portions
should be cut away, as to do anything further only weakens
them, by restricting their growth. Neither is this treatment
desirable with any of the others, except such a. are eon-
fined to beds and have only limited spaces to filL Heading
back those used for covering old trunks of trees, gnarled
poles, or other similar supports, lays the latter bare for a
long time in spring and early summer, when they would
be covered with verdure. It also retards the period of

Propagation is mainly effected by grafting any of the
varieties on portions of Clematis roots, early in the year.
Good healthy pieces of root, obtained from old plants out-
side, or those of Q. Flamm*l<i, answer the purpose welL

triangularly, for the plants to climb up, which they wffl do
with very little assistance after they have had a tie or two
and made a fair start. These stakes should be driven in
firmly, about 2ft apart, and then brought together at the
tops, and secured by running a piece of wire round them,
so that the three, when fixed, form a graduated cone, the
shape and outline of which is always the most pleasing of
any kind of trellis or support that can be used. The

... .. are best adapted for planting to
on verandahs or up trellises on dwellings, where, if well
fed, and otherwise left pretty much to themselves, they soon
cover a large space and produce an immense number of
flowers. Different growers of Clematises vary much in
their manner of treating them. Some, instead of thinning
or simply shortening back the shoots during the winter,

FIG. 467. FLOWKKI>G BRA*CH OF CLEMATIS AROMATIC*.

These should be split open, and the small scions inserted
and tied with matting; they should then be potted in
thimble pots, and placed in a propagating case, with a
warm, moist temperature, where they wffl readily unite.
They may afterwards be removed to cooler quarters, sad
be ultimately plunged outside.

AU the different varieties of Clematis may also be readily
increased, either by cuttings, made of the young shoots,
which may be cut up to every eye, and placed in pots of
sandy sofl, in gentle heat, in the propagating case ; or by
layers outside, put in at any time. Layers wffl, in the
course of a year, if kept watered, be found to emit roots
at the joints covered, after which they may be severed and
planted, just before growth commences, in the spring. To
aid them in rooting, it is a good plan to slightly scrape the
bark before laving the branches in.

2 x

338

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Clematis — continued.

Clematises may be easily increased, if required, by seed.
The seed vessels should be gathered towards the autumn,
and stored in some dry, cool place till the following spring,
when the seed they contain may be sown in light sandy
soil, and stood in gentle heat till they germinate. If
then nursed on for a time tinder glass, and afterwards
planted in deep rich loam, the plants will soon flower.
The varieties being now BO numerous, and brought to
such perfection by systematic crossing, it is hardly to
be expected that many improved forms are to be obtained
by ordinary cultivators, by merely raising them from seed.
For greenhouse or conservatory decoration, the tenderer
sorts are extremely useful. A house having a tempera-
ture of 40deg. to 50deg. is the best ; and, whether grown
in pots or trained on the roof or back wall, the plants prove
equally ornamental. With the general exception of a few
degrees of higher temperature, the culture of the green-
house species does not materially differ from that of the
hardy sorts.

C. rethusifolia (^Ethusa-leaved). fl. white, between cylindric
and campanulate, iin. to Jin. long. I. small, two to three pin-
natisect, with narrow linear lobes, h. 4ft. to 6ft. Hardy.
C. 88. latisecta (broadly-cut) only differs from type in the larger
leaf segments, which are as broad as long, and irregularly toothed.
Amur-land and North China. A very graceful hardy climber.
(B. M. 6542.)

C. arlstata (awned). /. greenish-yellow, dioecious, panicled ;
sepals four. May to August. I. ternate ; leaflets ovate, some-
what cordate, acute, coarsely toothed. Australia, 1812. Green-
house. (B. R.238.)

C. aromatlca (aromatic).* /. deep violet-blue, sweetly-scented,
terminal, solitary; sepals oblong-lanceolate, three-nerved, re-
flexed after flowers have thoroughly expanded. Summer. L,
leaflets five, shortly stalked or almost sessile, entire, broadly
ovate, or ovate-oblong, dark green above, paler beneath, h. 4ft.
to 6ft. Native country unknown. A sub-shrubby perennial.
SYN. C. ecerulea odorata. See Fig. 467.
C. azurea grandiflora (large-flowered blue). A synonym of

C. eaerulea.

C. balearica (Balearic). A. pale, pubescent on the outside, and
marked on the inside with oblong red spots, about 2in. across ;
peduncles one-flowered, with an involucre under the flower.
February, March. I. ternate ; leaflets stalked, three-lobed, deeply
toothed. Minorca, 1783. Greenhouse ; hardy in South of Eng-
land. SYN. C. calycini. (B. M. 959.)

FIG. 468. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CLEMATIS C^RULEA.

C. cserulea (sky-blue).* /. violet-coloured, with deep purple
stamens, large ; sepals six to eight, oblong-lanceolate, acute,
membranaceous. June and July. I. spreading, hairy, ternate •
leaflets ovate-acute, entire. Japan, 1836. Hardy. SYN .C. azurea
Urandiflora. See Fig 468. (B. B. 1955.) There are several forms
of this species, amongst which are : Amalia, pale violet ; nwnstrosa,
remarkable for its semi-double greenish flowers ; patens, white ;
and Sophia, having very large and unusually broad sepals of a
deep violet, with a longitudinal greenish band through the centre.

C. c. odorata (sweet-scented). A synonym of C. aromat ica.

C. calyclna (calycine). A synonym of C. balearica.

Clematis — continued,.
C. campanlflora (bell-flowered), it. of a purplish-white colour,

large, half open ; sepals half spreading, dilated at the apex, wavy :

peduncles one-flowered, somewhat longer than the leaves. J^ine.

I. biternately decompound ; leaflets entire or three-lobed, about

twenty-four in number. Portugal, 1810. Hardy. (L. B. C. 987.)
C. caripensis (Caripan).* fl. white, sweet-scented, panicled,

dioecious ; pedicels and bracts pubescent. August. I. pinnate ;

leaflets ovate, acuminated, five-nerved, quite entire, smooth.

Cumana, near Caripa, 1820. Stove.
C. ohlorantha (green-flowered). A synonym of C. yrandifiora.

FIG. 469. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OP CLEMATIS CIRRIIOSA.

C. cirrhosa (tendrilled).* fl. pale whitish or cream-coloured,
downy on the outside, but smooth inside ; peduncles one-flowered,
with an involucre. March. I. ovate, somewhat cordate, toothed,
in fascicles. South Europe, 1596. Hardy evergreen. See Fig. 469.
(B. M. 1070.)

C. crispa (curled).* fl. pale lilac or purple, nodding ; sepals firm,
constricted above the middle ; margins wavy, reflexed and spread-
ing at the apex ; peduncles one-flowered, shorter than the leaves.
July to September. I. entire, three-lobed or ternate, very acute.
North America, 1726. Hardy evergreen. SYNS. C. cylindrica and
C. Simsii. (B. M. 1892.)

C. cylindrica (cylindrical). A synonym of C. cruspa.

C. erecta (erect). A synonym of C. recta.

C. Flammnla (flame).* fl. pure white, fragrant; peduncles
simple or branched. July to October. I. pinnate, smooth, with
orbicular, oval, oblong or linear, entire or three-lobed, acutish
leaflets. South Europe, 1596. A very vigorous climber, and one
of the oldest in cultivation. There are several forms, which vary
slightly from the type.

C. florida (florid).* fl. pale white, large, spreading; sepals six or
eight, oval-lanceolate, much pointed; peduncles one-flowered,
longer than the leaves. April to September. I. ternately decom-
pound ; leaflets ovate, acute, quite entire. Japan, 1776. Hardy.
(B. M. 834.) The charming double-flowered form is much
commoner in our gardens than the normal type.

FIG. 470. FLOWER AND LEAVES OF CLEMATIS FORTUNEI.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

339

Clematis — confirmed.

C. Fortune! (Fortune's).* JL white, fragrant, about lin. across,
and consisting of about a hundred oblong-lanceolate stalked
floral leaves. I. coriaceous, usually trifoliolate ; leaflets cordate,
rounded at the apex. Japan, 1863. "A splendid hardy species, of
which there are two or three varieties. See Fig. 470. (G. C.
1863, 676.)

C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* rf. greenish-yellow, campanulate,
very large ; peduncles one to three-flowered, shorter than the
leaves. February to May. L pinnate, smooth ; leaflets five,
ovate, cordate, acuminated, coarsely serrated. Sierra Leone, 1823.
Stove or warm greenhouse. SYX. C. ehlorantha. (B. R. 1234.)

C. graveolens (strong-smelling).* JL pale yellow, medium-sized,
solitary. Summer, i. pinnately three to live foliolate ; leaflets
narrow, three-lobed. Chinese Tartary, 1844. A small, hardy,
climbing shrub. (B. M. 4495.)

C. grewlseflora (Grewia-flowered). JL of a tawny-yellow colour,
about liin. long, campanulate. I. ovate, covered with rusty down,
Himalayas, 1868. A distinct-looking cool greenhouse species.
(B. M. 6369.)

C. indivisa (simple).* fl. white, cream, panicled. April. L
ternate ; leaflets ovate, quite entire, mucronate, coriaceous,
smooth. New Zealand, 1847. Half-hardy. C. t. lobata is a
form of this, with lobed leaflets, but is otherwise like the type.
(B. M. 4398.)

C. integrifolia (entire-leaved). Jl. nodding ; sepals blue, coria-
ceous, younger ones with villous edges, adult ones with wavy
edges ; peduncles terminal, one-flowered. June to August. I.
entire, ovate-lanceolate, smooth ; the two upper ones are concave
and connivent before flowering, hence they inclose the flower
as if it were in a bladder, h. 2ft. Eastern Europe, 1596. (B. M.
65.) There are two or more varieties of this hardy i

Fio. 471. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OF CLEMATIS VIORNA.

very large, 6in. to Tin.
ag sepals Early summer.

C. lanuglnosa (woolly).* Jl.

across, formed of six or eight Lr 0 — r-- --

L usually simple, broadly cordate, acute, glabrous above and
hairy beneath China, 1851. Hardy. (F. d. 8. 8, 811.) The
variety pallida has flowers from 9in. to lOin. across.

C. montana (
form those of

Early summt.. .. ,~.™™ _. , .

acuminated, rather toothed at the base, lateral ones almost
sessile, h. 20ft Nepaul, 1831. Hardy in most places. (G. C.
1872, p. 1424.)

C. ochroleuca (yellowish-white). JL erect, or a little Inclined,
the '

iiaa nas nowers irom tan. u» nuu. atiuo
k (mountain).* Jl. white, large, resembling in size and
of Anemone sylvettris; peduncles usually one-flowered,
ner. 1. ternate or trifld, smooth; leaflets oblong.

cream-coloured, and yellow on

outside; peduncles one-
flowered. July. I. entire, ovate ; younger ones silky. Stem
erect, h. 1ft. to 2ft. East United States, 1767. Hardy perennial.
(L. B. C. 66L)

C. orlentalis (Eastern). Jl. greenish-yellow, with a tinge of russet
on the upper part and outside, sweet-scented, panicled. August.
1. pinnate; leaflets smooth, wedge-shaped, with three toothed
pointed lobes, h. 8ft Orient, 1731. Half-hardy.

C. panlculata (panicled).* Jl. white, sweet-scented, resembling
those of C. Flammula; pedicels panicled, many -flowered. July,
August I. pinnate ; leaflets ovate-cordate, acute, entire. Japan,
1796. Hardy.

C. Pitcherl (Pitcher's). tL dull purplish, bell-shaped ; sepals with
narrow and slightly margined, recurved points ; tails of the fru
filiform and barely pubescent. July to August. I, leaflet* thn
to nine, ovate or cordate, entire or three-lobed ; uppermost leaves
often simple. United States. A hardy cumber.

C. recta (erect).* A. white, sweet-scented ; sepals oval ; cory
densely flowered, "June to August I. pinnate ; leaflets stalked,
ovate, acuminated, quite entire. Stem erect. h, 2ft. to -Ht

Clematis— continued.

South and East Europe, 1597. Herbaceous perennial SYTI.
C. erect*.

C. Slmsii (Sims's). A synonym of C. erupts.

C. smilacifolia (Smilax-leaved.) Jl., sepals four, linear-oblong,
clothed with rusty toiuentum on the outside, but smooth and
purple on the inside; panicles axillary, few-flowered, rather
shorter than the leaves. I. ovate-cordate, smooth, entire.
Nepaul. 1823. Greenhouse. (B. M. 4259.)

C. tubulosa (tubular).* JL blue, with a long slender tube, of a
deeper colour than the spreading limb, in shape very much re-
sembling the flower of a common Hyacinth. Autumn. L broad,
with three broadly oval-rounded leaflets. Stem erect, almost
woody, h. 2ft to 3ft China, 1845. Hardy. (B. M. 4269.)
C. Davidiana (David's), a blue-flowered sort, from the same
country, whence it was introduced in 1863, is closely allied to this
species. (R, H. 1867, 90.)

Fio. 472. FLOWERS AXD FROTT OP CLEMATIS VITALBJL
C. vertldllarls (verticillate). Synonymous with Atragen*

C. Vioraa. Viorna ; Leather-flower. JL purple, yellow inside, large,
droop™ sepals connivent, thick, acuminated, reflexed at the
apex • peduncles one-flowered. June. I. smooth, pinnate ; leaf-
lets entire, three-lobed, or ternate, ovate, acute, floral ones entire.
h. 10ft to i2ft North America, 1730. Hardy See Fig. 471.

C. V. cocclnea (scarlet).* JL solitary, axillary, or at the extremities
of the branches on long coloured peduncles ; sepals four, very thick
and fleshy, about liin. long, campanulate at the base ; segments
reflexed at the tip ; interior yellow, exterior of an intense
vermilion. Texas, 1868. A slender-growing but very elegant
species, reaching about 5ft or 6ft in height Probably hardy.
n some books, this has been named C. Pitcleri, a widely different
species. (B.M.6594.)

Fie. 473. FLOWBRI.NG BRANCH OF CLEMA

340 .

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Clematis — continued.

C. virglniana (Virginian).* ft. white, fragrant, small, panicled,
dicficious. June to August. I. ternate ; leaflets cordate, acute,
grossly toothed or lobed. h. 15ft. to 20ft. North America, 1767.
Hardy. (W. D. B. 74.)

C. Vitalba (White Vine).* Old Man's Beard ; Traveller's Joy, Ac.
fl. white, with a sweet almond scent ; peduncles forked, shorter
than the leaves. July to September. Seed or carpels furnished
with a feathery tail. I. pinnate; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acu-
minated, cordate at the base, partly cut. Europe (Britain),
Western Asia. Hardy. See Fig. 472.

C. Viticella.* Vine Bower, fl. blue, purple, or rose-coloured,
large, drooping; sepals obovate, spreading; peduncles one-
flowered, longer than the leaves. June to September. J. entire
or ternately decompound ; lobes or leaflets entire. South Europe
and Western Asia, 1569. Hardy. See Fig. 473. (B. M. 565.)
There are several varieties of this species, one of which is
double.

In " The Clematis as a Garden Flower," by Thos. Moore,
F.L.S., and George Jackman, F.R.H.S., the following key
to the various classes is given:

CLIMBING PLANTS.

Flowering on the Tear-old Ripened Wood.
Flowers medium-sized (winter and spring *> s , montana typa
blossomers) ........................... ) * '

Flowers large —
Spring blossomers .................... § 2. patens type.

Summer blossomers .................. § 3. jlorida type.

Flowering from the Young Growing Summer Wood.
Flowers small (late summer blossomers) . § 4. graveolens type.
Flowers large (summer and autumn
blossomers) ..........................

Flowers successional, dispersed ........ § 5. lanuginosa type.

Flowers successional, massed .......... § 6. Viticella type.

Flowers profusely massed, continuous . . § 7. Jackmanni type.

NON-CLIMBING PLANTS.
With sub,hrubby stems ................ { • *

With herbaceous stems .................. 5 9. erecta [recta] type.

It will be seen from, this key to the classes, that the
latter are numerous, and variable in habit and time of
flowering. This difference must be borne in mind with
each under cultivation, as it affects the manner of pruning
considerably. To prune or remove the ripened wood of
the three types first named, in winter, would, of course,
destroy the flowers of the following year. The next four
types make their growth and flower on it annually, con-
sequently a little thinning out of the weaker shoots in
early spring might prove of advantage by encouraging the
stronger ones. Many varieties of these types have their
shoots killed in winter by frost, being more tender, as a
rule, than the three first-named. The last two types are
quite distinct, being, as stated, non-climbing plants.

Varieties. Of late years, this magnificent genus of plants
has been greatly improved by hybridisation. This very
successful method of obtaining new kinds is believed
(according to the authority already quoted) to have been
first practised by Isaac Anderson-Henry, Esq., of Edin-
burgh, who was shortly afterwards followed by Mr. George
Jackman, of Woking, Surrey. C. Jackmanni was one of
the latter gentleman's first seedlings, and it is still one of
the best and most useful we have. It flowered about
the year 1862. Many other hybridisers, in this country
and on the Continent, have since been at work with the
different species and the hybrids afterwards obtained, to
produce the very large and varied collection we now
possess. We select a list, which is being constantly aug-
mented, of the most approved varieties at the present time.
ALBERT VICTOR, deep lavender, the centre of each petal banded

with brown, changing to white (May and June) ; ALEXANDRA,

flowers pale reddish-violet ; AMALIA, white, straw-coloured in

centre, stamens reddish-purple (May and June) ; COUNTESS OF
rge double-flowered variety, of rich purplish colour,
the best double known; DEVONIENSIS, flowers the brightest

variety, of rich purplish colour,
NIENSIS, flowers the brighte
and most delicate azure, large and well-formed, robust, hard

an mos ecae azure, arge an well-formed, robust, hardy,
and a free blossomer ; DUCHESS OF EDINBURGH, fine double
white, very large; DUKE OF EDINBURGH, rich violet-purple,
very large; EARL OF BEACONSFIELD, royal purple, a magni-
ficent variety; ENCHANTRESS, white, very double, the exterior
petals flushed with rose ; FAIR ROSAMOND, bluish-white, with
a somewhat indistinct wine-red bar up the centre of each sepal,
the stamens very prominent and distinct, exceedingly fragrant ;
FAIRY QUEEN, pale flesh, with a red bar in the centre of each

Clematis — continued.

petal ; GEM, deep lavender-blue, very fine ; GIPSY QUEEN, dark
velvety-purple, very floriferous ; GRAND DUCHESS, blush-white,
very lar?e and free ; GUIDING STAR, purple, shaded crimson, a
maroon band down each petal ; HELENE, white, straw-coloured
centre (May and June) ; HENRYI, large, of fine form, creamy-white,
very free; HYBRIDA SPLENDIDA, rich violet, stems green (July to
October) ; JACKMANNI, flowers large, deep violet-purple, rugose and
veiny in centre, stamens green (July to October) ; JOHN GOULD
VEITCH, flowers large and double, light blue (summer flowering) ;
LADY BOVILL, flowers large, cupped, greyish-blue, suffused with
mauve ; LADY CAROLINE NEVILLE, bluish-white, with a broad bar
in the centre of each petal ; LADY LONDESBOROUGH, delicate
silvery-grey, white stripe down each petal, stamens stained
with pink (May and June); LILACINA FLORIBUNDA, pale lilac,
very free ; LORD LONDESBOROUGH, rich mauve, striped maroon,
very large ; LOUISA, mauve, shaded with pink (May and June) ;
LOUIS VAN HOUTTE, rich blue-purple, very large and distinct ;
LUCIE LEMOINE, the largest and best double white ; MADAME
GRANGE, purplish-violet, red bar ; MADAME VAN HOUTTE, pure
white, fine shape and substance ; MARIE LEFEBVRE, very fragrant ;
Miss BATEMAN, pure white, creamy band down each petal ; MRS.
JAMES BATEMAN, pale lavender, very handsome (May and June) ;
OTHELLO, dark velvety-purple, fine form ; OTTO FROEBEL, white,
shaded with azure-blue, large ; PRINCE OF WALES, deep violet-

Eurple, petals barred with red (July to October); BEGIN x, flowers
irge, rich deep mauve in colour ; SENSATION, rich satiny-mauve,
large and very fragrant; SIEBOLDH, pale straw, centre puce,
shaded with green (July to October); SOPHIE, mauve petals, pale
straw in the centre, stamens chocolate (May and June) ; SOPHIE
FLORE-PLENO, flowers double, mauve, outer petals pale yellowish-
white (May and June) ; STANDISHII, flowers large, violet-blue (May
and June) ; STAR OF INDIA, reddish-purple, with purple bands ;
STELLA, flowers light violet or deep mauve, with a distinct bar
of deep reddish-brown or plum-colour in the centre of each
sepal, delicately scented; SYLPH, white, shaded with light
pinkish-mauve ; SYMEIANA, pale mauve, flowers large ; THOMAS
MOORE, rich soft violet, stamens white ; TUNBRIDGENSIS, dark
blue, shaded with purple; VENUS VICTRIX, delicate lavender,
an excellent form ; VESTA, fine white, early flowering.

CLEMATITIS. See Aristolochia Clematitil.

FIG. 474. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CLEOME PUNGENS.

CLEOME (name adopted by Linnaeus from Theodo-
sins). Spider Flower. Including Peritoma and Polanisia.
OBD. Capparidece, A large genus, comprising about
seventy species, mostly annual herbs— a few are shrubby.
Flowers white, yellow, or purple, showy, solitary or race-
mose. Leaves simple, or digitately three to seven-foliate.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

341

Cleome — cont in ued.

They should be raised from seeds in spring, in a frame,
with slight warmth, potted off singly, and hardened sub-
seqnently, so as to be planted ont in May, when they
should be vigorous plants. Cleomes thrive best in light
rich soil, in a dry, warm situation, where they have plenty
of room to spread. The stove shrubby species also require
a light rich soil, and ripened cuttings root readily under
a hand glass, in moderate heat ; but as they produce seed
freely, this will be unnecessary. The stove annuals are
of easy culture.

C. arborea (tree-like). JL white. June. I., leaflets seven, with
about twenty veins on each. A. 6ft. to 8ft. Caraccas, 1817. Stove
shrub, velvety-pubescent, somewhat clammy.
C. gigantea (gigantic).* fl. whitish -green, with pinkish filaments
and yellow anthers. June. I, seven-foliolate, with thirty to
forty veins on each leaflet. Plant velvety-pubescent, somewhat
clammy. A. 6ft. to 12ft. South America, 1774. This is a beauti-
ful stove shrub, but has a strong disagreeable smell, and a caustic
taste. (B. M. 3137.)

C. pungens (pungent).* Jl. white, flesh-coloured, or rose, with
purplish stamens and brownish anthers. July. I. prickly,
covered with clammy hairs, with five to seven leaflets; bracts
simple, cordate, or ovate, A. 1ft. to 3ft West Indies, Ac., 1817.
Stove annual. SYN. C. spinosa. See Fig. 474. (B. M. 1640.)
C. rosea (rose).* fl. beautiful rose-coloured. June. L, leaflets
quinate; lower and floral ones ternate; uppermost ones ovate,
sessile. Stem erect, branched. A. IJft. Rio Janeiro, 1824. An
unarmed, smooth, stove biennial. (B. R. 960.)
C. speciosissima (showiest). Jl. beautiful rose-coloured. July.
L, leaflets five to seven, lanceolate, acuminate, pilose. A. lift.
Mexico, 1829. An unarmed hardy annual. (B. R. 1312.)
C. spinosa (prickly). Synonymous with C. pungent.

CLERODENDRON (from kleros, chance, and den-
dron, a tree ; said to be owing to the uncertainty of
the medicinal qualities). STNS. Ovieda, Siphonantha,
Volkameria, and Volkmannia. OED. Verbenacece. A
genus containing about seventy species of mostly stove
or greenhouse ornamental plants, having terminal pani-
cles of brightly coloured pentamerous flowers, with ex-
serted stamens and style ; and simple leaves. These
are among the best of stove plants, and in habit of
growth present two sections, one with a climbing habit,
and the other shrubby. A mixture of equal parts peat
and loam, with the addition of a little leaf mould or decom-
posed manure, and some charcoal or sand, suits the climb-
ing ones admirably. The shrubby sorts have more gross
foliage, and need something stronger to enable them to throw
up their large panicles of rich scarlet and other coloured
flowers. They should be cut close back soon after flower-
ing, and be kept somewhat dry during the winter, in a
temperature of about 55deg. Propagation is very easily
effected. Cuttings of the shrubby sorts, put in when the
plants are cut down, root readily. Pieces of the stem,
or side branches, from Sin. to Gin. or more in length, should
be inserted in sandy soil, watered, and then plunged in a
bottom heat of 70deg. Clerodendrons may also be pro-
pagated by seed, which, if sown when ripe, or in the spring,
and grown on in heat, may be converted into flowering
plants the second season. The climbing varieties do not
root quite so readily from cuttings as the other section;
but cuttings of the ripened wood, when the plants are
pruned after flowering, should be put in sandy soil, and
covered with a bell glass.

Clerodendrons are subject to mealy bug, but not more
so than many other stove plants. The best cure for this
pest is constant attention by hand-pickings, and washing
with soft soap water or an insecticide. By such means, it
may be readily kept in check, though rarely absolutely
destroyed. Aphides sometimes attack the young and
tender shoots; these may be destroyed, as soon as detected,
by fumigating, two evenings in succession — not too
strongly, or injury may be caused.

As the plants shed their leaves, little or no water will
be needed during winter, but they should not be kept
in too low a temperature. In January or February, they
should be started in a brisk heat. When those in pots
have grown a few inches, they should be shaken out,

Clerodendron — continued.

and potted in fresh soil. If they can be plunged in bottom
heat for a time, they will thrive all the better and grow
faster. Of course, climbing Clerodendrons, planted out in
the stove, cannot be removed into a lower temperature;
but the stove may be kept cooler in winter — say, a mini-
mum temperature of GOdeg. — and, as the wood has grown
so near the glass, it will generally be sufficiently ripened
to flower well the succeeding season. C. Thomsons
is one of the most distinct and useful of stove climbers,
and is also a good exhibition plant when well grown in
a large pot. C. fallax is one of the best shrubby species.
C. Bethuneanum (Capt. Bethnne's).* JL crimson, with a white

spot on the upper, and a purple one on the two lateral lobes ;

panicles large, terminal, pyramidal ; bracts, pedicels and calyces

all coloured. I large, cordate-acuminate, smooth above. A. 10ft

Borneo, 1847. Stove shrub. (B. M. 4485.)
C. Bungei (Bunge's). A synonym of C. fcetidum.
C. calamitosum (calamitous). JL white. August A. 4ft India,

1823. Stove. (B. M. 5294.)
C. fallax (deceptive). /. bright scarlet ; panicles terminal, erect,

many-flowered. August and September. L large, cordate-ovate,

slightly lobed, dark green. Java. An erect-growing stove

shrub.

C. fcetidum (foetid).* JL lilac-rose, in dense terminal corymbs.
ubescent, cordate-acuminate, toothed, on

August L large, pub
slender petioles. A. 5ft

,
China, 1820. A handsome greenhouse

or nearly hardy shrub. Armed with short rigid prickles. SYN.
C.Bungei. (B. M. 4880.)

C. fragrans (fragrant).* JL white; corymb terminal, hemi-
spherical, compact. August to December. I. sub-cordate, serrate,
pubescent, with two glands at the base. A. 6ft China, 1790.
Greenhouse. (B. M. 1834.)

C. f. flore-pleno (double-flowered).* Jl. white, suffused with pink,
very fragrant, disposed in compact heads. October. 1. roundish-
ovate or obovate, quite entire. A. 6ft China, 1790. Greenhouse
shrub.

C. hastatnm (spear-leaved). Jl. white, very fragrant, produced
in a large panicle. June. 1. large, halbert- shaped. A. 6ft.
India, 1825. Stove shrub. (B. M. 3398.)

C. Infortnnatrim (unfortunate). JL vivid scarlet, large, disposed
in coloured panicles. I. roundish-cordate, glossy dark ^reen.
A. 6ft Ceylon. Stove shrub, very ornamental when in flower.
(B. R. 30, 19.)

C. myricoldes (Myrica-like). JL white, blue, disposed in fascicled
axillary cymes. Spring. L oblong-lanceolate or obovate, toothed.
Tropical Africa. A dwarf stove shrub. SYN. Cyclonema myri-
MJHB

«

",. panicnlatum (panicled). JL sea
pyramidal terminal panicle. Augus
cordate-hastate, lobed at the margin, :

FIG. 475. CLERODENDRON SQUAMATOM, showing Flowering Branch
and Single Flower.

scarlet disposed in a large
"August L large, long-stalked,

margin, and somewhat shiny above.

A. 6ft Java, 1809. A very handsome stove shrub. (B. R. 406.)

C. scandens (climbing).* fl, white ; corymbs many, axillary, and
terminal. August 1 cordate-ovate, acuminate, entire. Plant
downy ; stems tetragonal, scandent Guinea, 1822. Stove.
(B. M. 4354.)

C. Berotinnm (late). /. pure white, sweet-scented, produced
in large corymbose panicles, 1ft or more across; calyx rose-
coloured, angular- L cordate, decussate. A. 10ft China. 1867.

342

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Clerodendron— continued.

A much-branched greenhouse or half-hardy shrub. (R. H. 1867,

351.)
C. Siphonanthus (siphon-flowered). Tube Flower, fl. white.

A. 6ft. India, 1796. Stove. SYN. Siphonanthus indica.
C. spociosum (showy).* fl. rich deep rose ; calyx large, suffused

with red. I. oblong-ovate, glabrous. A very ornamental climbing

hybrid. (I. H. 5930
C. splendens (splendid).*/, scarlet ; panicle terminal, corymbose.

June, July. I. oblong, wavy, acuminated, rather cordate at base

Sierra Leone, 1839. Stove climber. (B. B. 28, 7.)
C. s. speciosissima (showiest).* A. bright scarlet, disposed in

panicles. Summer. I. somewhat oblong, of a deep shining green.

A very handsome form of the foregoing species, and one of the

best stove climbers grown.
C. squamattun (scaled).* /. bright scarlet, produced in large

coloured branching panicles. Summer. I. roundish-cordate, ft.

10ft. China, 1790. A very fine stove shrub. See Fig. 475. (B. R.

8, 649.)
C. Thomsons (Mrs. Thomson's).* fl. bright crimson, disposed in

large panicles ; calyces pure white. I. ovate, acuminate, smooth,

dark green, opposite. A. 12ft. Old Calabar, 1861. On account

of the brilliant colour of its flowers, and the freedom with which

they are produced, this is the most widely grown stove climber

of the genus. (B. M. 5313.)
C. trlchotomum (three-forked). /., calyx red, inflated ; corolla

white ; cymes loose, terminal, long-stalked, trichotomously-

branched. September. I. stalked, ovate, tapering at both ends,

serrate, h. 6ft Japan, 1800. A very handsome hardy shrub.

(B. M. 6561.)
C. viscosum (clammy). JL white, with flesh-coloured centre ;

calyx large, five-cornered, viscid ; segments of corolla nearly equal,

the uppermost a little the largest, irregularly disposed, looking

all upwards, leaving a wide space between two of them. May to

August. I. cordate, toothed. Somewhat downy, ft. 6ft. India,

1796. (B. M. 1805.)

CLETHRA (from Elethra, the Greek name of the
Alder; in allusion to the resemblance in the leaves).
OBD. Ericaceae. Very ornamental deciduous greenhouse
or hardy shrubs or trees. Flowers bracteate ; corolla so
deeply five-parted as to appear made up of five free
petals. Racemes terminal, solitary, or paniculate. The
hardy species thrive best in loam and sandy peat,
without dung. From their dwarf and neat habit,
they are well adapted for growing in the front of
shrubberies, where the proper soil is present. They are
usually increased by layers, put down in autumn; but
cuttings root readily at the same season, in sandy soil,
under a hand glass. The greenhouse species are very
suitable for large conservatories, for which purpose few
plants are more beautiful than C. arborea; they thrive
in the soil above recommended, and cuttings taken from
half-ripened wood will root freely in gentle heat. All
may be raised from seed, which, in most of the species,
ripen in abundance.

C. acuminata (taper - pointed).* fl. white, fragrant; racemes
spicate, almost solitary, bracteate, clothed with white tomen-
tum. July to October. I. oval, acuminated, bluntish at the
base, serrated, glabrous on both surfaces, rather glaucous
beneath. A. 10ft. to 15ft. Carolina, 1806. Hardy shrub.

C. alnifolia (Alder-leaved).* fl. white ; racemes spicate, simple,
bracteate, clothed with hoary tomentum. July to September.
I. cuneate-obovate, acute, coarsely serrated above, glabrous on
both surfaces, and of the same colour. A. 3ft to 4ft. United
States, 1731. Hardy shrub. (G. W. P. A. 22.)

C. arborea (tree), fl. white; racemes spike - formed, panicled
at the tops of the branches. August to October. I. oblong,
attenuated, lanceolate, glabrous on both surfaces, serrated.
A. 8ft. to 10ft. Madeira, 1784. Greenhouse tree. (B. M. 1057.)
There are two varieties of this species, one a smaller kind, and
the other with variegated leaves.

C. paniculata (panicled).* fl. white, fragrant ; panicle terminal,
elongated, composed of racemes, and clothed with white to-
mentum. July to October. I. narrow, cuneate-lanceolate, acute,
acuminately serrated, glabrous on both surfaces. A. 3ft. to
4ft. Carolina, 1770. Hardy shrub.

white ; racemes spicate, sub-

. sea or a ^rougn). ji. white ; racemes spicate, sub-panicled,
bracteated, finely tomentose. July to October. I. broad,
cuneate-obovate, acute, scabrous on both surfaces, coarsely ser-
rated ; serratures hooked. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Georgia, 1806. Hardy
shrub.
C. tinlfolla (Tinus- leaved), fl. white; racemes spike-formed,

rnicled at the tops of the branches, tomentose. Summer,
oblong-lanceolate, quite entire, hoary beneath. A. 12ft to 14ft.
Jamaica, 1825. Greenhouse tree.

Clethra — continued.

C. tomentosa (tomentose).* /. white ; racemes spicate,
simple, bracteate, villously tomentose. July to October. I.
cuneate-obovate, acute, finely serrated at top, clothed with white
tomentum beneath. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Virginia, 1731. Hardy shrub.
(VV. D. B. 39.)

CLEYERA (named after Andrew Cleyor, M.D., a
Dutch physician of the seventeenth century, once resi-
dent in Batavia). OED. Temstromiacece. Greenhouse ever-
green shrubs, with the habit of Ternstromia. Flowers
small, axillary, stalked, sometimes fragrant. Leaves alter-
nate, undivided, leathery, similar to those of a Camellia.
For culture, &c., see Ternstromia.

C.J

sol

(Japanese), fl. whitish-yellow, fragrant, axillary,
•. I. oblong-lanceolate, veinless, serrulated at the apex.
A. 6ft. " Japan, 1820. (S. Z. F. J. 81.)

C. J. tricolor (three-coloured). I. dark green, with longitudinal
and oblique bands of greyish-green ; margin creamy-white, and
tinged with bright rose - colour, which is very conspicuous in
the younger foliage. A very handsome variegated greenhouse
plant

C. theoides (Tea-like), fl. cream -white, drooping, iin. in dia-
meter, solitary, on axillary, one-flowered peduncles. September.
I. alternate on short petioles, coriaceous, elliptic-lanceolate, acute,
serrated. A. 4ft. to 5ft. Jamaica, 1850. SYN. Freziera theoides.
(B. M. 4546.)

CLIANTHUS (from kleios, glory, and anthos, a
flower; referring to the handsome flowers). Glory Pea;
Glory Vine; Parrot Beak. OBD. Leguminosce. A genus
containing a couple of species, one of which is a half-
hardy evergreen, tall - growing, climbing shrub, and the
other an herbaceous perennial. Flowers brilliantly coloured,
large, about 2in. long, in short pendulous axillary ra-
cemes ; petals acuminate ; standard or vexillum reflexed.
Leaves impari-pinnate ; leaflets small, numerous, oblong ;
stipules foliaceous, adnate, permanent. These plants, with
truly gorgeously-coloured flowers, were, at one time, ex-
tensively cultivated in the greenhouse; but, from their
great liability to the attacks of red spider, and the diffi-
culty often found in cultivating one of the species —
G. Dampieri — they have now become somewhat neglected.
Spider may be kept down considerably by syringing with
clean water daily throughout the growing season. Scale
sometimes attacks the plants, but careful hand-picking,
and sponging with Fowler's Insecticide, prevent these
doing much injury. Loamy soil, with a little leaf soil and
charcoal added, is most suitable for Clianthus. It should
not be sifted, but broken up by hand, and pressed firmly
in the pots. After potting, the plants should be placed
in a pit with other hard-wooded subjects, and kept close
for a few weeks, being syringed daily. C. Dampieri is
a very fastidious subject in a young state, as injury to
the roots invariably causes the death of the plants. When
allowing more root room, the plan is sometimes adopted
of knocking the bottom out of the old pot, and placing
the ball with the remainder in the new soil. Training
must be regularly attended to, in order to keep the
bases of the plants well furnished, as the wood, when
old, is very liable to break off. If it is desirable to
keep the plants in pots, they can be either trained out
on sticks or a trellis, or on pillars or walls, for which
purpose they are well adapted. Thorough drainage must
be insured when planting out, and the compost may be
the same as for potting, a depth of about 18in. being
sufficient. Abundance of water must be given at the
roots, and the syringe freely used. When grown in pots,
the plants will require shifting annually during March or
April, previous to which all the laterals should be pruned
hard back, and the leading shoots also shortened. The
same treatment as regards pruning applies to those planted
out. Cuttings of C. puniceus strike easily in sand, on
bottom heat. When established, this species grows vigor-
ously, and forms a fine subject for a rafter in the con-
servatory, or for pot culture. C. Dampieri is best raised
from seeds, which should be sown singly, in good-sized
pots, when the necessity of first shifting will be obviated.
Pots Sin. in diameter are none too large; and if the seeds

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

343

Clianthus — continued.

are sown in these, late in summer, the plants may remain
until the following spring, when they should be potted on,
without disturbing the roots in any way, into the full size
in which they are to flower. C. puniceus especially, and
sometimes C. Dampieri, will grow well out of doors in the
south-western counties, when trained against a wall ; but
sufficient protection should always be given during the
winter to prevent injury from frost. In Ireland, their
hardihood is substantially the same.
C. carnens (flesh-coloured). See Streblorhiza i

FIG. 476. CLIANTHUS DAMPIERI, showing Habit and Side View of
Single Flower.

C. Dampieri (Dampieri).* Glory Pea. Jl. red, with a black or
dark purple blotch at the base of the standard, 4in. or 5in. across
when expanded, five or six together ; racemes drooping. March.
I. neatly winged, silvery-grey, villous. h. 2ft. North and South
Australia and New South Wales, 1852. Herbaceous perennial.
When planting this outside, a hot, dry, and sunny position under
a south wall should be selected, and the plant should be kept
as dry as possible. See Fig. 476. (B. M. 5051.) C. D. marginata
is the best of several varieties now in cultivation ; in this
form, the ground is white, bordered with red, and the spot
black. 1866.

C. puniceus (reddish).* Parrot's Bill. fl. scarlet, very freely
produced ; keel large, boat-shaped, with a long beak. May.
I., leaflets alternate, oblong, retuse, coriaceous. Plant branched,
shrubby, clothed with appressed silky hairs, h. 3ft New Zea-
land, 1832. Half-hardy climber. This has not yet been discovered
in a truly wild state, but it is a favourite with the Maories, who
grow it near their habitations. (B. M. 3584.) C. magnificut is a
strong-growing variety of this species.

CLICK BEETLES (Agriotes linealus, A. obscurus,
&c.). These Beetles are long, narrow, slaty-brown, black,
or reddish. They may frequently be observed on grass
land during summer. The common name is derived from
the fact that the Beetle, when laid on its back, recovers
its position by a spring, which is accompanied by a
peculiar " clicking " sound. The grubs — Wireworms —
of these Beetles are amongst the most destructive pests
to both farm and garden crops.

The following remedies may be recommended for the
extermination of the grubs. For fuller particulars, see
Wireworms.

Traps, such as carrots, or slices of potato or turnip,
placed about numerously in the ground, and carefully
looked over every day, will greatly help to effect a clear-
ance.

Nitrate of Soda, or Salt, may be applied to land intended
for farm crops. It will tend to destroy the Wireworms
where they exist in large quantities, and will also act as a
manure.

CLIDEMIA (named in honour of Cleidemus, an
ancient Greek botanist). ORD. Melastomaceae. Hispid
or hairy shrubs, from tropical America. Flowers white,

Clidemia — continued.

rose-coloured, or purple, paniculate or in axillary clusters,
rarely terminal. Leaves usually crenated, three to seven-
nerved. The genus contains about forty species, few of
which are of any horticultural value.

CLIMATE. This term denotes the particular modi-
fication, constitution, or state of the atmosphere of any
region or country, relative to heat, wind, moisture — in
fact, all meteorological phenomena. The climatal in-
fluence exercised over plants is very marked. When
acclimatising any plant, it is, as a rule, desirable to
imitate, as closely as possible, those conditions of soil and
temperature under which it exists in Nature. This is
especially the case as regards the constitution of the soil
and drainage. Of course, in estimating the temperature
required for any plant, its natural habitat must be
correctly known, both as to latitude and altitude. These
are points which, if followed generally, would save much
disappointment and loss. The climatal conditions of the
locality should be one of the gardener's chief studies.

CUMBERS are plants which attach themselves to
some support, by means of tendrils, petioles, roots, &c.,
and must be technically distinguished from twiners,
which rise by twisting their stems round any support.

CLINTONIA (named in honour of De Witt Clinton,
at one time Governor of the State of New York). ORD.
Liliacece. Lovely and interesting herbaceous perennials,
admirably adapted for borders. They should be included
in every collection of choice hardy plants. Clintonias
thrive in sandy peat, in a damp, shady situation. Pro-
pagated by division of the roots, in spring. (The genus
very commonly known as Clintonia (Douglas), belonging
to Lobeliaceoe, is more properly called Downingia, as the
Clintonia of Rafinesque has priority over that of Douglas).
See Downingia.

C. Andrewsiana (Andrews's).* Jl. deep rose - coloured, bell-
shaped, from Jin. to lin. in length, disposed in umbels, suc-
ceeded by blue berries. I. broadly oblong to oblanceolate, acute
or acuminate, h. 2ft. California.

C. borealis (Northern), fl. yellowish-green, in a small terminal
umbel. May. t radical, elliptical, ciliate. h. 1ft. North
America, 1778. Sm Smilacina Soreali*. (B. M. 1403.)
C. pnlcnella. See Downingia pnlchella.
C. umbellata (umbelled). fl. whitish, disposed in a capitate
umbel, on a leafless scape. May. I. radical, oblong, ovate, deep
green, h. 6in. North America, 1778. SYN. Smilacina borealit
var. (B. M.1155.)

C. unlflora (one-flowered).* /. white, usually solitary, rarely two,
nearly lin. long, pubescent. July. I. lanceolate, acute, attenu-
ated below, much longer than the peduncle, h. 6in. North
America. SYN. Smilacina uniflora. (H. F. B. A. 2, 190.)

CLITORIA (from clitoris, an anatomical term, a
resemblance to the object denoted by which has been
fancied to exist in the flower). Including Ternatea. ORD.
Leguminosce. Very handsome stove evergreen climbers.
Flowers axillary, pedicellate, large, elegant. Leaves
impari-pinnate, having two to numerous pairs of leaflets ;
but usually the leaves are pinnately-trifoliolate, and the
leaflets stipellate. They thrive in a compost of peat, loam,
and sand. Cuttings of stubby side shoots will root in
sandy soil, if placed in heat, and covered with a bell
glass ; but the best method of increasing them is by seeds,
which occasionally ripen in this country.
C. brazillana (Brazilian). Jl. pink, large ; pedicels twin, one-
flowered ; bracts ovate, longer than, and hiding, the calyx. July.
1. pinnately trifoliate ; leaflets ovate - oblong, glabrous. Brazil,
1759.

C. heterophylla (various-leaved).* fl. blue; pedicels solitary,
one-flowered; bracteoles small, acute. July. t. inipan-pinnate,
with two to four pairs of roundish, ovate, or linear leaflets.
Tropics everywhere, 1812. (B. M. 2111.)

C. mariana (Maryland), fl. pale blue and flesh-coloured ; pedi-
cels solitary, one to three-flowered; bracteoles lanceolate, smooth.
August. I. pinnately trifoliate ; leaflets ovate-lanceolate. United
States, Ac., 1759.

C. ternatea (three-leafleted).* fl. very curious and beautiful,
being of a clear azure, set off by a horseshoe-sliaped ring of —
white ; pedicels solitary, one-flowered ; bracteoles large, rout

344

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Clitoria — continued.

July. 1. impari-pinnate, with two to four pairs of oval or ovate
leaflets. India, 1739. SYN. Ternatea, vulgarix. (B. M. 1542.)
There are varieties of this species with blue and white flowers,
and also variegated with those colours.

OLIVIA (named after a Duchess of Northumberland, a
member of the Clive family). OBD. Amaryllidece. SYN.
Imantophyllum (often erroneously written Imatophyllum) .
Handsome greenhouse evergreen bulbs, requiring a high
temperature, and plenty of moisture when growing.
During the season of rest, they need very little heat
or moisture, only just enough of the latter to keep the
soil from being dust-dry. Propagated by divisions, or by
seed. There are three species, all natives of South
Africa, the best being the one here described.
C. Gardenl. See Imantophyllum Garden!.
C. miniata. See Imantopbyllum miniatum.
C. nobllis (noble).* fl. red, yellow, forty-eight to fifty in a
pendulous umbel ; perianth tubular, segments imbricate, outer
shorter than inner. May. Z. distichous, coriaceous, strap-shaped,
sheathing at base, retuse and oblique at apex ; margin rough,
A. lift. 1823. SYN. Imantophyllum AUoni. (B. M. 2856.)
CLOCHES. See Bell Glasses.
CLOMENOCOMA MONTANA. See Dysodia.
CLOUDBERRY. See Rubus Chamsemorus.
CLOUD GRASS. See Agfrostis nebnlosa.
CLOVE, or CLOVE FINE. See Dianthus Caryo-
phyllus.

CLOVER. See Trifolium.
CLOVE-TREE. See Caryophyllus.
CLOWESIA (named after the late Rev. J. Clowes, at
one time an extensive Orchid grower, and in whose esta-
blishment the genus first flowered in this country). OBD.
Orchideoe. An interesting little stove epiphytal Orchid,
allied to Catasetum, and requiring the same treatment.
C. rosea (rosy). JL delicate white, tinged with pink; scapes
radical, many-flowered, erect, shorter than the leaves. March.
Pseudo-bulb fleshy, leafy. A. Sin. Brazil, 1842. (B. B. 29, 39.)
CLUBBING. The formation of protuberances on
roots, particularly those of the Brassica tribe, proving
the most destructive disease these are subject to. It ia
generally caused by some insect. See Cabbage.

CLUB GALL WEEVTL. See Cabbage Gall
Weevil.

CLUB MOSS. See Lycopodium.

CLUB RUSH. See Scirpa and Typha.

CLUMPS. This term is applied to groups of two or
more trees, shrubs, or other plants, arranged to form an
isolated mass. It may extend to almost endless combina-
tions in landscape gardening, from a conspicuous group of
fine trees in a park to one of small shrubs on a lawn.
In selecting a position, or planting a Clump of any
description, attention should be given to surrounding con-
ditions, and forethought exercised as to its appearance
when fully developed. This especially applies to planting
Clumps of permanent trees. Rhododendrons are probably
most largely grown as Clumps on lawns ; but many other
shrubs are very useful and attractive, if arranged in this
way. Overcrowding should, in aU cases, be avoided.

CLUSIA (named in honour of Charles de la Cluse or
Clusius, of Artois, an acute botanist, author of " Historia
Plantarum," and many other works; born in 1526 and
died in 1609). Balsam-tree. OBD. Guttiferce. Stove ever-
green trees and shrubs, often epiphytal, with large
coriaceous, opposite leaves, and usually tetragonal stems'
abounding in viscid juice. There are about sixty species!
nearly all natives of tropical parts of the Western hemi-
sphere. They grow well in light sandy soil. The pots
will require to be thoroughly drained. Cuttings of half-
ripe shoots will strike in sand, if placed under a bell
glass, and given plenty of bottom heat.
C. alba (white). fl. white, h. 30ft. West Indies, 1752.
C. flava (yellow), n. yellow, h. 30ft. Jamaica, &c., 1759.

Clusia — continued.

C. rosea (rose-coloured), fl. beautiful rose-coloured, large ; calyx
the same colour, five to six-leaved ; tops of dense nectaries awl-
shaped. July. 1. obovate, obtuse, veinless, sometimes ernar-
ginate, on short, striated petioles, h. 7ft. to 20ft. Carolina,
1692 (on rocks and trees).

CLUSTER CHERRY. An old name for the Bird
Cherry. See Cerasus Padus.

CLUSTER-FLOWERED YEW. See Cephalo-
taxus.

CLUSTER FINE. See Finns Pinaster.
CLUYTIA (named after Outgers Cluyt, 1590-1650,
a Dutchman, who was Professor of Botany at Leyden).
ORD. Euphorbiaceae. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, with
white flowers. They thrive in a compost of sandy loam
and fibry peat. Cuttings of small side shoots will root in
sand, over a layer of sandy peat, covered with a bell glass ;
points of shoots, before they become hard, will serve as
substitutes for cuttings, when the latter are not obtain-
able. This genus contains about thirty species, from
tropical and Southern Africa; they are of little beauty
or interest, and those which have been introduced are
rarely seen in cultivation out of botanical gardens.
CLYFEATE. Scutate ; shaped like a Roman buckler.

FIG. 477. FRUITING BRANCH OF CNEORUM TRICOCCUM.

CNEORUM (from Cneoron, a name given to some shrub
resembling an Olive, by Hippocrates and Theophrastus).
Widow-wail. OBD. Simarubece. Very ornamental green-
house or half-hardy evergreen sub-shrubs, with axillary
yellow flowers and entire linear-oblong leaves. They
thrive in a compost of peat and fibry loam, to which a
little silver sand has been added. Ripened cuttings root
freely, about April, in sand, under a bell glass. Cneorums
succeed fairly well outside, in an open border, in the
southern counties ; but in more northern localities, they
require the shelter of a south wall. The genus is confined

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

345

Cneornm — continued.

to the Mediterranean region and the Canary Islands. It
comprises but the two species here described.

C. pnlverulentum (powdery).* jL axillary; pedicels adnate t<-
the base of the bracts. April to September. I. linear, entire.
A, 1ft. to 3ft. Teneriffe, 1822. Plant covered with greyish
powder.

C. tricoccnm (three-berried). Spurge Olive, ft. axillary • pedi-
cels not adnate to the bracts. A. 1ft. to 2ft. South Europe', 1793.
Plant smooth. See Fig. 477.

CNESTIS (from kneo, to scratch; in allusion to the
capsules being covered on the outside with stinging hairs).
OBD. ConnaraceoB. Ornamental stove evergreen shrubs or
small trees, with axillary, racemose, rarely paniculate in-
florescence, and impari-pinnate leaves. All are natives
of tropical and Southern Africa, Madagascar, and the
islands of the Indian Archipelago. They require a com-
post of loam and peat, both of which should be fibry,
with the addition of a small quantity of sand. Cuttings
of ripe young shoots will root in sand, if placed in
bottom heat, and covered with a bell glass. About ten
species are known to science ; perhaps not one is now
in cultivation in this country.

CNICT7S (from chnisein, to injure ; alluding to the
prickly armature of the plant). Thistle. STN. Cirsiwn.
OBD. Composite. A genus containing about 200 species of
annual, biennial, and perennial herbs, of which but vary
few are in cultivation, and still fewer are worth the trouble
of growing. Pappus deciduous, feathery ; involucre swell-
ing, imbricated with spinons scales ; receptacle hairy.
They are all of the easiest culture in ordinary soil. Pro-
pagated by seeds, sown in spring.

C. acanlis (stemless).* jl.-headt purple ; involucre ovoid, glabrous.
Summer. I. stalked, glabrous, radical, lanceolate, pinnatifid ;
lobes sub-trifid, spinous. h. 2ft. Europe (Britain). Perennial
(Sy. En. B. 692.) P

C. altissimns (tallest).* JL-headt purple; involucre bracteate,
ovate. August. L sessile, oblong-lanceolate, scabrous, downy
beneath, toothed, ciliated ; radical ones pinnatifid. A. 3ft. to
10ft. United States, 1726. Hardy herbaceous perennial. (Q. C.
n. s., xL 437.)

C. ambignus (ambiguous), fl.-headt purple. July and August.
I. ciliate, spiny, downy beneath ; lower ones stalked, oblong, acu-
minate, sub-sinuate ; upper ones pinnatifid, auricled. h, 2ft.
Tyrol, <fcc., 1820. Hardy perennial.

C. benedlctus (blessed). Blessed Thistle. An ornamental
biennial, with large deep green leaves, which are blotched and
marbled with silvery-white. South Europe. This plant now
forms a genus by itself ; its proper name is Carbtnia benedicta,

C. ciliatns (ciliated). JL-headg purple ; involucre ovate. August.
i. amplexicaul, hispid, pinnatifid ; segments two-lobed, spreading,
spiny, downy beneath, h. 3ft. Siberia, 1787. Hardy perenniaL

C. conspicuus (conspicuous). JL-headt scarlet, large and very
handsome, terminal ; involucre long, conical. I. alternate, ses-
sile ; lower ones 6in. to Sin. long, deeply pinnatifid, or even
bipinnatitid ; margin waved and sinuated, and armed with short
brown or purplish spines. Stem 3ft. to 6ft. high, erect, much
branched, angled and farrowed. Mexico. Biennial. SY.X. Ery-
throtena eontpieua. (B. M. 2909.)

C. discolor (two-coloured). JL-headt pale purple, rarely white;
involucre globose, with cobweb down. July, August. I. sessile,
pinnatifld, hairy, downy beneath ; segments two-lobed, spreading,
spiny. A. 2ft. United States, 1803. Biennial

C. Douglas!! (Douglas's). A synonym of C. undulatut.

C. erlophorus (wool-bearing). JLheadt purple ; involucre woolly,
spherical. July. L sessile, pinnatifld, every other segment
pointing upwards, spinv, scabrous. A. 2ft Europe (Britain).
Biennial (Sy. En. B. 687.)

C. Graham! (Graham's). JL-headt rich crimson, large. L lanceo-
late, sinuate, spiny-toothed, snow-white beneath. A. 3ft. to 5ft.
New Mexico, 1871. A handsome thistle, with slender-branched
snow-white stems. Biennial.

C. spinosissimos (most spiny).* JL-headt pale yellow, terminal,
clustered. June to August. I. amplexicaul, pinnatifld, toothed,
spiny, pubescent. Stem simple. A. 3ft Europe, 1759. Hardy
perenniaL (B. M. 1366.)

C. undulatns (undulated).* JL-headt purple, corymbose, scarcely
rising above the leaves ; scales of the involucre smooth, purplish,
spiny at the point Summer. L pinnatifld, the lateral lobes
elongated, often bifid, terminal lobe elongated; more or less
spiny, h. 1ft California. PerenniaL SY>. C.

COARCTATE. Preyed together.

COB.2EA (named after B. Cobo, a Spanish botanist).
OBD. Polemoniacece. Very ornamental rapid-growing green-
house or conservatory perennials. Flowers large, campann-
late, solitary, and axillary; calyx foliaceous, persistent.
Leaves pinnate, with two or three pairs of leaflets, and a
terminal tendril. They are readily raised from seeds, in
spring, a gentle bottom heat alone being necessary if the
seeds are new ; old seeds are not reliable. A free and mode-
rately rich soil is necessary. Cobaeas do best if planted
out, but, at the same time, they thrive in large pots. In
autumn, the long shoots can be pruned back, and fresh
growth will be made in spring. The general gracefulness
and very floriferous habit of these plants render them
peculiarly well adapted for growing against bare walls,
arches, porches, &c. For outdoor culture, they are gene-
rally, and most effectively, treated as annuals. The
variegated form of C. tcanden* must be increased by cut-
tings, taken when young, in spring, and inserted in pots of
sandy soil, placed in gentle bottom heat.

C. pendnliflora (drooping-flowered).* JL on drooping peduncles ;
corolla green, campanulate, with the tube lin. long, divided at
the edge into five strap-shaped, pendulous, wavy lobes, 3in. to
4in. long, which impart to the flowers an unique appearance.
December. L formed of two pairs of small oblong acute leaflets.
Caraccas, 1868. A graceful, slender, cool stove climber. (B. M.

Fio. 478. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CORSA SCAN DENS.

C. scandena (climbing).* JL large, campanulate, with a abort
dark purple tube ; lobes of corolla rather spreading, broad, short,
roundish, imbricated, ciliated. May to October. L, leaflets three
pairs, elliptic, mucronate, marginate, and slightly ciliated ; lower
pair close to the stem, and sub-auriculate on one side at the base.
Tendrils branched. Mexico. 1792. See Fig. 47& (B. M- 85L)
There is a very ornamental form, having variegated foliage.
C. macrostema, Guayaquil, and C. ttipulari*, Mexico, are two

interesting yellowish -green flowered species; but those described

above are the best for general cultivation.

COB NUTS.

Corylus.

346

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

COBURGIA. This is now included in the genus
Stenomesson.

COCCOCYFSELUM (from kokkos, fruit, and kypaele,
a vase ; in allusion to the form of the fruit). STNS. Sice-
Hum, Tontanea. ORD. Rubiaeeai. A genus of creeping
soft-wooded stove plants. Peduncles axillary, solitary,
and in the alternate axils, each bearing a few-flowered
head, surrounded by a short involucre. Leaves opposite,
on short petioles ; stipules subulate, solitary on both sides.
The species are of easy culture in a mixture of peat and
sand. Increased readily by separating the creeping stems.
C. campanuliflorum (bell-flowered), fl. bright pale blue, in

axillary or terminal heads ; throat yellow. 7. roundish oval,

hairy, stalked. Brazil, 1827. SYN. Hedyotis campanuliflora.

(B. M. 2840.)
C. cordifolium (heart-shaped-leaved), fl. white, pubescent, dis-

posed in almost globose heads ; peduncles ultimately equalling

the petioles in length. I. cordate, obtuse, hairy. Brazil.
C. metallicum (metallic-leaved). JL white. J. with a metallic

lustre. Guiana, 1866.
C. repens (creeping).* fl. blue, almost sessile, collected in the

axils of the leaves ; heads few-flowered ; peduncles very short

while bearing the flowers, afterwards becoming more elongated.

May. I. ovate, pubescent on both surfaces. West Indian Islands,

1793. Annual.

COCCOLOB A (from kokkos, a berry, and lobos, a pod ;
in reference to the fruit). Seaside Grape. OBD. Poly-
gonece. A. rather large genus of stove evergreen trees,
some of which are ornamental. They grow well in good
loam. Cuttings (of most of the species) of ripened wood,
with leaves entire, taken off at a joint, will root freely in
sand, under a bell glass. The best species are given below.
C. obovata (reversed-egg-shaped). fl, white, green. A» 50ft. New

Grenada, 1824.

C. pubescens (downy), fl. white, green. West Indies, &c., 1690.
C. nvifera (grape-bearing), fl. white, fragrant. I. orbicular, cor-

date, leathery, bright glossy green. A. 20ft West Indies, &c.,

1690. (B.M.3130.f

COCCUIiUS (from coccus, the systematic name of
cochineal, applied to this genus on account of the greater
part of the species bearing scarlet berries). SYN. Wend-
landia. OBD. Menispermacece. A genus of stove, green-
house, or hardy evergreen climbing or twining shrubs.
Cymes or panicles axillary ; those bearing the male flowers
usually many-flowered ; those bearing the female ones few-
flowered. Leaves ovate or oblong, entire, rarely lobed.
They thrive well in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings
of half-ripened side shoots will root easily in spring or
summer, if planted in sand and placed in bottom heat,
under a bell glass.
C. carolinus (Carolina), fl. greenish, in axillary racemes or

panicles. July. I. downy beneath, ovate or cordate, entire or

sinuate-lobed. h. 20ft. United States. Pl

Hardy.
C. laurifolins (Laurel-leaved). fl. white, green, small ; peduncles

lateral and axillary, branched at the top, rather shorter than

the petioles. January. I. oblong, acuminated, smooth, shiny.

Sub-tropical Himalayas, 1820. An ornamental shrub, with bright

green leaves, remarkable for being a compact bush, whilst nearly

all the other species are twiners. Half-hardy.
C. ThunbergiKThunberg's). fl. axillary, panicled. I. ovate,

obtuse, with a point, under surface villous ; lower leaves some-

what triangular, upper ones orbicular. Japan. Hardy.

COCCUS. See Scale Insects.

COCCUS ADONIDUM. See Mealy Bug.

COCCUS VXTIS. See Vine Scale.

COCHINEAL FIG. See Opuntia cochinellifera.

COCHIiEARIA (from cocldear, a spoon; the leaves
of most species are hollowed, like the bowl of a spoon).
Scurvy Grass; Spoonwort. OBD. Cruciferae. Annual or
perennial herbs, usually smooth and fleshy. Racemes
terminal ; pedicels bractless, spreading, filiform or some-
what angular. Leaves very variable ; radical ones usually
stalked ; cauline ones often auriculate-sagittate. There
are about twenty-five species, widely distributed over the
temperate and cold regions of the Northern hemisphere.
Cochlearias are of the simplest culture in ordinary garden
soil, but scarcely any are worth growing for ornament.

Plant minutely pubescent.

Cochlearia — continued.

Propagated by seeds (which are produced freely by most
of the species), sown in the open air, in early spring.

FIG. 479. COCHLEARIA ARMORACIA.

C. Armoracia (Horse-Radish), fl. white, with a spreading calyx.
May. I., radical ones large, oblong, crenated ; cauline ones
elongated, lanceolate, toothed or cut. Root large, fleshy.
h. 2ft. Eastern temperate Europe (naturalised in Britain). See
Fig. 479. For detailed culture, see Horse-Radish.

Fio. 480. COCHLEARIA OFFICINALIS

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

347

Cochlearia, — continued.

C. officinalia (officinal). Common Scurvy Grass. /. white.
Spring. . - L, radical ones stalked, cordate ; cauline ones ovate,
toothed, angular, h. 2in. to 12in. Cold regions of northern hemi-
sphere. A pretty early spring-flowering biennial. It is a valuable
anti-scorbutic. See Fig. 480.

COCHLEATE. Twisted, BO as to resemble the shell
of a snail.

COCHIiIOSTEMA (from kochlion, spiral, and sterna,
a stamen; in allusion to the spirally curved stamens).
OED. ComrnelinacecB. This genus contains bnt a single
species, as the two plants described below are mere forms
of one. A very handsome stove perennial. It thrives in
a compost of peat, leaf mould, and loam, in equal parts,
with the addition of a small quantity of sand. Perfect
drainage and a copious supply of water — both to the roots
and overhead — are essential. Propagated by seed, which
are obtained in abundance by means of artiiicial fertili-
sation. The anthers will be found inside the large
stamen-like organs in the centre of the flower. The seed
should be sown as soon as ripe, in sandy soil, in well-
drained pots, and placed in a hotbed.

C. Jacobianum (Jacob's), fi. blue, delicately sweet, numerous,
pedicellate, crowded at the ends of the stalks in a rather short,
simple, scorpioid cyme ; three outer segments of the perianth un-
equal, oblong, obtuse, hooded at the apex ; three inner segments
equal, obovate, their margins fringed with long, delicate, rich
purple hairs. September. L rich dark green, edged with a
narrow margin of purple, oblong-lanceolate, 1ft. to 3ft. long,
and 6in. to 8m. broad, sheathing at the base. Andes of Ecuador,
1867. This is one of the finest introductions of late years, and
equally as valuable from a horticultural point of view as it is
interesting from its peculiar structure. (B. M. 5705.)

Cochlospermum— continued.

C. Gossypium (cottony), fl. yellow, large. May.
lobed ; lobes acute, entire, tomentose beneath, h. 50ft

L throe to flve-
, h. 50ft India,

1822. SYN. Bombax Oossypivm. (B. F. S. 171.)

The other two species reputed to have been introduced are orino-
eente and vittfolium.

COCKCHAFERS (Melolontha vulgaris). The Cock-
chafers, or May Bugs, are very destructive, both in the
larval and the perfect state. In the latter condition, they
are found during the spring, generally towards the end of
May. They are rarely seen out in the day, choosing night
to carry on their depredations. They feed chiefly on the
leaves of the Oak, Hazel, Elm, and Willow, sometimes
wholly denuding them of their foliage. Cockchafers belong
to the order Lamellicornes, the antenna? of which are

FIG. 482. FEMALE AND MALE COCKCHAFERS.
lamellated, or consisting of a series of plates (see Fig. 482).
The female lays her eggs in the earth, several inches below
the surface, placing them one by one in a little heap until
some eighty or ninety have been deposited. The eggs are
somewhat oval, and of a white or pale
yellow colour. They are hatched in
about a fortnight. As soon as the larva
has reached its full length (see Pig. 483),
it measures IJin. or more, and is dirty
white, with brown head, and blackish at

Fio. 481. COCHLIOSTEMA ODORATISSIMUM.

(sweetest-scented). ./I., outer perianth seg-
ments yellowish-green at the base, reddish above ; inner segments
large, deep blue, with a large white claw. I. pale green above,
long, sheathing, gracefully recurved ; margins bordered with
red ; under surface red, marked with deep red-violet lines.
The scent in this form is much more powerful than in C. Jaeobi-
anum. See Fig. 481.

COCHLOSPERMUM (from cocWo, to twist, and
eperma, a seed; in allusion to the form of the seed).
ORD. Bvrinece. Magnificent stove evergreen trees or shrubs.
Flowers yellow, large, panicled, with the peduncles articu-
lated at the base. Leaves alternate, stipulate, palmatifid
or digitate ; petioles jointed at the base. They thrive well
in a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings of ripened shoots,
taken in April, will root in sand, if placed in bottom heat,
under a hand glass; but plants raised from seed make
finer trees.

Fie. 483. GRUB OF COCKCHAFER.
the tail end. By this time, it is three
and a-half years old, and has subsisted
on the tender roots of the plants. It
then takes the pupa form, remaining
in the earth nntil winter is past, and
the perfect beetle emerges, as previously
stated, in spring.

The following are a few of the nu-
merous remedies recommended for the
extermination of this troublesome pest.
Where they abound in large quantities,
they may be shaken down on to cloths
spread under the trees, and afterwards collected and

^Starlings. In some nurseries and other large establish-
ments, it is customary to hang nesting boxes around, for
the benefit of the starlings, who soon take to the nests.
As soon as the mature Cockchafer appears above ground,
the starlings are ready to receive him, and the result i
comparative freedom from the insect. Ecoks, partridges,
and some other birds, should also be encouraged, for
when the soil is dug, particularly in a slight frost, they
will clear off all the grubs they can reach.

Colza. The French sow colza on the ground infested with
Cockchafer grubs, and when there is a good crop, it is dug
or ploughed in. We have found rape, used in this manner,
very serviceable. .

Nitrate of Soda and Soot. This, sown at the rate of

348

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cockchafers — continued.

2cwt. of nitrate and 30 bushels of soot per acre, materially
reduces the grubs numerically, particularly if the ground
has been dug level, so that the mixture gets washed into
the soil equally.

Gas Lime. Applied in the proportion of 40 bushels to
the acre, this will kill nearly all grubs and insects, and
will also manure the ground ; but it must be ploughed in
deeply before sowing. It is desirable that the ground
should remain vacant for some time after.

COCKROACHES (Elatta orientalis). These pests
are frequently, but erroneously, termed Black Beetles. In
its mature state, the male has wings extending only half
the length of the body ; the female has only rudimentary

FIG. 484. FEMALE COCKROACF

wings (see Fig. 484) ; her eggs, which are about sixteen
in number, are enclosed in an oblong case, which she
carries about with her at first, fixed to the abdomen
by a sort of gum. There are several good recipes for
the destruction of these; and, although not generally so
numerous as some other insects, they are sufficiently so to
demand attention. It should be remembered that, like
Crickets, they will not always eat the same thing, and,
therefore, if one remedy fails, another should be tried.

Cockroaches — continued.

Traps. The ordinary beetle traps sold at shops, if
baited with honey or sprinkled with beer, will catch large
quantities. Basins, containing beer, or beer and water,
and having a few sticks placed against the sides to
form a road, will also be found successful ; soda water or
champagne bottles, partly filled with beer and water, or
weak honey syrup, and sunk into the earth, will prove very
effective traps if not too often disturbed.

COCKSCOMB. See Celosia.

COCKSFUR THORN. See Cratsegus Cms-galli.

COCOA-NUT FIBRE REFUSE. This is a most
useful and inexpensive material, extensively employed by
gardeners for various purposes. It is described as being
free from any acid, saline, or tannin principle. The more
recent or fresh it is, the longer it will last, and the
better it is for all purposes. Being very light and easily
worked, it forms one of the best materials for plunging
small pots in, either in the propagating house or frame,
in winter and spring, or outside, at any time. Cuttings
of tender bedding plants are propagated by thousands
annually in Cocoa-nut Fibre, as they root into it Tory
quickly. It may also be used for potting snch plants as
these, but not for any subjects that are to be potted
permanently, as it retains too much moisture, and de-
composes so quickly. As a surface covering for flower-
beds in summer, and for affording protection to the
roots of somewhat tender plants during the winter months,
Cocoa-nut Fibre Refuse is unequalled, in cheapness or
otherwise. It may be employed with much success in
rendering stiff, clayey, and other unfertile soils into pro-
ductive ones, and is also useful in various other ways.

COCOA-NUT PALM. See Cocos nucifera.

COCOA PLUM. See Chrysobalanus Icaco.

FIG. 485. Cocos AUSTRALIS, showing Fruiting Plant before Stem is developed, and detached Fruit.

James'* Phosphor Paste. Without exception, this is j
one of the best exterminators. Spread on slices of
bread, or mixed with honey, the insect takes it readily.
Two or three applications are generally sufficient.

Arsenic. This, prepared as for ants, or mixed with
boiled potatoes, parsnips, or roasted apples, will also kill
almost every one in a few nights.

Bracken. The fresh cut fronds of Pteris aquilina, laid
about, are said to drive them away.

COCOS (from coco, the Portuguese for monkey; in
reference to the end of the nut being like a monkey's
head). Cocoa-nut Tree. OED. Palmes. A genus of ele-
gant stove Palms, which, in their native countries, grow
into majestic proportions. They are unarmed trees, with
smooth, ringed trunks, and pinnatisect leaves, with linear
segments. Spadices appearing in the axils of the lower
leaves. Drupes with a fibrous husk and a solitary seed,
with three holes at the base. They thrive in a compost

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

349

Cocos — continued.

of two parts rich loam, one part peat, and one of sand.
During the growing period, copious supplies of water must
be given, the quantity of which should be gradually
diminished as winter approaches. They are not so well
suited for sub-tropical gardening as many other genera
of Palms; but, in a well-drained and sheltered spot, it is
probable several of the species might prove satisfactory.
C. australis (Southern). 1. pinnate, with very numerous linear-
glaucous pinnse. Stem erect, columnar, in old specimens 20ft to
30ft, high. Bnenos Ayres and Paraguay. A slow -growing,
decidedly ornamental Palm. Se« Fig. 485.

Cocos — continwd.

orange-coloured nnts, enclosed in an edible pulp, about a* tarn

as an English acorn. (B. M. 5180.)
C. Romanzofflana (Romanzoff's).* L Ion

pinnae long, pendent, dark green. Brazil.

tive species.
C. scbizophylla (cut-leaved).* L pinnate, spreading, dark green.

gracefully arched, 6ft or more in height ; pinnae 2ft long. lin.

broad ; apical lobe 6in, to Sin. broad, deeply bifid ; petioles

bordered with red; edges armed with stout red spines. A. 8ft

Brazil, 1846.
C. Weddeliana (Weddel's)." L 1ft to 4ft or more in length,

gracefully arched ; piniue disposed nearly the whole length of the

petioles, long, narrow, pendent, dark green on the upper surface.

FIG. 486. Cocos WEDDELUSA.

C. nncifera (nut-bearing). Cocoa-nut Palm. L pinnate, 6ft to
20ft. in length; pinna long, somewhat narrow and pendent,
bright glossv green, h. 50ft. East Indies, 1690. A very common
species in tropical countries, but somewhat difficult to cultivate
in this country. (J. B. 1879, 202.)

C. plumosa (feathery).* I. pinnate, 3ft. to 15ft. in length ; pinnae
clustered together in bunches, 1ft to 2ft. in length, about 1m. in
breadth, somewhat obtusely pointed, dark green above, glaucous
below. Stem gtont, straight, columnar. A. 40ft to 50ft Brazil,
1825. A highly ornamental tree, with long leaves and dropping
bunches of waxy flowers, which are succeeded by quantities ot

glaucous beneath. Stem Mender, clothed with a quantity of
black netted fibres. South America. This is probably the most
elegant small palm ever introduced into Europe, and one that
should be in every collection of stove plants. SYNS. Leovoldinia
pulchr* and Glaziova eleyaniittima. See Fig. 486, for which we
are indebted to Mr. William BulL
There are many other species of this genus, among which are :

capitata, eomoM, eoronata, Jlexuosa, lapidea, and oltraeea.
CODLEUM (from Codebo, Malayan name for one species).

STNS. Croton and PJtyllaurea. OBD. Euphorbicuxa. A

350

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Codiaeum — continued.

genus of stove evergreen shrubs. Male flowers: calyx
membranous, three to six (often five) parted, reflexed,
imbricate; petals five, scale formed, shorter than the
calyx, and alternating with as many glands ; stamens
numerous. Female flowers : calyx five-cleft ; petals absent.
Ovarium girded by five hypogynous scales at base, three-
celled, a single ovule in each cell. Among ornamental-
foliaged plants, few, if any, are more useful or beautiful
than the different varieties of this genus, several of which,
besides having magnificently-coloured leaves, are very
remarkable on account of their singular form. Excepting
Dracsenas, no similar class of plants are more easily cul-
tivated than Codiaeums; and, as they are available for use
all the year round, no stove, however small, should be
without, at least, one or two varieties. When required for
table decoration, they should be grown with single stems.
The best way to obtain these is to take off the tops of any
strong leading shoots, and form them into cuttings. They
may be struck by placing singly in small pots, and
covering with bell glasses, in strong, moist heat, where they
will soon emit roots, without losing any of the leaves
attached at the time they were inserted. When fairly
struck, they should receive a little air, by tilting the glass,
gradually affording more till they bear full exposure. The
most useful sizes for table decoration are from 1ft. to
18in. high ; and, as using the plants for this purpose often
causes them to lose their lower leaves by
the time they reach such a height, the tops
may be again taken off and put in as cut-
tings. They must be grown in a very moist
atmosphere, and be well attended to by
watering and syringing, or red spider is sure
to appear. This pest and thrips are the two
worst enemies to contend with in growing
Codiseums, and no pains should be spared to
rid the plants of them so soon as they
are seen, as they quickly commit irrepar-
able damage. The most effective remedy
for -thrips is to dip the heads of the plants
in strong tobacco water, which destroys the
insects, and also their eggs. For spider,
there is nothing so effectual as hand- washing,
with a soft sponge and soap water. Insects
increase most rapidly when the air of the
house becomes too dry, or the plants suffer
from want of water at the roots. Besides
being of so much value for table decoration,
and the embellishment of rooms generally,
Codiseums are equally serviceable for fur-
nishing conservatories and other cool houses
during the summer and autumn months — a
time when such fine-foliaged plants may be
employed with good effect. When used in
this way, they must be gradually hardened
before venturing to place them out of stove
heat, as they are very susceptible to cold,
and sudden changes cause their leaves to
fall off. The soil best suited is fibry loam,
with the addition of a good sprinkling of
sand, to keep it open and porous. In this,
with due attention to their requirements as
to water, &c., they will grow very freely
Plants required for large specimens, either
for decoration or exhibition purposes, should
be encouraged to make plenty of side
branches, pinching the end of the leading
shoot, if they do not start freely without;
but, generally, they require very little assistance, as their
natural growth is bushy and regular. In order to bring
out to the fullest extent the rich markings of the leaves,
it will be necessary to subject the plants to plenty of
light, by placing on pans, or inverted pots, BO as to raise
them above others they may be growing amongst. One
great advantage in growing Codiaeums is that they can be

Codiaeum— continued.

confined to small pots, and kept to a limited size, if
desired, for a great length of time. The temperature most
suitable for winter is one ranging from 60deg. to TOdeg.,
according to the state of the weather. All the under-
mentioned have probably originated from two or three
species, and they are now generally classed by catalogue
compilers under the erroneous generic term of Croton, from
which genus the present one is not only distinct, but it
belongs to a different section of Euphorbiacece.

The majority of the innumerable forms cultivated in
gardens may be referred to 0. pictum. Scarcely more
than three or four species exist, and about these all the
Codiaeums may be grouped as seedling forms or sports.
C. albicans (whitish).* I. broad-lanceolate, 12in. to 15in., Ion?,
2in. to Sin. broad ; ground-colour dark shining green, beautifully
variegated with ivory-white; under side slightly tinted with
crimson. A dense-growing variety.
C. angustifolium (narrow-leaved). A synonym of C. angugtis-

gimum.

C. angustissimum (narrowest).* 1. drooping, linear, 12in. to
18in.long, Ain. to Jin. broad, channelled, bluntish at the apex,
tapering at the base ; upper surface dark shining green ; margins
and midrib golden-yellow ; under surface similar, but paler.
Polynesia. SYN. C. angustifolium.

C. aucubaefolium (Aucuba-leaved).* I. dark shining green, above
with yellow or somewhat crimson blotches ; 6in. to Sin. long,
2in. to 2Jin. wide, three to four times longer than the stalk,
oblong-acuminate, tapering at the base ; midrib and veins green,
or slightly tinged with pink. Polynesia, 1868.

FIG. 487. CODIJEUM BARON FRANCK SEILLTERE.

C Baron Franck Seillidre.* I. very close together, thick and
leathery, from lOin. to 15in. long, and from 2iin. to SJin.
broad, graceful, curved at the tip, of a brilliant green, light
pink underneath when adult ; the large nerves are of a pale
yellow, but soon become ivory-white, as does also the petiole.
Stem robust, green. Plant extremely vigorous. In the young
specimens, the costa, besides being large, is very frequently
irregular ; but in adults, it is invariably straight ; the lateral
nerves are of a very beautiful white, and the contrast of

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

351

Codiaeum — continued.

colours produces a very striking effect See Fig. 487. (R. H.

1880, p. 193.)
C. Burtonii (Burton's). I. lanceolate, ISn. to ISin. long, about

Sin. wide at the broadest part, close set and arching, dark

shining green, banded and marbled with rich golden-yellow.
C. chelsonl (Chelsea).* 1. narrow, drooping, sometimes plain,

sometimes twisted spirally ; in this latter state, the

longer than the
wlylobed: lobes

Codiaum — continued.

C. cornntnm (horned).* L eight to tea tinea
stalks, about lin. wide, oblong, obtuse, irregularly 1^~ , »,„»
oblong lanceolate, acute or obtuse, rounded at the base, sinuous
at the margin; upper surface dark shining green, irregularly
mottled with yellow; midrib deep golden yellow, excurrent near
the apex into a thread-like process, Jin. long. Polynesia, 1870.

C. Crown Prince.* L lanceolate, acuminate. 12in. to ISin. long.

FIG. 488. CODLECM ILLCSTRTS.

shows up most distinctly, being of a bright salmon-orange tint,
shaded with crimson. New Guinea, 1879.

C. cnrysophyllum (golden-leaved). L small, yellowish. Poly-
nesia, 1875.

C. Cooper! (Cooper's). 1. with yellow veins and blotches, ulti-
mately changing to red. Polynesia, 1874.

?in wide, bright shining green ; midrib and primary vein* bright
golden-yellow. An erect-growing sort, sometimes having leaves
beautifully marbled over the entire surface.

C. Disraeli (Disraeli's).* L about 1ft in length, marked on a
green ground-colour with golden ribs and veins, broadisb at the
base, and throwing out two side lobes of moderate development.

352

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Codiaeiun — continued.

the middle lobe, which is contracted in the lower portion and
broader upwards, being much longer than the others, thus
becoming more or less distinctly halbert-shaped. Polynesia, 1875.
C. Dodgsonaa (Mrs. Dodgson's).* I. linear-lanceolate, 9in. to 12in.
long, Jin. to |in. broad, sometimes becoming spiral ; bright
green, with a very rich gold stripe centre ; margins the same
colour. Habit very graceful.

Codiseum — continued.

C. elegans (elegant).* I. 6in. long, iin. wide, ten to twelve times
longer than the stalk, linear-lanceolate, rather obtuse at the
apex; upper surface dark green, midrib crimson or yellowish,
margins slightly pink; lower surface dull green, mottled with
purple. India, 1861. SYN. C. parvifolium.

C. Evansiannm (Evans's).* 1. bright olive-green, trilobed ; mid-
ribs iuid vtins golden-yellow ; the interspaces spotted with the

C. Earl of Derby,.* I suffused with bright red, trilobed; stems,
petioles, and midnbs of a very bright yellow.

C. eburneum (ivory-white). 1. elliptical-lanceolate, slightly re-
curved, MIL long. Uin. in breadth, deep green, with a broad
central band, from Jin. to §m. wide, of a clear ivory or creamy
white, the white running out half way to the margin in acute
projections at the bases of the principal veins.

same colour ; with age, the green deepens and changes to a bright
bronzy-crimson, and the midribs, veins, and spots become a rich
orange-scarlet. Polynesia, 1879.

C. fucatum (painted). 1. obovate-elliptic, sometimes blotched in
the lower half with broad irregular patches of yellow on one or
both sides of the midrib, sometimes having only a yellow midrib
and yellow reticulations ; petioles rose-coloured. Polynesia.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

353

Codieenm— continued.

C. glorlOBum (glorious).* I. long, narrow, drooping ; ground-colour
green, variegation creamy-yellow, very variable in character. In
some, there is a creamy-yellow midrib, with a band on each side ;
in others, the midrib is bright green ; the markings are of the

spotted style, with here and there large blotches of creamy-

Codieanm— continued.

to lOin. long, Sin. broad at the widest part, dark olive-greeu ;

midrib, primary veins, and margin deep golden-yellow.

C. grande (grand). I. deep green; midrib and some scattered
spots yellow. Polynesia.

FIG. 490. CODI^EUM RECURVIFOLH'M.

yellow and in other parts clouded markings, of smaller confluent
Ches and spots. Sometimes these conditions are reversed,
and there are longish patches on which the ground-colour is
creamy relieved by a few clouded green markings. New Hebrides,
1878.
C. Goldlei (Goldie's).* 1. broad, panduriform, and trilobed, 8in.

C. Hanburyanum (Hanbury's). I. 15in. long, 2!in. broad, olive-
green, finely marked with rich golden-yellow and rosy-crimson.

C. Hawkeri (Hawker's).* I. broadly lanceolate, about 6in. long,
mostly, with the petioles, light creamy-yellow ; margins bright
green. Polynesia, 1879.

C. Honryantun (Henry's). I. oblong-ovate, acuminate, 9iu. loiij;

2 z

354

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Codiaeum — continued.

Sin. broad, dark green, suffused and mottled with golden-
yellow ; in some cases, the leaf s distinctly banded.
C. HUleanum (Hill's).* 1. 6Ain. long, 2iin. wide, six or seven
times longer than the stalk, oblong sub-spathulate, acuminate,
tapering at the base ; margins sinuous ; upper surface shining

C odiseum — continued.

running from the midrib towards the margin : midribs, young
stems, and petioles golden-yellow. Erromango, 1869.
C. Illustris (brilliant). I. green, richly maculated with golden-
yellow, the central bar yellow, and the variegation irregularly
distributed, so that sometimes the points are almost wholly

crimson ; lower

purplish-green, midrib and secondary veins bright cr
surface dull purple, veins crimson. Polynesia, 1868.
C. Hookcrianum (Hooker's).* I. broadly ovate-lanceolate,
abruptly tapering or rounded at the base ; upper surface beautiful
dark shining green, broken at the base with a broad blotch of
golden-yellow, and with irregular projections of the same colour

golden ; mostly three-lobed, on purplish petioles, the base being
oblong, succeeded by two lateral alternate lobes, which, as wefl
as the apex, appear to be twisted or curved, so as to acquire a
sort of forked appearance. An extremely distinct and attractive
plant. See Fig. 488, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull.
C. impcrator (commanding)." 1. 12in. to 18in. long, Sin. wide

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

355

CodisBum — con tin ued.

at the broadest part, arching, pale green, much suffused and '
mottled with creamy-white ; petiole, midrib, and margin dis- j
tinctly marked with a deep tint of the same colour.

C. imperiale (imperial). L twisted, with yellow margins and j
blotches, changing to crimson. New Hebrides, 1875.

C. insigne (remarkable).* 1. linear-oblong, deep green ; midrib '
and veins beautiful golden-yellow ; margins rosy-crimson. In
the older leaves, the markings run in from the edge, and become
suffused over the central bar, so that the colours become nearly
equally balanced, in which state the foliage is very handsome.

C. interruptum (interrupted), i. linear-lanceolate, tapering at |
the base, acute or obtuse at the apex, sometimes twisted spirally
below the middle, sinuous at the margin ; upper surface dark
purplish-green, midrib crimson ; under surface purplish, midrib
crimson. Polynesia, 1868.

C. irregulare (irregular).* I. oblong, tapering at the extreme
base, dilated above, again contracted below the middle, acute
at the apex ; upper surface dark shining green above, with a few
golden blotches, midrib golden-yellow, margin sinuous ; lower
surface dull green, midrib pale yellow. Polynesia, 1868.

C. Jamesii (James's).* 1. ovate, Sin. to Sin. long, 3in. wide,
dark sage-green, marbled with creamy-white and various shades
of green and yellow. Very distinct, of dwarf free-branching habit.

C. Johannis (John's).* L linear-lanceolate, acute, tapenng at the
base ; upper surface slightly channelled, shining green, centre and
margins orange-yellow ; under surface similar, but paler. Poly-
nesia, 1871.

C. lactenm (milk-white). I. oblong, spathulate, bluntly acuminate,
tapering at the base ; margins sinuous, whitish ; upper surface
dark shining green, midrib and secondary veins milky or yel
lowish- white ; under surface dull green. Polynesia.

C. lancifolium (lance-leaved). L narrow-lanceolate, 9in. to 15in.
long, Hin. broad at the widest part, dark green ; midrib, margin,
and primary veins pale yellow, eventually becoming reticulated
with bright rosy -pink. Distinct, erect-growing.

C. limbatum (bordered). I. spotted and margined with yellow.
India, 1873.

C. Macfarlanei (Macfarlane's). I. linear-lanceolate, pendulous,
arching, 9in. to 12in. long, lin. broad, dark fiery crimson when
mature; young leaves nch yellow, irregularly blotched with
dark green.

C. maculatuxn (spotted). L lanceolate, snb-acuminate, tapering

at the base, lOin. to 12in. long ; upper surface dark shining green,

irregularly speckled with yellow, midrib, secondary veins, and

margins golden-yellow ; under surface similar, but paler.

C. m. Katonli (Katon's). L bright green, with round yellow

spots. Polynesia, 1878.

C. malesticum (majestic).* L rather narrow, 12in. to 18in. long,
deep green, ribbed with yellow when young, the green changing
with age into a deep olive, and the yellow becoming crimson.
Polynesia, 1876. This plant has a very elegant drooping habit.

'ed at the ba .

long -."margins sinuous, yellow ; upper surface bright
, midrib an

C. pHV^Tnnm (largest). I. oblong, acute, rounded at the base,
lOin to 12in Ion" ; margins sinuous, yellow ; upper surface bright
shining green, with a few yellow blotches, midrib and secondary
veins golden ; lower surface dull greenish -yellow. Polynesia, 1868.

. medium variegatum (middle variegated).*/, oblong, obtuse,
acuminate, tapering at the base, 3iin. to 4iin. long, lin. toUin.
wide ; margins golden, sinuous ; upper surface dark shining

C. medi
ac

green, midrib anS secondary veins golden-yellow ; tinder surface
dull pale green. India, This species is commonly
gardens under the name of C. variegatum.

grown in

C Mrs. Dorman.* L linear-lanceolate, arching, smooth and
regular, 12in. to 15in. long, iin. broad, with a conspicuous
irregular rich orange-scarlet stripe in the centre ; margins green.

C. multicolor (many -coloured). I. of somewhat irregular form,
with a shape not very unlike C. irregnlare ; in a young state
light green, with yellow tracings, but in a matured state dark
green, blotched with yellow, deep orange, and crimson ; midnb
red ; secondary veins yellowish. Polynesia, 1871.

C. mntabile (variable). A synonym of C. princep*.

C. Nevilli* (Lady Dorothy XevilTs).* I .oblong-lanceolate oli-
green when voung, barred and marked with yellow; when mature,
the vellow Jhanges to a crimson, shaded with orange, the green

,

becomes darker, and is suffused with a metallic hue Polynesia,
1880. See Fig. 489, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch

nd Sons.

parvifolium (small-leaved). A synonym of C. eUgant.

pictum (painted). L oblong, acuminate, 6in. to 9in- long ;

r?und-colo£ rich crimson, irregularly blotched and spotted with

riht reen and black. India. (B. M. 30ol.)

and Sons.
C. parvifolium (small-leaved). A synonym of C. d*W*

bright greeifand black. India. ~ (B.
C. Pilgrimii (Pilgrim's).* I. ovate, acuminate, 6in. to 9in. le

3in. broad, pale green, with deep golden markings, heavil>

suffused with rich pink.
C. Prince "* w«i«»« 1 ™>mlnlous. archinc. slightly tw

almost

carmine ; edges

magenta.
C.

eu WUB ricii puiK,

nee of Wales. I. pendulous, arching, slightly twiste
it entirely pale yellow, margined and mottled with bright
ne ; edges beautifully undulated ; midrib and petiole bright

(princely) * I broad linear, at first green, with a
yellow margin*, and a few scattered yellow blotches

Codiaeum — continued.

on the blade ; when mature, these colours are entirely changed,
the green portions into a dark bronzy hue, and all the yellow
markings, including the midrib, into the richest rosy-crimson.
New Hebrides, 1878. SYN. C. mvtabOe.

C. Queen Victoria.* 1. oblong-lanceolate, 9in. to 12in. long,
2in. broad, rich golden-yellow, finely mottled with green ; midrib
and primary veins rich magenta, changing with age to a vivid
crimson ; margin unevenly banded with carmine, often extending
as far as the midrib. Of free-branching habit and medium growth.

C. recurrifolium (recurved-leaved). A very fine and distinct
broad-leaved varietv, of dense habit, and with recurved foliage far
superior to the well-known C. volutum. The midribs and veins,
which are crimson, bordered with yellow, are much sunk, giving
the upper surface of the leaves a rigid and waved appearance.
The variegation is well marked, and the contrast of the different
tints to the deep olive-green ground colour is very pleasing. See
Fig. 490, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and Sons.

C. spirale (spiral).

I. spiral, 9in. to 12in. long, and about lin.
wide, pendulous ; in a young state, deep green, striped up the
centre with a broad band of golden-yellow ; when mature, deep
bronzv-green, with a deep crimson midrib. South Sea Islands,
1873.

C Stewartii (Stewart's), t. obovate, rounded at the base, shortly
stalked, dark olive-green, irregularly banded and margined with
rich orange ; midrib and petioles bright magenta. New Guinea,
1880.

C. super biens (superb).* I. oblong, acute, rounded at the base ;
colouring exceedingly rich and unique; in the least-coloured
condition, they are green, with clouded yellowish markings ; as
these mature, the green deepens, the yellow brightens, and the
coppery-red veining and margin are brought out ; subsequently,
the green becomes blackish-bronze, while all the pale portions
become coppery, the veins and costa being crimson. New
Guinea, 1878.

C. tricolor (three-coloured).* L oblong-spathulate, very acute,
gradually tapering from the upper third to the base ; margin
sinuous ; upper surface dark shining green, central portion ani
midrib golden-yellow, secondary veins uncoloured ; lower surface
dull reddish-green. Polynesia, 1368.

C. trilobnm (three-lobed). L three-lobed, blotched with yellow.
Polynesia, 1875.

C. triumphans (triumphant).* L oblong, deep green, with a
golden line on each side the midrib ; primary veins also golden,
running into a network of the same colour towards the point ;
costa rich bright crimson ; when fully matured, the leaves become
rich greenish-bronze, -

New Hebrides, 1878.

,
and the costa an intense rosy-crimson.

into a network of the same colour towards the point ; costa
bright crimson, forming a pretty contrast with the colour
either side. A fine variety from the New Hebrides. hen f

C. t» Harwoodlanum (Harwood's). I. deep green, with a golden
line on each side the midrib ; principal veins also golden, running

oint ; costa nch
r on
fuUy

matured, the leaves become rich greenish-bronze, and the costa
an intense rosy-crimson, very bright and effective. &« ) rig. wi,
for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull.
undulatum (undulated).* /. oblong, acuminate, Sin. to 9in.

ide- toping at the, ba^'HCri1pedtlr, un'

dulate at the margins ; upper surface of a rich claret-colour,
with crimson blotches, mirfrib purplish; lower surface claret-
coloured, with crimson blotches, and green secondary veins.
Polynesia.

C Veitcbli (Veitch's).* I oblong-lanceolate, rounded at the base,
about 12uT long ; margins pink Npper surface dark shining green
midrib and secondary veins bright pink ; lower surface claret-

doured. Polynesia, 1868.
C. VOlutum (rolled-leaved).

the tip. Polynesia, 1874.
C Warrenii (Warren's).* I. spiral, linear-lanceolate, 25in. to 30in.

with golden venation, rolled in

C Wei&manni (Weismann's).* 1. linear-lanceolate, lOin. to llin.
long, tapering at the base, very acute at the apex ; margins
sinuous ; upper surface dark shining green with a few small
gulden blotches, midrib and margins goldeivyellow ; under
surface similar, but paler green. Polynesia, 1868.

C Williamsii (Williams's).* 1. obovate-oblong, 12in. to 15in.
Iorj,3i£to4in. broad; edges finely undulated; when young,
irrecularlv banded with vellow, and midrib and primary veins
o7 a bright magenta colour: as they become more mature,
this magenta changes to a rich violet-crimson ; under surface

this magenta changes

rich crimson. One of the handsomest.
C Wilsonli (Wilson's). 1. linear-lanceolate, 18in. to ZQin. long,

I™ tolTin. broad, pendent, arching, bright green, irregular^

suffused with rich yellow. New Guinea, 1880.
C Yonxucii (Young's).* I. lOin. to 20in. long, and nearly 1m.

Vhle^pper surfafe dark reen, irregularly blotched and spo ted

with pale yello

red. Pulyiicaiji, 1873.

nxuc oungs. . . . ,

^pper surfafe dark green, irregularly blotched an
pale yellow and rosy-red ; under surface of a unif

orm dark

356

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CODLIN GRUB. See Apple or Codlin Grub.
CODLINS AND CREAM. See Epilobium hir-
sutum.

CODONOPSIS (from koflon, a bell, and opsis, re«em-
blance ; in reference to the shape of the flowers). STN.
Glossocomia, OED. Campanulacece. A genus of glabrous
herbs. Flowers whitish, yellowish, or deep purple, ter-
minal, axillary, pedunculate. Leaves alternate or nearly
opposite, ovate, acuminated, not entire, on short petioles,
glaucous, rarely hoary beneath. Branches usually opposite
more or less articulated at their origin.
C. clematidea (Clematis-like). fl. white, tinged with blue.
I. stalked, ovate, acuminate. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Mountains of Asia.
Hardy perennial. Svx. Glossocomia clematidea. (R. G. 167.)
C. cordata (cordate). A synonym of Campanumcea javanica.
C. gracilis. See Campanunu-ea gracilis.
C. rotundifolla (round-leaved), fl. yellowish-green, veined with
dark purple, large ; corolla urceolate-globose, campanulate, with
inflated tube ; peduncles terminal, slender, one-flowered.

, , -

L petioled, opposite or rarely alternate, ovate, rather obtus
Himalaya. A long, slender, climbing annual. (B. M. 4942.)
C. r. grandiflora (large-flowered). A very pretty variety, with a
more variegated corolla than the type, the flowers very much
resembling those of the Deadly Nightshade (Atropa Belladonna).
Himalaya. (B. M. 5018.)

CCELESTINA (from ccelestis, celestial ; in reference to
the blue-coloured flowers). OED. Composites. This genus
is now merged into Ageratum. Half-hardy, showy, herba-
ceous perennials. Pappus a membranous rim ; involucre
cylindrical, many -leaved, imbricated ; receptacle convex,
naked ; florets all tubular. They are of easy culture in
ordinary garden soil. Propagated by seeds and cuttings,
which are easily managed in gentle warmth, in spring.
C. ageratoides (Ageratum-like).* fl.-heads blue. July to October.

I. stalked, ovate, acute, rounded at base, serrated, pilose above,

hairy beneath, h. 1ft. New Spain.

Other species are ccerulea and micrantha, both blue-flowered,
and natives of America; but they are scarcely worth growing.

CCBIiIA (from koilos, hollow ; in allusion to the pollen
masses, which are convex outside and concave inside).
ORD. Orchidece. Very curious and pretty stove epiphytal
Orchids. Sepals distinct, equal, spreading; petals nearly
equal, but a little smaller than the sepals ; lip quite entire,
unguiculate, continuous with the base of the column, which j
is short. For culture, &c., see Epidendrum.
C. Baucrlana (Bauer's).* /. white, fragrant; racemes many-

flowered; bracts long. June. I. eiisifonu. Pseudo-bulbs ovate.

h. 1ft. West Indies, Ac., 1790. (B. R. 28, 36.)
C. macrostachya (large-spiked).* /. red;

racemes many-flowered; bracts linear-lan-

ceolate, acute, squarrose ; lip lanceolate, bi-

saccate at base. April. 1. ensiform, plicate.

Pseudo-bulbs large, almost globose, h. lift.

Guatemala, 1840. (B. M. 4712.)

CCELIOFSIS (from Ccelia, and opsis,
resemblance; resembling a Coelia) . OED.
Orchidew. A stove epiphytal Orchid, re-
quiring cultivation similar to Epiden-
drum (which see).

C. hyacinthosma (Hyacinth-scented).* fl.
white; point of the superior sepal, and of
the petals, orange ; lip white, base and apex
orange, with a deep crimson blotch in the
middle; foot of column purplish-crimson;
peduncle arising from the base of the well-
sheathed bulb, with a dense raceme of six to
eight flowers, which have R most delicious
Hyacinth-like scent. I. plaited, cuneate-
Panam'a *' Pseudo'bul

Coelogyne — continued.

but narrower; a great cncullate lip, usually bearing
fringes on its veins ; and a broad membranous column.
The majority of the species are what may be termed oool-
house, or, at any rate, intermediate-house, plants; for,
although they like a somewhat higher temperature when
growing, they remain more healthy, and flower more abun-
dantly, if kept quite cool during the resting and flowering
period. Pot culture is preferable for these plants, although
they may also be grown upon blocks of wood. When small,
and under this latter treatment, they are apt to dwindle
away, instead of increasing in size. In preparing the
pots or pans, good drainage must be carefully provided, as,
although Coelogynes require and enjoy a liberal supply
of water during the growing season, nothing stagnant
or sour must be allowed to come near the roots. A
good compost may be formed of about equal parts living
sphagnum and fibrous peat, with the addition of a little
silver sand. The plants should be raised upon a moderate-
sized cone above the rim of the pot, and then firmly
pressed down. The time for repotting or surfacing is just
after the flowers are past ; and, as the blooming season
of most of the kinds is during winter, this will come
round about the middle of February. Although, as before
remarked, these plants require a copious supply of water
when growing, care must be taken that it does not lie in
the* centre of the young shoots, or they will be very apt
to decay. When the growth is fully matured, an amount
of moisture just sufficient to keep the pseudo-bulbs from
shrivelling, will be all that is necessary.

gh).* /. about Sin. in diameter ; sepals and

. asperata (rough).*
petals pale cream-col
marked with chocola
radiate from a rich

cream-colour ; lip ground-colour the same, richly

ye
orange-coloured central rid

p gr
ocolate and yellow streaks and veins, which

from a rich orange-coloured central ridge or crest ;

Cidulous, about 1ft. long, many-flowered. Summer,
neo. This is a large-growing species, which requires
a large pot and the heat of a warm stove to attain perfection.

C. barbata (bear.led).* fl. snow-white, large; lip trifld, with
projecting triangular acute middle lacina, three rows of narrow
lamellre on the disk, and a border of cilire ; the lamellae, ciliae,
and the top are altogether of a sepia-brown, verging to black,
which forms an exceedingly neat contrast to the white colour
of the other parts of the flowers ; spikes erect. Assam, 1837.
This very beautiful stove species requires a continuous and
abundant supply of water while growing.

C. bifiora (two-flowered). fl. white, brown. Moulmein, 1866.
I C. ciliata (ciliated).* fl. yellow and white, with some brown
markings. Autumn. A compact-growing species, with light
green leaves, and producing bulbs about 4in. high.

. , -

Pseudo'bulbs pear-shaped.

CCELOGYNE (from lotion, hollow,
and gyne, female ; in reference to the
female organ, or pistil). ORD. Orchidece.
Including Pleione. Very handsome stove
epiphytal orchids, described as follows:
A race of pseudo-bulbous Orchids, con-
spicuous for largo coloured membranous
flowers, with converging and slightly
spreading sepals; petals of like nature,

FIG. 492. FLOWERS OF CIELOGVNE CORRUGATA

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

357

Ccelogyne — continued.

C. oorrngata (wrinkled).* JL, sepals and petals pure white; lip
white, with a yellow plate in front, and veined with orange ;
racemes erect, shorter than the leaves. Autumn. I. twin, about
6m. lon«, coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs much corrugated or wrinkled,
and apple-green in colour, India, 1866. A handsome cool-house
species. See Fig. 492. (B. M 5601.)

FIG. 493. CCELOGYXE LAGENARIA.

C. corymbosa (corymbose). JL pure white. February. The
flower-spikes in most instances are nicely thrown above its
beautiful deep green arching foliage, whilst others nestle amongst
its large pseudo-bulbs. India, 1876.

C. cristata (crested).* JL fragrant, Sin. to 4in. in diameter ; sepals
and petals snow-white; lip white, with a large blotch of rich
yellow in the middle, the veins being ornamented with a golden
crest-like fringe ; raceme somewhat drooping, many-flowered,
about 9in. long. December to March, t. twin, narrow,
coriaceous, dark green. Pseudo-bulbs somewhat oblong, smooth,
shining, apple-green colour. Nepaul, 1837. When growing, the
temperature of the cool end of the Cattleya house will suit this
species admirably ; but during winter, it should be kept quite
cool ; indeed, when in flower, it may be removed to the draw-
ing room or parlour without fear of injury, forming there a most
enjoyable and attractive ornament
It must, however, be placed in the
stove again before the shoots begin
to grow, or the dryness of the at-
mosphere may cause the growths to
be stunted, and thus one season's
bloom would be lost It is ex-
tremely easy to grow. One of its
many admirers says, " You may
take a piece, and suspend it to a
piece of copper wire in a tempenite
library, to the level of the nose,
and it shall be to that organ, and
to the eye that sees it, as agreeable
three weeks hence as it is to-day,
by simply taking a mouthful of pure
water and giving the bulb a squirt
everv morning without wetting the
leaves." (B. R. 27, 57.) There is a
variety of this plant having a pale
jemon-coloured blotch upon the lip,
instead of the rich yellow colour
of the normal form ; and another
with pure white flowers (see Warner
and Williams' " Orchid Album," t.
54).

C. Cumingli(Cuming's).*/., sepals
and petals white ; lip bright yellow,
with white down the centre, h.
2ft. Singapore, 1840. A very pretty
species, retaining its beauty for a

• considerable period.

C. flaccida (flaccid).* JL with a
somewhat heavy odour ; sepals and
petals white; lip white, stained
with pale yellow in front, and
streaked with crimson towards its

Ccelogyne — continued.

base; racemes long, pendulous, many-flowered. Winter and
spring. L twin, dark green, coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs oblong.
A. 1ft Nepanl. An erect-growing free-flowering species, of con-
siderable beauty. (B. M. 3318.)

C. f uscesccns (dark-brownish). JL large ; sepals and petals of a pale
yellowish-brown, tipped with white ; lip edged with white and
streaked with orange-yellow, and having on each
side of the base two spots of cinnamon-brown ; raceme
slightly pendulous, few-flowered. Winter. I. about
9in. long, broad, dark green in colour. Pseudo-bulbs
about 4in. or 5in. high. Moulmein. (G. C. 1848, 7L)
A variety, brunnea, nas pure brown flowers.
C. Gardneriana (Gardner's).* JL large, pure white,
saving at the base of the lip. where they are stained
with lemon-colour ; at the base of each is a large
white fleshy bract ; raceme long, nodding, many-
flowered. Winter. I. twin, lanceolate, thin, bright
green, 1ft to lift, long, Sin. wide. Pseudo-bulbs long,
narrow, tapering from the base upwards resembling
long flasks. A. 1ft. Khasia, 1837. Stove. (P. M. 15. 6, 73.)
C. Gowerii (Gower's).* JL, sepals and petals snow-
white ; lip also white, having three parallel raised
lines and a lemon-coloured blotch on the disk ; raceme
pendulous, many-flowered. Winter and spring. L
lanceolate, about 6in. long, bright green. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, shining green. Assam, 1869. A rare
but lovely small-growing species, suitable for cultiva-
tion on a block of wood. It requires cool treatment
C. Hookeriana (Hooker's).* JL rose-purple, white,
brown, yellow. May. A. Sin. Sikkim, 1878.. A pretty
little species of the Pleione section, differing from
most of its fellows by producing its leaves and flowers
simultaneously. SYN. Pleione Hookeriana,
C. hnmilis (humble).* Jl. solitary, Sin. in diameter ;
sepals and petals white, faintly, or somewhat deeply,
tinged with rose-colour; lip white, spotted and
streaked with crimson and brown, and traversed by
six parallel veins, which are fringed, as is also the
border. Late autumn. L plaited, dark green. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, dark green. Nepaul, 1866. SYN. Pleione
humilis. (B. M. 5674.) There is a variety with yellow
spots and stains on lip.

C. lagenaria (bottle-shaped). JL solitary ; sepals and petals lilac
or rose-colour ; lip large, white, striped and barred with rich
crimson and yellow, and waved and cnsped at the margin ; scape
springing from the very base of the pseudo-bulb. L solitary,
thin, plaited, about 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs somewhat flask or
bottle-shaped, flattened below the conical neck, and there lapping
over, like the lid of a box ; dark green, mottled brown, wrinkled.
Khasia, 1856. SYN. Pleione lagenaria. See Fig. 493. (B. M. 5370.)

C. macnlata (spotted).* JL, sepals and petals white; liJ white,
beautifully barred with crimson; bracts pale green, inflated.
October, November. I. bin. long. Pseudo-bulbs depressed at the

k beak, w

,

top forming a kind of ring around a short thick
the leaves have fallen ; partly clothed with brown scales. Khasia,
Assam, <fec., 1837. SYNS. Gomphostyli* Candida and Pleione
maeulata. (B. M. 4691.)

FIG. 494. CXELOGYXE ODOJUTISSIMA.

358

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Ccelogyne — continued.

C. Massangeana (Massange's).* fl. , sepals and petals light ochre-
coloured ; lip trifld, beautiful maroon-brown, with ochre-
coloured veins ; raceme pendulous, many, but loosely, flowered.
Pseudo-bulbs pyriform, bearing two Stanhopea-like leaves. 1879.
Stove. This species is closely allied to C. asperata. (F. M. n. s. 373.)

C. media (middle).* fl. on spikes lOin. high ; sepals and petals
creamy- white ; lip yellow and brown. Khasia, 1837. A pretty
small-growing winter-flowering species, with short round pseudo-
bulbs, and leaves 7in. long.

C. ocellata (eyed).* fl., sepals and petals pure white ; lip curiously
fringed or crested, white, streaked and spotted with yellow and
brown at the base; side lobes with two bright yellow spots on
each ; column bordered with bright orange ; racemes upright.
March and April. I. long, narrow, bright green, longer than the
racemes. Pseudo- bulbs ovate. India, 1822. A very pretty
species, well adapted for block culture. (B. M. 3767.) The variety
maxima is a very handsome form, with a raceme of about eight
star-like flowers ; the segments lanceolate ; lip saddle-shaped,
with a terminal lobe marked with yellow. 1879.

C. odoratissima (very sweet-scented).* fl. pure white, excepting
the centre of the lip, where they are stained with yellow, sweet-
scented ; raceme slender, pendulous. Winter. I. twin, pale
green, lanceolate, about 4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs thickly clustered
together, about lin. high. India, 1864. This species grows freely
if not kept too warm, and will probably succeed perfectly in a
cool orchid house. See Fig. 494. (B. M. 5462.)

C. pandurata (fiddle-shaped).* fl. upwards of Sin. in diameter,
very fragrant ; sepals and petals of a very lively green ; lip of the
same colour, having several deep velvety black raised ridges or
crests running parallel upon its surface, oblong, but curiously
bent down at the sides, thus assuming somewhat the form of a

violin
June

n ; raceme pendulous, longer than the leaves, many-flowered.
, July. 1. bright shining green, 1ft. to lift. long. Pseudo-
bulbs large, broadly ovate, compressed at the edges, h. lift.
Borneo, 1853. A very curious and distinct flowering stove species.
(B. M. 5084.)
C. Parish!! (Parish's), fl. yellow, brown. Moulmein, 1862. (B. M.

C. plantaginea (Plantain-leaved).* fl. greenish-yellow ; lip white,
streaked with brown, h. lift. India, 1852. A distinct and
pretty species.

C. Reichenbachiana (Reichenbach's). fl. large, produced in
pairs ; sepals and petals rose-coloured ; lip rose, but shaded with
purple and fringed in front with crimson. Autumn. Pseudo-
bulbs larger than in any other known species, and peculiarly
netted. Moulmein, 1868. A rare and very distinct species. SYN.
Pleione Reichenbachiana. (B. M. 5753.)

C. Rhodeana

Moluccas, 1867.

(Rhode's), fl. white, fragrant;

C. Schilleriana (Schiller's).* fl. solitary, Sin. long ; sepals and
petals yellow, lanceolate ; lip oblong, contracting in the middle,
expanding into a roundish two-lobed lamina, marked with
regular purplish blotches. June. I. oblong-lanceolate, taj
to a stalk. Pseudo-bulbs small, h. 6in. Moulmein,
(B. M. 5072.)

C. speciosa (showy).* /. upwards of Sin. in diameter, mostly
produced in pairs at the end of a slender peduncle ; sepals and
petals brownish or olive-green, the latter very long, and narrower
than the sepals; lip very beautiful, both in the colour and
marking, and in the exquisite fringe of the crests and margin,
ground-colour yellow, variously veined with dark red, base dark
brown, apex pure white. Hooker describes the peculiar lip as
follows : " The form is oblong ; it is three-lobed, the lateral
lobes small, resembling ears, the latter and the margin of the
broad two-lobed middle lobe or segment fringed. Two long
crests run nearly the whole length of the lip ; these are copiously
fringed with pedunculated stellated hairs, and are beautiful
objects for the microscope." I. solitary, oblong-lanceolate, thin,
dark green. Pseudo-bulbs somewhat oblong, h. lift. Java,
1845. This species is almost a perpetual blossomer. (B. M. 4889.)

C. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured).* fl. yellowish-green ; lip white,
with yellow streaks ; column with a yellow blotch at its base ;
racemes few-flowered. Java, 1871.

C. yiscosa (viscid).* fl., sepals and petals white ; lip white, having
side-lobes broadly streaked with rich brown. Summer. I. dark
green, tapering towards the base. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform in
shape. India, 1870. A rare species, not very unlike C. flaccida.

C. WalUchiana (Wallich's).* fl. about 3in. across, sweet-scented,
usually solitary ; sepals and petals large, bright rose-coloured ;
hp of a similar hue, but striped in the centre with bands of
pure white. Khasia, 1837. A very handsome dwarf species.
SYN. Pleione WalUchiana. (B. M. 4496.)

CCERULESCENT. Bluish.

COFFEA (from Coffee, a province of Narea, in Africa,
where the common Coffee grows in abundance). Coffee-
tree. ORD. Rubiacece. Stove evergreen trees and shrubs.
Corolla tubular, funnel-shaped, with a spreading four to
five-parted limb, and oblong lobes. Leaves opposite ;
stipules iutcrpctiolar. They thrive in a mixture of turfy

Coffea — continued.

loam and sand; and require plenty of water, and ample
pot room. Ripe cuttings strike freely in sand, under
a hand glass, in a moist heat ; and the young plants so
raised produce flowers and fruit more readily than those
grown from seed.
C. arabica (Arabian).* /. white, sweet-scented, disposed in axil-

lary clusters of four to five. September. I. oval-oblong, wavy,
dark green and shining above, paler beneath, acuminated, h. 5ft.
to 15ft. Truly native in the mountainous regions of South-west

Abyssinia, 1696. (B. M. 1303.)
C. benghalensls (Bengal), fl. white, solitary or in pairs at the
extremity of the branches ; corolla hypocrateriform, with a
slender tube. I. opposite, ovate, acuminate, entire, spreading,
remote, almost sessile. Branches dichotomous. Assam. (B. M.
4917.)

C. liberica (Liberian). fl. white, sweet-scented. I. similar in
outline to, but very much larger than, those of Arabian Coffee.
Liberia, 1875. The plant altogether is much more robust, and
can be grown in hot localities in which the older C. arabica would
not thrive. (G. C. n. s. 6, 105.)

C. travoncorensis (Travancore). fl. white, fragrant, solitary, or
three or four together in the axils of the leaves, shortly pedi-
celled, erect. I. variable in shape, from broadly ovate to lanceo-
late, obtuse, acute, or drawn out into a long obtuse or acute
point. Branches slender, obscurely quadrangular, h. 3ft. to 6ft.
Southern India, 1844. (B. M. 6749.)
COFFEE-TREE. See Coffea,.
COHERING. Connected.

COIX (a name applied by Theophrastus to a reed-
leaved plant). Job's Tears. OBD. Graminece. A small
genus of curious grasses, chiefly requiring stove heat.
The only species usually grown is C. lachryma, which is
a native of India, and grows from 2ft. to 4ft. high. This
is cultivated out of doors in summer, and its peculiar

FIG. 495. Coix LACHRYMA, showing Habit and detached
Inflorescence.

heavy grey pearly seeds, which hang in clusters out of
the sheath, give the plant quite an unique appearance.
The seeds, which are about the size of a Cherry-stone,
and are very hard, should be sown in heat, in February
or March, or later on out of doors. See Fig. 495.

COLA (its native name). ORD. Sterculiacece. A stove
evergreen tree, requiring a rich, light, loamy soil. In-
creased by seeds (which are about the size of a pigeon's
egg) ; also by ripened cuttings, placed in sand, under a
hand glass, in bottom heat.

C. acnminata (pointed). Cola or Goora Nut. fl. yellow, nu-
merously disposed in axillary corymbose racemes. January.
I. coriaceous, oblong-ovate, acuminated. Tropical Africa, 1868.
The seeds are universally used as a condiment by the negroes of
West tropical Africa and the West Indies. They are also em-
ployed in medicine, and to render putrid water wholesome.
(B. M. 5699.)

COLAX See Lycaste.
COLBERTIA. See Dillenia.

COLCHICE2E. A tribe of Liliacece which takes its
name from the principal genus, Colchicum, the other three
genera being Bulbocodium, Merendera, and Synsiphon.

COLCHICUM (Colchis, in Asia Minor, is its native
country). Meadow Saffron. TRIBE Colchicece of ORD.
Liliacece. A genus of autumn or rarely spring-flowering

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

359

Colchicum — continued.

plants, allied to Bulbocodium, bat with larger and broader
leaves, which do not appear till spring. Stamens six;
styles three, free, filiform; ovary deeply three-grooved.
Colchicums are among the most beautiful of autumnal
flowering plants, and their cultivation is of the easiest.
Some growers lift annually, and store them for a month
or six weeks in a dry place before planting; but this is
not a good practice, as in no case must it be done till the
leaves die down, which is often not before June or July ;
and, at the latest, they ought to be planted in August.
There is less need to lift these than Crocuses, as they re-
quire little or no division. The best soil is a light sandy
loam, enriched with thoroughly decomposed manure ; and a
rather moist situation is most favourable. On dry soils,
they often suffer considerably in hot summers. Colchicums
look best in masses, and should be planted not less than
Sin. deep. Propagation is effected by increase of conns ; or
by seed, which are usually produced freely, and generally
ripen in June or July. It is best to sow them as soon
as ripe, or in any case not later than September. A warm,
sheltered place, out of doors, should be selected, and the
seed covered with Jin. of fine soil. The seed may come
up during the winter, or may not vegetate till the following
spring.

The choice or rare varieties may be sown in pans, and
be placed for the winter in a cold pit or frame. It is well
to sow thinly, so as to be able to leave the seedlings for
two years in the seed pans. Throughout the summer,
water carefully in dry weather up to the end of July, or
until the tiny plants show signs of resting. After two
years, plant out the bulbs in nursery beds, from 4in. to
Gin. apart, and leave them alone till they flower, which
will be in from three to five years from the time of sowing.
The common Meadow Saffron (C. autumnale) and its
varieties are most largely grown. The species itself may
be purchased in large quantities tolerably cheap.

C. alpinum (alpine). jL deep rose-colour, bell-shaped. A
1. linear, erect, 2in. to 2jin. long, narrowed at the base, appearing
in February and March. Conn small, one (rarely two) flowered!
h. lin. to 2in. Mountains of South-east France and Switzerland.
1820. SY.V C. mantanum. (A. F. P. 1, 74, not of Liniueus.)

C. arenarinm umbrosum (sand and shade loving). A syno-
nym of C. umbrotuin.

FIG. 496. COLCHICUM AUTUMNALE,

C. antnmnale (autumn-flowering).* JL bright purple, num
with very long tubes. Autumn. I. erect, lanceolate, dark green,
6in. to 1ft. long, and usually lin. or more broad, appearing after
the flowers. Conn large, egg-shaped, h. 4in. Europe (Britain).
See Fig. 496. (Sy. En. B. 1§44.) Of this species the varieties are
very numerous, the best being: ALBUM, ATROPURPCRBUM,
DOUBLE PURPLE, DOUBLE WHITE, and STRIATUM.

C. Bivonffl (Bivone's).* JL prettily marked with alternate
checkers of white and purple, chess-board like, radical ; seg-
ments of the perianth elliptical-oblong. Autumn. I. linear,
grooved. South Europe.

C. bnlbocodioldes (Bulbocodinm-like). A synonym of C. mm-
tanum.

C. byzantinnm (Byzantine).* /. pale rose-colour, six to nine to
each bulb ; segments elliptical-oblong. Autumn. L broad, undu-

,

lating, plaited, dark green, four or fire.
depressed, h. Sin. to 4in. Levant, 1629.

Conn large, roundish,

C. chionense (Chios). A synonym of C. variegatwn.

C. luteum (yellow).* ft. yellow, 3m. to 4in. high, with ovate

perianth segments. Spring. I. narrow, linear-ligulate, obtuse,

concave, bright green. Kashmir and Afghanistan, 1874. (B, M.

6153.)
C. montannm (mountain).* fl. lilac-purple or nearly white. Feb-

ruary and March. L short, narrow, lanceolate or linear, falcate,

Colchicnm— Continued,

FIG. 497. COLCHICUM MO.YTAXUM.

reaching about

and developing simultaneously with,

region- "*• syx

FIQ. 498. COLCHICUM PARKI.NSO.NL

C. Parkinson! (Parkinson's).* ft. white, tessellated and barred
with purple. Autumn. L ovate-lanceolate, wavy. Greek Archi-
pelago, 1874. See Fig. 498. fB. M. 6090.)

C. speciosnm (showyX JL clear red-purple, varying to deep
crimson-purple, with a white throat ; tube long ; perianth divi-
sions oval September and October. L 1ft. long by 2in. to 4in.
broad, elliptic, sub-erect, narrowed to the obtuse apex. Caucasus.
The largest known species of the genus. Fig. 499 shows the
habit an* foliage. (B. M. 6078.)

C. nxnbrosnm (shade-loving). JL violaceous-purple, long-tubed.
Autumn. L ligulate-lanceolate, fleshy, three or many, alternate.
oranaceous, oblong, acuminate, three-lobed. k.
SY.V C. artnarium wnfrnwuM. Like most of the
,— , this species produces no leaves at the time of flowering ;
. soon afterwards they appear, and attain in spring a length of
several inches. (B. R. 54L)

C. variegatnm (variegated), ft. rose-colour, marked with purple-
violet checkers; segments lanceolate, acute. Autumn. L
oblong-lanceolate, channelled, margins wavy. Conn large, ett-

shaped. A. Sin. Greece, 1629. Svx. C. chiontn*. (B.
There are two or three forms of this species.

360

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Colchicum — continued.

FIG. 499. COLCHICUM SPECIOSUM.

COLDENIA (named after Conwalladcs Golden, a North
American botanist, who discovered numerous new plants;
these are published in the Upsal Acts for 1743). OED.
BoraginecB. A genus containing about ten species of
branched prostrate herbaceous plants, natives of both the
Old and New Worlds. Perhaps the only one in culti-
vation is C. procumbens — an ornamental stove trailing
annual. Seed should be sown in March, in a hotbed, and
the seedlings planted out singly in pots when large enough
to handle. It requires a light, rich soil.
C. procumbens (procumbent), fl. white, axillary, usually soli-
tary, sessile ; corolla funnel-shaped ; throat wide, naked ; limb
flat. July. I. alternate, cuneiform, petiolate, having one of the
sides shorter than the other, coarsely serrated, plicate, beset
with appressed hairs above. India, 1699.

COLEA (named in honour of General Sir G. Lowry Cole,
a governor of the Mauritius). OKD. Bignoniacece. Stove
evergreen shrubs. Calyx sub-campannlate, five-toothed;
corolla funnel-shaped; limb divided into five spreading
lobes. Fruit oblong, fleshy, indehiscent. Leaves impari-
pinnate, bi- or many-jugate. They thrive in a compost of
peat and loam, both of a fibry texture, and mixed with a
little sand and charcoal. Cuttings of ripe shoots will root
in sand, if placed in a moist bottom heat, and covered
with a glass.

C. Commersoni (Commerson's). A synonym of C. undulata.
C. floribunda (abundant-flowering).* fl. yellowish-white, in
fascicles, nearly sessile, rising from the old wood. August.
I. pinnate, verticillate, eight pairs ; leaflets oblong-lanceolate,
pointed, h. 10ft. Mauritius, 1839. (B. E. 27, 19.)
C. undulata (undulated), fl. yellow and lilac, in racemes from
old wood. Summer. I. whorled, pinnate, 2ft. to 4ft. long. Stem
simple. Madagascar, 1870. SYN. C. Cfrnimeraoni. (B. G. 669.)

COLEBROOKIA (named after Henry Thomas Cole-
brooke, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., an accomplished botanist).
ORD. Labiatce. This genus contains only the two plants
described below, and these probably are but forms of one
species. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, densely clothed
with whitish or sub-rufous woolly tomentum. Flowers
white, small; corolla tubular, contracted in the middle;
cymes of whorls distinct, head-formed, dense, sessile.
Leaves petiolate, oblong-elliptic, crenulated. Spikelets
lin. to Sin. long, pedunculate, paniclcd. They thrive in

Colebrookia — continued.

a. compost of one part peat and two parts loam, with a
small quantity of sand added, to keep the whole porous.
Cuttings of half-ripened shoots, made in April or May
will root in sand, under a bell glass.

C. oppositifolla /opposite-leaved). Branches, leaves, and spikes

opposite, h. 3ft. to 4ft. Nepaul, 1820. (S. E. B. 115.)
C. ternifolia (ternate-leaved). Branches, leaves and spikes
three in a whorl. Leaves move tomentose, and on shorter
petioles, than in the tirst species, and spikelets more dense.
India, 1823.

COLEONEMA (from koleos, a sheath, and nema, a
filament; the filaments are fixed into sheath-like recesses
of the petals). OED. Rutacece. Very ornamental small
Heath-like greenhouse shrubs, from the Cape of Good
Hope. Flowers white, axillary towards the top of the
branches, solitary, on short peduncles. Leaves short,
linear, scattered, very acute, beset with glandular dots.
There are four species, all natives of South-west Africa.
For culture, see Diosma.

C. album (white), fl. white, small. Autumn and winter. I. sub-
erect, linear-lanceolate, channelled above, with a straight, pungent
mucro. h. 1ft. to 2ft. A small erect, nearly glabrous, shvub.
C. aspalathoides (Aspalathus-like). /. white. Autumn. I.
linear, keeled and sub-triangular, with a recurved mucro. h. (An.
to 3ft.

C. juniperinum (Juniper-like), fl. white. Autumn. I. narrow
linear, with a short, straight mucro, concave above, convex under-
neath, shining, h. 1ft. to 2ft.

irge, rec

gent mucro, the diaphanous
VI. 3"" '

Beetles.

C. pulchrum (beautiful), fl. large, red. Autumn. I. spreading or
recurved, linear, with a straight, pungent mu<
margin serrulate, h. 2ft. to 4ft. (B. M. 3340.)

COLEOPTERA.

COLEUS (from koleos, a sheath; in allusion to the
filaments being connected, and forming a tube at the base,
which sheathes the style). OED. Labiatae. A genus of
stove herbs, annual or perennial at the base, rarely suffruti-
cose. Whorls usually six-flowered, but often many-flowered,
sometimes very dense, and sometimes loose, cyme-formed.
The monadelphous stamens distinguish this genus from all
others of the order. The foliage of the hybrid varieties
and sports of Coleus are unsurpassed for beauty of colour;
and, whether grown as large or small plants, they are
extremely useful for decorative purposes. Their culture is
very simple, but unless a. minimum temperature of 55cleg.
is maintained, they cannot be wintered safely. Where such
conditions do not obtain, it is better to purchase plants in
spring, grow them on for the season, and then throw them
away.

Coleus thrive well in a compost of one-half rotten turf,
obtained from an old pasture, one-fourth thoroughly rotted
cow manure, and the remainder of sharp sand and leaf
soil in equal proportions. Pot moderately firm, and water
freely when growth has commenced, giving occasional
doses of liquid manure when established, especially during
hot weather, as the plants then grow very rapidly. Plenty
of air and light must be afforded in summer, in order to
keep the plants strong and short-jointed. Care must also
be taken that they do not suffer for want of water, or
the lower leaves will drop off, and thus render them un-
sightly. Coleus grown for exhibition should be of globular
or pyramidal form, with the lower leaves covering the
edge of the pot, so that neither bare stems nor soil are
visible. When grown for ordinary decoration, useful
plants may be obtained, and the colours in the leaves more
highly developed, by cultivating in comparatively small
pots. Those of 5in. or 6in. diameter are large enough
to produce good-sized plants that are indispensable for
greenhouse or any indoor decorations in summer and
autumn. Being of quick growth, and very easily pro-
pagated, the loss of a Coleus when used in decorating is
of little consequence, compared with the majority of other
plants. The flowers of the foliage kinds are insignificant,
and the spikes, when seen, should be pinched out. The
cultivation above recommended also suits the green-leaved
species ; but, after a few pinchings, to secure bushy plants,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

361

Coleus— continued.

they should be allowed to develop their flowers, some of
which are highly ornamental. Cuttings strike with the
greatest freedom at almost any time of the year, and,
with a good moist heat, will quickly form fine specimens.
They are best placed separately in small pots, and, when
rooted, may be potted on, allowing a liberal shift each
time. Coleua may also be increased by seed; but thia
method is only adopted for raising new varieties.

C. Verschaffeltii, a variety of C. Blumei, is much grown

for bedding purposes, and is especially employed in large

carpet-bedding designs ; it is one of the most effective

crimson-leaved subjects for the purpose, and, arranged

with Centaurea or Golden Feather, is very striking.

C. barbatus (bearded). /. brownish, with the lower lip nearly

ovate, compressed, and hairy ; racemes terminal. November.

I. oval, scalloped, downy and wrinkled, gradually narrowed into

the footstalk. Stem quadrangular. A.2ft. Abysinnia. Peren-

nial. Every part of the plant has a powerful fragrance. (A. B. R.

594.) SYN. Pleetranthus barbatua.

C. Blumei (Blume's). fl. white and purple, disposed in a
terminal elongated whorled spike or raceme. I. rhomboidal ovate,
membranous, deeply and coarsely inciso-serrate at the margin,
the apex acuminate, entire as well as the base ; yellowish-green
in colour, the whole disk dark purple or sanguineous, breaki

aking
nial.

into spots near the margin, h. 1ft. to IJft. Java. Pereni
It is from this species that the innumerabe variegated forms
(so extensively grown for decorative purposes) including Ver-
schaffeltii, have originated. (B. M. 4754.)

C. Colvillei (Colville's). A synonym of Pleetranthus coleoides.

C. Inflatus (inflated), jl. lilac, disposed in compound, sub-
racemose spikes. December. L on long petioles, opposite,
ovate, sharply acuminated, very coarsely serrated. Stems and
branches square; the base of the stem scarcely woody, often
tinged with orange-colour and spotted with red. h. 3ft Ceylon.
Perennial. (B. M. 5236.)

C. Macrael (Macrae's). /I. variegated with white and dark
purple, disposed in a large terminal panicle ; corolla very curious
in the sudden geniculation near the middle of the tube, in the
ample and compressed throat, and especially in the large boat-
shaped lower lip. Summer. I. ovate, acuminate, serrated, dark
green above, beneath deeply purple, as are the petioles. Stems
quadrangular, dark purple, branched, with opposite branches.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Ceylon, 1852. Perennial. (B. M. 4690.)

C. scutcllarioides (Scutellaria-like). JL blue, with the lower
lip white and quadrifld ; disposed in verticillate racemes. I. lan-
ceolate-ovate, serrate, light green above, underneath brownish,
as is also the stem. East Indies, North Australia, Ac. A tall
herb or under-shrub. SYN. Ocimum scutellarioidet. (B. M. 1446.)

The varieties of this genus are innumerable, and a
number are added each year. The following is a selection
of the best kinds now in cultivation ; the descriptions refer
to the leaves :

ADA SENTANCE, highly coloured, good ; ALLEN CHANDLER, light
crimson, self-coloured, good; DISPLAY, bright magenta-cnmson,
blotched bronze, broadly margined with green ; DUCHESS OF
EDINBURGH, very dark, margined and blotched with magenta ;
EDITH SENTANCE, large, blotched crimson, green edge, showy ;
H. A. MANN, creamy-white, tinted rosy-pink; HARRY VEITCH,
pale crimson and yellow, crimpled foliage; JAMES BARNSHAW,
good ; J. F. PAWLE, crimson, pale yellow margin ; KENTISH FIRE,
purplish-crimson, much divided, good ; LADY BURRELL, extra
fine ; Miss RosiNA, magenta-crimson and yellow, highly coloured ;
Miss SIMPSON, extra fine ; MR. G. SIMPSON, dark velvety crim-
son, self, one of the most distinct and best ; MRS. SHARMAN,
irregularly marked, yellow and crimson ; MRS. STEDDALL, vivid
crimson and pale green, small, fine and showy; MRS. VAUGHAN,
dark crimson, broad band of pale yellow ; PicruM, small, deeply
cut, pretty ; PILLAR OP GOLD, much divided, yellow, tinted rose ;
POMPADOUR, large, prettily mottled with many colours, very
distinct and good ; RENOWN, light green, reticulated and irregu-
larly mottled with dark maroon ; SHAH, rose-crimson and yellow,
broad, good ; SUNBEAM, green, veined yellow, distinct.

COLEWORT. A name applied to varieties of the
white Cabbage, before the hearts become solid.

COLLETIA (named after Philibert Collet, a French
botanical writer, 1643-1718). OED. Rhamneat. Much-
branched greenhouse or half-hardy shrubs. Petals absent,
or very minute ; calyx campanulate, coloured. Leaves,
when present, simple, opposite, stipulate, deciduous, very
minute, entire. Branches divaricating, decussately oppo-
site ; branchlets spiny. They are extremely curious plants,
and are best grown in sheltered, isolated positions, where
their peculiar character can be readily seen. A good loamy
soil is most suitable. Cuttings of half-ripened wood, 6in,

Colletia — continued.

to Sin. in length, will root readily in well-drained po>
of sandy soil, in a cool greenhouse ; they should then be
placed in a close, cold frame, until fully established.
C. armata (armed). A synonym of C. spinosa.
C. Bictonensis (Bicton). A synonym of C. cruciate.
C. oraolata (cruciform). Jl. solitary. I. very few, elliptic, quite
entire. Stem very prickly ; spines decussate, compressed laterally,
broad, ovate acute, decurrent. A. 4ft. Rio de la Plata, 1824.
SYN. C. Bictanentit. (B. M. 5033.)
C. ferox (fierce). A synonym of C. tpinosa.
C. horrlda (horrid). A synonym of C. tpinosa.
C. polyaoantha (many-spined). A synonym of C. spinosa.
C. scrratifolia. See Discaria serratifolia.
C. spinosa (spiny). JL in scattered fascicles ; calyx urceolate ;
filaments elongated, exserted. May to July. I. elliptic, quite
entire; spines very strong, awl-shaped. A. 3ft. to 10ft. Chili
and Peru, 1823. SYNS. C. armata, C. ferox, C. horrida, C. poly-
acantha, C. valdiviana. (G. C. n. s., viii., p. 616.)
C. ulicina (Ulex-like). JL, calyx elongated, cylindrical ; fascicles
crowded at the tops of the branches. Spines slender, »ery
numerous, h. 2ft to 4ft Chili.
C. valdiviana (Valdivian). A synonym of C. spinosa.

COLLIER. A common name of the Black Fly
(which gee).

COLLINSIA (named after Zaccheus Collins, once
Vice-President of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia). OBD. Scrophularinece. A small genus of
about a dozen species of very pretty hardy annuals.
Flowers brightly-coloured; corolla tube saccate at the
base on the upper side. Leaves entire, opposite, rarely
verticillate. These are excellent subjects for growing
in patches and clumps; and are of very easy culture in
any ordinary garden soil. Seed should be sown in the
open border, late in March, or in April, and the seed-
lings thinned out to about 2in. apart. For spring flower-
ing, the seed should be sown in a sheltered place during
autumn, and the young plants protected, if necessary,
during the winter, with a handlight, or patting.

FIG. 500. COLLINSIA BICOLOR, showing Entire Inflorescence

.INS1A BICOLOR, showing Entin
and Single detached Flower.

C. blcolor (two-coloured).* Jl. large ; upper lip and tube of corolla
white ; lower lip rosy-purple ; pedicels verticillate, racemose.
August. I. glabrous, ovate-lanceolate, sub-cordate at the base.
Stem erect, downy, h. 1ft. California, 1833. See Fig. 500.

C. corymbosa (corymbose), ft. numerous, disposed in an umbel-
like muniier ; lower lip of corolla white, upper one grey-blue,
very short. 1. ovate, stalked ; upper ones sessile, llabit dwarf
much branched. Mexico, 1868. (11. G. 1868, 568.)

362

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Collinsia — continued.
C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* /..corolla pale purple, dilated,

retuse ; upper lip blue ; pedicels verticillate. May to July.

1., lower ones spathulate ; superior ones oblong-linear, h. 1ft.

Columbia, 1826. (B. R. 1107.)
C. parviflora (small-flowered), fi. purple, blue. June. h. 1ft.

California, &c., 1826. Trailer. (B. B. 1082.)
C. sparsiflora (scattered-flowered). Jl. violet. May. h. 1ft.

California, 1836.
C. tinctorla (dyers'). A. pale pink. May. h. 1ft. California,

C. verna (spring).* /., corolla white ; lower lip blue ; pedicels
axillary, solitary. May. 1. lanceolate. Stem erect, a little
branched. A. 1ft. Eastern United States, 1855. (B. M. 4927.)

C. violacea (violet), fl., corolla bright violet ; upper lip paler.
I. ovate-lanceolate, and remotely denticulated, h. Sin. to 1ft.
Arkansas, &c., 1871.

COLLINSONIA (named in honour of Peter Collinson,
F.R.S., a well-known patron of science and correspondent
of Linnaeus ; he first introduced this and a host of other
plants to English gardens). OKD. Labiates. Strong-
scented, rather coarse-growing, hardy herbaceous plants
or shrubs. Flowers pedicellate, solitary ; pedicels opposite,
disposed in simple, but usually paniculately-branched,
racemes; corolla exserted, sub-campanulate. They grow
well in common garden soil, but prefer sandy peat, and a
moist situation. Propagated readily by dividing the roots,
in spring.

C. anisata (Anise-scented).* Jl. pale yellow ; panicle dense. Sep-
tember. I. broad-ovate, a little toothed, roundly truncate at the
base, wrinkled, pubescent on the nerves beneath, and on the
stems, which are a little branched, h. 2ft. to 3ft. South United
States, 1806. This species requires protection from severe frosts.
(B. M. 1213.)

C. canadensls (Canadian). Jl., corolla yellow, four times longer
than the calyx ; panicles elongated, loose, many-flowered.
August. I. broad-ovate, acuminate, rounded at the base, sub-
cordate, glabrous. Stems branched, glabrous, or a little downy.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. North America, 1734. This hardy perennial has
a peculiar scent, which is agreeable, but very strong.

COLLOMIA, (from kolla, glue; in reference to the
seeds being enveloped in a mucilaginous substance, of a
most remarkable character). OBD. Polemoniacece. This
genus is allied to Gilia, and contains about a dozen species
of very pretty hardy annuals. Flowers disposed in dense
heads, propped by broad, ovate, quite entire bracts ; corolla
salver-shaped. Leaves alternate, the lower ones rarely
opposite, rarely pinnatifid. They are of very easy culture
in ordinary soil, and may be treated like Collinsia
(which see).

C. Cavanillesli (CavaniUes1). A synonym of C. grandiflora.
C. cocclnea (scarlet).* fl. deep red ; corolla more than twice
as long as the calyx. June to October. I. lanceolate linear ;
upper ones ovate-lanceolate, quite entire, or deeply two to four-
toothed at the apex. h. 1ft. to lift. Plant erect, branched,
beset with glandular down. Chili, 1831. SYN. C. Cavanillesii.
(B. R. 1622.)

C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* Jl. of a very uncommon reddish-
yellow colour, disposed in hemispherical, pruinose, clammy
heads ; corolla ventricose. June to October. I. oblong-lanceo-
late, entire, shining, ciliated with glands. Plant erect, branched,
rather downy at top. h. lift, to 2ft. North-west America, 1826.

C. heterophylla (various-leaved). Jl. purplish, few, in sessile
heads. Summer. I. alternate, petiolate, deeply and doubly
pinnatifid ; the segments lanceolate, rather acute, pubescent.
h. 1ft. to lift. North-west America, 1828. (B. M. 2895.)

C. linearls (lined). /. yellowish-brown, in dense, sessile, ter-
minal heads, surrounded by an involucre of the uppermost leaves.
May to July. I. linear-lanceolate, lanceolate, or broadly lanceo-
late, the shorter ones almost ovate, alternate, patent, sessile,
waved, entire, h. 1ft. to lift. North-west America, 1828. An
erect, much-branched annual. (B. M. 2893.)

COLOCASIA (from kolokasia, the Greek name for
the root of an Egyptian plant). GBD. Aroidece (Aracece).
A small genus of stove herbaceous plants, with a perennial
tuberous or creeping rhizome. Flowers unisexual ; the
females at the base of the spadix, separated from the males
by short ovoid neutral organs ; spathe with a convolute
persistent base; the lamina long-lanceolate, deciduous.
Scapes and leaves radical; the lamina often very large,
cordate or peltate, undivided. For culture, see Caladium.

Colocasia— continued.

ANTIQUORUM.
/., spathe green, with the

FIG. 501. COLOCA
C. antiquorum (ancient).* Ta

lamina or blade 6in. or more long, much longer than the spadix.
I. ovate, more or less peltate and cordate, often above 1ft. long
and broad, h. 2ft. East Indies (cultivated in South Europe
and throughout the tropics), 1551. See Fig. 501.

Fia. 502. COLOCASIA ESCULENTA.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

363

Colocasia — continued.

C. esculenta (edible).* /. whitish ; spadix shorter than the ovate-
lanceolate spatbe. i. peltate-cordate. A. 2ft. Sandwich Islands,
Ac., 1739. This fine species has been used with great success in
sub-tropical gardening in the midland and southern counties. For
this purpose, it should be planted out early in June, in thoroughly
drained, warm, light and rich soil. In very hot weather, a
plentiful supply of water must be administered, and occasionally
liquid manure. On the approach of frost, all the leaves, except
the central one, must be cut down to within 2in. of the crown. A
few days after this operation, the tubers should be taken np,
exposed for a few hours to the air, to become dry, and then stored
away for the winter in the greenhouse, or any other frost and
damp proof situation. SY.N. Caladium e-scuientum. See Fig. 502.

C.indica(Indian)i» fl. brownish ; spadices axillary, I. ovate, bifid
at base, rounded. Plant caulescent, sub-erect. A. 5ft. Sandwich
Islands, &c., 1824. ST>. Arum indieum.

C. nymphseifolia (Xymphxa-Ieaved). /., spadix longer than the
white cylindrical spathe, sagittate at the end. L peltate-cordate,
sagittate. Plant steinless. India, 1800.

C. odorata (fragrant).* fl. very fragrant ; spadix as long as the
white cymbifonn spathe. I. cordate, with rounded lobes, 3ft
long. Plant caulescent Peru, 131& See Fig. 503.

FIG. 503. COLOCASIA ODORATA.

COLOGANIA (named after a family of the name of
Cologan, who resided at Port Orotava, in Teneriffe, and
from whom men of science visiting that island experienced
the greatest hospitality). OBD. Leguminosce. Stove pro-
cumbent or twining shrubs, beset with retrograde hairs.
Flowers solitary, axillary, pedunculate, or in short racemes.
Leaves pinnately trifoliolate, rarely one or five-foliolate.
For culture, see Clitoria.

C. biloba (two-lobed)L fl. violet, racemose. I. ternate, clothed
with adpressed hairs, h. 20ft Summer and autumn. Mexico.
Conservatory. SYN. Glycine biloba. (B. K. 14ia)
C. Bronssonetii (Broussonefs). A. violet, twin, shortly pedicel-
late ; calyx villous, rather five-cleft L, leaflets ovate-oblong,
mucronate, rather strigose on both surfaces, paler beneath.
Mexico, 1827.

Other species quoted as being in cultivation are : angvtttfolia
and pulcheOa.

COLQUHOUNIA (named after Sir Robert Colquhonn,
Bart., at one time resident at Kumaon). OBD. Labiate.
Elegant and curious evergreen, twining or scandent,
usually tomentose, not pilose, shrubs ; well fitted for
ornamenting rafters in greenhouses or conservatories.
Whorls loose, axillary, or approximating into a terminal
spike ; bracts minute"; corolla bilabiate, with an exserted
incurved tube, and a dilated throat, naked inside. Leaves
rather large, crenate ; those of the upper parts of the
branches, near the inflorescence, reduced to small bracts.

Colquhounia — continued.

A light rich soil, or one composed of equal parts loam,
sand, and leaf mould, suits them well. Young cuttings
will root readily, in the same kind of compost, under
handlights, in summer.

C. coccinea (scarlet).* /-, corolla scarlet, twice the length of the
calyx ; whorls few-flowered, approximating into a spike, which
is leafy at the base. September. L nearly glabrous, roughish,
ovate, acuminated, 3in. to 4in. long. NepanL (B. M. 4514.)
C. tomentosa (tomentose).* fl. brilliant orange-red, in crowded
whorls. I. densely covered with greyish tomentum. NepauL A
tall branching shrub. It may be grown out of doors in warm
situations, in summer. (B. H. 1873, 131.)

COLT'S FOOT. See Tussilatfo.
COLUBRINA (from coluber, a snake, in allusion to
the twisted filaments of the stamens). OBD. Bhamnete.
Stove or greenhouse shrubs. Flowers in axillary, short,
crowded cymes, or in fascicles. Leaves alternate, quite
entire or crenulated, usually pubescent. The species do
not possess much ornamental value, and hence are rarely
seen in gardens.

COLUMBINE. See Aquilegia.
COLUMELLA. A synonym of Pi-
sonia (which see).

COLUMELLIA (named in honour
of L. Junius Moderatus Columella, a
native of Cadiz, in Spain, author of one
of the most valuable works on Roman
agriculture; he was born about the be-
ginning of the Christian era). STN.
Uluxia. The only genus of OBD. Columel-
liacece. It contains only two species,
one of which is not yet introduced to
cultivation. C. oblonga is a greenhouse
evergreen shrub. It thrives in » mixture
of loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand; and
half-ripened young cuttings will strike
readily in the same compost, under a
hand glass, with a gentle heat

C. oblonga (oblong)L JL yellow, terminal,
on short peduncles; corolla rotate, with a
five-loled concave equal limb ; corymbs leafy.
L oblong, veiny, toothed at top, attenuated
at the base, shining and green above, but
silky and glaucous beneath, lin. to 2in. long.
Branchlets clothed with silky down, com-
pressed between the internodes. A. 20ft
Andes of Peru and Ecuador, 1875. (B. M
6183.)

COLUMELLIACE2E. An order of
evergreen shrubs or small trees, containing but one
genus — Columellia. Flowers with a five-lobed spreading
corolla, bearing in its short tube two stamens. Leaves
opposite, serrate, exstipulate.

COLUMN, or COLUMNA. The combination of
stamens and styles into a solid central body ; as in
orchids.

COLUMNAR. Formed like a column.

COLUMNEA (named after Fabins Columna, or, more
correctly, Fabio Colonna, an Italian of noble family ; author
of "Minus Cognitarum Stirpum Ecphrasis," Rome, 1616,
and " Phytobasanos," ^ vol., 4to, Naples, 1592). OKD.
Gesneraceaf. A genus of stove evergreens. Peduncles
axillary, solitary, or crowded; corolla tubular, straightish,
gibbous behind at the base, ringent; upper lip erect,
arched; lower one trifid, spreading. Leaves decussately
opposite, thickish, hairy or pubescent, somewhat ser-
rated. Stems flexile, erect, or scandent. For culture, tee

C. aurantiaca (orange).* fl. of the deepest and richest orange-
colour ; calyx pale yellowish-green. June. New Grenada, 1851.
This beautiful but rare species makes an excellent basket plant :
it grows well upon a lump of nearly rotten wood, which will
absorb water like a sponge, and give it back gradually to the
plant (F. d. S. 552.) ™

364

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Columnea — continued.

C. aureo-nitens (bright golden).* /. deep rich orange-red.
September. I. broadly-lanceolate, and densely clothed with
golden-coloured silky-shaggy hairs. Columbia, 1843. A very
distinct and singular species. (B. M. 4294.)

C. erythrophsea (bright red).* /. solitary, axillary; corolla
bright red, large; calyx large, spreading, blotched with red
inside. November. I. lanceolate, tapering to a point, oblique
at the base, rich deep green, h. 2ft. Mexico, 1858. Shrub.
(R. H. 1867, 170.)

C. hirsute (hairy). /. usually twin ; corolla purplish, or pale
red, villous, hairy; calycine segments denticulated, hairy.
August to November. I. ovate, acuminated, serrated, hairy
above; petiolate. Jamaica,1780. Climbing shrub. (B. M.3081.)

C. Kalbreyeriana (Kalbreyer's).* fl. on short racemes ; corolla
yellow, exceeding the calyx in length, marked with red stripes
in the interior ; calyx yellow, liin. to 2in. long. February. I.
opposite, lanceolate, curving downwards on either side of the

stem, dull green above, somewhat spotted with pale yellow ; the
'icing of a deep claret-red. One leaf of each pair
is much smaller than the other, and the large and small leaves

lower surface bcir

alternate. 1882. Habit shrubby, perhaps half -climbing ; stems
rather thick, fleshy. (B. M. 6633.)

C. rutilans (ruddy-leaved). /. corolla reddish-yellow, villous ;
calycine segments jagged, villous. August, September. I, ovate-
lanceolate, denticulated, rather scabrous, hairy, and coloured
beneath. Jamaica, 1823. Climbing shrub.

orolla scarlet, melliferous,
ist. I.
quad-

C. Schiedeana (Schiede's).* fl., corolla 2in. long, clothed with
glandular hairs, variegated with yellow and brown ; calycine
segments entire, spotted and villous. June. I. oblong-lanceolate,
itire, about 5in. long, and l^in. broad, clothed with silky
Stems nodose, smoothish at bottom, but clothed with
hairs. Mexico, 1840. Herbaceous climber. (B. M.

C. scandens (climbing). /. solitary ; corolla scarlet, melliferous,
hairy ; calycine segments denticulated, pubescent. August. I.
ovate, acute, serrated, rather villous, petiolate. Stems quad-
rangular. Climbing shrub. Guiana, 1759. (B. M. 1614.)

quite entire, about 5in. long, and l^in. broad, clothed with silky
hairs. ~

B3S

COIiURJA (from kolouros, deprived of a tail ; the seed
is without the tail, so conspicuous in several allied genera).
OKU. RosacecB. The only species in this genus is the hardy
herbaceous perennial described below. Styles jointed,
falling from the achenes when mature, not adhering as in
Geum, to which genus it is closely related. For culture,
see Geum.

C. potentilloides (Potentilla-like). fl. orange ; stem one to three-
flowered. June. i. interruptedly pinnate, the terminal leaflets
large, the lateral ones unequal in size and shape, all canescent
beneath ; cauline ones trifld or entire, h. 6in. to 1ft. Siberia,
1780. This has at different times been placed under Dryat, Geum,
and Sieversia.

COLUTEA (presumably from koluo, to amputate ; the
shrubs are said to die if the branches are lopped off;
Koloutea is also used as the name of a plant by Theo-
phrastus). Bladder Senna. OBD. Leguminosce. A genus of
deciduous shrubs, with small stipules, and impari-pinnate
leaves, which are somewhat longer than the axillary few-
flowered racemes. Coluteas are of the easiest culture in
any common soil. They may be increased by seeds, which
ripen in abundance ; or by cuttings, inserted in sandy
soil, in the autumn. They are chiefly valued as fast-
growing shrubs which will thrive in almost any situation.
C. arborescens (woody).* fl. yellow ; peduncles usually bearing
about six flowers. June to August. I., leaflets elliptic, retuse.
h. 6ft. to 10ft. Middle and South of Europe (in hedges and bushy
places), 1568. This is said to grow on the crater of Vesuvius,
where little other vegetation exists. (B. M. 81.)
C. a. crlspa (curled). A synonym of C. a. pygmcea.
C.a. pygmrea (dwarf)* is a dwarf-growing form, with crisped

leaves. SYN. C. a. erispa.

C. cruenta (bloody).* fl. reddish-yellow, peduncles three to five-
flowered. Summer. I., leaflets usually seven to nine, glaucous
h. 4ft. to 6ft. South-east Europe and Levant, 1731.
C. haleppica (Aleppo), fl. yellow, larger than those of the other
species here mentioned. I. glaucous, with small more numerous
leaflets, h. 3ft. to 6ft. Levant, 1752.

C. media (intermediate). /. orange-yellow. I. glaucescent. h. 6ft.
Orient. In general aspect, this resembles C. cruenta, but differs
in the colour of the flowers.

COLTSIS. See Polypodium.

COMACLINIUM ATJRANTIACUM. See Dy-

sodia grandiflora.

COMABOPSIS (from Komarum, the Comarum, and
opsis, resemblance). OED. Rosacece. Of the five plants

Comaropsis — continued.

mentioned under this generic name in De Candolle's
" Prodromus," three belong to Waldsteinia and the other
two to Rubus.
C. fragarioides. See Waldsteinia fragarioides.

COMAROSTAPHYLIS (from Komaros, the Arbutus,
and staphyle, & grape ; referring to the clusters of fruit).
OBD. Ericaceae. This genus is now included under Arcto-
staphylos. Very pretty greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
bearing succulent, edible fruit. They thrive in a compost
of loam and peat, and are propagated in three ways : By
seeds; by cuttings, under a handlight, in the beginning
of autumn; and by grafting on the Arbutus, in spring.
In southern counties, this genus is tolerably hardy, but
should at all times and in all places have a protection in
winter, when grown out of doors.

C. arbntoides (Arbutus-like).* fl. white; racemes panicled ;
bracts acuminate, shorter than the pedicels. May. I. linear-
oblong, entire, mucronate, rusty beneath. Plant erect, tomen-
tose. h. 6ft. Guatemala, 1840. (B. R. 29, 30.)
C. poliifolia (Polium-leaved). fl. crimson, racemose. May. I.
linear-lanceolate. Plant erect, tomentose. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1840.

COMARUM (from Komaros, the Arbutus ; in reference
to its fruit being similar to that of the Arbutus). Marsh
Cinquefoil. OBD. Rosaceos. A hardy herbaceous creeping
perennial, only differing from Potentilla, under which genus
it is generally included, by the spongy character of the
mature receptacle and the different colour of the flowers.
It thrives in almost any kind of moist soil, and is easily
increased by dividing the roots.

C. palustre (marsh). /. dark purplish-brown, pedicellate, axillary,
and terminal ; petals lanceolate, acuminated, much shorter than
the calyx. June. /. pinnate ; leaflets broad, acutely serrated,
green above, but glaucescent beneath, h. 1ft. to l£ft. Northern
hemisphere (Britain). The powerfully astringent rootstock yields
a yellow dye. SYN. Potentilla Comarum. (Sy. En. B. 437.) There
is a form with variegated leaves which is very ornamental.

COMBRETACE2E. A rather extensive genus of trees
or shrubs, often climbing, unarmed, very rarely spinose.
Flowers in axillary or terminal spikes or racemes. Leaves
alternate or opposite, or rarely whorled, entire, exstipulate.
This order contains upwards of 240 species, and the genera
best known are : Combretum, Quisqualis, and Terminalia.

COMBRETUM (a name given by Pliny to a climbing
plant, the name of which is now unknown). OED. Com-
bretacecB. Stove evergreen climbing or erect shrubs, rarely
herbs. Flowers bracteate, almost sessile, rarely pedicellate ;
spikes solitary or twin, axillary, and terminal, opposite, or
three or four in a whorl, usually disposed in a terminal
panicle. Leaves entire, opposite or tern, rarely alternate.
Many of the Combretnms are of very considerable
beauty. The most successful method of cultivation is to
plant them out in a border in the stove, train them up
an upright pillar, and then either up the rafters or on
chains hung up in festoons lengthwise of the house. For
soil, the most suitable compost is three parts peat, one loam,
and one leaf mould. The only attention they require in
the warm days of summer, is to give a proper supply
of water at the roots, taking care to bestow a sufficient
quantity to thoroughly moisten all the soil. In the early
part of the season, before flowering, frequent syringings
may be applied. When the flowering season is over, they
ought to be considerably pruned in and thinned, and, at
the same time, the branches and leaves which are to
remain, should be thoroughly washed with a sponge. When
this is performed, the branches may be pretty closely tied
in, and they will require but very little attention until
spring. Propagation may be effected by cuttings of 'young
shoots, or, rather, stiffish side shoots, taken off with a
heel, planted in sand, under a bell glass, and placed in
heat.

C. Afzclii (Afzelius's). A synonym of C. grandiflorum.
C. elegans (elegant).* /. yellow ; petals lanceolate, acute, hairy ;

spikes simple, on short peduncles. May. I. elliptic, acute,

acuminated, puberulous above, and clothed with yellowish

tomentum beneath. Brazil. 1820.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

365

Combretum — continued.

C. farinosum (mealy). fl. orange-coloured, sub-secund ; petals
scale-formed ; spikes usually twin, many-flowered. April to July.
I. elliptic-oblong, obtuse, rather coriaceous, rounded at the base,
mealy beneath. Mexico, 1825.

C. grandiflorum (large-flowered).* fl. scarlet, large, secund:
petals obovate, obtuse; spikes short, axillary, and terminal.
Hay to July. 1. oblong. Plant hairy. Sierra Leone, 1824. SYN.
C. Afzelii. (B. M. 2944.)

C. laxum (loose).* /. red or yellow, large, secund ; petals small,
elliptic, glabrous; stamens scarlet, nearly lin. long; spikes
axillary and terminal. May. I. ovate-lanceolate. Branches sub-
quadrangular. Trinidad, 1818.

C. micropetalum (small-petalled). fl. yellow ; petals obovate-
lanceolate; stamens very long, bright yellow; spikes simple,
densely-flowered, on short peduncles, about equal in length to
the leaves. August. I. elliptic-oblong, acuminated, smoothish
above, and lepidoted beneath. Brazil, 1867. (B. M. 5617.)
C. racemosum (racemose).* fl. white, on short pedicels ; petals
lanceolate, obtuse; panicle of many spikes; spikes elongateu,
tufted at the apex. February to July. I. ovate-oblong, acute,
shining. West Coast of Africa, 1826.

COMESFERMA (from kome, hair, and sperma, a seed ;
in allusion to the tufts of hair at the ends of the seeds).
OBD. Polygalece. A genus of about twenty-five species
of greenhouse herbs, under-shrubs or shrubs, erect or
twining, all natives of Australia. Flowers small, dis-
posed in compound panicles or simple racemes. Bracts,
two or three, at the base of the flowers. They thrive in a
mixture of sandy loam and peat, with thorough drainage.
Young cuttings will root freely, if planted in sand, under
a bell glass. Comespermas, although well worth culti-
vating, are but rarely seen in English gardens.
C. gracilis (slender). A synonym of C. volulilis.
C. volubilis (twining), fl. very numerous ; wings bright blue,
with purple keels ; racemes axillary, many-flowered. April.
L few.linear-lanceolate, bluntish, slightly wavy at the margins
Stems numerous, very slender. 1834. A very p^-growing a nd
pretty suffruticose twiner. SYN. C. gracilt*. (P. M. K. £>, IHO.J

COMFREY. See Symphyttim officinale.

COMMELINA (named after Kaspar (1667-1731) and
Johann (1629-1698) Commelin, Dutch botanists). OBD.
CommeUnacea,. This genus is allied to the better-
known one of Tradescantia, but differs in having only
three perfect stamens. Herbaceous perennials, some of
which are very pretty plants, but not often seen in
cultivation. The stove and greenhouse evergreen species
are best grown in a light and rich soil, and are pro-
pagated chiefly by cuttings, which will root in sand,
in a gentle hotbed. The tuberous-rooted species, when
grown in the open, should be taken up before autumn,
and stored away, like Dahlias, care being taken, however,
to prevent them becoming very dry. If the position is
sheltered, and the soil well drained, they may be left out.
In the ensuing spring, their growth may be accelerated by
the aid of slight heat, and in May, they may be trans-
planted out in the open. Plants thus treated, flower
much stronger than seedlings.

slender? terete, h. 1ft. to 3ft. Cape o? Good Hope, 1759 A
trailing, somewhat bushy greenhouse plant. SYN. C. lutea.
(B. M. 1431.)

Bengal, 1794. Stoever

nial. See Fig. 504. (S. B. F. G. 3.)
C. c. alba (white)* resembles the type, except in the cc

teretebTan^

nial. '(The type*is figured in B. M. 2644.)

Commelina — continued.

middle rib prominent behind, channelled above. , Stem ascend-
ing rooting, branched, red, especially above the joints, hairy. A.
H?t to 2ft Lima. A very pretty greenhouse species. (B. M

Ht

3047, under the name of C. gracilis.)

Fio 504 COMMELINA OELESTIS, showing Habit, and detached
Flower (natural size).

C nrefttn. ferectt /I snathes crowded and nearly sessile, hooded,
t<?p *?a?euT fruit!" Summlr. 1. large, Sin. to 7in. long, lin..to
2in. wide, oblong-lanceolate, the upper surface and margins
roueh backwards. Stems erect, rather stout, h. lift, to 4ft.
Pennsylvania One of the largest species. Hardy. There is a
hairy form, C. hirtella.

C. lutea (yellow). A synonym of C. africana.

C. prostrata (prostrate). A synonym of C. benghalenti*.

expanded, Dinted? 'in ° fruit" somewhat hood-like. Summer

ioblon- or linear-lanceolate. Stems slender erect, or reclined

and rooting towards the base. South United States. Hardy.

There is a narrow-leaved form, named C. angustifolta.

COMMELINACE2E. An extensive, widely dispersed

order of herbaceous plants, principally confined to the

warmer regions. Outer perianth of three segments, and

the inner also of three, and coloured. Leaves flat, usually

sheathing at the base. There are above 300 species. The

two best-known genera are Commelina and Tradescantw.

COMMERSONIA DASYPHYLLA. A synonym
of Rulingia pannosa (w"hich see).

COMOCLADIA (from kome, hair, and klados, a
branch; in allusion to the leaves being crowded at t
tops Of the branches). Maiden Plum OBD. Anacar-
dfaeM Stove evergreen trees, abounding in clammy
juice. ' Flowers purple, small, on short pedicels disposed
in loose branched panicles; petals three to four im-
bricate Leaves impari-pinnate, with opposite leaflets.
They succeed well in a mixture of peat or loam or any
light rich soil. Eipened cuttings root in sand, if placed

under a glass, in heat.

-- -- — -' — i footstalks, oblong,

beneath, h. 30ft.

Jamaica, 1778.

COMFAK-ETTIA (named after Andreas Comparetti,
professor at Padua, and a writer on vegetable physiology ;
born in 1746, died in 1801). OBD. Orchidea. Elegant but
verv rare stove epiphytal Orchids, with handsome, generally
SpS racemes of small but brightly-coloured flowers,
which retain their beauty for a considerable period
They succeed well on small blocks of wood, with live
sphagnum, suspended from the roof of a moderately warm

366

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Comparettia— continued.

house, where they will not be fully exposed to the sun.
Comparettias require a liberal supply of moisture during
the growing season, and at no time should they be
allowed to become dry. Propagated by division of the
plants.

C. coccinea (scarlet).* /., sepals and petals brilliant scarlet ; lip
the same colour, with a tinge of white at the base ; racemes three
to seven-flowered. November. I. bright green on the upper
surface, elegant purple beneath. Brazil, 1838. (B. R. 24, 68.)

C. falcate (sickle-shaped).* A., sepals and petals rich rosy-purple ;
lip the same colour, but thickly veined with a deeper shade.
Columbia, 1836. Not very dissimilar to C. coccinea, but having
broader leaves and somewhat differently shaped flowers. Very
rare.

C. macroplectron (long-spurred).* fl. pale rose-coloured, speckled
with red, distichous, nearly 2in. long from the tip of the dorsal
sepal to the end of the lip ; racemes pendulous. I. two to three,
4in. to 5in. long by Jin. to IJin. broad, leathery, green above ;
pale, and faintly streaked with rusty - yellow, beneath. New
Grenada. (B. M. 6679.)

C. rosea (rosy).* Very small, but pretty, with shorter and more
compact racemes than C. J'alcata. Spanish Main, 1843. Barely
seen. (P. M. B. 10, 1.)

COMPLICATE, COMPLICATED. Folded np
upon itself.

COMPOSITE, or ASTEKACE22. The most ex-
tensive order of herbs and shrubs, or trees, in the vegetable
kingdom. There are between 700 and 800 genera, and
about 10,000 species. Flowers collected into a head on a
common receptacle, and surrounded by an involucre.
Leaves alternate or opposite, exstipulate. Among the more
important genera are : Aster, Chrysanthemum, and Dahlia.

COMPOSTS. A term applied to any mixture of
different soils or manures, either for potting purposes, or
for top-dressing plants in pots or in the open ground. It
may consist of different ingredients, with or without the
addition of any manure, according to the habit or require-
ment of the subject for which it is intended. Manures that
would prove destructive by their strength to any plant in
a pot, may be mixed to form a certain proportion of the
Compost, and thereby prove beneficial. Loam, in most cases,
forms the greater bulk of soils used for fruit-trees, and for
most strong-growing plants of the soft- wooded class. This
is not often suitable for use wholly by itself, consequently
the addition of other material has to be made, to render it
lighter, and so encourage root action, or to keep it suffi-
ciently porous to allow the free passage of air and water.
Charcoal, sharp sand, leaf soil, burnt earth, peat, and
many other things, besides so-called manures, may be used
for this purpose ; and, although it may be necessary to add
something stronger for sustaining any given plant, yet
one or more of these may be generally used beneficially.
A Compost of any description should be thoroughly mixed
before being used, in order that the different parts may
be evenly incorporated. It should be in a condition not
too dry nor sufficiently wet to cling together. This is very
important, as the after condition of the plants will, in
many cases, testify. All manures should be used when
somewhat dry, and none applied when in a fresh state,
as then they often prove destructive. Good leaf soil is
one of the most useful ingredients for Composts, and
that which has never been placed in sufficient bulk to
cause violent heating, is the best. If obtained from
woods where decay has taken place very gradually, it
is much to be preferred. It should then be collected
ready for use as required, and it will not, as a rule,
generate sufficient heat afterwards to cause injury. Hard-
wooded greenhouse plants succeed in peat and sand, and
manure should never be applied to them. It must be
remembered, in preparing a Compost for such subjects,
that it will probably have to last for a period of at least
twelve months. The following questions should be con-
sidered when preparing a mixture of soil. What is the
description of plant for which it is intended? Is it a
hard or soft-wooded subject0 and Is it to be potted

Composts — continued.

temporarily or permanently ? Young plants are, in all
cases, benefited by having a lighter soil than others better
established, as root action is thereby encouraged. These
principles should always be considered, and all subjects
treated accordingly. Suitable Composts for most plants
are given under their respective headings; consequently,
it is only necessary here to give instructions for general
guidance. Study and personal experience with the various
requirements of the plants to be potted, must be exercised
in the application of suitable ingredients in the Compost.
See also Manures.

COMPOST YARD. An inclosure in gardens, gene-
rally in the neighbourhood of the potting sheds, where
different soils, manures, &c., are stored until required
for use. A great advantage is gained if the Compost
Yard contains an open shed, in which the whole or a
part of the soils used for potting, can be placed, and
kept dry, or be prepared in wet weather for use. A rule
should always be enforced of having that portion of any
soil or manure left properly placed together and tidy
each time any is taken away.

COMPOUND. When formed
of several parts united in one
common whole. A Compound Leaf
is shown at Fig. 505.

COMPOUND CORYMB. A

branched Corymb, the divisions of
which are corymbose.

COMPRESSED. Pressed together and flattened.
COMPSANTHUS. A synonym of Tricyrtis (which
see).

COMFSOA. A synonym of Tricyrtis (which see).
COMFTONIA (named after Henry Compton, once
Bishop of London, the introducer and cultivator of many
curious exotic plants, and a great patron of botany). OBD.
Myricacece. An ornamental hardy deciduous shrub, re-
quiring peat earth and a shady situation. Propagated by
layers, which should be put down in autumn.
C. asplenifolia (Spleenwort-leaved).* fl. whitish ; male catkins
lateral, cylindrical; female catkins lateral, ovate. March and
April. I. simple, alternate, lanceolate, pinnatifldly toothed,
downy, sprinkled with yellowish, resinous, transparent particles.
Stipules half heart-shaped, h. 3ft. to 4ft. North America, 1714.
A distinct shrub, with fragrant fern-like leaves. (W. D. B. 166.)
CONANDRON (from konos, a cone, and aner, andron,
a male, an anther ; the appendages to the anthers are
united in a cone around the style). OBD. Gesneracece. A
rare and very pretty, but not quite hardy, herbaceous
perennial. For cultivation, see Ramondia, to which this
genus is allied.

C. ramondioides (Ramondia-like).* fl. shortly pedicellate, with
linear bracts, borne on leafless scapes in a forked corymbose cyme,

FIG. 505. COMPOUND
LEAF.

hich is at first drooping ; corolla white, or pink with a purplish
, twice the length of the calyx ; tube s
alyx about iin. long, pubescent. Summe

metimes solitary, stalked, ovate-oblong, acute, coarsely serrated,

eye, rotate,
whi

sub-globose,
ent. Summer. I. few,

dark green and rugose, h. 6m. Japan, 1879. (B. M. 6484.)

CONANTHERA (from konos, a cone, and anthera, an
anther ; in reference to the six anthers forming a cone in
the early stage of the flower). OBD. Liliacece. Very
pretty little half-hardy bulbous plants, rather difficult to
preserve, and hence rarely seen in English gardens. They
should be planted in sandy soil, in a warm border, and be
well protected throughout the winter from excessive rains
and frosts; or lifted and stored in sand, in frost-proof
quarters. Propagated by offsets, or by seed.
C. bifolia (two-leaved). A. blue, in small panicles. April, f.

linear, acute, h. 6in. to lift. Chili, 1823.
C campanulata (bell-shaped), fl. blue, paniculate. April. I.

linear, shorter than the peduncle, h. 1ft. Chili, 1823. SYN.

Cumingia campanulata. (B. M. 24S6, under the name of

Conanthera bifolia.)

CONCAVE. Hollow.

CONCENTRIC. Having a common centre.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

367

CONCRETE. A cement composed of pebbles, lime
and sand. It is largely employed for walks and for the
foundations of buildings. See also Walks.

CONCRETE. Formed into one mass, or joined
together.

CONDOR VINE. See Gonolobus Cunclurango.

CONDUFLICATE. In vernation, folded face to face.

CONE. The strobilus or scaly fruit of a Pine or Fir tree.

CONE FLOWER. See Rudbeckia.

CONE HEAD. See Strobilantb.es.

CONFLUENT. Gradually united.

CONIFERS!. A large order of trees or shrubs, mostly
evergreen, and with resinous secretions. Flowers monoe-
cious or dioecious, naked, disposed either in cylindrical or
short catkins, with closely-packed scales. The females
are sometimes solitary. Ovules and seeds naked. Leaves
alternate, opposite, or fascicled in a membranous sheath,
often narrow, needle-like, or rigid, or reduced to dense im-
bricating scales, rarely with a flattened limb. Bentham
and Hooker divide this large family into six tribes, viz. :
ABIETINE.E, containing Abies, Cedrus, Larix, Picea, Pinus,
Pseudotsuga, and Tsuga ; ABATJCABUE, containing Agaihis,
Araucaria, and Cunninghamia ; C r/PRESSiNE^:, containing
Actinostrobus, Callitris, Cupressus, Fitzroya, Juniperus,
Libocedrus, and Thuja; PODOCABPEJE, containing Micro-
cachrys, Podocarpus, and Saxegothea ; TAXEJE, containing
Dacrydium, Ginkgo, Pherosphaera, Phyllocladu*, Taxus, and
Torreya ; TAXODIXJK, containing Athrotaxus, Cephalotaxu*
Cryptomeria, Sequoia, and Taxodium.

CONIUM (from konao, to whirl around; in reference
to the giddiness caused by eating the leaves). Hemlock.
OBD. UmbellifercB. Biennial poisonous herbs. Involucre
of three to five leaves; involucels dimidiate. Leaves
decompound. Stem terete, branched. Root fusiform. Not
more than two or three species are known, of which one
(C. chcerophylloides) is South African and Abyssinian. The
Common Hemlock (C. maculatum) is widely spread over
Europe, North Asia, and Siberia. It has long been used in
medicine.

CONJUGATE. When a leafstalk bears but a single
pair of leaflets.

CONNARACE.ZE. An order of trees or shrubs,
closely allied to Leguminosx, but having perfectly regular
flowers. Flowers small, in axillary or terminal racemes or
panicles. Leaves alternate, usually pinnate, stipulate.
The best-known genus is Connarus.

CONN ARUS (from Konnaros, the name of an unknown
tree, described at length by Athenaaus). STN. Omphalobium.
OBD. Connaraceoe. A large genus of ornamental stove
evergreen shrubs. Most of them are natives of tropical
Asia and America. Flowers white, disposed in racemose
panicles. Leaves alternate, leathery, impari-pinnate. A
mixture of loam and peat will answer well for these plants.
Cuttings of firm shoots, taken in April, will root, if planted
in sand and placed in bottom heat, under a bell glass.
C. pubescens (downy), fl. white, sweet-scented, disposed in
axillary and terminal panicles. 1., leaflets five, oval, acute,

smooth above, covered beneath with rather white pubescence.

h. 5ft. French Guiana, 1822. SY.V. Robergia frutesceii*.

Other species known to cultivation are : nitidus and paniculatw.

FIG. 506. CONNATE LEAP.

CONNATE. Where the bases of opposite leaves are
joined together. See Fig. 506.

Converging; having a gradually

CONNTVENT.

inward direction.

CONOCARFUS (from konot, a cone, and karpot, a
fruit; in reference to the scale-formed fruit being so
closely imbricated in a head as to resemble a small Fir-
cone). Button-tree. OBD. Combretacea. The only species
is a stove evergreen shrub. Heads of flowers peduncu-
late; flowers crowded; petals absent. Leaves alternate,
quite entire. This plant thrives in a mixture of loam
and peat. Cuttings of firm shoots, taken in April, will
root in sand, if placed under a bell glass, in bottom
heat.

C. erectus (upright).* fl. white, in panicled heads. J. oblong-
lanceolate, tapering to both ends, thickish, glabrous, or, when
young, rather downy, biglandular at the base. A. 6ft to 8ft.
Tropical America, 1752.

CONOSFERMUM (from konos, a oone, and sperma,
a seed; the fruit or carpels growing close together, and
forming a cone). OBD. Proteaceas. Greenhouse evergreen
shrubs, from extra-tropical (mostly Western) Australia,
principally white-flowered. This genus does not appear
to be much known in horticultural circles. Of more than
thirty species known to science, eight or nine are reputed
to have been introduced.

CONOSTECtIA (from konos, a cone, and stege, a
covering; in reference to the conical calyptriform calyx
falling off in one piece). OBD. Melaatomaceas. Stove
evergreen trees or small shrubs. Flowers in terminal
panicles. Leaves petiolate, entire or denticulate, three
to five-nerved. For culture, see Melastoma.

C. Balblslana (Balbis's). This species is a twining shrub, of
which the leaves are oval and blunt, with a point.

C. procera (tall). /. rosy or white, large, on simply-divided
panicles. June. L elliptical-oblong, sub-triplinerved. h. 25ft.
Jamaica, 1825.

CONOSTEFHIUM (from konos, a cone, and ttephos,
a crown ; referring to the disposition of the flowers).
OBD. Epacridece. An ornamental greenhouse evergreen
shrub. Flowers solitary, recurved, axillary. Fruit a hard
indehiscent drupe, one-celled by abortion of the other four
cells. Leaves scattered. It thrives in a compost of peat
and sandy loam. Cuttings of young shoots, taken in
April, will root in sand.

C. pendulum (hanging down), fl. red. April, h. bin. to 18in.
West Australia.

CONRADIA. See Fentarhaphia.

CONSERVATORY. This structure is distinguished
from a greenhouse by having central beds, in which per-
manent plants are placed, in addition to those arranged
to form a continued floral display on the side shelves.
The term is also applied to small glass structures where
a few creepers are planted for covering the roof or back
wall, and the remaining space occupied by decorative
foliage or flowering plants. The greatest enjoyment is
obtained from a Conservatory either joined to the mansion
or connected with it by means of a suitable corridor. An
opportunity is then afforded of visiting and admiring the
flowers in any weather or at any season. This arrangement
is not always practicable with large glass houses, on
account of the position of the mansion, or its style of
architecture ; consequently, the plan of having an isolated
building has to be adopted. The latter is, as a rule, better
suited to good cultivation, and gives greater facilities to
the gardener for renewing and arranging the movable
plants. In the other case, only a very limited time can be
allowed each morning for such work. Conservatories found
in gardens of an early period, have, in many cases, been
built to correspond, and produce with the mansion an archi-
tectural effect. This much they may do, but they are
wholly unsuited to good plant culture. If the external
architecture of a Conservatory has to coincide with that
of another building, the important^ and primary point of
making suitable provision for the well-being of the plants

368

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Conservatory — continued.

internally, should also be in some way combined. Those
of modern construction are invariably better in this
respect than many of an earlier date. Only sufficient
space is here available to give a few general remarks,
that may be modified to suit individual requirements.
Tho selection of position has at times no alternative,
but if there is an opportunity, an open one with a south
or south-west aspect should be chosen, so as to obtain all
possible sunshine in winter. Shelter afforded by trees
from north and east winds is also a great advantage at
that season, but they should be sufficiently far away as
not to overhang the house. Provision for admitting
abundance of light and air, both at top and bottom, is of
great importance. The ventilators at the apex only are
best for winter use, but all may be utilised in summer, as
cool-house flowering plants are soon injured in a close
atmosphere or a high temperature. A thin shading is
necessary in bright weather, but is best if placed on
rollers, to admit of removal at other times. The heating
apparatus should be capable of maintaining a tempera-
ture of 50deg. in winter, although it is not always
advisable to keep so high as this. The pipes are best
concealed as much as possible under the side stages,
or a part may be under the floor, covered with per-
forated iron gratings, through which the heat will pass
readily. In the formation of the ground plan, sufficient
width should always be allowed for the paths. These may
be made of gravel, and covered with white spar or shell, or
a lasting floor may be formed of ornamental tiles that are
specially made for the purpose. A kerbing of terra-cotta or
stone should separate the paths from the beds of soil.
Sufficient space cannot be obtained for placing many
plants out of pots in small glass houses that adjoin or
form part of a mansion. In large structures, of pro-
portionate hight, a much greater diversity of plants, both
in size and habit, may be introduced permanently.
Beds for these must have ample drainage and a depth
of nearly 3ft. of good soil, formed principally of loam
and peat, with plenty of charcoal intermixed, to keep it
open and allow water to pass freely. A cool fernery
for the smaller growing varieties, placed in connection
with, or forming part of, a Conservatory, is always a
great source of attraction, especially if some rockwork
is constructed on which to plant the ferns. This part
should be on the northern side, or in the coolest position
obtainable. Many such places are among the best for
cultivating cool orchids, as the requisite moisture given
the ferns is just what is required by the former when
placed on inverted pots or suspended from the roof.
Hanging baskets, if well filled and attended to, by
watering frequently in summer, are always good additions
to Conservatory decoration. Where there is sufficient
space, large cool or temperate tree ferns, with others of
a dwarfer type, also cycads and palms, may be introduced,
with Araucarias, Aralias, Camellias, Dracaenas of the green-
leaved type, greenhouse Rhododendrons, and many other
plants of a similar habit, to form permanent features.
Care must be taken, and forethought exercised, regarding
their arrangement and the position to be occupied by each
when fully developed. Climbers and pillar plants must
not be omitted in any Conservatory, as many of these
show to much greater 'advantage when grown in this
way, although they may be amenable to other systems of
culture. A few indispensable ones may be given : Begonia
fuchsioidee, Bougainvillea glabra, Cestrums, Fuchsias,
Lapagerias, cool-house species of Passiflora, Plumbago
capensis, climbing Tea or Noisette Roses, Tacsonia exo-
niensis and T. Van Volxemii, &c. Temporary plants,
suitable for the embellishment of the stages and Con-
servatory generally, are endless in variety, and will be
found recommended for the purpose under their respective
headings. A band of Selaginella Eraussiana, about 9in.
wide, planted on the «nargin of the beds, and, if prac-
ticable, on the side shelves also, tends greatly to increase

Conservatory — continued.

the general effect produced by the plants. All Conserva-
tories, and everything connected therewith, should at all
times be kept as clean and tidy as possible.

CONSTRICTED. Tightened or contracted in some
particular place.

CONTIGUOUS. So close as to touch one another.

CONVALLARIA (from convallis, a valley, and rica,
a mantle ; in reference to the dense covering formed by
the leaves, and to its natural habitat). Lily of the Valley.
OBD. Liliacece. A monotypic genus, consisting of the
universally admired Lily of the Valley. It is a widely-dis-
tributed, hardy, herbaceous perennial, being found through-
out Europe (Britain), North Asia, and also in the United
States. For the various methods of culture, and enume-
ration of varieties, see Lily of the Valley.

Fio. 507. CONVALLARIA MAJAI.IS, showing Habit and
detached Raceme.

C. majalis (May), jl. pure white, bell-shaped ; raceme gracefully
arching. Spring. I. twin, radical, on long stalks, elliptic oblong,
marked with a delicate tracery of nerves and veins, h. 6in. to 1ft.
See Fig. 507.

CONVOLUTE. Rolled together, or over each other.
A form of vernation.

CONVOLVULACE.2E. An extensive order of herbs
or shrubs, usually twining, and with a milky juice.
Flowers regular, solitary or crowded on the peduncles ;
corolla plaited. Leaves alternate, exstipulate. This order
is said to contain nearly 700 species; it includes such
well-known genera as Batatas, Calystegia, Convolvulus,
Ipomasa, and Pharbitis.

CONVOLVULUS (from convolve, to entwine ; referring
to the twining habit of most of the species). Bindweed.
OBD. Convolvulacece. A genus comprising about 150 species
of annual or perennial, prostrate, twining or erect herbs or
sub-shrubs, distributed throughout all temperate and sub-
tropical parts of the world; the Mediterranean region,
however, is the head-quarters of the genus. Corolla funnel-
shaped or campanulate. Leaves alternate, entire, dentate,
or lobed, lanceolate, often cordate or sagittate. They
are, for the most part, very handsome plants, when in full
blossom. All are of very simple culture. The tender species
do best in a compost of peat, leaf soil, and loam, and are
usually propagated by cuttings — sometimes by seeds — in
spring. The hardy annuals should be sown in spring, in
the open border. The hardy perennials may be increased
by young cuttings ; by division of the roots ; or by seeds,
sown in spring.

C. althseoides (Alth»a-like).» fl., corolla pale red or lilac, large,
spreading, entire ; peduncles usually one-flowered ; sepals ovate,
acute. June. I. shining, silvery ; lower ones cordate, deeply
crenated ; superior ones pedatifld ; middle one long, pinnatifld.
South Europe, 1597. Hardy deciduous perennial. (S. F. G. 194.)

C. arvensis (field). Small Bindweed, fl. white or pink, lin. in
diameter; peduncles axillary, usually two-flowered, with two
small bracts at their fork, and a third on one of the pedicels,
at some distance from the flower ; sepals small, broad. June to
September. I. lin. to 3in. long, very variable, apiculate ; lobes
acute. Stems numerous, trailing or twining, slender. Europe, and
Central and Russian Asia, except the extreme north ; common,
and often a troublesome weed, in England and Ireland, and local
in Scotland. A charming little plant for hanging baskets. See
Fig. 508.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 369

FlG. 505. CONVOLVVI.CS ARVE.NSIS.

3 B

370

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Convolvulus — continued.

C. bonariensls (Buenos Ayres). JL, corolla white, variegated
with red veins, small ; peduncles generally three-flowered, shorter
than the leaves. July. I. hastate, cuneated at the base, each
terminating in a bristle, petiolate ; middle lobe linear, 2in. long,
obtuse, two lines broad; lateral ones very short Chili, 1817.
Hardy deciduous.

C. bryonirefolius (Bryony-leaved). A synonym of C. italicut.

C. canariensifl (Canary Islands). /., corolla purplish-violet,
hairy outside, at length almost flat; peduncles many-flowered,
longer than the petioles ; calyx vUlous. June to September. I.
cordate, oblong, acute, downy. Stem terete, villous. Canary
Islands, 1690. Half-hardy evergreen. (B. M. 1228.)

C. cantabricnB (Cantabrian).* JL, corolla pale red ; peduncles
usually two to three-flowered ; sepals narrow, very villous.
August. 1. oblong-lanceolate, acute. Plant beset with spreading
hairs. Stem branched, prostrate, h. 6in. to 1ft South Europe,
1680. Hardy deciduous.

C. ehlnensls (Chinese).*/, at the upper part of the stem, axillary,
solitary, pointing one way ; corolla rotately funnel-shaped ; pe-
duncles spreading ; calyx greenish, much shorter than the corolla ;
limb large, purplish-crimson, marked in the disk with an un-
equally-pointed pale yellow star, surrounded by a purple halo.
I. firm, sub-coriaceous, greyish-green, hastate ; middle lobe elon-
gated, oblong, somewhat tapered, blunt, with a small point ; side
ones divaricate, short, quite entire ; petioles linear, channelled.
A. 2ft to 3ft. Root creeping. China. Hardy perennial The
flower expands during the night, or early in the morning, and
fades in the forenoon. (B. R. 322.)

C. Cneorum (Cneorum).* /. capitate, on short peduncles ; co-
rolla light pink, hairy outside ; some of the bracts as large as
the leaves, hairy. May. I. lanceolate, clothed with silvery-silky
tomentum. Stem branched. A. 1ft. to 3ft. South Europe,
1640. Half-hardy shrub. (B. M. 459.)

C. elongatus (trailing). /. white, small; corolla sub-rotate, rather
deeply flve-lobed ; peduncles axillary, solitary, filiform, tomen-
tosely villous, one to two-flowered ; calyx funnel-shaped, green ;
lobes rounded, slightly furred on the outside. July, August.
I. alternate, wide asunder, cordate, taper-pointed, thin, lively
green, about liin. in length and lin. across, beset with white
atomous dots, and bare on the upper side, slightly furred on
the under ; petioles round, many times shorter than the leaf.
Canary Islands, 1815. Hardy annual. (B. R. 498.)

C. ernbesoens (erubescent).* fl. reddish-pink, small ; peduncles
one to three-flowered, shorter than the leaves ; sepals equal, ovate,
mucronulate, spreading. July to September. I. hastate ; hind
lobes toothed or cut; intermediate one lanceolate or linear,
toothed or quite entire. Plant rather pilose. Australia, 1803.
Greenhouse biennial. (B. M. 1067.)

C. Herrmannln (Herrmann's). JL, corolla white, small ; limb
crenulated, acute; sepals ovate, acuminated, downy, nearly
equal ; peduncles two-flowered, longer than the petioles. August.
I. oblong-lanceolate, cordately sagittate at the base, obtuse,
mucronate, crenately repand. Plant tomentose, white. A. 5ft
Peru, 1799. Greenhouse evergreen.

C. Italians (Italian). /., corolla reddish-purple, large;
peduncles long, one-flowered, articulated; sepals
ovate, acute. July. I., lower ones cordate, obtuse,
crenated or toothed ; upper ones somewhat pal-
mately seven-lobed ; middle ones long, toothed, or
lobed. Plant ,rather hispid, green. China, 1802.
Half-hardy evergreen. SYN. C. bryonicefolius. (B. R,
1847, xii.)

C. lanuglnosus (woolly). JL, corolla yellowish,
with a lanceolate purple ray on the outside of each
lobe, clothed with yeUowish hairs ; peduncles three-
flowered, pilose; the three outer sepals very hairy,
ovate, acuminated. July. L shortly petiolate, cor-
date-oblong, somewhat hastate, clothed with very
soft, rusty, silky tomentum. Levant, 1816. Hardy

a lineatns (lined).* JL, corolla pale reddish-purple,
hairy outride; sepals rather fofiaceous, silky; pe-
duncles one to two-flowered, shorter than the leaves.
June. I. lanceolate, petiolate, acute, silky, villous,
lined. Floriferous stems erect, simple, corymbose
at top. A. 6in. South Europe, 1770. Hardy de-
ciduous.

C. major. The very common annual known by
this name is Ipomcea purpurea (which tee). '

C. maurltanicus (Mauritania^).* /. blue, with a
white throat and yellow anthers, small, about lin.
across ; calyx villous, with five linear divisions, two P

of which are rather smaller than the others ; pe-
duncles one, two, or three-flowered. Summer. I. nearly ovate,
alternate, in two rows, on very short petioles. North Africa.
Plant covered with minute soft white hairs. Greenhouse (or

Convolvulus— continued.

leaves; calyx of five ovate, acuminated sepals, of which
the three outer are more or less silky on the back ; stamens
five, within the tubular part of the corolla. August. I. ses-
sile, linear, rather acute, entire, one-nerved, clothed on both
sides, but especially beneath, with appressed, silky, white
hairs. South Africa. A very neat, Evolvulus-like species.
(B. M. 4065.)

C. pannifolius (cloth-leaved).* /., corolla of a pale violet-purple,
white in the disk and tube, marked with five deeper stellate
folds, which are roughly pubescent on their under side ; peduncles
solitary, axillary, longer than the leaf, filiform, and rather hard,
divided upwards into cymes of three to twenty flowers ; calyx
several times shorter than the corolla, pubescent ; tube shorter
than the calyx. I. oblong-cordate, reticulately veined and
wrinkled underneath, with many pale varicose nerves ; petioles
shaggy. The native habitat of this species is doubtful, but, in
all probability, it is from the Canary Islands. A twining
greenhouse shrub, well adapted for conservatory decoration.
(B. R. 222.)

C. pontapetaloldes (five-petaled-like). /., corolla bluish, small,
with a yellow throat, and a semi five-cleft limb ; peduncles short,
one-flowered. June. L, lower ones petiolate, spathulate-lanceo-
late, obtuse, nearly naked, lined, ciliated ; upper ones linear-
cuneiform, sessile. Plant prostrate, creeping, filiform. Stem
rather hairy at top. h. 6in. South Europe, 1789. Hardy annual.
(S. F. G. 197.)

C. persicus (Persian). JL, corolla white ; sepals ovate, inner ones
smaller ; peduncles one-flowered, length of leaves. June. L oval,
obtuse, on very short petioles, h. 1ft Persia, 1829. Hardy
deciduous.

C. Scammonla.* Scammony. /., corolla cream-coloured, or
very pale red, large, campanulate ; sepals loose, glabrous, ovate,
repand, obtuse, point reflexed ; peduncles generally three-flowered,

lone

than the leaves. July. L cordate-sagittate, truncate

behind. Stem angular. Levant, 1726. Plant glabrous. Hardy
deciduous. A gum-resin is obtained from the roots of this species
which is largely used in medicine as a purgative.

C. scoparins (Broom-like). /., corolla white, hairy outside;
peduncles generally three-flowered; calyx silky; sepals ovate,
acute. August and September. L linear and rather pilose.
Stem terete, glabrous. Teneriffe, 1733. Shrub. The wood
of this species is hard and white, with radiating stripes.
(B. R. 1841, 43.)

C. suffruticosus (sub-shrubby). /., inflorescence on three-
flowered peduncles, sometimes sub-divided, and with more
flowers, shorter than the leaf ; corolla white, with a yellow disk
and five purple lines answering to the same number of broader
villous ones on the outside, flatly expanded down to the short
tube within the calyx ; calyx three times shorter than the flower,
spreading above the middle, where the leaflets are broad and
ciliate. June and July. 1. deep green, elongatedly cordate,
tapered to a point, slightly pubescent on both sides, on the
upper appressedly so; petioles scarcely one-third as long.
£». to 4ft. Madeira, 1788. A slender twining shrub. (B. R.
133, plate numbered 132.)

C. ocellatns (eyed).* /corolla white, with a deep red-purple
eye; scarcely 1m. in diameter, with a short tube, a little
longer than the calyx, which gradually expands into a spread-
Ing five-angled limb ; peduncles rising from the axils of the

509. FLOWERING STEM OF CONVOLVULUS TRICOLOR.

C. tricolor (three-coloured).* The Dwarf Convolvulus of gar-
dens. /., corolla rather large, with a yellowish throat, a blue
limb, the rest white ; sepals ovate-lanceolate, acute ; peduncles
one-flowered, bibracteate, longer than the leaves. July to
September. I. ovate-lanceolate, or spathulate, hairy, ciliated.
Stem declinate, terete, beeet with small, soft, white hairs. A. 1ft
Sicily, Spain, and Portugal, 1629. See Fig. 509. (B. M. 27.) Of
this very popular hardy annual there are several varieties, differ-
ing principally in the colour of the flowers.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

371

CONTZA (from konis, dust ; because it was supposed
to have the power, when powdered and sprinkled, of
driving away flies). Fleabane. OBD. Compotitce. A
rather extensive genus of stove, greenhouse, and hardy
herbaceous plants, rarely shrubby. The involucre is cam-
panulate, with from two to several series of linear or
linear-lanceolate bracts; receptacle flat or convex, naked
or foveolate ; disk-florets yellow, those of the ray paler in
colour. Leaves alternate, entire, toothed (rarely out).
There are about fifty species, most of which are confined
to tropical and sub-tropical regions of both hemispheres.
They are mainly of botanical interest only, and do not
call for further mention in this work.

COOZIA (named after Captain James Cook, B.N., the
celebrated circumnavigator, who was killed in the Sand-
wich Islands in 1779). Wampee-tree. OBD. Rutaceas.
Small greenhouse trees. Leaves impari-pinnate ; leaflets
alternate, unequal at the base, or oblique. They thrive
well in a mixture of loam and sandy peat. Bipened cut-
tings, not deprived of any of their leaves, will root in
sandy soil, if plunged under a hand glass, in a moist
heat. This genus is now merged into Clavtena, and the
proper name of the species below mentioned is Clautena
Wampi.

C. punctate (spotted). JL white, small, disposed in racemose
panicles. Jr. edible, about the size of a pigeon's egg, yellow on
the outside ; pulp white, rather acrid, but sweet. June and July.
L, leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, hardly unequal at the
base. h. 20ft. Probably a native of China, 1795. A middle-sized
tree, now cultivated (and partly naturalised) in many tropical
countries.

COOPERIA (named after Mr. Joseph Cooper, a
very successful cultivator, and at one time gardener at
Wentworth House, in Yorkshire, the residence of Earl
Fitzwilliam). OBD. AmarylUdeae. Closely allied to
Zephyranthes. There are two species of this genus
in cultivation, with solitary Primrose-scented flowers,
which are remarkable in the order, on account of their
expanding during the night. They are hardy only in
sheltered situations. For culture, propagation, Ac., tee
Zephyr an thes.

C. Drummondi (Drummond's). JL white, the tube changing to
red ; tube 4in. to Sin. long ; limb IJin. to 2in. across, with orate
segments. August, L linear, twisted, lOin. to 15m. long. A. 6in.
to 9in. Texas. (B. R, 1835.)

C. pedunculate (pednncled). JL white, the peduncle more
developed, and the tube shorter, than in C, Drummondi.
Aneust. L linear-oblong, obtuse, glaucescent. Texas. (B. M.

COPAIBA T»AT.«A™ See Copaifera officinalis.

COPAIPERA (from Copaiba, the Brazilian name for
the balsam of Capevi, and fern, to bear ; trees producing
the balsam of Capevi). OBD. Leguminosce. Stove ever-
green trees. Flowers generally white, disposed in panicles.
Leaves impari-pinnate ; leaflets coriaceous. They thrive
in a sandy loam. Cuttings of firm shoots will root in sand,
in March, if placed in heat, under a glass. There are
about a dozen species (two of which are tropical African,
and tie rest tropical American), the best-known and
most important being C. officinalis.
C. Jacqulnl (Jacquin's). A synonym of C. ojfeinottc.
C. officinalis (officinal). Balsam of Copaiba, L with two to five
pairs of ovate, incurred, unequal-sided, bluntly acuminated leaf-
lets, full of pellucid dots. A. 20ft. West Indies and tropical
America, 1774. STS. a Jaeqwni.

COPERNICIA (named in honour of the celebrated
German astronomer, Copernicus). OBD. Palmce. A very
small genus of about eight species of unarmed stove Palms,
with erect trunks, covered with the remnants of the leaf-
stalks. Flowers hermaphrodite or polygamous, on axillary
spadices. Leaves fan-shaped, palmate, tufted. For cul-
ture, tee Corypha. The best-known species, and the
only one worthy of being described here, is C. cerifera.
C. oerifera (wax-bearing).* Carnauba or Wax Palm of Brazil.
This species is of economic value ; the upper part of tne stem
yields a kind of sago ; the young leaves are coated with wax.

Coperaicia — continued.

which is detached by shaking them, and then melted and run

into cakes. Brazil.

COPROSMA (from Icoprot, dung, and otme, a smell ;
in allusion to the fetid odour emitted by the plants).
OBD. Rubiacece. A genus comprising about thirty-five
species of greenhouse shrubs, the majority of which are
natives of New Zealand and the Sandwich Islands, a
few are from Australia and Oceania, and one from Juan
Fernandez. None are worth cultivating for the sake of
their flowers; but some deserve a place in a large con-
servatory for their small coral-red fruits. Cuttings
should be made in March, taken off with a heel of the
old wood, and placed in pots two-thirds filled with crocks,
above which is a thin layer of rich, light material, and on
the top a layer of sand. The pots should then be put
in brisk bottom heat, in a propagating frame. During
the time the cuttings are making root, only a very light
sprinkling with water should be given, or they will damp
off. When rooted, they should be potted into rich sandy
soil, and gradually hardened off in a cold frame. Another
method is to place the plants in a propagating bed, and
layer the shoots which overhang the pot. Old plants
should be potted in a similar compost to that recommended
above, and should be pruned into shape every year if
necessary.

a Banerlana pletnrate (Bauer's painted).* L ovate, bluntly
rounded ; surface smooth, pale green, marked with blotches of
pale yellow and creamy-white, spreading out from the midrib to
one or both rides, aid assumSg a varfety of grotesque forms.
New Zealand, 1876. BnToMHC

C. B. variegate (variegated).* L obovate, moderate-sized,
glossy, bnghT green in the centre, with very broad white mar-
ginal variegation, which is creamy-yellow in a young state.
Sew Zealand, 1866, This is of compact habit, and forms, in
time, a dense and handsome shrub.
a Stookil (Stock's). A synonym of C. Baveriana pietvnta.

COPTIS (from Icopto, to cut ; in reference to the
numerous divisions of the leaves). OBD. Ranunculacete.
Very pretty little hardy evergreen bog plants, thriving
well in a moist peat or very sandy moist soil. They
may be propagated either by division of the roots, or
by seed.

C. asplenllblto fAsplenium-leaved). JL white; scape two-
flowered, at first shorter than the leaves ; petals five, very long
and narrow, dilated and concave-cucullate in the middle, fill-
fonnly attenuated upwards. L biternate; leaflets somewhat
pinnatifid, acutely serrate. A. 1ft North-west America and
Japan.

C. occidentals (WesternX* JL white; scape short, three-
flowered ; petals about six, not hooded. L trifoliolate ; leaflets
petiolnlate, broadly ovate. A. 6in. to 1ft Rocky Mountains.
C. orientalis (Eastern). JL white ; scape about three-flowered.
1. ternate, each of the divisions pinnate at base, and pinnatifid
above ; lobes deeply cut A. 3in. to 9in. Japan, 1873.
C. trifolia (three-leaved).* JL white, small ; scape one-flowered.
April to Julv. L trifoliolate: leaflets obovate, blunt, toothed,
hardly three-lobed. Roots bright yellow, fibrous. A. Sin. to 5m.
Northern hemisphere, 1782. (B. XL PL S.)

CORAL BERRY. A common name for Symphori-
carpus volffaris (.which tee).

CORAIt-BUSH. A name applied to Templetonia
retusa (which see).

CORAL-TREE. A common name for the genus
Erythxina (which see).

CORBULARIA. See Narcissus.

CORCHORUS (from ioreo, to purge, and tore, the
pupil; in allusion to the supposed medicinal qualities of
C. oUtoriut). OBD. Tiliaeeae. A genus of small shrubs
or herbs. Peduncles opposite the leaves or axillary, one,
two, or three-flowered; corolla yellow, small. Leaves
simple, serrated, covered with simple or stellate hairs.
C. capsularit (Jute Plant) and C. olitoriut are stove
annuals, natives of India, both attaining a height of 6ft.
They have no horticultural value.

372

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CORDATE. Heart-shaped. A Cordate leaf
dentate margin is shown at Fig. 510.

vith

FIG. 610. CORDATE LEAP, WITH DENTATE MARGIN.
CORDIA (named after Euriciua Cordns, whose true
name was Henrious Urbanus, 1486-1535, and Valerius,
his son, 1515-1544). STN. Varronia. OBD. Boraginea.
A very large genus, comprising about two hundred species
of stove or greenhouse evergreen trees and shrubs, of
considerable beauty. Inflorescence terminal. Flowers
sessile, in dichotomous scorpioid cymes, spikes, or
densely-packed heads; corolla funnel-shaped or campanu-
late, five-toothed. Leaves quite entire, or toothed.
They thrive in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand, or
any light rich soil. Cuttings strike root readily when
planted in sand, with a hand glass placed over them,
in heat.

C. decandra (ten-stamened)." JL white, large, very showy,
fragrant, disposed in a terminal leafy corymb; corolla ten-
toothed. I. linear-lanceolate, attenuated, scabrous, sessile, with
revolute edges, hoary from down. h. 3ft Chili, 1875. A very
handsome greenhouse shrub. (B. M. 6279.)

C. Gerascantbns (Spanish Elm), fl. large, verticillate, sessile ;
racemes usually four together, Sin. to 4in. long ; corolla white,
throat rillous; calyx ten-furrowed, ten-striped, downy. May.
L ovate-oblong, acute, quite entire, glabrous, unequal at the base,
Sin. to 4in. long. h. 30ft. West Indies, 1789. Tree,
C. glabra (glabrous). /., corolla white, liin. long, campanulately
funnel-shaped, glabrous ; cymes bifid or trifld, scorpioid, terminal,
but at length lateral. Autumn. I. scattered, opposite, and three
in a whorl, on short petioles, lanceolate, narrowed at both ends,
6in. long, membranous, flat. Brazil, 1868. Shrub. Tops of
branches, inflorescence, and petioles, scabrous from small
bristles or stiff hairs. (B. M. 5774.)

C. Myxa (Myxa).* Jl., divisions of corolla revolute ; panicles
terminal and lateral, globular. I. oval, ovate, or obovate, repand,
smooth above, but rather scabrous beneath, 2in. to 3in. long, 14in.
to 2in. broad, h. 10ft to 15ft India, 1640. Tree.

FIG. 511. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CORDIA NIVEA.

C. nivea (snowyY, fl. white, borne in heads or spike-like clusters
ds of branches ; calyx clothed with white hkirs. I. petioled,

at end

e w we ars. . peoe,

ovate or ovate-oblong, crenate, dentate. Branches, leaf-stalks,
tomentose. A. 3ft Brazil. Shrub. See Fig. 511.

and peduncles tom. . . ru. ee g. .

C. Sebestena (Sebestena). fl., corolla orange-coloured, funnel-
shaped ; limb spreading five to seven-parted, with crenately
undulated edges ; peduncles terminal, corymbose? June to August.
L ovate acute, or elliptic, quite entire/hispid, scabrous abofe,
4in. to 5m. long. A. loft to 35ft Cuba, 1728. Tree. (B. M!
'"•

(3UPe'b)-* fl- corolla white, campanulately funnel-
showy ; cymes at first terminal, then lateral,

l,

shaped,

Cordia — continued.

pedunculate. I. cuneate-oblong to oblong- elliptic, acuminated,
acute, toothed in front ; the largest are 6iin. long and 2iin. broad.
Brazil. Tree. (B. M. 4888.)

CORDIACE2E. This natural order takes its name
from the large genus Cordia. By Bentham and Hooker,
and other authorities, it is now merged into Boraginece.

CORDONS. See Training.

CORDYLINE (from kordyle, a club ; in allusion to
the large fleshy roots of some of the species). Club Palm.
STN. Tcetsia. OED. Liliacece. A genus of greenhouse or
stove Palm-like plants, usually erect, nnbranched, bearing
a tuft of long, narrow, drooping leaves at the summit of
the trunk, which in some species acquires a height of
30ft. to 40ft. Some authors regard Mr. Baker's sections
as distinct genera: Calodracon, examples Banksii and
terminalis; Draccenopsis, examples australis, indivisa, and
pumilio ; Charlwoodia, example stricta. Flowers white,
small, solitary, in branched panicles, rarely produced on
young plants ; bracts two in number, one at the base of
the pedicel, where it joins the peduncle, is simple; the
other, opposite to it, and consequently placed in the axil
of the pedicel and peduncle, is much shorter, broader, and
is double, being either bifid or bipartite, always having
two nerves. For culture, see Dracaena. In the follow-
ing enumeration are included some of the half-score
" true " species of Cordyline, and a great many sorts
known in gardens as Dracanas, but which are nearly all
varieties of Cordyline terminalis, a species cultivated
everywhere throughout the tropics, and producing innu-
merable varieties from seed.

C. albioans (whitish).* I. long, narrow, pointed, about 2in. broad,
narrowed into a long channelled petiole ; bright green, with a
pale green or whitish border, breaking out, in well-grown matured
plants, into a conspicuous white variegation. 1869. Stove.

C. albo-rosea (white and red).* 1. deep green, edged with rose ;
whitish when in a young state. 1874. Stove.

C. amabilis (lovely).* I. 24in. to 30in. long by 4in. to 5in. wide ;
ground-colour bright glossy green, which, as the plant grows,
becomes marked aud suffused with pink and creamy-white ; young
leaves in large specimens quite rosy. 1871. Stove.

C. amboynensis ( Amboynan).* I. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
deep bronzy-tinted green, the lower half having a distinct edging,
iin. wide, of bright rosy-carmine ; petioles tinted with rosy-purple ;
spreading and gracefully arched. Amboyna, 1876. Stove.

C. angusta (narrow). I. narrow, arching, about Iin. wide,
narrowed and compressed at the base into a purplish stalk ; dull
dark green above, tinted with purple beneath, and becoming
slightly bronzed in age. 1869. A slender-growing stove species.

C. australis (Southern).* fl. white, densely crowded, sweet-
scented, Jin. across. I. oblong-lanceolate, 2ft to 3ft. long, and
2in. to 4in. broad, striated with numerous parallel veins. New

Zealand, 1823. A very fine species for sub-tropical gardening,
with a stout-branched stem, from 10ft. to 40ft high. Hardy in
warmer parts of England aud Ireland. (B. M. 5636.)

C. a. llnftnta (lined).* A very handsome and ornamental plant,
with fine, broad, gracefully recurving foliage.

C. Balmoriana (Balmore's). I. bronzy, with white and rosy
stripes. 1875. Stove.

C. TtaairaH (Banks's). fl. white, loose, very much larger than the
bracts. L very long, linear-lanceolate, 5ft. to 6ft. long by lift,
to 2ft. broad, closely striate, and also having six to eight very
evident veins on each side of the prominent midrib. Stem
sub-arboreous, 5ft. to 10ft high, simple or sparingly branched.
New Zealand, 1860. Greenhouse. (B. G. 444.)

C. B. erythrorachls (red-ribbed) is a form with red midrib.

C. Baptist!! (Baptist's).* L 18in. to 24in. long ; ground-colour
green, margined and striped with yellow and pink. 1873. A
very distinct form, having the stem, as well as the leaves,
variegated. Stove. (I. H. n. s. 334.)

C. bellula (pretty). I. purplish, margined with red, small. 1874.
Stove. (I. H. n. s. 163.)

C. cannaafolia (Canna-leaved).* I. on long petioles, somewhat
oblong, with an obtuse apex, which, however, is frequently split ;
1ft. to 2ft long, and Sin. to 5in. wide, slightly recurved, dark green.
Queensland, <sc., 1820. An elegant stove species, growing to a
considerable height See Fig. 512.

C. chelsoni (Chelsea).* I. large ; ground-colour a glossy dark
green, almost black, which, as the plant attains age, becomes
mottled and suffused with deep crimson, a broad line of the
same colour bordering the leaves on either side. 1870. A
remarkable stove sort, with a bold free growth. (I. H. 19, 90.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE,

373

Cordyline — continued.

k (compact). I. numerous, crowded, recurved, about
ad nearly Sin. broad, oblong-ovate, of a dull green,
with a slightly bronzy tint, and breaking out into broad streaks
of rose-colour when fully developed ; petioles 2in. long, margined
and tinted with rose. 1873. Stove.

C. Cooperii (Cooper's).* An elegant variety of C. terminalit, with
deep vinous-red gracefully-recurved leaves. One of the best for
decorative work. Stove.

C. Dennisoni (Dennison's). 1. 12in. to 15in. long, and 4in. to Sin.
broad, bronzy -purple. 187L Habit dwarf ana compact Store.
(I. H. 19, 360.)

C. Duffll (Duffs).* I. oblong, 6in. to Sin. wide, glossy, margined
and casually barred with rich crimson ; the parallel margins of
the channelled petiole leaf-base converging, and elegantly shaded
with light-flamed crimson. 1874. A very beautiful and robust-
habited variety, of erect and stately growth. Stove.

C. excelsa (lofty).* I. broadly-oblong, acute, narrowed at the base
into a stalk ; arching, of a deep bronzy hue, margined towards
the base, and also on the wing of the petiole, with a broad edge,
Jin. wide, of a very deep crimson-lake ; this bright colour is some-
times continued throughout the margin of the leaf, and at others
breaks into rays and blotches. 1869. Stove.

FIG. 612. CORDYLINK CANN^FOLIA.

C. Fraseri (Eraser's).* I. somewhat erect, oblong, 1ft. or more in
length by Sin. broad, abruptly acute at the apex, suddenly
narrowed into the petiole, which is about Sin. long; blackish-
purple, with a glaucous bloom, the lower portion having a mar-
gined stripe of deep rosy-lake, which extends down the edge of
the petiole. 1873. Stove.

C. gloriosa (glorious).* I. broad-oblong, 2ift. long by 5in. broad,
with channelled marginate petioles 6in. long, the edges of which
are tinted with the same colour, and it is continued along the
marginal portion of the lower half of each leaf ; the older leaves
of this plant colour gradually, the young ones being green, and
showing paler green stripes on those parts which, at a later
period, have the peculiar bronzy-orange hue. 1872. Stove. SYN.
C. Shepherdi. (I. H. 20, 85.)

C. grandls (grand). I. deep and bright green, bordered with white
and edged with rose. Samoa, 1874. Stove.

C. Guilfoylei (Guilfoyle's).* I. from lift, to 2ft. long, liin. to 2in.
wide in the middle, and tapering off both ways, striped with red,
light rosy-pink, very pale yellowish-white, and green, a whitish
variegation invariably following the lower margins of leaf and
leafstalk to its juncture with the stem. Australia, 1868. This

Cordyline — continusd.

is a very pretty variety, with elegantly recurved foliage. Stove.
(L H. 19. 249.)

C. Imperialis (imperial).* I. of an erect arching habit, oblong,
acuminate, lift, to 2ft. long by 3in. or 4in. wide, deep green,
rayed all over with bright crimson, or pale pink in the
young leaves. 1872. The foliage is very leathery, and has a
peculiar metallic hue, which contrasts well with the '
variegation. (F. & P. 1875, 62.)

Fio. 513. CORDYLINE INDITISA.

C. indlvisa (undivided).* I. 2ft. to 4ft. long, lin. to 2in. broad,
tapering to a point, pendent, and dark green. New Zealand.
A very graceful plant for decorative purposes. Greenhouse. See

C. L atropurpnrea (dark purple).* A handsome form, having
the base of the leaf and midrib on the under side dark purple.

C. L lineata (lined). 1. much broader than those of the type,
about 4in. broad ; sheathing base stained with reddish-pink.

C. L Veltohli (Veitch's).* Similar to the type, but has the sheath-
ing base and back of midrib of a beautiful deep red.

. . . .

long, and from 2in. to 4in. wide, lanceolate, dark shining green ;
midrib and veins of a rich deep orange. Stem simple, 2ft. to 5ft.

C. i. vera (true). I. excessively thick and leathery, 2ft. to 5ft.
4in. wide, lanceolate, dark shini
rich deep orange. Stem
high. New Zealand. SY.NS. C. indimta, Dracama aureo-lineata.

C. indlvisa (undivided). A synonym of C. v. vera.

C. Inscrlpta (inscribed). 1. small, linear-oblong, 5in. long by lin.
broad, tapering to a point, and at the base narrowed into the
margin of the petiole ; colour lively green, streaked with thin lines
of dull purple, which here and there break into linear markings
of rose-colour; petioles erect, 2£in. long, flushed with purple.
1873. The leaves have a twisted appearance, from the irregular
undulations of the margins. Stove.

C. lutescens-atriata (yellowish-striped).* I. long, gracefully
arching, fresh grass-green above, yellowish-green on the under
side. 1873. Stove. (L H. 1871, 72.)

C. Macarthuri (MacArthur-s).* t carmine and olive-green.
1877. Stove.

C. magnlfloa (magnificent).* I. lift, to 2ft. long, sometimes lOin.
in width, of a beautiful bronzy-pink colour, changing when old
to a somewhat darker shade ; petioles nearly purple. 1869.
Stove. See Fig. 514.

C. metallloa (metallic).* I. oblong-acuminate, somewhat erect
and arching, 16in. long, of a uniform rich coppery-purplish hue
when young, becoming a dark purplish bronze when mature ;
ng, of the same colour as the leaves

petioles sheathing, 4in. long,
1869. Stove. (F. M. n. s. 24.)

C. mirabllis (wonderful). I. oblong-lanceolate, very gracefully
recurved, of a bronzy -green colour, margined with bright crimson-
rose. 1880. Stove.

C. Mooreana (Moore's).* I. 4in. wide, 2ft. to 3ft. long, beautifully
undulated, deep bronzy-purple ; the base of the leafstalk and the
midrib of a bright reddish-crimson colour. 1868. Stove.

374

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cordyline— continued.

C. nlgro-rubra (black and red).* I linear-lanceolate, dark brown,
with bright rosy-crimson centres, the young foliage usually
entirely of the latter showy colour. A fine variety, of bold
erect growth. Stove.

C. ornata (adorned).* I. small, recurved, oblong, Sin. long, 2in.
broad, dark bronzy-green, marked with a narrow margin of rosy-
pink, which is continued along the edge of the petioles ; petioles
almost erect. 1873. Stove.

C. porphyrophylla (purple-leaved). I broadly ovate-oblong,
ofa fine deep bronzy hue, contrasting well with the glaucous tint
of their under surfaces. Habit somewhat erect-growing. 1870.
Stove. (L H. 1872, 277.)

C. pulchella (beautiful).' 1. nearly lin. wide, deeply bronze-
tinted, of a spreading-arching habit ; the contracted petiole-like
base being of a deep wine-red, which colour also marks the edges
of the leaves. 1870. Stove.

Cordyline — continued.

C. rosacea (rose-coloured). I. gracefully recurving, oblong-acumi-
nate, dark bronzy-green, broadly margined with bright pink ;
some of the young ones almost entirely of a light creamy-pink
colour. 1872. A compact-habited dense-growing variety. Stove.

C. rubella (reddish). I., young ones variegated with bluish-rose.
1872. Stove.

C. Shepherd! (Shepherd's). A synonym of C. gloriota.

C. spectabilis (showy). I. broad oblong-acute, arching, narrow,
ing and compressed at the base into a longish green stalk ; of a
deep full green, slightly bronzed from being tinged beneath with
reddish-purple. 1869. An erect free-growing plant. Stove.

C. splendens (splendid).* I. dense, short, ovate-acute, about 9in.
long, 4in. broad, arranged spirally ; of a deep bronzy-green,
breaking out in the young growth into bright rosy-carmine ; the

petiol
colour.

'and bases "of the leaves are margined with the same
1871. Stove. The colouring sometimes appears in

FIG. 514. CORDYLINE MAGNIFICI.

C. pnmUio (dwarf), fl. white ; panicle very lax, spreading, 2ft.
long, with slender branches. I. very narrow, linear, lift, to 2£ft.
long, Jin. to iin. broad, with a stout prominent midrib, and a
few slender veins on each side of it. Trunk short, slender, as
thick as the finger, or none. New Zealand, northern islands.
Greenhouse.

C. Real! (Real's). I dark green, striped and edged with rose.

1874. Stove. (I. H. 20, 140.f

C. Bex (king).* I. erect, broadly or oblong-lanceolate, about 1ft.
long, of a bronzy-green colour, flushed with rosy-purple, freely
streaked with bright carmine-rose ; petioles margined with
purplish-rose, and the back of the costa is of the same colour.

1875. Stove.

C. Roblnsoniana (Robinson's).* I. long, lanceolate-acuminate,
elegantly arched ; ground-colour light green, variously striped
and marked with dark bronzy-green and brownish-crimson;

petioles also striped with brownish-crimson.
(L H. 1879, 342.)

1877. Store.

stripes, and at others occupies the whole surface ; while the
recurved character of the foliage gives the plant a flat, almost
table-like head.

C. stricta (upright). JL light blue, rather crowded. I. linear-
lanceolate or narrowly ensiform, contracted for some way above
the bases, Ijft. to 2ift. long, lin. to IJin. broad, with slightly
roughened margins ; indistinct midrib striated with numerous
parallel nerves. Trunk slender, simple, 6ft. to 10ft. high.
Moreton Bay. STN. Dracaena stricta. Greenhouse. (B. M. 2575.)

C. s. congesta (crowded) differs from the type in having broader
and more crowded foliage. See Fig. 515.

C. sulcata (grooved). I. spreading, oblong, abruptly pointed ;
upper surface scored with numerous shallow parallel furrows,
following the obliquely transverse direction of the veins ; under
surface slightly streaked with blackish-purple ; petioles purplish.
1872. Stove.

C. terminalis (terminal).* fl. sub-sessile, in branched panicles.
{. petioled, lanceolate, narrowed to both ends, dark green OT

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

375

Cordy line— continued.

bronzy, and crimson, h. 10ft to 12ft, when fully mature. South
Sea Islands, and cultivated everywhere in tropicaJ I countries

EMoiS^^Sg^ ** ^ °£ **** 8t°V6

C. triumphans (triumphant).' 1. narrow-lanceolate appearing to

taper into the stalk by the incurving of the winged' SgSTOhl

E^,,:?£ ™ *he ,aPP<* Part8 the. blade^assun^ a half

COR.EMA (from korema, a broom ; referring to the
habit of the plant). Broom Crowberry ; Portugal Crake-
berry. STN. Tuckermannia. OBD. Empetracece. A genus
comprising two species of hardy, much-branched, low-
growing, Heath-like shrubs, of rigid habit, closely allied to
Empetrum. Flowers dioecious ; perianth segments five or
six, scale-like, snb-petaloid, much imbricated. Male:
stamens three (rarely four). Female : ovary sub-globose,
three (rarely two or four) celled. Drupe sub-globose. For
culture, see Empetrum.

FIG. 515. CORDTLINB 8TRICTA CONGEST*.

C. Welsmannl (Weismann's).» I. rather narrow, gracefully re-
curved ; in a young state, light coppery-red, more or less tinged
with creamy-white, changing with age to a deep bronzy hue,
except at the edges, where they are margined with red. 1871.
Stove.

C. Vonngl (Young's).* L broad, of a somewhat spreading habit,
without being pendulous ; in a young state, bright light green,
streaked with deep red, and tinged with a rosy hue, changing
with age to a bright bronze. 1872. A robust and rapid grower.
Stove.

Fio. 616. CORDTUN* TERMINAUS.

C. alba (white), fl. white, in terminal groups. Spring, fr. a
white, three-seeded, globose berry. 1. obtuse, small, narrow,
with revolute edges, sprinkled with resinous dots, h. 1ft South-
western Europe and Azores, 1774.

C. Conradll (Conrad's), fl. with tufted purple filaments, and
purple-brown anthers. April, i. scattered or nearly whorled,
narrowly linear. A. 6in. to 9in. North America and Newfound,
land.

COREOPSIS (from korit, a bug, and opnt, like;
referring to the appearance of the seed). OBD. Composites.

376

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Coreopsis — continued.

A genus of showy annual or perennial herbaceous plants.
Involucral bracts in two rows, the outer spreading, and the
inner combined at the base and erect ; receptacle furnished
with linear chaffy scales. Leaves opposite, sim-
ple, or sub-pinnate. Seeds flat on one side, con-
vex on the other, membranous at the edge, and
the pappus with two horns. Several species of
this genus are very handsome, having a distinct,
bright-coloured disk. The hardy annuals are
largely grown, under the name of Calliopsis, for
summer ornamentation ; for which purpose seed
should be sown in March, in a gentle heat, or
outside late in April. The perennials are also
of easy culture in ordinary garden soil, and may
be propagated by divisions of the root, in autumn
or spring ; or, during the summer, by young cut-
tings, which will strike freely in a cold frame.
Annuals, except where otherwise mentioned.
C. arlstosa (bearded), fl.-heads orange-yellow, large,
numerously produced in a terminal panicle. September.
I. deeply pinnatifid, with coarse, lanceolate segments,
glabrous, much branched, h. 3ft. United States, 1869.
See Fig. 517.

C. aurea (golden). A.-heads with golden-yellow rays ;
disk-flowers dull yellow. Autumn. L various, more
commonly three to seven - divided, with lanceolate
divisions, h. 1ft. to 3ft. United States. A glabrous
biennial. See Fig. 518.

C. auriculata (auricled).* fl.-heads yellow, with a band
of purplish-brown encircling the disk, generally soli-
tary ; peduncles very long and slender. Summer. /. en-
tire, or sometimes three-lobed. h. 1ft. to lift. United
States, 1699. Perennial. See Fig. 519.

Coreopsis — continued.

C. bicolor. A synonym of C. tinetoria.

C. oardaminefolia (Cardamine-leaved). jt.-he.adst yellow ; lower
part of ray-florets brown-purple. Summer. I. once or twice pin-
nately divided, h. bin. to 2ft. United States. See Fig. 520.

FIG. 617. FLOWERS OF COREOPSIS ARISTOSA.

FIG. 518. FLOWERS AND BUDS OF COREOPSIS AUREA.

C. ooronata (crowned). fl.-heads orange, spotted with brownish-
purple ; peduncles elongated. Summer, autumn. I. opposite, in
remote pairs, spathulate, tapering at base, undivided, or cut in a
pinnateS manner. Stem erect. A. 2ft. Texas, 1835. (B. M. 3460.)

C. dlversifolia (diverse-leaved). A synonym of C. Drummondi.

C. Drummondi (Dru mm end's)." fl.-heads yellow, with a circle
of rich crimson-brown around the eye. Summer. I. pinnate, with
ovate or lanceolate lobes, h. 1ft Texas, 1834. A dwarf, spread-
ing, slightly hairy species. SYN. C. divergtfolia. See Fig. 521.
(B. M. 3474.)

C. grandlflora (large-flowered).* fl. bright yellow ; ray-florets
rive-toothed, deeply cut ; peduncle elongated, one-flowered. Sum-
mer. I. opposite, connate, almost sessile, fringed with hair at the
base. h. 3ft. to 4ft. United States, 1826. Perennial. (S.B.F.G.
175.)

C. lanceolate (lance-shaped).* fl.-htadt bright yellow, 2in. to Sin.
across; ray-florets four-toothed; peduncles long, usually one-
flowered. Summer. I. lanceolate, entire, fringed with hairs ;
upper ones slightly connate at the base. Stem sometimes
branched at the base. h. 1ft. to 3ft North America, 1724.
Perennial.

C. maritima. See Leptosyne maritlma.

a nndate (naked), jl.-he.ads pale bluish, or violet, the size of a
small single Dahlia. August. I. few, opposite, linear subulate,
rush-like. A. 2ft. to 4ft Florida (swamps), 1879. (B. M. 6419.)

C. rosea (rose), fl.-heads with rose-red rays and yellow disk-
flowers ; ray-florets coarsely three-toothed or lobed. Summer.
I. opposite, linear or nearly so, entire, or the lower ones two to
three-toothed or tripartite. A. 1ft United States.

C. tenulfolia (slender-leaved). A synonym of C. verticillata.

C. tinetoria (colouring).* fl.-heads yellow, with a purple-brown
blotch at the base ; ray-florets few, broad, jagged at the tip.
I. pinnate ; segments linear, h. 2ft United States. A very
pretty slender-growing annual, of which there are several
varieties, differing in the colour of the flowers. SYM. C. bicolor.
(B. M. 2512.)

C. t. nana (dwarf), fl.-heads, rays yellow above, brown-purple
towards the base. h. bin. to 1ft. A beautiful plant, differing
from the type in its 4 warfer habit. See Fig. 522.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 377

Coreopsis — continued.

FIG. 519. FLOWERING BRANCH OF COREOPSIS AURICULATA.

FIG 520 COREOPSIS CARDAMINEFOLIA, showing Habit, detached
Leaf, aivl Portion of Inflorescence.

Coreopsis

FIG. 521 COREOPSIS DsuimONlrt, showing Habit and Flower-head

FIG. 522. COREOPSIS TINCTORIA NANA, showing Habit, detached
Leaf, and Flower-head.

FIG. 523. COREOPSIS VERTICILLATA, showing Habit and
Flower-head.

3 c

378

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Coreopsis — continued.
C. tripteria (three-winged). fl.-head» yellow and brown; disk

turning brownish. Autumn. I. opposite, stalked, three to five-

divided ; leaflets lanceolate, acute, entire, h. 4ft. to 9ft. United

States. Perennial. The flower-heads, when bruised, exhale the

odour of Anise. SYN. Chrysostemma tripteris (under which name

it is figured B. M. 3553).
C. vcrticillata (whorled). • fl.-heads rich golden yellow, IJin.

across, numerous, erect, solitary on the ends of the many sub-

divisions of the branches. Summer. /. much divided into linear

segments, whorled. Stem furrowed, branched. A. 1ft. to 2ft.

United States, 1780. Perennial. SYN. C. tenuifolia. See Fig. 523.

CORETHROSTYLIS (from korethron, a broom, and
stylos, a style ; referring to the consolidated styles being
clothed with hairs). OBD. Sterculiacece. There are about
eight species, all from Australia, which may be referred
to this genus. It is, however, now generally sunk under
Lasiopetalum. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, thriving best
in a compost of peat and silver sand, with the addition
of a little charcoal. Propagated by cuttings of young or
half-ripened wood, inserted in sandy soil, under a bell glass.
C. bracteata (bracteate). fl. rose-coloured, cymosely racemose,

opposite the leaves ; bracts leafy, rose-coloured. April. I.

cordate, entire. Plant beset with stellate hairs, h. 3ft. 1843.

(B. R. 1844, 47.)

CORIACEOUS. Of the consistence of leather ; thick
and tough.

CORIANDER. See Coriandnuo.

CORIANDRUM (a name used by Pliny, derived
from coris, a bug ; in reference to the foetid smell of the
leaves). Coriander. , ORD. Umbelliferae. C. sativum is a
hardy annual, native of Southern Europe, but occasionally
found in a semi-wild state, in waste places in the South
and East of England. The young leaves of this plant are
occasionally employed in soups and salads, and the seed
are used in confectionery, and for other flavouring pur-
poses. They ripen about August, and should be sown, in
a warm position, in autumn, and again in spring. If the
leaves are required, small quantities of seed should be sown
about every month for succession, in drills 1ft. apart.
C. satlvnm (cultivated), fl. white ; umbels of three or four rays,

without any involucre; involucela of three dimidiate leaves.

I decompound. Stems terete, h. IJft.

CORIARIA (from corium, & hide; referring to the
orustaceous covering of the fruit). OBD. Coriariece.
Ornamental dwarf-growing suffrutioose shrubs, natives
of South Europe, North Africa, Japan, Himalayas, New
Zealand and the Andes. Flowers green, small, herma-
phrodite, or polygamous ; sepals five, spreading, imbricate,
persistent; petals smaller than the sepals, thickened after
flowering, and embracing the fruit; stamens ten, hypo-
gynous, free, or the alternate adnate to the petals ;
racemes axillary. Carpels five to ten. Leaves opposite,
rarely ternately whorled, quite entire, sessile, exstipulate.
Coriarias are of easy culture in common garden soil.
Propagated by suckers or layers, put down in autumn.
C. myrtifoUa is the only hardy species; the two others
mentioned do well in a conservatory or cool greenhouse.
C. myrtlfolia (Myrtle-leaved).* Myrtle-leaved Sumach; Tan-

ners'-tree. /. greenish ; racemes rather erect, terminating the

branches and branchlets, leafy at the base. May to August.

I. ovate-lanceolate, simple, opposite. Branches somewhat tetra-

gonal, opposite or tern. h. 4ft. to 6ft South Europe, 1629.
C. nepalensis (Nepaulese). fl. brown. May. h. 10ft. Nepaul.

/tgreen- june- *•**• New

CORIARIEJE. An interesting natural order, con-
sisting of but the single genus Coriaria, from which it
takes its name.

CORIS (a name adopted from Dioscorides). OBD.

PrimulecB. The only species of this genus is a pretty

dwarf branching hardy perennial. It thrives on sunny

parts of rockwork, in a dry, sandy, peaty soil. Increased

by seed, sown, as soon as ripe, in a cold frame.

C. monspeliensls (Montpelier).» fl. bright lilac, with orange

anthers; disposed in elongated terminal heads. Summer I

linear, acute, with revolute margins, sessile, patent, clothing the

stem from the base to the top. h. 6in. Mediterranean region,

CORE-TREE. See Qnercus Suber.

CORNACE2E. A small order of trees or shrubs,
rarely herbs. Flowers in terminal or axillary umbels,
cymose clusters, or sometimes involucrate heads. Leaves
opposite or alternate, exstipulate. There are about twelve
genera, the three best-known being: Aucuba, Cornus,
and Garrya.

CORN BLUE -BOTTLE. A common name of
Centanrea Cyanus (which see).

CORN COCKLE. See Gitliago segetnm.

CORNEOUS. Horny; of the consistence of horn.

CORN FLAG. See Gladiolus.

CORNICULATE. Having processes like small horns.

CORNISH MONEYWORT. See Sibthorpia
europsea.

CORN MUSTARD. See Sinapis arvensis.

CORN SALAD, or LAMB'S LETTUCE (Valeria-
nella olitoria). Annual. This is not largely used in this
country, but still, it makes a very good change in the
salad bowl. In summer, the whole plant may be used,
as it is then tender, being in active growth. About four
sowings will be found sufficient, and, if these are made in
February, April, August, and September, a fair supply
will be kept up, quite sufficient for any ordinary house-
hold. The ground should be deeply dug, but it need not
be heavily manured. Sow the seed in rows, about 9in.
asunder, and thin out to Gin. apart in the rows. Keep
the plants clear of weeds, and, in winter, during hard
frost, throw a little dry litter over the bed.

FIG. 524. CORN SALAD.

Sorts. The common Corn Salad (see Fig. 524), the Round-
leaved (a stronger-growing form, with larger leaves), and
the Italian, are the varieties usually cultivated. The latter
is supposed to belong to another species.

CORNUS (from cornu, a horn; the wood is thought
to be as hard and durable as horn). Dogwood. ORD.
CornacecB. Hardy deciduous trees and shrubs, sometimes
low herbs. Flowers sometimes capitate and umbellate,
involucrated ; sometimes corymbose and panicled, with-
out involucre. Leaves, with few exceptions, opposite,
entire, sometimes alternate or in whorls. All the woody
species are desirable for shrubberies. Many will grow
under the drip of trees; this renders them valuable for
thickening strips of plantations which have become naked
below. They may be readily increased by cuttings, by
layers, or by suckers, either of which operations should
be performed in autumn. 0. canadensis and C. suecica
should be grown in sandy peaty soil, in a rather shady
situation, on the rockery, or in a border; they may be
increased by dividing, when the plants have run con-
siderably at the roots. See also Benthamia.
C. alba (white). A synonym of C. stolonifera.
C. canadensis (Canadian).* Bunch-berry, Dwarf Cornel, fl.
purplish-white, umbellate, much shorter than the leaves of the
involucre, which are white, ovate, and acuminated. May. I.,
upper ones in whorls, ovate, acuminated, veiny, on short petioles.
Stems simple, herbaceous, h. 6in. North America, 1774. Small
herb. See Fig. 525. (B. M. 880.)

C. circlnata (round-leaved). Round-leaved Cornel, fl. white ;
cymes flat. June. Jr. spherical, light blue. I. larger than in
most other species, round, oval, abruptly-pointed, clothed with

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

379

Cornus— continued.

hoary tomentum beneath. Branches wartecl, greenish. ft. 5ft.
to 10ft. United States, 1784. Shrub. (T. S. M. ed. ii. 464.)

Fio. 526. FLOWERS OF CORN us FLORIDA.

C. florida (Floridan).* Flowering Dogwood, fl. greenish-yellow,
umbellate, rising after the leaves. April. 1. ovate, acuminate,
pale beneath, and beset with adpressed hairs on both surfaces ;
bracts of the involucre large, white, roundish, retuse or nearly
obcordate. fr. oval. h. 20ft. to 30ft. United States, 1731. This
is a beautiful tree ; the bark is extremely bitter. See Fig. 526.
(B. M. 527.)

Cornus — continued.

February to April. I oval, acuminated, rather pubescent on both
surfaces. Branches smoothish. h, 10ft. to 15ft. Europe (Britain
excepted), 1599. SYN. C. mascula. (S. F. O. 151.) Of this there
is a form (variegata) having leaves variegated with white, and
another (elegantissimd) in which the foliage is beautifully marked
with creamy-white and tinged with red. Both are excellent
garden plants.

C. mascula (manly). A synonym of C. mat.

C. oblonga (oblong), fl. white or pale purplish, fragrant ; calyx
clothed with adpressed silvery hairs, as well as the pedicels and
petals ; corymbs spreading, panicled. I. oblong, acuminated,
acute at the base, glaucous and rather scabrous beneath, with
many excavated glands along the axils of the ribs and nerves.
A. 10ft. to 15ft Nepaul, 1818. Tree.

C. paniculate (panicled).* fl. white ; cymes convex, loose, often
panicled ; ovary silky. July and August, fr. white. L orate
acuminated, glabrous, hoary beneath. Branches erect, pale
purplish, h. 4ft. to 8?t United States, 1758. Shrub. (T. S. M.

C. aangnlnea (blood-coloured).

Dogberry ; common Dogwood.

fl. greenish-white, not pleasantly scented ; cymes corymbose,
ebracteate ; petals revolute at the sides. June. Berry small,
black. J. ovate, or ovate-oblong, acute, pubescent, 2in. to 3in.
long. Branches straight, of a dark red when full grown. A. 6ft.
to 8ft Europe (Britain), North and West Asia, Himalayas.
Shrub. Wooa used for skewers, formerly for arrows ; and by
gunpowder makers. The berries yield an oil, used In France for
soapmaking. (Sy. En. B. 635.)

C. serlcea (silky).* fl. white ; corymbs depressed, woolly. June
and July. Berries pale blue, globose. L ovate, acuminated,
clothed with rusty pubescence beneath. Branches spreading ;
branchlets woolly, h, 5ft. to 8ft United States, 1683. (T. S. M.
ed. ii., 466.)

C. stolonifera (stoloniferous). Red Osier Dogwood, fl. white ;
cymes small, flat May. L ovate, acute, pubescent, hoary
beneath. Branches, especially the annual shoots, of a bright red-
purple colour; branchlets glabrous, h. 4ft to 10ft North
America, 1741. SYN. C. alba. There are several varieties of this
shrub.

C. stricta (upright).* fl. white; cymes loose, flattish.
June. i. ova^e, acuminated, glabrous, green on both
surfaces. Brt jches straight, fastigiate, reddish-brown.
A. 8ft to 15ft United States, 175& Shrub. There is
a form having leaves variegated with white or yellow.
S. sueclca (Swedish).* fl. dark purple, in terminal um-
bels, supported by four white bracts, which finally turn
green. June. Berries red, sweetish. I. opposite, ses-
sile, ovate, h. 6in. North and Arctic Europe (Britain),
Asia, and North America.

CORNTJTIA (named after Jacques Cornutus, a
Canada ; he died
his "Historia

Plantanim Canadensium "). SYN. Hosta. OBD.
Verbenacece. A email tropical American genus,
containing about sir speci«s of ornamental green-
house evergreen shrubs, allied to Callicarpa. They
succeed well in a mixture of loam and peat. Cut-
tings strike readily in Band, if placed under a glass,
in bottom heat, during February or March. Perhaps
the only species in cultivation is C. pyramidata.
C. punctata (dotted). A synonym of C. pyramidata.
C. pyramidata (pyramidal), fl. blue ; panicle terminal,
naked, elongated. July.

French physician, who travelled in Cs
in Paria, in 1651, after publishing

hoary.' h. 4ft
(B. M. 2611.)

uly. I. elliptical, ovate, toothed,
West Indies, 1733. SYN. C. punctata.

C.m

. ale).* Cornelian Cherry, fl. yellow, rising before the

leaves ; umbels about equal in length to the four-leaved involucre.

COBOKIA (from Korokia, the native name).
OED. Cornacece. A genus containing a couple of
species of ornamental half-hardy evergreen shrubs,
confined — as far as is at present known — to New
Zealand. Flowers axillary or terminal, solitary, or
in panicles ; calyx limb five-toothed ; petals five,
small, valvate, with a small scale at their base,
silky outside, yellow ; stamens five, filaments short.
Leaves alternate, exstipulate, evergreen, quite
entire, coriaceous. Branchlets and leaves below
silvery, with appressed pubescence. C. Cotoneaster
has proved quite hardy in a few districts, and would pro-
bably be such in many more, if afforded a little protection
during winter. Corokias are of easy culture, in moderately
good garden soil. They may be propagated by cuttings,
planted in sand, under a glass ; or by layers, put down in
autumn.

C. bnddleioldes (Buddleia-like). fl. similar to those of C.
CoUmea»ter, but borne in short terminal panicles, from six to

380

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Corokia — continued.

twenty-flowered. I. shortly stalked, narrow lanceolate, or oblong-
lanceolate, 2in. to 6in. long, iin. wide. A. 10ft. to 40ft. 1835.
An upright shrub or small tree. (R. G. 679.)

C. Cotoneaster (Cotoneaster).* fl. yellow, sweet-scented, Jin.
long; petals downy on the outer surface; peduncles solitary,
axillary. I. alternate or fascicled, Jin. to Iin. long, orbicular.
oblong-ovate or obovate, suddenly contracted in a flat linear
petiole; margins recurved. A low, rigid, spreading, much-
branched shrub.

COROLLA. The inner whorl of floral envelopes.

COROLLIFLORJE. A sub - class of Exogens, the
vast majority' of which are furnished with both calyx and
corolla. The petals are occasionally (though rarely) free,
sometimes altogether absent ; corolla generally irregular,
sometimes quite regular ; petals generally connate into
a two or more lobed corolla ; ovary either superior or
inferior ; stamens epigynous, epipetalous (rarely hypo-
gynous).

CORONA. Literally, a crown ; botanically, applied
to any appendage that comes between the corolla and
the stamens, as the cup of a Daffodil or the rays of
a Passion-flower.

CORONILLA (from corona, a crown ; the flowers are
disposed in heads or umbels at the tops of the peduncles).
Crown Vetch. OBD. Leguminosce. Ornamental shrubs,
or annual and perennial herbs. Peduncles axillary,
bearing at their tops umbels of pedicellate flowers.
Leaves impari-pinnate. The greenhouse species thrive
in a compost of two-thirds loam and one-third turfy
peat. Cuttings strike freely if placed in cold frames or
* cool house, under a hand glass, in spring, and, when
callused, introduced to gentle bottom heat. As soon as
rooted, they should be transferred to CO-sized pots, and
placed in a frame near the glass, plenty of drainage being
given. In order to make them grow bushy, the tops
should be freely pinched out; and, as the plants fill the
small pots with roots, they should be removed to 48-sized
ones, and again returned to the frame. Plenty of air
should be given, and, on mild days, the plants may be
entirely uncovered ; but they need constant attention to
watering, as, if allowed to get dry, they become naked
at the bottom, which altogether spoils their appearance.
Continue to change the pots as required, and, about the
first week in September, remove the plants to the green-
house, where they may remain until the end of May;
they should then be again transferred to the open air, in
a sheltered position. The hardy* species may be propa-
gated by division, in spring; or the young cuttings of
some will root in a cold frame. They are also increased
by seed, which should be sown as soon as ripe, in a cold
frame. The smaller-growing species are admirably adapted
for the rockery.

C. coronate (crowned).* fl. yellow ; umbels many-flowered. July
and August. I., leaflets seven to thirteen, obovate, mucronate,
glaucous ; lower ones approximating the stem ; sti] "
small, opposite the leaves, bidentate at the apex. '

South' Europe, 1776. Plant suffruticose, erect,' or ascending.
Greenhouse. SYN. C. montana. See Fig. 527.

C. oretloa (Cretan), fl. white, having the vexillum streaked with
red, and the keel dark purple; umbels three to six-flowered
June. I., leaflets eleven to thirteen, cuneated, retuse ; the lower
ones remote from the stem ; stipules small, acute. South Europe,
1731. Plant ascending, annual. Greenhouse. (S. F. G. 713.)

C. Emerus (Emerus). Scorpion Senna. /. yellow ; peduncles
three to five-flowered. April. I., leaflets five to seven, obovate.
A. 3ft. to 4ft. South Europe, 1596. Hardy shrub. (B. M. 445.)

C. glauca (glaucous).* /. beautiful yellow, fragrant in the day-
time, but scentless at night; umbels seven to eight-flowered
May to September. I., leaflets five to seven, obovate, very retuse,
glaucous ; lower ones remote from the stem ; stipules small
lanceolate. A. 2ft. to 4ft. South Europe, 1722. Half-hardy ever-
in shrub. *~ * '~ *"*' ~' ' *

green
(B. M.

M. 13.)

, .
An invaluable plant for greenhouse decoratio

C. iberica (Iberian).* fl. yellow, large ; umbels seven to eight-
flowered. July. I., leaflets nine to eleven, obcordate, ciliated •
stipules distinct, membranous, orbicular, denticulated. Iberia
1822. Plant herbaceous, prostrate, hardy. A very charmine
subject for the rockery. (L. B. C. 789.)

Coronilla — continued.

Fio 627. FLOWEUINQ BRANCH OF COUOMLLA CORONATA.

C. jnnoea (rush-like), fl. bright yellow ; umbels five to seven-
flowered. June. I., leaflets three to seven, linear-lanceolate,
obtuse, rather fleshy ; lower ones remote from the stem. Branches
rush-like, terete, almost naked, slender. A. 2ft. to 3ft. South
Europe, 1656. Half-hardy shrub. (B. B. 820.)

C. «i<nlT«n. (smallest).* fl. yellow, sweet-scented ; umbels seven to
eight-flowered. June and July. L, leaflets seven to thirteen,
ovate-roundish, obtuse or retuse; lower ones remote from the
stem ; stipules concrete, small, opposite the leaves, bidentate at
the apex. South-west Europe, 1658. Plant suffruticose, pro-
cumbent. Half-hardy. (B. M. 2179.)

C. montana (mountain). A synonym of C. eoronata.

C. Btlpnlaris (stipular). A synonym of C. valentina.

C. valentina (Valencia), fl. deep yellow, very fragrant at night ;
umbels six to eight-flowered. March to November. I., leaflets
seven to nine, obovate, mucronulate, glaucous ; lower ones remote
from the stem ; stipules roundish, large, deciduous. A. 3ft.
South-west Europe, 1596. Greenhouse shrub. SYN. C. stipularis.
(B. M. 185.)

C. varta (various).* fl. pink and white, or rarely white, at length
drooping ; umbels sixteen to twenty-flowered. June to Novem-
ber. I., leaflets nine to thirteen, oblong, elliptic, mucronate;
lower ones approximating the stem. Europe, 1640. Plant herba-
ceous, diffuse, flexuous, hardy. (B. M. 258.)

C. vlmlnalls (twiggy), fl. pale red, having the vexillum lined
lengthwise with red, changing from pale to deep purple, large ;
umbels six to ten-flowered. May to November. I., leaflets
thirteen to twenty -one, obovate, retuse, 'mucronate ; lower ones
approximating the stem ; stipules ovate. A. 2ft. to 4ft. North
Africa, 1798. Greenhouse shrub.

CORREA (named after Jose Francesco Correa de
Serra, 1750-1823, a learned Portuguese, who published
several treatises on plant physiology). ORD. Rutacece.
Greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Pedicels one-flowered,
solitary, twin or tern, axillary ; petals four, somewhat
connivent at the base, or joined into a long tube. Leaves
opposite, entire, clothed with starry hairs. This is a
most useful genus of decorative plants ; they are mainly
of free, moderately compact growth, so that, with a little
attention in pruning and training the plants whilst young,
it is not difficult to form wide uniform-shaped specimens
for decorative purposes in the greenhouse or conserva-
tory. If at all well managed, few plants flower more
profusely, or continue in blossom a longer time. The advan-
tage they have over many subjects of the same class, when
used for conservatory decoration, is considerable, inasmuch
as they will bear to be placed, whilst in flower, in nearer
proximity to other plants for contrast, and at a distance
from the light, without taking much harm ; and neither
foliage nor wood are subject to attacks of mildew, or
likely to suffer from damp. Although . Correas may be
struck from cuttings as readily as most other hard-wooded
plants, they are, for the most part, grafted on C. alba.
By employing this mode of propagation, the better kinds

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

381

Correa — continued.

grow more freely, and useful-sized specimens are produced
in less time than by means of cuttings. But to insure
success, much attention is necessary, and some special
requirements, which only those who undertake to raise
considerable numbers at one time, can properly give.
Therefore, in cases where only a few plants are required,
by far the cheapest and best plan is to buy them;
selecting clean, healthy, vigorous, young specimens, well
furnished with shoots at the base. If procured in spring,

Correa — continued.

commences, attention should be paid to training, and in
doing this no more stakes should be employed than are
actually necessary; the use of these may be obviated
altogether by following the far better practice of pinching
back the shoots, and a good bushy growth is thereby
induced. During their growing period, the plants should
be freely encouraged, by keeping them well supplied
with water at the roots. They should be syringed over-
head in the afternoons of bright days, and the venti-

FIG. 528. FLOWERING BRANCH or CORREA CARDISALIS.

say, in Sin. or Gin. pots, after having them in possession
a little while, they may be shifted into pots lin. or 2in.
more in diameter. Soil for potting should consist c
good fibry peat, broken up into pieces sufficiently email
to drop between the ball of earth and the sides of the
pot. To this should be added a good proportion of silver
sand. The house or pit in which the plants are stood,
should be kept rather close for two or three weeks af
potting. As they become established, more air may be
piven, and water as required. Before active growth

lators closed before the sun is off the glass, afterwards
giving air for the night. After blossoming, the plants should
be kept moderately dry for a time ; the flowering shoots
may then be shortened back, maintaining as much as
possible the bases of a well formed and furnished plant.
For the winter, Correas should be placed in any light,
airy structure with a night temperature of 40deg.

C alba (white), fl. white ; petals about 4in. lone. April to July.
I ovate, downy beneath, and rather whitufi abova *. 10ft.
Victoria! South Australia, &c., 1793. (B. B- 51o.)

382

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Correa — continued.

C. cardlnalia (cardinal).* Jl. bright scarlet, tipped with green,
pendent, from lin. to IJin. in length. March, h. 3ft. A slen-
der-growing but elegant shrub; it requires close pruning.
SYN. C. speeiosa. See Fig. 528. There are several forms of this
species.

C. Harris!! (Harris's).* Jl. bright scarlet. Of medium-growth,
with light green apiculated leaves, and fine branching habit.
A garden hybrid, of which C. cardinal* is one of the parents.
(P. M. B. vii. 79.)

C. magnifica (magnificent). /. white, large. A rather strong-
growing and free-flowering form.

C. pulchella (beautiful).* /. solitary, pendulous ; corolla tubular,
bright salmon-colour, with the throat ciliated. April. I. ovate,
cordate, obtuse, waved, beset with stellate pubescence; adult
ones smooth, h. 6ft. 1824. A hybrid. (B. B. 1224.)
C. speclosa (showy). A synonym of C. cardinalis.
C. ventrieosa (inflated), fl. bright crimson, tipped with green.

A slender-growing twiggy sort, very pretty and distinct.
C. Vlrens (green), JL pendulous ; corolla greenish, lin. or liin.
long. November. I. ovate-oblong, somewhat cordate, slightly
toothed, beset with glandular tomentum. h. 3ft. to 8ft. New
South Wales, Ac., 1800. (B. R. 3.)

In addition to the above, there are many other seedlings and
hybrids, among which are: bicolor, Bidunlli, delicata, hybrida,
ochroleuca and rosea-superba.

CORRUGATE. Wrinkled ; irregularly crumpled np.
CORSICAN PINE. See Finns Laricio.
CORTEX. The bark, or cortical layer.
CORTICAL. Of, or belonging to, the bark.
CORTUSA (named after Jacobo Antonio Cortuso, once
Director of the Botanic Garden at Padua; died 1593).
Bear's-ear Sanicle. ORD. Primulaceee. The only species of
the genus is a very pretty alpine perennial, very like
Primula cortusoides. It thrives in a compost of moist
loam, peat, and sand, with a semi-shaded position, if pro-
tected from the wind. Propagated by seed, which must
be sown as soon as ripe, in a cold frame ; also by care-
fully dividing the roots. Although, for garden purposes,
the two plants are here treated as species, C. pubena is
a mere form of C. Matthioli.

C. Matthioli (Matthioli's). JL purple, umbellate, drooping;

corolla funnel-shaped or campanulate, with a short tube and

sub-erect limb ; scape about 6m. high. Early summer. I. pe-

tiolate, rotundate, irregularly toothed or lobed. Swiss Alps, 1596.

(B. M. 987.)
C. M. grandlflora (large-flowered), fl. much larger than in

the type, very copious, upon stout peduncles 18in. to 24in. high.

1. also much larger. Siberia, 1880. This is a very vigorous

variety.
C. pubens (downy), fl. magenta-purple, drooping, on slender

peduncles 4in. to 6in. high. May to June. I. stalked, covered

with short silky down. Transylvania, 1878. A smaller plant than

C. Matthioli.

CORYANTHES (from korys, a helmet, and antlios,
a flower ; in reference to the shape of the lip). Helmet-
flower. OBD. Orchideas. Very extraordinary and orna-
mental stove epiphytal Orchids. The most remarkable
species is C. macraniha, and some account of it may be
gleaned from the following description, which appeared
in the " Botanical Register," over forty years ago : " The
plant has the habit of a Stanhopea, and pushes forth from
the base of its pseudo-bulbs a pendulous scape, on which
two or three flowers are developed ; each flower is placed
at the end of a long, stiff, cylindrical-furrowed ovary,
and, when expanded, measures something more than Gin.
from the tip of one sepal to that of the opposite one.
The sepals and petals are nearly of the name colour, being
of an ochrey-yellow, spotted irregularly with dull purple.
The lip is as fleshy and solid in texture as the sepals and
petals are delicate ; it is seated on a dark purple stalk,
nearly lin. long. This stalk terminates in a hemispherical
greenish-purple cup or cap, and the latter, contracting
at its front edge, extends forward into a sort of second
stalk of a very vivid blood-colour, the sides of which are
thinner than the centre, turned back, and marked with
four or five very deep, solid, sharp-edged plaits These
edges again expand and form a second cup, less lobed than
the first, thinning away very much to the edges, of a

Coryanth.es — continued.

broad conical figure, with a diameter of at least 2in. at the
orifice; this second cup is of an ochrey-yellow, streaked
and spotted with pale crimson, and seems intended to
catch a watery secretion, which drips into it from two
succulent horns, taking their origin in the base of the
column, and hanging over the centre of the cup." For
culture, see Stanhopea.

C. macrantha (large-flowered).* fl. lasting but three or four days

in bloom. May, June, and July. Caraccas. (B. K. 22, 1841.)

See also description given above.
C. maculata (spotted), ft. pale ochraceous-yellow, spotted with

purple, lasting but three days in beauty. Summer. Demerara,

1829. (B. M.3102.)
C. speeiosa (showy). /. pale yellow, ephemeral in consistency.

April. Brazil, 182&. SYN. Gongora spec&ta. (B. M.2755.)

FIG. 529. FLOWERS OP CORYDALIS BRACTEATA.

CORYDALIS (the old Greek name for the Fumitory ;
from korydalos, a lark; the spur of the flower resembles
the spur of a lark). ORD. Fumariacece. A genus of very
pretty, smooth, usually glaucous herbs. Racemes terminal
or opposite the leaves, with a bract under each pedicel ;
petals four, the two outer larger, one or both gibbous or
spurred, often coherent, in two usually very dissimilar
pairs. Leaves much divided, alternate, sub-opposite at the
tips. Roots fusiform, tuberous, or fibrous. There are
about seventy species. They are well adapted for borders
and rockwork; and some of them will thrive well under
trees, if the ground be not too dry. The method of culture
is exceedingly simple. They are increased by dividing the
plants directly after flowering, or by seed ; the bulbous-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

3S3

Cory dalis — contin ued.

rooted species by offsets ; and the »TiTnia1g by seed, which
may be sown in spring where they are intended to remain.
C. mm* (golden* jf. golden-yellow, iin. long; spur bhmt,

shorter than pediceL May to July. ^glaucous, bipinnate ;

pinnae pinnatifid and cut; lobes oblong-linear. Stem diffuse

branched, A, 6in. United States, 1685. Annual or biennial!

C. bracteata (bracteate).* JL sulphur-yellow, horizontal, lin.
long; spur longer than the pedicel Hay, June. L two,
biternate; segments cleft into linear lobes. Stem simple, erect,
scaiy near the base. A. Sin. Siberia, 1823. Hardy perenniaL

C. bnlbosa (bulbous). A synonym of C. tolida.

C. cava (hollow-rooted).' JL purple, horizontal ; bracts orate,
entire. February to May. L two, biternate ; segments eoneated,
cleft. Stem simple, not scaly. A. oin. Europe, 1596. PerenniaL
SYN. C. (uteroto. (B. M. 222.)

C.c,alMflora (white-flowered).* Similar in erery respect, except
the pretty white flowers.

C. clavlcnlata (tendrilled). JL straw-coloured ; spar short,
and blunt Jane. L bipinnate; petioles tendrilled; segments
oTal, and entire. Stem branched, diffuse, scandent. A, 1ft. to
4ft. West Europe (Britain), from Denmark to Spain.
(Sy. En. B. 70.)

CXfungoea, Set Adlnmia drrhosa.

glauca (glaucous). JL red and yellow ;
me times shorter than the corolla. July.

(B. M. 179.)
C. Kolpakowskiana (KoIpakowsky'sX* JL pink or purple, with

l»ng spurs; bracts as long as the pedicels. L glabrous, deeply

dirided. A. 6in. Turkestan, 1879. PCTenniaL (B. G. 948.)
C. Ledebonriana (Ledebour's). JL pinkish, with a dark spot at

the apex of the sepals. L ternately dirided, glaucous. *. 6in.

Altai, 1879. PerenniaL (B. G. 98L)
C. Intea Cvellow).* f. yellow ; bracta linear^nbulate, three times

shorter than the pediceL May. L biternate ; segments oborate,

cuneated, trifid. Stem branched, diffuse. A. 1ft.

naturalised in Britain (on old walls, &c.\ PerenniaL

X Marschalllana Olaraehan's).* JL m

straight or hardly incurred, blunt ; bracts
situated above the middle of the stem,

entire or bifid.

Coryd&li* — continued.

FIG. 531. COETDAUS SEME.NOWU, showing
and Leafy Stem.

C. BfUrica (Siberian^ JLjtDow, nsnaUy recurred ; bracts linear,
nearly as long as the pedicels. '

late; segments cat into oblong-linear lobes. Stem nearly
branched. A. 1ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1810. ~

PerenniaL

FIG. 532. CORTDALIS SOUDA. showing Habit, and Side View
of Single Mower.

FIG. 530. COBYDALIS XOBIUS, showing Habit, and Side
View of Single Flower.

C. nobtlis (noble-floweredX» JL pale yellow, tipped with green ;
spur long, blunt and incurred at the point ; bracts acute, entire
or cnt May. L bipinnate ; segments cnneated, cut at the top.
Stem simple, erect, not seal/. A. 9in. Siberia. 1783, A beautiful
perennial plant. See Fig. 530. (G. C. n. s., xLt 725.)

C. Semenowii (Semenow's).* JL deep yellow ; spur short, saccate,
bent downwards. April, May. L gUncois, green, bipinnatisect ;
pinnules oblong orate ; lobes acuminate. Stem erect, simple,
leafy. A. 1ft. to lift. TnrkesUn. See Fig. 53L

as well as the bracts, cat at the top.

scaly under the lower leaf. A. ~

Britain Cm woods and ra

Cte/teM. SeeFig.532.
C. tnberoea (tuberous). A synonym of C. MM.

COBYItACHS. This order (the principal genera
of which are Carpinut, Ccutanea, Corylut, Faytu, and
Qucrcut), founded by Lindley, ia now included under
Cupulifenc.

CORYIXDPSIS (from Eorylo*, the Hazel-tree, and
optit, like; Nat-like). ORD. Hamamelidece. Very orna-
mental and interesting hardy deciduous shrubs, in habit,
leaves, and inflorescence, resembling Hazels. Flowers
appearing before the leares, in pendulous racemes, each
flower nearly sessile, with a large sheathing bract; petals
and stamens fire; perigynoos scales fire, alternating with
the stamens, or ten to fifteen irregularly placed,
woody, with narrowly ellipsoid shining black seeds.

384

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Corylopsis — continued.
the species are mentioned
Hamamelis.

below. For culture, see

C. himalayana (Himalayan). Jl. yellow, white; racemes many-
flowered. March. I. round, ovate, or acute, often cordate at the
base, plicate, glabrous above, silky or tomentose beneath. A. oft.
Khasia Mountains and Bhotan. (B. M. 6779.)

C. mnltlflora (many-flowered), from the tea districts of Tokien , in
China has not yet been introduced. It has few-nerved, rather
rigid leaves, glaucous beneath, and long dense-flowered racemes.

C. panciflora (few-flowered) resembles C. spicata in colour, scent,
habit, Ac.; but the leaves are smaller, the racemes contain fewer
(two to four) flowers, and the plant is dwarfer. Japan.

Fio. 533. FLOWERS OF CORYLOPSIS SPICATA

C. spicata (spicate).» fl. pale yellow, with a fragrant Cowslip-like
odour ; issuing singly from the axil of a greenish-yellow bract •
racemes eight to twelve-flowered, 2in. to Sin. long, drooping.
February. I. long-stalked, acutely cordate, strongly feather-
veined, mucronately serrated, somewhat hoary beneath, h. 3ft.
to 4ft. Japan, 1864. See Fig. 533.

CORYLUS (from korys, a hood, or helmet; in refe-
rence to the calyx covering the nut). Hazel; Cob-nut.
ORD. Corylacea:. Low trees and large shrubs, deciduous.
Malo flowers whitish, in cylindrical catkins; bracts ses-
sile, imbricate. Female flowers red, in a bud-like catkin,
which is developed into a branchlet. Leaves simple, alter-
nate, exstipulate.

CULTIVATION. The first object in successful Nut cul-
ture is to keep down suckers, unless required for propa-
gation. The more tree-like the plants, the more pro-
ductive they are; hence the importance of removing all
latent buds from the base and stems of seedlings or
plants of any description. The height of clear stem may
vary from 1ft. to 6ft. The trees are classified, according
to the height of their stems, as standards, half-standards,
and dwarf standards; the natural or many-stemmed bush

Corylns — continued.

being generally termed a Nut or Filbert stool. As the
crop may be considered a permanent one, the soil should
be carefully prepared, by trenching and manuring. A
good deep loam, in a rather dry, sunny position, suits
Hazels best, as it encourages the production of short
fruit-bearing wood. During severe winters, the male
blossoms are sometimes injured by frost. In other sea-
sons, and in certain localities, the cultivated Filbert pro-
duces few catkins. In either case, these should be
collected from wild Hazel-nuts, when obtainable, and
suspended among the better varieties. When planting,
choose well-established suckers, or layers, four or more
years old. Firmly stake them as soon as inserted, and
place a spadeful or two of manure on the soil, over the
roots. The intermediate spaces may be cropped with
potatoes, or other dwarf vegetables, for a year or two.

PROPAGATION may be effected by seed, by suckers,
or by layers. Grafting and budding are each practicable,
and are adopted when growing tall standards or scarce
varieties.

Seed. For forming tall standards, seedlings of the
Constantinople Nut (0. Colurna), one of the strongest-
growing of all the Hazels, should be used. These should
be aUowed to run up to a height of 8ft. or 10ft., and
then be grafted with any desired variety. The seed of
all Nuts may be sown as soon as gathered, or stored
in sand till the following February or March. They
should be placed thinly in rows, and covered with at
least 2in. of soil. Most of the Nuts will have started
before midsummer. In October or November of the second
year, plant them in lines, 2ft. to 3ft. apart, and from 6in.
to 15in. from each other in the rows, according to their
strength. The seed of good varieties seldom produce
others equal to their parents in quality ; consequently, this
plan of propagation should not be practised with them.

Suckers. For market and garden purposes, all superior
varieties should be propagated by suckers or layers. The
Filbert, if left to its own habit, produces stickers in
abundance. Good cultivators remove all these; but the
propagator encourages their growth, as each one forms a
plant. If the soil is poor, the stools should be manured.
Sometimes it may be well to take them up bodily, in
the autumn, to obtain good roots to each sucker ; but,
generally, the latter may be removed without disturbing
the stools. Another crop may be obtained the following
autumn. The small plants should be put out like the
two-year-old seedlings, when they will soon grow into
useful sizes. The large ones, some of which may be
2ft. to 3ft. high, are best planted out at wider distances,
or in their fruiting quarters, at once.

Layers. Stools kept for layering must be allowed to
make more growth than those used for suckers only, as a
certain length and flexibility of shoot are essential to suc-
cessful propagation by this method. Free growth must
be encouraged for a year or two, and, any suitable time
in winter, the shoots should be bent to the ground,
pegged firmly, and covered to a depth of Sin. with earth.
They will be well rooted by the following autumn, and
may then be removed and planted out permanently.

PRUNING, as distinct from mere heading back, is an
important feature in Filbert culture. Even the time to
prune becomes a matter of vital moment; for, by per-
forming this operation too early, a great many of the male
catkins may be cut away. March, or even April, when
the female blossoms are fully open, is the best time. The
plants bear on the lateral growth of the previous summer,
and most plentifully on moderate-sized wood. Hence,
the young shoots should be stopped to insure such growth,
and as much as possible of the old wood that has already
borne fruit, removed annually. The shape to which Fil-
berts are often formally trained for cultivation in gardens
is that of a cup or vase. The stem is kept quite clear for
1ft. or more at the bottom, and the head is formed by not

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

385

Corylns — continued.

less than six branches trained in the shape alluded to.
These, when old enough, produce the lateral growths for
fruit production, and the young free growths at the top
are generally loaded with the male catkins in spring.

PLANTING is best performed in October. The proper
distance apart is from 10ft. to 20ft. each way. Some of
the fertile dwarf varieties may be inserted closer. On
rich soils, Filberts grow much wider and higher, many
of the stronger ones reaching a height of 20ft., with a
spread of branches as much or more in diameter. Such
vigorous growth is not to be encouraged, as it does not
conduce to free frnitfulness.

GATHERING AND STORING. Neither Filberts nor Nuts
should be gathered till quite ripe, which is easily known
by the brown colour of the Nut, the tint of the husk,
and the ease with which the Nuts leave the latter. Fil-
berts will not keep well in the husks if gathered before
they are ripe. Nor must they be left until so ripe as to
allow the Nuts to leave the husks when the trees are
slightly agitated. In order to prevent the husks becoming
mouldy when stored, they should first be well dried.
Some cultivators expose them to sulphur fumes as a pre-
ventative ; others store Nuts in casks or jars, and sprinkle
them over with salt, for the same purpose, before covering
up. They must always be kept in a cool, dry place after
being packed.

DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER or NUTS AND FILBERTS.
This is so often a bewildering question to amateurs, that
it may be well to explain fully. The difference lies solely
in the length of the husks. Nuts with husks as long as, or
longer than, the Nuts themselves, are called Filberts. All
that have husks shorter than the fruit are designated
Nuts. Some varieties, if this rule were strictly applied,
could hardly be referred to either. Again, Filberts served
without their husks are called Nuts.

INSECTS, Ac. The Nut crop is sometimes much injured
by the Nut Weevil (Eolamntt* nucum), which pierces
and inserts a single egg within the shell of the tender
Nut, in spring. This, by the time the Nut is nearly
matured, forms into a small grub, and, eating its way
out, falls to, and buries itself in, the ground, where it
becomes a pupa, and emerges as a perfect insect the
following season. The only preventative is to gather
any perforated nuts that may be shaken off early in the
season, and burn them. The Squirrel and Dormouse are
also well-known as being most destructive animals to the
Nut crop, as, apart from what are eaten by them at the
time, as many as possible are stored for a future supply.

C. amerlcana (American). American Hazel. /., males greyish ;
females crimson. ApriL Nnt brown, ripe in October; invo-
lucre of the fruit roundish, campanulate, longer than the nut ;
limb spreading, dentately serrated. I. roundish, cordate, acumi-
nate. A. 4ft to 8ft Canada to Florida, in low, shady woods,
1798. Shrub.

C. Avellana (Avellino).* Common Hazel or Filbert ; Wood Nnt.
JL, males greyish ; females crimson. ApriL Nut brown, ripe in
October ; involucre of the fruit campanulate, rather spreading,
torn at the margin I. roundish, cordate, pointed ; stipules
oblong, obtuse, h. 20ft. and upwards. Europe (Britain), North
Africa, and temperate Asia,

C. Colnrna (Colurna).* Constantinople Hazel. JL as in the
common Hazel, but longer and larger. Nut small ; inTolncre of
the fruit double, the exterior many-partite, the inner three-
partite ; divisions palmate. L roundish-ovate, cordate ; stipules
lanceolate, acuminate. A. 60ft. Asia Minor, 1665.

C. heterophylla (variable-leaved). I. cordate at the base,
broadly obovate, irregularly toothed, five to seven-lobed, the
lateral lobes often as long as the terminal one. Nut globose,
scarcely inclosed by the large irregularly-cut bracts with spread-
ing lobes. Eastern Asia, 18SO. A very distinct shrub or small tree.

C. rostrata (beaked). Flowers and fruit as in the common Hazel.
Involucre of the fruit tubular, campanulate, larger than the nut.
bipartite : divisions inciso-dentate. I. ovate, oblong, acuminate ;
stipules linear-lanceolate, h. 4ft. to 5ft. Canada to Carolina, on
mountains, 1745. A bushy shrub. This species closely resembles
the common European Hazel ; but is distinguished from it by its
fruit being covered with the calyx, which is prolonged in the
form of a long, hairy beak, whence the specific name.

Corylua — continued.

C. tnbulosa (tubular).* Lambert's Filbert Nut large, oblong ;
shell thick and strong, the kernel being covered with a red skin ;
husk long, rather smooth, serrated at the edges, longer than the
nut A fine, strong-growing, free-fruiting variety. It is also
known aa Filbert Cob, Great Cob, Kentish Cob, Large Bond
Nut Ac.
Of C. Avellana and C. tubulosa there are numerous

varieties, the most important of which are enumerated

below :

Alba.* White Filbert This is one of the finest varieties in
cultivation. From the peculiar structure of the husk, which
contracts, rather than opens, at the outer edge, this Filbert can
be kept longer in its cover than most others. This is also
known as Avelinier Blanche, Wrotham Park, <fec.

Cosford.* Miss Young's. Thin-shelled. Nut oblong, of excellent
quality ; husk hirsute, deeply laciniated, about as long as the
nut This is valuable from the thinness of its shell, as no nut-
crackers are needed in order to get at its contents.

Crispa.* Cape-nut Frizzled Filbert Nuts thin, somewhat
flattened, late ; husks richly and curiously frizzled throughout,
open wide at the mouth, and hanging about as long again as the
nut This is an enormous cropper, producing its fruit in clusters.

Down ton Large Square.* Nnt very large ; shell thick and
well-filled ; husk smooth, shorter than the nut A peculiarly-
formed semi-square nut of the highest quality.

Grandis.* Bound Cob-nut Nut large, short, slightly compressed,
very thick and hard ; husk shorter than the fruit, much frizzled
and hairy. This is supposed to be the true Barcelona Nnt of
commerce, and is one of the finest grown. The quality is good,
and is at its highest when the nut is first gathered. It has
numerous synonyms, including the following : Barcelona, Down-
ton, Dwarf Prolific, Great Cob, Prolific, and Round Cob.

Purple-leaved Filbert.* I. large and fine, and as deeply
coloured as the finer varieties of Purple Beech. Nuts and husks
of the same colour, which they retain ; hiu>ks longer than the
nuts, and hairy. This is a very ornamental and distinct plant
for shrubbery borders, apart from its value in producing a nut of
excellent quality.

Bed Filbert. Avelinier Rouge, Red Hazel. Nut medium size,
ovate; shell thick; husk long, hispid. A good free-bearing
variety, of fine quality.

Spanish. Nut very large, oblong ; shell thick ; husk smooth,
longer than the fruit A very large variety, sometimes con-
founded with the Round Cob-nut and its synonyms. •
CORYMB. A raceme, the pedicels of which are

gradually shorter as they approach the summit, so that

the result is a flat-headed inflorescence, as in Candytuft.
COBYNOCARFUS (from koryne, a club, and karpcs,

a fruit; in reference to the shape of the fruit). ORD.

Anacardiacecf. A greenhouse evergreen shrub. For

culture, see Ardisia.

a ISBVlgatns (smooth), fi. white, disposed in large, terminal
~«iM«. fr. plum-like ; when fully ripe, the drupaceous coat is
" atfves, i

eaten by .na

as are also' the kernels after the poisonous

in salt water. alternate, stalked, obovato, waflpl
sub-emarginate, quite entire, glabrous. A. 20ft New

property they are said to possess is dissipated by steaming or
maceration1 in salt water, /.alien
shaped, sub-emarginate, qu
Zealand, 1823. (KM. 4379.)

CORYNOFHALLUS (from koryne, a club, and
phallos, a mace ; alluding to the club-shaped appendix to
the spadix). ORD. Aroideas. A genus now included under
AmorpJiophallus. For culture, &c., see Caladitun.
C. Afzelii (Afzelins1). JL, spathe tubular below, expanding abova
into a broadly ovate-acute limb, marbled outside, purple within,
and marked with white stripes ; spadix dilated above into a club-
shaped mass ; produced at a different time from the leaves. L on
slender petioles 1ft to 2ft high ; the limb is divided into three
main divisions, each of which is again split up into three, rarely
two, subdivisions, these latter are in their turn pinnatisect ;
ultimate segments Tarying in length and breadth, but always
decurrent at the base, and sharply pointed at the apex. Tropical
Africa, 1873. (G. C. 1872, 1619.)

C, A. elegans (elegant).* 1., segments very narrow, and mow
drooping than in either of the other varieties; leafstalk green,
self-coloured.

L, segments broader, and not so

umtu Buinju..vK« «. u. ..« w,«iers ; each main subdivision being
divided into two segments, and these again bear two or three
ultimate segments only.

C. A. spectabills (showy).* Lower part of the stem puce-
coloured, and marked with dark linear oblong spots.

CORYNOSTYLIS (from koryne, a club, and stylos, a
column ; alluding to the club-shaped style). STN. Colyp-
frion. ORD. Violarieat. Elegant climbing stove shrubs.
Flowers white, huge; petals five, the lower one largo,

3 D

C. A. latlfolla (broad-leaved). ,
much subdivided as in the others ; each main subdivision being

386

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Corynostylis — continued.

drawn out behind into a large hollow pouch, which is
compressed on the sides, and constricted in the middle,
twisted, many-nerved. Leaves alternate. Increased by
seeds ; or by cuttings of the young wood, placed in sand,
in bottom heat, and under a hand glass.
C. Aubletii (Aublet's). /. white, large, in fascicled racemes.
1. oblong-ovate, acuminated, serrated. Stem striated, covered
with white spots. Guiana, 1823. SYN. C. Hybanthus.
C. A. albiflora (white-flowered). /. white, horn or trumpet-
shaped, about 2in. long ; pedicels long, thread-like. L ovate,
acuminate. Para, 1870. Taken in profile, the flowers present
the appearance of a long-spurred Tropaeolum, while on the front
view they bear a resemblance to those of a gigantic Violet.
C. Hybanthus (bent-flowered). A synonym of C. Aubletii.

CORYFHA (from koryphe, the summit; in reference
to the leaves growing in tufts on the top of the trunk).
Fan Palm. SYN. Taliera. OED. Palmce. A small genus
of stove Palms, with large fan-shaped leaves. Trunks
ringed or channelled, unarmed, generally very straight,
terminated by a crown of leaves, with prickly petioles.
They are of somewhat slow growth, and are best cultivated
in a compost of two parts loam, one of peat, and one of
sand. Thorough drainage and a liberal supply of water
are essentials to success. See also Chanuerops, Livis-
tona, and Sabal.

C. australis (Southern). Synonymous with Livigtona australis.
C. Gebanga (Gebang). I. fan-shaped, glaucous, divided fully
half their length into narrow segments; petioles very stout.
h. 60ft. Java, 1847. The leaves of this species are largely used
by the natives for thatching, making baskets, Ac.
C. nmbraculifera (umbrella-bearing).* 1. very large, fan-sliaped,
plaited, forming a complete circle about 12ft. hi diameter ; petioles
about oft. long ; edges armed with small brown teeth-like spines.
h. 100ft South India and Ceylon, 1742. The famous Talipot
Palm, whose magnificent leaves are used in making fans,
umbrellas, and many other things.
Other species are : elata, macropoda, sylvestris, and Taliera.

COR.YSANTHES (from korys, a helmet, and anthos,
a flower; flowers helmet-shaped). SYN. Calcearia. OBD.
Orchidece. A genus of small, but very pretty, greenhouse
terrestrial Orchids, allied to Pterostylis, and requiring a
compost of light sandy loam. There are about fifteen
species, distributed throughout Australia, New Zealand,
and the islands of the Malayan Archipelago, but they are
rarely seen in cultivation.

C. limbata (edged). fl. purple, white. Autumn. I. ovate, cor-
date, bright green, with reticulated white veins, h. 2in. to Sin.
Java, 1863. (B. M. 5357.)

C. picta (painted).* /. with a very curious aspect, nearly sessile,
bilabiate ; the upper and hinder portion fornicato-adscendent,
richly stained with deep purple and yellow ; the lower lip divided
into four long subulate segments, and a similar body, described
as a bract, seated at the base of the short ovary. I. solitary,
cordate, ovate, reticulated. A. Sin. or 4in. Java, 1867.

COSCINIUM (from koskinon, a little sieve ; alluding
to the seed being pierced). SYN. Pereira. OBD. Meni-
spermacece. A stove climbing shrub. It requires plenty of
room to grow in, or it will not flower well. A compost of
light loam and peat suits it well. Cuttings of young
growth, taken during summer, will root under a hand
glass.

C. fencstratnra (window-wood). False Calumba. fl. greenish ;
peduncles umbellulate, several from the same bud. November,
t. alternate, cordate, entire, five to seven-nerved, smooth and
shining above, very hoary underneath. Ceylon, 1820. SYN.
Pereira medica. (B. M. 4658.)

COSMANTHUS (from kosmos, beautiful, and anthos,
a flower). A small genus of annual herbs, belonging to the
natural order Hydrophyllacece, but now usually included
under Fhacelia (which see).

COSMELIA (from kc.smeo, to adorn ; in allusion to the
beauty of the flowers). OBD. Epacridece. An erect much-
branched greenhouse evergreen shrub. It requires peat,
with a large proportion of silver sand ; in fact, the same
treatment as Epacris (which see). Cuttings may be ob-
tained during the summer months.

Cosmelia — continued.

C. rubra (red), fl., corolla deep red, tubular, solitary, drooping,
terminating the short lateral branches. April and May. 1. with
cucullate bases, half-sheathing, h. 3ft. to 6ft. South-west
Australia, 1826. (B. R. 1822.)

COSMIBUENA (from Cosimi Buena, a Spanish phy-
sician, who wrote a Natural History of Peru). OBD.
RubiacecB. A small genus of handsome stove plants, allied
to Bouvardia, Cinchona, Luculia, &c. Calyx tube oblong
or turbinate ; limb tubular or bell-shaped, five to six-
toothed; corolla salver-shaped, or funnel-shaped, with an
elongated tube, and a five to six-lobed spreading limb.
They are of easy culture in a compost of loam, leaf mould,
and sand. Propagated by seeds ; or by cuttings of ripe
wood, placed in sand, under a hand glass, in bottom heat.

C. obtusifolla latifolia (broad obtuse-leaved).* fl. white, very
fragrant, disposed in terminal cymes ; peduncles stout, Jin. to

jin. long ; tube Sin. long, somewhat dilated for iin. at the throat.
>pposite, petioled, Sin. to 6in. long, elliptic or rarely more or
less ovate or obovate. h. 20ft. Columbia, 1876. SYN. Ccucarilla

I. opposite, petioled, Sin. to
less ovate or obovate. h. 2~"
grandifolia. (B. M. 6239.)

COSMIDIUM. See Thelesperma.

COSMOS (from kosmos, beautiful ; in reference to the
flowers). OED. Composite. Annuals or perennials. Flower-
heads solitary; receptacle furnished with linear acute,
coloured bracteoles, equalling or excelling the florets.
Leaves pinnate. All are readily increased from seed, which
may be sown in gentle heat, in early spring. When large
enough, the seedlings should be pricked off, and finally
planted out in May, similar to other annuals. The perennials
require to be protected during winter, and may be pro-
pagated like Dahlias, in spring.

FIG. 534. FLOWERING BRANCH OF COSMOS BIPINNATUS.

C. blpinnatUS (bipinnate). fl.-heads rose or purple, with a yellow
disk ; peduncles axillary and terminal, leafy, rather short. Late
summer. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1799. Annual. See Fig. 534.

C. scabiosoides (Scabious-like), fl. scarlet ; outer scales of
involucre shorter than the leaves. October. I. pinnate-parted,
hispid beneath, with two pairs of lanceolate-oblong, sub-serrated
leaflets, the terminal one the largest. Stem downy, h. 3ft. to
4ft. Mexico, 1834. This species is a half-hardy perennial, with
tuberous roots, like the common Dahlia. (B. R. 1838, 15.)

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

387

Cosmos — continued.
C. tennlf olios (slender-lea veil), jl-headt rich purple ; outer bracts

of involucre less acuminate than those of C. bipinnatu*.

Autumn. /. very finely cut, almost Fennel-like. A. If t to 2ft

Mexico. Annual. (B. R. 2007.)

COSSIGNIA (named after M. Cossigny, a French
naturalist, once resident at Pondicherry, who presented
Commerson with an herbarium of the plants of Coro-
mandel). ORD. Sapindcicea. An ornamental store shrub,
with impari-pinnate leaves. A compost of two parts loam,
and one each of peat and sand, salts the Cosaignia.
Thorough drainage, and a liberal supply of water, aro
essential points in its culture. " This plant may be in-
creased by cuttings of the ripo wood, inserted in sand,
and plunged in a strong moist heat ; we have not, how-
ever, found them root very freely" (B. S. Williams).
C. borbonlca (Bourbon). A synonym of C. pinnata.
C. pinnata (pinnate).* JL white, panicled. L impari-pinnate, with

from three to fire oblong, entire leaflets, somewhat scabrous

above, dark green, with bright orange-yellow veins beneath, A.

10ft to 20ft Mauritius, 181L STX. a fcorixmieo.

COSSUS. See Goat Moth.

COSTA. The midrib of a leaf; that part which is a
direct extension of the petiole, whence the veins arise.

COSTS. Any longitudinal elevations.

COSTATE. Bibbed.

COSTMARY, or ALECOST (Tanacetum Bahamita).
A hardy perennial, native of the Orient, but now become
naturalised in many parts of South Europe. The leaves
were formerly put into ale, and are now sometimes used
in salads. The plant has a peculiar odour, and is not
much used in this country. Propagation is effected by
division of the roots, in early spring or in autumn, plant-
ing 2ft. apart, in a dry, warm situation, where they
may remain for several years.

COSTUS (an ancient name, adopted from Pliny). STN.
Tiiana. OED. Scitamineae. A genus of about twenty-five
species of stove perennial herbs, few of which are in culti-
vation. Flowers in spikes, with overlapping bracts ; tube
of corolla funnel-shaped ; the outer segments of the limb
equal ; the innermost, or middle segment — the lip or la-
bellum— large, bell-shaped. Leaves fleshy. Boots tuberous.
The species are of simple culture in a compost of sandy
loam, to which a little peat is added. Propagated easily
by dividing the roots.

C. Afer (Afer). JL white, tinged with yellow. Summer. L ovate-
elliptic, narrowly acuminate. A. 2ft Sierra Leone, 1821. (B. M.

4979.)
C. Igneus (fiery).* JL. bright orange-scarlet I. elliptic, acuminate,

ghTbrons. A. 1ft to 3ft Babia?1882. (L H. n. s. 51L)
C. Malortteanns (Malortie's).* JL golden-yellow, marked with

irregular orange-red bands. L large, obovate, acute, shortly

stalled. A. 1ft to 3ft Costa Kica, i860. (B. M. 5894.)
C. speciosus (showy). Jl. white. August L silky beneath. A.

3ft. India, 1799. (P. M. B. 4, 245.)
C. spiralis (spiral). JL scarlet November. I. long-elliptic,

thick, shining. A. 4ft Caraccas.

COTONEASTER (from Cotoneum, the Quince-tree,
and aster, like; similar to the Quince-tree). Bose Box.
OBD. Rosacece. A genus of hardy shrubs or small trees.
Flowers white or pink, small, solitary, or in axillary or
terminal cymes, sometimes polygamous; petals five, im-
bricate in bud; stamens twenty, inserted at the mouth
of the calyx. Leaves simple, coriaceous, quite entire,
generally woolly beneath. There are about fifteen species,
all of which are excellent for shrubberies and gardens;
several are very ornamental when trained against a waH,
where their intense scarlet fruits remain very conspicuous
throughout the winter. Cotoneasters are of easy cul-
tivation in ordinary garden soil They may be readily
propagated by seed, which should be sown in spring; by
cuttings, in autumn ; by layers, at the same time ; or by j
grafting on C. vulgari* or the common Quince, or on the
Hawthorn.

C. acuminate (taper-pointed). JL pink; cymes one to fire-
flowered, very short. April and May. Jr. turbmate, scarlet

L ovate, acuminated, or acute, at length glabrous beneath.

continued.

14ft Xepaul, 1820. Deciduous. SY.V.
(L.B.C.9197)

(staff-like). JL. cymes short, many-flowered,
L oblong or obovate, or oblong-lanceolate, woolly
or giaoreseen beneath, acute or obtuse, narrowed into the petiole.
NepauL Hardy deciduous. Much used for walking sticks, hence
the specific name.

C. bnjcifolla (Box-leaved).* JL white, rather large ; cymes two to
six-flowered, woolly, short April and May. L elliptic-acute or
apiciuate-ovate, woolly beneath, evergreen. A. 3ft to 4ft
Nilghiri, Ac., 1824.

C. fslglda (frigid).* JL white ; cymes woolly, very many -flowered.
April and May. L oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acute, narrowed
to the ban. tomentose beneath. A. 10ft Nepaul, 1824. A sub-
evergreen shrub or tree. (B.B. 1229.)

C. laxiflora Goose-flowered). JL pink; cymes panicled, pflose;
calyces quite smooth. ApriL L oblong, obtuse at both ends,
woolly beneath. A. 3ft to 5ft 1826. Deciduous. (B. E. 1306.)

C. mleropnylla (small-leaved).* JL white, usually solitary.
April andMay. L ovate or obovate, acute, retuse or obtus«,
glossy above, pubescent or tomentose beneath. A. 3ft to 4ft
HajMl, 1824. Evergreen. (B. R. 1114.) "Grafted standard
high on the thorn, or any of its congeners," says London, " thi>
shrub forms a singular and beautiful evergreen drooping tree ;
or it will cover a naked wall nearly as rapidly as Ivy ; and H
a decided advantage over that plant in its shoots,
inches from the
likely to injnre
the plants growing near if

C. multlflora (many-flowered). JL white ; cymes three to ten-
flowered, on short or long, nearly glabrous peduncles. May.
L ovate elliptic, or obovate-acute, obtuse or rounded at the tip,
glabrous above, glaucous and glabrous or faintly silky beneath.
A. 4ft Kashmir, Ac., 1837. Deciduous.

C. nnmmnlaria (Nummnlaria-like).* JL white ; cymes woollv,
very short, two to five-flowered. April and May. fr. small,
globose, black. L orbicular, or obovate-obtuse, apiculate, white
or densely silky-woolly beneath. A. 10ft to 15ft Kashmir,
Western Thibet, Ac., 1824. An elegant and distinct «ub-ever.

tammttn a decided advantage over that plant
which may be prevented from extending many
face of the waif and, consequently, being not l

(round-leaved). JL white, solitary.
April and May. L orbicular, or orbiculate-obovate, mucronate,
glabrous or sparsely hairy above and beneath ; pilose beneath.
A. 3ft to 4ft NepauL. 1825. Evergreen. (Ref. B. 54.)

C. SlmonsU (Simons's).* JL solitary or twin, nearly sessile, on
short lateral branches. ApriL L nearly lin. long, rhombic-
orbicular acuminate, glabrous above, sparsely silky beneath.
Origin unknown. Evergreen in mild winters. Probably one of
tbVbest (Ref. B. 55.)

C. tnymlfolla (Thyme-leaved ).* JL pinkish, smalL ApriL
L small, oblong-ovate, dark shining green above, silvery-white
beneath. Temperate Himalayas, 1852. A very pretty evergreen,
less than 1ft nigh, with congested, crowded, often decurved
branches, and scarlet fruits. (Ret B. 50.)

C. t, congest* (congested). IL white. L palish green, oborate-
oblong, thinly glaucous silky beneath. Western Himalayas, 1868.
A neat evergreen, forming a compact rounded mass, with rigid,
recurved, remarkably congested branches, and globose scarlet
fruits. (Ret B. 51.)

C. vulgarls (common).* JL reddish ; cymes lateral, few-flowered.
May and June. fr. globose, shining red. L broadly elliptic
oblong, rounded or acute at the tip, densely pubescent beneath.
A. 3ft to 5ft Europe (Britain), North and West Asia,
Himalayas. Deciduous. ST.N. Jletpiliu CotoneatUr. (Sy. En. B,
477.) There is also a black-fruited form of this species.

COTTON. See Gossypium,

COTTON GRASS. See Eriophorum.

COTTON THISTLE. See Onopordon.

COTTON-TREE. See Flagianthus.

COTTON-TREE, SILK. See Bombax.

COTYLEDON (from Itotyle, a cavity ; in allusion to
the cup-like leaves of some of the species). Navelwort.
OBD. Cratsvlaceae. Under this one genus are now included
Echeveria, Pachyphytum, Pittorinia, and Umbilicus. To
render the matter clearer, the typical characters of these
four sections are given below. The differences are merely
botanical; and the culture of the groups is identical.
Greenhouse evergreens, except where otherwise stated.

Cotyledon. Calyx five-parted; corolla gamopetalons,
with a five-lobed, spreadingly reflexed limb ; stamens ten,
adnate at the base to the tube of the corolla ; scales oval ;
carpels five, each drawn out into a subulate style. Fleshy
shrubs, from the Cape of Good Hope.

EcKeveria (including Pachyphytum). Calyx five-parted ;
sepals often foliaceous, erect ; corolla urceolate, five-lobed

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cotyledon — continued.

or five-partite; lobes often longer than the tube; stamens
ten, united to the petals at the base ; scales five ; carpels
five, each ending in a subulate style. Fleshy
shruba or herbs, mostly from Mexico, one from
Peru, and another from Japan.

Pistoriuia. Calyx short; corolla tube much
elongated, cylindrical ; stamens inserted in the
throat of the corolla ; carpels long, linear. An-
nual erect herbs, natives of Spain and Algiers.

Umbilicus. Calyx five-parted, equal to, or
slightly shorter than, corolla tube ; corolla tu-
bular or cam panu late, five-cleft; lobes acute;
stamens ten, inserted in the corolla; scales five;
carpels five; styles subulate. Herbs, indigenous
to the South of Europe and the Orient.

CULTIVATION. Most of the Cotyledons suc-
ceed in well-drained sandy loam, and are readily
propagated by seed; this plan being, of course,
the only one for the annual species. Many pro-
duce a large number of offsets, which afford a
certain and rapid method of increase. With
those species from which no offsets are developed,
and from which few cuttings can be obtained,
recourse must be had to the leaves ; these
should be pulled — not cut — off in autumn, laid
on dry sand, in pans, on a shelf, in a propa-
gating or other warm house, and not watered.
After some time, small plants form at the ends
of the leaves ; these should be carefully watered,
and, as soon as largo enough to handle, placed
in small pots, in sandy soil. G. gibbiflora metal-
lica is often used in central positions in bedding-
out designs, where it is very distinct and effective. This is
rather a tender plant, and one which is sometimes difficult
to keep in winter; a dry place in a warm house is the
best, and during that season but little water should be
given. If the leaves are exposed to drip, or the plants are
kept too wet at the roots, they are very liable to damp off.
C. secunda glauca is very extensively used in gardens,
either in single or double lines, as edging plants, or for
tracing out designs in carpet bedding. It is hardy enough
to stand out in a mild winter, but it is always safer to lift
the plants in autumn and place them thickly in a frame
where excess of moisture can be guarded against, and frost
excluded by means of mats or some other covering. This
is one of the easiest to increase, as it annually produces
large numbers of side growths, which can be removed and
grown into good plants in a comparatively short time.
C. fulgens is a fine greenhouse winter-flowering plant that
deserves extended cultivation, as its thick coral-red, wax-
like flowers remain a considerable time in full beauty. It
is easily grown, and does not require much heat. It can
be propagated by the leaves, or by cutting up the plants
after they have done flowering. June is a good time to
put in the cuttings, which should be kept close in a cool
place until they have rooted. Early in September, they
may bo removed into 5in. pots, in which they will flower.
Strong plants will produce three or four panicles of flowers,
which open best in a slightly warm, dry atmosphere ; they
can then be moved into the greenhouse, where they will
last a long time. C. Pachyphytum, often used as a centre
amongst other dwarf-growing bedding plants, should be
kept rather dry during winter, in a frame or house free
from frost. It is easily increased by the leaves, treated in
the way mentioned at the commencement of this paragraph.
C. adunca (hooked), fl. yellow, pink. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Mexico.

SYN. Pachyphytum roseum. (Ref. B. 60.)

C. agavoides (Agave-like).' /. dull orange, few, disposed on a
s ender stem, which is Bin. to 12in. lon|. I. rosulate, ovate,
glaucous-green, fleshy, narrowed to a rigid, spiny point. Mexico.
(Re? BS67m) Echeveria agawiaes. See Fig. 535.

C. atropurpurea (dark purple).» fl. bright red, pentagonal,
white towards the base ; flower-stem erect, terminating in a long
raceme. I. obovate-spathulate, dark purple, covered with a

Cotyledon— continued.

glaucous "bloom," and aggregated into a dense rosette at the
top of the stem, which is short, stout, and glaucous. Mexico,
1869. SYN. Echeveria atrnpurpurea. (Ref. B. 198.)

FIG. 535. COTYLEDON AGAVOID

C. caespitosa (tufted). A. yellow, cyinose. July. I. rosulate,
narrow, tongue-formed, lanceolate, gradually narrowed to an
acute point. A. 1ft. California, 1796. SYN. Echeveria catspitosa.
(Ref. B. 69.)

C. californica (Calif ornian).* fl. pale yellow, disposed on lateral
flowering stems, which are 1ft. long, bearing short, ovate, am-
plexicaul leaves, and a bifid or triftd raceme. I. rosulate, ligulate,
lanceolate, acute, farinosely-glaucous. h. 9in. California, 1855.
SYN. Echeveria californica. (Uef. B. 70.)

C. canallculata (channelled), fl. red. April, h. 2ft. Mexico,
1846. SYN. Echeveria canaliculate

FIG. 536. COTYLEDON CHRYSANTHA.

C. chrysantha (golden-flowered). /. white or cream-coloured.
I. of the dense rosettes shortly oblong-spathulate, obtuse ; the
cauline ones elliptic acute, h. Sin. to 1ft. Orient. A very in-
appropriate name, given to the plant by its describer before he
had seen it in a living state. SYN. Umbilicus chrysanthus. See
Fig. 536.

C. clavifolia (club-leaved), fl. purple ; spikes terminal. Septem-
ber. I. petiolate, club-formed, incurved, acuminated, and rather

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

389

Cotyledon — continued.

curled at the apex. A. 6in. Cape of Good Hope, 1824. This
species is allied to C. cristata, but the flowers are about twice the

C. coccinea (scarlet).* .,„ ... „ — „.., «™,.^»«u, ,^^} ot,^a,
corolla scarlet on the outside, and yellow on the inside, or paler.

fi. in axillary, elongated, leafy spikes ;
' le, or paler.
Plant soft,

October. 1. spathulately lanceolate. A. 1ft to 2ft
pubescent. SYN. Echeveria coccinea. (B. M. 2572.)

C. Cooper! (Cooper's). H. pink. A. 6in. South Africa, 1860.
(Ref. B. 72.)

C. coruscans (glittering).* fl. orange-coloured, pendulous, dis-
posed in umbellate panicles. June. I. decussate, aggregate,
cuneate-oblong, channelled, with thick margins, apiculated,
covered with white mealiness. A. 1ft to 2ft Cape of Good Hope,
1818. (B. M. 2601.)

C. cristata (crested), fl. small, variegated, open in the morning ;
spikes terminal September. I. petiolate, cuneately-triangular,
dotted, curled, and crested at the apex. Stem short A. 6iu.
Cape of Good Hope, 1820.

C. decipiens (deceiving), fl. white. A. 6in. Peru, 1868. SYN.
Echeveria decipiens.

C. decussata (cross-leaved). Synonymous with C. papiUarit.

C. fascicularis (clustered). /. panicled, pendulous ; corolla with
a short, greenish, broad, sub-pentagonal tube, and a reddish-
revolute limb. July. I. scattered, but in fascicles at the tops of
the branches, cuneiform, obtuse, flat, thick. Caudex thickened,
branched A. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1759. (B. M. 5602.)

C. fulgens (shining).* fl. bright coral-red, yellow at the base, dis-
posed in an irregular panicle of nodding racemes. /. obovate-
spathulate, pale glaucous-green, arranged in a thin rosette. Stem
4in. to 6in. high, throwing out leafy flowering branches, 12in. to
18in. long. Mexico. SYN. Echeveria fulgens. (Ref. B. 64.)

aly. J. flat, cuneiform,
acutely mucronate, crowded at the tops of the branches, h. 1ft.
to 2ft. Mexico, 1826. SYN. Echeveria gibbiflora.

C. g. metallica (metallic).*

owish, tipped with red, thirty

to sixty in a loose thyrsoid panicle, which is borne on a longish
stem. I. broad, obovate-spathulate, about 6in. across, and rather
more in length, of a beautiful purplish-glaucous metallic hue.
Mexico. SYN. C. metallica. (Ref. B. 65.) Of this very extensively-
cultivated plant there are numerous forms.

C. glaber (smooth), fl. yellowish ; floral stem 6in. high, cymose-
paniculate. I. rosulate, spathulate-elliptic. Turkestan, 1880.
Hardy. SYN. Umbilicus glaber.

C. glauca (glaucous), fl. scarlet, tipped with yellow, twelve to
twenty in a secund raceme, the stems of which are slender and
pinkish. I. in a dense rosette, obovate-cuneate, mucronate, and
farinosely glaucous,

(Ref. B. 61.)

h. 6in. Mexico. SYN. Echeveria glauca.
in spicate panicles ; corolla

. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. in spicate panicles ; corolla
of a reddish-orange colour, with a tinge of purple. October. I.
orbicularly cuneated, all white or glaucous ; lower ones rosulate.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. Mexico, 1828. SYN. EcUeveria grandiflora.
C. hemisphaerica (hemispherical), fl. with a green tube, and
the limb variegated with white and purple ; small, nearly sessile,
erect, along an elongated peduncle. July. I. scattered, ovate-
roundish, thick, dotted, glabrous. A. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope,

C. lingnsefolia (tongue-leaved), fl. yellowish. A. 1ft Mexico.
SYN. Echeveria linguae/alia. (Ref. B. 58.)

C. lurida (lurid). /. disposed in racemose spikes ; corolla same as
in C. grandiflora, but more scarlet July. I., lower ones lanceo-
late-cuneated, of a livid colour ; superior ones lanceolate. A. 1ft
Mexico, 1830. Plant rather tufted. SYN. Echeveria lurida.
(Ref. B. 59.)

C. macnlata (spotted), fl. in a lax simple raceme; tube of
corolla green, sub-ventricose, with the segmentsof the limb acute,
rose-pink ; throat white, slightly spotted. July. I. scattered,
ovate-spathulate, somewhat auricled at the base, fleshy, shining,
marked with dark-red spots on both surfaces. A. 1ft. Cape of
Good Hope, 1816. (Ref. B. 35.)

C. metallica (metallic). A synonym of C. gibbiflora metallica.

C. orbiculata (round), fl. reddish, panicled. July. I. opposite,
flat, obovately-spathulate, obtuse, with an acumen, glaucous and
mealy, margined with red, A. 2ft. to 4ft. Cape of Good Hope,
16SO. (R. H. 1857, 347.) The following varieties belong to this
spec-it's : data, obloii'ja, obovata, ramona, and rotundifvlia.

C. Pachyphytum (thick-plant).* /I. red. A. 1ft Mexico. SYN.
Pachyphytiiiu bracteuxum.

C. papillaris (pimpled), fl. in panicles ; corolla with a some-
what pentagonal tube, and oblong acute reflexed lobes. August.
1. opposite, terete-ovate, Heshy, glabrous, acute, erect A. 1ft. to
2ft Cape of Good Hope, 1819. SYN. C. decussata. (B. R. 915.)

C. Peacookii (Peacock's).* /., corolla bright red, under iin. long ;
spike scorpioid, 1ft. long ; upper flowers close, the lower ones
distant. July. I. in a close rosette, obovate-spathulate, about
2in. to 2Jin. long, and liin. broad. Stem lateral, slender, terete,
reddish-brown, h. Ut Mexico, 1874. SYN. Echeveria Peacockii.

Cotyledon — continued.

C. Pestalozzw (Postal ozza'sl* fl. pale rose, sub-secund ; panicle
glandulously hairy, panicled. L, radical ones spathulate-obtuse,
margin obsoletely denticulated ; cauline ones obovate-oblone.
Cilicia, 1877. SYN. UmbUicut Pestalozzae. (U. C. n. s., vliL 457.)

C. platyphylla (broad-leaved), fl. white, cymose-corymbose. L,
radical ones rosulate, ovate-spathulate, obtuse, or sub-acute,
minutely papillose-hairy. A. 9in. Altai, 1880. Hardy. SYN.
Umbilicus platyphyllut.

C. racemosa (racemose).* fl. scarlet, alternate, erect, on short
pedicels, very closely resembling those of C. coecinea, but the
sepals are shorter and mucronate, and the petals are narrower ;
racemes spike-formed and elongated. October. I., radical
ones thickish, elliptic, acute, awnless, rosulate. Plant quite
glabrous. A. 2ft Mexico, 1836. SYN. Echeveria racemosa.

C. ramosisslma (much-branched), fl. with a pale green tube, and
a pinkish spreading limb, solitary at the tips of the branchlets,
drooping, liin. long. September. I. crowded, opposite, Jin. to
Iin. long, orbicular, obovate, sub-acute or cuspidate, concave,
densely fleshy. A. 1ft to 3ft South Africa. A bushy, succulent,
much-branched, erect shrub. (B. M. 6417.)

C. retusa (blunt).* fl. yellowish ; petals keeled, gibbous at the
base ; branches few-flowered ; panicle dense, sub -corymbose. I.
obovate-spathulate ; old ones retuse, glaucous, crenulated ; cauline
ones linear-oblong, quite entire. A. IJft. Mexico, 1846. SYN.
Echeveria retusa. The varieties glauca and floribunda tplendent
are among the best of flowering varieties.

C. rosea (rosy), fl., calyx rose-coloured ; corolla yellow ; lower
bracts triquetrous ; spike cylindrical, donse. April. I. oval-acute,
sometimes rosulate, sometimes imbricated. Plant caulescent A.
1ft. Mexico, 1840. SYN. Echeveria rosea.

C. Salzmanni (Salzmann's). fl., corollas brilliant golden, tips of
the spreading lobes red ; disposed in a broad compound! y corym-
bose head. July. I. fleshy, terete, covered with short red streaks.
Stem stout, ascending, leafy. Tangiers, 1869. SYN. Pistorinia
Salimanni. (B. M. 5801.)

C. Scbeeril (Scheer's). fl. creamy-yellow ; racemes uutant
October. 1. ovate-acute, lengthened into the flat petioles. A. IJft
Mexico, 1841. Plant caulescent. SYN. Echeveria Schcerii.

C. secunda (secund). fl. reddish-yellow, on long peduncles;
racemes secund, recurved. June to August I. rosulate, crowded,
cuneate, mucronate, glaucous. A. 1ft Mexico, 1837. This is one
of the best for general purposes, and is most extensively grown.
SYN. Echeveria secunda. It has numerous varieties. The best are :
glauca, with bluish-white leaves ; glauca major, a large form of
the first-named variety, having leaves not quite so light-coloured ;
and ramosa, a monstrosity in habit of growth — stem flat, broad,
and covered at the top with numerous small green abortive leaves,
in appearance resembling the inflorescence of a Cockscomb.

FlO. 637. COTYLBDON SEMPERVIVUM.

390

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cotyledon— continued.
C. Sempervivum (House Leek).* a. deep red ; peduncles many-

flowered. August and September. I. rosulate, ovate, sub-acute,

dull green, tinged with brown, h. 4in. to 6in. Hardy. SYN.

Umbilicus Sempervivum. See Fig. 537.
C. serrata (saw-like), fl. variegated with white and red ; peduncles

two to three-flowered. June. L oblong, cattilaginously-cre-

nated. Stem sub-spicate. A. 6in. Candia, 1732. Hardy. (S. F. O.

444.)
C. spinosa (spiny).* ft. yellow, five-parted, on short pedicels,

collected into a cylindrical spike. June. I. oblong, pointed by a

spine at the apex, quite entire ; radical ones rosulate, spathulate,

convex beneath towards the apex ; cauline ones lanceolate, flat.

Stem spicate, very simple. A. 1ft. Siberia, China, <fcc., 1810.

Hardy. Often called in gardens Sempervivum spinosum.
C. teretlfolia (terete-leaved). 4. yellow. July. h. lift. South

Africa, 1862.
C. trlcuspldata (three-spined). This species is close to C. papil-

Jam, but differs in the leaves being tricuspidate. A. 1ft. Cape

of Good Hope, 1823.
C. tuberculosa (knotted), fl. showy, orange-coloured, tubular,

lin. or more long, sub-panicled, erect ; limb spreading. June.

I. scattered, sub-cylindrical, linear-oblong, acute. A. 1ft. Cape

of Good Hope, 1820.
C. tnrkestanlca (Turkestan). /. white, with purple stripes put-

side, cymose ; floral stem 2in. to 6in. high. L, radical ones in a

dense rosette, flat, oblong-lanceolate or spatbulate-ovate acute,

puberulous, ciliate. A. 9in. Turkestan, 1880. Hardy.
C. Umbilicus (Navelwort).* Penny Leaf ; Penny Pies ; Penny

wort. fl. yellow, erect ; corolla hardly five-cleft to the middle.

June. I., lower ones peltate, densely crenated, roundish ; bracts

a little toothed. A. 6in. Britain. Hardy. (Sy. En. B. 539.)
C. velutina (velvety).* fl. yellow, green at the base, and margined

with red, pendulous ; scape erect, with a flat-headed sub-corym-

bose panicle. 1. large, opposite, oblong-ovate, fleshy, velvety
when young, and somewhat glaucous
South Africa, about 1840. (B.lVI. 5684.)

, , ,

ucous when old. A. 2ft. to 3ft.

COTYLEDONS. The rudimentary leaves of the
embryo; commonly called Seed Leaves.

COULTERIA (named after Thomas Coulter, M.D.,
author of a Monograph on the Natural Order Dipsacece).
This is now regarded as a mere section of the large genus
C<Bsdlpinia. Stove evergreen shrubs, with spines in the
axils of the abruptly pinnate leaves. Flowers yellow, dis-
posed in racemes ; pedicels articulated, under the flower.
For culture, see Caasalpinia. C. horrida and C. tinctoria
are the only two species which have been introduced into
this country, and probably these are only seen in botanic
gardens.

COUROUPITA (native name). A small genus, con-
taining four species of trees belonging to the TEIBE
Lecythideae of OBD. Myrtace&. The clusters of flowers
spring from the trunks and branches. Leaves alternate,
entire or obscurely crenate ; stipules lanceolate, deciduous.
All are natives of tropical America ; none are met with
in cultivation, except in botanic gardens. The best-known
is C. guianensis (the Cannon-ball tree), the cup-like fruit
shells serving various purposes.

COURSETIA (named after Dumont de Conrset, 1746-
1824, author of " Le Botaniste Cultivateur," five vols., 8vo,
Paris, 1802; and co-editor of the "Bon Jardiniere").
OBD. Leguminosce. A genus of stove evergreen tomen-
tose shrubs. Flowers bluish, in axillary racemes. Leaves
abruptly pinnate, with many pairs of small ovate leaflets ;
the common petiole sometimes terminating in a bristle,
but rarely in an odd leaflet; stipules setaceous. They
thrive well in a compost of loam and peat, well drained.
Cuttings of firm young shoots will root in sand, during the
early part of summer, if placed in a mild bottom heat
and covered with a bell glass. There are about ten
species, all natives of the warmer parts of the New
World.

COUSINIA (named after M. Cousin, a French botanist).
OBD. Composites. Hardy biennials and perennials, rarely
annuals. The only European member of the genus is
C. wolgensis, a native of Southern Enssia. More than a
hundred species of Cousinia have been described, all of
them, with the exception jnst named, being Asiatic. They
are all of the easiest culture. C. hystrix is probably the

Cousinia — continued.

only one now grown. This may be increased by dividing
the roots in spring ; or from seed, sown in a cold frame.
C. hystrix (bristly). fl.-heads purplish, disposed in solitary,
somewhat globose, woolly heads. June. 1. pinnatifid, or pin-
nate, with spiny teeth, covered on both surfaces with a cobweb-
like down. Stem branching at top. A. 2ft. Orient, 1838. Hardy
herbaceous biennial.

COUTAREA (the native name in Guiana). OBD.
Rubiacece. A small genus of stove evergreen trees, from
tropical America. Some of the species are believed to
furnish the Cinchona bark of French Guiana. They are
of easy culture in a compost of loam, sand, and peat.
Cuttings will root readily in the same kind of soil, under
a hand glass, in heat.

C. speoiosa (showy).* fl., corolla purple, large, broad, funnel-
shaped ; peduncles trifid, three-flowered. I. ovate, acuminated,
on very short petioles, glabrous; stipules broad, short, acute.
A. 25ft. Guiana, 1803.

COUTOUBEA (Caribbean name of one of the species).
SYN. Picria. OBD. Gentianece. A small genus of erect
stove herbs. Flowers white or purplish, disposed in ter-
minal and lateral spikes or racemes, dense or loose, brac-
teate ; corolla salver - shaped, with an equal cylindrical
tube, or naked throat, and a four-parted limb. Leaves
opposite, rarely whorled, decussate, sessile, or amplexicaul,
one-nerved, thinnish, veined. Stems obscurely tetragonal,
usually branched; branches opposite, and thickened at
the roots. All are of the easiest culture, requiring the
same treatment as other tender annuals.
C. ramosa (branching), fl. white, decussate, remote; spikes
terminal, axillary, the lower part leafy. June. I. oblong-lanceo-
late, acuminate at both ends. Stems divaricately branched. A.
1ft. to 2ft. Guiana, 1824.

C. spicata (spicate). /. decussate, rather close together ; corolla

white, reddish in the throat ; spikes terminal, elongated, loose.

July. 1. lanceolate, acuminated at both ends. Stem erect,

branched. A. 2ft to 3ft. Guiana, 1823.

COW AGE. See Mucuna,

COWANIA (in honour of James Cowan, a London
merchant, who several times visited Mexico and Peru,
whence he introduced a great many plants). OBD. Rosacece.
A genus of very ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
natives of Mexico and the adjacent interior region north-
ward. They are extremely difficult to propagate. Perhaps
the only one of the three species yet introduced is C. plicata.
It requires a sandy peat and loam soiL
C. erlcaafolia (Heath-leaved), fl.. white, smaller. I. linear, entire.

Found only by Parry, on the Rio Grande.
C. mexicana (Mexican).* fl. yellow. I. cuneate-obovate, pin-

nately three to seven-lobed, dark green above, tomentose beneath.

A. 1ft. to 6ft. Mountains of California to Mexico.
C. plicata (plaited).* fl. dark red, terminal, solitary, almost
the bud, exactly like those of
, alternate, wedge-shaped, oblong,

when protruding from the bud, exactly like those of
and July. I. simple, alternate, wedge-shaped, obloiis
pinnatifid, plaited. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Mexico, 1835. A rigid, dt

Rosa. June !

cumbent, much-branched shrub. (S. B. F. G. 400.)

COW BERRY. See Vacciniom Vitis-Ideea.

COWDUNG. For potting purposes, this is highly
valued. It should be collected and stored in a shed, where
it can be frequently turned, and allowed to remain until
nearly dry before being used. For manure water, fresh
Cowdung may be employed, if plenty of clear water is
added.

COW GRASS. See Trifolium medium.

COWHAGE. See Mucuna.

COWHAGE CHERRY. See Malpigliia urens.

COW ITCH. See Mucuna.

COW-ITCH CHERRY. See Malpighia nrens.

COW PARSLEY and COW PARSNIP. See
Heracleum.

COWSLIP. See Primula veris.

COW-TREE. See Galactodendron.

COW WHEAT. See Melampymm.

CRAB APPLE. See Pyrus Malus.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

391

CRAMBE (.name deduced from the Greek). Sea-kale.
OBD. Crurt/ercB. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Rowers
white, with a honey-like perfume ; racemes elongated, many-
flowered, disposed in lax panicles; pedicels filiform, erect,
bractless. Leaves sometimes thick, sometimes membranous,
hairy or smooth ; cauline ones alternate, stalked, pinnately
toothed, cut, pinnatifid or lyrate. They are of easy growth
in any good garden soil, and may be increased either by
dividing the roots, or by seed. For special culture of C.
maritima. see Sea-kale.

C. oordifolia (heart-leaved).- f. white, Disposed in
panicle J™*- l

BUI wi u, and much-branched , — _ -

lower ones cordate, upper ones ovate, and are, as well aa the stem,
almost glabrous. A^oft North Caucasus This fa a hardy
large-leaved herbaceous plant.

\oWoW-SLA iT*. »{S«i»25
hispid from reflexed hairs, A. 2ft. Iberia, 1820.

Fio. 538. SEA-KALE (CRAMBB MARITIIU).

C. marittma (sea). Common Sea-kale. /L white. May. L ronnd-

T^nnltr waved toothed, and, as well as the stem, very

moofh^iUft Britain, Ac. See Fig. 538. (Sy. En. B. 80.)

C tartarlca (Tartarian). JL white. June and July. L. radical

oneT decompound; leafletf cut-toothed ; younger leaves rough;

adSto^w smooth, as well as the stem! Root fusiform, 2ft to

3ft. long. A. 2ft to 3ft. Eastern Europe, 1789.

CRANBERRY. See Oxycoccna palustri*.

CRANE PLY. or DADDY LONG LEGS (Tipvla

••r»Ttrtr and T. oleraeea). These insects belong to a large

familv of the Diptera, or two-winged insects, called Tipu-

lidas in which the proboscis is very short and imperfectly

developed. The larvae generally prefer wet soil, and are

killed when deprived of moisture; while many are wholly

aquatic As an example of Crane Flies in general, one of

the commonest and most destructive species, namely Tipula

Crane Ply, or Daddy Long Legs— continued.
bean a pair of hemispherical black eyes, and the short,
slender, thirteen-jointed antennae. The thorax is of a
tawny hue, large, and oval, considerably higher than the
head, long, and composed of three segments. The female
is distinguished from the male in having the end of the
body long and spindle-shaped, instead of clubbed, as in
the male. The grnbs of this fly are of a dark grey colour, and
measure, when full grown, about IJin. in length, and ftin.
in diameter. They have no legs, but have a pair of powerful
aws and the tail is tubercled. Their skin is exceedingly
tough • hence, they are called " Leather Jackets." These
grubs are very destructive to lawns, in sheltered, dry places,
and also to Cabbages and other cruciferous plants. No
perfect means of extermination has yet been discovered,
and the only two remedies of any service in materially re-
ducing the quantity of either grubs or flies, are as follows :
Trap*. These consist of slices of potato, turnip, wurael,
or apple, affixed to sticks, and sunk a few inches under-
ground. They must be pulled up every other day, and
the grubs, which will be found firmly attached to them,
removed and destroyed.

Rotting. On lawns, so soon as the flies are visible, rolling

with a heavy roller each evening will destroy very many.

A top-dressing of guano has also been found of use.

Fowls, starlings, and rooks will devour large numbers of

the flies, and are therefore useful It has usually been found

that the grubs were not affected by any preparation which

did not, at the same time either injure or destroy the plants.

CRAKE'S BTLT- See Geranium.

CRASPEDAB.IA. See Polypodium.

CRASSULA (diminutive of erassut, thick ; alluding

to the leaves and stems). Including Rochea, Septa* (of

Linnaeus), and Turgosea. OBD. Crassulaee*. A genus of

about 120 species of greenhouse fleshy shrubs or herbs,

nearly all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, a few being

Abvssiiiian and Himalayan. Calyx five-parted ; lobes erect

or mwding, much shorter than the petals ; petals five,

erect or spreading, free or connate at the base ; stamens

five • filaments shorter than the petals ; scales five, varying

in shape. Sometimes, though rarely, the parts of the

flower, instead of being in fives, as described above afe

in sixes and nines. Crassnlas are very ornamental plants,

with a grotesque appearance. They thrive in a mixture

of ^dyloam and brick rubbish, in weU-drained pot,

Fronted by cuttings, which should be taken off and

laid for two or three days, in the sun to dry. All the

species mentioned below are from South Africa.

species mentioned oeiow a.™ u™u wv^,

1 iiiimali III (alDine). Jt white; cymes tennina
'eSBS? ^S^Sf£^SS& w
nodb^ear?ytegUbrou^ TSn, to 4in. 1878.
• ^1-lM.i ejcen» (woody).' fL rose-coloured, large ;

Wchrto^SSTiig^ L v-w^g^S^siSS0

fiat, K**^^^?» OA^W* o^ijSr /* /'Wt/?^rfon_

•garsesa^.

furrowed above ; bracts two on <
shrubby, decumbent r

Fio. 539. CRAXE FLT (TiruiA OLKRICEA).

oleracea (see Fig. 539), is here briefly described. This
insect is rather large, the male being nearly |in. long, and
Hin. across the wings; while the female measures nearly
lin. in length, and 2in. across the expanded wings. The
colour is tawny, but the fly has the appearance of being
covered with dust. The wings are smoke-coloured, and
somewhat longer than the body. The balancers, behind
the wings, are broad at the tip. The head is small, and

L elliptic,
blotches.

d terminal,
lia white,
«BUb

; tube lin. long. J

11. Winter.

t O. 78M

JL reddish T cym« panicle- formei
cordate, obtuse, quite enUr*. dotted
shrubby. A. Ht to if L

392

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Craasula — continued.

C. Cotyledon (Cotyledon-like). A synonym of C. arboretcent.

C. erlooldea (Heath-like).* Jl. snow-white, small, five to ten
disposed in an umbellate cyme. September. I. three to four
lines long, ovate-oblong, flat, closely imbricated in four rows.
Branchlets distant h. bin. 1820. Plant shrubby, between erect
and decumbent Described as an elegant species.

C. falcate (sickle-leaved).* fl. bright crimson, rarely white, with
the tube about four lines long, forming a large, densely terminal
corymb. June to September. I. rather connate, thick, glaucous,
oblong, bluntish, bent down in the form of a sickle. h. 3ft. to 8ft
1795. Shrub. SYN. Rochea falcata. (B. M. 2035.)

C. glomerate (clustered). /. white, solitary in the forks of the
stems ; ultimate ones glomerate. August I. opposite, linear-
lanceolate. Stems scabrous, dichotomous. h, 2in. to 4m. 1774.
Annual.

C. Imbricate (imbricated). A synonym of C. lycopodioides.

C. Jasmlnea (Jasmine-flowered).* fl. white at first but becoming
reddish as they fade, very like those of the common Jasmine,
scentless, capitate ; tube of corolla almost three times longer than
the calyx. April, May. I. lanceolate, sessile, bluntish. 1815.
Shrub decumbent A beautiful plant, largely grown near London
for decorative purposes. SYNS. Rochea jasminea and Kalosant lies
jeuminea. (B. M.

Fio. 640. CRASSULA COCCI.XEA.

C. lactea (milky-white).* Jl. snow-white, stellately spreading ;
cymes panicled, many-flowered, trichotomous. Winter I ovate
attenuated at the base, and connate, glabrous, dotted within
the margin. Stem shrubby, terete, branched, twisted below.
h. 1ft j, to 2ft. 1774. (B. M. 1771.) There is a form of this with
prettily variegated leaves. Both type and variety are excellent
winter-flowering plants.

acute, ,

branched, covered

.

in four rows. Stem shrubby
ith leaves on all sides. SYN. C. imbricata.

mbellate
in

C. marginalia (marginal).* fl. white, disposed in urn
corymbs. July. 1. perfoliate, roundish-ovate, ending in a
recurved mucro, flat, spreading, reddish beneath, quite entire
with cartilaginous margins, which are at first redclish, but at
length become white. Stem herbaceous, glabrous, pellucid
creeping. 1774. SYN. C. pro/wa. (B. M. 604?.)

C-J!££"»t£ /.P61?01^- -f 8ca_rleA' disposed in large, terminal

.

corymbs. July August.
rather channelled above,
colour. ft._ 3ft. to 6ft
(A. B. R. 656.)

,

. 1. connate, lanceolate, fcuminated,
convex beneath, of a greenish
1700. Shrub. S^YN

C. profusa (profuse). A synonym of C. marginalit.

Crassula — continued.

C. pyramidalls (pyramidal), fl. whitish, small, inconspicuous.
I. four-ranked, very densely imbricate. South Africa. Herba-
ceous. A very curious plant, from its habit. (G. C. 1872, 289.)

C. quadrlflda (four-cut). Jl. white, tinged with red, panicled,
tetramerous. Summer. I. oblong-spaihulate ; upper ones rounder,
decussate.^ 1872. PerenniaL (Ref. B. 298.)

C. rosularls (rosulate).* /. white, in opposite, pedunculate
clusters. July. L radical, obtuse, minutely ciliated, flat,
rosulate. h. 6in. 1819. Herbaceous.

C. rublcunda (rubicund), fl. crimson, in terminal dichotomous
cymes, 6in. to 1ft. across. I. in opposite pairs, clasping the stem
•and broadly connate at the base, lanceolate, green, reflexed,
narrowed gradually to a point, minutely ciliated ; lower ones
6in. to Sin. long ; upper ones gradually laxer and smaller, h, 1ft.
to 3ft. (Ref. B. 339.)

C. Saxifraga (Saxifraga-like). /. flesh-coloured, on slender,
terminal scapes. June. 1. orbicular or sub-reniform, fleshy, 2in.
to Sin. across, red beneath, h. 4in. 1873. (B. M. 6068.)

C. spathulate (spathulate). fl. rose-coloured; cymes pedun-
culate, paniculate. July. I. opposite, petiolate, roundish,
crenated. glabrous, shining above. Stems suff ruticose, decumbent,
branched. 1774. (L. B. C. 359, under the name of C. cordata.)

C. tetragona (four-angled). /. white, small, nearly urceolate,
disposed in a pedunculate fastigiate cyme. August, (.decussate,
sub-connate, depressed above, subulate, somewhat tetragonal,
incurved, spreading, glabrous. Stem erect, shrubby, terete, some-
what rooting, h. 2ft 1711.

C. verslcolor (changeable).* fl. in umbels at the extremities of
the branches, sweet-scented in the evening ; corolla hypyocrateri-
form, with a long tube ; limb shorter than the tube, five-cleft ;
segments somewhat recurved, bright red on the outside, and
white within, except a red margin, which gradually extends over
the whole. Summer. I. imbricate, lanceolate, hollowed, espe-
cially towards the base, connate, sheathing, edged with minute
ciliae. Stem shrubby, erect, branched. SYNS. Rochea versicolor
and Kalosanthe* vergicolor. (B. M. 2356.)

CRASSTJLACEJE. An extensive order of usually
succulent herbs or shrubs. Flowers in terminal or axillary
cymes, braoteate or not clustered, often secund; petals
three to five, rarely ten to twelve or more, separate or
united, imbricate in bud. Leaves alternate or opposite,
exstipnlate, often crowded in rosettes at the^extremities
of the branches. There are about fourteen genera, in-
cluding Bryophyllum, Crassula, Sedum, and Sempervivum,
and about 400 species.

CRAT2EGUS (from kratos, strength ; in reference to
the hardness and strength of the wood). Hawthorn. OBD.
Rosacece. Hardy shrubs or small trees, often spiny.
Flowers mostly white, in terminal corymbose cymes ; bracts
subulate, deciduous. Fruit ovoid or globose, with a bony
one to five-celled stone, or with five bony one (rarely two)
seeded stones. Leaves simple, lobed, or pinnatifid. There
are about fifty species, all of which arc confined to North
temperate regions. In the New World, the home of the
majority of the species, the genus extends into New
Grenada. Few hardy shrubs are more useful and orna-
mental than the Hawthorn. It makes, perhaps, a better
hedge than any other shrub, as it grows quickly, and will
generally thrive in most soils. When preparing plants for
this purpose, the fruits, or "haws," should be gathered in
October, and laid in a heap to rot, being at first spread
rather thinly, to prevent heating. They should then be
mixed with about one-third their bulk of either fine sifted
soil or sand, and be overlaid with a covering of soil, from
4in. to Gin. in thickness. Here they may remain tUl the
time of sowing — in October of the following year — though
some cultivators prefer to sow in spring, in order to avoid
the depredations of mice, &c. The ground should be pre-
viously well dug and cleaned. The seed may be sown in
drills, liin. deep, and 12in. from each other. They should be
evenly spread in the furrows, at the rate of half a bushel
of mixed seed and sand to forty yards of furrow, and then
covered by means of a rake. The surface should, how-
ever, be left a little rough, so as to break the effects of
rain, which is apt to cause it to cake, when made very
fine. So soon as the seedlings show themselves above
ground, the hoe should be passed between the rows, to
loosen the earth and clear it of weeds. With good manage-
ment, a bushel of seed will produce about 4000 plants.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

393

CratcegTUJ — continued.

The majority of nurserymen never follow the plan above
described, but simply BOW the seed in beds from 3ft. to
4ft. wide, leaving alleys about 1ft. in width, to allow
the beds to be weeded by hand or watered. The largest
seedlings are removed for transplantation at the end of
the first year. A succession of seedlings will often be
furnished by an ordinary seed-bed for about three years.
When the time comes round for transplanting, in October,
the young plants should be lifted, by first loosening the
earth with a spade, on each side of the row, and the
strongest drawn out. The small ones remaining should
stand for another year, after the soil is again trodden
down. Transplanting is best performed by cutting out
a perpendicular trench, from Gin. to Sin. deep, in which
plants are placed singly by the hand, the roots being
previously shortened with a sharp knife, to make them
grow bushy. The soil should then be trodden firmly about
them. The plants should be allowed to stand in these
drills for two years, or even three, before being permanently
placed out. Such is the plan pursued by those who require
a large number of plants ; but, for general purposes, it is best
to purchase the " quicks " of nurserymen, whose special
business it is to rear them. The different varieties to be
increased, must be grafted or budded. The rules for both
these methods are very similar to those laid down for other
trees or shrubs. See Sodding and Grafting. When in
a young state, Hawthorns, especially the double pink and
white varieties, make very desirable pot plants, and will
bear a slight amount of forcing. By this means, they serve
as excellent early spring ornaments for decorative pur-
poses. The pyramid or standard form is most suitable
and pleasing for pot plants.

C. aplifolia (Apium-leavedX ft. white; pedicels of the corymb
usually simple, and, as well as the oblong tube of the calyx,
villous. May and June. fr. deep red, ovoid. J. deltoid,
pinnately five to seven-cleft ; lobes acute, deeply toothed, h. 8ft
to 10ft United States, 1812.

C. Aronia (AroniaX Se« C. maura.

C. Azarolns (AraroleX ft. white, sweet-scented. May. fr. red or
yellow, ovate, globose, with a very agreeable taste when fully
ripe. I. pubescent, cuneated at the base, trifld ; lobes obtuse,
coarsely few-toothed. Branches, corymbs, and calyces pubescent
h. 15ft to 20ft South Europe, Levant, Ac., 1640. (B. R 1897.)

C. Carolinian* (CarolinaX A synonym of C. jlava.

C. carpatica (CarpathianX A synonym of C. niffra.

C. coccinea (scarletX ft. white ; petals orbicular May. fr. bright
coral-red, ovoid, large, scarcely edible, J. roundish-ovate, sharply
toothed and cut, glabrous, h. 20ft to 30ft United States, 1681
(B M. 3432.) A large number of varieties of this species may be
raised from seed. The following are those generally known :
eoraUina (coralline), glandule* (glandularX indentata (indented-
leaved), maeracantha (large-spinedX maxima (largestX muwr
(smaller-fruited), neapolitana (NeapolitanX tvMUota, (slightly-

C. oordata (heart-shapedX Washington Thorn, /.white. May
and June. fr. red, very small, depressed, globose. L broadly
ovate or triangular, mostly truncate, or a little heart-shaped at the
base. h. oftto 10ft United States, 1738. SYN. C. popvlifolia.
(B. R 115L)

C. Crua-gallL Cockspur Thorn, ft. white, tinged with red;
anlharTledT May. jr. scarlet, edible. I. obovate-cuneifonn,
nearly sessile shining, glabrous, falling off late in the autumn ;
stipules linear. Spinis very long. h. 10ft. to 30ft North America,
1691. SYN. C. Ittcida. (W. D. B. 66.) The following are varieties
of this species :

C. C.-g. linearis (linearX L linear, lanceolate. Spines few, shorter.

C. C.-g. TJftT"* (dwarfX L ovate-lanceolate, paler beneath.

C. C.-g. ovalifolia (oval-leavedX* ft. white. May and June. 'L oval,
serrated, rather pilose on both surfaces, shining above ; stipules
half cordate, deeply serrated, glandular, h. 10ft to 20ft United
States, 1810. (B. R 1860.)

C. C.-g. pranifolia (Prnnus-leavedX* ft. white ; peduncles and
calvcls rather villous. May and June. L broad-ovate, unequally
serrated, glabrous ; petioles rather glandular, h. 15ft to 20ft
North America, 1818. (B. R 1868.)

C. C.-g. pyracanthifolia (Pyracantha-leavedX L oblong-1
late, somewhat cuneiform. SYN. C. talietfolia.

C. C.-g. splendens (splendidX L obovate-cuneifonn.

C. Douglasii (Douglas'sX* ft. white. May. fr. dark pui
small L, some obovate, some oval, doubly serrated, we T
shaped at the base, glabrous. Branches ascending ; spines rigid.

Crataeg-ua — continued.
straightish, h. 10ft to 15ft
1810.)

North-west America, 1827. (B. B,

C. nava (yellow).' ft. white, usually solitary. May. fr. yellow,
B. L obovate-cuneifonn. somewhat lobate. crenate-

ite, and, as i
United State*, 1724. SYN.

turbinate, edible, i obovate-cuneif 6rm, somewhat lobate, crenate-
serrated; petioles short ; stipules cordate, and, as well as the

A. 12ft to 20ft
:. glandulcta. (B. R 1939.)

florenttna (Florentine), ft. white. May. fr. ovate, globose.
ovate-oblong, cordate at the base, deeply serrated, tomentose
eneath, as well as on the calyces. A. 20ft to 30ft Florence, 1800.

y.

abrous. May. L glabrous, falling off very late in
cuneiform -lanceolate, somewhat three-lobed or pin-
e apex ; lobes sub-serrated, acute. A. 10ft to 20ft

.

L

beneath, as well as on the calyces. A. 20ft to 30ft Florence, 1800.
C. glandnlosa (glandular). A synonym of C./otw.
C. heterophylla (various-leaved).* ft. white ; corymbs

flowered, glabrous.

the season, c

natifld at the apex

Orient, 1816. (B. R 1161, 1847.)
C. ludda (shiningX A synonym of C. Ona-galK.
C. maroooana (MaroccoX A synonym of a
C. maura (Mediterranean X ft. white ; pedicels elongated ; corymbs

terminal, glabrous. May. fr. scarlet J. cnneated, three-lcbed

and pinnatifid, glabrous and glandless ; stipules lub-palmatelv

cut k. 15ft to 20ft South Europe, 1821 SYNS. C. Aronia and

C. melanocarpa (black-fruitedX ft. white; calycine lobes
reflexed, vinous. May and June. fr. black. L usually trifld,
serrated in front, acutish at the base. A. 10ft to 20ft Tauria,
1820. STN. C. Oxyaeantha Olivcriana. (B. R 1933.)

C. mexlcana (MexicanX ft. white, large: corymbs terminal.
June. fr. large, pale green, or yellowish, when ripe resembling
a small apple, but not edible. I oval-lanceolate, notched and
serrated, acuminate, somewhat ciliated at the base ; petioles
short, channelled, with a winged margin. A. 10ft to 15ft
Mexico, 1824. Evergreen against a wall, and sub-evergreen as a
standard, hi the climate of London and southwards. (B? R 1910.)

C. mierocarpa (small-fniitedX A synonym of C. ipathulata.

C. nlgra (blackX* ft. white; calyces villous. May and June.
fr. black. L lobately sinuated, serrated, truncate, and somewhat
cuneated at the base, clothed with hoary villi beneath ; stipules
oblong, doubly serrated. A. 10ft. to 20ft Eastern Europe, 1819.
SYN. C. carpatica. (L. B, C. 102L)

C. odoratLMima (very sweet-scentedX* ft. white, very sweet-
scented, corymbose. May and June. fr. yellow, globular, large.
L deeply pinnatifld, pubescent ; lobes lanceolate, acute, serrated.
A. 10ft to 20ft Crimea. (B. R 1885.)

C. orlentall* (EasternX* ft. white. May and June. L three-
lobed, pubescent beneath ; lobes ovate, deeply toothed at the
apex, the middle one trifid; stipules broad, cut Branches
clothed with hoary tomentum. A. 12ft to 20ft Levant, 1810.
SYN. C. tanguinea. (B. R 1852.)

FIG. 541. FLOWERING BRANCHLET OF CRAT-BOCS
OXYACANTHA.

(shanwpinedX-

thori ft. white, occasionally pink,

spring. ^^^js^f^js&*m:^m

fr. dark red, o«

ovate - cuneiform, trifld or r . _

A. 10ft to 20ft Britain. See Fig. 541. Tne varieties of this are
very numerous. The following are the most important :

C. O. petal* (without petalsX ft. without petals, or nearly so.

C. O. anrantlaca (orange).* fr. orange-coloured.

C. O. anrea (goldenX* fr. roundish, golden-yellow. A most
distinct variety.

394

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

of

Cratnfftu— continued.
0. O. capitate (headed). Of a somewhat

producing its flowers in close heads, mostly at the e

its branches.
C O. erlocarpa (woolly-fruited).* fr. woolly when young. A

robuftrrapiKrWing variety, with large leaves, strong thick

shoots, a clear white bark, and few thorns.
C. O. fllicifolia (fern-leaved).» I. deeply cut, fern-like.
C. O. flexuosaV(zigzag). Branches small, twisted in a zigzag

manner.
C O flore-pleno albo (white double-flowered), fl. white,

dying off a beautiful pink, double, produced in great profusion.
C. O. foliis-argentels (silver-leaved). I. variegated with white.
C. O. tolila-aureis (golden-leaved). I. variegated with yellow.
C. O. horrida (horrid). A very prickly variety.
C. O. laciniata (cut).* I. finely cut, plant less robust, and the

'fruit smaller than in the type.
C. O. obtnuata (obtuse). Distinguished from the type by its

smaller, obovate, less cut, flat, and shining leaves.
C. O. OUverlana (Oliver's). A synonym of C. melanoearpa.
C O. prwcosc (early).* Glastonbury Thorn, fl. frequently out

on Christmas Day. I. appearing in January or February.
C. O. pteridlfolia (Pteris-leaved).* This resembles the variety

laciniata, but the leaves are longer in proportion to their breadth,

and more elegantly cut.

C. O. pnnlcea (scarlet). A synonym of C. 0. rosea-superba.
C. O. quercifolla (Oak-leaved). Oak-leaved. Very distinct.
C. O. rosea (rose-coloured), fl., petals pink, with white claws.
C. O. rosea-superba (superb rose-coloured) has larger petals,

which are of a clark red, without white on the claws. SYN.

C. 0. punicea.

C. O. sibirloa (Siberian). An early-leafing variety.
C. parvUblla (small-leaved), fl. white, small, usually solitary.

May fr. yellow, rather turbinate. I. obovate-cuneiform, deeply

serrated, pubescent ; stipules setaceous, h. 6ft. United States,

1704. SYN. Mespilus parvifolia. (W. D. B. 65.)
C. populifolia (Poplar-leaved). A synonym of C. eordata.
C. pnnctata (dotted). /. white ; calyx rather villous. May.

I. obovate-cuneiform, glabrous, serrated h. 15ft. to 20ft. United

States, 1746. (W. D. B. 57.) There are varieties of this species

with either yellow or red fruit, which are usually dotted.

PIG. 542. FRUITING BRANCH OP CRA-MSGUS PYRACANTHA.

C. Pyraoantha (Pyracantha).* Evergreen Thorn. /. white.
May. fr. of a beautiful scarlet colour, about the size of a pea,
disposed in cymes, remaining on the tree nearly all the winter!
1. glabrous, evergreen, ovate-lanceolate, crenate. A. 10ft. to 20ft.
South Europe, <£c., 1629. See Kg. 542. There are one or two
forms of this species.

C. pyrlfolia (Pyrus-leaved). fl. white. June. fr. yellowish-red,
small. J. ovate-elhptic, deeply serrated, rather plicate and some-
what hairy, h. 6ft. to 10ft. United States, 1765 (B. R. 1877.)

C. sallclfolia (Willow-leaved). A synonym of C. Crus-galli pyra-

C. sangnlnea (bloody). A synonym of C. orientate.

thulate and trifld.
tes, 1806.

Cratsegus— continued.
C. spathulata (spathulate). fl. white; corymbs few-flowered;

pedicels short; calyces tomentose. May. I. small, in fascicles,

narrowed a long way at the base, some

Spines strong, h. 8ft to 12ft. Uni

C. microearpa. (B. R. 1846.)
C. tanacetifolia (Tansey-leaved).* /. white ; calycine lobes

acutish, reflexed, hairy. May. fr. greenish-yellow, globose.

I. deeply pinnatifid, downy; lobes oblong, acute, few-toothed.

h. 12ft: to 20ft Levant, 1789. (B. B. 1884.)
CRAT2EVA (named after Cratevas, a Greek botanist,
who lived in the time of Hippocrates). Garlic Pear. ORD.
Capparidece. Unarmed stove evergreen shrubs or trees,
with terminal cymes or racemes of large flowers, and tri-
foliolate leaves. They require a compost of loam, peat,
and rotten dung. Cuttings will root freely, if planted in
a pot of sand, and placed under a hand glass, in heat.

C. Tapla (Tapia). fl. whitish, on long peduncles, forming loose
terminal panicled racemes, fr. as large as an orange, and, when
ripe, having a strong scent of garlic, which is communicated to
the animals that feed on it. I., leaflets ovate-acuminated, un-
equal at the base. h. 30ft. to 40ft. Tropical America, &c., 1752.
Other species usually enumerated as being in cultivation are :

gynandra, Roxburahii, and tapioides.

CRAWFURDIA (named after John Crawfurd, a
Governor of the Island of Singapore ; author of a History
of the Indian Archipelago). SYNS. Pterygocalyx, Triptero-
spermum. OBD. Oentianeoe. Six or seven species of
showy, half-hardy, glabrous, twining herbs, natives of East
Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, Japan, and Manchuria.
Flowers pale blue, axillary, solitary or in fascicles, large
and showy. Leaves opposite, three-nerved, acuminated.
Branches elongated, slender. Crawfurdias thrive in a
mixture of loam, sand, and peat, with thorough drainage.
They may be increased by cuttings, or by seeds. The
latter should be sown in a gentle heat, in spring ; and, in
the middle of May, the seedlings should be transplanted
at the foot of a south wall, outside.

C. fasclculata (fascicled).* fl. purple, large ; corolla tubular ;
limb furnished with accessory segments; peduncles short,
fascicled, bibracteate. August. I. lanceolate, acuminated, three
to five-nerved. Himalayas, 1855. (B. M. 4838.)
C. luteo-vlrldis (yellowish-green), fl., corolla between funnel
and bell-shaped, twice as long as the calyx lobes ; tube green ;
limb white, with green folds. I. ovate, ovate-cordate, or ovate-
lanceolate ; margin entire, or waved. Stem slender, red with
age. Sikkim Himalayas. A very showy twiner when laden with
its ellipsoid, cylindric, brilliant red fruits. (B. M. 6539.)
C. speciosa (showy).* fl. purple, solitary, on long, nearly naked
pedicels ; corolla campanulate, without accessory lobes or seg-
ments. I. ovate, acuminated, five-nerved. Himalayas, 1879.

CREEPERS, or TRAILERS, differ from climbing
plants in assuming both a procumbent and pendent dis-
position. They are very generally suitable for growing in
baskets and for furnishing rockeries.

CREEPING SAILOR. See Sazifraga sar-
mentosa.

CRENATE. Having convex flat teeth.

CRENULATE. Having small round notches.

CREOSOTE PLANT. See Larrea mexicana.

CREFIDARIA. A synonym of Pedilanthus.

CREFIS (from krepis, a slipper). Hawksbeard. OBD.
Compositce. About 130 species of hardy annuals or peren-
nials, with slender, simple, white (rarely brown) silky
pappus hairs, in many series ; achenes cylindrical, striate,
the beak long, short, or absent. Two only are worth
growing. C. aurea is a neat border perennial, and C. rubra
a' pretty annual ; both thrive in sandy soil. C. aurea may
be propagated by division, in spring; and both by seed,
sown at the same time, in the open border. Other species
formerly included here will be found under Tolpis.
C. aurea (golden), fl.-heads orange, usually solitary; involucre

and stem covered with long black hairs, mixed with a few small

white woolly ones. Autumn. I. radical, spathulate, oblong,

dentate, or runcinate, light green, shining, h. 4in. to 12in. Alps.
C. rubra (red).* fl.-heads red, usually solitary ; involucre hispid,

outer bracts scarious. Autumn, h. 6in. to 12in. Southern

Europe. SYN. Barkhausia rubra. See Fig. 543. (S. F. O. 801.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

395

Crop IB — continued.

CHESS, INDIAN. See Tropaolum.

CRESS ROCKET. See Vella Fseudo-Cytisus.

CRESS, WATER (Nasturtium ofainale). Water Cress
is in great demand at all times, excepting in two or three of
the summer months, when the plants are flowering and pro-
ducing their seed. It is a hardy perennial and a native
of Britain, where it grows in ditches and small streams.
The best quality is obtained from shallow streams of running
water, free from mud if possible, as the latter spoils the
flavour. Propagation is effected by seed, or by division of

FIG. 643. CRRPIS RUBRA, showing Habit, and Single Flower-head

/wing Ham
turalsize).

CRESCENTIA (named after Pietro Crescenzi, an
Italian writer on agriculture, in the thirteenth century,
author of "Opus ruralium commodorum "). OBD. Bigno-
niacecB. Large stove evergreen, spreading trees. Flowers
solitary, rising from the trunk or branches ; corolla large,
Bub-campanulate ; tube short; throat large, ventricose;
limb spreading, five-cleft, unequal ; lobes toothed or curled.
Leaves alternate, solitary, or in fascicles, simple, entire.
They grow well in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand.
Bipened cuttings will strike root in sand, under a hand
glass in heat. These trees require to be so large before
they reach a flowering state, that it is not likely they will
ever be much cultivated in this country. All are natives
of tropical America. Some of the species described are :
aeuminata, cucurbitina, Cujete (Calabash-tree), macro-
phylla, and obovata.

CRESCENTIACE5!. An order now included under
Bignoniacece.

CRESS, AMERICAN or LAND (Barbarea prascox).
This much resembles Water Cress in flavour. Sow monthly
from March till September, in rows 1ft. apart, and thin to
4in. or Gin. from plant to plant. Gather the outer leaves
only for use ; and, in winter, transfer some plants to hand-
lights, or protect with bracken or dry litter during frost.
The leaves may be used for the same purposes as the
common Cress.

CRESS, GARDEN (Lepidium sativum). Very popular
salading plants, generally grown (and eaten) with Mustard,
both requiring very similar treatment. For small salading
the common Cress is largely used, and the seed is cheaper
than the other kinds. Boxes, from about 1ft square, and
Sin. deep, are most useful for growing it in winter. They
should be filled to within iin. of the top with friable soil,
and the seed sown rather thickly, without covering them
with soil The boxes should be covered with panes of
glass and placed, after watering, in a warm house ; in
from ten to fourteen days, the salad will be fit foruse. A
succession may be kept up by frequent sowings. Cres
be {frown out of doors in summer, either in boxes or sown
in a cool place. It should be kept free from soil on the
top, or it is difficult to have it without being gritty.

Sorts. Plain or common, the sort used when only the
seed leaves are formed; Curled, this is a hardy sort, and,
if allowed to grow, the leaves may be used f or garmM»ir
as well as salad ; Golden or Australian, a dwarf yellowish
form, grown the same way as the preceding, but not t
for use so early as common Cress,

FIG. 544. WATER CRESS (NASTURTIUM OPFICI.XALB).

the plants. Water Cress (see Fig. 544) may be cultivated
in soil if a suitable place cannot be obtained to grow it in
water, but the produce is inferior. If required to be grown
in the ground, a shady, cool position should be chosen, and
the seed sown in spring, in shallow drills, thinning the
plants to Gin. when large enough. The soil must be kept
constantly moist by watering. In autumn, some plants
may be placed in pans, and transferred to a warm house
to keep up a supply during winter. The advantages are
many if a shallow stream can be obtained. Well-rooted
young specimens should be selected ; and, when established,
the more the tops are gathered, the better, as the plants
are thereby induced to produce more. The motion of
the water prevents its freezing in winter, consequently
the Cress may be gathered at any time. Special shallow
ponds with appliances for drawing all the water off when
required, are the best means of cultivation; but such
a system cannot, in the majority of cases, be followed.
There are two or three forms of Water Cress ; but there
is not much difference in flavour when grown under the
same conditions. The large Brown-leaved is tiie one meet
preferred in the market, but the Green-leaved is said to
be of the easiest culture.

CREST. Applied to the raised regular or irregular
appendage terminating any particular organ.

CRIBROSE. Pierced with holes, like a sieve.

CRICKETS. A group of insects, comprising House
Crickets (Achtta domestica, see Fig. 545), Field Crickets

FIG. 545. Hoes* CRICKET (GRYLLUS DOKESTICL-S).
(Achtta campestrit), and Mole Crickets (GryUotalpo
tmiyaru). The Orthoptera, to which the Crickets belong,

396

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Crickets — continued.

do not undergo a complete metamorphosis. The female
beara an ovipositor, composed of four narrow elastic
blades. By means of this, she is enabled to deposit her
eggs in the ground, or elsewhere, in the most suitable
places. The larva, when hatched, differ very little in
general appearance from the perfect insect ; indeed, they
are perfectly formed, except in having no trace of wings.
This fact explains how it is that we find, associated
together, individuals differing much in size, and but
slightly in appearance. The Field Cricket differs from
the House Cricket in being somewhat larger, stouter,
and darker. It lives in fields or banks, in burrows of
considerable depth. If troublesome, it may be caught
by pushing a straw into the burrow ; the insect usually
seizes the intruding body, and may be dragged out by
it. To garden plants, the Mole Cricket is far more
hurtful than the other kinds. Crickets can be destroyed
by the methods mentioned for Cockroaches. For eradi-
cating both these insects, various preparations are sold.
Where poisons would be objectionable, fresh Rhubarb
leaves, or oatmeal and salt, will be found useful, as will
also Carbolic Acid, poured into their holes.

CRINITA. A synonym of Pavetta (which see).
CRINODENDRON. See Tricuspidaria.
CRINONIA. A synonym of Fholidota (which see).
CRINUM (from Krinon, the Greek name for Lily).
OBD. Amaryllidea:. A large genus of very handsome
bulbous plants. Perianth funnel-shaped, half six-cleft,
with a long, slender tube, and a six-parted limb of nearly
equal segments, which are erect, spreading, or reflexed.

PBOPAGATION may be effected by seed, or by offsets. The
former are of considerable size, and should be sown singly,
as Boon as ripe, in 3in. or 4in. pots, the roots, when formed,
being BO large and succulent. Sow in sandy loam and leaf
mould, place in a temperature of from 70deg. to SOdeg.,
and keep rather dry until the plants appear, when more
moisture should be applied. As most of the species are
partially or entirely evergreen, young plants may be grown
on all the season, without much drying off. With plenty
of heat and moisture, rapid growth is insured when once
they are well started, some soon attaining sizes large
enough for flowering. Some species produce offsets pretty
freely, while others are very shy in this respect. Where
they can be obtained, a great saving of time is effected,
as large plants are formed much quicker than by seed.
They should be removed when rather small, on account
of injury to the roots, and as many roots as possible
must be preserved. The young plants should be potted
separately, and grown on as recommended for seedlings.
Crinums require copious supplies of water at all times
when in growth; even young specimens will bear much
more than the majority of other bulbs. Being distributed
over rather a wide area of tropical and sub-tropical coun-
tries, they are of different degrees of hardiness. Some
require a high temperature, and a moist position in the
stove ; others succeed in a greenhouse ; and a few are suffi-
ciently hardy to thrive in a sheltered position outside,
with protection in winter.

CULTIVATION. The stove and greenhouse species culti-
vated indoors require large pots or tubs in most cases,
as the roots are numerous and fleshy. Those of from 1ft.
to 2ft. in diameter will be necessary for flowering bulbs ;
and, if a suitable compost be used and ample drainage
provided, the plants may be shifted into these from
much smaller pots without any fear of injury being en-
tertained. It will not be necessary to repot Crinums
annually when they reach such a size, if plenty of water
is supplied, and a top-dressing of good soil be given when
growth commences, in spring. This is also the best season
for potting any that require it. Turfy loam, with some
fibry peat and charcoal, all broken and used as lumpy as
possible, form a good and lasting compost. After potting
nr top-dressing in spring, Crinums should be started into

Crinuni — continued.

growth by being placed in stove heat, or in a somewhat
cooler, but at the same time close, temperature, according
to the requirements of individual species. Frequent
syringings should be given, and some liquid manure may
occasionally be applied to established plants. The flowers
are all very beautiful, and are produced at various times
throughout the summer, but more particularly towards
the autumn. After flowering, water should b« partially
withheld for the winter or resting period, and the plants
fully exposed to the sun. Crinums are seldom much
injured by sunshine, but a slight shading is preferable
in summer, when some of the leaves are young and
tender.

Outdoor Culturt. A rich soil, in a sheltered south
border, with plenty of drainage provided, is requisite for
success with Crinums in the open air. Deep planting is
recommended if they are to remain all the winter, in order
that the bulbs may be out of the reach of frost. They
should be of a good size before planting out. The best
season is the end of May, as time is then afforded for the
plants to flower and the roots to become established before
winter. They must be kept clean, and watered when
necessary. On the appearance of frost, the necks of the
bulbs should be protected with haybands or fern; and
when the leaves die away, the whole may be covered with
cocoa-nut fibre. Where safety cannot thus be insured, on
account of locality, it is best to lift and store the bulbs
for the winter in a cool house or shed, and plant out again
the following May. A stake must be placed to the flower-
scape, when it appears, to prevent injury from rough wind.
0. Moorei is one of the most beautiful species for green-
house or outdoor cultivation, and is, moreover, almost
certain to flower annually after the bulbs are strong
enough. C. asiaticum, 0. capense, and C. Macowani,
amongst others, will also succeed in suitable positions
outside.

C. amablle (lovely).* fl, twenty to thirty in an umbel, very fra-
grant ; perianth tube bright red, cylindrical, Sin. to 4in. long ;
segments same length, spreading or revolute ; scape 2ft. to 3ft.
long, ancipitous. Summer. I. 3ft. to 4ft. long, Sin. to 4in. broad,
lorate, tapering gradually to a point. Bulb small ; neck about 1ft.
long. Sumatra, 1810. Stove. (B. M. 1604.)

C. amerieannm (American), fl. three to six in an umbel, very
fragrant ; perianth tube 4in. to 5in. long ; segments lanceolate,
Sin. to 4in. long, white on the back ; peduncle 14ft. to 2ft. long.
Summer. 1. six to ten, arcuate, lorate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, liin. to
2in. broad. Bulb ovoid ; neck short. South United States, 1752.
Stove. (B. M. 1034.)

C. amcennm (pleasing), fl. six to twelve in an umbel ; perianth
tube greenish, Sin. to Sin. long ; segments spreading, lanceolate,
2in. to Sin. long, pure white ; scape 1ft. to 2ft. long. Summer.
I. rosulate, linear, sub-erect, lift, to 2ft. long, lin. to 2in. broad.
Bulb globose, 2in. to 3in. in diameter. India, 1807. Stove.
C. angnstifolium (narrow-leaved), fl. five to six in an umbel ;
perianth tube Sin. to 4in. long ; segments lanceolate, 2iin. long,
and Jin. broad at the middle ; scape about 1ft. long. Summer.
I. linear, lift, to 2ft. long, lin. to Ufa. broad. Bulb sub-globose ;
neck very short. North Australia, 1824. Greenhouse. SYN.
C. arenarium. (B. M. 2S55.) There are two or three forms of this
species.

C. aquaticum (aquatic). A synonym of C. campanulatum.
C. arenarium (sand-loving). A synonym of C. anguetifolium.
C. asiaticum (Asiatic).* Asiatic Poison Bulb. fl. about twenty
in an umbel ; perianth tube slender, cylindrical, Sin. to 4in. long,
tinged with green ; segments white, linear, 24in. to Sin. long ;
peduncle ancipitous, lift, to 2ft. long. Bulb 4in. to 5in. in
diameter; neck 6in. to 9in. long. Tropical Asia, 1732. Green-
house. (B. M. 1073.) C. anomatum, C. declinatum (B. M. 2231),
C. plicatum(B. M. 2908), C.procerum (B. M. 2684), and C. tinicum,
are mere forms of this species.

C. augustum (august), fl. twelve to twenty in an umbel;
perianth Sin. to 4in. long, tinged with red ; scape lateral, 2ft. to
3ft. long, compressed. April. I. twenty to thirty, lorate, 2ft. to
3ft. long, Sin. to 4in. broad. Bulb ovoid, nearly 1ft. high and 6in.
in diameter. Mauritius, 1818. Stove. One of the most effective
species of the genus. (B. M. 2397.)

C. australe (Southern). A synonym of C. pedunculatum.
C. Balfourii (Balf cur's). * fl. ten to twelve in an umbel, very
fragrant ; perianth tube greenish, 2in. long ; segments pure white,
oblanceolate, 2in. long, Ain. broad at the middle ; peduncle
axillary, compressed, Ijft. long. October. I. ten to twelve, lorate,
spreading, about 1ft. long. Bulb Sin. in diameter ; neck short.
Socotra.1880. Stove. (B. M. 6570.)

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

397

Crinnm — continued.

C. braehynema (short-filamented). fl. fifteen to twenty in an
umbel ; perianth tube green, Ijin. to IJin. long ; limb pure white,
2in. long, with oblanceolate obtuse segments ; scape 1ft long,
little compressed. May. I. lorate, developed after the flowers,
IJft. to 2ft. long, Sin. to SAin. broad. Bulb ovoid, 2iin. to Sin.
in diameter. Bombay Presidency, 1840. Stove. (B. M. 5937.)

C. bracteatmn (bracteate). fl. ten to twenty in an umbel,
slightly fragrant ; perianth tube tinged with green, 2Jin. to Sin.
long , segments linear, about as long as the tube ; scape about
1ft long, much compressed. July. L six to eight, 1ft. to IJft
long, Sin. to 4in. broad. Bulb ovoid ; neck short Seychelles and
Mauritius, 1810. Stove. (B. B, 179.)

C. cafFrnm (Caff re). A synonym of C. campanulatum.

C. eampannlatnm (bell-shaped), ft. five to six in an umbel ;
tube Ijin. to 2in. long ; limb campanulate, Ijin. to 2in. long ; seg-
ments bright red-purple, oblong, obtuse ; peduncles slender, 1ft
long. J. linear, 3ft to 4ft. long, Jin. to 1m. broad. Bulb ovoid.
Stove. SYNS. C. aquatievm and C. eaffrum.

Cape Colony.

C. canallcnlatnm (channelled).
latum.

A synonym of C. peduneu-

C. capense (Cape Colony).* /. six to twelve in an umbel ; perianth
tube Sin. to 4in. long ; limb about as long as the tube ; segments
oblong-acute, flushed with red on the back ; scape about 1ft. long.
Summer. I. about twelve, outer ones spreading, lorate, acuminate,
2ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, glaucous ; inner ones narrower.
Bulb 3in. to 4in. in diameter. Cape of Good Hope, 1752. (Figured
under the name of Amaryllis longifolia in B. M. 661.) Of this
very fine hardy perennial, there are numerous varieties and
hybrids.

C. Careyanum (Carey's).* ft. four to six in an umbel ; perianth
tube Sin. to 4in. long ; limb horizontal, 3in. to 4in. long, with
oblong-lanceolate segments, tinged with red towards the centre ;
scape 1ft. long, little compressed. Autumn. I. eight to ten,
lorate, 1ft. to 2ft. long, 2m. to Sin. broad. Bulb globose, Sin.
to 4in. in diameter ; neck short. Mauritius and Seychelles, 1821.
Greenhouse. (B. M. 2466.)

C. crnentum (bloody-flowered).* /. five to seven in an umbel,
sub-sessile ; tube straight, 7in. to Sin. long ; perianth-segments
Sin. long, linear, bright red ; scape green, ancipitous, 2ft. long,
iin. thick, low down. Summer. (. lorate, 3ft to 4ft long, 2in. to
4in. broad. Bulbs large. Mexico, 1810. Stove. (B. R. 17L)
C. Loddigesianum is believed to be identical with this species. '

C. deflxum (bent down). /. six to sixteen in an umbel ; perianth
tube greenish or red-tinted, 2iin. to Sin. long ; segments linear ;
scape 1ft to lift. long. October. I. six to eight, linear, 2ft to
3ft. long, about Iin. broad. Bulb 2in. to Sin. in diameter. India,
1810. Stove. (B. M. 2208.) C. engifolium (B. M. 2301) is probably
a variety of this.

C. erubescens (erubescent), ft. four to eight in an umbel;
peri? nth tube Sin. to 6in. long; segments half as long, linear-
lanceolate, tinted claret-purple on the outside ; scape lift to
2ft long. Summer. I. numerous, lorate, 2ft to 3ft long, 2in. to
2iin. broad. Bulb ovoid; neck short. Tropical America, 1780.
Stove. (B. M. 1232.) Several varieties of this species have been
described.

C. Forbeslanum (Forties's), ft. thirty to forty in an umbel,
slightly scented ; perianth tube Sin. long ; limb funnel-shaped,
4in. to 4Jin. long ; segments oblanceolate-oblong, white, reddish
outside; peduncle hardly 1ft. long, stout October. L ten to
twelve to a rosette, lorate, 3ft to 4ft long, Sin. to 4in. broad ;
margin fimbriated. Bulb ovoid, 6in. to 8in. in diameter. Delagoa
Bay, 1824. Stove. (B. M. 6545.)

C. glganteum (gigantic).* fl. about six in an umbel, with a
strong vanilla-like fragrance ; perianth tube 4in. to 6in. long ;
limb campanulate, Sin. to 4in. long, pure white ; segments oblong-
obtuse, much imbricated ; peduncle 2ft. to 3ft long, compressed.
Summer. I. lorate, 2ft. to 3ft long, 3in. to 4in. broad. Bulb
5in. to 6in. in diameter. West Tropical Africa, 1792. Stove.
(A. B. R. 169.)

C. Herbertianum (Herbert's). A synonym of C. zeylanicum.

C. Kirkii (Kirk's).* ft. twelve to fifteen in an umbel ; perianth
tube greenish, 4in. long ; limb horizontal, 5in. long ; segments
acuminate, above Iin. broad, furnished with a bright red stripe

down the back ; peduncles sometimes more than one to a bulb,
1ft. to lift long, ancipitous. September. I. lorate, acuminate,
31ft to 4ft. long, 4in. to 4Jin. broad ; margin crisped, white,
distinctly ciliated.
Zanzibar, 1879. Stove.

Bulb globose, 6in. to 8in. in diameter.
(B. M. 6512.)

C. latifollum (broad-leaved), ft. ten to twenty in an umbel ;
perianth tube greenish, Sin. to 4in. long ; limb horiz9ntal, about
as long as the tube ; segments oblong-lanceolate, faintly tinged
with red in the centre on both sides, reflexing at tip ; peduncles
1ft to 2ft long. Summer. I. numerous, lorate, 2ft to 3ft. long,
Sin. to 4in. broad. Bulb sub-globose. India, 1806. Stove.
(B. R. 1297.)- C. insigne (B. B. 579), C. moluccanum (B. M. 2292),
and C. speciosum (B. M. 2217), are considered by Mr. Baker to be
mere varieties of this species.

C. ionglflornm Gong-flowered), ft. six to eight in an umbel ;
perianth tube Sin. to 4in. long ; limb funnel-shaped, as long as the
tube ; segments oblong, flushed with pink in the centre ; peduncle

Crinum — continued.

lift, to 2ft. long. Summer. I lorate, 4ft to 5ft. long, 2in. broad.
Bulb ovoid, Sin. to 4in. in diameter. Cape of Good Hope, 1816.
Greenhouse, or nearly hardy. See Fig. 546. (B. B. 303.)

FIG. 646. CRINUM LONGIFLORUM, showing Habit and
Single Flower.

C. longlfollnm (long-leaved), fl. six to twelve in an umbel;
perianth tube greenish, Sin. to 4in. long ; segments lanceolate,
ascending, white, nearly as long as the tube ; scape lateral,
about 1ft. long. 1. six to eight, linear, IJft. to 2ft long, Ijin. to
2in. broad. Bulb ovoid, 4in. to Sin. in diameter. India. Green-
house. (B. R. 1297.) C. elegant (B. M. 2592) is a form of this
species.

C. Macowanl (MacOwan's).* fl. ten to fifteen in an umbel ;
perianth tube greenish, Sin. to 4in. long; segments oblong,
acute, as long as the tube, Iin. to l}in. broad, white, with a pur-
plish tinge ; peduncles sometimes more than one, 2ft to 3ft. long.
November, i twelve to fifteen, rosulate, spreading, lorate, 2ft
to 3ft long, Sin. to 4in. broad. Bulb 9in. to lOin. in diameter.
Natal, 1874. Greenhouse, or nearly hardy. (B. M. 6381.)

C. Makoyannm (Makoy's). A synonym of C. Moorei.

C. Moorei (Moore's).* fl. six to ten in an umbel ; perianth tube
greenish, 3in. to 4m. long ; limb funnel-shaped, as long as the
tube ; segments oblong-acute, faintly flushed with red ; peduncles
lift to 2ft long. Spring or autumn. I. twelve to fifteen, spread-
ing, lorate, 2ft to 3ft long, Sin. to 4in. broad. Bulb ovoid, oin. in
diameter. Natal, 1874. Greenhouse. SYNS. C. ornatum and
C. Makoyanum. (B. M. 6113.)

C. ornatnm (ornamented). A synonym of C. Jfoorei.

C. pednncnlatnm (pedunculate), fl. twenty to thirty in an
umbel; perianth tube greenish, 2iin. to Sin. long; segments
linear, spreading horizontally ; scape ancipitous, 2ft to 3ft long.
Summer. I. twenty, lorate, 3ft to 4ft long, 4m. to 5in. broad.
Bulb about 4m. in diameter. Eastern Australia, 1790. Green-
house. SYNS. C. australe and C. canalieulatum. (B. R. 52.)

C. podophyllnm (foot-leaved), fl. two in an umbel ; tube green-
ish, 5in. to 6in. long ; limb sub-erect, Sin. long ; segments oblong-
rthulate, acute, less than Iin. broad, white ; scape compressed,
to 9in. long. November. 1. five to six, lanceolate, 1ft. long,
Ijin. to 2in. broad at the middle. Bulb sub-globose. Old Cala-
bar, 1879. Stove. (B. M. 6483.)

C. pnrpnrascens (purplish).* fl. five to nine in an umbel;
perianth tube 5in. to 6in. long; segments lanceolate, 2Jin. to Sin.
long, spreading, tinted claret-red on the outside ; scape hardly
1ft. long, sub-terete. Summer. 1. about twenty, linear, l^ft to
3ft long, Iin. broad, undulated. Bulb ovoid, about 2in. in
diameter. Fernando Po and Old Calabar, 1826. Stove. (B. M.
6525.)

C. scabrnm (rough). /. six to eight in an umbel, very fragrant ;
tube greenish, 4in. to 5m. long ; limb funnel-shaped ; segments
oblong-acute, Iin. broad, bright red down the back ; scape com-
pressed, 1ft to 2ft. long. May. I. lorate, 3ft. to 5ft long, 2in.
to 2Jin. broad. Bulb large. Probably Africa, 1810. Stove.
(B. M. 2180.) C. tubmersum (B. M. 2463) is a form of this species.

C. zeylanlcnm (Cingalese).* ft. ten to twenty in an umbel, very
fragrant ; perianth tube green, or red-tinted, about 3in. to 4in.
long; limb horizontal, about the same length; segments Iin.
broad, with a broad band of red down the back ; scape 2ft to
3ft. long. Early spring. I. six to ten, lorate, 2ft to 3ft long, Sin.
to 4m. broad. Bulb globose, 6in. in diameter. Tropical Asia
and Africa, 1771. Stove. SYN. C. Herbertianum. (B. M. 1171 ;
and B. M. 1253, under name of Amaryllis ornata.)

CRIOCERIS ASFAHAOI. See Asparagus
Beetle.

CB10CEB.IS MERDIOEBA. See Lily Beetle.

398

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

CRISTARIA (from crista, a crest ; in reference to the
carpels having two crest-like rings in the centre of each).
OBD. Malvaceae, A genus of about twenty species of
generally prostrate, tomentose herbs, all natives of extra-
tropical South America. Probably there are none in culti-
vation in this country, although most of the species are
well worth growing.
C. oocdnea. See Malvastrnm oocdnenm.

CRITHMUM (from krithe, Barley ; in allusion to the
similarity existing in the seed). Samphire. OBD. Um-
bettiferce. A suffruticose, glabrous, fleshy herb. Umbels
compound; involucre and involucels of many leaves.
Leaves bipinnate; leaflets oblong, linear; petioles sheath-
ing at the base. Samphire grows best in a warm, dry
position, near the sea coast. When grown inland, it
requires a sunny situation, and protection during the
winter. It may be propagated by divisions, or by seeds;
the latter should be sown as soon as ripe, as, if kept
till spring, they are longer in germinating.
C. maritimum (maritime). /. white, with yellowish anthers.
August. A. 1ft. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 606.)

CROCKING. A term applied to the placing of a piece
of potsherd over the hole at the bottom of a pot.

CROCOSMIA (from crocus, saffron, and osme, smell ; in
allusion to the very pronounced odour of saffron exhaled
by the dried flowers of this plant when immersed in warm
water). OBD. Irideae. A monotypic genus, generally
known as Tritonia. The species is a very handsome hardy,
or nearly hardy, bulbous perennial, and thrives best in a
light, rich, sandy soil. It is often grown in pots for the
greenhouse ; but, with a little care, it will be found to
thrive remarkably well in the open. In cold, northerly
situations, the better plan will be to lift the roots in
November, and store in frost-proof quarters until the
following spring ; but they must not be kept so dry as to
cause them to shrivel. Propagated by offsets, or by seeds ;
the hitter should be sown in pans, in a cold house, as
soon as possible after maturity ; but where the Crocosmia
does well, the corms increase pretty freely.

C. aurea (golden).* fl. brilliant orange-red, few ; perianth with a
longish curved slender tube, and a nearly regular six-parted limb
of oblong segments spreading in a star-like form ; spike terminal,
branched. Summer and autumn. I. narrowly sword-shaped,
1ft. long, Jin. broad, sheathing at the base of the stem for about
1ft. Stem slightly winged, h. 2ft. South Africa, 1846. SYN.
Tritonia aurea. (B. M. 4335.)

CROCUS (a Chaldean name, applied by Theophrastus).
OBD. IridecB. A well-known genus of hardy bulbous plants.
Scapes enveloped in a thin tubular sheath; perianth
regular, consisting of six (generally) nearly equal seg-
ments, and with a long slender tube. Leaves slender,
narrow, linear, channelled, with recurved margins; de-
veloping after the blossoms have faded, or simultaneously
with them. Corms fleshy, with sheathing fibrous coats.
This genus contains about seventy species, and is con-
fined to Europe, North Africa, and North and West Asia.
It is generally represented in our gardens by about a
dozen species, and the innumerable varieties of C. vernus.
As a great many that enjoy undisputed claims to specific
rank are by no means distinct enough in general appear-
ance to arrest the attention of any but specialists, the
enumeration of species is confined to those which are in
more general cultivation. For full account and descrip-
tions of all the known species, the reader should consult
Mr. Maw's " Synopsis," published in the " Gardeners'
Chronicle," n. s., vol. rvi.

Some of the species flower in the autumn as freely as,
and in a similar way to what, the majority of other
species and nearly all the numerous cultivated varieties
flower in spring. C. speciosus may be mentioned as one
of the best. Those, however, which flower from December
to January, are so very liable to be injured by severe
frosts, that it is better to afford them the shelter of a
sold frame.

Croons — continued.

PBOPAQATION. This is effected by seed, for raising new
varieties ; and the increase of the corms perpetuates
established species and forms. Each year, one, or in some
cases, several young corms are formed, either on the top
or by the side of the old one, the latter annually dying
away. For increasing stock, these may be lifted and re-
planted singly, allowing sufficient room for each in its turn
to develop new corms the following year. More would be
obtained of varieties that increase rapidly, by this method,
than if they were left crowded together. Some species
increase very slowly, and these, with many that are scarce
and valuable, are best left undisturbed, so long as they
grow satisfactorily.

Seed. The seed of the Crocus should be sown as soon
as ripe, or early in spring, the choicer strains in pots or
boxes, using a light sandy soil, and afterwards placing
them in a cold pit or frame, while the commoner
varieties may be placed in a warm position outside, in a
seed-bed. The seed germinates freely, and must be sown
thinly, so as to allow the plants space to grow for two
seasons in the seed-pan or bed, without lifting. They will
need but little attention beyond being occasionally weeded
and watered. After the second year, when the corms die
down, they should be shaken out, and replanted. In the
third or fourth year, most of them will flower, and any
good ones may then be selected. It is an excellent plan
to top-dress the seed-beds or pans, after the first season,
with an inch or two of rich compost.

CULTIVATION. Many of the species thrive on rock-
work, in soil that has a good proportion of small stones
intermixed, thereby insuring thorough drainage. If planted
deeply and permanently in such a position, dwarf-
growing plants, such as mossy Saxifrages, may be placed
above, and the Crocuses allowed to grow through, when
flowering. It is difficult to keep a collection separate and
distinct, if planted near each other. The corms, by their
mode of propagation underground, gradually become re-
moved to a considerable distance from where they were
first placed ; and, if other species are near, the whole soon
become mixed. The remedy is to lift and replant, or
make a limited inclosnre for each with slates, placed on
edge in the ground. It is not necessary to lift often for
any other purpose. As soon as the leaves are ripened, and
die away, is the best time for lifting, if it is required.
Sandy loam, with the addition of some leaf soil and sharp
grit or crushed stones, is a good compost ; and it is pre-
ferable to prepare this and replant at once. The ordinary
varieties of spring-flowering Crocuses, so much cultivated,
will grow and flower freely in almost any soil or position.
They are very largely imported from Holland, in the autumn
of each year ; and the quicker planting is taken in hand,
after their arrival, the better. The margins of flower-beds,
planted with other bulbs, or of borders running parallel
with a walk, are positions, among innumerable others,
that may be rendered attractive by a mass of differently-
coloured Crocuses. The corms can be inserted most
regularly in a small trench, about Sin. deep, placing them
a similar distance apart. The leaves should be left alone
after flowering is over until they ripen, and the corms need
not be lifted unless the place is required for other plants
in summer. In this case, they may be transplanted, and
allowed to ripen elsewhere.

Cultivation tn Pots. Spring Crocuses are useful and
very ornamental when flowering in pots. The imported
roots may be bought cheaply in autumn, and their cultiva-
tion is within the reach of all. Place five or six corms in
a 5in. pot, or four in a smaller one, and bury them in ashes
outside for a time until filled with roots, when they should
be very gradually brought on in a cool pit or house. The
Crocus will not flower if exposed to fire heat, nor must
severe forcing be attempted. If placed in a light position,
with a little higher temperature than that outside, each
corm will produce several flowers earlier than those planted

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Croons— continued.

In the open. The individual flowers do not last long, but

there is a succession which extends the season over a

considerable period. The stronger-growing sorts succeed

well in water if treated like Hyacinths.

C. alatavlcns (Alatavian). JL white, small, with a yellow glabrous
throat, and without a basal spathe ; outer surface of the three outer
segments obscurely feathered and freckled with purple. February.
I. 1ft. long at maturity, Ain. broad, slightly ciliated at margins
of keel and blade. Ala Tau Mountains, 18ft. There is a white-
flowered variety, in which the outsides of the outer segments are
coated with pale buff.

C. aurens (golden).* JL bright orange. Spring. I. linear ; sheaths
wide. Conn, coat membranous, with vertical, narrow, fibroid
divisions. South-east Europe. This " was one of the first species
introduced to cultivation, and is the parent of oar yellow garden,
or ' Dutch Yellow,' Crocus, and a number of old horticultural
varieties — lacUut, tulphureut, sulphitreiu pallidut, rulpkureut
ttriatut, <fcc.— the history of which is unknown ; they are not
known to occur in a wild state, and all are sterile. SY>S.
C. lagenaeflorut, C. nwetiaeut, ic.

C. Mflorns (two-flowered).* JL, segments of perianth varying from
white to a pale lavender ; outer surface of the outer segments
distinctly feathered with purple markings ; yellow within. Spring.
1. short, erect, narrow, with distinct white midrib. This species
has a wider range than any other (extending from Tuscany into
Georgia), and none exhibits greater variation in the size and
colouring of the flowers. (B. M. 845.) C. Adami (B. M. 3868),
C. ettriatut, C. minimtu (B. M. 2991), C. nubigenut, and C. Wtldeni
(B. M. 6211), among many others, are forms of this species.

Crocus

ntinued.

ones and the end of the middle one are feathered with short
lines of the same colour." Very early spring. L preceding the
flowers, linear, thick, recurved, with a distinct white line in the
middle, sheathed for 2in. or Sin. at base. A. Sin. to 6in. Italy.
(B. B. 1993.)

FIG. 548. CROCUS IRIDIFLORUS.

C. Irldlflorn* (Iris-flovrered).* JL, perianth throat unbearded ;
outer segments clear, rich purple, much larger than the inner
ones, which are pale lilac ; anthers orange, shorter than the
n^jP-—*- ; filaments lilac ; stigmata purple, multifid. September
and October. L, proper ones glabrous, |in. wide, wider than in
any other strains ; sheathing leaves falling short of proper spathe;
proper spathe monophyllous, foliaceous. Conn small, oblate ;
tunic nbro-membranous, tending to a reticulated structure.
Banat and Transylvania. Srx. C. byzantinut. See Fig. 548.
(B. M. 614L)

C. lagen»florus (bottle-flowered). A synonym of C. avreiu,

C. nwesiaous (Maesian). A synonym of C. aureut.

C. multifidns (much-cut). A sjroonym of C. nudijtonu.

Fio. 547. CROCUS BORTT.

C Boryl (Beryls).* JL creamy- white ; throat orange-yellow ;
" purple lines.

''market exten(aUrwith~duTf purple "lines. ' Late
autu^^Tna^wTL^hTroduced l. littJ before the flowers.
A. Sin. to 4in. Greek Isles. See Fig. 547. (B. B. 1847, 16.)
C. Ijyzantinns (Byzantine). A synonym of C. iridijlorut.
C. Cartwrightianns (CartwrighfsX A miniature form of

C. sativus. SYN. C. grams.

C. chryaantfcujB (golden-flowered). JL rich orange-yellow;
rian&segments obovate. Very early spring. South-eastern
n^Sr there are four varieties of this species: oflndu.,

There are four varietes, of t
ccervUscen*,fit#»-tinctus, and J -\ueo4ineatut.

C. flmbrlatus (fimbriated). A synonym of C. nudiflarvt.

C. fragrans (fragrant). A synonym of C. twmeotor.

C. grsecns (Greek). A synonym of C. Carttmghtiantu.

C. Imperati (Imperato's).* JL of a lilac-pnrple on the MfM^C^
scented- "external divisions l}m. long and }in. broad, mar£e<
wftt^re* lo^tudinal dark purple lines, of which the two outer

FIG. 549. CROCUS KODIFLORCS.

X nudiflorns (naked-flowered).' JL pale brightpnrple or violet ;
tube Sin to lOin. long, and segments 14m. to 2m. long ; throat
not hairy. Autumn. L abouT iin. broad, appearing in spring.
The conns produce long stolon-like shoots, which form inde-
pendent conns at the death of the parent South-west Europe ;
naturalised in meadows about Nottingham and elsewhere in

C. vnUtiJidut, and C. pyrenau*.

naturalised in meadows

England. STNS. a Jtmbriatut,

SeVFig.549. (Sy. En. B. 1500.)
C. Orplianldls (Orphanides^. A synonym of C. Toum^/brtu.
C. pnlcheUM (beautiful). JL pale bluish-pearl colour, with

darker veins, large ; throat orange-yellow. Autumn. I Am.

broad, smooth, with a prominent narrow keeL A. 4m. to Sin.

Shores of the Bosphorus, Ac. (B. B. 30, 3.)
C. pyrenaons (Pyrenean). A synonym of C. nudijtorvt.
C. rettculJitna (netted). JL varying from white to deep lilac, the

outer face of the outer segments feathered with purple ; throat

400

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Crocus — continued.

glabrous. I. ^in. broad, the lateral channels containing one or
two ribs.
C. revolutus (revolute). A synonym of C. susianug.

FIG. 550. CROCUS SATIVUS.

C. sattvns (cultivated). Saffron Crocus, fl. violet, variously
striped and marked with deeper or lighter tints, fragrant ; throat
hairy. Autumn. I. iin. broad, ciliated ; margins of blade and
keel ciliated. . Conn rather large, globular, depressed. From
Italy to Kurdistan. This species furnishes the saffron of
commerce. It appears to have been cultivated in Palestine
at the time of Solomon. See Fig. 550. (B. M. PL 274.) The
following plants, which have been accorded specific rank, are
all referable to C. gativus as mere forms : C. Cartwrightianus,
C. Elwesii, C. Baussbnechtii, C. Orrinii, C. Pallasii (SYNS. C.
Thomasii and C. hybemue).

C. Sieberl (Sieber's). fl., throat orange, unbearded; perianth
a uniform bright lilac, with a rich golden base ; anthers orange ;
stigmata orange-scarlet. February and March. I. glabrous, 4in.
broad, with open, unribbed, lateral channels, h. 2in. to Sin.
Greece, &c.

C. S. versicolor (various-coloured), fl. varying from white to
purple, and with white and purple stripings and featherings, but
always with a rich golden base. Crete and the Cyclades.

C. speciosus (showy).* fl. bright lilac, internally striped with
deep purple lines, large ; stigmata orange, conspicuously fringed.
Autumn. I. iin to im. broad, with prominent keel, erect, ap-
°ng almost with the flowers. Conns nearly round. East

nge amen; e sye ving a e ase of the
d produced into long, spreading, entire, orange-scarlet
hich much exceed the anthers. February. I, proper
ing to the flowers, the margins of keel and blade cili-

rope and West Asia. Probably the handsomest of autumnal-
flowering kinds. (B. M. 3861.)

C. snsianus (Susian).» Cloth of Gold Crocus, fl., perianth throat
glabrous; segments about liin. long and Jin. broad, reflexed,
deep orange, the outer face of outer segments variously feathered
with deep brown, occasionally self-coloured orange, or evenly
suffused with dull brown ; anthers orange, about twice the length
of the orange filament; the style dividing at the base of the
anthers, and prod
stigmata, which m
ones reaching to t

ated ; sheathing leaves falling short of the proper spathe ; proper
spathe diphyUous. Conn about |in. broad ; tunic of strong re-
ticulated fibre, with long interspaces produced upwards into
sharp, wiry points, h. Sin. Crimea and Caucasus, 1605. This
is one of the earliest spring-flowering species. SYN. C. revolutus.

C. Tonrnefortil (Tournefort's). fl. lilac, uniform, bright, with a
few purple veins, :,2iin. in diameter; throat orange. Autumn.
I appearing with the flowers. Conns large, nearly 2in. long.
closely covered with a soft brown membrane. The Cyclades and
the Morea. SYN. C. Orpkanidis. (B. M. 5776.)

Crocus — continued.

C. venras (spring).* fl. lilac, violet, white (never yellow), or
streaked with white and violet ; inside of the throat always hairy.
Spring. 1. Jin. broad, rarely glabrous ; lateral channels wide and
open, without ribs, appearing with the flowers. Conn invested
with slender anastomosing fibres. Europe. This species was
one of the earliest introduced to cultivation, and has become
naturalised in several localities in Britain. It is remarkable for
the great range of the colouring of its flowers ; the endless
varieties, from pure white to deep purple, being generally inter-
mixed in its native habitats, and corresponding with the multi-
tude of horticultural varieties which decorate our gardens. See

FIG. 552. CROCUS VERSICOLOR.

C. versicolor (various-coloured).* /., perianth throat glabrous ;
segments about liin. long, varying from purple to white, self-
coloured, or externally feathered or veined with purple ; the
inner and outer segments are nearly similar in their markings ;
anthers yellow, twice the length of the white, slightly glandular
filament ; style dividing near the summit of the anthers, and
produced into entire orange stigmata, which are not divergent.
Spring. I., proper ones glabrous, reaching to the throat at the
flowering time, about iin. broad, and Sin. or 9in. long at maturity,
the lateral channels containing two or three ribs ; sheathing

leaves falling short of the proper spathe ; proper spathe mono
phyllous. Conn pyrifonn, |in. wide ; tunic of parallel fibres.
Maritime Alps. This was one of the earliest species introduced,
and, from its tendency to vary in colour and markings, has given
rise to a host of horticultural varieties. SYN. C. fragrant.
See Fig. 552. (B. M. 1110.)
VARIETIES. The following are amongst the best to be

obtained, either for pots, or for flower garden decoration

in spring:

ALBION STRIPED, white, striped mauve, large and early ; ARGUS,
blue and white ; CAROLINE CHISHOLM, pure white, dwarf; CLOTH
OP SILVER, white, striped purple ; DAVID B.IZZIO, purple, very
fine ; GENERAL GARIBALDI, dark purple, large and good ;
GOLDEN YELLOW, extra large and good ; MONT BLANC, large,
pure white, one of the best ; PRINCE ALBERT, fine dark blue ;
QUEEN VICTORIA, white; SIR JOHN FRANKLIN, dark purple,
large ; SIR WALTER SCOTT, white, striped lilac, fine.

CROSSANDRA (from krossos, a fringe, and aner,
andros, a male; the anthers are fringed). SYNS.
Harrachia and Polythrix. OBD. Acanthacece. Beautiful
evergreen free-flowering stove shrubs. Flowers large, in
terminal four-cornered spikes, with broad bracts and
narrow bracteoles; corolla with a long tube, and a flat
five-cleft limb. Leaves sub-entire, vertioillate. There are
five species, one of which is a native of the East Indies ;
the others are from tropical Africa and Madagascar. All
are of easy culture in peat and loam. They may be readily
propagated by cuttings, which root freely, at almost any
time of the year, if planted in sand, and placed in bottom
heat.

FIG. 551. CROCUS VKRNUS.

(Guinea).* fl. pale lilac; spike solitary, sessile,
in. to 4in. high, striaie ; apex pungent, many-flowered ; bracts
many pairs, £in. to fin. long, imbricated, lanceolate, green.
October. I. two to four pairs, shortly petioled, Sin. to 5in. long,
elliptic, sometimes obovate or oblong, deep green above, with
golden reticulated nerves, reddish beneath, with pubescent mid-
rib and nerves. Stem 2in. to 6in. high, erect, rarely branched,
light red, covered with a furfuraceous pubescence. Western
tropical Africa, 1877. (B. M. 6346.)

C. Infondibuliformis (funnel-shaped). A synonym of C. un-
dulaifolia.

C. tmdnlsefolia (waved-leaved), fl. of a rich reddish-orange, very
distinct and attractive, disposed in freely-produced compact

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

401

Crossandra — continued.

spikes, I. stalked, ovate-acuminate, much narrowed to the
bas«e ; margin wavy. h. 1ft. to 3ft. East Indies, 188L A very
ornamental erect-growing stove plant. SYX. C. \i\fundiLtili-
formis. See Fig. 553, for which we are indebted to Mr. BulL

CROSS BEARER.

Asparagus Beetle.

Crotalaria — continued.

ppecies of stove or greenhouse sub-shrubs or herbaceous
plants, widely dispersed over all warm regions. Flowers
mostly yellow, with small bracts along the pedicels, or at
the base of the calyx. Leaves simple or digitately com-
pound; these latter are usually trifoliolate, rarely five to

CROSSWORT. See Cmcianella.

CROTALARIA (from krotalon, a castanet ; the pods
are inflated, and, when they are shaken, the seeds rattle).
OBD. LeguminosoB. A large genus containing more than 200

FIG. 553. CROSSAXDRA UNDUI^FOLIA.

seven-foliolate. Many species bloseom freely, and arc very
handsome when in flower; but few of those cited by

Johnson and Paiton are now to be found in cultivation.
All thrive well in any light, rich soil. Young cuttings

3 F

402

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Crotalaria — continued.

of the shrubby kinds root freely in a pot of sand, with
a bell glass placed over them, in a cool house. Seeds,
however, usually ripen in abundance; these should be
sown on a hotbed, in spring, and, when the seedlings have
attained a height of 2in. or Sin., they may be placed
separately in pots, and some may be planted out in the
open border, in summer, especially those from the out-
skirts of the tropics. Crotalarias are very liable to the
attacks of red spider.

C. cajanifolia (Cajanus-Ieaved).* fl., racemes many-flowered,
almost terminal; calyces clothed with appressed pubescence.
July. I. trifoliate ; leaflets oblong, obtuse, mucronate, cuneated
at the base, glabrous above, puberulous beneath, and canescent.
A. 4ft. to 6ft. Mexico, 1824. Greenhouse shrub.
C. Cunningham!! (Cunningham's).* fl. yellow-green, marked
with purple lines on the reflexed standard, large, disposed in dense
racemes. Summer. I. ovate, obtuse. A. 3ft. Native of the dry,
almost desert regions of North-west and Central Australia, 1869.
This is a remarkable looking greenhouse shrub, clothed through-
out with velvety, glaucous pubescence. (B. M. 5770.)
C. Heyneana (Heyne's). /. white, blue. I. one-foliolate. A.

1ft. to 2ft. Malabar, 1868. (B. M. 5974.)

C. jnncea (Rush-like).* fl. yellow ; racemes terminal. June. I.
lanceolate, on short petioles, clothed with appressed pubescence,
as well as the furrowed stems. A. 4ft. to 8ft. India, 1700. Stove
annual. (B. M. 490.)

C. nana (dwarf), fl. yellow ; peduncles opposite the leaves, three-
flowered ; calyx pilose. I. oblong, nearly sessile, glabrous, ob-
tuse, mucronate. Plant diffuse. India, &c. Stove annual

CROTON (from krot on, a tick ; referring to the appear-
ance of the seeds). STN. Tiglium. OBD. Euphorbiacece.
A large genus (about 500 species) of trees and shrubs —
rarely herbs — differing widely in habit and general aspect,
dispersed all over the warmer parts of the world. Male
flowers : calyx cylindrical, five-toothed ; petals five ;
stamens ten to fifteen. Female flowers: calyx many-
leaved; corolla none; styles three, bifid; capsules three-
celled. None are worth cultivating as garden plants.
Several, however, are very important from an economic
standpoint. (7. Tiglium, from the Indian Archipelago, &c.,
yields Croton oil, one of the most drastic cathartics known.
C. Eluteria furnishes the Cascarilla bark, also used in
medicine. Others yield resins, &c. See Codiaetun, under
which genus will be found included the large class of
plants popularly known as Crotons.

CROWBERRY. See Empetrum nigrum.

CROWEA (named after James Crowe, of Norwich, a
British botanist, and a great collector of Willows). OBD.
Rutacece. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Peduncles axil-
lary, one-flowered, furnished with minute imbricate bracts
at their base. Leaves alternate, quite entire, lanceolate,
running down the stem a little at the base, and full of
pellucid dots. Branches triquetrous. Croweas are very
useful as decorative plants, and, if growii in a cool place,
they form elegant and striking additions to a select col-
lection. They require a light airy situation, which must
be free from draughts, and, being hard- wooded subjects,
great care will be needed in watering. The soil best
adapted is two parts peat and one of fibrous loam, with
a small quantity of sand added. Cuttings will strike,
with a gentle bottom heat, in sand, under a hand glass.
To keep Croweaa short and bushy, the tops should be
taken off soon after the cuttings have rooted, which will
cause the lateral shoots to push earlier and stronger, than
they would if left alone. Croweas do not succeed well on own
roots ; they should be grafted on Correas or Eriostemons.
C. ongustifolia (narrow-leaved).* fl. red, shortly stalked, solitary
or rarely two together. 1. sessile, linear, mostly acute. A. 1ft.
to 3ft. West Australia.

C. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of C. saligna.
C. saligna (Willow-like).* fl. clear pink. Summer. I. lanceo-
late. A. 1ft. to 2ft. New South Wales, 1790. SYN. C. latifolia.
(B. M. 989.) The plants sometimes met with under the names of
elliptica, major, and stricta, are probably varieties of this species.

CROWFOOT. See Ranunculus.
CROWN BEARD. See Verbesina.

CRUCIANELIiA (diminutive of crux, a cross; in
allusion to the leaves being placed crosswise). Crosswort.
OBD. Rubiaceas. Annual or perennial (mostly) hardy her-
baceous plants. Flowers hermaphrodite, spicate or fasci-
culate, bracteate, or ebracteate ; corolla tubular, elongated,
funnel-shaped. Leaves whorled, with from four to a con-
siderable number in each whorl, linear or lanceolate. The
annual species are not worth growing. The perennials
are very pretty plants, of easy cultivation in ordinary
garden soil; they are readily increased by seeds, or by
divisions, during spring or autumn. There are about
twenty-six species, confined to the Mediterranean region
and Western Asia.

C. glauca (glaucous), fl. yellow, remotely spicate ; bracts and
floral leaves ovate, ciliated. July. I. four in a whorl, linear,
mucronate, with prickly revolute edges. Stems erectish, branched.
Persia, 1837. Perennial.

C. maritlma (maritime), fl. cream-coloured, axillary, disposed
in interrupted spikes. July and August. I. four in a whorl,
lanceolate, stiff, marginate, mucronate. Mediterranean region,
1640. Plant suffruticose, procumbent, much branched, glaucous,
glabrous. Perennial.

C. suaveolens (sweet-smelling), fl. yellow, opposite, dispos
dense spikes ; floral leaves and bracts lanceolate, ciliated, a
shorter than the corollas. July. I. linear, mucronate, with

e, disposed in
little

prickly revolute edges, six or eight in a whorL Stem herbaceous,
erect, branched. West Asia, <fcc., 1838. Perennial.

CRUCIATE, or CRUCIFORM. Shaped like a
cross. A flower is said to be cruciate when four petals
are placed opposite each other at right angles, as in the
Cabbage.

CRUCIFER2E. A large and important order of
annual, biennial, or perennial herbs, rarely suffruticose.
Flowers racemed; sepals four, the two lateral ones often
larger and saccate at the base, imbricate in bud ; petals
four, placed crosswise, imbricate in bud;, stamens six
(rarely one, two, or four), hypogynous, the two outer
opposite the lateral sepals, the four inner longer, in
pairs opposite the other sepals. Fruit a long or short
two-celled and two-valved capsule (rarely indehiscent).
Leaves radical or alternate, exstipulate. The order,
sometimes called Brassicaceoe, comprises about 170 genera
and about 1200 species; they are distributed over all
temperate and cold regions, but chiefly belong to the
Old World. All are nitrogenous (and contain sulphur),
pungent, stimulant, anti-scorbutic, often acrid. Many of
them are highly-esteemed plants, such as the Broccoli,
Cabbage, Cress, Turnip, &c. The following are some of
the best-known genera: Arabia, Brossica, Cheiranthus,
and Hesperis.

CRYFTANTHUS (from krypto, to hide, and anthos,
a flower ; the flowers are nearly buried among the bracts).
STN. Pholidophyllum. OBD. Bromeliacece. A genus of
stove perennials, epiphytal in a wild state. For culture,
&c., see Billbergla.

C. acaulis (stemless). fl. white, in a central, sub-sessile cluster.
I. lanceolate, wavy, recurved, dark green, scaly. Brazil, 1826.
Plant dwarf, caespitose. SYN. Tillandsia acaulis. (B. R. 1157.)
C. bivittatos (two-striped), fl. white. I. spreading, recurved,
about 9in. long and lin. to liin. broad, rather undulate, acutely
toothed at the margin ; under surface dull brown, upper green,
with two broad buff longitudinal bands, which pass into dull red
at the base of the leaf. Tropical America, 1859. SYN. Billbergia
bivittata. (B. M. 5270.)

CRYFTOCHILUS (from kryptos, hidden, and cheilos,
a lip ; the lip being partly hidden by the sepals). OBD.
OrchidecB. A genus containing a couple of species of very
interesting stove epiphytal orchids, allied to Trichosma
(which see for cultivation).

C. sangulnea (blood-coloured), fl. brilliant scarlet, disposed in a
terminal erect raceme ; sepals cohering in a tube three-lobed at
the top, and inclosing the petals and lip. Summer. Pseudo-
bulbs clustered, spheroidal, one or two-leaved. Nepaul, about
1837. (B. R, 1838, 23.)

CRYPTOCORYNE (from kryptos, hidden, and
koryne, a club ; the club-shaped sp idix is hidden by the
spathe peculiar to this family). OBD. Aroidece (Araceae).

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

403

Cryptocoryue — continued.

Stove herbaceous perennials, requiring treatment similar
to the tender species of Arum (which see).

C. ciliata (hair-fringed).* fl. sweet-scented ; spatlie pedunculate,
long, tubular, fringed at top. June. I. entire, petiolate, oblong,
linear-lanceolate, h. 1ft. East Indies, 1823.

C. spiralis (spiral), fl. brown. May. h. 1ft. East Indies, 1816.
SYN. Arum spirale. (B. M. 2220.)

CRYPTOGRAMME (from kryptos, hidden, and
gramme, writing; in allusion to the concealed sori).
Mountain Parsley Fern; Eock-Brake. ORD. Filicea. A
monotypic genus of hardy Ferns ; the only species, although

FIG. 554. CRYPTOGRAMME CRISPA.

comparatively rare and local, is frequently found in stony
situations in the North of England and Wales. Sterile
and fertile fronds usually different from the same root;
Sori terminal on the veins, at first separate, sub-globose,

FIG. 555. CRYPTOGRAMME CRISPA
ACROSTICHOIDES.

afterwards confluent, the con-
tinuous involucre formed of the
changed margin of the frond,
rolled over them till full ma-
turity. It is of easy culture
in pots or Wardian cases, but

requires perfect drainage. Allosorut, formerly regularly
used for the name of this genus, and even at present
regarded as such in some books, is now restricted to a
section of the genus Pellcea. See also Perns.

(crisped) * sti. tufted, slightly scaly towards the base.
in( tT&ong, liin. to'2in.%road. oblong, tri- or quad,,-

Cryptogramme— continued.

pinnate ; ultimate segments of the barren frond obovate-cuneate,
deeply pinnatifid, those of the fertile frond pod-shaped, fin. to
lin. long. Arctic and North temperate regions (Great Britain)
§YN. Aaosorut ( '

crisput. See Fig. 554.
C. C. acrosticholdes (Acrostichum-like).

Habit larger and

stronger than in type ; barren segments thicker in texture, more
prominently veined, and not so deeply cut ; fertile ones {in. to iin.
long, one line broad ; involucre spreading when mature. North-
west America. See Fig. 555.

C. c. Brunonlana (Brown's). Habit of type, but the fertile
segments oblong, about three lines long, one line broad, with the
involucre spreading in the mature plant, and a space left free
from fruit in the centre.

CRYPTOMERIA (from kryptos, hidden, and meris,
part; referring to the structure of all the parts of the
flower being hidden). Japan Cedar. ORD. Cent/era.
Evergreen trees. Flowers monoecious ; male catkins soli-
tary in the axils of the upper leaves. Leaves rigid, linear-
falcate, acute, quadrangular, scattered. Cones less than
lin. in diameter, terminal, and solitary; scales loose,
cnneate, prickly, with from three to six winged seeds.
Cryptomerias are hardy in most parts of this country, but
their beauty is only fully developed in deep rich soils, with
abundance of moisture, and protection from cutting winds.
Propagated by seeds and cuttings, planted in sandy soil,
under a handlight. Probably there is only one species
(C. japonica) with a fair claim to that title, but several
varieties are described as such.

=gij«-j^iBg*^jSg%ijapfe.^£

FIQ. 650. CRYPTOMKRIA ELEGAKS.

flattened, soft in texture, dec ur-

which is retained throughout the winter. When well-grow
is a most beautiful tree. See Fig. 556.

404

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cryptomeria — continued.

C. e. nana (dwarf), is a low dense bushy shrub, with more
crowilud leaves than the type ; it also retains the autumnal colour,
except the pendulous green tips of the branchlets.

C. Japonica (Japanese). I. rigid, incurved, crowded, spirally
arranged, 6in. to 9in. long, decurrent at the base, cones globular,
about iin. in diameter, composed of numerous scales, bearing
three to five seeds each. Branches numerous, brittle, and readily
separating from the trunk, frondose, spreading; lower ones
deflexed, with the extremities ascending; branchlets very
numerous, usually alternate, bright green. Trunk erect, taper-
ing, h. 50ft. to 100ft. Japan, 1844. A handsome rapid-growing
tree, with an elongated pyramidal outline. There are several
varieties, the best of which are described below. Other forms
are : araucarioides, nigricans, and variegata.

C. J. Lobbi (Lobb's) differs from the type in its more compact
and less pendulous habit; foliage of a brighter and deeper green ;
leaves snorter, and more closely appressed to the branches.
Japan. SYN. C. viridis.

C. J. nana (dwarf). A small procumbent bushy shrub, very useful
for growing on rockwork. h. 2ft. SYN. C. j. pygmaea.

C. j. pygmsaa (pigmy). A synonym of C. j. nana.

C. J. spiralis (spiral). A very curious form, having the falcate
leaves closely appressed spirally round the branchlets.

C. viridis (green). A synonym of C. japoniea Lobbi.
CRYFTOFHRACtMIA. See Gymnostachyum.
CRYFTOSORUS. See Polypodium.
CRYFTOSTEGIA (from kryptos, concealed, and

stego, to cover; in reference to the scales in the throat

covering the anthers). OED. AsclepiadecB. Handsome

climbing stove evergreens, of easy culture in a mixture

of loam and peat. Cuttings root freely if planted in sand,

under a glass, in heat.

C. grandlflora (large-flowered). » /?. reddish-purple, large ; corolla
cainpanulately funnel-shaped ; tube furnished with five inclosed
narrow-bipartite scales inside, which cover the anthers, being
opposite them ; corymbs trichotomous, terminal. July. I. oppo-
site, shortly petiolate, elliptic, bluntly acuminated, shining.
East Indies, 1824.

C. madagascariensis (Madagascar). A. pink. June. Mada-

CRYFTOSTEMMA (from kryptos, hidden, and
stemma, a crown ; the crown of the flower is hidden). ORD.
Composites. A small genus (the three species
of which are described below) of diffuse or
creeping, hoary herbs. Pappus nniseriate, pa-
leaceous, hidden amongst the hairs of the achene ;
receptacle honeycombed; involucral scales in
many rows, imbricated. Leaves downy. Seeds
should be sown on a gentle hotbed, in early
spring. When the seedlings are large enough,
two or three may be placed in a pot, and either
grown entirely in a greenhouse, or placed out
of doors about the middle of June.
C. calendulaceum (Marigold-flowered). ff.-heads,
ray-florets pale yellow, purplish underneath, many,
sterile, slightly three-toothed at the point, two-ribbed;
disk-florets greenish, with a black-purple, five-cleft
border, hermaphrodite, cut-shaped, smooth ; recep-
tacle honeycombed, bristly; peduncles one-flowered
at the ends of the branches, two or three together,
long, striate, clothed with weak red hairs. May and
June. 1. lyrate pinnatifld, three-nerved, on the upper side
green, hispid; on the under tomentose, white. Cape of Good
Hope and Australia. A tender annual. (B. M. 2252.)
C. Forbesianum (Forbes's). fl.-heads, ray-florets yellow ; disk
dark-coloured. Summer. I. quite glabrous above, snow-white
beneath, pinnatipartite (some simple) ; lobes linear lanceolate,
quite entire, with revolute margins. Stemless. Cape of Good
Hope.

C. niveum (snowy). fl..head* yellow, solitary. I. long-stalked,
ovate, cordate, or roundish. Cape of Good Hope. A decumbent
or creeping branched herb, white-woolly in most parts. SYN.
Microstephium niveum.

CUBA BAST. The inner bark of Hibiscus elatus.
CUCKOO BUDS. See Ranunculus bulbosus.

CUCKOO FLOWER. See Cardamine pratensis
and Lychnis Flos-cuculi.

CUCKOO PINT. See Arum maculatum.
CUCKOO SPIT. See Frog Hopper.

CUCULLATE. Hooded; when the sides or apex of
anything are curved inwards, so as to resemble a hood.

CUCUMBER (Cucumis sativus). The Cucumber is
believed to be a native of warm countries in Asia, and
also of Egypt, where it has been extensively grown from
a very early period. Pig. 557 represents a lateral growth,
showing flowers of both sexes. Its cultivation is a matter
of importance in almost every garden, and there are very
few of any pretensions where it is not attempted, either
in houses, frames, or in the open air, in summer. Cu-
cumbers are also extensively grown for market purposes,
and, as a rule, prove very remunerative. To cultivate
them successfully, plenty of light, heat, and moisture, are
required. Those who grow for supplying the market, in-
variably use epan-roofed houses having large panes of
glass, and probably no better could be chosen. Such
houses cannot, however, be obtained in the majority of
gardens; consequently, those situations should be selected
which are most favourable to the above-named necessary
conditions.

Cultivation. To keep up a supply all the year round, is
a matter of great difficulty where there is not provision for
adopting various methods, according to the season. In
summer, Cucumbers will grow and fruit freely in frames or
pits with a little dung heat ; but in winter, a light house,
with plenty of both top and bottom-heat at command, is
absolutely necessary. Their cultivation outside in summer
is a matter of uncertainty, excepting in very warm and
sheltered positions, or in the case of the Short Prickly and
a few others of the hardier kinds. Cucumbers delight in
a rather light soil, and during the spring and summer
plenty of water, applying liquid manure frequently at the
time they are bearing heavily.

Culture under Glass. Beginning with spring and summer
supply, seedw should be sown the end of January, and at
short intervals during the three following months, as the
plants soon get too large if their respective situations are
not ready for them at the proper time ; and others should
therefore be coming on. If allowed to get pot-bound, they

FIG. 557. LATERAL GROWTH OF CUCUMBER.

become infested with insects, and should be thrown away.
It is best to sow singly, in small pots, to prevent injury to
the roots when repotting. Plunge them in a good bottom
heat, and, as soon as up, admit all the light possible,
especially in January and February. The house intended
for them should be well cleaned previous to planting, and
the soil put in in small heaps, to get thoroughly warmed.
Light turfy loam, not' broken too small, with the addition
of about one-half or one-third the quantity of well-decayed
manure, will be found a good compost. The trellis should
not be nearer the glass than 1ft., and a stake should be
put to the plants as soon as they are put in, to prevent
them breaking off. A temperature of 70deg. to 75deg., or
higher on bright days, with a minimum night temperature
of 60deg., should be maintained, keeping the walls and
passages damped frequently. Airing and syringing will
greatly depend on the outside temperature ; in early spring,
very little, of either will be necessary; but, as summer

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

405

Cucumb er — cvntin ued.

advances, the plants may be syringed morning and evening,
using water that has been standing in the house to warm.
Plenty of air should be admitted in warm weather, but
draughts must be avoided. The training will consist chiefly
in stopping the main shoot when on to the trellis, to train
the laterals a good distance apart, and keep thinning out,
to admit all the light possible. Additional soil should be
given each time the roots appear through the mounds,
until sufficient is collected to enable the plants to reach
their limits, when liquid manure may be applied. Light,
thin shading will be necessary in bright weather, or the
leaves will burn, especially if there is any water on them.
Plants that are required to stand the winter, should be
inserted not later than the end of August,
or early in September, in order to get them
well established before the cold weather sets
in. Great care and attention are necessary
with winter Cucumbers, particularly during
November and December, when least sun-
shine is generally experienced. All the sun
and light possible must be obtained, and it
is rarely necessary to open the ventilators
at this season, unless the hips of the glass are airtight.
Watering must be done very carefully, and syringing,
unless in exceptionally mild weather, should be withheld.
Cucumbers should not be planted thickly; if in a large
house, a good vigorous plant will cover several yards of
trellis, and will produce plenty of fruits throughout its
whole length. Where space is limited, they may be grown
in large pots, and trained up a rafter; top-dressing the
plants with rich soil, and supplying liquid or artificial
manure. Excellent crops can be obtained by this method
if the plants receive attention.

Green Fly, Bed Spider, and Thrips are the worst insect
enemies to Cucumbers. Fumigating must be done very
carefully to destroy the Fly, on two successive evenings.
As soon as Red Spider or Thrips are detected, it is best to
at once sponge the infested leaves with soapy water, and
so prevent the insects spreading to others. The leaves
must be handled with great care, as they are very brittle.

Culture in Pits and Frames. In gardens where stable
litter and leaves are plentiful, a good supply of Cucumbers
may be kept up during the summer by this method, with-
out fire heat. The material to form the hotbed should be
well mixed, and occasionally turned over for
a week or two before it is required ; and, if at
all dry, it must be wetted, to cause fermenta-
tion. A thickness of about 3ft. will be sufficient
for enclosed pits, adding 1ft. more for frames. In
the hitter case, the bed should be about 3ft. wider
than the frames. Tread evenly, and place small
heaps of soil at least 9in. from the glass, allowing
it to remain with the sashes a little open for
a few days, to let off any rank steam, which
would prove fatal to the plants. Give plenty
of room when growing, thinning out and stop-
ping the shoots, to induce fruitfulness ; supply
plenty of water when necessary. If sufficient
heat cannot be obtained, the frames should occa-
sionally be lined with new fermenting material.
As this system is now almost limited to sum- /
mer cultivation, shading and plenty of air will / e
be required. If Cucumbers be grown in the
open air, a warm south aspect should be selected
for the purpose. Dig out holes or trenches, and
lay the soil on the north side. Fill up the
holes with fermenting material, prepared as for
frames; put some soil on the top, and plant
out in May, affording protection for a time with
bell glasses or hand lights. The seed should be
sown in heat to obtain these plants about the
end of March. Cucumbers produce male and
female flowers. Except for seeding purposes, it

Cucumber — continued.

is not necessary that the latter should be fertilised,
the fruit reaching the same size, and being all the
better for the absence of seeds. In winter time,
or in the case of weak plants, the whole of the
male flowers might with advantage be kept removed.
Tubular glasses, about 30in. long, are often used to grow
straight Cucumbers for exhibition. Well-formed fruits
are placed in them when young, and the glass being fixed
by some means, the fruit is protected, and grows, in
some cases, nearly the size of the glass. They are not
used for ordinary purposes, as for fruit shown in Fig. 558.

Sorts. These are extremely numerous, as far as names
ire concerned, each year producing many so-called new or

Fio. 658. FRUIT OF CUCUMBER.

improved forms, which, however, do not get into general
cultivation. Some grow to a length of over 2ft., but they
are often coarse and deficient in quality. The following
are amongst the best for general purposes, choosing the

Fio. 559. SECTION OF SIMPLE FRAME.

first if only one variety is grown : Eollisson's Telegraph,
Tender and True, Sion House, Turner's Blue Gown, Munro's
Duke of Edinburgh, and Marquis of Lome. Some of these
grow a good length ; but they are all very tender if used
when from 1ft. to 18in. long.

Fio 560. SECTION OF SPAM-ROOF HOUSE
Space for Bottom Heat ; b b b b b b, Hot-water Pipes ; c c, Pipes
for Top Heat ; d, Path ; e e «, Ventilators.

406

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cucumber— continued.

Houses and Frames. Where accommodation for Cucum-
bers in the way of proper frames or houses is limited, those
of almost any description may be utilised in summer by
the aid of dung heat ; but for winter supply, houses are
necessary, having plenty of piping for fire-heat, with or
without the addition of dung. Fig. 559 shows a section of
an ordinary frame as prepared for a Cucumber plant.
Pieces of slate, or other material, should be laid under
the fruits to keep thorn from the soiL The ordinary span-

FIG. 561. SECTION OF LEAN-TO HOUSE.

a a, Space for Bottom Heat ; bbb, Hot- water Pipes ; c c, Pipes for
Top Heat ; d, Path ; e, Ventilator.

roofed or half-span frame may be used in summer for
Cucumbers, placing some heaps of manure, with soil on
the top, a yard or more apart, and putting one plant
on each. A lean-to pit, with south aspect, is suitable
for winter, where only a few are grown, planting on the
stage above the hot-water pipes. A somewhat similar

Cucumber — continued.

sents a section of a suitable house for growing a large
quantity of Cucumbers in summer, when plenty of air
is needed. More pipes for the top heat would be
necessary for spring. A section of a lean-to house is
shown in Fig. 561, where the front part would suit Cu-
cumbers, not allowing them to grow too far up to shade
the back wall, which might be utilised for some other
crop — Tomatoes, for instance. Fig. 562 shows a span-roof
house, with heated beds, that, with the addition of suffi-
cient top heat, might be used at any season. A cbam-

- G«

0« 7

©«

o« -1

,— L-

FIG. 562. SECTION OP SPAN-ROOF HOUSE.
a a a a, Hot-water Pipes for Bottom Heat

system is adopted in a span-roofed house. Both would
require additional fire-heat for winter. Fig. 560 repre-

Fio. 563. SECTIONAL END VIEW OP A CHAMBERED FRAME.

A A, Brick Piers ; S, Internal Space for Hot Manure or other
Material ; C, Support : D, Laths to support Bed ; E £, Sides
of Frame; F, Sash; O, Bed.

bered frame is shown in Fig. 563, which sufficiently
explains itself. Such a frame might be fitted with hot-
water pipes in the space shown for heating material; and
the frame, with the bed removed, may be used for many
other purposes. Either fixed or movable trellises, placed
from 1ft. to 18in. from the glass, are necessary for all
Cucumber houses. The fruits are much cleaner and of a
better shape when grown on a trellis; but in the case of
frames, this is impracticable.

CUCUMBER-TREE. An American name for Mag-
nolia acuminata and M. Fraserii (which see).

CUCUMIS (etymology of name obscure). Cucumber.
OED. Cucurbitacece. A well-known genus of half-hardy
trailing annuals or perennials. Flowers monoecious. Males
in fascicles, rarely solitary; calyx tube turbinate or cam-
panulate ; limb five-lobed ; corolla sub-campanulate, deeply
five-lobed; stamens three, free. Females solitary. Fruit
three to six-celled. The seed of all the species require to
be sown on a hotbed in spring, and the seedlings should
be planted out, when large enough to handle. See also
Cucumber, Melon. &c.

C. Angurla (Anguria). fl.

fr. white, globose, echinated. I. palmately sinuated, cordate at
the base, scabrous. Stems rather slender;
Jamaica, 1692.

usually solitary. June to August.
, , _'_._._. ._'_,__..._:. late a'

imple

C. Citrullus. See CitruUus vulgaris.

C. Colocynthis. See CitruUus Colocynthls.

C. Hookerl (Hooker's). JL yellow. Jr. brownish-purple, marked
with white bands, ovoid-cylindrical. I. deeply five-lobed ; lobes
obtuse, crenulately-denticulate. Tropical Africa, 1870.

C. Melo (Melon), fl., males : tube of calyx rather ventricose at
the base, and rather dilated at the apex; stamens inclosed;
anthers shorter than their connectives. Females: calyx and

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

407

Cucrtmis — continued.

corolla as in the male ; stigmas three to fonr, shortly two-lobed.
fr. ovate or sub-globose, eight to twelve-farrowed ; flesh sugary,
yellow, red, or white. July. I roundish, angular, petiolate.
Stem trailing, scabrous, cirrhiferoiu. Asia, 15m For special
detailed culture, tee Melon.

C. perennls. See Cucurbita perennis.

C. satfvus (cultivated). Common Cucumber. Jl. on short

peduncles, large, usually in threes. July to September. Jr.

generally elongated, smooth or prickly, and usually shining.

L cordate, obscurely five-lobed, petiolate ; terminal lobe the

largest. Stems rough, bearing tendrils. Native place unknown.

1573. Cultivated in all warm countries. For cultivation and list

of varieties, see Cucumber.

CUCURBITA (from Cucumit, the Cucumber, and orbit,
a globe ; in allusion to the shape of the fruit). Gourd.
OBD. Cucurbitaceae. Half-hardy trailing animals. Flowers
monoecious; corolla yellow, campanulate. Males: calyi
hemispherically campanulate ; stamens three, one one-
celled, two two-celled. Females : calyx oboyate-clavate,
narrowed towards the top, or campanulate, and always
circumcised under the limb after flowering. For culture,
&c., tee Gourds.

C. m<nrt*"^ (largest). Large Hollow Gourd or Pumpkin. JL, tub*
of calyx obovate, ending in a short neck. July. fr. yellow,
red, or green, globose, somewhat depressed, i. cordate, very

FIG. 564. FRUIT OF CUCURBITA MAXIMA COURGKT.O.

C. 8. sikklmensls (Sikkim). /.yellow. July. Jr. reddish-brown,
densely reticulated with pale yellow, large, singular in form, and
ripening in July and August. Eastern Himalayas, 1875. This is
one of the most remarkable varieties of the common Cucumber
known, and was first botanically noticed by Sir Joseph Hooker,
in 1848. In its native country, it is sold in the markets, and eaten
both raw and cooked. (B. M. 6206.)
Other species are often cultivated, more from their curious fruit

than from any particularly ornamental merit ; among these are

C. diptaceus and C. metulifcru*.

FIG, 565. CUCURBITA MOSCHATA, showing Leaves, Female and
Male Flowers, &c.

Fio. 667. COSTARD GOURD (CCCURBITA PETO VARIETY^

rugged ; petioles hispid. Native country unknown. Cultivated
in all warm and temperate parts of the globe.
0. m. Courgero (Courgero). fr. green or yellow, small, fuil at

FIG. 568. CUCURBITA PEPO GOURD, showing (1) Leaf, and
(2) Male and (5) Female Flowers.

408

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cucurbita — continued.

maturity. 1. ovate, cordate, three to flve-lobed, somewhat coch-
leate. Stems assurgent, dwarf. See Fig. 564.

C. m. vlridis (green). Large Green Gourd, fr. green, large,
hollow at maturity. Stems very long, climbing.

C. moschata (musky). Musk Melon, fl., calyx hemispherically
campanulate, short, having the throat much dilated. May.
fr. depressed. I. cordate, obtuse, somewhat flve-lobed, denticu-
lated. Tendrils usually transformed into very imperfect leaves.
Native country unknown. 1597. See Figs. 565 and 566.

C. Pepo. Pumpkin, jl, calyx ending in a neck beneath the
limb. June to August, fr. roundish or oblong, smooth. I. cor-
date, obtuse, somewhat flve-lobed, denticulated. Levant, 1570.
The Custard Gourd (Fig. 567) is one of the best-known of the very
numerous forms of this species, of which there are also roundish
and oblong-fruited ones. Fig. 568 represents (1) leaf and (2) male
and (3) female flowers of one of the long-fruited varieties.

C. P. aurantia (orange). Orange Gourd. Jl. yellow. Summer.
fr. having the appearance and colour of an orange, globose,
smooth. (. sub-cordate, three-lobed, cuspidate, sharply denticu-

lated. Native country unknown.
There are two or more varieties.

1802. Plant very scabrous.

C. P. ovifera (egg-bearing). Egg-bearing Gourd, or Vegetable
Marrow. /., calyx obovate, ending in a short neck, and cut
round after flowering to the neck. July to September, fr. greenish
or yellowish, figure of an egg, obovate or ovate, smooth. I. cor-
date, angular, flve-lobed, denticulated, pubescent. Native country
unknown. There are grey-fruited, pear-shape-fruited, and sub-
globose-fruited forms of this species. See also Vegetable

C. P. verrucosa (warted). Warted Gourd, fr. roundish-elliptic,
warted. I. cordate, deeply flve-lobed, denticulated ; middle
lobe narrow at the base. 1658. In America, this is commonly
grown for culinary purposes, but in England chiefly as a
curiosity.

CULCASIA (from Kulkas, the Arabic name for
Colocasia antiquorum, a plant of the same family). STN.
Denhamia. ORB. Aracece. Stove evergreen climbers,
allied to Fhiloclendron (which see for culture, &c.).
C. scandens (climbing), fl., spathe whitish-brown ; sheaths

petiolar, long, equal to the scape. June. I. ovate-lanceolate,

acuminate. Stem twining, suffrutescent. West Africa, 1822.

CULM. The straw or stem of grasses.

CULTRATE, CULTRIFORM. Shaped like a
pruning-knife.

CULVER'S PHYSIC. See Veronica virginica.

CUMINGIA CAMFANULATA. See Conanthera
campanulata.

CUNEATE, CUNEIFORM. Wedge-shaped; the
broadest end uppermost, tapering to the base.

CUNILA (an ancient Latin name, of unknown origin).
ORD. Labiatce. A genus containing about twelve species
of herbs or sub-shrubs, natives, for the most part, of North
America. Flowers white or purplish, small ; corolla two-
lipped, with the upper lip erect, flattish, mostly notched,
and the lower somewhat equally three-cleft ; calyx ovate-
tubular, equally five-toothed, and hairy in the throat.
Leaves large, dentate. C. mariana is perhaps the only
species yet introduced to cultivation. It is a hardy
perennial, thriving in a loam and peat soil. Increased by
root division.

C. mariana (Maryland). Common Dittany, fl. purplish ; cymes
puduncled; calyx striated. July to September. I. smooth.

Fio. 569. CUNONIA CAPKXSIS.

C. perennls (perennial). /. about the size of C. Pepo ; lobes of
calyx subulate, fr. nearly sessile, orbicular, smooth, usually
four-celled. I. triangularly cordate, with undulated margins.
Tendrils trichotomous. Native place doubtful. SYN. Cucumis
perennis.

CUCURBIT ACEJE. A large order of succulent
climbing plants, with solitary lateral tendrils. Flowers
solitary, panicled, or in fascicles, monoecious or dioecious;
corolla of five (rarely three or six) petals, sometimes fringed,
with strongly-marked reticulated veins. Fruit fleshy, more
or less succulent. Leaves alternate, petiolate, palmate or
pedate, often cordate, succulent, rough. There are about
seventy genera (including Bryonia, Cucumis, Cucurbita,
and Trichosanthes) and about 470, species.

ovate, serrate, rounded or heart-shaped at the base, nearly sessile,

ranched.
uthward.

, ,

dotted, lin. long. Stems tufted, corymbosely much-branched.
h. 1ft. South New York to Ohio, Illinois, and

(S. B. F. G. 243.)
CUNNINGHAMIA (named after J. and A. Cunning-
ham, two celebrated botanical collectors, the former being
the discoverer of this Conifer). Broad-leaved China Fir.
ORD. Coniferce. An evergreen tree, not hardy except in
very favoured spots. It is too large to be allowed space
in the greenhouse, and, when grown in the open, it is
almost invariably disfigured by the violence of winds and
frost. With these impediments of primary importance,
the tree will never become largely grown ; it has, however,
been frequently seen doing well. Cunninghamia requires

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

Cunninghamia — continued.

a well-drained light soil, and is best propagated from
seeds, as cuttings rarely make good plants.
C. sinensis (Chinese).* /., males in grouped catkins, which are

terminal fascicled, cylindrical, and about lin. long; females with

three ovules, cones about the size of a walnut, sessile, droopins,

globose, smooth; scales ovate-acuminate, coriaceous, sharply

denticulated on the margin. I. sessile, deflexed, spreading in

every direction, IJin. long, lanceolate, much pointed, rigid, flat,

entire, somewhat scabrous on the margin. Branches for the most

part verticillate, spreading horizontally. Trunk straight, cylin-

dricaL h. 40ft. to 50ft. (much less in Europe). China, 1804.

(B. M. 2743, under name of C. lanceolate.)

409

CT7NONTA (named after John Christian Cuno, of
Amsterdam, who described his own garden in verse, in
1750). TRIBE Cunoniece of OBD. Saxifrageae. A green-
house tree. Flowers disposed in axillary racemes ; calyx
five-parted; petals five, oblong; stamens ten. Fruit a
two-ceUed capsule. Leaves impari-pinnate ; leaflets ser-
rated, coriaceous ; stipules large, caducous, interpetiolar.
It is of easy culture in sandy loam and peat. Half-
ripened cuttings will root, if inserted in sandy soil, and
placed under glass, in a very gentle heat.

C. capensls (Cape Colony). JL white ; racemes spicate, opposite;
pedicels numerous, in fascicles. August. I., leaflets five to seven
lanceolate, h. 10ft. to 50ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1816. A large
shrub or middle-sized tree, glabrous in all its parts. See Fig. 569.

CUNONIE2E. A tribe of Saxifragece.

CUP. The same as Corona (which see).

CT7FANIA (named after Father Francis Cupani, an
Italian monk, author of " Hortus Catholicus," and other
botanical works; he died in 1710). OBD. Sapindacece.
Ornamental stove trees or shrubs. Flowers whitish, in
panicles or racemes. Leaves exstipulate, abruptly pin-
nate, or from abortion simple ; leaflets opposite and
alternate, j The species number about thirty; they are
found in tropical regions throughout the world. They
thrive in a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings of half-
ripe shoots will root in sand, if placed under a hand
glass, in heat. Very few species of this rather large
genus are seen in cultivation.

C. amerlcana (American).* fl., petals yellowish, triangular, hairy
on the outside. I., leaflets three to four pairs, obovate, retuse,
clothed with fine rusty tomentum beneath, serrate-toothed at the
top of the lateral ; outer leaflets largest. A. 30ft. South America,
1818. SYN. C. tomentwM.

C. sapida (savoury). Savoury Akee-tree. JL whitish. March.
I., leaflets three or four pairs, ovate-lanceolate, veiny, h. 30ft.
West Africa, 1793. Naturalised in West Indies.
C. tomentosa (tomentose). A synonym of C. americana,

CUPHEA (from kyphos, curved ; in reference to the
form of the capsule). OBD. Lythracece. Very pretty
greenhouse herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers usually droop-
ing ; calyx tubular, coloured ; peduncles interpetiolar, one
or many-flowered. Leaves opposite, rarely in whorls,
quite entire. Only a few of the numerous species are
generally grown. Cuttings of the perennial sorts strike
freely in March or April, if placed in brisk bottom heat ;
but by far the better method is to sow seed, in January
or February, and grow the seedlings on in rich soil, re-
potting when necessary. Most of the dwarf species will
succeed if finally placed in 6in. pots, and fed with liquid
manure when these are filled with roots. Cnpheas are of
easy culture, and a few, particularly C. ignea, propagated
from cuttings, are well adapted for greenhouse decoration,
or for small beds in the flower garden in summer.
C. seqnipetala (equal-petalled). n. purple. June. A. 2ft. Mexico,

1859. SYS. C. ocimoides.

C. cinnabarina (cinnabar). A synonym of C. pinetorum.
C. cyanea (blue). JL yellow and red, alternate. July. I. ovate-
oblong, acute, rounded at the base. Branches and calyces
clammv and hispid. Andes. Evergreen. SYN. C. ttrigilloaa.
(B. B. 32, 14.)

C. Hookeriana (Hooker's), fl. vermilion and orange, curved,
cylindrical, disposed in dense panicles. I. lanceolate, h. 2ft. to
3ft. Mexico, 1877. A novel and striking under-shrub. SYJi.
C. Roezlii. (B- H. 1877, 469.)

Cnphea — continued.

C. Ignea (fiery). JL bright scarlet, apetalous, with a black and
white expanded Iftnb. Summer. L n'early glabrous, lanceolate
180 ) ' Evergreen. SYS. C. platyeentra. (F. d. S.

C. Jornllensls (Jorullan). JL red ; pedicels one to thre« together,
alternate, racemose at the tops of the branches • calyx clammy
Summer. I. oblong-lanceolate, acute, on very short petioles!
rounded at the base. Branches compressed, clothed with pu-
*"- > «• °" Mexico, 1856. Evergreen.

bescence. A. 2ft.

C. lanceolata (lance-shaped). JL bluish, sub-spicate, sub-secund.

•luly. I. opposite, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, hairy. A. Uft

Mexico, 1836. Plant ascending, clammy, hispid from brown hairs.

Annual Evergreen. SYS. C. rilmoidct. (B. M. 4362.)
C. Melvilla (Melvilla). fl., calyx red at the base, and green at

the apex, long; racemes terminal, simple, many flowered. May.

I. sessile, lanceolate, attenuated at both ends. A. 2ft to 3ft.

Guiana, 1823. Herbaceous perennial. (B. R. 852.)
C. mlnlata (vermilion), fl. pale vermilion, solitary, axillary, on

short pedicels. June to September. I. ovate-acuminate, covered

with white bristles. A. 2f U Mexico, 1843. Evergreen. (F.d.S.65.)
C. ocimoides (Basil-like). A synonym of C. ceguipetala.
C. plnetorum (pine-wood-lovingX JL crimson or deep purple,

panicled. July. L nearly sessile, ovate - lanceolate, strigose.

Branches ascending. A. lift. Mexico, 1850. Evergreen. SYS.

C. einnabarina. (F. d. S. 527.)

C. platyoentra (broad-centred). A synonym of C. iynea.
C. procumbens (procumbent). JL, petals rose-coloured ; sepals

purplish; pedicellate, solitary, deflexed. June. L opposite,

shortly petiolate. ovate-lanceolate. Branches procumbent.

Mexico, 1816. Stove annual (B. R. 182.)
C. Roezlil (Roezl's). A synonym of C. Uookeriana.
C. sllenoldes (Silene-like). A synonym of C. lanceolata.
C. strlgillosa (coarse-haired). A synonym of C. cyanea.
C. Zimapanl (Zlmapani'sX A blackish-purple, purple. Antumn.

A. 2ft. Mexico, 1B78. Evergreen. (B. M. 6412, under name of

C. lanceolata.)

CUPRESSUS (from Into, to produce, and pantos,
equal ; in reference to the symmetrical growth of C. tern-
pervirena). Cypress. OBD. Conifera. Very ornamental
evergreen shrubs or trees. Flowers monrccious. Fruit
globular, composed of peltate ligneous persistent scales,

Km. 570. CUPRESSUS CONE,' with the Scales separating,
separating at matority (see Fig. 570), to free the usually
numerous slightly-winged seeds. Leaves minute, scale-
like, imbricate, or linear-acute, spreading. Few of the
whole genus are really hardy; the remainder are liable
to be much damaged by severe frosts and fierce winds.
In the South and West of England and Ireland, they, as
a rule, thrive very well Any common garden soil suits
the hardy sorts, but they succeed best in a rather deep
soil, and in a sheltered situation. They may be propa-
gated either by cuttings or by seeds. The latter may be
easily collected when the matured cones burst open in
early spring, and should be sown in April, in a warm
friable soiL The seedlings will appear before the end of
May. After the first year's growth, the young plants
should be transplanted into rows, and removed again every
second year, with the view of causing their roots to
become fibrous and bushy. Nurserymen are in the
habit of shifting them into pots of increasing size.
C. callfornica (Californian). A synonym of C. Goveniano.
C. cashmerlana (Cashmere). A synonym of C. tondota.
C. elcgans (elegant). A synonym of C. Knightiana.
C. funebrls (funereal).* I. yellowish-green, scale-like, closely
appressed, imbricated. Branches horizontal when matured,
becoming pendulous at their extremities, giving the whole tree
a very graceful, weeping appearance. A. 50ft. North-east China,
1849. Half-hardy. SYS. C. peiuiula. (K. d. S. vi. 89.)
C. glandulosa (glandular). A synonym of C. UacSal/iana.
C. glauca (grey). A syuonyiu of C. liuitanica.

3 G

410

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cnpressus — continued.

C. Goveniana (Gowen's).* *., male catkins yellow, very nu-
merously produced in spring. I. scale-like, closely imbricated,
bright green. Branches spreading, with numerous, irregularly
disposed, slender branchlets. h. 15ft. to 20ft. California, 1846
A Swarf shrub, having a dense habit. SYNS. C. California and
C. Hartwegii.

C. Hartwegii (Hartweg's). A synonym of C. Goveniana.

C. Knightiana (Knight's).* A very rare tall tree, of elegant habit,
descried by Messrs'. Veitch as "with drooping, fealhery, and
fern-like brlnchlets, and well distinguishea by. the glaucous,
bluish hue of its foliage." It is the hardiest °f Mexican Cypresses,
but requires, in this country, a sheltered situation, h. 40ft. to 60ft.
Mexico, 1838. SYNS. C. elegant and C. Lindleyana.

C. Lambertiana (Lambert's). A synonym of C. macrocarpa.

C. Lawsoniana. See Cbamsecyparls Lawsoniana.

C. Lindleyi (Lindley's). A synonym of C. Knightiana.

C lusitanica (Portugal).* Cedar of Goa. I. imbricated in four
rows, acute, keeled, glaucous, adpressed. Branches flexuose,
spreading; branchlets numerous, incurved, scattered, ft 40ft. to
60ft. Goa, 1683. A very handsome low tree, but only half-hardy.
SYN. C. glauca.

C MacNablana (MacNab's).* I. small, scale-like, arranged in
fouYrows, deep gVeen. Branches short, thickly set; branchlets
numerous SSL A. 10ft. to 15ft. North California, 1853. A
densely branched, hardy shrub, with a pyramidal outline. SYNS.
C. glandulosa and C. nivalin.

FIG. 571. FRUITING BRANCH OP MONTEREY CYPRESS
(CUPRESSUS MACROCARPA).

C. macrocarpa (large-fruited).* Monterey Cypress. I. very dark
green, closely imbricated. Branches numerous, close set, hori-
zontal, with the extremities ascending; secondary branches
generally lateral and opposite, h. 50ft. to 60ft. South Cali-
fornia, 1847. A hardy, medium-sized tree, of great beauty, and
of extremely rapid growth. See Fig. 571. SYN. C. Lambertiana.

C. nepalensis (Nepaul). A synonym of C. torulosa.

C. nivalis (snowy). A synonym of C. ifacNabiana.

C. pendula (pendulous). A synonym of C. funebrit.

C. sempervlrens (evergreen).* " This is the fastigiate or upright
kind— a tall, tapering tree, with erect branches growing close

Cupressus — continued.

to the trunk, and with frond-like branchlets covered with smooth,
imbricated, yellowish -green leaves. The cones are about lin. in
diameter, and are generally produced in pairs." k. 6ft. to 100ft.
South Europe, 1548. Hardy in the South of England, and probably
in many other places in Britain. The following names have been
applied by various authorities to forms of this species : hori-
zontalis, indica.

C. torulosa (twisted).* I. glaucous, appressed to the stem, thin,
minute, very smooth, closely imbricated in four rows. Branches
short, ascending, much ramified at their extremities ; branchlets
slender, short, twisted, h. 50ft. to 70ft. Himalayas, 1824. A
very beautiful pyramidal, hardy, much-branched tree. SYNS.
C. cashmeriana and C. nepalensis. The variety Corneyana is a
low tree, with slender drooping branchlets, and comes extremely
close to the type.

CUPULA. The cup of an acorn, or other similar
fruit

CUPULAR, CUPULIFORM. Shaped like a cup.

CUPULIFER2E. A very important natural order of
trees and shrubs. Flowers monoecious. Male solitary,
crowded, or in spikes, bracteate; sepals unequal, ona to
five or more, or absent ; stamens two to twenty on a disk,
or adnate to the bases of the sepals; anthers two-celled.
Female: calyx adnate to the ovary, or absent; ovary
inferior, after fertilisation more or less completely two
to three (rarely four to six) celled ; styles stigmatose above
and within. Fruit indehiscent, seated on, or inclosed
within, the hardened accrescent bracts. There are ten
genera, and about 400 species. They are principally
confined to the temperate regions of the Northern hemi-
sphere, but some are found in New Zealand, Chili, and
the mountains of Java, Borneo, South Australia, &c.

CURATEIiliA (from curatus, worked ; the leaves, which
have a rough surface, are employed in Guiana for polishing
bows, sabres, and other weapons). OKD. Dillcniacece. A
genus containing a couple of species of very ornamental
dwarf stove evergreen shrubs, with white flowers,
winged petioles, and ovate rough leaves. They thrive in a
compost of loam and peat. Kipened cuttings will root
freely if planted in a pot of sand, with a hand glass placed
over them, in heat. Probably the only one in cultivation
is the following :

C. amoricana (American).* jl. white ; racemes issuing from the
adult branches. I. ovate, repand, and somewhat denticulated,
very rough, running along the petiole at the base. h. 10ft. South
America. The bark of this shrub is thick, wrinkled, and cracked,
and falls off in large pieces.

CTJRCULIGO (from curculio, a weevil ; the seeds have
a point like the beak of a weevil). Weevil Plant. OBD.
Amaryllidece. Of this genus, the only plants worthy of
general cultivation are C, recurvata and its variegated
forms. These are very ornamental stove foliage plants, of
palin-like growth. Their culture is easy ; they thrive in a
compost of peat and loam, in equal parts, and used in
moderate-sized lumps, with a fair proportion of silver
sand. The drainage must be perfect. Propagation is
effected by suckers, which form at the base of the stem.

C. recurvata (recurved).* ji. yellow, produced in dens
on scapes shorter than the leafstalks. I. spreading, recurved,
lanceolate, longitudinally plaited, dark green; petioles long,
erect. East Indies. (B. R. 770.)

C. r. Striata (striped).* I. marked with a distinct and effective
central band of pure white ; petioles whitish at the back.

C. r. variegata (variegated).* I. recurved, plaited, oblong-lanceo-
late, upwards of 2ft. long and 6in. broad, bright green, beautifully
banded longitudinally with stripes of clear white; petiole lift,
long. Rhizome tuberous. East Indies. A very handsome
variegated plant.

CURCULIO. See Weevils.

CURCUMA (from Kurkum, its Arabic name). Turmeric.
OBD. Scitaminece. A genus of above thirty interesting
stove herbaceous plants. Flowers in spikes, with concave
bracts ; calyx tubular, three -toothed ; tube of corolla
dilated above, five lobes equal, lip larger and spreading ;
filament petaloid, thrce-lobed at the top, with a two-
spurred anther on the middle lobe. They do well in a

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

411

Curcuma— continued.

compost of loam and peat, in proportions of two-thirds

of the latter to one of the former, to which may be added

a little sand. Propagated by root divisions.

C. albiflora (white-flowered).' fl. white, yellow. July. I long-
stalked, glabrous, somewhat plaited parallel to the nerves, deep
green above, paler beneath. A. 2ft Ceylon, 1862. (B. M. 5909.)

C. anstralasica (Australian).' fl. yellow ; spikes many-flowered ;
upper bracts rose-coloured, forming a pretty crown to the inflo-
CBTllleao ) oblong-lanceolate> k«ht green- Australia, 1867.

C. cordata (heart-shaped).' /. reddish-yellow ; spikes central ;
bracte ovate-obtuse.; tuft at top of spike violaceous. July. L

. . .

' acuminat?> dothed »»«» «lky hairs. A. 1ft East

C. elata (tall). /. crimson; spikes lateral. May. L sessile,

villous beneath, green. A, 3ft East Indies, 1819.
C. leucorhiza (white-rooted). fl. reddish-yellow ; spikes lateral,
May' L smooth. P11™ P^n. *• lft- Eas*

C. longa (long), fl., spikes central. August Z. long-stalked,
broad, green. A. 2ft East Indies, 1759. (B. M. PL 269!)

C. pettolata(petiolate).» fl. pale yellow ; spikes 5in. or 6in. long,
on a stout peduncle ; bracts rosy-purple, shortly ovate. Septem-
ber. J. rather large, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, cordate at the
base. A. lift Pegu, 1869. (B. M. 5821.)

C. Roscoeana (Eoscoe's).' /. scarlet ; bracts bright orange ; spike
nearly 1ft long August L large, oblong, about lift across.
A. 1ft East Indies, 1837. A veryliandsome species. (B.M.4667.)

C. rubrlcanlls (red-stemmed).' fl. red ; spikes lateral May.
{.stalked, oblong, with red sheaths. A. 1ft East Indies, 1822.

C. Zedoaria (Zedoary). fl. red ; spikes lateral. April to August
1. broad, sessile, sUky beneath. A. 3ft East Indies, 1797.

CURMERIA. Included under Homalomeua.
CURRANT (Ribes). There are three distinct types
of Currants in cultivation— the Eed (see Fig. 572), obtained

Flo. 572. FRUITING BRANCH OF RED Ccmuin1.

from Eibea ru.bm.m-, the White, a variety of the same
species; and the Black (R. nigrum). Both species are
either natives of Britain, or have been introduced from
some other part of Europe at a period unknown. The
fruit of the Eed Currant is largely used for tarts ; it is
also preserved in the form of jelly, or mixed with rasp-
berries for jam. The White is generally less acid, and is
more used for dessert, with a few Eed ones intermixed.
Black Currants are almost wholly utilised for cooking and
preserving, and are supposed to possess medicinal proper-
ties not found in either of the others. The trees grow in
almost any position, and the crop is often a remunerative
one to cottagers, particularly near large towns, and also
to market gardeners. Currants are in great demand in
private gardens ; and, in this case, if the trees are planted
in different positions, and protected, the fruiting season
may be considerably prolonged.

Currant— continued.

Propagation. Currants may be propagated by seeds,
cuttings, layers, or suckers ; and, in special cases, grafting
may be employed, using suckers or gross-growing seedlings
for stocks. Seeds are only sown for raising new varieties ;
but as the chances of obtaining improvements on those
sorts already existing, are extremely doubtful, this method
is but little adopted. Suckers are objectionable, as they
are often gross-growing and not free -fruiting ; they are
also very liable to reproduce suckers. Layers root easily
if the trees are dwarf and the shoots can be brought to
the ground in order to be pegged down ; but this mode is
seldom used, and is not here recommended. Propagation
by cuttings is the best and most generally practised plan.
These should consist of strong well-ripened young shoots,
taken off close to the old wood if possible. If a length of
from 12in. to 15in. can be procured, the cuttings should be
placed Gin. in the ground, first carefully removing the whole
of the eyes in this part, and also from some part of the
wood above ground, so as to form a stem. The earlier
they are taken in autumn after the wood is matured, and
inserted, the better ; but if this is not practicable, any time
when the ground is suitable, up till the end of February,
will be tolerably safe. The best method of putting in
cuttings is to dig a trench of suitable depth, somewhat
vertically, and place them about Gin. apart, afterwards
filling in and treading firmly. A space of 1ft. should be
allowed between the lines, and each other line proceeded
with in the same way after the first one is finished.

Soil and Site. Being vigorous root-producing plants,
Currants do best in good rich loam, 2ft. or more in depth,
rather heavy than otherwise, so as to retain moisture. In
dry seasons, if they are growing in light soil and are not
kept watered, the fruit shrivels or ripens prematurely,
being in either case inferior. Any fairly good soil will
grow Currants of moderate quality ; but for large crops and
fine fruit, the conditions above mentioned are the best.
Manure water, applied when the fruit is swelling, will
increase the size, but often affects the flavour. Established
trees should have a good annual dressing of farmyard
manure or cowdung after the winter pruning, removing
a little of the soil round the trees and placing the manure
in, afterwards covering it with the soil. Eed and White
Currants are often cultivated on the back walls of lean-to
glass houses, or other similar positions, in order to prolong
the season of fruit supply as much as possible ; but the crop
from such trees can hardly be expected to have the flavour
of that more exposed to the sun. The bush form is invari-
ably adopted for Black Currants, and for the main crop of
the Eed. A space of 5ft. or 6ft. must be allowed between
the trees in the open quarters, and a south aspect should
be avoided, especially in light soils. Bush trees, 3ft. high
and as much in diameter, are sometimes grown alternately
with pyramid Apple or Pear trees, by the sides of walks :
and Currants trained as pyramids are also well adapted for
such positions. The earlier the planting can be done in
autumn, after the leaves are off, the better, as new roots
are then formed at once, and a crop secured the follow-
ing season, presuming the plants are large enough.

Pruning and Training. For covering walls, a good plan
is to place young plants 3ft. apart, selecting the three
strongest shoots, and training one of them upright in the
centre, and the other two equidistant on either side, thus
placing all the main shoots 1ft. apart. Cut back if at
all weak, allowing them in course of time to reach the
desired height, and occasionally shorten all the laterals.
Bush trees should have a clean stem of Gin. or more at
the bottom, and from six to twelve main shoots, according
to the size of bush intended to be grown. Occasionally,
pyramids are formed by training one strong shoot to a
good height, shortening it each year, to insure the produc-
tion of spurs for fruiting. When trained in this way,
Currants have a fine effect, and are almost certain to pro-
duce good crops, which have the advantage of being kept

412

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Currant— continued.

free from dirt, while those on bushes are often made very
muddy by heavy storms. A large quantity of wood is made
in summer, and this should be thinned and shortened,
but not too severely, about the beginning of July. This
will materially assist in ripening the fruit, by admitting
more light, and also help to ripen the other wood. The
winter pruning will consist in shortening the main shoots,
where they have not attained the desired height, to about
Gin., and cutting all the young wood on the spurs nearly
close in. This process applies chiefly to Red and White
Currants. The Black varieties require different treatment,
as in this case the fruit is produced on the wood of the
previous year. Thinning out the old wood, and annually
renewing with young, is the plan to be adopted. The
leading growths will require but little stopping after the
plants are in bearing condition; but any strong or mis-
placed shoots should be removed. Black Currants should
not bo trained to fruit on spurs like the others, but they
may be made to do so by subjecting them to the same
system of pruning. The fruit for all purposes should be
gathered, if possible, when dry. When required for pre-
serving, it is better, if the weather is suitable, to wait
several dry days before gathering. If for dessert, it is
best gathered from the plants in fine weather as re-
quired. The trees should be carefully netted, without
leaving any open spaces, or the birds will be sure to find
them.

Insects, $c. Currants are subject to the ravages of all the
caterpillars that prove so destructive to the Gooseberry, the
trees being often entirely defoliated, excepting the petioles
of the leaves. Hand-picking should be vigorously pursued
as soon as any are detected, and the plants should be
watered with an infusion of Hellebore leaves. Other
caterpillars feed in the interior of the branches in spring,
causing them to die away. The parts affected should be
removed, and burned. Aphides are often found in large
numbers on the points of the shoots ; it is best to cut off
and destroy these, or the insects will fall on the fruit,
rendering it dirty and useless. Blackbirds and thrushes
are the most destructive amongst birds as soon as the fruit
is ripe. Carefully netting the plants is the only efficient
protection, and this is always necessary if the fruit is to
hang late for dessert.

Sorts. Names of Currants are very numerous, but the
distinct varieties are somewhat limited, a great many being
either synonyms or insufficiently distinct. The following
are amongst the best in cultivation :

Black. BLACK NAPLES, large and good, but, being early in leaf,
the fruit is sometimes liable to suffer from spring frosts, this is
an old variety, well proved to be good for general cultivation ;
LEE'S PROLIFIC, distinct and comparatively new, the bunches
are large, and the berries even larger than Black Naples, very
sweet, and abundantly produced, an excellent black variety ;
OGDEN'S BLACK GRAPE, large and fine, very prolific; SWEET-
FRUITED, a small sort, but little known, the fruit hangs longer
on the trees, if protected, than most other Black varieties.

Red. CHERRY, a large, deep red, early Currant; HOUGHTON SEED-
LING (Syn. Houghton Castle), a free-fruiting late variety, berries
deep red, and very acid; KNIGHT'S LARGE RED (Syn. Goliath),
berries bright red, bunches very large, and an abundant bearer ;
LA FERTILE, very prolific, large and good; LA HATIVE, a large,
early, free-fruiting variety ; MAMMOTH, one of the largest and
best ; RABY CASTLE, bunches long and large, berries bright red,
with a sharp acidity, an abundant-fruiting late variety that hangs
well ; RED CHAMPAGNE, a very prolific variety, of a pale pink or
flesh-colour, midway in flavour between the Red and White sorts ;
RED DUTCH, one of the best and most productive, and probably
the one most cultivated, it ripens early, the berries are large,
juicy, and of excellent quality ; WARNER'S GRAPE, a good variety,
with large bunches and berries.

White. WHITE DUTCH, this is the best of the White Currants,
the plants have a dwarf, bushy habit, like the Red Dutch, the
bunches and berries are large and freely produced, and of a
mild, sweet flavour ; WILMOT'S LARGE WHITE, a distinct variety,
and a good cropper, but not so much grown as White Dutch.

CURRANT CATERPILLARS. See Currant
Clear-wing Moth, Gooseberry and Currant Sawfly,
and Gooseberry or Mag-pie Moth.

CURRANT CLEAR- WING MOTH (Sesia tipuli-
formis). This moth expands to about fin. . The wings are
clear, except the veins, a border round the hind wings,
the tip, and a spot in the centre of each of the fore wings,
which are blackish. The antennae are black, and are
thickened towards the points. The body is black, with
three fine yellow bands. The legs are black and yellow.

FIG. 673. CATERPILLAR OF CURRANT CLEAR-WING MOTH
(SESIA TIPULIFORMIS).

These moths appear in July, and fly only when the sun
chines. The larvaa (see Fig. 573) live inside the stems of
Currant-bushes, and their presence is indicated by the
drooping, sickly appearance of the leaves above the points
attacked. The infested branches should be cut off and
destroyed.

CURRANT, FLOWERING. See Ribes saii-
guinenm.

CURRANT SAWFLY. See Gooseberry and
Currant Sawfly.

CURTISIA (named after William Curtis, a celebrated
English botanist, who founded the " Botanical Magazine ").
Assagay-tree. ORD. Cornacece. A fine greenhouse tree.
Calyx four-partite ; petals four, oblong, valvate ; stamens
alternating with the petals. Fruit a small obovoid four
(rarely three) celled drupe. It thrives in a compost of
sandy loam and peat. Half-ripened cuttings will root in
sandy soil, if placed under a hand glass, in gentle heat.

a (Beech-like). /. pale, small, very numerous, i
, trichotomous, much-branched panicles. June and July.

C. faginea

terminal, tri, - .

I. opposite, broadly ovate, toothed, shining above, ferruginous
beneath, h. 20ft. to 40ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1775. The wood
is solid, extremely tough, heavy, close-grained, very durable, and
resembles plain mahogany.

CUSCUTA (etjmology very doubtful). Dodder. SYN.
Pfeifferia. ORD. Convolvulacece. Leafless, twining, para-
sitic herbs. Flowers in bracteate heads, rarely spicate ;
corolla urceolate or campanulate ; limb five, rarely four-
cleft, marcescent. The stalks twine contrary to the sun's
apparent motion, sending out a number of little vesicles,
which attach themselves to the supporting plant. The
flowers of many species are extremely pretty and interest-
ing, and, in some cases, very fragrant ; but, from the
peculiar habit of the plants, they will never become
popular. All may be grown by simply sowing the seed
with those of the plants they most affect, though some
thrive on almost any plant. The following are the
best : — STOVE : americana, HooTceri, odorata, and verru-
cosa. GREENHOUSE : australis, chilensis, monogyna, and
reflexa. HARDY: macrocarpa, Epilinum, Epithymum,
europ&a, and Trifolii. The last four are British plants.

CUSC LTTACE.2E. A group of leafless, parasitic,
twining herbs, forming a division of Convolvulacece.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

413

CUSHION PINK. See Silene acaulis.
CUSPIDABJA. Included under Tsenitis (which «««).
CUSPIDATE. When a leaf, Ac., is suddenly nar-
rowed at the top, and then more or less prolonged into
an acumen or point.

CUSSONIA (named after Peter Cusson, 1727-1785,
Jesuit and physician, a Professor of Botany in the Uni-
versity of Montpelier; his writings were principally on
umbelliferous plants). OED. Araliaceae. A genus con-
taining about a dozen species of greenhouse evergreen
shrubs, natives of Eastern tropical and Southern Africa
and the Mascarene Islands. Flowers greenish. Leaves
glabrous, petiolate, palmate, with five to nine one-nerved,
entire or lobed leaflets. Trunks thick, rather succulent.
For culture, see Argyreia.

C. spicata (spikedX /- spirally disposed along the rachis of the
spike in five or sn series. 1. palmate ; leaflets petiolate, rariouslv
and acutely cut, often trifid at the apex. A. 6ft. to 10ft. Cape
of Good Hope, 1789.

C. thyrsiflora (thyrse-flowered). JL racemose, pedicellate along
the rachis. L palmate; leaflets sessile, cuneiform, obtuse, trun
cate, tridentate. h. 6ft. to 12ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1796.
CUSTARD APPLE. See Anona.
CUTICLE. The outer pellicle of the epidermis.
CUTTING-IN. A term applied to the shortening of
branches in shrubs and trees.

Cutting*— continued.

shoots that may be removed with a heel attached are often
to be preferred. Boots are formed, in the majority of
cases, at the node or joint only, and the incision should

FIG. 575. SOFT-WOODKD CUTTIXO, VERBENA.

be mad* immediately below. See Fig. 574. Some plants,
however, emit roots at any part of the stem that may
be of suitable texture, and these may be cut as shown at
Fig. 575. All Cuttings should be selected from healthy
plants, and all or the greater part of their leaves retained.
It is very important, when inserting, that the base should
be placed in contact with the soil ; and a layer of sand
ou the top tends to hold all firmly, until roots are

FIG. 574. SOFT-WOODED COTTIUGS PREPARED TOR INSERTING,

CUTTINGS. These are portions of a plant, usually
the shoots, that are entirely detached, and may, or may not,
be used for propagating purposes. A very large number of
plants are kept true to character, and rapidly increased, by
means of Cuttings. The perpetuation of distinct varieties
that may have been obtained from seed, or from fixed
sports, is often restricted to the same mode of propagation,
as seed from these can seldom be depended on to reproduce
the characters of the parent. Certain seasons and selected
Cuttings are necessary to insure success with many plants ;
but with others the season is a matter of little importance,
so long as other conditions are suitable. As a rule, these
conditions vary very considerably. Cuttings of most soft-
wooded plants require a higher temperature, and invariably
a much closer atmosphere, than that in which they grow
when established, to induce a speedy formation of roots,
and, in the meantime, prevent an undue evaporation of
moisture. Many hard-wooded exotics also require similar
treatment, but in a lesser degree ; while others that are
hardier, and inserted when the wood is firm and growth
inactive, require a longer time to form roots, and con-
sequently a steadier temperature. Soft-wooded plants, to
supply Cuttings in spring, should be placed in a little heat,
to cause active growth, before they are inserted. Those of
firmer growth are best when partially ripened, and side

formed. Coniferas, and hardy deciduous trees and ehrnbs,
can generally be propagated by Cuttings. These are

Fio. 576. HARD-WOODED CUTTISG, Eco.vmcs JAPONICCS.
best prepared from the terminal shoot of a branch, as re-
presented in Fisr. 576, and inserted in early autumn, when

414

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cuttings — continued.

growth ceases, and the flow of sap is consequently less
rapid. The length and size of Cuttings greatly depend on
the variety of plant, those which are of medium growth,
neither too sappy nor, on the other hand, too hard, being
invariably preferred. Experience will alone teach the
proper season, and the most successful method and suitable
situation, for propagating by this method in different
places, according to the various requirements of the plants
to be increased, and the means at command for so doing.
Shading, in spring and summer, is necessary in all cases,
with tender Cuttings under glass, until they have formed
roots.

Leaf Cuttings. Some plants may be increased by the
insertion of a leaf with bud attached to the base. In the
case of ornamental-leaved Begonias, Gloxinias, and others,
young plants are obtained by the formation of bulbs on the
petioles and midribs of the leaves, without the presence of
an eye or bud. Cotyledons, and some other succulents,
may be readily increased from leaves.

Root Cuttings refer to roots that ultimately form plants
when cut in pieces and inserted in soil. This is a quick
mode of propagating such plants as succeed. Cleroden-
drons and show Pelargoniums, amongst others, may be
cited as examples.

For further information on Cuttings, see Propagation.

CYANANTHUS (from kyanos, blue, and anthos, a
flower). OBD. Campanulacece. A small genus (six species)
of brilliant-flowered alpine herbaceous perennials, of pro-
cumbent habit. They should be grown on rockwork,
where their stems can nestle between the stones, and the
roots find plenty of moisture, as in a dip or hollowed part,
semi-shaded. The long and fleshy roots delight to run
amongst damp leaf mould and sand. Cuttings may be
taken during spring or early summer, and struck in sandy
peat, kept moist ; or strong roots may be carefully divided,
in spring; the latter method, however, is the least de-
sirable.

Cyan.anth.us — continued.

FIG. 578. CYANANTHUS LOBATUS.

CYANELLA (from the diminutive of kyanos, blue).
ORD. Liliacece. Pretty little bulbous plants, from the Cape
of Good Hope. Perianth segments six, the three lower
ones hanging down ; style and lowest stamen declinate.
Capsule roundish, three-celled. Leaves radical, rarely
cauline (attached to the base of the stem), lanceolate, or
linear. For culture, &c., see Ixia.
C. capensis (Cape), fl. purple ; racemes divaricating. July and

August. I. lanceolate, wavy. Stem leafy, panicled. h. 1ft.

August. I. lanceolate, wavy. Stem leafy, panicled.

1768. (B. M. 568.)

C. lutea (yellow). This differs from C. capensis in having a stem
with only one or two upright branches, instead of one
with many branches and those horizontally spreading
or divaricate ; in the leaves not being undulate, and
in having a larger and different-coloured corolla. A. 1ft.
1788. (B. M. 1252.)

C. odoratissima (very fragrant).* fl. deep rose, after-
wards fading to a pale blush, very sweet-scented,
en long peduncles, having a single bract below their
middle ; anthers yellow, the five upper spotted. July,
August. 1., radical ones ensiform, straight, dark
green ; stem ones linear-lanceolate, acuminate. Stem
erect, round, somewhat branched, flexuose. h. 1ft.
This plant does not succeed in the open air, although
it has been frequently reported as hardy. (B. R, 1111.)
Other species are: alba (white) and orchidiformis
(blue).

CYANOPHYLLUM (from kyanos, blue, and
phyllon, a leaf ; referring to the under surface of
the leaves). OED. Melastomacece. Stove ever-
greens, with very beautiful foliage. The species
thrive in a compost of good fibrous peat and leaf
mould, in equal parts, with one-fourth of silver
sand added. In potting, care should be taken
that the drainage is perfect, as water must be
given freely during summer, both to the roots
and foliage ; and a thoroughly moist atmo-
FIG. 577. CYANANTHUS INCANUS, showing Flowering Branch, and detached Flower sphere must be maintained, to prevent the
from which Calyx and Corolla have been removed, in order to show Ovary leaves becoming deformed while they are imma-
crowned with the rayed Stigma, and surrounded by the Stamens at the base. ture. propag*tion i8 eff ected by inserting cut-
a^^^^0^^^80^^^-131!1.6'16"11^1'1511-*01*111-1011?' tings and eyes in sand, where a good bottom heat can
^^^^^^"^l^t^ be "maintained, and shade from the sun secured; they
lobed, covered with soft white hairs. A. 3in. to 4in. Alpine may also be readily increased by seeds, when these are

procurable.

C. magnificum (magnificent).* fl. small, insignificant, disposed in
a large branching panicle. I. broadly-ovate, tapering to a point,
opposite, 1ft. to 2ift. long, 9in. to 12m. wide ; upper surface of a
beautiful velvety-green, midrib and primary veins ivory-white ;
under side reddish-purple ; veins very prominent. Mexico, 1858.
This is one of the most beautiful foliage plants in cultivation, and
fully bears out its specific designation. (B. H. 1869, 359.)

and rather

C. lobatps (lobed). fl. bright purple-blue, few, solitary, usually
terminal, about lin. in diameter, funnel-shaped, with five tongue-
shaped reflexed segments ; throat covered with numerous soft,
long, whitish hairs ; calyx large, thickly set with short blackish
hairs. August and September. I. small, fleshy, alternate, wedge-
shaped obovate , lobed. h. 4in. Alpine Himalayas, 1844. See

Tig. o/o. (K. M. WOO.)

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

415

Cyanophyllnm — continued.

C. spectandum (showy). 1. large, oval, lOin. to 20in. long,
4in. to 7in. broad at the widest part ; upper surface rich dark
velvety-green, midrib margined with metallic grey ; under side
pale green, tinged with red, rib prominent. Brazil, 1866. Very
handsome and distinct.
Other plants rightly or wrongly referred here in catalogues are :

asaamicum, Bowmani, and specwsum; they are, however, not worth

cultivating where those described above are grown.

CTANOTIS (from kyanos, bine, and ous, an ear;
alluding to the petals). SYN. Tonningia. OED. Comme-
linacece. A genus containing about thirty species of
pretty stove or greenhouse plants, allied to Tradescantia.
Flowers nearly regular; perianth segments six; exterior
ones nearly equal, navicular, connate at base; inner three
long, petaloid, connate by the claws. Leaves various,
small or middle-sized, sheathing at the base. Cyanotis
require a rich loamy soil, and good drainage. They are
propagated chiefly by young cuttings, inserted in sandy
soil, in brisk heat. Several species are enumerated.
C. barbata (bearded), fl. dark blue ; stamens with rather long,

upright filaments, densely clothed with deep blue hairs. August.

I. narrow. India, China, <fec. Greenhouse perennial.
C. kewensis (Kew). fl. rose. Winter and spring. Malabar,

1874. Stove perennial creeper. SYN. Erythrotis Beddomei. (B. M.

6150.)
C. nodiflora (knot-rlowered). fl. purple. South Africa, 1864.

i. entire, strap-shaped, ciliate, sheathing at the base. A. Sin.

to lift. (B. M. 5471.)

C YATHEA (from kyatheion, a little cup ; in reference
to the appearance of the spores on the back of the fronds).
OKD. Filices. Stove or greenhouse evergreen tree ferns.
Fronds simple or pinnate, or decompoundly pinnate.
Eeoeptacle elevated, globose, or elongated; involucre
globose, inferior, covering the whole sorus, afterwards
breaking at the summit and forming a more or less per-
sistent cup, even or regular at the margin. Sori on a
vein, or in the axil of the forking of a vein. Stem often
aculeated. For culture, see Ferns.

C. arborea (tree).* sti. and rachis pale brown, fronds large,
bipinnate ; secondary pinnae 5m. to Sin. long, sessile, oblong-
lanceolate, deeply pinnatifid or again pinnate ; pinnules oblong,
sub-falcate, serrated. West Indies, 1793. Unarmed, or copiously
prickly. Stove. SYN. C. Grevilleana.

C. canalionlata (channelled), fronds glabrous, bipinnate;
primary pinnae Sin. to ISin. long, oblong, acuminate, bipinnate,
and pinnatifld at the apex ; pinnules sessile, 1m. to IJm. long,
oblong, sub-acute, entire or serrated, son copious, near the
costa. Mauritius. Plant unarmed or indistinctly tuberculate.
Stove.

C. Cunningham! (Cunningham's).* cau. 12ft. to 15ft. long. sti.
and main rachises stramineous and asperous. fronds sub-coria-
ceous, flaccid, tripinnate; primary pinnae l*ft to 2ft. long;
secondary ones 3in. to Sin. long, oblong, acuminate, pinnatifid
only at the apex ; lobes or ultimate pinnules 4in. to 6in. long,
linear, obtuse, pinnatifid ; lobules entire, tori one to each lobe.
New Zealand, 1860. Greenhouse.

C. dealbata (whitened).* fronds sub-coriaceous, bi-tripinnate ;
pinnae oblong, acuminate, pure white beneath, deeply pinnatifid
or pinnate at the base; lobes oblong, acute, falcate, serrated.
son copious, sometimes confined to the lower half of the lobes.
New Zealand. Unarmed or slightly asperous. Greenhouse. See
Fig. 579.

C. Dregel (Drege's). fronds bipinnate; pinnules sessile, 2in to
3bTkE glabrous, narWoblong, acuminate, deeply pinnatifid;
lobes oblong-ovate, sub-falcate, obtuse, more or less serrated.
Natal, &c., 1873. Unarmed or only rough, with small tubercles
at the base of the stipes. Stove. C. Burkei differs from this
species in having the lobes of the pinnules rather broader.
C. excelsa (tall).* fronds bipinnate, coriaceo-membranaceous ;
primary pinnse 2ft. long, 6in. to Sin. wide; pinnules 3m. to 4m.
long, Ain. wide, sessile, deeply pinnatifid, sub-pinnate at the base ;
l«,bls oblong, obliquely sub-acute, serrated scaleless. son in the
fork near the costa. Mauritius, 1825. Unarmed. Greenhouse
or stove.

C. Grevilleana (GreviUe's). Synonymous with C. arborea.
C Hookeri (Hooker's), cau. IJin. thick, tti. short, fronds
coriaceorn^mbranaceous, 2ft. S 3ft long, 4in. to . 6uu wide,
elongato-lanceolate, acuminate, pinnate, pinnatind at tne apex
pinnse sub-linear-lanceolate, acuminate, sub-sessile, coarsely
dentato-pinnatifid. son dorsal on the veins or in the lower axils.
Ceylon, 1873. Stove.

C insignia (remarkable).* sti. scaly, fronds ample, coriaceous ;
DriSawpiniuB 8ft. long; secondary ones Tin. to 8m. long,
eCgaty0-oWong, finely acuminated, sessile, pinnatifid nearly to

Cyathea— continued.

the costa ; lobes oblong-falcate, obtuse, quite entire, the margin
slightly reflexed. sori copious. Jamaica. Stove. SYNS. C. prin-
eeps and Cibotium prineeps.

C. Integra (entire).* fronds firm-membranaceous, brownish-green,
paler beneath ; primary pinnae ample, lift, long ; pinnules sessile
or petiolate, 3in. to bin. long, from a truncated base, oblong-
acuminate, pinnatifid nearly two-thirds of the way to the costa,
broad-oblong, sub-falcate, acute, serrated, sori in two series
between the costule and margin. Amboyna and Philippine
Islands. Unarmed. Stove. SYN. C. petiolata.

C. medullaris (pithy).* cau. tall, fronds ample, bi-tripinnate,
coriaceous ; secondary pinnae Sin. to 6in. long, about lin. broad,
deeply pinnatifld or again pinnate ; pinnules oblong or linear-
oblong, obtuse, coarsely serrated in the sterile specimens, lobato-
pinnatifld in the fertile ones, with the margins revolute. sori
one to each lobule of the pinnule. New Zealand. Greenhouse.

C. petiolata (petiolate). Synonymous with C. integra.

C. prlnceps (princely). Synonymous with C. insignis.

FIG. 579. CYATHEA DEALBATA

. muricated ;
nules lanceo-

C Serra (saw-toothed).* sti. thicker than a finger
scales dense, large, whitish, fronds bipinnate; pin
latefdelply pinnatifid. 6in. to Sin. long, lanceolate, acuminate;
lobes linear-oWong, acute, serrated, falcate, son generally cover-
ing the whole of the lobes. West Indies, &c. Stove.

, cau. slender, erect 2ft to 4ft. long, fronds
long, lin. to 2Jin. wide, elongato-lanceolate.

simiated at the margin, acuminate, tapering into a short stipe at
the base. Ceylon, 186L Stove. SYN. Schizoccena sinuata.
CYATHODES (from kyathos, a cup, and odons, a
tooth ; in reference to the disk, which is cup-shaped and
five-toothed). OBD. Epacrideae. A. genus containing
thirteen species, of which four are from New Zealand, two
from the Sandwich Islands, and the others from Australia.
Ornamental erect-branched greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
with the habit of small trees. Flowers axillary, erect, or
drooping a little, small ; corolla funnel-shaped ; limb
spreading. They thrive in peat. Cuttings will root in
sand, with a little peat, if placed under glass.
C-aoerpsa (needle-Hke). JLjiU^A^gA*^
m. C. Oxyeedrus.

416

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cyathodes— continued.

C elauca (milky-green).* K. white. April to June. I. crowded
at intervals, somewhat verticillate, spreading or divaricate, linear-
lanceolate, h. 25ft Tasmania, 1818. Tree.
C. Oxycedrus (Prickly Cedar). A synonym of C. acerosa.
CYBELE. A synonym of Stenocarpus (which see).
CYCADACE2E. An order of small Palm-like trees or
Bhrubs, closely related to Com/era, usually with un-
branched stems, "marked with leaf - scars, and having
lar^e rays in the wood along with punctated ligneous
tubes" Flowers naked; males in cones; females, con-
sisting only of ovules, on the edge of altered leaves, or
placed below or at the base of scales. Seeds hard, or
with a soft spongy covering. Leaves pinnate. The order
embraces nine genera. Examples: Cycas, Dwon, Ence-
phalartos, Zamia.

YIG. 580. CYCAS CIRCINALIS.

CYCAS (the Greek name for a Palm). OED. Cycadacece.
Stove herbaceous perennials. Male flowers in cones, con-
sisting of scales, bearing anthers on their inner surface.
"The female plants bear in the centre of the crown of
leaves surmounting the stem, a tuft of woolly pinnately-
cleft leaves, in the notches of whose margins the naked or
uncovered ovules are placed " (Masters). Stem cylindrical,
usually unbranched, terminated at the top by a fine crown
of deeply-cut pinnate leaves. They thrive in strong loam
and river sand, in moist heat. The pots [must be well-
drained to prevent any stagnation. Propagation is effected
by seeds; and young plants are obtained from suckers,
which are occasionally thrown up. For small gardens, the
two species circinalis and revoluta, will be found quite

Indies, 1800. See Fig. 580. (B. M.

Cycas — continued.
sufficient, as the remainder are, for the most part, distinct
only in minor details. The handsome appearance of these
plants renders them excellent subjects for decorating
either stove, greenhouse, or conservatory ; and few sub-
jects are more graceful for the sub-tropical garden than
an old specimen of C. revoluta, when placed in a warm
and sheltered position, where it may be allowed to remain
from May till September.

C. circinalls (crook-leaved).* I. dark shining green on the upper
side, paler below, 6ft. to 12ft. long, pinnate ; pinnae falcate, from
6in. to 12in. long. Stem stout, cylindrical, increasing in size very
slowly. Stem of male plant somewhat slender, frequently two to
three times divided. East '
2826, 2827.)

C. media (middle).* I. elliptic-lanceolate, pinnate ; pinnae very
numerous, linear, acuminate, lower ones abbreviated and
passing into spines ; petioles and rachis nearly plane on
the upper side, and convex beneath. Trunk stout and
tall, cylindrical, bearing a very fine head of large leaves.
North Australia and Queensland, 1874. (I. H. 1879, 368.)
C. Normanbyana (Normanby's).* I. oblong-ovate, pin-
nate ; pinn<e numerous, contiguous, linear, about 6in.
long, Jin. wide, acutely pointed, slightly narrowed and
decurrent at the base ; petioles dorsally compressed, with
both faces angular and the base clothed with furfura-
ceous down. New South Wales, 1875.
C. revoluta (rolled back).* I. dark green, pinnate, 2ft. to
6ft. long. Stems very stout, bearing a very handsome
crown of leaves. China, 1737. In old plants, the stem is
sometimes 7ft. high, and then branches, thus presenting
a very unique and massive appearance. (B. M. 2963, 2964.)
C. Riumlniana (Riumini's). I. erect, spreading towards
the apex, pinnate ; pinnae tapering to a fine point, rich
bright green. Stem moderately stout. Philippine Islands,
1861. A rare but handsome species. (L H. 405.)
C. Rumphil (Rumphius'). I. pinnate, 4ft. to 6ft. long;
pinnas 6in. to lOin. long, hardly lin. broad, linear, lan-
ceolate, pale green, texture thin ; naked part of the
petioles armed with a double row of short spines. Stem
slender; summit bearing the crown of leaves. Indian
Archipelago.

C. siamensis (Siamese). I. about 30in. in length, oblong,
pinnately divided into about sixty-five pairs and one ter-
minal segment, all linear-lanceolate, abruptly spine-
pointed at the apex, and decurrent at the base along the
rachis, which is puberulous and rounded. Stem stout.
Cochin China, 1878. This species closely resembles
C. circinalis. (L H. 433.)

CYCLAMEN (from Tcyklos, circular; referring
to the spiral peduncle). Sowbread. OBD. Primu-
lacece. A very distinct genus of greenhouse and
hardy plants, with circular compressed perennial
rootstocks, from which the leaves and flowers
spring. Calyx five-partite ; corolla tube short ;
limb large, deeply lobed; lobes reflexed. Leaves
all radical, petioled, broad. The hardy species are
beautiful dwarf-flowering subjects, well adapted for
growing in well-drained positions on a rockery,
or, in the case of those sufficiently plentiful, for
naturalising in the grass by woodland drives,
where it is cool and shady. C. neapolitanum
succeeds if treated in this way. It flowers pro-
fusely in early autumn, at first destitute of leaves,
and, at this season, produces a pretty effect. The
very numerous varieties, so much cultivated in
pots, are the offspring of C. persicum. By selec-
tion and good culture, these have been already
brought to a high state of perfection, and new varieties,
of vigorous growth and with distinctly-coloured massive
flowers, are still annually selected.

Propagation of Cyclamens, whether species or varieties,
is effected by seed, which are never in better condition
for sowing than when freshly gathered. The hardy kinds
should be sown in pots and placed in a cool frame. As
soon as the seedlings appear, they should be grown on
in a futme until sufficiently strong to be placed out in
their permanent positions. A well-drained soil is essential,
and a sheltered situation, with protection in winter, is
to be preferred. All varieties reproduce themselves
tolerably true from seed, if kept isolated when in flower,
to prevent cross-fertilisation.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

417

Cyclamen — continued.

Cultivation in Pots. Few plants are better adapted
to pot culture for winter and spring decoration than varie-
ties of C. persicum (see Fig. 586), and few produce such
a profusion of flowers in return for the moderate amount
of care bestowed. A system of completely drying off in
summer was once thought a good plan ; but this has now
been abandoned by all good cultivators as most unnatural,
and the plants are grown from the seedling to the
flowering stage without a check of this sort. Seeds are
best sown in the autumn, as, if left until spring, a loss
of time is effected in the growth of the plants that are
intended to flower the following winter or spring. Ordinary
pots or pans should be filled with a compost of light
sandy soil, the seed placed thinly over the surface, then
pressed in, and slightly covered. A temperature of
55deg. will be sufficient to insure germination, the time
occupied varying according to the age of the seed. When
the seedlings appear, they must be raised near the
light, to prevent them becoming drawn, and, as soon
as large enough, pricked off — several in a 5in. pot
— and kept like this in a similar temperature till spring.
They may then be placed singly in Sin. pots, and grown
on in frames during the summer, with plenty of air after
becoming established, and also shading from bright sun-
shine. By July, most of the pots will be filled with
roots, and the plants should then be shifted into others,
Sin. or 6in. in diameter, in which they will flower. Good

FIG. 581. CYCLAMEN PERSICUM, showing Rootstock and
Mode of Rooting.

drainage must be insured, and a compost used of equal
parts loam and leaf soil, not, in any case, adding rank
manure. The roots proceed from the base of the fleshy
rootstock (see Fig. 581), and this should be about half-

Fio. 582. CYCLAMEN PERSICUM, showing Rootstock and
Manner of Flowering.

Cyclamen — continued.

covered with soil, leaving the tops clear whence the
flowers and leaves proceed (see Fig. 582). The after
cultivation consists chiefly in keeping the plants, at all
times, in a light airy place, near the glass, to prevent
drawing, and thereby weakening them. Shade in bright
weather only, apply water liberally, and syringe on fine
afternoons, to keep the plants clean and encourage growth.

Cyclamens may be grown on a second year by drying
moderately and resting for a time, afterwards reducing
and repotting. They should receive similar treatment to
that previously advised for young plants, but the flowers
are generally earlier and smaller a second year. It is not
advisable to save plants after this age, as seed sown each
year will keep up a stock, and young plants are much to
be preferred. If no seed is required, the flowers should be
removed when over.

Insects. Cyclamens are particularly subject to injury
from Green Fly, Bed Spider, and Thrips, at all stages of
growth. Neither must be allowed to obtain a footing, or
the leaves will soon become curled and irreparably injured.
Fumigating frequently, but not too strongly, will destroy
fly and many of the Thrips. Sponging the leaves, or dipping
them in soft soap water, and afterwards in clean water, is
the best remedy for clearing Cyclamens of spider. These
pests should be frequently looked for, and, when first ob-
served, measures at once taken to arrest their progress.
(African).* ft. white or red tinted, with a bright

C. afrloanum <

purple spot at

auricled at the base, Jin. to lin. long. September and October.

I. fully developed in December, cordate, orbicular,

length and breadth of 6in. to 8in., with both large de

and copious irregu' intermediate smaller ones, thin in texture,

fully developed in December, cordate, orbicular, reaching a
length and breadth of 6in. to 8in., with both large deltoid teeth

copious irregu' intermediate smaller ones, thir
and beautifully marbled with white. Tuber very large, with
fibres from all over the surface, h. 4in. to 6in. Calcareous
Mountains of Algeria. This very fine plant is closely allied to
C. neapolitanum, and, according to Mr. Baker, is but a sub-
species or geographical race of it. (B. M. 5758.)
C. olllolonm (Cilician).* fl., corolla segments pure white, with a
bright purple basal blotch, oblon<;-spatnulate, acute, not auricled
at the base. October. I. developed at the same time as the
flowers, sub-orbicular, entire, with close basal lobes. Rootstock
a largeregular depresso-globose tuber, with the slender root fibres
in a tuft from its base. A. 4in. Cilicia, 1872. This species some-
what resembles C. europceum, but may be distinguished from
that by its calyx segments.

Fio. 583. CYCLAME:

COUM.

odorous ; corolla the

C. Coum (Coum).* fl. usually deep

smallest of all the species, with oblong-spathulate segments.
February and March. J. cotemporary with the flowers, with a
shorter petiole than in any of the others, quite orbicular, firm in
texture, neither lobed nor toothed, nor variegated with white,
tinted purple beneath. Rootstock a depresso-globose tuber, with
slender root fibres in a tuft from the base. h. 4in. South Europe
and Asia Minor. See Fig. 583. (B. M. 4.) The two principal
varieties of this in cultivation are C. album, with white, and C.
carneum, with rose-red, corolla segments. C. orbiculatum, given
by some authorities aa a species, is doubtless a variety of this.

3 H

418

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cyclamen— continued.

FIG. 584 . FLOWER, BUD, AND LEAF OF CYCLAMEN EUROPIUM.

C. europseum (European), fl. bright red, very fragrant ; corolla
segments oblong-spathulate, Jin. to fin. long. August to October.
I. produced at the same time as the flowers, ovate-orbicular,
deeply cordate at the base, with close lobes, moderately firm in
texture, marbled with white above, tinted • ith purple beneath,
entire or minutely crenulate, always witho. ; large deltoid teeth.
Bootstock a depresso-globose regular tuber, with slender fibres
from all over its lower half, the tufts of leaves and flowers often
connected with it by a rhizome 2in. or Sin. long. h. 4in. Central
and Southern Europe, widely dispersed, 1596. See Fig. 584.
C. Clusii (B. R. 1013), C. littorale (B. R. 1846, 56), and C. Peaki-
anum (F. M. 262) are Italian forms of this species, with much
longer and more delicate flowers.

C. graecum (Greek), fl.
the base ; corolla segments

iin. to Jin. long. September and October. I. not developed till
after the flowers, cordate-orbicular, obtuse, small, firm in texture

pure white, with a bright purple spot at
ts oblong-spathulate, auricled at the base,
ber and October. I. not developed till
, -orbicular, obtuse, small, firm in texture

for the genus, irregularly denticulate, but without large deltoid
teeth, distinctly zoned with white above, and tinted with purple
beneath. Tuber large, red, often irregular in form, with a few
fibres in a tuft from its base. Mountains of Greece. A well
marked species, not unlike C. neapolitanum, but quite different
in leaves and tuber.

C. Ibericum (Iberian).* fl. bright red in the type, with a bright
purple spot at the base ; corolla segments oblong-spathulate.
February and March. I. cotemporary with the flowers, ovate-
orbicular, very obtuse, entire or faintly undulated at the edge,
firm in texture, distinctly zoned with white. Tuber globose,
larger than in C. Count, with the slender root-fibres in a tuft from
the base. h. Sin. Caucasus, 1831. This, according to Mr. Baker,
is but a sub-species or geographical race of C. Coum, but far supe-
rior to it for decorative purposes. (S. B. F. G. 9, under name of
C. vemum). There is a fine garden variety, C. Atkinsii, raised by
Mr. Atkins, of Painswick ; and a form having large pure white
flowers, with a bright-coloured purple spot at the base of each
segment (figured in F. d. S. 2425).

C. neapolitanum (Neapolitan).* fl. white or red, with a bright
violet-purple spot at the base ; corolla segments oblong-spathulate,
with a distinct auricle on both sides at the base, iin. to Jin. long.
August and September. I. developed before the flowers disappear,
cordate, ovate, finally Sin. to 4in. long and broad, very variable in
shape, thin in texture, usually furnished with several large deltoid
teeth, and often, but not always, with minute small ones. Root-
stock a very large depresso-globose tuber, sometimes attaining
1ft. in diameter, with fibres produced from all over its surface.
Central and Southern Europe, widely dispersed ; naturalised in
several places in Britain. See Fig. 5815.

C. persicum (Persian).* fl. inodorous in the type ; corolla the
largest of all the species ; segments white in the type, with a
bright claret-purple blotch at the base, oblong-spathulate, not
auncled at the base. March and April. I. cotemporary with
the flowers, ovate, irregularly crenate on the margin, moderately
firm in texture, distinctly variegated with white. Rootstock a
depresso-globose regular tuber, much larger than in C. Coum,
with a dense mass of fibres from all over the under side. h. 6in.
Greece, Palestine, and other parts of Syria, 1731. This is the finest
of all the species. -. See Figs. 581 and 582. There are a large
number of garden varieties (see Fig. 586), the most striking of
which 'are figured in F. M. 2435. C. album punctatum, C. dlep-

picum, and C. giganteum,
species.

are merely garden forms of this

Cyclamen— continued.

FIG. 585. CYCLAMEN NEAPOLITANUM, showing Single Flower,
Bud, and Habit.

3. repandum (repand). fl. rose-red, with a bright purple basal
spot ; corolla segments Jin. to |in. long, oblong-spathulate, not
auricled at the base. March to May. I. cotemporary with the
flowers, ovate-deltoid, cordate at the base, with an open sinus,
thin in texture, zoned with white, tinged with purple beneath.
Rootstock a small globose tuber, with a few slender fibres in a
tuft from its base. South Europe. (B. M. 1001, under the name
C. hedercefolium.)

FIG. 586. CYCLAMEN PERSICUM, GARDEN VARIETY.

Varieties Mixed seed from a good strain are best for
general cultivation, as they can be procured much cheaper,
and the produce represents a much greater diversity of
colour, than would be obtained from a few named varieties.
These latter, in many cases, soon become superseded by
still better selections, and are of most use to seed-raisers
for fixing a select strain. What is termed the giganteum
type is one that has flowers of immense size, but less in
number. The flowers in this and the ordinary section vary
in colour from pure white to dark purple, and some have
two or more colours beautifully blended.

CYCLOBOTHRA. See Calochortns.

CYCLODIUM. See Aspidinm.

CYCLOGYNE. Included under Swainsona (which

CYCLONEMA MYRICOIDES. See
dron myricoides.
CYCLOFELTIS. See Aspidinm.

Cleroden-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

419

CYCNOCHES (from Icylmoa, a swan, and auchen, a
neck; in reference to the long and gracefully curved
column). Swan Neck. OBD. OrcTiidece. The species of
this genus are deciduous. Flowers large, produced from
nearly the top of the bulb. Pseudo-bulbs thick and fleshy,
6in. to lOin. high, with three or four leaves on the top
of each. Propagation is effected by dividing the bulbs
when they commence to start into growth. For cultural
and structural remarks, see Catasetum.

C. aurenm (golden).* fl. light yellow, disposed in long, closely-set
racemes. A. 1ft. Central America, 1851. A remarkable and
handsome species. (P. F. G. 75.)

C. barbatnm (bearded).* JL small, bat very pretty ; sepals and
petals greenish-white, spotted with pink ; lip the same colour,
and^beantifully fringed. June. New Grenada. Very scarce.

C. cblorochilnm (greenish-yellow-lippedX* fl. large, very
fragrant ; sepals and petals yellowish-green ; lip lighter. June,
July. A. 2ft. Demerara, 1838.

C. Egertoniannm (Egerton's).* JL dark purple; sepals and petals
membranaceous, recurved ; disk of lip roundish, broken into
clavate processes ; column slender, very long ; raceme pendulous,
very long. Autumn. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1835. (G. C. 1843, 775.)

C. Lehmanni (Lehmann's).* JL, sepals salmon-coloured; petals
and lip orange; peduncle many-flowered, i. long, petioled,
cuneate, oblong acute, very strong. Pseudo-bulbs about 7in.
long, elongate, pear-shaped, furrowed. Columbia, 1880. SYN.
Luddemannia Lehmanni.

C. Loddigesii (Loddiges').* JL 4in. across ; sepals and petals of a
brownish-green colour, with darker spots, and bearing some
resemblance to the expanded wings of a swan ; spikes three or
four-flowered. Surinam, 1830. Very curious and desirable.
(B. M. 4215.)

C. macnlatnm (spotted), fl. buff-colour, thickly spotted with
purple ; numerously produced on a long raceme. Pseudo-bulbs
very short. A. 1ft. Mexico, 1839. a- H. 20, 143.)

C. mnscifernm (fly-bearing), fl. pale brown ; sepals linear-lanceo-
late, dorsal one refracted ; petals linear ; lip membranous, hastate;
lateral segments linear, ascending, middle one bearded at base,
tongue-formed at apex ; racemes loose. Early spring. A, 1ft.
Columbia, 1849. (P. F. G. iii. 29, 248.)

C. pentadactylon (five-fingered). JL very large; sepals and
petals pale yellow, tinged with green, with broad chocolate-
coloured blotches ; lip of the same colour, divided into five parts,
likeji man's hand. A. 1ft. Brazil, 1841. Very curious. (B. B.

ited). fl. very sweet-scented ; sepals and
v, with a white lip. July, August. A. 2ft.

C. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz's).* /. green, those on one spike
much larger and totally different in appearance one from thi-
other, so much so that, seen separately, they would be taken as
belonging to different genera ; the flowers on the shorter spike,
with the broad segments and simple lip, are probably female,
while the smaller and more numerous flowers on the longraceme,
and which have a much-divided lip, are male. 1879. (G. C. n. s.,
xii. 493.)

CTDONIA (from Kydon, in Crete, where the tree grew
in large numbers, and where, perhaps, the Greeks first
became acquainted with it). Quince. OBD. Rosacece.
Hardy deciduous trees and shrubs. Flowers large, either
solitary, or few together in a kind of umbel. Pome closed,
five-celled ; cells cartilaginous, many-seeded ; seed covered
with mucilaginous pulp. Leaves undivided, quite entire,
or serrated. For culture, &c., see Quince.

C. chinensis (Chinese). /. light rose-colour ; calyx five-parted,
reflexed, downy inside. Spring. L stalked, coriaceous, oval,
finely serrated. China. Small tree or large shrub. (B. B, 905.)

C. japonica (Japanese).* fl. deep scarlet, solitary, or two or three
together, produced the greater part of the year ; calyx glabrous ;
lobes short, obtuse, entire, fr. green, very fragrant, but not
edible, ripening in October. I. oval, somewhat cuneated, crenate-
serrated, quite glabrous on bott£ surfaces ; stipules reniform,
serrated. A. 5ft. to 6ft. Japan, 1815. " One of the most desirable
deciduous shrubs in cultivation, whether as a bush in the open
lawn, trained against a wall, or treated as an ornamental hedge
plant It has also been trained up with a single stem as a
standard; and, in this character, its pendent branches anil
numerous flowers give it a rich and striking appearance, especially
in early spring. It is difficult to unite with its congeners by
grafting ; but, if it could be grafted standard high on the Pear,
the Hawthorn, or even the common Quince, it would form a most
delightful little tree. Readily propagated by layers or suckers,
and it also grows by cuttings.'' See Fig. 587. There are many
varieties, including a white, as well as a double red-flowered
form.

Cydonia— continued.

C. Manlei (Maule's).* fl. bright red. April, fr. golden-yellow
produced in great abundance! agreeably Pperfume! CHSS3
ingly acid to the teste ; it, however, makes an excellent conserve.
i. somewhat smaller than those of C. japonica, and plant dwarfer
and more compact in habit. Japan, 1874. One of the most
recently introduced shrubs. SYN. Pynu

Pio. 587. CYDO.NIA JAPO.MCA, showing Flowering Branch, Fruit,
and Single Flower.

C. vulgaris (common). Common Quince, fl. white or pale
red, large, few, disposed in a kind of umbel'. May or June.
fr. varying in shape in different varieties, glandular, oblong,
ovate, or obovate ; it has a peculiar and rather pleasant apple-
like smell, and an austere taste. /. ovate, blunt at the base,
quite entire, clothed with white tomentum beneath, as well as
the calyces and pedicels. A. 20ft. South Europe, 1573. (Enc. T.
and S. 450.) See a U-o Quince.

Fio. 588. FRUITING BRANCH OP CYDO.MA VULGARIS LUSITANICA

(PORTUGAL QUINCB)i

C V. lusltanica (Portuguese). Portugal Quince. This has
broader leaves and larger fruit than the two under-mentioned
kinds ; and, being of more vigorous growth, it is better adapted
for use as a stock for Pears. See Fig. 588.
C. v. malifonnis (apple-shaped), fr. apple-shaped.
C. V. pyriformla (pear-shaped), fr. pear-shaped.
CYIiINDRICAL. Cylinder-shaped ; round.
CTLISTA (from Jkylix ; in reference to the calyx being
very large). OBD. Leguminosce. A stove evergreen
woody twiner, with axillary simple racemes of yellow
flowers, pinnately-trifoliolate leaves, and rhomboid or
ovate, acute, stipellate leaflets; bracts large, caducous.

420

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cylista — continued.

It thrives in a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings will
root in sand, if placed in bottom heat, and covered with
a glass.

C. alblflora (white-flowered). A synonym of Rhynchosia cyano-

gperma, albiflora.
C. scariosa (scarious). fl. pale yellow, mixed with red ; calyx

very large, scarious, with the upper segment emarginate, lower

one very large. East Indies, 1806.

CYMBIDIUM (from kymbe, a boat; referring to a
hollow recess in the lip). ORD. Orchidece. A genus of
about thirty species of stove orchids, for the most part
natives of India, the Malayan Archi-
pelago, and China, two species are
African, three Australian, one New
Caledonian, and one Japanese. Many
of them have small and inconspicuous
flowers; but a sufficient number of
handsome species are to be found in the
genus to induce the cultivator to have
it well represented in any house, how-
ever small. Their characteristic features
are to be found in the long, narrow,
sword-shaped leaves, and in the label-
lum, which is ornamented with a pair
of curved elevated lines on the lower
part; the sepals and petals are linear-
oblong. When once established, Cym-
bidiums are not difficult to grow ; but, on account of
their thick fleshy roots, they are by no means easy to
restore, if imported in a bad state. They succeed best
cultivated in pots, and should be placed in a compost
of good rough peat, sphagnum, and a little sharp sand.
The thin-leaved kinds, especially, must never be dried, or
the loss of many leaves will, as a consequence, follow, to
the great disfigurement of the plants; but it should be
borne in mind that there must be a great difference
made in the quantity supplied during the summer and
winter. Cymbidiums, when not growing, should be kept
somewhat cool, and plenty of fresh air given at all times,
avoiding cold chills.

Cymbidium — continued.
C. affine (kindred), fl. white, with a few purplish dots on the

anterior of the lip ; racemes many-flowered. I. linear-acuminate,

rigid. India, 1878. (F. M. n. s. 346.)
C. aloifolium (Aloe-leaved), fl. rich pale purple, with a long,

almost black, stripe down the centre ; spikes drooping, many-

FIG. 589. CYMBIDIUM EBURNEUS

FIG. 590. FLOWER OF CYMBIDIUM GIGANTEUM.

flowered. September. 1. very thick and fleshy, h. 1ft East,
Indies, 1789. (L. B. C. 967.)

C. bicolor (two-coloured).* fl, resembling those of C. aloi-
folium, but distinguished from that species by the presence
of a sac at the bottom of the lip, and also a number of stains
and stripes of very deep crimson. April. Ceylon, 1837.

C. canaliculatum (channelled).* /.,
sepals and petals purplish - brown,
edged with green ; lip greenish-white,
with a row of pink spots just within
the edge ; racemes drooping, bearing
numerous moderate - sized flowers.
April. 1. broadly linear - elongate,
keeled. Stem short, compressed,
almost pseudo • bulbous. North-
eastern Australia, 1870. (B. M. 5851.)
C. Dayanum (Day's).* fl. yellowish-
white, marked with port-wine coloured
streaks on the middle lines of sepals
and petals, and a similar border and
numerous small streaks on the lip ;
racemes many-flowered, pendulous.
I. about 4ft. long, narrow. Assam.

C. Devonianum (Duke of Devon-
shire's).* fl., sepals and petals light
brown, with dull mauve-purple streaks
and blotches; lip white, with nu-
merous dark purple lines and blotches,
the acute, reflexed, anterior part
wholly of a fine dark purple, almost
rhomboid ; racemes nodding, many-
flowered. I. lanceolate-oblong, acute,
with long channelled petioles. India,
1837. (P. M. B. 10, 9f.)

C. eburneum (ivory).* /. deliciously
fragrant, very handsome, large, Tulip-
like ; sepals ivory-white; petal and
lip stained with pale yellow ; racemes
erect, usually one (but sometimes
two) flowered. February. I. narrow,
sword-shaped, distichous, bright light
green. With age, this very rare spe-
cies forms a stout stem-like pseudo-
bulb, but, when young, it shows no
sign of this. East Indies, 1846. See
Fig. 589. (B. B. 33, 67.) There are
one or two varieties.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

421

Cymbidium — continued.

C. gigantenm (gigantic).* JL large; sepals and petals brown;
lip brown, stained with yellow andhlotched with purple ; racemes
erect, many-flowered. Winter and spring, lasting several weeks
in beauty The plant has a distinct pseudo-bulb, which is clothed
with the broad sheathing bases of the long sword-like leaves.
Northern India, 1837. A strong and bold-growing species, but
somewhat shy at flowering. See Fig. 590. (P. M. B. xii. 24L)

C. Hookerianum (Hooker's).* JL very large, upwards of 4in. in
diameter; sepals and petals green; lip straw-coloured, deep
yellow at the margins, round which are large blotches of rich
purple; racemes erect Sikkim Himalayas, 1866. A fine cool-
house species, similar to C. giganteum in habit, but striped with
greenish-yellow at base of the leaves. (B. M. 5574.)

C. Button! (Button's).* JL rather large ; petals wholly of a deep
chocolate-colour; sepals and lip thickly marked with transverse
chocolate-coloured bars on a whitish ground; racemes long,
drooping, radical. L twin, coriaceous, nerveless. Pseudo-bulbs
elongated. Java, 1857. A very distinct species. (B. M. 5676.)

C. Leachianum (Leach's).* Jl., sepals and petals lignlate, acute,
whitish-ochre colour, with a brown line running nearly to the
; lip nearly totally brown except the whitish disk with'
keels,_three-lobed ; racemes loose, i. linear-lanceolate,

1L olive-green, brown, whitish.

apex
two

acute. Formosa, 1878.
C. longifolium (long-leaved).
November. India, 1873,

C. Lowiannm (Low's).* JL large : sepals and petals green, with a
few faint sepia-brown lines over the strongest nerves ; lip whitish-
yellow; disk of anterior lacinia in the beginnins purple, later
maroon brownish-purple, with a very narrow pallid border, a few
spots at base of lip. March. Burmah, 1877. (G. C. n. s., xi. 405.)
C. Masters!! (Masters').* fl. pure ivory-white, saving a stain of
pink on the lip, and with a fragrance like that of almonds:
racemes erect, many-flowered. Winter. Assam, 184L In general
appearance, the growth of this species resembles C. ebumeum,
but the leaves are longer, broader, and more recurved, and are
destitute of the close sheathing base which is a striking feature
in that plant (Gn., May, 1884.) There are one or more varie-
ties of this species.

C. ochroleucum. See Camaridium ochroleucum.
C. Parish!! (Parish's).* A very rare and beautiful species. De-
scribed as follows : sepals and petals ivory-white ; lip with an
orange middle zone, and an orange disk to the anterior lobe, both
painted with purplish-brown spots. The side lobes of the lip have
numerous spots of a most lively purplish-violet, which give the
chief charm to the flower. The back side of the column is white,
the edges are yellow, and the front side is yellow, with some
brownish-purple spots on the foot Peduncle two or t'.iree-
flowered. L ligulate, narrow, acute. Burmah, 1874. (W. O. A. 25.)
C. pendulum (pendulous). Jl., sepals and petals brown ; lip red,
striped with white ; racemes long, drooping, from 1ft to 2ft in
length, many-flowered. July and August L erect long, narrow,
thick, leathery, dark green. Nepaul, 1838. A large-growing
plant. (B. R.26,25.)

C. p. purpureum (purple).* A very handsome variety, producing
racemes from 2ft to 3ft long ; sepals and petals of a rich deep red ;
lip white, with crimson markings. East Indies, 1868.
C. sinense (Chinese).* JL deliciously fragrant ; sepals and petals
brown and purple; lip yellowish-green, spotted with purple;
racemes tall, erect, many-flowered. China, 1793. (L. B. C. 37.)
C. tigrinum (striped). ft. large; sepals and petals greenish-
yellow, spotted with red ; lip large, tapering to a point, middle
portion white, striped with cross bars of purple, sides of the lip
also purple. L about 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs nearly round.
Tenassenm, 1864. (B. M. 5457.)
CYMBIFORM. Boat-shaped.

CYMBURT7S. A synonym of Stachytarpheta
(which see).

CYME. An inflorescence which is branched and cen-
trifugal, the central flower always opening first. Example :
Cerastium.

CYNANCHUM (from kynos, a dog, and ancho, to
strangle; in allusion to the poisonous properties of some
species). STN. Symphyoglossum. ORD. Asclepiadeae. A
genus containing about eighteen species of twining herbs
or sub-shrubs, natives of South Europe, Africa, Asia, and
Australia. Umbels interpetiolar ; corolla sub-rotate, five-
parted ; corona membranous, forming a loose cup or tnbe
round the anthers; anthers terminated by a membrane.
Leaves opposite. The following species are of very easy
culture in ordinary garden soil; and are readily propa-
gated by dividing the roots, in spring.
C. acutum (acute). 1 white or rose-coloured, scented, in small,
stalked, axillary or terminal umbels. July. L lanceolate,
deeply cordate at the base. A. 2ft to 12ft South Europe, Ac.
Hardy climber.

C. nigrnm (black). A synonym of Vineetoxieum nigrum.
C. pilosum (pilose). A synonym of Yincetoxicum pilorum.

Cynanchum — continued.
, roseum (rosy).* Jl. rosj
narrow-linear. A. 1ft to lift Western Asia. Hardy "perennial."

C. roseum (rosy).* Jl. rosy-red. Summer. L shortly stalked,
narrow-linear. A. 1ft to IJft "* '
SVN. Cycoctonum roteum.

C. Vincetoxloom (Vincetoxicum). A synonym of F*nc«toxfcum

ofKcinale.

CYNARA (from kyon, a dog; the spines of the in-
volucre being likened to dogs' teeth). Artichoke. OBD.
Compotitce. A genus containing about six species of hardy
herbaceous thistle-like perennials, natives of the Mediter-
ranean region and Canary Islands. Involucre broad or
sub-globose ; coriaceous bracts in many series ; receptacle
fleshy, flat, densely setose ; pappus hairs many-seriate,
plumose. Although some of these are much more gene-
rally grown for economic purposes than for floricultural
ornament, few plants are more stately or effective when
planted in the backgrounds of borders or the outskirts
of shrubberies. For culture and propagation, see Arti-
choke (Globe) and Cardoon.
C. Cardnnculus. Cardoon. JL-headt purple ; scales of involucre

ovate. August and September. L spiny, all pinnatifld. A. 5ft

South Europe, 1658. (B. M. 324L)
C. horrida (horrid). JL -head* purple. August and September. I.

pinnatitid, downy beneath, spiny ; spines of the base of leaves

and pinnae connate at base. A. 6ft South Europe, Ac., 1768.

(S. F. G. 834.)
C. Scolymus. Globe Artichoke. JL -heads purple, very large ;

involucre consisting of oval-obtuse, sometimes einarginate, downy

scales. Autumn. I. long, nearly pinnatifld, somewhat spiny;

under surface covered with white cottony dowu. A. 3ft to 6ft.

.1548. This is not a species, but merely a cultivated form of

C. Cardunculu* ; it is nowhere found wild.

CYNIPS. See Galls.
CYNIPS ROSf. See Rose-Galls.
CYXOCRAMBE. A synonym of Thelygonuxn
(which see).

CYNOGLOSSUM (from kyon, kunos, a dog, and

glossa, a tongue ; in allusion to the form of the leaves

of most species). Hound's Tongue. ORD. Boraginecc.

Tall, robust, downy biennials or perennials, soft to the

touch. Racemes usually bractless, fecund, terminal, simple,

bifid, or twin ; corolla funnel-shaped or sub-rotate ; throat

closed by prominent scales. Leaves large, broadest at top.

All the species are coarse-growing, but the flowers of some

are very pretty. For culture, see Dipsacus.

C. chelrifollum (Wallflower-leaved). JL, corolla rose-coloured,

processes of the throat deep red ; racemes bracteate, terminal,

simple. June and July. I. lanceolate, obtuse, tomentose, hoary.

h. 6in. to 12in. South Europe, 1596. Biennial.

C. Dioscorldls (Dioscorides'). Jl., corolla red or flesh-coloured,

with deeper veins ; racemes elongated, bractless, loose, usually

terminal June. I. narrow-lanceolate, acuminated, dilated at

the base, rather hispid. A. lift, to 2ft. South-west Europe, 1820.

Biennial.

C. offlcinale (officinal). JL, corolla reddish; processes of the
throat purple ; racemes bractless, panicled at the time the flowers
are open, terminating the branches and stem. June. /., lower
ones broad-lanceolate ; superior ones broadest at the base, acute,
canescent from downy tomentum. A. 2ft Europe (Britain).
Biennial.

C. O. bicolor (two-colouredl Jl., corolla white, with the pro-
cesses in the throat red, and the limb marked with five red spots.
I. lanceolate, narrowed at the base, downy ; upper ones sessile,
cordate. Germany. Biennial.

C. pictum (painted). JL, corolla purple or blue, elegantly marked
with deeper-coloured, dichotomous veins, which are branched
at top ; racemes bractless. August L lanceolate, acute ; upper
ones ovate-lanceolate, cordate, finely tomentose. Stem bluntly
angular. A. 2ft South Europe, 1658. Biennial. (B. M. 2134.)
C. virginloum (Virginian). Jl., corolla pale bine; racemes
bractless. July. I., lower ones somewhat spathulate-lanceolate ;
superior ones clasping by a deep heart-shaped base, lanceolate-
oblong, acute; smoothish above and shining, but scabrous
beneath. A. 2ft to 5ft United States. Perennial.

CYNOMETRA (from kyon, a dog, and metra, a
matrix ; in reference to the shape and consistence of the
pods). ORD. Leguminosae. Stove evergreen trees. Flowers
red, rising from the main trunk of the tree. Legumes
brown, edible. Leaves abruptly pinnate, consisting of a
single pair of leaflets. About twenty species are known
to science ; they are distributed over the tropical portions
of both hemispheres. For culture, see Copaifera.

422

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cynometra— continued.

C. canliflora (stem-flowering), fl. white; racemes rising in

fascicles from the trunk, sometimes short and few-flowered,

sometimes elongated and many -flowered. I., leaflets emarginate

at the apex. h. 30ft. to 40ft. East Indies, 1804.

CYFEIiliA (from kypellon, a goblet or cup ; referring

to the form of the flowers). STN. Folia. ORD. IridecB.

Very pretty little half-hardy bulbous plants, comparatively

rare in cultivation. Perianth segments free; outer ones

obovate, spreading ; inner ones much narrower, erect, with

recurved apices. Leaves plicate. Bulbs tunicated. They

thrive in light soil, in a moderately sheltered position.

If the roots are allowed to remain in the ground during

winter, ample protection must be afforded; but it is

generally more satisfactory to lift them, and plant again

in spring. Propagated by offsets; or by seed, sown as

soon as ripe, in a cool house.

C. cserulca. See Marica crcrulca.

C. Herbert! (Herbert's).* fl. yellow, varying from a light shade
to a deep chrome tint, sparingly produced on a stalk ; perianth
segments ovate at the tip, somewhat contracted in the middle,
and spotted or barred with a deeper colour at the base. July.
1. lanceolate, tapering, h. 1ft. Buenos Ayres, 1823. (B. M. 2599,
under the name of Tigridia Herberti.)

C. peruvlana (Peruvian), fl. two to three in a solitary stalked
terminal cluster, fugacious, and appearing in succession from the
spathe ; limb bright yellow, spotted at the base with red-brown ;
stigma bright yellow, bifid, petaloid. I., stem ones glabrous,
linear, papyraceous, plicate; basal ones vanished by the time
the plant flowers. Bulb ovoid, tunicate. Andes of Peru, 1874.
A very handsome species. (B. M. 6213.)

C. plumbea (leaden-coloured), fl. lead-coloured, tinged with
yellow in the centre, solitary, widely expanded, very fugacious,
lasting only a few hours ; stigma consisting of short, two-lobed,
transverse, tender lobes. Autumn. I. distant, sword-shaped,
plicate. Stem slender, 3ft. or more high. Mexico, 1838. A very
remarkable plant (B. M. 3710, under the name of Phalocalli*
plumbea.)

CYPERACE2B. An extensive order of grass-like
tufted plants, with solid, usually jointed, and frequently
angular, stems. Leaves with their sheaths entire. The
order contains few genera of horticultural value ; but the
following include species worth notice : Carex, Cyperus,
Papyrus, and Scirpus.

CYPERUS (from a Grecian appellation given to one
of the species of this genus). Including Trentepohlia.
ORD. Cyperaceoe. A genus of about 700 species of peren-
nial (rarely annual) rush or grass-like herbs, of various
habit. Flowers bisexual, glumaceous ; spikes two-ranked,
many-flowered; glumes of one valve, keeled, mostly all
fertile, equal ; bristles none ; stamens one to three. Leaves
narrow, grass-like. Of the enormous number of species
belonging to this genus, the following are amongst the only
ones generally cultivated ; these are valuable for decorative
purposes. They may be grown in small pots, in a compost
of loam and sand, with the addition of a little peat.
Plenty of moisture is essential. Propagation is effected
either by divisions, or by seed, sown in gentle heat.
C. altornifolius (alternate-leaved).* Stems erect, numerous, dark

arranged in an urn
The habit of this

green, jointless, supporting a quantity of long narrow leaves
• in an umbellate manner, h. 1ft. to 2ift. Australia.
. of this elegant greenhouse plant is very compact.
It constitutes an excellent window subject. Perennial.

C. a. variegatus (variegated).* A very pleasing form. Stems
and leaves elegantly streaked with white, and sometimes wholly
white. It is very useful for cutting, as well as for vase and table
decoration, h. IJft. Greenhouse perennial.

C. laxtis (loose), fl., spikelets oblong, bluntish, greenish, or
greenish-brown, six to sixteen-flowered ; glumes roundish-ellip-
tical, mucronate, with a greenish spreading point. Stem triangular,
glabrous, h. 2ft. to 3ft. West Indies. This perennial plant is
well adapted for table decoration ; and, to grow it successfully,
requires to be placed in a damp greenhouse. (G. C. n. s., ii. 99.)

C.longus (long).* fl., panicle umbellate-corymbose, lax; spikelets
linear, attenuated at each end; glumes three to five-nerved,
always erect, chestnut-red, with a green midrib. Autumn. I.
two or three, in the lower half of the stem, grooved above, or
sharply keeled beneath, scabrous at the edges, bright green and
shining above, pale beneath ; sheaths reddish-brown at the base.
Stem solitary, erect, triquetrous, stifi. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Europe and
North Africa. England (but rare), in marshes and wet meadows ;
abundant in the Channel Isles. An elegant perennial plant for
margins of lakes, <fcc. (Sy. En. B. 1578.)

CYFHIA (from kyphos, curved ; in reference to the
stigma being gibbous). ORD. Campanulacece. A. genus
containing about a score species of half-hardy perennial
herbaceous plants, natives (with the exception of one from
Abyssinia) of the Cape of Good Hope. Corolla bilabiate ;
segments easily separated to the base, spreading at the
apex. Leaves alternate, undivided, pinnate, and pinnatifid.
They thrive in an equal mixture of loam, peat, and sand.
Cuttings will root readily under a hand glass, in a cool
house. Some species have large tuberous roots, which
must be kept quite dry when not in a growing state,
or. they will rot. They may be increased just as the
stems begin to push out from the root, by cutting off as
many of the shoots as are required, and placing them
in a small pot, in the soil recommended above, with
plenty of sand. The young plants should be kept dry
till callnsed, but not covered with glass. They will soon
form tubers of themselves, and the old plants will make
fresh shoots.
C. bulbosa (bulbous), fl. pale blue. August. I. digitate ; lower

ones pinnatifid, with unequal lanceolate lobes ; upper ones often

simple. Stem rarely branched, h. 6in. 1791.
C. Cardamlnes (Cardamine-like). fl. racemose, on very short

pedicels. July. I. pinnate, with ovate, toothed leaflets. Stem

scape-formed, simple, h. 6in. 1823.
C. Phyteuma (Rampion). fl. pink ; scape erect. February. I

oblong, crenated, ciliated, h. 3m. 1822. (B. R. 625.)
C. volubilis (twining), fl. axillary, solitary, pedicellate ; corolla

pale blue, ringent or bilabiate, about lin. long. I. entire and

toothed, linear. Stems filiform, twining contrary to the sun's

apparent motion. 1795.

CYPHOKENTIA (from kyphos, a tumour, and Kentia;
a Kentia-like Palm, having a lateral protuberance on the
fruit). ORD. Palmece. For cultivation, see Areca.
C. robusta (robust)* is described as a very elegant plant, with

pinnately-divided spineless foliage. New Caledonia, 1878.

CYPHOMANDRA (from kyphoma, a hump, and aner,
a man ; in allusion to the anthers forming a hump). SYN.
Pionandra. OBD. Solanacece. In this genus there are
about twenty-four species, all natives of South America.
The only one worthy of mention here is G. betacea, which
is a handsome greenhouse shrub, thriving in a compost
of loam and leaf mould. Propagated by seed ; or by cut-
tings, placed under a hand glass, in bottom heat.
C. betacea (esculent), fl. in long pendulous racemes, when in
bud purple, then greenish ; when fully expanded green, with a
dark streak on the back of each segment, fr. reddish when ripe,
egg-shaped ; an excellent substitute for tomatoes. I. somewhat
succulent, stalked, shortly acuminate, entire, glossy dark green.
Stem erect, arborescent, finally attaining a height of 12ft. to 14ft.
South Brazil, 1836. SYN. Solanum fragrans. (B. M. 3684.)

CYFHOSFEBiMA (from kyphos, a hump, and sperma,
seed; in allusion to the form of the seed). ORD. Palmcb.
A genus containing a couple of species of unarmed stove
Palms, with stout annulated stems; both are natives of
New Caledonia. The second species has not yet been
introduced to cultivation, and that described below is
much better known under its garden name of Kentia
robusta. For culture, see Areca.
C. Viellardil (Viellard's). 1. piimatisect ; segments coriaceous,

elongate-ensiform. New Caledonia. SYNS. Kentia robusta and

K. Vie.llarO.ii.

CYPRESS. See Cupressns.

CYPRIPEDIUM (from Kypris, Venus, and podion, a
slipper). Lady's Slipper. OJBD. Orchidece. This is one of
the most interesting and important genera of the whole
Orchid family, whether viewed from a botanical or horti-
culturaL point of view. One characteristic of the vast
majority of orchids k the possession of only one perfect
stamen, the two lateral ones being abortive. To this rule
Cypripedium forms an exception, possessing, as it does, two
fertile lateral stamens, the central one (which is fertile in
other orchids) being represented by a singular shield-like
plate. The large inflated pouch which is formed by the
labellum suggested both English and Latin names. This
pouch plays a considerable part in securing the fertilisation
of the flower.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

423

Cypripedimu — continued.

Sir John Lubbock, speaking of C. longifolium, says:
" The opening into the slipper is small, and partly closed
by the stigma and the shield-like body which lies between
the two anthers. The result is that the opening into the
slipper has a horseshoe-like form, and that bees or other
insects which have once entered the slipper have some
difficulty in getting out again. While endeavouring to do
so, they can hardly fail to come in contact with the stigma,
which lies under the shield-like representation of the middle
anther. As the margins of the lip are inflected, the easiest
exit is at the two ends of the horseshoes, and by one or
other of these the insect generally escapes ; in doing which,
however, it almost inevitably comes in contact with, and
carries off, some of the pollen from the corresponding
anther. The pollen of this genus is immersed in a viscid
fluid, ~by means of which it adheres first to the insect,
and secondly to the stigma, while in most orchids it is
the stigma that is viscid."

Reference has already been made to the remarkable pouch
by which the flowers are characterised : it may be added
that the petals and sepals are narrow and rather long, ex-
tending sometimes into slender tail-like appendages of
great length. The blossoms are, in
different species, yellowish, pink, or
white ; in some instances, they are beau-
tifully dotted and lined with pink or
green, and in many kinds purple and
brown, of various shades, are the pre-
dominating colours.

All amateur plant growers who are
about to commence orchid growing,
should begin with a few of the commoner species of
Lady's Slipper, for the following reasons : they are not
expensive, or difficult to cultivate, but thrive admirably
amongst ordinary stove plants ; they flower very freely,
and continue in perfection a long time. Some blossom
in mid- winter, others during the summer months ; and
those who wish for fine exhibition subjects cannot have
more attractive or telling plants.

Cultivation. Although Cypripediums are very easily
cultivated, they differ from the majority of orchidaceous
plants, inasmuch as they do not, in potting, require to be
elevated above the rim of the pot, but inserted in the
same manner as ordinary plants. The best soil for them
is a mixture of two parts good peat, one part chopped
sphagnum, one part thoroughly decayed leaf mould, and
a portion of sharp silver sand. In potting, an important
point for consideration is drainage. This must be thorough
and effective, for, as these plants have no pseudo-bulbs
to sustain them, they must not be dried off, as many
other orchids are, during winter; and, if the drainage is
defective, the roots are sure to decay and the leaves
shrivel. In the case of the hardier kinds of Lady's
Slipper, a large portion of good friable loam, in addition
to the above soil, is recommended. It has been frequently
said that deciduous species of Cypripedium are very
difficult to cultivate; but, with a suitable rather shady
position and a little care, they will thrive as well as
many other herbaceous plants.

C. aoanle (stemless).* fl. solitary, large; sepals and petals
greenish, shorter than the drooping lip, which is of a beautiful
warm rose, blotched with purple. May and June. I. twin, broad,
light green, sparingly clothed with short soft downy hairs ; from
their centre arises the short scape. Northern United States, 1786.
An extremely rare species, of great hardihood. (B. M. 192.) A
white-flowered variety also occurs.

C. Argus (Argus).* fl. white, rose, green, blackish-purple, and
purple-brown March and April. I. handsomely tessellated with
grey. h. 1ft. Philippines, 1873. Stove. (B. H. 1882, 9.)

C. arietinnm. Ram's-head.* ft. solitary; sepals and petals
greenish-brown ; lip red and whitish-veined. May. Stems leafy,
stiff, h. 7in. to lOin. Northern United States and Canada, 1808.
A neat little hardy species. (B. M. 1569.)

C. Ashburtonlee (Lady Ashburton's).* fl., dorsal sepal large, and
not unlike C. barbatum ; petals ligulate, white, tinged with green,
and veined with purple ; lip pale purple, tinged with yellow, and

Cypripedium— continued.

slightly blotched with purple. L ligulate dark ereen
reticulated. Stove. A nandsome hybrid?" sed fron^C
and C. intigne. (G. C. n. s., 1871, 1647.)
C. barbatum (bearded).* fl. solitary; dorsal sepal large and
broad, the lower portion beautifully flecked witn%or2le
upper half pure white ; petals similar in colour, ornamented 'with
several tufts of black hairs, which are produced from the purple
shining warts bordering the upper edge of the petals ; lip large
blackish-purple. Spring and summer. I. distichous, oblong light
green, curiously blotched and spotted with irregular markings of
very dark green. h. 1ft Malacca, 1838. Stove. This is alout

Fro. 591. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIOM BARBATTTH.

the most familiar species of the genus. See Fig. 591. (B. M.
4234.) There are numerous forms of the species, which vary
considerably in the peculiar mottling of the leaves, and in the
size and brilliancy of the colouring of their blossoms, so that, to
insure a good typical form, intending purchasers should make
their selection whilst the plants are in flower. The following are
the best varieties :

C. b. nlgrum (black), fl. larger than those of any other form of
the type, and the colour much darker. The foliage is finely
variegated. It continues six weeks in flower.

C. b. super-bum (superb).* Much like the type, but with brightly
variegated foliage, flowers more handsome, lip very dark, and the
dorsal sepal purer white towards the apex.

C. b. Veltchianum (Veitch's).* A very fine form, with spotted
petals.

C. blflornm (two-flowered), fl., dorsal sepal very handsome, upper
part white ; remaining parts of the blossom purplish-brown ;
spikes nearly 1ft. long. 1. elegantly variegated, h. 4m. India.
Stove. Allied to C. barbatum,

C. Boxallii (Boxall's).* fl., upper sepal of a beautiful fresh light
green, with a narrow white border, covered with brownish-black
spots; inferior sepal oblong-acute, shorter than the lip, light
green, with lines of very small reddish-brown spots ; petals
broadly cuneate at the base, dilated at the apex, blunt, light
green, with a dark, rather broad bluish- violet line from the base of
the middle line up to near the apex ; lip chiefly forming a blunt
conical sac, with two channelled upright horns and a channelled
claw, greenish-yellow, with a dense row of cinnamon spots under
the onflce of the sac. Peduncle covered with dark blotches.
India, 1877. Stove. (L H. 345.)

C. Calceolna.* Common Slipper, fl. usually solitary ; sepals and
petals narrow, spreading, reddish-brown or maroon colour;
labellum pale yellow. I. glabrous, dark green. A. 12in. to 18in.
North Asia and Europe (England). Hardy. See Fig. 592. (G. C.
n. s., xi 813.)

C. calurum. See Sclenipedinm calurum.

C. candidum (white).* /'. , sepals and petals greenish-brown ; lip
white. Early summer, h. 12m. North America, 1826. A neat
and pretty species. Hardy. (B. M. 5855.)

C. carlcinum. See Selenlpedlum cajriclnnm.

424

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cypripedinm — continued.

FIG. 592. CYPRIPEDIOM CALCEOLUS.

O. ooncolor (one-coloured).* fl. cream-coloured, finely speckled,
borne in pairs on dark brown stems. I. beautifully variegated.
Moulmein, 1865. A very distinct stove species. See Fig. 593.
(B. M. 5513.)

FIG. 593. CYPRIPEDIUM CONCOLOR.

C. Crossli (Cross's). /., dorsal sepal large, ground colour whitish,
with a purplish blotch in the centre, from which spring lines of
the same colour ; lower half of sepal marked with green lines ;
lateral sepals whitish, lined with green, tipped reddish-purple ;
lip reddisn-purple. I. light green, blotched with darker colour.
Peru, 1864., (B. H. 1865, 226 J

C. Dayanum (Day's).* fl. large ; sepals white, with green veins ;
petals purplish, tinged with green. May, June. I.

une. I. with very
Borneo, 1860. Stove. (F. d. S.

Cypripedium

tinned.

beautifully distinct variegation.
1527.)
C. Domlniannm. See Solenipedinm Dominianum.

C. Druryl (Drury's).* ,/Z., sepals greenish-yellow, covered <
with numerous dark hairs, middle line broad, black ; petals
broad, ligulate, bent a little downwards, each equally adorned
with a broad black line over the middle ; lip ochraceous, with
numerous brown spots on its channelled base. h. 6in. India,
1877. This stove species has the general habit of C. insiqne, but
the leaves are more acute and usually shorter, and the flower is
very different.

C. enryandrum (large-anthered).* A very distinct hybrid between
C. barbatum and C. Stonei. The sepals come near those of the
latter, but the upper one is more blunt ; petals ligulate, rather
broad, much longer than those of C. barbatum, much shorter
than those of C. Stonei ; the lip comes near that of C. barbatum,
but is larger. (F. d, S. 2278, 2279.)

Fio. 594. CYPRIPEDIUM FAIRIEANUM.

C. Falrioannm (Fairie's).* fl. solitary; dorsal sepal large, white,
beautifully streaked with green and brownish-purple; petals
similar in colour and curiously curved at the ends ; lip rather
large, dull purple, suffused with dull brown and shaded with
green. I. about Sin. long, narrow, pale green. A. 1ft. East
Indies. The flowers are produced in great abundance, and will
last several weeks in full beauty if not sprinkled with water. It
thrives best in a cool house. See Fig. 594. (B. M. 5024.)

C.gnttatnm (spotted).* /. beautiful snow-white, heavily blotched
or marbled with deep rosy-purple, rather small. June. I. twin,
broadly-ovate, downy, h. bin. to 9in. Northern Russia, Siberia,
and North America, 1829. A very charming but rare hardy
species, thriving in a shady position on rockwork or in a border,
in leaf mould, moss, and sand ; it must be kept rather dry in
winter. (P. F. G. 1, 183.)

C. Harrlslannm (Harris's).* A hybrid between C. barbatum and
C. villosum. fl. larger than those of the first-named, yet inferior
in size to C. villosum ; upper sepal broad, shining, dark purple,
tipped with white ; petals rich purple ; lip claret-coloured, tipped
with green. 1. marked like those of C. barbatum, with the
polished appearance of C. villosum.

C. Haynaldlanum (Haynald's).* fl., upper half of upper sepal
faintly rose and white, lower greenish, beautifully blotched with
brown ; inferior sepal pale green, slightly spotted brown ; lip
green, with a rounded base ; raceme two or more flowered.
Winter. ~

to

Philippines, 1877. This species comes very cl
C. Lourii. (B. M. 6296.)

C. Hincksianuxn. See Selenipcdium Hincksianum.

C. hirsutlssimmn (very hairy), fl. often 6in. across, solitary or
in pairs, on erect hairy scapes ; sepals and petals green, shaded
with purple, and dotted with brown ; lip greenish, with a pro-
fusion of brown dots. March to May. I. pale green, about lOin.
long. h. 1ft. Java. Less showy than many others, but well
worth growing. Stove. (B. M. 4990.)

C. Hookerse (Mrs. Hooker's).* fl. solitary, on very long scapes ;
sepals and petals yellowish-brown, the points of the latter being
of a rich rosy-purple ; the pouch is somewhat small, brown, suf-
fused with yellow. Summer. I. broad, obtuse; ground-colour
deep black-green, beautifully variegated with irregular-shaped
blotches of pure white. Borneo, 1868. Stove. (B. M. 5362.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

425

Cypxipedinm — continued.

C. Inslgne (remarkable). • ft. solitary, often Sin. across ; dorsal
sepal broad, large, yellowish-green, faintly streaked with lines of
reddish-brown, and the upper part pure white ; lip large, tawny-
yellow, paler within. Winter, lasting several weeks in beauty.
I. long, strap-shaped, yellowish-green, coriaceous, distichous.
Nepaul, 1819. A well-known and useful greenhouse plant. See
Fig. 595. (B. M. 3412.)

Cypripedium — continued.

within ; petals long, the basal half greenish, spotted with purple,
• " purple towards the end ; margins ciliated ; lip large,
, and shining, bluntly-oblong, light brown in colour,
" two-flowered, sometimes
Borneo, 1847. A curious
. C. 1847. 765.)

C. macrantbom (large-flowered).* JL deep rich purple, solitary,
large; lip much inflated. May, June. i. medium -sized, bright
gre^nl JL Bin. to 12in. Siberia; 1829. Hardy. (B. M^SSS.)
C. vfmmt*rtAm.vtmn (Masters's). JL green, white, coppery, brown,
go, 1879.

JL, dorsal sepal 2iin. long by
lower sepal smaller,
«d at the'

whitish beneath • sum?
Hybrid raised by' Messrs. Veitch between
C. mrxrtritnt and a Stonri. One of the largest and most beau-
tifuUy coloured of all Cypripediums. (Gn., Jan. 20, 1883.)

I. A hybrid between C. villotum and C. intigni
as follows: "Petals long, wavy, light brown,
and ochre colour, reticulate, very shining, as in C. Kfonwn, the
upper sepal and inferior one quite as in C. IfauZet, bnt far larger ;
not a vestige of the narrow base of the superior one, as in

Flo. 595. FLOWER OP CYPRIPEDIUM INSIGNR.

C.L Maulel (Mania's).* This, though similar in general appear-
ance to the type, is nevertheless distinct and beautiful ; it is
somewhat more delicate in its habit of growth. The flowers
are produced at the same season of the year, but are much
brighter in colour, the dorsal sepal being spotted dull purple,
and fully half is snow white. NepauL (G. C. n.s.,xriiL716.)

C. L ptmctatum vlolaceum (violet-dotted). This differs from
C. i. Maulei in its roundish-oblong, flat, dorsal sepal, and in the
more definite colouring of the whole flower. Lip smaller,
shining chestnut colour; petals light olive-green, shaded and
netted with dark umber. (Gn., June 24, 1882.)

C. irapeannm (Irapean). JL about 4in. in diameter; sepals and
petals of a uniform rich golden-yellow ; lip same colour, stained
on the inside with reddish-brown, much inflated; spikes many-
flowered. June, July. I. broad, pale green, sheathing the stem
at the base. h. 18in. Mexico, 1844Ystove. (B. K. 1846, 58.)

C. Japonionm (Japanese). /. solitary ; sepals greenish, covered
with red spots ; petals and lip white, stained and tinged with
crimson, forming a lovely contrast of colours. June. L large,
twin, cordate, with crumpled edges, light green, h. 6in. to 1ft.
Japan, 1874. Hardy. Distinct and uncommon. (G. C. n. s., iii 625.)

C. iJBvigatnm (smooth).* fl.., sepals striped inside with purple;
petals oin. long, very much twisted, beautifully blotched with
chocolate, purple, and green ; lip yellow ; scape hairy, f
four-flowereo. Spring. I. strap-shaped, long, thick,
Philippines, 1865. A very handsome stove species.
C. phdippinente. (B. M. 5508.)

C. Lawrenceanum (Lawrence's).* JL. upper sepal Tery broad and
round, much exceeding a half-crown piece, white, with nnmerpu*
dark purplish, shining veins ; lateral sepals very small, greenish-
white, with dark purple spots ; petals divaricate, narrow, green,
dull purplish at the top, ciliate ; Up very large. L about 1ft.
long, having on their inner surface a dark green mosaic on a light
gr4ouh.wEite ground. Borneo. 1878. Stove, (B. M. 6432.)

C. Lowil (Low's).* A., dorsal sepal downy outside, pale green

C. rkOotum ; lip with long lateral
horns of sac, and narrower, in the
way of C. viUoium."
C. nlvenm (snowy).* JL wholly of
a pure soft snowy white, save for

a pure soil snowy
a few freckles of cinnamon irre-
gularly scattered over the sepals
and petal*, usually soUtary, rarely
twin. L dark green on the upper
side, irregularly, blotched with
lighter markings, the under side
ofa duU vinous red. A. 6in. Malay
Archipelago, 1869. Stove. Described as one of the best (B. M. 5922. )

striped with bright green? lower sepal smaller ;°petalTi>road ami
pointed, lower portion yellowish-green, spotted with purplish-
black, the rest reddish-purple, and fringed at the edges with fine
hairs ; Up light bright green, tinged with pale yellow ; spike
two or three-flowered. I. mottled with various shades of green
on the upper side, purplish beneath. India, 1869. Stove.
(F. M. 5L)

C. Parish!! (Parish's).* fl., sepals greenish- white, broad : petals
much lengthened out, from 4in. to Sin. long, beautifully undulated ,
the lower half being of a rich purple ; Up liin. long, purplish
or yellowish-green; scape sometimes 2ft. high, ranch-branched,
three to six-flowered. Summer. L distichous, leathery, and
broad. A. 2ft Burmah.1869. Stove. (B. M. 579L)

C. parviflornxn (small-flowered).* fl. comparatively small, fra
; sepals and petals glossy deep brown-purple, the latter
narrow and spiral ; Up bright yellow, and flattish from above.
Stems leafy, lift to 2ft high. North America, 1759. This
much resembles C. pubescent in habit and flower. Hardy.
3024.)

C. Petri (Mr. Peter Veitch's).* JL, sepals white, with green veins ;
nirflll light brownish, green at the base, covered on the whole
border with long hairs ; lip greenish-brown. Malay Archipelago.
1880. AlUed to C. Dayanum.

C. philipplnense (PhiUppine). A synonym of C. bnigatuni.

C. pubescens (downy).* JL large ; sepals and petals yellowish-
brown, marked with darker lines ; Up pale yeUow and flattened
laterally ; petals narrow, spirally twisted, exceeding the large
showy Up in length. May, June. Stems lift to 2ft high,
pubescent North America, 1790. A handsome hardy species,
the root of which is employed as a nervous stimulant in the
United States, and is considered equal to Valerian. The fresh
plant sometimes causes the same symptoms of irritant poisoning
as Rhut Toxicoaendnm. (G. C. n. s., xlx. 785.)

orpin-atom (purple). JL very like those of C. barbatum,
ept that the dorsal sepal has

more pure white at the end
Sumatra, 1836. (B. R. 1991.)

excep

Winter. I. beautifully spotted.

C. Sedenl. Set Selenipedinm SedenL

C. selligernm (saddle-bearing).* JL, scapes erect, bearing two
or three flowers, which are larger than those of either parent ;
upper sepal white, with broad blackish-crimson veins; inferior
sepal smaller and whitish ; petals about 3in. long, deflexed.with
a partial twist and traversed by crimson veins ; Up much like
that of C. barbatum, but lighter hi colour. A very fine hybrid
between C. barbatum and C. lanigatum, but quite distinct from
either. See Fig. 596, for which we are indebted to Messrs.
Veitch and Sons.

C. spectabile (showy).* JL large, rounder in outline than is usual
in the genus, the pure white sepals and petals being broadly ovate
and not 1-mger than the Up. whilst the large pouch, which is of a
beautiful soft rich rose colour, is very much inflated. June. L
bright and lieht green, profusely furnished with soft white downy
hairs, k. IJft. to 3ft Northern United States, 1731. It may be
grown successfully either in a pot or the open border, thriving
well in the shady part of a Rhododendron bed. See Figs. 597
and 598. (Gn., March, 1877.) There are one or two forms.

3 I

426

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cypripedinm — continued.
C. Splcerianum (Spicer'sV*

white, with a central

purple line ; lateral sepals greenish, also with a central line ;
lip greenish-shining : top of the column white, spotted with violet.
East Indies, 1879. This handsome stove species comes close to
C. Fairieanum. (B. M. 6490.)
C. Stone! (Stone's).* /?., sepalslarge, broad, of a china-white hue,

Cypripedium— continued.

both ends, dark shining green. Brazil, 1852. A very handsome
species. (B. M. 5349.) There are two or three varieties, all
worthy of cultivation.

C. superbiens (superb).* fl. very large ; sepals and petals large,
broad, white, beautifully streaked and dotted with rich brown ;
pouch also very large, prominent, of a uniform rich brown ; scape

FIG. 596. FLOWERS AND LEAF OF CYPRIPEDIUM SELLIGERTO.

ith red and purple, and shaded with
ochreous yellow ; petals 4ui. or 5in. long, narrow, same colour as
•epals ; lip dull purple, with reddish viins, large, having a very
curious pouch, somewhat resembling a Turkish slipper m form ;
scape usually three-flowered. 1. about 1ft. in length, obtuse at

erect, one-flowered. Spring and summer. I. oblong, blunt at the
apex, beautifully mottled with dark green upon a yellowish-green
ground. Java, 1865. Stove. SYN. C. Veitchianum. (F. it. S.

C. Veitcmanum (Veitch's). A synonym of C. superbient.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

427

Cypripedium — continued.

C. vennstmn (handsome).* JL medium size, solitary; sepals and
petals greenish-white or pink, striped with bright green, the latter
fringed in a somewhat remarkable manner ; lip yellowish-green.
Winter. I. short, dark bluish-green above, curiously mottled and
blotched with pale green, whilst the under side is pale purple.
Nepaul, 1816. Cool-house species. (B. R. 788.)

CYBJUiA (named after Dominico Cyrillo, M.D., a
professor of botany at Naples, and author of " Collectio
Plantarum Bariorum Begni NeapoL" 1788, "Tabula
Botanic®," 1790 ; he died in 1799). ORD. Cyrtlfeo. A
small genus, containing two or three species (in reality
perhaps forms of one) of greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
natives of the southern parts of North America, West
Indies, and Brazil. They thrive in a compost of sandy
loam and peat. Cuttings root readily, placed in sand,
under glass, with a small amount of bottom heat.
C. antlllana (Antilles). JL white. July. A. 6ft Antilles, 182*.
C. racemiflora (raceme-flowered). fL white, disposed in slender
racemose spikes; corolla stellate, small, stiffish. June to
August. L oboTate-oblong, shortly stalked, k. 6ft Southern

CY&IIiLILSk. A small order of evergreen shrubs or
trees, differing from Ericaeeca in their free petals and in
the anthers opening in slits. Flowers usually racemose.
Leaves undivided, eistipulate. The three genera are :
Cliftonia, Costcea, and Cyriila. There are about eight
species, all confined to warmer parts of the New World.

CYBTA. A synonym of Styrax (which tee).

FIG. 597. CTTRIPEDIUM SPKCTABILE.

rt. TCrnixitun (glossy).* A hybrid raised between C. Argy»
and C viOosvm. JL 4m. or 5in. across solitary, on a stout hairy
scape 'lit high ; in shape, they are nearest to C. viUotum, with
the petals longer, narrower, and less deflexed; in colour, they
oresent a remarkable combination of ochraceous brown, crimson,
Sdjreen, with fainter spots on the petals than in C. Aryus and
with the glossy Tarnish*! surface of C. vilfMiim. Of robust habit,
the leaves being as law as those of C. mllotum, with the nn
glyphic markings of C. Argus.

£5. vexUlarlum (standard).* A very handsome cross between
C ' Fairieanum and C. barbatvm, the flowers being exactly inter-
medfate, and combining, in a marked degree, the beauties of both
parents. Sepals white, tinged with pale green at the base, ami
Streaked and shaded throughout with soft purple ; petals deflected

ine

ked and shaded throughout with soft purpe ; peas eece
purple, slightly shaded with green ; pouch pale brown tinged
with yellowish-green, and veined with pale green. L pale green,
blotched with a darker shade of the same colour Tery rare.

blotched with a arer sae o e

(O. C. n. s., xiii. 781, under the name of C. teUigervm.)

O. vlUosnm (villous).* JL solitary, often measuring 5in. across.
and having a fine glossy appearance over their w,h<>le.!nirfa<;e;.
which is orange-redfintennixed with light green and dark purple,
lip large, protruding, bright light brown. May. I light green,
freckled on the lower part with dark spots, h. 1ft India.
Stove. (L H. 1857, 126.)
The following hybrids are as yet very rare In estivation : .4mi

vorthii, Arthurianum, catanthvm, calophyUum f*1*1™™?™'
Xeirax, melarwvhthalmum, patent,
, nperctlwe, S««nnu.nW

end te

, ruran,
um, marmorophyUum,
m: porphyro^ilum, pycnopt
etteUatum.

Fio. See. FLOWKK AMD LEAF OF CTPRIPIDIDM SPKCTABILE.

428

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

corolla

1774.

CYBTANTHEBA (from kyrtos, curved, and anthera,

an anther; in reference to the curved anthers). OBD.

Acanthacea. This is now generally looked upon as

forming a section of the genus Jacobinia. Soft-wooded

stove plants. For culture, see Justicia.

C. aufantiaca (orange). A synonym of Beloperone aurantiaca.

C. catalpwfolia(Catalpa-leaved).* fl. yellow ; thyrse large, com-
pact; Bracts and sepals linear-subulate. July. I. on longish
petioles, broad, cordate, acuminate, entire, h. 6ft. Honduras,
1848. (B. M. 4444.)

C. chrysostepnana (golden-crowned).* fl. bright golden-yellow,
disposed in a terminal crown-like corymb. Winter. I. ovate-
acuminate ; midrib and the nerves beneath of a vivid red. Stems
obtusely tetragonal. Mexico, 1870. (B. M. 5887.)
CYBTANTHUS (from kyrtos, curved, and anthos, a

flower ; the flowers bend down from the summit of the

scape). STN. Timmia. OED. Amaryllidece. A genus of about

fifteen species of greenhouse bulbs, natives of the Cape

of Good Hope ; some of them are not yet in cultivation.

Flowers incurved, tubular, clavate, six-cleft; segments

ovate-oblong; filaments inserted into the tube, conniving

at end. Leaves elongate, narrow, sometimes flexuose.

For culture, see Haemanthns.

C. angustifolius (narrow-leaved). JL orange, drooping ;
cylindrical. May and June. 1. linear, obtuse. A. 1ft.
(B. M. 271.)

C. lutescena (yellow). /. pale yellow, four to six, narrow, in-
fnndibuliform ; filaments very short. February. I. narrow,
linear, acuminate. 1836. A very interesting species. (B. M. 5374.)

C. Macowani (MacOwan's)i fl. six to eight in an umbel, on short
pedicels ; tube and limb bright scarlet, the former slightly curved,
about lin. long, narrowed gradually from the base to the throat,
where it is Jin. thick ; segments round-oblong, recurving, imbri-
cating; scape terete, purple, a little overtopping the leaves. I.
one to three, narrow-linear, 6in. long, Jin. broad. (R. G. 960.)

C. M'Kenii (M'Ken's). /. white, sweet-scented. 1868. This
closely resembles in structure C. lutescens, but is sufficiently
distinct for garden purposes. It is described as a semi-aquatic,
and is extremely free-flowering. (G. C. n. s., xiv. 766.)

C. obliquus (oblique-leaved), fl. numerous, in umbels; corolla
yellowish, variegated with orange-red and green, about 3in. long,
drooping, tubular, somewhat fleshy and firm ; scape 2ft. or more
high. May and June. I. coriaceous, lorate, obliquely twisted,
blunt, distichous. 1774. (B. M. 1133.)

C. sanguincus (blood-coloured), fl., perianth large, infundi-
buliform, tubular at the base ; limb broad, of six oblong,
spreading, recurved, mucronate segments, bright orange-red
within, yellowish externally, with six red streaks ; scape terete,
sub-glaucous, hollow, supporting a solitary flower. August. I.
dark green, scarcely glaucous, radi
rounded petiole, slightly keeled at
line in front. 1860. A very handsome plant.

C. uniflorus (one-flowered), fl. white, with a broad red stripe
down the centre of each segment ; limb as long as the throat.
May to August. I. solitary, linear, glaucous, h. 6in. 1816.
(B. R. 163.) 8

CYBTANTHUS (of Schreber). A synonym of
Fosoqueria (which see).

CYBTOCEBAS (from kyrtos, curved, and keras, a
horn ; in allusion to the curved horns of the corona seg-
ments). STN. Centrostemma. OBD. Asclepiadece. A
stove evergreen twiner, now included under Hoya (which
see for culture).

C. multiflornm (many-flowered). /., corolla white, tipped with
buff, silky inside ; segments of corona quite entire on the inner
angles ; umbels slightly drooping. August. I. almost veinless,
oval, acute or acuminated, coriaceous, glabrous. Borneo, 1838.
SYNS. (of gardens) C. floribundum, C. Lindleyanum, C. reflexum,
Centrostemma multiflorum, and Hoya coriacea.

CYBTOCHILUM (from kyrtos, curved or concave,
and cheilos, a lip ; referring to the form of the lip). OED.
Orchidew. This genus of small epiphytal Orchids, now
merged by the authors of the " Genera Plantarum " into
Oncidium, contains many species, of which only one or
two are worth growing. For culture, &c., see Brassia.
C. citrinum (citron-coloured).* fl. citron-coloured, in a loose
raceme, on a scape 1ft. or more long, arising from the base of the
pseudo-bulbs ; lib very large, sub-rotund-panduriform. April. I.
in pairs, linear-oblong, rather acute, sub-coriaceous, about 4in. or
6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs clustered, short, ovate, somewhat com-
pressed, furrowed. Central America, 1848. (B. M. 4454.)

icous, noiiow, supporting a solitary nower. August, i.
:en, scarcely glaucous, radical, lanceolate, tapering into a
. petiole, slightly keeled at the back and with a depressed
Eront. 1860. A very handsome plant. (B. M. 5218.)

Cyrtochilum — continued.

C. maculatum (spotted).* /. green and purple spotted, produced
during the winter and spring months, on long spikes. I. and
pseudo-bulbs dark green. Vera Cruz, 1837.
CYBTODEIBA. Included under Episcia (which see).
CYBTOMIPHLEBIUM. See Folypodium.
CYBTOMIUM FALCATUM. See Aspidium
falcatnm.

CYBTOFEBA. See Cyrtopodium.

CYBTOPHYLLUM. See Fagrzea.

CYBTOFODIUM (from kyrtos, curved, and pous, a

foot ; referring to the form of the labellum or lip). SYNS.

Cyrtopera, Tylochilus. OBD. Orchideae. A genus of

stove epiphytal Orchids, well worth cultivating where

plenty of space can be allowed them. Ample pot room

is most essential to successful culture. They thrive

vigorously in a compost of rich fibrous loam and rotten

dung. When growth is completed, and the plant about

to flower, a long rest, with little water, should be given,

until it recommences to grow in spring, when moisture

may be freely applied to the roots, and the temperature

increased. Cyrtopodiums require the heat of the East

Indian houjse when in an active condition ; at other times,

a considerably lower temperature will suffice.

C. Andersoni (Anderson's).* fl. produced in fine spikes ; sepals

and petals about equal, yellow, with a faint tinge of green ; lip

three-lobed, rich yellow, side lobes large, erect, middle lobe

spathulate. Spring. Pseudo-bulbs 5ft. high. Tropical America,

1804. (B. R. 1§41, 8.)

C. flavnm (yellow), fl. large, borne in spikes upwards of 2ft.
high ; sepals and petals rich yellow ; lip nearly emerging out of
the sepals, pale yellow, except the darker anterior part, where
there are some beautiful brown dots on the anterior of the basilar
pouch, h. 3ft East Indies, 1831.

C. punctatum (spotted).* /., sepals and petals wavy, yellowish,
spotted with brown ; lip three-lobed, clear yellow, lateral lobes
incurved and brownish-red; bracts large, greenish-yellow, with
purplish spots ; panicle large, many-flowered. April. Brazil.
(B. M. 3507.) This is more floriferous than C. Andersoni, but not
so tall. Even when out of flower, this species and the one
just named form two noble plants, with their fine long curved
leaves. They are, however, but rarely seen in cultivation.
C. sangulneum (blood-coloured), fl. produced on scapes 1ft. to
lift, high ; sepals and petals varying from pale red-purple to
brown ; lip pale and rosy. Summer. Root tuberous. Tropical
region of Sikkim. (B. M. 6161.)

CYBTOSTACHYS (from kyrtos, curved, and stachyg.

a spike ; in allusion to the curved spikes of flowers). OED.

Palmce. A genus containing two species of stove palms

For culture, see Areca.

C. Renda (Renda). fl. greenish-yellow ; spike of inflorescence
drooping or pendulous. I., pinnae linear-ensifonn, obtusely and
unevenly bidentate, greyish underneath. A. 30ft. Malay Archi-
pelago. SYNS. Areca erythropoda and Bentinckia Renda.

CYSTACANTHUS (from kystis, a bladder, and Acan-
thus ; referring to the inflated flowers). OBD. Acanthacece.
A stove evergreen perennial, thriving in a light sandy
loam and fibry peat. Cuttings of young shoots will
root, in spring or summer, if planted in sandy soil, in a
hotbed, and covered with a bell glass.
C. turgida (inflated), fl. white, reticulated with rosy-pink lines,
disposed in thyrsoid panicles ; throat yellow. April. I. opposite,
elliptic-lanceolate, 4in. to 7in. long. A. 1ft. to lift. Cochin China,
1869. Plant glabrous. SYN. iteninia turgida. (B. M. 6043.)

CYSTANTHE. Included under Bichea (which see).

CYSTIDIANTHUS. A synonym of Fhysostelma
(which see).

CYSTOFTEBIS (from kystis, a bladder, and pteris, a
fern). Bladder Fern. OED. Filices. A genus of elegant
and graceful little hardy Ferns, allied to Microlepis and
Woodsia. Involucre membranaceons, sub-orbicular, in-
serted by its broad base under the sorus, which, at the
beginning, it covers like a hood. Sori globose, placed on
the back of the veins. For general culture, see Ferns.
C. alpina (alpine), sti. 2in. to 4in. long, fronds 4in. to Sin. long,

lin. to 2in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, tripinnatifld ; main rach

winged above; largest pinnae deltoid, lanceolate, lin. to IJin.
long, about iin. broad; pinnules ovate-rhomboidal ; segments

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

429

Cystopteria— continued.

slightly toothed, tori small, two to twelve to a pinnule. Moon-
tains of Europe (Teesdale, England) and Asia Minor.

C. bnlblfera (bulb-bearing), rti. 4in. to 6in. long, fronds 6in. to
12in. long, Sin. to 4in. broad at the widest part, ovate-lanceolate,
often much elongated upwards, bi- or tripinnatifld ; lower pinnules
lanceolate, 2in. to 3in. long ; segments linear-oblong, very slightly
toothed, tvri two to twelve to a pinnule. North America, 1638.
Large fleshy bulblets are formed in the arils of the upper pinnae,
which fall to the ground and become new plants.

C. fragllis (fragile).* sti. 2in. to Sin. long, frondt 4in. to Sin. long,
ljin. to 2in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, tnpinnatifld ; largest pinna?
lin. to liin. long, iin. to Jin. broad ; pinnules oblong-rhomboidal ;
segments bluntly or sharply toothed, tori two to twelve to a
pinnule. Temperate regions of both Northern and Southern
hemispheres. This elegant little species is admirably adapted
for growing in fern cases ; it has numerous more or less distinct
varieties, the best of which are described below. Other forms
are : decurrem, interrupta, obtusa, and sempervirent.

C. £ angnstata (narrow). Whole frond attenuated, and some-
times even depauperated. Barely exceeding 9in. in height.

C. £ dentata (dentate), fronds bipinnate, bluntly toothed, tori
very close to the margin, h. bin.

C. f. Dickleana (Dickie's), frondt 4in. to Sin. in height, rich
dark green ; pinnae all bending down somewhat, and overlapping
each other ; pinnules slightly and bluntly toothed. An elegant
form.

C. montana (mountain), sti. slender, erect, 6in. to Sin. long.
frondt about 6in. each way, deltoid, quadripinnatifld ; lowest
pinnules deltoid-lanceolate, lin. to liin. long, about Jin. broad ;
segments cut down to the rachis below ; lobes oblong, deeply and
sharply toothed, tori small, eighteen to twenty-four to the lower
segments, rhiz. wide creeping. Scotland (very rare), Mountains
of Northern hemisphere.

CYTISTTS (etymology obscure; according to some,
from Cythnus, one of the Cyclades, where some of the
species were first found). OED. Leguminosce. A genus
of about thirty-eight species of shrubs (rarely spinous),
confined to Europe, Northern Africa, the Canary Islands,
and Western Asia. Flowers yellow, purple, or white, not
honeyed. Leaves one to three-foliolate, or absent ; stipules
minute. Two species (0. canariensis and C. racemorus)
are largely grown for greenhouse decoration, in spring;
most of the others are either hardy trees, or shrubs,
of the easiest possible culture. The latter are readily
increased by seed, which are generally produced in
abundance; or by layers. Some of the rarer kinds may
be grafted on a commoner stock, or on seedling plants of
the allied genus, Laburnum.

Cultivation of Greenhouse Species. Propagation is ef-
fected, in spring, by cuttings of the young wood, which,
if taken when about Sin. long (with a heel preferred),
inserted under a bell glass, and placed in heat, or in a
close frame, will root readily. If gradually hardened,
potted, and grown on, small flowering specimens may
be obtained the following spring. As soon as the
plants have finished flowering, they should be cut back,
and kept in a close temperature of about 55deg., in order
to induce growth. When started, any repotting required
should be seen to, and the plants returned to a similar
place, and kept syringed. When established in the new
soil, plenty of air should be admitted, and a thin shading
applied in summer. The growing season will be com-
pleted about August; the plants should then be placed
outside until the appearance of frost. Keep quite cool
all the winter, and gradually introduce a few specimens to
a warmer house, in January, when the flowers will soon
open. A succession may be kept up, if plants are avail-
able, until June. Turfy loam, with a small proportion of
lumpy peat, and some sharp sand added, forms a suitable
compost ; and the plants, when opening their flowers, are
much benefited by doses of liquid manure. C. racemosv*
forms nice little specimens, in Sin. or 6in. pots, for room
decoration, where they keep good a long time. They may
afterwards be grown on to form plants 3ft high and nearly
as much through. C. canariensis requires similar treat-
ment, but does not grow quite so freely. It is very
useful for flowering later in the season than the oth<
species noticed.
C. AdamL See Laburnum AdamJL

Cytisru — continued.

C. albtu (white). A white, in fascicles, disposed in long
May. L simple and trifoliate, sessile; leaflets linear-oblong,
silky. Branches terete, twiggy. A. 6ft to 10ft Spain and
Portugal, 1752. Hardy.

C. alplnus. See Laburnum alplnum.

C. Ardolni (Ardoino's). fL yellow, one to six in the axils of each
leaf, usually secund ; calyx campanulate, scarions in upper half,
hairy ; lips divergent ; pedicels about twice the length of the
calyx, without bracteolse, hairy. Spring. I. trifoliolate ; leaflets
obovate, hairy, small, silky when young. Stems rod-like, generally
decumbent, many springing from a knotted and twisted stock.
A. 4in. Mountains of theMaritime Alpt, 1867. An extremely
pretty species, somewhat resembling Genista. (FL Ment 58.)

C. austriacuB (Austrian), ft. yellow, terminal, somewhat um-
bellate. June. (., leaflets lanceolate, attenuated at both ends.
Branches twiggy, terete, and, as well as the leaves, clothed with
adpressed stngose pubescence, h. 2ft to 4ft East Europe, 174L
Hardy.

C. biflorua (two-flowered), ft. yellow, oblong, about IJin. long,
longer than the leaves, parallelly paired ; peduncles short, very
thick; calyx pale green, membranous, villons, twice shorter
than the vexillum, tubularly oblong, slightly swollen and com-
pressed, shallowly bilabiate; lips straight, contracted. May.
L ternate, about lin. long, silkily furred underneath: leaflets
elliptically-oblong, rather pointed, nearly of the same length as
the petiole, with a small mncro ; petiole silkily furred. Branches
smooth, silkily furred, loosely and sparsely-leaved. A. 3ft
Hungary, 1760. Hardy deciduous. (B. R. 308.)

FIO. 599. FLOWUING BfcAKCH OF CTTISUS SCOPAKllS.

430

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Cytisus-

ued.

C. racemosns (racemose).* fl. bright yellow, dis
urinal spike 6in. long. July. I. trifoliate, h. 3f
- ~of Teneriffe, 1835;

come from the Pe

C. canarionsls (Canary Islands).* fl. yellow, in elongated, many-
flowered, secund racemes ; bracts and bracteoles setaceous.
June to August. I. shortly-stalked, trifoliate; leaflets obovate-
oblong, acute. Canary Islands. A much-branched dwarf shrub,
everywhere softly villose.

C. capitatus (headed), fl. yellow, numerous, capitate at the
tops of the branches (sometimes lateral hi the autumn). June.
I., leaflets ovate-elliptic, villous. Branches straight, hispid, h.
2ft. to 4ft. Europe, 1774. Hardy. (L. B. C. 497.)

C. fllipos (thread-stemmed). fl. white. March. Branches
slender, pendulous. Teneriffe, 1838. A very elegant conservatory
plant.

C. hirsutus (hairy).* fl. yellow, lateral, on very short pedicels,
aggregate. June. I., leaflets obovate, villous beneath. Branches
twiggy, terete ; young ones hispid ; adult ones smooth. Europe,
1739. Hardy decumbent species. (Fl. Ment. 28.)

C. Laburnum. See Laburnum vulgare.

C. nlgrlcans (blackish), fl. yellow ; racemes elongated, terminal,
erect. June. 1. trifoliolate, stalked, clothed with adpressed pu-
bescence beneath, as well as the branches, calyces and legumes ;
leaflets elliptic. Branches terete, twiggy, h. 3ft. to 6ft. Europe,
1730. Hardy. (B. R. 802.)

C. proliferus (proliferous). /. white, lateral, umbellately
aggregate. April and May. I, leaflets elliptic, and, as well
as the calyces, silky. Branches terete, velvety. A. 2ft. to 4ft.
Teneriffe, 1779. Greenhouse. (B. R. 121.)

C. purpureus (purple).* fl. purple, axillary, solitary, on short
pedicels. May. L, leaflets oblong. Stems procumbent, twiggy.
Plant glabrous. European Alps, 1792. Hardy. This is a very
beautiful shrub when in flower, but has a better effect when
grafted on a rather tall Laburnum. (B. M. 1176.)

¥, disposed in a ter-
h. 3ft. Said to have
eriffe, 1835 ; probably, however, a

plant of garden origin. Greenhouse evergreen. C. Everentianus
(R. H. 1873, 390), a garden form, with flowers a couple of shades
deeper in colour, is similar to this in habit, &c.

C. scoparlns. Common Broom, fl. yellow, axillary, pedicellate,
solitary. April to July. L, trifoliate, petiolate; upper ones simple,
and, as well as the leaflets, oblong. Branches angular. A. 3ft.
to 10ft. Europe (Britain). Hardy. See Fig. 599. There are
three or more forms of this species.

fl. yellow; racemes terminal,
three-leaved bract just under
; floral leaves almost sessile.

Branches terete, h. 4ft. to 6ft. Plant quite smooth. South
Europe, 1629. (B. M. 601.)

C. Weldeni (Welden's). A synonym of Petteria ramentacea.
CZACEIA. A synonym of Paradisia (which see).

DABCECIA (called St. Dabeoc's Heath in Ireland).
ORD. Ericaceae. A very pretty shrub, having much the
habit of a species of Heath, and adapted for decorating
the front of shrubberies, or for growing on rockwork or
banks. It thrives in a sandy peat soil, with a little loam
added. Increased by layers, in autumn; or by cuttings,
placed under a handlight.

D. polifolla (Polium-leavedX* St. Dabeoc's Heath, fl. white,
rose, or purple, very elegant, drooping from the short pedicels
in a loose terminal raceme; corolla ovoid, ventricose, shortly
fonr-lobed ; lobes broad, recurved, imbricated. June to Septem-
ber. I. small, the lower ones ovate, the upper ones narrow, all
green above, and very white beneath. Branches ascending,
clothed with short, rather viscid hairs, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Common
on the heathy wastes of South-western Europe, Mayo and Con-
nemara in Ireland, and the Azores. SYN. Memiesia polifolia.

DACRYDITTM (from dalcrudion, a diminutive of
dalcru, a tear ; referring to the resinous exudations). ORD.
Coniferce. Very ornamental trees, somewhat resembling
the Spruce in appearance, but with slightly pendulous
branches. Male catkin ovoid, girded by imbricating
bracts at base ; stamens numerous, imbricate. A mix-
ture of sandy loam and peat suits them. Propagated by
cuttings, made when ripe, and placed in sand, under a
glass. Generally speaking, none of the species are suited
to our climate; but D. cupressinum and D. Franklinii
have, under exceptional circumstances, proved successful.

D. onpressinum (Cypress-like).* I. pale green, small, closely-
imbricated all round. Branches weeping, h. 60ft. to 100ft. (in
England. 16ft.). New Zealand, 1825. A pyramidal tree.

C. sessilifolius (sessile-leaved), fl.
erect, short ; calyces each having a t
it. May. I., leaflets three, ovate ;

Dacrydium — continued.
D. elatnm (tall). I. crowded, without order, erectly spreading,

mucronate. h. 60ft. Palo Penang, 1830. A large timber tree, of

slow growth.
D. excelsum (lofty). I. loosely imbricate, subulate, compressedly

tetragonal, mucronate, glaucous, with depressed angles. A. 200ft.

New Caledonia.
D. Franklinii (Franklin's). I. scale-like, imbricated. Branches

short, horizontal ; branchlets numerous, slender, pendulous, h.

100ft. Tasmania, 1844. Timber with an aromatic fragrance.
D. Mai (Mai). I. linear-obtuse, with a callous point ; margins

revolute, green above, glaucous beneath, h. 80ft. Tasmania,

D. taxoides (Yew-like). I. alternate, closely placed, falcate,
obtuse at the ends, attenuated and twisted at the base, $in. to
fin. long, and one-and-a-quarter lines broad; midribs on the
upper and under surfaces prominent. Branches sub-verticillate,
having a purplish tint when young. New Caledonia. A conical
shrub.

DACTTLICAPNOS THALICTBJFOLIA. See
Dicentra thalictrifolia.

DACTYLIS (from daktwlis, a finger's breadth; ap-
parently in allusion to the size of the clusters). ORD.
GramineoB. This genus is closely allied to Festuca, from
which it differs in that the spikelets are densely crowded
in thick, one-sided clusters, arranged in an irregular short
spike or slightly-branched panicle. The only species is
that described below ; it is one of the best and strongest-
growing kinds of our native grasses, and is well adapted
for sowing alone on marshy land.

D. glomerate (glomerate). Cock's-foot Grass. /., spikelets
several-flowered, crowded in one-sided clusters, forming a dense,
branching panicle ; glumes and lower palet herbaceous, keeled,
awn-pointed, rough, ciliate on the keel, the five nerves of the
latter converging into the awn-like point; the upper glume
commonly smaller and thinner. June. I. flaccid, but rough on
the edges, h. 1ft. to 2ft. In meadows, pastures, woods, and
waste ground throughout Europe, Central and Russian Asia
(except the extreme north); abundant in Britain. Perennial.
(Sy. En. B. 1788.) D. g. variegata, (variegated) is a very pretty
form of this., and is extensively employed for bedding purposes.

DACTYLOCTENIUM (from daktylos, a finger, and
ktenion, a little comb ; alluding to the digitate and pec-
tinate spikes). ORD. Qraminece. A genus of several
species, for the most part natives of Africa. Spikelets
several-flowered, with the uppermost flower imperfect,
crowded on one side of a flattened rachis, forming dense
pectinate spikes two to five in number, digitate at the
summit of the culm; glumes compressed, keeled, and
sub-herbaceous, the exterior one cupsidate. The species
are mostly annuals, little known to cultivation.

DACTYLOSTYLES. See Zygostates.

DADDY LONG LEGS. See Crane Fly.

D2EMIA (its Arabic name). ORD. Asclepiadeas. A
genus comprising six species of stove evergreen twiners,
natives of tropical Asia and Africa. Flowers umbellate ;
corolla sub-rotate, with a short tube ; corona double, the
outer one an annular five or ten-lobed membrane. Leaves
opposite, cordate. They thrive in a compost of fibry peat
and loam, with a small quantity of sand added. Cuttings
of firm side shoots will root in sandy soil, if placed under
a glass, in bottom heat.

D. extensa (extended), fl., margins of corolla ciliated ; peduncles
and pedicels elongated, filiform. July. I. roundish-cordate,
acuminated, acute, auricled at the base, downy. East Indies,
1777. SYN. Raphintemma tiliatum. (B. M. 5704.)

D2EMONOROPS (derivation doubtful, probably from
daemon, a deity, and ops, appearance; alluding to the
beauty of the plant). ORD. Palmce. Very elegant stove
palms, now included, by Bentham and Hooker, under
Calamus, but differing from that genus chiefly in having
its flowers scattered along the spikes, and also in the
spathes entirely encircling the young spikes. For culture,
see Calamus.

D. melanochsetes (black-bristled). I. pinnate; pinnae long,
narrow, and pendent ; petioles sheathing at the base, where they
are armed with very long sharp spines, with brown tips and much
swollen bases, h. 150ft. Malay Archipelago. An ornamental
plant, of a very dark green colour.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

431

Daemonorops — continued.

D. omatns (adorned). A very pretty species, baring finely-cut
pinnate leaves. At present, it is very rare. Java, 1875.

D. palembanicus (Palembang). 1. pinnate, broadly ovate;
pinnae numerous, narrow, elongated; petioles erect, armed at
the back with somewhat stout deflexed spines, which are
thickened at the base ; young leaves of a bright cinnamon
brown. Sumatra, 1872.

D. periacanthus (ring-spined). I broadly ovate, pinnate;
petioles furnished with numerous spines, which are set on in
irregular rings ; young leaves nearly straw-coloured, h. 16ft.
Sumatra, 1872. This species resembles D. paUmbanicut.

D. plnmosus (plumed).* I. of a rich dark green, remarkably
plume-like, pinnate, 2ft to 4ft. or more in length ; pinna 1ft
long, less than lin. wide, tapering to a narrow point, pendent ;
petioles densely armed with stout black spines, which are white
at the base. India, 1870. A very elegant species.

DAFFODIL. See Narcissus.

DAHLIA (named after Dr. Dahl, a Swedish botanist,
and pupil of Linnaeus). STN. Georgina. OBD. Composites.
A popular genus of herbaceous plants, having a double
involucre, no pappus, and a large scarious bracteole at
the base of each floret. There are but a Bmall number
of species, and all are natives of Mexico and Central
America.

The Dahlia was first introduced into this country from
Spain, in 1789, by the Marchioness of Bute. This im-
portation, and another made by Lady Holland, in 1804,
were, however, lost to cultivation. A third stock was
afterwards brought from France, about the year 1815,
and from this the numerous forms have been obtained.
It is most probable that nearly all the types and varie-
ties of the common garden Dahlia now in cultivation
have originated from D. coccinea (see Fig. 602), D.
Herclii (see Fig. 605), and D. variabvUs (see Fig. 606).
Being among the best of outside autumn-flowering plants,
and, moreover, easily propagated and grown, Dahlias form
indispensable subjects for flower-garden decoration, suit-
able for those of either large or small dimensions.

There are four important classes into which Dahlias
may be divided, in addition to a few minor ones, con-
taining only a limited number of representatives. These
are known as Show, Fancy, Bouquet or Pompone, and
Single-flowered. D. Juarezii represents a small class,
with semi-double flowers, distinct from any of the others.
D. excelsa and D. imperialis reach a great height before
flowering, and are best grown in pots for greenhouse
decoration in autumn and winter. Show Dahlias are all
double, and require to have large flowers of the most
perfect form to be considered good. Selfs and pale-
coloured flowers, edged or tipped with a darker colour,
are included under Show varieties. Flowers of a similar
size, but having florets dark-coloured at the base, and
tipped or striped with a paler colour or white, are known
as Fancy varieties. The Bouquet or Pompone, also those
sometimes termed the Bedding section, have double
flowers of a much smaller size ; various colours are in-
cluded, and all are invariably very pretty ; the habit
is dwarf and compact, constituting these the best for
bedding purposes, and the flowers are most useful for
cutting, when Double ones are required. The Single-
flowered varieties have again become very popular, and
are amongst the most beautiful and useful subjects for
cut flowers. The form and size of flower-heads in all
the sections have now attained a high degree of excel-
lence. White, yellow, red, and purple, with a great
variety between of these colours intermixed, are also
represented in each of the large classes.

PROPAGATION. Dahlias are propagated by seeds, cut-
tings, division of the roots, and sometimes by grafting.

Seeds. These are produced by the Single varieties in
large quantities, but not so freely by the Doubles. Ob-
taining seeds from the latter is mostly restricted to
florists who make this plant a speciality, and who do
it with a view to raising new varieties. The colours
of the Single flowers are reproduced by this method

Dahlia — continued.

tolerably true to character, and only those that are good
should be selected from which to save seed. Sow thinly in

I pans, at the end of March, and place on a hotbed or in
a propagating house. The seedlings will soon appear,

1 and should then be placed singly in pota, and grown
on for a time in the same temperature. Repot as
becomes requisite, and gradually harden off in a cool
frame, ready for putting outside at the end of May. If
liberally treated, large plants and good flowers may be
obtained the first season.

Cuttings. This is the method of propagation usually
adopted, and is easily accomplished in spring. The roots
having been stored and kept dry in winter, should be
introduced to bottom heat at the beginning of February,
and these, but not the crowns, should be covered with soil
A slight syringing daily will be sufficient to induce the pro-
duction of shoots, and each of these may be removed, if
required, as soon as it has two joints. If placed singly
in small pots of light leaf soil and sand, and plunged in
a close frame, roots will soon be emitted, and the plants
may be hardened, repotted, and transferred to cooler
positions, as recommended for seedlings. Cuttings of
Dahlias root best when taken in this way quite young;
and, as a succession soon appears, any variety may be
readily increased. The tops of the young shoots also
strike freely in summer.

Division of Roots. All Dahlias have several fleshy

FIG. 600. DAHLIA, FLESHY ROOTSTOCK.

tuber-like roots (see Fig. 600) that may be separated singly
for propagating after they are started in spring, allowing

FIG. 601. DAHLIA BOOTS, divided for Propagating.

one shoot to each (see Fig. 601). If these are inserted in
large pots, vigorous plants may be obtained for placing
outside later on; but the quantity will be limited to the
number of tubers when divided, and will not generally
be so many in the end as might have been procured from
cuttings.

Grafting is occasionally practised for preserving new
varieties throughout the winter, when otherwise there
would be a danger of losing them. The plan ia to take
a shoot with two joints, cut it below the bottom one, and
remove a portion of the skin on one side. A fleshy
root from a hardier sort should be prepared, by having
a similar-sized hole or incision made for the reception
of the graft. This should be tied in, and the matting
covered over with clay, the whole being afterwards potted
and placed under a hand glass until a union has taken
place. To keep the scion alive in winter, it must be
kept growing slowly, and cuttings from it may be obtained
in spring. This system of propagation is not often re-
sorted to.

CULTIVATION. Being vigorous-growing plants, Dahlias
require a rich, moderately heavy soil to give the best
results; but their cultivation will often prove successful
under conditions widely varied in this respect. When it

432

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dahlia— continued.

is proposed to plant in masses, the ground should be
trenched, and manure added if the soil is naturally poor.
It is not advisable to apply strong manure in spring, as
over-luxuriance in foliage would thereby be encouraged at
the expense of the production of flowers. A light, open

FIG. 602. FLOWERING SHOOT OF DAHLIA COCCINEA.

position, free from the shade of trees, is best; but sur-
rounding shrubs or dwarf plants are often an advantage
to Dahlias by protecting them from high winds. Mixed
flower borders, backed up with shrubs, are good positions,
and a fine effect may be produced in autumn, especially
with the best of the Single varieties, by planting in
masses, such as large circular beds. The Dwarf Pom-
pone section is best adapted for use in smaller beds, and
these, or others, may be kept still lower by pegging
down when young. Planting out should not be attempted
before the beginning of June, in most localities, as the

FIG. 603. FLOWER-HEAD OP DAHLIA IMPERIALIS.
least exposure to frost causes much injury. The heights
of the different varieties must be ascertained, and their

Dahlia — continued.

respective positions fixed accordingly. From 3ft. to 6ft.
apart is none too much space for strong, tall-growing
varieties. Seedlings, or late-struck cuttings, will not
require quite so much. Water well after planting, and
apply a temporary stake to each, for a time. Dahlias are
much benefited by frequent applications of water during
summer, and by liquid manure after the buds are formed.
If exhibition blossoms are required, the shoots and flower
buds must be thinned out in the younger stages of growth ;
but otherwise it will be unnecessary to do so. Permanent
stakes of about 4ft. in height, must replace the others when
the plant* are established and growing. The most useful
Dahlias to cultivate for cut flowers are the Single and
Pompone sections; and the most distinct and highly-
coloured sorts should be selected.

Storing. Dahlias may remain in the ground until the
tops are destroyed by frost, when they should be cut
down to within 6in. of the ground, and afterwards lifted.

FIG. 604. FLOWER-HEAD AND LEAF OF DAHLIA JUAREZII.
Eemove as much soil as possible with a pointed stick,
attach the label of each to the stem, and store away in
a dry, cool, frost-proof place. Looking over occasionally
to remove any part of the roots that may be damping, is
all that is required until starting again the following
spring. Young plants, raised either from seeds or cut-
tings, will supply large roots in the autumn of the same

INSECTS. Earwigs are most destructive to Dahlias,
by eating out the young points of the shoots, and after-
wards the florets, before they are developed. Small flower-
pots, half-filled with dry moss, and inverted on the tops
of the stakes, or hollowed bean stalks placed amongst
the branches, are the best-known traps. They should
be examined each morning, and any Earwigs found therein
destroyed.

A list of the species, and the most striking of what may
be called the " botanical " varieties, is given below.
D. bidentlfolla (bidentate-leaved). A synonym of D. coccinea.
D. coccinea (scarlet). Jl.-heads with scarlet ray-florets and yellow
disk ; outer involucral bracts five, reflexed ; inner series numerous.
Autumn. I. pinnate, scabrous, h. 3ft. to 4ft. SYNS. D. bidenti-
folia and Georgina, Cervantesii. See Fig. 602. (B. M. 762.)
D. crocata (yellow). A synonym of D. variabUit.
D. excelsa (tall). JL-heads pale lilac-purple, 4in. across.
I. doubly pinnatipartite, 2*ft. long by about 2ft. broad. Stem
perennial, very thick, becoming woody, growing to the height of

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

433

Dahlia — continued .

20ft. and upwards, less branched, and assuming more the aspect
of a tree than any other species. (B. 8&.)

D. glabrate (smooth). A synonym of D. Hereto.

PIG. 606. FLOWERS AND LEAF OF DAHLIA MERCKL

D. gracilis (slender). jL-head* brilliant orange-scarlet ; involucral
bracts small, narrow. Summer and autumn. L bipinnate,
glabrous ; leaflets OTate, coarsely crenate. A. 4ft. to 5ft (B. G.
*1.)

D. imperialis (imperial).* fl.-headt white, tinged with lilac, and
streaked with blood-red at the base, drooping, bell- shaped;
disposed in large spreading panicles, 3ft. to 6ft across. A. 10ft
to 12ft. Mexico, 1863. This remarkable and beautiful species,
from its not flowering till late in the autumn, does not fully per-
fect itself out of doors, and should, consequently, be removed
to the greenhouse or conservatory early in October. See Fig.
603. (B. M.5183.)

D. Juarezii (Juarez's).* Cactus Dahlia, fl.-headt brilliant scarlet ;
florets overlapping each other, and varying in length, thus giving
the flower an irregular appearance, h. 3ft A form which
originated under cultivation in Mexico. Very distinct and re-
markable: well worth the most extensive cultivation. See
Fig. 604.

Dahli*-«>nttn««<i.

D. Meroki (Merck's), ft.-head* white and yellow, or lilac and
yellow, %mall, with a good outline. October. A. 2ft to 4ft.
1839. STN. D. glabrata. See Fig. 605, for which we are indebted

Io64, 31,)

D. snperfiua (superfluous).
D.

A synonym of D. twrioWO.

. varlabilia (variable* fi.-tuad* very variable. August an.l
September. 17W. This is probably the first specie* introduced.
and whence by far the majority of forms now very common, have

See Fig. 606. In the wild state, the central, or
an» said to be yellow, null, andtubular. and the
r ray floret*, only conspicuous and highly coloured
shade of scarlet STNS. D. errata, D. tuperjtuo.
Ylridiflora, (green-flowered). JL-headjt pure self-green, Pom-
one size, double, and fnll-petalled. A curious monstrosity, of

marginal, or ray
in
D.
pone
garden origin.

FIG. 606. FLOWERING BRANCH OF A DOUBLE VARIETY
OF DAHLIA VARIABILJS.

VARIETIES. Subjoined is a large selection of the best
garden Dahlias cultivated at the present time, including
many of the new ones distributed in 1884. As good
varieties are numerous, and additional improved forma in
some way obtained annually in each section, it is more
than likely that others of equal merit have been omitted.
The varieties with single flowers being now so numerous,
a classification has been arranged and adopted by Mr. T. 8.
Ware, of Tottenham, who makes these plants a speciality
(and to whom we are indebted for Figs. 607 to 611), for
grouping them into foor sub-divisions or classes, according
to the shape of the flowers. Fig. 607 represents two
varieties of the section with Stellate or Star-like flowers ;
these are rather small, bnt very floriferous, and of a dwarf
bushy habit. Another form is shown in Fig. 608, where
the flowers are Flat. Fig. 609 shows those with beauti-
fully Befleied flowers, that are invariably solid and massive,
and well adapted for exhibition. The fourth, and last,
group is represented in Figs. 610 and 611, where the
flowers are only Slightly Befiexed; these come between
the Flat and the Much Beflexed sections, and include some
fine varieties for exhibition. The figures are only intended

3 K

434

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dahlia — continued.

to represent the classification of the flowers according to
their shape, and do not refer to the colours, al a great
diversity of these is included in each group. Many are
self-coloured ; others, which are edged, blotched or striped,
are termed Fancy varieties of the Single-flowered class.
Show Varieties. ACME OF PERFECTION, primrose-yellow;
ALEXANDER CRAMOND, maroon, shaded crimson, good ; ARBI-
TRATOR, delicate fawn; AURORA, golden-buff, distinct; BESSIE,

Dahlia— continued.

fine flower; GEORGE RAWLINQS, dark maroon, finely cupped;
GOLDFINDER, yellow, tipped red; GRAND NATIONAL, yellow,
very fine, new ; HERBERT TURNER, white, tinged lilac ; HOPE,
bright rosy-lilac, large; H. W. WARD, yellow, heavily edged
with crimson ; IMPERIAL, deep purple, shaded lilac, fine form ;
JAMES COCKER, large, purple, very fine ; JAMES VICK, purplish-
maroon; JOHN COCKER, glossy black; JOHN NEVILLE KEYNES,
fine yellow ; JOHN WYATT, deep scarlet ; JULIA WYATT, creamy-
white, large and good; LEAH, golden-yellow; LILLIE WARD,
white, tinged pale rose ; MAJOR CORNWALLIS WEST, scarlet,

FIG. 607. SINGLE DAHLIAS (1) MAGPIE AND (2) FREEDOM— VARIETIES ILLUSTRATING STELLATE FLOWERS.

lilac, full; BURGUNDY, dark puce, suffused light purple, good;
CARDINAL, rich scarlet, full, of fine form ; CHARLES XIDGARD,
deep yellow, edged crimson ; CHARLES TURNER, yellow, edged
and tipped crimson ; CHARLOTTE DORLING, large white, tipped ;
CONDOR, peculiar colour, buff, shaded orange; COUNTESS OF
LONSDALE, rosy-lilac ; CREAM OF THE VALLEY, cream, tinged
salmon, fine form ; CRITERION, bright rose, good ; CROWN PRINCE,
pale buff full; DAUNTLESS, dark orange, shad
creamy-white, edged purple ; DEWDROP, deep pr
OF ALBANY, rich crimson, fine form ; EDWARD PURCHASE, bright
crimson ; ETHEL BRITTEN, blush-white, edged purple ; FLAG OF
TRUCE, white, tipped lilac ; FRANK RAWLINGS, purplish-magenta,

,

orange, shaded; DELIGHT,
imrose ; DUKE

shaded orange ; MRS. GLADSTONE, delicate soft pink, new and
very fine; MRS. HARRIS, white, edged pale lilac, good; MRS.
HENSHAW, white, large and full ; MRS. P. WYNDHAM, yellow,
edged rosy-purple ; MRS. W. RASKINS, fawn, distinct and good,
new ; MURIEL, fine clear yellow, new ; OVID, rich purple, extra
good ; BOSETTA, large purple ; BUBY GEM, ruby-crimson, small
yellow tip, new ; SHIRLEY HIBBERD, dark crimson ; STATESMAN,
purplish-crimson, new ; SUNBEAM, bright clear buff, good form ;
THOMAS GOODWIN, dark maroon ; WALTER H. WILLIAMS, bright
scarlet, large and fine ; WILLIAM RAWLINGS, rich crimson-purple.

Fancy Varieties. ALDERMAN, lilac, striped and spotted purple,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

435

Dahlia — continued.

new; ANNIE RAWLJNGS, pure white, striped lake; ARABELLA,
buff, scarlet and crimson stripes, new ; BARN ABY BUDGE, fawn,
spotted crimson ; BEAUTY, yellow, tipped rose ; CHARLES WYATT,
rose, flaked crimson ; CHORISTER, fawn, striped crimson and rose;
DRAGON, yellow, striped bright crimson ; DUCHESS OP ALBANY,
pale orange, rich crimson stripes, new ; FANNY STURT, red, tipped
white ; FLORA WYATT, orange, flaked red ; FREDERICK SMITH,
lilac, striped purple; GEORGE BARNES, pale lilac, strip
HENRY GLASSCOCK, buff,

orange

white ; FLORA WYATT, orange, 'flaked
IGE BARNES, i

striped crimson; HERCULES, yellow,
striped crimson; HUGH AUSTIN, orange-scarlet, striped dark

red ; JAMES O'BRIEN, yellow, crimson and rose stripes ;

Dahlia— continued .

MAB, red, tipped and edged white; R. DEAN, yellow, flaked
crimson; REBECCA, lilac, striped crimson, new; REG CLARITY,
blush-white, striped crimson; REV. J. B. M. CAMM, yellow, flaked

red. Urge; ROBERT BURNS, lilac, flaked dark crimson; SAM
BARTLETT, blush, striped crimson ; WILLIAM ADY. lilac, s
purple, fine ; WIZARD, fawn, striped maroon, tipped white.

CAJ

VON STER.XBERG,

____ white, small : CRIMSON BEAUTY, maroon-crimson :
white, suffused with rose; DORA, primrose and wbiU-.

FLORA, pure white, rather large; COMTE

yellow, tipped

CUPID,

mkmmui I •«•
FIG. MB. SINGLE DAHLIAS a) D*- MOPPAT AND © DANGER- VARIETIES rLunmuTi*o FLAT FLOWEW

, red, distinct white tips; JOHN FORBES,

good habit ; DOT*, white, ti
amber, compact flower;

rosy-lilac, pretty ; E, F. JlTNGKER,
-'• -¥* ***?* ffiSi

JrTLE RTHUR, g '.

lilac, tipped white; LITTLE DEAR, blush white, tipped rose .
LITTLE WOXDER. scarlet; MDLLE. VALKWTINB FACON«T, whit*

436

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dahlia

td.

and purple, striped ; NEMESIS, maroon, tipped white ; NORTHERN
LIGHT, scarlet, showy ; PRINCE OF LILIPUTIANS, deep maroon,
very fine; PURE LOVE, pale lilac, extra good; THE PET, dark
maroon, white tip; TITANIA, small yellow, free, and good for
cutting; TRIUMPH, scarlet; WHITE ASTER, white, free and
good.

Single Varieties, including a selection from all the various-
shaped flowers. ARGUS, deep magenta, shaded rose ; B. BARK-

Doblia. — continued.

GEORGE CLARK, deep crimson, edged pale purple, extra fine
(see Fig. 611); HARLEQUIN, deep rose, centre band of purple
in each petal ; H. W. PETITT, bright purplish-rose, edged lilac ;
IMOGENE, primrose, shaded lilac ; LUCY IRELAND, rich magenta,
suffused crimson, very fine (see Fig. 609, 2); LUTEA GRANDI-
FLORA, rich yellow, large and free; MAGPIE, cerise, tipped
white, new and distinct, good (see Fig. 607, 1); MAUVE
QUEEN, rich mauve, fine large flower; MILLIE GIBBS, white,
edged pale yellow, new ; MRS. BOWMAN, purple-magenta extra

FIG. 609. SINGLE DAHLIAS (1) WHITE PET AND (2) LUCY IRELAND— VARIETIES ILLUSTRATING FLOWERS MUCH REFLEXKD

WAY, deep scarlet, broadly edged orange, new ; BEACON, ttery-
crimson, very fine (see Fig. 610, 1) ; BEAUTY OF CAMBRIDGE,
fiery-crimson, fine flower; BEDDING GEM, orange-scarlet, dwarf,
very floriferous, new; BRIDAL WREATH, creamy-white; CETY-
WAYO, rich blackish-maroon, new ; CHERRY, bright cherry,
shaded rose; CHRISTINE, pale silvery-pink, good; DANGER,
glowing scarlet, small flower (see Fig. 60S, 2) ; DARKNESS, intense
dark mulberry, distinct; DR. MOFFAT, dark maroon, margined
crimson, new (see Fig. 608, 1); FRANCIS FULL, bright rosy-
purple ; FREEDOM, scarlet-lake, new and fine (see Fig. 607, 2) ;

fine, new; MRS. CASTLE, intense lake, a full circular flower,
new; MRS. GOLDRING, rich rosy-pink, large flower; NEGRESS,
dark maroon, almost black, distinct foliage; NELLIE WARE,
purplish-crimson, good form, new; PARAGON, deep maroon,
good old variety ; SCARLET DEFIANCE, rich scarlet, fine flower ;
TERRA-COTTA, distinct colour, like terra-cotta ; THALIA, rich
amaranth, dwarf ; T. S. WARE, orange-scarlet, large circular
flower, new ; UTILITY, orange, suffused scarlet (see Fig. 610, 2) ;
VICTOR STRANDBERG, rich scarlet, dark centre, new; WHITE
PET, small flower, white, suffused pale rose, flue for cutting

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

437

Dahlia— continued.

(see Fig. 609, 1) ; WHITE QUEEN, white, tinged rose, very free ;
WHITE STAR, white, slightly shaded rose, fine form ; WILLIAM
CULLINGFORD, rich yellow.

Cactus and Semi-Cactus Varieties, of which D. Juaretii is
the type. ANNIE HARVEV, scarlet-crimson, small flowers, very
effective, new ; COCHINEAL, rich crimson, very fine for cutting,
new ; CONSTANCE, pure white, free-flowering, most useful ; FIRE
KING (Glare of the Garden), dazzling scarlet, very floriferous ;
PiRROT, intense orange-scarlet, small, good for cut flowers.

Dais — continued.

D. eotinifolla (Cotinus-IeavedX ft. pinkish, in umbellate in-
volucrated heads. June. I. obovate, obtuse. A. 10ft. Cape of
Good Hope, 1776. The bark of this yields the strongest fibre
known to the natives of Southern Africa.

DAISY. See Bellis.

DALBEROIA (named after Nicholas Dalberg, a
Swedish botanist, born 1730, died 1820). OBD. Legumi-

FIG. 610. SINGLE DAHLIAS (1) BEACON AND (2) UTILITY— VARIETIES ILLUSTRATING FLOWERS SLIGHTLY RF.FLEXED.

DAIS (from dais, a torch; in allusion to the form of
the inflorescence). ORD. ThymelceacecE. A genus contain-
ing four species of trees and shrubs, three natives of
Madagascar, and one from the Cape of Good Hope. The
only one in cultivation is D. cotinifolia, an interesting
greenhouse deciduous shrub. It thrives in a mixture
of peat and loam. Increased by cuttings, made of half-
ripened shoots, or of the roots, in April, placed in sand,
under a bell glass, in heat.

noses. A genus containing above sixty species of stoye
evergreen trees or climbing shrubs, natives of tropical
regions in Asia, Africa, and America (two are Australian).
Flowers violaceous-purple, or white, in dichotomons cymes
or in irregular sub-cymose panicles, axillary or terminal.
Leaves alternate, impari-pinnate (rarely unifoliolate). They
grow freely in a mixture of fibry peat and turfy loam, to
which may be added a small portion of sand. Cuttings
of firm young shoots will root in March, if placed in sand,

438

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dalbergia— - continued.

under a glass, and in a little bottom heat. Two of the

most important are here described.

D. latlfolla (broad-leaved). Black Wood. fl. white ; panicles
terminal. May. fr. lanceolate. I. pinnate ; leaflets roundish,
emarginate. h. 30ft. East Indies. A large deciduous tree, the
wood of which is extremely hard, and of a dark colour. It is
extensively employed for furniture, carving and fancy work, as
well as for gun carriages, Ac. (B. F. S. 240

D. Sissoo. Sissoo-tree. /. white : panicles axillary, puberulous,
shorter than the leaves. May. I., leaflets five, alternate, petio-
late, obovate, abruptly acuminated, glabrous above, but pubescent
beneath, h. 30ft. Bengal, 1820. The wood of this species is
very durable, and is largely used in Bengal in the manufacture

of gun carriages, railway sleepers, <fcc.

. S. 25.)

Dalea — continued.

D. mutabllis (changeable). /. at first white, but ultimately
changing to violet ; spikes cylindrical, at length becoming much
elongated, pedunculate. October. I. with five to ten pairs of
obovate or obcordate leaflets, h. lift. Mexico, 1818. Plant
erect, branched. Perennial. SYN. D. bicolor. (B. M. 2486.)

D. Mntisii (Mutis's). fl. deep blue, disposed in dense cylindrical
heads, which are about IJin. long. July. I. with eight to ten
pairs of elliptic-oblong, obtuse leaflets. A. 2^ft. to 3ft. South
America, 1828. An elegant greenhouse perennial. SYN. Psoralea
Mutitii.

DALECHAMPIA (named in honour of James Dale-
champ, 1513-1588, a French physician, botanist, and
philologist). Including Rhopalostylis (of Klotzsch). ORD.

FIG. 611. SINGLE DAHLIA GEORGE CLARK, OR PARAGON IMPROVED— VARIETY ILLUSTRATING FLOWERS SLTGHTLY REKLEXED.

DAIiEA (named after Dr. Samuel Dale, an English
botanist of the last century, and author of a book on
Materia Medica). OBD. Leguminoaca. A genus of green-
house herbs, sometimes suffruticose at the base, often
beset with glandular dots. Leaves impari - pinnate,
haying the terminal leaflet sessile. Flowers purplish-
blue, whitish, or rarely yellow, disposed in pedunculate
spikes, which are opposite the leaves. More than a
hundred species are known. The headquarters of the
genus is Mexico, a few only being found in Chili and
the Andes. For culture, see Fsoralea.

D. alopecuroides (Alopecurus-like). fl. whitish, in dense cylin-
drical silky-villous spikes. Summer. I. of many linear-oblong
leaflets, h. 1ft. to 2ft. United States. Annual.

D. bicolor (two-coloured). A synonym of D. mutabilii.

Euphorbiacece. There are above sixty species in this
genus, but very few of which are of any horticultural
merit. The one described below (perhaps the only one in
cultivation) is attractive on account of the brilliant rich
carmine-rose colour of the bracts. It thrives well in a
stove, and requires perfect drainage, and a mixture of
loam, peat, and leaf mould, in equal parts, to which
may be added a good portion of silver sand. Propa-
gated by cuttings.

D. Roezliana (RoezTs).* fl. very fragrant ; peduncles slender,
thread-like, angular, 2in. to Sin. long, bearing at the top two
small ovate bracts, placed at the base of two large, broadly egg-
shaped, acuminate, denticulate, rosy-pink floral leaves ; within
these two are other smaller bracts, placed around and among the
male and female flowers, some of them thick and club-shaped,
and bearing at the top a fringe of short, yellow, waxy-looking

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

439

Dalechampia— continued.

threads, which give a singular appearance to its blossoms. I.
Sin. to 9in. long, lin. to Sin. wide at the broadest portion, very
shortly stalked, sub-cordate, tapering towards the base, acuminate
at the apex. Vera Cruz, 1867. Habit erect, branched, leafy.
This species differs from the majority of its congeners in being
erect, not climbing, and in its undivided leaves. (B. M. 5640.)
There is a variety (alba) with white bracts.

DALIBARDA (named after Denis Dalibard, a French
botanist). OBD. Rosacecs. Low perennials, with creeping
and densely-tufted stems or rootstocks. The species
described below is a very pretty slow-growing little alpine
or rock-plant, thriving in deep, peaty soil, in a rather
sheltered position. Propagated by divisions.
D. cordate (cordate). A synonym of D. repent.
D. fragarioides (Strawberry-like). A synonym of Waldsteinia

Jragarioid.es.

D. repens (creeping), fl. white, on scape-like peduncles. May and
June. I. cordate, obtuse, crenated, pubescent. Stems creeping.
North America, 1768. SYNS. D. cordata and D. violeeoidet.
D. violaeoides (Viola-like). A synonym of D. repent.
DALMATIAN CAP. See Tulipa.
DALRYMPLEA. A synonym of Turpinia (which
see).

DAMASK HOSE. See Rosa damascena.
DAMASK VIOLET. See Hesperis matronalis.
DAME'S ROCKET. See Hesperis matronalis.
DAME'S VIOLET. See Hesperis matronalis.
DAMMARA (its native name in Amboyna). Dammar
Pine. OBD. Coniferae. A genua of large handsome coni-
fers. Leaves petiolate or almost sessile, sub-opposite
and coriaceous. Cones ovate or globular, and axillary;
scales persistent, bractless. The proper name of this
genus is now Agathis, that name having been given by
Salisbury long before Lambert published that of Dammara.
There are about ten species hitherto described ; they are
natives of the Malayan Archipelago, Fiji, New Caledonia,
New Zealand, and Eastern tropical Australia. All the
species require a greenhouse temperature. Cuttings of
ripe, firm shoots, inserted in sand, in spring, will root,
in a gentle bottom heat.

D. australis (Southern). Kauri Pine. I. linear-oblong, rarely
elliptic, flat on both sides, from liin. to 2Jin. long, and iin. to fin.
broad at the widest part, thick, coriaceous, of a greenish-brown
colour. Branches large, spreading, numerous, distant, smooth,
divided into numerous smaller ones. A. 120ft. to 150ft New
Zealand, 1821.

D. obtusa (blunt-leaved). I. variable in shape, mostly oblong,
rounded at the ends, 5Jin. to 4in. long, IJin. broad, thick, leathery,
dark glossy green, h. 150ft. New Hebrides, 1851. The timber
of this tree is extensively employed in shipbuilding.
D. oricntalis (Eastern). Amboyna Pine. I. opposite, ovate-
oblong, entire, glabrous, of a thick, coriaceous texture, from 2in.
to 4in. long, and nearly l$in. broad at the widest part, straight,
rarely falcate, smooth, dull green on both surfaces. Branches
vertical, slightly reflexed, ascending at the extremities ; branch-
lets spreading, h. 100ft. Moluccas, 1804. A large tree, yielding
the transparent resin called Dammar. (B. M. 5359.) There is a
variety named alba, differing from the species in having much
longer and more lanceolate leaves, with the edges more regularly
rolled up on the under side, slightly undulated, whitish ; the
bark, also, is of a much whiter colour.
DAMMAR FINE. See Dammara.
DAMNACANTHUS (from damnao, to conquer, and
acanthos, a spine; in reference to the strong opposite
spines). OBD. Rubiacece. A genus containing two or
three species of greenhouse shrubs, with branching habit.
They thrive in rich sandy loam and peat. Propagated by
cuttings, inserted in sand, under a bell glass, in bottom heat.
D. major (greater), fl. white, sweet-scented, axillary and solitary,
r twin; calyx five-cleft; corolla funnel-shaped. Jr., drupe red,

one to four-seeded. I. small, opposite, coriaceous, sub-sessile,

acuminate : stipules interpetiolar, tricuspidate. Spines acicular.

Japan, 1868.
D. m. submitis (nearly unarmed), fl. white. Spines very small.

Japan, 1868.

DAMFIERA (named in honour of Captain William
Dampier, R.N., the celebrated circumnavigator, who paid
preat attention to natural history in all his voyages).

Dampiera — continued.

OBD. Goodenoviece. Greenhouse snffruticose herbs or
shrubs. Flowers axillary or terminal, snb-spicate or
solitary ; corolla bilabiate. They grow freely in a mix-
ture of turfy loam, turfy peat, and sand. Cuttings strike
readily, planted in the same kind of soil, with a band
glass placed over them. There are upwards of thirty
species, all from Australia, very few of which are in
cultivation in this country.
D. Brownii (Brown's), fl. blue ; corollas densely clothed with

black plumose hairs ; peduncles solitary or clustered in the upper

axils. July. I. petiolate, oval, nearly entire, flat, scabrous above.

h. 1ft to 2ft. 1824. Plant suffruticose, erect, clothed with

scurfy tomentum. SYN. D. ovalifolia.
D. ovalifolia (oval-leaved). A synonym of D. Brownii.

DAMPING. This is practised in all plant houses in
summer, and in tropical houses at all times. It is abso-
lutely necessary in these instances, and in most others
where much fire heat is employed, to preserve sufficient
moisture in the atmosphere for the well-being of the plants.
The floor and walls of the majority of glass structures,
especially forcing houses, may be frequently damped in
spring and summer. Plants of tender growth bear much
more heat with less ventilation when this is well attended
to ; undue evaporation from the leaves being also pre-
vented. As healthy and free growth is materially affected
by Damping, it becomes a matter of great importance
towards good cultivation. It is not advisable to throw
water over hot pipes ; and, although its application fre-
quently beneath or around plants may prove beneficial
in dry weather in summer, it may be destructive in
many cases to wet the foliage each time, especially when
the sun is shining.

DAMPING OPP. This term is applied to the pre-
mature decay of the leaves, flowers, or stems of plants. Its
effects are most marked on young and tender seedlings,
when crowded together, or placed under unsuitable atmo-
spheric conditions. Sometimes the cause may be traced to
an excess of moisture that may be suspended in the air or
applied to the roots. Damping off amongst cuttings is
often caused by allowing them to become dry, and then
suddenly applying too much water. The water is generally
blamed when the actual cause is drought, and the sudden
change subsequently caused by the water. A temperature
in a glass house or propagating frame lower than that
outside, in either case will cause Damping by the condensa-
tion of water on all parts of the plants, as they become
colder, like the house. Raise the temperature and the
moisture becomes suspended. Immediately Damping is
detected amongst tender seedlings, they should be sepa-
rated and placed out singly in fresh soil. This will invari-
ably check it, but the operation is best performed before
Damping begins. Other causes, some unknown, affect
different plants, and bring about their destruction in this
way ; but the primary ones are those here indicated.
DAMSON. See remarks under Plum.
DANAA. A synonym of Physospermum (which see).

DAN2EA (named after Pierre Martin Dana, a writer
on the plants of Piedmont). OBD. Filices. A remark-
able and distinct genus of stove ferns, not very exten-
sively cultivated. Rhizomes woody. Fronds pinnate,
rarely simple, fleshy, coriaceous; pinnro usually articu-
lated. Son linear, occupying the whole length of the
veins, and crowded so as to cover the whole under surface
of the divisions of the fertile fronds. For general culture,
see Perns.

D. alata (winged), sti. of barren fronds 2in. to 6in. long, barren
fronds 1ft. to lift, long, 6in. to Sin. broad, with eight to ten
pinnae on each side ; central ones short-stalked, Sin. to Sin. lone,
Jin. broad, the apex acuminate, serrated, the base rounded.
fertile fronds on a longer stipe, the pinnae stalked more distinctly,
lin. to Sin. long, acute or obtuse. West Indies.
Among the twelve species described by Baker, the following are
given as possible inhabitants of our stoves : elliptica, Moritziana,

440

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DANCING GIRLS. See Mantisia Saltatoria.

DANDELION (Taraxacum officinale). The culture of
this herb as a salad-plant is the same as described for
Chicory (which see). The flowers must be picked off
frequently in summer, to prevent the ripening, and dis-
tribution by the wind, of seed. Dandelion roots are some-

VIG. 612. DANDELION (TARAXACUM OKFICINALE).
times dried, roasted, and ground, and employed to adulte-
rate coffee, or as a substitute for it. The leaves, when
blanched, are used in this country, and more so on the
Continent, as a salad. See Fig. 612.

DANES' BLOOD. See Sambucus Ebulns.

DANEWEED. See Sambucus Ebulus.

BANEWORT. See Sambucus Ebulus.

DAPHNE (from Daphne, the Greek name of the Bay-
tree, Laurus nobilis, used by Theophrastus). OBD. TJiyme-
lacece. Very ornamental evergreen or deciduous shrubs
(rarely tall). Flowers odorous, honeyed ; perianth tubular,
with four spreading lobes and a naked throat ; stamens
eight, sub-sessile in two series. Fruit coriaceous or fleshy.
Leaves usually alternate. There are about forty species,
the geographical distribution of the genus being- Europe,
North Africa, and Temperate Asia. A popular genus of
plants, extensively cultivated both in greenhouses and in
the open ; their fragrant flowers and dwarf-growing habit
rendering them excellent subjects for pot culture. The
less hardy sorts are good conservatory plants, succeeding
admirably when trained on walls, inside, in a partially
shaded position. The red and white forms of D. indica
are grown most largely indoors.

Cultivation. The species cultivated for conservatory
decoration are often grafted on stocks of one of the
hardier kinds, as, being naturally of slow growth, good
plants may be obtained much quicker this way than by
cuttings. For propagating by the latter method, matured
shoots, or side growths, should be selected in autumn,
inserted thinly in well-drained pots of peaty soil, and
covered with a bell glass. If kept in a cool house in
winter, they will callus, and may, early in spring, be
introduced to gentle heat, to encourage growth and the
emission of roots. The young plants may then be potted
singly, and grown on in a close, but not high, tempera-
ture, and afterwards hardened and kept quite cool during
the following autumn and winter, in order to thoroughly
ripen the wood, a material point towards success in
flowering D. indica. A temperature of 55deg. will be
sufficient to excite growth, and this must not be exceeded
until the plants are required to blossom. Grafted speci-
mens may be treated in a somewhat similar way, re-
potting annually after flowering is over, using loam and
peat in equal proportions as a compost. D. indica
seldom grows fast, consequently pots of 5in. or Gin.
diameter will be sufficiently large for good-sized plants.
Drainage must always be insured, and water applied very
carefully, especially in winter.

Daphne— continued.

The hardier species may be used outside, in sheltered
positions, on rockwork, or in shrubbery borders, with
good effect. D. Laureola and D. pontica are fine ever-
green species, thriving well when planted beneath the
shade of trees. The cultivation does not materially differ
in the younger stages from the greenhouse kinds; but as
these make large specimens in a much shorter time, a
richer, though well-drained, soil should be given when
planting out.
D. alpina (alpine), fl. white, very fragrant, sessile, aggregate.

May to July. 1. lanceolate, a little obtuse, tomentose beneath,

deciduous, h. 2ft. European Alps, 1759. A low, hardy, brancby

evergreen shrub. (L. B. C. 66.)
D. altaica (Altaic). /. white, scentless, sessile, in terminal umbels

of about five flowers. April. I. obovate-lanceolate, glabrous, of

a somewhat glaucous and yellowish -green, especially when young.

h. 1ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1796. Hardy? (B. M. 1875.)
D. Blagayana (Blagay's).* fl. white, tubular, fragrant, disposed

in dense terminal heads. April. I. alternate, lanceolate, glabrous.

A. 1ft. Mountains of Eastern Europe, 1872. Hardy evergreen.

(G. C. n. s., xvii. 505.)

FIG. 613. DAPHNE CNEORUM, showing Habit and Detached
Cluster of Flowers.

D. Cneorum.* Garland Flower, tl. bright pink, sweet-scented,
terminal, aggregate, sessile. April, and again in September. I.
lanceolate, glabrous, mucronate. h. 1ft. Europe, 1752. A hardy
evergreen trailing shrub. See Fig. 613. There are two or three
forms of this species.

D. collina (hill). /. pinkish, in terminal groups ; calyx externally
silkily villous. January to June. I. obovate, glabrous and glossy
above, and hirsutely villous beneath, h. 2ft. to 3ft. South of
Italy, 1752. Erect hardy evergreen. (B. M. 428.)

D. c. neapolitana (Neapolitan). A very pretty plant, with
fragrant flowers, which are produced during the winter. It
differs from the type chiefly in the want of pubescence on the
under surface of the leaves. (L. B. C. 719.)

D. Fortune! (Fortune's). /. lilac, lateral, appearing before the
leaves. February. I. oblong, or ovate-oblong, silky, h. 3ft
China, 1844. A hardy deciduous species. (F. d. S. 208.)

D. Genkwa (Genkwa). fl. lilac, fragrant, rather large, fascicled,
appearing before the leaves. April. I. opposite, lanceolate.
k. 2ft. to 3ft. Japan, 1866. Hardy evergreen. (B. G. 499.)

D. Gnidium (Gnidium). fl. pink, fragrant, in terminal panicled
racemes. June to August. I. linear-lanceolate, with a cuspidate
tip. h. 2ft. South-west Europe, 1797. Hardy evergreen. (S. F. G.

tip.
356.

)

D. indica (Indian).* /. red or white, terminal, sessile. June.
I. acute, entire, h. 4ft. China, 1800. Greenhouse evergreen.

D. japonica (Japanese), fl. pinkish-purple, terminal, corymbose.
February. /. oblong-lanceolate, wavy, margined with yellow.
h. 2ft. Japan, 1840. Greenhouse evergreen. (P. M. B. 8, 175.)

D. Laureola (Laurel).* Spurge or Wood Laurel. /. yellowish-
green, in axillary, simple, drooping clusters shorter than the
leaves. January to March. I. obovate-lanceolate, thick, glossy,
shining, h. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe (Britain). A low, bushy, ever-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

441

Daph

ntinued.

very poisonous. See

FIG. 614. DAPHSE LAURKOLA, showing position of Flowers
and Leaves.

D. Mezerenm (Mezereuni).* Common Mezereon ; Spurge Flax ;
Spurge Olive. /. red, distributed over the branches mostly in
threes, and in pairs and fours, expanding before the leaves
appear. February, March, or April. I. lanceolate, membranous,
2in. to 2in. long, obtuse or acute, shortly petiolate. A. 3ft, to 4ft.
Europe (England, but very rare, perhaps not indigenous). A
slender, straggling, deciduous shrub. The bark of this species is
very acrid, and is used medicinally, for which purpose it is largely
imported from Germany. There are white, red, and autumnal-
flowering varieties.

D. odora (sweet-scented).* JL purple, fragrant ; heads terminal,
sessile, many-flowered. March. L scattered, oblong-lanceolate,
smooth. A." 3ft China, 1771. Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M.
1587.)

D. o. Maxell (Mazel's).* JL white, pink, sweet-scented, borne on
short lateral branchlets all along the branches, and thus differing
from all the other varieties of D. odora. It produces its flowers
from November until spring, and succeeds best in a partial! v
shaded position. (Gn., Nov. 1878.)

D. oleoides (Olive-like), f.. white, terminal, sessile, a few
together, and surrounded by leaves that in some measure invo-
lucrate them. April. 7. obovate-lanceolate, terminated with a
minute mucro, glabrous on both sides, glossy. A. 2ft South-
east Europe, 1818. A hardy evergreen shrub. (B. M. 1917.)

O. pontica (PonticX* fl. greenish-yellow, fragrant, bractless,
glabrous, in many-flowered upright clusters, each of the long
partial stalks of which bears two flowers. April and May. I.
obovate-lanceolate, glabrous, h. 4ft to 5ft Eastern Europe,
etc., 1759. A hardy, spreading, branchy, evergreen shrub. (B. M.
1282.) There is a form with variegated leaves, but it is rare.

D. striata (streaked), /t. rosy-purple, Carnation-scented, terminal,
aggregate. June and July. I. sub -spat hulate-linear, sessile,
AT2ft. Europe, 1819. A hardy evergreen, forming dense, twiggy,
spreading masses, 1ft to 3ft across.

D. Tarton-raira. See Tnymelsea Tartonrolra.

"PART!A A section of Atplenium.

DARLINGTONTA (named in honour of Dr. Darling-
ton, an American botanist). OBD. Sarracenvaceae. A very
curious and remarkable hardy herbaceous monotypic
genus, allied to Sarracenva, but without the curious
umbrella- shaped summit to the style, which is so con-
spicuous in the latter. It is an admirable plant for grow-
ing in the greenhouse, in conjunction with Cephalotns,
Drosera, Sarracenia, Ac., and requires the same cultural
treatment. Out of doors, it thrives best in a damp and
shady position, in the rockery or f emery, where it must
be kept well supplied with water. The best soil is
one composed of peat and chopped sphagnum, to which
plenty of sharp sand and small pieces of limestone are
added. Darlingtonias should have the protection of a
handlight, which is preferable to a bell glass, as venti-
lation may be more easily given. It is usually con-
sidered somewhat difficult to get the seeds to germinate
and grow. The following mode of treatment has, however,
been found successful : The pots should be filled, within
lin. of the top, with fibrous peat, charcoal, fresh-chopped

Darlingftonia— conttniud.

sphagnum, and sand, in equal parts, then coated with fresh
tips of sphagnum. On this the seeds should be sprinkled,
and well watered, the pots being stood in pans of water, and
covered with a bell glass, in order io keep the atmosphere
above the seeds in a moist condition. The pots should
then be placed in a shady position in a cool greenhouse,
and in about five or six weeks the seeds will commence
germinating. When strong enough, the seedlings should
be pricked off into pans filled with the same compost as
above mentioned, and transferred to a cold, shady frame,
where they must be kept constantly moist Perfect
drainage and a cool, shady position, are at all times
absolutely

FlO. 615. DAHLTJfGTOXIA CALJFOR.MCA.

D. californlca (Californian).* JL about 2in. in diameter ; sepals

ith dark
, r at the

over, or hood-like,

whitish or pale green ; petals yellow-green, marked wit
red-brown veins, oblong. April. I. , or pitchers, slender at the
base, gradually swelling upwards ; apex bent over, or hood-like,
with a large triangular process depending from the aperture ;
ground colour bright green, upper portion and throat beautifully
mottled with white, and reticulated with reddish-pink veins.
A. 1ft to ljft California, 186L See Fig. 615. (B. M. 5920.)

DARNEL. Sea Lolinm temnlentnm.
DART MOTH. See Turnip Moth.
DARWINIA (named in honour of Dr. Darwin,
author of a once famous poem entitled ''The Botanic
Garden"). SINS. Genetyllif, Hedaroma, and Polyzone.
OBD. Myrtac&B. A genus of greenhouse, Heath-like, ever-
green shrubs ; there are upwards of a score species known,
all natives of Australia. Flowers red or white, in terminal
fascicles, inclosed in large, coloured, ovate or oblong
involucres, and interspersed with chaffy bracts. Leaves
scattered, full of pellucid dots. For culture, Ac., tee
Calythrix.

D. citrlodora (Lornon-scented). ./f. usually four, in small
terminal heads ; involucre scarcely exceeding the flowers, con-
sisting usually of four outer leaf -like bracts, and four inner ovate
ones, more or less coloured. L nearly opposite, from narrow.
oblong to almost ovate-lanceolate, obtuse. A. 1ft to 2ft Sr.v
Hedaroma latifolium.

D. dlosmoldes (Diosma-like). fl. white, numerous, in compact
terminal globular heads ; calyx about one and a half lines long,
the adnate part obscurely five-ribbed, and covered nearly from the
base by glandular papillw more or less distinctly arranged in six
to eight prominent parallel rings ; petals white. April. L scat-
tered; crowded, linear, semi-terete or triquetrous, thick or slender,
abtmt A. 3ft 1827. An erect bushy shrub. SYN. GenetyUit
dwmoide*.

D. toacKnilarls (fascicled). JL red, about six or twelve together,
in terminal beads, within the last leaves; calyx slender, the
adnate part prominently five-ribbed, otherwise smooth ; lobes
very small and scale-like ; petals broad. June. L laMaii.
often crowded, linear, Blender, semi-terete, or obtusely triquetrous,
shortly petiolate : floral ones slightly longer. A. 3ft to 6ft
1820. An erect much-branched shrub.

D. fimbrlata (flmbriated).* JL rather numerous; involucres
ovoid, about Jin. long, or rather more, the inner bracts peUloid,
pink, broadly oblong or almost cnneate and very obtuse; the
outer ones short, broad, and squarrose, but coloured, and all

3 L

442

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Darwinia — continued.

ciliate; petals triangular. June. I. scattered, often crowded,
oblong-elliptical, very obtuse ; margins recurved, strongly ciliate-
denticulate. h. lit. to 2ft. 1864. A bushy shrub. SYN. Gene-
tyUisfimbriata. (B. M. 5468.)

D. Hookerlana (Hooker's).* This species much resembles
D. macrogtegia, but is usually smaller, more slender, and less
twiggy. SYN. Genttyllit Hookeriana. (B. M. 4860, under the
name of Genetylli* macrostegia.)

Darwinia — continued.

them, but not coloured ; calyx rather slender, strongly flve-ribbed,
otherwise smooth ; petals rather narrow, concave, with a deep-
coloured spot at the top. May. I. mostly opposite, linear or
lanceolate, obtuse ; margins revolute. h. 1ft. SYN. Hedaroma
thymoides.

DASTLIBION (from dasys, thick, and lirion, a lily).
OKI). Liliacece. Very ornamental greenhouse evergreens,

FTG. 616. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DARWINIA MACROSTEGIA.

D. macrostegia (large-involucred).* Tulip-bearing Myrtle, fl.
rather numerous ; involucre campanulate, nearly IJin. long ; the
petal-like inner bracts broadly obovate, pale yellow, streaked with
red, entire ; petals white. June. 2 scattered, elliptic-oblong or
slightly cuneate, obtuse, iin. to Jin. long; margins recurved,
entire, h. 2ft. to 3ft 1854. SYNS. Genetyllis tuUpifera (B. M.
4858), G. macrostegia, Hedaroma tulipiferum. See Fig. 616.

D. pinifolia (Pine-leaved). This species closely resembles
D. fascicularix in habit, foliage, and inflorescence, but with
a different calyx and staminodia. SYN. Hedaroma pinifolium.

D. purpurea (purple), fl. numerous, in dense, hemispherical
heads ; involucral bracts numerous, more or less coloured, imbri-
cate, but somewhat spreading, rather longer than the flowers ;
calyx about two lines long, the adnate part flve-ribbed at the
base, the upper half encircled by five or six rings of glandular
papillae. I. scattered, crowded, and almost imbricate, linear,
obtuse. Erect, much-branched shrub. SYNS. Genetyllis purpurea,
Polyzone purpurea.

D. taxif olia (Yew-leaved). fl. white, at the ends of the branchlets ;
calyx prominently five-ribbed, the adnate part slightly rugose
between the ribs ; lobes small, scale-like ; petals ovate. June.
I. mostly opposite, linear-falcate, triquetrous or laterally com-
pressed, acute, iin. to Jin. long, almost petiolate. h. 1ft. to 3ft.
1824. A straggling or decumbent shrub.

D. thymoides (Thyme-like), fl. sessile, four to eight together,
in terminal heads, tha outer bracts sometimes slightly exceeding

allied to Nolina. Flowers dicecions, in dense panicles;
flower-stems sometimes 10£t. or 12ft. in height. Leaves
crowded, linear, gracefully drooping. They thrive in a
compost of two parts loam, one peat, and one sand.
Perfect drainage and a plentiful supply of water during
the summer months, are important cultural items. In-
creased by seed. Dasylirions form admirable plants for
sub-tropical gardening, or for conservatory and indoor
ition.

D. acrotrichnm (hair-tipped).* fl. white ; panicle dense, cylin-
drical, 4ft. to 5ft. long. I. densely rosulate, recurved, linear, 2ft. to
3ft. long, less than Iin. broad, with a long fibrous tuft at apex ;
marginal spines sharp, yellowish. Trunk stout, simple, h. 6ft.
to 10ft. Mexico, 1851. SYN. D. gracile. (B. M. 5030.)

D. a. brevifolium (short-leaved). I. shorter than those of the
type, rarely more than 2ft. in length, not becoming pendulous.

D. glaucophyllum (milky-green-leaved).* fl. white; panicles
narrow, 3ft. to 4ft. long ; peduncles elongated ; flower-stem
10ft. to 12ft. high. I. dense, 2ft. to 3ft. long, about Jin. broad,
glaucous ; margin armed with small teeth, h. 12ft. Mexico,
1846. SYN. D. glaucum. (B. M. 5041.) The variety latifolium
has broader leaves, and is more robust in growth than the type.

D. glaucum (grey). A synonym of D. glaucophyllum.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

443

Dasylirion — continued.

D. gracile (graceful). A synonym of D. aerotriehum.

D. gramlnifolium (grass-leaved), fl. white ; inflorescence 8ft. to
9ft. long ; panicle narrow. I. in a dense rosette, linear, 3ft to 4ft.
long six to seven lines broad, green ; marginal prickles half to one
line long. Trunk short, h. 8ft. Mexicofl835.

D. Hartwegianum (Hartweg-s). A synonym of D. Eookeri.

D. Hooker! (Hooker's), fl. purplish ; inflorescence about IJft.
long ; peduncles short ; panicle dense. 1. narrow, linear, lift to
2ft long, two to three fines broad, pale glaucous green ; margin
serrate. Caudex a gigantic tuber, with the leaves springing in
fascicles from tubercles on its suiface. A, 3ft Mexico 1846.
SYN. D. Hartieegianum. (B. M. 5099.)

D. laxifiornm Goose-flowered). A synonym of D. serratifolium.

D. serratifolium (saw-leaved). fl. white ; panicle dense, 1ft
wly lin. broad ; marginal teeth hall

^ued.

long. I. 2ft. long. :

half lines long. Stem stout. 'Mexico. SYN. D. laxiflorum.

teeth half to one-

long, l. at. long
and-a-half lines li

DATE PALM. See Phoenix dactylifera.
DATE PLUM. See Diospyros Kaki.

DATISCA (derivation unknown). OBD. Datiscece.
A very graceful herbaceous perennial, well suited for
a collection of hardy, fine-leaved plants, and also as an
isolated specimen. It thrives in a deep, good soil, and
may be propagated by dividing plants that have become
well established ; also by seeds.

D. cannablna (Hemp-like).* fl. yellow, dis-
posed in long, loose, axillary racemes. Sep-
tember. 1. pinnate, alternate ; leaflets in
three pairs and an odd one, about 2in. long,
and Jin. broad, deeply serrate, h. 3ft to 6ft
Crete and Western Asia, 1739. The male and
female forms should be grown, as, though both are graceful,
the fertilised female plant is the most so, and continues much
longer in a green state. See Fig. 617. (S. F. G. 960.)
The only other species of the genus is D. glamerata, a native

of California and Mexico ; it is probably not in cultivation in this

country.

DATISCE2ES. A small order of dicotyledonous plants,
closely allied to the Begonias. Herbs or trees, glabrous,
pubescent, or almost scaly. Flowers dioecious, regular,
rarely hermaphrodite or polygamous ; corolla small or
altogether wanting ; calyx tube adhering to the ovary.
Fruit a one-seeded capsule, opening at the top. Leaves
alternate, simple or pinnate. There are only three known
genera : Datisca, Octomeles, and Tetrameles.

DATURA (derivation obscure ; said to come from the
Arabic name, datora). OBD. Solanacece. Including Brug-
mansia, CeratocauUs, Dutra, and Stramonium. Orna-
mental and pretty a-nnnala, shrubs or trees. Flowers extra-
axillary, pedunculate, or from the forks of the branches;
corolla funnel-shaped. The annual species are generally
known as Daturas, and the shrubby ones as Brugmamias.
From an horticultural point of view, the latter section is
by far the most important.

PBOPAGATION. This may be easily effected by cuttings
of about 6in. in length, placed in sandy soil, and plunged in
t bottom heat of 60deg. Young shoots, heeled off the old

wood, when they have grown about 6ia. long, in spring,
root freely. The annual species may be readily raised
from seed.

CULTIVATION. Shrubby Specie*. These thrive well
against pillars, or planted in beds or borders in conserva-
tories, and allowed to grow into large bushes or dwarf
trees. The plants bear severe pruning remarkably well,
and may be cut to keep them in any form or size desired.
The best time to prune is at the close of the flowering
season, or later in the autumn. This section of the genus
is naturally an evergreen one, but does well treated as
deciduous. Daturas enjoy a moderate amount of warmth
when in full growth, but require to be kept dry and quite
cool in winter. The best way of growing them in mode-
rate-sized houses is in 12in. pots, as standards. These
may have stems ranging in height from 4ft. to 7ft. The
head should be formed of three or more branches, which
will quickly be produced on stopping the main stem. After
it is once obtained, the annual growths may be cut back
to where the leading branches originate. Old plants
flower far more freely than younger ones. Standard plants
of D. sanguinea and D. suaveolens are well suited as per-
manent features for centres of beds or groups. D. Knightii
does well in sheltered positions outside, in
summer, and forms a rich and pleasing addition
to the usual sub-tropical large-leaved plants.
During the flowering period, manure water is
most useful in increasing the vigour of the
plants and the number and size of the flowers.
Daturas are rather subject to White Scale on
the leaves and stems.

Annual Species. These are of very easy culti-
vation. Seeds may be readily raised in a hotbed ;
and the seedlings, when large enough to handle,
should be placed singly in small pots, and finally
transferred to their flowering quarters in the open
border. They delight in a light sandy soil, and
require plenty of space for full development.

FIG. 618. FLOWEBIMG BRANCH OP DATURA CKRATOCAULA.

444

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Datura — continued.

D. arborea (tree-like).* /., corolla white, Tin. to Sin. long.
August. I. elliptic-oblong, quite entire, and are, as well as the
petioles and branches, clothed with powdery pubescence, h.
7ft. to 10ft. Peru, &c., 1813. Greenhouse shrub. SYN. Bruy-
mansia Candida.

D. ceratocaula (hom-stalked). /., corolla with a green tube,
white limb, tinged with purple, sweet-scented. July. I. ovate-
lanceolate, toothed, hoary beneath. Stem terete, purplish, dicho-
tomous, horn-formed, pilose at the base. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Cuba,
1805. Annual. SYN. Ceratocaulos daturoutes. See Fig. 618.
(B. M. 3352.)

D. chlorantha flore pleno (double yellow-flowered).*/. yellow,
double, sweet-scented, solitary, axillary, pendent, shortly pedun-
culate; corolla funnel-shaped, dilated at the mouth. August

ut quite
1845.

,

to October. I. agreeing in shape with D. cornigera, but quite
glabrous Branches terete. Native country un
A handsome, free-flowering species. (B. M. 5218.)
D. cornigera (horn-bearing). /., corolla white, or cream-coloured,
large, funnel-shaped, striated, the mouth spreading, flve-lobed
the lobes terminated by a long subulate, spreading or recurved
point; peduncles axillary, single-flowered, curved downward, so
that the flower is drooping. Summer. I. chiefly confined to the
extremities of the branches, ovate, petiolate, acuminate, entire,
or sinuate or angled. Stem shrubby, about 3ft. high ; the young
branches and almost everv Dart of the plant clothed with soft

branches and almost every part of the plant

down. h. 10ft. Organ Mountains, 1844. A very singular plant.

(B. M. 4252.)
D. fastnosa (prickly).* /., corolla violaceous outside, and white

inside, oblique. July. 1. ovate, acuminated, repandly-toothed,

unequal at the base, and are, as well as the stem, downy. A. SB.

to 3ft. East Indies, &c.. 1629. Annual.
D. Isevis (smooth). A synonym of D. muricata.
D. Metel (Metel).* fl. fragrant; corolla white, larg* June. I.

cordate, quite entire, or a little toothed, and are, as well as the

stem, downy. A. 2ft. Tropics, 1596. Annual. (B. M. 1440.)

Fir,

FLOWERING BRANCH OF DATURA METELOIDES.

D. meteloides (Metel-like)* is a greenhouse evergreen, very
similar to the foregoing, with large longer-tubed flowers, of a
bluish-violet, or else white. California, 1856. SYN. D. Wrightii.
See Fig. 619. (F. d. S. 1266.)

D. murioata (muricated). /..corolla white, long. July. fr. mu-
ricated with strong short prickles, slightly erect. I. ovate, repand,

Datura — continued.

when young toothed, glabrous, unequal at the base. h. 2ft. to 3ft.
Tropical Asia, 1820. Annual. SYN. D. Icevis.

D. quercifolia (Oak-leaved), fl., corolla violaceous. July.
1. smuately pinnatifid, hairy on the veins beneath, h. 1ft. to 2ft.
Mexico, 1824. Annual.

D. sanguinea (bloody).* /. solitary, pendulous, issuing from the
forks of the branches ; corolla funnel-shaped, Tin. long, pubescent ;
tube orange-yellow, green towards the base, thick and fleshy;
calyx large, ventricose, five-angled, five-ribbed, with prominent
veins, copiously pubescent. Summer. I. alternate, often geminate,
ovate-oblong, obtuse, waved and sinuated, with short blunt lobes,
copiously clothed on both sides with soft white hairs ; petioles
stout, nearly cylindrical, copiously hairy, slightly flattened above.
Stem arboreous, from 3ft. to 12ft. high, round, divided at the top
h. 4ft. to 8ft. in cultivation. Peru. An elegant plant. (S. B. F. G.
ii. 272, under name of Brugmansia sanguinea.)

FIG. 620. MATURE FRUIT OF DATURA STRAMONIUM.

FIG. 621. BRANCH OF DATURA STRAMONIUM, with Flowers
and Fruit.

D. Stramonium (Stramonium). Thorn Apple, fl. white. July.
1. ovate, angularly-toothed, cuneiform at the base, smoothish,
green. A. 2ft. England. Annual. See Figs. 620 and 621.
(Sy. En. B. 935.)

D. Buaveolens (sweet-scented).* fl. white, sweet-scented, large.
August. 1. elliptic-oblong, quite entire, glabrous above, and
scarcely downy beneath, h. 10ft. to 15ft. Mexico, 1T33. A very
handsome greenhouse tree or shrub, much more extensively
grown than any other member of the genus. SYN. Brugmansia
suaveolens.

D. Tatnla (Tatula). fl. violaceous. July. I. cordate-ovate,
angularly toothed, unequal at the base, glabrous. A. 2ft. to 3ft.
America, 1629. Annual. (S. B. F. G. 83.)

D. Wrightii (Wright's). A synonym of D. meteloides.
There are several good garden forms in cultivation ; the best

perhaps being D. Knightii, a very handsome conservatory plant,

with large double white pendulous flowers.
DAUBENTONIA. See Sesbania.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

445

DAUBENYA (named after Dr. Charles Daubeny, a
former Professor of Botany, at Oxford). OBD. Liliareae.
A genus of pretty and curious little greenhouse bulbs,
producing their flowers in very shortly-stalked, densely-
flowered umbels, larger than a crown piece. There are
three species, natives of the Cape of Good Hope ; at
present, they probably do not exist in British gardens.
They thrive in a soil composed of sandy loam and peat
Increased by offsets. Danbenyas should be quite dry
while at rest.

D. anrea (golden), fl. yellow; perianth tuberose, with a two-
lipped limb. June. L oblong, seated dose to the earth. A. Sin.
1832. (B. B.1813.)

D. ftilva (tawny). JL dull reddish-yellow. June. *. 6in- 1836.
(B. B. 1839, 53.)

DAUCTJS (Dauio*, of Dioscorides, is said to be from
daio, to make hot ; from its supposed effect in medicine).
Carrot. OBD. Umbellifens. For culture, tee Carrot.
D. Carota. Carrot jL, umbels white, peduncled; central
purplish; bracts of involucre usually piimatifid; bracteoles
lanceolate. Summer, i. pinnately decompound ; segments i
rather hairy. A. 1ft to 2ft Europe (Britain), North A
North and West Asia, to India. Biennial
There are about a score other species, but none are worth men-
tion, either as ornamental or useful plants.

D AVAIiIiIA (named after £. DavaJl, a Swiss botanist).
Including Acrophonu, Humata, Leucosteyia, Loxotcaphe,
Microlepia, Odontoloma, Prosaptia, Saecoloma, Scyphularia,
and Stenoloma. OBD. FHiees. A large genus of green-
house ferns, upwards of a hundred being described in
" Synopsis Filicum." Rhizomes creeping, scaly. Involucre
terminal on the veins, various in shape, united or free at the
sides ; the apex always free. Capsnles stalked. Sori intra-
or sub-marginal, globose or elongated either laterally or
vertically. For general culture, see Ferns.

Darallia— continued.

D.

FIG. 622. DAVALLIA AFFIHIS.

(related).* rfciz. thick, densely scaly. ««. fin. to 9m.
t. frond* 1ft to 2ft long, Mn. to 12m. broad, del-
tri- or quadripiimate ; lower pinnules with
l lobes, ^STSeintSu .of which are deeply
. Ceylon, 4c- See Fig. 622. (H. S. F. 1, 52.)
»« (winged). A synonym of D. Emertoni.
lna (alpine). rfciz. creeping, scaly. *ri. 2m. to 4in. long.
ifin. to Sin. long, lin. tol*in. broad, deltoid in outline;
^nentTof barren frond .lightly dentate, blunt at the

FIG. 623. DATALUA

apex of the fertile fronds, distant, deeply, and sharply toothed :
the lower ones cut nearly to the rachu with sharply-toothed
lobes, tori placed hi the teeth on both sides. Java, Borneo.
See Fig. 623.

D. angnstata (narrow), rhiz. creeping, scaly, frond* sub-sessile,
SnTto Sin. long, Jin. to gin. broad, linear, slightly crenate at the
margin ; barren ones entire, tori in a row along the edges.
Malay Peninsula.

D. bullata (blistered - leaved), rhiz. creeping, stout, densely
flbrillose. tti. strong, erect, Sin. to 4in. long, frondt Sin. to 12m.
long, 4in. to Sin. broad, deltoid, quadripinnatifld ; pinnules of
the lower pinnae lanceolate, 2m. to Sin. long, with deeply inciso-
pinnatifid oblong-rhomboidal segments, tori deeply half cup-
East Indies, Ac. (H. STF-l, 50 B.)

(naked). A synonym of D. marginal**.

D. canariensls (.CanariesX

scalv. tti. strong, erect, 4in. to 6m. long,

Hare's-foot Fern. rttu. creeping.
strong, erect, 4in. to 6m. long, frond* 1ft
to lift long, 9m. to l&n, broad, deltoid, qudripinnatifld ;

pinnules of the lower pinne lanceolate - deltoid, 2m. to Sin.
long more than lin. broad, with ovate-rhomboidal deeply indso-
pinnatifid segments, tori occupying a whole ultimate division.
Spam, Ac. This fern derives its popular name from the peculiar
form of the rootstock, which curves over the side of the pot hi
which It grows, and, being covered with close brown hair, it
Tery much resembles a hare's foot (H. S. F. 1, 56 A.)

D cluerophylla (Chervil-leaved), rhiz. wide-creeping, scaly, tti.
iuTtoouTlong, naked, frondt 9in. to 15in. longTSTfoaa.
broad, lanceolate -deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifld; lowest pin-
nules lin. to 2in. long, lin. broadC cut into deeply pmnatifld
segments ; ultimate lobes narrow and acute in the fertile, rather
broader in the barren, frond, tori copious. North India. STX.
D.pulckn. (H. S. F. 1, 51 A.)

D. di»e«ta. (dissected).* rku. ston^wid. ,scandent, densely

divarlcata (divaricate), rhit. creeping, stout, scaly, tti.
fcrS^recTeSi. to 12Sn. long, fr^t^to 3ft. long, tripin-
natifld • lower pinnse often iSn. long by 6in. broad ; segments
deltoid,' or cut Sown to the rachis in the lower part "TinaM
cup-shaped. Malay Archipelago. Sm D. poiyantta. (H. a F.
1,59 A.)

•> dnbla (doubtful), frond* ample, deltoid, quadripinnatifid ;
'is^T^i^^TlJli.*;.!^ or more long, 2i£ to 4m. broad ;
stalked, with close oblong sessile
"ttie'lower piimatind, upjMr entire, tori minute, one

Tropics of

D. e. elata (tall) is a form with larger and leas leathery fronds,
the segments of which are narrower, more deeply and sharply
cut (H. S. F. 1, 56 A.)

D. •, flacdda (feeble) is a tender, fia»ly-cmt form.

446

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Davallia— continued.

D. Emerson! (Emerson's), fronds tufted, sessile, 6in. to 12in.
long, nearly lin. broad at the widest part, linear-lanceolate, cut
into numerous linear-oblong lobes, sori one to six, placed
around the edge of the lobes. Madras. SYN. D. alata.

FIG. 624. DAVALLIA FIJENSIS.

D. fljensis (Fiji).* rhiz. creeping, stout, densely fibriUose. sti.
6in. to 9in. long, erect, strong, fronds 1ft. to lift, long, 6in. to
12m. broad, deltoid, quadripinnatifid ; pinnules of the lower
pinnae deltoid-lanceolate ; the lobes of the segment cut down
nearly to the rachis into linear divisions, sori half cylindrical.
Fiji, 1879. See Fig. 624.

D. firma (firm). A synonym of D. hirta.

D. fumarioides (Fumaria-like). rhiz. creeping, stout, fibrillose.
sti., including rachis, 4ft long, scandent, spinoso-flexuose. fronds
tripinnatifid ; lower pinnae 1ft. to lift, long, 4in. to 6in. broad ;
segments small, deeply cut ; lobes usually only one-veined, sori
cup-shaped, as broad as the segment. West Indies.

D. glbberosa (swollen-rooted), sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long,
erect, naked, fronds 1ft. to lift, long, 6in. to 9in. broad,
lanceolate-deltoid, quadripinnatifid; pinnules of lower pinnae
lanceolate-deltoid, 2in. to Sin. long, lin. broad ; segments cut
down to the rachis. sort terminal in the ultimate divisions.
Polynesian Islands, 1825.

FIG. 625. IUVALUA HKTKKOPHY1AA.

rhiz. wide-creeping, densely scaly.
sti. erect, wiry, elongated, fronds deltoid, with an attenuated

Davallia — continued.

D. Grifflthiana (Griffith's).

sti. erect, wiry, elongated, jivmus uciwjiu, WILU an attciiuiitcu
ipex, 9in. to 12in. long, 4in. to Sin. broad; pinnae acuminate;
pinnules oblong-lanceolate, obtuse ; lobes short and blunt.
sori large, cup-shaped, sub-marginal. Assam. (H. S. F. 1, 49 B.)

D. hemiptera (half -winged). A synonym of D. repens.

D. heterophylla (variable-leaved), rhiz. creeping, scaly, fronds
shortly stalked, 3m. to 6in. long, lin. broad, glabrous ; barren
one ovate-lanceolate, entire, or slightly lobed at the base ,
fertile one narrower, and deeply sinuato-pinnatifid. Malayan
Peninsula. See Fig. 625.

D. hirta (hairy).* sti. strong, 1ft. to 2ft. long, fronds 3ft. to
6ft. long, 1ft. to 2ft. broad, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifid;
lo_wer pinnse 6in. to 12in. long, Shi. to 4in. broad, ovate-lanceolate,
pinnules lanceolate, cut down to the rachis into oblong, broadly
toothed lobes, sori two to twenty to a segment. North India,
&c. SYNS. D. firma and D. scaberula.

D. immersa (immersed), rhiz. creeping, stout, fibrillose. sti. 4in.
to Sin. long, strong, erect, fronds 1ft. to lift, long, 6in. to 9in.
broad, deltoid, tripinnate; lowest pinnules lanceolate, deltoid,
2in. to Sin. long, lin. broad, with broad segments, sori large, one
to six to a segment. Hindostan, &c.

D. khasyiana (Khasyan). A synonym of D. strigosa.

D. lonchitidea (Lonchitis-like). A synonym of D. platyphylla.

D. marginalia (marginal), rhiz. creeping, vUlous. sti. 1ft. to
2ft. long, erect, strong, fronds lift, to 2ft. long, 9in. to 15in.
broad, pinnate ; pinnae 4in. to Sin. long, about lin. broad, linear,
cut down into bluntish oblong lobes, sori two to eight to a
lobe, sub-marginal Ceylon. SYNS. D. calveseens, D. scabra, and
D. villosa. (H. S. F. 1, 48 B.)

D. Mariesii (Maries).* A pretty dwarf evergreen species, with
slender creeping rhizomes. It is well suited for the cool green-
house. In general aspect, much like D. bullata. Japan, 1879.

D. Mooreana (Moore's). A synonym of D. pallida.

D. Novse-Zelandto (New Zealand), rhiz. creeping, scaly.
sti. 4in. to Sin. long, firm, erect, fronds 1ft. to lift, long, 4in. to
8m. broad, deltoid, tripinnate ; lower pinnules deltoid-lanceolate,
cut down to the rachis, except toward the apex, into narrow,
deeply pinnatifid segments, sori numerous. New Zealand. SYN.
Acrophorus hispidus.

pinnules and tertiary segments deltoid, stalked ; ultimate lobes
obovate, cuneate, blunt, one to one-and-a-half lines broad ;
involucres marginal, funnel-shaped. Borneo, 1869. SYN. D.
Mooreana. See Fig. 626, next page. (G. C. 1869, 964.)

FIG. 627. DAVALLIA PARVULA.

D. parvnla (little), rhiz. wide-creeping, scaly, sti. lin. to 2in.
long, or fronds sub-sessile, Jin. to Jin. long by Wn. broad, deltoid
in outline, bi- or tripinnate, with all the divisions of the frond
almost filiform, sori placed at the sinuses of the ultimate forks.
Borneo, 1868. See Fig. 627.

D. pectlnata (combed), rhiz. creeping, scaly, sti. 2in. to 4in.
long, erect, scaly, fronds 4in. to Sin. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
ovate-lanceolate, deeply cut into long parallel linear-oblong,
entire, or inciso-pinnatifid pinnae, son obliquely placed in two
sub-marginal rows. Tropical Polynesian Islands.

D. pedata (pedate). rhiz. creeping, scaly, sti. 2in. to 4in. long,
rather scaly, fronds 2in. to 4in. long, IJin. to 2in. broad at the
base, deltoid in outline, deeply cut ; upper segments linear-oblong,
acute, inciso-dentate, lower pair broader, sori placed in rows
on the teeth on both sides of the lobes. Tropical Asia, &c.
(H. S. F. 1, 45.)

D. pentaphylla (five-leaved).* rhiz. creeping, stout, densely
fibrillose. sti. erect, strong, 2in. to 4in. long, fronds with a
terminal segment, and two to three pairs of lateral pinnas ;
terminal segments of fertile fronds linear, 4in. to 6in. long, Jin.
broad, those of the barren fronds broader and shorter, sori in
two rows along the slightly toothed margins. Java, &c.

D. pinnata (pinnate), rhiz. creeping, fibrillose. sti. strong, erect,
6m. to 12in. long, fronds 9in. to 15in. long. 4in. to Sin. broad,
with distant linear, slightly toothed pinnae, bin. long, Jiu. to gin.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

447

Davallia — continued.

broad, sori one to each tooth, small. Malayan Peninsula.
D. serrata, D. ffraeilis, and D. Luzoniea are either identical with
this species, or else unimportant forms. (H. S. F. 1, 60.)

D. platyphylla (broad-leaved).* rhiz. creeping, stout tti. 2in. to
3ft. long, firm, erect, fronds 3ft. to 4ft long, tripinnatifid ; lower
pinnae 1ft. to lift, long, 6in. to 9in. broad, lanceolate, with
distant linear-lanceolate pinnules, which are deeply cut into
broad, bluntish toothed lobes, tori two to twelve to a segment.
East Indies. SYN. D. lonchitidea. (H. S. F. 1, 46 B.)

D. polyantha (many-fruited). A synonym of D. dimricata.

D. pnlchra (fair). A synonym of D. chasrophyUa.

D. pyxidata (Box-like).* rhiz. stout creeping, densely scaly, tti.
strong, erect 4in. to 6in. long, frond* 9in. to 18in. long, 6in. to
9in. broad, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifld ; pinnules of the lower
pinnae lanceolate, 2in. to Sin. long, lin. broad, with deltoid or

Davallia — continued.

deeply cut into unequal-sided, bluntly-toothed, oblong, rhom-
boidal pinnules, ton two to twelve to a pinnule, small. Tropical
Asia. STN. D. Uuusyiana. (H. S. F. 1, 47.)

D. s.

Uuusyiana.

rhomboidea (rhomboidal). Similar in texture and hairi-
ness to type, but somewhat larger in all its parts ; lower pinnules
lanceolate-deltoid, IJin. long, cut down nearly to the rachis into
oblong lobes.

D. tennlfolla (slender-leaved).* rhiz. stout creeping, densely
flbrillose. tti. strong, erect 6in. to 12in. long, frandi 1ft to
long, 6in. to Sin. broad, ovate, quadripinnatifld ; lower
ovate-lanceolate, 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad ; pin-
nules lanceolate, their segments cut down to the rachis below
with toothed cuneate lobes, son terminal, us«ally solitary.
Tropical Asia.
D. Tyormanni (Tyermann's).* rhiz. wide-creeping, densely

oblong segments, lori deeply half cup-shaped in the teeth. New

South Wales, 180a (H. S. F. 1, 55 a)
D renens (creeping).* rhiz. wide-creeping, climbing, frondt

simpPy Senate, L. to 18in. long, iin to IJin. broad ; pinnae Jm.

to Ain long, about half as broad as deep, wwi marginal, larze.

Borao, &c , 1869. SYNS. D. htmipUra, bdontoloma repent. See

Fig. 628 (next page).

D. scabernla (slightly rough). A synonym of D. hirta.
D. scabra (rough). A synonym of D. marginal**.

n

deltoid, tripinnatifid;
toothed, narrower and

nj. 0v» "v^y"

se<*ments ovate-rhomboidal, deeply
no sharper in fertile fronds, tori nearly
"Marginal. Isle of Luzon, 1844. (H. S. F. 1, 42.)
D ornata is a form with broad, slightly cut segments.

*jspssy!tt*£t+3~£551!&z*
SlS^aiu^tsfvaasS^sja

scaly ; scales linear, white, tti. 2in. to Sin. long, naked, reddish.
frondl 4iu. to 6in. long, deltoid, three to iour-Pinnatifid ; lower
pinnse largest stalked, deltoid, unequal-sided ; lowest pinnules
stalked, cuneate-oblong or deltoid, with falcate-deltoid entire
upper, and cuneate-oblong pinnatifld lower, segments, ton at
the base of ultimate lobes, three-quarters of a line broad. West
Coast of Africa, 187L (G. C. 1871, 870.)
D. villoaa (hairy). A synonym of D. marginal*.

DAVIDSONIA (named after the discoyerer of the
plant, who first met with it in a sugar plantation). ORD.
Saxifragece. A remarkably han4some stove plant, with
an erect habit, and of apparently ea,sy culture. Propa-
gated by portions of stem, inserted in sand or cocoa-nut
fibre, under a bell glass, in bottom heat.
D. pruriens (itching).* 1. alternate, impari -pinnate, 2ft long,
furnished with pungent hairs ; pinnae in five or six pairs, the
terminal one about 9in. long; petioles and rachises thickly

448

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Davidsonia— continued.

covered with short stiff hairs, and furnished between and below
the pinnae with a narrow, lobate, biserrated, hairy wing. When
young, the leaves are of a bright red colour. Australia, 1877.
DAVIESIA (named in honour of the Rev. Hugh
Davies, a Welsh botanist). OBD. Leguminoaoe. A
large and elegant genus of greenhouse shrubs or under-
shrubs, containing fifty-five species, all natives of Aus-
tralia. Flowers orange-yellow, or red, usually small,
in axillary or lateral racemes or pedunculate umbels,

Daviesia — continued.

be sown in a slight hotbed, about March. The two species

here given are probably amongst the ones most generally

grown.

D. latifolia (broad-leaved). /. orange-yellow, small, numerous,
in racemes of lin. to 2in., often flowering from near the base ;
bracts ovate or oblong, densely imbricate before the flowers are
full grown ; pedicels rarely exceeding the bracts till after flower-
ing. May. I. 2in. to Sin. long, ovate-elliptical or ovate-lanceo-
late, usually terminating in a callous point, h. 2ft. to 5ft. 1805.
A glabrous shrub. (B. M. 1757.)

FIG. 628. DAVALLIA REPENS (see page 447).

occasionally reduced to short clusters, or rarely solitary
or terminal; calyx teeth short; petals on a slender claw.
Leaves alternate, simple, entire, coriaceous or rigid, either
flat and horizontal or vertical, or terete and spinescent ;
stipules none, or very minute. They require a compost
of loam and peat, with a little sand, and delight in an
airy situation in the greenhouse. Propagated by cuttings,
made of firm young shoots, and placed in sand, under a
bell glass ; or by seeds, when obtainable, which should

D. umbellulata (small-umbelled). fl., racemes in some speci-
mens shorter than the leaves, in others twice as long, flowering
from the middle upwards, or at the end only ; calyx about one
line long, the teeth short and obtuse ; petals twice as long as the
calyx. April. I. lanceolate or linear -lanceolate, iin. to Jin.
long, one-nerved, flat, not reticulate. Branches sulcate. A. 2ft
to 4ft. 1816. A slender, much-branched shrub.

DAVYA (named after Sir H. Davy, an eminent
chemist). OED. Melastomacece. This genus is synonymous
with Meriania (which see).

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE,

449

DAT LILT. See Hemerocallis.

DEADLT NIGHTSHADE. A common name for

Atropa Belladonna.

DEAD NETTLE. See Laminm
DEADWORT. See Sambucus Ebulns.
DEALBATE. Covered with an opaque white powder.
DEAL- WOOD. Chiefly the timber of Pintw gylvestri*.
DEATH'S HEAD HAWK MOTH. Sea Sphinx
atropus.

DEATH'S HERB. A common name for Atropa
Belladonna.

DECABELONE (from delta, ten, and belone, a needle ;

in reference to the ten filiform processes of the outer

corona). ORD. Asclepiadece. Very showy dwarf green-

house succulent perennials. For culture, see Stapelia.

D. Barklyi (Barkly's).* This interesting plant is closely allied to

D. elegans, the flowers being very similar, but the branches have

nearly twice the number of angles ; and the two lateral setae of

the spines are more slender, and deflexed instead of erect It

was discovered by Sir H. Barkly, about 1872, growing near the

Orange Eiver, Little Namaqualand. (B. M. 6203.)

D. elegans (elegant). /. large, solitary or twin, springing from

the base of the young shoots ; corolla yellowish-white, spotted

with blood-red, funnel-shaped, 2in. long and liin. in diameter at

the mouth. Stems tufted, seven to nine-angled ; on these are

placed elevations bearing three-branched spines. A. 6in. Angola,

1873. (B. M. 6115.)

DECAISNEA (named in honour of Joseph Decaisne,

a distinguished French botanist, for a long time Director

of the Paris Jardin des Plantes; born 1807, died 1882).

ORD. BerberidecB. A monotypio genus. This, perhaps,

has not been tried in the open air in this country, but

it thrives in any good loamy soil if planted out in a

cool conservatory. Propag-ated by imported seeds; or by

cuttings, struck in a cool, damp frame.

D. Insignia (remarkable).* /I. greenish, in terminal racemes ;

sepals six, petaloid, narrow, sub-imbricate ; petals none. May.

fr. globose, edible. 1. pinnate, h. 8ft. Sikkiin Himalayas at a

great height. An erect shrub. (B. M. 6731.)

DECANDROUS. Having ten sta-
mens.

DECIDUOUS. Falling off. Leaves
which are shed annually are said to be
Deciduous, as are also trees that annually
lose their leaves.

DECIDUOUS CTFRESS. See
Taxodium distichnm.

DECKERIA. See Iriartea.

DECLINATE. Bending downwards.

DECOMPOUND. A leaf is said to
be Decompound when it is twice or
thrice pinnate. See Fig. 629.

DECUMARIA (from decuma, a
tenth; in reference to the tenfold struc-
ture of some of the flowers). ORD.
Saxifragece. A very ornamental hardy
deciduous twiner, admirably adapted for FIG. 629. DECOM-
growing against walls, or on trellis-work. KMOIIIL"*
It thrives well in a dry, warm border of
light rich soil ; and is readily increased by cuttings, which
should be made in summer, and placed under a hand-
light, in a shady situation.
D. barbara (wild)." fl. white, very sweet-scented, disposed in ter-

minal corymbs. June. L opposite, glabrous, ovate-oblong, acute

at both ends. South United States, 1785. SYN. D. tarmentosa.
D. sarmentosa (twiggy). A synonym of D. barbara.

DECUMBENT. Lying on the ground.

DECURRENT. Running down. A leaf is said to
be Decurrent when it extends down the leafstalk or
stem.

DECUSSATE. Leaves and branches are said to be
Decussate when they cross each other at right angles,
forming a kind of square, or four angles.

DEFLEXED. Bent downwards.

DEFOLIATION. The shedding of the leaves.
DEHERAINIA (named after Pierre Paul Deherain,
Assistant Naturalist of the Museum of the Jardin des
Plantes). ORD. Myrrinaeece. An interesting and remark-
able stove shrub, thriving in rich sandy loam and fibrous
peat. Heeled cuttings of ripened shoots will root in sand,
if placed under a glass, in bottom heat.
D. smaragdlna (emerald-green). Jt. green, about 2in. in dia-
meter, Primrose-like, disposed in clusters concealed below the
leaves. I. oblong-lanceolate, serrulate, hirsute along the nerves.
A. 3ft Mexico, 1876. SYN. Theopkraata emaragdina. (B. M. 6373.)
DEHISCENT. Gaping; opening. An expression
often applied to the mode in which the anthers or the
fruits burst open and discharge their contents.

DELABECHEA (named in honour of the late Sir H.
T. De la Beche, an eminent geologist). Bottle-tree of
North-eastern Australia. ORD. StercuUar.ece. This genus
is now included by Bentham and Hooker under Ster-
onlia (which tee).

DELARBREA (named after M. Delarbre, a French
naturalist). OHD. Araliacece. A genus containing two
species of stove evergreen tall shrubs, natives of New
Caledonia. For culture, see Aralia.
D. 'spectabills (notable). This is the correct name of plant

described in this work aa Aralia, concinna.

DELIMA (from delimo, to shave off ; in reference to
the leaves being used for polishing). SYN. Trachytella.
ORD. Dilleniacece. A handsome stove evergreen climbing
shrub, with the habit of Tetracera. It thrives in a compost
of peat and turfy loam, to which may be added a little
silver sand and small pieces of charcoal. Cuttings of young
shoots will root, if inserted in sand and placed in bottom
heat, in April. Perfect drainage is essential.
D. sarmentosa (twiggy), fi. white, in terminal panicles. I.
obovate, ovate, or broadly lanceolate, rigid, very scabrid, parallel-
veined. Tropical Asia, 1820.

DELOSTOMA (from delos, manifest, and stoma, a
mouth ; in allusion to the wide month of the flower).
ORD. BignoniacecB. A small genus, containing three ot
four species, all natives of Columbia and Peru. The one
described below is a handsome, robust-growing stove
tree. For culture, see Bignonia.

T>. dentatum (tooth-leaved). JL bluish- white, larpre; corolla
sub-campanulate, having a limb nearly 2in. across, of .spreading
orbicular lobes; racemes erect, three or four-flowered. October.
I elliptic-oblong, toothed, downy beneath. Peru.
DELPHINIUM (Greek name used by Dioscorides).
Larkspur. ORD. Ranunculacsce. Very ornamental hardy
annuals, biennials, or perennials, with erect branching
habit. Flowers blue, purple, pink, or white, rarely yellow,
racemed or panicled, bracteate; sepals five, petal-like,
irregular, the upper one drawn out below into a spur;
petals two to four, two upper ones drawn
out at the base into appendages within
the sepaline spur. Fruit a many-seeded
follicle (see Fig. C30). Leaves stalked;
cauline ones palmately-multiiid. Although
tho plants belonging to this genus are of
very easy cultivation, thriving in almost
any position with fair treatment, yet,
like most other cultivated subjects, their
real beauty and merit can only bo esti-
Fl°- 630^?,E^!SB mated by bestowing special attention
OF DELPHimoic upon them. Tho soil should be dug to a
good depth (if trenched, so much the
better), and a liberal supply of well-rotted manure in-
corporated. The distance between the plants should
be 3ft. each way, if arranged by themselves in beds;
or, if placed at the back of a mixed border— a posi-
tion generally assigned to the tall perennial species or
varieties, and one for which they are well adapted — 8ft.,
or even more, may be allowed. The dwarf annuals, when
cultivated in pots, are very ornamental for greenhouse
decoration.

Propagation. All tho herbaceous sorts may be increased

3M

450

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Delphinium — continued.

by root division, by cuttings, or by seeds. The first-named
method is the best for perpetuating named varieties. The
old plants should be cut down after flowering, when young
growths will proceed from the base, and the whole may
be lifted and carefully divided. Seeds of these often take
a long time to germinate. Cuttings of the young shoots,
taken off in either autumn or spring, root readily if in-
serted singly in pots, and placed in a cold frame ; these
will flower the following season, at the same time as the
offsets. Seeds of the annual species or varieties may be
sown out of doors, in a warm border, in April ; or in pans,
to be placed either in frames or outside. So soon as the
plants are up, they should be pricked off into light, rich
soil, where they will make rapid progress. There are
numerous and beautiful hybrid varieties, with single, and
also many with double, flowers; these are, for the most
part, superior to the normal species, the most distinct of
which are here described, all being perennials, except
where otherwise stated.

Pio. 531. DOUBLE-FLOWERED FORM OP DELPHINIUM AJACIS.

D. AJacls.* Common Larkspur, ft. showy blue, or sometimes
reddish or white, not numerous, in terminal racemes, some-
times forming an irregular panicle ; spur of the calyx as long
as the rest of the flower, or rather shorter ; petals two
Summer, I., radical ones shortly stalked ; stem ones sessile ; all
divided into fine linear, deeply-cut segments. Branches few
spreading, h. 1ft. to lift. Mtish cornfields (especially round
Cambridgeshire). An erect, hairy annual. The specific name is
said to have been derived from the supposition that the form
of the letters A J A could be traced in the lines on the petals
of the flower. In many works on the British Flora, the species

(white-flowered). A synonym of D. hybridum

D.aznreum(blue).*/. beautiful sky-blue, large; racemes straight-
petals all bearded at the apex, lower ones fery^Uou? May to
July. 1. three to five-parted, many-cleft, with linear lobes"
&lBhaR1iy99d")atedatthebaSe- *"5ft North-west Americi;

D. Brunonianum (Brown's), ft. light blue, shading to purple
on the margins, centre black ; large. June and July. I lower
ones reniform, but divided into deeply-cut segments ; upp4r ones

Delphinium — continued.

tripartite, h. 6in. to 1ft. Thibet, 1864. A rare species, having
a very strong musky odour. (B. M. 5461.)

D. cardinalc (cardinal).* fl. bright scarlet, with the petal limbs
distinctly yellow ; disposed in spikes. August. I. smooth, deeply
palmately-lobed, rather fleshy, h. 3ft. to 4ft. California. A very
handsome annual species, remarkably well suited for borders or
rockeries, with a good depth of rich soil to facilitate the develop-
ment of its long fleshy roots. (B. M. 4887.)

D. cardiopetalum (heart-petaled). /. dark bluish-violet ;
racemes crowded. June. I. smooth, ternate, with multifid seg-
ments and linear lobes ; those of the branches, as well as the
lower bracts, are multifld. Stem erect, a little branched, h. 1ft.
Pyrenees, 1818. Annual.

D. cashmirianum (Kashmir).* fl. lin. to 2in. across, with broad
sepals, of a distinct pale blue colour, corymbose. July. I. tufted,
with long petioles, palmately-lobed, 4m. or more across, deep
i, slightly hairy, h. 1ft. to l*ft. Kashmir, 1875. (B. M.

D. chellanthum (lip-flowered), fl. dark blue; petals shorter
than the calyx, two lower ones with obliquely-inflexed, ovate,
entire limbs. June to September. I. five-parted, with oblong,
acuminated, sub-trifid, and somewhat toothed lobes. Stem erect
branched, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Dahuria, 1819. (B. R. 473.)

D. consolida (consolidated), fl., racemes rather few-flowered,
loose ; pedicels shorter than the bracts ; petals all combined into
one body. Summer. I. dissected into narrow linear lobes, h. 1ft.
to lift. Europe. Annual.

D. dasycarpnm (hairy - fruited).* fl. beautiful blue, with
dark brown petals, rather large ; racemes simple, pubescent ;
pedicels thrice as long as the bracts. June. I. pubescent, five-
lobed ; lobes lanceolate, somewhat trifld, deeply toothed at the
; petioles not dilated at the base. h. 4ft. to 6ft. Caucasus,

apex ;

1819.

D. elatum (tall). A synonym of D. exaltatum.

FIG. 632. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DELPHINIUM EXALTATUM.

D. exaltatum (exalted).* fl. blue, or sometimes white, middle-
sized ; racemes straight ; spur straight, length of the calyx ; limb
of lower petals bifid. Summer. I. flat, cleft into three to
*even parts beyond the middle, with wedge-shaped lobes, which
are trifid or jagged, and acuminated at the apex ; petioles not
dilated at the base. h. 3ft. to 6ft. North America, 1758. SYN
D. elatum. See Fig. 632. (B. M. 1791.)

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

451

Delphinium— continued.

D. formosnm (beautiful).* /. sky-blue, shaded with indigo ; spur
rather long, two-cleft, of a violet hue ; sepals longer than the
petals ; spikes long. Summer. I. alternate, greyish-green, un-
equally palmate, lower segments stalked, upper ones sessile and
tripartite. A. IJft to 3ft Orient. (F. d. S. 1185.)

D. grandlflorum (large-flowered).* ft. blue, and the intermediate
shades to white, either double or single, large ; petals shorter
than the calyx, two lower ones somewhat orbicular, with obliquely
inflexed entire borders ; racemes spreading, few-flowered, di-
verging. June. I. palmately many-parted into distant linear
lobes. A. 1ft to 2ft. Siberia, 1816. (B. M. 1686.) A very hand-
some plant, with several varieties, the best of which is perhaps
ehinengis, in which the racemes are many-flowered, lateral ones
diverging. Other forms are : album (white), album-plena (double-
white), jlore-pleno (double-blue-flowered), paUidum, and rubrum.

D. hybridum (hybrid), ft. blue, with the two lower petals
bearded with white ; racemes crowded ; spur straight, longer than
the flowers. June to August I. many-parted, with linear lobes ;
petioles dilated and sheathing at the base. A. 3ft to 4ft
Tauria, 1794. Lower part of the plant smooth, upper part vel-
vety-pubescent.

D. h. ocbroleucum (yellowish-white), ft. white, smooth on the
outside ; racemes elongated, crowded ; bracts membranaceous,
broad-lanceolate ; spur straight, blunt, rather longer than the
pedicel. July and August 1. many-parted, with linear lobes ;
petioles dilated and sheathing at the base. A. 3ft Armenia,
1823. SYN. D. aUnflerum.

D. laxlflonun Goose-flowered), ft. blue ; racemes loose, branched.
June. I. three to seven-lobed, with the lobes oblong, acute,
deeply pinnatifld; upper ones somewhat three-parted, with
narrow, entire lobes ; petioles not dilated at the base. A. 4ft to
6ft Siberia. (B. B. 24, 30.)

D. mesoleuctun (white-centred), ft. blue, with pale yellow or
whitish petals. June. I rather dilated at the base, with wedge-
shaped segments, which are deeply serrated at the top. Upper
part of the stem, as well as jhe peduncles, pubescent A. 3ft
Native country unknowi

FIG. 633. DELPHINIUM NUDICAULE, showing Habit
and Single Flower.

D. nndloanle (naked-stemmed).* ft. red ; petals clear yellow,
lower ones spathulate, with a two-cleft, fringed limb upper ones
elongated, prominent hairy at the ends ; spur nearly twice the
length of the calyx ; raceme loose. Summer. I. fleshy, somewhat
peltate, tripartite ; sub-divisions of lower leaves obcordate with
notched lobes, which, in the upper ones, are oblong and entire.
A. lOin. to 18in. California, 186§. See Fig. 633. (B. M. 5819.)

D. pictnm (spotted). A synonym of D. Requimii.

D. Requienii (Requien's). ft. bluish, hispid ; bracts inserted on
the middle of the pedicels ; spur almost as long as the calyx.
June. I. on long stalks, lower ones cleft into five >oad cuneated
three to five-toothed lobes, upper ones divided into five-linear
entire lobes. A. lift Lower part of herb smooth, or scarcely
pubescent, upper part hispid with long crowded spreading hairs.
South-west Europe, 1824. Biennial. SYN. D. pictum.

D. Staphysagria (Stavesacre). ft. blue, loose, r^j^ery

vetonine-

A large erect biennial
herb. (B. M. PL 4.)

Delphinium — continued.

D. tricorne (three-horned), ft. very beautiful bine; petals
shorter than the calyx. May. J. five-parted, with three to flve-
cleft lobes, and linear lobules ; petioles smooth, hardly dilated
at the base. A. 9in. North America, 1806. (L. B. C. 306.)

D. triste (sad), ft. dark-brown, suffused with a little red at the

. ,

edges of the sepals, and with a somewhat violaceous spar ;
loose. July to September. I. three to five-parted ; lobes narrow,
somewhat pinnatifld, acute; upper leaves three-parted, with
entire lobes ; petioles not dilated at base. A. 2ft Siberia, 1819.
DELTOID. Shaped like the Greek A-
DEMIDOVIA. A synonym of Tetragonia.
DEMOCHJTEA. A synonym of Serissa,
DElfDItOBIUM (from dendron, a tree, and biot life ;
the species are epiphytal in their native habitats). SYN.
PedHonum. OED. Orchidece. A large and elegant genus
of stove and greenhouse orchids. A few species are very
fragrant; but the scent of some is objectionable. Lip
more or less contracted at base into a claw, lying upon,
or adnate to, the foot of the column ; pollinia four. " The
genus," says Dr. Lindley, " varies extremely in the habit
of its species, some being little larger than the mosses
among which they grow, while others are surpassed in
stature by few of their order ..... There are some
species of which thj foliage is ancipitous, others having
it terete, while, in the majority, it is in the usual flat
condition. A few have no other stems than a wiry creep-
ing rhizome; others have small conical pseudo-bulbs;
many form clavate horny stems, leafy only at the sum-
mit; but the greater part produce long leafy branches."
Cultivation. With but few exceptions, Dendrobinms
are very easily managed ; but it should be borne in mind
by those !who undertake their culture, that they require
a decided period tof rest, or " drying off," as the process
is frequently termed. There is considerable diversity in
the habit and style of growth of the various members of
this genus ; and, as many of the kinds not only thrive beat,
but display their beauties to a greater advantage, when
suspended from the roof either in baskets or upon blocks
of wood, it will at once be obvious that by this means a
large saving of space may be effected. When placed in
baskets, they should be surrounded with a little rough
peat and sphagnum; but, when grown upon blocks, sphag-
num only should be used, and this must be fastened with
some fine copper wire, which will also serve to fix the
plant firmly. In putting orchids upon blocks, it is of
the highest importance that they ehould be firmly fixed;
if this is not done, they are, apt to get their first roots
damaged ; but, as a rule, after they are once established,
the roots will hold them tightly enough. Plants cul-
tivated upon blocks require greater attention in the
matter of water than those grown in pots. During the
growing season, Dendrobiums should be sprinkled with
the syringe twice each day, morning and evening being
the best times to perform the operation ; in addition, it
will also be necessary to lift them down twice or three
times a week, and give them a dipping in a tub of
water. This requires care, in order to preserve the
roots and young immature growths from injury; for, at
this period, both roots and shoots are very tender and
brittle. It must be remembered, in syringing, dipping,
or otherwise, that cold water is highly injurious; there-
fore, it should be warmed to the same temperature as
that of the house. As the growths reach maturity,
withhold the water supply, and remove the plants into
a cooler and drier atmosphere, with full exposure to light
and sunshine, to thoroughly ripen them. Water must
be very cautiously applied during the resting period,
as it is liable to start the plants prematurely. Sufficient
only must be given to prevent shrivelling.

Dendrobinms in pots should be planted in equal parts
fibrous peat and sphagnum, with a liberal addition of
charcoal. They require to be elevated upon a cone of soil
above the rim of the pot, and should be pressed down,
or potted firmly. Perfect drainage is absolutely essential

452

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dendrobium — continued.

to success. In pots, they enjoy a liberal supply of water
during their period of growth; but care must be exer-
cised when syringing, as the water is apt to lie in the
sheaths of the young pseudo-bulbs, and cause injury.
The plants are subject to the attacks of Yellow Fly
when young, and to Scale when they are mature. The
first-named pest must be exterminated on its earliest ap-
pearance, by slight fumigations with tobacco or tobacco-
paper; and the Scale should be carefully washed off
with a mixture of soft soap and tepid water.

Dendrobinms, when in flower, may be used for almost
any purpose of decoration. They beautify the plant
house, the majority of them lasting several weeks in per-
fection, if not sprinkled with water from the syringe.
They may be taken into the dwelling house, and will be
found charming subjects for the drawing-room or boudoir;
while many of them take first rank as subjects for
exhibition.

The enumeration of species is confined to such as are
of known excellence, or are offered in trade lists. Many
species, and some of the varieties and hybrids that are
periodically figured and described at length, are frequently
rare and often unique ; and, for various reasons, it is pro-
bable that the majority of these do not become common
or obtainable for many years afterwards. To give any-
thing like an exhaustive review of the entire genus would,
in itself, amount to a moderate-sized volume.

D. aduncnm (hooked), fl. white, tinged with rose, small, ap-
pearing at different times of the year. h. 2ft. Manilla, 1842. An
evergreen species, with a rather straggling habit. (B. R. 1846, 15.)

D. aggregatnm (clustered).' fl. deep yellow throughout, borne
in arching racemes about 6in. long. March to May. Pseudo-
bulbs thick and deep green, bearing a solitary leaf. h. 3in. to 4in.
Northern India, 1837. Greenhouse. This plant is best grown
fastened on a large block of wood. (B. E. 1695.) The variety
majus is a very good one.

D. albo-sanguineum (white and crimson).* fl. soft creamy- white,
twin or tern, very large, about 4in. across ; petals twice as broad
as the sepals, with a few blood-red streaks at the base ; labellum
with a large reddish-crimson blotch in the middle. May and
June. Pseudo-bulbs from a few inches to 1ft. long, and nearly
lin. in diameter. Moulmein, 1851. Stove. (P. F. G. 57.)

D. album (white). A synonym of D. agueum.

D. amcentun (pleasing), fl. pure white, tipped with violet-purple,
scattered along the long slender stems, violet-scented ; throat
yellow ; labellum white, with a slight tinge of magenta at the
base. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to lift. long. Himalaya, 1843. A
slender-growing pendulous stove deciduous species. (B. M. 6199.)

D. Aphrodite (Aphrodite).* fl. amber, produced sparingly from the
nodes of the last matured growth ; hp bright orange, margined
with white, and with a large blood-red spot at the base. July.
Pseudo-bulbs 4in. to Sin. high, iin. in diameter through the very
prominent nodes, which are a distinguishing feature in the present
species. Moulmein, 1862. Erect greenhouse deciduous species.
SYN. D. nodatum. (F. d. S. 1582.)

D. aqueum (watery), fl. creamy- white, solitary or two together,
large, rising from the axils of the leaves ; lip recurved from
the middle, ovate-rhomboid, obscurely three-lobed; two lateral
lobes small, the intermediate one triangular ; the lower half
has an elevated ridge, and under its termination a depression,
and that part has a deep yellow blotch ; under side glabrous,
the upper surface very downy and striated, the margin of the
terminal lobe fringed with soft cilise. November. I. distichous,
ovate, the upper ones smaller and lanceolate, all sub-mem-

November. I. distichous,
upper one
branaceous, sharply and suddenly acuminated, striated with the

MKMHM^WlAMl OU.O.L ply ttllU OUUUClUy fttiUmilttktrtSU, BblicttVU W1HI tlltj

longitudinal nerves, dark green above, paler and yellower be-
neath. Stem stout, jointed, compressed, striated, leafy (at the
time of flowering), yellow-green. Bombay, 1842. Stove. (B. M.
4640.) SYN. D. alblm.

D. aureum (golden).* fl. amber, produced from the nodes of
two-year-old pseudo-bulbs, in bunches of from four to six, very
fragrant ; lip amber, with brown and purple markings. Feb-
ruary. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to IJft. long, Jin. in diameter. India,
1837. A pendulous stove or greenhouse deciduous species. SYN.
D. heterocarpum. (B. M. 4708.) The variety philippinensis is a re-
markable long-stemmed form, with slightly scented Primrose-
coloured flowers. 1880.

D. barbatnlnm (small-bearded). /. ivory-white, with a slight
tinge of pink, small, in dense erect racemes. East Indies, 1844.
A robust greenhouse plant, attaining about 1ft. in length, and
succeeding best on a block of wood. (B. M. 5918.)

D. Bensonise (Benson's).* fl. about 2in. across, produced in twos
or threes at the end of the stem ; sepals and petals waxy-white ;

Dendrobium — continued.

lip white, with an orange centre, and ornamented near the base
with two large velvety-black blotches. May and June. Burmah,
1867. An erect, stiff-growing, greenhouse deciduous species, with
pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to lift, long, and about iin. in diameter. (B. M.
5679.) Two varieties of this fine plant have been introduced :
aurantiacum (orange, brown), Moulmein, 1874 ; and xanthinum
(white, yellow), 1878.

D. bigibbum (double-spurred).* fl. rich rosy-pink, lin. to 2in.
across, disposed in six to twelve-flowered arching spikes, which
are produced from the leafy part of one-year and older bulbs.
September and October. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to IJft. long, carrying
on their upper part from four to six closely-arranged leaves, h.
1ft. Queensland. An erect-growing stove evergreen speciea
(B. M. 4898. ) The variety superbum grows somewhat stiffer and
stouter than the type, and has superior flowers, both in size and
colour. 1878. (F. M. n. s. 229.) There is also a form (candidum)
with white flowers.

D. binoculare (two-eyed), fl. copper-coloured, rather small;
apex of the lip golden-yellow, with one large brownish or purplish
blotch on each side of its disk; raceme sub-erect. Summer.
Burmah, 1869. A tall, slender-growing greenhouse species.

D. Boxallil (Boxall's).* fl. scattered along the previous year's
knotty growth, 2in. across ; sepals and petals white, beautifully
tipped with purple ; lip same colour, with a large blotch of rich
yellow. February and March. Pseudo-bulbs from 2ft. to 3ft.
long, and Jin. through the nodes. Moulmein. An elegant stove
deciduous species, particularly adapted, from its pendulous habit,
for growing on a block, although it thrives well under pot cul-
ture. (F. M. n. s. 114.)

D. Brymerianum (Brymer's).* fl. solitary or in pairs, or in short
spikes of threes and fours from the upper part of two-year and
older bulbs ; sepals and petals glossy yellow ; lip yellow, furnished
with a very deep, branched, papillose fringe. March and April.
1. about 5in. long and lin. broad, light green. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft.
high, and iin. in diameter, bearing from eight to twelve leaves.
Burmah, 1875. A very remarkable and handsome erect-growing
stove evergreen species. (B. M. 6383.)

D. Bnllerianum (Buller's). A synonym of D. gratiosissimum.

D. Calceolaria (slipper-like), fl. of a uniform bright yellow,
large, produced on a raceme twelve or more together. Summer.
Pseudo-bulbs about 4ft. high. India, 1820. A large-growing stove
evergreen species. Its name is usually misspelt D. Calceolus.

D. Cambridgeannm (Duke of Cambridge's). A synonym of
C. ochreatum.

D. canalicnlatnm (channelled), fl. sweet-scented, disposed on
a stem about 1ft. long ; sepals and petals yellow and white ; lip
white, with a mauve disk. h. Sin. North-east Australia, 1865.
A pretty little greenhouse species, of easy culture. SYN. D.
Tattonianum. (B. M. 5537.)

D. cariniferum (keel-bearing).* ft. white, in branches of four or
" "er bulbs ;

more from one-year and older

sepals tinged with yellow at

nankeen-colour ; base of lip
1842. A very pretty free-

the tips ; labellum orange, tipped with white, and furnished with
a cinnabar-red crest. April. Pseudo-bulbs erect, evergreen, 1ft.
long by Jin. in diameter. Burmah, 1869. Greenhouse.

D. O. Wattii (Watt's). This differs from the type in its larger
flowers, rather longer spur, the longer narrow mid-lobe, the yellow
bands of the lip, and the faintly hairy sheaths. Munipore, 1883.
(B. M. 6715.)

D. chlorops (green-eyed),
bright pea-green, small,
flowering stove species.

D. chrysanthum (golden-flowered).* fl. deep rich yellow, in twos
and threes on the leafy stems ; labellum fringed, and having a
dark crimson blotch. September. Pseudo-bulbs from 3ft. to
6ft. long, about iin. in diameter. Nepaul, 1828. A handsome
greenhouse deciduous species, most successfully grown in a
basket, suspended from the roof. (B. B. 1299.) The variety
microphthalmum has the fringe of lip very short, blotches
two or four, pallid brown, 1879.

D. chrysotis (golden).* fl. about 2in. across ; sepals and petals
long and narrow, rich golden-yellow ; lip orange, with two large
purple blotches at the base, heavily fringed or>earded ; racemes
drooping, several springing from one bulb, four to eight-flowered.
Summer. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. to 6ft. long, iin. in diameter, with
dark, rather prominent nodes to every inch or two of the slender,
rod-like stem. Assam, 1878. A very magnificent erect stove

evergreen species, closely allied to D. fimbriat
under name of D. Hoolcerianum.)

. (B. M. 6013,

D. chrysotoxum (golden-arched).* /. over lin. across, produced
from the leafy part of both old and young pseudo-bulbs ; sepals
and petals pale yellow ; lip a deeper yellow ; raceme drooping,
6in. to 12in. long. March and April. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. long,
and IJin. in diameter, bearing from four to six stout leaves
arranged on the upper part. Moulmein, 1845. A strong, erect
stove evergreen species. (B. M. 5053.)

D. olavatum (club-shaped).* fl. bright yellow, with a crimson
spot in the centre of the lip, produced in drooping spikes from the
tops of the stems. Summer. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to 3ft. high, and
iin. hi diameter. From six to eight leaves clothe the upper part of
the stem. Assam, 1851. An erect stove evergreen species, best
adapted for growing in pots, in a peat soil. (L. & P. F. U. ii. 189.)

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

453

Dendrobium

D. crassinode (thick-knotted).* JL from the last matared growth,
each iiode producing from two to fovr stoat MOSSOBW; sepals and

Sr^gafcasr1***-

species is .— «3^M- for the enonm

stem,w

or on a block of wood. (KM.!

with

st^ce. ::.,
D.

, and arranged about Iin. apart.
best grown in a small basket
TLrre ire two cr :hrev MR
white, with a dark
mMeatoa the type,
an of greater sob-

ttftttSSXZSff*'
"* '^dh£fea£^^^ **~

rfX /• fromttolHl:

two and three together, about 2n. across, on somewhat lone

ok ; lip stained

og, with white
rery handsome
for growing in

a (ehalkedV A chatty-white, solitary from the
long leafless stems, rather small, downy' lip with a
ak, pencilled with crimson ; margin eiliateX May.

I. M.

?X* JL of moderate sire, freely pro-
i growth ; sepals and petals white,
to orange at the. base, tipped with

eudo-bulbs Shil to 14in. long. iin. in diameter. India. 1846.
compact-growing pendulousrtore deciduous species. (B. M.

D. erystallinum (crystallineX
•MM from the last matured L
tipped withroa, or igj^ff^

n erect
(B.M.

L JL IJin. to

> pate yellow. India, 1835. Very closely
.*??». . —— * distinguished
openaTKba^

to lift, long, jin. in
1868. An eteO*Mi»i^ store deciduous
.M.S19.)

(B.M.2W2.)
D. cnpreum (coppery). A synonym of D.

OBL)

rariety, except in the
golden Ubellum gSduallT -
a paler yellow. India. 1870.

L spotted with rich orange at the Use, and bordered al
h a delicate lace-likefrill, which gires the plant a
t is quite unique. Well-grown pseudo-bulb* often ear

«»*. *« . li ..• J^ . 1 * a-'-l-r *W-.«* Owm*

nss

Fig. 634. (B.M.4429.)
P.1H. ••••!• ill H !• (whiteX A P«« white, with a yellow throat.

D. D. xmiottiannm (Elliott's). /., sepals and petals with much
purple on their tips ; whole flower reined with rose. 1876.

D. D. rhodonenrnm (red-reined). /., sepals and petals streaked
with dark purple ; lip large and round. Monhnein, 1868.

•fc/Brt»egs£.*'**

hBMLaf

ini --n. in
'„ store dec

D. Draoonia (DracoX* JL white,
the points of the last matured

in llililin of six or

Moulmein, 1862. Erect sto£ ^re^een^st^
•D. eowmram. (B. M. 5459.)

D. ebnrnenm (irory-floweredX A synonym of C. Draamit.

D. erythrozanthnm (red-yellowX* JL orange, striped with
purple, avail, densely clustered, produced from the last matured
growth. May and June, Pseudo-bulbs Sft to 4fv high, about
^u in diameter. Philippines, 1874. A rery rare, erect, store

D. Faleoaerl (FalconersX* JL produced from one-rear and older
nodes ; sepals and petals white, tipped with purple ; lip same
.f dark purple, margined with orange,
broad. Pseudo-bulbs about 3ft. IMC,
; nodes iin. in -Ihrnirtflr. rery don

D. F. albidnlnm (whiteX JL pure white, slighUy Hayi with
purple at the tips of the sepals, petals, andlip. £•&. 1876.
(a H. 1874, 15.)

D. F. glgantenm (giganticX /• much the same in colour, 4c.,
asttMi&pe! L 3in. long, Iin. broad. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to lift
iM&VBlnaehed; nodes iin. in diameter, about Iin. apart. An
erect or semi-erect form.

D. Fmrmart/Farmer-sX- JL produced ^jJSgSg

^^-^j&a:

about 1ft. in

iare swollen at the
^. M. 4fifli -

See Fig.

_n (golden - yellowX A beautiful rariety,
i the type by ita bright yellow sepals and
lip. Mbulmein, 18547TB. ft. 545L) 'There is
rTcOwH, bat both are rare,
(fimbriated)* JL about 2n- across, of a thin

sasySafe*"*^

v«.r rvr.i IMM MMl -:

also a white rariety
D.

bir^ thSQ ^to forty learea,
. India, 18& A rery showy

D. Findlayanum Hr. il .y M /.
from the upper nodes ofthe last
and petals white, tipped with pink;. lip white, with

(beautiful).- AwhHe,«n.to6ia.aa«Ma,ofgnat
laced from thTpoint, and also from the axiS, of
•rest the poiat^f the fnwtit \ nli ; Up Urre.

454

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dendrobium — continued.

white, with an orange throat ; spikes three to four, or even eight-
flowered. Summer. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to lift, high, lin. in
diameter, bearing about eight or ten coriaceous leaves. India,
1837. Stove. (B. R. 1839, 64.)

Dendrobinm— continued.

with orange. I. ovate-lanceolate, acute. Moulmein, 1867. Stove.
SYN. D. Bullerianum. (B. M. 5652.)

D. Grlfflthiannm (Griffith's), fl. very rich golden-yellow, dis-
posed in immense drooping spikes. May and June. East Indies,
1838. Described as one of the most beautiful of the
yellow spring-flowering section, not unlike D. densi-
florum, but about double the size in all its parts.
Stove.

D. hedyosmum (sweet-scented). A synonym of D.
scabrilingue.

D. heterocarpum (variable-fruited). A synonym of
D. aureum.

D. Heyneanum (Heyne's). /. white, streaked with
violet, small, produced in spikes, from the top of the
stems, at different times of the year. Bombay, 1838.
A very pretty stove deciduous species, growing about
8in. high, and best cultivated on a block.

D. infundibulum (funnel-shaped).* /. pure ivory-
white, large, often 4in. across, produced in bunches of
two or more blossoms, from the upper joints ; lip ser-
rated, yellow ; the bases of the two lateral sepals pro-
longed into a tapering funnel-shaped spur, about lin.
long. May and June. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to lift,
long, Jin. in diameter, bearing ten to fourteen strong
leaves. Moulmein, 1863. Stove. It thrives best in a
pot nearly filled with draining material, and over this
a layer of living sphagnum. See Fig. 636. (B. M. 5446. )

D. Jamesiannm (James Veitch's) differs only from
D. infundibulum in having a red, instead of a golden,
throat. Moulmein, 1869. Stove. There are several
other forms of these two species, the differences of
which lie in the colouring of the lip.

D. Jenkins!! (Jenkins's).* /.pale buff, margined with
yellow, on short erect spikes of two or three good-sized
blossoms, from the centre of two-year and older pseudo-
bulbs. March and April. Pseudo-bulbs small, grow-
ing thickly together, lin. long, iin. in diameter,
bearing a solitary, thick and fleshy, dark green leaf,
which is almost lin. long. Northern India, 1838. A
charming little greenhouse evergreen for growing on a
bare block of wood. (B. R. 1839, 37.)

D. Jordonionnm (Jerdon's). fl. cinnabar-red, small,
produced in small bunches from the last matured
growth ; lip dark purple. Pseudo-bulbs about 6in.
high. Nilgherries, 1868. Erect stove evergreen.

D. Jonannis (John Veitch's). fl. small, fragrant ; sepals
and petals chocolate-brown ; lip yellow, with crimson
pencillings. North Australia, 1865. A very pretty
greenhouse species, but not so showy as many others.
(B. M. 5540.)

D. Kingiannm (Capt. King's).* fl. violet-purple, small ;
spikes about 6in. long, springing from the leafy part
of two-year and older bulbs. February. Pseudo-bulbs
tapering, 6in. high, iin. in diameter at base, crowded
together, usually bearing two leaves. Queensland and
New South Wales, 1843. Greenhouse. (B. M. 4627.)

FIG. 635 DENDROBIUM FARMERI.

D. Fytchianum (Fytch's).* fl. borne in graceful racemes,
9in. long, proceeding from the extremity of the upright
stems ; perianth beautiful white ; lip three-lobed ; lateral

smes,
Bright

lobes small, oblong, incurved, purplish-rose. January.
I. slender, linear, falling off before the flowers have had
time to expand. Stem about 1ft. long, upright. Moul-
mein, 1864. Stove. (B. M. 5444, under the name of
D. barbatulum.)

D. Gibson! (Gibson's), fl. rich
ends of the old pseudo-bulbs; lip
two dark spots on the upper part.
Khasya, 1827. A pretty erect-growi
species, closely resembling D. fanbric
the Up is longitudinally plicate. (P. M. B. v., p. 169.)

D. gratioslssimum (most-favoured).* /. usually in pairs ;
sepals and petals white, shaded and tipped with rose ; lip
marked with a large yellow spot, which is faintly striped

reduced on the
yellow, with
mer. h. 2ft.
evergreen stove
um oculatum, but

FIG. 636. SIHGLE FLOWER OF DENDROBIUM INFUNDIBULUM.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

455

Dendrobium— continued.

D. lasioglossram (woolly-tongued). JL somewhat small, pro-
duced in twos and threes from the joint.; sepals and petals
creamy- white ; lip yellow in the centre and brown at the rides.

with purple lines,
Burmah.1868. An erect sle
rather difficult to cultivate, (B.
D. Unawlannm (Linaw's).* JL pale rosy-lilac, nearly white
in the centre, produced freely in pairs ; lip tipped with crimson.
Winter, h. 1ft or more. China, 1824. A very handsome erect-
evergreen species, requiring pot culture.

,

. B. M. 4153, under name of D. maniliforme.) There
is a Tanety majtu, which has larger and richer-coloured flowers.

FIG. 637. SINGLE FLOWER OF DE»DROBTCTI irrmruoRvtL

D. litniflorum (trumpet-flowered).* JL very much like those of
D. nobile, but smaller; sepals and petals rosy-purple, very acute :
lip white, bordered with purple, hating a dark purple centre, and
remarkable in being curved like a trumpet, with the mouth up-
wards. April. Pseudo-bulbs 18in. to 20in. lone, iin. in diameter ;
node-like joints about lAin. apart. East Indies, 1856. A rare
pendulous stove deciduous species, succeeding best when sus-
pended from the roof in a basket of sphagnum. See Fig. 637.
(B. M. 6050.)

D. L candldmn (whitel JL pure white, with the faintest tinge
of green on the lip. 1880. Very rare.

D. L Freeman!! (Freeman's). A deep-coloured form, with zone of
labellum yellow, and erect, short, stiff pseudo-bulbs. Assam,

>

Dendrobium — continued.

D. longicornu majns (large long-spurred).* JL white, fringed,
SSJBSA^^BV'1* * "**«*W

May and June. Paeoc

one now*described is the best" Not unlike D./ormotum,

ingrowth. (The type is figured R R. 1315.)
D. Lowl (LoWsl JL bright yellow, with reddish veins on the
upper part of the Hp, large. 2in. across, produced in insaini
from the ride of the stem near the top. Summer and autumn.
Pseudo-bulbs 1ft to IJft high, Jin. in diameter. Borneo. 1862.
A very distinct erect stove evergreen species, well-grown plants
of which are very rare. It succeeds in a pot or basket, or on
a block. (R M. 5303.)

D. Inteolnm (yellowish).* JL Primrose-yellow, with a little orange
•imson on the lip, lin. to 2in. across, produced in threesor
from the upper part of the hut-made pseudo-bulbs and
March. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft to 2jft long. iin. in dia-

An erect (or usually so) greenhouse
The bulbs of some plants of this

MttnfaawMywhich

throw out
anenatMb

^

30in. high. The first-named form never does well unless, each
year, the nodes from which these new growths proceed are
ter the peat and sphagnum.

brought down so

boga

Jinf-

that the roots can enter the peat and sphagnum.

(Mrs. MacCarthy-sX* JL large, nearly
somewhat more in width, produced in d:
.~^~*> of from three to five blossoms ; sepals and petals very
pointed, of a rich cerise-blue; lip lighter, sometimes almost
white, 3in. long, scoop-shaped, veined with purple, and with a
large dark blotch witiunTJune. Pseudo-bulbs 1 jft to 2ft long,

liameter. Ceylon, 1854. This is difficult to fgtlK

a high, moist, airy atmosphere to grow in, and should
be rested for some weeks in an intermediate temperature.
It cannot withstand, even when at rest, a lower temperature
thanSOdeg. (R M. 4886.)

D. macrophyUmn (large-leaved).* iL greenish-yellow, hairy out-
side, produced in long terminal erect Racemes ; lip three-lobed,
striped and spotted with purple. Philippines, 1833. A tall-
growing stove species, with club-shaped stems, which bear two
or three broad leaves. (R M. 5649.)

D. marmoratnm (marbledX IL white, tipped with purple ; hp
purplish, ciliated. Burmah, 1875. A very pretty stove species,
allied to D. tnntparent.

D. monUiforme (beaded).* JL white, with a few purple spots on
tiw lip, deliciouslv fragrant, borne on the upper pan of the
previous year's leafless stems, in clusters of two or more blossoms
from a joint May. Pseudo-bulbs thin, about lOin. high, clothed
with grass-like leaves. China and Japan, 1824. Greenhouse.
(B. M. 5482, under name of D. japonicuin.) The D. monUiforne
of Lindley (B. B. 1314) is D. Linawianum.

D. moschatnm (musk-scented).* JL creamy-white, tinged with
rose, large, over gin across;
Up slipper-shaped, pale yel-
low, base darker, orna-
mented on each side with a
large eye-like blotch of deep
blackish - purple ; racemes
from the upper part of one-
year and older pseudo-bulbs,
drooping, eight to fourteen-
BowvraZ June. Pseudo-
bulbs 3ft to 5ft high, ^in.
fa diameter; from twenty
to thirty We leaves clothe
the stem. East India, 1828.
A very handsome but

FIG. 638. DKKDROBIVM PILCHZU.CM.

Indies, 1844.
STS. D.

D. nobile (noblex •

an erect, evergreen, strong-
growing habit Srx. D. cm-
pnvm. (RR1779.)
D mntablle (changeable).
JL white, or pinkish-white,
with an orange mark on the
lip, produced from the old
pseudo-bulbs; spikes com-
pactly eight to twelve-flow-
ered. May. Pseudo-bulbs
4ft to 6ft long, frequently
branched, and very leafy.
A delicate upright-growing stove evergreen
(RM.5285.)

). nobile (nobleX* JL large, very freely produced from two-year-
old pseudo-bulbs; sepals and petals white, tipped with rosy-
pink ; lip white, rosy-pink in front, blotched at the base with

. velvety

r to April. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft to 3ft.

iin. in diameter, bearing from ten to sixteen bright green
leaves. China, 1836. (G. C. n. s., ri. 564.) This greenhouse
species is at once one of the oldest in cultivation, one of the
best known, one of the easiest grown, one of the ihasasat in
and, withal, one of the most beautiful It is an
and should be treated with pot culture if a Urge

456

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

457

Dendrobii

and keep it dry. or with just sufficient moisture to preserve
its pseudo-bulbs from shrivelling. It usually flowers during
spring and early summer ; if required to blossom in winter, it
should be placed in the stove during the autumn months. This
is one of the species which vary then- scent at different times of
the day. According to M. Andre, the blossoms have an odour of
grass in the morning, of honey at noon, and a faint Primrose
scent m the evening. There are several varieties, including the
following : %

D. n. intermedium (intermediate). JL, sepals and petals white ;

hp white, with a crimson spot in the centre. A rare, but distinct

and desirable form.
D. n. pendulum (pendulous). JL large, richer in colour than the

type ; with a pendulous habit

Other varieties are : eeeruletcent, nobUiiu (a »ery splendid formX

and WaUichianum.

D. nodatum (noded). A synonym of D. ApkrodiU.

D. ochreatum (yellowish). JL produced on the young growth,
about 2in. across, very thick in substance; sepals and petals
bright orange ; Up with a crimson blotch in the centre. PsVndo-
bulbs Sin. to lOin. long, nearly lin. in diameter. Northern India,
1837. A very handsome pendulous stove deciduous plant Srx.
D. Cambridyeanum. (B. M. 4450.)

D. Parish!! (Parish's).* JL purplish-rose, fading into white to-
wards the centre, generally twin ; lip shorter than the sepals and
petals, very woolly, rose-coloured, with two eye-like purple
iitfront of the column. June. Pseudo-bulbs enveloped

blotches
in

diameter,
ciduous species,
5488.)
D. Paxtoni (Paxton's).

•paper-like epidermis. Sin. to 14in. long, iin. in
Moulmein, 1863. A beautiful semi-erect stove de-
allied to D. nobile, but quite distinct. (B. M.

A synonym of D. ftnbriatum oevlatum.

D. Pierardli (Pierard's).* JL creamy-white or
dnced on long, beautifully festooned stems : lip £
with a few purple lines near the base. Winter. Pseudo-bulbs
2ft to 4ft long, iin. in diameter. East Indies, 1815. A pendulous
greenhouse deciduous species, best grown in a basket or on a
block- (B. M. 2584.) There are several varieties, some of which
are very inferior. . One of the best is D. P. latijolium, in which
the flowers are much finer than those of the type, and are rather
more freely produced. It is rare. India, 1830.

D. primulinum (Primrose).* JL produced in two rows along the
stem ; sepals and petals small, pinkish-white ; lip downy, very
large, shell-shaped, white, with a very faint tint of blue, February
and March. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft to lift long, iin. in diameter.
Moulmein, 1864. A rare but handsome stove deciduous species,
with a pendulous habit (B. M. 5003.)

D. pulchellum (beautiful).* JL freely produced from the last
matured growth ; sepals and petals pinkish-white ; lip rose, with
an orange base ; margin beautifully fringed or ciliated. March.
Pseudo-bulbs branched, 6in. to lOin. long. North India. A
dwarf stove deciduous species, requiring to be grown in a basket,
and, when at rest, to be kept cool. See Fig. 638. (B. M. 5037.)

D. rhodocentrum (red-spurred). JL light rosy, produced from
the upper portions of the two-year and older pseudo-bulbs, and
disposed in hanging bunches of from six to twelve ; petals tipped
with purple ; lip white, with a purplish stain at the apex, and a
yellowish base. Autumn. Psendo- bulbs 2ft to 3ft long, Jin. in
diameter. 1872. A pendulous stove evergreen species.

D. rhodopterygium (rose-winged). JL deep rose ; ln> light
purple, woolly, pouched. May. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft to lift high,
iin. in diameter. Burmah, 1875. An erect deciduous stove
species, resembling D. Partihii, but with much larger pseudo-
bulbs.

D. Buckeri (Sucker's). fL. greenish-yellow, almost white ex-
ternally, fragrant; lip with brown marking. Philippines, 1843.
A pretty species, similar in ' '

D.

in habit to D.

(blood-stained).* JL produced in bunches
the upper parts of the old pseudo-bulbs ;
sepals and petals amber, veined with rose, and with purple tips ;
lip large, with its point heavily marked with purple. Autumn.
Pseudo-bulbs 3ft to 4ft high, iin. in diameter, thickly clothed
with large dark green leaves. Ceylon, 1842. An erect stove •NT-
green species, with violet or lilac-coloured stems and leaves. (B. B.
5«, 6.) Mr. Williams mentions a variety named tvpertntm,
which he describes as a great improvement upon the typical form ;
it is much stronger in growth, with longer spikes and larger
flowers. Borneo.

D. scabrilingue (rough-tongned).* JL at first greenish, but soon
changing to pure white, except the lip, which is shaded with
green and yellow, and striped with orange ; rather small, pro-
duced in pairs, and yielding a very delicious Wallflower-like per-
fume. Spring. Pseudo-bulbs 6in. to lOin. long, and about Jin.
in diameter. Burmah, 1862. An erect stove evergreen species.
SYS. D. hedyosmum. (B. M. 5515.)

D. sculptum (carved). JL pure white, about 2m. across, produced
from the top of the matured growth, three or four on a spike ;
lip white, a square orange blotch on its centre. Pseudo-bulbs
1ft to lift long, £in- thick. Borneo. An erect stove evergreen

(B. M.4352.)

ssu?

Dendrobium — continued.

D. secundnm (side-flowering). JL purple, with a yellow lip, small,
disposed in short, dense racemes, which are produced from
near the top of the two-year and older pseudo-bulbs. Winter.
Pseudo-bulbs 2ft to 3ft high. iin. in diameter, bearing short
s, 1829. Erect stove

>. senile (white-haired). JL bright golden-yellow,
across, in short spikes of twos or threes from the sides of the but
matured growth; lip with a few reddish transverse stripes.
Spring. Pseudo-bulbs 4in. to 6in. long. iin. in diameter.
Moulmein, 1865. (B. M. 5520.) A rare but pretty erect stove
deciduous species, having the steins and leaves densely clothed
with long white hairs. This plant should be

1829. Erect stove evergreen,
about lin.

D. speciocum (showy).* JL wax-like, creamy or yellowish-white,
fragrant, small, but numerously disposed in a long terminal
raceme (from 1ft to lift in length), curiously resupinate or
inverted, the lip appearing at the upper part of the flower ; sepals
and petals incurved, narrow ; lip with black specks. Autumn.
PaeuSo-bnlbs very stout, 6in. toP lOin. long, l&Lin diameter.

^ ^ coriac^>i1* a*rk ***** ieare*-

h^neatfanece^110^11^ ^ — ***** "*

i necessary ; but when theseare* inature?tf should be
removed to the open air for two or three months, giving only
sufficient water tokeep the sun from shrivelSS iTuf . It
should be grown in a pot and a little loam and leaf mould mav
be added to the compost with considerable advantage. (B. M.

D. s, Hlllil (Hill's). /., sepals and petals narrower and paler,
and with longer but more slender spikes than those of the type.
Pseudo-bulbs about double the length, and half the thickness, of
those of D. tpeeionun. 1861. A remarkably floriferous plant
(B. M. 5261.)

(very sweet-scented).* JL rich yellow, about
. across, with a strong Hawthorn-like fragrance, produced in
erect spikes of eight to twelve, from the leafy part of one-year
and older pseudo-bulbs ; lip the same colour, with a conspicuous
central blotch of brownish-purple ; outer edge very delicately
fringed. June. Burmah, 1873. Habit of growth the same as
D. chrytotoxum. Stove. (Gn., Feb. 23, 1878.)

D. sulcatum (furrowed). JL in a drooping raceme from the leafy
joints ; sepals and petals amber, with crimson veins ; lip amber,
with deep crimson markings. February. Pseudo-bulbs 6in. to
9in. high, swelling upwards, bearing two or three large leave*
in the upper part India, 1837. An erect stove evergreen species.
(B. K. 1838; 65?)

D. superbiens (superb).* fl. usually light purple, but sometimes
claret, shaded with brown, about 2in. across ; spikes erect or
arching, bearing from eight to twelve flowers, and produced
from the upper part of the pseudo-bulbs; sepals and petals
undulated or waved. Autumn. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft to 3ft high,
lin. in diameter. North Australia, 1876. An erect stove
evergreen species. See Fig, 639. (Gn., Sept 14, 1878.)

D. 8. Goldiei (Goldie'sX A very elegant form, with violet-
coloured flowers. North Australia, 187&

D. superbnm (superb). JL pink, tinged with rose, about Sin.
or 4m. across, proceeding in a 'row on each side of the stems ;
lip rich purple^ ApriL Pseudo-bulbs lift to 2ift long, '

in diameter. Philippines. A pendulous stove semi-deciduous
with flowers naving a strong odoi

iced if tne pL
(B. M. 3970, i

species, wi

barb ; this „„,,«...„.. -*~ ^ -^

a basket suspended from the roof.

odour,
objection will be unnoticed if the

like T

rhn-

of D. vmcranthvm.)
D. 8. anosmum (scentless).

JL large, from 2in. to Sin.

in pairs down the stem ; sepals and petals rosv-pink ;
purple. Spring. Pseudo-bulbs Iftto 2ft long, and about
L in diameter. Manilla, 1840. A drooping stove deciduous
species, best grown in a basket Beicbenbacfa csiiUin this a
variety of D. tuperbum, but the petals and sepals an broader,
and the flowers are better-shaped and have no rhubarb scent
(P. M. B. xv. 97.)

D. ». glganteum (gigantic). JL from Sin. to Tin. across; sepals
and petals rose-purple ; lip same colour, fringed and marked at
the base with two purplish-red spots. Pseudo-bulbs much shorter
and thicker than in the type. Manilla.

D. •. Hnttooli (Button's). JL, sepals and petals pure white ;
lip downy, brilliant purple on the inside. This splendid, but rare,
variety is almost entirely without* the rhubarb scent of the type.
Malay Archipelago. There are two or three otber varieties.
D. Tattonianum (Tatton's). A synonym of D. c*malitvUt*m.
D taurinum (bull-beaded). JL, sepals yellowish-green; petals
deep purple, long, curling, and spread out like the horns of a bull
(whence the specific name); lip white, margined with purplish-
• Autunm? A. 5ft Manila, 1337. A strong-growing stove
; it is best grown in a pot

'olinm (terete - leaved). JL white, numerous! v pro-
short bunches from the base of the pseudo-bulb ; lip
cspecks. October. Pseudo-bulbs smaUmuch jointed,
branching, bearing at their point* a solitary terete pendulous

n

ducedin
with black specks.

458

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

D. transparens (transparent).* fl. transparent white, tinged with
purplish-rose towards the tips, Iin. to Ijin. a
'

Dendrobium— continued.

leaf, which is 9in. long by Jin. in diameter. North-east Aus-
tralia, 1823. A pendulous stove evergreen species. (B. M. 4711.)

D. thyrslnorum (thyrse-flowered). A synonym of D. densiftorum
albo-luteum.

D. tortile (twisted). /. pale yellow, almost white, suffused with
purplish-rose ; sepals and petals long, slightly twisted. June.
Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to IJft. high, iin. in diameter. Moulmein,
1847. An erect stove evergreen species, flowering in the same
manner as D. nobile. (B. M. 4477.) The variety roseum is
extremely pretty, having flowers of a delicate rose, shaded with
yellow. It resembles the type in every other respect.

t white,

r_.r „ across, produced in

pairs along the stems ; lip stained in the middle with a blotch of
deep crimson encircled by a yellow zone. March. Pseudo-bulbs
1ft. to IJft. high. Assam, &c. An elegant, slender, erect stove
deciduous plant. (B. M. 4663.)

D. triadenium (three-gland-lipped). A synonym of D. mutdbile.

D. Wardianum (Ward's).* fl. about 3iin. in diameter, thirty to
forty to a pseudo-bulb ; sepals and petals white, upper portion
bright rich magenta, broad, thick, wavy, blunt at the tips ; lip
large, white above, rich orange in the lower part, with two deep
eye-like spots of crimson-magenta. May. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. to
4ft. long, Iin. in diameter ; nodes about liin. apart. Assam, 1863.
A splendid stove deciduous species, requiring to be cultivated in a
basket or upon a block of wood, as its stems are long and pendu-
lous, the joints much swollen. During the growing season, it enjoys
an abundant supply of water, with a good heat ; but, when the
growths are complete, the plant should be removed to a cooler

atmosphere, and less water, as a matter of course, will suffice. The
two following varieties are both rare and very desirable : candidum
(= album) sepals and petals pure white ; hp the same, but with

,

an orange-coloured base. (F. M. n. s. 212.) Lowii, flowers white,
rose, purple-brown.

D. Williamson!! (Williamson's). fl. ivory-white, slightly tinged
with brown ; lip large, with a blood-red spot. Stems erect, bear-
ing strap-shaped leaves, clothed with short soft hairs. Assam,
1869. Stove plant, somewhat difficult to cultivate.

D. xanthophlebium (yellow- veined).* fl. produced in pairs upon
the last matured and older pseudo-bulbs ; sepals and petals
white; lip medium-sized, spotted with orange; margin white.
Pseudo-bulbs very small. A. 1ft. Moulmein, 1864. Stove.
HYBRIDS. The hybrid forms, although not numerous,

are well worth cultivating. Unlike those of many other

genera, they do not materially outdistance their progenitors

in either form, colour, beauty, or other respect. Those

mentioned below are fairly representative:

D. Alnsworthii (Ainsworth's).* fl. about 3in. across, with a strong,
Violet-like perfume ; sepals and petals white, with a slight tinge
of rose ; lip white, with a large central blotch of claret-colour.
February and March. Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to 2ift. long, about iin.
in diameter. A strong, erect, stiff-growing stove plant, the foliage
of which is retained on each pseudo-bulb for two years. Obtained
from D. heterocarpum and D. nobile. (G. C. n. s., viii. 166.)

D. Dominyanum (Hominy's), fl. rose-coloured, very pretty,
produced upon two-year old bulbs. Spring. A very pretty hy-
brid between D. nobile and D. Unaurianum, with habit and
growth of the former. It is interesting from being the result of
one of Mr. Dominy's first efforts in hybridising Orchids. Stove.

D. endoobaxis (side-flowering).* fl. produced from the sides of
the two-year old pseudo-bulbs ; sepals and petals nearly pure
white ; lip the same, but with brown lines. January. Pseudo-bulbs
lit. long, 4in. in diameter. A very handsome stove plant, the
result of a cross between D. heterocarpum and D. moniliforme.

D. Leechlanum (Leech's).* fl., sepals and petals white, tipped
with rose-purple ; lip margined with white ; centre a large dark
purple blotch. Hybrid between D. aureum and D. nobile. Green-
se. (Gn., July 7, 1883.)

D. rhodostoma (red-mouthed), fl. three or four together in a
pendulous bunch, which is produced from the upper parts of one-
year and older pseudo-bulbs ; sepals and petals deep rose ; lip

large, well expanded, rosy-purple, with deep purple markings.
Autumn. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. to 2ift. high, Jin. in diameter. A
very handsome Veitchian hybrid between D. Huttonii and
D. sanguinolentum. Stove.

D. splendidissimum (very splendid), fl., sepals and petals
cream-coloured, tipped with purple ; lip yellowish, with a black-
ish-purple disk. A fine hybrid between D. aureum, and D. nobile
or D. macrophyllum. Stove.

DENDROCHILUM (from dendron, a tree, and
cheilos, a lip; in allusion to the plant having lipped
flowers and growing as an epiphyte on trees). OED.
Orchidece. A small genus of two or three species of
stove Orchids, with long pendulous racemes of rather in-
conspicuous yellowish flowers, and narrow, one-leaved
pseudo-bulbs. The two species which have been in cul-
tivation are D. aurantiacum and D. pallidiflavens.

Dendrochilum — continued.
D. Cobbianum. See Platyclinis Cobbiana.
D. filiforme. See Platyclinis filiformis.
D. glnmaceum. See Platyclinis glumacea.

DENDROCOLLA. A synonym of Sarcochilus.

DEXDROMECON (from dendron, a tree, and mekon,
a Poppy). ORD. Papaveracece. A hardy shrubby plant,
thriving in a light rich loam. Increased from cuttings.
D. rigida (stiff).* Tree Poppy, fl. yellow; sepals two, ovate,

caducous; petals four; stamens numerous. June. I. rigid,

igid,

entire. California. The common name is very appropriate, the
plant having the appearance and character of the Poppy tribe,
together with a woody stem and branches. (B. M. 5134.)

DENDROPANAX (from dendron, a tree, and Panax;

Tree Panax). OED. Araliacece. Very handsome and

effective stove foliage plants. There are about twenty

species, natives of tropical Asia and America, as well as

China and Japan; but the one given below is the only

one in general cultivation. For culture, see Panax.

D. argenteus (silvery-leaved). I. alternate, oblong, entire, about

1ft. in length, tapering at the base, pointed or rounded at the

apex ; upper surface silvery- white ; veins greenish ; lower surface

purplish ; leafstalks long, stout. Stem somewhat fleshy, spotted.

Brazil, 1878.

DENDROSERIS (from dendron, a tree, and sen's, a

kind of endive ; referring to its habit and form of leaves).

OED. Composites. Handsome greenhouse trees, thriving

in a rich loam. There are seven species, all natives of

Juan Fernandez, but probably the only one hitherto intro-

duced is that described below. Propagated by seeds. It

is, however, usually cultivated from imported plants.

D. macrophylla (large-leaved). fl..heads deep orange. Sum-

mer. Stem usually simple, surmounted by a crown of leaves and

a drooping panicle of large flowers, h. 10ft. 1877. (B. M. 6353. )

DENHAMIA. See Culcasia.

DENTARIA (from dens, a tooth; referring to the
fanged roots). Toothwort. OED. Cruciferce. A genus of
very ornamental hardy herbaceous perennials. Radical
leaves none or few, on long stalks; cauline ones stalked,
placed on the middle of the stem, alternate or in whorls,
palmately or pinnately cut. Stem erect, bearing the
raceme at the top ; pedicels filiform, bractless. Rootstocks
creeping, scaly. They are of very simple culture in a
rich, light soil, and a moist, shaded situation. Propagated
by carefully-made divisions of the root ; or by seed. There
are about twenty species, all confined to North temperate
regions.

D. bulbifera (bulb-bearing), fl. purple, few, rather large. April.
I., cauline ones alternate, pinnate ; upper ones undivided, or with
few segments, for the most part bearing bulbs in the axils.
h. lift, to 2ft. Europe (England). (Sy. En. B. 107.)

D. digitata (digitate).* fl. rich purple. May. I., cauline ones
many, alternate, stalked, palmately cut into five oblong-lan-
ceolate, pointed, grossly serrated segments, h. lift. South
Europe, 1659. (L. B. C. 757.)

D. diphylla (two-leaved).* fl. white on the inside, purple on the
outside. May. I., cauline ones two, alternate, on short stalks,
cut into three ovate-lanceolate, grossly and unequally serrate-
lobed segments. A. 6in. to 1ft. North America, 1810. (B. M.
1465.)

D. glandulosa (glandular), fl. purplish. May. I. three in a
whorl, stalked, ternate; segments oval - lanceolate, acuminated,
serrated, bearing glands in the axils. A. 1ft. Hungary, 1815.

D. laclniata (jagged), fl. rose-coloured, or almost white, large.
April. I. three in a whorl, on short stalks, three-parted ; lobes
or segments linear, entire, or deeply serrated or jagged. A. 1ft.

D. pinnata (pinnate), fl. white, or pale purple, large. May.
L, cauline ones alternate, stalked, pinnate ; segments oblong,
acuminated, serrate-toothed. A. 1ft. Switzerland, <fcc., 1683.
(R. G. 623.)

D. polyphylla (many-leaved).* fl. cream-coloured, large. May.
I. three in a whorl, or alternate, stalked, pinnate ; segments
seven or nine, approximate, lanceolate, acuminated, serrated.
A. 1ft Hungary, 1817. (K. G. 171.)

D. tenella (slender), fl. purple, about the size of those of Car-
damine pratensis. April. I. two, alternate, sessile, cut into three
linear-elliptical entire segments. A. 9in. North America, 1826.
DENTATE. Having the margin divided into incisions

resembling teeth.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

459

Having the margins finely and

DENTICULATE.

slightly toothed.

DENTIDIA. A synonym of Perilla.
DENUDATE. A hairy or downy surface becoming
naked.

DEODAR CEDAR. See Cedrus Deodara.
DEFARIA (from depas, a cup ; referring to the form
of the involucre). Including Cionidium and Trichocarpa.
ORD. Filices. A small genus of rare stove Ferns, In-
volucre shallowly cup-shaped, membranaceous, not two-
valved. Sori protruding from the margin of the frond.
For general culture, see Ferns.

D. conclnna (neat).» fronds bipinnate; lower pinnae more than
1ft. long, nearly 2m. broad, deeply cut hi the lower part only ;
lobes blunt, entire, broadly oblong-rhomboidal, unequal-sided
and decurrent downwards, sori two to six to a lobe. Peru.
SYN. D. Matthewsii.

D. Macrsei (Macray's). A synonym of D. prolifera.
D. Matthews!! (Matthews'). A synonym of D. coneinna.
D. Moore! (Moore's), fronds 1ft. to IJft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad,
cordate-deltoid in general outline, pinnate below ; lower pinna
6in. to 9in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, cut down to the rachis into
deeply-pinnatifid lobes, sori copious, extra marginal, or stipitate.
New Caledonia.

D. nephrodloides (Nephrodium-like). fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long,
rather firm and shining, quadripinnate ; lower pinnae stalked,
under 1ft. long; pinnules deltoid, with inciso-pinnatifld lobes,
4m. long ; upper ones gradually smaller, confluent and toothed
only, sori marginal and prominent, but sessile, globose. New
South Wales.

D. prolifera (proliferous).1
6in. long, lin. to 14in. T
toothed, sori four to t\
stipitate. Sandwich Islands. SYN. D. Macrcei.

DEPAUPERATED. Imperfectly developed.

DEPENDENT. Hanging down.

DEPPEA (named in honour of M. Deppe, who col-
lected and sent home many plants from Mexico). SYN.
Choristes. ORD. Rubiacece. A genus containing about
twelve species of shrubs, all natives of Mexico. Flowers
yellow, small, arranged in cymes; corolla rotate, or shortly
funnel-shaped. Leaves, opposite, petiolate, membranous,
ovate or lanceolate. D. erythrorhiza is a shrubby green-
house plant, with a woody root and reddish inner bark.
For culture, see Bouvardia.

D. erythrorhiza (red-rooted).* ft. yellow ; cymes terminal and
axillary, pedunculate, of three or four branches. I. petiolate,
elliptic, acuminated at both ends, rather pilose above and on the
margins ; stipules triangular, deciduous, h. 1ft. to 3ft.

DEFRESSARIA CICUTELLA. See Flat-body
Moth.

DEFRESSARIA DAUCELLA. See Carrot
Blossom Moth.

DEFRESSARIA DEPRESSELLA. See Purple
Carrot-seed Moth.

DEPRESSED. Pressed down ; having the appearance
of being pressed.

DESCANTARIA. Included under Tradescantia.

fronds pinnate ; lower pinnae about
I, pinnatifld; lobes oblong, slightly
twelve to a lobe, extra marginal, sessile or

FIG. 640. LEAF OF DESFONTAINEA SPINOSA.

DESFONTAINEA (named after E. L. Desfontaines,
a celebrated French botanist, born 1752, died 1833). OBD.
Loganiacece. A very beautiful, hardy, evergreen shrub, of

Desfontainea— continued.

easy cultivation. It thrives in either a peat or loam soil,
but preferably the latter. Cuttings will root if inserted
in either of the soils above named, with the addition of a
little sand; a gentle heat would accelerate the rooting.
It forms an admirable plant for greenhouse or conser-
vatory decoration, and even when out of flower its pecu-
liar Holly-like appearance is most attractive.
D. spinosa (splnose). fl. showy, terminal, solitary, pedunculate;
corolla scarlet, with a yellow limb, tubular. August. I. elliptic-
oblong, coriaceous, glabrous, shining above, cuneated, and quite
entire at the base, with spiny-toothed margins, h. 3ft. Andes
from Chili to New Grenada, 185i See Fig. §W. (B. M. 4781.)
DESIGNS. The art of taking plans or Designs of
objects should, according to London, be considered as part
of a gardener's general education, since none who aspire
to any degree of eminence in their profession, ought
to be ignorant of the first principles of geometry
and drawing. A Design of the whole or any part of a
garden, as, for instance, a flower-bed, intended as a
working plan, should, above all things, be accurately
drawn. It is impossible to correctly transfer an intri-
cate Design from paper to show itself in a given space
on the ground, unless the boundary of that space has
been previously measured, and it, with all the arrange-
ments of the enclosure, carefully prepared on an equal
scale throughout. In the case of a garden, the full size
being known, and the scale determined (as large a one
as practicable being preferred), the positions of any per-
manent features of the inside, such as large trees, glass
structures, &c., either those already existing, or others
contemplated, should be marked, and the scale attached
to the Design for reference. A plan of a flower-garden
or carpet - bed should have the same rule of drawing
to scale measurement applied, as the position and space
to be occupied by different plants can be previously
arranged, and the proportion of colours properly in*
sorted. A glance at this, when bedding time comes,
will at once indicate the positions assigned to all the
plants, and so prevent much confusion that would
otherwise prevail. Intricate carpet-bedding Designs are
often worked out by marking the lines with white sand ;
others may be shown with stakes or small pegs. Designs
for glass structures vary according to the requirements
of the plants for which they are intended; but each
should show, in the same proportion, all the working
details it is proposed to introduce.

DESMANTHUS (from desme, a bundle, and anthos,
a flower; the flowers are collected into bundles or spikes).
ORD. Leguminosce. A genus of stove perennial suffruticose
herbs or shrubs, all the species of which belong to the New
World, except one, which occurs everywhere in tropical
regions. Flowers all hermaphrodite; calyx campanulate,
shortly dentate ; petals free, or slightly cohering, valvate.
Leaves bipinnate; leaflets small; stipules setaceous, per-
sistent. There are about eight species, one or two of
which have been successfully cultivated in this country.
In their native habitats, all are more or less ornamental.

DESMOCBL2ETA. Included under Pnpalia (which
see).

DESMODIUM (from desmos, a band ; in reference to
the stamens being connected). ORD. Leguminosce. A
genus containing about 125 species of suffruticose herbs
or sub -shrubs, found in all warm parts of the globe.
The genera Catenaria, Dendrolobium, Dicerma, Dollinera,
Heteroloma, Phyllodium, and Pteroloma, are included
by Bentham and Hooker under Desmodium. Flowers
purple, blue, rose, or white, in usually loose terminal
racemes. Leaves pinnately-trifoliolate ; stipels two at the
base of the terminal leaflet, and one at the base of each
lateral leaflet. Stove and greenhouse plants, except where
otherwise stated. For culture, see Cnestis.
D. alatum (winged). A synonym of D. triquetrum.
D. biarticulatum (two-jointed), fl. yellow, disposed in an almost
naked terminal raceme. July. 7. trifoliolate ; leaflets about equal

460

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Desmodium— continued.
in size, rising from the top of the petiole, obovate-oblong, obtuse.

h. 2ft. East Indies, 1808.
D. oanadense (Canadian).

/. reddish-purple, in simple or

panicled, lateral or terminal racemes. July. I. pinnately-tri-
foliolate; leaflets oblong-lanceolate, smoothish. Stems erect,
rather pilose and striated, h. 4ft. to 6ft. North America, 1640.
Hardy. (B. M. 3553.)

D. gyrans (moving).* Moving or Telegraph Plant, fl. violet ;
racemes numerous, disposed in a panicle. July. I. pinnately-
trifoliolate ; leaflets elliptic-oblong, terminal one very large, and
lateral ones very small, h. 1ft. to 3ft. East Indies, 1775. A very
singular annual, the lateral leaflets moving up and down, either
steadily or by jerks, the movements being most marked during
bright sunshine.

D. nutans (nodding), fl. bluish-lilac, twin ; racemes compound,
terminal and axillary, and, as well as the branches, pendulous.
July. I. pendulous, pinnately-trifoliolate ; leaflets roundish-
rhomboid, tomentose on both surfaces, h. 1ft. to 3ft. East
Indies, 1823. (B. M. 2867.)

D. pcnduliflorum. A synonym of Lespedeza bicolor.
it-fruited), fl. purple; racemes
elongated, slender. July. I. pinnately-trifoliolate; leaflets

D. podocarpum (foot-fruited), fl. purple ; racemes terminal,
elongated, slender. July. I. pinnately-trifoliolate; leaflets
broad-ovate, rather rhomboid, pale beneath. Stem ascending,

terete, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Nepaul.
D. pulchellum] (pretty), fl. purple, two to each pair of floral
leaves, which are bifoliate. July. 1. pinnately-trifoliate ; leaflets
elliptic-oblong, pubescent beneath, h. 2ft. to 3ft. East Indies, 1798.
D. Skinneri albo-nitens (Skinner's shining white).* A variety
having purple flowers and leaves lined with white. It is a
pretty climber, and is very effective trained along the rafters of
the stove. STN. Rhynchosia albo-nitens. (B. M. 5452.)
D. triquetrum (triquetrous), fl. purple. July. I., leaflets
lanceolate, acuminated, eight times longer than the petioles, h.
3ft. to 6ft. East Indies, 1817. SYN. D. alatum.
DESMONCUS (from desmos, a band, and ogTcos, a
hook ; the ribs of the leaves ending in recurved hook -like
points). OED. Palmes. Very ornamental stove Palms.
Flowers appearing in the axils of the leaves, on a branched
spike. Leaves pinnate, prickly. Stem long, slender,
ascending. The few species in cultivation, when in a
young state, make rather handsome plants for table deco-
ration ; when too large for this purpose, a pillar or rafter
of the stove should be devoted to them, where their
peculiar leaves will be displayed to advantage, and in
such a position afford a pleasing shade. For culture, see
Calamus.

D. granatensis (New Grenadan).* I., petioles terete and spine-
less, except at the top, where they bear a few setse, and where
are also seated a pair of lanceolate divergent pinnae, nearly 2in.
broad, and of a lively green colour. Columbia, 1875.
D. major (greater). 1., segments about twenty pairs, linear,
acuminate ; rachis prickly, covered with a blackish, deciduous
tomentum ; spathe covered with brown prickles. Stem reed-like,
climbing, prickly. Trinidad.

D. minor (less)* may be likened to a miniature D. major. All
its parts are considerably smaller. West Indies.
DETJTZIA (named in honour of Johann Deutz, Dutch
naturalist, a friend and patron of Thunberg's). OKD.
Saxifragece. Very ornamental, pubescent or scabrous,
hardy deciduous shrubs. Flowers white, axillary, or dis-
posed in axillary and terminal corymbs. Leaves opposite,
petiolate, ovate, acuminated, serrated, wrinkled and veined,
scabrous from stellate hairs. Branches purplish and
villous. Some of the Deutzias are amongst the hardiest of
dwarf white-flowering shrubs ; and, as they are also well
adapted for growing in a cool-house, or for forcing, they
are extremely useful. If cultivated in a temperature from
45deg. to 50deg., they develop both foliage and flowers,
in which condition they are, of course, fa* preferable.
A compost of loam, enriched with thoroughly decayed cow
manure, with the addition of coarse sand, suits them well.
The plants will require repotting every year, after flower-
ing, and then plunging in a bed of coal ashes. Attention
must be paid to thinning the shoots, in such a manner that
an equal growth is maintained throughout the plant, so
that it shall have a somewhat globular form. D. gracilis
is the species most grown for forcing, for which purpose
it can hardly be superseded; it forms a beautiful plant
when so treated. Deutzias will not succeed if forced two
years in succession, but will do so when only gradually
brought on earlier in the spring. Tt is a good plan to

Deutzia — continued.

place them in the open ground, in summer, and have two
batches of plants, so that one may be forced while the
other is left in the open ground, to succeed it the fol-
lowing year. Deutzias lift well in autumn, and should
be potted and placed in cold frames, in October, to be
gradually brought on as required. The stronger-growing
sorts succeed in almost any soil or position in the shrub-
bery border.
D. corymbosa (corymbose).* A. white ; panicles corymbose, tri-

chotomous; panicle and outside of calyx dotted. I. oblong or

elliptic lanceolate, h. 5ft. Himalayas.

FIG. 641. FLOWERING BRANCH AND SINGLE FLOWER OF DEUTZIA
CRENATA FLORE-PLENO.

D. crenata (crenate).* fl. white, racemose or paniculate. I. ovate-
lanceolate, rigidly serrulate, rough to the touch. Stems slender.
h. 4ft. to 8ft. Japan. A very hand-
some shrub. SYNS. D. Fortunci and
D. scabra, of gardens. (B. R. 1718,
under the name of D. scabra.) The
varieties jlore-pleno (see Fig. 641) and
rca-plena have double-white and
ted flowers respectively.

D. Fortune! (Fortune's). A synonym
of D. crenata.

D. gracilis (slender).* fl. white, nu-
merously disposed in terminal racemes.
April. I. small, ovate, acuminate, ser-
rated, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Japan. See Fig.
642.

D. scabra (rough). A synonym of
D. crenata.

D. staminea (conspicuous-stamened)/
fl. white, sweet-scented ; petals oblong,
induplicate - valvate ; corymbs many-
flowered; calyx tube hoary-tomentose
with stellate hairs; teeth short, tri-
angular. May and June. I. lin. to
2in. long, oblong, or elliptic-lanceolate,
grey tomentose beneath with stellate
hairs, h. 3ft. Himalayas, 1841. De-
ciduous. (B. R. 1847, 13.)

DEVIL - IN - THE - BUSH.

See Nig-ella.

DEVIL'S APPLES. See Man-
dragora officinalis.

DEVIL'S BIT. -See Scabiosa
Succisa.

DEVIL'S COACH HORSE.
See Beetles.

DEVIL'S PIG. See Arge-
nioiie mexicaua.

DEVIL'S LEAP. See Urtica
urentissima.

*S»SSn£ DEWBERRY. See Rubus

DKUTZIA GRACILIS. fruticosa csesius.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

461

DIACAiPE (from dio, through, and calpit, an urn;
referring to the disposition of the spore-cases). OBD.
FOiee*. A monotypic genus. Involucre inferior, globose,
hard-membranous, entire, at length bursting very !
irregularly at the summit. Capsules numerous, nearly |
sessile. Sori globose; the receptacle small, scarcely ele- !
vated. For culture, tee Ferns.
D. aspidioides (Aspidium-like). /road, trfpinnate,
branaceous, often deciduously crinite ; pinnules obloa

lobed, more or less decurrent" Malay Islands, Ac.

DIADELPHOUS. Applied to the i
are connected into two bundles.

DIAJTDSOTJS. Having two stamens.

DIAJTELLA (a diminutive of Diana, the sylvan
goddess; in reference to the plants growing in woods).
Snr. BhuacophUa. OED. LUiacea. Very ornamental
fibrous-rooted half-hardy perennials. Flowers paniculate,
on drooping pedicels ; perianth six-cleft. Leaves grass-like.
The species thrive, in sheltered spots in the southern coun-
ties, in a mixture of loam and peat. All succeed well
planted out in the cool conservatory. Increased readily
by divisions ; or by seeds, sown in gentle heat, in spring.

D.eaarnlea (sky-blue). JL bine ; branches of panicle short Hay.

L, stem ones long, numerous, ensiform, rough at the edge and

keel k. 2ft New South Wales. (B. M. 505.)
D. intermedia (intermediate). A Tf.hiti.sh, numerous, disposed in

much-branched panicles lOin. to 18in. long. L linear. mMmtm
New Zealand. A free-growing species, producing bunches of
pretty dark blue berriesT
D. Lsevis (smooth).* f bluish, in 1
solitary, upright, aistan^erectc

with the axis of the segment ; outer

bent at the top, and IIIMIIIJ'I

me* ; pedicels filiform,
scattered ; corolla re-

.

Wal«. 1?22
STX. D. rfrumato. (B. R. 75L)
D. stmmosa (measly). A synonym of D. tetw.
D. tasmanica (Tasmanian).« JL pate bine, drooping, 4m. to fin.
in diameter ; panicles large, loose, decompoundly branched, Tery
oblong, reflexed. Berries
rtta* I 3:t. to Mtk-g,

for many~weeks on the hair-like pedicels. (B. M. 55L)
DIANTHERA (from du, two, and anthera, anther;
the cells are more or less separated from one another).
STN. Rhytiglossa. Including PorpAyrocomo. OBD. Aean-
thaeeat. A rather large genus of erect, ascendent, diffuse,
or prostrate, stove, greenhouse, or hardy herbs. Flowers
long, solitary or fascicled, bracteate; corolla with a narrow
tube, which is either straight or incurved. Leaves entire,
or rarely dentate. For culture, tee Justicia.
D. american» (American). JL, corolla pale violet, or whitish,
than Jin. long; base of lower lip rugose

r*

,2m. to'SfaLlbng. a. 2ft
A pretty stove sub-shrub. STK. Belopervne
(B. M. 5888.) ^

k (Pohl's).* JL purple; bracts deep red, imbricated,
. ;Vike terminating the branches, closely packed^
Ifarch. J. .omewhat large, sessile, narrowed to both
ends. Branl, 188a Stove, Snc Porpkyroeoma taMHlMk
(B. M. 4176.)

^==?^Jff:S^^^SlA«

Indies, 1793. Stove. STN. yiutta* mc**da (under which name
it is figured in B. M. 2060).

DiL^jf TITUS (from dto», divine, and anthot, a flower ;
the name given by Theophrastna, in aUurion to the exquisite

Dianthna — continued.

fragrance of the blossoms of most of the species, M well as
from their unrivalled neatness and brilliancy). Pink.
OKD. Caryopnyllete. Tufted, mostly glaucous herbs, often
/| Al\ shrubby at the base. Flowers rose or
AvM purple, rarely white or yellow, terminal,
solitary, panicled or fascicled; calyx tubu-
lar, five-toothed, furnished at the base with
imbricating bracts (see Fig. 643) ; petals
five, entire or cut, with long claws.
Leaves narrow, grass-like. This genus con-
sists of about seventy species, according
,^KjI to the authors of the " Genera Plantarum,"
although more than four times that nnm-
^•^M ber have been accorded specific rank by
^^^f various botanists. Just a hundred are re-

^•f garded as species by Nyman, in his

enumeration of European plants. The
list given below includes only such as are
known to be in cultivation. In most cases,
the specific distinctions are very trivial,
and this fact has also necessitated several
omissions. Hardy perennials, except
where otherwise specified. For culture, tee Carnation
and Pink.

Fia. 643. Dun-
THUS, showing
Fire - toothed
Calyx and
Bracts at Base,

Flo. 544- FLOWKRS OF DIATTHCS BAEBATCS.

462

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Diantlms — continued.

D. arenarius (sand-loving).* A., petals divided beyond the middle
into very narrow lobes, furnished with a livid spot and pressed
purple hairs at the base of each, the rest white. Summer.
Stems generally one-flowered. North and Eastern
(B. M. 2038.)

FIG. 645. FLOWERING BRANCH AND SINGLE FLOWER OF
DIANTHUS SUPERBUS.

D. atrorubens (dark-red).* fl. dark red, small, sessile, in aggre-

gate heads ; involucre ovate, awned, shorter than the heads of

flowers. Summer. 1. linear, three-nerved, h. 1ft. South and

Eastern Europe, 1802. (B. M. 1775.)
D. Balbisii. A synonym of D. liburnicus.
D. barbatus (bearded).* Sweet William, fl. very variable in

colour, aggregate, in bundles; petals bearded. Summer. I.

lanceolate, nerved. South and Eastern Europe, 1573. See Fig.

644. Of this splendid old-fashioned plant, varieties are hummer-

able, and far exceed the type in point of beauty.
D. bicolor (two-coloured). A. white above and lead-coloured

beneath, solitary; petals dilated. Summer. I. awl-shaped ;

lower ones tomentose. Stem panicled. h. 1ft. to 2ft. Southern

Russia, 1816.

D. csasius (bluish-grey). •
colour, very fragrant;

Cheddar Pink. /. of a delicate rose-
petals crenated, pubescent. Summer.

I. short, with scabrous margins. Stem tufted, generally one-

flowered. h. Sin. to 6in. Europe (Britain). Plant very glaucous.

(Sy. En. B. 193.)
D. Caryophyllus. Carnation ; Clove Pink. fl, solitary, nearly

every colour except blue ; petals very broad, beardless. Sum-

mer. 1. linear-awl-shaped, channelled, glaucous. Stem branched.

South Europe. Naturalised here and there in England. There

are numerous varieties of this species. See Carnation.
D. ohinensis (Chinese).* Chinese or Indian Pink. fl. very variable

in colour, but usually reddish, and are either single or double ;

solitary or somewhat aggregate; petals toothed. Summer. L

lanceolate, pale green. Stem bra

1713. Biennial.

. .

branched, h. 6in. to 12in. China,

D. c. Atkinson! (Atkinson's)* is a beautiful garden hybrid, of
which, in all probability, D. chinensit is one of the parents. It
has deep blood-red flowers, and is one of the handsomest of
old-fashioned garden Pinks. It seems difficult to increase by
division or cuttings, and does not ripen seed. (Gn., Jan. 12, 1884.)

D. crnentns (bloody).* /. bloody -scarlet, small, numerous ; cymes
contracted, somewhat globose ; petals toothed, bearded towards
the base with scattered reddish-violet hairs ; calyx reddish-violet.

, Summer. I. linear-lanceolate, very acute ; lower ones tufted.
Eastern Europe. (B. G. 26.)

D. deltoides (deltoid). Maiden Pink. fl. rose-coloured, with
a dark circle, solitary. Summer. I., upper ones narrow, acute,

Dianthns— continued.
pubescent ; lower ones oblong,

branched,
D. dentosus (toothed).

Stems ascending,
rope (Britain). (Sy. En. B. 192.)

Amoor Pink. fl. violet-lilac, with a

regular dark spot, formed of purple streaks, at the base of each
petal, producing a dark eye in the centre of the flower, more than
lin. across ; petals toothed at the margin, bearded at the base.
Summer. I. linear, rather broad, sometimes slightly undulated,
glaucous, tinged with a reddish hue. h. 6in. Southern Russia.
D. fimbriatus (flmbriate).* fl. rose-coloured, solitary; petals
oblong, multifldly toothed, beardless. Summer. I. awl-shaped,
scabrous. Stem suffruticose at the base, branched, h. 1ft.
Iberia, 1815. (B. M. 1069, under name of D. orientalis).

D. Fischer! (Fischer's).* fl. rose-coloured, somewhat aggregat
petals multifld, almost
flowered. Summer. I.
Russia, 1820. (S. B. F. G. 245.)

. ,

beardless; fascicles closely-set, many-
flowered. Summer. I. lanceolate, serrulated. Stem panicled.

D. fragrans (fragrant).* fl. white, suffused with purple, fragrant ;

petals semi-muitifid, beardless. July to September. I. awl-shaped,

with roughish margins. Stems generally one-flowered, h. 6in. to

9in. Caucasus, 1804. (B. M. 2067.)
D. fruticosus (shrubby). Shrubby Pink. /. dark in the middle,

rose-coloured in the circumference, and white and pilose at

the base, aggregate. Summer. I. obovate, lanceolate, obtuse.

Stem shrubby. Half-hardy evergreen, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Grecian

Archipelago (Island of Serfo), 1815. (S. F. G. 407.)
D. gallicns (Gallic), fl. white, livid at the base ; petals dentately-

multifid. July, August. I. linear, somewhat ciliated. Stems

ascending, generally one-flowered, h. 6in. Western France,

Northern Spain, and Portugal.
D. giganteus (gigantic), fl. purple, numerous, sessile, disposed

in hemispherical heads, supported at the base by leafy bracts.

Summer. I. linear, very long, connate at the base a long way.

Stem round. A. 2ft. to 4ft Eastern Europe, 1828.
D. glacialis (icy).* fl. reddish-purple, small, scentless ; petals

serrated. Summer. 1. linear, acute, serrulated, green. Stems

erect, tufted, short, generally one-flowered, h. Sin. Mountains

of Central Europe, 1820. (F. M. n. s. 268.)

FIG. 646. FLOWER OP DIANTHUS SUPERBUS GARDNERI (CUT-
FLOWERED CHINESE PINK).

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

463

Dianthi

-continued.

D. Holtzeri (Holtzer's).* fl. pink, about liin. in diameter ; petals
more or less fringed. 1. linear-lanceolate. Turkestan. (B. G.
1032, 1.)

FIG. 647. FLOWERS OF DOUBLE VARIETY OF DIANTHUS
CARYOPHYLLUS (CARNATION).

D. latifolins (broad-leaved), fl. pink, aggregate, racemosely
corymbose. Summer. I. oblong-lanceolate. A. lift. The habit
of this plant is very like that of D. barbatus, but the leaves are
broader, and the flowers double the size. Native country un-
known. (S. B. F. G. 2.)

D. libnrnlcus (Liburnian). fl. red, almost sessile, in capitate
bundles. August. 1. lanceolate-linear. Stem angular. A. 1ft.
to 2ft. South and Eastern Europe, 1817. Plant glaucous. SYN.
D. Balbisii.

D. monspessulanus (Montpelier).* /. red, solitary; petals
digitately multifld, smooth in the throat. Summer. L linear,
serrulated. Stem panicled, few-flowered. h. 6in. to 12in. South
and Eastern Europe, 1764.

D. neglectns (neglected).* fl. deep rose ; petals serrated. Sum-
mer. 1. green, linear, acute, serrulated. Stems erect, tufted,
short, generally one-flowered, h. 2in. to 4m. South-west
Europe, 1869.

FIG. 648. DIANTHUS CHINENSIS FLORE-PLENO.
D. pallidifloms (pale-flowered). /. purplish-rose, very nume-
rous, solitary. Late summer. I. linear, pointed, flat, sessile.
*. 6in., forming dense and branching tufts. Russia.

DianthTU— continued.
T>. petrous (rock).* Rock Pink. fl. rose, usually solitary oa

,

the freely-produced stems ; petals beardless, multifld. Summer.
I. awl-shaped, entire, glabrous, h. bin. Eastern Europe, 1804.
D. plnmarius (feathered).* Garden Pink; Pheasant's Eye.
fl. white, purple, either double or single, spotted or variegated.
and more or less fringed on the margins, sweet-scented ; petals
jagged, multifld, bearded. Summer. I. linear, with scabrous
margins. Stems two or three-flowered, h. 9in. to 12in. Eastern
Europe, 1629. Plant glaucous. (Sy. En. B. 195.)

FIG. 649. FLOWER OF DIANTHUS CHINENSIS HEDDEWIGII
FLORE-PLEXO.

D. Segoieril (Seguier's).* fl. rosy-purple. Summer, h. 1ft

South and Eastern Europe, Asia, 1832.
D. sqnarrosus (spreading), fl. like those of D. plumariut, but

with a longer calyx; petals white, finely jagged. Summer.

1. awl-shaped, channelled, stiff, short, recurved. Stems generally

one-flowered, h. 6in. Southern Russia, 1817.

sweet-scented; petals bearded,

. suavis (sweet), fl. pink, . .

doubly and deeply serrated. Summer. J. linear, spreading, glau-

cous. Stems generally one-flowered,
unknown.

h. 6in. Native country

FIG. 650. FLOWER OF DIANTHUS CIIINBNSIS PLENISSIMUS.
D. superbna (superb).* /. rose-coloured, very fragrant, parti-
cularly at night, somewhat fastigiate ; petals divided beyond the
middle, feathery, bearded at the base. Summer. I. linear-lanceo-
late, bright green, acute, entire. Stems smooth, panicled,
many-flowered, h. 9in. to 18in. Europe and Asia, 1596. See
Fig. 645. (B. M. 297.)

ith "* tai-

464

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dianthns — continued.

D. virgineus (virgin). Jl. red; petals crenated. Summer. I.
tufted, linear, stitf, serrulate. Stems generally one or few-
flowered, h. 6in. to 12in. South-western Europe, 1816. (B. M.
1740.)

VARIETIES. Innumerable varieties are in cultivation of
three species belonging to this genus, namely, D. barbatus
(the Sweet William), D. Caryophyllus (the Carnation and
Clove Pink, see Fig. 647), and D. chinensis (the Chinese or
Indian Pink), a double form of which is shown in Fig. 648.
In garden literature, the generic name is generally only
applied to the last of these three, the others being well-
known under their popular garden names. Although a
biennial, D. chinensis may be successfully grown as an
annual, by sowing in pots or in the open ground, in March.
There are double and single forms, in a great variety of
colours, the flowers of the former being best adapted for
cutting ; while the latter are the most showy. D. c.
Heddewigii, and the numerous seedlings obtained from it,
represent an exceedingly useful class of dwarf plants for
mixed borders, or for pot culture, many of the flowers
being beautifully marked and fringed. Its double form
(see Fig. 649) is not so floriferons, but is distinct and use-
ful for cutting. D. c. plenissimus (see Fig. 650) is a
variety with very full double flowers, beautifully fringed.

DIAPENSIA (meaning obscure). ORD. Diapensiaceae.
A genus of two species of small, tufted herbs. Flowers
white or purplish-rose, solitary, erect, pedunculate ; corolla
salver-shaped ; tube short, wide ; limb flat. Peduncles
scape-formed, one-flowered. Both these little gems are
usually considered difficult to cultivate; but they have
been found to succeed on fully exposed rockwork, in deep
sandy peat, kept well moistened during the warm season.
Increased by division.
D. barbulata. ,<W Pyxldanthera barbulata.

FIG. 651. DIAPENSIA LAPPONICA.

D. lapponlea (Lapland).* fl. pure white ; peduncles usually one-
flowered, erect. July. I. finear-spathulate, coriaceous, with
callous, sub-revolute edges, h. lin. to 2in. Norway, Lapland,
Arctic America, &c. See Fig. 651. (B. M. 1108.)

DIAPENSIACE2E. A small order of prostrate sub-
shrubs, principally inhabiting the colder parts of Europe
and North America. Calyx persistent, five-parted; seg-
ments imbricated ; stamens five, free, adnate to, or alter-
nating with, the segments of tiie corolla. Leaves some-
times small, numerous, sessile, imbricated, narrow, and
entire; sometimes large, orbiculate, dentate. The order
includes the genera Diapensia, Galax, Pyxidanthera, and
Shortia, as well as two others which have not yet found
their way into cultivation.

DIAPHANOUS. Transparent.

DIASCIA (from diaskeo, to adorn ; in reference to the
pretty flowers). ORD. Scrophularineac. Very pretty green-
house annual herbs. In this genus, there are about a
score species, all natives of South Africa. Seeds may be
sown in a gentle heat, early in spring, and the seed-
lings transferred, like Lobelias and other bedding plants,
to the open, about June.
D. Barberte (Mrs. Barber's), fl. rosy-pink, double-spurred, dis-

posed in terminal racemes. July. I. ovate, bluntly serrate, h.

1ft. 1871. (B. M. 5953.)

DIASTEMANTHE. A synonym of Stenotaplxrum.

DIBBER, or DIBBLE. A useful instrument in
gardens, often made from a hard piece of wood, such as
an old spade handle, and principally employed for plant-
ing out seedlings, of small or medium size. Dibbers,
when used on a large scale, are usually cased with a
hollowed, tapering point of steel. In heavy soils, the
sides of the hole are liable to become polished with the
steel sheath, and the roots do not then penetrate them
freely. Light soils give when the Dibber is inserted,

FIG. 652.

consequently they are best suited for its use. Fig. 652
represents two forms of steel-cased Dibbers in general
use. One (a) is made from a piece of wood of the shape
represented, and is preferred by some to the other (b),
which may be prepared from a spade handle.

DIBBLEMMA. See Polypodinm.

DIBBLING. The process of planting with a Dibber.
Its chief advantages lie in economising the plants, and
rendering thinning almost unnecessary. Seedlings grow-
ing closely together should be dibbled out temporarily,
until sufficiently strong for placing in permanent quarters
by the same method. Dibbling has some disadvantages,
the roots often being placed straight down instead of
in the natural way in which they grow. It is, however,
an expeditious mode, much practised with fast-growing

FIG. 653. METHOD OP DIBBLING.

plants that soon form new roots. The process is shown
in the accompanying engravings (see Fig. 653), where a

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

465

Dibbling— continued.

represents the position of the Dibber for pressing the
soil against the roots; b, its position when this is com-
pleted ; and c, the Dibber removed, leaving the hole for
watering. The next illustration (d) shows a more careful
way of planting, on a email scale, by making a hole with
a Dibber, afterwards arranging the roots and filling in
by hand. A long Dibber is often used for planting Po-
tatoes; it is large enough to make a hole for the set
to drop in, and has a cross handle, for the use of both
hands, and a projecting piece of iron or wood which
serves the double purpose of forming a tread and in-
suring an equal depth to all the holes made. For
inserting cuttings or young plants, small tapering pieces
of wood are employed.

DICENTKJL (from dit, twice, and ientron, a spur; in
allusion to the double-spurred flowers). STNS. Capnorchit
and Dielytra (often written Dielytra). OBD. Fuma-
riaceae. Very ornamental hardy herbaceous peren-
nials, with tuberous, horizontal, or fibrous roots.
Flowers pink or yellow, in terminal racemes ; petals
four, the two erterior ones equally spurred or gib-
bous at the base. Leaves stalked, multifid. They
are all of easy culture in moderately rich, light soiL
Increased readily by dividing the crowns, in early
spring; or by cutting the fleshy roots in short
lengths, and inserting them in sandy soil. D. spec-
tabdis is very beautiful when forced in early spring,
but the forcing must be very gentle, and the plants
kept as near the glass as possible. A moist tem-
perature of SOdeg. to 55deg. will be sufficient. As
a rule, it is much preferable to have fresh plants
every year, returning those which have flowered
under glass to the open border. The roots should
be placed in a compost of sandy loam, in well-
drained pots, as soon as the foliage dies off, and
transferred to a cold frame until introduced into
the house. After flowering, the plants should be
removed to a cold frame, to be shifted out in the
borders when severe frosts are past. Snoceesional
batches may be brought in as occasion requires,
and, with little trouble, the flowering period can be
prolonged from February to June. Plenty of water
is necessary when the plants are in full growth,
and occasional doses of liquid manure may be employed
with advantage.

D. canadensis (Canadian). *. whit* ; spore two, short, blunt ;
°ort; .cape naked, simple, tew-flow«ed. May. I

Dicentra— continued.
glaucous, mnltifid ; lobes linear.
(B. M. 3031.)
D. cfcrysantha (golden-flowered).* JL goldc
erect racemes. Autumn. L very finely cut,

k. (tin. North America, 1822.

, disposed in
f orminr »
ft.to5ft.

•tea*. A. 3ft.

large tuft, whence issue the rigid, leafy
California, 1852. (L. A P. F. G. iii. 103.)
D. cucullarU (hooded). Dutchman's Breeches. JL white, but
yellow at the tip ; spun two, straight, acute ; scape naked ;

to tin.

D. exlmla (choice).* JL reddUh-purple, drooping, oblong; spur,
two, somewhat incuived, blunt, short; scape naked; racemes
compound. Spring and summer. L three to eight, or more;
' oblong. A. Sin. to 18in. United States, 1812. See

lobes mostly »

Flg.654. (&B.50TuiiJcrnameof>VMaria««»mia.)
D. formou (beautiful).* JL bright red, broadly ovate ; span
short, very obtuse : scape naked ; racemes rather compound.
May. A. 6in. North America, 1796. Very like D. iSK but
smaller in all iU part*. SYK. fumaria
USa.)

(B. M.

Kio. 654 DICE.VTRA BXIMI*.

foTboraen, margins of shrubberies, Ac. Se« Fig. 655. There is
also a white-flowered variety.

JL yellow, with rufescent
riding, dilated at the
i axillary or i

peduncles. Autumn. L alternate,

_ stem aresa- &a^a6jg^6^
jKT^flfittT" 8nL *"**a'~i

DICERMA. Bee Desmodinm.

DICH2BA (from dicha, bifarious ; the leaves are in
two rows). O»D. Orchidea. A genus of epiphytal stove
Orchids, natives of the We«t Indies and tropical America.
Flowers greenish, solitary, inconspicuous, axillary. Leaves
email, ovate-oblong or linear, arranged in a two-ranked
manner Stems short, erect or creeping. There are about
a dozen species known, only one of which, perhaps, is in
general cultivation. D. picta thrives in a warm part c
the Mexican house, if grown on a block of wood, with
a little moss attached, to prevent the tender roots from
drying too much.

JL light leek-jreen, with purplish dots.

Jaucous. TriBidad, 187a A very rtercstiiic tJ^SguA
'plant. (B«f. B 84.)

o O

466

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DICHLAMTDEOUS. Furnished with two floral
envelopes.

DICHOGAMOUS. When the florets of an inflo-
rescence are of two separate sexes.

Dichorisandra

ntinued.

petals, like the sepals, distinct; stamens six (sometimes
only five), all perfect, with short, erect, naked filaments.
Stems erect or ascending, often branched. To grow

FIG. 656. DICKSONIA BERTEROAXA, showing Habit and Upper Portion of Detached Frond (see page 467).

DICHORISANDRA (from <it«, twice, chorizo, to part,
and aner, an anther ; referring to the anthers being two-
valved). OBD. CommeUnaceai. A genus of stove her-
baceous perennials, containing several beautiful-flowered
plants, many of which have also very ornamental leaves.
Sepals green or coloured, three, sub-equal, ovate or oblong ;

Dichorisandras vigorously, they should be potted in a
compost of peat, loam, and leaf mould, in about equal
parts, with the addition of a little silver sand. A liberal
supply of water, with ordinary stove heat, and shading
from the direct rays of the sun, will be necessary
during the summer. In winter, they should be kept much

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

467

Dichorisandra — continued.

drier, bat must not be exposed to cold. Propagated by
divisions, by cuttings, or by seeds. Besides the species
described below, about seven or eight others are be-
lieved to have been introduced.

D. albo-marglnata (silvery-margined). fl~ in a dense raceme,
gin, long ; sepals white, blue, and puberulous outside ; petals
larger, rhomboid-ovate, blue, the lower part white. L lanceolate,
acuminate. Stem erect, glabrous, simple or branched above.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1868. (R. O. 568.)

D leucophthalmns (white-eyed).* JL often three together,
each on a branch of the peduncle, large ; peduncle or scape
emerging from a joint at or near the base of the stem, pros-
tratef glabrous, flexuous, panicled, here and there sheathed with
brown scales; bracts from a broad base, subulate, herbaceous;

sepals oblong, concave, spreading, between herbaceous and
scariose; petals four times as large as the sepals, broadly
obovate, spreading, blue-purple, white in the lower half;
anthers bright yellow. June. L 4in. to 6in. long, elliptic-lanceo-
late sharply acuminated, moderately attenuated below, till tney
form the sheath ; striated, patent and often recurved. Steins
two or three together, erect, terete, jointed, 9in. or more high,
glabrous. A. If t to lift Brazil (B. M. 4733.)

D. TTiTiff^<rLa- (mosaic).* JL bright azure-blue, disposed in a terminal
jpiie or truss. Autumn. I. ovate, acute, dark green above, pro-
fusely pencilled and veined with zigzag transverse lines of pure
white ; under side deep reddish-purple. Stems terete, chequered,
surrounded at the nodes by close brownish sheaths. *. 14ft-
Maynas, 1866. (F. d. S. 1711-2.)

D. oxypetala (sharp-petaled). JL, corolla of three reddish

Hsnsfts&swrausg^^ ss

Sn^Selowest one long, deflexed; pedicels and flowers with
S' brown ovate bracts ? calyx of three ovate, acute, Dreading,
reddish-purple veined petals, with a white spot at the base

- ,

thers linear-oblong, whitish at the base. August ^eo^1
to the upper part of the stem, alternate, elliptical attenuated^
both at the base and at the extremity, entire, striated, the skks
rSu. incurved, very glabrous, except a little pubescence at the
base, on the under side. Stem oblique, simple, or forked, *. 2ft
1810. (B. M. 272L)

Braril, 1830. (B. M.
l (SanndersO. JL Jin. in diameter, crowded in a

devoalrnost capitate panicle, 2in. long ; ; P«dicel T«ry
short, glabrous ; sepals oblong, obtuse, concave, glabrous w

'

which is white. July. J. numerous,

late, in l
cordate.

DICHROTBJCHTJM (from dichroot, baying two

ours, and thru, hair; in reference to the tofts of hair

the end of each seed, in the original species, being

ifferently coloured). OBD. Gemeracecc. A small genus of

lowy stove perennials, with habit of, and requiring treat-

ent similar to, J3*ch.ynan tb.ua (which tee). Probably

e only one in culthration is that here described. .

(ternate).* JL crimson-red, tabular, sub-umbel-
in loose cymes. July. J. unequal, opposite ; the large one

ite. Moluccas, 1872. (B. H. 1871, 22.)

DICKSONIA (named after James Dickson, a famous
ritish cryptogamic botanist). Including Baltmtiwn,
botium, Dennstacdtia, Patania, Sitolobium. OBD. Kticet.
genus of about forty species of stove and greenhouse
eras, the majority being natives of tropical America and
•olynesia. Fronds mostly large, decompound, coriaceous,
nvolncre inferior, sub-globose, coriaceous or membrana-
eous, cup-shaped, and entire or more or less distinctly
two-valved. Sori placed at the apex of a rein, intra-
arginal. A compost of light, fibrous loam and peat, in
equal parts, with about one-third sand, is most suitable,
tar general culture, see Ferns.

purplish-green, with two silvery •tripes.
•BrariTiOTi. *

DICHOSMA. 8« Agathosma.

DICHOTOMOUS. Divided in twos; stems con
tinually dividing into double ramifications.

DICHE-OSTACHYS (from dichm, two-coloured, an
gtachyt a spike ; in allusion to the lower flowers of eacl
spike differing in colour from those above). OBD. Leg*
mino«<B A small genus of four or five species of ngi
stove shrubs, extending over tropical Africa and Asi
one being confined to Australia. Flowers, upper on
yellow, hermaphrodite; lower ones either whr te, puik
or purple, neuter. Leaves bipinnate ; leaflets usuaU
small The under-mentioned is probably the only on
yet in cultivation. For culture, see Mimosa.

linear, cut

boidal, blunt, with two to lour
tori t-ro to eight to a segment
(H. S. F. i. 26 B.)
D. antarctic* (Antarctic).* «m.. 30ft to 36ft high^ ^

West Indies, 1828. Stove.

Ifosy.rhomted.ripirmate, ft to . o
2ft to fit broad in centre ; central pinwe 1ft to lift long, 4m.
to 5in. broad; pinnules sessile, linear, Jin. broad ; segments

inear, Jin
segment

1786. Arborescent

oblong, tori six to ten to lowest :
Greenhouse.

D. arborescens (tree-like). eau. 10ft high, fnmdt bipinnate ;
lower pinnae 1ft to lift long, 6in. to 9in- broad ; pinnules linear,
deeplv cut • segments jin. long, oblong, tori two to BIX to a lobe,
S/riobostst Helena, 1824. Arborescent Greenhouse.
(H. S. F. L 22i.)

D. assamicum (Assam). A synonym of D. Barometz.

D. Barometz (Barometi). /rondt tripinnate ; lower pinrwe ovate-
tooSStoV 1ft to 2ft broad; pinnule, linear - acuminate, cut,
nearly to the rachis; segments taear-oblongaj^te, sub-falcate.
tori two to twelve to a lobe. Assam, China, 1824. Arborescent
Greenhouse. ST>. D. attamieum. (H. S. F. i. 29 B.)

D.

Juan Fernandez, 1880. Arborescent Gi
"orevious Ipage, Fig. 656, for which we are indebted to
MessrTSh^Sonl (IL S. F. L 23 A.)

^ffiSSate((SUri5t io^^^broadT'innu^
Sn^icuSnate, cut down to the rachis below ; segments oblong,
bluntish. wrTtwo to twelve to a lobe. Sandwich Islands,
18Mb Stove.

frond* bipinnate ; lower j

coat of

y contracted ; main r»cui» BMBM "••- - Vimf
"yellowish-brown hairs at the base. Java, 1875.

(Cirata-likeX rto. eweoing., /«•* £?J^?^;
Tft to lift long. fan. broad ; pinnules anear-

ft to i ong ° -

deep'ly «ten£ ob.ong.deltoi deeply tad...
Dinnatifld. tori two to twelve to a segment West Indies. Stove.

hairs.

468

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dicksonia — continued.

FIG. 657. DICKSOMA CULCITA.

to six to largest segment. New Zealand. Arborescent. Green-
house. (H. S. F. i. 23 B.)

D. flaoclda (weak), fronds tripinnate ; lower pinnae 9in. to 15in.
long, 6in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, cut down to the rachis ;
lower segments ovate - rhomboidal, bluntish, cut down to the
rachis three or four times on each side, and the lobes again
toothed, sori two to eight to a segment. Aneiteum, &c. Very
closely allied to D. rubiyinosa. Stove.

D. glauca (glaucous), fronds tripinnate, ovate-lanceolate, 1ft.
to lift, long, 6in. to 9in. broad ; pinnules linear-acuminate, cut
down to the rachis in the lower part; lobes linear-oblong, sori
two to twelve to a lobe. Sandwich Isles, 1879. Arborescent.
Stove. (H. S. F. i. 29 A.)

D. lanata (woolly), can. low. sti. about 1ft. long, fronds rhom-
boid, tripinnate, 3ft. to 4ft. long; central pinnae oblong-lanceolate,
about 1ft. long ; pinnules lanceolate, stalked, Hin. to Sin. long,
less than lin. oread, sori crowded, six to twelve to largest seg-

ment. New Zeal

23 c.)

FIG. 658. DICKSONIA MF.NZIESII.

D. Menziesii (Menzies').* fronds tripinnate ; lower pinnae 1ft. to
lift, long, 6in. to 9in. broad ; pinnules linear-acuminate, cut down
about half-way to the rachis ; lobes rounded, blunt, sori two to
eight. Sandwich Islands, 1876. Stove. See Fig. 658. (H. S. F. i. 29 c.)
D. pruinata is a form having lobes of the pinnules denticulate.

D. moluccana (Moluccas), frnnds tripinnate ; lower pinnae 1ft.
to lift, long, 9in. to 18in. broad ; pinnules linear-lanceolate, cut
down to the rachis ; lower segments oblong-rhomboidal, deeply

Dicksonia — continued.

cut, with blunt, oblong-deltoid lobes, sori two to twelve to a
segment. Main and secondary rachises prickly. Java. Stove.
D. scandens is probably a variety of this species.

D. pilosiuscula (slightly hairy). A synonym of D. punctilobula.

D. punctilobula (dotted-lobed). fronds 1ft. to lift, long, 6in. to
9in. broad, lanceolate, bipinnate ; lower pinnae lanceolate, 4in. to
6in. long, deeply cut ; pinnules ovate-rhomboidal, about iin. long,
deeply pinnatitid. sori two to twelve to a pinnule. North
America, 1811. This is the only hardy species of the genus
Pleasantly fragrant. SYN. D. pilosiuscula.

D. regalia (regal).* fronds oblong-deltoid, tripinnate; pinnae
oblong-lanceolate, IJft. to 2ft. long, lOin. to 12in. broad ; pinnules
sessile, lin. to IJin. broad, cut down to the rachis ; segments
close, lanceolate-falcate, inciso-pinnatifld. sori ten to twelve to
a segment. Mexico, 1864. Arborescent. Greenhouse. SYN. Oi-
botium regale.

D. rubiginosa (rusty), fronds tripinnate ; lower pinnae 1ft. to
lift, long, 6in. to 9in. broad ; pinnules linear, cut down to the
rachis ; lower segments deltoid, or oblong-rhomboidal, deeply
inciso-pinnatifld. sori two to twelve to a segment. Tropical
America. Stove. SYN. D. dissecta. (H. S. F. i. 27 A.) D.anthrisci-
folia is a variety with segments larger and more divided.

D. Schiedei (Schiede's). cow. 10ft. to 15ft. high, fronds oblong
deltoid, tripinnate ; pinnae oblong-lanceolate, 1ft. to 2ft. long ;
pinnules linear-lanceolate, deeply cut ; segments close, lanceolate,
dentate, sori four to six to a segment. Mexico, 1846. Green-
house. (H. S. F. i. 30 A.)

D. Sellowiana (Sellow's).* fronds 6ft. to 8ft. long, 2ft. to 3ft.
broad, lanceolate, bipinnate ; lower pinnae 1ft. to Ijft. long, Sin.
to 4in. broad ; pinnules linear, deeply cut ; segments Jin. long,
close, oblong-deltoid, sori two to six to a lobe. Brazil, 1871.
Arborescent. Stove. (H. S. F. i. 22 B.)

D. spectabile (showy). A garden synonym of D. Wendlandi.

D. squarrosa (rough-stemmed).* sti. castaneous, 6in. to 12in. long,
densely scaly, fronds oblong-deltoid, tripinnate ; pinnae oblong-
lanceolate, 9in. to 15in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad ; pinnules sub-
sessile, linear, 2in. to Sin. long ; segments lanceolate, sori six to
eight to lower segments. New Zealand. Arborescent. Greenhouse.

D. Wendlandi (Wendland's). fronds oblong-deltoid, tripin-
natifld ; pinnae oblong-lanceolate, 1ft. long, 4in. to 6in. broad ;
pinnules sessile, linear, cut down to a narrow wing ; segments
close, lanceolate, acute, sori close, four to eight to a segment.
Arborescent. Guatemala. Stove. SYN. D. spectabile, of gardens.

D. Youngise (Mrs. Young's), sti. bin. to 9in. long, castaneous,
densely scaly, fronds oblong-deltoid, tripinnate ; pinnae oblong-
lanceolate, 1ft. long, 5in. to 6in. broad ; pinnules sub-sessile,
lanceolate, 2in. to Sin. long ; segments lanceolate, close, sori six
to eight to lower segments. Australia, 1865. Arborescent
Greenhouse.

Fin. 659. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DICTX
(see page 469).

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

469

DICLINOUS. Having stamens in one flower, and
pistils in another.

DICLIPTERA (from dilclis, double-doored, and ptenn,
a wing ; referring to the two-celled winged capsule- or seed-
vessel). OBD. Acanthaceat. A genus of stove or green-
house annuals, perennials, and evergreen herbs, rarely, if
ever, seen in cultivation outside botanic gardens. There
are about fifty species. For culture, see Justicia.
D. Tweedlana (Tweedie's). JL orange-red, numerous, tabular.

Autumn. I. opposite, oblong-obtuse. Monte Video. 1874. A

very showy greenhouse perennial, with numerous atoms. (B. H.

DICLYTRA. See Dicentra.

Dictamnns — continued.

Rutacece. A strong-smelling herb. Flowers white or
rosy, showy. Leaves alternate, impari-pinnate, exstipn-
late, with four to six pairs of serrulate leaflets, full of
pellucid dots. Stems glandular at the apex. It is of
easy culture in ordinary garden soil, preferring, however,
a rather dry position. Propagated by divisions; or bj
seed, which should be sown when secured.

D. ultras (white).* Fraxinella. JL, racemes long, terminal. May
June. I. pinnate ; leaflets four to five pairs, cordate at the ba-ne,
acute at the apex, finely serrulated h. 1ft to lift. South
Europe, 1596. The whole plant, especially when gently rubbed,
emits an odour like that of lemon-peel ; but when bruised, it has
something of a balsamic scent, Eastern Europe, Asia. Srs.

Fie. 660. DIBFFBNBACHIA AMCE!«A (see page

DICOTYLEDONOUS. Having two cotyledons.

DICOTYLEDONS. This name is now more generally
used than Exogens. It is one of the two classes into
which Phamogamous or flowering plants are divided. 1
distinguishing characteristics may be briefly etat^'-
Flowers with the organs mostly in fours or fives. Embryo
with opposite cotyledons. Leaves usually with netted
veins. Stem with bark, pith, and interposed wood ; when
perennial, increasing annually in diameter by a layer c
wood, added to the outside of the old wood, and another
of bark added to the inside of the old bark.

DICTAMNUS (from Diktamnos, the old Greek name
used by Hippocrates). Dittany, OP Fraxinella. OBD.

There are varieties with

D. FraarineOa. See Fig. 659, page 468.

white, and also with pale purple, flow.
D. Fraxinella (Fraxinella). A synonym of D. .

DICTYANTHUS (from diktyon, network, and anthot,
a flower ; alluding to the markings on the corolla). SYNS.
Rytidoloma, Tympananthe. OBD. Asclepiadece.
stove climbers. Besides the one described below, there
are three other species not yet introduced to cultivation.
All are natives of Mexico. For culture, see Passiflora.

D. Pavonil (Pavon's). ft,, coroUa whitish,
veined. September. 1. opposite, cordate. A. I
4750.)

1854.

DICTYMIA. See Polypoditun.
DICTYOOK.AMMA. See Gymnogramme.

470

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DICTTOPTERIS. 8ee Polypodium.

DICTYOSPERMA (from diktyon, a net, and tperma,
a seed; in allusion to the raphe of the seed forming a
loose network.). ORD. Palmce. A genua of stove Palms,

Dictyosperma — continued.

D. aureum (golden).* I. pinnate, with long, narrow, distant,
rk green leaflets. Seychelles Islands, 1868. A
lly spreading le
arkable for the yellow colour acquired by the petioles when

. . . , w og, nrow, san,

pendent, dark green leaflets. Seychelles Islands, 1868. A fine
species, of erect habit, and with gracefully

leaves,

grown in a temperate house SYN. Areca aurea.

PIG. 661. DIKFKKNBACHIA CiRDRRI (866 page 473).

related to Areca. Flowers unisexual, often in threes (one

female between two males). Leaves pinnate ; leaflets with

the sides reflexed before unfolding. For culture, see Areca.

D. album (white).* I. 4ft. to 8ft. long, pinnate ; petioles clothed

with white tomentum ; leaflets 2ft. long, and about 2in. wide,

bright green on both surfaces. Stem slender. A. 30ft. Mauritius,

1842. Whole plant unarmed. SYN. Areca alba.

D. fnrfaracenm (mealy) differs principally from D. rubriim
in the tomentose character of the petiole and leaf sheath of
the young plant Mauritius. SYNS. Areca furfuracea and A.
pisifera.

D. rubrum (red). Palmiste Rouge. I. dark green, with primary
veins and margins dark red, the redness disappearing very much
in adult plants. Branches of the spadix longer and more reflexed
than in D. album. Mauritius. SYN. A rcc.a rubra.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

471

DICTYOXIFHITJM (from dictyon, a net, and wpho,,
a sword : baring sword-shaped fronds, with netted veins).
OBD. FtUees. A monotypic genus, allied to Lindsaya.
Son marginal, continuous. For culture, see Ferns.
D. panamenae (Panama), frmdt totted, sessile, 2ft. to 3ft.

long; barren ones 2m. to Sin., fertile ones tin. to lin. broad.

narrowed from the middle gradually downWardsT quite enUre!

*on in a continuous marginallne. Tropical America?

DICYB.TA (from dig, twice, and leyrto*, curred; the

lower portion of the inside of the throat having two

tubercular folds). OBD. G**n»raesa. A genus containing

two species of dwarf herbs, natives c« Central America.

Didjm

ventncoee throat Leaves nsually eordate, created,
wrinkled, hairy. They succeed in a compost of peat lo
and dried oow-dung, with the addition of a £3? ,,£.
Propagated by cuttings, obtained from young shoots
when commencing growth; these should be placed in
sandy soil, and in bottom heat

FlG. 662. DlKFFENBACHU MAGMFICA (Me page 474).

Flowers white or pale lilac, often spotted, small Leaves

opposite, membranous, villous. For culture, «M Aohi-

menes.

D. Candida (white), fl. white, solitary, axillary ; the small co-
rollas having a slightly curved . tube, and an unequally flve-
lobed limbTjulyTj. opposite, on long petioles. aTllft. 1848.

DIDISCUS. This genus is now included by Bentham
and Hooker under Trachymene (which CM).

DIDYMOCARFTJS (from didymot, twin, and Itarpot,
a fruit; in reference to the twin capsules). OBD.
GesneracstB. A genus of about forty species of stove
perennial, stemless or caulescent herbs, natives of tropical
Asia. Flowers violaceous-blue or rarely yellow, disposed
in dichotomous umbels; corolla funnel-shaped, with a

D. Hnmboldttana (HmnboldfsX JL pale lilae; panicle rather

Oetober A TCTT —* -* pretty

petiolate, twice crenated, wrmkled and silky on
inju. Stem downy, bearing four crowded lea»e« at top.
A. Sin. to 6in. Ceylon, iM (B. M? 5161.)

DIDYMOCHLJENA (from didymot, twin, and
chlaina, a cloak ; referring to the coverings of the epore-
cases). Including Splwtrottephanot. ORD. Filicet. A
small genus of stove Ferns, containing but the two species
described below. Involucre elliptical, emarginate at the
base, attached to the linear receptacle, free all round the
edge. Son elliptical, terminal on a veinlet, but distinctly
intramarginal. For general culture, •*« Ferns.

472

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Didymochlaena — continued.

D. lunulata (crescent-like).* eau. erect, sub-arborescent, fronds
densely tufted, 4ft. to 6ft. long, bipinnate ; pinnules Jin. to
lin. long, dimidiate, sub-quadrangular, entire, or slightly sinu-
ated. sori two to six to a pinnule. Tropical America. SYN.
Aspidium truncatulum.

D. polyoarpa (many-fruited), eau. erect ; rachis and lower sur-
face villose. fronds tufted, short, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. to lift.
broad, simply pinnate ; pinnae close, very numerous, spreading,
dwindling down below to mere auricles, sori small, close,

ultimately confluent. Malaya.
Nephrodium javanicum.

SYNS. lletochlaena polyearpa and

D. p. asplcnioides (Asplenium-like) is a hairy form, with
narrower pinnee and short oblong-deltoid lobes.

DIDYMOSPERMA (from didymog, doable, and
sperma, a seed; in allusion to the (frequently) two-seeded

Didymosperma — continued.

D. tremulum (tremulous). I., segments long, flat, firm, linear,
spinuloso-dehtate, bifid at the apex ; lacinut unequal or panduri-
form. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high. Philippine Islands.

DIDYMOUS. Two; united, or in pairs.

DIDYNAMOUS. When (usually in a bilabiate flower)
there are four stamens in two pairs, those of one pair
longer than those of the other.

DIEFFENBACHIA (named in honour of Dr. Dieffen-
bach, a German botanist). OED. Aroidece (Araceae). A
genus of noble erect stove evergreen perennials, with often
handsomely variegated foliage. Leaves usually green,
sometimes irregularly marked with white or yellowish spots,
oblong, with numerous veins diverging from the midrib.

FIG. 663. DIEPFENIUCHIA NOBILIS (see page 47';}.

fruits). OBD. Palmce. A genus of unarmed stove Palms.

Flowers monoecious in the same or separate spadices ;

male with free or connate imbricate sepals; female with

valvate petals; spadix flowering amongst the leaves;

spathes usually many. For culture, see Areca.

D. nannm (dwarf).* I. about 2ft. long ; petiole short, roundish ;
pinnules alternate or sub-opposite, cuneate towards the base,
above this oblique, variously lobed, toothed and spinuloso-serrate,
the terminal irregular in shape, generally bfiobed, striately
veined, green above, glaucous-white beneath. Assam and Khasia
Mountains. SYN. Wallichia nana.

D. porphyrocarpon (purple-fruited). I. with petiole 4ft. to 8ft.
long; segments nine to seventeen, wedge-shaped, sub-panduriform,
sinuate, 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 5in. wide, glaucous beneath,
caulescent. Rhizome underground, creeping. Java.

Stems fleshy, from 6ft. to 8ft. long. The poisonous and
very acrid juice of this genus causes intense pain, and
no part of the plant should, under any consideration, be
placed in the mouth. For culture, see Caladium.

D. amcena (pleasing).* I. deep green, oblong-acute, marked with
very abundant elongate blotches of white and pale yellow, which
are well defined on both surfaces. Tropical America, 1880.
Very effective. See page 469, Fig. 660, for which we are indebted
to Mr. Wm. BulL

D. antloquiensis (Antioquian). I. deep green, blotched with
yellow. Columbia, 1875. (I. H. n. s. 192.)

D. Baraquiniana (Baraqnin's).* I. bright light green, irregularly
spotted with white, 6in. to 12in. long, 3in. to 6in. in width,
oblong-acuminate; midrib pure white; petioles shining, clear

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE

473

». Sit

Sr,. C. F^^/etei (L

Dieffenbaclii»— continued.

'(large). L green, mottled. BrazH, 1864.

FIG. 664. DIKFFEXBACHIA REOLNJ

D. Carderl (Carder's). L rich dark green, strikingly blotched and
variegated ; oblong-orate, somewhat deflexed. Columbia, 1880.
See pi«e4TO. Fig. 661, for which we are indebted to Mr. Wm. BnlL

D. cheUoni (Chelsea).* L dark satiny-green, the midrib marked
with a grey band, which runs oat into a feathered edge, Mi
extends about one-third acro« each half of the blade, the surface
of which is also freely spotted and blotched with bright yellow-
green for about two-thirds of it* breadth. Columbia, 1877. A
very handsome species.

D. cootata (ribbed),
white midrib, more or
white blotches ; orate, bit
acuminate at the apes,

D. delecta (select). L, surface satiny, with whit
elliptic-lanceolate. Sin. to lOin. long, spreading,
green. Columbia, 1880

'wSFsss 'Ssr&jtfSL'svaHft"**'

i^rs^1"™"1""^'

D. tTi.rifp.ta (remarkable),
blotches of pale yellowish-green

shortly acuminate

more in breadth,
petioles pale green.

D. latdmaciUata (broad-spotted).* L dark glaucous-green, inter-
spened with white bars, spotted awl blotcW irrerularly with
yellowish-green; ••wwhai acute sagittate ; petioles glaucous.
Stem erect, supporting a fine crown of leaves. Brazil, 1871.

with a whitish
described as of i

South
dent bes

(O. C. n.

3 P

474

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dieffenbachia — continued.
D. maculosa (spotted). 1. blotched with creamy - white.

Columbia, 1876.
D. magnified (magnificent).* I. shining, sombre green, thickly

variegated (following the direction of the secondary nerves) with

blotches and spots ol white. Stem and petioles also variegated ;

the latter are short and sheathing. Venezuela. See page 471,

D. majestica (majestic).* 1. rich dark green, variegated with
scattered bright yellowish blotches, and having besides a feathery
silver bar along the central line ; oblong-ovate, acuminate, 1ft. or
more in length, and 5in. to 6in. in breadth. 1882. Very distinct,
and stocky in habit.

D. nitida (shining). I. deep glossy ereen. marked with angular

Dieffenbachia— continued.

yellowish spots, and a silver-grey marking running through the
6 MIWWW ^ MB ^ *»

D. Beglna (Queen).* I. oblong-elliptic, rounded at the base,
shortly acuminate, almost wholly covered with greenish-
white, mottled with blotches of pale green, and having a narrow
margin, and a few streaky markings of a deeper shade ; the
greater portion of the upper surface of the leaf-blade, whose
two sides are nearly equal in breadth, is of this pallid hue
with the few but distinct dark markings. South America.'
This beautiful plant is a very distinct and striking addition to

FIG. 665. DlEFPENBACHIA REX.

s
spotted

L dee? ricb
white, except at

fusely blotched and
where the ground

D. Pearcei (Pearce's). I. bright light green profusely snottod
and blotched with creamy- white, each sife o^tSe mfdrib w?th a
band of the same colour; large, oblong-lanceolate Ecuador

^sio.0** (sp0tted)' L 8P°tted with w^te. Tropical America,
D. princeps (illustrious).* I. dark green, with a few scattered

D. Rex (King).* I. closely placed on the stem ; leaf-blades elliptic-
lanceolate, unequal-sided, of a very deep green colour, passing
to paler green near the edge of the narrow side, the whole sur-
face, to within about *m. of the margin, thickly covered with
oblique-elongate angular white blotches, which take the same

D. Segnine (Seguine). Dumb Cane. I. djep green, marked with
WeitCindTes SPOtS> ovate-°blonS' cuspidate, undulated, h. 6ft.

D. Shuttlewprthll (Shuttleworth's). I. with a feathery white
band along the midrib. Columbia, 1878. (G. C. n. s., x. 45.)

D. splendens (splendid). I. of a rich deep velvety bottle-green
freely marked with whitish striated blotches, which stand out in
striking contrast with the deep green ground colour. Stem
faintly mottled with dark and light green. Columbia, 1880.

ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

475

Dieffenbachia — continued.

D. triumphans (triumphant). I. dark green, covered with large,
irregular, angular, yellowish-green blotches, somewhat spread-
ing, ovate-lanceolate, attenuately acuminate, about 1ft. long, and
4in. to 5in. wide. Columbia. A very ornamental species.

D. velutina (velvety). /. satiny-green ; petioles white. Columbia,

D. yerschaffeltii (Verschaffelfs). A synonym of D. Bara-

quimana.
D. vittata (striped). I. greyish-green, with two feathery white

bands. Tohma.

D. Wallisii (Wallis's).* I. ovate-lanceolate, of a rich dark green,
marked along the midrib with broad feathery bands of a light
grey, ornamented with irregular blotches of the same colour to-
wards the margin. Columbia, 1870. (I. H. 1870, 11.)
D. Weiril (Weir's). I. bright green, thickly blotched and spotted
with pale yellow. Brazil, 1866. A fine species, of dwarf habit
DIELYTRA. This name, by an erroneous conjecture,
was changed from Diclytra, in the first instance acci-
dentally printed for Dicentra (which see).

DIERAMA. See Sparaxis pendula and S. pul-
cherrima.

DIERVILLA (named in honour of M. Dierville, a
French surgeon). STN. Weigelia. OBD. Caprifoliacece.
A genus of very handsome hardy
shrubs. Flowers white, purple,
pink, or yellow, in axillary and
terminal clusters ; corolla fun-
nel-shaped or campanulate ; tube
regular. Leaves opposite, ses-
sile, or petiolate, serrated. These
elegant shrubs are of very easy
culture in common garden soil,
if the situation is a rather moist
and shaded one. Propagation
may be readily effected by cut-
tings, made in spring or autumn,
or by the freely-produced suckers.
The gracefully spreading form of
Diervillas renders them remark-
ably well adapted for shrubberies ;
and D. grandiflora, in particular,
can be very successfully grown
as a wall-plant.

D. amabills (lovely). A synonym

of D. grandiflora.
D. canadensls (Canadian). A .<y.

nonym of D. trifida.
D. floritranda (many-flowered), ft.,

corollas purplish, narrow, tubular,

only slightly expanded towards the

mouth. June. A. 3ft. Japan, 1864.

SYN. D. multiflora. (I. H. 383.)
D. grandiflora (large-flowered).*

fl. pink. Early summer. I. strongly

reticulated, the veins being very

prominent on the under side. A.

8ft. Japan. SYN. D. amabilis.

(F. d. S. 855.) There are several

very ornamental varieties : Isolmat,

flowers white, with a yellow blotcli

in the throat (F. d. S. 1446) ; striata,

striped red and white (F. d. S.

1446) : and Van Houttei, white and

rose, very showy (F. d. S. 1447) ;

another variety, variegata, has

prettily variegated leaves (F. d. S.

1189). FIG. 666. DIERVILLA

D. hortensis (garden). /. red or ROSEA.

white ; corolla tube slender, slightly

hairy outside, glabrous within ; limb regular, with spreading ovate

lobes. I. stalked, ovate, acuminate, crenate, or crenate-serrulate,

softly hairy, h. 4ft. to 5ft Japan. (S. Z. F. J. 29.)
D. Middendorflana (Middendorf s). /. yellowish-white, dotted

with pink on the lower petal ; panicles terminal. I. nearly sessile,

ovate-lanceolate, finely reticulated, hairy on the nerves. Sibena.
D. multiflora' (many-flowered). A synonym of D. floribunda.
D. rosea (rose).* fi. rosy or white, very numerously produced.

Spring. I. ovate-lanceolate, serrulate, h. 6ft. China, 1844. See

Fig 606. Of this widely-grown species, there are several excellent

varieties : nana is a very compact, dwarf-growing form : nana

aurea is like nana, except that the foliage (particularly ma voun^

state) is a rich golden colour ; Stel&ifri is ;i vory floriferous

purplish-red form.

Diervilla — continued.

D. tiifida (trifid). fl. yellow. Summer. I. on short petioles,
ovate, acuminated, serrated, and, as well as the petioles, glabrous.
Root creeping, h. 3ft to 4ft North America, 1739. SYN.
D. canadentis.

DIFFUSE. Scattered ; widely spread.

DIGGING. For pulverisation and mixing-in of
manures, Digging is best performed (says London) in dry
weather ; but, for the purpose of aeration, a degree of
moisture and tenacity in the soil is more favourable. In
Digging, a uniform depth should be preserved throughout,
the full length of the spade being inserted nearly vertically,
and the spit turned over, so that what was before under-
neath may now be exposed to the air. An open trench,
the length of the ground to be dug, should first be made,
and the soil thus removed transferred to the place where
it is intended to finish. In order to leave the surface,
when completed, evenly disposed, the trench must be kept
tolerably straight, and of about an even width. Ground
that has been occupied by garden crops in summer, is best
thoroughly dug in the autumn, and manure added. It
should not be broken by the spade, but left rough for
full exposure to the frost, and for the consequent aeration
in winter. The following spring, such soil will be found
to work well, and may be prepared, by levelling down, for
any desired crop. The strength of the manure will also
have become incorporated with the soil underneath — a
condition that cannot be obtained by adding it at planting
time. The width of ground taken as a spit must not
exceed about 9in. in heavy soils, or the bottom will be
left undisturbed. Digging is best performed when the
soil is somewhat dry, and should never be practised when
it is frozen or covered with snow. Light soils, or those
resting on a gravelly bottom, may be worked at many
times when it would be very unwise to tread on those of
a clayey nature. The workman, when Digging, should
stand nearly erect, insert the spade vertically, to secure
the removal of soil to the full depth, and turn the spit
from the direction in which he is standing. If a com-
petent man, he will be able to reverse the position of his
hands on the spade, and proceed either way with equal
facility.

Double-digging is performed by having a trench of
double width, removing a spit of the earth on the top,
then Digging underneath, and allowing that portion to
remain. Another width is then marked out, the top soil
from this placed on the other, and each portion treated
successively in a similar manner. This method is often
adopted where sub-soils are poor, so that the depth of
two spits may be reached, without introducing the in-
ferior soil to the surface.

DIGITALIS (from digitus, a finger ; referring to the
shape of the flowers). Foxglove. OBD. Scrophularineae.
A genus of eighteen species of very showy hardy biennial
or perennial herbs, confined to Europe, North Africa, and
West Asia. Flowers purple, yellowish, or white, disposed
in long terminal, sometimes secund, racemes; corolla tu-
bular at the base, funnel-shaped ; limb obliquely four-lobed ;
upper segment much shorter than the lower one or lip, and,
as well as that, imbricate in aestivation. The culture of
this genus is very simple ; the plants thriving in any
ordinary garden soil. Seeds should be sown in April or
May, and the seedlings, when large enough to handle,
may be planted out Gin. apart. Also increased by divi-
sions.
D. amblKna (ambiguous).* fl. yellowish, reticulated with brown,

large, 2m. long ; lower bracts about equal in length to the

flowers. July, August. I. ovate-lanceolate, toothed, sessile,

nerved, downy beneath, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Europe, 1596. Perennial.

Plant hairy. SYNS. D. yrandiflora and D. ochroleuca. (B. R

64.)
D. a. fnscescens (dark brown). A variety with brown flowers,

which are smaller than those of the type.
D. aurea (golden). A synonym of D. ferrwjinea.
D. dnbia (doubtful), fl., corolla purplish, large for the size of the

plant, marked by many spots fiaride ; throat dilated ; racemes

476

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Digitalis— continued.

few-flowered. June. I. glabrous above, downy beneath ; radical
ones recurved to the ground, lanceolate, flat, denticulated ; upper
ones quite entire, h. 6in. to 9in. Spain, 1789. Perennial. SYN.
D. minor. (B. M. 2160.)

D. ferruginea (rusty). Jl. rusty, reticulated inside, downy out-
side ; lip of corolla ovate, entire, bearded ; racemes long, dense,
pyramidal. July. I. glabrous or ciliated. Stem glabrous, densely
leafy, h. 4ft. to 6ft. Europe, 1597. Biennial. SYN. D.

(B. M. 1828.)

D. grandiflora (large-flowered). A synonym of D. ambigua.

D. lacinlata (jagged-leaved). /., corolla yellow, downy, with
ovate, boarded segments ; raceme sub-secund ; bracts all much
shorter than the pedicels. June. I., lanceolate, jagged, glabrous.
h. lift, to 2ft. Spain, 1827. Perennial. (B. B. 1201.)

D. laavigata (smooth). /. scattered, glabrous ; corolla fulvous,
reticulated ; lip white, ciliated. July. I. linear-lanceolate ;
radical ones obovate-lanceolate, obscurely-toothed; upper ones
recurved, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Europe, 1816. Perennial. (B. M.
5999.)

D. lanata (woolly). JL, corolla grey, downy, reticulated ; lip
white, sometimes purplish, naked ; racemes dense, many-flowered ;
bracts shorter than the flowers. July, August. I. deep green,
oblong, ciliated, h. 2ft. to 3ft. Eastern Europe, 1789. Perennial.
(B. Mfll59.)

D. marlana (Sierra Morena). JL rose-coloured ; corolla bearded
on the lower part inside with long white hairs, where they are
marked with brownish-red spots. Summer. I. mostly radical,
ovate-oblong, very downy on both sides, h. lift. Spain. Peren-

Digitalis— continued.
D. minor (smaller). A synonym of D. dubia.
D. ochroleuca (yeUowish-white). A synonym of D. ambiffua.
D. purpnrea (purple).* Common Foxglove. Jl. purple, marked
inside with dark purple spots, which are edged with white, large,
disposed in a dense terminal raceme. Summer. 1. oblong, rugose,
crenated. h. 3ft. to 5ft. A very handsome biennial, the colour
of the flowers varying to white. Western Europe (Britain).
See Fig. 667.

D. Thapsi (Thapsi). /., corolla limb purple ; throat pale, marked
with blood-red dots. June to September. I. oblong, rugose,
crenated, undulated, decurrent. k. 2ft. to 4ft. Western Europe,
1752. Perennial. Plant tomentose, in habit much like D. pur-
purea.

DICrlTABiIA. Included under Panicum.
DIGITATE. Fingered; shaped like the open hand;
when several distinct leaflets radiate from the point of
a leafstalk.

DILATED. Widened.

DILATRIS (from dilate, to open wide; referring to
the opening of the flower). OBD. Hcemodoracea}. A genus
of greenhouse herbaceous plants, containing a couple of
species, natives of the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers
purple or yellow, corymbose or panicled ; perianth petaloid,
externally downy, superior, six-parted, the segments erect,
persistent. Leaves radical, equitant, ensiform, rigid, sheath-
ing at the base. For culture, see Anigozanthus.
D. corymbosa (corymbose). /. purple ; corymb level-topped,
hairy, h. 1ft. 1790.

D. viscosa (clamr
viscid, h. 9in. 17!

y). Jl. blue ; corymb level-topped, villous,

DILL (Aneth-um graveolens). A herb rarely grown in
this country. It is used for flavouring soups, sauces, &c.,
for which purpose the young leaves only are required. It
is of very easy culture. Seeds may be sown broadcast, or
in drills, about March or April, in any ordinary garden
soil ; and, if the flower-stalks are allowed to remain and
seed each year, plenty of plants will always be produced.
The genus Anethum is now included, by Bentham and
Hooker, under Peucedanum.

DIIiIiENIA (named after John James Dillenius, a
former Professor of Botany, at Oxford, author of " Historia
Muscornm," and "Hortus Elthamensis.") Including Col-
bertia. OBD. Dilleniacece. A genus of less than a score
species of very beautiful stove evergreen trees, with large
flowers ; they are only suited to places where plenty of
room can be afforded. They thrive in a light sandy loam.
Cuttings of half -ripened wood root readily, if inserted in
sand, under a glass, in bottom heat. Seeds are sometimes
imported, and are usually found to grow without much
difficulty.

D. pentagyna (flve-carpelled). Jl. yellow ; petals ovate-oblong,
acute ; pedicels one-flowered, clustered along the naked branches
of the preceding year. March. I. oblong, villous on the nerves
beneath, h. 20ft. India, 1803. SYN. Colbertia coromandelina.

D. scabrella (roughish). /. yellow, fragrant ; petals orbicular,
or obovate ; peduncles in axillary fascicles,

each furnished with

I. elliptical, .acute, 1ft. long,
pil<
tures. Assam and Sylhet, 1820. A spreading tree.

two opposite bracts, glabrous. I. ellipt

tapering to the base, pilose on both surfaces, with bristly serra-

FIG. 667. UPPER PORTION OF PLANT OF DIGITALIS PURPUREA.

D. speclosa (showy), fl. white, with yellow stamens, 9in. in
diameter; peduncles one-flowered. I. very ornamental, elliptical-
oblong, simply serrated, 6in. to 1ft. long, bright light green.
h. 40ft. East India, 1800. One of the handsomest of Indian
trees, whether the beautiful foliage is considered, or the size and
structure of the flowers. In this country, however, it is a rather
spreading bush. (B. M. 5016.)

DILLENIACE2E. A rather large order of trees,
shrubs, or suffruticose herbs, allied to the Magnoliads.
Flowers yellow or white, often very showy, hermaphrodite
or polygamous, rarely dioecious ; sepals five (rarely three,
four, or numerous), persistent, in two rows ; petals five, or
fewer, deciduous. Fruit consisting of two or five distinct
or united carpels. There are about seventeen genera and
200 species, chiefly found in Australia, India, and North
America. Some are large timber trees, while others are
fruit-producing. Well-known genera are : Candollea, De-
lima, Dillenia, and Tetracera.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

477

D. florlbunda (bundle-flowered). fl. yellow, crowded, axillary,
twin. April. I crowded, subulate, mucronulate, scabrous from
tubercles. A. 2ft. to 6ft. 1794. STN. D. rvdit. (B. M. 1545,
under the name of D. ericifoUa.)

D. glycinlfolia (Glycine-leaved).
angustifoUum.

A synonym of Chorizema

D. hlsplda (hairy).* A disposed in terminal heads upon numerous
side shoots ; corolla deep purple-red ; standard and wings red.
May. I long, obtuse or scarcely-pointed, not twisted, and without
any prominent keeL A. 3ft to 6ft. STN. D. feabra. (L.J.F.296.)
D. jnnlperina (Juniper-leaved). JL, corolla orange-coloured,
with the vexillum and wings streaked in their lower part with
red ; heads of flowers terminal ; pedicels bibracteate. March.
1. nearly filiform, smooth, ending in a pungent point, spreading,
straight, serrated, h. 1ft to 3ft 1818. (LTB. cHoL)
D. rndls (rustic). A synonym of D. Jloribunda.
D. scabra (rough). A synonym of D. hitpida.

DIMIDIATE. Divided into two unequal parts.
DIMORPHANTHUS (from dimorphos, two-formed ;
in allusion to there being two kinds of flowers, perfect and
sterile). OBD. Araliacece. This genus is now included
under Aralia, and the species described below is in reality
merely a variety of A. chinensis. A very handsome hardy
shrub, of erect habit, with very large, much-divided, spiny
leaves. This remarkably fine foliage plant requires a
sheltered, but sunny, spot, where it will fully develop its
beauty. For sub-tropical gardening it is very useful. It
requires similar cultivation to A'>y-'1*n- (which see).

FIG. 668. DIMORPHANTHUS MANDSCHURICUS, showing Flowering
Branch, detached portion of Inflorescence, and single Leaflet

D. mandschuricus (Manchurian).* I from 3ft to 5ft long, and
nearly as much in width, bipinnate, very hairy and prickly.
h. 6ft to 10ft. Manchuria, 1866. Deciduous. See fig. 66§.

DILLWTNIA (named in honour of Lewis Weston
Dillwyn, a botanist whose labours were more especially
directed to the British Conferva, ; born 1778, died 1855)
OED. Legurmnosas. A genus of elegant greenhouse ever-
green Heath-like shrubs. Flowers yeUow or orange-red
few together, in axillary or terminal racemes or corymbs
rarely solitary ; petals clawed. Leaves alternate or scat-
tered, simple, narrow-linear, or terete, channelled above-
stipules wanting. There are about half-a-score species
all natives of Australia. For culture, see Chori»ema.
D. eridfolia (Heath-leaved).* /f, yellow, in very short racemes
or clusters, sometimes several together, almost sessile in a
terminal leafy corymb ; petals deciduous ; calyx glabrous May
f' n-Umjr°U^> ra""* Bender, usually iin. to iin. long, but sometimes
twisted when dry, obtuse, with a short, recurved or straight

a ssssfiff &« Assa-ssj? oi
jssssKfejssssF *5«a «.•% ,

DIMORPHISM. A state in which two fo
flower or leaf are produced by the same species.

FIG. 669. DION*A MDSCrPOLA (see page 478).

DIMORPHOTHECA (from dimorphot, two-formed,
and theca, a receptacle ; disk-florets of two forma). ORD.
Composite. A genus of about twenty species of smooth,
hairy, or glandular annual herbs or shrubby perennials,
natives of South Africa. Flower-heads long-stalked ; disk
orange-yellow or purplish; ray the same colours or white.
Leaves radical or alternate, entire, toothed, or cut, often
narrow. These half-hardy plants grow freely in well-
drained loam; they are suitable for open air cultivation
during summer, and for cool greenhouse in winter. The
annual sorts should be sown in heat, under glass, in
spring, and planted out at the end of May. The peren-
nials are readily grown from cuttings.
D. Barberias (Mrs. Barber's). A purple-flowered greenhouse

plant from Caffraria, 1862. Perennial. SYN. D. lOaeina. (B. M.

5337.)

D. chrysanthemifolia (Chrysanthemum - leaved). A., head*
' ig aboo

jut eleven in the forenoon, and closing

yellow, large, openln0

again by three or four in the afternoon. April to July. (. ob-
ovate, Sub-lyrate, ronghish. Stem suffruticose, erect *. 2ft
1790. STN. Calendula chrysanthemifoiia (under which name it
is figured in B. M. 2218).

D. cnneata (wedge-leaved). fi.-head* (both disk and ray) orange.
t cuneate or lanceolate, coarsely toothed, nearly glabrous, gland-
dotted, h. 2ft to 3ft A beautiful much-branched greenhouse
shrub, STN. Aretotii glu&WM. (B. 1L 1343.)

D eraminifoli* (grassy-leaved). JL-headt 2iin. across, hand

478

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dimorphotheca — continued.

from Sin. to Sin. long, entire or slightly toothed. Stein between
herbaceous and woody, weak, terete, green, varying in length,
simple or slightly branched, h. 1ft. to 2ft. 1861. A rather
straggling plant. SYN. Calendula graminifolia. (B. M. 5252.)

D. lilacina (lilac). A synonym of D. Sarberiee.

D. Tragus (Tragus). fl. white, purple, opening in the morning
and closing again in the afternoon. May, June. (. linear, some-
what toothleted, muricate, dotted beneath. Stem suffruticose.
h. 2ft. 1774. SYN. Calendula Tragus var. (under which name
it is figured in B. M. 1981).

DINETUS. See Porana.

DICECIOUS. When a plant bears female flowers on
one individual, and males on another.

DION2EA (from Dionsea, a surname of Venus, as the
supposed daughter of Jupiter and Dione). OBD. Drose-
raceoe. A dwarf, exceedingly interesting, herbaceous
perennial. It thrives in a mixture of peat and living
sphagnum. The pot containing it should be placed in a
pan of water, and stood near the glass in the greenhouse,
or even in a cold frame. Propagated by division of the
plant, or sometimes by seed.

D. mnscipula (fly-catcher).* Venus's Fly-trap, fl. white, in ter-
minal corymbs. July and August. I. radical, on long footstalks,
which are dilated at the top into a two-lobed irritable limb,
beset with one row of long hairs on the margin, folding
together, in the manner of the teeth
of a trap. h. Sin. to 6in. Carolina
and Florida, 1768. The seat of irri-
tation resides in the three bristles
which are placed in the centre of
each lobe ; on these being touched,
movement immediately takes place.
See Fig. 669, page 477. (B. M.
785.)

DIOON (from die, two, and
oon, an egg; in reference to each
scale bearing two ovules ; other-
wise from the seeds being borne
in twos). SYN. Platyzamia. OBD.
Cycadacece. A very singular genus
containing a couple of species,
both natives of Mexico. They
make noble objects in a collec-
tion of ornamental-leaved plants.
Dioons thrive best in a compost
of good loam and river sand,
and succeed well in an ordinary
greenhouse, except when in a
growing state, at which period
they should have the warmth of
a stove. Propagated by seed,
which are very large. Miquel
observes that this genus is more
closely allied to certain fossil
Cycadacece than is any other
living representative of the
order.

D. ednle (edible).* I. glaucous-green,
pinnate, from 3ft. to 6ft. in length,
and 6in. to 7in. in breadth, tapering
towards the base, where they are
clothed with short white woolly
hairs ; texture very firm. Stems
about 3ft. in circumference, h. 3ft.
1844. (B. M.6184.) The fruit of this
plant is as large as a chestnut, and
is powdered by the natives, and
formed into a kind of arrowroot.

DIOSCOREA (named after
Dioscorides, a native of Ana-
zauba, in Cilicia, who lived in
the age of Nero; his celebrated book upon medicinal
herbs was the foundation of almost all botanical know-
ledge until modern times). Yam. OBD. Dioscoreacece.
Very ornamental-leaved (with few exceptions) stove her-
baceous climbers, with large tuberous roots, admirably
adapted as trellis or pillar plants. Flowers whitish or yel-
lowish, inconspicuous. Leaves broad, cordate, or angular.

FIG. 670. DIOSCORKA
BATATAS.

Dioscorea — continued.

In the winter months, Dioscoreas should be kept in a
cool (but not cold) place, either in the pots or in some
perfectly dry sand. The most suitable soil is a rich light
compost, formed of turfy loam and well-decomposed
manure, in about equal parts. They should have abund-
ance of root room, and be liberally supplied with water
during the growing season, gradually diminishing the
quantity as the shoots show signs of decay. Propa-
gated by divisions of the tubers, which may be effected
either in autumn or spring, while they are at rest, but
never when growing.

D. An03OtocbUns(Ano3ctochilu8-like). I. deep olive-green, beau-
tifully marbled with gold, with a central band of the same colour,
broadly acuminate ; when young, they are of a uniform plain
bright green. South America, 1865.

D. argyraa (silvery). I. green, cordate, about Sin. across,
seven-nerved ; nerves bordered with distinct irregular angular
patches of silvery -grey. Columbia.

D. Batatas (Batatas).* Chinese Yam. fl. white, dioscious, very
small, in axillary racemes, generally sterile. I. deep green, very
glossy, opposite, cordate, acuminate. Stems annual, smooth,
green or purplish, sometimes attaining a height of from 6ft. to 9ft.
The roots are used like potatoes — boiled, roasted, and cooked in
various other ways. Probably the great depth to which the tubers
descend, and the consequent expense of harvesting the crop, has
prevented this useful hardy vegetable from being much cultivated
in this country. See Fig. 670.

D. bulbifera (bulb-bearing).* fl. greenish, disposed in gracefully
drooping racemes. I. broad, cordate. East Indies, 1692. A very
old inhabitant of our stoves, and at one time strongly recom-
mended as a substitute for the potato. (G. C. n. s., vih 48.)

PIG. 671. TUBERS OF DIOSCOREA DECAISNKANA.

D. Decalsneana (Decaisne's). Decaisne's Yam. I. very light
green, opposite or alternate, deeply cordate at base, regularly
narrowed to the apex. Tubers in some cases smooth and regu-
larly shaped, as in some varieties of potato, others very irregular.
China, 1862. Perhaps this is a variety of D. Batatas, from which
it, however, differs a good deal in the tubers not being developed
at such a great depth underground. See Fig. 671.

D. discolor (two-coloured). I. beautifully mottled with two or
three shades of green, large, cordate ; under surface rich purplish-
crimson. Tropical America.

D. illustrata (illuminated). I. satiny-green, marked by fine
transverse whitish parallel lines between the nerves, with an
irregular central band of silvery-grey, and a few angular patches
of the same colour, generally placed in juxtaposition with the
ribs ; about 6in. long, produced at the base into two bluntish
lobes ; under surface purple. Brazil, 1873. (G. C. 1873, 1730.)

D. multicolor (many -coloured).* I. rich green, beautifully spotted
and variegated with pale spots and blotches, most numerous
near the principal veins; cordate, 3in. to Sin. long, and 2iin. to
Sin. wide ; under surface pale lurid purple. Bio Negro, 1868.
(I. H. 1871, 53.) There are about half-a-dozen varieties of this
species known, of which the following are in cultivation : chryso-
phylla, leaves olive-brown, variegated with yellow ; Eldorado,
leaves satiny-green, with silvery-grey central band, and irregular
blotches of the same colour; melanoleuca, leaves deep green,
with central silvery band and silvery blotches along the veins ;
metallica, leaves bronzy, with coppery central band.

D. nobilis (noble). I. velvety-bronze, variegated with yellow.
Brazil, 1868.

D. retusa (retuse). fl. dull yellowish ; racemes axillary, slender,
pendulous, many-flowered. I. alternate, loosely scattered, digi-
tate ; leaflets five to seven, petiolulate. South Africa, 1870.
(G. C. 1881, xv. 511.)

D. sativa (cultivated). Common cultivated Yam. I. alternate,
cordate, round, ovate, cuspidate ; lobes of base close together.
Stem smooth, round, slender. West Indies, 1733.

D. vlttata (striped). I. flushed with claret-colour beneath, or
variegated with red and white on both sides, large, cordate.
(B. M. 6409.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

479

DIOSCOREACEJE. A natural order of twining
shrubs or herbs, found chiefly in tropical countries.
Flowers in spikes, small ; perianth of males six-cleft ;
lobes in two rows, herbaceous and adnate; stamens
six., inserted in the base of the perianth. Female flowers
with a six-cleft or six-partite perianth ; staminodes small,
three to six. Most of the Dioscoreas produce tubers
(known as Yams), which are used as food, in the same
way as potatoes. Dioscorea is the typical genus. The
order is represented in Britain by the Black Bryony.
Tamus communis.

DIOSMA (from dtos, divine, and osme, smell; well-
bruised leaves have an exquisite smell). OBD. Rutacece.
A genus of about a dozen species of small greenhouse
Heath-like shrubs, all natives of South Africa. Flowers
white or reddish, terminal, sub-solitary or corymbose ;
calyx five-parted ; petals sessile, obovate, longer than
the calyx. Leaves alternate or opposite, linear-acute,
channelled, serrulated or ciliate, gland-dotted. Diosmas
may be very easily raised from cuttings, inserted in sandy
peat, covered with a bell glass, and placed in very
gentle heat. They will soon root, and may then be trans-
ferred singly into thumb pots, and afterwards, by suc-
cessive stages, into larger ones. It will be desirable to
keep the plants a little in shape by stopping the most
vigorous branches, thus causing a lateral growth. Diosmas
succeed in fibry peat and sand, and also in the same
compost, with the addition of a little fibrous loam.

D. erlcoides (Heath-like).* JL white, with a tinge of red on the
upper surface, small, terminal, two or three together. February
to July. 1. crowded, trigonal, blunt, smooth, dotted, emitting a
strong penetrating smell when bruised, h. 1ft. to 3ft. 1756.

FIG. 672. FLOWERING BRANCH OP DIOSMA VTLGARIS.

D. vnlgaris (common). JL white, tinged with blue ; corymbs

terminal, few-flowered. May. L scattered, linear, pointed, long,

smooth, glandular, spreading, fringed. A. 1ft to 3ft See

Fig. 672. (B. M. 2332, under name of D. erieoidet.)

The other species are rarely seen in cultivation.

DIOSPYROS (the old Greek name used by Theo-

phrastus, from dios, divine, and puros, wheat; literally

celestial food). Date Plum. OBD. Ebenacece. A genus of

about 150 species of stove, greenhouse, or hardy trees and

shrubs, represented in nearly all temperate and tropical

regions. Flowers inconspicuous, polygamous, axillary.

Leaves simple, alternate, entire, exstipulate. The green-

Diospyroa — continued.

house species are ornamental, and thrive under ordinary
treatment; they are propagated by cuttings of half-
ripened shoots. Those requiring stove heat strike best
from ripened shoots, made during April or May, placed
in sand, and in a brisk bottom heat. The hardy species
may be increased by seeds.

D. Ebenns. Ebony. /. white ; male ones Bub-racemose ; herma-
phrodite ones solitary. L bifarious, ovate-lanoeolate or oblong,
acuminated, glabrous, h. 30ft. to 40ft 1792. Store. (B. F. S. 6?)

FIG. 673. FRUIT AJJD LEAVES OP DIOSPYROS KAKI.

D. KaU (Kaki).* rf. whitish-green ; i
flowered, fr. yellow when ripe, glc
small orange, abounding in yellow, fl

D. M""*11 (Mazel's).
November. L elliptic-ovate or "sub-cordate, 'deciduous.'

male peduncles usually three-
lobose, eight-celled, sire of a

1 orange, abounding in yellow, fleshy, edible palp ; it is toler-
ably pleasant 1. bifarious, ovate-elliptic, acuminated, elliptic-
oblong or obovate, cordate at the base, downy on both surfaces.
Branches tomentose. h. 12ft. to 20ft China, 1789. Hardy in
South of England and Channel Islands, Ac. See Kig. 673. The
variety eogtata (G. C. n. s., iv. 777) is so named in consequence of
the depressed lines or ribs that mark the surface of the fruit from
the apex down towards the enlarged persistent four-lobed calyx
at the base. The name of Date Plum is, perhaps, more frequently
used for this species than for any of the others.

D. Lotus.* European Lotus, or common Date Plum. /. reddish
white, small. July. fr. yellow when ripe, sweet with astringency,
size of a cherry. /. oblong, acuminate, of a beautiful dark glossy
green above ; when mature, and ^exposed to the air, they assume
a purplish hue beneath ; they do not change colour in autumn,
but drop off simultaneously with the first attack of sharp frost
A. 20ft to 30ft South Europe, Orient, 1596. Hardy.

fr. orange-red, large, spherical, ripe in
ovate or sub-cordate, deciduous. Japan,
1874. (R.H.1874/70.)
D. virglnlana (Virginian).* Persimmon ; Virginian Date Plum.
fl. pale yellow. July. Jr. golden-yellow, size and form of a
"common Plum. I. ovate-oblong, acuminated, glabrous, shining
above, and paler beneath, reticulately veined ; petioles short and
curved, and, as well as the branchlets, downy, h. 20ft to 30ft
North America, 1629. Hardy.

DIOTIS (from dw, two, and out, otot, an ear ; alluding
to the ear-like lobes of the corolla). Cotton Weed. OBD.
Composite. A very ornamental hardy perennial, with a
white and cottony aspect. It forms an excellent edging
or rockery plant, and is increased by cuttings or seeds.
D. candldissima (whitest). A synonym of D. maritima.
D. maritima (sea).* JL-headt yellow, sub-globose, discoid, i.
alternate, oblong, entire or toothed, densely covered with white
felted wool. Rootstock creeping, woody. A. 6in. to 1ft South
of England (rare), shores «f «i» ••fltaiTMMn and the Canaries.
SYN. D. candiditrima. (Sy. En. B. 725.)

DIPCADI (derivation obscure). STNB. Polemannia,
Tricharit, Uropetalum, and Zwxagnia. OBD. Litiace*.
A genus of pretty hardy and half-hardy bulbs, allied
to Oaltonia. There are about a score of species,
natives of South Europe, tropical and Southern

480

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dipoadi— continued.

Africa, and East Indies. Flowers greenish or yellowish ;

raceme simple, sparsely flowered; pedicels short, brac-

teate at base. They require a compost of light sandy

loam and leaf mould ; the roots must be kept dry during

winter. Propagated by offsets, in spring.

D. Balfonrli (Balfour's). Jl. greenish-yellow, nearly lln. long ;
racemes loosely ten to twelve-flowered, 6in. to 9m. long ; scape
green, terete, 2ft. to 3ft. long. September. I. three to four,
ensiform, sub-erect, about 1ft. long and lin. broad, h. 2ft.
Socotra, 1880.

D. glaucum (grey -leaved), fl. , corolla of a greenish tawny colour,
glaucous or clouded with a grey bloom or hoar on the outside,
almost lin. long, tubularlv campanulate ; segments oblong, ob-
tuse; raceme long, spiked, many-flowered, irregularly and dis-
tantly scattered ; scape upright, scarcely flexuose, 2ft. to 3ft. high ;
peduncles straight, two or three times longer than the flower.
August. 1. upright, lorately oblong, lanceolate, glaucous, like the
rest of the plant, flat, convolute, and sheathing at their base.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1814. SYN. Uropetalon glaucum
(under which name it is figured in B. B. 156).

D. serotina (late-flowering), fl. brown-coloured ; racemes many-
flowered ; scape bending ; corolla cernuous, cylindric-campanu-
late, six-partite for more than three-fourths of the length ; seg-
ments linear-oblong, equal ; outer ones acute, patent ; inner more
obtuse, partly coherent. June. I. nearly the length of the scape,
alternately linear, channelled, h. 9in. Spain. SYN. Seilla serotina
(under which name it is figured in B. M. 859). There is a variety
of this with pinkish flowers, D. ». fulvum (figured in B. M. 1185).

D. nmbonatum (umbonate). This species is closely allied to
D. Welvritschii, but differs from that by its smaller and differently-

shaped bulb, larger bracts, more numerous and shorter flowers,
and differently -shaped ovary. Cape of
SYN. Uropetalum umbonatum. (Ref. B. 17.)

D. Welwitschii (Welwitsch's). //. green throughout, at first
cernuous, finally erecto-patent, the inner segments of the perianth
connate at the edges, shortly patulous at the tips, the outer seg-
ments reaching down within Jin. of the base, the outer third
reflexed, the tip cylindrical ; raceme secund, four to six-flowered,
3in. to 4in. long ; scape 1ft. long, erect, slender, terete, glaucous-
green, naked. I. linear, about two lines broad, equalling or
slightly exceeding the scape, sheathing it at the base, flat up-
wards, recurved, fleshy in texture, minutely ribbed, glaucous-
green, naked, h. 1ft Angola, 1867. This species succeeds well
if grown exposed to the light in a cool greenhouse. SYN. Uro-
petalum Welwitschn. (Ref. B. 16.)

DIFHACA. See Ormocarpum.
DIPHYLLEIA (from dis, double, and phyllon, a
leaf ; in allusion to each stem of the plant bearing only
two alternate leaves). OBD. Berberidece. A pretty hardy
herbaceous perennial. It thrives best in peat borders
and edges of beds of American plants, in moist spots.
Propagated by divisions, in spring.
D. cymosa (cymose).* Umbrella Leaf. fl. white, disposed in

large loose heads or cymes. Summer. Berries blue, roundish.

1. two, alternate, large, kidney - shaped, usually profoundly

lobed at the apex. A. 1ft. North America, 1812. (B. M.

1666.)

DIFHYSA (from dis, twice, and physa, a bladder;
in reference to the legume, which is furnished with a
large membranous bladder on each side). OBD. Legu-
minosae. A genus containing four species of orna-
mental stove evergreen trees or shrubs, often glandular,
all natives of Central America. The soil best adapted
to them is one composed of sandy loam and fibry peat.
Propagated by cuttings, made from young shoots, and
placed in sand, in a mild bottom heat.

D. carthagenensis (Carthagenian). /. yellow ; peduncles axil-
larv, two to three-flowered. 7. impari-pinnate ; leaflets five pairs.
h. 6ft. to 10ft Carthagena, 1827. A small unarmed tree.

DIPIiACUS (from dis, two, and plakos, a placenta;
placenta separated into two parts). OBD. Scrophularineoe.
A genus of half-hardy evergreens, now referred to
Mimulus, from which it differs in the plants being more
woody at the base.

DIPLADENIA (from diploos, double, and aden, a
gland ; referring to the presence of two gland-like pro-
cesses on the ovary). OBD. Apocynaceoe. Very orna-
mental stove evergreens. Flowers usually rose or purple,
showy. Leaves opposite, entire. Among stove twiners,
there are few more deserving of general cultivation than
these, as the large flowers of some of the species and

Dipladenia— continued.

hybrids are unrivalled for brilliancy of colour, especially if
the plants are allowed free root room, in a prepared border.
They are also well adapted for exhibition purposes, in
which case it will be necessary to cultivate in large pots,
to admit of removal. When in flower, and well grown,
Dipladenias, in either of these positions, must be classed
amongst the most beautiful of stove plants.

Propagation is effected by cuttings of the young shoots
that are produced when the plants commence new growth,
in spring. These, or single eyes, should be inserted in
a compost of equal parts sand and peat, covered with
a bell glass, and placed in a brisk bottom heat. Boots
will soon be emitted, and the young plants may then be
transferred to separate pots, grown on, and shifted into
larger sizes as required.

After - Cultivation. This will consist chiefly in sup-
plying plenty of heat and moisture in the early part of
the season, and in thoroughly ripening the main growths
in autumn for the succeeding year. A suitable compost
is fibry peat, broken up roughly for use, with sufficient
silver sand added to insure the free passage of water.
Drainage must also be efficient, as few flowering subjects
show the effects of a waterlogged soil quicker than do
these. Young plants should be grown on without stop-
ping, and be supported by a stake until of sufficient size
to be placed on a trellis. This is best made of small
galvanised wire, and a conical or globular form is most
suitable. If intended for planting out, to train on the
roof of a stove — a position best suited for showing the
flowers of Dipladenias — the trellis will be unnecessary, as
the plants may be trained upright until established, and
then placed out permanently. If a little bottom heat
can be obtained, it will be of material assistance. The
flowers are produced in profusion all the latter part of
the summer, on the wood of the current year. Nearly
all this should be removed when the flowering season
is over, unless required for main shoots to cover the
trellis. Dipladenias should be kept warm and in a
moderately dry condition when at rest in winter, gradu-
ally introducing more moisture to start them in spring.
Plenty of heat and frequent syringings, in early summer,
will encourage the production of good flowering wood.
The plants are subject to the same insect pests as many
others grown in the high temperature of a stove.
When insects are detected, sponging the leaves and
stems will prevent their increase, and is the best method
of destruction.

D. amabilis (lovely).* fl. rosy-crimson, borne in clusters, very
large, 4in. to bin. in diameter ; petals very round and stiff. May to
September. I. shortly stalked, oblong-acute, h. 10ft. A very fine
hybrid between D. crassinoda and D. splendens. (F. M. 309.)

D. amcena (pleasing).* fl. pink, suffused with rose, somewhat re-
sembling D. splendens, but much finer ; petals round, stiff, and
not reflexed. I. oblong-acuminate. Garden variety. This valu-
able plant flowers as freely as D. amabilis, and has better foliage
than that plant.

D. boliviensis (Bolivian).* fl, white, about 2in. across, with a
golden-yellow throat ; racemes sub-terminal or axillary, three or
four-flowered. I. oblong, acuminate. Stems slender. Bolivia,
1866. A very pretty small growing species. (B. M. 5783.)

D. Brearleyana (Brearley's).* fl. opening pink, and changing
to the richest crimson, very large. I. opposite, oblong, acute,
dark green. A garden hybrid, of great beauty, and of the most
floriferous character.

D. carissima (choicest).* fl. of a soft delicate blush-pink, with
an open throat, marked opposite the centre of the oblique
limb-segments by radiating lines of bright rose, about 5in. in
diameter. Garden variety. See Fig. 674, for which we are in-
debted to Mr. Wm. Bull. (F. & P. 1879, 502.)

D. crassinoda (thick-jointed), fl. rose-coloured, of a very lovely
shade. I. oblong-lanceolate, h. 10ft. Rio Janeiro. An old and
well-known stove plant, now superseded by more showy sorts.
SYN. D. Martiana. (B. R. 30, 64.)

D. C. Houtteana (Houtte's). An improved variety of the pro-
ceding, with beautiful rose-coloured flowers, having an orange-
coloured throat.

D. delecta (choice), fl. of a very pretty shade of rosy-pink,
finely formed, and of good substance ; mouth encircled with deep

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

481

Dipladenia — continued.

rose and shaded with violet, and the light throat shaded with
yellow. Garden variety.

D. diadema (diadem).* ft. of a soft pink colour, suffused with
rose, the month encircled with deep rose, of large size and excel-
lent form. Garden variety.

D. Harris! (Harris's). A synonym of Odontadenia tpeeiota.

D. hybrida (hybrid).* fl. of a flaming crimson-red, freely pro-
duced. {. large, stout, bright green. A beautiful garden variety,
but rarely seen.

D. insignia (remarkable).* JL rosy-purple, bold. A stout-
growing garden variety, with very strong foliage. See next
page, Fig. 675. for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch
and Sons.

Dipladenia— fontinwtd.

A species with broad foliage and stout shoots. STI. Echtiet
tpUndent. (P. d. S. 1, 30.)

D. s. profnsa (profuse).* /. rich carmine. Sin. in diameter, pro-
duced abundantly in bunches from the axils of the leaves, mud
lasting a long time in perfection. I. oblong, acuminate. Garden
variety.

D. a. Williams! (Williams's). A. with a deep pink throat. Raised

from D. tpleruUnt, on which it is a decided improvement, flower-

ing more freely.

DIPLAZIUM. See Asplenium.

DIFIiECTHRUM. A synonym of Satyrium (which
see).

FIG. 674. FLOWERING BRANCH 01
ssinoda.

Garden variety,
lens (splendid). «.

DIPLADEWIA CARISSIMA (see page 480).

DIPLOCHITA. Included under Miconia (which tee).

DIPLOCOMA. Bee Heterotheca.

DIPLODrUM. A synonym of Pterostylis.

DIPLOGASTUA. A synonym of Platylepis.

DIPLOLENA (from diploo; double, and rl.laina, a
cloak • allu.iin" to the double involucre). OED.
A^nufof about four epecies of I™*™*™;
AuLalian shrubs. Flower-heads terminal, shortly
dnnonlate or nearly sessile. Leaves a
entire. Diplolienas thrive in a compost^
fibry loam. Propagated by ct "

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Diplolsena — continued.

D. grandiflora (large-flowered), ft. -heads shortly pedunculate,
lim. in diameter ; petals linear, ciliate, concealed within the
head. April. I. ovate or broadly oblong, very obtuse, lin. to 2in.
ong, hoary -tomentose, especially beneath, h. 4ft. to 5ft.

DIPLONEMA. See Euclea.

DIPLOPAFFUS. Most of the plants formerly placed
here are now included under Aster (which see).

Diplothemium — continued.

and one of sand. Increased by seeds. These Palm?

have been recommended for sub-tropical gardening, for

which purpose, if well hardened off, they form excellent

subjects.

D. caudescens (stemmed).* I. 2ft. to 6ft. in length, pinnate;
pinnae from lift, to 2ft. in length, about lin. broad, with a
bifid point, somewhat clustered together ; upper surface dark
shining green, of a very beautiful silvery • whiteness beneath

Fia. 675. FLOWERING BRANCH OP DIPLADENIA INSIONIS (see page 481).
DIPXiOSTEMONOUS. With twice as many sta-

mens as petals or sepals.

DIPLOTHEMIUM (from diploos, double, and thema,
a sheath). OBD. Polma. Very noble Palms, either
almost stemless, or developing a short ringed trunk.
Flowers monoecious, rather large. Leaves pinnate, with
linear segments, silvery-white underneath. They thrive
in a compost of two parts rich loam, one of peat,

h. 10ft. Brazil, 1847. Described as being one of the handsomest
palms in cultivation. SYN. Ceroxylon niveum.
D. maritlmnm (sea). I. pinnate, with a more ovate outline
than the foregoing ; the pinnae are also closer together, lOin.
to 12in. in length, and about lin. broad ; deep green above,
silvery-grey below, h. 10ft. Brazil, 1823.
The other two species are : campestre and KttoraU.

DIPSACE.2E. An order of biennial or perennial
herbs, natives of nearly all temperate countries. Flowers

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

483

Dip«aee»— corUtnwd.

in heads, surrounded by an involucre; calyx limb supe-

rior, cup-shaped, entire, lobed, or ciliate. membranous,

sometimes surrounded by a separate involucel : corolla

funnel-shaped or cylindric, often curved; lobes four or

fire, obtuse, imbricate in bud ; stamens four, inserted on

the corolla tube. Leaves opposite or rarely verticillate,

exstipulate. There are five known genera, including

Cephalaria, Dipsaevt, and Scabiota, and about 125 species.

DIPSACUS (the Greek name used by Dioscorides,

from dipsao, to thirst; probably in consequence of the

connate leaves holding water). Teazel. OBD. Diptacea.

Erect, pilose, or prickly, hardy biennial herbs. Flower-

heads terminal, oblong-ovate or roundish. Leaves oppo-

site, usually connate at the base, toothed or jagged.

These singular plants are beet suited for the wild garden,

or rough parts of the flower border. They thrive in

almost any ordinary garden soil, and may be easily raised

from seed. There are about twelve species, the under-

mentioned being only those that are worth growing.

D. Fnllonnm (fuller's). Fuller's Teazel. A.-heod* whitish, with

pale purple anthers ; leaves of inrolncre spreading, shorter

than the ovoid heads. July. L connate at the base, oblong-

lanceolate, serrated ; upper ones entire. Stem prickly, k. 4ft. to

6ft The specific name of the plant is derived from the toot that

its beads are used by the fuller in dressing doth. This is

believed by some to be but a cultivated variety of D. wiwrfri*.

D. laciniatus (cnt-leaved). 0,-headt, corollas whitish ; anthers
reddish; leaves of involucre slightly erect, stiffish, usually shorter
than the ovoid head. July. 1 i iiiail'ii il lln linn . ill ...... 1 Ijjin 1

and the lobes sinuately toothed ; downy beneath. Stem' pnckly.
A. 3ft. to 5ft Europe and Siberia, 168i

D. sylTestrls (wood). Common Teazel. A. -head* pale lilac ;
leaves of involucre inflexed, weak, longer than the ovate-oblong
heads of flowers. July. L connate at the base, ovate-lanceolate,
acuminated, toothed. Stem prickly, k. 6ft Europe (Britain).

DIPTEKAC AK THUS. This genus is now referred
to Ruellia (which see).

DIPTEH.OCAHPIL33. An order of resin-bearing
trees, all the species of which are found in the tropics of
the Old World. Flowers often sweet-scented, disposed in
axillary panicles. Leaves alternate, involute; stipules
convolute. There are a dozen genera, perhaps the best
known being Dipterocarp** and Dryobalanopt.

DIPTEROUS. Having, two wing-like processes.

DIPTEBTX (from dit, double, and pteryx, a wing;
in reference to the two upper lobes of the calyx, which
appear like two wings). Tonquin Bean. STH. Baryotma.
OBD. Leguminous. A genus of about eight species of
stove evergreen trees. Flowers violet or rose, disposed in
terminal panicles. Leaves opposite or alternate, abruptly
pinnate. They thrive in rich, rough, loamy soiL Cuttings
will strike if inserted in sand, and a hand glass placed
over them, in a moist heat. None are of any importance,
except from an economic standpoint ; they are useless as
garden plants.

"war JsssSL *•. BB&

alternate; petioka margined. *- 60ft Guia
of this teeVawtto^Bgaror Tonquin Beans,
giving a grateful scent to snuff.

DiaCA (from dirle, a fountain ; referring to the plant
growing in moist places). OBD. Thymelea. A genus
of a couple of species of hardy, deciduous, branchy shrubs,
with the habit of miniature trees. Both are natives of
Vorth America, and the one in cultivation thrives well in
a moist peaty sofl. Increased readily by imported seeds,
or by layers.
D TJalustris (marshX* Leather-wood, f. yellowish, terminal,

prSSSEthe S5* vZE-L^^^SEk^g?**'

pttegreen, villoos beneath. A. 2ft. to 5ft 1750. (B. B, 292.)
DISA (derivation unknown: probably a native name).
OBD. Orchids*. A genus of about fifty species of
restrial Orchids, natives of tropical and South Africa,
and the Mascarene Island*. All are very pretty and

uiana, 1799. The seeds
Beans, well know, as

interesting, but the number worth cultivating is somewhat
limited. Of these, the best is D. yrandijlon, sometimes
known as the Flower of the Gods. Its culture, though
considered by many to be difficult, is comparatively easy,
where proper means and site are employed. With regard
to its native surroundings, it should be borne in mind
that the streams, Ac., upon or near the margins of which
it grows, are water gorges during some portion of the
winter months, and occasionally very dry in the summer.
The plants should be kept quite cool in winter, but
not allowed to become too dry at any time. By the end
of February, more water should be given ; and from April
until the flower-spikes are formed, too great a quantity
cannot well be applied. D. granditora is one of the most
beautiful of cool Orchids, succeeding in an admixture of
peat and sphagnum. The plants should be somewhat
elevated in potting. Careful ventilation, avoiding draughts,
is essential

With regard to the best method of raising D. yrandifora
from seed, the Bev. F. Tymons, of Dublin, says: "The
seed should be sown as soon as it is ripe ; but if that does
not happen till late in the autumn, it would be safer to
postpone the sowing until the following September, or the
last week of August. There are two methods of sowing
the seed, each of which has its advocates. One of them
consists in sowing on living sphagnum, in a pot or pan.
The moss must always be kept moist, which may be
effected by constant and gentle dewings, as the danger of
regular watering, as ordinarily understood, is that the
seed would be washed down too deeply. The other plan
is to sow on a sod of turf .... or hard peat .... I
mean the peat as prepared for fuel. Let it be well soaked
in water, and the seed sown thickly on its upper surface.
Cover all with a bell glass, and place it in a cool, damp,
and shady place. The turf must never become dry, but
the spraying of water must be of the gentlest description.
A good plan for watering very fine seed is to dip a stiff-
haired brush in water, and to draw the hand briskly
against it, at such a distance as that only the finest dew
reaches the seed. When the seedlings appear, they must
have more air. As soon as they can be handled, they
should be pricked off into small pans, or into pots, not
less than 4in. in diameter. The compost for the seedlings,
for the first two years, should be somewhat similar to that
for mature plants, only that the peat should be con-
siderably finer for an inch or, two on the surface, and a
much larger proportion of silver sand is necessary. The
after-treatment, as regards ventilation, situation, and
water, is similar to that for established plants." The
same writer warns " persons whose stock is limited to a
plant or two, not to be too anxious for seed. One pod
on a healthy plant is quite sufficient, as seeding retards
the autumn growth and recovery, after the labour of
flowering."

^odSXdy* large ; spikes 4in. to 6in. long, many-flc
dissimilar ; petals small, oblong, decnrved and I
broad auricle at the base ; lip small, spathulate,

marked with red spots, thenpi
with red, leafy to the summit

484

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Disa — continued.

purple, large ; upper sepal (hood) conical, with an oblique mouth,
acute above, slightly curved, undulate ; lateral sepals decurved,
oblong-lanceolate, with a short recurved spur behind the tip ;
petals broadly obovate; lip narrowly tongue-shaped, with a
revolute tip, glabrous, smooth. August. I. lanceolate, long-
acuminate, concave. . Stems 1ft. to 2ft. high, robust, leafy, h. 1ft.
to 2ft South Africa, 1880. SYN. D. macrantha, of gardens.
(B. M. 6529.)

D. polygonoides (Polygonum-like). fl. orange-yellow, or light
red or scarlet ; spikes very many-flowered ; dorsal sepal erect,
oblong, sub-acute, very concave, cymbiform, spurred at the base
behind ; petals much smaller than the sepals, erect, and partially
concealed by the upper sepal, linear-oblong, tip obtuse and in-
curved ; lip strap-shaped, smooth, flat or convex, obtuse or sub-
acute, slightly constricted above the base. September. I. linear-
lanceolate, or almost strap-shaped, gradually narrowed to the
acuminate point, nearly flat. Stem tall, stout A. 1ft to 2ft.
Natal, 1879. (B. M. 6532.)

DISANDRA. A synonym of Sibthorpia (which see).
DISBUDDING. By this term is meant the removal
of superfluous buds, flowers, or shoots, in the early stages
of growth, from fruit or other trees, in order to divert
the sap into those which are stronger, and required to
remain either for the production of branches, flowers, or
fruits of superior quality. It is of necessity very largely
practised with fruit-trees, under glass, that have to be
kept within a limited area, and where the crop of fruit
and continued vigour of the trees are annually matters
of very great importance. The branches of Figs, Peaches,
and Vines, amongst many others, are each year so full of
young shoots in spring, or at other seasons, when started
into growth, that if all were allowed to remain, the
result would be a dense thicket of useless branches.
Disbudding should always be performed with judgment,
and only by those who understand it, as irreparable
damage may easily be caused by the uninitiated. The
operation should be commenced as soon as the young
buds or shoots are large enough to pinch out with the
finger and thumb, and the process should be frequently
repeated, rather than remove too much at a time. Many
plants may, with advantage, be disbudded occasionally to
thin the branches, for admitting more light and air, or
for inducing a more compact habit. Disbudding of flowers,
where crowded, if carefully performed when in an early
stage, may also be recommended in some cases.

DISCARIA (from diskos, a disk; the disk being
large and fleshy). SYN. Tetrapasma. OBD. Rhamnea.
An interesting genus of about thirteen species of spiny
shrubs. One is a native of Australia, another of New
Zealand; all the rest are extra-tropical South American.
They are closely allied to Colletia (which see for cul-
ture).

D. australlfl (Southern), fl. yellow ; racemes short, many-
flowered, rising from beneath the spines. May. 'I. few, oppo-
site, obovate, minute, quite entire, pubescent. Branches almost
leafless, pubescent ; branchlets simple, spiny. A. 2ft. Australia,
1824. A greenhouse evergreen. SYN. Tetrapasma juncea.
D. sorratifolia (saw-leaved). » fl. greenish - white, in axillary
tufts, very fragrant. June. I. opposite, shining, bright green.
A. 6ft. to 10ft. Branches green, like those of a broom, spiny. A
capital subject for pot culture, or as a plant for a conservatory
wall. (G. C. n. s., vi. 324.) SYN. Colletia serratifolia.
D. Toumatou (Touinatou). Wild Irishman, fl. white, Ain. in
diameter, apetalous ; pedicels and calyx minutely downy ; calyx
tube short, obscure; lobes four or five, broadly ovate; disk
broad, with a narrow upturned edge. June. I. small, fascicled,
in the axils of the spines, absent in old plants, linear or obovate-
oblong, obtuse or retuse, smooth or pubescent, quite entire or
serrate. A. 15ft., in sub-alpine localities. New Zealand, 1875.
Greenhouse.

DISCHIDIA (from dischides, twice-cleft; referring
to the bifid segments of the corona). OBD. Asclepiadeae.
A genus of stove evergreen perennial trailers. There
are about twenty-four species, natives of the East Indies,
Malayan Archipelago, and tropical Australia. Flowers
white or red, small, sub-umbellate. Leaves opposite,
roundish, thick, fleshy. Stems rooting at the joints.
For culture, see Hoya.

D. benghalensis (Bengalese). fl., corollas small, urceolate ;
umbels few-flowered, from alternate axils, on short peduncle..

Dischidia — continued.

September. I. oblong-lanceolate, two-edged, flat. India, 1818.
(B. M. 2916.)

D. nummularia (Moneywort-leaved). Jl. very small, in little
sessile, axillary or interpetiolar clusters ; calyx segments minute,
corolla under one-and-a-half lines long ; tube inflated ; lobes
narrow, longer than the tube ; corona segments subulate.
August. I. on very short petioles, nearly orbicular, thick, fleshy,
not exceeding Jin. in diameter, h. 6in. Queensland. A suc-
culent milky-juiced epiphyte, more or less mealy-white.

DISCOID. When, in Composite, the ray-florets are
suppressed, the head of flowers is said to be Discoid.

DISCOLOR. Parts having one surface of one
colour, and the other of another.

DISEASES. Many plants are subject to no Disease,
although they may be particularly so to insect pests.
Others, again, are susceptible to Disease at any stage of
growth, and when it is often very diflBcnlt to know the
cause from which the evil proceeds. Canke.% Gumming,
and Mildew are destructive Diseases to fruit-trees and
plants. The cause of the first cannot be traced in many
cases; while in others it may be discovered too late for
applying a remedy, even if this were practicable. Gum-
ming and Mildew are caused by Fungi. The progress
'of Disease in plants may often be stopped if measures
are taken, when it is first detected, to find and, if possible,
remove the cause. When once established, it is far more
difficult to cure, or even check; fatal results being often
the ultimate consequence. Diseases being caused by
forces acting apparently under such opposite conditions
in similar or- different plants, it is impossible to give
instructions for their prevention generally. A cold and
undrained soil, or that which is excessively rich, sudden
changes x>f temperature, improper pruning, draughts, or,
on the other hand, a too close or moist atmosphere, with
many other like conditions, tend to promote Disease, and
should be always guarded against Diseases arising from
the growth of a fungus on any parts of plants, are often
greatly encouraged by a warm, moist atmosphere. Some
of this description are amongst the most destructive,
and, as a rule, it is very difficult or impossible to
effect a cure, when they become established. The fungi
which are more or less superficial in their growth — that
is to say, live on the surface of the tissues — may be
checked by dusting with sulphur, &c. ; those, like the
Potato Disease (Peronospord), for instance, which send
their threads into the body of the host plant, cannot
be destroyed by any such means.

DISEMMA. This genus is now merged into Passi-
flora (which see).

DISK. Any organ between the stamens and ovary,
generally scaly or annular. The central tubular flowers
of Composites are also called the Disk.

DISOCACTUS (from dis, two, isos, equal, and Cactos;
in allusion to the number of the sepals and petals being
constantly twice two). OBD. Gacteaa. This is now united
with Phyllocactus, from the other members of which genus
it only differs in its fewer sepals and petals.

DISFORUM (from dis, double, and poros, a pore ;
application not stated). Including Prosartes. OBD.
Liliacece. A genus consisting of about a dozen species
of perennials, natives of North America and the moun-
tains of tropical Asia. Flowers solitary or clustered, at the
tips of the branches. Leaves alternate, sessile or shortly
stalked, ovate or lanceolate. Stems creeping, spreading,
or erect from an underground rhizome, sparingly branched,
leafy. The species thrive in a moist peaty border, and
prefer partial shade. Propagated by seeds, or by dividing
the plants in spring, before active growth commences.
D. fulvum (tawny). A synonym of D. pullum.
D. Hookerii (Hooker's), fl. greenish, one to six; segments
spreading above, iin. long, narrowed at base ; stamens nearly
equalling, or a little exceeding, the perianth. I. ovate, mostly

niy cordate, rough on the margins and nerves beneath.
t to 2ft. California.

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

485

Dispornm — continued.

D. lanuginosum (woolly).* /?. yeUow, green ; pednncles dicho-
tomous, two-flowered. May. L ovate-lanceolate, far acuminate,
three-ribbed, reticulately veined, downy on the under, naked on
the upper, surface. Stem terminating in two or three divergent
branches, from green becoming brown, adpressedly downy. A. 1ft.
South Carolina, 1758. Greenhouse. (B. M. 1490, under name of
Urularia ianuginoga.)

D. Menziesli (Mercies'). JL greenish, one to five; segments
nearly erect, iin. to Iin. long; stamens a third shorter than the
perianth, J. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, narrowly acuminate,
rounded or slightly cordate at base, more or less woolly-pubescent
A. 1ft to 3ft California.

D. pullum (dusky).* Jl., corolla brown without, cernuous, longer
than pedicels, cupped-campanulate ; racemes one to four-flowered,
axillary. September. L ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, shortly
petioled, nerved. Stem herbaceous, lift, high, angular, snb-
geniculately flexuous. China, 1801. A singular greenhouse plant
SYN. D. Jvlvum. (B. M. 916, under name of Umlaria chinentit.)

D. p. parviflorom (small-flowered) only differs from the type
in its smaller flowers.

DISSECTED. Cut into many deep lobes.

DISTEGANTHUS (from distegos, two stories, and
anthos, a flower ; referring to the disposition of the
corolla above the receptacle). OKD. Bromeliafece. For
culture, see Bromelia.

D. scarlatinas (scarlet) is described as being a magnificent
stove perennial, with central leaves of a most intense vivid scarlet
colour. Amazon, 1869. SY.N. Bromelia amazonica.

DISTICHOUS. Producing flowers, leaves, or
branches in two opposite rows.

DIST YTiI U M (from die, twice, and stylos, style ; in
allusion to the two styles). OBD. Hamamelidece. A genus
containing two or three species of greenhouse evergreen
trees, natives of China, Japan, and Khasya. Flowers poly-
gamous. Leaves alternate, persistent, thick, coriaceous,
ovate, or oblong-lanceolate, entire; stipules lanceolate,
caducous. The Japanese D. racemosum, and a variegated
form, are the only ones in cultivation.
DITTANY. See Cnnila mariana and Dictamnus.
DITTANY OF AMORGOS. See Origanum
Tonrnefortii.

DITTANY OF CRETE. See Origanum
Dictamnus.

DITJRIS (from dw, double, and oura, a tail ; in allu-
sion to the two tail-like sepals). OBD. Orchideot. This
genus of terrestrial Orchids, containing about fifteen
species, all of them interesting, and some very beautiful,
is almost unknown in our gardens, and the species as yet
introduced are very rare. All are natives of Australia.
For culture, see Pterostylis.
D. alba (white). JL white, rose, green, brownish-purple. August

A. 1ft. New South Wales, 1875. (B. M. 6201.)
D. curvifolia (curved-leaved). A synonym of D. maculata.
D. elongata (elongated). A synonym of D. punctata.
D. lilacina (lilac). , A synonym of D. punctata.
D. maculata (spotted). JL yellow, on long pedicels, much
spotted or blotched with brown or purple, and sometimes almost
entirely dark-coloured except the yellow centre of the petals,
under Jin. long ; dorsal sepal erect, rigid, and embracing the
column at the base, ovate-oblong, and very open at the top ;
lateral sepals at length recurved, narrow, rarefy exceeding the
petals ; petals ovate, on a long rigid dark-coloured claw ; lip
shorter than the dorsal sepal, three-lobed from above the base,
the lateral lobes large and usually as long, or nearly as ton&M
the broad middle lobe, March. L narrow. Queensland, 1826.
A rather small slender species, usually under 1ft. high. Svxs.
D. curvifolia and D. pardwa. (B. M. 3156.)
D. pardina (leopard-marked). A synonym of D. maculata.
D. pnnotata (dotted). JL blue or purplish, often dotted; dorsal
sepal in the typical form broadly ovate-oblong; lateral sepals
de'fiexed, very nlrrow ; petals broadly elliptical-oblong ; lip about
as long as the dorsal sepal, divided at the base into three kfcja.
1. usually two, linear, Sin. to 6in. long, with two empty sheathing
bracts above them. Stems 1ft to 2ft high, or even more. b*!»s.
D. elongata and D. lilacina.

DIVARICATE. Growing in a straggling manner.
DIVERGENT. Spreading outwards from a common

DIVI-DIVI. The reddifh-brown, tough, curved poda
of Carsalpinia eoriaria ; they are largely imported into this
country for dyeing and tanning purposes.

DOCK. See Rumex

DOCKWEED, TROPICAL. See Pistia Stratiotes.

DODDER. See Cuscnta.

DODECATHEON (from dodeka, twelve, and t*eo*,
gods; of fanciful application). American Cowslip. STN.
Meadia. OBD. Primulacece. A genus containing two or
three species of very ornamental hardy herbaceous peren-
nials, with oblong- spathulate leaves and naked umbellate
scapes of flowers. Petals long, narrow, reflexed. They
succeed in a moist position, and in a compost of leaf mould
and loam. All the species are admirably adapted for
sheltered parts of the rock garden, or for borders. They
are of easy propagation by division of the crowns, either
in spring or autumn, the latter preferred. In addition
to their value outside, they may be employed for the
decoration of cool greenhouses. For this purpose, the
plants may be taken up in November, placed in 6in. pot*,
and kept in a cold frame until early in March. After
flowering, they should be plunged in a bed of coal
ashes for the summer, under a north wall. Dodecatheons
will not bear forcing : neither should they be in a position
exposed to hot sunshine in summer.

D. Integrifolium (entire-leaved).* JL deep rosy-crimson, not so
large as those of D. Meadia ; umbels small, few-flowered ; petal*
white at the base. Early summer. L ovate, entire. A. 4m. to
6in. North America, 1829. (B. M. 3622.)

D. Jeflreyl (Jeffrey's). A garden synonym of D. tltadia land-

FIG. 676. DODKCATHBO.N M KADI A.

D. Meadl* (Meadia).* JL rosy-purple, white, or lilac, with yellow
anthers ; scape twice the height of the leaves, crowned by an
elegantly droVping umbeL ApriL i. in large tufts, nearhr ere«,
oblong-ovate, unevenly toothed, from Sin. to 7in. long, and about
3m. ^cVoss at the broadest part A. lOin. to 16in. North America,
1744. In the Western «•*•, called Shooting Star. See Fig. 676.
(B. M. 12.) There are several very excellent forms of lliM^MMi
including the following :

D. M. elegans (elegant). JL deeper in colour, shorter and broader
in leaf, and roundly toothed ; flower-stems shorter ; umbels more
numerous, than in the type.

D. M. firlgidum (cold).* JL deep reddish-purple, not drooping ;
scape ne^er more than M-flowered, mostly fewer. L ovafcu
notched alone the margins, about 3in. long, and
Western North America, 1869. A very preUydwarf
form, with several nureery synonyms. It is somewhat difficult to
grow, and should have stones placed around iU roots to preserve
an enuuble temperature. (B. M. 5871.)

486

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dodecatheon — continued.
D. ML glgantenm (gigantic). A larger form in all its parts than

the normal type, with pale green leaves ; it also comes into flower

about ten days earlier than D. Meadia.
D. ML lancifolinm (lance-leaved).* /. pink or rose, yellow

towards the base ; sepals and petals four each ; scapes lift, to 2ft.

in height, supporting large umbels. Late spring. I. large, 6m.

to lOin. long, or more, narrowly-spathulate, tapering towards the

base. A. IJft. to 2ft. Rocky Mountains, 1867. A very distinct

plant, easily recognisable by its very large leaves. SYN. D. Je/reyi

(of gardens). (F. d. S. 1662.)

Other forms are : albiflorum (white-flowered) (L. B. C. 1489) and
lilacinum (lilac-flowered).

DOG ROSE. See Rosa canina.

DOG'S BANE. See Apocynum.

DOG'S MERCURY. See Mercurialis perennis.

DOG'S-TOOTH VIOLET. See Erytlironiuin.

DOGWOOD. See Comus.

DOLABRIFORM. Hatchet-shaped.

DOIilCHOS (from dolichos, long ; in reference to the
length of the twining stems, which in some species extend
to the tops of the loftiest trees). OED. Leguminosce. A
hwge genus of stove, greenhouse, or hardy herbs or sub-
shrubs. Flowers solitary or clustered in the axils, or in
stalked racemes. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate ; leaflets
stipellate ; stipules acute. Stems usually twining. Very
few species are grown in gardens. They are of easy
culture. All are increased by seeds ; or cuttings of the
perennials root readily under glass, in sand.

D. bicontortus (twice-twisted), fl. white and purple, dis
on long peduncles. Summer. I. trifoliate, on long pet
Japan, 1869. Half-hardy climber.

D. lignosns (woody).* fl. rose-coloured, with a purplish keel ;
umbellate. July. I., leaflets ovate, acute, smooth, glaucous
beneath. Stem woody ; branches twining, rather villous. India,
1776. Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M. 380.)
DOLIOCARFUS (from dolios, deceitful, and karpos,

& fruit ; fruits, though beautiful, are poisonous). OED.

DilleniacecB. A genus of mostly climbing shrubs, from

tropical America. There are about a score species, very

few of which have been introduced to cultivation, or are

worth growing. For culture, see Delima.

D. Callnea (Calinea). /. white ; peduncles lateral, many-
flowered. April, fr. a small fleshy shining berry. I. oblong,
acuminated, quite entire. Guiana, 1822. Stove climber. (A..G. 221.)

DOLLINERA. See Desmodium.

DOMBETA (named in honour of Joseph Dombey, a
French botanist of the eighteenth century ; he travelled in
Peru and Chili as the companion of Ruiz and Pavon).
OED. Sterculiaceoe. Ornamental stove evergreen trees
or shrubs. Flowers axillary or terminal, in few or densely-
flowered cymes. There are nearly thirty species, all
natives of Africa or the Mascarene Islands. They thrive
in a compost of sandy loam and turfy peat. Cuttings
of nearly firm young shoots will root in sand, if placed
under a glass, and in bottom heat, in April.
D. acntangnla (acute-angled), fl. red, large, in dichotomous
crowded corymbs. I. smooth, cordate, acuminate, with three
to five incised shallow, broad, or deep narrow, palmate lobes.
A. 10ft. Mauritius, 1820. A low tree or shrub. SYN. D. angu-
lata. (B. M. 2905 represents a variety in which the leaves are
not at all lobed.)

D. aagnlata (angled). A synonym of /). acutangula.
D. Burgesslse (Mrs. Burgess's).* fl. large, with spreading white
petals, marked at their bases with a pleasing bright rosy tint,
which also extends up the veins into the centre ; disposed in large
corymbose clusters. August to December. I. bright green,
pubescent, from 6in. to 9m. long. A. 10ft. South Africa, 1865.

(rusty-leaved), fl. white. A. 15ft. Mauritius.

D.8ferruglnea

D. Mastersil (Masters's).* fl. white, fragrant ; peduncles axillary.

bearing simple or sub-compound corymbs. I. cordate -ovate,

velvety. Tropical Africa, 1867. (B. M. 5639.)
D. viburniflora (Guelder-rose-flowered), ft,, white, about lin.

across, borne in terminal corymbose heads, oin. in. diameter.

February. 1. large, cordate, thrte-lobed. A. 15f.. Comorin

Islands, 1850. (B. M. 4568.)

DONDIA. A synonym of Hacquetia (which see).
DONDISZA. A synonym of Plectrouia (which see).

DOODIA (named after Samuel Doody, a London
apothecary and botanist). ORD. Filices. A small genus
of greenhouse Ferns. Fronds pinnate or pinnatifid. In-
volucres membranous, the same shape as the sorus. Sori
oblong or slightly curved, superficial, placed in one or
more rows, parallel with, and between, the midribs and
margins of the pinnae. For culture, see Ferns.

D. aspera (rough).* sti. 2in. to 4in. long, erect, asperous.
fronds 6in. to 18in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, oblong-lanceolate,
with numerous spreading linear pinnoe on each side, which are
lin. to 2in. long, Jin. broad; margin strongly serrated, base
dilated, sori oblong, in one or two rows. Temperate Australia,
1808. D. a. corymbffera is a very pretty form, having the apex
of the fronds densely crested.

D. blechnoides (IMechnum-like). sti. Sin. to 4in. long, erect.
fronds IJft. long, 6in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, with numerous
spreading linear pinnae on each side, which are about 3in. long
and Jin. broad, with sharply serrated margins and dilated bases.
New South Wales, 1835. In the true type of this species, the
upper pinnae are connected, the lower ones shorter and free, not
dwindling down to auricles, which, Mr. Baker notes, is the case
with the plant grown under this name.

D. oandata (tailed), sti. 4in. to 6in. long, slender, smooth.
fronds 6in. to 12in. long, IJin. to 2in. broad, lanceolate, with
numerous spreading linear pinnae on each side, which are about
lin. long ; frond often terminated by a long entire point. Aus-
tralia, Ac., 1820.

D. C. confluens (confluent), fronds long, narrow, linear, upper
part undivided, sinuato-pinnatifid in the lower part, with short
rounded lobes. New Caledonia. SYN. D. lineans.

D. dives (Dives), gti. 6in. to 12in. long, slender, erect, smooth,
scaly towards the base, sterile fronds 1ft. long, 3in. to 5in.
broad, oblong-lanceolate, with numerous spreading oblong-linear
pinnae on each side, which are 2in. to 3in. long, iin. broad ;
margin undulated and serrated, fertile fronds longer, with narrow
linear pinnae, sori linear-oblong. Ceylon.

D. linearis (linear). A synonym of D. caudata confluens.

D. lunulata (crescent-shaped). A synonym of 1>. media.

D. media (middle).* sti. 4in. to 6in. long, erect, smooth, fronds
1ft. to lift, long, IJin. to 4in. broad, lanceolate, with numerous
spreading linear pinnae on each side, which are lin. to 2in. long,
and about Jin. broad ; margin toothed, the upper ones dilated and
connected at the base, those below the middle free and cordate,
the lower ones gradually diminishing, sori short, oblong, distant.
SYN. D. lunulata. There are several varieties, among which the
following may be named :

D. m. durinscnla (rather hard), fronds firm, caudate ; central
pinnae about Jin. long, oblong, obtuse, sori one-serial, six to ten
jugate. New Caledonia.

D. m. Kuntnlana (Kunth's). fronds moderately firm ; central
pinnae close, bluntish, sharply toothed, sori one-serial. Sand-
wich Islands.

DOODIA (of Roxburgh). A synonym of Uraria.
DOOM PALM. See Hyphame thebaica.
DORCOCERAS. A synonym of Bsea.
DOREMA (from dorema, a gift ; in reference to its
production of gum ammoniac). OED. Umbelliferce. A
genus containing two species of hardy herbaceous peren-
nials, natives of Persia and Beloochistan. They are of
easy culture in ordinary garden soil. Increased by seeds.
D. Ammoniacum (Ammoniac). Gum Ammoniac, fl. white ;

umbels proliferous, racemose ; peduncles terete, woolly. June.

I. large, petiolate, somewhat bipinnate, 2ft. long ; lower leaflets

distinct; superior ones confluent, deeply pinnatifid. A. 7ft.

Persia, 1831. (B. M. PI. 130.)

DORONICUM (from Doronigi, the Arabic name).
Leopard's Bane. Including Aronicum. OKD. Composite.
A genus of about a dozen species of mostly dwarf, early-
flowering, hardy herbaceous perennials, natives of Europe
and temperate Asia. Flower-heads yellow ; involucral
bracts in two or three series, nearly equal ; disk-florets
perfect, pappus hairs in many series ; ray usually female
only, destitute of pappus, or with from one to three hairs.
Leaves alternate; radical ones petioled; cauline ones
distant, often amplexicaul. They are of very easy culture
in ordinary garden soil. Propagated by divisions.
D. altaicum (Altaic).* fl.-heads yellow. July. I. toothed, ob-

ovate, amplexicaul ; radical ones obovate-spathulate, narrowed

into the stalk. A. 1ft. Siberia, 1783.
D. austriacum (Austrian).* fl.-heads yellow, large ; steins one to

five-flowered. Spring. 1. dentate ; radical ones cordate, stalked ;

lower stem ones ovate-spathulate, abruptly narrowed at the

base ; upper ones lanceolate, cordate-amplexicaul. A. 1ft. to lift.

Europe, 1816. Plant somewhat hairy.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

487

Doronicnm — continued.

., variegated with a white border to the midrib and lower
half of the principal vein*. Receptacle round, irregularly lobed.
purple beneath. Stems about 6in. high, leafy. RioJaneiro, 1872.
(Ref. B. 303.)

>. -""—i-*- (spotted). L deep green, blotched with white, cub-
radical, springing from a creeping rhizome, long-stalked, cordate
at the base, hastate ; margin crenate-dentate ; receptacle quad-
rate, green. Mexico, 1863. (L H. 362.)

>. Mannii (Mann's).* Jt., receptacle on the stem at the tears of
old leave.; peduncle* Srbiculir.Tbout lin. in diameter, green,

with ten to ifteen

green, pale beneath, obscurely a
ntire, glabrous, but opaque on both

receptacle

elliptic or obovate, acute, narroweu

cordate base, dark

Steml.in.'to Join* high, terete, rather flexuons, erect
swollen at the scars of the fallen leaves, densely
A. 1ft West tropical Africa, 1863. A very singular plant
(B. M. 5908.)

D. tnbicina (Periza-flowered). f. numerous ; scape* about
equal in length with the petioles, terminated by a Peziza, or
wine-glass-shaped receptacle, whose margin is incurved and
crenated with granulated scales ; anthers purplish, two-lobed.
August L slightly pubescent, cordate-oblong, denticulate at
the margin, reticulato-venose, petiolated ; petiole about as long
as the leaf. Root large in proportion to the size of the plant,
woody, sub-fusiform, descending, truncated or pnemorse, power-
fully aromatic. A. 3in. Trinidad, 1817. A very rare and curious
plant (B. M. 2804.)

DORYANTMES (from dory, a spear, and anthot, a
flower ; the flower-stem is from 12ft. to 20ft. high, like

FIG. 677. FLOWERING BRANCHKS OF DOKO.MCUM CADCASICUM.

D. caucasicnm (Caucasian).* Jl.-htads yellow, nearly 2in. across,
solitary, terminal, axillary. Spring, i., cauline ones ovate,
pointed, with a broad clasping base, margins toothed ; radical
ones renifonn, margins deeply toothed. A. 1ft Europe, Asia.
See Fig. 677. (B. M. 3143.)

D. Columnw (Columna's). JL-headt yellow, large. Spring. L
toothed, pubescent ; radical ones stalked, almost kidney-shaped ;
lower cauline ones auricled ; middle ones cordate-spathulat« ;
r ones ovate-lanceolate, amplexicauL A. 1ft to ljft Europe,

upper
1824.

D. Pardalianchea.* Great Leopard's Bane. JL-headt yellow,
generally three to five on each stem. Spring. L cordate.
toothed ; radical ones on long stalks, cordate ; stem ones few,
ovate ; upper ones sessile, amplexicauL A. Hft. to 3ft. Europe.
This species is reputed to be poisonous. (Sy. En. B. 762.)
D. plantagineum (Plantain), fl.-headt yellow, usually solitary,
and terminal. Spring. I. toothed ; lower ones stalked, ovate, or
slightly cordate ; the rest sessile, except the lowest, which has
a winged stalk, and half embraces the stem. A. 2ft
to 3ft Western Europe (Britain). (Sy. En. B. 762.)
D. p. excelanm (tall).* fl.-heads yellow, as in the type,
but larger. Sin. to 4in. in diameter ; ray achenes gla-
brous, without pappus. March to October. L, radical
ones on long reticles, rather roughly hairy ; stem ones
amplexicaul, broadly cordate-ovate, acute, coarsely
toothed. Stem stout, sparsely hispid, furrowed , simple,
or with one or two branches, h. 5ft or more. A very
elegant plant, more robust than the type. (O. C. n. a.,
xx. 297.)

DORSAL. On the back; or growing on the
back.

DORSTENIA (named after Theodore Dorsten,
a German botanist, born 1492, died 1552). OBD.
Urticacece. Very curious plants, of neat compact
habit, and easily cultivated in a moderately damp
stove. The flowers are on a flattened leaf-like
receptacle, and are green and inconspicuous. Some of the
species have elegantly cut leaves; whilst those of others
are decorated with silver markings. Increased by di-
visions, made before active growth commences; or by
seeds, sown on a hotbed, about March or April.

1. elliptic, or oblong-lanceolate, 3in. to

on7,"da7kvir^nat the margin*, and having a broad -»-—

(silvery).

— -t green at

central band, which is irregul

,

ly extended towards the margin <
It is of erect habit, with a downy

the leaf. South Brazil, 1869.
purplish stem. (B. M. 5795.)

D. Bowmanni (Bowmann's). 1. lanceolate. Sin. to Sin. long, lin
liin. broadTtcute, obscurely toothed, bright green and smooth

*'1G. 078. DORT

488

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Doryanthea — continued.

the handle of a spear, bearing flowers on the top). OBD.
Amaryllidece. A genna of extremely beautiful ama-
ryllids, requiring greenhouse culture, similar to Dasylirion,
Fourcroya, Ac. They thrive best in a compost of loam
and leaf soil, in equal parts. Propagated from suckers,
which should be placed in small pots, and grown on,
repotting into larger sizes as becomes necessary. A
considerable size of plant has to be attained before
flowers are produced.

D. excclsa (tall).' fl. very brilliant scarlet, each as large as the

common white Lily, disposed in a globose head at the top of

the bracteate stem, the base of which is surrounded by leaves.

Summer. I. numerous, long, lanceolate, h. 8ft. to 16ft. New

South Wales, 1800. See Fig. 678. (P.. M. 1685.)

D. Palmer! (Palmer's).* fl. red, with the centre lighter, large,

funnel-shaped ; spike pyramidal, 1ft. to IJft. high, and 10m. to

12in. broad, many-flowered, clothed with leafy bracts. I. in a

dense tuft, broad-lanceolate, each about 6ft. long by 6in. in

breadth, gracefully arching, h. 8ft. to 16ft. Queensland, 1874.

This is a very handsome species. (B. M. 6665.)

DOBiYCNIUM (the old Greek name of a species

of Convolvulus, from dory, a spear). Including Bon-

jeania. OBD. Leguminosce. A genus of about half-a-dozcn

species of elegant hardy herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers

capitate or sub-umbellate, usually numerous. Leaves

trifoliolate, with the stipules in the form of the leaflets.

All are of the easiest culture in rather dry soil, and arc

readily increased by seeds.

D. hcrbaceum (herbaceous), jl. white ; heads on long peduncles.
July. I., leaflets and stipules obovate, obtuse. Stem Herbaceous,
erect. A. ijft. South Europe, 1802.

D. hlrsutum (hairy), fl. whitish, or pale red, large; heads
many-flowered. July. I. sessile ; leaflets ovate, lanceolate or
obovate. Stem erect, suff ruticose. h. 1ft. to 2ft. South Europe,
1683. Plant clothed with hoary tomentum. (B. M. 336, under
name of Lotus reetus.)

D. latlfolium (broad - leaved). ft. white; peduncles many
flowered, bracteate towards the apex. June. I. sessile ; leaflets
and stipules obovate and mucronulate. Stem erect, sub-shrubby.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. East Europe, 1818. Plant pilose.
D. rectum (upright), fl. rose-coloured, small ; peduncles bract-
less, many-flowered. June. 1. petiolate ; leaflets obovate, nui-
cronate. Stem erect, shrubby, h. 2ft. South Europe, 1640.
Plant villous.

D. sufflrutlcosum (sub-shrubby).* fl. white, with a reddish

keel ; heads of flowers on long peduncles. June. I., leaflets

and stipules oblong-lanceolate, acute. Stem shrubby, h. 2ft.

to 3ft. South Europe, 1640. (S. F. G. 760, under name of Lotus

Dorycnium.)

DORYOPTERIS. Included under Pteris.
DOSSINIA (named in honour of E. P. Dossin, a Bel-
gian botanist). ORD. Orchidece. The only species in this
genus is a small terrestrial Orchid, nearly allied to
Anoectochilus, but differing in the boat-shaped process of
the column, as well as in the absence of a bearded fringe
to the lower part of the lip.
D. marmorata (marbled)* is the correct name of the plant

described hi this work under the name of AnoeetochUus Lovrii.

SYN. Cheirostylu marmorata. (F. d. S. 370.)

DOUBLE FLOWERS. Generally speaking, the
epithet Double is applied to flowers of very varied
structural conformation. The most common conditions
rendering a flower Double, in the popular acceptation of
the term, are substitutions of petals or petal-like bodies
for stamens and pistils, one or both. Another very
common mode of Doubling is brought about by a real or
apparent augmentation in the number of petals, as by
multiplication, fission, &c. Double Flowers are often of
much more value, from a purely horticultural standpoint,
than single ones. The protective floral organs — the calyx
and corolla — frequently wither quickly after fertilisation
has taken place, whilst in those flowers in which the
organs of reproduction have been metamorphosed into
petaloid bodies, they remain, as a rule, in full beauty a
much longer time. The predisposing causes of Doubling
seem very different in various plants. In some, it may
be brought about by an excess of nutrition ; in others, by
a process akin to starvation. In some cases, as in the
common Kerria japonica, for example, there is a natural

Double Flowers — continued.

tendency for the flowers to become Double under culti-
vation. Single-flowered plants have been imported which,
in a few years, have altogether ceased to produce single
flowers. For a very exhaustive account of the various
kinds of Doubling, and their morphological significance,
the reader is referred to one of the Hay Society's publi-
cations, "Vegetable Teratology," by Dr. M. T. Masters.
The means adopted by some successful growers to obtain
Double Stocks will be described under Stocks.

DOUBLY-SERRATED. Twice serrated.

DOUG-LASIA (named in honour of D. Douglas, a
very zealous botanist and collector in North-west America ;
he came to an untimely end in the Sandwich Islands).
OBD. PrimulacecB. A genus of four species of little hardy
evergreen plants, allied to Androsace. They form admir-
able subjects for alpine situations. A compost of peat
and loam is the best soil for them. Propagated by
seeds. In Europe, the genus is represented by D. Vi-
taliana, already mentioned in this work under its more
generally accepted name, Androsace Vitaliana. The other
throe species belong to Arctic North America.
D. nlvalis (snowy).* Jl. pink, sub-umbellate, on long pedu

April. 1. linear, obtuse, sub-amplexicaul, closely hairy, bra

rigid, hoary, sub-verticillate. h. Sin. Rocky Mountains,

(b\ R. 1886.)

DOUM PALM. See Hyphome thebaica.
DOVE FLOWER. See Peristeria elata.

DOWN. A term applied to soft, short hairs, like
down.

DOWNING-IA (named in honour of A. J. Downing,
a promoter of horticulture). STN. Clintonia, under which
generic name the two species below-mentioned are gene-
rally included, but erroneously so. OBD. Campanulaceoe.
Very ornamental annuals. Flowers bilabiate. Leaves small,
linear-lanceolate. They are used with great effect in
summer flower-gardening, and but little care is necessary
to insure success. Seeds should be sown in a spent hot-
bed, in March, thinned out, so as to give the plants room,
and kept growing till May, when they may be transferred
to the open border. D. pulchella is especially pretty for
hanging baskets.

ncles.
nches
1827

I (elegant).* fl. blue, having a large white streak on the
ary, axillary, sessile. Summer. T. sessile, ovate, three-
veined, h. 6in. North-west America, 1827. (B. R. 1241.)
D. pulchella (fair).* /. rich blue, with yellowish eyes ; upper
segments of corolla ovate, acute, divaricate ; middle segment of
lower lip longest. Summer. 1. obtuse. A. 6in. California, &c.,
1827. SYN. Clintonia pulchella. (B. R. 1909.)

DRABA (Greek name used by Dioscorides, from drabe,
acrid ; referring to the taste of the leaves). Whitlow
Grass. Including Petrocallis. OBD. Cruciform. More
than 150 species have been described ; but it is probable
that not more than half that number are really distinct.
Perennial or annual branched herbs, which are some-
times tufted, sometimes elongated, smooth or pilose, or
usually velvety from soft branched hairs. Flowers white
or golden, rarely pink or purple ; racemes terminal ;
pedicels filiform, bractless. Leaves linear, oblong or
ovate, entire or toothed.

" Amongst the spring - flowering alpines," says Mr.
Eobinson, "the genus Draba must always take an im-
portant position. In addition to the brilliant golden
colour of the flowers of one section of the genus, the
plants are characterised by a dwarf compact habit, and by
much neatness in the arrangement of the bristly ciliated
hairs, which not unfrequently become bifurcate ; thus
the attractive appearance in the matter of colour is
enhanced, on a closer inspection, by the beauty of form
and detail. In another section, we find white to be the
predominant colour ; and though in many cases the flowers
are small, still, in the mass, filling up a nook or crevice
in a rockwork, and contrasted with the dark green leaves,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

489

Draba — continued.

they become very effective. They should be placed in
the sunniest aspect on a rockery; the more effectually
the plants are matured by the autumn sun, the more
freely will they return these favours by an abundant
bloom in early spring."

The perennials may be propagated by dividing at
the roots ; the annuals or biennials by seeds, which should
be sown in ordinary garden soil, in the open border, in
spring. Many of the strictly annual species may be
made biennial by sowing seeds too late to. allow the
plants to flower the first season. Perennials, except
where otherwise stated.

D. alzoldes (Aizoon-like).* /. yellow ; scapes naked, smooth ;
stamens about the length of the petals. March. I. lanceolate-
linear, keeled, ciliated. A. 2in. to Sin. Europe (South Wales).
(Sy. En. B. 138.)

D. Aizoon fAizoon).* fl. bright yellow; scapes naked, villous.
April. I. linear, acutish, keeled, stiff, ciliated, h. 3in. Moun-
tains of Western Europe, 1819. SfN. D. ciliaris.

D. alpina (alpine).* fl. golden-yellow, a little smaller than those
of I), aizoides; scapes naked, pubescent. April. I. lanceolate,
flat, pilose, with branched hairs, h. 3in. Northern Europe, 1816.

D. aurea (golden), fl. yellow ; petals obovate, blunt, clawed.
May. I. oblong-linear, acute, entire, pubescent. Stem leafy,
somewhat branched, velvety, h. bin. Greenland, 1824. Biennial
(B. M. 2934.)

D. brunilfolia (Brunia-leaved). fl. yellow; petals twice the
length of the calyx and stamens ; scapes naked, pubescent
June. I. linear, somewhat keeled, ciliated, acute, loosely roaulate.
h. 4in. Caucasus, 1825. Plant loosely tufted. (B. Q. 780.)

D. ciliaris (hair-fringed). A synonym of D. Aizoon.

D. clnerca (grey), fl. white. Early spring. 1. oblong-linear,
entire ; stem leave
somewhat pubescent.

D. cuspidata (cuspidate), fl. yellow ; scapes naked, villous.
Spring I. linear, acutish, keeled, ciliated. X. Sin. Tauria, 1821.
Closely allied to D. Aizoon.

D. glacialis (icy).* fl. bright golden-yellow j scapes naked,
covered with starry pubescence. May. 1. linear - lanceolate,
entire, hispid with stellate hairs, h. 2in. Siberia, 1826. Closely
allied to D. aizoides, but differing from it in having a few-
flowered stem, and pedicels which are shorter than the pod.

D. lapponica (Lapland), fl. white; scapes naked, very smooth.
May. 1. lanceolate, quit* entire, rather pilose. A. 2m. or 3m.
Alps of Lapland, 1824.

ey). fl. white. Early spring. I. oblong-linear,
aves five or six, entire, scattered. Stem leafy,
scout. A. Sin. to 6m. Siberia, 1820. Biennial.

FIG. 679. DKABA MAWII.

D Mawli (Maw's)* fl. fin. in diameter; sepals very con-
ca™ DriTtly at the back, green, tipped with red-brown; petals
thre4 times as large as the sepals, obovate - cuneate retuse.
spreading, quite white. Spring. 1. linear-oblong, obtuse, shining ;
margin pectinate, with rigid incurved or spreading bristles
under surface with a prominent midrib Spam 18f3. An ex-
cellent rock plant, forming low densely - tufted bright -green
patches. See Fig. 679. (B. M. 6186.)

D ni vails (snowy)* fl. white; scapes naked or one-leaved,
sShTApriL^: oblong-linear.' ciliated and somewhat pilose.
h. lin. or 2in. Arctic Europe, 1820. Habit more compact than
D. lapponica.

Europe. SVN. PetrocaUu yyrenaica. (B. M. 713.)

Draba— continued.
D. Sautert (Sauter's). fl. yellow; scapes smooth. Spring L

spathulate, stiff, ciliated, h. 4in. Switzerland.
D. tr Identata (three-toothed), fl. yellow ; scapes naked, smooth.
August. I. obovate, narrowed at the base into the petiole, three-
toothed at the apex, hairy. A. 3m. Caucasus, 1858.
D. vlolaoea (violet).* fl. deep violet-purpl*. J. opposite, ovate,
downy. Stem suffruticose, branched, diffuse. A. 6in. to 12in.
Quito Andes, 1867.

DB.AC2ENA (from drakaina, a female dragon; the
inspissated juice becomes a powder, like dragon's blood).
SYNS. Pleomele, Terminalit. OUD. Liliacece. A genus of
about thirty-fire species of ornamental stove foliage plants,
widely dispersed over the tropics. Flowers generally
fascicled in panicles, in a few species in dense sessile heads
or oblong spikes. The differences between Cordyline and
Dracaena (the two genera having been much confused in
gardens) reside principally in the fruits, Ac. The flowers
of Dracaena are generally larger than those of Cordyline,
and the cells of the ovary in the latter genus contain
many ovules, whilst in Dracana they generally contain
but one.

Propagation. Dracaenas, and the large group of plants
grown as such, but which properly belong to the genus
Cordyline, are easily and rapidly increased by cutting
up the stems of old plants, in pieces lin. or 2 in. long,
and placing them, at any season, in cocoa-nut fibre, or
light soil, in the bottom heat of a propagating house.
The tops of the plants will strike as cuttings, and the
fleshy base of the stem may also be occasionally re-
moved, and utilised for propagation. Young plants are
toon obtained from the latter, and from almost every

490

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dracaena— continued.

eye of the firm wood that has been cut in pieces and
inserted.

Cultivation. Although the class of plants under notice
belong essentially to the stove, they will keep in good
condition in a greenhouse in summer. Many are also well
adapted for room or table decoration, particularly those
with recurved narrow leaves. Useful sizes for such pur-
poses may soon be obtained, if stove treatment, with
plenty of light, be given. A compost of loam and lumpy
peat, in equal proportions, with the addition of a little
charcoal, will suit them admirably. Dracaenas or Cor-
dylines require but a moderate amount of pot room,

Dracaena — continued.

D. arborea (tree-like), fl. greenish, Jin. long,
sessile, lorate, lift, to 3ft. long, 2i

May. I. dense,
to 3irT. wide in middle.

, 40ft. Northern Guinea, 1800.

D. ccrnua (drooping). A synonym of D. reflexa.

D. conclnna (neat).* I. narrow, of a sombre green, with purplish-
red margins ; the contracted stalk-like base is also green, with a
slight purplish tinge, h. 6ft. Mauritius, 1870. A very useful
neat-growing species, with a dwarf, compact habit. See Fig. 680.
(R. G. 1864, 441.)

D. cylindrica (cylindrical), fl. white, small ; spike cylindrical,
sessile, terminating the stem. I. linear-lanceolate, or oboyate-
lanceolate, bright green, spreading. Stem erect, undivided.
h. 5ft. West tropical Africa. (B. M. 5846.)

D. Draco (Dragon).* Dragon-tree, fl. greenish - white, very
small, forming into a large panicle. I. lanceolate-linear, entire,

FIG. 681. DRACAENA GOLDIEANA.

in comparison to the size of plant that may be obtained.
Pots Sin. or 6in. in diameter are large enough for useful
decorative subjects 1ft. or l^ft. high ; and such plants
may be potted on into proportionately larger sizes if re-
quired for exhibition or for large specimens. Plenty
of heat and moisture are requisite when the plants are
young, to encourage a vigorous, quick growth. It is not
advisable, however, to syringe too much in winter, as
the water, lodging in the axils of the leaves, is, at
that season, liable to prove injurious. Exposure of the
plants to plenty of light is requisite for obtaining the
highest development of colour in their leaves. See also
Cordyline.

glaucous disposed in a crowded head. Stem arboreous, simple, or
divided at the top, and, when old, becoming much branched,
each branch being terminated by a head of leaves. A. 40ft.
Canary Islands, 1640. This very fine species is much more
graceful and elegant when in a young state than when it becomes
old. It can be used very effectively in sub-tropical gardening,
and may remain in the open from May to September, inclusive.
There are few better ornaments for a conservatory than well-
grown specimens of this plant. The famous Dragon-tree of
Orotava measured 60ft. in height, and the stem was 15ft. m
diameter. (B. M. 457L)

D. elliptica (elliptic).
in pedicellate fascicles

/I. greenish-yellow, rarely solitary, mostly
threes. March. I. generally spreading,

in pedicel . .

petiolate, coriaceo-membranaceous, elliptical-lanceolate, glossy,
acute and mucronate, closely marked with parallel longitudinal
lines or stria?, full green ; petiole grooved, dilated, and amplexi-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

491

Dracaena — continued.

caul at the base. Stem fruticose, 2ft. to 3ft. or more high, terete.
A. 2Jft. India, Java, &c. SYN. Sansemera javanica. There is a
pretty variety, maculata (B. M. 4787), having its leaves spotted
or blotched with yellow.
D. Cragrans (fragrant), fl. very fragrant. April. L lanceolate,

lax. ti. 6ft. Tropical Africa, 1768. (B. M. 1081.)
D. f. Linden! (Linden's).* I. deep green, traversed their entire
lengths by bands of creamy-white and various shades of yellow ;
elegantly recurved, lanceolate - acuminate. 1879. This plant
forms a highly useful subject for decorative purposes. (I. H.
xxvii. 384.)

D. Goldieana (Goldie's).* .//. in a dense globose sessile head, 2in.
in diameter, surrounded on the outside by a few reduced leaves ;
perianth white, above lin. long, with lanceolate spreading seg-
ments. I. cordate-ovate, acuminate, with a yellowish-green costa,
marbled and irregularly banded with dark green and silvery-grey
in alternate straight or furcate bands. West tropical Africa,
1872. A very magnificent ornamental foliage plant, of erect habit,
and with closely-set, stalked, spreading leaves. See Fig. 681, for
which we are indebted to Mr. Wm. BuB. (B. M. 6630.)

D. marginata (bordered). 1. ensiform, densely roaulate, 1ft to
IJft. long by Jin. broad, spreading, rigid, green, margined and
veined with red. Trunk 4ft. to 5ft. high, lin. thick, branched.
Madagascar.

D. phrynioides (Phrynium-like).» I. broadly ovate, acuminate,
coriaceous, 6in. to 8in. long, exclusive of the petiole; upper
surface very dark green, profusely spotted with pale yellow ;
under surface paler. Fernando Po, 1863. A very pretty dwarf
growing plant, requiring plenty of heat and moisture to culti-
fate it to perfection. (§. M. 5352.)

D. renexa (reflexed). fl. greenish-yellow, nearly lin. long, very
numerous, disposed in a handsome branching raceme. 1. oblan-
ceolate. A. 12ft. to 15ft. Mauritius, 1819. SYN. D. cernua.

D. Saposcnnlkowl (Saposchnikow's). fl. whitish.
h. 10ft 1870. A tree-like species, of branching; habit,
tinct character. Native country unknown. 1870. (R. G. 70S.)

D Smithil (Smith's). /. in crowded fascicles in the axils of
the panicle, and terminating short branchlets, sub - sessile ;
perianth pale yellow, iin. long. Winter or early spring L 3ft.
to 4ft. long, forming a spreading rosette on the crown of the stem
slightly recurved, not waved, narrowly ensiform, broadest t
the middle, acuminate, bright green, striated ; midrib indistinct
above very strong and prominent beneath. Stem slender, 15ft.
hi °h hitherto quite unbranched, cylindric, almost smooth.
Tropical Africa, 1860. This species is closely allied to D. fragrant.
(B. M. 6169.)

D. surcnlosa maculata (spotted sucker).* fl. pale yellowish,
small, disposed in a lax glofcose corymb. L green, with yellow
spots, lanceolate. Old Calabar, 1867. A pretty slender shrub.

D(BumbSw5ulifera (umbrella-bearing). I 2ft. to 3ft long, about
iin. wide, dark green, very closely set, horizontal, with the ends
slightly recurved, giving it the appearance of a table top or
umbrella! A. 10ft. Mauritius, 1778 A very peculiar and distinct
species. (L. B. C. 289.)

Many other plants, usually known as Dracasnas, will be found
described under the genus Cordyline.

DBACOCEPHALUM (from drakon, a dragon, and
kephale, a head ; in reference to the ringent corollas).
Dragon's Head. OBD. Labiata. A genus of about
thirty species of perennial or annual herbs, natives of
Europe and extra-tropical Asia. Whorls many-flowered
axillary or approximate into a terminal spike; bracts
usually Miaceous; corolla generally large, with a very
wide throat and a bilabiate limb. Leaves entire, denta
or palmatifid. Very showy border plants when in flower.
All are hardy, and delight in a cool situation. The porei
nial species are readily increased by divisions rf£»"jj|
or by cuttings of the young shoots, in April or May
annuals, by seeds, sown in the open, in April. Perennials,
except where otherwise stated.

^SWLMJJSJttlfSffiSS

orbicular, pilose. July. I., radical ones on
obtuse, crenated, cordate at the base -
petiolate, ovate. Stems erect. A. *•"
See Fig. 682. SYN. D. grandiflorum.

> oiii- tuai|i ""»«** «"

on long petioles, oblong,
; cauline ones shortly
„. to 9in. Siberia, 1759.
682. SYN. l>. granayivrmn. (R- Q- 855.)

•JEtF^SSffiBSF

D!5cancsccn3 (hoary). A synonym of LalUmantia «,»«*«.

Dracocephalnm — continued.

D. grandifloram (large-flowered). A synonym of D. altaientr.

D Moldavlca (Moldavian), fl. blue or white, with a very
wide throat ; whorls distinct, disposed in long racemes ; floral
leaves narrower. July. I. petiolate, lanceolate, deeply crenated.
erect, branched7 A.Tft. to lift. Eastern Siberia, 1596

fnoddineX fl blue; whorls distinct, many-flowered,

'm7p-o— in* long nutant racemes; floml leaves oblong-Ianceo-
late. July. I. petiolate, ovate, crenated. Stems erect, h. 1ft
Eastern Russia, 1731. (B. R. 841.)

D. pereKTinnm Miffuse).* fl. blue ; inflorescent-e about IJft long;
w^rfcllistinrt few-flowered, secund ; floral leaves quit* entire.
July, i. quite glabrous, on short petioles, lanceolate mostly
few-toothed. Branches ascending. Siberia. 1769. Plant decum-
bent. (B. M. 1084.)

-i.-v.iu i • u*. •

FIG 682 DRACOCEPIIAUJM AI.TAIENSE, showing Habit and
Single Flower.

finely pubescent, h. 2ft. Europe, 1699.

v^ry flane plant, and an improvement on the ..,,. r—

beneath. A. lift Himalaya, 1877. (B. M. 6281.)
DRACONTIUM (Greek name applied by Hippocrates

x± vr -.^'f a '££'£? a-^s1 i
SSSK j3~ °r ^^J^=L2aw£±

more remarkable than

For cultivation, see Amorphopnallus.

Antioquia, 1877.

^*B«-t.<tsiWijaRa^W3

firMr-asSESSr*'"

"division laterally branched
dull umber-brown, i
whitish-brown mark

whitish-brown marKings. n.

492

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Dracontium — continued.

tapering upwards, with wavy bands or blotches of a purplish
colour, mottled with white. 1869. SYNS. D. elatum (G. C. 1870,
344) and Amorphophallus nivomis. (Ref. B. 282.)

D. Carder! (Carder's).* 1. tripartite ; divisions often twice dicho-
tomous, with oblong segments and an irregularly-winged rachis ;
petiole tall, erect, slightly asperous near the base, of a dull flesh-
colour, and freely banded with irregular blotchy rings of an
nmber-brown hue, the flesh-colour predominating, h. 3ft An-
tioquia, 1877. (B. M. 6523.)

D. elatum (tall). A synonym of D. asperum.

D. gigas (giant). JL, spathe bluish-brown outside, brownish-
red within, about 2ft long, supported on a scape 3ft. long. I.
solitary, broad, trichotomously divided, supra-decompound, nearly
4ft. long; ultimate divisions confluently pinnatifid ; petiole yellow,
beautif ully barred and striped with purple, h. 10ft. Nicaragua,
1869. SYN. Godwinia gigas. (B. M. 6048.)

D. polyphyllum (many-leaved), fl. , inflorescence appearing after
the entire decay of the foliage ; spathe upon first opening emitting
an abominable totor. The plant figured in B. R. 700 flowered
in December, t supra-decompound, pedate. A. 2ft India, 1759.
A very singular species. (B. R. 700.)

DRACOFHYLLUM (from drakon, a dragon, and
phyllon, a leaf; in reference to the leaves resembling
those of Draccena Draco). Including Sphenotoma. OBD.
EpacrideoB. A genns of about twenty-five species of
greenhouse shrubs or small trees, of which eleven are from
New Zealand, five from New Caledonia, and the rest from
extra-tropical Australia. Spikes or racemes terminal,
simple, or compound. Leaves imbricate, cucullate at the
base, and half-sheathing. For culture, see Andersonia.
D. capitatnm (round-headed).* /. pure white, in terminal heads,
very delicate ; bracts two, at the base of the calyx ; corolla salver-
shaped ; limb of five spreading, very obtuse segments ; mouth
contracted. Summer. 1. ensiform-lanceolate, pungent, dark
green, tipped with red and somewhat spreading on the stem ;
paler-coloured, smaller, and close-pressed upon the branches.
h. 1ft. to 14ft West Australia. A very pretty plant (B. M.
3624.)

D. gracile (slender).* fl. snow-white, collected in terminal, ovate,
compact heads, sweet-scented, especially in the evening ; calyx
two-bracted, sessile, green, five-leaved ; corolla saucer-shaped ;
limb five-cleft; peduncles clothed with closely -adpressed, erect,
sheathing leaves or bracts. June. I. lanceolate, recurved, sheath-
ing the stem at their base, mucronulate and sub-pungent, collected
at the extremities of the sterile branches into green globular
heads. Branches straggling. West Australia, 1826. A handsome,
but low, straggling shrub. (B. M. 2678.)

D. secundum (side-flowering). fl. white ; corolla tubularly funnel-
shaped. April, h. 1ft. to 2ft. New South Wales, 1823. (B. M.
3264.)

DRACOPIS. This genus is now included under
Rndbeckia (which see).

DRACUNCTJLUS (diminutive of draco, from drakon,
a dragon; the petioles, &c., being marked like the skin of a
snake). OBD. Aroidece (Aracece). A genus of two or three
species, nearly allied to Arum, from which it principally
differs in the upper portion of the spathe being flat and
not convolute. Leaves pedately divided. Stems spotted.
Rhizomes tuberous. The species most commonly met
with in gardens is D. vulgaris (often called Dragon),
already described in this work as Arum Dracunculus
(which see). The other two, which are much less fre-
quently seen, are D. canariensis and D. creticus.

DRAGON. See Dracontium and Dracunculus.

DRAGON'S BLOOD. The Dragon's Blood of com-
merce is a resin used in medicine as a colouring agent,
and in plasters and tooth-powders. It is furnished by
Calamus Draco, and is imported into this country from
Eastern Sumatra, Southern Borneo, &c. The resin covers
the scales of the fruit with a thin coat, and is obtained by
shaking the fruits or beating them in a sack, then melting
in the sun or in boiling water, and afterwards moulding into
lumps, balls, or sticks. The name Dragon's Blood is also
given to resins yielded by Dracaena Draco in the Canary
Islands, by Dracaena cinnabarina in Socotra, and also by
Pterocarpus Draco.

DRAGON'S HEAD. See Dracoceplialum.
DRAGON-TREE See Dracaena Draco.

DRAINING. Efficient Drainage is one of the most
important points in connection with the cultivation of
garden crops. No plant will succeed in an undrained
soil, which soon becomes sour and water-logged, either
in a pot or elsewhere. Placing crocks or other porous
material in pots, in such a manner as to allow of the free
passage of superfluous water from the plants, for a con-
siderable time, if necessary, cannot be too carefully prac-
tised. In Draining the whole or any part of a garden,
a few important conditions will have to be considered.
First, it should be known whether there is an accumula-
tion of land water near enough the surface to cause
injury, or if it is the surface water only that will need
to be conducted away. This will depend a great deal on
the tenacity of the soil. Land, somewhat light on the
surface, with a gravelly sub-soil, will generally be suffi-
ciently porous underneath to allow all such water to pass
away naturally without Drains, excepting those required
for the walks. Heavy soils, with a sub-soil of clay,
require an efficient system of Drainage to render them fit
for the cultivation of fruit-trees or any garden crops.
Water collecting underneath the surface is the greatest
evil. If this be removed, the surface water will naturally
follow, and must, of necessity, be succeeded each time by
fresh air. A main Drain, large enough to receive and
conduct the water from all the branches along its course,
should be first inserted. A means of outlet lower than any
part of the land to be Drained, is necessary, and the main
should proceed in a tolerably straight line from the highest
point to this, with an equal gradient throughout. The
branches may be arranged at right angles, at distances
of 15ft. to 20ft. apart, according to the quantity of water
that accumulates, or the nature of the soil. Pipes 3in.,
or even 2in., in diameter, will generally be large enough ;
their position should be fixed beforehand, and sockets
inserted in the main for their reception. Tools specially
employed for Draining are the best, being made long and
narrow, to admit of digging trenches deep without being
wide. A main Drain-pipe, Gin. in diameter, will conduct
away a large quantity of water, and this, with its outlet,
should be sufficiently deep to allow a fall for all the
branches connected. The requisite depth for Drains
varies with different soils, 3ft. to 4ft. from the surface
being that generally adopted. Glazed and common pipes
are both largely used. The former are the most expensive,
but are very strong, and best suited for mains. These
should be fitted together closely, and, if laid near trees,
the joints cemented, to prevent roots from entering
and eventually choking them. Draining, to be effective
in its results, must be systematically carried out, and
each pipe inserted firmly in its proper position. A cover-
ing of stones, broken bricks, or similar material, placed
over them before filling in the soil, will greatly assist the
percolation of water. Some persons prefer laying the
main and branches at the same time, thus finishing all
as they proceed. This is immaterial, if all the levels
have been previously properly obtained. It is, however,
safest to insert the main Drain first, as a failure in its
action will cause the whole to be useless. In either
case, the work should hfi commenced at the highest point
from the outlet, afterwards proceeding with a regular
fall towards it. An ordinary spirit level, fixed in a long
straight-edge, will indicate at once the fall in that
distance, supposing the Drain is not too deep to admit
of the bubble being seen. Where the ground is nearly
flat, the spirit level is frequently used on each pipe;
and, on the other hand, where the incline is certain,
the fall may be easily seen by the eye.

DRAK2EA (named in honour of Miss Drake, botanical
artist for the "Botanical Register "). OBD. Orchidece.
A genus comprising three species of extremely curious
Australian greenhouse terrestrial Orchids. D. elastica
bears a solitary flower, resembling an insect, suspended in
the air, and moving with every breeze ; the stalk sup-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

493

Drakaea — continued.

porting: same is slender, and about IJft. long. D. ciliata
and D. irritalilis have several flowers on a stem They
thrive in a compost of peat, loam, and rough sand. Pro-
pagated by divisions.

DRAWING, or DRAWN. A term applied to
plants whose growth has been unnaturally hastened by
overcrowding, or being placed too far from the glass.
Soft-wooded plants, or young shoots, often become Drawn
in consequence of insufficient air and light, or an excess
of heat and moisture. Such a condition is always to be
avoided, as solidity of growth is impossible, and weak-
ness in the plant follows as a matter of course.

DREPANOCARPUS (from drepanon, a rickle, and
karpos, a fruit; in reference to the form of the pods
which are falcate)^ Sickle-pod. ORD. Leguminosas. A
genus comprising eight species of ornamental stove ever-
green shrubs, all of which are natives of tropical America,
and one of West tropical Africa also. They thrive best in
a peat and loam compost. Cuttings of nearly ripe shoots,
intact, root in sand, if placed under a glass, in bottom
heat.

IX lunatus (half-moon-podded). /. white; panicles terminal,
ferruginous. I. impari -pinnate, with usually from five to nine
nearly opposite oval-oblong leaflets ; spines stipular, hooked.
h. 6ft. to 10ft. Tropical America and Western Africa, 1792.

DRESSING. A term applied both to the renovation
by digging, and the incorporation of manure for en-
riching, the ground. Top-dressing is the operation of
spreading manure, &c., over the surface, whilst the plant
or crop is in a growing condition.

DRILLING. A term applied to the plan of sowing
small seeds in the open ground, in drills or shallow
trenches usually made with a hoe. The ground should
first be raked rather fine, and a line laid the required
distance, and strained tight. The workman must then
rralk on the ground and make a trench next the line
with the end of the hoe-blade. The depth may be regu-
lated according to the size of the seed or the sorts.
This method, for economy in seed sowing, is much
superior to any other; for not only can the quantity at
command be distributed more evenly, and the necessity
of severely thinning the young plants thereby obviated,
but weeding can be performed with every facility. Drills
should be parallel to each other, and uniform in depth
and distance apart.

DRIMIA (from drimys, acrid ; the juice of the roots
in so acrid as to cause inflammation when applied to the
ukin). STNS. Idothea and Idothearia. ORD. Liliacece. A
genus of greenhouse bulbous plants. They require a
mixture of sandy loam and leaf mould, or peat soil, and,
when not in a growing state, water should be almost
entirely withheld. There are over a dozen species, all
natives of tropical and Southern Africa; the few in cul-
tivation are rarely met. with, except in botanic gardens.
None of them can fairly be called showy plants. For
other species, formerly included here, see Scilla.

DRIMIOPSIS (from Drimia, and opsis, resemblance).
ORD. Liliacece. A genus of about six species of little-
known greenhouse bulbous plants, not unlike Drimia, and re-
quiring similar treatment. Flowers usually greenish-white.
The following species are most worthy of cultivation :
D.Kirkli(Dr. Kirk's). » /., perianth white, Jin. long; segments
oblong, obtuse, slightly cucullate at the tip ; raceme Sin. to 4in.
long, the upper flowers crowded ; those of the lower half looser,
many of the uppermost abortive ; scape terete, 1ft. or more long.
July. 1. contemporary with the flowers, lanceolate, 1ft. long,
acute, narrowed to the base, pale green on the upper surface, with
large irregular blotches of dark green, still paler beneath. Bulb
globose, liin. in diameter, with thin whitish truncate tunics.
A.9in. Zanzibar, 1871. A very curious plant. (B. M. 6276.)
D. maculata (spotted), JL twelve to twenty, a few of the lowest
often lax and abortive ; perianth at first milk-white, but changing
to greenish-white as it matures ; scape terete, Sin. to 12m. long.
I. cordate-ovate, fleshy-herbaceous, acute, the upper surface bright
ercen, blotched with deeper green. Bulb globose, the upper half

Drimiopsis — continued.

emergent and sqnamose. h. 9in. to 1ft Cape Colony 1851 An
ornamental and interesting plant, flowering frVely wffe'n grown in
a warm, airy house, and kept near the light (Ref. B. Hi 191 )

DRIMOFHYLLUM. A synonym of Umbellnlaria
(which gee).

DRIMYS (from drimys, acrid, or drimytet, sharpness •
referring to the taste of bark). STN. Wintera. Including
Tasmannia. ORD. Magnoliacece. A genns of five species,
one of which is South American, two Australasian, and
one each from New Zealand and Borneo. Fine ever-
green half-hardy trees, with aromatic bark, and axillary
and terminal flowers. D. Winteri, the species most fre-
quently seen in cultivation, grows freely, but requires a
little management in training, and the long branches will
need cutting back. It succeeds out of doors when planted
in sandy loam against a wall, if the winters are not
severe. Propagated by cuttings, made of half-ripened
shoots, inserted under a glass, in a cold frame.
D. aromatlca (aromatic). JL white, pink, dioecious ; sepals three,
very concave; petals six, in two rings or occasionally eight
April, /r. globose, sub-didymous. 1. oblong, gradually tapering
at base along the petiole, light green, distinctly marked with
transparent dots, veinless on the under side. A. 9ft. to 12ft
Tasmania, 18*3. Every part of the plant is highly aromatic
and pungent to the taste. The fruit is occasionally used as
pepper. (B. R. 1845, 43, under name of Tasmania aromatica.)
D. Winteri (Winter's).' JL milk-white, lin. or more across,
with a Jasmine-like perfume ; petals eight to twelve ; peduncles
almost simple, aggregate, divided into elongated pedicels. L
oblong, obtuse ; under surface glaucous, h. 25ft South America,
1827. SYN. Wintera aromatica. (B. M. 48JO.)

DRIMYSPERMT7M. A synonym of Phaleria.

DROPWORT. See Spiraea Pilipendula.

DROSERA (from droseros, dewy; the plants appear
as if covered with dew, in consequence of being beset with
glandular hairs). Sundew. ORD. Droseracece. A genus
of about a hundred species of annual or perennial glandular
(very rarely glabrous) herbs, sometimes bulbous. They are
small-growing, but very beautiful, plants, of insectivorous
notoriety. Some of the species, too, are climbers. Dro-
seras are scattered over most parts of the world, and
usually prefer marshy places. Some, however — several Aus-
tralian kinds especially — grow in the driest ground, where
their bulbous roots remain dormant for the greater part of
the year, reviving with the first rains. Flowers in scor-
pioid revolute cymes, rarely solitary. Leaves ornamented
with reddish irritable glandular hairs, discharging from
their apices a drop of viscid, ,acrid fluid. Droseras are of
easy culture, and the majority of those in cultivation
thrive in a compost of living sphagnum and a little peat.
Plenty of drainage is essential, and the pots in which they
aro grown should be stood in a pan of water. Thorough
exposure to the light is also important. Propagated by
seeds, which should be sown so soon after gathering as
possible. D. binata, which is, of the exotic species, mostly
grown, was formerly increased by the tedious method of
sub-divisions of the crowns. It is now found, however,
that roots taken from strong plants, and cut into pieces
of iin. or lin. in length, will serve the purpose admirably.
These are laid on the surface of shallow earthenware
pans, in sandy peat soil, and covered about iin. deep with
the same material. They are then placed under a bell
glass, and transferred to a damp, warm propagating
house. In the course of a fortnight, swellings begin
to appear on the surface of the detached roots, which
increase in length till they reach the top of the soil.
This generally takes place about five weeks after being
put in. When about 2in. or so in height, they are
separated, and put into small pots, in similar soil to
that into which the roots were originally placed, with
the addition of some chopped sphagnum. If carefully
attended to, they soon make excellent plants. All the
species (even the British ones, which, as a matter of
course, are perfectly hardy) do well treated as green-
bouse plants.

494

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Drosera — continued.

FIG. 683. FLOWERS AND LEAF OF DROSERA FILIFORMIS.

D. binata (twin-leaved).* /. pure white, large ; raceme dicho-
tomous. June to September. I. all radical, on long footstalks,
deeply parted with two linear lobes. A. 6in. Australia, 1823.
Plant stemless. SYN. D. dichotoma (of gardens). (B. M. 3082.)
Perennial.

1>. capensis (Cape), fl. purple ; scape rather ascending, somewhat
hairy, longer than the leaves. June, July. I. sub-radical, oblong-
linear, obtuse, tapering at the base ; footstalks glabrous, shorter

684. DHOsKUA JIOTUNDIFOUA.

Drosera — continued.

than the limbs of the leaves. A. 6in. Capo of Good Hope, 1875.
Perennial. (B. M. 6583.)

D. dichotoma (dichotomons). A synonym of D. binata.

D. filiformis (thread-formed).* fl. purple, large ; scapes erect,
hardly equal in length to the leaves. June to August. {. filiform,
very long, from a bulb-like base or conn ; footstalks woolly at the
base, much shorter than the leaves. A. 1ft. North America,
1811. See Fig. 683. (B. M. 3540.) Perennial.

D. Innata (crescent-leaved). /. yellow ; racemes lateral, few-
flowered ; sepals ovate, acute, beset with glandular hairs on the
margins. July and August. L, radical ones roundish-reniform ;
cauhne ones scattered, stalked, moon-shaped, peltate. Stem
erect, glabrous. A. 6in. Nepaul. A very beautiful annual plant,
rarely seen in cultivation.

D. panclflora (few-flowered). /. white; scapes beset with
glandular hairs, one or two-flowered. July, August. I. ovate-
oblong, tapering at the base. A. Sin. Cape of Good Hope, 1821.
Perennial.

D. peltata (peltate).* /. pink, racemose. I. spaced along an
elongated stem, forming minute flattened cups with the foot-
stalks attached, not to one margin, but to the bottom ; the inner
surface and the edges of the cups are studded with tentacles.
A. 1ft. Australia. Annual. (G. C. n. s., xix. 436.) There are two
varieties of this species : foliosc, with white flowers ; and gracile,
with pink.

D. rotnndifolia (round-leaved).* JL white ; scapes erect, four or
five times higher than the leaves. July, August. I. orbicular ;
footstalks hairy, longer than the limb. The whole disk of the leaf,
but especially its margin, is beset with red inflexed hairs.
A. 4in. Northern hemisphere (Britain). Annual. See Fig. 684.
Other native species are : anglica and intermedia.

D. spathnlata (spathulate-leaved).* fl. purple, almost sessile,
disposed in short racemes ; scape glandular at the top, as well as
the calyces. July. I. oblong-spathulate, tapering somewhat into
the footstalk. A. Sin. Australia, 1861. Perennial. (G. C. n. s.,
xvi. 852.)

D. Whittakert (Whittaker's). fl. white. Australia, 1862. A very
rare species, much resembling D. gpathulata in habit, but more
erect. It is a deciduous form, and requires a long rest. Before
starting into new growth, it must be taken out of the old soil and
repotted. Perennial.

DROSERACE.2E. An order containing six genera
and upwards of a hundred species, closely allied to Saxi-
fragece. Perennial and annual glandular herbs, rarely
shrubby below. Sepals four to eight, persistent ; petals
four to eight ; stamens four to twenty. Leaves variable,
radical and rosulate, or cauline and alternate, circinate
in bud, stipulate. Most of the species are found inhabiting
marshy places. Illustrative genera are : Dioncea, Drosera,
and Drosophyllum.

DROSOPHYLLUM (from drosos, dew, and phyllon,
a leaf; in allusion to the leaves being beset with stipi-
tate glands, appearing like dew). OBD. Droseracece. A
remarkable and very pretty sub - shrubby greenhouse
plant, thriving in a light sandy loam. Propagated
by seed. It should he kept somewhat dry, and no
shading will be needed.

D. Insitanicum (Portuguese).* /. yellow, large, disposed in a
corymb at the top of a leafy stem, which attains 1ft. in height.
Summer. I. elongate, linear, attenuated, circinate and revolute
in vernation. Stem thick, woody, 2in. to Sin. high, at the top of
which are the leaves. Spain, Portugal, and Africa, 1869. This
— one of the most singular plants of the European flora —
inhabits sandy shores and dry rocks by the sea and inland.
The nature of the glandular hairs is different from that of the
Droseras ; their rigid pedicels not being endowed with the motive
power of the British and other species of the genus just men-
tioned. " A still more anomalous character is to be found in
the way the leaves are developed in the bud, being circinate and
revolute, not involute, as in our Droseras, in Ferns, Cycads, and
other plants ; and of this mode of development Drosophyllum
is, in so far as I know, the only example in the vegetable king-
dom" (J. D. Hooker). (B. M. 5796.)

DRUMMONDIA. See Mitella.

DRUPACEJE. Formerly regarded as a distinct
natural order, but now as a section of liosacece. The
principal characters relied on to distinguish it reside in
the fruit, which is a drupe, with a hard endocarp.

DRUPE. A succulent or fleshy fruit, consisting of
a hard-shelled seed, as in Olive, Plum, and Cherry.

DRYANDRA (named after Jonas Dryander, a dis-
tinguished Swedish botanist; born 1748. died 1810). OHD.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

495

Dry

itinued.

Proteaceae. A genus of about fifty species of handsome
greenhouse evergreen shrubs, allied to Bankna, from
which genus it is readily distinguished by the involucre,
by the flat, or nearly flat, receptacle, and by the fruit.
All are confined to Western extra - tropical Australia.
They are very rarely seen in cultivation, notwithstanding
their great beauty. For culture, see ~ ~ '

D. armate (armed).* jt-Aeod, yellow, ten
rounded by floral leaves Irniipr than the
broadly ovoid or almost globular, Jin. ton* •
villous, at length becoming glabrous ; perianth above lin. !«•»
more or less villons ; limb narrow, obtuse. L 2in7 U
deeply pinnatifid with lanceolate c
lobes, very rigid, flat or undulate, i
times slightly tomentose beneath.
A. 2ft to 4ft. 1803. Sr>. D. /acow. (B. SJ. 3236.)

D. Jjteclmifolia (Blechnum-leaved). A synonym of D. pteridi.

D. falcata (falcate). This closely resembles D. armata in foliage
and inflorescence, but may be distinguished from **»»» mudm
by the glabrous perianth limb. Young branches usually tomen-
tose and hirsute, with spreading hairs. A. 4ft. to 5ft. Svx.
gjBMrfirfm Saxteri (under which name it is figured in B. B.
1455).

D. favosa (honeycombed). A synonym of D. annata.

D. nervosa (nerved). A synonym of D. pteridtfolia.

D. nivea (snowy).* L, upper side deep green, snowy -white beneath,
4m. to Sin. long, linear, pinnate, divided almost or quite to
the midrib into numerous regular triangular segments. A. 2ft.
to 3ft 1805. A very ornamental foliage plant

D. plumosa (feathery).* 1. dark green on I

beneath, de

long and about iin. broad. A. 3ft. 1801 A remarkably elegant
plant for table decoration when in a young state.

D. pterldifolia (Pteris-leavedX* JL-head* yellow, large, terminal,
closely surrounded by long floral leaves ; involucre hemispherical ;
bracts densely villous, the outer ones ovate, the inner ones lanceo-
late ; perianth silky or loosely villous with long hairs. J. pin-
nately divided almost or quite to the midrib into numerous linear
or lanceolate straight or falcate segments, Jin. to l£in. or even
2in. long, often distant, but usually dilated at the base and
frequently confluent, all with recurved or revolnte margins, more
or less tomentose underneath. Stems very short and thick,
densely tomentose and villous. A. lift. SYXS. D. biechnifolia
and D.nenosa (B. M. 3063). (B. M. 3500.)

D. seneciifolia (Senecio-leaved). 1. deep green above, greyish-
white beneath, linear, pinnatitid, Sin. to 4in. long ; lobes very
small, triangular. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Very desirable.

DBYAS (mythological ; from Dryades, or nymphs of
the Oaks; the leaves bear some resemblance to those
of the Oak). OBD. Rosacece. A genus containing a couple
of species of elegant dwarf hardy shrubby plants, natives
of cold and Arctic regions of the Northern hemisphere.
Flowers white or yellow, large. Leaves simple, petiolate,
oblong, entire, crenate or snb-pinnatifid ; margins recurved,
shining above, downy beneath. They are of easy culture
in a moist peat soil. Propagated by cuttings, by divisions,
or from seed.

D. Drummondl (Drammond's).* A. golden-yellow, about lin.
across ; calyx covered with blackish glandular hairs. June. /.
elliptic, rather attenuated at the base, deeply crenated, clothed
with white tomentum beneath and on the scape. North
America, 1800. A rare evergreen trailer. (B. M. 2972.)
D. octopetala (eight -petaled).* Mountain Avens. JL white
with yellow stamens, about lin. or more across, solitary on erect
peduncles. June. 1. obovate or sub-cordate, crenately serrated,
white and downy beneath. Northern hemisphere (Britain).
(Sy. En. B. 459.)

DRYMODA (from drymodes, woody; plants
phytal on branches of trees). OBD. Orchidece. A
which contains — so far as is at present known — only the
species described below. It is one of the smallest and
most curious of Orchids, and, until it flowered at Kew in
1871, was only known by a drawing made by Griffiths
in the Malayan Peninsula, in 1835. It grows in a warm
house, on pieces of hard wood to which the bark remains
attached.

D. picta (painted). JL solitary, surmounting a slender scape lin.
to Hin. long, proceeding from the rhizome under the preceding
bulb; lin. long from the dorsal sepal to the lip, inclined or
horizontal; dorsal sepal small, acute, yellow-green; lateral
sepals yellow-green, with dull purple bands forming wings at the
apex of a long, curved, green, purple-spotted stipe, which projects

epi-

with two lom;

,1S7L (B-lLSflOt)
(from drymot, a wood, and

jT •!, a tongue ; alluding to the place of growth and

the form of the fronds). Wood Tongue Fern. OKD.
Filicet. A genus of small creeping stove Ferns. Fronds
dimorphous. Son as in Taniiit. For culture, tee
Ferns.
D.

D. e. cubcordatam (sub-cordate). A variety having
fronds (the barren ones roundish. svb-MMfleX th'— -
[Japan.

•the midrib. China and

I. oblong, acuminated at both
West Indies, 1806. Climbing shrub.

East Indies. Ac., 1828. "(H. O. F. 46.)

D. risidum (rigid), fnmdt, barren one. lin. to IJin. long,
tovate, entire, with thickened edge*; on nrS
long; the fertile one* 4in. to 5i£ long, »in.
broad, narrowed into a stem about as long as iUelf. Mr! in a
deep groove between the broad midrib and edge. Borneo.

DBYXOJTXA (from drymot, an Oak wood, in allusioa
to the plant growing on trees in woods). OBD. Geene-
racece. Stove prostrate radicant shrubs, or climbing upon
trees. Flowers whitish or yellowish, on short axillary
peduncles, often solitary. Leaves opposite, serrated,
petiolate. There are about fourteen species, all natives
of the tropical parts of the Western hemisphere. For
culture, tee Besleria.
D. blcolor (two-coloured). JL purple ; calyx large, green ; limb

of corolla sharply serrulated.

ends, hairy, toothed.

(B. B. 1838, 4.)
D. marmorata (spotted).* f~ creamy - white, axillary, flm-

briated. L large, opposite, 6in. long by 3*in. wide, dark green.

with the convex portions between the veins of a glistening -grey ;

margin crenate ; under surface purplish ; petioles long, reddish.

Guiana f?X An erect-growing specie*, with obscurely tetragonal

stems. (B. M. 6763.)

JL yellow, violet May.
nber. (B. M. 4089.)
X>. TurlalvsB (Turialva).* JL white, large, pendulous ; lower lol>e

toothed and lip-like ; calyx of a dull red colour ; nri«« axil-
lary. L broadly ovate, bullate, of a beautiful metallic .hade.

Veragua, 1870. A tall sub-shrubby plant (L U. 1869, 603.)

DBYMOPHLOEUS (from drumot. wood, and phloios,
bark; application not stated). OBD. Palmeae. A genus
of about a dozen species of unarmed stove palms, with
slender ringed trunks, natives of New Guinea, tropical
Australia, and the Pacific Islands. Flowers monoecious,
in branched panicles; spadices springing from the trunk
below the crown of leaves. Leaves terminal, regularly
pinnatisect ; segments cnneate-oblong or linear. For
culture, tee Ptychospexzna.
D. olivaaformis (Olive-formed), fr. olive-shaped, reddish. L.

uatemala, 1843.3P<ETergreen

D.

cultivation.

DSYHABZA. See Polypodium.
DBYOBALAJIOPS (from dry*, a tree, balance, an

acorn, and opt, appearance ; in allusion to the species

being a tree bearing acorn-like fruits). Camphor-tree.

OBD. Dipterocarpea. A. large resinous camphor-bearing

stove evergreen tree, native of Sumatra.

D. aromatic* (aromaticX JL yellow, in panicles, ^obtusely
acuminated, elliptic, entire, coriaceous, shining. JL 100ft This
tree furnishes a liquid called Camphor Oil. and a crystalline
solid known « Sumatra Camphor. It is highly prized by the

DBYOPTERIS. See Nephrodium.

496

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

DRYOSTACHYUM. See Polypodium.

DRYFETES (from drypto, to lacerate; referring to
its spiny nature). OED. Euphorbiaceoe. A genus of about
nine species of ornamental stove evergreen shrubs,
natives of Brazil, the West Indies, and Florida. They
thrive in a compost of peat and loam. Cuttings root in
Bandy loam, if placed under a glass, in heat.

t>. crocoa (saffron-coloured). .//. orange. June. I. alternate,
oval or elliptical, pointed, coriaceous. A. 6ft. West Indies,
1820. SYN. Schce/eria laterijlora.

DRYFIS (the old Greek name used by Theophrastus,
from drypto, to tear, on account of the leaves being
armed with stiff spines). OBD. Caryophyllece. A very
pretty little herbaceous perennial, admirably adapted for
ornamenting rookwork, where it becomes 3uffruticose,
and produces an immense number of flowers. Incroased
either by cuttings, placed in sandy soil, under a hand
glass ; or by seeds, sown in a light compost. When seed-
lings are of sufficient size, they should be separated
and planted on the top of rockwork, care being taken
to keep them watered until fresh roots are emitted.

D. splnosa (prickly).* fl. pale pink or white, corymbose ; bracts
with three teeth on each side. June. I. stiff, awl-shaped, some-

Stems at first procumbent, four-
sided ; flowering stems erect. A. 6in. South Europe, &c., 1775.

what trigonal, mucronate.
sided ; flower
(B. M. 2216.)

DRY-ROT. A name given to decayed timber, caused
by different species of Fungi, which, under certain con-
ditions, attack woodwork in ships, houses, &c., penetrating
the wood in all directions, and in many instances doing
irreparable damage before they are observed. Two of the
principal species of Fungi causing Dry-rot are : Merulius
lacrymans, attacking wood in houses and other buildings ;
Polyporus hybridus, affecting oak-timber in ships.

DUBOISIA (named after Louis Dubois, author of
several botanical works). OED. Solanacece. A small,
glabrous, greenhouse tree. It thrives in sandy loam and
peat. Cuttings strike readily under a bell glass.
D. xnyopcroides (Myoporum-like). fl. white, in axillary clusters ;

calyx: two-lipped ; corolla funnel-shaped, the limb five-parted.

Berry indehiscent. J. entire. A. 6ft. to 15ft. New South

Wales, &c.

DUBREUILIA. A synonym of Pilea.

DUCKMEAT, or DUCKWEED. See Lemna.

DUCK'S FOOT. See Podophyllum.

DULCAMARA. See Solanum Dulcamara.

DUMASIA (named in honour of M. Dumas, one of
the editors of " Annales des Sciences Naturelles "). OBD.
Leguminosce. A genus of three species of ornamental
greenhouse evergreen twiners. Flowers yellow, disposed
in axillary racemes. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate, stipel-
late. For culture, see Clitoria.

D. villosa (villous). fl. yellow; racemes axillary. August. L,
leaflets ovate. Branches, petioles, peduncles, and leaves pubes-
cent. Tropical Asia, &c., 1824. (B. R. 961.)

DUMB CANE. See Dieffenbachia Se?nine.

DUMERILIA (of Leasing). A synonym of Perezia.

DUFERRYA. A synonym of Forana.

DURAMEN. Heartwood. That part of the timber
of a tree which becomes hardened by matter deposited in
it. It is next the centre in Exogens, and next the circum-
ference in Endogens.

DURANTA (named in honour of Castor Durantes,
a physician and botanist, who died in 1590). OBD.
Verbenacea. A genus of four or five species of
rather pretty free-flowering stove evergreen shrubs, with
blue flowers. Probably the only one in cultivation is
D. Plwnieri. All are natives of the Western hemi-
sphere. Cuttings strike readily in heat, and should be
inserted early in spring, and the young plants afterwards
grown on in a stove temperature, using for potting a
compost of peat and loam in equal proportions.

Duranta — continued.

D. Ellisia (Ellisia). A synonym of D. Plumieri.

D. Plumieri (Plunder's).* fl. pretty blue, borne in great pro-
fusion in racemes towards the ends of the branches; calyces
in fruit twisted. August. 1. oblong - lanceolate, acuminate.
Branches spinose. A. 6ft. to 15ft. South America and the West
Indies, before 1739. SY.N. D. Ellisia. (B. M. 1759.)

DURIO (Duryon is the name of the fruit in the
Malay language, and comes from dury, a thorn ; alluding
to the prickly fruit). OBD. Malvaceae. A large stove
evergreen tree, the fruit of which is about the size of a
man's head, and, by those who have overcome its civet
odour and turpentine flavour, is ranked among the most
delicious of Indian fruits. The only species of the genus
thrives well in a compost of peat, loam, and leaf mould.
Cuttings of firm young shoots root readily in spring, in
sand, if placed under a glass, and in bottom heat.

D. zibcthinus (civet), fl. white. I. oblong, acuminated, roundeil
at the base, of a lurid-silvery colour beneath, where they are
covered with brownish scales, h. 80ft. 1825. Native of Malaya
and the Indian Archipelago. The fruit of this plant is used, when
in a decomposed state, as a bait to trap the civet-cat ; hence the
specific name.

DUTRA.

Datura.

DUVALIA (named after H. A. Duval, of Paris, author
of " Enumeratio Plantarum Succnlentarum in Horto
Alenconio"). OBD. Asclepiadece. A genus of succu-
lent Stapelia-like plants, all natives of South Africa.
Corolla with the segments more or less replicate, and an
elevated annulus (orb) on the disk ; outer corona flat,
entire, pentagonal, disk-like ; inner corona of five small,
entire, horizontal, ovoid, pointed, fleshy segments, some-
what resembling a bird's head when viewed sideways.
The species mentioned below are among the most distinct.
For culture, see Stapelia.

D. Corderoyl (Corderoy's).* fl. olive-green, with darker tips, or
dull reddish-brown, l£in. to 2in. in diameter ; lobes of corolla
lanceolate-acuminate, fringed with clavate mauve-purple hairs ;
annulus clothed with soft hairs of the same colour. Branches
sub-globose, crowded, flowering at their sides. (B. M. 6082 )
SYN. Stapelia Corderoyi.

D. clegans (elegant). /. dark purple-brown, shining, small;
corolla lobes ovate, shortly acuminate, shortly pilose on the
surface and ciliate with soft dark purple hairs ; annulus only
slightly raised, giving the flower a flat look. Branches oblong
or ovoid, crowded, flowering at their sides. (B. M. 1148.) 1795.

B. Jacquiniana (Jacquin's). fl. dark purple-brown, opaque,
small ; corolla lobes lanceolate, acute, strongly replicate,
glabrous, but ciliate with .simple or slightly clavate haira.
Branches oblong, crowded, flowering at their sides. 1802.

D. polita (polished).* /. three or four together, opening suc-
cessively ; pedicels about lin. long, glabrous ; corolla lin. in
diameter ; lobes ovate - acuminate, erect-spreading, a little re-
curved at the apex, brownish-purple, very smooth and polished,
the margins very slightly folded back and fringed towards their
base with long purple vibratile, clavate, purple hairs ; annulus
minutely scabrid, paler than the lobes, and opaque ; outer
corona chocolate-red, or dark purplish-red ; processes of inner
corona dull orange. Summer. Steins and branches elongate,
2in. to Sin. long, about iin. thick, somewhat clavate, more or
less decumbent and rooting, glabrous, dull green or purplish,
six-angled; angles obtuse, toothed. 1874. One of the finest
plants of the genus. (B. M. 6245.)

DUVAUA (named in honour of 11. Aug. Duvau, a
French botanist, publisher of the original edition of
Richard's "Demonstrations botaniques,ou analyse du fruit
consid&re' en general"). OBD. Anacardiacea. Handsome
half-hardy evergreen shrubs, with bright shining foliage.
Flowers yellowish ; racemes axillary, short, many-flowered,
solitary or fasciculated. Leaves simple, alternate, exsti-
pulate. There are four species, natives of extra-tropical
South America. They thrive in a dry and sandy soil
and in a sheltered situation, having its surface sloping
to the south. Cuttings, made of the ripe wood, root, if
inserted under a bell glass, in gentle heat.

D. dependens (hanging), fl. yellowish- white ; racemes axillary,
scarcely exceeding the leaves in length. June, July. Berriea
black. 1. mostly oboyate, and very obtuse, or even emarginate,
with scarcely any denticulations. h. 10ft. to 12ft. 1790.
Usually grown as a wall shrub. (B. E. 1573.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

497

Dnvaua — continued.

D. latifolia (broad-leaved). JL greenish-white; ..«.
the length of the leaves. June, July. Berries black. L oblongi
acute, coarsely toothed, so waved as to seem in some measure
plicate. A. 6ft to 12ft 1826. (B. R. 1580.)

D. ovata (ovate). JL. yellowish-white ; racemes a little longer than
the leaves. June. Berries black. J. ovate, toothed, mostly
acute at the tip, some obtuse, k. 6ft to 10ft 1825. (B. B.

DWALE. See Atropa Belladonna.

DWARF CYPRESS. See Chamzecyparis.

DWARF ELDER. See Sambucus Ebulus.

DWARF FAN-PALM. A common name of Cna-
maerops humilis (which see).

DYCKIA (named after Prince Salm-Dyck, a German
botanist, and author of a splendid work on succulent
plants). OBD. Bromeliacece. A genus of greenhouse
succulents, with elegant foliage and ornamental habit
of growth, usually stemless. There are about half-a-
dozen species, natives of Brazil. They are best grown
with Agaves, and thrive well in a mixture of two parts
loam, and one part vegetable mould, to which a little
Band may be added. Perfect drainage is essential, and
water must be liberally applied during summer; but in
winter, a very small quantity will suffice. Propagated
by suckers.

D. argentea (silvery).* L long, rigid, rosulate, recurved, lying very
close together, about 2ft. long, and rather less than lin. broad,
tapering to a point, toothed at the edges ; both surfaces densely
covered with white scales, and thus imparting a covering like
hoar-frost. A rare species.

D. brevifolia (short-leaved). Jl. yellow ; spike about 1ft long.
1. about thirty in a dense rosette, the young ones of the centre
erect-, the outer ones recurved ; when fully mature, about 4in.
long. 1869. (Ref. B. 236.)

D. fxlglda (cold). Jl. orange-yellow, very numerous, nearly lin.
long ; spike branched, covered with pale down. February. i.
tufted, linear-lanceolate, spine-toothed, recurved, 1ft to 2ft long.
1877. SYN. Poumrtia Jrigida. (B. M. 6294.)

D. rariflora (scattered-flowered). jL orange, in spikes, with
appressed membranaceous bracts. Summer. I. radical, lanceo-
late, pointed, narrow, rigid, recurved, greyish-green ; margin with
distant spines, h. 2ft 1832. In warm, sheltered situations of
rockwork, this very interesting species may be found useful.
(B. M. 3449.)

DYER S GREENWEED. See Genista tinctoria.

DYER'S ROCKET. See Reseda Lnteola.

DYER'S WEED. See Reseda Luteola.

DYER'S YELLOW -WEED. See Resed* Ln-
teola.

DYFSIS (from dupto, to dip ; application not given).
OBD. Palmce. A genus of five or six species of un-
armed dwarf stove Palms, all natives of Madagascar.
Flowers monoecious, in branched panicles. Males with
membranous, orbicular sepals, and ovate, acute, valvate
petals; stamens six, the linear filaments connate at the
base. Females smaller than the males, sub-globose,
with membranous broadly imbricated sepals, and convo-
lute imbricate petals. Spadices long, lax-flowered. Stems
reed-like, surmounted by a crown of leaves, entire or
bifid at the apex, or pinnatisect ; segments cleft, or
praemorsely dentate. The species in cultivation are:
Hildebrandtii, madagascariensis, and pinnatifront.

DYSODA. A synonym of Serissa (which «««).

DYSODIA from dusodes, ill-smelling; in allusion to
thr- unpleasant odour of some of the species). OBD. Com-
posite. A genus of about ten species of erect or diffuse,
glabrous or pubescent herbs, natives of Mexico and
Central America. Flower-heads heterogamous, radiate ;
ray-florets female ; disk fertile ; involucre cylindrical, cam-
pannlate, or almost hemispherical, composed of one series
of sub-equal, rigidly membranaceons bracts. Leaves op-
posite or alternate, more or less pinnatifid. The species
thrive in well-drained loamy soil, in greenhouse tempe-
rature. Readily propagated by seeds, sown in spring;
by division of the roots ; or by cuttings.

Dysodia — continued.
D. grandiflora (large flowered), /.-feod* rich deep orange.
L opposite, ovate, acuminate, inciso-serrate. A. 1ft to 2ft A
handsome perennial. SVNS. OOIMMOCOBM Montana. ComacUiiium

IB. M. 531tt)
D. pnbesoens (pubescent^ The correct
described in this work as Batbtra, ineana.

Comaelittium
of the plant

E. In composition, this letter signifies without , thus,
ebracteaU, without bracV.

L Anriculate ; having ears or appendages.
[A (from earinot, the spring; in reference to
the time of flowering). OBD. Orehidece. A genus of about
six species of epiphytal orchids, from the Pacific Islands
and New Zealand. They have small flowers, crowded into
sessile heads; the lateral sepals and foot of the column
forming a chin. E. mucronata (sharp-pointed) and E.
aulumnoto (autumnal) are two greenhouse species, from
New Zealand. For cultivation, see Oncidium.
EARTH. See Soil.

EARTHTNG-UF. A term used to represent the
process of drawing the existing, or applying additional,
soil in ridges round the stems of kitchen-garden crops,
or other surface-rooting plants, requiring more space for
the development of the leaves than for the roots. It in
performed in this case in order to concentrate the roil
where it is most required. Earthing-up round the stems
of Celery and similar crops is practised mainly for the
exclusion of light from the stems, and for the consequent
blanching obtained. The plan is also frequently adopted
in winter, for preserving the stems of plants from frost.

EARTH HUT, or EARTH FEA. See Arachis
hypogwa.

EARWIGS (Forficvla. aurifularia) . These very de-
structive insects constitute an anomalous tribe, and are
generally placed in the order Dermaptera. They are
injurious, not only to many flowering plants, but also to
ripe fruit. Amongst the latter, those most attacked are
the Apricot and Peach. At certain times, Earwigs migrate
from place to place in vast numbers; and this fact is
sufficient to account for their extreme abundance at one
season, and their scarcity at another. In the common

Fio. 685. EARWIG.

species (see Fig. 685), the beautiful wings are neatly folded
under very short and truncate elytra; and at the end of
the body are formidable forceps, for the purpose of folding
and unfolding the huge and fragile wings after, and pre-
vious to, flight The Earwig is comparatively small,
measuring only some three-quarters of an inch. Unlike
most other insects, the female, after laying her eggs, does
not leave them, but actually broods ove»- them, as a bird
does over its eggs, and even sits on the young ones after
hatching. Disliking moisture, these pests are more com-
monly found in dry, hot positions than in damp ones.
Among the young flower-heads of Chrysanthemums and
Dahlias, and various other flowers, they commit great
damage. There is no poisonous application that gives really
good results ; consequently, traps must be resorted to.

Trap*. These are of numerous kinds, but for all prac-
tical purposes the following will be found sufficient Bean-
stalks, or hollow stems of any suitable kind of plant, if cut
into lengths of from 6in. to 9in., and placed amongst the
infested plants, or in the branches of fruit-trees, will catch
a large number. Flower-pots, partly filled with dry moss,
and either inverted or bud 011 their sides, may al*o b«

3s

498

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Earwigs — continued.

used effectively. In all cases, the traps must be frequently
examined, and the enemy shaken out into a vessel con-
taining boiKng water.

EBENACE.2E. A natural order of trees or shrubs,
containing about six genera and some 250 species, natives,
for the most part, of warm regions. Flowers hermaphro-
dite, or staminate and pistillate ; calyx three to seven-
cleft, persistent; corolla three to seven-cleft. Leaves
alternate, rarely opposite, entire, coriaceous, exstipnlate.
Some of the trees of this order furnish valuable timber,
the heart-wood of several species consti-
tuting the ebony of commerce. The best-
known genera are : Diospyros, Euclea, Maba,
Royena, and Tetraclis.

EBENUS (from ebenos, ebony). OBD.
Leguminosce. A genus of about eight species
of elegant little herbs or sub-shrubs, chiefly
confined to the Mediterranean region and
Asia Minor, though one species is found as
far east as Beloochistan. Flowers pink, in
dense spikes or round heads; peduncles
axillary or terminal. Leaves usually un-
equally pinnate, made up of three to five
pairs of lance-shaped leaflets, though in a
few they are digitate or simple. For culture, &o., see
Anthyllis.

E. erotica (Cretan), fl. reddish or purple, in ovate-cylindrical
spikes ; staminiferous tube elegantly striated. June, July. I.
rarely trifoliolate, usually impari-pinnate, with two pairs of
leaflets and an odd sessile one; leaflets oblong-linear; stipules
connected, and therefore bifld at the apex and opposite the
leaves, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Candia, 1737. Shrubby species. SYN.
Anthyllis crelica. (B. M. 1092.)
E. plnnata (pinnate). A synonym of E. Sibthorpii.

Eccremocarpns — continued.

E. longlflorus (long-flowered).* /., corolla yellow, with a green
limb, tubular, a little arched ; peduncles pendulous, opposite the
leaves, many-flowered. July. I. opposite, abruptly bi-tripinnate ;
leaflets oval, entire, sessile. Peru, 1825.

E. Sibthorpii (Sibthorp's).* fl. in spher
purplish, about equal in length to the calyx ;
broad, ovate, appearing like an in '
of flowers. I. impari-pinnate, wil

iherical spikes; corolla
VUD uuyx ; bracts three or four,
volucre at the base of each head

part-pinnate, with four or five pairs of oblong-
linear, mucronate leaflets; stipules distinct, acuminate, bifid.
Stem clothed with adpressed pubescence. Mounts Atlas and
Parnassus. Herbaceous. SYN. E. pinnata. (S. F. G. 740.)

EBERMAIERA (named in honour of Karl Heinrich
Ebermaier, 1767-1825, a German writer on medicinal
plants). OBD. Acanthaceae. A genus of about thirty
species of stove herbs, widely distributed throughout
the tropical regions of both hemispheres. They require
similar treatment to Eranthemnm (which see).

E. nitida (shining), fl. white. I. glossy, convex, h. 4in. Brazil,
1879. A curious little plant, resembling Fittonia in habit. SYN.

Chamceranthemum nitidum.

EBONY. See Diospyros Ebenus.

EBRACTEATE. Without bracts.

ECBALLIUM (from ekballein, to oast out ; the seeds
are violently ejected from the ripe fruit). Squirting
Cucumber. OBD. Cucurbitacece. A hardy annual. For
cultivation, see Gourds.

E. Elaterium (squirting). /. yellow, on erect bracteate pe-
duncles. June. fr. green, expelling the seeds when ripe. I.
cordate, somewhat lobed, crenate-toothed, on long petioles.
Stems dwarf, without tendrils. Mediterranean region, 1548.
Plant scabrous, hispid, and glaucescent ; trailer. The drug
known as Elaterium (a powerful cathartic) is procured from
this plant. SYN. ifomordica Elaterium. (B. M. 1914.)

ECCREMOCARPUS (from ekkremes, pendent, and
fcarpos, fruit; in allusion to the fruit). OBD. Bignoniacece.
A genus of elegant half-hardy evergreen climbers. Flowers
yellow, red, or golden, tubular, divided into five equal
lobes. Leaves opposite, bipinnatisect, terminating in a
branched tendril. Stem shrubby. E. scaber is a very
popular plant, and proves perfectly hardy in sheltered
situations, in the southern counties ; also in more northern
ones, when the winters are not exceptionally severe.
They thrive in any light fertile soil. Seeds may be
sown in March, in a gentle heat, and flowers will be
produced during the latter part of the same year.

OCARPUS SCABER in Flower and Fruit.

(rough).* fl., corolla scarlet or deep orange-red, with

a ventricose throat; racemes opposite the leaves, pedunculate,
secund, many-flowered. July, August. I. opposite, petiolate,
abruptly bipinnate ; leaflets alternate, obliquely cordate, ovate,
serrated or entire. Stems angular, hairy. Chili, 1824. A useful
plant for covering walls, trellises, and pillars. SYN. Calampelis
scabra. See Fig. 686. (B. B. 939.)

ECHARDIA. A synonym of Peristeria.

ECHEVERIA. Included under Cotyledon.

FIG. 687. ECHINACEA PURPUREA INTERMEDIA, showing Habit

and single Flower-head.

ECHIDNITJM (from echidnion, a young viper ; in allu-
sion to its relationship to Dracontium). OBD. Arar.ece.
A genus of a couple of species of stove tuberous-rooted
perennials, included under Dracontium by Bentham and
Hooker. For culture, see Anchomanes

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

499

Ech.id.nium — continued.

E. Regeliannm (Regel's). Jl. purplish-brown ; spathe sub-erect ;
spadix cylindrical ; peduncle partly adnate to the spathe. June.
1. tripartite, deep green. A. lift, to 3ft Brazil,1866. SYN.
E. Spruceanum, of gardens. (R. G. 503.)

E. Spruceanum (Spruce's). A garden synonym of B. Regeli-
anum.

ECHIDNOPSIS (from echidne, a viper, and opsis,

appearance ; alluding to the stems). ORD. Asclepiadacece.

A greenhouse, fleshy, leafless, perennial herb. For culture,

see Stapelia.

E. cereiformiB (Cereus - like). Jl. bright yellow, small, in
fascicles ; calyx tube hemispheric, with five triangular, acute,
spreading and recurved lobes ; corolla broadly rotate campanu-
la te. Stem elongated, cylindrical, obtuse, cernuous or pendulous,
areolate. A. 6in. Abyssinia, 1871. (B. M. 5930.)

ECHIXACEA (from echinos, a hedgehog; referring
to the prickly scales of the receptacle). ORD. Comporitee.
Ornamental hardy herbaceous perennials, with generic
characters scarcely distinct from Rudbeckia, in which
genus it is included by Bentham and Hooker. Echinaceas
form excellent subjects for mixed borders and sub-tropical
gardens. The species thrive best in warm, sunny situa-
tions, and in a compost of deep rich loam and leaf mould.
They are readily propagated by divisions.
E. ongustifolia (narrow-leaved).* fl.-heads light purple or rose,
4in. to 6in. across. Summer. I. lanceolate, hairy, 4in. to 6m.
long Ain. broad. Stem hairy below. A. 2ft to 4ft. United
States, 1861. (B. M. 5281.)

E. purpurea (purple).* fl.-heads reddish-purple, paling off at the
tips to a greyish-green, about 4in. across ; peduncle long, thick,
rigid, producing a solitary terminal flower-head. Summer,
autumn. I. roughish, obscurely dentate ; radical ones ovate-
lanceolate ; cauline ones more lanceolate, tapering at the base.
Stem smooth. A. 3ft to 4ft United States, 1799. (B. M. 2,
under the name of Rudbeclria purpurea.)

E D. intermedia (intermediate) comes very near E. purpurea.
It differs principally in the more spreading ray-florets. A. 2ft
to 4ft See Fig. 687. (P. M. B. XT. 7§.)

E. p. serotlna Gate-flowering) is a hirsute or hispid form of
E. purpurea. (L. B. C. 1539.)
ECHINANTHUS. See Echinops.
ECHINATE. Covered with prickles, like a hedge-
hog.

ECHINOCACTUS (from echinos, a hedgehog, and
Cactus ; plants beset with spines like a hedgehog). Hedge-
hog Thistle. ORD. Cactece. A large genus of simple,
grotesque, fleshy, ovoid or globose, ribbed, leafless, suc-
culent plants. Flowers usually rising from the fascicles
of spines at the tops of the ribs ; sepals numerous,
imbricated, united into a short tube, adnate to the base
of the ovary; outer ones bract-like; inner ones petaloid,
elongated, spreading. About 200 forms have been de-
scribed. They are dispersed from Texas and California
to Peru and Brazil, but are most numerous in Mexico.
For culture, see Cactus.

E. centeteriusfmany-spined). Jl. deep straw-colour with reddish
streaks down the centre; nearly 3m. _ across ; anthers yellow
July Plant sub-globose; tubercles in fifteen nearly vertical
series, confluent, oblong ; kreohe oval, white, tomentose ; outer
ten prickles slender, central four stronger. A. 6m. Mexico, 1840.
(B. M. 3974.)

E. concinnas (neat), fl. yellow. Spring. Plant globose , cte-
pressed, glaucescent, with about ten ribs, which are obtui
sinuately crenated ; areohe remotish, woolly ; spines setaceous,
eight to ten, one of which is longer and stronger. A. 6m.

tube externally shaggy with brown wool; Pe.ta>VV0Tarte the
rows, spathulate, crenate and almost lacinwted towards the
apex; stamens numerous, pale yellow, crowded around the .style .
stigma with the rays erect, bright scarlet Summer Plant sut
globose, but depressed at the top, and narrowed at the base, dte
somewhat glaucous green. The sides are cut into about sixteen

(B. M.

Echinocactoa— co ntinued.

Into about a score of vertical, narrow, undulated ridges ; young
areolee with deciduous white tomentum ; outer spines eight or
nine spreading, setaceous, white, with a brown point ; four
central ones reddish, much larger. See Fig. 688, for which we
are indebted to Herr Fr. Ad. Haage, jun., of Krfurt.

Fio. 688. ECHINOCACTUS CKI.M-VI i .>.

E. Cummingli (Cumming's). Jl. golden-yellow, lin. in diameter,
with a funnel-shaped tube, numerous, sessile. June. Plant
nearly globose, greyish-green, contracted slightly at the base;
tubercles about lin. in diameter, arranged in spirals, sub-hemi-
spherical ; areolte small, nearly circular ; outer spines about
fifteen to twenty, strict, slender, erecto-patent, pale yellowish,
the upper rather the longest, central two or three shorter and
stouter. A. Sin. Bolivia, 1847. (B. M. 6097.)

tuft of dense white wool, from

Fio. 689. ECHINOCACTUS HAYNII.

«. ribbon* (gibbous). JL white. July. Plant roundUh.
deeply sixteen-angled ; angles wi

500

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Echinocactus — continued.

E. g. nobills (noble), fl. white. July. Plant deep glossy olive-
green, oblong, with fewer angles than in the type ; angles and
spines middle-sized, straight. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1796.

E. Haynll (Hayne's). fl. brilliant purple-red, very large. Stem
cylindrical, light green ; twenty-five or more ribs with rounded
edges; areolsB small, oval, with pearly-grey tomentum; spines

very numerous, greyish, with brown points.
Peru. See Fig. 689.

A. 6in. to 12in.

FIG. 690. ECHINOCACTUS

E. hexaBdrophorus (hexsedron-bearing). fl. white and pale
red. .tune. Plant globose, glaucous, flat at top, tuberculate;
tubercle* hexsedrous, disposed in two series, vertical and spiral ;
areolie immersed, tomentose ; spines four to seven, radiating,
unequal, central one longer and stronger. A. 6in. North Mexico.
See Fig. 690. (B. M. 4311.)

FIG. 691. ECHINOCACTUS LE CO>TEI.

E. Lc Contei (Le Conte's). /., petals lemon-yellow, with a
brownish tint along the midrib. Plant ovate or cylindrical. Ribs
twenty to thirty, compressed, sub-obtuse, interrupted; areolse
elongate-oblong ; four principal central spines 2in. to 2Jin. long ;
lateral ones more quadrangular. Mexico. A gigantic species,
sometimes attaining a height of 5ft., and a diameter of 2ft See
Fig. 691, for which we are indebted to Herr Fr. Ad. Haage, jun.

E. longihamatus (long-hooked), fl. yellow. July. Plant sub-
globose, green, thirteen -angled. Ribs strong, acutish areolse

large, oblong, shortly woolly;

dialing inner four strong, upper three straight; centraf'on

long, flattened, hooked. A. 3in. ~

(B. M. 4632.)

ter nine prickles straight, ra-
"iree straight; central one
Texas and Mexico, 1836.

E. multiflorus (many-flowered), fl. white, large. July. Plant
globose, rather glaucous, tuberculate, hardly ribbed; tubercles
large, mammseform, disposed in an irregular vertical series;
areolse tomentose ; pnckles five, strong, recurved nearly equal
h. liin. Probably native of Mexico. (B. M. 4181.)

Echinocactus — continued.

E. myriostigma (many-dotted), fl. pale straw-coloured, rising
from the umbUicate top of the plant. July. Plant roundish-
oblong, five or six-ribbed ; ribs prominent; areolse approximate,
woolly, unarmed, h. 1ft. Mexico, 1843. SVN. Attrophytum
myriogtigma. (B. M. 4177.)

Fio. 692. ECHINOCACTUS OBVALLA.TCS.

B. Obvallatns (fortified), fl. surrounded by numerous erect
spines; petals purple, with a whitish border. Stem obovate,
nearly globose, depressed at the summit, with about a score not
very prominent vertical ribs. h. 4in. to 6in. South Mexico.
See Fig. 692.

E. Ottonis (Otto's), fl. delicate lemon-colour, sessile, in threes
or fours upon the summit of t.he stem, with bright red stigmas.
July. Plant orbicular-cylindrical, contracted at the base, with
about twelve vertical deep furrows; the ridges between the
furrows obtuse, studded with rather closely-set small tufts of
reddish wool ; from these arise three or four rather strong spines,
of a deep purplish-brown colour, which stand forward and are
sometimes curved, and several lesser pale-coloured spreading
ones. h. 3in. to 4in. Brazil, and probably also Mexico. (B. M.
3107.)

£. peotiniferns (pectinated).* /. pale green, rose, solitary, two
or more from the same crown, and springing from near the top :
large for the size of the plant, very beautiful. April. Plant sub-
rotund or ovate, rather suddenly contracted above the middle,
depressed and even umbilicated at the top, deeply costate, with
about twenty prominent costse, which are obtuse and somewhat
mammillose at the margins ; in the centre of each mammilla is an
oblong, white, woolly, close-placed areola, with numerous rather
short spines, whose arrangement is very peculiar. They are of
two kinds ; the greater number spread out almost horizontally in
two rows, closely placed in a pectinated manner, whitish or
yellowish-white, tipped with red or brown, almost united at their
base, the middle ones the longest ; between these two rows are a
few smaller ones. k. 4in. Mexico, 1844. A very showy species.
(B. M. 4190.)

E. Pentlandi (Pentland's).* fl. large, in proportion to the size of
the plant, springing from the sides upon the ribs, solitary, but
three or four are expanded on one specimen at the same time ;
calyx tube green, becoming yellow above, and beset with small
pilose and ciliated scales ; limb of the calyx yellow-red ; petals
deep rose ; stamens nearly white. July. Plant nearly globose,
sessile, about 2in. across, depressed and umbilicate at the top,
deeply marked with about twelve furrows and as many prominent
obtuse ribs ; glaucous-green. Ribs lobed or remotely crenate,
distantly beset with little woolly tufts or areola (pulvinuli), from
which rise about six slightly curved, spreading, rather stout
spines, each Jin. long, or a little more. (B. M. 4124.)

E. Pfeifferi (Pfeiffer's). /.yellow. Plant between cylindric and
globular, about 1ft. high and 9in. in diameter ; ridges liin. to 2in.
deep, and liin. across at the base, triangular, deep green ; spines
in clusters lin. apart, several, yellowish-white, rigid, about lin.
long. South Mexico.

E. rhodophthalmns (red-eyed).* /. produced from the summit
of the plant, large, handsome ; calyx tube about lin. long, ob-

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

501

Echinocactus— continued.

conical, quite destitute of spines or set* ; sepals or scales orate,
brown, with pale margins; petals bright rose, spreading, long,
linear-spathulate, acute ; stigma of nine or ten *prwiding bright
yellow rays, covering the anthers. August. Plant sub-columnar,
but tapering upwards almost from the ba.se, deeply cut into about
eight or nine furrows, the ridges obtuse, but formed into lobes or
tubercles by transverse lines; areohe furnished with obscure
wool ; spines about nine, strong, straight, tapering, flattened, at
first deep purple, afterwards pale and almost colourless, mostly
spreading, but the central one, which is much the longest and

ECHIXOCACTUS TKXENSIS.

Scopa (Broom). JL yellow, with the petals, which are ser-
rated at top, in two series. April. Plant oblong, many-ribbed;
i»f spf

fascicles of spines approximate, woolly at base ; outer spines
white, twenty to forty, weak; central three or four, purple, stiff.
k. 6in. Brazil, 1847. (B. R. xxv. 24.)

Echinocactus — continued.

. Simpson! (Simpson's). A. yellowish-green or purple, rather
small, out numerous
rarely exceeding
loosely arranged.

uus on the upper part of the stem. " Plant dwarf,
6in. to Sin. highT usually much lest; tubercle*

„. . Jin. to Jin. long, with several white spreading
spines, and a central yeUowish one, Colorado. 1876. Nearly or
quite hardy. (Gn.. April. 1877; O. C. n. a.. vi. 293.)

E. texensis (TexanX JL rose-coloured. Plants mostly depressed,
sometimes globose ; rib* from thirteen to twenty-four ; areoUe
$in. long, and lin. apart ; spines from 4in. to 2in. long. North-
eastern Mexico, Ac. See Fig. 693, for which we are indebted to
Herr ft. Ad. Haage.jun.

E. tnblflonu (tube-flowered). /I. large, rising from one of the
fascicles of spines ; tube very long, a little enlarged upwards,
brownish-green, scaly, each scale with a long tuft of slender,
flaccid hairs ; petals spreading, white, oblong, much acuminated.
Plant sub-globose, much depressed, umbilicated at the top. and
deeply cut Tnto about eleven very prominent, compressed, slightlv
undulated angles, which have live or six woolly tultercles, each
giving rise to a fascicle of six to eight strong black spines, from
}in. to Jin. long. Mexico. (B. M. 3627.)

E. Visnaga (Visnaga, among the Mexican settlers means a
toothpick), jt. yellow, numerous. Plant large, elliptical, many-
angled, with narrow sinuses and deep sinualed tubercled angles ;
top very woolly ; areolie approximate, rhomboid, immented,
glabrous, pale brown : prickles four, strong, central one 2in.
long, the other three deHexed, shorter. A. 7ft. Mexico, 1847.
A plant of this species, which measured 9ifL in circumference,
and weighed one ton, was an inmate of the succulent house
at Kew, in 1846. From injury sustained during its convey-
ance to England, it did not long survive. See Fig. 664. (B. M.
4559.)

E. Williams!! (Williams's). JL pale greenish-rose, small, nearly
solitary. Spring. Plant tufte<l, depressed, glaucous, six to eight-
ribbed ; ribs broad, convex, tubercled, unarmed. A. 3in. Mexico
1845. (B. M. 4296.)

ECHINOCEE.EUS. See Cerens.
ECHINOCHLOA. See Fanicna.

502

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

ECHINOFS (from echinos, hedgehog, and ops, appear-
ance; in reference to the spiny scales of the involucre).
Globe Thistle. STN. Echinanthus. ORD. Composites. A
rather large genus of ornamental, but somewhat coarse-
growing, mostly hardy biennials or perennials, with a
Thistle - like appearance. Inflorescence globose ; florets
white or blue, with an involucre of prickly scales and
bristles. The cluster of heads or capitules is surrounded
by an involucre of linear scales, thus completing the
appearance of a single head. They are of very easy
culture in common garden soil, and form excellent subjects
for borders, or for naturalising in shrubberies. The
biennials may be propagated by seed, sown in April ; the
perennials by division, in March.
E. banatlcus (Banat). iL-heads blue. Summer. I. roughish,

pubescent above, downy beneath ; radical ones pinnate ; upper

ones pinnatifld ; lobes oblong, acuminated, spiny, slightly

sinuated. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Eastern Europe, 1832. Slightly branch-

ing. Biennial.
E. commutatus (changed).* Jl.-heads whitish. Summer. I.

pinnatind, rough with hairs on the upper side, downy beneath ;

margins with small spines. A. 5ft. to 7ft. Austria, &c., 1817.

Perennial. SYN. E. exaltatus. See Fig. 695.
E. cxaltatus (lofty). A synonym of E. commutatus.
E. Ritro (Bitro).» fl. blue. Summer. I. pinnatifld, not

spinescent, downy beneath, webbed above, h. 3ft. South

Europe, 1570. Perennial. (B. M. 932.)
E. R. ruthenicus (Russian).

nate, leathery, pinnatifld ; divi

above, cottony beneath. Stem downy, h. 3ft. to 4ft. Eastern

Europe and Western Asia, 1816. Perennial.

. fl,-headt blue. Summer. I. alter-
isions toothed and spiny ; dull green

FIG. 696. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ECHINOPS SPH^EROCEPHALUS.

E. sphaerocephalus (globe-headed). fl.-heads pale blue.
Summer. I. sinuate-pinnatifld, spinose, green and hairy above,
white or grey-felted beneath. Stems erect, striated, branched.
A. 1ft. to 4ft. Europe, Western Asia, See Fig. 696.

ECHINOFSIS (from echinos, hedgehog, and opsis,
like; referring to the spines which clothe its globose
stem). OBD. Cactece. A small genus of stove Cacti,
now generally placed as a section of Cereus. Calyz tube
elongate, downy ; lobes numerous ; stamens in two scries ;
the exterior adnate to the calyx tube ; inner free. Fruit

Echinopsls— continued.

scaly. Stem depressed, ribbed, globose, or cylindrical.

There are about two dozen species in cultivation, many

very rare, and of which the following selection will be

found a representative one. For culture, see Cactus.

E. campylacantha (curved-spined). JL about 6in. long, from the

areohe near the centre of the plant ; calyx tube funnel-shaped,

olive-green ; segments of the limb gradually passing into the

spreading, acute, pale rose-coloured petals. Plant about 1ft.

high, between ovate and globose; areolze approximate, large,

spines.
(B. M.

,

oval, woolly, bearing from eight to ten rather slender spines.
Andes, 1851. A handsome and well-marked species.

4567.)

E. cristata (crested).* This plant closely corresponds with the
variety described below, but has a larger and different-coloured
flower ; the petals are broader in proportion to their length, a
creamy-white gradually passing into the greenish-purple of the
outer sepals ; the spines in the present form are more slender,
less curved, of a paler colour, but tipped with a darker brown.
It flowers in July. Bolivia, 1846. (B. M. 4687.)

E. o. purpnrea (purple), fl. very large, two to four from a plant,
arising from near the summit and from one of the pulvilli,
funnel-shaped ; tube 6m. long, green, bearing numerous acu-
minated scales, fringed with rather copious woolly black hair;
uppermost scales longer, gradually passing into sepals ; petals
rose-coloured, numerous, oolong, spreading, serrated and mucro-
nate at point. July. Plant globose, but depressed and rather
deeply umbilicated at top, full green (not glaucous), somewhat
glossy, deeply furrowed. Bibs about seventeen or eighteen,
nearly straight, much compressed, notched at nearly equal in-
tervals, and thus divided into a number of very obtuse rounded
lobes. Pulvinuli in the notches, from which also rise. ten to
twelve strong, large, slightly-curved unequal spines, the upper-
most one the longest and strongest, h. 1ft. Bolivia, 1844.
A very handsome plant, remarkable for the large size of its
flowers and for the deeply-lobed ribs of the stem. (B. M. 452.)

FIG. 697. ECHINOPSIS DECAISNEANUS.

E. Decaisneanus (Decaisne's). /. white. Summer. Stem
globular when young, sub-columnar when old, light glaucous
green, with about fourteen compressed acute ribs ; areo_lse
crowded, with white tomentum ; spines short, greyish ; interior
ones very small, h. 6in. to 15in. Native country unknown. See
Fig. 697.

XL Eyriesil (Eyries').* /. large, in proportion to the size of
the plant, deliriously fragrant, breaking forth from one of the
angles, ascending ; tube 9in. long, funnel-shaped, greyish-green,
woolly, and marked with numerous tufts of oblong brown hairs ;
within green ; petals numerous, lanceolate, very acuminate, white,
patent, often reflexed ; stamens numerous, rising a little above
the tube of the flower, most numerous on one side; anthers
yellow. January. Plant sub-globose, depressed, and even um-
bilicated at the top, about as large as a middling-sized orange,
marked with several — twelve to fourteen — sharp and prominent
angles, upon which are several white, rounded, woolly tubercles,
mixed with several short, and not very conspicuous, spines.
Mexico, 1835. (B. M. 3411, under name of Echinocactus Eyrienii.)

E. E. glaucua (glaucous), fl. sweet-scented. July. This
plant is very similar to the type, from which it differs in having
the angles much more acute and less wavy ; the spines longer,
more slender, and rather browner, and the tube of the flower is
shorter, green, and free from the long, coarse, ash-coloured

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

503

Echinopsis— continued.

shagginess which distinguishes the original species. Native
country unknown. (B. R. 1831, under name of Xchinocactut
Eyrietii glaucus.

E. formosa (beautiful). Stem sub-globular or elongated, pale
green. Ribs obtuse, vertical, rounded, about sixteen in number ;
areolse distant, oval, greyish, rather woolly ; spines needle-like,
rigid ; two to four interior ones long, brown ; eight to sixteen
exterior fawn-coloured or whitish, h. 1ft Mendoza.

FIG. 698. ECHINOPSIS PENTLANDI LONGISPINUS.

E. multiplex (multiplied).* fl. 6in. to Sin. long, and almost as
much across when fully expanded ; tube long, clavate, thickly
clothed at the base with short tufts of dense white hairs, while
the rest of the tube is beset with longer and dark-coloured
ones ; petals numerous ; outer ones narrow-lanceolate, gradually

Echinopsis — continued.

becoming shorter and broader, so that the mi«nuu« ones an
almost ovate and acuminate, all of a delicate rose-colour, deeper
towards the apex ; anthers yellow, rounded. Plant marked with
about thirteen deep furrows and as many ridges, which are
prominent, acute, somewhat sinuated at the keel, and there beset
with thickly downy oval areohe , spines ten to twelve, the central
one longer and stronger than the rest, especially in the upper
areolse, where they are represented of a uniform deep tawny
colour, while those on the sides are more regular in size, and
variegated with dark brown and white. A. bin. South Brazil
(according to Pfeiffer). A very desirable plant, on account of the
delicacy and richness of colour of the petals. SY.N. Ceretu multi-
plex. (B. M. 5789.)

E. oxygonos (sharp-angled), fl. proceeding from the furrows
about the foot of the stem, nearly 1ft long, reversed cone-shaped ;
tube somewhat curved, externally covered with bract* ; the lower
are small red, increasing in size, and at last terminating in the
petals, which are broad, lance-shaped, and of a roue-colour.
Plant nearly of a globular form, of a bluish-green colour. Ribs
fourteen, rising from a broad base, and running into an acute
edge ; the furrows are somewhat sharp spines, about fourteen, of
various sizes, the outer generally larger, the inner smaller, al! of
a brown colour, cone-like, not flat, the younger surrounded by a
tomentum which is more or less wanting in the older. Brazil.
(B. R. 1711, under name of Echinocacttu oxygonui.)

E. Pentlandl (Pentland's). fl. bright rose-carmine. Summer.
Plant globular or sub-globular, with twelve or thirteen (rarely
with a larger number) acute, spiral, notched ribs, rather
glaucous-green ; areolie more or less crowded, woolly, furnished
with generally nearly equal spines. Peru, 1841

E. P. longlapinus (long-spined). fl. crimson. Stem snb-
globular ; spines very long, dark brown. See Fig. 688.

E. P. Sobeeiii (Scheer's). fl., petals yellow below, bright rose
above. Stem nearly globular ; spines long. See Fig. 699.

ECHINOSFERMT7M (from echinos, a hedgehog,
and sperma, a seed ; referring to the prickly bur). SYNB.
Lappuln and Rochelia. OBD. Boraginece. A genus con-
taining about fifty species of annual, biennial, or peren-
nial, hispid or pu-bescent herbs, very few of which are
in cultivation. Flowers blue or whitish, usually small,
racemose or spicate. Leaves alternate, often narrow.
The species are most abundant in the temperate regions
of the Northern hemisphere. For culture, see Myosotia.
E. diffusum (diffuse), fl., corolla bright blue ; racemes commonly
loose and spreading, fr. a globose bur. I. oblong-lanceolate,
or the lowest spathulate, narrowed at base into long
wing-margined petioles ; the upper sessile, from oblong-
lanceolate to ovate or cordate, passing in to small bracts.
*.lft California. Perennial. SYN. E.

E. Lappula (Little Bur). This species has all the
ranee and the small flowers of a Myosotis, *
very rough triangular nuts. South Enr

appearance and the small flowers of a Myosotis, but
with very rough triangular nuts. South Europe.
Annual. It has been occasionally found in isolated

\

localities hi England, where it, no doubt, was acci-
dentally introduced.

K. marglnatmn macranthum (large - flowered,
margined).* fl- pale blue, Myosotis-like ; racemes
many-flowered. 1. lanceolate, rough. Stems erect.
Russia. Biennial. (R, 0. 1119.)

E. nervosnm (nerved). A synonym of R. di/tuwm.

E. vlrginlcum (Virginian), fl., corolla slightly sur-
passing the calyx, pale blue or whit*, fr. globular,
armed all over with short prickles. 1.. radical ones
round, ovate or cordate, slender, petioled ; cauline
ones ovate-oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate at
both ends ; uppermost passing into lanceolate bracts.
Stem 2ft to 4ft high, erect, with long and widelv
spreading branches. Canada to Louisiana. Annual.
STN. Myototii virginica.

ECHINOSTACHYS. A synonym of Pycnc-
stachys (which fee).

ECHIOGLOSSUM STB.IATUM. See

Cleisostoma striatum.

ECHITES (from ech.it, a viper; referring
probably either to its deleterious quality or
its twining habit). OBD. Apocynaceoc. A genus
of about thirty-five species of handsome stove
evergreen twining shrubs, all natives of tropical
America. Flowers sub-corymbose; corolla sal-
ver-shaped, having a naked throat and tube,
with unequal segments; peduncles interpetiolar,
many-flowered. Leaves opposite; interpetiolar
cilia glandular. For culture, tee Dipladenia.

Fio. 699. ECHINOPSIS PKNTLAKDI SCHKKRII.

E. atro

ttropurpurca (dark-purple).* fl. dark <
our. Jufy. Brazil, 1814. (B. R> 1843, 27.)

dark chocolaU-

504

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Echites — continued.
E. fronclscea (River Francisco). JL purplish-red, large;

peduncles short, producing from six to eight-flowered umbels.

September. I. dark green. Brazil, 1845. (B. R. 1847, 24.)
E. L sulphurea (sulphur).* fl. sulphur-coloured, with a red

tube and a rose-coloured eye ; smaller than in the type. Brazil.

A pretty, distinct variety. It is a free-growing stove creeper,

and may be cultivated either in a pot, and supported by neat

rods or a wire trellis : or planted out in a border, against a back

wull or pillar. (I',. M. 4547.)

FlO. 700. ECHITES NUTANS.

E. nutans (nodding).* /. yellow, nodding, in panicles, peduncu-
late ; corolla lobes blunt, wavy. September. I. ovate, acuminate,
pale pea-green, the midrib and nerves veined with beautiful
transparent red, downy beneath. West Indies, 1823. See
Fig. 700. (B. M. 2473J

E. rubro-venosa (red-veined). I. covered with a brilliant net-
work, which is speckled with bright red or a golden-yellow, and
stands out conspicuously from the emerald-green ground. South
America, 1867. A very handsome plant (F. d. S. 1728.)

E. scholaris. See Alstonia scholaris.

E. splendens (splendid). A synonym of Dipladenia splendent.

E. stellaris (starry).* fl. rose, yellow ; racemes axillary, a little
hispid, ten to twelve-flowered ; peduncles downy. September.
I. ovate-oblong, glabrous above, downy beneath. Branches
downy, h. 6ft. Brax.il, 1831. (B. R. 1664.)

E. umbellata (umbellate). ft., corolla silky, villous inside the
tube, large, with a white or pale yellow limb and green tube ;
umbels few-flowered. July. /. ovate-orbicular, cuspidately
mucronate, 2iin. long. West Indies, &c., 1733.

ECHIUM (from Echion, the old Greek name given to
this plant by Diosoorides). Viper's Bugloss. OBD.
Boragineas. A genus of about twenty species (chiefly
South European and Oriental) of very handsome rough,
shrubby or herbaceous, hardy or greenhouse plants.
Flowers in spiked or panicled racemes, recurved at top.
Leaves alternate. All the species of this large genus
are of very easy culture in good ordinary garden soil.
Cuttings of the shrubby sorts will root in sandy soil,
under a hand glass, but they are more readily increased
by layers. The herbaceous species are easily raised
from seeds. The following are nearly all those which
are in cultivation. About fifty forms have been de-
scribed as species; a careful study of the genus would
probably reduce the number to about half.
K. albicans (whitish). /., corolla at first rosy colour, ultimately

becoming violet, nearly lin. in length; racemes branching,

Echium— continued.

recurved at the ends. I. forming a dense tuft, linear-lanceolate,
tapering at the base. h. (tin. to 18in. Spain. Plant clothed with
hoary, appressed, bristly hairs. Hardy perennial. (G. C. n. s.,

E. candicans (whitish).* fl., corolla blue, pilose at top outside ;

n nicies tenninal, conical ; spikelets pedunculate, simple. May.
lanceolate, clothed with silky, silvery, canescent down. Stem
branched, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Madeira, 1777. Greenhouse biennial.
E. eroticum (Cretan). Jl., corolla reddish-violet, irregular ;
spikelets simple, axillary, and terminal, many-flowered. July.
I. oblong-lanceolate, hispid. Stem herbaceous, diffuse, very
hispid, branched at the base. h. bin. to 18in. South Europe,
1683. Hardy annual. (B. M. 1934.)

E. fastuosum (proud).* Jl., corolla deep blue, campanulate ;
panicle thyrsoid, ovate, large, dense ; spikelets pedunculate,
simple. April to August. I. oblong-lanceolate, acuminated,
veiny, beset with soft white hairs, ciliated. Stem branched,
rather villous above, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Canary Islands, 1779. Green-
house evergreen. (R. H. 1876, 10.)

E. vulgare (common). JL, corolla fine purple in bud, afterwards
violet-blue, downy outside ; racemes terminal, spike-formed, long ;
spikelets spreading, simple. Stem usually simple, tubercled.
h. 2ft. to 4ft. Europe (Britain). Biennial. (Sy. En. B. 1095.)
ECLOFES. Included under Relhania (which see).
EDELWEISS. See Leontopodium alpinum.
EDENTATE. Without teeth.

EDGEWORTHIA (named in honour of M. P. Edge-
worth, of the East India Co.'s service, and a botanist).
OED. Thymelacece. Ornamental greenhouse evergreen
shrubs, closely allied to Daphne. The only other species
besides that here described is a native of East Indies.
They grow best in a compost of two parts sandy loam
and one part turfy peat. Good drainage, and a liberal
supply of water in summer, are essential in the culture
of these plants. Increased by cuttings, inserted in sandy
soil, under a bell glass, in spring.

E. chrysantha (golden). Jl. yellow, capitate ; tube of corolla
clavate, clothed with silky hairs. February. I. oblong-lanceo-
late, stalked, dull green, pilose on the ribs beneath. A. 1ft.
China and Japan, 1845. (B. R. 1847, 48.)

EDGING. This term is applied to dwarf plants, turf,
or material of any description, used in gardens for dividing
beds, borders, &c., from the walks. It also refers to an
outside line of short plants in an arrangement with others
of a taller-growing character. Turf verges are only to
be recommended for flower gardens or pleasure grounds,
where they should be wide enough to admit of mowing
with the machine each time the lawns are cut. In a
kitchen garden, they would necessitate too much work
in keeping in order, as, besides mowing the verge, the
Edge on each side of it would require to be frequently
clipped. Box Edging is largely used for walks, and looks
well if the whole length grows evenly. It has, however,
the disadvantage of harbouring slugs, &c., and also of being
liable to destruction in patches by severe frosts. Thick
corrugated tiles, placed lengthways in a vertical position,
or common bricks, used similarly, but set on an angle
towards the walk, form a clean and permanent Edging,
when properly laid, for kitchen gardens. These latter are
also uninjured by salt or acids, used in many places for
killing weeds in the gravel. In preparing the ground
for an Edging of any description for walks, it should first
be firmly and evenly trod its full length, and also well
raked. The proper levels should be marked by short
pegs, driven in the ground about 10ft. apart. If such
pegs are placed straight, and a line tightly strained to
touch their tops, the necessity of removing or adding
soil in any part of it may be at once seen. It is im-
possible to cut out, plant, or fix an Edging properly if
the ground is not previously carefully prepared.

EDGING-IRON. A crescent-shaped tool, made of
steel, with a socket for the insertion of a straight wooden
handle. It is most useful for cutting turf verges by the
sides of walks, flower-beds, &c., as, being well under the
guidance of the hand, it may be employed with equal
facility either in a curved or straight line.

EDRAIANTHUS. See Wahlenbergia.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

505

EDWARDSIA. See Sophora.

EFFUSE. Generally applied to an inflorescence. A
very loosely-arranged panicle is said to be Effuse.
EGENOLFIA. See Acrostichum.
EGO-BEARING GOURD. See Cucurbita Fepo
ovifera and Vegetable Marrow.
EGG PLANT. See Aubergine.
EGLANTINE. " A name that has been the subject
of much discussion, both as to its exact meaning, and
as to the shrub to which it belongs." The Eglantine of
Gerard, Parkinson, and some of the other old writers, is,
no doubt, Rosa rubiginosa, our common Swectbriar. The
" twisted Eglantine " of Milton is " supposed to have
meant the Woodbine (Lonicera Periclymenum), which is
still known as Eglantine in North-east Yorkshire" (Prior).
EGYPTIAN BEAN OF PYTHAGORAS. See
Nelumbium speciosum.

EGYPTIAN LOTUS. See Nymphma Lotus.
EHRETIA (named after G. D. Ehret, an artist and
botanist, born in Germany 1708, died in England 1770).
TRIBE Ehretiece of OBD. Boraginece. Handsome stove or
greenhouse evergreen trees or shrubs. Flowers usually
white, small, in corymbose cymes or terminal panicles ;
calyx small, deeply ' five-parted ; corolla salver-shaped,
with a five-parted limb. Leaves petiolate, alternate, oppo-
site, or three in a whorl, entire or serrated. They thrive
in a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings will root in
sandy soil, in spring, if placed under a bell glass, in
bottom heat.

EL serrate, (serrate). /. white, small, numerous, collected into
small, nearly sessile fascicles, having a powerful honey-like
perfume. I. alternate, broad-lanceolate, serrated, five-pointed.
A. 6ft East Indies, 1825. Stove. (B. R. 1097.)
E. tlnifolia (Tinus-leaved). ft. white, small, numerous, strong-
scented ; panicles terminal, oblong. June, July. i. oblong-
ovate, or ovate, quite entire, about 4in. long. A. 16ft to 28ft
West Indies, &c., 1734. Greenhouse.
EHRETIEJE. A tribe of the order Boragvnea.
EICHHORNIA (named in honour of J. A. F. Eich-
horn, an eminent Prussian). OBD. Pontederiacece. In-
teresting and beautiful stove aquatics, natives of South
America and tropical Africa. They may be placed in
large pots, filled with rather coarse rich soil, which
should afterwards be immersed and kept in a tank oi
water heated to about SOdeg. E. crassipea floats on the
surface of such water, and grows freely, without the roots-
being in soil. Propagated by division of the rhizomes,
in spring.

E. azurea (blue).* fl. scattered or crowded in pairs along a stout,
hairy, sessile rachis ; perianth bright pale blue, funnel-shaped,
hairy externally. July. L on long or short petioles, which are
not inflated ; very variable in size and shape, Sin. to 8m. in
diameter from rounded-cordate to trapezifonn or rhomboid,
or very broadly oblate and obcordate, rounded-retuse or sub-acute
at the tip. Stem as thick as the thumb, floating and rooting,
green, smooth, flexuous. Brazil, 1879. (B. M. 6487:)
E. crassipes (thick -stalked).* ft. funnel-shaped, about Urn. long,
ix ovate-oblong violet segments ; racemes many-flowered ;
thick; spathe terminal, recurved. Summer. I.
, orbicular, acute-stalked ; stalk much thickene<

1879. (B. M. 2932, under name of

of

flower-stalks

large, fleshy, or,

the5 base. Rhizome thick.

Pontederia azurea.)

panlculata (paniculate),
t^WlvT? perianth petal

fl. in a compound spike of from ten
lower lip of three

late, entire, striated ; me sinus M me «*»<= "^5, ""." .
Steins often several from the same root, 1ft to lift, high
.strongest specimens, erect, terete, soft and herbaceous sheathe,
below with the membranaceous and stipulate bases of the radical
leaves, and a few long leaHess scales. South America, (B. M.
5020, under name of E. tricolor.)

EKEBERGIA (named in honour of Charles Gnstavns
Ekeberg captain of a Swedish East Indiaman, who took
Sparmann to China for the purpose of making inquiries
in natural history). ORD. Meliacece. A genus of about
three species of fine greenhouse evergreen trees, from
tropical and Southern Africa. For culture, gee Melia.

Ekebergia — continued.

E. capencte (Cape), ft. white. July. I. impari-pinnate, with
four or five pairs of elliptical, acuminate, smooth leaflet*.
Cape of Good Hope, 1789. A large tree.

ELJBAGNACE2B. A small order of trees or shrubs,
more or less covered with minute silvery or brown scurfy
scales. Flowers white or yellow, regular, one or two-
sexual, axillary, fascicled or cymose. Leaves alternate or
opposite, exstipulate, entire. The order is represented in
Britain by Hippophae rhamnoides, the Sea Buckthorn, a
spiny shrub, thriving well near the sea. There are three
genera, Elaagnus, Hippophae and Shepherdia, and about
twenty species.

ELJE AGNUS (from Elaios, the Olive; and Agno*, the
Vitex Agnut-castus ; the Elaeagnos of Theophrastus is the
Willow). Oleaster, or Wild Olive. ORD. Elatagnacece. Very
ornamental, deciduous or evergreen shrubs or small trees.
Flowers axillary, clustered or solitary ; perianth campann-
late or salver-shaped. Leaves simple, alternate. They
grow freely in any ordinary soil that is tolerably dry, and
may be readily increased by seeds, layers or cuttings.

:. argcntea (silvery), fl. yellow, aggregate, nodding, axillary.
July, August fr. roundish-ovate, covered with silvery scales,
ribbed, t waved, oval-oblong, rather acute, glabrous on both

surfaces, and covered with silvery scales. A.
America, 1813. (W. D. B. ii. 161.)
E. crlspa (curled). A synonym of E. longipe*.

glabra (glabrous), fl. whitish, sub-solitary in the axils of the
es. Autumn. I. ovate-oblong, acuminate, evergreen ; adult
i green above, clothed below with rusty-coloured scales. A.

3ft to 6ft Japan. There are very pretty variegated forms of th N
species.

FIG. 701. FLOWERING BRANCH OF KI..*:A«;MJS HORTKNSIS

3T

506

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Elseag-nus— continued.
E. hortensis (garden).* /.

. yellow w
, fragrant

within, scaly without, solitary,

all over with stellate hairs, 2in. to 3in. long. Branches bro
and smooth, more or 'less spiny, h. 15ft. to 20ft. Orient,
naturalised in South Europe, 1633. A handsome deciduous tree.
(S. F. G. 152.)

E. h. angustifolia (narrow-leaved) only differs from the type
in its narrower leaves. See Fig. 701. (B. R. 1156.)

E. longipes (long-stalked).» fr. orange, studded with small ferru-
ginous scales, long-stalked, transparent, and produced in clusters.
?. green above, silvery-white beneath, h. 3ft. Japan, 1873. A
very desirable spreading evergreen shrub, with deep reddish-
brown twigs. SYN. E. crispa. (G. C. 1873, 1014.)

E. macrophylla (large-leaved).* fl. greenish-yellow, clustered.
Autumn. I. roundish-ovate, large, smooth, green above, covered
below with bright silvery scales. h. 6ft. Japan. An unarmed
bush.

E. pnngens (stinging).* fl. yellowish, one or two together. /. ob-
long, entire, undulate, smooth, green above, silvery beneath.
h. 6ft. Japan. A spiny shrub. There are very handsome varie-
gated forms of this species.

EL2BIS (from Elaia, the Olive; oil expressed from
the fruit as from olives). Oil Palm. ORD. Palmce. A.
very small genus of stove palms. Fruit bright red, in
large, somewhat obovate heads. Leaves pinnatisect, with
strong prickly stalks. They form excellent decorative
plants when in a young state, and thrive well in a rich
sandy soil. Increased by seeds.

E. guineensis (Guinea). Stem erect, 20ft. to 30ft. high, termi-
nated by a fine crown of pinnate dark green leaves, of about 15ft.
in length. Guinea, 1730. This species yields the celebrated
palm oil of commerce. (G. C. n. s., vii. 373.)

E. melanococa (black-seeded). This closely resembles the fore-

going, but is smaller, with a somewhat decumbent habit, emitting

roots from lower side of prostrate stem. Tropical America, 1821.

EL-ZEOCARFUS (from Elaia, an Olive, and karpos,

a fruit; fruit round, containing a nut furnished with

rugosities). Including Monocera. OBD. Tiliaceae. Very

handsome stove or greenhouse evergreen trees or shrubs.

Flowers small, in racemes, usually fragrant ; petals five,

either toothed or beautifully fringed. Leaves alternate,

or rarely opposite, entire or serrate. They thrive well

in a mixture of loam and peat. Increased by cuttings,

made of the ripened shoots, with leaves intact, and placed

in a sandy soil, in bottom heat; or by seeds, sown in a

hotbed.

E. cyaneus (blue), fl. white; racemes axillary, close-flowered.
July. Drupe somewhat globose, blue. 1. oblong - lanceolate,
serrated, netted with veins. A. 15ft. Australia, 1803. Green-
house. (B. M. 1737.)

E. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl., racemes few, two, four, or
five-flowered, generally one or two among the terminal clusters
of leaves, drooping ; calyx of five narrow, almost linear-lanceolate
sepals, quite red externally, white within ; petals five, spreading,
white or pale yellow, cuneate, more or less silky, especially ex-
ternally ; the apex laciniated ; pedicels red, much longer than the
petioles. Summer. I. from 3in. to nearly 6in. long, including
the petiole, broad-lanceolate, tapering into a footstalk, a good
deal clustered at the apices of the branches; apex generally
obtuse ; margin entire, or usually more or less crenato-serratecl or
smuated. h. 7ft. Java, 1852. An extremely handsome stove
plant. SYN. Monocera grandiflora. (B. M. 4680.)
E. serratus (serrate), fl. white, but purplish before opening,
sweet-scented ; racemes axillary or lateral, drooping. March to
October. Drupe globose. I. with glands in the axils of the
veins beneath, elliptic-oblong, serrated, acuminated, h. 50ft.
East Indies, 1774. Stove.

EIJEODENDRON (from Elaia, an olive, and dendron,
a tree ; the fruit is like that of an Olive, and the seeds
are oily). Olive-wood. Including Portenschlagia. OBD.
Celastrineai. This genus, which embraces about thirty
species of ornamental stove or greenhouse trees or shrubs,
is represented in all tropical countries; the majority,
however, grow in Africa and India. Flowers small, in
axillary fascicles. Leaves small, Laurel-like, opposite.
For culture, see Elasocarpus.

E- .°ap*ense (CaRe)-t % £reen- inconspicuous ; corymbs axillary,
dichotomous, a single flower standing in the fork, and the branches
supporting three flowers each; bracts lanceolate, opposite,
resembling much diminished leaves, fr. yellow, oval, about the
size of a Hazel-nut, fleshy, and containing a hard nut with one to
three cells. L petiolate, sub-opposite, lanceolate-elliptical, the

Elaeodendron — continued.

sides somewhat unequal, coriaceous, distantly spinuloso-serrulate,
slightly revolute in the edges, dark green above, paler below, and
often becoming rusty. Branches spreading, pendulous, h. 18ft.
Cape of Good Hope, 1828. A handsome greenhouse decorative
plant, when laden with its showy yellow fruits. (B. M. 3035.)
E. glaucum (milky-green), fl. greenish-yellow, small ; panicles
axillary ; cymes loose, nearly the length of the leaves. I. acute,
or acuminate, crenate or nearly entire, membranous or sub-
coriaceous, h. 6ft. India, &c., 1824. Stove evergreen.
E. xylocarpnm (woody-fruited). /. greenish-yellow; cymes
dichotomous, one-half shorter than the leaves. I. obovate-oblong,
entire or somewhat scalloped, glaucous, on very short petioles.
h. 4ft. Island of St. Thomas, 1816. Stove evergreen.
ELAPHOGLOSSUM. Includer under Acrostichum.
ELATA. A synonym of Phoenix.
ELDER. The popular name of Sambucus.
ELECAMPANE. See Inula Helenium.
ELECTRA. A synonym of Schisnms.
ELEMI. The name of certain stimulant gum resins,
derived from various plants.

ELEPHANT APPLE. See Feronia Elephan-
tuni.

ELEPHANT'S FOOT. See Testudinaria ele-
phantipes.

ELEPHANTUSIA. A synonym of Phytelephas.
ELETTARIA (Elettari is the native name of the
plant in Malabar). OBD. Scitaminea. A genus of stove
plants, having much the appearance of Amomum, natives
of the tropical parts of India. There are only two
species, and, according to some authorities, these are
but varieties of one. E. Cardamomum yields the Carda-
moms of commerce. For culture, see Maranta.
E. Cardamomnm (Cardamom), fl. pale greenish-white, alter-
nate, short-stalked, in short racemes from the axils of the large
bracts of the long-jointed flexuous flower-stems ; calyx tubular,
three-toothed, finely striated ; corolla tube as long as the calyx ;
limb double, exterior portion of three oblong, concave, nearly
equal divisions ; inner lip obovate, longer than the exterior divi-
sion, curled at the margins ; apex three-lobed, marked in the
centre with purple-violet stripes. I. lanceolate, acuminate, sub-
sessile, entire, 1ft. to 2ft. long. Stem erect, jointed, enveloped in
the sheaths of the leaves, h. 6ft. to 9ft. Hilly parts of Tra van-
core and Malabar. (B. M. PI. 267.)

ELETTSINE (mythological; from Eleusis, where was
a celebrated temple of Ceres [Demeter]). ORD. Graminece.
A genus of chiefly uninteresting grasses, all natives of the
warmer parts of the globe. The culture is very simple,
in the open air during summer, in a light soil. Propagated
by seeds. E. barcinonensis has a fascicled spicate inflores-
cence, and E. oligostachya is pretty for winter bouquets.

ELICHRYSUM. See Helichrysum.

ELISENA (named in honour of Princess Elise, sister
of Napoleon). ORD. Amaryllidece. A small genus (three
species are described, and these only appear to differ
slightly from each other) of ornamental greenhouse
bulbous plants. For culture, see Hymenocallis.

E. longlpetala (long-petalled).* /. white ; divisions of the limb
rotate, linear, 3in. long, the edge undulated, the point recurved ;
corona IJin. deep ; scape two-edged, about six-flowered. March.
h. 3ft. Lima, 1837. (B. M. 3873.)

ELLEANTHUS (from eilo, I shut in, and antlios, a
flower ; in reference to the flower being closed by bracts).
SYN. Evelyna. OBD. Orchidece. A genus of pretty stove
terrestrial orchids. About fifty species have been de-
scribed, but few have been in cultivation. All are natives
of tropical America. They are of easy culture in an
ordinary orchid house, requiring a compost of loam and
peat.

E. Caravata (Caravata). fl. bright yellow, with a short, purplish,
inferior, twisted ovary ; spike elongato-capitate, very compact,
formed of numerous erecto-patent, purple, lanceolate-acuminate,
imbricated, striated bracts, longer than the flowers ; calyx of
three ovato-lanceolate, suddenly acute, nearly erect sepals ; petals
shorter than the lip, as are the oblong, obtuse, nearly erect
petals ; lip large, erect, three-lobed. November. I. distant, on
long, sheathing bases, lanceolate, rigid, very long, and gradually
and finely acuminate. Stem about 1ft. high, erect, slender,

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

507

EHeanthns — continued.

terete, hispid, as is all the foliage, and, more or less, the bracts

and sepals. Guiana, 1858. SY.N. Evelyna Cararata (under which

name ftis figured in B. M. 5141V
E. kenneslna (carmine), fl. bright carmine. January. A. 6in.

Mariquita, 1843.
E. xanthocomus (yellow-haired), fl. yellow, in erect racemes.

May. I. lanceolate, acuminate, taginate. A. 1ft Peru, 1872.

Krect (B. M. 6016.)

ELLIOTTIA (named in honour of Stephen Elliot,
an American botanist, who died in 1830). STN. Trt-
petaleia. OBD. Ericaceae. A genus of three species of
very pretty half-hardy evergreen shrubs, two of which
are Japanese (these are probably not at present in
cultivation), and the third North American. The one
mentioned below does well in a warm situation, in a
peaty soil. Propagated by cuttings.
E. racemosa (racemose). /. white, in conspicuous terminal

racemes or panicles, resembling those of Andromeda. August.

L alternate, entire, A. 4ft. to 10ft Georgia.

FIG. 702. ELLIPTIC AND EMARGINATK LEAP.

ELLIPTIC. Formed like an ellipse ; an oval figure.
Fig. 702 shows an Elliptic and Emarginate Leaf.

ELLOBOCARPUS OLERACEUS. A synonym
of Ceratopteris thalictroides.
ELM. See TJlmns.

ELODEA (from elodes, growing in watery places).
Water Thyme. STN. Udora. OBD. Hydrocharidea. A
genus of unattractive slender aquatic perennials. There are
eight species, none of which are worth growing. E. cana-
densit merits mention in this work from the fact that its
extremely rapid increase often entails no little work on the
gardener. It was introduced from America to County
Down about 1836, and into England in 1841. Very soon,
it filled a number of canals and rivers with its dense,
matted growths to such an extent as seriously to impede
navigation. No inconvenience of this kind is complained
of in its native country. In many places now (fish ponds,
ornamental waters, Ac.), where at one time it was so
abundant, it seems to have almost disappeared, perhaps
owing to the exhaustion in the soil of the specific nutri-
ment on which the plant feeds.

ELONGATED. Lengthened out.
ELYMUS (from elumot, the old Greek name for a
similar grass, used by Hippocrates). Bunch Grass. OBD.
Gramineas. A genus of about twenty species of tall
perennial grasses, represented in Britain by the Lyme
Grass, E. arenarius, a sea-side plant, useful for fixing,
by means of its long creeping rhizomes, the moving sand.
All are natives of North temperate regions. E. con-
densatu* is described as a vigorous perennial grass, from
British Columbia, forming a dense, compact, column-like
growth, more than 8ft. in height, covered from the base
almost to the top with long arching leaves, and crowned
in the flowering season with numerous erect, rigid spikes,
each 6iin. long, and resembling an elongated ear c
Wheat in form.

EMARGINATE. Having a small notch at the end
or tip: as if a piece had been taken out. See Fig. 702.

EMBELIA (Ceylonese name of one of the species)
OBD. MyrsinecB. A genus of mostly stove climbing
shrubs, or small trees. Flowers white or greenish-yellow,
small polygamous, mostly dioecious. Fruit small, globose
one (rarely two) seeded. Leaves entire or toothed; pe-
tioles often margined or glandular. Embelias thrive in
a compost of peat and loam. Propagated by cuttings
made of half-ripened shoots, and placed in sandy soil
under a bell glass, in heat. There are about i

robust). L oborato-obloBg. elliptic, or oborate, shortly
undulate or obscurely serrulate, rusty-pubescejit,
labrous beneath, reticulated. Brandies glabrous.

Embelia — continued.

pecies; but E. robutta is probably the only one in
cultivation.
Lrobuata (robust). L<
acuminate, undulate
or rarely glabrous beneath. __ . . .

A. 20ft India. A large rambling shrub,

EMBOSSED. Projecting in the centre, like the boss,
>r umbo, of a round shield or target.

EMBOTHRITJM (from <m, in, and bothrion, a little
pit; referring to the pollen-cases, or anthers). OBD.
roteacece. A genus of four species of very ornamental
evergreen shrubs. AH are natives of the Andes, or
extra-tropical South America. They require proteo-
ion throughout the winter, in cold, northerly situa-
ions. In the southern counties of England, the one
lere described is quite hardy. For culture, see Core-
throstylis.

E. coccincum (scarlet).* «. orange scarlet, long, pendent ; pe-
rianth tubular, with a sub-globose four-cleft liuib, bearing the
sessile anthers on the concave lobes. Summer. I. simple, entire,
oblong. A. 5ft 1881. (B. M. 4856.)

EMBRACING. A leaf is said to Embrace a stem
when it clasps the latter round with its base.

EMBRYO. The rudimentary plant within the seed.

EMERGENT. Protruded through the cortical layer.

EMERICIA. A synonym of Vallaria.

EMMENANTHE (from emmenot, enduring, and nn-
Ihot, a flower; in reference to the persistent corolla).
STN. Miltitzia. OBD. Hydrophyllaceae. A genus of
dwarf annual herbs, containing five species, natives of
North-west America. Flowers yellow; corolla campann-
late, marcescent, persistent. Leaves alternate. None of
bhe species are yet in general cultivation.

EMPETRACEJE. A natural order of Heath-like
evergreen shrubs. Flowers small, solitary or clustered,
axillary or terminal, regular, polygamous, bracteolate or
not. Fruit fleshy. Leaves alternate, exstipulate. The
distribution of the order is North temperate and Arctic
zones, Chili, and Fuegia. There are only four species.
The order is represented in Britain by Empetrvm nigrvm,
the fruit of which is eaten in some countries. The three
genera are: Ceratiola, Corema, and Empetrwn.

EMFETRUM (Empetron, the Greek name of a plant
used by Dioscorides, from en,
upon, and petrot, a rock ; in allu-
sion ' to the place of growth).
Crakeberry, or Crowberry. OBD.
Empetracect. An ornamental
hardy evergreen, low, spreading,
Heath-like shrub. Flowers mi-
nute, axillary, dioecious. Fruit a
small berry-like drupe. Leaves
small, crowded, entire, evergreen.
They are well adapted for grow-
ing in damp, peaty situations.
Propagated readily, in summer, by
cuttings, which should be placed
in sandy soil, under a handlight.

globular,

Fig. 705. (Sy.

B. rnbrnm (red).* f. brownish-
orole axillary

Dorole
E*?.
with w

.

solitary,
i. linear-obUmg.

Fio. 705. FRIITISO
BRANCH OP

TRUM MGBUI

woolly marzins. A. bin. to 12in.
enUiaDdTu.^afSs. (B.E.1785.)

EMPLETJRUM (from •», in,
and pJeuron, the pleura or mem-
brane which envelope the lungs;

508

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Empleurom — continued.

seeds attached to a sort of coriaceous membrane). OED.
Rutaceoe. An ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrub.
For cultivation, see Diosma.

E. serrulatum (serrulate). /. small, axillary, solitary, or in
pairs ; peduncles short, bracteolate. June. I. alternate, linear-
oblong, smooth, covered with glandular dots beneath, h. 2ft. to
3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1774.

ENCEPHALARTOS (from en, within, kephale, the
head, and artos, bread ; the inner parts of the top of the
trunk are farinaceous). ORD. Cycadaceoe. Very hand-
some greenhouse or conservatory plants, allied to Gycas ;
natives of tropical or Southern Africa. Leaves pinnate,
thick, spiny, terminal. Trunk tall, cylindrical. Encepha-
lartos thrive best in a strong loamy soil, with some river
sand added. They are of very slow growth, unless kept
in a high temperature. During the growing season, water
should be copiously applied, both from water-pot and
syringe; but when not making new growth, which some-
times is the case for several years, little water will be
needed. Increased by seeds. Some of the species have
been used most effectively in sub-tropical gardening,
during the summer mouths.

Encephalartos — continued.
globose, 4in. to 6in. in circumference, woolly-tomentose. South

Africa, 1879.

E. Ghellinckii (Ghellinck's). I pinnate, erect, spreading out
from about the middle, 2ft. to 4ft. long ; pinnae linear-fllifonn,
densely tomentose. Trunk stout, furnished with woolly scales.
Plant spineless. South Africa, 1867. (I. H. 567.)

E. Hildebrandtil (Hildebrandt's). I. pinnate; pinn
lower pairs diminishing into trifld scales iin. long,
lanceolate, with distinct marginal and stronger and more crowded

nte numerous,
larger ones

FIG. 704. ENCEPHALARTOS ALTENSTEINH.

E. Altenstelnii (Altenstein's).* I. pinnate, 2ft. to 6ft. in length ;
pinnae oblong-acuminate, about 6in. long, lin. broad, dark green
above, paler below ; apex and edges with long sharp spines ;
petioles much swollen at the base. Trunk stout. Cape of Good
Hope, 1835. See Fig. 704. (G. C. n. s., vi. 392.)

E. A. Vromii (Vrom's). I. pinnate; pinnae alternate below,
opposite above, forty to fifty in number on each side of the
rachis, oblong-lanceolate ; apex spiny ; margins with long spiny
teeth ; rachis marked with a prominent rounded ridge in the
centre. South Africa, 1871.

E. brachyphyllus (short-leaved). I pinnate, spreading ; pinnae
erect, about bin. long, Jin. wide, stiff ; apex spiny, bluish-green,
paler beneath ; petioles tomentose. Trunk stout. South Africa.

E. caffra (Caffrarian). Caffer Bread. I. pinnate, 3ft. to 4ft. long,
spreading, recurved at the apex, with a very stiff texture ; pinnae
linear-lanceolate, 4in. to 6in. long, lin. broad, erectish ; apex
spinose. Trunk 8ft. to 18ft. high, 3ft. to 4ft. in circumference;
crown scaly. South Africa. (B. M. 4903.)

E. Frederioi-Gnilielml (Prince Frederick William's).' I. in a
terminal crown, 28in. to 30in. long, oblong-obtuse, arching ;
pinn;e closely crowded, nearly opposite, those in the middle of
the leaf 3in. long by iin. broad, linear-oblong. Trunk sub-

terminal teeth ; petioles clothed at base with close cobwebby
hairs. Trunk cylindrical. Zanzibar, 1877. (B. H. 1880, 456.)
E. horridus (horrid).* I. pinnate, 2ft. to 6ft. long, erect, abruptly
reflexed at the top ; pinnae about 4in. long, with a long, sharp
spine at the point. Trunk stout, short Plant blue-green ; tex-
ture harsh. South Africa, 1800. (G. C. 1865, 1131.) In the
variety trispinosus, the inferior margin of the pinnte is armed
with three spines.

E, lanuglnosus (woolly). I. pinnate, 3ft. to 6ft. long, erect,
recurved towards the apex ; pinna; cordate-lanceolate, obtusely
pointed, thick, 6in. long, Ijin. broad. Trunk 6ft. to 8ft. high,
3ft. in circumference. South Africa. Plant dark heavy green
in colour, spineless.

E. Lehmanni (Lehmann's). I. pinnate, 6ft. long ; pinnae some-
what erect, 5in. to 7in. long, Jin. wide, with a short brown spine
at the apex. Trunk 2ft. to 3ft. in circumference. South Africa.
Plant very glaucous.

E. M'Kenii (M 'Ken's). I. about 2ft. long, pin-
nate ; pinnae smooth, narrowly-lanceolate, some-
what distant, with a few teeth in their upper
half, the shorter lower ones more strongly
toothed, while below these are two rows of
branched spine-like teeth extending down to
the base ; petiole woolly. South Africa, 1869.

E. plnmosus (feathery).* L large, pinnate;
pinnae armed with stout marginal spines. Trunk
thick. South Africa, 1869.

E. Verschaffelti (Verschaffelt's). I. pinnate ;
pinnae Sin. long, linear-lanceolate. South Africa,
1875. A stout and erect-growing species.

E. villosus (hairy).* I. pinnate, 3ft. to 6ft. in
length, tapering at the base and apex ; pinnae
very numerous, spiny-toothed, 6in. to Sin. long,
lin. broad, terminating in a sharp spine ; petioles
densely tomentose. Trunk short, thick, woolly-
scaly. h. 6ft. Natal, 1866. (B. M. 6654.)

E. V. ampliatus (enlarged).* I. elegantly arch-
ing; pinnae lanceolate, the teeth more numerous
towards the tips ; petiole thickly clothed at base
with woolly hairs. Trunk cylindrical. 1874.

ENCHANTER'S NIGHTSHADE.

See Circaea.

ENCYCLIA. A synonym of Poly-
stachya (which see).

ENDERA. A synonym of Taccarum
(which see).

ENDIVE (Cichorium Endivia). A
hardy annual, which has been cultivated
in this country since the early part of
the sixteenth century, for the use of its
leaves as a salad before the flower
stems appear. It is hardier than the
majority of Lettuces, and is in season
more in the autumn and winter; its cultivation in
early summer is not generally followed by good results,
as the plants run so quickly to seed. Endive receives
greater attention, and is cultivated more largely, on the
Continent, especially in France, than in this country. It
forms an important addition to salads ; and, as it comes
in use when few other salading vegetables are to be
obtained, the cultivation should receive every attention,
with a view to supplying well-blanched heads for uae
over as long a period in winter as possible. It is
somewhat strange that many amateurs and cottagers, who
consider their garden crops incomplete without a suc-
cession of Lettuces, should omit altogether the cultiva-
tion of Endive when the latter is just as easily grown,
and may be sown or planted on land from which a
previous crop has been taken. The means of blanching,
and also of protecting, might be accomplished in various
ways by those who took sufficient interest in doing it,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

509

Endive — continued.

and the result would be an excellent supply of salad
in many places where now the existence of the means
of such supply is unknown.

Cultivation. Endive is seldom forced, and is nnsnited
for early summer cultivation. If, however, it is required,
seed may be sown in a frame or a warm border, in April,
and snccessional sowings made each time the previous
one is well up. A first, of the Curled-leaved early forts,
should, in all cases, be made not later than the beginning
or middle of July ; another, of the Broad-leaved varieties,
early in August; and a third in the middle or at the
latter end of that month. In many gardens, Endive
runs prematurely to seed when sown earlier than the
dates mentioned; while in others, in cold districts,
it would be advisable to precede them in each case, in
order to have the plants fully grown before winter.
The Curled varieties, being close-growing, more tender,
and blanching quicker than those with broad leaves,
should be selected for the first supply. The seed may
be sown either thinly in beds, and transplanted when
large enough ; or in the open ground where the plants
are intended to remain. A border with a south or a
west aspect is best; and if a previous early crop, such
as Potatoes or Peas, has been removed from the soil,
it will generally be in good condition by merely levelling
down. Drills, 1ft. or lift, apart, may be drawn, and
the seed inserted thinly, and covered with a rake. The
young plants, when large enough to handle, should be
thinned out to about 1ft. apart, and any blank spaces
filled up. This system suits the early and main crops
admirably ; but those grown late for lifting are best trans-
planted when young, as this operation causes the pro-
duction of more roots. A quick growth of the leaves
should be encouraged by watering if the weather is dry,
as this will also tend to prevent seeding. As soon as they
are nearly full grown, blanching may be commenced,
and this will be found practicable in many and various
ways. Tying-np is sometimes sufficient; but, generally,
inverted flower-pots, with the hole in the bottom stopped
up; boards, placed at right angles over the rows, and
covered with mats ; frames with the glass darkened, or
any other similar means, may be adopted with equally good
results. The plants should, in no case, be covered except
when quite dry. The blanching process takes from ten
days to a fortnight, and, as Endive does not keep good
for any length of time in this condition, a small quantity
should be covered at frequent intervals. It is of little use
unless thoroughly blanched. About the end of October,
all full-sized plants should be lifted and stored close
together in a frost-proof place, choosing a dry day for
the operation. Any spare frames or pits may be utilised
for the purpose; sheds will also be suitable for those
intended to be used first, if the latter are covered and
protected from frost. Where sufficient plants are grown,
and means are at command for their preservation in
winter, the season for Endive may be prolonged until
the appearance of early Lettuces, in spring.

Endive — continued.

Seed-iaving. Only such plant* as are true to the
character of the variety should be kept for this purpose.
Seed is best obtained from selected plants, which should
be protected in winter by some means, and allowed to
grow the following season. The flower-heads should be
tied to stakes, and the seed gathered, dried, and stored,
as it ripens. It will keep good for several yean, and
is preferred by some when rather old, as the plants an
considered not liable to seed again so quickly as if it
were newly-gathered.

Sort*. These may be separated into two classes: one,
having narrow and much divided leaves, is called Curled
Endives (see Fig. 705); the other, with larger leaves.

no. 705. CUBLKD-LIUVBD RMDIVE,

FIG. 706. BROAD-LKAVKD KXDIVR,

not curled, being termed Broad-leaved Endives (see F5£
706). Subjoined is a selection from the best in both
classes.

•sa^^^^^^r^g^o^HS
sartrtsz££ atstsjsai ?&£ «ss

CURLED, hardy, ties up well : Moss CURLED, small, finely cut ;
PICPUS CURLED, a compact, close-hearted variety .h»i AIL BA-
TAVIA*. broad leaves, the inner one* naturally forming ataa
STAG'S HOR.N, curled variety, hardy, much grown in h
WHITE BATAVIA.N, broad leaved, an excellent variety for bUncb-
ing.

ENDIVE, WHJ>. See Cnicory.

ENDOCABJP. The inner membrane of a fruit; the
lining of a carpel.

ENDOGENOUS. A stem is said to be End
when it is formed by successive additions to its centre.

ENDOGENS. See Monocotyledons.

ENDOSPERM. The albumen of a seed.

ENGINES, GARDEN. These are of two descrip-
tions, several forms of both being in use in gardens. <
is termed a Hand Engine, from its being small and carru
by the hand ; the other is the Barrow Engine, so-called
from being constructed on two wheels, and having a
handle fixed to either side. Beyond throwing a con-
tinuous stream from the jet when in use, many of the
former kind are not superior to a good syringe
Barrow Engine is most useful for syringing trees 01
Santo that require a force of water. Peach and other
fruit-trees, either in houses or on walls outside, n
svringed frequently in the season of growth, excepting
wTen* STwer, and kept clean much more effectually
by this than by any other method. This kind of Engine
£f almost useful for washing the glass inside of fruit
and plant houses, at any time. The Barrow Engine is
Somjosed of an oval-shaped cistern, made preferably of
woodT but sometimes of galvanised iron. It w MA*
broader each way at the bottom than at the top.
is generally perforated, and either movable or fixed n
two parts on hinges to the cross bridge that holds all
tte otter parts kTpo-ition. The working arrangement,
inside are Wy similar in principle to that of a force-
P^p, and consirt of two upright cylinder^ one con-

510

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Engines, Garden— continued.

taining a piston and rod, and the other connected to this
at the base for conducting the water, by means of a
nozzle that turns round as desired, to any place within
the reach of the force applied. The cylinder, with the
piston inside, is connected with the water in the cistern,
and has a valve at its base. On raising the piston by
the handle attached to the rod at the top, the water
passes into the cylinder, and the valve closes. By the
next downward pressure, the water opens another valve
and passes into the adjoining cylinder; and, as the
latter valve will not allow it to return, and the outlet
is frequently only a small hole, the water has to pass
through in proportion to the size and the force applied.
Many who have to use a Garden Engine almost daily in
summer, have an insufficient knowledge of its construc-
tion and mode of working, and the result is that the
leverage of the handle connected with the piston rod,
and the great pressure of water consequently obtained,
is unduly exercised, and the valves, or something else,
soon become either out of order or broken. A per-
forated grating or rose should be placed at the base
of the cylinder opening to receive the water, in order to
prevent anything getting inside. Should an obstruction be
caused, the use of the pump must be discontinued until
the evil has been removed. These detailed remarks on the
construction of the Garden Engine are given with a view
to its being more generally understood and more care-
fully used.

ENXIANTHUS (from enkuos, enlarged, and antlws,
a flower ; flowers swollen). OBD. Ericaceae. A genus of
five species of elegant greenhouse or hardy evergreen
or deciduous shrubs. Flowers white, scarlet, or rose,
large, terminal, drooping; corolla campanulate, with a
five-cleft limb. Leaves petiolate, coriaceous and per-
sistent, or membranous and deciduous, entire or
serrulate. They thrive well in a compost of loam and
peat, in equal parts. Increased by cuttings, made of the
ripe wood, and inserted under a bell glass, during the
spring months, without heat. They should be potted
carefully.

E. campanulatus (bell-shaped).* Jl. greenish-white, tinted with
red, in fascicled racemes, pendent; corolla cylindrico-campanulate.
June. I. stalked, elliptic, argutely-serrulate, 2in. long. Japan.
Hardy. SYM. Andromeda campanulata.

E. nlmalaicus (Himalayan). Jl. in terminal umbels ; corollas
Jin. long, campanulate, flve-lobed, five-angled, yellowish-red, with
reddish streaks. June. 1. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, h, 20ft.
Sikkim, 1879. Greenhouse. (B. M. 6460.)

E. japonicus (Japanese).* /. white, globose, nodding. Feb-
ruary. 1. elliptic-obuvate, membranous, dying off a brilliant
golden-orange to autumn. Japan, 1870. A slender hardy de-
ciduous shrub, with whorled branches. (B. M. 5822.)

E. quinqueflorus (five-flowered).* Jl. red at the base, pale flesh-
colour at the tips, large, drooping, five or six together at the tops
of the brandies. February to September. I. broad, opposite,
oblong-elliptic, acuminated. Stem shrubby, h. 3ft. to 10ft. China,
1812. Greenhouse. SYN. E. reticulatus. (B. M. 1649.)

E. reticulatus (netted). A synonym of E. quinquejlorus.

ENSATE, or ENSIFORM. Quite straight, with

the point acute, like the blade of a broad-sword, or the

leaf of an Iris.

ENTADA (the Malabar name of one of the species).

SYN. Adenopodia. OBD. Leguminosas. A genus of stove

climbing shrubs. Flowers white, sessile or shortly

stalked, hermaphrodite or polygamous, disposed in dense

spikes. Leaves bipinnate. Stems unarmed. There are

about ten species, of which the one given below is the

best. For culture, see Mimosa.

E. Pursaetha (Purssetha). A synonym of E. scandeng.

E. scandens (climbing). /. about liin. long, in long slender

spikes, either solitary or in the upper axils, or forming a terminal

panicle ; calyx very small, truncate, or minutely toothed • petals

lanceolate, rigid, becoming at length quite separate. I. long-

stalked; rachis usually ending in a tendril; pinna stalked,

mostly four ; leaflets oblong or obovate, lin. to 2in. long, rigidly

coriaceous. Legume woody, attaining 2ft. to 4ft. in length, and

Entada — continued.

3in. to 4in. in breadth. A woody climber. This is the common
Sword Bean of the East and West Indies and tropical Pacific.
SY.VS. E. Pumcetha and M inwsa scandeng.

ENTEIiEA (from enteles, perfect; stamens all fer-
tile). OBD. TiliacecB. An ornamental greenhouse or
conservatory evergreen. It thrives well in a loamy soil,
with which a little sand may be advantageously mixed.
Increased by cuttings, inserted in sandy soil.
E. arborescens (tree-like), ft. white, in simple, lateral, or ter-
minal erect stalked cymes; involucels of many short bracts.
May. I. cordate, angular, doubly crenated, five-nerved, furnished
with small permanent stipules, stellately downy, h. 20ft. New
Zealand, 1820. (B. M. 2480.)

ENTIRE. Having no kind of marginal division.

ENTRANCES. The approach, or Entrance, to a
mansion or any important glass structure in a garden,
should at all times receive considerable attention when
the designs are being prepared. In either case, it should
be kept in good order, even more particularly than
other parts of the garden or park. The position of a
mansion and the neighbouring town or place from which
the approach proceeds, must invariably form the main
conditions in determining the line the latter is to take.
In some cases, where the mansion is surrounded by
trees, excepting a broad open view from the front,
the Entrance is made at the side, and no sight of the
building obtained until it is nearly reached. This
applies mostly to those built on the side of a hill,
or having massive trees as a background. Many
others of noble proportions, built in a valley or on
ground lower than that which surrounds it, have an
Entrance through a broad avenue of trees planted at
right angles to the front of the building, and reaching
a considerable distance. Here a perspective view of the
latter is obtained on first entering, that increases in
magnitude until the end is reached. In either case, as
many interesting views as possible of scenery, specimen
trees, ornamental water, or other permanent subjects,
should be introduced along the route. The Entrance
being seen first and last by strange visitors to the man-
sion, should be made as attractive as possible, the im-
pressions arising therefrom and afterwards communicated,
tending greatly to enhance the pleasure and interest in
the surroundings taken by the proprietor himself. En-
trances to glass houses, such as conservatories, &c., should
receive equal attention outside, in keeping clean and tidy,
as that practised in the interior. Forecourts near the
entrance to 'a mansion, if composed of gravel, should be
frequently swept and rolled.

EOMECON (from eoos, Eastern, and Mekon, a Poppy;
so called because of its systematic position close to the
Poppies, and its native country in Eastern Asia). OBD.
Papaveraceos. A monotypic genus. The species is a
beautiful, half-hardy, perennial herb. It thrives in any
airly good soil, and may be increased by division.
E. chionantha (snowy-flowered), ft. terminal, 2iu. in diameter,
on slender pedicels ; sepals combined into a boat-shaped spache ;
petals pure white, nearly orbicular, concave, spreading ; stamens
yellow, numerous ; scapes 1ft. or more high, reddish, sub-
paniculately branched above. Spring. I. radical, long-petiolate,
3in. to 6in. long, broadly cordiform, concave, the margins broadly
sinuated ; petioles 6in. to Sin. long. China, 1885. (B. M. 6871.)
EPACRIDE.ZB. An order of corollifloral, dicotyle-
donous, shrubby plants, almost confined to Australia, New
Zealand, and the Antarctic islands. Flowers axillary or
terminal, either solitary and terminating peduncles more
or less covered with imbricated, scale-like or leaf-like
bracts, or in spikes or racemes ; sepals usually finely
marked with parallel or diverging veins; corolla white
or of various shades of red, rarely blue, green, or yellowish.
Leaves alternate, or very rarely opposite, often crowded
or imbricate, rigid, entire or scarcely denticulate, with
several longitudinal, simple or forked nerves, sometimes
prominent underneath, sometimes very fine and numerous
or very obscure. The order is divided into two sections,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

511

Epacridea— eontinuea.

Epacreat and Styphelieae. There are about twenty-six
genera, and 320 species. Well-known genera are : Draco-
phyllum. Epacrit, Leveopoyon, and Styphelia.

EPACHIS (from epi, upon, and akrot, the summit ; in
reference to the species growing, in their native habitats,
on the tops of hills). OBD. Bpaeridem. A genus com-
prising twenty-six species of ornamental, much-branched,
greenhouse shrubs, of which twenty-one are Australian,
four are from new Zealand, and one from New Caledonia.
Flowers axillary, usually disposed in kafy spikes : corolla
tubular; calyx coloured, many-bracteate. Leaves scat-
tered, petiolate or simple at the base. These are among
the most useful of winter-flowering plants, either as decora-
tive subjects or for cut flower*. They are, as a rule,
more easily propagated and grown
\A than Heaths, and the flowers last

*^ f=== longer in a cut state. The young

plants are obtained from cuttings in
a similar way to Ericas ; but, as the
process takes a long time, it is advis-
able to purchase small plants from
nurserymen who propagate in large
quantities. The principal object
should be to obtain strong shoots, if
only a few, and get them thoroughly
ripened in autumn, to flower the fol-
lowing winter and spring. The erect-
growing varieties should be pruned
hard back after flowering, about
March, and kept rather close until
new growth commences. When the
shoots are about |in. long, any repot-
ting required should be at once seen
to, naipg a compost of fibry peat, with
the addition of one-sixth of silver
sand. Efficient drainage must be
secured, and the new soil made firm
round the ball, which should not be
broken, nor the roots disturbed by
the process. Water should be with-
held from the roots for a few days,
light overhead syringings being suf-
ficient. As the plants progress, more
air and sun should be admitted, until
about the end of July, when they may
be plunged in ashes outside. Water-
ing should be carefully performed
at all times with Epacrises, as with
all plants of a similar nature. A
cool greenhouse, or other structure
where frost is excluded, is a suitable
position for them in winter. They
F.G. 707. FLOWERING will, however, bear with impunity
BRANCH OF ETACRIS more heat and moisture at this
IMPRESS*. 8eason ^ ^ majority 0{ £„««.

A few of the varieties are of a natural pendent habit, and
these do not require severe pruning like the others, but
merely shortening back. The species of Epacris have pro-
duced a large quantity of beautiful garden forms that are,
in most cases, superior to the types from which they origi-
nated. All are most beautiful and useful, and may be
grown on for several years, if proper attention is bestowed.

recurved towards the
SVN. E. muervKW

E. grandiflora a

E. impressa

ered).

A synonym of B. Itmgiton.

from white to different

from almost campanula* to narrow-cylindrical, always with flr.
mtprMMd caritfaTootride, alternating with the staineM {BUM-
diausly above the ovary. March, t sessile, from ovate-lanceo.
late to lanceolate-linear, tapering into a short and rigid or longer
and pungent point, narrowed, rounded, or almost eordaU atth*
base ; midribs and often lateral
A. 2ft to

Fio. 70a FLOWMUKG BRANCH OF EFACRIS PU«.FT»ASC»»

512

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Epacris — cvMttMctwf.

E. minlata (vermilion). A synonym of E. longiflora.

E. mucronulata (mucronulate). A synonym of E. acurmnata.

E. obtuslfolla (obtuse-leaved), fl. white, axillary, usually form-
ing long, one-sided, leafy racemes, either almost sessile or on
peduncles of above one line ; corolla sometimes almost campanu-
late ; tube shortly exceeding the calyx ; lobes broad. I. oblong-
elliptical, obtuse, thick, few-nerved, slightly concave, narrowed
into a short petiole. A. 1ft to 3ft. An erect shrub. (L. B. C.

E. onosmaeflora (Onosina-flowered). A synonym of E. purpu-
rascens.
pulchclla (pretty).* jl. pale red or pink, disposed along the

branches on very short stalks; calyx segments equalling the tube
of the corolla. May. I. rather concave, each ending in a
spreading point, which is not so long as the base of the leaf.
h. 1ft. to 3ft 1804.

E. pnrpurascens (purplish).* fl. white, or more or less tinged
with red; segments of calyx acuminated, iibout equal in
length to the tube of the corolla. January to March. I. ovate-
acuminate, ending each in a recurved mucrone, which exceeds
the base of the leaf. h. 2ft to 3ft. 1803. SYN. E. onoxmasjlora.
(L. B. C. 237.) There is a pretty double-flowered form of this.
See Fig. 708. (G. C. n. a., v. 340.)

E. rigida (rigid), jl, corolla tube broad, as long as the calyx,
with five transverse thickenings inside ; sepals obtuse, or rarely
one or two of them almost acute. I. almost sessile, erect or
spreading, ovate or ovate-oblong, very obtuse and thick, h. 1ft.
to 2ft An erect, rigid, bushy shrub.
The following is a list of the best garden varieties :

ARDENTISSIMA,. DENSI FLORA, DEVONIANA, ECLIPSE, EXONIENSIS,
EXQUISITE, FIREBALL, HYACINTHIFLORA, H. ALBA, H. CAN-
DIDISSIMA, H. CARMINATA, H. FULGENS, IGNEA, KlNGHOUNI,
LADY ALICE PEEL, LADY PAMMURE, LUCIFER, MINIATA SPLE.X-
DENS, M. GRANDIFLORA, MODEL, MONT BLANC, MRS. PYM,
RAMOSA, RUBRA SUPERBA, SUNSET, THE BRIDE, VESTA, VESU-
VIUS, VISCOUNTESS HILL.

(from Epnedra, the Greek name used by
Pliny for the Hippuris, or Horse Tail, which it resembles).
OBD. Onetacece. Low-growing evergreen trailing shrubs.
The species (about thirty have been described) are natives
of South Europe, North Africa, temperate and sub-tropical
Asia, and extra-tropical America. They have small scale-
like leaves, and numerous slender-jointed green branches.
These curious little plants are rarely grown, but E. ne-
brodeneis is very showy when covered with its scarlet
berries. They are very suitable for rockwork, and require
little water. Increased by layering the young shoots or
branches.

E. dlstachya (two-spiked). A synonym of E. nebrodensit.
E. monostachya (one-spiked). A synonym of K. mdgarit.
E. nebrodensls (Nebrodean).* fl. whitish; catkins twin; pe-

red. h. 3ft. to 4ft.
An evergreen shrub, with numerous
cylindrical wand-like branches, articulated, and furnished at each

duncles opposite. July, August.
South-western Europe, 1750. An

articulation with two small linear leaves. SYN. E. dixtachya.
K. vulgarls (common).* fl. whitish ; catkins solitary : peduncles
many. June, July. Berries red. h. 1ft. to 2ft. South Europe,
1772. An evergreen shrub, much smaller and haulier than
E. nebrodenitis. SYN. E. monostachya. (W. D. B. ii. 142.)
EPHEMERUM. A synonym of Tradescantia.
EPHIPPIUM. Included under Cirrhopetalum.
EFICARP. The outside covering of a fruit.
EPICARPURUS. A synonym of Streblus.
EPIDENDRUM (from epi, upon, and dendron, a
tree ; epiphytal on trees). Including Physinga. OKD.
Orchideai. A large genus (about 300 species) of stove
and greenhouse Orchids, comparatively few of which
are worth cultivating, the great majority having small,
dingy-coloured flowers. Dr. Lindley says the essential
character of the genus resides in the lip being more or
less united by a fleshy base to the edge of a column,
which is hornless, and considerably elongated, but not
petaloid, and winged; in the pollen masses being four,
equal and compressed ; and, in the presence of a passage,
more or less deep, at the base of the lip. Most of the
species are epiphytes, though some few succeed in pots,
under the same treatment as recommended for Cattleya
(which see), except that less heat is needed. Growers
of orchids, according to Mr. Williams, have been more
deceived in buying Epidendnuns than in any other group

Epidendram — continued.

of similar plants. The bulbs of many kinds are so nearly
alike that it is very difficult to tell what they are before
flowering. Sometimes they have to be grown several
years before this occurs ; and then frequently only dingy
green flowers are produced, about the same colour as the
leaves. Some of these insignificant flowers are, how-
ever, very fragrant, and will perfume the whole house
in which they are grown. In the following enumeration,
the most beautiful and approved sorts only are included.
E. alatnm majus (large- winged).* il. pale yellow, disposed in

straggling panicles, and remaining nearly six weeks in beauty ;

lip striped with purple. June, July. Guatemala. Greenhouse.

SYN. E. calochilum. (B. M. 3898.)

E. aloifolium (Aloe-leaved). A synonym of E. falcatum.
E. atropurpureum (dark-purple).* fl., sepals and petals dark
le, the apices greenish, incurved ; lip rose-coloured,
blotch of crimson-purple in its centre. May, June.

rose or purple, the apices greenish, incurved ; lip rose-coloured,
with a dark blotch of crimson-purple in its centre. May, June.
A. 6in. to 12in. Mexico, 1836. This secies succeeds well either

in a shallow pan or on a block, with sphagnum. Greenhouse.

SYN. E. macrocliilum (B. M. 3534). The variety roseum (F. d. S.

372) has the lip wholly of a dark rose colour.
E. aurantlacum (golden).* Jl. bright orange, produced from a

sheath at the top of the bulb, five to ten in a cluster ; lip orange,

striped with crimson. March to May. A. 1ft. Guatemala, 1836.

A very handsome stove species. In habit and structure, it ap-

proaches CattUya Skinneri. (R. G. 138.)
E. bicameratum (two-arched). .//. ochre-coloured, with a deep

brown disk ; lip white, ochre-coloured at the base. Mexico,

1871. Greenhouse.

FIG. 709. SINGLE FLOWER OF EPIDENPRUM BICORNUTUM.

E. bicornutum (two-horned).* jl, pure white, with a few crimson
spots in the centre of the lip ; spike produced from the tops of the
pseudo-bulbs, sometimes twelve-flowered. Summer. Pseudo-
bulbs stout, 1ft. to lift, high, hollow in the centre, and producing
short leathery leaves near the apex. Trinidad. This curious,
but handsome stove species is sometimes found difficult to grow.
It has, however, succeeded upon a bare block of wood, in a
high temperature, fully exposed to the sun. and supplied with
abundance of atmospheric moisture when making its growth.
Occasionally, it grows and flowers well annually, treated in a
precisely similar way to Cattleyas. See Fig. 709. (B. M. 3332.)
This species, together with about three others, also formerly
included under Epidendrum, now constitute the genus Dia-
crium, and the correct name of this plant is Diacrium Incomutum,

E. Brassavolee (Brassavola). /. 4in. in diameter, on long, many-
flowered spikes ; sepals and petals rich yellowish-brown ; lip
large, ovate, straw-coloured at the base, with the apex purple,
sweet-scented in the evening. Guatemala, 1867. Greenhouse.
(B. M. 5664.)

E. calochilum (beautiful -lipped). A synonym of E. alatum
majus.

E. Catillus (Catillus). fl.. cinnabar-red, in clusters. Columbia,
1873. Greenhouse. (I. H. n. a. 162.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

513

Epidendnun— continued.

E. dnnabarlnum (cinnabar-red). fl. orange-red, crowded at the
top of a slender scape, 2in. across. May to July. h. 4ft. Brazil,
1837. Stove. (B. R. 1842, 25.)

E. cnemidophorum (sheathed).* fl. light yellow, spotted brown
inside, pure white at back; lip white, shaded rose, deeply-
divided; spike terminal, about 1ft. long. I. about Sin. long,
glossy, acuminated, h. 4ft. to 6ft. Guatemala, 1867. A stately
greenhouse plant, with ample drooping racemes. (B. M. 5656.)

E. Cooperlantun (Cooper's), ft. brownish-yellow; lip broad,
rosv-purple ; racemes terminal, drooping. I. lanceolate, acute.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1867. Stove. (B. M. 5654.)

E. crassifolinm (thick-leaved). A synonym of E. eUiptieum.

E. crinlfenun (hairy-lipped), fl. yellowish-green, with cinnamon
blotches and bars ; lip white, hairy. Costa Rica, 1871. Green-
house. (B. M. 6094.)

E. dichromum (two-coloured).* fl. light rose-coloured, about
2in. in diameter, produced in large panicles, 2ft to 3ft. high ;
lip three-lobed, rich crimson ; pseudo-bulbs short and stout, sup-
porting two or three dark green leathery leaves, from 6in. to 12in.
or more in length. Pernambuco, 1865. Greenhouse. The variety
striatum is a very handsome one, having sepals and petals white,
with radiating deep purple lines.

E. eburneum (ivory), ft., sepals and petals yellowish-green ; lip
very large, ivory-white, with yellow callosities ; raceme terminal,
four to six-flowered. I. alternate, large, deep green, h. 2ft.
Panama, 1867. Greenhouse. (B. M. 5645.)

E. ellipticnm (elliptic), ft. rose-coloured. March to June. k. 2ft.
to 3ft. Brazil. Greenhouse. STN. E. crastifolium. (B. M. 3543.)

E. ernbescens (blushing). /. produced in large panicles ; sepals
and petals of a delicate mauve colour, broad ; lip rather darker,
yellow at the base. Mexico, 1837. This very desirable green-
house species is somewhat difficult to grow ; but it has been
found to thrive well on long blocks of wood, in a cool house.

E. evectum (extended).* fl., racemes loose, snb-cylindric, many-
flowered ; perianth bright rose-purple ; sepals and petals similar,
narrow-obovate, obtuse ; lip adnate to the column, rather longer
than the sepals, three-lobed nearly to the base ; lobes all deeply
cut and fringed. I. sessile, obh
coriaceous, plane ; sheaths
known, but probably from
greenhouse species. (B. M. 5902.)

E. falcatnm (falcate):* fl. fragrant, one or two together ; sepals
and petals greenish-yellow ; lip brighter yellow, not fringed.
Summer. Mexico, 1835. Stove. This plant remains in full
beauty for a considerable time. STNS. E. aloifolium and E. Par-
kinsonianum. (B. M. 3778.)

E. Frederic! Guilielmi (Prince Frederick William's) fl. pro-
duced in large terminal panicles ; sepals and petals dark purple,
about lin. long, lanceolate ; lip trilobed ; apex of the column and
the disk pure white. I. distichous, 6in. to Sin. long, lin. to 2in.
broad, dark green. Peru, 1871. Stove. (I. H. n. s. 48.)

E. Graham! (Graham's). A synonym of E. phaenicew

•blong-lanceolate, obtuse, emarginate,
rather short. Native country un-
New Grenada. A very handsome

FIG. no. SINGLE FLOWER OF EPIDENDRUM LWDI.EYANUM.

' Lindieyaiw.0* Stove. See Fig. 710.

. Hanburli (Hanbury's). fl., sepals and petals deep, dull
purple ; lip rose, veined with crim
1843. Greenhouse. (R. G. 398.1

,
son. Spring, h. 2ft Mexico,

Epidendrnm — continued.
E. macrochllnm (large-lipped). A synonym of g.

purtum.
E. myriantbum (many-flowered), ft. bright rosy-purple, small.

in enormous panicles. Autumn. £ distichous, linear-oblong or

in enormous panicles. Autumn. I. distichous, linear-oblong
lanceolate. Stems 3ft to 4ft. high. Guatemala, 1866. This rare,
free-flowering species grows best in a cool house. (B. M. 5556.)

E. nemorale (wood).* /. about 3in. across, freely produced on
large drooping panicles ; sepals and petals of a delicate mauve or
rosy-lilac, lanceolate ; lip striped with violet July. Pseudo-
bulbs from 3in. to 5in. high, two-leaved. Mexico, 1840. This fa a
splendid stove species, but somewhat difficult to manage suc-
cessfully, the fault, in most instances, being in keeping too much
soil about its roots, and in not exposing it to the full sun.
(B. M. 4606, under name of E. rxrrucotum.)

E. n. majns (larger), ft. produced in panicles, sometimes 3ft. in
lengthTsepals and petals delicate rosy-mauve ; lip white in the
centre, with three short red lines, bordered deep rose. Stove.

«.]

£ .

I distichous, lanceolate-acuminate.' Steins tall, reedy, 21
high. New Grenada, 1868. Greenhouse. One of the finest of
the paniculate Epidendrums. and perhaps the most free-flower-
ing of all orchids. (B. M. 5731.)

E. Parklnaonlannm (Parkinson's). A synonym of E.falcatum.

E. phoenieenm (purple), ft., sepals and petals deep purple,
mottle.) with gr«en ; lip clear bright violet, veined and stained
with crimson. Summer. A. 6in. to 12in. Cuba, 1840. A band-
some, large-flowered stove species, with branching panicles, 2ft.
to 3ft high. STN. If. Grahami. (B.M. 3385.)

Fio. 711. SINGLE FLOWER OF EPIDENDRI'M PRISMATOCARPUM.

E.
"•

(prism-fruited).* /fragrant, *£££*&

black ; lip

umn, which are
retuse or emargin

xcept the lip and
rmilion ; lip (free

to* ithTtop ofthe stems, distichous, sub-erect, narrowly linear-
oblong, Acuminate, coriaceous, obscurely nerved at the bac£
deep green ; back keeled ; margins recurved. Central Ainerica,
1871. An extremely curious greenhouse species. (B. M. 5929.)
E. radicans (rooting), ft. dark orange-red, remaining in beauty
fo^SSSSbtoperiod, Produced tokjfctjn^ni
Guatemala, 1836. _ A pretty, scandent greenfiou^ •£££
times reachi
stake. SYN.

:tive speci«

rF?M."n."s7445.y

E. rhizophornm (rooting). A synonym of E. radieant.
E SopbronitiB (Sophronitis-like). ft. dull yellow-green, mo***

with dull violet-purple. May and June I. two . or • three att

one of
E. Stamfordiannm (Stamford's),

genus.

. 6314.)
and

514

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Epidenc

i — continued.

E. gyringothyrsis (Lilac-like).» ft. dark purple, with a
little orange and yellow on the lip and column, in branching
panicles, seventy to eighty-flowered. I. distichous, about 6in.
long, light green. Stems slender, about 3ft. high. Bolivia, 1866.
Stove. The specific name is derived from its resemblance to the
Lilac in form and colour. (B. M. 6145.)

E. vitelllnum (yolk-of-egg-coloured). ft. bright orange-scarlet,
about 2in. in diameter ; lip bright yellow ; spike erect, ten
to fifteen-flowered. Summer. I. and pseudo-bulbs glaucous.
Mexico, 1840. It thrives best in a warm temperature and damp
atmosphere. (B. M. 4107.) The variety mains is a handsome
form, with considerably larger flowers, and broader sepals and
petals, than the type.

EPIDERMIS. The transparent colourless membrane
which covers almost all parts of plants exposed to the
outward air, and is composed of one or more layers of
firmly coherent, usually empty, cells.

EPIG2EA (from epi, upon, and gaia, the earth ; in
reference to its trailing growth). ORD. Ericaceae. A
genus of a couple of species of very elegant creeping,
tufted, hardy evergreen shrubs. E. repens thrives only
in peat soil and in shady situations. Increased by care-
ful divisions of well-established tufts. The second species,
E. asiatica, a Japanese plant, is not yet in cultivation.
E. repens (creeping).* Ground Laurel ; in New England, called

Mayflower, fl. white, tinged with red, in dense axillary and

terminal racemes, exhaling a rich spicy

cordate-ovate, entire. Branches, petioles, and nerves of leaves

fragrance. May.

very hairy. Northern United States, 1736. (G. W. F. A. 37.)
EPIGYNIUM. Included under Vaccinium (which

see).

EPIGYNOUS. Growing upon the ovary. A term

applied when the outer whorls of the flower adhere to

the ovary.

KIG. 712. UPPER PORTION OP STEM OF EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIDM.

EFILOBITTM (from epi, upon, and lobos, a pod ;
flower seated as if it were upon the top of the pod)
Willow-herb. ORD. Onagrariece. A genus of fifty species
of hardy perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, occurring in
all cold and temperate climates. Most of the species
are of botanical interest only, but some are highly orna-
mental. Flowers axillary, solitary, or disposed in ter-
minal spikes, each flower furnished with a bract. Leave.s
opposite, or irregularly scattered. They are of the easiest
possible culture, in ordinary garden soil. Increased by
divisions or seeds. As border plants, and for naturalisa-
tion in shrubberies and by watercourses, E. angustifolium
and E. hirsutum are eminently well suited.
E. angustifolium (narrow-leaved).* French Willow, or Rose-bay.

ft. crimson, disposed in spicate racemes, bracteate. July.

I. nearly sessile, lanceolate, undulated. Stems erect, nearly

simple, h. 3ft. to 6ft. Northern hemisphere (Britain). A very

handsome species, but, from the rapidity with which it spreads,

it should be wholly confined to shrubberies. See Fig. 712.

(Sy. En. B. iii. 495.)
E. angustlsslmum (very narrow-leaved). A synonym of !•:.

rogmarintfolium,
E. denticulatum (denticulate). /. rose-coloured. Summer. '

somewhat lanceolate, denticulated ; lower ones opposite. Stems

suflruticose. h. 6in. to 12in. Peru.
E. Dodoneal (Dodoens').* fl. deep rose, large ; pedicels connected

with the bracts, crowded near the tops of the branches. July.

I. linear, obsoletely denticulated. Stems erect, branched at the

apex. h. 1ft. Europe, 1800. SY.N. E. Halleri.
E. Halleri (Haller's). A synonym of E. Dodoncci.

FIG. 713. UPPER PORTION OF STEM OF EPILOBIUM HIRSUTUM.

E. hirsntum (hairy).* Codlins and Cream, ft. usually pale
pink, sometimes white, large, disposed in a leafy, corymbose
cluster. July. I., lower ones opposite ; upper ones alternate,
ovate-lanceolate, hairy, toothed, half stem-clasping. h. 3ft. to 5ft.
Europe (Britain), &c. The whole plant is downy, soft, and
clammy, exhaling a peculiar acidulous scent. See Fig. 713.
(Sy. En. B. 497.)

E. obcordatnm (obcordate).* fl. bright rose-purple, large.
Summer. I. opposite, ovate, sessile, numerous, mostly longer
than the internodes (four to eight lines long), glaucous, opaque.
Sierra Nevada, &c., California. A very charming low-growing
alpine species, requiring a moist, well-drained spot in rockery.

E. rosmarinlfolium (Rosemary-leaved).* /. red ; pedicels con-
nected with the bracts, crowded near the tops of the branches.
July. I. linear, obsoletely denticulated. Stems erect, branched
towards the middle, h. 2ft. Europe, &c., 1775. SYN. E. angus-
tisnmum. (Sy. En. B. 494.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

515

EPIMEDIUM (from epi, upon, akin to, and Median,
a plant, said to grow in Media ; a name from Dioscorides,
retained by Linnaeus). Barrenwort. OBD. Berberidece.
Ornamental hardy herbaceous perennials, with creeping
perennial trunks, and annual stems. Flowers various-
coloured. Leaves stalked, compound ; leaflets awnedly-
serrated. They form admirable plants for rockwork, and
will thrive in a compost of fresh loam and peat, in
equal proportions. Propagated by divisions of the root,
which should be made during July or August.

FIG. 714. EPIMEDIUM ALPINUM.

compose

ES

714. (Sy. En. B. 52.)

. a. mbrtun (red). A synonym of E. rubrum

The dwkespcie
CR M 3448 )

the genus. SYN. Acera

There are several other garden forms, more or less distinct.

allied to E. pinnatum. (B. M. 6509.)
«. pinnatum (pinnate).* ft. bright yellow ; ruccme lax, simple,

Epimedium — continued.

6in. long, twelve to twenty-flowered; peduncles about 6in. in
length. Summer. 1. radical, 1ft to lift, long, tripinnate ; leaf-
lets stalked, ovate-acute, serrated, k. Bin. to 2ft. Persia, 1848.

lets stalked, orate-acute, serrated
A handsome strong-growing species.

.s'

ole lin or 2in below its apex ; outer sepals greyish,
s± TdecWuousI inner sepals Wht crimson oblong-lanceolate
very convex on the back, spreading horizontally when the flower

'

pinwn in habit, but is more robust.

(B. M. 5671.)

EPIPACTIS (Epipaktis, a plant of Dioscorides ; from
epipegnuo, to coagulate ; referring to its effect on milk).
Helleborine. OBD. Orchidea. A genus ot eight species c
very pretty hardy Orchids, natives of Europe and Russian
Asia except the extreme north. Flowers purple, brown,
or white rarely tinged with red, in a loose raceme;
perianth spreading; petals ' shorter than the sepals, but
otherwise similar; lip free from the column thick and
concave at the base, the terminal portion broad and petal-
like with two protuberances at the base. Stem leafy.
They are of easy culture in shady woods, in friable loam
mixed with chalk, and form excellent subject* for natural-
ising in artificial bogs, or in moist peaty spots. Increased
by divisions. The two following species represent the
genus in Britain.

i

^ofbiculfr' o^te or™blonP, embracing the stem.

EPIPETALOUS. Growing on petals.
EPIPHLffiUM. The layer of bark immediately
below the epidermis.
EPIPHORA. A synonym of Polystachya (whio

see).

EPIPHYLLOUS. Growing upon a leaf.

EPIPHYLLUM (from epi, upon, and phyllon, a leaf ;
the flow* ant ^om the flat branches which appear
like leaves). OBD. Cacte*. A genus of three species
of verT handsome, branched, slender, climbing stove sub-
shrub? all natives of Brazil. Flowers solitary, usually

516

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Epiphyllum — continued.

large and showy ; tube of corolla furnished with remote
unarmed scales, rising from the crenatures of the branches,
among small spines; limb of corolla deeply multifid.
Branches much compressed, two-edged, thin, but fleshy,

Epiphyllnm— continued.

habit, they show best when grafted on a small tree-like
stock. Although the species are few, the varieties are
somewhat numerous, and are nearly all richly coloured
and attractive.

FIG. 716. EFIFREMMJM MFRABILE (see page 517>

lobately crenated, green, smooth. Epiphyllums are among
the most highly coloured and beautiful of winter-flowering
plants. They are not very fast-growing, and are, in con-
sequence, most useful for decorating either large or small
plant houses. Being of a dense trailing or dependent

PEOPAOATION. This may be effected by short cuttings,
taken from the branches, inserted singly in small pots, and
placed in heat. The branches being unable to support
themselves in an upright position when growing, this
plan of cultivation is not much practised, except for use in

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

517

Epiphyllum — continued.

baskets or in other positions where they are intended to
hang down. For growing in pots, the general system
adopted for Epiphyllums is to graft them on stocks, that
may be first grown from cuttings to almost any desired
height. The plants used as stocks are Pereskia aculeata
and P. Bleo. These strike readily in sandy soil, at any
season, and should afterwards bo potted and grown up-
right, until they reach the required height, which may
vary from 1ft. to 5ft. Grafting is easily performed, as
it consists in merely pulling out a short branch just as
growth commences, in spring, afterwards opening the
stock either on the top or at any part of the side that
is sufficiently hard, inserting the back part of the branch,
and then passing one of the sharp spines from the
Pereskia stock right through, to hold all firmly. No
other covering need be applied if the plants are in a
moist, warm atmosphere. P. Bleo growe stronger, and
is, on that account, suitable for tall specimens, while
P. aculeata is more common and is generally used for
dwarf or medium-sized standards. By grafting at short
distances up the stem, pyramid plants may be obtained
by a system of training, that have a fine effect when in
flower. Large pyramids have also been grown from
cuttings for exhibition purposes.

CULTIVATION. Epiphyllums succeed in sandy loam,
with the addition of a little leaf soil and mortar rubbish.
Good drainage is necessary, and rather small pots, in
proportion to the size of head, will be sufficient. After
grafting, the plants should be grown on in heat until
autumn, when they should be kept drier, and allowed
to rest. Start them again in February, and grow in a
light position, allowing plenty of air in the latter part
of the summer, to thoroughly ripen the growths. The
plants will have formed nice heads by this time, and
may be introduced to warmer quarters, for flowering, a
few at a time, so as to prolong the season. A tempe-
rature of 45deg. will be high enough in the autumn, and
only sufficient water to prevent shrivelling should be
applied. The flowers will open in a temperature of
GOdeg., and may then be removed to a cooler position, j
After flowering, any necessary repotting should be per-
formed, and the same routine again followed. When
established in tolerably large pots, it is often best not
to disturb the roots, but apply a top-dressing of good
soil instead. Epiphyllums increase in size for several
years, if they can be kept in good health. They may
be used with fine effect to cover the back wall of a
stove. A trellis, far enough from the wall to allow of
soil being placed for planting, might be fixed, and the
soil inclosed and hidden by Selaginellas, or plants of
similar habit. For this purpose, plants struck from
cuttings are most suitable. The flowers are produced
at the ends of the flattened branches.
E. Russellianum (Russell's). Jl. delicate rose colour. May.
This is a form from Brazil, with doubtful specific claims, but
sufficiently distinct for horticultural purposes. (B. M. 3717.)
There are two or more varieties, including rubrum, with much
larger bright rosy -red flowers ; and superbum, with purple flowers,
having a white throat.

E. truncatum (truncate).* /I. red or rose-coloured, hardly 3in.
long, oblique, rising from the truncate tops of the branches;
stamens white ; corolla reflexed, ringent ; tube very short.
Branchlets dichotomous, truncate at the apex. Joints of stem
compressed. 1818. (B. H. 1866, 15.). SYN. Cactus truncate
(B. M. 696). There are several varieties of this fine plant, of
which the following is a selection : tricolor, white, edged with
rose ; coccineum, rich deep scarlet ; elegant, bright orange-red,
centre rich purple ; inayni/icum, flowers large, white, tips bright
rose-coloured; roseum, bright rose; Ruckenanum, deep reddish-
purple, with a rich violet centre ; salmonewn, reddish-salmon ;
spectabile, white, with purple margin ; violaceum, flowers large,
pure white, with delicate purple margin ; molaceum tupertnim,
pure white, rich deep purple edge.

EPIPHYTES. Plants growing upon the surface of
others without deriving any nutriment from them; as,
for example, many Orchids and Mosses. They are fre-
quently spoken of as Air Plants.

EFIFREMNUM (from epi, upon, and premium, a
trunk; in allusion to the species rooting upon the
trunks of trees). ORD. Aroidece (Aracece). A genus of
about eight species of climbing stove plants, from the
Malayan Archipelago and the islands of the Pacific.
Spathe thick, boat-shaped; spadix included, thick, cy-
lindrical, dense-flowered. Leaves ovate, ovate-cordate or
lanceolate, often large, entire or piunatifid ; petiole
sheathing at the base. For culture, see Monitera.
E. mirabile (wonderful). Tonga Plant. This is an " ornamental
climber, of rapid growth, with bold dark green pinnatisect leaves
in the adult stage, and large inflorescences, resembling those of a
Monstera. It is a very suitable plant for trailing up pillars,
trunks of Palms, Tree-ferns, 4c., or the back wall of a stove ; and,
besides its ornamental character, it is specially interesting for the
manner in which the plant changes in appearance as it develops
from its juvenile state with small entire leaves to its adult
flowering stage with large pinnatisect leaves ; as well as for its
medicinal qualities, which appear to have been long known to
the natives of the countries the plant inhabits" (N. E. Brown).
Fiji. See page 516, Fig. 716, for which we are indebted to
Mr. Wm. BulL

EFISCIA (from episkioi, shaded ; occurring, in their

native habitats, in shady places). As now understood,

this genus includes Alsobia, Centrosolenia, Cyrtodeira,

Nautilocalyx, Physodeira, and Slciophila. ORD. Gesne-

racece. Very beautiful stove herbaceous perennials. About

thirty species have been described, all New World

plants, dispersed over Central America and the West

Indies. Flowers axillary, solitary, or in little cymes ;

corolla funnel-shaped. Leaves opposite, petiolate, alike

or dissimilar. For cultivation, see Genera.

E. blcolor (two-coloured).* .X. white, bordered with purple, erect

or inclined ; calyx hairy, deeply five-cleft into five nearly erect

linear-lanceolate sepals, recurved at the apex ; corolla white,

gibbous on one side at the base, dilated above, tumid beneath,

within spotted with purple ; tube rather short ; peduncles slender,

hairy, from the axils of the leaves. 1. large, hairy, between ovate

and cordate, spreading, somewhat glossy, acute, penninerved and

coarsely reticulated ; petioles short, hairy, h. Sin. New Grenada.

A somewhat creeping, procumbent plant. (B. M. 4390.)

E. chontalensis (Chontalese).* rt. lilac, with a yellow centre, and

a whitish tube, nearly 2in. across. November and December.

I. ovate, or ovate-oblong, acute, sub-cordate at the base, purple

on the under side, and fight green on the upper surface. A. 6in.

Nicaragua, 1867. (B. M. 5925.)

E. cupreata (coppery).* This is the correct name of plant

descnbed under Achimenet cupreata.

E. c. viridifolia (green-leaved). This closely resembles the type,
differing from it only in the much larger flowers, and in the ab-
sence of the coppery tinge to the foliage. New Grenada, 1860. An
elegant plant. (B. M. 5195, under name of Cyrtodeira cupreata.)
E. erythropus (red-stalked), fl. fascicled in the axils of the
leaves, on slender, single-flowered peduncles, about lin. to 2in.
long ; calyx divisions subulate lanceolate, quite entire, green ;
corolla pale flesh-coloured, with orange-purple spots within the
yellow throat and tube; limb oblique, nearly flat; lobes or-
bicular. I. sub-radical, oblanceolate, cordate-acuminate, decur-
rent on the stout petiole, irregularly toothed, bright green above,
suffused with red beneath; midrib and petiole very stout blood-red;
nerves many, arching, very red. New Grenada, 1874. (B. M. 6219.)
E fulgida (shining).* JL, corolla bright and almost vermilion-
'redTtube hirsute, liin. long, cylindric, nearly straight; limb lin.
in diameter, nearly equal; lobes rounded, irregularly toothed;
peduncles axillary, solitary, stout, lin. to2in. long. July. I. 3in.
to 5in long, elliptic, or elliptic-ovate, acute, crenulate serrate,
convex, bufiately reticulated on the upper surface, dark emerald
green, paler along the midrib, and inclined to coppery. A. 6m.
New Grenada, 1873. (B. M. 6136.)

E melittifolla (Melittis- leaved). JL, corolla crimson ; tube longer
than the calyx, curved downwards, with an obtuse spur at the
base above; limb of five, nearly equal, rounded, spreading lobes;
peduncles few, rarely single-flowered. April, May. L upon long
petioles, large, nearly elliptical, obtuse aC the base, acute at the
apex- margin coarsely doubly crenate, dark green, glossy,
wrinkled above, with the sunk reticulated veins ; pale beneath.
h. 1ft Dominica, 1853. (B. M. 4720.)

gibbous at the base above, curved, compressed, the moutn sprea
EC within on the lower side marked with purple rounded ^obes.
May and June. 1. opposite, petioled, ovate, acute or acuminate,
coarsely serrated, vulous with spreading hair, strongly reticu-
lated and rugose, the nerves prominent beneath, and then
t-.rnentose ; petioles thick, woolly, and villow. Branches erect,
obtusely tetragonal, thickly hairy and woolly. £ «&•• V
urinam. A distinct and handsome species. (B. M. 4866, under

Surinam. A distinct and ha
name of Drymonia nUo*a.)

518

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

EPISTEPHIUM (from epi, upon, and stephas, a
crown; at the base of the perianth there is a small
toothed calyoulus). ORD. Orchidece. A genus of half-a-
dozen species of beautiful stove terrestrial Orchids, allied
to Sobralia, natives of Southern tropical America. Boots
fleshy, fibrous, underground. Perhaps the only one which
has been introduced is that here described. It thrives
in good fibrous loam and sand ; perfect drainage and
copious supplies of water are essential elements in its
culture. Propagated by division.
E. Williams!! (WUliams's).* fl. bright reddish-purple, large;

spike terminal, six to eight-flowered. 1. very dark, shining.

h. 1ft. Bahia, 1864. (B. M. 5485.)

EQUISETACE.2E. An order of interesting crypto-
gams, which takes its name from the genus Equisetum,
the only one the order contains. There are about twenty-
five species, chiefly found in temperate Northern regions ;
a few are sub-tropical. One of the latter group (E. Martii),
recently introduced to Kew from Brazil, attains, in its
native habitats, the enormous height of 30ft. "Dutch
Bushes," used for scouring and polishing, are the stems
of E. hyemale ; their roughness is duo to a deposit of
siliceous particles in the epidermis.

EQUISETUM (from equi, of a horse, and seta, a hair).
Horsetail. ORD. Equisetacece. A genus of leafless herbs,
with a perennial, usually creeping rootstock, and erect,
Bush-like hollow and jointed sterna, marked with longi-
tudinal furrows, with a sheath at each joint, inclosing
the base of the next internode. Some of the species of
this neglected genus are well worth growing in wet,
shady spots, and in similar situations in the rock garden.
Increased by division.

E. Tnaxlmnm (largest). rones large. Sterile stems 3ft. to
6ft. high, twenty to forty-grooved, furnished with whorls of
slender, sub-erect branches. Fertile stem stout, about 1ft. high,
with many pale-brown sheaths ; teeth two-ribbed. Northern
hemisphere (Britain). A very fine plant when well grown.
SYN. JE. Telmateia.

E. sylvaticum (wood).* cones ovoid-oblong, obtuse. Stems
ten to eighteen-grooved ; branches recurved or deflexed,
divided; stem sheaths lax; teeth long, obtuse; teeth of branch
sheaths three-ribbed to the top. Northern hemisphere (Britain).
A very pretty plant for pot culture in a conservatory. Readily
recognised by the elegant appearance of the whorls of com-
pound, recurved branches.
E. Telmateia (Telmateia). A synonym of K maximum.

EQUITANT. When the two sides of a leaf are
brought together, and adhere except at the base, where
they inclose an opposite leaf, whose sides are in the
same state. Hence they look as if they rode on each
other.

ERAGROSTIS (from eros, love, and agrostis, grass ;
alluding to the pretty dancing spikelets). Love Grass.
ORD. Graminece. A genus of about 100 species of annual
or perennial grasses (of which two or three are almost
cosmopolitan), found in all warm and temperate regions.
Some make decidedly pretty garden plants ; and are easily
grown from seeds, sown in the open, in spring. The best
are : cegyptiaca, capillaris, elegans, and megastachya.

ERANTHEMUM (from eran, to love, and anthemon,
a flower; referring to the beauty of the flowers). ORD.
Acanthacece. A genus containing about thirty species of
handsome stove plants, of elegant and free-flowering
habit. They are found in the warmer regions of both
hemispheres. Propagated by cuttings, which may be
inserted at any time from March to June. Being soft-
wooded subjects, the young shoots root readily in peaty
soil, if placed in a close frame, or under a bell glass,
where there is a bottom heat of 70deg. When rooted,
the plants should be potted off singly in Sin. pots, in a
compost of equal parts leaf mould, peat, and loam,
with the addition of a little sand. If again placed in
bottom heat, the plants root and grow rapidly. As
they advance in size, they should be potted on, and
•stood near the glass, supplying an abundance of water

Eranthemum — continued.

in warm weather. This induces a stubby growth, which
favours free-flowering. A side shelf in the plant stove,
near the light, or a raised bed in the same structure, are
good positions for bringing Eranthemums into flower. The
plants may be cut back after blossoming, and kept some-
what dry for a time ; they should then be potted into
larger sizes for another season. Some species are culti-
vated chiefly for their handsome variegated foliage, and
others for their floral beauty. E. atropurpureum is a
fine species, with dark coloured foliage ; and E. pulchellum
has beautiful blue flowers, that are produced in winter
and early spring.

E. albo-marginatnm ( white-margined).* I. oblong-elliptic, 4in.
to 6in. long, 2in. to Sin. broad, broadly margined with white, and

o n. ong, n. to n. roa, roaly margine
irregularly suffused with grey. Polynesia, 1880.

E. Anderson! (Anderson's), fl. numerously disposed in long ter-
minal leafless cymulose spikes or panicles ; corolla with the tw

upper and lateral lobes pure white, and the lower segments very
thickly dotted with crimson-lake and broadly margined with
white. November. I. ovate-oblong. India, 1868. (B. M. 5771.)

E. aspersum (sprinkled).* fl. white, spotted with purple, pro-
duced freely in short axillary clusters ; lower larger lobe rich deep
purple. March. I. ovate-oblong, 2in. long, dark green, veined
at thi

at the margins. Solomon Isles, 1867.
growing species. (B. M. 5711.)

E. atropurpureum (dark purple).* I. and steins dark lurid
purple. Polynesia, 1875.

E. cinnabarinum (cinnabar).* fl. reddish-pink, disposed in loose
panicles from the ends of the branches. I. ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, deep green. Martaban, 1880. A very handsome
•species. (R. G. 916.) There is a pretty variety (ocellatum) of
this, having crimson flowers with a white eye (B. M. 5921).

E. Cooper! (Cooper's). fl. white, handsomely spotted with lines of
small purple dots, axillary. June. I. Sin. long, 5in. wide, narrow-
lanceolate, dark green ; margins deeply cut. New Caledonia,
1864. A handsome sub-shrubby plant. (B. M. 5467.)

E. crenulatum grandiflorum (large-flowered scolloped).
/. pinkish-lilac ; racemes terminal, aggregated ; corolla funnel-
shaped, with a very slender, almost filiform, white tube, dilated
at the throat ; pedicels very short, small, approximate or remote,
subtended by one or two small bracts. I. rather long-petioled
ovate, sometimes cordate at the_ base, or lanceolate, acuminate,
pennivemed, generally quite entire at the margin, h. 1ft. to 2ft.
Moulmein, 1864. A moderate-sized glabrous shrub.

E. eldorado (El Dorado). I. yellow, mottled and veined with
green. Polynesia, 1877.

E. laxiflorum (loose-flowered), fl. purplish, disposed in terminal
panicles. I. ovate-oblong, tapering at both ends. h. 2ft. to 4ft.
Polynesia, 1877. (B. M. 6336.)

E. Moore! (Moore's). I with a dull sap-green centre, which
gradually softens off to a bright canary-yellow. It is very curious
and distinct. Polynesia.

E. pulchellum (pretty).* fl. of a rich bright blue, very freely pro-
duced. April. I. petiolate, broadly ovate, dark green ; surface
somewhat wrinkled, h. 2ft. East India, 1796. One of the prettiest
of the genus for winter decoration. (A. B. R. ii. 88.)

E. reticulatum (reticulated).* I. ovate-lanceolate, green, with a
network of gold. Polynesia, 1875. SYN. E. Schvmburgkii. (I. H.

E. Schomburgkii (Schomburgk's). A synonym of E. reticulatum.

E. tricolor (three-coloured). I. opposite or ternate, oblong-ovate,
olive-green, blotched irregularly with greyish-purple and salmony-
pink ; tints more or less varied. Polynesia, 1876.

E. tuberculatum (tuberculated).* fl. pure white, nearly 14111.
across. I. dense, small, oval. New Caledonia, 1863. An elegant
species, branching freely into slender twigs, tuberculated. (B. M.
5405.)

I. lanceolate, with an irregular outline,

E. variabile (variable).
3i

3in. to 4in. long, lin. broad, variegated with
bronzy-green, intermixed with creamy-white, cri
pink. 1879. A slender-growing plant, varying

hite, crimson, and rosy-
considerably in

•ariegated with different tints of
rean

colour and habit. (P. M. B. xiii."75.)d

ERANTHIS (from er, spring, and anthos, a flower;
flowers produced early in the year). Winter Aconite.
ORD. Ranunculacece. A genus of a couple of species of
pretty little hardy tuberous-rooted perennials. Flowers
yellow, solitary ; sepals narrow. Leaves divided. These
plants, from their very early flowering habit, are ex-
tensively grown for naturalising in shrubby or woody
situations, for which they are well adapted. Increased by
division.

E. hyemalis (winter).* /. yellow, sessile ; sepals six to eight,
oblong, petal-like ; petals six to eight, very short, tubular.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

519

Eranthis— continued.

January to March. I. deeply divided ; involucre of three deeply-
cut leaves. JLSa. to Sin. Western Europe, 1596. See Fig. 717.
(Sy. F.n. B. ^o.)

Flo. 717.

i (Siberian).*
March and April. A. Sin.

*. .yellow ; sepals five, oval, petal-like.
Siberia, 1826.

(said to be the native Peruvian name).
OBD. Phytoloccacece. A hardy evergreen creeper, with
stalked, alternate, entire, sub-coriaceous leaves, adhering
to walls, &c., like Ivy.
E. spicata (spicate).* Jl. purplish, in dense sessile racemes. I.

roundish-ovate. Chili, 1840. An excellent plant for covering

walls. (G. C. n. s., ix.,p. 653.)

EREMXA (from eremos, solitary ; in reference to the
seeds being solitary in the cells). OBD. Ericaceae. A
genus of about ten species of diffusely-branched, Heath-
like, greenhouse evergreen shrubs, natives of South
Africa. For cultivation, see Erica.
E. Totta (Hottentot). Jl. red, glomerate ; corolla nrceolar, with a

small four-lobed limb. June. I. spreading, hispid from bristles.

A. 2ft 1810.

EREMOSTACHYS (from eremos, deserted, and
stachys, a spike ; alluding to the flowers growing in sparse
verticillate spikes). OBD. Labiates. Very pretty hardy
perennials. All are natives of Western and Central Asia.
Upper lip of corolla elongated, galeate, somewhat com-
pressed, attenuated at the base. Leaves pinnate or
pinnatifid. They are of very easy culture in a light rich
soil, and may be increased by division or seed. There are
about twenty-seven species in this genus, but that given
below is perhaps the only one in cultivation.
E. laoinlata (cut-leaved). Jl. yellow ; whorls ten to twenty-flowered,
upper ones approximate. July. L pinnatisect ; segments oblong-
lanceolate or linear, deeply pinnatifld ; radical ones 6in.
long. Stems nearly simple. A. 1ft to IJft Levant 1731.
(B. R. 1845, 52.)

EREMURUS (from eremos, solitary, and oura, a tail ;
referring to the flower-spike). OBD. Liliaceos. A genus
of about eighteen species of very pretty, hardy herba-
ceous, large, Hyacinth-like perennials, extending from
Asiatic Russia to Hindostan. Scape naked, terminating
in an elongated raceme of yellow or white flowers;
perianth segments narrow, spreading. Leaves radical,
linear. They are of easy culture, in moderately good
garden soil. Increased by divisions.

E. himalaicns (Himalayan).* JL white, star-shaped ; scape lift,
to 2ft. in height, bearing a densely packed racem '
shaped, acute, glabrous, entire, about lit in length.

ensely packed raceme, i. strap-
, , - , about 1ft in length. Himalaya,

188L (G. C. n. s.f xvi. 49.)
E. Korolkowl (Korolkow-s) is a rare and handsome specie*, from

Central Asia, growing from 3ft to 4ft. high, and bearing immense

spikes of bright rose flowers.
E OlRSB (Olga's). A. white, star-shaped, with projecting

stamens; disposed in a long dense raceme^ Summer /. tufted,

linear, scabrous, recurved. Turkestan, 188L (B. G. 1048.)
B. robustna (robust).' Jl. peach-coloured, disposed in an elongated

rac«ne on a naked scape, from 8ft. to 9ft in height /.

formed, 4in. wide, and from 21ft to 3ft long. Turkes

estan, 1874.

(B. M. 6726 ; R, G. 769.)

E spcctabilis («howy).» rf- sulphur-coloured ; raceme elongated,
sub-cylindrical, many-flowered ; perianth divided to the very
base/with six ovate-elliptical, spreading, sulphur-colouwd sepals.

inned.

.-_.-.. ^J ; anthers oblong. „

L radical, linear-ligulate, glaucous-green si
andmob*^rely ke-lS, sheathing at SseT k.

Siberia, 1800

ke*tmnicn»(Turkestan)i Jt. reddish-brown ; perianth sec-
s margined with white; stamens much ex*ert*d racem*
longlnd dense, borne on a tall scape Tbroa'dST

Turkestan. 188L (R G. 997.)

(from erion, wool; the leaves of some of tht
species are downy). STK. Pinalia. Including Porjuw (of
Lindley). OBD. Orchidea. A genus of about 120 specie*
of stove epiphytal Orchids, natives of India, South China,
and the Malay Archipelago. They are allied to Stanhopea.
Flowers solitary or racemose, lateral or apparently ter-
minal on the leafy stems or pseudo-bulbs ; column short
produced at the base in a foot. Leaves variable. Few of
the species are grown, being generally more curious th^n
pretty. For culture, tee Stanhopea.
tclavlcauli« (club-stemmed). JL white ; lip bordered with pink.

E. convallarioide* (Convallaria-like). JL white,
dense, oblong, drooping, on thort peduncles. August

dX Jl. solitary, *in. to Jin.
long ; posterior sepal ovate, acute, white, or tinged with rose
lateral sepals obliquely ovate, acute, equalling the posterior sepal.
produced below and adnate to the column, forming an ex-

tinguisher-like, obtuse or retuse, slightly curved, greenish-tipped
spur ; lateral petals oblong or ohltiyaohte. nearly equalling the
sepals, white or faint blush ; labellutn narrowed below into a

ing the

claw, with three suUprominent,"papilloae,"iongitudiiial
ridges, more or less orange below, and on the median line, trans-
versely blotched with rose-purple above. Birma, 187L A very
remarkable leafless species. (B. M. 5910.)

Z. floribunda (bundle-flowered), rt. white, or tinged with red,
small, but very numerous, in pendulous racemes, not unfrequently
Sin. to lOin. long. Summer. I. lanceolate-acuminate. Stems
fleshy, rather flexuous, terete. Singapore. Borneo, 1842. (a B.

(Nutmeg-bulbed). JL white, medium sire.

sweet-scented ; racemes erect, shorter than the leaves ; bracts
about as long as the pedicel, oblong, acuminate, white, reflexed;
labellum forming a spur at its union with the produced base of
the column, three-lobed ; disk bearing two orange-coloured •*••*•
September. 1. two, lanceolate-spathnlate. Fgeudo-bulb* aggre-
gated, oblong, green ; the old bulbs remain, and partake
of the shape of nutmegs (whence the specific name). Mou
1863. (B. M 5415.)
!. obeaa (fatX JL white, scarcely tinged with pale pink, very
much resembling those of Dendrobium^ racemes arising from the

!•«• pseudo-bulbs, Sin. to 4in. long ; labellum oblong, obscurely
three-lobed. February. L two, terminal. Pseudo-bulbs oblong.
oval, tapering at each end, 2in. to Sin. long and lin. broad fa (fit
thickest part Malayan Peninsnla, 1863. (B. M. 5391.)
. stellate (star-bearing). JL yellowish-red. stellate, in a long
curved raceme, 1ft to l|ft long, fragrant ; perianth pale yellow-
hiBtunliN. tfrmilnf;

green ; sepah and f iihrti •Mrij

lip lanceolate, Umslobad. almost parallel with the col

April. 1. two. broadly-lanceolate, marked with five longitudinal
ribs. A. 2ft Java OX 1837. A very desirable plant (RM.

. 3605.)

(clothed). Jl. reddish-brown without white within,
; racemes long, pendulous, flexuous. I. coriaceous,
Indian Archipelago. 1869. Sr*. Dtndrobiu* ve»-
titvm. (B. M. 5807.)

ERIANTHTJS (from erion, wool, and anthot, a
flower ; referring to the tuft of hairs at the base of each
spikelet). STN. P»ptd»um. OBD. Qraminea. This genus
comprises about a doxen species of hardy and half-hardy
grasses, found in most warm regions.

E. Ravenna (Ravenna)' is a very handsome and stately hardy
grass, from South Europe. Its foliage forms dense tufti in a light
soil ; the flowering stems sometimes attain a height of from 5ft
to 6ift, but these are only produced in very warm summers. It
is an excellent plant for the sub-tropical garden.

(Erica, of Pliny, is altered from Enikt of
Theophrastus ; there is probably no ground for the ordinary
derivation from erico, or ereiko, to break). Heath. OBD.
Ericafeac. A very extensive genus (about 400 species) of
greenhouse or hardy evergreen, branching, wiry shrub*,
natives, for the most part, of the Cape of Good Hope.
Flowers usually nodding, axillary or terminal, fascicled or
racemose -. pedicels two to three-bracteate ; corolla persistent,
with a fonr-lobed limb ; stamens eight. Leave* opposite,

520

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Erica— continued.

alternate or verticillate, rigid, small. Cape Ericas are
among the most beautiful of decorative cool-house plants.
A great diversity in colour and form of flower, marks
the genus as now represented in gardens. The type of
form of corolla in a large number of species is shown
at Fig. 718. Probably no class of plants require more

PIG. 718. URCEOLATE COROLLA OF ERICA.

careful attention for their successful cultivation, than
do the majority of the species of the hardest-wooded
Heaths. Many of these are not now in cultivation,
their places being filled by numerous kinds of hybrid
origin. Some of the softer-wooded kinds, such as caffra,
colorans, gracilis (with its variety autumnalis), hybrida,
hyemalis, melanthera, persoluta (var. alba), ventricosa
coccinea minor and Wilmoreana, are grown in immense
quantities to supply the ever-increasing demand for useful
decorative plants such as these Heaths invariably make.
They flower principally in autumn and winter, although
the majority of the species blossom during spring and
early summer. Ericas, especially the harder-wooded sorts,
are liable to die suddenly from some often unknown cause,
though careless potting or watering very frequently proves
fatal to them.

Many of the hardy species are very attractive and
useful for culture in peaty soil, as an edging to other
shrubs, particularly the dwarf E. cornea, or even E. vagans.
The other taller-growing species are showy when planted
in beds by themselves, or with a dwarf one as an edging.
They may be increased by division or layers, or by cuttings,
placed in sandy peat, under handlights, in autumn.

PROPAGATION. Heaths may be readily grown from seed,
a method which is, however, now seldom resorted to except
for the raising of new varieties, the most commonly prac-
tised means for their propagation being that of cuttings.
These are obtained from the points of the twiggy ripened
shoots about the lower parts of the plants. The soft-
wooded varieties, which commence to make new growth
early in the year, will be found to yield good cuttings
before the others, that are later in flowering, and con-
sequently do not start growing again quite so early as
the softer kinds. The cuttings should be about lin. long,
and, after the lower leaves have been carefully removed,
be inserted rather closely in pots, which should be filled
with two-thirds of crocks, the remainder being fine sandy
peat with a layer of clean silver sand on the surface, and
covered with a bell glass, or placed in a close-fitting hand-
light. After being once well watered, they should be placed
in a temperature of about 60deg. The glasses will require
to be rather frequently wiped dry inside, and any appear-
ance of mould or damp on the cuttings must be sought
for, and immediately removed. When growth commences,
air should be very gradually admitted, and the young
plants exposed to more light. They may be stopped, and
remain in these pots until early the following spring, when
they should be potted singly, and grown on. The same
remarks apply to all greenhouse Heaths; the hardest-
wooded ones are inserted ' later in the season, and are
the most difficult to increase.

CULTIVATION. The soil used for potting Ericas, at any
stage, must be good fibrous peat, broken in small lumps,
with nearly one-third of clean silver sand added. Thorough
drainage is at all times essential ; and, to keep the compost
open, the admixture of a few pieces of crock, broken
fine, is advisable. The plants should never be allowed
to become pot-bound, especially when young. The roots

Erica — continued.

are seldom altogether inactive; and the best season for
repotting any that require it is as soon as new growth
commences in spring, or, with established late-flowering
sorts, early autumn. The balls should not be disturbed,
excepting what becomes absolutely necessary in removing
the crocks ; and the new soil should be rammed as firmly
as the old, to prevent water passing more freely through
one part than another. It is also very important that
the ball should not be placed low enough to allow the
stem of the plant to be buried. This condition alone,
when neglected, is liable to cause the death of any number
of Ericas. Anything approaching a close atmosphere
must, at all times, be avoided, as this encourages the
development of mildew on the leaves. When the plants
are established in the summer months, a cold frame is
the best place, and too much light and air cannot be
given. Indeed, in dry open weather, the sashes are better
removed. With the hard-wooded sorts, care must be
taken to prevent water lodging amongst the leaves, or
damping will result. The pots should be plunged in
summer, to prevent injury to the tender roots. Exposure
of established plants to sun and air, from the latter part
of July till the end of September, tends greatly to ripen
and solidify the growths, thus causing the greater pro-
duction of flowers. For wintering Ericas, a span-roofed
house, with plenty of light and available means of ven-
tilation, is most suitable. They dislike fire heat, and it
should never be applied, except to keep out frost, or
occasionally to expel damp. A temperature of 40deg.
in severe weather will be more suitable than one higher ;
and when it is mild, plenty of air should be admitted.

Watering is a matter of great importance at all seasons,
perhaps more so than with any other class. of plants. If
possible, soft rain water should always be used, or some
that has been exposed to sun and air in an open cistern.
The plants must never be allowed to become dry ; and,
on the other hand, too much water, especially with indi-
viduals in bad health, is equally injurious. They should
be examined each time, and watered according as experi-
ence alone can teach. The use of hard water, which
invariably contains lime, often proves destructive, and
should be avoided if possible. Where none but hard
water is available, it may be made more suitable for
Heaths by placing a bag of soot in the tank or tub,
where it is kept.

The best time for pruning is as soon as the flowering
season is over. The softer-wooded and freer-growing
kinds should have all their strongest shoots shortened
back to within an inch or two of their bases, and all
the weaker ones should have their tips removed. In
some cases, it will only be necessary to shorten a few
of the strongest ones to induce a symmetrical habit.
Some of the slow-growing sorts rarely require pruning
at all. Heaths are seldom subject to attacks from insect
pests — mildew being the disease to which they are most
liable. This may be destroyed by dusting the affected
part with flowers of sulphur, previously moistening the
plant. It may be allowed to remain on the plant for
several days, and be then washed off with clean water,
taking care not to allow any sulphur to get in the soil.

In addition to the following enumeration, it may be
stated that the number of hybrids and varieties now in
cultivation is very considerable, and limited space deters
us from describing more of them. Indoor treatment is
required except where otherwise stated.

E. Aitonia (Alton's).* ft. pale red, or nearly white, terminal,
three to four together ; corolla viscid, with a cylindrical tube lin.
long, which is ventricose at top, with large ovate segments. June
to September. I. three in a whorl, linear, serrulated, erect.
h. 2ft. 1790. A slender branching species. SYN. E. Aitoniana.
See Fig. 719. (B. M. 429.)

E. A. superba (superb). An improved form of the type, with
larger tubes, anil a more compact habit of growth.

E. A. turgida (turgid), rf. in terminal umbek ; tubes swollen at

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

521

Erica — continued.

the base, and contracted above the middle, enlarging slightly at
the mouth.

E. A. Turnbullii (Turnbull's). JL in umbels of about six ; tube
upwards of lin. Ion?, as thick again as those of the type ; corolla
lobes large, spreading, white, changing to pink. I. broader than
in the type.

FIG. 719- ERICA AITOJUA, showing Flowering Branch and detached

E. Altoniana (Aiton's). A synonym of E. Aitonia.

E. alopecuroides (fox-tail-like). JL terminal ; corolla purplish-
red ovate, small ; calyx coloured, ciliated. September aad
October. i. linear, three in a whorl, h. 1ft. 1810. (L. B. C. 874.)

E ampuUacea (flask-shaped).* JL red, terminal, usually in fours ;
corolla nearly lin. long, viscid, with a ventricose tube, nbbed
neck and ovate-cordate, slightly crenulated, obtuse segments.
Julv I three or four in a whorl, lanceolate, reflexed, imbricate
at the base. h. 2ft. 1790. (B. M. 303.)

E. andromedaflora (Andromeda-flow^X* A top £&£.
reddish-purple, solitary, drooping, axillary; corolla urceolate,
calyx pink nearly as long as the corolla. March to June. I.
ffi & a whorl, ciliated, subulate, stiff, spreading. A. 1ft to
3ft 1803. (B. M. 1250.)

E. arborea (tree-like). JL white, axillary, racemose, small ;
corolla two lines long, campanulate. February to May. I. three
or four in a whorl, linear, glabrous. Branches tomentose. A. 1 Oft
to 20ft South Europe, 1658. Hardy. (S. F. G. 351.) There are
several varieties of this species.

I corolta redd.h.pun.U with

a *« I coro .

Erica— continued.

red, three lines long, with a curved, funnel-shaped tube, and a
recurved limb ; anthers crested. March to July. 1. four in a
whorl, scabrous, spreading, mucronate. A. 3ft to 6ft Spain,
1769. Hardy. (L. B. C. 1472.)

E. Ttanir^n.na (Banks'). JL terminal ; corolla greenish-yellow,
cylindrical, with a reflexed limb; anthers brown. February.
i. mucronate, loosely imbricated, three or four in a whorL A. 9in.
1787. (A. H. iii. 105.)

E. Beaumontlana (Beaumont's).* JL axillary and terminal
drooping ; corolla white, tinged with purple, campanulate ; styU
a little exserted. June. L linear, five to six in a whorl. A. 1ft
1820. (A. H. vL 253.)

E. Bergiana (Bergius1).* JL terminal, drooping ; corolla purple,
campanulate, smooth ; calyx reflexed, ciliated. May and June.
L linear-oblong, pubescent, spreading. Peduncles hairy, with a
few scaly bracte. A. lift 1787. (UB. C. 939.)

E. blanda (charming), if. terminal, clustered ; corolla pale red.
one and one-third lines long, having the limb one-half longer than
the tube, with semi-orbicular segments. May. L three in a
whorl, spreading, short, obtuse. A. 2ft 1798. (A. H. UL 152.)

E. Bonplandlana (Bonpland's). JL terminating the small
branches, solitary or by threes, sessile ; corolla white, Urge, with
an urceolar tube, and an acute, spreading limb. March to
September. I. four in a whorl, imbricate, acerose. A. 1ft 1812.
(B. M. 2126.)

E. Bowieana (Bowie's).* fl. crowded, axillary, verticillaw, near
the tops of the branches, pendulous ; corolla cylindrical, with an
inflated tube and contracted mouth. October. L linear, glaucous,
glabrous. A. 1ft 1522. <L. B. C. 842.)

E. brunlades (Brunia-iike).
pink ; stamens black ; calyx cov

May. 1. short, linear-oblong, clothed with wlite woolly hairs, as
are also the branches. A. lift 1774. (A. H. L 6.)

*. O. V*. U^c-f

JL in small pendulous umbels ; corolla
covered with long white woolly hairs.
I. clothed with white woolly hairs, as

K. cafifra (Caffrarian).* JL sweet-scented ; corolla globular, very
small, produced in great profusion. A. lift. 1802. (A. H. L 7.)

E. campanulata (bell-shaped). JL terminal, solitary, drooping ;
corolla yellow, two and a-half lines long, campanulate. April
to August I. three in a whorl, subulate, glabrous. A. 1ft 1TOL
(A. H. iL 55.)

L Candolleana (Candolle's).* Jl. umbellate ; corolla rosy-red at
the base, white towards the apex, more than lin. long. June,
July. I. erect, somewhat oblong, clothed with long hairs at the
edges. Hybrid.

L carnea (flesh-coloured).* JL pale red, axillary, drooping, dis-
posed in secund racemes ; corolla conical, two and a-half line§

720 ERICA CERiMHOlDES, showing flowering Branch and
Fio. 7<». E.J detached Single Flower.

3 x

522

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Erica — continued.

long, with a pyramidal tube. January to April. I. three to four
in a whorl, linear, glabrous. A. 6in. Germany, 1763. Hardy.
The white-flowered form is generally called E. herbacea. (L. B. C.

S. Cavendishiana (Cavendish's).* fl. rich bright yellow,
tubular, nearly lin. long, stout. May to July. I. subulate,
slightly spreading, bright dark green. A. lift. Hybrid. (P. M. B.

E. cerintholdes (Honeywort - like).* fl. terminal, capitate,
drooping ; corolla scarlet, nearly lin. long, oblong, with an in-
flated tube, clothed with viscid hairs outside. May to November.
I. five to six in a whorl, linear-lanceolate, pilose and ciliated,
bearded at the apex. A. 3ft. 1774. There are several garden
forms of this species. See Fig. 720. (B. M. 220.)

E. Chamlssonis (Chamisso's).* fl. rose-coloured, at the tips of
short side branches, solitary, or three or four together, pen-
dulous ; pedicel pink, ,Un. long ; corolla between globose and
campanulate ; lobes very short and broad. April. {. long,
ternate, spreading, and incurved, sessile, linear, obtuse, grooved
underneath from the recurvation of the margin. Branches
slender, leafy, erect. A. lift. South Africa, 1874. An elegant
plant. (B. M. 6108.)

E. ciliaris (fringed).* fl. terminal, sub-racemose, secund ; corolla
pale red, four lines long, smooth, ovate, more ventricose on the
upper side. August, September. I. three in a whorl, ovate,
glandularly ciliated, spreading, rather remote. A. 1ft. Western
Europe (Cornwall and Dorset). (B. M. 484 ; Sy. En. B. 887.)

E. cinerea (ashy-grey), fl. verticillate, on the naked stems ;
corolla purple, changing to blue as it fades, three lines long,
' -urceolate. August, September. I. three in a whorl. A.
En. B. 891.) There are
vered one, of this species.

E. codonodes (bell-bearing), fl. white and pink, small, dis-
posed in numerous densely-crowded racemes. I. acerose, three
to five in a whorl. A. 8ft. South Europe. A slender much-
branched hardy shrub, closely allied to E. arborea, of which
it is probably only a variety, (G. C. n. s., vii. 463.)

E. colorans (colouring).* fl. crowded, terminating the small
branches ; corolla varying from red to white, cylindrical, clavate,
glabrous. April to June. I. linear, spreading, ciliated. A. 2ft.
1817. (B. R. 601.) A garden variety, named superba, with rosy-red
and white flowers, is said to be an improvement on the typical
species.

E. comosa (tufted), fl. small, terminal, tufted; corolla white,
with an ovate ventricose tube, and dark anthers. April to August-
1. four in a whorl, linear, short, erectly spreading. A. 9in. 1787.
(A. H. i. 10.)

E. cylindrlca (cylindrical). A synonym of E. hybrida.

E. delecta choice). A synonym of E. primuloides.

E. densa (dense), fl. axillary, crowded, nearly sessile ; corolla
pale red, with an oblong-cylindrical tube, and a short spreading

ovate
6in

ite-urceolate. August, September.
. to 12in. Europe (Britain). (Sy.
eral varieties, including a white-flowe

limb. May to October. I. four or five in a whorl, linear, some
what imbricated, spreading. A. lift.

, ,

1810. (A. H. v. 212.)
fl. terminal, fastigiate; corolla

E. dentioulata (denticulate),

purple, three lines long, with a cylindrical tube. April, May.

1. four in a whorl, linear, glabrous, h. 1ft. 1821. (L. B. C. 1090.)
E. depressa (depressed), fl. small, terminal ; corolla white, bell'

shaped. July. 1. glabrous, three in a whorl, linear, revolute.

Branches decumbent. 1789. (A. H. i 17.)
E. Devoniana (Devon).* fl. umbellate; corolla rich purple,

tubular, inflated at the base, about lin. long. Summer. I. broad,

bluntly-oblong, recurved, ciliated. Hybrid.
E. Douglas!! (Douglas's), fl. umbellate ; corolla flesh-colour,

about 1m. long, with large spreading white segments.

July. 1. short, blunt, spreading, awnecL Hybrid.

,
June,

E. echilflora (Echium-flowered).* fl. axillary, horizontal and
spicate ; corolla deep red, with a short, inflated, ribbed tube,
clammy. March to May. I. five to seven in a whorl, linear, downy,
with rough margins, spreading. A. lift. 1798. (A. H. iv. 161.)

E. effusa (effuse), fl. ten to twelve in a large terminal whorl ;
corolla bright scarlet-crimson, tubular ; segments reflexed, pale
yellow. August. I. spreading, ciliated. Hybrid.

E. elegans (elegant).* fl. terminal, numerous, capitate ; corolla
pink, tipped with green, urceolate, with a contracted four-toothed

mouth; calyx bright rosy-red, nearly as large
Summer. I. three in a whorl, linear, glaucous, spreading.

as the corolla.

, inear, glaucous, spreading, h. 6in.

to 12m. 1799. (B. M. 966.) The variety glauca his larger
flowers, and more erect glaucous leaves, than the type.

E. empetrifolia (Empetrum-leaved). fl. purplish-red, disposed
in glomerate racemose whorls ; corolla two lines long, hairy, wi
an urceolar tube and a recurvedly-spreading limb. May and Jun

o lines long, hairy, with
n a recurvey-spreaing limb. May and June.

(BSM 447Sren ^ * Wh°rl> Oblong4inear' coated, erect- 1774
E. Ewerlana (Ewer's), fl. sub-spicate ; corolla dark red, with

a greenish-yellow mouth, cylindrical, eight to ten lines long,

clothed with viscid down, curved and clavate. July to November!

1. linear, scabrous, spreading, h. 2ft. 1790. (L. B. C. 1303.)
E. eximia , (choice).* fl. produced in whorls ; corolla scarlet,

tipped with green, tubular, about lin. long. May and June.

J. linear, slightly spreading, hairy, h. 2ft. 1800. (L. B. C. 1105.)

Erica— continued.

3. exsurgens (rising). /.
crowded; corolla orange-red,
fifteen lines long, viscid, with

axillary, verticillate, horizontal,
cylindrically clavate, thirteen to
. ovate-cuneated segments. March

to October. I. filiform, spreadingly recurved, h. lift. 1792.

(A.H.i.20,21.)

FIG. 721. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ERICA FAIRIEANA.

K. Fairieana (Fairie's).* /. in terminal whorls ; corolla tube
rich rose, lin. long, much inflated at the base, suddenly con-
tracted at top ; limb white. June to August. I. large, oblong-
lanceolate, with long white hairs at the edges. Hybrid. See
Fig. 721. (R. H. 1880, 467.)

E. fastiglata (fastigiate). fl. terminal, crowded, sessile ; corolla
white, salver-shaped, with a narrow tube. May to September. I.
four in a whorl, acerose, shining, erect, imbricated. A. IJft. 1797.
(A. H. ii. 62.)

E. ferruginea (rusty-coloured), fl. terminal, umbellately ver-
ticillate,norizontal ; corolla with red, acuminated, inflated tube,
and a greenish-yellow limb. May. I. four in a whorl, linear,
secund, ciliated with rusty hairs. A. 1ft. 1798. (A. H. iv. 162.)

E. florida (florid). fl. terminal, umbellate, glabrous ; corolla two
lines long, urceolate. June, July. 1. linear, pilose. A. 1ft. 1803.
(L. B. C. 234.)

E. gemmifera (bud-bearing). /. drooping, crowded, disposed
in a verticillate crown; corolla orange-red, with a green apex,
villous, cylindrical, inflated. July, August. I. oblong, adpressed,
ciliated, aristate, four to five in a whorl. Branches thickened at
top. A. 1ft. 1802. (B. M. 2266.)

E. gracilis (slender).* fl. small, terminal, spicate ; corolla
purplish-red, ovate-globose, or urceolate. September to Decem-
ber. I glabrous, four in a whorl, linear. A. 1ft. 1774. (A.H.ii.68.)

E. g. veraalls (spring).* fl. terminal ; corolla purplish-red, cam-
panulate. March, April. I. glabrous, acerose, three in a whorL
A. 2ft to 3ft. 1827. (L. B. C. 1608.)

E. grandiflora (large-flowered).* /. axillary near the tops of
the branches and stem, verticillate ; corolla bright glossy yellow,
lin. long, curved, trumpet-shaped, viscid, with a revolute limb.
June, July. I. linear, bluntish, glabrous, reclinate, four to six in
a whorl. A. 3ft. 1785. See Fig. 722. (A. H. iii. 117 ; B. M. 189.)

E. grandinosa (hail-stone), fl. terminal, drooping, by threes ;
corolla white, irregularly ovate, inflated, small. April, May.
I. linear, three in a whorl. A. 6in. to 12in. 1810. (A. H. vi. 265.)

E. Hartnelli (Hartnell's). /. large, terminal ; corolla purple,
viscid, nearly tubular, rather ventricose at the base, with ovate-
triangular lobes. May. I. four in a whorl, lanceolate, imbri-
cated, finely ciliated. A. 2ft. 1820.

E. herbacea (herbaceous). A synonym of E. carnea, in gardens
generally applied only to the white-flowered variety of that
species.

E. hybrida (hybrid).* fl. disposed in long, dense, spikes ; corolla

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

523

Erica — continued.

FIG 722. ERICA GRANDIFLORA, showing Flowering Branch
and detached Single Flower.

bright red, lin. long.
SYN. E. cylindriea. See

I. long, linear. Hybrid.

E hyemalis (winter).' fl. disposed in long, dense, leafy spikes,
lOin to 12in. in length ; corolla rosy-pink at the base, white
towards the apex, campanulate. Winter, spring. I. linear,
acuminated, hairy. A. 2ft Hybrid.

E Inflata (inflated), fl. in terminal umbellate fascicles ; corolla
reddish-purple at the base, and green at the apex large, with an
elongated, ovate, ventricose tube, and a short limb. May to
September. 1. four in a whorl, linear, glabrous, h. 1ft. to at.
1800.

E infnndibulifonnis (funnel-shaped), fl. terminal, aggregate ;
corouTjato red, salver-shaped, with a slender tube and Targe
segments. August to November L four in a whorl, filiform,
obtuse, erect, glabrous, h. 2ft. 1802. (A. H. v. <J1B.)

E Irbvana (Irby's).* fl. terminal, umbellate ; corolla white,
tinJedfwiS red, more than lin. long, viscid, with a cylindrical
v"ntricose tube, and large segments. June and July. i. three
in a whorl, cuspidate, with scabrous margins, erect h. 1ft to 2ft
1800. (A. H. v.219.)

ate tube, w

white flowers.

rather clammy, incurvedly spreading.

1. three in a whorl, linear, glabrous, spreading.
1800. (A. H. iv. 171.)

Erica— continued.

downy, eight to ten lines long, with a cylindrical inflated tube.

July to October. I. linear, subulate, glabrous, erect, spreading.

A. 2ft 1769. (A. H. iii. 124.)
E. Marnocklana (Marnock's).* fl. glossy rich purple, tubular.

inflated at the base, and narrow at the neck, with a small spread-

ing limb ; tube smooth. July, August. I. oblong, spreading,

ciliated, awned. Hybrid.
E. Massonii (Masson's)." fl. axillary, crowded, drooping, disposed

in a rerticillate crown ; corolla about lin. long, viscid, swollen at

top, with a scarlet tube and a greenish-yellow constricted mouth.

July to October. I. four to five in a whorl, linear, serrulated,

hairy, imbricated, spreading. A. 3ft. 1789. See Fig. 724. (A. H.

E. MoNablana (McNab's).* fl. rosy-red, with a white limb ;
viscid, nearly Iffa. long, stoutest a little below the middle.
May to July. 1. short, thick, obtu.se, awned, slightly spreading.
Hybrid. (P. M. B. viL 125.) The variety rose* has longer and
more recurred leaves, and the flowers are bright rose in the
tubes, veined with a deeper shade of the same colour, neck
deep purple, and limb white.

E. medlterranea (Mediterranean), fl. axillary, racemose,
secund, nodding ; corolla red, with dark anthers, urceolate, one
and a-half to two lines long. March to May. I. four or five in a
glabrous

whorl, linear-cuneated, gla
(Ireland). Hardy. (B. M. 471.)

A. 4ft. to 6ft Western Europe

E. melanthera (black-anthered)." fl. tinged with pink, with
exserted black anthers. Autumn, winter. I. linear-obtuse,
rather thick, glabrous, or slightly scabrid when young, A, 2ft
A compact-growing, floriferous species. (L. B. C. 867.)

E. metnlaaflora (ninepin-flowered). fl. terminal, umbellate;
corolla red, with a pale border, salver-shaped, ventricose at the
base. June to August I. four to five in a whorl, linear, ciliated,
spreadingly recurved. A. 1ft to 2ft. 1798. (B. M. 612.)

FIG. 723. FLOWERING BRANCH OP ERICA HYBRID*.

524

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Sirica — continued.

E. mnltiflora (many-flowered). fl. axillary, disposed In a race-
mose corymb ; corolla pale red, with an urceolar or ovate bell-
shaped tube, one and-a-half to two lines long ; anthers black.
October to February. I. four or five in a whorl, glabrous, linear.
A. 2ft. France, 1731. Hardy. (Fl. Ment. 59.)

Fio. 724. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ERICA MASSOMI.

E. mundula (neat). /. terminal, usually in fours, sessile ;
corolla reddish-purple, salver-shaped, with a very short narrow
tube, and a wide limb. October to February. I. four in a whorl,
subulate, spreading, shining, h. 2ft. 1810. (A. H. vi. 273.)

E. mutabilis (changeable), fl. in terminal umbels ; corolla tube
bright red, Jin. long, smooth. I. four in a whorl, linear-obtuse,
hairy, h. 6in. 179& (B. M. 2348.)

E. odorata (perfumed).* fl., corolla white, campanulate, very
fragrant. May to July. I. four in a whorl, glandularly ciliated.
A. 1ft 1829. (B. M. 1399.)

E. ovata (ovate). /. terminal ; corolla purplish-red, tubular, with
a narrow throat, nearly 14in. long, much inflated. May and
June. I. three in a whorl, oblong, finely ciliated, h. 1ft. 1811.
(L. B. C. 417.)

E. Parmentieriana (Parmentier's).* fl. terminal ; corolla red-
dish-purple. >rith & cylindrically ventricose tube, and broad
spreading seementt June to August. I. four in a whorl, linear,
g. JL IfS.

spreading.

iS10. (L. B. C. 197.) The variety rosea is

a compact-growing -orat. with deep rosy-purple flowers, which
are usually produced in fours from each lateral growth.

E. Paxtonlana (Paxton's). fl. in umbels of eight or ten ; corolla
shading to white, with a greenish-purple neck, tubular, stout,
about lin. long. J. linear-oblong, recurved, hairy. Hybrid.

E. persoluta (garland-flowered), fl. terminal ; corolla small,
campanulate, one and a-half lines long, with deep acute segments.
April, May. I. four in a whorl, short, linear, glabrous. Branches
downy or hairy. A. 1ft. 1774. '(B. M. 342.) There are two
varieties of this species : alba (flowers white), see Fig. 725 ; and
rosea (flowers red).

E. perspicua (clear-flowered), fl. terminating the small branches,
spike-formed ; corolla reddish-purple, cylindrical, erect. April
to June. L linear, nearly smooth, h. 2ft. 1800. (A. H. v. 230.)

E. p. nana (dwarf).* fl., corolla tube pinkish-white, lin. long,
slender ; limb white. I hairy.

E. physodes (puffed-out).* fl. terminal, four to six in a fascicle ;
corolla white, ovate-globose, clammy, three to four lines long.
March to May. I. four to six in a whorl, spreading, viscid, slender.
k. 1ft, to 2ft. 1788. (B. M. 443.)

Erica— continued.

5. prlmuloldes (Cowslip- like).* fl. terminal, nearly
fastigiate ; corolla rosy-purple, with an ovate tube, and i
spreading limb. May, June. I. flve in a whorl, acerose.

rly sessile,
id a broad

1802. SVN. E. deleeta. (B. M. 15481)

E. prlnoeps (chief), fl. terminal, umbellate; corolla reddish-
purple, viscid, with a ventricose tube, and a hairy top. May to
July. 1. four in a whorl, linear, ciliated, recurved. A. 1ft. to 2ft
1800. (A. H. iii. 140.) The variety carnea has longer, flesh-
coloured flowers, with a narrower tube.

E. propendena(propendent).*/. terminal, solitary, or by threes;
corolla purple or deep red, bell-shaped. July. I. four in a whorl,
short, ciliated. Branches flexuous. A. 1ft. 1800. (B. M. 2140.)
E. p. tubiflora is a handsome garden hybrid, with flowers
rosy -purple at the base, and white in front ; leaves clothed at
the edges with white hairs.

E. pulverulenta (powdered), fl. terminal ; corolla purplish-red,
ovate. June to August. I. three in a whorl, acerose. Plant
clothed with powdery down. A. 1ft. 1820. (P. M. B. xvi. 161.)

E. pyramidalis (pyramidal), fl. terminal, usually in threes,
corolla purplish-red, funnel-shaped, with a spreading border*
about four lines long. March. I. pubescent, spreading, acerose,
six or more in a whorl. A. 14ft. 1787. (A. H. ui. 142.)

E. ramentacea (scaly).* fl. terminal, umbellate ; corolla purplish,
red, with a spherical eight-angled tube, and a recurved erect
limb. July to December. L acerose, four in a whorl, glabrous.
A. lift 1786. (A. H. iii. 143.)

E. regermlnans (regerminating). /. pedicellate, drooping, semi-
lateral ; corolla pale red, ovate-globular, small. May to August
1. linear, recurved, three in a whorl. A. lift. 1791. (L. B. C. 1728.)
/. terminal, umbellate, usually
pale red, viscid, with an ovate,

ventncose tube, and acute segments, eight to nine lines long.
June to August. I. four in a whorl, squarrosely recurved, and,
as well as the calyces and bracts, flmbriately ciliated and

E. retorta (curled-back-leaved). /. terminal, umbellate, usually
seven or eight together ; corolla pale re

Fio. 725. FLOWBRINO BRANCH OF ERICA PERSOLUTA ALBA.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

525

Erica — continued.

aristate. A. 1ft 1781. (A. H. iii. 144.) E. r. major is a closer-
growing form, with the corolla tubes stouter, pink, reddish-
purple at the points, the lobes white. (B. M. 362.)
E. rnbens (red), JL terminal ; corolla purplish-red, ovate-globose,

four to a wborl- ***-

Fio. 726. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ERICA RUBRO-CALTX.

E. sangninea (bloody). JL term!
red, tubular, nearly lin. long. I.
revolute ciliated margins, h. 1ft.

E. mbro-calyx (red calyx).* JL produced on the lateral growths,
and disposed in dense spikes ; corolla white, tubular ; calyx
reddish-purple. L linear-lanceolate. Hybrid. See Fig. 726.
(A. H. v£ 285.)

terminal, corymbose ; corolla blood-
L linear, three in a whorl, with
ciliated margins. ATlft to 2ft 1799. (L. B. C. 86.)

E, Savileana (Savile's).* JL red or purplish-red ; peduncles loosely
racemose, axillary; corolla globose-oblong. April to September.
1. four in a whorl, linear, glabrous, erect. A. If t 1800. (A. H. T.
238.)

E. scabriuscula (roughish). JL produced from the points of all
the shoots ; corolla white, campanulate. April, May. L bluntly
oblong, clothed with rough glandular hairs, as are also the stems
and branches. A. 1ft 18)5. (L. B. C. 517.)

E. scoparla (broom).* fl. greenish, in long, unilateral racemes ;
calvx lobes ovate, about one-half of corolla; corolla sub-globose,
as broad as long; anthers without appendage I. in scattered
whorls of three each. Branches glabrous. A. 2ft to 3ft South
Europe. Hardy. (FL Ment 59.)

E. Sebana (Seba's). Jl. terminal, in threes ; corolla pale brown ;
tube cylindrical, incurved, ventricose at the base ; stamens much
exserted. April to November. L three or four in a whorl, re-
curveclly spreading, h. 2ft. 1774. (L. B. C. 23.). The foUowing
are three varieties of this species : futca, flowers rich dark brown;
lutea, flowers rich yellow ; rubra, flowers nch reddish-brown.

E. Shannoniana (Lady Shannon's).* JL terminal, umbellate,
drooping ; calyx coloured; corolla white, tinged with purple, with
a ventricose ribbed tube, liin. long. June to September. L three
or four in a whorl, stiff, linear-lanceolate, spreading, each ending
in a hair. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1806. (B. M. 4069.)

E. speciosa (showy). JL terminal, in threes ; corolla dark red or
reS purple, £»£*• cylindrical, inflexed, curved tube with a
greenish vellow mouth. June to September. L linear, downy.
fpreading. A. 2ft 1800. (A. H. iv. 192.)

E. Spenceriana (Spencer's). A. dull purplish-lilac, tubular, lin.

Erica — continued.

long, tipped with white. Spring and rammer. 1. subulate, slightly

spreading, smooth. Hybrid.
E. splendens (splendid).

deep red, downy, with a i

I. linear, obtuse, spreading. A. 2ft. 1792. (A. IB. T. 240.')
E. Btricta (upright). Jl. terminal, umbellate; corolla three lines

long, with an orate urceolar tube, andreflezed segments. August

uTNo»ember. I. four in a whorl, obtuse, g&mxu, bUulcate

JL densely crowded, drooping ; corolla
sub-revolute limb. April to September,
ng. A. 2ft. 1792. (A.H. ». 240.)

beneath.
1L154.)

A. 2ft. to 3ft South-western Europe, 1766. (A, E.

E. snavoolcnfl (sweet-scented). /. terminal ; corolla pale red,
urceolate ; anthers a little exserted. black. '
whorl, oblong-lanceolate, cil-

August L three in a
A. 1ft 1800. (A. H. vL 292.)
. JL fasciculate, axillary and
1; corolla cylindrical.

shaped, villous. June to October. L linear, obtuse, tiUous.

A2t 1805. (A. H. T. 24L)
E, taxifolia (Yew-leaved), /tin terminal clusters; corolla bright

pink (as is also the calyx), globose, erect. May, June. L three in

a whorl, smooth, spreading. A. If t 1788. (A. H. ii. 93.)
E. Tetralix. Cross-leaved Heath. /. capitate, terminal ; corolla

pale red, three lines long, ovate-globose, downy at top, outside.

July to September. I. ciliated, four in a whorL A 6in. to 12in.

Europe (Britain).

Hardy. (Sy. En. B.
umbellate ; corolla

top, and greeniah-yellow at the base,
a large Umb. February to August
A. 1ft 1794.

July to Septeml

Plant of a greyish hue.

B. Tbunbergii (Thunberg's). JL sub-termina
reddish-orange colour at top, and greenish-
with a globose tube and a large limb. February to
L three in a whorl, linear, glabrous, glaucous.
(B. M. 1214.)

I (transparent). JL large, crowded at the tops of
on every side, somewhat spicate ; corolla six to
ng, tubular, bristly towards the apex outside. May.
L ovate-cuneated, shortly pectinate, h. lift. 1800. (A. H. vi. 295.)

B. tricolor (three-coloured).* JL terminal, usually about six
together; corolla red at the base, white at top, but greenish-
yellow about the contraction of the limb ; viscid, with a IBM
ventricose tube, and ovate-cordate, slightly crenulated segments.
May to July. L three in a whorl, linear, recurred, ciliated, a*
are also the bracts and calyces. A 2ft 1810. (P. M. B. ri. 3.)

Fio. 727. ERICA TESTITA COCCINKA, showing Flowering Branch
and detached Single Flower.

E. t, flammea (flame). JL about Uin. long. L bluntly-oblong.
1, awned ; edges clothed with a profusion of hoary

a (inflated). /. about lin. long. L erect slightly
Steins and branches densely clothed with Hairy

526

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Erica— continued.

E. t. rnbra (red).* fl. about lin. long, reddish-purple, shading
off to white, with a green neck. I. closely set, slightly spreading,
hairy.

E. t. speclosa (showy), fl. lin. long, umbellate, slightly swollen
below the rosy-red middle. I. linear-lanceolate, slightly spread-
ing.

E. t. Wilson! (Wilson's).* fl. l*in. long, much inflated at the
base, suddenly contracted at the neck. I. oblong-lanceolate,
slightly spreading, profusely hairy.

E. triumphans (triumphant), fl. white, axillary ; calyx large,
inflated, angular ; corolla ovate, inflated. June, July. I. three
in a whorl, subulate, ciliated, h. 2ft. 1802. (L. B. C. 257.)

E. trossula (Spruce), fl. terminal ; corolla with an open ventri-
May to July. "

I. four in a whorl, linear, glabroi:

cose tube.
A. 14ft.

E.vagans( wandering).* Cornish Heath, fl. axillary, racemose ;
corolla pale purplish-red, short, campanulate ; pedicels usually
twin. July to September. I. four or five in a whorl, acerose.
h. 1ft. Western Europe (Cornwall). Hardy. (Sy. En. B. 893.)

E. ventricosa (ventricose). fl. disposed in terminal umbellate
fascicles ; corolla purplish-red, with a ventricose tube, waxy ;
style inclosed. April to September. I. four in a whorl, short,
acerose, semi-cylindrical, and, as well as the calyces and bracts,
ciliated, h. lift. 1787. (B. M. 350.) Of this very handsome,
compact, and free-branching Heath, there are numerous varieties.

E. v. alba (white), fl. china white, tubular, about lin. long.
I. with short white woolly hairs at the edges.

E. v. breviflora (short-flowered),
thickest at the base.

fl. rosy -red, short, stout,

E. v. oarnea (flesh-coloured), fl. flesh-colour, lin. long, slightly
swollen at the base.

E. v. oooolnea minor (lesser scarlet).* fl. white, slender,
tubular ; tubes |in. long ; lobes of limb reflexed and bright red.
(E, H. 1880, 50.)

E. V. fasciculata rosea (rosy-fascicled), fl. stout, lin. long;
tube bright rose, deep purple at the neck.

E. v. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. rosy - purple, stout,
tubular, over lin. in length. I. long, straight.

E. v. splendons (splendid), fl. numerous, nearly lin. long,
swollen in the middle ; tubes white ; neck and limb rosy-purple
and white. I. long, linear, recurved, hairy.

E. V. tricolor (three-coloured).* fl. tubular, nearly lin. long ;
tubes blush ; neck carmine, reflexed ; segments of limb white.
L linear, slightly reflexed.

E. vorticillata (vertfdllate). fl. crowded, nearly terminal, ver-
tidllate, drooping; corolla scarlet, with a cylindrical inflated
tube, glabrous, constricted at top. July to October. L linear,
glabrous. A. 3ft 1774. (A. H. i. 48.)

E. vestita (clad).* fl. crowded, verticillate, nearly sessile,
spreading ; corolla white, cylindrical, more or less clavate, nine
to eleven lines long, downy, with a revolute limb ; calycine seg-
ments ciliated with glandular hairs. I. linear, erect, with
scabrous edges. A. 3ft. 1789. The fallowing are the more im-
portant forms :

E. v. alba (white).* fl. hardly lin. in length, pure white ; whorls
ten to twenty-flowered. (A. H. iii. 147.)

E. V. COCOlnea (scarlet).* fl. deep rich red, about lin. long,

tubular, slightly curved. See Fig. 727. (A. H. iv. 199.)
E. v. Incarnata (flesh-coloured), fl. delicate pink, more than

lin. long, in whorls of from ten to twenty. (A. H. ii. 97.)
E. v. rosea (rosy), fl. rosy-red, about lin. long, in whorls of from

twenty to thirty.
XL Victoria (Victoria).* fl. deep purple, with white segments,

umbellate, flask-shaped, lin. or more long. Summer. L sc

what ovate, ~

Hybrid.

Testphalingla (Westphalian).* fl. rosy-red, tubular, lin. long.

{.linear-obtuse. Hybrid.
E. Wilmoreana (Wilmore's).* fl. produced upon the lateral

growths, in spikes of from 1ft to IJft. long ; corolla bell-shaped,

nearly Jin. long. Spring. I. linear, covered with short white

hairs, as are also the branches. Hybrid.

ERICACEAE. An extensive order, widely spread over
the whole world (but very rare in Australia), containing
eighty-seven genera and about 1300 species. The species
are, for the most part, shrubs or sub-shrubs, but occasion-
ally growing into small trees. Flowers regular, or nearly
so, hermaphrodite ; calyx superior or inferior, of four or five
divisions; corolla four or five-cleft, or toothed; stamens
four, five, eight, or ten, or twice those numbers, hypogy-
nous or epigynous. Fruit a capsule or berry. Leaves
mostly evergreen, whorled, alternate or opposite, ex-
stipulate. Well-known genera are: Arbutus, Cassandra,
Erica, Qaultheria, Pieris, Pyrola, and Rhododendron.

awned, with short stiff spines round the edges.

ERICINELLA (a diminutive of Erica). ORD. Eri-
caceae. A genus of four species of small-flowered, slender,
bushy, erect, greenhouse evergreen shrubs, with a Heath-
like appearance. They are natives of South Africa and
the mountains of tropical Africa and Madagascar. Pro-
bably none have ever been introduced, except the follow-
ing. For cultivation, see Erica.

(Mann's), fl. dull red, three or four together at the
tops of the branchlets, on' short, curved pedicels, nearly globose ;
corolla sub-globose, with four short, obtuse, ciliate lobes. July.
I. quaternate, close-set, whorled in fours, linear, with revolute
margins, glabrous, h. 4ft. to 10ft. Cameroon Mountains, 1866.
(B. M. 5569.)

ERiIGERON (from Eriogron (early old), the name
given to a Composite by Theophrastus ; species downy-
hoary when young). Including Phalacroloma and Polyac-
tidium. ORD. Composite. A genus comprising about a
hundred species of hardy annuals, biennials, or perennials,
resembling Aster, but having the ray-florets in several
series. In Britain, it is represented by the perennial
B. dl/pvnus, a pretty rock plant found in the Breadalbane
and Clova Mountains ; the annual or biennial E. acris ; and
the annual E. canadense, a troublesome weed in some
places. They are found everywhere in cold and moun-
tainous regions, and are of very easy culture in common
garden soil. Few species are worth growing. Those
enumerated below form excellent subjects for mixed
borders, in a somewhat moist, but well-drained situation.
They may be readily increased by divisions or by seeds.

E. aurantlacus (golden).* fl.-heads about 2in. across, bright
orange, solitary, on a stout, erect peduncle. {. oblong, entire ;
upper ones sessile, lanceolate, h. 1ft. Turkestan, 1879. Peren-
nial. (Gn., Sept. 20, 1884.)

B. caucaslcns (Caucasian), fl.-heads scarcely lin. across, rosy-
purple, borne in loose masses on stems nearly 2ft. high. Summer.
L, radical ones spathulate ; cauline ones ligulate, stem-clasping.
A. 1ft. Caucasus, 1821. Perennial.

E. glabellus (smooth-leaved), jl. -heads large, one to seven on
the leafless summit of the stout stems ; ray-florets very numerous,
purple ; disk yellow. June. I. nearly glabrous, except the mar-
gins, entire ; the upper oblong-lanceolate and pointed, closely
sessile or partly clasping ; the lower spathulate, stalked, h. 6in.
tolSin. North United States. Perennial.

FIG. 728. ERIGERON GLAUCUS.

(glaucous).* fl.-headt purple, pretty. Summer and
uui,uiuu. I. ciliated, glaucous, clammy; radical ones with
winged stalks ; cauline ones sessile, entire. A. 6in. to 12in.
Western North America, 1812. Perennial. See Fig. 728. (B. R. 10.)

E. grandinorns (large-flowered).* fl.-heads purple or whitish,
comparatively large, solitary. Late summer. 7., radical ones
obovate-spathulate ; cauline ones oblong to lanceolate, h. 4in. to
Sin, Rocky Mountains, 1819. Perennial.

E. multiradiatus (many -rayed).* fl.-heads terminal, solitary,
about 2in. across, surrounded by numerous overlapping linear
leaves ; ray-florets purplish ; disk yellow. Summer. I. oblong,
toothed, tapering into a long stalk, h. 6in. to 2ft. Himalaya,
1880. (B. At. 6550.)

E. Roylel (Royle's).* fl.-heads 2in. across, disposed in a loose
corymb; ray-florets bluish-purple; disk yellow. Summer. J.
oblong-spathulate, smooth, ciliated. A. 4in. to Sin. Himalayas.

E. speolosns (showy).* fl.-heads large, handsome, corymbose;
ray-florets violet, exceedingly narrow; those of the disk

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

527

Erigeron — continued.

yellow; peduncles single-flowered; involucre hemispherical.
Summer and autumn, t. sessile, oblong, acute, entire, ciliated
at the margin, the rest glabrous, dark green, marked with
nerves, which commence near the base and run upwards, nearly
parallel with the midrib ; radical ones spathulate, tapering into
long slender stalks. Stem herbaceous, IJft. high, rounded,
striated, glabrous, erect, and branched upwards in a corymbose
manner. Western North America. Perennial. (B. M. 3606,
and B. R. 1577, under name of Stenactit tpeciota.)

ERIXOSMA. See Leucoium.

ERINUS (Erinos, a plant mentioned by Dioscorides).
OED. Scrophularinece. A very pretty tufted alpine plant,
suitable for growing (in dwarf positions) on well- drained
rockwork, amongst stony or gritty peat and loam, or on
brick walls, in which situations it is easily established
by sowing the seed in earthy holes and crevices. When
the plants are developed, the seeds become self-sown,
and the produce from these withstand the winter best.
It may also be propagated by division.

E. alpinus (alpine).* ft. purple, alternate; racemes simple,
terminal, sub-corymbose. March to June. I. tufted, spathulate,
deeply serrated, hairy, h. bin. to 6in. Mountains of Western
Europe (naturalised here and there in Britain), 1739. (B. M.
310.) There is also a white-flowered variety.

ERIOBOTRYA. Included under Photinia (which

see).

ERIOCALIA MAJOR. See Actinotus Helianthi.
ERIOCAULON (from erion, wool, and kaulos, a stem;
alluding to the woolly scapes of some species). Pipe-
wort. STNS. Randalia, Sphcerochloa, Symphachne. OBD.
Eriocaulonece. A genus of about a hundred species
of widely distributed aquatic or marsh plants. None
are in cultivation except in botanic gardens. The only
European representative of the genus is E. septangulare,
an inconspicuous plant, which, in the Old World, is only
found in lakes in Skye and the West of Ireland.

ERIOCAULONE2E. A natural order of marsh
plants, having minute flowers and principally radical
leaves. They are, for the most part, natives of South
America. The typical genus is Eriocaulon. There are
eix genera and 325 species.

ERIOCHILUS (from erion, wool, and cheilos, a lip ;
referring to the disk of the labellum or lip being
pubescent). OKD. Orchidece. A genus of five species
of pretty greenhouse terrestrial Orchids, from Australia.
They thrive in a compost of light turfy loam, peat, and
sand, in equal proportions, and may be increased by
division of the roots.

E. autnmnalis (autumnal). ./?. pink, solitary, or two or three
rather distant ; labellum about half as long as the lateral sepals,
with an erect, concave, narrow claw. October. 1. radical, ovate,
acute, usually dying away before the time of flowering. A. 6in.
1823. A slender plant. Sra. Epipaetis eucuUata. (H. F. T.
120.)

E. dilatatns (dilated), ft. resembling those of E. autumnali*,
one or two, rarely three ; lip much shorter, the claw erect, with
slightly prominent rounded lateral lobes. May. L linear-h
late, sessile, and stem-clasping, h. 6in. to 12in.
or two varieties of this species.

This closely resembles

The habit and

foliage are the same, but the flowers are more numerous and
rather smaller. March.
E. scaber (rough), ft. pink one to three ; sepals and petals rather
shorter and broader than in E. autumnali*, but otherwise with
the same proportions; labellum claw distinctly produced into
small, erect, rounded lateral lobes. September. I radical, ovate
or cordate, usually persisting at the base of the flowering stem.
Closely allied to E. autumnalu.

ERIOCNEMA (from erion, wool, and Tmeme, a leg;
alluding to the hairy stalks). OBD. Melastomacea. A
genus containing a couple of species of stove herbaceous
plants, natives of South Brazil. Flowers white, small,
few, in umbels at the end of a naked stalk. Leaves
oval, heart-shaped at the base, and clothed with rusty
hairs. For culture, see Bertolonia.
E, fulrum (reddiah-yellow). ft. pink. June. A. 6in. 1850.

There are one

E. multlfloms (many - flowered). This closely r
dilatatue, of which it is probably only a variety. T
foliage are the same, but the flowers are more m

Eriocnema — continued.
E. marmoratnm (marbled), ft. rose.
variegated, h. 4in. 1850. (L. & P. F. G. L

ERIOCOMA.

May. L beautifully
Z?.)

See Montanoa.

ERIODENDRON (from erion, wool, and dendron,
a tree ; alluding to the capsule being filled with a fine
woolly substance). OBD. Malvaceae. A genus of about
eight species of very fine stove evergreen trees, with
spongy wood. One species is found in the Old World;
the rest are tropical American. Flowers large, singly
or in clusters from the sides or tops of the branches.
Leaves palmate. They thrive best in a rich loamy soil;
and should be raised from seeds, sown in a sandy soil,
in heat

E. antVaetnoswn (curled). «. clothed with silky wool on
the outside and yellowish on the inside. I., leaflet* five, seven,
or eight, entire, or serrulated above, lanceolate, cuspidate.
Trunk usually prickly. A. 100ft West Indies, 1739.

(Caribean).
with a delightful, but

ft, conspicuous, _
at fragrance, either solitary or

two or three together in a short kind of panicle, for the most
part axillary towards the ends of the branches ; petals five, of

a pale primrose or cream colour
their base of a
their middle.

e or cream colour, with the part a lit
deep purplish -red, spreading m streaks
I. palmate, deciduous ; leaflets from five

little above
towards
to seven.

oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, smooth and shining above, opaque
and paler, with a faint bluish tinge beneath ; midrib yellow, pro-
minent West Indies. Plant smooth, except the flower. An
extremely elegant, but at the same time curious-looking, high tree.

E. leiantherum (smooth-flowered), ft. white, sub-terminal and
lateral at the tops of the branches, large, woolly on the out-
side. I., leaflets five to seven, ovate, cuspidate, quite entire.
A. 70ft Brazil, 18ia

ERIOGONUM (from erion, wool, and gonu, a joint;
joints of the stems downy). OBD. Polygonacea. A genus
of rather pretty summer-flowering hardy annuals and
herbaceous or somewhat woody perennials. There are
about 100 species, natives of North-western America.
Flowers perfect, involncrate ; stamens nine, upon the base
of the perianth. Leaves radical, alternate or verticillate,
entire, without stipules. They thrive in a loamy-peat
soil, and may be increased by division or seed.

E. eom
I. stal

positum (compound), ft. dull white or rose-coloured;
ked, densely tomentose beneath, greener above, oblong-
ovate, cordate at base ; peduncles erect, stout, bin. to 18in. high,

nearly glabrous. Perennial. (B. R. 1774.)

E. corymbosnm (corymbose), ft. white to deep rose, rarely
yellow. J. ovate to oblong-lanceolate; umbel stiff, broadly
cymose ; involucres mostly sessile. A. 1ft Perennial.

E. stellatnm (starred). /. yellow, frequently hi loose com-
pound umbels. I. two or three, arising from the scape, exactly
resembling those of Static* oUtfolia, slightly downy, and
only so beneath. A. 6in. to 12in. Interior of North-west America.
(H. F. B. A. iL 177.)

E. umbeUatum (umbellate), ft. yellow. 1. obovate to oblong.
spathulate or oblanceolate, more or less tomentose, lll|Hifanj
beneath. A. 3in. to 12inT

ERIOFHORUM (from erion, wool, and phoreo, to
bear; heads cottony). Cotton Grass. Including Tricho-
phorum. OBD. Cyperacece. A genus (confined to North
temperate and Arctic regions) of about a dozen species of
pretty bog plants, closely allied to Scirpus, but differing
from it in that the hypogynoua bristles, as the flowering
advances, protrude to a great length beyond the spikelets,
forming silky-cottony tufts, whence the common name.
They can be naturalised with great success by the margins
of ponds, &o., or in the boggy spots of the wild garden.

E. alplnnm (alpine). This plant resembles Scirput eeetmtotut,
with the exception of having long bristles. Northern hemisphere
(probably now extinct in Britain).

E. vasflnatum (sheathed), ft., spikelet solitary, terminal, ovoid,
six to eight lines long, deep olive-green ; hypogynous bristles
numerous to each flower, forming cottony tufta, nearly globular.
Stems tufted, 1ft high, or more, covered at the base with a
few loose ragged sheaths, one of which bears linear, almost
subulate leaves. Northern hemisphere (Britain, but especially
abundant in Scotland and Ireland).

ERIOPHYLLT7M (from erion, wool, and phyllon, a
leaf; woolly-leaved). OBD. Compotita. A genus of
about a dozen species of mostly flooooce herbs, rarely

528

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Eriophyllum — continued.

suffruticose (from Western North America), merged into
Bahia by Bentham and Hooker.

E. cjespitosum (B. R. 1137), perhaps the only species in cul-
tivation, is identical with Bahia lanata (which see) and
Ac.tiiid.la, lanata.

ERJOPSIS (from Eria, and opsis, like ; resemblance).
OBD. Orchidece. A genus of three or four species of
very ornamental cool-house epiphytal Orchids, natives of
Northern Brazil, Guiana, and Columbia. A copious supply
of water when growing, full exposure to the sun, and a
compost of fresh peat and living sphagnum, are essential.
They require the temperature of an intermediate house,
such as suits Cattleyas, &c. Increased by dividing the
pseudo-bulbs.

E. biloba (two-lobed). fl. about lin. across ; sepals and petals
oblong, dark yellow, shaded round their margins with brown ; lip
three-lobed, white, spotted with dark brown ; spike 1ft. to lift,
long, curved or drooping. I. broad-lanceolate, borne in twos or
threes at the apices of the pseudo-bulbs. Pseudo-bulbs 5in. to
Sin. high, conical, dark brown. Native country unknown. 1845.
E. rutidobulbon (rough-bulbed). A species similar to E. biloba.
but with larger and more deeply-coloured flowers. New Grenada,
1847. (B. M. 4437.)

EHIOSEMA (from erion, wool, and sema, a standard ;
vexillum clothed with silky hairs). OKJ>. Leguminosce. A
genus of about forty species of stove herbaceous plants
and shrubs, most abundant in South America and tropical
and South Africa. One species has a wide range in Asia
and Australia. Flowers yellow or violet ; racemes or
fascicles axillary. Leaves digitately trifoliolate. The two
best species are described below. They thrive in a com-
post of peat and loam. Propagated by seeds or cuttings.
E. grandiflorum (large-flowered), fl., racemes terminal and
axillary, panicled ; corollas covered with soft pubescence on both
surfaces. October. I., leaflets oblong-elliptic, mucronate ; petioles
very short, and, as well as the nerves and veins on the under
surface of the leaves, clothed with silky rufous down. Branches
angular. A. If t. to 2ft. North Mexico.

violaooum (violaceous), fl. violaceous ; racemes axillary and
terminal, many-flowered. July and August. I., leaflets three,
oblong-linear, acute, greenish above and velvety, but clothed

with rusty hairs beneath, h. 4ft. Tropical South America
and Trinidad, 1820.

ERIOSPERMUM (from erion, wool, and sperma, seed ;
referring to the woolly envelope of the seeds). OED.
Liliacece. A genus of about twenty-five species of pretty
greenhouse bulbous plants, from tropical and Southern
Africa. For culture, see Bulbine.

E. BeUendenl (Bellenden's). fl. light blue. June to August.
{. roundish, acuminate, cucuUate at base. h. 1ft. Cape of Good
Hope, 1800. (B. M. 1382, under name of E. latifolium.)

E. Mackenil (McKen's). fl. bright golden-yellow, jointed on the
pedicel ; scapes slender, cylindric, glabrous. July. I. ovate-ob-
long, obtuse, or sub-acute, quite glabrous, rather fleshy, smooth,
nerveless. Natal, 1871. (fi. M. 5955, under name of Bulbine
Mackenii.)

E. prolifernm (proliferous), fl. white, green. June to August.
I. proliferous; leaflets filiform, undivided, sessile. h. 9in.
Cape of Good Hope, 1821.

E. pubescens (downy), fl. white, green. June. I. sub-cordate,
acute, cucullate, pubescent, h. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1820.
(B. B. 578.)

ERIOSTEMON (from erion, wool, and stemon, a
stamen ; stamens woolly). OBD. Rutacece. A genus of
very handsome greenhouse evergreen shrubs. There are
about thirty species, all (with the exception of a single
species from New Caledonia) natives of extra - tropical
Australia. Peduncles axillary, one-flowered, covered with
imbricate bracts, or furnished with opposite or whorled
ones in the middle. Leaves alternate, entire, simple,
full of pellucid dots. Eriostemons are among the most
useful and beautiful of Australian hard - wooded plants
whose flowering season is winter and early spring. All
the species are well worth attention, the flowers being
freely produced when the plants are healthy and well
ripened. They are either white or pale pink, and last
a long time in good condition, if kept in a cool tempera-
ture. Propagation may be effected by cuttings, inserted
in sandy peat, early in spring, covered with a bell glass,

Eriostemon — continued.

and placed in a gentle heat. When rooted, they should
be hardened and potted off singly, to be transferred to
larger sizes afterwards very gradually. The mode of
propagation adopted by nurserymen on a large scale, is
that of grafting, using for the purpose small stocks of
Correa. This is a quick, and, as practised by them, a
tolerably certain method. It is best for small growers
to purchase such plants, as, by good culture, they
soon form fine decorative subjects. Fibry peat, not
broken too finely, with the addition of a little loam
and silver sand, is a suitable compost. The soil should
be rammed tolerably firm, care being taken not to bury
the stem of the plant. Eriostemons succeed under the
same treatment during the summer as many other Aus-
tralian plants, namely, keeping a little close while the
growth is being made, afterwards admitting more air,
and finally placing outside, in a sunny position, from
July until the end of September, in order to insure
thorough ripening. The plants naturally form bush
specimens, but may be trained as pyramids if desired.
But little pruning, beyond shortening a few of the long
growths, to induce a symmetrical habit, is necessary.
In the case of large plants, whose flowers are used for
cutting — a purpose for which they are well adapted —
sufficient pruning may be performed simply by the removal
of the longest flowering shoots. Efficient drainage and
careful watering are at all times essential points towards
success in cultivation. Eriostemons will flower earlier in
winter if introduced into a temperature of about 55deg.,
but are quite as healthy and floriferous later on, if kept
in a house from which frost is merely excluded. If old
plants get out of health, it is advisable to prune back
hard in spring, reduce the balls, and place them amongst
new soil, in pots of a smaller size.

E. buxifolius (Box-leaved).* fl. pink or rose-coloured, axillary,
almost sessile. April to June. 1. small, cordate-ovate, or ob-
ovate, usually mucronate, with prominent glands. Branches
round, pubescent, h. 1ft. to 2ft. 1822. (B. M. 4101.)

B.lntermedlus (intermediate).* fl. white, suffused with rosy-pink,
large, solitary, axillary. April. I. obovate. h. 3ft. (B. M. 4439.)
E. myoporoldes(Myoporum-like).* fl. rose-coloured; peduncles
axillary, trifld, three-flowered. Early spring. I. linear-lanceolate,
quite entire, smooth, glandular, mucronate. h. 1ft. to 2ft. 1824.
(B. M. 3180.)

E. neriifolius (Nerium-leaved).* fl. rose-coloured or pink ; pe-
duncles axillary, three-flowered. April. I. lanceolate, rather
wrinkled, mucronate. h. 3ft. 1847.

E. saliclfolius (Willow-leaved), fl. pink, axillary, almost sessile,
solitary. July. I. linear-lanceolate, entire, smooth. Branches
triquetrous, h. 2ft. to 3ft. 1822. (B. M. 2854.)
E. scaber (rough).* fl. white, tinged with pink, rather small;
peduncles short. March to June. I. linear, entire, dark green,
mucronate, glandular, h. lift. 1840. (P. M. B. xiii. 127.)
ERIOSTOMUM. A synonym of Stachys.
ERIPHIA. See Besleria.

ERITHALIS (from Eritliales, a plant mentioned by
Pliny; the Greek word means very luxuriant). OBD.
Rubiacece. A genus of about five species of stove ever-
green shrubs, natives of Florida and the West Indian
Islands. They thrive in sandy fibrous loam, to which a
little peat may be added. Cuttings of ripened side shoots
will root in sandy soil, during the spring or summer, if
placed under a hand glass, in heat.

E. frutlcosa (shrubby), fl. white, small, sweet-scented ; peduncles
axillary, panicled. July. I. petiolate, obovate, or spathulate-
lanceolate; stipules broad, short, mucronate, sheathing, per-
manent, h. 10ft. to 15ft. Jamaica, 1793.

ERITHJCHIUM (from erion, wool, and thrix, trichos,
hair; plants woolly). OBD. Boraginece. A rather large
genus of handsome dwarf annual or perennial herbaceous
plants, widely dispersed throughout the temperate regions
of the Northern hemisphere ; a few come from South Africa
and Australia. The species here given is the one most
generally known!. Like many other beautiful plants
which grow at considerable elevations, it is difficult to
keep alive lone1! it requires a thoroughly well-drained

AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

529

Eritrichium — continued.

spot on the rockery, where it would alway be moist. In-
creased by seeds, or by divisions.
E. Tm«TiTn (dwarf), fl. brilliant sky-blue, with a yellowish eye,

not unlike those of Myosotis alpestris, but larger. Summer. I.

linear-obovate, covered with long silky- white hairs. A, 2in. to

Sin. Alps, 1869. It has been enthusiastically termed the Glory

of the Alpine Flora. (B. M. 5853.)

ER.NODEA MONTANA. A synonym of Putoria
calabrica.

ERODIUM (from erodios, a heron ; the carpels re-
sembling the head and beak of that bird). Heron's Bill.
ORD. GeraniacecB. A genus of about fifty species of pretty
hardy or half-hardy herbs or sub-shrubs, natives of Europe
(Britain), North Africa, and temperate Asia (rare in South
Africa and Australia). Peduncles generally many-flowered.
Leaves various in form. Every part of the plant, when
bruised, emits a strong peculiar odour. Erodiums form
admirable subjects for rookwork, in dry, sunny situa-
tions, and in a sandy soil. Increased by divisions, or by
seeds.

E. alpinum (alpine), fl. purple, about lin. across, six to ten in
an umbel ; petals obtuse, larger than the long-pointed sepals.
May. 1. smoothish, bipinnatifld. Stem branched. A. 1ft.
Mountains of Southern Italy, 1814. Hardy.

EL carulfolium (Carum-leaved). fl. red, about Jin. across, eight
to ten in an umbel. Spring. I. alternately pinnate ; leaflets
deeply bipinnate ; midrib of under surface with soft white hairs.
A. 6m. to lOin. Mountains of Central Spain. Hardy.
E. glandulosum (glandular). A synonym of E. maeradem/m.
E. hymenodes (membranous), fl. pink ; upper petals with a
reddish-brown spot at the base; peduncles many-flowered.
Spring and summer. /. somewhat three-lobed, or three-parted,
very blunt, deeply toothed. Branches clothed with long, soft
hairs. Stem erect, branched, shrubby at the base. A. 1ft.
Mount Atlas, 1789. Half-hardy. SYN. E. trtiobatum. (B. M.
1174.)

E. macradenum (large-glanded).* fl. pale violet ; petals acute,
the two broadest ones dark purple at the base ; peduncles many-
flowered. June and July. I. clothed with glandular pubescence,
pinnate, with bipinnatifld segments and lanceolate-linear lobes.
Plant stemless. A. 6in. Pyrenees, 1798. Hardy. SYN. E. glandu-
losum. (B. M. 5665 ; Gn., Aug. 30, 1884.)

E. Manescavi (Manescant's).* fl. purplish-red, disposed in
umbels. Summer. I. pinnate ; leaflets oblong, deeply cut, lower
ones the largest. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Pyrenees. Hardy.
B. pelargoniiflorum (Pelargonium-flowered).* fl. white, spotted
with purple ; peduncles umbellate, eight to ten-flowered.
Summer. I. radical, petiolate, ovate-cordate. Stem elongated,
branched, ascending. Anatolia. Hardy. (B. M. 5206.)
E. petraanm (rock). /. purple ; petals retuse ;, peduncles many-
flowered. June. I. smoothish, pinnate, with pinnatifld segments
and lanceolate-linear lobes. Plant stemless. A. 3in. to 6in.
South France and Spain, 1640. Hardy.

E. Reichardi(Reichard's).* fl. white, faintly veined with pink;
peduncles one-flowered. April to September, t small, cordate,
crenated, obtuse, smoothish. A. 2in. to 3in., forming a dense tuft.
Majorca, 1783. Half-hardy.

B. romanum (Roman), fl. purplish: petals equal, .longer than
the sepals ; peduncles many-flowered. Spring. 1. pinnate ; leaf-
lets ovate, deeply cut. A.6in.to9in. South Europe, 1724. Hardy
biennial (B. M. 377.)

E tricb.omanefolium(Trichomanes-leaved). fl. flesh-coloured,
with darker lines; petals blunt, a little longer than the sepals;
peduncles four-flowered. Summer, i. hairy, rather glandular,
bipinnate, with oblong-linear lobules. Plant stemless. A. 4m.
to 6in. Mount Lebanon. Hardy.
E. trllobatum (three-lobed). A synonym of E. hymenodes.

EB.OSE. Gnawed, bitten. A term used to denote a
particular kind of irregular denticulation.
EB.OTETJM. See Freziera.
ERPETION. See Viola.

ERVTJM. This genus is now merged, by the authors
of the " Genera Plantarum," into Vicia (which see).

ERYNGIUM (from ervngion, the old Greek name used
by Theophrastus, &o.). Eryngo OBD. UmbelUfera. A
genus of hardy or nearly hardy herbs, usually perenni
and spiny. It comprises more than a hundred species
natives of temperate and sub- tropical regions, tl
majority being South American. Flowers congregate
into oblong or roundish dense heads; lower bracts
usually the largest, and forming an involucre round the

Eryngium — continued.

head of flowers. Radical leaves, as well as the canline
ones, sheathing more or less at the base. Many species
of this genus are very handsome plants, and are well
suited for growing in borders and in sub-tropical gar-
dens. They thrive best in a light sandy soil. Increased
by carefully-made divisions, or by seed.
E. alpinum (alpine).* fl. in oblong heads ; involucre, along with
the upper part of the herb and the flowers, of a beautiful blue
colour. July and August. L, radical and lower cauline ones on
long petioles, deeply cordate.lserrate-toothed ; upper cauline ones
palmately lobed, cihately serrated ; leaves of the involucre ten to
twenty, rather soft, a little longer than the head of flowers.
A. lift, to 2ft. Europe, 1597. Hardy. (B. M. 922.)
E. amethystlnnm (amethyst-coloured).* fl. amethyst colour, in
globose heads. July and August. I., radical ones pinnatifid ; lobes
cut, spiny, somewhat pinnatifld. Stems smoothish, corymbosely
branched at the apex ; leaves of the involucre seven to eight,
lanceolate, furnished with a few teeth at the base, much ex-
ceeding in length the head of flowers. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Europe,
1648. Hardy.

E. aquaticum (aquatic), fl. white or very pale blue, in globose
heads. July to September. I. broadly linear, with parallel
nerves, remotely spinosely-ciliate ; lower leaves rather ensiform ;
upper ones lanceolate, toothed ; leaves of the involucre eight to
nine, shorter than the heads of flowers. A. 2ft to 3ft North
America, 1699. Hardy. SYN. B. yucca/oKwn. (B. B. 372.)
E. BonrgaU (Bourgat's).* fl. bluish, in ovate heads. June to
August {., radical ones orbicular, tripartite ; lobes pinnatifld or
cut in a forked manner, quite entire between the divisions ;
leaves of involucre ten to twelve, lanceolate, pungent, erect,
much longer than the head of flowers. Stems simple, a little
branched at the apex. A. 1ft to 2ft Pyrenees, 1731. Hardy.
E. bromelinfolinm (Bromelia-leaved). fl. white, in round
heads. July. (. with parallel nerves, bearing large subulate
teeth, which are shorter than the breadth of the leaves ; radical
ones very long, broadly lanceolate-linear ; involucral leaves ten,
lanceolate, exceeding the head of flowers. A. 3ft. to 4ft Mexico.
Half-hardy.

E. campestre (field), fl. blue, in roundish heads. July and
August. L, radical ones nearly ternate; segments pinnatifld;
lobes ovate; cauline ones auriculated ; leaves of involucre
linear-lanceolate, exceeding the heads of flowers. Stem pan-
eled. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Europe, &c: (Britain). (Sy. En. B. 570.)
E. diohotomum (spreading), fl. blue, in globose heads. July
and August I., radical ones petiolate, oblong, cordate at the
base, toothed ; cauline ones palmately parted, spreading ; lobes
spiny-toothed ; leaves of involucre lanceolate, much longer than
the heads of flowers. A. 1ft. to 2ft South Europe, Ac., 1820.
Hardy. E. Lasseauxii (R. H. 1874, 375) is closely allied to
E. dtcAotomum, but the panicle of reddish-purple flowers is loose.
E. eburneum (ivory), fl. whitish ; panicle cylindrical in outline.
AutSoT iTrkdkaY on« 2ft. to 3ft in lens^ edged with rirfd
spines ; cauline ones broad. A. 6ft Brazil, 1872. Hardy. (R/H.
1876, 112.)

FIG. 729. KaYNQitm OIOANTBUII.

3 Y

530

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Erynginm. — continued.

E. glgantenm (gigantic).* fl. blue, in ovate heads. July and
August. I., radical ones on long petioles, profoundly cordate,
crenate-toothed ; cauline ones stem-clasping, deeply lobed, ser-
rated ; leaves of involucre eight to nine, large, longer than the
heads of flowers. Stem dichotomously branched, 3ft. to 4ft. high.
Caucasus, 1820. Hardy. See Fig. 729.

E. maritimum (sea). Sea Holly, fl. very pale blue, in roundish
heads. July to October. I. of a whitish-glaucous hue, coriaceous ;
radical ones on long petioles, roundish, cordate, spiny-toothed ;
superior ones stem-clasping, palmately lobed ; leaves of involucre
five to seven, ovate, exceeding the heads of flowers, h. 1ft. to
lift. Europe, &c. (Britain). (Sy. En. B. 569.)

E. pandanifolium (Pandanus-leaved).* fl. purplish, in rather
small globose heads, with scarcely any involucre ; panicle very
large, dichotomous. I., radical ones 4ft.. to 6ft._long, very
glaucous, concave, acuminated ; mar;
Monte Video. Half-hardy. (G. C. n.

E. panlonlatum (panicled). fl. greenish-white, with a small

, . ,

glaucous, concave, acuminated ; margins spiny, h. 10ft. to 15ft.
, T. 76.)

horizontal involucre, rather large. I. with parallel nerves, linear,
spiny-ciliated. Stem nearly naked, bearing at the apex umbellate
branches ; branches bearing one to three heads. A. 3ft. to 5ft.
Montevideo. Half-hardy. (G. C. n. s., v. 76.)

FIG. 730. FLOWER OF ERYNGIUM PLANUM.

E. planum (flat-leaved), fl. blue, in roundish heads. July and

August. I., lower ones on long petioles, oval, cordate, undivided ;

superior ones five-parted, serrated ; leaves of involucre six to

eight, lanceolate, about equal to or exceeding the heads of flowers.

h. 2ft. Eastern Europe, die., 1596. Hardy. See Fig. 730.
E. platyphyllum (broad-leaved). A synonym of E. terra.
E. serra (saw), fl. white, in small globose heads. Autumn. I.,

radical ones in a spreading rosette, 1ft. to 2ft. long, 4in. broad,

nearly flat, varying from deeply pinnatifld to merely spinous on

the margins, h. 4ft. to 6ft. Brazil, 1872. Half-hardy. SYN.

E. platyphyllum.
E. yuccsefolium (Yucca-leaved). A synonym of E. aquaticum.

ERYNGO. See Erynginm.

ERYSIMTJM (Erysimon, the old Greek name of
Hippocrates, from eryo, to draw ; on account of its effects
in drawing blisters). Hedge Mustard. ORD. Cruciferce.
A genus of about seventy species of hardy annual,
biennial, or perennial hoary herbs, natives of temperate
and cold regions of the Northern hemisphere, usually
branched. Racemes elongated, terminal, many-flowered.
Leaves variable, usually oblong-linear, entire or toothed.
A few species only of this somewhat extensive genus
are worth growing ; and these exceptions are, for the
most part, very showy border plants, of extremely easy
cultivation in any ordinary garden soil. Increased by
seeds ; the perennials by seeds and divisions.
E. alpinom (alpine).* /. sulphur-yellow, sweet-scented. May.

I. lanceolate, distantly toothed, covered with starry pubescence.

Stem simple, straight, h. 6in. Norway, 1823. Perennial. SYN.

Cheiranthus alpinus.
E. asperum (rough), fl., petals yellow, with white claws. July.

I. linear-oblong; lower ones dentately-runcinate, pubescent,

scabrous, and, as well as the stem, greyish, with forked,

appressed hairs. h. Sin. North America, 1824. Biennial.

(H. F. b. A. i. 22.)
E. Marschallianum (Marschall's). fl. bright yellow. July.

I. lanceolate, narrowed at the base, toothed, h. 1ft. Caucasus.

Biennial.
E. ochroleucum (yellowish-white).* fl. pale yellow, scarcely

stented; petals obovate. April to July. Jl. oblong-lanceolate,

somewhat toothed, covered with two-parted hairs, or smooth.

Stems decumbent, branched. Alps of Jura, 1819. Perennial.

Plant procumbent. SYS. Cheiranthus ochroleucus.

Erysimum — continued.

E. o. helveticum (Swiss), fl. yellow; petals obovate. Spring.
toothed.

I. linear-lanceolate, either entire or
ascendent, clothed with forked hairs,
Biennial.

Stems somewhat
h. 1ft Khsetia, 1319.

E. Perofskianum (Perofski's).* /. deep reddish-orange, h. 1ft.
Caucasus, 1838. Tnis is one of the showiest hardy annuals
grown ; it is admirably adapted for beds, borders, edgings, &c. ;
and thrives almost anywhere ; the seeds may be sown in Septem-
ber for a spring display. (B. M. 3757.)

E. pulchellum (pretty). JL sulphur-yellow. Spring. A. 1ft.
1880. Perennial. A very pretty plant, differing from the
majority of this genus in being of remarkably compact growth,
and forming itself into a dense tuft of foliage. (B. H. 1880, 412. )

E. pumilum (dwarf).* /. pale sulphur, fragrant. Summer. I.
linear-lanceolate, somewhat toothed, greyish-green, h. lin. to
3in. Europe, 1823. An elegant little perennial rock-plant.
(L. B. C. 899.)

ERYTHEA (a fanciful name : Erythea, in the

mythology of the Greeks, was one of the Hesperides,

daughters of Evening, or the West, "who dwelt on an

island of the ocean, on the western edge of the world,

and guarded a garden with golden apples"). ORD.

Palmeae. A genus of two species of greenhouse palms,

from Southern California. They are tall trees, with naked

trunks, fan-shaped, plicate, filiferous leaves, and densely

tomentose sheaths and inflorescence. Flowers solitary or

in clusters, scattered along the numerous branches of

the pendent panicle. The genus is very nearly allied to

Livistona, of Australia and Eastern Asia, which differs

in its distinct filaments, oblong fruit, with hard crus-

taceous pericarp, the leaf segments entire or nearly so,

not filiferous on the margins. For culture, see Areca.

E. edulis (edible). A handsome species, with a slender trunk,

30ft. high, and 15in. or more in diameter. Each tree bears one

to four panicles, blossoming late in March ; the fruit clusters

are said to weigh 401b. to 501b. Guadalupe Island. SYN.

Brahea edulis.

ERYTHRJEA (from erythros, red ; colour of flowers
of some species). Centaury. SYNS. Gyrandra and Hip-
pocentaurea. ORD. Gentianece. A genus of above thirty
species of small hardy or half-hardy annual, biennial, or
perennial plants. Flowers pink, yellow, or rarely white,
terminal, sessile, or pedicellate. Leaves sessile, opposite,
decussate ; radical ones rosulate. Erythraeas form elegant
little plants for rockwork, grown in a sandy loam soil.
Increased by seeds, or by divisions.
E. Centaurium (Centaury). fl. rose-coloured. I. ovate-lanceo-

late. Stem dichotomously panicled, corymbose, h. 3in. to 12in.

North Africa, Europe (Britain). Annual. This plant was

formerly much employed by physicians as a vermifuge.

(Sy. En. B. 909.)

FIG. 731. FLOWERS OF ERYTHR^EA DIFFUSA.

E. diffusa (diffuse).* /?. bright deep rose. I. fleshy, entire,
glabrous, shining, generally concave, h. 2in. to Sin. Western
Europe Perennial. A charming little rock plant. See Fig. 731.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

531

Erythrsea — continued.

E. littoralis (shore), fl. pink, crowded, sessile, fasciculate. June.
L ovate-oblong, obtuse. Stem simple or branched, dwarf, tetra-
gonal. A. Sin, Europe (Britain). Bitnnial. (Sy. En. B. 908.)

FIG. 732. FLOWERING STEM OF ERYTHR.EA MUHLENBEROI.

I (Muhlenberg's).» fl. of a deep pink colour, with
a grewuM.-.-.. . star in the centre. Spring. 1. oblong-obtuse,
the floral ones lanceolate. Branches numerous, slender. A. 8m.
California. An excellent plant for growing on rockwork, or for
margins of a loamy border. See Fig. 732.

*^«te<^^:4S^«S4^^!^^

diameter • tube slender ; looes 01 wie uuiu wujwwi \>*. —
rose-coloured, yeUow at the base, as long as the tube. August.
Lfapfc* scattered, sessile, tin. to lin. long, oblong or ovate-
oblong, rounded at the apex; base rounded or cordate ; upper
and flSral leaves narrower and acute or acuminate. Stem simple
OT cvmosely branched above, few-flowered A 6m. to 10m. Cab-
fornia, 1878. A slender erect hardy annual. (B. M. 6396.)
ERYTHBINA (from erythros, red ; referring to the
colour of the flowers). Coral-tree. OED. Leguminosa.
A genus of about thirty species of trees and shrubs,
principally natives of tropical regions in both the New
World and the Old, and at the Cape Flowers coral-
red large, in dense racemes, produced usnally before
the' development of the large leaves (in a few si
on the ends of the annual shoots); calyx split spatha-
ceous, bilabiate; petals very unequal; standard large ;
upper stamen free to the base, or sometimes connate with
the others half-way up the filaments; anthers uniform.
Pod linear turgid, torulose. Leaves constantly tri-

3

ally withheld, so that the wood may ripen, the leaves

Erythrina — continued.

jf the previous year. The herbaceous-stemmed species,
57. crista-galli and E. herbacea, form a stoat rootstock,
rom which shoots are annually produced, and upon these
the flowers are borne in autumn. Both these kinds
should be started in heat, in spring, unless when
planted out of doors, in which case they may be left to
start themselves on the approach of warm weather.
for pot specimens, however, a little extra heat assists
the rootstocks, and is conducive to the free production
of shoots. As these increase in strength, a lower tem-
perature will be sufficient, till, finally, the plants may be
placed out of doors for the summer. By taking off the
young shoots with a heel, in spring, and inserting them
in sandy soil, on a little bottom heat, a stock is easily
obtained. After flowering, the shoots die down, when
the plants may be placed under stages in cool houses,
where they can be kept dry and at rest till the follow-
ing spring. Erythrinas, planted out of doors, require a
covering of leaves or cocoa-nut fibre, to protect the boles
from frost.
B. Corallodeniron (Coral-tree), fl. deep «carlet, large, in long

racemes, appearing when the leaves have fallen. May and June.

I., leaflets broad, rhomboid-ovate, acute ; petioles unarmed. Stem

arboreous, prickly. A. 6ft to 12ft West Indies, 1690. Sm E.

spinosa.

Fio 733 PORTION OF ANNUAL HERBACEOUS FLOWERING

SHOOT OF ERYTHRINA CRISTA-GALLI.

s:\-iu

532

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Erythrina — continued.

galli, with annual shoots, and axillary and terminal spicate
flowers.

E. Hume! (Hume's), fl. brilliant scarlet, fading to purple, in
a sub-verticillate spike; peduncles axillary, longer than the
leaves, erect, rounded, studded with white, linear warts. L
ternate, rhomb-shaped, acuminate, with an obtuse point ; petioles
alternate, horizontal, longer than the leaves, armed with a few
distant prickles. Stem erect, woody, h. 30ft. to frOft. South
Africa. A very elegant stove tree. (B. M. 2431, under name of
K. ca/ra.)

Erythrina — continued.
L lanrlfolla (laurel-leaved).

A synonym of K erista^aUi.

E. speciosa (showy), fl. deep crimson; racemes and calyces
velvety. August to October. /., leaflets broad, slightly three-
lobed, acuminated, glabrous ; petioles and ribs of leaves prickly.
Stems shrubby, prickly, h. 6ft. to 10ft. West Indies, 1805.
(A. B. R. 443.)

E. spinosa (spinous). A synonym of E. Corallodendron.
Other very good garden forms, chiefly of E. crista-galli, are:

Cottyana, flowers deep rich red ; jloribunda, flowers rosy-crimson ;

Fio. 734. ERYTHRINA INDICA PARCELLI.

E. Indica (Indian).* fl. of a splendid scarlet colour. L, leaflets
broad-ovate, acute, glabrous ; petioles unarmed. Stem arboreous,
prickly: spines black, h. 20ft. to 30ft. East Indies, 1814. There
is a handsome white-flowered form of this species.

E. i. marmorata (marbled). I. large, broad, blotched and
spotted with white in a very effective manner. Polynesia, 1879.
An elegant variegated plant.

E. L Parcelli (Parcell's). I. alternate ; leaflets three, with a
yellow variegation, sometimes forming a feather-like stripe along
the costa and main veins, sometimes more diffused, and forming
a band lin. wide. Stem stout, woody. South Sea Islands. See
Fig 734, for which we are indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull.

Madame Belanger, flowers velvety, rich dark reddish-crimson ;
ornata, flowers dark vermilion ; ruberrima, flowers large, brilliant
crimson, rosy-tinted ; spectabilis, leaves with fine bold variegation,
markings chiefly yellow.

ERYTHROCKITON (from erythros, red, and chiton.
a tunic; calyx red). ORD. Rutacece. A genus of four
species of very ornamental stove evergreen trees, natives
of Brazil, Guiana, and New Grenada. They thrive well
in a compost of loam and leaf mould. Increased by
seeds, or by cuttings.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

533

t_

Erythrochiton — continued.

E. braziliensis (BrazUian). fl. large, in the axillae of the bract-
like leaves, two to four, or more, in a cluster, on short, brac-
teolate pedicels ; calyx red ; corolla white. July. I. alternate,
simple, stalked, lanceolate, very long, quite entire, smooth. Axil-
lary branches almost leafless, bearing the flowers at their ends.
h. 10ft. Brazil, 1842. (B. M. 4742.)

E. hypophyllantlras (leaf-flowering), fl. white ; cymes short,
one to three-flowered, developed on the costa beneath. I. bold,
cuneate-oblong, 1ft. to Uft. long. Columbia, 1853. Habit
erect, unbranched. (B. M. 5824.)

ERYTHROLJENA CONSPICUA, See Cnicus
conspicuus.

ERYTHRONIUM (from erythroa, red, the colour
of the flowers in the European species; Erythronion is
the name given by Diosoorides to a kind of Orchis).
Dog's-tooth Violet. OED. Liliocece. A genus of seven
species of very ornamental dwarf, stemless, hardy, bulbous
plants, of which one species is dispersed through Europe,
Asiatic Russia to Japan, and the rest are North American.
Flowers on a scape, solitary, pendulous; perianth seg-
ments six, erect or reflexed. Leaves radical, ovate, or
ovate-lanceolate. They succeed in almost any light soil,
but prefer a mixture of loam and peat. Propagated by
offsets, which are produced freely when the plants do
well. The best time for obtaining them, or for replant-
ing, is immediately the leaves die away, after flowering.
Erythroniums have a better effect when planted in groups
than if placed in very small quantities separately; the
bulbs should be inserted about Sin. deep. If left un-
touched afterwards, an annual top-dressing of good soil
will be advantageous. Erythroniums succeed best in a
sheltered position on a rockery, but are also suitable for
the front line of mixed borders, or for shrubberies. They
may also be grown in pots, in a cold frame, for green-
house decoration when in flower. The flowers appear in
March and April, and are attractive outside at that early
season.

E americanum (American).* fl. bright yellow, about lin.
ac^s; perianth segments spreading, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse
1. elliptical-lanceolate, recurved at top, dotted and marbled
with violet and white, h. 3in. to 6m. "North America. (B. M.
1113.)

FIG. 735. ERYTHBONIUM

-

DBNS-CAWIS, Large White Variety.

Erythronium — continued.

E. dens-canls,* Dog's-tooth Violet fl. purplish-rose or whitish,
about 2in. in diameter, solitary, drooping. I. blotched with
purple-brown and white, radical, stalked, broadly-oval, rounded
at the base, acuminated, h. 6in. Europe, 15%. (B. M. 5.)
There are several forms, varying in the colour of the flowers.
See Fig. 735.

E. grandiflorum (large-flowered), fl. yellow or cream-colour,
with a more or less orange base, solitary or often in a raceme
of two to six or more ; segments lanceolate and somewhat acu-
minate, strongly recurved, lin. to 2in. long. L not mottled,
always closely approximate, oblong-lanceolate. Sin. to 6in. long,
with broad, usually short petioles. North-west America. (B. It
1786.)

E. g. glgantenm (gigantic), fl. white, with a yellow and orange
base, large. 1. mottled. Washington Territory. (B. M. 5714.)
ERYTHROPHLCEUM (from erythroa, red, and
phlovoa, bark; referring to the red juice which flows
from the tree when cut). Bed-water Tree. OBD. Legu-
minoacB. A small genus, containing three or four species
of unarmed stove evergreen trees. Flowers small, almost
sessile, in long, cylindrical spikes, forming a terminal
panicle; petals five, small, slightly imbricate; stamens
ten, inserted with the petals, free. Leaves bipinnate.
For culture, see Acacia.

E. gnlneense (Guinea), fl. pale yellow. I. bipinnate ; leaflets
opposite, oval, oblique, from roundish to lanceolate, repand,
acuminated and entire, h. 40ft. to 100ft. Sierra Leone, 1823.
The bark of this tree is very poisonous.

E. Irfibouchem (Labouchere's). fl., spikes rather dense, nearly
sessile, lin. to 3in. long; petals longer than the calyx, with
woolly edges ; stamens more than twice as long as the petals,
inserted in two rows. I., pinnae opposite, in two or three pairs;
leaflets four to nine, alternate, obliquely obovate or orbicular,
very obtuse or retuse. Branches glabrous. North Australia. A
lofty, hard-wooded tree.
ERYTHRORCHIS. See Oaleola.
ERYTHROTIS BEDDOMEI. See Cyanotis
kewensis.

ERYTHROXYLE2B. A tribe of Linen (which tee).

ERYTHROXYLON (from erythros, red, and xylon,

wood; some of the species have red wood). Including

Sethia. ORD. Linece. A very widely-distributed gonna

of about fifty species of stove or greenhouse evergreen

trees, with small white or yellowish-green flowers, which

arise' from the axils of the stipnlaceous scales. E. Coca

thrives in fibry loam ; and cuttings of half-ripe shoots will

root in sand, under a hand glass, in heat.

E. Coca (Coca). JL greenish, small, three or four together,

axilHrT I. alternate, lanceolate or oval, entire. A. 3ft to 6ft.

1869 This is one of the most interesting species of the genus,

and is extensively cultivated; its leaves are largely employed by

the South Americans as a masticatory, under the name of Coca.

Codai3so constitutes an article of commerce with the Indians.

Greenhouse. (B. M. PL 40.)

ESCALLONIA (named in honour of Escallon, a
Spanish traveller in South America, who found the
first species of this genus in New Grenada). Ord. Soxt-
frageai. A genus comprising about thirty-five speciea of
ornamental half-hardy evergreen shrubs, all natives of
South America. Flowers usually in terminal racemes or
panicles. Leaves scattered, serrated, or entire. These
fine plants grow freely in almost any ordinary well-
drained garden soiL For training against walls, few
shrubs are more suitable than E. floribunda and E. ma-
crantha. In the south of England, and on the sea coast
more especially, they flourish remarkably well, and are
£own extensively as hedge or shelter plants Propaga-
tion may be effected by cuttings, made of ^alf-npen,
wood, inserted in sandy loam, and covered with a ha
light'; by .layers, or by suckers.

vesBG&BX&SSSSSiSSti
62w3M3ft*K«*st

1827 SYN. E. montevidentu. (B. M. ow».)

- "^Je»AJ&i^£?BS

>r oblong, obtuse, crenulated, attenuated at the base.

macrantna (lar({e-flowered).» JL crimson-red. rather large-

534

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Escallonia— continued.

lower peduncles simple, axillary ; upper ones racemose. June.

I. ovate-elliptic, bluntish, serrated, shining, glandularly dotted

below. Branches pubescent, glandular. A. 3ft. to 6ft. Chiloe,

1848. (B. M. 4473.) The variety sanguinea has deep red

flowers.

E. montevidensis (Monte Video). A synonym of E. floribunda.

E. organensis (Organ Mountains).* /., petals deep rose-colour,
five, spathulate, the claws erect, linear, so closely placed as to
form a tube ; limb exactly horizontally patent, oval or oboyate,
obscurely crenate at the margin. I. alternate, oblong, copious,
erect, somewhat imbricated, glossy, rigid, dark green above,
with a red margin, rather obtuse at the point, tapering at the
base into a short petiole. Stems and branches rich red-brown.
h. 2ft. to 4ft. Organ Mountains, 1844. A lovely plant. (B. M.
4274.)

Phlllpplana (Philippi's). fl. white ; panicles terminal and
,teral, densely crowded. July. I. rich green, somewhat spathu-

lateral

late, serrated.

Valdivia, 1873. (G. C. n. s., x. 109.)

E. pterocladon (winged-branched). /. white and pink, small,
axillary. July. 1. very small, h. 4ft. Patagonia, 1854. (B. M.
4827.)

E. pulverulenta (dusted). fl. white ; petals obovate ; racemes
terminal, erect. June. I. elliptic, obtuse, on short petioles, ser-
rulated, rather clammy above when young. Branches rather
erect, somewhat trigonal. Shrub hairy in every part. h. 6ft.
to 10ft. Chili, 1831. (S. B. F. G. ii. 310.)

a. A>UUUIX»IK» (dotted). /. one to four, rarely more, in terminal
corymbs, sub-erect ; corolla deep dark red. July. I. bright
green, sessile, or narrowed into a very short petiole, elliptic-
ovate, acute, finely serrated, the serration often irregular ;
upper surface glossy, with deeply impressed veins ; under paler,
smooth, glabrous, or glandular pubescent, or gland-dotted.
h. 3ft. to 6ft. Chili. A much-branched evergreen shrub. SYN.
E. rubra punctata. This is easily distinguished from E. rubra
by the stalked glands upon the young shoots, &c. (B. M. 6599.)
E. rnbra (red).* fl. red ; petals spathulate ; peduncles two to
seven-flowered, bracteate. July to September. I. obovate-oblong,
acuminated, serrated, full of resinous dots beneath. Branches
erect, when young clothed with glandular hairs, h. 3ft. to 6ft.
Chili, 1827. Shrub smoothish. (B. M. 2890.)
E. r. punctata (red-dotted). A synonym of E. punctata.

ESCALLONLSi. A tribe of Saxifrages (which
see).

ESCHALOT. See Shallot.

ESCHSCHOLTZIA (named in honour of J. P. Esch-
scholtz, M.D., 1793-1831, a celebrated naturalist, who
accompanied Kotzebue round the world). SYN. Chryseis.
OBD. Papaveracece. Very ornamental hardy annual or
perennial glabrous and glaucescent herbs. Sepals coher-
ing in the form of a cap, deciduous. Leaves much
divided into narrow segments. Perhaps all the Esch-
scholtzias here described are mere forms of one very
variable species. These showy plants are largely em-
ployed in decorating flower borders in spring, summer,
and autumn. They are of very easy culture in ordinary
garden soil. Seeds may be sown in spring or autumn,
in places where they are to flower.

E. californlca (Californian).* fl. bright yellow, large. Summer.
I. glaucous, tripinnatifid ; segments linear, h. IJft. North-west
America, 1790. Annual. Prom this, the first species intro-
duced, have sprung a legion of varieties with flowers of a white,
pinkish, or pale yellow colour.

E. O. csespitosa (tufted). fl. yellow, about lin. across.
Summer. I. divided into almost thread-like segments, h. 6in.
A very pretty little annual, with a close, compact habit, and
much branched near the base. SYN. E. tenuifolia. (B. M. 4812.)
E. c. crooea (yellow).* fl. deep rich orange. Summer, h. 1ft.
California, 1833. Of this showy annual, there are numerous
forms, including white, red, striped, and a double orange-
flowered kind.
E. tenuifolia (slender-leaved). A synonym of E. e. ccespitosa.

In addition to the foregoing, very showy garden forms have been
raised, including compacta (orange) ; Mandarin (a gorgeous orange-
crimson flowered sort) ; and several others.

ESPALIERS. A term applied to a mode of training
fruit-trees in the open ground, either as permanent feature's
or preparatory to placing them on walls or on a trellis
inside a house. Many methods are employed, some of a
temporary, and others of a permanent, character. For a
single tree, a row of stakes about 5ft. high, driven in the
ground, 9in. apart, is suitable. A narrow strip of wood
is generally laid on the tops of the stakes, and a nail driven
into each, to hold them firmly. Fruit-trees trained as

Espaliers— continued.

Espaliers, to separate borders running parallel to walks
from the inside garden, sometimes have strained wires
fixed for the purpose. Another mode is to have end
posts, to which are secured top and bottom rails, with
vertical strips of wood nailed to them. The trees
may be trained to any desired shape as Espaliers, in the
same way as if they were on walls. Full exposure to light

FIG. 736. FRUIT-TREE TRAINED UPRIGHT AS AN ESPALIER.
on both sides is obtained by proper thinning ; but the
advantages of a wall regarding the protection afforded
cannot, of course, be similarly secured. An upright-
trained fruit-tree is shown in Fig. 736; the stem is
represented rather higher than is usual with trees trained
in this way. Stakes at each end, and an Espalier frame
fixed to them, would suit such a tree best ; or one each
of the former might be inserted to the upright branches
separately. See also Training'.

ESPARTO GRASS. See Stipa tenacissima.
ESFELETIA (named in honour of Don Jose de
Espeleta, a Viceroy of New Grenada). OBD. Composites.
A genus containing about eleven species of remarkable
greenhouse woolly-leaved plants. Flower-heads yellow,
sometimes lin. or more across, corymbose. Leaves alter-
nate, or rarely opposite, entire, lanceolate or linear, wholly
covered with dense white or rusty-coloured wool. They
thrive in a sandy-peat soil, and should be kept in a dry
and airy part of the greenhouse. During damp weather,
in winter, the plants should only receive sufficient water to
keep the soil moist, and care must be taken that the
woolly leaves are not wetted. The species here described
are the only ones yet in general cultivation.
E. argentea (silvery), fl.-heads yellow, moderately large, the
disk inclining to brown ; florets all subtended by a ligulate,
membranaceous scale. July. I. narrow-lanceolate, densely silky
and strigose on both sides, h. 5ft. to 6ft. New Grenada, 1845.
A very remarkable plant. (B. M. 4480.)

E. grandlflora (large-flowered), fl. -heads yellow, large. Summer.
1. lanceolate, h. 10ft. New Grenada. This species yields a gum-
resin of a beautiful yellow colour, which is largely employed
by the native printers in the composition of their inks.

ETIOLATION. See Blanching.

ETJADENIA (from eu, well, and aden, a gland; in
allusion to the appendix at the base of the gynophore
terminating in about five minute spherical knobs). OBD.
i GapparidecB. A genus of two or three species of stove
herbs or sub-shrubs, from tropical Africa, only the one
described below having yet been introduced to cultiva-
tion. It thrives in a well-drained loamy soil. Cuttings
strike readily in bottom heat.

E. eminens (eminent), fl., petals four, sulphur-yellow, two

r-subul

four, green, lanceolate, acuminate, Jii
stalked, trifoliolate, quite glabrous. A striking plant, with a

dorsal ones 4in. long, erect, narrowly linear-
" ito a long claw ; two lower ones smaller, pointing f
spals four, green, lanceolate, acuminate, Jin. long. I. alternate,

late, narrowed
o lower ones smaller, pointing forward ;

"singularly handsome inflorescence, which resembles a can-
delabrum in its ramification, the yellow petals looking like
pairs of gas jets on each branch." West tropical Africa, 1880.
(B. M. 6578.)

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

535

T« > weU' and o> c°ver

as with a lid ; limb of the calyx covering the flower before
expansion, and afterwards falling off in one piece in the
shape of a lid or cover). Gum-tree. Including Wdesmta
ORD. Myrtacea:. A genus of 140 or more species of tall
evergreen greenhouse trees, with very few exceptions
natives of Australia, where they constitute a large por-
tion of the forest vegetation. Peduncles axillary, one-
flowered, or bearing an umbel of from three to fifteen
flowers. Leaves quite entire, coriaceous, usually alternate
very variable, even in the same tree, quite glabrous except
in a very few of the species. It is worthy of remark that
the Gum Trees, though among the largest trees in the
world, have very small, or even minute, seeds. In their
native country, the Eucalypti form extensive forests,
and grow very fast, some of them reaching an immense
height and having trunks in the same proportion. The
timber is extremely durable, and is largely used by colonial
ship-builders, implement-makers, engineers, &o. None of
the species attain a size sufficiently large for use as timber
in this country, as they are not hardy enough to withstand
a severe winter outside. Several' succeed on a south wall
with protection in winter, and all are useful decorative
greenhouse plants. They are called Gum Trees in conse-
quence of the quantity of gum that exudes from their
trunks. E. globulus, the Blue Gum, one of the most
valuable timber trees of the Southern hemisphere, is also
largely cultivated in many parts of the world, especially
in the Mediterranean region and in malarious districts
in Italy. Further, it is the species grown more than
others in this country for its value in sub-tropical gar-
dening, the leaves being of a distinct glaucous hue, and
quite different from those of any other plant similarly
employed. Eucalypti are best raised from imported seeds,
which generally vegetate freely. They should be sown
thinly in pots or pans of light sandy soil, and placed in
a little heat. E. globulus, when intended to be used for
sub-tropical bedding or for a group on a lawn, is best
sown in August and grown on through the winter for use
the following season. By this method, much larger and
better plants may be obtained than when sowing is de-
ferred till spring. It is best to raise new plants each year,
as lifted ones do not regain their beauty of the preceding
season, and they cannot be depended on to stand outside,
at least, not in many places. Being fast growing plants,
considerable space must be allowed when they become
established, either in the open ground or in pots. A rather
rich soil, composed of loam and decayed manure, with the
addition of some charcoal, to keep it open, is most suit-
able. E. citriodora is very useful for growing in small
pots for the conservatory, its scented leaves rendering it
a general favourite. Comparatively few of the species
are grown in this country.

E. amygdollna (almond-leaved), fl., peduncles axillary or
lateral, nearly terete, with four to eight flowers. I. alternate,
linear-lanceolate, Sin. long, three lines broad, attenuated at the
base. 1820. A moderate sized or large tree. (B. M. 3260. ) In
the Museum, No. 1, at Kew, there is a photograph of the base
of a tree from Victoria, known as " Big Ben." The tree measured
56ft. in circumference, at base, and was 400ft. high. This species
forms the highest of all known trees ; one is recorded measuring
470ft. high, far exceeding even the well-known Giant-trees of
California (Sequoia, girjantea).

E. calophylla (beautiful-leaved), fl. rather large, in a terminal
corymbose panicle, with one or two sometimes in the upper axils ;
umbels loose; peduncles flattened, or nearly terete; pedicels
longer than the calyx tube. I. ovate, ovate-lanceolate, or lan-
ceolate, obtuse or mucronate, acute, rather rigid, with numerous
transverse parallel veins, the intramarginal one scarcely distant
from the edge. A very beautiful tree. (B. M. 4036, under name
of E. splachnicarpa.)

E. citriodora (lemon-scented).* I. oblong-lanceolate, covered
with glandular hairs, which, when gentlv rubbed, emit a power-
ful odour, resembling that of the lemon-scented Aloysia.
Australia. An interesting greenhouse plant.

E. ooccifera (Coccus-bearing).* fl. purple ; peduncles axillary or
lateral, terete, or slightly compressed, bearing each an umbel 01
four to eight flowers. December. /. in the usual form mostly
ovate-lanceolate, falcate and very oblique at the base, more or
less acuminate, 4in. to 6in. long, thick with very oblique distant

Eucalyptus— continued.

anastomosing veins, the intra-marginal one at some distance
from the edge. A small, generally very glaucous, tree. SYN.
E. daphnoides. (B. M. 4637.) There fa a variety oarmfora.
having smaller flowers, and extremely short peduncle!

E. cordata (heart-shaped). A synonym of E. pulverulenta.

E. cornuta (horned), fl. red, yellow ; peduncles axillary terete
or slightly compressed, each bearing six to twelve, or even more
flowers, sessile, but not immersed in the receptacle I lanceolat
or ovate-lanceolate, mostly under 4in. long, rather 'thick • the
veins irregularly oblique, the intramarginal one at a distance
ft.™ the edge. A tall shrub or small tree, with a smooth bark!
(B. M. 6140.)

E. daphnoides (Daphne-like). A synonym of E. coccifera.
E. gigantea (gigantic). A synonym of

Fie. 737. YOUNO TREK OP EUCALYPTUS GLOBULUS, showing Habit

E. globulus (globuled).* Blue Gum-tree, fl. large, axillary,
solitary, or two or three together, closely sessile on the stem,
or on a peduncle not longer than thick. I., of the young tree
opposite, sessile, and cordate ; of the full grown tree, lanceolate
or ovate-lanceolate, nearly falcate, 6in. to 12in. long. A. some-
times exceeding 300ft. 1810. See Fig. 737. The leaves of this
and other species have been supposed to possess febrifugal
properties. Smoked in the form of cigars, they have been recom-
mended in asthma. The oil obtained from the leaves is anti-
septic.

E. Gunnil (Gunn's).* Cider-tree of Tasmania. /. white ; peduncles
axillary, very short, each with three rather large almost sessile
flowers. I. ovate- lanceolate or elliptical and obtuse to lanceolate-
acute. A bush or small tree, sometimes attaining a height of
30ft. Perhaps the hardiest of all the species.

E. macrooarpa (large-fruited), fl. very large, solitary, on very
short, thick, axillary peduncles. June. I, opposite, sessile, broadly
cordate-ovate, acute or obtuse, often 6in. long, or even more, very
thick and rigid, h. 6ft. to 10ft 1842. A stout shrub, usually
more or less mealy-white. In the " North " Gallery at Kew,
there is a portrait of one of the few remaining specimens of this—
one of the rarest of the Eucalypti. Although it has the largest
flowers of all the species of the genus, it is only a shrub, and has
been nearly extirpated by sheen in the one district where it was
known to grow. (B. M. 4333; P. M. B. XT. 29.)

E. obliqua (oblique). Stringy -bark, fl., peduncles axillary or
lateral, and, as well as the branches, nearly terete; umbels
four to eight-flowered. I. alternate, ovate-lanceolate, 4in. to 6in.
long, acuminated, very unequal at the base. A. 150ft to 250ft
The bark of this comes off in large slabs, and is used in making
wigwams and roofs ; and the natives also use it when they wish
to cross a river. They strip off a large concave piece, and stop
up the ends with mud, so as to keep the water out, thus forming
a rude canoe, in which they paddle themselves over with a piece
of wood, leaving it to rot or float away. SYN. E. yiganUa.
(H. F. T. i., 28.)

E. paniculate (panicled). fl., peduncles angular; lower ones
axillary ; the rest disposed in a terminal panicle ; petioles 5in.
long. L lanceolate, Sin. long, and flve to six fines broad,

536

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Eucalyptus — continued.

attenuated at the base. 1804. A large shrub or moderate-sized

tree.

E. plurllocularis (many-celled). A synonym of K Preissiana.

E. polyanthemos (many-flowered). JL white, small, in umbels,
shortly pedunculate, and usually several together in short ob-
long or corymbose panicles in the upper axils, or at the ends of
the branches. I. on rather long petioles, broadly ovate-orbicular,
or rhomboidal, obtuse, or rarely shortly acuminate, mostly
under 3in. long, passing, in older trees, into ovate-lanceolate, pb-
tuse, and 3in. long, or more, rather rigid, with fine diverging
veins, the ultra-marginal ones distant from the edge. h. vanous,
sometimes small, at others attaining 40ft. to 50ft. SYNS.
E. populifolia and E. populnea.

E. populifolia (Poplar-leaved). A synonym of E. polyanthemos.

E. populnea (Poplar-like). A synonym of E. polyanthemas.

E. Preissiana (Preiss's). fl. yellow ; peduncles axillary or
lateral, very thick and much dilated, sometimes almost winged,
under lin. long, each with three large flowers, either sessile or
tapering into a very short, thick, flattened pedicel. I. mostly
opposite, although petiolate, from broadly ovate to ovate-lanceo-
late, very obtuse, or rarely acute, 3in. to 5in. long, very thick and
rigid, the veins diverging and parallel, but not close, the mar-
ginal one at a distance from the edge. h. 8ft. to 12ft A stout,
rigid shrub. SYN. E. plurilocularis. (B. M. 4266.)

E. pulverulenta (powdery). /., peduncles axillary, very short,
terete, or angular, each with three flowers not large, and sessile,
or nearly so. June. I. sessile, opposite, cordate, orbicular or
broadly ovate, obtuse, or almost acute, quite entire, more or less
glaucous. A small tree. SYNS. E. eordata and E. pulvigera.
(B. M. 2087.)

E. pulvigera (powdery). A synonym of E. pulverulenta.

E. robusta (robust), fl., peduncles lateral and terminal, two-
edged ; pedicels short, compressed. I. alternate, ovate, h. 100ft.
1794. The variety rostrata has ovate-lanceolate acuminated
leaves.

E. splachnicarpa (Splachnum-fruited). A synonym of C. calo-
phylla.

E. tetragona (four
thick, angular or flat

). fl. red ; peduncles axillary, short,
with three or more rather large

flowers, on thick, angular, or flattened pedicels. July. I. mostly
opposite, or nearly so, the upper ones alternate, from broadly
ovate and very obtuse to lanceolate-falcate and almost acute,
rarely more than 4in. long, thick and rigid, with diverging, but
rather distant, veins, h. varying from a low scrubby shrub to a
small tree of 20ft. to 25ft. 1824. SYN. Eudesmta tetragona.
(S. F. A. 21.)

EUCHJEJTIS (from, eu, well, and chaite, hair; petals
bearded inside). ORD. Rutacece. A. genus of four or five
species of greenhouse evergreen Heath-like shrubs, confined
to South-western Africa. For cultivation, see Diosma.
E. glomerata (close-flowered), fl. white, glomerate at the tops

of the branches ; peduncles very short, bracteate. May. I.

scattered, lanceolate, keeled, with a pellucid, rigidly, and ciliated

margin, h. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1818.

EUCHARIDIUM (from eucharis, agreeable ; habit
of plant). ORD. Onagrariece. A genus containing only a
couple of species of very pretty hardy annuals, both Cali-
fornian, extremely showy when grown in masses. Seeds
may be sown in the open border, in spring or autumn.
E. Breweri is probably not yet in cultivation.
E. concinnum neat).* fl. lilac-purple, solitary, on long pedicels ;

petals trilobate ; sepals cohering at the tips, reflexed. Summer.

1. glabrous, ovate-lanceolate, entire, h. 1ft. North America,

1787. (B. M. 3589.) E. grandiflorum (R. H. vi. 298) is merely

a large-flowered variety of the above.

EUCHARIS (from eu, well, and charts, grace ; very
graceful, a manufactured name). ORD. AmaryllideoB. A
small genus of tropical bulbous plants, from New Grenada.
There are five species known, all of which are in cultiva-
tion, and three of them taking rank among the most
popular of stove bulbous plants. For their cultivation, a
temperature of 65deg. to 70deg., rising to SOdeg. in
summer ; and, except for a few weeks in autumn, an
abundance of water always will be found suitable. The
soil should consist of two parts rich loam to one of leaf
mould and manure, with the addition of charcoal, to keep
it open. Rather large pots are best, so as to allow the
roots to ramify freely, and they should be inserted deeply.
Half-a-dozen strong bulbs in a lOin. pot will be suitable
for E. candida, E. grandiflora (amaeonica) , and E. San-
deriana, whilst for the others a Gin. pot for the same
number of bulbs will be ample. Where grown in large
quantities, the bulbs may be planted out in beds beneath

Eucliaris— continued.

which hot-water pipes are placed, though equally good
results are obtainable if they are kept in pots and
plunged in a tan or dung bed. If potted in good soil
in the first instance, it will not be necessary to do more
than top-dress the plants annually, repotting only when
the bulbs are overcrowded. Liquid manure may be given
with advantage, after the flower-scapes appear. If placed
in an intermediate house whilst in flower, a longer dis-
play, and blossoms of better substance, will be the
result. Offsets are developed rather freely by the bulbs
when growing well, and if these be removed and potted
up singly in Gin. pots, a good stock of plants may soon be
obtained. After the leaves are all matured, lesg water,
and a temperature a few degrees lower than that recom-
mended for the growing period, will be necessary ; always
however, avoiding total drying off — treatment not essen-
tial to the free production of flowers, but likely to
weaken the bulbs. When favourably situated, old-esta-
blished plants of the above-named best kinds of Eucliaris
will bear two or three crops of flowers in the course of
a year. Seeds are sometimes ripened on cultivated
Eucharises, which may be sown as soon as ripe, in a
warm house.

E. amazonlca (Amazon). A synonym of E. grandiflora.
E. Candida (white).* fl. pure white, drooping, Sin. broad ; corona
very prominent, divided into six pointed segments, to which the
stamens are attached ; umbel six to ten-flowered on scape 2ft.
long. I. solitary on each bulb, broadly elliptic, acuminate ; petiole
long, compressed, 1ft. long. Bulb large as a hen's egg, with an
elongated neck. New Grenada, 1851. (F. d. S. 788.)

(white). A garden name for E. subedentata.

E. o. grandiflora (large-flowered). A synonym of E. grandiflorz.

E. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. pure white, drooping, 4in.
to 5in. wide, borne in three to six-flowered umbels on erect
scapes, about 2ft. long ; corona tinged with green. I. several to
a bulb, broadly ovate, acuminate, channelled, slightly waved and
plaited ; blade 8in.. petiole lOin., long. Bulb egg-shaped, with a
rather long neck. New Grenada, 1854. SYNS. E. amazonica,
E. candida grandiflora. See Fig. 738. (B. M. 4971.)

E. Hartwcgiana (Hartweg's). This species, already described
in this work under Caliphrurla, should now be placed here.
(B. M. 6259.)

E. paradoxa (paradoxical). A synonym of E. subedentata.

E. Sanderiana (Sander's).* fl. pure white, with filaments and
inside of tube yellow, about Sin. wide; corona suppressed ; umbels
three to seven-flowered, on erect scape, 18in. long. New Grenada,
1882. Habit and foliage of D. grandiflora, to which it may
be compared also in the beauty and usefulness of its flowers.
(B. M. 6676.)

E. subedentata (almost without teeth, in allusion to absence
of corona). This is now the correct name of the plant described
in this work as Caliphruria subedentata. SYNS. E. Can-
dida (of gardens) and E. paradoxa. (B. M. 6289.)

EUCHILUS. Included under Fulteneaa (which see).
EUCHL2ENA (from eu, well, and chlaina, a mantle ; in
allusion to the large glumes). SYN. Reana. ORD. Grami-
neoe. Tropical fodder grasses, of annual duration. Male
flowers in dense terminal panicles ; females in axillary spikes.
Leaves long, broad, strap-shaped. Stems tall, succulent.
E. luxurians (luxuriant). Teosinte. fl., males on short axillary

panicles • females in large terminal drooping panicles. I. 4ft.

long, green, soft in texture. Stems 12ft. to 15ft. high, in tufts,

as many as thirty stems springing from a single seed. Mexico.

(B. M. 6414.)

EUCHROMA. Included under Castilleja (which see).

ETTCIiEA (from eukleia, glory ; referring to the beauty
of the ebony-like wood). SYN. Diplonema. ORD. Ebenacece.
A genus containing some nineteen species of greenhouse
evergreen shrubs, natives, for the most part, of the Cape
of Good Hope. None are of any value from a purely
horticultural standpoint. Flowers axillary, racemose,
rarely paniculate or solitary. Leaves alternate or oppo-
site, entire, oval-lanceolate or oblong, sometimes crisped
or wavy. For culture, see Diospyros.
E. polyandra (many-stamened). fl. five to seven-fid, dioecious.

June and July. I. elliptic, alternate or sub-opposite, h. 4ft. to

6ft. 1774. SYN. Diplonema elliptica.

EUCNIDE. Included under Mentzelia (which see).

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

537

EUCODONIA. This genus is now included under
Achimenes (which see).

EUCOMIS (from eukomes, beautiful-haired ; alluding
to the tufted crown of the flower-spike). OED. Liliacece.

Encomia — continued.

large, usually greenish flowers, surmounted by a tuft of
empty leaf -like bracts. Encomis thrive in any rich soil,
and are increased by offsets.

FT,. 738. KUCHARIS GRAND] FLORA, showin- Leaves and Inflorescence.

A genn* of about half-a-dozen species of strong haU-
hardy bulbs, natives of the Cape of Good Hope. They
have broad root leavas aud a simple raceme of rather

fist

538

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Encomia — continued.

gradually to the base, obtuse, quite unspotted upon either back
or face, channelled down the face in the lower half. Bulb ovoid.
Cape Ccrlony, 1878.

E. Tricolor (two-coloured).* fl., raceme dense, oblong, Sin. to 4in.
long ; perianth segments pale green, with a sharp purple edge,
oblong ; scape terete, iin. in diameter. August. I. sub-erect,
oblong, unspotted, crisped towards the edge. Bulb globose, with
copious fleshy root fibres. Natal, 1878. A handsome, robust-
growing species.

E. bifolia (two-leaved). A synonym of Whiteheadia bifolia.

E. nana (dwarf).* fl. brown; scape clavate. May. I. broad-
lanceolate, acute, h. 9in. 1774. (B. M. 1495.) E. purpureo-
cauli* (A. B. R. 369) is a form of this with a purple scape.

FIG. 739. EUCOMIS PUNCTATA, showing Habit and Single Flower.

E. punctata (spotted).* fl. green, brown ; scape cylindrical.

July. I. oblong-lanceolate, channelled, spreading, h. 2ft. 1783.

See Fig. 739. (B. M. 913.)
E. p. striata (streaked), fl. green ; scape cylindrical. June to

December. I. lanceolate, spreading, striped. A. 2ft. 1790.

(B. M. 1539.)
E. uudulata (wavy). /. green; scape cylindrical March and

April. I. ovate-oblong, wavy, spreading. A. 2ft. 1760. (B. M.

EUCRiOSIA (from eu, good, and krossos, a fringe ; in
allusion to the beautiful fringe of the flower, formed by
the cup of the stamens). OBD. AmarylUdece. A very
handsome greenhouse bulbous perennial. For culture,
see Pancratium.

E. bicolor (two-coloured),
late. April. A. 1ft. Peru, '

ringent, nodding ; umbel-
tremely rare. (B. M. 2490.)

EUCRYFHI A (from eu, well, and kryphios, covered ;
referring to the calyptra of the flower). OBD. Rosacece.
A genus of three or four species of very handsome hardy
evergreen or greenhouse shrubs or trees, of easy culture
in a compost of loam and peat, and in a warm, sunny
situation. Cuttings of young shoots will root in sand,
if placed under glass.

E. Billardieri (Billardier's). /. white, very showy, the broad
petals often Iin. m diameter ; peduncles much shorter than the
leaves. I. simple, shortly petiolate, oblong, very obtuse, entire,
coriaceous, glaucous or whitish underneath. Tasmania. A hand-
some greenhouse tree, attaining a very large size, although the
smaller forms are often reduced to a bushy shrub. SYN Carpo-

dontos lucida.
E. cordifolia (heart-shaped-leaved),

fl. white, large, axilla

lary,

solitary, stalked. I. cordate-oblong, crenated, downy. A.
Chili, 1851. Hardy.

S. pinnatifida (pinnatifid). fl. white, large, usually borne in
pairs near the upper portions of the brai '
green. Chili, 1880. Hardy. (G. C. n.

Included under Eucalyptus (which

branches. I. pinnate, dark
siv. 337 ; Gn., Dec.

ET7DESMIA.

see).

EUGENIA (named in honour of Prince Eugene of

Savoy, who was a protector and promoter of botany,

and possessed a botanic garden). Cambuy Fruit. In-

cluding Jambosa and Syzygium. OED. Myrtacece. A

large genus (about 700 species have been described) of

stove and greenhouse evergreen trees or shrubs, with the

general habit and inflorescence of Myrtus (which see for

cultivation).

E. apiculata (apiculate). A synonym of Myrtus Luina.

E. australis (Southern). A synonym of E. myrtifolia.

E. brasiliensis (Brazilian), fl. white ; pedicels one-flowered,
slender, rising from the axils of the scaly leaves, along the
branches, from velvety scaly buds. April. I. oval or obovate-
oblong, bluntish, 3in. long, IJin. broad, h. 6ft. Brazil. Stove.
(B. M. 4526.)

E.buxifolia (Box-leaved), fl. white ; peduncles axillary, branched,
many-flowered, very short. May. 1. obovate-oblong, obtuse,
attenuated at the base, opaque, Iin. to liin. long. h. 4ft. to 6ft.
West Indies, 1818. Stove.

E. fragrans. See Myrtus fragrans.

E. Jambos (Jambos). fl. white; racemes cymose, terminal.
February to July. fr. white, red, or rose-coloured, about the
size of a Medlar. I. narrow-lanceolate, attenuated at the base,
acuminated at the apex. h. 20ft to 30ft. East Indies, 1768.
Stove. SYN. Jambosa vulgaris. (B. M. 1696.)

E. Luma. See Myrtus Luma.

E. Michelli (Michell's). fl. white ; pedicels axillary, one-flowered,
usually solitary, shorter than the leaves. I. ovate-lanceolate>
glabrous, h. 12ft. Brazil. Stove.

E. myrtifolla (Myrtle-leaved), fl., peduncles axillary, lateral or
terminating short leafy shoots, bearing usually three or five
flowers, sometimes more, in a loose, trichotomous panicle, fr.
red, ovoid or nearly globular, crowned by the calyx limb. I.
petiolate, varying from oval-oblong or almost obovate to oblong-
elliptical or almost lanceolate, obtuse or acuminate, 2in. to Sin.
long, cuneate or narrowed at the base, finely and almost trans-
versely penniveined. h. 6ft. to 12ft. Queensland and New South
Wales. A glabrous greenhouse shrub. SYNS. E. australis and
Jambosa australis. (B. M. 2230.)

E. orbiculata (orbiculate). fl. white ; peduncles single-flowered,
axillary. November. I. nearly sessile, thick and coriaceous, very
dark green. Mauritius, &c., 1824. Stove. (B. M. 4558, under
name of Myrtus orbiculata.)

E. Pimcnta. A synonym of Pimento, vulgaris.

E. Smithii (Smith's), fl. white, small, numerous, in a terminal
trichotomous panicle, sometimes corymbose and shorter than
the leaves, sometimes longer and more pyramidal. July. fr.
white or purple, globular. I. petiolate, from ovate to ovate-oblong
or ovate-lanceolate, obtuse or more or less acuminate, narrowed
at the base, mostly 2in. to 3in. long, smooth, and finely penni-
veined. h. 8ft. New South Wales. A tree, sometimes small
and slender, but attaining in some places a considerable
height; quite glabrous. Greenhouse. (B. M. 1872, under name
of E. elliptica.)

E. Ugnl. See Myrtus Ugni.

EULALIA (from eu, well, and lalia, speech ; in

reference to the high reputation of the plants). OBD.

Graminece. The very ornamental hardy grass described

below should properly be referred to the genus Miscanthus.

The varieties are well suited for growing in large pots

or tubs in unheated conservatories ; they also form ex-

cellent border plants in any good ordinary soil. Increased

freely by divisions.

E. japonica (Japanese), fl. purplish, hi panicles Sin. to 12in. long.
I. linear-lanceolate, 3ft. in. length, deep green in colour. Japan.

E. j. foliis striatis (striated-leaved).* I. with a creamy band
running through the centre of each.

E. j. zebrlna (zebra-leaved).* A very handsome form, with leaves
having bars of yellow running crosswise, not longitudinally, as
in the foregoing variety. See Fig. 740.

EULOPHIA (from eulophos, handsome - crested ; re-
ferring to the handsome labellum or lip, which is furrowed
into elevated ridges). OKD. Orchidece. A numerous
genus of stove terrestrial orchids, a few of which are
pretty. Flower-scapes either simple or branched, bear-
ing few or many flowers ; sepals and petals nearly equal ;
lip pouched or spurred, with an entire or trilobed limb,
bearded or crested in the middle. Leaves grassy, or
lance-shaped and plaited. For culture, see Calanthe.

E. Dregiana (Drege's). fl. produced on spikes sepals ; and petals
chocolate-colour ; lip

hite. Cape of Good Hope.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

539

Eulopliia — continued.

E. euglossa (pretty -lipped). /., sepals and petals green,
lanceolate, acuminate, nearly equal, spreading
segments semi-ovate, acute, greenish-yellow

. ,

lanceolate, acuminate, nearly equal, spreading ; lip trifld ; latenil
segments semi-ovate, acute, greenish-yellow ; middle segment
semi-oblong, acute, somewhat crisp, white, with some radiating

purple streaks on the base; spur clavate, green. I. cuneate-
oblong, acute, 1ft. long. Old Calabar, 1866. A rather curious
lant, requiring plenty of heat to flower it successfully. (B. M.

plant,

E. gnineensis (Guinea), fl. whitish-pink; lip membranous,
complete ; spur ascending. May to November. I. lanceolate,
nerved, h. 1ft. Sierra Leone, 1822.

E. HelleUorlna (Helleborine). See Habenaria Helleborina.

E. macrostacbya (large-spiked), fl. shortly pedicellate, lin. in

Eunomia — continued.

contains a couple of species (both natives of the moun-
tainous regions of Asia Minor) of very pretty little
half-hardy evergreen sub-shrubs, admirably adapted for
rockwork. Increased by cuttings, placed under a glass,
in summer; or by seeds, sown in a similar situation, in
spring.

E. oppositifolia (opposite-leaved), fi. white ; racemes ten or
twelve-flowered, terminal. June. L opposite, almost orbicular,
entire, smooth. Stem decumbent, branched, h. bin. to 12in.
1827.

EUONYMUS (Euonomon, the name given to this
plant by Theophrastus, from eu, good, and onoma, a

FIG. 740^LAu!TpONiCA ZEBR..NA, .owing Foliage, and Fully-expanded and Young Inflorescence,

„«»*, neqSal,a oblong, bluntly pointed,

conical. Pseudo-bulbs roundish-ovate 2m. to
several narrow grassy leaves. Ceylon, 18oo.

name) Spindle-tree. OBD. Celastrineas. A genus of
interesting hardy or half-hardy, deciduous or evergreen,
trees or shrubs. Flowers small, often greenisn or p
plish; peduncles axillary. Leaves opposite, petiolate,
entire, or serrate. Branches terete. They are of very
easy culture in any ordinary garden soil, and form
cellent subjects for low, close fences, or shrubber
The species with variegated leaves are well suited as
edgings to large beds. Propagated readily by cuttings,
about Sin. in length, of the last season's growth ; t
should be inserted in a fine compost of loam and IIOO,
in early autumn.

540

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Euonymus — continued.

serrated, almost sessile. Branches smooth, quadrangular, h. 2ft.
to 6ft. North America, 1686. Hardy deciduous. (A. F. B. ii. 499.)

E. atropurpureus (dark-purple).* Burning Bush ; Waahoo.
it. dark-purple, quadrifid ; petals orbicular; peduncles many-
Howered, compressed. June. I. oval-oblong, acuminate, serrated,
stalked. Branches smooth, h. 6ft. to 14ft. North America,
1756. Hardy deciduous. (A. F. B. ii. 499.)

E. europaeus (European). * fl. greenish-white, small, fcetid; petals
oblong, acute ; peduncles usually three-flowered. May. I. ovate-
lanceolate, finely serrated. Branches smooth, h. 6ft. to 20ft.
West Asia, Europe (Britain), &c. Hardy deciduous. (Sy. En. B.
317.)

E. fimbriatus (flmbriate).* fl. white, sub-umbellate, on long fili-
form peduncles. I. ovate, acuminate, fringed with long, parallel,
toothed serratures. Branches terete, smooth, h. 12ft. Japan,
India, &c. Half-hardy evergreen. (F. d. S. 1851, 71.)

E. grandiflorus (large-flowered), fl. white, very large, slightly
nodding, inodorous; petals orbicular, flat, with curled edges;
peduncles slender, flattened, three to six-flowered. April. I.
ovate-oblong, obtuse, acutely-serrulate, with a tapering, entire
base. Branches slightly four-cornered, h. 10ft. Nepaul, 1824.
Half-hardy evergreen.

E. Hamiltonianus (Hamilton's), fl. white ; petals lanceolate,
cordate, with revolute edges ; peduncles dichotomous, six-flowered.
April. I. lanceolate, finely serrated. Branches smooth, terete.
h. 5ft. to 20ft. Temperate Himalaya, Japan, 1825. Half-hardy
evergreen. (B. F. F. 16.)

E. japonicus (Japanese).* fl. white, small ; petals orbicular,
fringed ; peduncles flattened, crowded and panicled on the recent
shoots, two or three times dichotomous, many-flowered. April.
I. oblong, sharply serrulated, acuminated. Branchlets pendu-
lous, slightly compressed, h, 20ft. Nepaul, 1804. Half-hardy
in the northern counties of England. Evergreen. There are
several handsomely variegated forms of this species, the names
of which indicate the markings : albo-marginatis. aureo-maryi-
natus, latifolius-albus, latifolius-aureus, &c. E. radioing, a small
decumbent shrub, with oblong or orbicular serrated leaves, is a
form of E. japonicus ; it also has several highly ornamental varie-
gated sub-varieties.

E. latifolius (broad-leaved), fl. white at first, but becoming
purplish as they fade: petals oval, ovate; peduncles tricho-
tomous, many-flowered. June. I. broad, ovate, toothleted.
Branches smooth, h. 6ft. to 8ft Europe, &c., 1863. Hardy
deciduous. (B. M. 2384.)

E. verrucosus (warty-branched), fl. greenish-white or greenish-
yellow, small ; petals ovate ; peduncles three-flowered. May.
I somewhat ovate. Branches warted. h. 10ft. to 20ft. Eu-
rope, 1730. Hardy deciduous. (J. F. A. 1, 49.)

EUPATORIUM (Eupatorion is a name used by
Dioscorides and it is said by Pliny to have been so
called after Mithridates Eupator, king of Pontus, who
discovered one of the species to be an antidote against
poison). Including Bulbostylis, Conoclinium, and Hebecli-
nium. OKD. Composites. A large genus of stove, green-
house, or hardy, herbaceous or shrubby plants, many of
which are very ornamental, whilst others are of no hor-
ticultural value. There are upwards of 400 species,
most of which are American; they are rarer in the
Old World. Flower-heads purplish, bluish or white, in
terminal corymbs ; receptacle naked ; pappus rough, two-
sexual ; involucral bracts imbricate, two to three-seriate ;
florets all tubular, five-fid. Leaves opposite or rarely
alternate, entire, dentate, or rarely dissected. Some of
the hardy sorts form excellent border plants, and are of
very easy culture in ordinary garden soil. These are
propagated by division. E. atrorubens and E. ianihinum
are distinct and useful winter-flowering plants, that
require a warm greenhouse temperature. Cuttings of the
young shoots strike easily in spring, if placed in heat,
in a close frame. If grown on throughout the summer
without being stopped, a large terminal flower-head will
be produced by each the following winter. A house with
a temperature of 50deg. to 55deg. will suit them when
in flower, but this should be maintained, as the plants
soon droop if exposed to cold. If pruned back annually
after flowering, and repotted, large bushes may, in course
of time, be formed. E. atrorubens grows the more vigorous
of the two, and the flowers are darker than those of
E. ianihinum, which is, however, a good old species, well
worth attention. Both are generally known as Hebecli-
niums. The cool greenhouse species are readily increased
by cuttings, inserted in spring. E. Weinmannianum is

Eupatorium — continued.

somewhat shrubby, and may be grown for several years
if pruned in a little after flowering. It is a very useful
subject for decorating or for cut flowers, in early autumn
and winter. E. riparium continues the flowering period;
and, as this grows rapidly, it is best to propagate each
year. Any frame where plenty of air can be admitted, is
suitable for it in summer, and a house where frost is
merely excluded, is warm enough in winter. If placed
in heat, the plants soon become weak and drawn. This
species is slender-growing, and has a much finer appear-
ance when three plants are placed in an Sin. pot, and
the growths tied out with small stakes. The most suit-
able soil for the greenhouse Eupatoriums is a rich com-
post of loam and dried cow-manure, in about equal parts.
Plenty of water is necessary at all seasons, and artificial
or liquid manure may be used with advantage after the
flower-heads appear.

E. ageratoid.es (Ageratum-like). fl.-heads pure white, numerous ;
corymbs compound, twelve to twenty-flowered. Summer. I.
opposite, ovate, or somewhat cordate, stalked, coarsely toothed.
h. 1ft. to 4ft. Plant branching. North America, 1640. Hardy
herbaceous.

E. aromaticum (aromatic), fl.-heads white; corymbs loose,
eight to twenty-flowered. Late summer. I. opposite, usually
very shortly stalked, rounded, toothed, h. 3ft. to 4ft. North
America, 1739. A strong-growing, variable, hardy species.

E. atrorubens (dark-red).* fl.-heads reddish, shaded with lilac,
numerous. Autumn, winter. I. large, opposite, somewhat
ovate, toothed. Mexico, 1862. A very neat and useful green-
house species SYI« Hebeclinium atrorubens. (I. H. 1862, 310.)

linum. Hemp Agrimony, fl.-heads reddish-purple, in
terminal tufts. July. I. three to five-foliate ; leaflets lanceolate,
serrate, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Stems erect, sub-simple, downy. Asia,
Europe (Britain), &c. A very handsome native perennial, and
one of the best of hardy species. (Sy. En. B. 785.)

E. Haageanum (Haage's). fl.-heads white, small, in loose
corymbs. I. opposite, ovate, acuminate, coarsely serrated.
South America, 1867. An erect shrubby greenhouse plant.

E. ianthinum (violet).* fl.-heads purple, produced in very large
terminal corymbs. Winter. I. large, ovate, soft, deeply serrate
at the edges, h. 3ft. Mexico, 1849. A very useful greenhouse,
winter-flowering plant. SYN. Hebeclinium ianthinum. (B. M.
4574.)

E. macrophyllum (large-leaved), fl.-heads reddish-lilac, pro-
duced in large corymbs, in great profusion. Autumn, winter.
I. large, cordate, dark green, h. 4ft. Tropical America, 1823.
A very large greenhouse species, allied to the last-named. SYN.
Hebeclinium macrophyllum. (R. H. 1866, 42.)

E. purpureum (purple), fl.-heads purplish ; corymbs five to nine-
flowered. Autumn. I. three to six in a whorl, somewhat ovate,
or lanceolate, acuminated, rough, uneqrmlly toothed, downy
beneath, h. 3ft. to 9ft. Hardy. North America, 1640.

E. riparium (river-bank).* fl.-heads white, numerously disposed
in a panicle of terminal and axillary corymbs. Spring. I. oblong-
lanceolate, deeply toothed. South America, 1867. A very desirable
greenhouse plant. (B. G. 525.)

E. Weinmannianum (Weinmann's).* fl.-heads white, sweet-
scented, large, corymbose. Autumn and winter. I. opposite,
elliptic-lanceolate. South America, 1867. An elegant fragrant
greenhouse plant. (G. C. n. s., v. 53.)

EUPHORBIA (a name given to this plant by Dios-
corides ; said by Pliny to have been so called in honour
of Euphorbus, physician to Juba, King of Mauritania).
Milkwort or Spurge. SYN. Tithymalus. Including Poin-
settia and Treisia. OED. Euphorbiacece. A genus com-
prising about 600 species of stove, greenhouse, or hardy,
trees, shrubs, and herbs. The flowers are unisexual,
collected into heads ; these flower-heads are placed in
umbels variously branched, or aggregated into clusters
round the top of the stem. Only a very few plants of
this genus are worth growing for horticultural purposes.
The few hardy species of ornamental value make ex-
cellent border plants, and are fit subjects for naturalising
on rocky, somewhat dry situations. These may be
increased by cuttings, or by division. Two largely
grown stove species, that are among the best and most
showy of winter-flowering plants, are E. fulgens and
E. pulcherrima (the latter is better known under the
name of Poinsettia pulcherrima). Another, which is
frequently represented in gardens by one or more plants,

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

541

Euphorbia — continued.

is E. splendent. The last is nearly always, more or less,
in flower; and, although very ornamental, ia not of much
use, except to remain in the stove. Slow-growing Eu-
phorbias, which are kept for the sake of their addition
to a collection of succulent plants, do not require much
water, nor a rich soil to grow in. Sandy loam and crashed
pieces of brick, in nearly equal proportions, form a suitable
compost. E. fulgent is a somewhat slender-growing plant,
and is frequently found rather difficult to establish. It
succeeds well planted out in the warmest part of a stove,
and trained up the back wall or on the roof. It has also
been found to grow and flower profusely in a house with
Pines, the moisture in summer and drier heat in winter,
suiting admirably. It is very impatient of root disturb-
ance, and will not bear sudden changes of temperature
without losing its leaves. For culture in pots, young
plants may be raised annually. Cuttings Sin. long are
best; they should be inserted about June, three in a
small pot, and kept close in a warm propagating frame
until rooted. These may be afterwards
kept growing in heat, and transferred
bodily into larger pots, without dis-
tnrbing the roots. If treated in this
way, they need not be stopped, and
the single shoots will consequently be
much stronger. The plants will not bear
cold at any time, but will succeed in
frames during the latter part of summer.
The flowers are small, produced all along
the upper part of the shoots in winter,
so that the ripening of the latter by ex-
posure to sun, is important. If kept a
little cooler when in flower, they last a
long time in beauty, and may be used for
cutting, although the leaves frequently
droop very quickly. When flowering is
over, the plants should be kept quite dry
and allowed to rest for a period of three
or four months. As is the case with
nearly all the species, the beauty of
E. pidcherrima does not reside so much
in the flowers as in the bracts with
which they are surrounded. The system
of culture is much the same as with the
species already described, but varies in
some respects, as the plants are much
stronger-growing. Any old ones that
have been resting should be introduced
to heat about the beginning of June, and,
if kept watered, will soon supply plenty of cuttings.
These are best inserted singly in small pots, without
crocks, in order to preserve the roots afterwards
best summer quarters is on a spent hotbed, where tl
tops can be kept near the glass at all times, being lowered,
as becomes necessary, by the removal of the manure un-
derneath. It is advisable to put in several batches <
cuttings successionally, as plants of various heights may
then be obtained. The general plan is to grow on yo
ones annually, without stopping, the object being to pro-
duce a large terminal head of bracts on each. The ol
plants may also be grown if desired. They will not be«
exposure to a low temperature in autumn, the result taw*
invariably the loss of either the roots or leaves. Whei
the bracts appear, more heat and some manure water
may be applied, to expand them, and the plants shoul
afterwards be kept a little cooler, to prolong the seasoi
in which they remain attractive. E £**£*"
• ceeds best in a soil composed of one-half turfy loam, th
remainder being equal parts of dried cow-manure and
leaf soil. Pots Sin. to Tin. in diameter are suitable fc
single plants to flower in. Retaining the foliage in
good condition throughout the season, is an ind.ca
good culture, and one of the main provisions- for secur
in* the full development of the flower-heads. Sudden

Euphorbia — continued.

changes of temperature in either direction must be
avoided, and the plants exposed to plenty of light and
full sunshine, except when it is very strong, in summer.
After flowering, they should be kept quite dry, in a
warm place, to supply cuttings the next year.
E. atropurpurea (dark-purple). JL (= bracts) deep
or blooUcoloured, large, broadly oblong, obtuse,
the base ; involucre small, cap-shaped, red. with four

yellow-green glands at the margin. March. J. n
late, tapering at the base, obtuse, pale glaucous-green,
ing. A. 3ft. to 6ft. Teneriff e. A Tery pretty g

drooping. A. 3ft. to

)

(Cypress Sparge). JL yellow, umbellate; in-

Tolu'cfal leaves somewhat cordate, about twenty in number, often

yellow. Spring. t linear, quite entire, somewhat crowded. A. 1ft.

to 2ft Kurop* (natural in KnU.nj. Hardy. (Sy. En. B. 1262.)
5. fulgens (shining). JL, bracts bright orange-scarlet, axillary.

forming long wreaths. L bright green, lanceolate, A. 4ft.

Mexico, 1836. Stove. One of the handsomest of winter-flowering

plants. SVS. E. jocquiniajlora. (B. M. 3673.)
B. Jacqulni»flora (Jacquinia-floweredX Synonymous with

B. fulgent.

FIG. 741. EUPHORBIA MELOFORMIS.

E. mcloformis (Melon-like). JL greenish. Plant unarmed with
many angles. A. 6in. to 9in. Cape of Good Hope, 1774. Store
or warm greenhouse. See Fig. 74L

E. Monteiri (Monteiro's). JL green; involucre sub-regulai

narrow^spa'thul^te.' °Branchlets flonferous. A. 2ft. to 6ft. Bauial
1864. A ^rv remarkable species, on account of the cunous suc-
cessive productions of the staminate flowers. S

E. Myrsinites (Mywtaitert *. yellow, to an ™*™°t £*
fi»eto nine rays, surrounded by an involucre oi '«•*». ««

h. 2ft. to 6ft. Mexico, 1834. Shrub. Srx. Pmntettw
(B M 3493.) There is a variety of this with
wl bractTand another (X. P. pUni^ima) with double
series of bracts (G. C. n. s., ». 17).

, bracta

ht red, waxy, clustered.
Stems ^ark-coloured.

r; •

verticillate • vitota, with dense terminal tufto of
ow flower heaSTSd linear-oblong leaves. Among

indigenoStothis country. iSSSSttHf and Tara.'.o,

542

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING.

Euphorbia — continued.

are well worthy a place in the wild garden, and in the margins of
shrubberies.

The following is a list of species sometimes grown in company
with succulent plants : abyssinica, anacantha, antiguorum, aphylla,
canariensis, capensis, Caput-Medusce, erosa, globosa, (jrandicornis,
grandidens, hystrix, imbricata, mammularis, mauritanica, nerii-
folia, oficinarum, pendula, resinifera, scolopendria, serpens, tguar-
rosa, trigona, xylophylloides.

EUFHORBIACEJE. A very large order of trees,
shrubs, or herbs, usually abounding in milky juice. The
species are found in all except Arctic climates. Flowers
one-sexual, bracteate or involucrate, sometimes achlamy-
deous. Leaves opposite or alternate, simple, often stipulate.
Well-known genera are: Euphorbia, Jatropha, Ricinus,
and Phyllanthus. There are about 200 genera and 3000
species.

EUPHRASIA (from euphraino, to delight; plants
supposed to cure blindness). Eyebright. OBD. Scrophu-
larineoe. Dwarf herbs. Flowers white, yellow, or purple,
in dense, secnnd, or interrupted bracteate spikes. Leaves
opposite, toothed or cut. About twenty species belong to
this genus, but none are of sufficient horticultural value
to merit mention here.

EUFODIUM. See Marattia.

EUPOM ATI A ( from eu, well, and poma, a lid >'
calyptra covering the flower before expansion, in the
manner of an extinguisher). OBD. Anonacece. This ex-
clusively Australian genus contains a couple of species
of fine greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Peduncles short,
one-flowered, terminal or lateral. Leaves
alternate, entire, shortly petiolate. They
thrive in a compost of sandy peat and
fibry loam. Cuttings of ripened shoots
will root in sandy soil, if placed under
a hand glass.

E. Bennettil (Bennett's). A. solitary, termi-
nal, on a short peduncle above the last leaf,

when fully expanded rather more than lin. in

diameter. I. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, or

acute, Sin. to 5in. long, narrowed at the base

into a short petiole, which is again enlarged

at the base, and shortly decurrent on the

stem, leaving oblique raised lines when they

fall off. h. 1ft. to 2ft. (B. M. 4848, under

name of E. laurina.)
E. laurina (Laurel-like), fl. greenish-yellow ;

peduncles one-flowered, axillary. I. oblong,

coriaceous, h. 4ft. 1824.

EURYA (from eurys, large; wrongly
applied to the flowers, which are com-
paratively small). STN. Geeria. OBD.
Ternstrdmiaceai. Above thirty forms be-
longing to this genus have been described,
but probably not more than ten or a
dozen are specifically distinct, the rest
being merely varieties, mostly of E. jo-
ponica. They are very ornamental half-
hardy or greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
with axillary pedicels. All are natives
of Japan, China, the Indian Archipelago,
&c. Euryas are of easy culture, in peat
or leaf soil. Cuttings, made from the
ends of the young shoots, root freely in
sandy soil, in a gentle heat. When rooted, insert
them in small pots, in either peaty or loamy soil, and
again place in heat, where they can have the benefit of
a good syringing, to encourage quick growth, and get
them well established. The variegated form given below
is one of the most useful plants for conservatory, hall,
or corridor decoration, especially during winter.
E. japonica (Japanese). /. greenish-white, generally in

of from three to six. I. very variable, in the type ovate,

ated. Japan. A half-hardy evergreen shrub.
E. j. latifolia variegata (variegated broad-leaved).* /. white,
11 on axillary fascicled peduncles. I. variegated with pale
. glabrous, entire, oblong-fc

EUR YALE (mythological: Euryale, one of the
Gorgons, represented with fierce thorny locks; in allusion
to the thorny nature of the plant). OED. Nymphacece.
An annual stove aquatic. Before the introduction of the
Victoria Water-lily, the Euryale was the noblest aquatic
plant in cultivation. Its leaves are circular in form,
about 2ft. in diameter, with prominent spiny veins on the
rich purple under side, the upper side being olive-green,
puckered and spiny. For cultivation, see stove species of
Nymphsea.

E. ferox (fierce).* A. deep violet; petioles and calyces covered
with stiff prickles. September. I. large, peltate. East Indies,
1809. Reproduces itself freely by means of seeds, which ripen on
the plant and germinate at once, if not kept dry. (B. M. 1447.)

EURYBIA. See Olearia.

EURYCLES (from eurys, broad, and kleio, to close
up ; referring to form of flower, the cup of which is fre-
quently imperfect). STN. Proiphys. OBD. Amaryllidece.
Handsome, bulbous plants, allied to Pancratium. E. am-
boinensis requires stove treatment ; the second, and only
other, species thrives in a warm greenhouse. After growth
is completed, water should be withheld for a few weeks,
so that the bulbs may ripen and rest.

E. amboinensis (Amboyna). /. white, produced in a many-
flowered umbel, supported by a stout scape ; perianth with a
cylindrical tube and regular limb of equal segments ; stigma
simple ; corona not one-fourth as long as the perianth lobes.
March. 1. very broad, cordate, h. 1ft. to 2ft. Amboyna, 1759.
SYNS. E. australasica, Pancratium amboinense (B. M. 1419), and
P. australasica.

E. australasica (Australian). A synonym of E. amboinensis.

clusters
attenu-

jellow, glabrous, entire, ol
in, 1871.

Jiig-lanceol».te, obtusely-acuminate.

FIG. 742. EURYCLES CUNNINGHAMI.

E. Cunningham! (Cunningham's).* Brisbane Lily. fl. white ;
umbels less crowded than in E. amboinensis ; stigma three
lobed ; corona two-thirds as long as the perianth lobes. I. ovate,
not cordate. A. 1ft. Queensland. See Fig. 742. (B. M. 3399.)

EURYGANIA (from eurys, wide, and ganos, bright-
ness ; Eurygania was a wife of CEdipus) . ORD. Vacci-
niaceae. A genus of about a dozen species of ornamental
greenhouse evergreen shrubs, with pendent branches,
allied to Tliitaaudia (which see for cultivation). All
are natives of the Andes of South America.
E. ovata (ovate). /. in very spreading, shortly peduncled, axillary

corymbs, 4in. to 5in. across ; calyx deep red ; corolla urn-shaped,

red ; mouth whitish. July. I. ovate-acute, serrulate, lin. to Hin.

long. Stem stout ; branches long, rambling, cylindric, green. 1878.

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.

543

EUSCAPHIS (from eu, well, and slcaphis, a bowl ; in
allusion to the persistent, bowl-like calyx). OBD. Sapin-
daceae. A genus containing two species of hardy, glabrous
shrubs, natives of Japan. Flowers small, hermaphrodite ;
calyx persistent, five-cleft, imbricate. Leaves opposite,
stipulate, imparipinnate ; leaflets coriaceous, serrulate,
stipulate ; stipules deciduous. The species will thrive in
any good loamy soil, in the ordinary shrubbery border.
Propagated by seeds, or by cuttings.

E. staphyleoides (Staphylea-like). fl. white or yellowish, small,
numerous, disposed in terminal panicles, fr. red when ripe,
bladdery, remaining on the bush until winter approaches
L opposite, pinnate, smooth. A. 10ft. to 12ft. This plant is highly
prized in its native country for its medicinal properties.
(S. Z. F. J. 67.)

EUSTEGIA (from eu, well, and stego, to cover; in
reference to the triple corona). OBD. Asclepiadeat. A
genus containing four species of dwarf, decumbent, gla-
brous, greenhouse herbs, all natives of Southern Africa.
Flowers small, in few- flowered, terminal or axillary cymes.
Leaves opposite, linear, often hastate. For culture, tee
Ceropegia.

E. hastata (hastate). JL white, sub-umbellate; umbels inter-
petiolar ; corolla rotate ; corona triple, each composed of five
leaves. June. L opposite, hastate, ciliated. 1816.
EUSTOMA (from eustomos, of beautiful countenance,
eu, well, and stoma, a mouth; referring to the corollas).
STN. Arenbergia. OKD. Gentianea. A genus containing
only the two species here described. Flowers white,
purplish, or blue, pedunculate. Leaves opposite, am-
plexicaul or sessile. The species are elegant little plants,
closely allied to Lisianthus (which see for culture).
E. exaltatnm (exalted), fl. purple, corymbose ; corolla with a
funnel-shaped tube, which is contracted above the apex ; segments
crenated. July, t spathulate, h. 2ft. South United States,
1804. Greenhouse herbaceous. (B. R. xxxL 13.)
E. Kusselliannm (Bussell's). JL lavender-purple, corymbose.
July. 1. ovate to lanceolate-oblong. Stem terete. A. 1ft. to 2ft.
Nebraska to Texas, 1804. Hardy annual. (B. M. 3626.)

EUSTREPHUS (from eu, good, and strepho, to twine ;

referring to the habit of the plant). OBD. Liliacece. A

monotypic genus. For culture, see Dianella.

E. latif olius (broad-leaved). JL pale purple ; pedicels two to six

together in the upper cells, filiform, but rigid, four to nine lines

long, articulate close under the flower, and persistent. June.

L sessile, or nearly so, varying from broadly ovate-lanceolate

to narrow-linear, usually tapering to a point, of a firm texture,

with numerous fine but prominent nerves, usually 2in. to 4in. long.

Stems much branched, often climbing to a great height, weak and

flexuose, but not twining. New South Wales. (B. M. 1245.)

EUTAXIA (from eutaxia, modesty; in allusion to

the delicate and modest appearance of the plants when

in flower). OBD. Leguminosas. A genus of eight species

of elegant, greenhouse, evergreen shrubs, all natives of

Australia. Flowers golden, simple. Leaves opposite,

decussate. For culture, see Chorizema. Sclerothamnus

is included, by Bentham and Hooker, under this genus.

E. empetrifolia (Empetrum-leaved). The correct name of plant

described as Sclerothamnus empetrifolia.
E. mvrtifolia (Myrtle-leaved).* fl. numerous along the branches ;

Euterpe— continued.
«. ednlia (edible). L, .
and nerves scaly beneath. Trunk cylindnc, 40ft. to 100ft hijrh.

K. montana (mountain). L, Mtmente lanceolate, spreadinc.
attenuated ; petioles scaly beneath. Stan 40ft. or more high.
The portion of the plant (in this and other species) which is

.^

late, rnucronate. A. 2ft. to 6ft. 1803.
E. pungens (stinging). A synonym of DOlvrynia pungent.

EUTERPE (mythological: Euterpe, from euterpet,
well-pleasing, was one of the nine Muses). OBD. Potma.
A small genus of about eight species of tall-growing,
elegant unarmed, stove palms, natives of tropical Ame-
rica and the West Indian Islands. Leaves pinnatisect ;
segments narrowly linear-lanceolate ; leaf-sheaths long,
cvlindrical, pale green, "finally falling away completely
along with the rest of the leaf, so that the stems always
appear clean and naked up to the base of the lowest
remaining leaf, forming a striking contrast to many fan-
shaped Palms, where the leaves hang about the crown
of the tree in every state of decay." To be grown to
perfection, Euterpes should have plenty of heat .and a
rich, loamy soil They attain a height of from 40ft. to
120ft. in their native habitat*.

K. oleraeea (culinary). Cabbage Palm ; Cabbaee-twe. L. M«.

mente lanceolat*-linear. acuminate, glabrawent gpadix branche.

furfuraceous, tomentose. Trunk 80ft. to 120ft. high. West

Indies, Ac.

EUTHALES. Included under VeUeia (which MM).

ETJTOCA. A synonym of Phacelia (which tee).

EUXENIA. A synonym of Podantb.u« (which tee).

EVALLARIA, A synonym of Polygonatum
(which see).

EVELYN A. A synonym of Elleanthru (which tee).

EVENING FLOWEB.. See Hesperantha.

EVENING PRIMROSE. See OBnothera.

EVERGREEN BEECH. See Pagus betuloides.

EVERGREEN LABURNUM. See Piptanthus
nepalensis.

EVERGREEN OAK. See Quercus Ilex.

EVERGREEN THORN. See Crateffus Pjra-

PEA. See LathyroB «ylves-
tris platyphyUua.

EVERLASTINGS. This term is applied to a
section of flowers with coloured bracts that retain a

514

THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,

Everlastings— continued.

considerable portion of their beauty for a long time after
being cut and dried. In addition, many are among the
best of ornamental plants, either cultivated in pots or in
the open ground. The principal genera that supply
flowers suitable as Everlastings are : Acroclinium, Aphe-
lexis, Helichrysum, Rhodanthe, Waitzia, and Xeranthemum,
The title is more particularly applied to the many
highly- coloured varieties of Helichrysum bracteatum.
These are termed Immortelles by the French, and are
more largely used by them than in this country. To
obtain them in the best condition, they should be gathered
on a dry day, when each flower-head is sufficiently open
to show the inside of the bracts without exposing the
centre. If frequently examined, the whole stock may
be secured in this condition. They should be hung, head
downwards, in a cool shed, and allowed to remain until
dry. The individual flower-heads may be wired, and
used, with good effect, among dried ornamental grasses, in
winter, either in high glasses or vases. The French use
large quantities to form memorial wreaths and crosses.
If properly gathered and dried, many of the species will
keep good, excepting that some of the colour vanishes,
for two or three years. ' A new stock, is, however best
grown and collected each year. A bunch of Helichrysums,
showing the proper stage for gathering, is represented in
Fig. 743.

EVE'S CUSHION. See Saxifraga hypnoides.
E VOLVULUS (from evolvo, to untwist; to dis-
tinguish it from Convolvulus, many of the species of
which are twiners). ORD. Gonvolvulacece. Stove, annual
or perennial, prostrate or creeping, rarely erect herbs.
Peduncles axillary, one or few-flowered; corolla sub-
rotate, campanulate, or funnel-shaped, plicate. Leaves
entire. There are about seventy known species, dis-
tributed throughout all tropical regions, but most of
them are natives of Brazil. The species described below
is the only one worthy of mention here. For culture, see
Convolvulus.

E. purpureo-caeruleus (purple-blue), fl. purplish-blue, ter-
minal on the leafy branches, pedicellate; corolla rotate, rich
ultramarine-blue, with the centre white, and a purple ray
diverging from that up the centre of each lobe. July and
August. I. small, lanceolate, acute, entire. Stem quite woody
below, and often about half-way up. h. lift. Jamaica, 1845.
Perennial (B. M. 4202.)

EXACUM (a name used by Pliny,' and derived by
him from ex, out, and ago, to drive; in allusion to its
supposed expelling powers). ORD. Gentianeas. A genus
containing about a score species of very pretty, erect,
stove or greenhouse, annual, biennial, or perennial herbs,
natives of India and Eastern Asia, the Malayan Archi-
pelago, and Socotra. Flowers terminal and axillary;
corolla salver-shaped or sub-rotate, with a globose or
ventricose tube. Leaves opposite, decussate, sessile.
The species are not often seen in gardens. They thrive
best in a compost of peat and turfy loam, in equal
proportions, and a plentiful supply of water is necessary.
Seeds should be sown in April, and placed in bottom heat,
and. the seedlings carefully shifted into larger pots as
required. Several other species of this elegant genus,
besides those given below, are well worth growing, but
as yet await introduction.
E. afflne (related), fl. bluish-lilac, agreeably scented ; stamens

yellow. Summer and autumn. I. stalked.broadly ovate, h. 6in.

E. macranthum (large-flowered).*/, about 2in. across, of a deep
rich blue-purple colour, with large bright yellow stamens, dis-
posed in terminal and axillary, corymbose heads. December.
I. large, glabrous, glossy, h. lift. Ceylou, 1853. Stove biennial.

Exacuxn — continued.

E. zeylanlcum (Ceylon).* fl. of a beautiful violet colour; petals
five, pbovate; racemes terminal and axillary, forming an expanded,
terminal, corymb-formed panicle. September. I. nearly sessile,
ovate-lanceolate, acuminated. Stem and branches tetragonal.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. Ceylon, 1848. Stove biennial. (B. M. 4423.)

EXALBUMINOUS. Without albumen.
EXCURRENT. Central, as the stem of a Fir, with
branches disposed regularly round it.

EXITELIA. A synonym of Farinaria (which see).

EXOCHORDA (from exo, external, and chorde, a
cord ; the free placentary cords external to the carpels
have suggested the name of the genus). ORD. JBosacece.
Very handsome, hardy shrubs, remarkable for the structure
of their fruits, which consist of five small, compressed, bony
carpels, adhering round a central axis, in a star-like
manner. The species described below thrives in any good
garden soil. Propagated by seeds, by layers, or by suckers.
The second species, E. serratifolia, also a native of China,
is not yet introduced.
E. grandlflora (large-flowered).* fl. white, large, in axillary,

elongated, few-flowered racemes ; calyx bell-shaped ; petals four

or five, rounded ; stamens fifteen, short. May. fr. small. I.

petiolate, lanceolate-oblong, entire or serrulate, membranous.

h. 6ft. North China. A very handsome plant. (G. C. n. s.,

xvi. 73 ; B. M. 4795, under name of Spiraea grandiflora.)

EXOGENS. See Dicotyledons.
EXOGONIUM. Included under Ipomaaa (which see).
EXOSTEMMA (from exo, without, and stemma, a
crown; stamens exserted). ORD. Rubiacece. A genus of
about twenty species of stove, evergreen trees or shrubs,
inhabiting tropical America and the West Indies. Flowers
white, axillary and solitary, or disposed in terminal, few or
many-flowered panicles ; corolla with a long tube and a
five-lobed, salver-shaped limb. Leaves ovate or lanceolate,
stalked or sub-sessile. For culture, see Cinchona.
E. Caribseum (Caribbean). /. white, about the length of the
leaves, sweet-scented; pedicels axillary, one-flowered. June.
1. ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, h. 20ft. West Indies, 1780.
E. longiflorum (long-flowered), fl. white, 5in. long before ex-
pansion ; pedicels axillary, very short. June. I. linear-lanceo-
late, attenuated at both ends. A. 20ft. St. Domingo, 1820.
(B. M. 4186.)

EXOTHOSTEMON. A synonym of Frestonia
(which see).

EXOTIC. Introduced from other countries. Not
native.

EXSERTED. Anthers are said to be Exserted when
longer than the corolla, or even when longer than its
tube, if the limb be very spreading.

EXSTIFULATE. Without stipules.
EXTRA-AXILLARY. Growing from above or
below the axils of the leaves or branches.

EXTRORSE. Turned outwards from the axis of
growth of the series of organs to which it belongs.

EYE. A horticultural term for a leaf -bud ; also for
the centre or the central markings of a flower.
EYEBRIGHT. See Enphrasia.
EYSENHARDTIA (named in honour of C. W. Eysen-
hardt, M.D., and professor in the University of Konigsberg,
in Prussia). OKD. Leffuminosce. A genus containing a
couple of species of half-hardy, evergreen shrubs, natives
of Mexico and Texas. They thrive in a compost of
loam and peat. Young cuttings will root in sandy
soil, if inserted under a bell glass.

E. amorphoides (Amorpha-like). fl. pale yellow ; racemes ter-
minal, cylindrical. June. I. imparipinnate ; leaflets numerous,
stipellate, glandular h. 4ft. to 6ft. Mexico, 1838.

END OF VOLUME i.

o ^

^OFCAIIFOft

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY

Los Angeles
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.

u^

<T?130NV-S01^

•

$ £
ry0AaVii8ll^

Form L9-Series 4939

3 =

^ §

i §

1l ^^^1

^

;| c- jiu^

^ ^°v^ «c^

^wWa^

B10MED LIB,

BKme)JANir76

JANHREC'D

^ ^

S £

1 !

1 '-

ft- i
% £

1 5

1 ^

3AINMVIV

k-UBRARYOr

^

tooimo-^

;OF-CALIFOft^

i

dOS-ANCElfj>

SHBAIMfl-1^

^aojmo-jo^

£• s

^OF-CAIIFOM^

I I

%^

I I

J \

i \

§ *?A

•%„„

^IOS ANGELA

t *r~^ ^

S £> <xC 5 S

I i*TOS s

S

s £

i >

45
""•"feUWMIHS*

AHtUNIVEBVA .svlOSAttfltf.

l»c^r« t -

6 3

% a

I 1
5 S

^EUWVBS^ ^lOSANCEl^

~^ l/Sr-1

5 If ft flT

ferawan^ "%aAiwi-i«^

! 9

!H

% s

s

^ ^

S 5

so O

g |

=

BRAHYfl,

I i

^ I

I £

<c> t^

I ^

jO^ <rjl30NY-S01^

AX\HIBRA

,

^

Sx

5 ,

I(

^

^IIIBRAIIYO^

1 1

.^lOS -ANCElfj

1 I

^l-UBRARYO/- ^-UBRARYflr

^ g

EL>JIVER%

/

I S

\

'i

$ *.